LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART I.—1897.

January 19, 1897.

eral. aged SF an foe gat ND

<= AO oes

rire

fh 9, Bibs Riga ate | Beet Os

“Pipe an

The Secretary. ~ Report on the Additions to the Society’s itesacere in December 1896 . ravitoee ©

The Secretary. Exhibition of a set of photographs of the Rough-keeled Snake (Dasypeltis

scabra) swallowing an 0G8 2.6. ess bed eee cee te cee eee cece eee eeredets yeereie bce

The Secretary. Uxhibition of a specimen of the Cerastes Viper with false horns ....-.-+ 1

Mr. Selater. Exhibition of a photograph of a young Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata)

born in captivity ..0 <2. oy. a, vss eee ea vse releseceie cass gee P tes thee eeeueeeue? 2

1. On the Synonymy of the Butterflies of the Genus Teracolus, By Guy A. K. Marsuatt,

F.ZS;, of Salisbury, Mashonaland... 2.20.05 cose seve cece eens te tens pape teeseencs 3

: 2. On the Deer allied to Cervus sica. By R. Lypexxker, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. (Plate L.). 87 ~

3. Notes upon the Anatomy of a Manatee (Manatus inunguis) lately living in the Society’ s

Gardens. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society..-..+.---+- 47

4, Revision of the West-Indian Micro-Lepidoptera, with eur of new Species.. By

the Rt. Hon. Lory Wausineuam, M.A., LL.D.) BLURS. 2.2. 26 eee cee tee te ees 54

5. Observations on the Ophthalmoseopic Appearances of the Eyes of the Order Primates.

By G. Linpsay Jounson, M.A., M.D,, F.R.C.S., F.Z.8. (Plates IL-VL) . --+ + 183

February 2, 1897.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1897... -. 188

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a collection of Bird-skins formed i=

MraW., A. Churchullat- Mozambique’: s3.5...00 Suc s. cn olt eu oo oes ote oe cuit tas et ae 188 ~

Mr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of horns of a Fallow Deer miewing arrest in development ~

in consequence of disease of the frontal bone ...... ces e0cse rer ce eesteuseeesters ¥89 <<

. Mr. G: E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S.. An account of bis j journey to the Fur-Seal Tolaudd of

the North Pacific in 1896

ee ee ee 7

1) A Catalogue of ‘the Reptiles and atradhidne of Colibes: with special reference to the

Collections made by Drs. P..& F. Sarasin in 1893-1896. By G. A. Bounencrr, F.RB.S.

(Plates VI.-XVI.)

PUMPER ewe Oe we He oe pees Or eres ce eh rece tees Wee eeeees nee eae

2. Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Phytapbedods Coleoptera of Africa,

including Madagascar, By Manrin Jacony, F.E.S.—Part I. (Plate XVII.)

February 16, 1897.

Dr. BE. C. Stirling, F.R.S.,.0.M.Z.8.. Exhibition of some ae, eee and | hotogrape of

a large extinct Struthious Bird, Genyornis newtoni. .

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a pair of tusks of, and remarks tpoies

the Pacific Walras(Trichechus obesus), with observations on the Cetacea d Se f

the North Pacifie.-., fs... 020.6. - zs Pre hie Re erp . — see

. eae

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

List

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1897.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 29, 1897.)

Sir W. H. Frowsr, K.C0.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Se.D., F.R.S., President.

Dr. Joun Anverson, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Wuitram Barsson, Esq., F.R.S.

HisGracetuer Duxs or Beprorp.

Cot. Joun BippvLrHu.

Gnrorcz A. BouteneER, Esq.,

F.R.S.

Hersert Druce, Esq., F.LS.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T’rea-

surer.

Sir Josupn Farrer, Br., K.C.8.1.,

F.R.S.

Gey. THe Hoy.

Frripine, K.C.B.

F, DuCane Gopmay, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President. :

Sir Prrey

Lr.-Con. H. H. Gopwry-Avsren,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Dr. Atsert Gunter, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamitron,

President.

Prorrssor Grorce B. Howszs,

F.RB.S.

Lr.-Con. Leonarp H. Irpy.

Str Huen Low, G.C.M.G.

Dr. Sr. Grorcr Mrvart, F.RBS.,

Vice-President.

Vice-

_§Srr Tuomas Pare.

Osserr Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.

Puitie Lurney Scratsr, Esq.,

M.A.,Ph.D., F.RBS., Secretary.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

Mr. Crarence Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. F. H. Waternovsn, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Conn, Chief Clerk.

LIST

OF THR

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

Anverson, Joun, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

Exhibition of a coloured drawing of, and remarks upon,

the Egyptian Weasel (Mustela subpalinata) .........-.. 600

Barrerr-Hamittron, G. E. H. See Hamitron, G. EH. H.

BaRRETt-.

Brpparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.

Notes upon the Anatomy of a Manatee (Manatus inun-

guis) lately living in the Society’s Gardens ............ 47

Notes upon the Anatomy of Phaethon ...........540. 288

On a Collection of Earthworms from South Africa,

belonging to the Genus Acanthodrilus ............0005 336

Note upon Intercentra in the Vertebral Column of Birds. 465

Page

Botton, GamBrer, F.Z.S.

An Account of a Visit to the Bird Islands in Saldanha

Peg Sa ASTRO i oa. ws aig ns. 6 phew! 2'4 Giggle oa, oe oe 297

BovutencEr, Grorce ArBert, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

A Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachians of Celebes,

with special reference to the Collections made by Drs. P.

& F. Sarasin in 1893-1896. (Plates VIL-XVI.) ...... 193

On a Specimen of Acanthocybium solandri from the

PASTE OE: Soe co Stsieny ois row se sia «he wg: ogee eae eee ee 272

An Account of the Freshwater Fishes collected in

Celebes by Drs. P. & F. Sarasin. (Plate XXVIII.) .... 426

A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Sceloporus,

elie thes O55. i) age A OA a Ne at i RAPTOR PS cr of 474

A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected in

Northern Nyasaland by Mr. Alex. Whyte, F.Z.S., and

presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry H. John-

ston, K.C.B.; with Descriptions of new Species. (Plate

LGV LANG fern ike 2 cin ale ie eRe a eae args Soe, 8 AR 800

Exhibition of specimens, and remarks upon the habits,

of the Siluroid Fish Vandellia cirrhosa ..........00-00 901

On a Gigantic Sea-Perch, Stereolepis gigas. (Plate LII.) 917

Description of a new Tortoise of the Genus Sternotherus.

GP late ETS) ors act. '. 3). care Oeae rR ce ERM iar ersinaahe 919

Further remarks on the habits of the Siluroid Fish

Vandellia cirrhosa

Bripes, Prof. T. W., D.Sc., F.Z.S.

Abstract of a Memoir on the Morphology of the Skull

in the Paraguayan Lepidosiren and other Dipnoi........ 602

On the Presence of Ribs in Polyodon (Spatularia) folium. 722

Brinptey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge.

On Regeneration of the Legs in the Blattide ..,.... , 903

Brownz, Epwarp T., B.A., F.Z.S., Zoological Laboratory,

University College, London.

On British Meduse. (Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.)....

Bryon, Davin.

Contributions to the Non-Marine Fauna of Spitsbergen.

—Part II. Report on the Rotifera ..................

Burien, Arruur G., Ph.D., E.LS., F.Z.8., &c., Senior

Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British

Museum.

On a Collection of Lepidoptera obtained in the Arusa

Galla Country in 1894 by Mr. F. Gillett..............

On three consignments of Butterflies collected in Natal

in 1896 and 1897 by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, F.Z.S.

(Elete Tay oe Agaisis scan tk er OR Tee

On a small Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F.

Gillett in Somialilandyt ie aeta Seni us a3 deoteles

Campinas, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

On a new Genus and Species of Acaridea, (Plate LV.)

Cotuett, Prof. Rozert, F.M.ZS.

On a Collection of Mammals from North and North-

west. Australia: (Plate XXLID.). 2.0... i eletad saunas os

Co~tinen, Water E., F.Z.8., Assistant Lecturer and De-

monstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,

Mason College, Birmingham.

On some European Slugs of the Genus Arion. (Plates

».O.G 5. 2 O.G. 8) tee 8 ee ee LD SST ee tee

Description of two new Species of Slugs of the Genus

Parmarion from Borneo. (Plate XLIV.) ............

Page

816

793

692

835

923

939

439

De Winton, W. E., F.ZS8.

Remarks on the Existing Forms OL Gurawe =... paste rs

On a Collection of Mammals from Morocco.....-..-..

Dvzors, Dr. ALpHoNsE, Curator of the Royal Museum of

Natural History, Belgium, C.M.Z.S.

Remarques sur certains Oiseaux supposés nouveaux

Ducks, Atrrep, M.D.

Description d’un Ophidien nouveau du Mexique (Oreophis

boulengert, g. et SP. MN.) .. 2... se eee ee eee eee eene

Forsytu-Masor, C. 1. See Masor, C. I. Forsyru-.

Fowrer, G. Herpert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of

Zoology, University College, London.

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. I]. 1.2.2... 6.2 ee new ee eee

Exhibition of an abnormal specimen of a Crab (Carcinus

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of

the Faeroe Channel.—No. III. The Later Development

of Arachnactis albida (M. Sars), with Notes on Arachnactis

bournet (sp. n.). (Plate XLVIT.).............00. 000

Garpiner, J. Stantny, B.A., Gonville and Caius College,

Cambridge.

On some Collections of Corals of the Family Pocilloporide

from the S.W. Pacific Ocean. (Plates LVI. & LVIL.) ..

Gortp1, Dr. E. A., C.M.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Lepidosiren paradowxa of the

Amazons

782

284

523

721

803

941

vii

GorHam, The Rev. H. S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of new Species of Coleoptera of the

Family Endomychide from the Eastern Hemisphere.

GPlpe ee Eo roi ccas ails got ae ete fe Maa ie mee

Hamiuton, G. H. H. Barrert-, F.Z.S.

An account of his journey to the Fur-Seal Islands of

the, North: Pactictmeli@Q@ 3.. 250th. sel) all. Lat ye

Exhibition of a pair of tusks of, and remarks upon, th

Pacific Walrus (Trichechus obesus), with observations on the

Cetaceans and Seals of the North Pacific.. ...........

Hampson, Sir Guoreu F., Bart., F.Z.S.

On the Classification of the Thyridide—a Family of the

HepidoptenaPhalenetitl ty .2bao. ass. ape eee ,

On the Classification of the Chrysaugine, a Subfamily

of Moths of the Family Pyralide....... .......0...-

Hoxpine, R. E.

Exhibition of horns of a Fallow Deer showing arrest in

development in consequence of disease of the frontal

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of the Theban

Goat (Capra hircus var. thebatcd) 60.60.05 eee ecase es

Exhibition of a head of a Fallow Deer showing malfor-

mation. Ol Ghee WOwA sels Ay, wn oc! age OP Ny ita: Bee aAL ea te

Jackson, FrepeEricx J., F.Z.S.

Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the Mau District,

British East Africa. With Remarks by P. L. Scuarer ..

Jacoby, Martin, F.E.S.

Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Phyto-

phagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar.

arte Meet (labo. VILL) o> ferences APA Sih Sous (8

Page

456

190

266

603

633

189

473

901

450

238

Vili

Jacopy, Martin, F.E.S. (Continued.)

Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Phyto-

phagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar.—

Ue GE. @. ©. 4) a eae ar ee ee eer 2

Jounson, G. Linpsay, M.A., M.D., F.R.CS., F.Z.S.

Observations on the Ophthalmoscopic Appearances of

the Eyes of the Order Primates. (Plates II—VI.)......

Kziru, Artuur, M.D., F.R.CS., F.ZS.

Exhibition of some lantern-slides of, and remarks upon,

the Orang-outang lately living in the Society’s Gardens. .

Kerr, J. Grawam, F.Z.S.

Remarks upon his recent expedition to Paraguay in

quest of Lepidosiren ....- 2+. ccceceseeees soll hs ays

LypEKKER, RicHARD, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.8.

On the Deer allied to Cervus sica. (Plate I.)........

The Blue Bear of Tibet, with Notes on the Members

of the Ursus arctus Group. (Plate XXVII.)....... ..

Exhibition, on behalf of the Hon. A. E. Gathorne-

Hardy, of a flat skin of Ursus pruinosus ...........++>

Exhibition of a coloured sketch of Cervus canadensis

asiaticus and remarks upon Cervus bedfordianus ........

Exhibition of skins of a variety of Mule-Deer from

Lower California proposed to be named Mazama (Dorce-

iaphus) hemionus pentnsule .. 1.0... cece e eee cence es

LyprEKKEeR, Ricuarp, B.A., F.RS., F.G.S., F.Z.S., and

Tomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S.

On the Number of Grinding-Teeth possessed by the

Manates,; (Plate XiX XVIL):. .cu'. fsinatieatopiee sb o.<% ws

Note on their recently published Paper on the Dentition

WE fhe Mangtee <2 554.05/.08 6.0 55% tt Re ee 9 Os

Page

527

183

721

921

412

814

815

899

595

Page

Masor, Dr. C. I. Forsyru-, C.M.ZS.

On the Species of Potamocherus, the Bush-Pigs of the

Ethiopian Region. (Plates XXV. & XXVI.).......... 359

On the Malagasy Rodent Genus Brachyuromys; and on

the Mutual Relations of some Groups of the Muride

(Hesperomyine, Microtine, Murine, and “ Spalacide”)

with each other and with the Malagasy Nesomyine.

Plates KOR VERE) 5s aN Se 5 dd ataietaia Ef aiarnr 695

Marsuatt, Guy A. K., F.Z.S.

On the Synonymy of the Butterflies of the Genus

CMC OINES ans salar cuca wiecte boats Siegel er iavay sateen oe sickses, 21 3

Mookrz, J. HE. 8S.

On the general Zoological Results of the Tanganyika

EB Ezap CU LIEN ata fa ce 4,098 Mine oss a's lo geetron a one ear euatat hatin ets 436

Mopeg, G. P.

Abstract of a paper on the Myology of the Tongue of

PAMEGES Eine vn cients se amis e cate an cing ns ete miele @ 84006) aue ne 815

Newton, Professor AtFrreD, M.A., F.R.S.

On some New or Rare Birds’ Eggs. (Plate LI.) .... 890

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.8., Lecturer on Com-

parative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, and

Winnie, B. C. A., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., Professor of

Anatomy at Mason College, Birmingham.

On the Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part I.

Muscles of the Head, Neck, and Fore-Limb .......... 370

Pococx, R. L., of the British Museum (Natural History).

On the Spiders of the Suborder Mygalomorphe from

the Ethiopian Region contained in the Collection of the

British Museum. (Plates XLI-—XLIII.) ............ 724

Ripewoop, W. G., D.Se., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Lecturer on

Biology at St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School,

London.

On the Structure and Development of the Hyobranchial

Skeleton of the Parsley-Frog (Pelodytes punctatus).

PS REM CMON ON chars etrentaa ion'y ys soe ele oR en a ee

SaunpeErs, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. H. Evans, of a series of

photographs of the Great Grey Seal (Halicherus gryphus).

Scrarer, Puririp Lurtey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S8., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

WOME MPEEGEOOG Mca. ss wes eas POR ce ee HS. asks Be EAS oc

Exhibition of a set of photographs of the Rough-keeled

Snake (Dasypeltis scabra) swallowing an egg ..........

Exhibition of a specimen of the Cerastes Viper with

false horns. ht aa Wh rcake eee ate ae NL teil ai

Exhibition of a photograph of a young Anteater

(Myrmecophaga jubata) born in captivity ..............

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

danuary 1807 0... cid ge ae eee eee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a collection of Bird-

skins formed by Mr. W. A. Churchill at Mozambique... .

Exhibition of two specimens of a newViper (Eristicophis

macmahonr) from the Indo-Persian frontier............

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

February 1897, and Note on the Irish Otter ..........

On the Distribution of Marine Mammals. (Plate

2.6.0 Pe ee te east. Se

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Maret TS OT Sk ve f aac eetiy ce EE tee boat

Page

577

436

188

295

311

pal

Scrarsr, Pare Luriiy, M.A., Ph.D., E.R.S. (Continued.)

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. A. J. Lawford Jones, of a

cinnamon-coloured variety of the Blackbird (urdus

ANGFUUEY CA 1. 2 cmiess o ie een ee nla ors mene teenies 8s ete oe

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

dS ESTE RY SIAR SERA See ecm Pevor tnE Sy

Remarks on the Antelopes of the Mau District, British

Past Acnieds ate fe entice nen aerate a 35 oe

Exhibition of a plan of the new Zoological Garden

attached to the Pard Museum ......---+++eeee rere

Exhibition of a skin of a Penguin received from the

Musée d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris......---+++++++++5

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

May (89%e ete qss sete oer ee ees

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

in June, July, August, September, and October 1897....

Remarks on the Glossy Ibises living in the Society’s

Menageriey 5... 050600 oe eee ee tee arg ciale alee as san

Remarks on the principal Animals noticed during

recent visits to the Zoological Gardens of Cologne,

St. Petersburg, Moscow, and Beérlinketaer eee tae tots

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an egg of the Cariama

(Cariama cristata) laid in the Society’s Gardens ......--

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a head of Capra

AMEMTCRES (slo) elgueirin.a. + +: +)4.> he saree aie els

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

November 1897 262s 2. eet te Memg umes ceria > ec

ScouRFIELD, D. J.

Contributions to the Non-Marine Fauna of Spitsbergen.

Part I.—Preliminary Notes, and Reports on the Rhizopoda,

Tardigrada, Entomostraca, &e. (Plate XLV.) .....---

Page

370

430

450

472

721

810

811

812

813

900

920

xii

Sarre, Miss Emity Mary.

A List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected on the Red

Sea, in the neighbourhood of Suakim, by Mr. Alfred J.

IEG) ES SA i eg ee a er cr RMR

SHeRzBory, C. Davins, F.Z.S.

On the Dates of the Natural History portion of

Savigny’s ‘ Description de ’Egypte’...............00.

Simon, EvuGEne.

On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent.—Part III.

Srirtine, Dr. HE. C., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of some bones, casts, and photographs of a

large extinct Struthious Bird, Genyornis newtoni........

Taytor, E. Cavenpisx, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a skin of, and remarks upon, the Egyptian

Weasel (Mustela subpalmata) .........0 ccc eee e evens

Trerrmernr, W. B., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a specimen of a Starling (Sturnus vulgaris)

with elongated mandibles . 2.72... 22) eee nat

THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of specimens and descriptions of new species

of Mammals from North Nyasaland, with a note on the

PORUS PATOATOMUE .. oo... oS 5 o.0.s veins es eS

Notice of a Memoir on the Mammals obtained by Mr.

John Whitehead in the Philippines ...............4..

Note on the Sydney Bush-Rat (Mus arboricola) ......

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of an

Antelope of the genus Cervicapra obtained by Mr. F. V.

Karby'in ‘the “Prancvaal ‘Soe. ee. 2 2). Se oe

Page

775

285

860

266

601

297

430

722

Xiil

: Page

THoMas, OLDEIELD, F.Z.S. (Continued.)

Exhibition and description of a specimen of a new

Skunk, Spilogale pygmea, from Mexico ............+.. 898

Exhibition and description of a specimen of a new

Badger, Taaidea taxus infusca, from Lower California .. 899

On the Mammals obtained by Mr. A. Whyte in Nyasa-

land, and presented to the British Museum by Sir

H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.; being a fifth Contribution to the

Mammal-fauna of Nyasaland. (Plate LIV.) .......... 925

Tuomas, OLDFInLD, F.Z.S., and LypEKKER, RicwarD, B.A.,

E.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.8.

On the Number of Grinding-Teeth possessed by the

Manatee.’ (Plate XX KVL Sony eee ay Uae ok 595

Note on their recently published Paper on the Dentition

Be the Manatee. e.. «5 oe egenrsieia ae yon guaran Op sere 814

Txomson, ArrHurR, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1896 .............. 295

Tomes, Cuaruus S., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Note upon the Minute Structure of the Teeth of

IN OLOTYELES vor ianherevargr < (5, ~ sie, =e ake Neae teal cas. 409

Traquair, R. H., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

Exhibition of a specimen of the supposed fossil Lamprey

(Paleospondylus gunni) from the Old Red Sandstone of

CaO R Sst a's |= < Facet oe » «ater Slane greene tates Aah llc 313

Note on the Affinities of Paleospondylus gunni, Traq.

In reply to Dr. Bashford Dean, of New York.......... 314

Warrn, Enear R., F.LS., Zoologist, Australian Museum,

Sydney.

On the Habits of the Sydney Bush-Rat (Mus arboricola).

With a Note by Otpriznp Tuomas, F.Z.S............. 857

xiv

Watts, H. M., M.B.0.U.

On the Growth of Hair upon the Human Ear, and its

Testimony to the Shape, Size, and Position of the Ances-

tral:Organ:, (Plates XXX XT.) isc Meio sare ahi eee

Waustnenam, Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Revision of the West-Indian Micro-Lepidoptera, with

Descriptions of new Species .........0.0..ee ee ceeees

Wrnp1rt, B. C. A., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., Professor of Anatomy

at Mason College, Birmingham, and Parsons, F. G.,

F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., F.L.8., Lecturer on Comparative

Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital.

On the Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part I.

Muscles of the Head, Neck, and Fore-Limb ..........

Woopwarp, A. Smirn, F.Z.S., of the British Museum

(Natural History).

On Echidnocephalus, a Halosauroid Fish from the Upper

Cretaceous Formation of Westphalia. (Plate XVIIL.) ..

An Account of a Visit to South America, made in order

to examine the Fossil Vertebrates of that Country......

Page

298

370

268

LISE) OF PLATES,

1897.

Page

Pekin Deer in winter pelage (dj and 9) ...... aman

Fundus oculi of a Nubian youth .........-....08--

Fundus oculi of an Ourang-Outang (Simia satyrus)..

Fundus oculi of a Marmoset (Hapale penicillata).... >183

Fundus oculi of a Lemur (Lemur brunneus)......++

Fundus oculi of a Lemur (Lemum coquerelt) ......++ J)

Fig. 1. Gymnodactylus jellesme ; Fig. 2. G. fumosus. \

Vy ACOVS PULOMOLILS =) atin 8%) coaps al ielover penetrate) slot BK bao dit |

OGM SOO DAVAO DOD U0 0a O OOP Ore ato |

Fig. 1. Lygosoma tropidonotus; Fig. 2. L. sara-

SINOTUM ..... ava raty Bota Sis ReN uM choy eres he eins excrete: oven

Fig. 1. Lygosoma celebense ; Fig. 2. L. inconspicuum ;

Fig. 3. Z. textum; Fig. 4. L. parvum .........4.

Fig. 1. Tropidonotus sarasinor um ; Fig. 2. 7. cele-

bensis; Fig. 3. Lycodon stormi ........e eee ene: 3

Fig. 1. Agrophis sarasinorum; Fig. 2. Clears

acutirostris; Fig. 3. Calamaria nuchalis fefauietel:

Fig. 1. Clare muelleri; Fig.2. C.curta; Fig. 3,

Clonacilis Wie. 4. Ci collaniauimpaeyete ts eseleye} io) «

Fig. 1. Hypsirhina matannensis; Fig. 2. Lachesis

(WaT, VES Gage nad on senior oCoauE ee Bey Edd c

Fig. 1. Rana macrops; Fig. 2. Rhacophorus eden-

tulus; Fig. 8. Rh. monticola; Fig. 4. Spheno-

phryne celebensis; Fig. 5. 8. variabilis ..........

Phytophagous Coleoptera from Africa and Mada-

PASCAI ve ave 5 3,2,0.0h tefedeE RT terete otto oie sic 2 238

Echidnocephalus troscheli ..... 00 +00ecccseeeceee. 268

Ears of Man, adults and infants ..................

Ears of Man, infants......... 79 SOOO TOD OOUDE Ob Tee

Ears of Anthropoid Apes............-+..--..0- ie

Ears of Monkeys and Lemurs....................

Pseudochirus dahli........ coon ogo oboe ms a0 A 317

Outline Map of the World, showing the proposed six

SEE SINS I10 SST caencin or oc. 0-C 0 eatstae bE aD NC 349

298

xvi

Plate Page

XXV. Fig. 1. Potamocherus cheropotamus demonis; Fig. 2.)

P. larvatus; Fig. 3. P. johnstoni; Fig. 4. P. che-

TOPOLAMUS NYUSE we seveesccersreerssrsereres 359

XXVI. Fig. 1. Potamocherus johnstoni; Fig. 2. P. larvatus;

Fig. 3. P. cheropotamus demonis; Fig. 4. P. |

MYASE sssvcevccccrcrcrcersenstensseneesecres

XXVII. The Blue Bear of Tibet ......--.eseeeeeeeeeees 412

XXVIII. Fig. 1. Gobius sarasinorum; Fig. 2. Gobius latifrons ;

Fig. 3. Telmatherina celebensis; Fig. 4. Hem-

rhamphus Webert, occ ce cecvncer rec eeeeeeeences 426

XXIX.

XXX. $ Slugs of the genus Arion ....- 6... sees cere eee e es 439

XXXI.

XXXII. New Eastern Coleoptera (Endomychide) .......... 456

XXXII. Sceloporus asper ce. ceveeececevesevecccnrececes 474

XXXIV. Phytophagous Coleoptera from Africa and Mada-

gascar ...... Sead tarinacce src sa = wieteyeiMecunrersts 527

XXXV. Hyoid of Pelodytes punctatus ........0eeseeeeees 577

XXXVI. Lower Cheek-teeth of Manatees. Figs. 1-4. Triche-

chus senegalensis ; Fig. 5. T. inunguts......0r00- 595

XXXVII. Fig. 1. Brachyuromys betsileoensis; Fig. 2. B. rami-)

rohitra; Fig. 3. Tachyoryctes splendens ........

XXXVI. Skull of Rhizomys sinensis .....ceeeeeeeeeeceeces

XXXIX. Enlarged upper and lower molar teeth of Brachy- L695

uromys and Tachyoryctes ....++ecesereverecvers

XL. Enlarged upper and lower molar teeth of recent and

fossil species of Rhizomys........eeeeeeeveneees

XLI.

XLII, foe African Mygalomorphe@ .....ceeeeeeeees 724

XLII.

XLIV. Slugs of the genus Parmarion.......+.ecceeereees 778

XLV. Echiniscus spitsbergensis .........scecresecveeces 784

XLVI. Fig. 1. Lygosoma johnstoni; Fig. 2. Glypholycus

whytii; Fig. 3. Arthroleptis whytit; Fig. 4. Hy-

lambates JORNStont ....c.ecceeresenecrereseces 800

XLVII. Plankton of the Faeroe Channel...............065 803

et Britishe Med ws¢p ter <)-f-1<.- ales ekede eee reine coe 816

L. Butterflies from Natal ............. cece ween eee 835

LI. New or Rare Birds’ Hggs........05 0522222 tenes 890

TNT, WSeeredlepis Gigasaic,. 6 0-212 ote Coe tee elector 917

LIM]. Sternotherus ovyrhinus... 0... 0c ccc eee eens 919

EV :. Funiscurus lucifer Ae. oe ede oe on aie Senate 925

WV, Batoniascopulafera Wren tere = ctta a haa stil = ions 939

ivr} Corals from the South Pacific ...........-.- yee «BAL

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

1897.

Page

Myrmecophaga jubata, two days Old... 16... cece eee eee eee ees 2

Cervus sica, Antler of .... 2.0.2.2 cece cece tree esse tet cecececees 37

Cervus sica typicus, male and female in summer coat ...........- 39

Manatus inunguis, S jt. cee eeee cece ccc eect t ence eeees 47

Manatus inunguis, Tongue of, lateral and dorsal views..........+. 48

Manatus inunguts, Ceecum of... 6... eee eee eee eee ence e ees 50

Manatus latirostris, Kidney of ......... cee reece eee e reece eens ol

Muanatus inunguis, Brain of, dorsal and lateral views .......+..-. 53

Deer, Horns of Fallow, showing malformations ...........+....+5 189

Giraffa camelopardalis, Head of... .ceeee cece e renee eee e eens 280

Giraffa camelopardalis, Skull of (side view) ....+-+6.0+s++ eee ees 280

Giraffa capensis, Head Of ..... 602 e seer cence renee eee eee 281

Giraffa capensis, Skull of (side View) ....+0+eseee reece erst sees 281

Oreophis boulengeri .....0cceeevece ne ce reece en eer eect neseeees 284.

Pelecanus, Origin of biceps in... 6. eee eee eee tee eee ee eens 289

Phalacrocorax, Origin of biceps In... ... 6.60. e eee eee eee eee 289

Phaethon, Muscles and tendons of Patagian of ........++.-++++4- 290

Phaethon, Palatal aspect of skull .........- eee eee eee e eres 292

Fregata, Palatal aspect of skull. .......++0+e sees ee eee reece eees 293

AEchmophorus, Palatal aspect of skull... 2.0.6.0 eee ener ee seen es 293

Ear, Normal human .........-0seeeeceece ersten seeeseresenes 299

Acanthodrilus purcelli, Penial setae of «1.0... - see reese eee ee sees 338

Acanthodrilus lucifuga, Spermathecee of ......++.++- io Sick Seiee 344

Acanthodrilus africanus, Penial sete Of .....+.+sseeeeeeeeeeees 344

Potamocherus larvatus, g, from Madagascar, Skull of (seen from

365

APIO MED) rarsaesctere cle" aigtahevoleis\«'s'»'s »'= stusard stemtelme arntetares= # »tober sore

Potamocherus larvatus, 3, from Madagascar, Skull of (side view).. 365

Potamocherus hassama, § , from Abyssinia, Skull of (side view) .. 368

Potamocherus hassama, ¢, from Abyssinia, Skull of (seen from

ABEND casters Sep icles sal ons!» winl conta palate em Seren sere ale 369

Lutra vulgaris, Face-muscles of .....-0 seer cere e reese eens 374

Canis familiaris, Face-muscles of .....-.-.++.++ Bi kA lore ahetiretane . 375

Ictonyx libyca, Face-muscles and panniculus Ol odbc Serco Bicker 375

Lutra vulgaris, Thyoat-muscles Of. ....-.-0.+-e seers eee ee ee eetes 378

Tetonyx libyca, Neck-muscles of ...-.+.eereeeseeeeeeeres ae Ase SOL

Canis familiaris, Scalene-muscles Of. ...++++1-s+eeeeeeeeertteres 382

Lutra vulgaris, Pectoral muscles and panniculus Ofnfortene veqae ates 384

Canis familiaris, Arm-muscles Of... 660... 0 eee eee eee renee .... 090

Genetta vulgaris, Manus of, showing double palmaris longus and fi.

br. dig. mants.........-.- Se Sapaty os Piarctintete| atlases fevele athtole 396

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897_ b

xviii

Page

Herpestes griseus, Manus of, showing single fl. br. dig. manas...... 404

Canis familiaris, Manus of, showing the deep muscles of the palm.. 406

Notoryctes, The last two lower molars of, in situ, X 14.....-..+4+5 410

Notoryctes, A portion of dentine and enamel from the anterior tooth

of, more highly magnified ..........5 2 sess eee eee eee eees 411

Ursus speleus, Fourth right lower premolar of ......-..+.+ee+e+5 419

Ursus arctus tsabellinus, Fourth right lower premolar of .......... 419

Ursus arctus isabellinus, Profile view of sub-adult skull of ........ 420

Ursus arctus yesoensis, Profile view of sub-adult skull of .......... 422

Ursus arctus yesoensis, Palatal aspect of skull of ..........--.46- 423

Tragelaphus, sp. inc, Horns of ........ see eee ee eee e cence cen eee 455

Biziura lobata, Caudal vertebre of ......... 00 -e cee eee e eee eee 467

Colymbus septentrionalis, Lateral and ventral aspects of caudal

WES ie ERE See DO NOD URC HOLE OTC On Od St 6 ga MORN Oo oobor 468

Fratercula arctica, Ventral aspect of caudal vertebree, showing free

APIPONCEMECE stapeestetejay «te chad) inks sovones Syecse eg stebeRege ior ahevle Take neue erecta 47

Toceus erythrorhynchus, Caudal vertebre, lateral and yentral views.. 472

raaty Slcull OPM ne ance: rwctstats fois leleyebei lotr teterefare ssevede toute tattle 47

Cyn sally g date Bea peaedento dbo to sodowadeseouSanoes oO 473

Sczl<porus torquatus, Head-shields of .........-. ese eee eee ees 478

Sceloporus spinosus, Auricular scales of «1.1... 0-6. s eee eee eee 494

Sceloporus formosus, from Costa Rica, Head of ............-0 000s 502

Winyris fenestrelia, Bx... dace aos oo dha cos ann wen eel sabe Re 607

eri GLUNS0N1, GS ive,2\c.0% visas SRE AS ocleteite ieee ieee 607

Bfyperthyris aperia, 5 oie save as beg earners a 2s so 52 eR 608

Glanycus insoltus, Docc ccwac ences ccc cece e sce ene c eter cone 608

TEER CAUCE (ost ROA. AD CoB 2 Sco TUCO OI ASSO sae SOC 609

PET En LUNTGOSACEBAUISs, GS * <x1<:-fo'< cache eter ete, Yonsei ead ei neees nee 610

IPG CHOSOMA ANQUIALE, (Bl a+ aie intel teehee ker ika ey ia Ie aero 610

IB ORA TAT eB ETA Tel ocr dO ROO TO) CAOGOO. OE Np Poor Se 611

LL AAN pA O LL Sale ES, Se FE Wa oc re se DIG Geese aio oro 611

UTERUS ALU RL RROD HL PC eo BLUE DODD On os nee eae Ae 612

Striglina scitaria, S$ .......5e iinaeals Sethe eect eee rans 612

Camadenamespertilionts; \D. sci tthe teense tee Terie sca) eae esol 614

Elypolamprus striatalis, So. isc ees casa seusweceer se srem awnings 614

Pihodoneura acacwisilis, (GS oko See Seer eects tele Fo niooe es

Plig tosella eClathbata, |S \s,.:¢< a srk ako seine eels ee ers) ee erties 626

Regumaxconstellaia; iS! srt ecstacy ielnets bie a= 626

Gomplochilianeticulatumim > since c ented tee ie merrier ieee eels 627

SELOLETIB CNUYOIMIE NS Sooais Seaeuiaton oaiee Rt ae eke esta 627

femalodes folrcula, Boscia. «sinc (a0 cies wioemadeis ign eR sence is oil == 628

Belonopter a selentoides, - Siva ociisjind oe «paid stp cies sew = 14, ee 8s 628

BRSAMABNCTA,. 5. is nihss,01s.0 testa eae Ee eee cect «> 629

PUMtG WACr OUTEF ONG. So Piytayn ois, 6 ee RCT nie Sitios 630

LBS RRL TULOLLULERL Ra ePIC OD Go Aa 20 00 Cn Od DAE Ono ee 631

MWeskeadyspter arid, Oe a): cesonlelaee heer eee ees oles be 632

CCT TAU LCE LL LLM 6 pa, ACG dich Saad 2 coo oc" Gos Reece 6352

NE ONG UAN BUD SABCLREE Sil view aisle d8 oss Seite Se I cet areas 6383

Acrodegmia pselaphialis, 8 .... 640

Psectrodes abrasalis, 2

BAB ArG MAClalesn By cis) co Saeed Peat scr 6, Ul, 18 aga abervateeataps eiaheRe 641

Macna pomalis, 2, Fore wing Of Go... 6 oe cee canola vee eal ote 643

SOLCOPIEUANCHUOCAIIS SS) tal: ated eesperelsdeinelsy 4 eooral “ise, seat oyetese tances) he 644

GF EDRYT A GCLURMIES Sy osc, sra's; Ned reget La 14s Fe aa ets ee 644

Drymiarcha exanthes, S .......+-+- DPRMADDOt Aero c ocOmcc rc © 645

WNeophiedalaurolsmbalts, (Ov 077 cin) pepetaperatey ora. sheso,-ccleyo Aas aeNave he) sfah sae les 646

DICT TINE OIE E TG) AEE GO OBA CHR EOC OUD abr oo DOE ca eae 646

OU SOITRARC TELA BE eA RO RRO RIE 6 Sec OO ORI Ee a, aye bcsipa ohana bsp ob 647

TET SH AGIEOUT UO) ROEM S CEO Oc CAOD BOO UorT Oho cUnsbane 648

(SLU ELAS LMA OOOO CHOOSE e COCEO CARD OOCD COSCO 649

TUPLE SPCOULATES, «Se = 4 a1s)'s, sox sl aiels lara crete amabeneten Ya ohater heise) eta tee tales 650

SEE UTIESITOCR (Ce) TERS A RAEPOR Abd ovion Gone CoabauOr es ocbacs 651

Mosale PY GUdoules, Gy veces + 0.0 0.016 dee wid eatebialaraj sions rat arn va re aes 652

ORY HAT Fat DLE Pe) NA ROIOIEIOIOI. © Of aco cond aU OR DO DOArGOL 653

WSIZIUQUERTD COSTIUAILG, | him 3 0. 0) « o5<00, 616) hay a at ahr Taal chalet oredr stale 654

A PNIMON ALON ULACH OLMIS a laciin «1 1 1x) «fie U Aya eter dete ete ohel eranar an 655

VAT UIBOERTIT CAUSLANS:, Sac cre cx diesels sv caparcd s AORTA MEI Tee eee 656

ATTA OO RCMES Geno SOD SOO UD OOOO OKC Oomr Ss bude 656 656

ISTMEHOLLE AUOTINGUISS Su six vieleisi0) 0.0 0:0 & Mis ei hVelsieteletsy paar dstm Pere) stern 657

SED POCOSTNIG, CEfNULAULS, So aie oreo <0 2\s |e » ats alefe to cle ofe elolmiele aiet=) “hes 658

Mantyppe auropunpuras, SG... 151.2. ss aeee es ceaecsenns sie e oie 608

PAT ACHING CCRT ACEAIIS, GB aie s a¥s.0\s s+:0 Ch a nies e ted einem ele eve 659

VCS CHENG CEPTESBAUS, SF myaio)sfeycie ss vic oo 6 Some tenia tae eat 660

Catamupa mieguad, Se Werclstate Siok kici oschele. efekalelaber. (ol Poeiels) shade iatches 661

IDET GY LOL Ns RIO OOU OUD CG 5 a>) 2dMbboshcopudoouy 661

PROUUCHAGUUTEN CCDS, a 2150's asalo pio ols) scsi MEO Eh Avan e Deh 662

SclitstoOnewnGRelnecalissiS sso esSals cb. is, Pa ete tee ia Reese Ge oe 662

Aer aptery dt RErbACealis, Go wien aieie) » « » o.oo oleh teenetele vere ivarel aisles al 663

TReratomorpha hampsont; G siac//5-vie\slevw aicle o shdshole eehele| piekeleiwislsi ee 664

PRONE, CLOLCTIUE RS). Wi aliehahe SDE D Sable sa) Ne Stee ta otek ee 664

BECP TANCE ROLOPRE GUIS Grek cic ole:< bl alaPale 1c RVs MOET Re ATF leteleiatcta sats 665

Per Lena 220GUufumaDrec, oa 2.cis\s es luiiotalln 6) coats htets tate perl areP petiole aly wel oN 666

Diy TGustodes fLaCeCostaier,, fi s2icba\a\-)-/<1»/sike Miata eda ade Veh eee Ne ee alee aol 666

PATACIBCLOPE AIG, 1) etek) oe) al=1-ha0\-t=)= elo «1s ele efeperalele scbahdupsagc worn 667

MamGerferesbaws, ein est ar 3/<1<h iol dicley Welake el eke eietohetae Pek «]ovel o) Varela late 667

Macrozanclajmonitha bias (S\ Asiciavete\< Natal a clea ehoteeterotaie otal ots ie Aaie Jeoe 668

Zanclodes-faleulatis,. Gs 10.5 cis isiem stale «ofp eles “CU 060 CEE ee 668

Art mstabalisn Gy Aneeisl. va). sis shana the Borne DOU e Lae torn eaters 669

Sareistis medialis, S ........ eleven be OEE A Ae bre ERTS. 670

IMORGLOLIS CANE OSCENS: Bi). x staves. 6 15/3 Sati opaeelph al aie Bhakede A «bho Wale aie 670

IDO OUGHT (0 MAE ORION 2104 10 35 5005.07- 400 GU Reon DEEL 671

TA eGROR CONAN UAsy Gites). 5/22 =! )-lho, Se PA RROD eich ee h ae 671

Adenopteryx conchyliatalis,. So. 020. uwecuesssscnsssasss sieves 672

Hyperparachma bursarialis, $ .......+.. Hdi)aceatloetao nied 6 ope 672.

Condylolonma partrcipalts, Goi. case viel. aa alee se slain be i dase» 673

Holoperas innotata, g

Galasa rubidana, S .....+.+- iaych IE ENS TaN SNA Gidea Wale Sis% bas 674

Blepharocerus chilensis, 3

. Page

Alpheias baccalis, Sov. cve ee cn cece cece e een ene e een enn ees 676

UUOSOMMG GESCOLOT AIS, Breve aiciv-c 1s sw cichereelels cic wvieelawine hat vets ele’ 676

Acutia falciferalis, So... sce c ccc ccc c eet eee teen ene ees 77

Acallis fernaldi, 3 .ccvcccccccsucecesenstevccesccsctsasceeass 677

Caphys bilined, Sos sece cece cece teen eee eee eee ee teen eennes 78

Tetraschistis tinctalis, Q wc ev. cece cece ccc w ects ce seen teeseeees 679

Cyclopalpia violescens, Scie ccc eee cree erent nett n eee e ene ees 680

Pelasyis hypogryphalis, 2 .eccccccc cern n eee nee e ete nee eens 681

Bonchis scoparioides, Soo... cece cece eee eee eee nee nees 681

Anemosa tsadasalis, So... sce e een reece tere nett eennces 682

Curicta oppositalis, 5... ccc ccc c cece eect eee ce ee nee e nc eeee 683

Murgisca cervinalis, Q sec e cece tec tet cee e nent e nena nnee 685

Streptopalpia deera, Sse ese es ee nce e cence cence eee nee eens 684

Chalinitis proclea, S cue c cece cece cence etter ete e eee eeeeee 684

Ocresiabastrtceltss, Oo care al oles oyalads\ aes s ala, alos ms =jesniayshasel bere ke Chataeretoels 685

Pachypalpia dispilalis, Sse vec e eve e nec e eee ene n en eees 685

Epitamyra vinosalis, S .--.eeeee cece ect e eee et teen eee eens 686

Nachaba flavisparsalis, Sos. ec cece ee eee cee e eens 687

OAT DILL (8) OGD Ono DUC C DEO Comoro ae Sais ono sora r oc 687

Eurypta DiBSTUEMOUUIS: Orato ae eratnoial otov/=1ei.s.0/0) sinitis taye aiageletial tiegeeay, seat 688

Arouvd MArificand, | ivvvvececcccee er sencceeencenseeenteaceees 689

Pen thesiled SUCCUIAIISS, Gis-«. oialete oiorov-imsw-<fei seis © cle stele} siete anv hela vera 689

Lophopleura xanthotenialis, 3 ...c eee ee cece cence nent nneees 690

Chrysauge bifasciata, Goze > dra seus’ allesas aia aysiierca sas! s Lagaene RI ee esau oY Ae hete See 691

Nectomys squamipes, Second fae upper molar Of 2. .6e. eee eee 707

Nesomys rufus, Right upper melars of ....... 666s eee ee ee eee eee 712

Nesomys rufus, Right lower molars of ........... cess e erence ees fale

Polyodon folium, Lateral view of a portion of the anterior section

of the vertebral column of ........0..sseeeeeeceeeceeseeree 723

Lar sabellarum, First stage: six canals without branches.......... 819

Lar sabellarum, Second stage: each canal with one branch........ 819

Lar sabellarum, Third stage: each canal with two branches ...... 820

Lar sabellarum, Adult stage : each canal with three branches ...... 820

Lar sabellarum, Diagrams showing variation in the branching of the

PACU CATIAIS «S290 cy. a/s\c.o 016 cos wstenshe feletoleter ie) oetalonaaeestouctete lets 821, 822

Lar sabellarum, Diagram of a specimen with seven main canals..,. 822

Lar sabellarum, Diagram showing an irregular arrangement of the

lobes of the stomach and of the radial canals................ 823

Dipleurosoma hemisphertcum, Diagram of the radial canal system.

Ch Gy Gee ereenneeErt ter as Hainer oc Gnio: SOutéoudodan 827

Dipleurosoma hemisphericum, Diagram showing the radial canals

leaving the stomach. Oral view .........-...-eee eee ee ees 827

Dipleurosoma hemisphericum, Diagram showing the position of the

gonad upon the radial canal ............ eee eee reece eens 28

Wild Goat from Hadramut, Head of ......... 2.0 eee eee ee nee 900

Deer, Head of Fallow, showing malformation of horns............ 902

Gazella spekii, 3 jr., Head of ........... tisieisiitastete onddakloud 920

Erinaceus algirus, Skull of (top view) «6.0... cece cece cere reece 955

Erinaceus algirus, Skull of (side view) ........esesee eee eee eeee 956

Lepus atlanticus, Skull of (top and side views) ........+.++++000- 961

Lepus schlumbergeri, Skull of (top view)...... Beers taco ete eae, 961

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.

Page

Anadasmus (Lep.) ............++- 100

Anoploscelus(Arachn.) ... 746, 759,

773

Atopocera (Lep.) ........-+..00 169

Aulamorphus (Coleop.)......... 572

Balbis! (Mep:)\-+.-2-<<9.2esce--se 128

Brachionopus (Arachn.)... 740, 741

Ceratogyrus (Arachn.) ... 745, 754

Chrysoritis (Lep.) ............ 848

Compsoschema (Lep.) ......... 142

Cyclopalpia (Lep.) ......... 639, 679

Dialectica (Lep.) ....2-....0.--- 150

Diboloides (Coleop.) ............ 553

Dibolosoma (Coleop.) ............ 559

Diloxisi(Wbep:)\es-<2-c2-cs0s< 640, 670

Ditrigonophora (Lep.) ......... 117

Drepanoterma (Lep.) ......... 84

Eatonia (Arachn.) ............ 939

Eristicophis (Rept.) ............ 295

Eubrachycereus (Arachn.) 738, 741

Eucatoptus (Lep.)............... 69

Eucosmophora (Lep.) ......... 148

Eugonotes (Coleop.) ............ 558

Eumenophorus (Arachn.) 746, 766,

i 773

Geniadophora (Lep.) ......... 71

Gonioterma (Lep.)............... 101

Hemydacne (Coleop.) ......... 244

Homalometa (Arachn.)......... 872

Hyalosticta (Lep.) ......... 637, 656

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1897.

Page

Iconisma (Lep.) ........-..0++5 96

Lathontogenus (Lep.) ......... 87

Lefevrea (Coleop.)............... 527

Leucophasma (Lep.) ............ 154

Mesobria (Arachn.) ............ 881

Miaschistopus (Arachn.)... 745,769,

773

Microzancla (Lep.) ......... 638, 667

Monocentropus (Arachn.)...... 746,

758, 773

Monoloxis (Lep.) ......... 640, 670

Mysmenopsis (Arachn.) ...... 865

(Bicial (eps )ie-staassoesvevescecsce 111

Oreophis' Rept.) <..-..--....c0s00 284

Paratiquadra (Lep.)............ 116

Pilanaphora (Lep.) ............ 171

Pionidia (Lep.) ............ 637, 664

Plagiosella (Lep.) ......... 605, 625

Protrichia (Lep.)............ 637, 661

Pseudivongius (Coleop.) ...... 546

Pseudomalegia (Coleop.) ...... 546

Pterinochilus (Arachn.) ... 745, 752

Pycnosoma (Lep.) ......... 605, 610

Sarcistis (Lep.) ............ 688, 669

Selenogyrus (Arachn.) ... 746, 767,

773

Serraphula (Coleop.)............ 556

Spanioptila (Lep.)............... 148

Taphius (Coleop.) ............... 531

Telmatherina (Pisces) ......... 428

Tetraschistis (Lep.)......... 639, 679

Thyraylia (Lep.) ............... 138

€

PROCEEDINGS

OF TUE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 19, 1897.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1896 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of December 1896 were 177 in number. Of these 43 were

acquired by presentation, 2 by purchase, 3 were born in the

Gardens, 81 were received by exchange, and 48 on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 109.

The Secretary exhibited a set of seven slightly enlarged photo-

graphs illustrating the mode in which the Rough-keeled Snake

(Dasypeltis scabra) swallows an egg. These had been taken from

a living specimen in the Society’s Gardens (which had been

received April 21st, 1894, and died October 4th, 1896), by

Mr. R. F. Nesbit, by whom they had been presented to the

Society. The specimen from which the photographs had been

taken, measuring about 28 inches in length, was also exhibited.

The Secretary also placed upon the table a specimen of the

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No. I. 1

2 MR. SCLATER ON A YOUNG ANT-BATER. (Jan. 19,

Cerastes Viper (Cerastes cornutus), which had lately died in the

Menagerie, having been received in exchange from the Zoological

Gardens, Gizeh, Egypt, on December 14th, 1896, and having died

January 11th, 1897. This was the specimen which had been fre-

quently alluded to in the daily journals as having been tampered

with, by having had two spines, probably taken from a Hedgeho

or some other spiny mammal, inserted on the top of the head

behind the eyes. After death it was ascertained that one of these

spines had been driven through the head into the mouth and had,

no doubt, caused the death of the animal, from which the poison-

fangs had been removed.

Myrmecophaga jubata, two days old.

_ Mr. Sclater exhibited a photograph of a young Ant-eater, born

in the Zoological Garden of Herr Adolf Nill, at Stuttgardt (cf.

P.Z. 8. 1893, p. 613), when two days old. So far as he knew,

this was the first instance of this animal having bred in captivity.

The parents had been in Herr Nill’s garden more than three

years.

1897.] ON THE BULTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 3

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Synonymy of the Butterflies of the Genus

Teracolus, By Guy A. K. Marsuatt, F.ZS., of

Salisbury, Mashonaland.

[Received July 2, 1896.]

In view of the rapidly increasing recognition of the fact that

many families of Butterflies exhibit very strongly-marked differ-

ences in their wet- and dry-season broods, it seems advisable that

some attempt should be made to revise the nomenclature of these

insects in the light of our wider knowledge. The phenomena of

seasonal dimorphism are so varied and so inconstant that it is

practically impossible at present to lay down any general rules

tor the determination of seasonal forms in Rhopalocera without

making them so general as to be almost useless. Indeed, 80

susceptible are these insects to the influence of their environment,

that some of the more widely ranging species exhibit different

seasonal modifications in different localities.

This great complexity renders it extremely difficult for purely

museum workers to accurately determine which characters are

really specific and which are seasonal. For not only is it necessary

to know the locality from which a given specimen may have come,

but also some knowledge of the altitude and general conditions of

the neighbourhood is requisite, and the climate is of even greater

importance. The date of capture is again a detail of the highest

significance when accompanied by a knowledge of the environment

in which a species lives, but without this it is almost useless as a

basis for argument, and is only apt to create confusion: moreover,

an unusually wet or dry season may retard or accelerate the

appearance of the various seasonal forms, so that without knowing

the exact meteorological conditions of any given year the date ot

capture cannot be absolutely relied on, apart from the fact that the

forms in many cases have a tendency to overlap. In this latter

case the condition of the specimen when it is captured is often

significant.

It will be therefore seen that the determination of species in

genera which are known to be dimorphic must be based to some

extent on the notes and observations of field-lepidopterists ; and it

is only for this reason that I have ventured to attempt a short

revision of the nomenclature in so complicated a genus as Teracolus.

T had at first intended dealing only with the African species occur-

ring south of the Zambesi, almost all of which I have been able to

observe in their natural haunts, but owing to the wide range of

many of these Butterflies, and the close relationship and even actual

identity of some of the African and Indian species, I have found

it advisable to deal with the whole genus.

Apart from my field-observations during five years’ residence in

South Africa, I have had opportunities of investigating a very large

4 MR. GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE [Jan. 19,

number of specimens of Teracoli, which I trust will minimise any

probability of error in the conclusions at which I have arrived.

Among the collections which I have seen I may mention those of

Messrs. J. M. Hutchinson and C. N. Barker in Natal, that of the

South-African Museum in Capetown, and those of Mr. Trimen

and Miss E. M. Sharpe in Londen. To the latter lady I am

further indebted for having kindly permitted me to examine several

collections from Central East Africa which are in her charge, and

notably the fine series of Teracoli collected by Mr. F. J. Jackson,

which are of more than ordinary interest owing to the careful

way in which the locality and date of nearly all the specimens are

recorded, details which are painfully lacking in most collections.

But this paper is chiefly based on the magnificent series of this

genus contained in the British Museum, which possesses a very

large number of type specimens, and I have to thank Mr. Butler

for his courtesy in affording me every facility and assistance in his

ower.

é With regard to the Asiatic species I have only seen those in the

British Museum, which seem to thoroughly bear out the conclusions

arrived at by Capt. E. Y. Watson in his most interesting paper on

the Indian Pierine (Journ. Bomb. Soc. 1894), and these conclusions

I have entirely adopted, as they are in complete accord with my

experience in South Africa.

T have followed Mr. Butler and Mr. Trimen in including Jdmais

and Callosune in the genus Teracolus, for the species contained in

the three genera are so closely connected as to render it impossible

to draw any hard-and-fast line between them ; and a multiplication

of ill-defined genera appears to me to be in every way undesirable.

As regards the arrangement of the species, the affinities of so large

and varied a genus cannot be properly shown in linear form; and

although the order which I have adopted may be open to objections,

it gives a fair idea of the relationship of the species.

The genus Teracolus reaches its fullest development along the

Eastern side of Africa, where all the largest and handsomest

species are found; it ranges thence eastward through Arabia into

N. India, in both of which areas it is fairly well represented, but

becomes much scarcer in Central and South India, Ceylon being

its southern limit. In Africa it ranges across the Continent to

the West Coast in the South-Tropical and Extra-Tropical belts,

and has been recorded along that side as far north as Senegal.

In this paper I provisionally recognize 72 species of Teracolus, of

which 61 are Ethiopian and 19 Oriental, eight species being common

to the two regions. Of these latter one species also occurs in the

Palwarctic region, viz. T'. evagore, Klug (= nouna, Lue.), which

has been recorded from Algeria; and one of the Oriental species

also occurs in the Northern region, viz. 7’. faustus, Ol., which ranges

into Asia Minor. Of the African species, 55 occur on the mainland,

one is peculiar to the island of Socotra (7. niveus, Butl.), and five to

Madagascar, viz. 7’. z0é, Grand., 7. mananhari, Ward, T. guenei, Mab.,

T. siga, Mab.,and 7. evanthe, Boisd. Of the 55 Continental species,

1897.] BULTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 5

21 occur in the South-African subregion (the northern boundaries of

which are the Zambesi R. and Cunene R. on the East and West

Coast respectively) and 5 of them are restricted to it. In the

Oriental region as many as 8 out of the 19 species are not found

further east than Arabia.

In any attempt to differentiate the species of Teracolus, or indeed

of any other genus of Butterflies, two important facts must always

be kept in view: firstly, the strong tendency of these insects to

develop more or less marked local variations consequent upon the

different conditions of their environment in different localities ; and

secondly, the phenomenon of seasonal dimorphism, owing to which

the same species may present a strikingly different appearance at

different times of the year, more especially in those countries whose

climate is marked by well-defined wet and dry seasons. In dealing

with local variation the general rule that I have laid down for

myself is, that when two local forms exhibit a gradual mergence into

one another so that intergrades occur which might be attributed

to either of them, then those two forms constitute a single species.

As an example I may refer to 2’. evagore, Klug. This is a North-

African form which is represented in the West and South by the

very different looking 1’. phlegetonia, Boisd. But throughout

Central Africa we get the admittedly variable form 7. minans, Butl.,

which shows beautifully the gradual change from 7: phlegetonia to

T. evagore, and I have therefore grouped them together, regarding

the latter as a dwarfed and under-coloured climatic variety of the

former, to which it is closely linked by a number of other so-called

species. On the other hand, in the island of Socotra there is

1. niveus, Butl., which is in every way far more like 7’. evagore than

is 1’. phlegetonia ; but the slight characters which distinguish it are

quite constant (it being confined to the island), and therefore I

regard it as a distinct species.

With regard to seasonal dimorphism, without a certain amount

of field experience it is usually difficult to decide what may be the

dry-season form of any given wet-season specimen and vice versd ;

but the following general rules may give some idea of the seasonal

modifications in Veracolus.

The dry-season form usually differs from that of the wet-season

in the following respects: (a) its smaller size ; there are, however,

several species, such as J’. faustus, calais, and protractus, in which

the dry form is not reduced; (6) when there is any difference in the

shape of the fore wing, that of the dry form is always more acute ;

ings : in groups like 7’. achine and T. evagore this is very noticeable,

but apparently it does not hold good in 7’ calais, protractus, or chry-

sonome and their allies, for in them the upperside markings do not

vary ; (d) the colouring of the underside of hind wings, which is

perhaps the most reliable character of all: the white or green under-

sides of the wet-season forms assume a yellowish, sandy, or pinkish

tinge and become more or less irrorated with fuscous atoms ; the

colouring, however, is often very variable in the same species and is

6 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON THE (Jan. 19,

probably largely influenced by the surroundings, such as soil, leaves,

&c., in which the insect habitually rests.

In addition to these there are instances in which a species

may show seasonal modifications peculiar to itself. For example,

in 7. pleione, Klug, the area of the discal yellow is reduced in the

dry season, which, however, does not occur in its near allies.

Again, 7. hetaera, Gerst., exbibits a marked reduction of the crimson

apical patch; whereas in the dry-season form of 7. regina, Trin.,

the purple patch is, if anything, rather larger and brighter, owing

to the reduction of its black borders.

With regard to the nomenclature adopted in this paper, my

object has only been to give a more or less clear definition of the

species which constitute the genus Teracolus, and I have not

attempted in any way to apply a system of nomenclature to the

variations, whether local or otherwise, to which these species may

give rise. Besides, at the present time the classification of such

variations is in a somewhat chaotic state, at least so far as exotic

Lepidoptera are concerned, and the same form may be referred to

by various authors either as a true species, subspecies, local race,

climatic variation, variety, or seasonal form. This is, no doubt,

due to the lack of any standard definition, so that each man is a

law unto himself in the matter. However, there is no doubt that

it will be necessary to apply names to a few of the more marked

local forms, which I regard as incipient species ; and in such cases

the trinomial system of nomenclature seems to me to be the

clearest and most satisfactory, as we thus keep in view the gradual

evolution of the parent species. But at the same time I cannot

inveigh too strongly against the idea that every slight deviation

from the typical colouring of a species must be encumbered with

a Latin name, which appears to me to be thoroughly pernicious,

and stultifies the very object of nomenclature, which is to elucidate

and not to confuse. This variety-mongering has reached such a

pitch in Europe that even artificial varieties are adorned with

“scientific” names, which has certainly not been done in the

interests of science, but is due partly to a misguided ambition on

the part of the gentlemen who coin the names, and partly to trade

motives. With regard to the naming of seasonal forms, I can see

no more necessity for it than for the naming of sexual forms ; and

a simple solution of the difficulty would be the adoption of three

standard signs or letters, to signify wet, dry, and intermediate

forms respectively, in the same way that signs are used to dis-

tinguish the sexes.

1. TmHRACOLUS SUBFASCIATUS.

Teracolus subfasciatus, Swainson, Zool. Ill., Ins. ii, pl. 115

(1823).

Ptychopteryx bohemant, Wallengren, K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand. ;

Lep. Rhop. Caf. p. 18 (1857).

On the eastern side of South Africa this swift-flying Teracolus

1897. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 7

seems restricted to the northern half of the Transyaal!; but on

the west it has a more extensive range, occurring from the Orange

River to Ovampoland. In the summer form the underside of hind

Wings is pure yellowish, but in the dry-season form it is thickly

speckled with saudy hatching.

2. TERACOLUS ERIS.

Pontia eris, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 15 & 16 (1829).

Idmais fatma, Felder, Reis. Novara, Lep. p. 189, pl. xxv. fig. 3

(1865).

Teracolus abyssinicus, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xviii. p. 486

(1876).

Idmais maimuna, Kirby, Pr. Roy. Dubl. Soc. p. 46 (1880).

Teracolus johnstoni, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxiii. p. 29 (1886).

Teracolus opalinus, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxiii. p. 30 (1886).

Teracolus agoye 2°?, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 572 (1894).

This wide-ranging and variable species has received many names,

none of which seem worthy of specific distinction. Jdmais fatma,

Feld.,is founded on a very lightly marked dry-season female from

Kordofan ; and a still lighter specimen was tentatively attributed

to female 7’. agoye, Wallgr., by Butler. There are three specimens

of 7. abyssinicus, Butler, in the British Museum; they are clearly

yellow temales of 7’. eris, the type being rather more heavily marked

than usual. Jdmaismaimuna, Kirby, is quite indistinguishabie from

T. eris ; and 7’. johnstoni, Butl., is only the ordinary South-African

dry-season form of the species. The type of 7. opalinus, Butl., is

an unusually large female from Delagoa Bay, in which the upper

white spots in apical black patch are almost obsolete, but it is

certainly nothing but 7. eris. This species ranges practically

throughout Africa, with the exception of the extreme S.W. and

N.W., and even extends into Arabia.

3. TERACOLUS COLIAGENES.

Kuchloé coliagenes, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xx. p. 216

(1867).

The single type in the British Museum is a yellow female from

the White Nile, which seems to link 7’. eris to the 7’. fausta group.

4, TERACOLUS AGOYE.

Anthopsyche agoye, Wallengren, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. ;

Lep. Rhop. Caf. p. 15 (1857).

Anthocharis ecosphorus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 523

(1863).

This species seems to occur only in the strip of country lying

between 20° and 26° §. lat., from Damaraland to the Eastern

Transvaal. In the latter country I found it fairly plentiful within

a limited area along the Olifants River in May 1893.

2 Since writing this I have seen a male taken by Mr. R. Crawshay in Nyasa-

land, and a female taken by Dr. Ansorge in Uganda.

8 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [Jan. 19,

5. TERACOLUS BOWKERI. .

Teracolus bowkeri, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 358 (1883).

The South-western representative of 7’. agoye, to which it is very

nearly allied, but all the distinctions dwelt on by Mr. Trimen

appear to be constant. According to him it does not occur north

of 26° 8. lat., being only recorded from Namaqualand, Griqualand

West, and Basutoland.

6. TERACOLUS ZEPHYRUS, sp. nov.

Size and shape of 7. agoye, Wallgr.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing white, with a mere trace of black

speckling at base, and a fine black line along costa as far as apical

patch ; the latter is of the same size and tint as in 7. agoye, but the

black border along its inner edge is much narrower and more

clearly defined; along the inner side of this border is an ill-

defined suffusion of sulphur-yellow. The patch is bordered

outwardly by a narrow fuscous edging, which radiates slightly on

nervules. Hind wing white, the only marking being a few black

scales at base. Underside pure white throughout, without

markings of any kind.

This interesting species is in some respects intermediate between

T. agoye and T. bowkeri, but Mr. Trimen, to whom I have shown the

type, agrees with me that it is quite distinct from either. It may

at once be distinguished from 7’. agoye by the complete absence of

black neuration or discal black clouding in fore wing, and by the

presence of the black line along costa and the yellow on disc.

The two latter points also distinguish it from 7. bowkeri, from

which it further differs in the colour of the apical patch and its

inner black edging.

Founded on a single male collected by Dr. Donaldson Smith at

* Selou,” in Somaliland ; this specimen is in Miss E. M. Sharpe’s

collection, who has attributed it to 7. agoye in a paper now in the

press (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 535). Miss Sharpe tells me that

Dr. Smith took three other specimens, which I have not seen.

7. TERACOLUS FAUSTUS.

Papilio fausta, Olivier, Voy. Emp. Othom., Atl. pl. 33. fig. 4

(1801).

Idmais faustina, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 190 (1865).

Teracolus solaris, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 135 (1876),

Teracolus rosaceus, Butler, loc. cit. p. 134, pl. vii. fig. 6 (1876).

Teracolus oriens, Butler, loc. cit. p. 134, pl. vii. fig. 7 (1876).

Teracolus vi, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 487, pl. xxx. figs. 6 &7

(1884).

This species varies somewhat in the development of the black

markings, and has consequently been much split up, but a careful

examination of the fine series in the British Museum has con-

vinced me that the differences are worthless as specific characters.

It inhabits N.W. India, from Disa to the foot of the Himalayas,

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 9

and further west it has been recorded from Afghanistan, Asia

Minor, and the Sinai Peninsula.

8. TERACOLUS FULVIUS.

Tdmais fulvia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 392, pl. ix. fig. 5

(1867).

Teracolus tripuncta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 149, pl. xv. fig. 4

(1880).

Teracolus surya, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lil. p. 45 (1885).

Teracolus palliseri, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) i. p.418 (1888).

This is the Southern representative of 7’. faustus, being recorded

from Khandesh and Ganjam, on the west and east coast of India,

and occurs from there southward to Ceylon.

9. TERACOLUS CALAIS.

Papilio calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 53. C & D (1782).

Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs 17 & 18

(1829). ;

Teracolus carnifer, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 138, pl. vii. figs 8 & 9

(1876).

This is a wide-ranging but comparatively stable species. The

only locality in Extra-Tropical South Africa from which it has

been recorded is Delagoa Bay. From there it ranges north along

the Eastern littoral (including Madagascar), but does not appear

to become plentiful till near the Equator, whence it continues

through Somaliland, Abyssinia, and Arabia, into North-western.

India; on the west side of Africa, it has been recorded from the

Congo. It appears to me impossible to separate 7’. dynamene,

Klug, from 7’. calais. The lighter-coloured typical form seems to

predominate in Africa and 7’. dynamene in India, but the latter is

also common in Equatorial East Africa. In Arabia both forms

occur, and there is in the British Museum a female 7’. calais from

Aden which is noted as having been taken in copuldé with a

male 7. dynamene. T’. carnifer, Butler, from Karachi (November),

is clearly a dry-season form of this species, the bright green of

the underside being modified into a sandy pinkish. In January

1896 I took a white female of this species at Beira.

10. TeRacoLUS AMATUS.

Papilio amata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775).

Papilio cyprea, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. il. p. 22 (1787).

Teracolus modestus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 1387 (1876).

Teracolus kennedii, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 440 (1884).

This species is nothing more than a local race of the preceding, but

as the distinctions appear fairly constant and the two forms do

not merge too much into one another, I prefer to keep them apart.

T. amatus therefore represents 7’. calais in Central and Southern

India and Ceylon. 7. kennedit is identical with 7. amatus; and I

cannot accord specific rank to 7’. modestus, which is only a rather

10 MR. GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE [Jan. 19,

more heavily marked variety of the same species, their identity being

well shown in the British Museum series, which represents a

gradual and unbroken gradation from one to the other. There are

three specimens in the British Museum labelled 7’. eyprea ; two of

them are, in my opinion, 7’. calais and the third a white female of

T. amata, Capt. Watson, following Mr. Butler’s identification of

the insect, considers 7’. cyprea to be a synonym of 7. calais.

Fabricius’s descriptions are delightfully vague, but I preter to

follow Boisduval in believing that in 7’. cypraa he was deseribing

the female of his 7. amata,

11. TERACOLUS PROTRACTUS.

Teracolus protractus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 137 (1876).

This handsome species is purely Asiatic, being recorded from

Kutch, Punjab, and Baluchistan. As Capt. Watson has pointed

out, the seasonal forms are well marked on the underside, but,

curiously enough, they have never been separated like so many

others.

12. TERACOLUS OCELLATUS.

Teracolus ocellatus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 767 (1885).

This species is of interest owing co the exactly intermediate

position it occupies between 7’. protracius and 1. phisadia. I have

seen only two specimens—one is in Miss E. M. Sharpe’s collection,

and the type in the British Museum ; they are both from Somaliland,

13. THRACOLUS PHISADIA,

Pieris phisadia, Godart, Ency. Meth. ix. p. 132 (1819).

Pontia arne, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Idmais philumene, Mabille, Compt. rend. Soc. Belg. p. 106 (1880).

In this species the male is quite stable, as is the case throughout

this group, but the female is very variable, presenting four

gradations : (1) like the male ; (2) yellow, with base of primaries

suffused with pink; (3) pure yellow; (4) white. The latter might

easily be mistaken for the Indian 7. puellaris, Butler, but may be

distinguished by the curved macular discal stripe on underside of

secondaries. This is the Western representative of 7’. protractus,

occurring in Arabia, through Abyssinia to Senegal, but apparently

not south of 10° N. lat. M. Mabille records it from Madagascar

and India also; but this must be received with caution, for his

idea of the species seems to be a little vague, as he refers to it as “a

pretty species intermediate between 7. calais and T. dynamene”!

14. TERACOLUS PUELLARIS.

Teracolus puellaris, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 136 (1876).

Teracolus ochreipennis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 136 (1876).

Teracolus rorus, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 438, pl. xxxix. fig. 8

(1884).

Occurs in N.W. India from Kutch to Punjab and does not seem

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 11

to come further west than Baluchistan. 7. puellaris, with a green

underside, is the wet-season form, and 7’. ochreipennis and T’. rorus,

with sandy-coloured undersides, represent the dry-season form.

15. THRACOLUS VESTALIS.

Teracolus vestalis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 135, pl. vil. fig. 10

(1876).

Teracolus intermissus, Butler, Proce. Zool. Soc. p. 152, pl. xxiv.

fig. 4 (1883).

Teracolus dubius, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 439 (1884).

Teracolus peelus, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 439, pl. xxxix.

fig. 9 (1884).

This species is very nearly allied to the last, and is perhaps

doubtfully distinct. However, a few small distinctions appear to

be constant: thus, 7’. vestalis is larger, with the black border on

upperside of secondaries proportionately narrower; on the under-

side of primaries the lowest of the three black spots near posterior

angle is small and well-defined, but in 7. puellaris it is large and

suffused along inner margin; lastly, the females of 7’. vestalis have a

macular discal ray on the underside of secondaries, which appears

to be absent in 7. puellaris. With regard to the synonymy,

T. vestalisand dubius are the same; 7’. intermissus is the dry-season

form, and 7’. peelus is merely the yellow female of it. This species

has much the same range as 7’. puellaris, but has been recorded a

little further west, namely from Fao in the Persian Gulf.

16. THRACOLUS CASTALIS.

Idmais castalis, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 43, pl. xxiii.

(1885).

The East-African representative of 7. vestalis, Butl. It occurs

in the country lying between Victoria Nyanza and the coast, and

as far north as Somaliland.

17, TERACOLUS PRECLARUS.

Teracolus preclarus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 769, pl. xlvii.

fig. 7 (1885).

A very distinct and handsome snecies, of which I have seen only

the male and female types in the British Museum from Somaliland.

18. TERACOLUS CELIMENE.

Anthocharis celimene, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 426 (1852),

Anthopsyche pholoé, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatsch. iv. p. 35

(1860).

Anthocharis phenon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 522 (1863).

Anthocharis amina, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Anth. pl. i. figs. 1-3

(1866).

From the descriptions given by Wallengren and Trimen, I

have but little doubt that this must be the dry-season form of

T. celimene, all the distinctions dwelt on by Trimen being quite in

12 MR, GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE (Jan. 19,

accord with ordinary seasonal variation’. Its range is similar to

that of several of the Zeracoli ; its stronghold is on the eastern

side of Africa, where it occurs from Abyssinia as far south as the

North-west Transvaal, but in the Southern Tropic it continues

westward to Damaraland. It does not seem to be anywhere very

plentiful.

19. TwRACOLUS PROTOMEDIA.

Pontia protomedia, Kiug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii. figs. 13 & 14

(1829).

This handsome and distinct species seems to be wonderfully

stable in its colouring. It ranges from Arabia, through Somali-

land, Nubia, Dongola, and Equatorial East Africa to Madagascar.

90. TERACOLUS VESTA.

Tdmais vesta, Reiche, Fér. & Gal. Voy. Abys. pl. xxxi. figs. 7 & 8

(1849).

Teracolus amelia, Lucas, Rey. Zool. p. 437 (1852).

Teracolus velleda, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 428 (1852).

Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xix. p. 459 (1877).

Teracolus argillaceus, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xix. p. 459

(1877).

Teracolus haningtonii, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xii. p, 104

(1883).

Teracolus catachrysops, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) ii. p. 17

1888).

Teracolus rhodesinus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 663 (1893).

Teracolus bipartitus, Rothschild, Noy. Zool. p. 537 (1894).

Although this species is fairly stable im South Africa, it exhibits

many variations in the Central North Tropical areas, but a careful

examination of them shows that they merge so gradually into

one another as to make it impossible to accord specitic rank to any

ofthem. 7’. mutans from Lake Nyasa and Njemps seems to me quite

inseparable from 7’. vesta ; and at the same time it varies so much

in the direction of 7’. catachrysops (Central Hast Africa), that the

female type of that form might equally well stand as 7. mutans.

Again, theseries in Mr. J ackson’s collection from East Africa shows

the impossibility of separating 7’. haningtonii from T. catachrysops ;

and the more extreme specimens of this latter form merge right

into 7. amelia, Luc., from Abyssinia and Senegal. 7’. rhodesinus,

Butl., founded on a single male from Lake Mweru, combines the

characters of 7. haningtonit and mutans, and is probably an

intermediate seasonal form. Judging from the description of

T. bipartitus, Roths., I cannot distinguish it from a female of

T. haningtonii, Butl., although the author associates it so closely

with 7’. celimene, Luc. . argillaceus, Butl., is the usual South-

African dry-season form of the species.

Owing, therefore, to the intricate interrelation of all the above

1 Thave since seen the types of Mr. Trimen’s Anthocharis phenon (= pholoé,

Wallgr.), and I am satisfied that they are dry specimens of T. celimene, with

which opinion Mr. Trimen himself coincides. ;

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. ie

forms, and to the fact that typical specimens occur throughout

the eastern side of Africa, I think it advisable to regard them as

merely synonyms of one variable species. 7’. vesta ranges practi-

cally through the whole of Tropical Africa, but south of the Tropics

it does not occur westward of the Transvaal and Natal.

21. TERACOLUS ANSORGEI, sp. nov.

3. Upperside bright: ochreous with black markings. Fore wing :

Pattern and colouring similar to that of 7’. awrigineus, Butl., except

in the following points: (a) there is no trace of the whitish-grey

patch at base, it being replaced by slight blackish clouding; (6) the

discal zigzag black band is narrower and ends abruptly on inner

nervure, instead of being continued to, and suffused along, inner

margin. Neuration more finely black throughout. Hind wing:

Ground-colour as in fore wing, base with very slight fuscous

clouding, and a curved dentate band across dise of same colour as

basal clouding, much lighter than same feature in 7. awrigineus,

and continuous, not macular; a broad black hind-marginal band,

containing inter-nervular dots of ground-colour. Neuration black

beyond middle only.

Underside. Pattern exactly like that of 7’. vesta, Reiche. Fore

wing : Ground-colour somewhat lighter than above ; discocellular

spot distinct, smaller than above ; ziguag discal band of upperside

reproduced, but macular, being divided by nervules which are dark

pink in colour, near costa the band assumes a brownish tinge;

beyond this a row of yellow spots, large below first median nervule

and of same colour as base, but above it they are smaller and of a

pale yellow tint; beyond this a narrow curved brownish line,

which is succeeded by a hind-marginal row of subquadrate pale

vellow spots, which diminish towards posterior angle. Hind wing :

Pale yellow, with basal half of costa and a ray along inner nervure

ochreous yellow. A longitudinal ray from base in cell and a

shorter one above it deep pink; an irregular transverse band of

the same colour passing through the extremity of discoidal cell,

then a band of ground-colour and a discal angulated brownish-pink

band about middle of wing ; then another broader band of yellow,

divided into spots by the intersecting pink nervules ; beyond this

a narrow curved line of brownish pink, and finally a hind-marginal

row of subquadrate spots of ground-colour. A thin black line

runs along extreme hind margin of both wings, which is present

in 7’. vesta but absent in 7’. awrigineus.

Female same as the male, but the colouring duller on both surfaces.

This is a most interesting species, combining as it does the

upperside colouring of 7’. awrigineus with the underside colouring of

T’. vesta, being at the same time quite distinct from either species.

From the former it may be at once distinguished by the complete

absence, in the male, of the basal white patch in fore wing, and

the great reduction of the black discal band in the hind wing, but

the underside is hardly distinguishable from some specimens of

the variable 7’. vesta (more particularly of the 7’. mutans form).

14 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [Jan. 19,

Founded on three males and one female (wet-season specimens)

caught on January 5, 1894, at Parumbira in German East Africa,

by Dr. Ansorge, to whom I have dedicated the species.

22. TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xii. p. 103

(1883).

Teracolus venustus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 94 (1888).

This species occurs in Equatorial East Africa, being recorded from

Wadelai southward to Lake Nyasa, appearing to be common

wherever it occurs. 7’. venustus, Butl., from Kilimanjaro, is the

dry-season form, being smaller and having the underside of a more

pinkish tinge, but the colouring above is unchanged.

23. TERACOLUS DOUBLEDAYI.

Idmais doubledayi, Hoppfer, Peters, Reise Mossamb. p. 362

(1862).

Idmais chrysonome, Doubleday (nec Klug), Gen. D. Lep. pl. vii.

fig. 5 (1847).

Idmais vesta, Trimen (nec Reiche), Rhop. Afr. Aust. p. 62

(1862).

Idmais hewitsoni, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Lep. p. 498 (1871).

This is the West-African representative of 7’. vestc, Reiche. The

specimens in the British Museum are from Angola and the Congo.

94. TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME.

Pontia chrysonome, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vii. figs. 9-11

(1829).

Teracolus helvolus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 94 (1888).

T’. chrysonome has not been recorded south of Kilimanjaro, ocenr-

ring northward as far as Dongola and Somaliland. The smaller

T. helvolus with its pinkish underside colouring represents the dry-

season brood.

95, TERACOLUS GAUDENS.

Teracolus gaudens, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xviii. p. 486

1876).

Poi arenicolens, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. p. 81 (1884).

Founded on a single male from Abyssinia. It differs from

T’. chrysonome in the reduction of the black discal ray in fore wing

and its larger basal grey patch. A long series, however, would

probably show them to be inseparable. T. arenicolens, founded

on a single specimen from Arabia, is clearly the dry-season form.

26. TERACOLUS PLEIONE.

Pontia pleione, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii. figs. 7 & 8 (1829),

Idmais miriam, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. p. 190, pl. xxvii. figs. 3

& 4 (1865).

Leracolus chrysomela, Butler, Cist. Ent. p. 244 (1874).

1897.] BUITERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 15

Idmais eucheria, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 174 (1879);

Grand. Hist. Madag. pl. 41. fig. 5 (1887).

There seems to be little doubt that Jdintis miriam, Feld., is only

the dry-season form of 1’. pletone(K1.), having the black borders and

discal yellow markings rather more reduced. Jdmais eucheria, Mab.,

is unquestionably referable to this species. 7’. pleione is essentially

an Arabian species, but there is one specimen in the British

Museum from the White Nile. M. Mabille records it from Mada-

gascar, whence he also records two other Arabian species, viz.

phisadia, God., and halimede, Klug. If this be correct, it is a fact

of the highest importance in geographical distribution, but the

carelessness which is unfortunately so evident in much of

M. Mabille’s work prevents my accepting these records without

further evidence.

27. TERACOLUS HELIOCAUSTUS.

Teracolus heliocaustus, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 768, pl. xlvii.

figs. 8 & 9 (1835).

This species is the Somali representative of the Arabian 7’. pleione

and 7. halimede. It resembles the latter in the distribution of

yellow in both wings, but is nearer 7’. pleone in its size and in the

absence of the grey at base of fore wings.

28. TERACOLUS VENOSUS.

Idmais venssa, Staudinger, Exot. Schm. p. 43, pl. xxiii. (1885).

This is a very distinct little species, being pure white above,

with the ends of nervules and a narrow border black in primaries,

and comes closest to the 7’. halimede group. As yet it has only

been found on the east coast of Africa, close to the Equator.

29. TeRACOLUS LEO.

Anthocharis leo, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xvi. p. 397 (1865).

Teracolus halimede, Butler (part.), Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 133 (1876).

This is the Central-African representative of the Arabian

T. halimede (1K1.), from which it differs constantly in the restriction

of the yellow patch in fore wing below 3rd median nervule. It

appears to be fairly common in the country lying between Victoria

Nyanza and the coast, and Butler’s type specimen is from the

White Nile’. The seasonal forms are well marked, the black

borders being almost obsolete in the dry season and the underside

of hind wings covered with grey freckling.

30. TERACOLUS HALIMEDE.

Pontia halimede, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vii. figs. 12-15

(1829).

Ponti acaste, Klug, ibid. pl. vii. figs. 16, 17 (1829).

Pieris polycaste, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 525 (1836).

' Mrs. Lort Phillips captured a single male in Somaliland (teste E. M.

Sharpe).

16 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON THE (Jan. 19,

Teracolus celestis, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 435, pl. xxxix.

figs. 1, 2 (1884).

Klug in describing his Pontia acaste says that it might prove

to be only a white female of his P. halimede, and his conjecture is no

doubt correct. I can also find no character which would entitle

7. celestis, Swinh., to specific rank. This is a purely Arabian

species. Butler records it from the White Nile (P. Z.S. 1876,

p- 133), but the locality only applies to 7’. leo, Butl., which at that

time he considered to be identical with 7’. halimede. I have already

referred to the tact that M. Mabille records it from Madagascar.

31. TeRACOLUS ZO#.

Anthocharis zoé, Grandidier, Rev. Zool. p. 272 (1867), and Grand.

Hist. Madag. pl. 40. figs. 3-8.

This handsome and curious species is peculiar to Madagascar,

but presents affinities to several very distinct groups. The general

character of the upperside markings brings it very close to 7. hali-

mede, but in its large purple apical patch it approaches 7’. celimene,

Lue., and its rather distinctive underside markings closely resemble

those of 7. mananhari, Ward.

32. TERACOLUS MANANHARI.

Pieris mananhari, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. p. 224 (1870).

Anthocharis flavida, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 37 (1877).

Teracolus nothus, Mabille, Grand. Hist. Madag. p. 290,

pl. xxxvi.a. figs. 2, 2a (1886).

A very curious and somewhat isolated species peculiar to

Madagascar. Anthocharis flavida is founded on smaller specimens

in which the underside of secondaries is clouded with sandy or

pinkish hatching, with a darker angulated ray on disc, and

evidently represents the dry-season form. 1’. nothus is an inter-

mediate seasonal form.

33. TERACOLUS ELGONENSIS.

Teracolus elgonensis, E. M. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 191,

pl. xvi. fig. 6 (1891).

A most interesting and distinct little species, allied to 7. ewnoma,

Hoppf., but readily distinguished by its much smaller size, its

greenish-white ground-colour, and by the very different position of

the three small crimson spots near apex. I have seen the unique

type, a male, which is in the collection of Mr. F. J. Jackson, who

captured it on Mt. Elgon, to the north of Victoria Nyanza.

34. TERACOLUS EUNOMA.

Pieris eunoma, Hoppfer, Bericht Ak. Berl. p. 640 (1855); and

Reise Mossamb. pl. xxiii. figs. 1, 2 (1862).

Teracolus chromiferus, Rothschild, Nov. Zool. p. 538 (1894).

In spite of the larger size of 7. chromiferus and its larger apical

patch, which consists of four spots instead of two, I think Hewitson

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. VG

was right in referring his specimen to 7’. ewnoma, as the apical

patch of the former is very variable, and two of the spots show a

tendency to become obsolete; also the discal row of spots on

underside of hind wing, which is absent in typical 7’. eunoma, is

partially obsolete in two specimens of the 7. chromiferus form that

I have seen. Beyond the Hewitson male and that described by

Mr. Rothschild I only know of four others, which were caught by

myself at Beira, East Africa,in January 1896. One of these males

was taken in copuld, and the following is the description of the

female :—

Upperside.—Yellowish white, with black spots and markings,

without any coloured apical patch. Fore wing: Costa narrowly

edged with fuscous. Terminal discocellular spot very large.

Beyond middle a curved row of six large black spots, that on costa

being larger than the rest. Black hind-marginal border fairly

broad at apex, narrowing towards interior angle, radiating very

broadly on nervules so as to give it a strongly,dentate appearance ;

the radiations on third subcostal and upper radial nervules

extended so as to just touch first and second spots of discal row.

Base of wing very broadly clouded with fuscous, almost as in

T. anne, Wallgr. Hind wing: Basal fuscous suffusion much

fainter and more restricted than in fore wing. Hind-marginal

nervular spots very large and diffuse, produced somewhat on

nervules inwardly.

Underside.—Fore wing: Apical patch pale yellowish. Discal

row of spots as on upperside, but first spot divided into two

discocellular spots as above; an ill-defined patch of fuscous

clouding in the middle of the discoidal cell. Hind wing: As in

male, but the ground-colour of a deeper, richer yellow, and the

black spots of angulated discal row all strongly marked.

In Miss Sharpe’s collection I found another female which is

clearly attributable to this species, but differs from the foregoing

specimen in having the hind-marginal border suffused so as to

enclose the four upper black spots of discal row, leaving three

small white spots in the black apical patch. I have also seen three

similar females collected by Dr. Ansorge in East Africa. I have

not yet seen a dry-season specimen of this species.

35. TERACOLUS HETERA.

Callosune hetwra, Gersticker, Arch. f. Nat. xxxvii. p. 357 (1871).

Teracolus puniceus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 72 (1888).

Teracolus foliaceus, Butler, ibid. p. 573, pl. xxxvi. fig. 7 (1894).

This species in its summer garb is distinguished from 7’. ewnoma

by its much larger crimson-lake apical patch, and the distinct

fine black neuration on the upperside of both wings, the hind

wings in 7’. ewnoma having none atall. Moreover the underside of

hind wing is only faintly tinged with yellowish, and bears a discal

ray from costa similar to that in 7. jalone, Butl. ; whereas the same

part in 7’. eunoma is always of a bright yellow colour, and presents

an angulated discal row of spots exactly like that in the wet-season

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. II. 2

18 MR, GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [Jan. 19

form of 7. regina, Trim. I have no doubt whatever that 7’. puniceus,

Butl., is merely the dry-season form of this species, the size of the

apical patch and the upperside black markings being somewhat

reduced, and the underside of secondaries having a pinkish tinge

with faint grey hatching and a distinct discal ray from costa. I

cannot distinguish the single female on which Mr. Butler founded

his 7’. foliaceus from the female of 7’, hetera, of which I have seen a

long series. As usual, the colouring of the female is highly variable,

ranging from dull white, through opalescent or yellowish white to

bright yellow; the black borders are very heavy and radiate some-

what on nervules in hind wings; there is no black bar on inner

margin of fore wings, but strong basal grey clouding ; the spots in

apical black are small, white or yellowish in colour, and usually

more or less suffused with crimson scales. At present 7’. hetera

has been recorded from the Sabaki R. and Victoria Nyanza on the

south, northward to Wadelai and Somaliland.

36. TERACOLUS LORTI.

Teracolus lorti, B. M. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 527.

I have not been able to examine the types of this species, but

judging from Miss Sharpe’s description it is very nearly allied to

the foregoing species, and is perhaps doubtfully distinct ; but owing

to the unusally large size of the apical patch and its combination

with an essentially dry-season underside colouring, I feel con-

strained to keep it separate. The species was founded on a male

and two females, captured in March 1895 by Mrs. Lort Phillips

in the Goolis Mts., Somaliland, and it is worth noting that

specimens of 7’. hetwra were caught at the same time.

37. TERACOLUS IONE.

Pieris ione, Godart (nec Trim.), Ene. Méth. ix. p. 140 (1819).

Anthocharis tone, Boisduval, App. Voy. Deleg. Afr. Aust. p. 587

(1847).

ee erone, Angas, Kaf. Ilust. pl. xxx. fig. 3 (1849).

Anthopsyche speciosa, Wallengren, K. Sv. Vet-Akad. Handl. ;

Lep. Rhop. Caf. p. 16 (1857).

Euchloé jobina, Butler, Cist. Ent. 1. p. 14 (1869).

As there appears to be some difference of opinion as to what is

the true Pieris ione of Godart, I have taken some trouble to satisfy

myself on the matter. Mr. Trimen considers that Godart was

describing the form named 7’. jalone by Dr. Butler, whereas the

latter gentleman places 7’. speciosa, Wallgr., as 7’. tone, which seems

to be the more generally accepted view. A careful consideration of

the original description and a good series of both species leads me

to believe that the latter decision is nearer the truth. Godart’s

description does not exactly suit any specimen that I have seen,

but if we are to be satisfied with the nearest we can get to it,

Anthopsyche speciosa, Wallgr., has certainly the first claim. The most

important point seems to be the underside colouring, which he

1897. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 19

describes thus :—‘‘ below all four wings are white, with black

marginal spots and the costa of hind wings orange at base.”

Mr. Trimen contends that as 7. speciosa has the hind wings

yellow below, it cannot be this species; but I have seen not a

few specimens in which the yellow is reduced to but the faintest

tinge, and which would thus very well suit the description ; more-

over the hind-marginal spots are a normal feature in 7. speciosa,

but whenever they occur in 7’. jalone, which is very seldom, they

are always accompanied by strong black neuration and a distinct

blackish discal ray from costa, to which striking features no refer-

ence is made by Godart. But Mr. Trimen’s chief contention is

that at the time when Godart described his insect there were no

Europeans in Natal, which is the only locality where 7. speciosa

has been found at the present day. Godart gives no locality for

his specimen ; but this argument does not seem sufficiently cogent

to induce me to apply his name toa species which clearly does

not agree with his description, when we know of another species

which suits it reasonably well *.

T’.rone, as here restricted, is a very local insect, being only known

at present from the coast-belt of Natal, and is replaced a short

distance inland by the wide-ranging and variable 7’. phlegyas, Butl.

(=jalone, Butl.). 7. jobina, Butl., is the dry-season form of 7. ‘one.

* [The point here discussed cannot now be settled; only probabilities can be

weighed, in conjunction with the comparison of an incomplete description with

the known varieties of the two nearly related forms in question. Perhaps I

may here quote what I published in 1889 (S. Afr. Butt. iii. p. 103):-—* Tt is

not practicable to determine with certainty the exact form of male upon which

Godart (/oc. cit.) founded his Pieris ione, his description being too brief and no

locality being given ; but as he describes the underside as white, and as it is

improbable that he should have had before him in the year 1818 any of the

more locally restricted Southern forms, I consider it judicious to regard as the

typical 7. tone the form [ione of Reiche and of Hopffer, jalone of Butler, &e.] I

have above described, which has a very wide Tropical African range, extending

northward to the White Nile on the east and to Senegal on the west.” As

regards Godart’s description of the underside of the hind wings, it should be

observed that his words are “avec des points marginauax noirdtres,” which

means that those markings are very small and blackish—not that they are

“black spots’? as translated by Mr. Marshall. This is clear from Godart’s

describing, just before, the corresponding larger markings on the upperside

of the hind wings as “une suite de ¢aches noires.” It would thus appear that

in Godart’s insect the underside marginal marks were mere blackish dots, and

it is reasonable to suppose that the other blackish features—the discal ray

and the neuration—were correspondingly reduced. I may note that in the

Mozambique male figured by Hopffer (Peters’ Reise Mossamb. t. xxi. figs. 1 & 2),

although the discal ray is reduced to some very faint brownish traces and the

black neuration is extremely fine, there are yet three diffuse blackish spots on

the nervules along the upper half of the hind margin. As a fact, all the

markings in question are highly variable; and it is not more remarkable that

Godart should have omitted to mention the discal ray and neuration if he had

a faintly-marked example before him, than it is—supposing, on the other hand,

that his type was the Natalian form 7. speciosus—that he fails to note the costal

commencement of the discal ray, which in that form is always well-marked and

the most conspicuous marking on the underside.

Godart gives no locality for his Pierisione; but Boisduval—who states (Spéc.

Gén., Pref. ‘p. ix, 1836) that he had been able to verify a number of Godart’s

20 MR. GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE (Jan. 19,

38. TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, Proce. Zool. Soc. p. 431, pl. xxv.

fig. 3 (1865).

Euchloé jalone, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 14 (1869).

Teracolus buxtoni, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 130 (1876).

Teracolus imperator, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 132 (1876).

Teracolus bacchus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 73 (1888).

Teracolus ione, Reiche, Fér. & Gal. Voy. Abyss. (1849) ; Felder,

Reise Noy. (1865); Trimen, S. Afr. Butt. iii. p. 101 (1889).

Callosune mrogoroana, Vuillot, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. ci (1891).

Callosune jalone, var. natalensis, Standinger, Exot. Schmet. p. 44

(1885).

The male type of this highly variable species is a dwarfed specimen

from the White Nile, and its most distinctive character is that

the underside of the hind wings is white with all the neuration

finely blackened throughout. From Wadelai and Njemps I have

seen yery similarly marked specimens, which are, however, of much

larger size, being quite equal to the 7’. imperator form. The only

important difference between these examples and 7’. bacchus, Butl.,

which is recorded from Wadelai, Kandera, and the Sabaki Valley,

is that the latter has the underside neuration very heavily

blackened, which certainly gives it a very distinct appearance ; but

the development of the black on neuration is such an eminently

unreliable character in this genus that I cannot consider it a good

species. 7’. mrogoroana from Zanguebar is identical with bacchus,

the differences referred to by M. Vuillot appearing to me to be

absolutely trivial. 7’. phlegyas also varies in the opposite direction,

namely in the gradual loss of the black neuration below until the

underside of the hind wing becomes pure white without any

markings whatever. Such specimens, however, seem to be rare,

as there is nearly always some trace of the oblique dusky discal

ray from costa, which is so characteristic of the group. It was

on a dry-season specimen of this variety that Mr. Butler founded

his 7’. jalone, which has the underside of secondaries of a pinkish

tinge with a faint discal ray. This again merges gradually into

TJ’. imperator (Central East Africa) both in the development of the

discal ray and in the tendency to assume a 6th spot in the purple

descriptions by examination of the actual specimens from which they were

made in the Paris Museum—gives Senegal only. As late as 1847 (App. Voy.

Deleg. p.587)—referring to the discovery of 7. tone in Natal—Boisduval writes :

* Avant ce yoyage, cette espéce était fort rare dans les collections. Les quelques

indiyidus que l'on connaissait avaient été recueillis en Abyssinie ou au Sénégal.”

T. speciosus is by far the most strictly local of the known forms of purple-tipped

Teracoli, and even in England does not seem to have been received before

1840 ; and it was not until 1857 that Wallengren described it as distinct from

the recognized 7. cone. On the whole I must still regard it as far more probable

that in 1818 Godart had before him one of the widely-ranging tropical forms,

and most likely a Senegal specimen, than that he should have been in possession

of a form peculiar to the Natal coast, where even the pioneer European

elephant-hunters and traders did not go till 1825,—R. Trrmn,| *

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS, 21

apical patch, which is generally present in that species, but is

very variable in size and sometimes absent. T. ione, Trim. (part),

and 7. jalone var. natalensis, Stand., represent the Natal form of

the species, which differs from 7. imperator in its smaller size, the

absence of the 6th spot in apical patch, and the rather stronger

development of the inner black edging of the purple; but specimens

from Mashunaland and the Transvaal show every intergrade

between the two forms. In the quasi-tropical coast-belt of Natal

another variation occurs, in which the purple patch is slightly

reduced owing to the broadening of the inner black edging, and

the ends of nervules on the underside of hind wings are strongly

blackened, often terminating in spots on the hind margin.

TL’, buxtoni is the normal dry-season form of the species in South

Africa, the Central-African specimens being noticeably larger.

Although the males of this species are so variable, the females are

even worse and the variations are not so localized. Not only

does the ground-colour vary from white to bright yellow, but even

the discal black markings are apt to be very much reduced, and

the apical patch may be either red or black; in the latter case

it contains a row of small spots, which may be either white, yellow,

or red. The tints of the underside also vary much, and there

seems to be a sporadic tendency to blackening of nervules,

T. phlegyas ranges thoughout East Africa from Natal to Abyssinia,

and in the Southern Tropic it extends westwards to Damaraland

and Ovampoland.

39. TERACOLUS REGINA.

Anthocharis regina, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 520 (1863).

Callosune anax, H. G. Smith, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) iii. p. 125

(1889).

Teracolus eliza, Sharpe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) v. p. 441 (1890).

This handsome species, which is wonderfully constant, has not

quite such a wide range as 7’. phlegyas. On the eastern side its

southern limit seems to be about 28° S. lat., and it has not been

recorded north of Victoria Nyanza; from the Transvaal it ranges

west through Bechuanaland to Damaraland. The species was

founded on dry-season specimens; 7’. anax, with which 7’, eliza is

identical, being the wet-season form.

40. TERACOLUS DUCISSA.

Piychopteryx ? ducissa, Dognin, Le Natural. p. 132 (1891).

Founded on a single specimen from Zanguebar, apparently the

only one recorded. Judging by the description, this must be a very

distinct species :—“ Breadth 55 mm. Upperside white; apical

third of fore wings orange-red, bordered exteriorly with brick-

brown, the latter colour extending to inner angle. Underside of

hind wings yellowish with reddish striole and traversed on disc

by a straight, well-defined, reddish-yellow ray.” The extension

of the hind-marginal border in fore wing is noticeable. The

22 MR. GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE (Jan. 19,

description comes nearer the dry-season females of 7. phlegyas

(=buvtoni), Butl., than anything else, but the complete absence

of any black markings along the inner edge of apical patch would

at once distinguish it.

41. THRACOLUS ANNE.

Thestias anne, Wallengren, K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl.; Lep.

Rhop. Caf. p. 66 (1857).

Anthocharis danaé, Hewitson (nec Fabr.), Gen. Diurn. Lep.

pl. vii. fig. 3 (1847); Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 44 (1862).

Teracolus cinerescens, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 172 (1873).

Teracolus wallengrenti, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 157 (1876).

Callosune confusa, Westwood, Oates’ Matabeleland, p. 348

(1889).

This is the Southern representative of 7. eupompe (Klug),

inhabiting the eastern side of South Africa from Natal to Zambesi’.

T. cinerescens, Butl., is quite inseparable from 7’. anne; and there

is nothing to distinguish 7’. confusa (Westw.) from 7. wallengrenit,

Butl., which is the dry-season form of the species.

42, THRACOLUS WALKERI.

Teracolus walkert, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xiv. p. 403

(1884).

The West- African representative of 7. eupompe, founded on a

male and female from Elephant Bay, West Africa. Although

from their underside colouring they are clearly dry-season speci-

mens, the inner black edging of apical patch in the male and the

basal black clouding in the female are proportionately heavier than

in even the wet-season form of 7’. anne (Wallgr.).

43, 'TERACOLUS DANAE,

Papilio danaé, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775).

Papilio eborea 2 , Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 352. figs. E & F (nec

C & D) (1782). :

Teracolus sunguinalis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 158 (1876).

Teracolus taplim, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 444, pl. xl.

figs. 8 & 9 (1884).

This is the representative of 7’. euwpompe (Klug) in Central and

Southern India and Ceylon, corresponding with 7. annw (Wallgr.)

in 8. Africa, to which it has a great resemblance. 7’. sanguinalis

and taplini represent the dry-season form.

44, TmRACcOLUS EUPOMPE.

Pontia eupompe, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 11-14 (1829).

Anthopsyche theopompe, Felder, Reis. Nov., Lep. p. 183 (1865).

Anthopsyche anteupompe, Felder, Reis. Noy., Lep. p. 184 (1865).

Anthopsyche dedecora, Felder, ibid. p. 184 (1865).

1 T have since seen a very large dry-season male, captured by Mr, Orawshay

near L, Nyasa.

1897.) BULTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 23

Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. p. 156, pl. vi.

fig. 11 (1876).

Teracolus dirus, Butler, ibid. p. 157, pl. vil. fig. 11 (1876).

Teracolus dulcis, Butler, ibid. p. 157, pl. vii. fig. 13 (1876).

Teracolus eboreoides, Butler, ibid. p. 158, pl. vu. fig. 12 (1876).

Teracolus phenius, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xviii. p. 488

(1876).

Teracolus miles, Butler, ibid. (5) xii. p.. 105 (1888).

Peracolus immaculatus, Swinhoe, Proc. Zoo). Soc. p. 443 (1884).

Teracolus subroseus, Swinhoe, ibid. p. 443, pl. xl. figs. 6 & 7

(1884).

Callosune alberta, Swinhoe, Aun. Mag. N. H. (6) v. p. 396

(1890).

Teracolus hildebrandti 2 , Butler (nec Staud.), Proc. Zool. Soc.

p. 735 (1895).

After a very careful examination of the fine series of this group

in the British Museum, which contains practically all Butler’s and

Swinhoe’s types, I find it impossible to regard any of the above

mentioned forms as specifically distinct from 7’. eupompe (Klug).

Capt. E. Y. Watson has shown that the Indian forms are insepa-

rable, and he even sinks them all as synonymous with 7. danaé

(Fab.). He may be right in this latter course, but I hardly feel

justified in following him at present; and I prefer to regard

T. eupompe as a distinct, though highly variable species, which

ranges from Central Africa through Arabia into N.W. India.

The numerous species created by Felder, Swinhoe, and Butler are

chiefly based on the relative development of all the black markings

and the colour of the underside of secondaries; but as these are

highly variable seasonal characters, it is clear that they are useless

for differentiating species.

In Anthopsyche anteupompe, Feld., from Abyssinia, the White

Nile, and Senegal, the black markings above are well developed,

but the discal spots on underside of hind wings are obsolete ;

T. immaculatus, Swinh., from Fao and Karachi, is inseparable

from this form. The underside spots show a gradually stronger

development through typical 7. ewpompe (Klug) (=duleis, Butl.,

from Karachi) and 7. pseudacaste, Butl., from the White Nile,

Wadelai, and Kilimanjaro (=dirus, Butl., and eboreoides, Butl.,

from Karachi), culminating in 7. phenius, Butl., and 7. miles,

Butl., which are recorded from Abyssinia southward to Kilimanjaro.

Towards the arid deserts of Somaliland this species becomes dwarfed

and under-coloured, and there we get the Anthopsyche theopompe

and dedecora of Felder. 7’. alberta and subroseus are dry-season

forms with pinkish undersides—the former being based on large

fully developed examples, and the latter on more or less dwarfed

specimens. The well-marked summer specimens show a tendency

to the blackening of the nervules on the underside of hind wings:

this is carried to a greater extent than usual in a black-and-white

female in the British Museum, from Uganda, which has been

erroneously attributed to 7. hildebrandti, Staud., by Mr. Butler.

24 MR. GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE (Jau.1

45, THRACOLUS HILDEBRANDTI.

Callosune hildebrandti, Staudinger, Exot. Schm. p. 44, pl. xxiii.

(1886).

This striking species is very nearly allied to the southern 7’. anne

(Wallgr.), and had I seen only a single specimen I should have

regarded it as a sport of that species. But, thanks to Miss E. M.

Sharpe, I have been able to examine a fair series of both sexes, and

I think there is little doubt that it is entitled to specific rank. _In

the male the only differences from J’. anne are (a) its distinctly

larger size, (6) the curious ochreous-yellow colouring of the apical

patch, and (c) the inner black edging of apical patch, which is

narrow on costa and broadens to hind margin, whereas in 7. anne it

is practically the same width throughout. The only constant

distinction that I can find in the female is the complete absence of

any grey clouding along inner margin of fore wings. At present

TL’. hildebrandti has only been received from the basin of the Sabaki

River, in East Africa, between 2° and 4°S. lat. At Hartley Hills,

W. Mashunaland, I caught what at the time 1 took to be a sport

of the dry-season form of 7’. anne (=wallengrenii, Butl.), in which

the apical patch was golden yellow; I am unable to refer to the

specimen at present, but it may prove to be hildebrandti.

46, TERACOLUS GUBNEI.

Anthocharis guenei, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 38 (1877), and

Grand. Hist. Madag., Lép. i. p. 298, pl. xl. figs. 7-9 (1887).

The small size of the apical patch and its strong sinuation on the

inner edge give this species almost the appearance of a dwarfed

specimen of 7’. theogone, Boisd., on the upperside, but the discal

spots below show its relationship to the 7. ewpompe group. The

small variety mentioned by M. Mabille is clearly the dry-season

form. It is peculiar to Madagascar.

47. TERACOLUS SIGA.

Anthocharis siga, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, p. 100 (1882), and

Grand. Hist. Madag., Lép. i. pl. xli. fig. 4 (1887).

This species was founded by M. Mabille on a single male from

Madagascar. From the figure it looks suspiciously like a dwarfed

specimen of 7’. quenei, in which the underside markings have failed

as happens in 7’. eupompe; but until further examples are forth-

coming it is perhaps advisable to keep it separate.

48, TERACOLUS EULIMENE.

Pontia eulimene, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vii. figs. 5-8

(1829).

A most distinct species with no very near allies. Mr. Butler

refers it to the genus Jvias, but it seems preferable to retain it as

a Teracolus. Recorded from Dongola and the White Nile.

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERAGOLUS. 25

49, TuRACOLUS EPHYIA.

Pontia ephyia, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 9 & 10 (1829).

Anthopsyche demagore, Felder, Reis. Nov., Lep. il. p. 186 (1865).

The females associated with 7. ephyia in the British Museum

appear to me to be wrongly placed, as they are inseparable from

those of the very different 7. microcale, But]. 7. demagore, with its

reduced black markings above and pinkish underside, I take to be

the dry-season form of this species. Recorded from Dongola and

Upper Egypt.

50. TERACOLUS LIAGORE.

Pontia liagore, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 5-8 (1829).

This distinct little species, which belongs to the T. evarne group,

seems to be decidedly scarce. Klug records a single male from

Dongola, there is a male from Upper Egypt in the British Museum,

and I have seen one other from Suakin.

51. TERACOLUS AUXO.

Anthocaris auxo, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 422 (1852).

Anthocaris evarne, Boisduval (nec Klug), App. Voy. Deleg. p. 587

(1847).

Anthopsyche evarne, Wallengren, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. ; Lep.

Rhop. Caf. p. 14 (1857).

Anthopsyche eucharis, ? var., Wallengren, ibid. ; ibid. p. 15 (1857).

Anthopsyche topha, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monats. p. 34 (1860).

Anthopsyche keiskamma, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Aust. p. 56, pl. ii.

figs. 2 & 3 (1866).

Teracolus syrtinus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 163 (1876).

T. auxo represents the wet-season form, and 7’. topha (=keis-

kamma) the dry. As Mr. Trimen has pointed out, the two types of

T. syrtinus, Butl., from Lake Nyasa and Senegal, are inseparable

from 7’. auwo; but the remaining specimens associated with them

in the British Museum appear to me to be referable to the nearly

allied 7. evarne (Klug). The above specimens of P. syrtinus are

the only examples of true 7’. auxo that I have seen from localities

north of the Zambesi. To the south of that river it is plentiful in

suitable spots throughout the eastern side of the continent.

52. TERACOLUS INCRETUS.

Teracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xviii. p. 146 (1881).

Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schm. pl. xxii. (1884).

This handsome species is the Central-African representative of

auco, and inhabits a broad belt of country lying between Mombasa

and Victoria Nyanza. It has the bright yellow colouring of the

Southern species, as opposed to the whiter tints of 7’. evarne (Klug) ;

but differs in its much larger size and in the black markings on

primaries, there being no sign of black on the inner edge of apical

patch, and the hind marginal border being narrow, not extended to

posterior angle nor dilated as in 7. auxo. In the latter characters

26 MR, GUY A, K, MARSHALL ON THE [Jan. 19,

it approaches nearer 7. evarne. TT’. vulnerata, Staud., is clearly the

dry-season form of the same species.

53. TERACOLUS EVARNE.

Pontia evarne, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Teracolus citreus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 162 (1876).

Teracolus wanthevarne, Butler, Prec. Zool. Soc. p. 163 (1876).

Teracolus philipsit, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 772, pl. xlvu.

fig. 11 (1885).

This is the northernmost African species in this group, being

recorded from Upper Egypt, Abyssinia, and Somaliland, southward

to Kilimanjaro. 7’. wanthevarne represents the fullest development

of the wet-season form, and approaches 7’. incretus ; typical 7’. evarne

is a little less strongly marked ; the specimens placed with 7. sy7-

tinus in the British Museum constitute an exactly intermediate

seasonal form ; and 7’. citreus is the full dry-season form. 7’. philipsii

is founded on dwarfed specimens from the Somali deserts, and, as is

always the case in such instances, it shows an unbroken gradation

into the typical form.

Apart from other characters, 7’. evarne seems to differ constantly

from 7’. auxo and tmeretus in the more rounded shape of the fore

wings at all seasons of the year.

54, TERACOLUS EUCHARIS.

Papilio eucharis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 472 (1775)

Papilio aurora, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 299. figs. A & D (1782).

Papilio ceneos, Hiibner, Verz. b. Schmett. p. 94 (1816).

Pieris titea, Godart, Ene. Meth. ix. p. 124 (1819).

Teracolus pseudevanthe, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 164, pl. vii.

fig. 16 (1876).

Teracolus pallens, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xx. p. 49 (1877).

T. pseudevanthe exhibits the strongly marked wet-season color-

ation ; 7’. aurora and titea are intermediates ; and 7’. eucharis and

pallens are the dry-season form, the latter showing a very close

relationship to 7’. evarne (Klug). This species frequents Central and

Southern India and Ceylon. :

55. TERACOLUS BVANTHE.

Anthocaris evanthe, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 567 (1836),

Anthocaris ena, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. p. 184 (1879), and

Grand. Hist. Madag. pl. xl. fig. 6 (1887).

A curious species, linking the 7. evarne and evippe groups;

peculiar to Madagascar. 7’. ena does not seem to present any

characters entitling it to specific rank.

56. TERACOLUS BTRIDA.

Anthocaris etrvida, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 576 (1886).

Teracolus limbaius, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 161 (1867).

Teracolus farsinus, Butler, ibid. p. 159, pl. vii. fig. 1 (1876).

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 27

Teracolus pernotatus, Butler, ibid. p. 159, pl. vii. fig. 2 (1876).

Teracolus purus, Butler, ibid. p. 160, pl. vii. figs. 14 & 15 (1876).

Teracolus bimbura, Butler, ibid. p. 161, pl. vii. figs. 3 & 4 (1876).

Teracolus casimirus, Butler, ibid. p. 161 (1876).

Dr. Butler has here, as elsewhere, founded his many species on

characters which are subject to seasonal variation, and they there-

fore merge imperceptibly into one another. The most heavily-

marked form is 7’. Jimbatus, from Ceylon and Southern India, but

the slightly broader border in secondaries is, in my opinion, much

too uustable to be regarded as a specific distinction. 7’. bimbwra

represents the normal dry-season colouring. 1’, etrida is the Asiatic

representative of J’. evippe, and appears to range practically

throughout India and Ceylon, and there is one specimen in the

British Museum from Fao.

57. TERACOLUS EVIPPE.

Papilio evippe, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 239 (1764).

Papilio arethusa, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 19. figs. 5 & 6 (1773).

Papilio eborea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 352. figs. C & D

[nec E & F] (1782).

Papilio hanna, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. v. p. 177, pl. 107.

figs. 5 & 6 (1792).

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122 (1819).

Pieris amytis, Godart, ibid. p. 123 (1819).

Anthocharis achine, Boisduval (nec Cram.), Spec. Gén. Lep. i.

p. 574 (1836).

Anthocharis theogone, Boisduval, ibid. p. 575 (1836).

Anthocharis cebrene, Boisduval, ibid. p. 583 (1836).

Anthocharis ocale, Boisduval, ibid. p. 584 (1836).

Anthocharis ewole, Reiche, Fér. & Gal. Voy. Abyss. pl. xxxi.

fig. 4 [nec 5 & 6] (1849).

Anthocharis eurygone, Lucas, Rey. Zool. p. 341 (1852).

Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. ;

Lep. Rhop. Caf. p. 323 (1857).

Anthopsyche epigone, Felder, Reise Novy., Lep. p. 186 (1865).

Anthopsyche acte, Felder, ibid. p. 187 (1865).

Leracolus loandicus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 724 (1871).

Teracolus omphaloides, Butler, ibig. p. 151 (1876).

Teracolus hybridus, Butler, ibid. p. 152 (1876).

Teracolus delphine, Butler (nec Boisd.), ibid. p. 152 (1876).

Teracolus angolensis, Butler, ibid. p. 154 (1876).

Teracolus pseudocale, Butler, ibid. p. 154, pl. vi. fig. 9 (1876).

Teracolus corda, Méschler, Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, xxxiil.

p. 223 (1883).

Teracolus complexivus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 770 (1885).

Teracolus pyrrhopterus, Butler, ibid. p. 575, pl. xxxvi. figs. 8 & 9

(1894).

The inclusion of the East-African 7. omphale, with its many

variations, as a synonym of the West African 7’. evippe will

28 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON THD (Jan. 19,

doubtless seem to many at first sight to be unwarranted, but after

a careful study of a large number of insects, including many type-

specimens, I can arrive at no other conclusion. Speaking roughly,

the position is as follows :—On the eastern side of the Continent

we have 7’. omphale, with its heavy black bars in both wings, during

the wet season, which is replaced during the winter by its dry-

season form 7’, theogone, in which the black bars disappear more or

less completely ; the black borders are much reduced, and the

underside of secondaries becomes speckled with grey hatching, with

a darker transverse bar on disc. But, as so often happens in such

cases of seasonal dimorphism, at the change of seasons specimens

are met with uniting the characteristics of both wet- and dry-season

forms. Some such examples were caught by the late Mr. E. C.

Buxton in Natal and Swaziland, which resemble 7. theogone in

their shape and in the absence of the black bars, but have the

border of the apical patch as in 7. omphale, and the underside is

white, without trace of grey hatching. These were referred, and

I think justifiably, to 7. evtppe by Mr. Trimen (= pseudocale, Butl.),

who at that time regarded 7’. omphale and theogone as distinct species.

In Eastern Africa, therefore, we have 7’. evippe as an intermediate

seasonal form of 7’. theogone-omphale, and this is probably also the

case in Angola, on the West Coast; but when we reach Guinea

and Sierra Leone 7’. evippe is the predominating form, and the

extremes are apparently very scarce, or even absent, this being

perhaps due to a greater uniformity of general conditions, which

might tend to produce a mean or intermediate form. The question

then arises whether 7’. evippe is specifically distinct from 7’. omphale.

Personally I think not, but I regard it as a local development or

variation of that species, which still exhibits a series of gradations

linking it to the parent form. Then by the law of priority evippe

must stand as the name of the species, and 7’. omphale be ranked

as a local variety.

T’. omphale, as defined by Trimen(S. Afr. But.), ranges practically

throughout Africa, south of the Equator ; to the north of this it

is only recorded from Senegambia (Hope Coll., Oxford) and

Abyssinia, and appears to be very scarce all along the West Coast.

T’. hybridus is another example of intermediate seasonal colora-

tion, resembling the summer 7. omphale above and the winter

T.. theogone below ; the type isfrom Plettenberg Bay, Cape Colony.

T. compleaivus (Delagoa Bay and Somaliland), omphaloides

(Natal, Zululand, Swaziland, Transvaal, and Kilimanjaro), and

corda (Swaziland) are also intermediate, but nearer the dry-season

form than 7’. hybridus, as they have the upperside black markings

more reduced, the black bar in hind wings being usually obso-

lescent and often absent. In the latter case they constitute the

Anthocharis theogone var. B of Boisduyal.

T’. epigone, from Zomba, the White Nile, and Arabia, is inseparable

from 7’. theogone. The single female in the British Museum from

Arabia is of interest, having lost all the discal black markings

(probably as a result of the arid climate), and thus represents an

extreme example of local dry-season coloration.

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 29

1. pyrrhopterus, from British East Africa, cannot be separate

from 7’. omphale-theogone, for the curiously dark pink of the under-

side of secondaries cannot be regarded as a specific character, as

the tints of that part are highly variable in the dry season, and

are probably more or less influenced by the colouring of the soil.

T. loandicus, from Angola, and procne, from Swaziland and

Orange River, are quite alike, and represent the small, lightly-

marked variety of 7’. theogone, which prevails in dry localities and

in the higher plateaux of the interior.

T. delphine, Butl. (nec Boisd.), is represented in the British

Museum by six examples—two males and one female from 8. Africa,

and three males from the Niger. The males are interesting, as

they exhibit the gradual gradation of colouring from 7’. theogone to

typical 7’. evippe on the upperside, and although they are white

beneath they show more or less faintly the dusky discal bar in hind

wings so characteristic of 7’. theogone.

T’. angolensis, from Angola and the Congo, is similar to the pre-

ceding, but has quite lost the dusky bar beneath, and closely

resembles typical 7’. evippe, though the apical patch is more like

that of 7’. theogone.

T. pseudocale is recorded from Swaziland, and, as I have stated

above, I can only regard it as an intermediate seasonal form of

the variety 7’. omphale, though at the same time it is quite similar

to 7’. angolensis.

The female is somewhat like a dwarfed 7’. theogone, but shows

an approach to 7’. evippe in its reduced diseal black markings.

T. ocale is only a larger form of 7’. pseudocale, and although the

single female in the British Museum generally resembles that of

7’. evippe, yet it has the distinct red apical band of the var. omphale.

T. arethusa, eborea, hanna, amytis, and cebrene are all referable

to typical 7’. evippe (Linn.).

58. TERACOLUS SUFFUSUS.

Teracolus suffusus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 152, pl. vi. fig. 10

(1876).

This little species is founded on a single female from Angola,

which looks not unlike a dwarf specimen of Z. evippe-omphale,

but the basal black in fore wing extends from inner margin to

costa, and continues outwardly almost to the extremity of the

discoidal cell. I cannot attribute it to any described male.

59. TERACOLUS MICROCALE.

Teracolus microcale, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xviii. p. 487

(1876).

This species is only recorded from Abyssinia in the north-east,

and the Orange River in the south-west. It looks very much as

if it were only a dwarfed and under-coloured local variation of

T. evippe, and the localities in which it occurs lend some colour to

this view. However, in view of the paucity of specimens it seems

30 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON THE {Jan. 19,

advisable to keep it separate for the present. Two females in

the British Museum attributed to Pontia ephyia, Klug, seem to

we to belong to this species.

60. TERACOLUS INFUMATUS.

Teracolus infumatus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 128 (1896).

This is a very distinct little species, of which there are two

males and two females in the British Museum, from Lake Tangan-

yika and Lake Nyasa. The general pattern of the black markings

in the male is not unlike that of a very heavily-marked 7’. achine

(Cram.), but the apical patch is distinctly of the 7. evippe type.

The female is very like that of the latter insect, but exhibits

some of the characters of 7’. achine’.

61. TERACOLUS HALYATTES.

Teracolus halyattes, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 145, pl. vi. fig. 7

(1876).

This little species is at present known only from N.E. Natal

and the Transvaal, but it seems to be very scarce, and only dry-

season specimens have been captured. It combines several cha-

racters of the dry forms of 7’. achine (Cram.) and 7’. evippe-omphale,

but is nearer the former. The females in the British Museum,

which appear to have been selected by guesswork, are quite similar

to those of 7’. achine (dry). :

62. THRACOLUS ACHINE.

Papilio achine, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 838. figs. E, F (1782).

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. 1. p. 572 (1836).

Anthocharis nr. achine, Angas, Kaf. Ill. pl. xxx. figs. 4, 5

(1849).

Anthocharis exole, 2 (nec do), Reiche, Férr. & Gal. Voy. Abyss.

pl. xxxi. figs. 5, 6 (1849).

Anthocharis zera, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 428 (1852).

Anthocharis isaura, Lucas, ibid. p. 424 (1852).

Anthopsyche omphale, 2 , Wallengren, K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. ;

Lep. Rhop. Caf. p. 11 (1857).

Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, ibid. p. 13 (1857).

Anthopsyche roxane, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. p. 187 (1865).

Teracolus harmonides, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 146 (1876).

Teracolus ithonus, Butler, ibid. pl. vi. fig. 7 (1876).

Teracolus hippocrene, Butler, ibid. p. 147 (1876).

Teracolus ignifer, Butler, ibid. p. 147 (1876).

Teracolus simplex, Butler, ibid. p. 148 (1876).

Teracolus helle, Butler, ibid. p. 149 (1876).

Teracolus hyperides, Butler, ibid. p. 149 (1876).

Teracolus trimeni, Butler, ibid. p. 150 (1876).

1 T have since seen a male in Miss Sharpe’s collection which has the inner

marginal black bar and the border of hind wing a good deal reduced, thus

approaching very near 7. evippe, with which it may prove identical,

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 31

Teracolus hero, Butler, p. 150, pl. vi. fig. 12 (1876).

Callosune damarensis, Aurivillius, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl.

p. 46 (1879).

Teracolus carteri, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xviii. p. 227 (1882).

Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xii. p. 105

1883).

ae haevernicki, Staudinger, Exot. Schm. pl. xxiii. fig. 19

(1884).

Teracolus fumidus, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 442, pl. xl.

figs. 4, 5 (1884).

Teracolus sipylus, 2 (nec 3), Swinhoe, ibid. p. 445, pl. xl. fig. 12

1884).

Tiana laura, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) v. p. 441

(1890).

This species occurs practically throughout South and Central

Africa as far north as Senegal on the west, and Abyssinia on the

east side. It exhibits very strong seasonal dimorphism and slight

local variation, and has consequently been much split up.

In South Africa typical 7’. achine is the wet form, the normal dry

form being 7’. ignifer, Butl. (=antevippe, Trim. [nec Boisd.]), and

this type of seasonal coloration probably holds good throughout

the greater part of its range; but in the equatorial forest-belt

it is possible that the dry-season form is represented by the

T. antevippe of Boisduval, which differs from that of Trimen in

having the underside of hind wings pure white and without any

grey irroration. Specimens of this variation occur occasionally in

8. Africa as intermediate seasonal forms; but it does not appear

to establish itself ugtil near the Equator, and this offers a some-

what interesting parallel to the case of 7’. evippe, referred to above.

LI append a few notes on the variations of 7. achine which have

been honoured with specific names.

T. harmonides (Swaziland), ithonus (Swaziland), and haevernickii

(Transvaal) are all specimens of the normal §8.-African winter

form (=ignifer, Butl.), being differentiated on slight variation of

unstable seasonal markings. 7’. simplew represents the extreme

dry-season form, in which almost every trace of the black markings

above has disappeared ; it occurs on the inland plateaux of

S. Africa, and I have taken it sparingly in the Transvaal and

Mashunaland, finding at the same time every gradation into the

normal dry form of 7’. achine, the females being quite indistin-

guishable. The single specimen in the British Museum is ticketed

“Durban, Natal,” but I very much doubt the accuracy of the

record. 7. damarensis, from Damaraland and Swaziland, is identical

with this form. 7. hippocrene is founded on dry-season specimens

in which the underside irroration has become obsolescent, thus

showing an approach tothe summer form. 7. zera, from Abyssinia,

Mt. Kenia, V. Nyanza, and Zululand, is an interesting inter-

mediate form in which the black borders of the upperside are

almost as well marked as in lighter specimens of typical 7’. achine,

and occasionally there is the faintest suspicion of the inner mar-

32 MR, GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE [Jan. 19,

ginal black bars, while on the underside the pink tinge is much

fainter than in the full winter form, and the irroration is very

sparse. 7’. hyperides, from Swaziland and V. Nyanza, is a step

further in the development of the wet-season colouring, having the

black inner marginal stripe more distinct and the underside of

hind wings being white; this, again, merges through 7’. hero into

typical 7’. achine. The series of specimens included under 7, sub-

venosus in the British Museum is an eloquent proof of the difficulty

experienced by Mr. Butler himself in discriminating his own

species, for they are in truth a “job lot.” The species was

founded ona specimen of 7’. achine, which is rather lightly marked

above, and has the underside of hind wings white, with the

neuration finely black throughout. But the present series shows

every development of the upperside black markings, so that some

specimens have a strong inner marginal band, while others have

none, in spite of the fact that Mr. Butler has founded species on

the relative development of this very character. The undersides

are equally variable, ranging from the type with black neuration

to a specimen in which there is no trace of black, but which is

exactly similar to the type on its upperside, thus showing the

complete inutility of black neuration as a specific character. 7’, tri-

meni I cannot distinguish from typical 7’. achine. T'. gavisa repre-

sents the fullest wet-season development of this species, in which

all the black markings above and below are strongly developed,

and it occurs in suitable localities from Abyssinia to Natal ; that is

to say, in a moist and wet climate 7. gavisa would probably repre-

sent the wet-season form of the species, whereas in a drier and

cooler place it would be 7’. achine. For instance, the former is

prevalent in the quasi-tropical coast-belt of Natal, but as we go

further inland towards the plateaux both forms occur and every

intergrade between them, until finally 7. achine predominates.

T. laura, from Central East Africa, is a variation of 7’. gavisa, in

which the inner marginal black bars are very faint, or even

absent; 7’. cartert, founded on a single female from Accra, being

evidently the same form, of which I have seen every gradation

through 7’. helle to aatevippe (Boisd.). The tendency of several

species of Zeracolus on approaching the equatorial belt to lose their

discal black markings is very curious and interesting. The only

noteworthy distinction in 7’. fumidus, Swinh., from the Transvaal,

is the trace of a transverse black bar on upperside of hind wings,

a very variable character, not unfrequently appearing more or less

faintly in specimens of 7’. achine, but never well developed.

63. TERACOLUS LAIS.

Teracolus lais, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 145 (1876).

This is a distinct little species of the 7. achine group from

S.W. Africa, and may be distinguished from its allies by the

small, very oblique, orange, apical patch, which has a distinct

border of black along its inner edge. I have only seen dry-season

specimens,

1897.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 33

64, TERACOLUS EVENINA.

Anthopsyche evenina, Wallengren, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. ;

Lep. Rhop. Caf. p. 12 (1857). ;

Anthopsyche deidamia, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monats. p. 35

(1860).

Callosune casta, Gerstiicker, Arch. f. Nat. xxxvii. p. 357 (1871).

Callosune deidamioides, Aurivillius, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl.

p. 45 (1879).

Callosune inornata, Westwood, App. Oates’ Mat. Ld. ed. i. p. 338

(1881).

Teracolus sipylus, 3 (nec 2), Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 444,

pl. xl. fig. 11 (1884).

Teracolus callidia, H. G. Smith, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxii. p. 32

(1886).

This species extends practically throughout the S.-African sub-

region except in the neighbourhood of Natal and Zululand. On

the western side it is not recorded further north than Damara-

land, but on the east it extends to Somaliland. 7’. sipylus(=callidia)

is the extreme development of the wet form, and 7’. deidamioides

represents the dry-season brood. The type of 7’. inornata is a very

lightly-marked dry-season male. 1’. cast probably represents the

dry-season form in the moister parts of Central Africa, having a

dry-season upperside combined witha white underside, the ends of

nervules being occasionally blackened in the latter part. 7’. evenina

varies extremely in size in accordance with the dryness or humidity

of the localities it frequents, some males from Namaqualand in

Mr. Trimen’s collection being hardly larger than typical 7’. evagore

(Klug).

65. THRACOLUS CINCTUS.

Teracolus cinctus, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xi. p. 105

(1883).

The two males in the British Museum from Victoria Nyanza

present much affinity to 7. pallene (Hopfif.), but with my present

available material I must regard them as distinct. 7’. cinctus forms

an interesting link between the 7’. achine and evagore groups.

66. TERACOLUS YERBURII.

Teracolus yerburii, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 441, pl. xxxix.

fig. 12 (1884).

Teracolus swinhoei, Butler, ibid. p. 491 (1884).

A purely Arabian species, being the representative there of the

African 7. daira. '. swinhoei is founded on a single female from

Arabia, which is clearly only a yellow variety of 7. yerburw.

1 « Among Mr, Millar's Teracoli I found two males of T. pallene (Hopft.),

which he had caught in Natal. In my paper I kept 7. cinctus, Butl., distinct

from that species; but I now think I was wrong in doing so, and that it should

fall as a synonym of 7. pallene.” [See No. 70, infra].—G. A. K. Marshall, in

epist., 20th August, 1896.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. III. 3

34 MR. GUY A. K, MARSHALL ON THE [Jan.19,

67. TBRACOLUS DALIDA.

Anthopsyche dalila, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. p. 185 (1865).

I have not’ seen a specimen of this species, which is recorded

from Bogos in East Africa. Judging by the description it may

prove to be identical with 7. daiwa.

68. TERACOLUS DAIRA.

Pontia daira, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Teracolus xanthus, Swinhoe, 9 (nec 3), Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 440,

pl. 39. fig. 11 (1884).

Teracolus odysseus, Swinhoe, d (nec 2 ), ibid. p. 441, pl. 40.

fig. 3 (1884).

A North-east African species, being recorded from Dongola and

Somaliland; the male seems to hold an intermediate position

between 7’. yerburit and thruppii, but the female is very distinct

from that of any other species. In defining 7’. wanthus and odysseus

Col. Swinhoe has undoubtedly confused the sexes of two species,

for the male 7’. odysseus clearly belongs to the female 7’. zanthus, and

in my opinion they constitute the dry-season form of 7. daira.

Moreover, the male 7’. vanthus and the female odysseus are referable

to one species, viz., the variable 7’. evagore (Klug).

69. THRACOLUS THRUPPII.

Teracolus thruppti, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 770, pl. 47. fig. 10

(1885).

Teracolus jacksoni, B. M. Sharpe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) v. p. 336

(1890).

Recorded from Somaliland and British East Africa. I cannot

see sufficient grounds for separating 7’. jacksoni from this species.

70. TERACOLUS PALLENE.

Anthocharis pallene, Hopfter, Peters’ Reis. Mossamb. Ins. p. 358,

pl. 28. figs. 7 & 8 (1862).

This species differs chiefly from the following in having a

continuous black border along inner edge of apical patch at all

seasons. Hopffer’s type is from Tette, and I have seen specimens

from Nyasaland, Namaqualand, and 8. Matabeleland.

71. THRACOLUS EVAGORE.

Pontia evagore, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vii. figs. 5 & 6

(1829).

Anthocharis antigone, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 572 (1886).

Anthocharis phlegetonia, Boisduval, ibid. p.576 (1836).

Anthocharis delphine, Boisduval, ibid. p. 577 (1836).

Anthocharis eione, Boisduval, ibid. p. 578 (1836).

Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. iii. p. 350, pl.i. fig. 2

(1849).

Anthopsyche eucharis, Wallengren (nec Fabr.), K. Sy. Vet.-Akad.

Handl.; Lep. Rhop. Caf. p. 15 (1857).

1897.) BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THRACOLUS. 35

Anthopsyche heuglint, Felder, Wien.* ent. Monats. iii. p. 272

(1859).

Anthopsyche stygia, Felder, Reis. d. Nov., Lep. p. 188 (1865).

Teracolus interruptus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 724 (1871).

Teracolus subfumosus, Butler, ibid. p. 139, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1876).

Teracolus flaminia, Butler, ibid. p. 140 (1876).

Teracolus lycoris, Butler, ibid. p. 140, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1876).

Leracolus lyceus, Butler, ibid. p. 141, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1876).

Teracolus friga, Butler, ibid. p. 142 (1876).

Teracolus galathinus, Butler, ibid. p. 142 (1876)

Teracolus gelasinus, Butler, ibid. p. 143 (1876).

Teracolus lucullus, Butler, ibid. p. 143, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1876).

Teracolus glycera, Butler, ibid. p. 144 (1876).

Callosune pseudetrida, Westwood, App. Oates’ Mat. Ld. ed. i.

p. 340 (1881).

Callosune ramaquebana, Westwood, App. Oates’ Mat. Ld. p. 341,

pl. E. figs. 5 & 6 (1881).

Teracolus minans, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xviii. p. 229 (1882).

Teracolus coniger, Butler, ibid. xviii. p. 229 (1882).

Teracolus «anthus, Swinhoe, 3 (nec 2 ), Proc. Zool. Soe. p. 440,

pl. xxxix. fig. 10 (1884).

Teracolus odysseus, Swinhoe, Q (nec 3), ibid. p. 441 (1884).

Teracolus saveus, Swinhoe, ibid. p. 441, pl. xl. figs. 1 & 2 (1884).

Teracolus jamesi, Butler, ibid. p. 771 (1885).

Teracolus comptus, Butler, ibid. p. 94 (1888).

Teracolus bifasciatus, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) v.

p-. 336 (1890).

Teracolus emini, Butler, ibid. (6) vii. p. 47 (1891).

This widespread little species is certainly the most variable of

all the Yeracoli, as is well shown by the above lengthy list of

synonyms. In May 1893 I found the dry-season form of this

species very plentiful in the Northern Transvaal, and they there

exhibited much greater variation than in either Natal or Mashuna-

land, more especially the females, which presented a wonderful

variety of coloration. Most of these forms have been raised to

specific rank by Mr. Butler, but he has based his species chiefly on

the relative development of the variable seasonal black markings in

the male. We thus get a graduated series from the lightly-marked

T. subfumosus, through 7. lycoris, flaminia, friga, lyeus, rama-

quebana, to galathinus, in which the upperside markings approach

to those of the wet-season form of the species, represented by

LT. phlegetonia (Boisd.). All these forms exhibit the tinted and irro-

rated underside colouring, which in South Africa, at all events, is

always characteristic of the dry-season form. I have, however,

seen very few specimens of this type from Central Africa, and

these appear to have been captured in the dry belt of country

referred to by Mr. Scott Elliot in his interesting book on that region.

It is therefore possible that in the more humid and forest-clad

areas the dry-season form may be represented by 7. antigone

(Boisd.), which differs from South-African specimens in having

36 ON THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. -[Jan.19,

a pure white underside, and here, too, we can find every gradation

of colouring linking it to 7. phlegetonia. But I can find no sufficient

reason for separating 7. nouna (Luc.) from antigone, the only

difference being that the black borders are reduced and the variable

inner marginal bar and the black spot on inner edge of apical

pateh, both of which are evanescent in 7’. antigone, have quite dis-

appeared in noun. The latter, again, seems to me identical with

T. jamesi, Butl., heuglini (Feld.), and evagore (Klug). In the arid

climate of Arabia 7’. evagore appears to be the normal wet-season

form, the dry-season form being probably 7. saxeus, Swinh., which

only differs in having a pink underside. Of the two specimens of

T.gelasinus in the British Museum, one has the underside pure white

while the other is sparsely irrorated with grey ; on the upperside

of fore wings they have no inner marginal bar, but the spot on

inner edge of patch is distinct. They thus form an interesting

link between 7’. antigone and the southern dry form, being also inter-

mediate in locality, as they come from Angola. With regard to

some of the other variations which have been described as species :

T. minans is a variable form ranging across the Continent in Central

Africa; it is white below, and the upperside markings show prac-

tically every gradation from 7. evagore to phlegetonia. T. comptus,

from Kilimanjaro, has the transverse bar narrow and sometimes

very faint, the spot in apical patch ill-defined, and the marginal

spots in hind wing separate but distinct. 7. coniger, from the West

Coast (Accra), is very similar, but has the transverse bar a little

stronger and the nervular spots in hind wing larger and triangular

inshape. 7’. glycerais founded on a single male of 7’. minans (labelled

? Africa), which while retaining the inner marginal bar has lost the

black spot in patch ; the border in hind wings is broad and some-

what diffuse inwardly. 7. bifasciata I cannot distinguish from

T. minans, and, as I have noted above, the male of Col. Swinhoe’s

T. xanthus and the female of 7’. odysseus are clearly attributable to

this form. J". interruptus, from Angola and S.W. Africa, much

resembles 7’. comptus, but has the spot in apical patch better defined

and the nervular spots in hind wing are united into a broad

border. 7. lucullus, from Angola and V. Nyanza, are only lightly

marked specimens of 7. phlegeto: and TJ. emini is founded on a

single male from Central Africa, 1. which the black borders are a

little deeper than in typical 7. phlejetonia.

72. TERACOLUS NIVEUS.

Teracolus niveus, Butler, Proc. Zool. +. p. 177, pl. xviii. fig. 1

(1881).

Teracolus candidus, Butler, ibid. p. 178, pl. xviii. fig. 2 (1881).

An insular form of 7. evagore, contined to the island of Socotra.

It is a variable species, showing a strong tendency to lose the red

apical patch, and the more extreme examples in this direction

have been separated by Mr. Butler under the n*.1¢ 7’, candidus, but

without sufficient justification, I think.

(49) ZOVTEd UTLNIM NI YUaARC NING

‘dur sorg wie pry “WAIT 99 [ep FEUAG" pe

SiiciyaGiS Siar

1897.] ON THE DEER ALLIED TO CERVUS SICA. 37

2. On the Deer allied to Cervus sica.

By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.

{Received November 27, 1896.]

(Plate I.)

In the last paper that I had the honour of presenting to the

Society attention was directed to the very imperfect state of our

knowledge regarding the members of the typical group of the genus

Cervus. In the present communication I propose to show that the

prettily-coloured Deer constituting the Pseudaxine’ group of the

same genus are in a still more hopeless state of confusion as regards

the delimitation of species. Indeed, these Deer, both by describers

and systematists, have been treated badly from a zoological point of

view. At the present time the group is represented by a remarkably

fine series in the Menagerie at Woburn Abbey; and—thanks to -

the Duke and Duchess of Bedford—these have afforded me the

means of endeavouring to clear up the confusion.

In his paper on the classification of the Cervide, published in

the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1878, the late Sir Victor Brooke gave

the following definition of the suhgenus Pseudaais *:—* Antlers

about twice the length of the head, supported on short stout

pedestals. Brow-antler (a) rather short, directed upwards ata

rather acute angle with the beam (#). A strong tine (0) is

Antler of Cervus sica.

developed from the anterior surface of the antler at about half its

entire length, and a short tine (d) from the posterior surface of its

upper third. Lachrymal pit of moderate depth and extent, its

antero-posterior diameter being less than that of the three upper

molars. Auditory bulle moderately inflated, compressed, and smooth

externally. Rudimentary upper canines present in both sexes.

Rhinariuin as in Rusa, with the exception of the internasal portion,

1 I propose to substitute the name Sicine Deer for this group.

= GEE, Fan LOY

38 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE (Jan. 19,

which is slightly less prolonged upwards. Metatarsal tuft whitish.

Tail moderate. Neck maned. In summer spotted; in winter

uniform brown. Black bands on each side of the pure white anal

disk form a cross with the narrow black streak along the dorsum

of the tail. Stature medium. Young indistinctly spotted.”

This diagnosis, which has been copied by the writers of all sub-

quent text-books (who of course cannot be expected to verify the

statements of those specialists from whom they derive their infor-

mation), is incorrect in respect to the uniform colour of the coat in

winter being common to all the species. Prof. A. Milne-Edwards

had previously stated that in O. mandarinus (regarded by Brooke

as a synonym of C. manchuricus) the spotting is permanent; and

this had also been indicated by Gray in his description of the deer

which was subsequently named C. hortulorwm. The Woburn

specimens show decisively that the latter species is always spotted.

In the aforesaid paper Sir V. Brooke provisionally admitted

seven species of the Sicine group, although he suggested that

four of them—namely, C. ewopis, C. manchuricus, C. dybowskii,

and ©. kopschi—would very probably turn out to be synonyms of

C. sica, with which, as already stated, C. mandarinus was wrongly

identified. With regard to C. caspicus’, from the mountains

south-west of the Caspian, which was founded on antlers in the

collection of Brooke himself, it is practically certain that this

form does not belong to the Sicine group at all, of which

the range will consequently be confined to North-eastern Asia.

Unfortunately, the type antlers are not to be found among Brooke’s

collection, which has now been presented to the British Museum ;

but I would suggest that they not improbably belonged to some

member of the Elaphine group in the second year of growth.

Mr. Thomas informs me that a gentleman well acquainted with

the district where these antlers were reported to have been

obtained is confident no deer of a Sicine type exists there.

C. caspicus must therefore be consigned to oblivion.

Next with regard to the true Cervus pseudawis of Eydoux and

Souleyet *, I can only follow Sir V. Brooke, who observes that he

has hesitated to identify this with “any species of the subgenus.

The specimen is still preserved in the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle

at Paris; but though I have often carefully examined it, the absence

of the skull, and the great uncertainty of the locality where “it

was procured, render it impossible to form a decided opinion” *.

Mr. Nclater * has suggested that it really belongs to C. taévanus, in

which case that name would have to be superseded ; pseudawxis being

the earliest of all.

As the result of my examination of the Woburn collection, I

conclude that apparently four distinct species of the group can be

1 Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 42; 1878, p. 909.

_ 2 * Voyage de La Bonite,’ Zoology, vol. i. p. 64 (1841-52).

3 In his description of C. manchuricus, Brooke states that the type is in the

Paris Museum ; but this refers to the true C. pseudazis.

4 Trans. Zool, Soe. vol. vil. p. 345.

1897.] DEER ALLIED TO CERVUS SIA. 39

distinguished; and these I proceed to consider seriutim, com-

mencing with the

1. Japanese Deer —CERVUS SICA.

A. Typical Race—CrERVUS SICA TYPICUS.

Cervus sika, Temminck & Schlegel, Japan Mamm. p. 54, pl. xvii.

(1847); P.L. Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 377, and Trans. Zool. Soe.

vol. vii. p. 346, pl. xxxv. (1871); Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 908 ;

P. L. Sclater, List Anim. Zool. Gardens, p. 164 (1883) ; Powers-

court, P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 208; W. L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus.

pt. ii. p. 183 (1891); P. L. Sclater, List Anim. Zool. Gardens,

p. 175 (1896).

Cervus sica typicus, male and female in summer coat.

Rusa japonica, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vi. p. 218

(1860); P. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 375, 1862, p. 150, List

Anim. Zool. Gardens, p. 164 (1883)—by error R. javanica; W.

L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. pt. ii. p. 183 (1891).

Pseudavis sika, Gray, Cat. Rum. Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 72

(1872); Hand-list Ruminants Brit. Mus. p. 142 (1873).

Cervus euopis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8.1874, p. 15] ; Brooke, ibid. 1878,

p- 908; P. L. Sclater, List Anim. Zool. Gardens, p. 164 (1883).

Hab. Japan and Northern China.

B. Manchurian Race—CrERvVUS SICA MANCHURICUS.

(?) Cervus axis, Radde, Reise Ost-Sibirien, vol. i. p. 286 (1862);

nec Erxl.

40 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE (Jan. 19,

Cervus mantchuricus, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 169, 1865, p. 1;

P. L. Sclater, Trans. Zocl. Soc. vol. vii. p. 344, pls. xxxi., xxxil.

(1871); Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 968; P. L. Sclater, List Anim.

Zool. Gardens, p. 163 (1883).

Pseudaxis mantchurica, Gray, Cat. Rum. Mamm. Brit. Mus.

p- 72 (1872); Hand-list Ruminants Brit. Mus. p. 141 (1873).

Cervus kopschi, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 574; Brooke, ibid.

1878, p. 909.

Cervus dybowskii, Taczanowski, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 123; Brooke,

ibid. 1878, p. 909; nec W. L. Sclater, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,

vol. lviii. p. 186, pl. xi. (1889), and Cat. Mamm, Ind. Mus. pt. ii.

p- 182 (1891).

Hab. Manchuria (Upper Ussuri), Kiangse, and Newchwang,

China.

The name C. sica was originally given to the small Deer of

Japan, which usually stand about 2 feet 8 inches at the shoulder,

and—although profusely spotted on the body with white in

summer—turn a uniform blackish-brown in winter. Generally

all traces of spots disappear at the latter season, although, as

noticed by Mr. Sclaterin his monograph in the Society’s ‘ Transac-

tions,’ faint indications of them may sometimes be observed.

C. euopis of Swinhoe, from North China, appears, as mentioned

by Brooke, “to differ in no appreciable external characters from

ordinary specimens of C. sica.” This form is included in

Mr. Sclater’s “‘ List ” (1883) under the latter species ; although it

is remarkable that both in that “List” and the one just issued

the habitat of C. sica is given as “Japan” only. Specimens

at Woburn which probably came from China are indistinguishable

from the typical form, which may accordingly be regarded as

common to Japan and the mainland.

Other examples at Woburn, which likewise probably came from

China—although some may be Japanese—are considerably larger

than the typical form, and thus lead on to the variety manchuricus.

One of them is a very dark-coloured doe, which retains distinct

traces of spots on the bind-quarters in the winter coat, and so

resembles the still larger so-called dybowskii.

It would seem that intermediate forms also occur in Japan, for

Sir V. Brooke! wrote as follows :—‘ The Society has within the

last few years received living specimens of a Pseudawxis from

Japan, which are intermediate in size between P. sika and P.

mantchuricus. These have, in my opinion, with excellent judg-

ment, been labelled by the Secretary as Cervus mantchuricus minor.

I think it probable that, when a larger series of Pseudaxine Deer

are brought together, it will be found impossible to separate them

into definite species, but that it will be found necessary to regard

them as one species of wide geographical range, endowed with a

constitution sufficiently elastic to enable it to support very varied

conditions,”

1 Pp. Z. 8. 1878, p. 909.

1897.] DEER ALLIED TO CERVUS SICA. 41

So far as the forms to which the names quoted above refer are

concerned, this prophetic opinion is in accord with the conclusions

at which I have arrived from my examination of the Woburn herd.

Tt is true that 1 have not found it possible to measure a series of

specimens graduating from the 2 ft. 8 in. of the typical sea to

the 3 ft. 5 in. of C. manchuricus and C. dybowskii, but intermediate

forms undoubtedly exist ; and I find little distinction except size

between the largest and the smallest. In his description of

C. manchuricus Mr. Sclater gives the height at 3 ft. $ in.; but I

think this must be a misprint for 3 ft. 3 or 5 in., which is the

height of the “co-type” of C. dybowskii. Apparently, the typical

C. manchuricus is unrepresented at Woburn, unless an immature

buck with faint spots in the winter coat, and a similarly marked

doe, belong to it.

The type of C. manchuricus is figured by Mr. Sclater in pls.

Xxxl., xxxil. of vol. vii. of the Society’s ‘Transactions.’ The

summer coat is well spotted, whereas the winter dress is a rich

uniform dark brown on the upper-parts, with light chestnut

patches on the shoulders ; the under-parts being dark. The tail

apparently has but little trace of a black line; and in a specimen

of the typical sica in winter dress in the British Museum it is

almost completely white. In summer the dark median line seems

to be more marked, and there may be some black at the tip. As

regards C. kopschi, from China, of which the type is in the British

Museum, I agree with Sir V. Brooke that it is inseparable from

manchuricus.

I now come to C. dybowskii, originally described on the evidence

of specimens obtained from the Upper Ussuri district of Man-

churia, one of which was presented by the founder of the name,

Prof. Taczanowski, to the British Museum, where it has for many

years been exhibited in the Mammal Gallery under the name of

manchuricus. Indeed, it was only the other day that I became

acquainted with the fact that it was one of the “ co-types” of

dybowskii, In writing of this Deer, Sir V. Brooke observed, “itis

highly probable that, when we know more of this, it will be found

inseparable from C. manchuricus.” It is much to be regretted

that Sir Victor did not more carefully study the original description.

Had he done so, he would have found that dybowskii is absolutely

the same as manchuricus, and much subsequent misunderstanding

would have thereby been saved. When Prof. T'aczanowski’s

original description is carefully studied, it will be found that

there is no mention at all of C. manchuricus, with which the

author appears to have been unacquainted. Such comparisons as

are made are with C. avis and C. dama; consequently no points

of difference between this deer and C. manchuricus are indicated,

and it is pretty evident that the two are identical. It is true that

Taczanowski states that the type of his species is of the colour of

a Roebuck in the winter coat, with faint tracings of dapplings on

the hind-quarters; but he alludes to a lighter race from the same

district, and his specimen in the Museum is brown (doubtless

42 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THB (Jan. 19,

considerably faded) without trace of spots. The faint dappling of

the darker race is paralleled by the smaller dark doe at Woburn

referred to above.

The story of C. dybowskii does not, however, unfortunately by

any means end here. In 1889 Mr. W. L. Sclater described the

head, with the skin, of a deer purchased in the bazaar at Darjiling,

and referred it provisionally to dybowskii. Subsequently this

head—which was remarkable for the white muzzle—was shown by

Dr. Blanford' to belong to a new Elaphine Deer described by

him as C. thoroldi. Thinking that Mr. Sclater would not have

identified a white-muzzled deer with C. dybowskii unless he

knew that the latter had a similar nose’, I have on two occasions

given a white muzzle as the distinctive character of that form.

Had I known that the specimen labelled C. manchuricus in the

British Museum was one of the “ co-types” of dybowskii, I should

not have been led into this error.

Regarding, then, all the forms mentioned above as referable to a

single species very variable in point of size, I propose to distinguish

the smaller typical race as C. sica typicus, ‘and the larger as C. sica

manchuricus. The latter appears to be confined to the mainland ;

and the former is to a great extent a smaller island race, although

some small examples occur on the mainland. Mr. Thomas informs

me that several other Japanese mammals are represented by a

larger race or subspecies in China.

2. Pekin Deer.—C3ERVUS HORTULORUM. (Plate I.)

Cervus pseudaais, Gray, P. Z.8. 1861, p. 236, pl. xxvii. (nec

Eydoux and Souleyet).

Cervus hortulorum, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 169.

Hab. Northern China.

The history of this species is somewhat remarkable. In the spring

of 1861 the Zoological Society received from the late Mr. R. Swinhoe

the skins of three Sicine Deer which had been shot after the

taking of the Summer Palace, Pekin (Oct. 12th, 1860), when

they would have assumed the winter pelage. These specimens

were shortly after transferred to the British Museum, and one, a

buck (No, 61. 6. 2.1), was described and figured by Dr. Gray in

the P. Z. 8. for 1861, under the name of Cervus pseudawis, with

the express statement that it was killed in winter. As now

mounted it stands 3 ft. 4 in. at the shoulder. The hair is now

much faded. In Gray’s figure * the hair of the body is a chestnut-

1 P.Z. 8. 1893, p. 444.

2 Mr. Sel: iter, on p. 187 of his paper, says that C. dybowskii is described as

. a white eerie: Jn the original description it is stated that “il y a une

tache blanche, pure, cordifurm, sur le devant du menton.”

* From a comparison with the original specimen, I find that the colouring of

the figure is inexact in several particulars, the under-parts being too white and

the distribution of the colours on the neck very badly shown.

1897.] DEER ALLIED TO CERYUS SICA, 43,

brown colour, with numerous distinct white spots of considerable

size; and there is a white glandular patch on the outer side of

the hind leg just below the hock. The neck is unspotted, and its

lower portion is of a slaty-blue colour, above which there is a dark

collar, followed by chestnut-brown, the lower part of the face

being also bluish grey. The under-parts are whitish ; and the tail is

white with a narrow black median line, but there is no distinct

black cross on the buttocks. This Deer is therefore quite unlike

C. sica in its winter coat.

The female (No. 61. 6. 2. 2), which has long been exhibited in

the Mammalian Gallery as C. manchuricus, appears to be similarly

coloured, with the exception that there is no slaty blue on the

neck, and the belly is greyish, while there is a distinct black cross

on the buttocks. Its height at the shoulder is 2 ft. 9 in.

In 1864 Mr. Swinhoe, being satisfied that the buck figured by

Gray was not the Cervus pseudawis of Hydoux and Souleyet,

proposed for it the name of C. hortulorum. In the same letter

the name C. manchuricus was proposed for the specimens sent

home alive at the same time for the Zoological Gardens; and it

is quite evident that Swinhoe was satisfied of the distinctness of

the two forms.

In his deseription of C. manchuricus, Mr. Sclater’ stated that

Swinhoe seemed to have described the same species of Deer under

two names in one letter. Mr. Sclater figures C. manchuricus in

its dark uniform winter coat, which is indistinguishable from that

of the typical sca; and had he given fuller attention to Gray’s

description and figure, it could scarcely have escaped his notice that

the winter coat of C. hortulorum was spotted on the body, bluish

grey on the neck, and light beneath. Sir Victor Brooke? followed

Mr. Sclater in regarding hortulorum as a synonym of manchuricus.

When I visited Woburn last summer the Duchess of Bedford

pointed out to me three large Sicine Deer obtained from near

Pekin at the same time as the type of C. bedfordianus, and

remarked that these three alone seemed distinguishable from the

whole of the other Japanese and Chinese representatives of the

sica group in the collection. Although I was then somewhat

sceptical on the subject, time has shown the correctness of Her

Grace’s diagnosis. On again visiting Woburn Abbey in the

middle of November—by which time all the Deer had acquired

their full winter dress—I found that these three Deer (one buck

and two does) were still fully spotted on the body, although

perhaps rather less so than in the summer. The ground-colour,

too, of the body, instead of being blackish- or chocolate-brown,

was chestnut-brown; and the lower part of the neck and the

face—especially in the buck—of a leaden bluish-grey, while there

was a dark collar on the upper throat. The limbs were uniform

? Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. p. 345.

* P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 908.

44 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Jan. 19,

brownish grey. The under-parts were light-coloured ; and there

was a distinct white spot on the hind leg below the hock. Com-

pared with the type of C. hortulorum, the buck differs by the

greater amount of black and white on the buttocks; but as it is

identical in other respects, while the Woburn does are in all

respects similar to the one in the British Museum, there appears

no doubt as to their specific identity. It was, of course, impossible

to determine the height of these Deer, but it was decidedly greater

than that of a Fallow Deer, and probably about 3ft.4in. Indeed,

the Pekin Deer appeared to be taller than any of the Woburn

Sicines ; but whether they are superior in this respect to the type

of C. sica manchuricus I am not certain, as there do not seem to

be any Deer at Woburn precisely resembling the latter in stature.

Be this as it may, C. hortulorum appears to be a more “legey”

animal than any of the varieties of sica. Its bright colour, its

numerous spots at all seasons, the leaden-blue colour of the base

of the neck and face of the bucks, the light under-parts, and its

large size serve amply to distinguish this well-marked species from

all its kindred.

As habits are sometimes an important aid in the discrimination

of species, it may be well to mention that the three Pekin Deer

at Woburn never associate with the Sicas, but keep more or less

to themselves. It may be added that by Christmas the buck at

Woburn had developed a very shaggy coat, on which some of the

spots are rather less brilliant than they were in autumn, and that

the under-parts had turned dark grey.

The Society is indebted to the Duke of Bedford for the loan of the

sketches from which the accompanying Plate (Plate I.) is copied.

3. Mandarin Deer.—C3ERVUS MANDARINUS.

Cervus mandarinus, A. Milne-Edwards, Recherches Mamm, p. 184,

pls. xxii., xxii. a. (1871)!; Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 968.

? Cervus avis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 169.

Hab. Central China (? Hankow).

In his description of this Deer, Prof. Milne-Edwards remarks

that it is distinguished from C. manchuricus by the more profuse

spotting of the summer coat, and the retention of a large, although

somewhat smaller, number of distinct spots in the winter dress on

the body—the ground-colour of the latter being dark chestnut-

brown, and the neck and under-parts also brown; while there is

a very thick frill of long hairs on the throat. It is also mentioned

that the colour of the summer coat is much brighter than in

manchuricus. These observations are fully borne out by the two

plates accompanying the memoir, which illustrate the type

specimen at both seasons. From these it appears that the tail is

' The date on the titlepage of the volume is 1868-74, but Prof. Milne-

Edwards has communicated to me the date of the part containing the

description of this species,

1897. ] DEER ALLIED TO CERVUS SICA. 45

longer than in manchuricus, and in the winter dress is reddish with

but little white.

In his oft-quoted memoir on the Cervide, Sir V. Brooke gives

mandarinus a8 a synonym of manchuricus, without a single word

as to the persistence of the spotting in winter. And the influence

of one so well-known as an authority on the group has led to

mandarinus being ignored as a species by all subsequent writers,

although there seems little doubt that it is really a distinct form.

In his letter in the P. Z.S. for 1864 already quoted, Mr. Swinhoe

wrote as follows :— In the gardens of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson,

& Co.,in Hong Kong, I saw several bucks and does of C. sica

and C. taévanus, as also of C. axis in winter dress. The bucks of

the two former had manes about the neck; C. stca was spotless,

C. taévanus with indistinct spots, while C. avis was of a rich

yellowish-brown colour, with distinct white spots. The latter had

long, thin, reddish tails, and, I think, are identical with the true

C. avis. They are from Hankow, interior China.” Now as

Mr. Swinhoe must be presumed to have been well acquainted with

both manchuricus and hortulorum, and as C. axis is unknown

beyond India, it appears highly probable that these Hankow Deer

were really mandarinus. The “long, thin, reddish. tails” appear

to accord well with Milne-Edwards’s figure of the latter in winter

dress.

4, Formosan Deer.—CERVUS 'TABVANUS.

Cervus taiouanus, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxix.

p- 90 (1860); P. L. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 376.

Cervus taévanus, P. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 152, pl. xvi. ;

Swinhoe, ibid. p. 362; P. L. Sclater, Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii.

p. 345, pls. xxxiil., xxxiv. (1871); Brooke, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 909;

W. L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. pt. ii. p. 183 (1891).

Pseudaaxis taivanus, Gray, Cat. Rum. Brit. Mus. p. 70 (1872),

& Hand-list Rum. Brit. Mus. p. 141 (1873).

Hab. Formosa.

Sir V. Brooke observes a discreet silence as to the right of this

form to rank as a species, giving none of its distinctive features.

According to Mr. Sclater’s description and figures, the Formosan

Deer appears to be of medium height (2 ft. 11 in.); the general

colour of the summer dress being paler than in sica, and the black

of the caudal disc forming a more distinct transverse bar. It is

also described as having somewhat longer fur, and a white tail with

a broader black median line on the upper surface; and the spots

are stated to show a tendency to persist in winter. A female in

the British Museum has, however, a chocolate-brown ground-

colour in the summer dress. As regards form, the latter specimen

appears to be a relatively lower-built animal than either sica or

mandarinus. On this point, Dr. Gray observes that although

the Formosan Deer, when contrasted with the Sicines from other

46 ON TIE DEER ALLIED TO CERYVUS SICA. [Jan. 19,

districts, can be readily recognized, yet to describe its distinctive

characteristics in words is almost impossible.

In the Woburn collection there are a buck and doe—place of

origin uncertain—which seem to differ from the other Sicines,

and are therefore probably referable to this species. When first

shown to me in the summer, they appeared distinct from all the

sica forms, but I forget their exact coloration. In the winter

coat the ground-colour is dull rufous-brown, with distinct spots,

although less strongly marked than in C. mandarinus. The general

form is also different from that of C. sica, being apparently lower.

The tail [ had no opportunity of describing.

If these Deer be really from Formosa, they seem to indicate the

right of C. taévanus to rank as a distinct species.

Assuming the foregoing conclusions to be approximately correct,

the Sicine Deer may be diagnosed as follows :—

1. Cervus sica.

Japan and China.

Spotted in summer, uniformly coloured or nearly so in winter.

Winter coat dark blackish brown, with the hairs annulated ;

chestnut patches on the shoulders; tail mainly white, frequently

with a narrow black dorsal line, and sometimes dark terminal tuft ;

under-parts dark.

A. C, sica typicus. Size small (2 ft. 10 in.).—Japan and China.

B. C. sica manchuricus. Size larger (3 ft. 4 or 5 in.) —Manchuria.

2. Cervus hortulorum.—Northern China.

Profusely spotted at all seasons, but somewhat less so in winter.

Bucks in winter with the ground-colour of the body chestnut-

brown ; neck without spots, bluish grey at base, then a blackish

collar followed by chestnut; face bluish grey; a white spot on

outer side of leg below hock; thighs and fore legs greyish brown ;

under-parts greyish white; tail rather short, white with black

dorsal stripe. Limbs relatively long.

3. Cervus mandarinus.—Interior of China (? Hankow).

Spotted at all seasons. Colour darker than in last, and spots

less abundant in winter coat. In winter coat, neck and limbs

uniformly coloured, like body ; under-parts dark ; no white spot on

leg; tail longer, mainly reddish, with but little white.

4. Cervus taévanus.—Formosa.

Marked with large spots on a chestnut ground in summer; less

distinctly spotted in winter. In winter, neck chestnut, and no

white spot on leg; under-parts apparently somewhat lighter than

upper; tail white, with a very broad dorsal black stripe; dark

oes line on back very strongly marked. Limbs relatively

short.

1897.] ON THE ANATOMY OF A MANATEE. 47

3. Notes upon the Anatomy of a Manatee (Manatus

inunguis) lately living in the Society’s Gardens. By

Frank E. Beppvarp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.

[Received January 18, 1897.]

The young male Manatee acquired by the Society in 1896 died,

on Oct. 29th of the same year, from what appeared to me to be

a very pronounced form of pleurisy. In the course of my

experience at the Society’s Gardens I have never seen so enormous

a development of pus as this animal showed in and outside of

one (the left) lung. When the organ was cut open—it could be

seen, before the diaphragm was removed, to be extraordinarily

distended—a mass of pus, without any odour and of the consis-

tence of a stiff solution of flour and water, was exposed. There

were several (perhaps three) pints of this matter. The other lung

was apparently healthy and no particular signs of disease were

noted elsewhere among the viscera. It is true that the rectum

was distended with feces, but the gut was not in any way patho-

logical in appearance.

As has already been noted’ the specimen which forms the

subject of my communication to the Society is to be distinguished

from the better known American species by the total absence of

nails upon the hand. The most careful examination after death

of the animal failed to show even indications of nails. It appeared

Manatus inunguis, 3 jr.

to me also to differ from Manatus latirostris, as described by

Murie* and Garrod *, in the comparatively slight development of

the two rounded lateral processes of the upper lip, which come

together in the middle line when a leaf of its food is seized by the

1 P. Z.S. 1896, p. 212. See for a comparison of the three existing species of

Manatee, Cl. Hartlaub, ‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Manatus-Arten,” Zool.

Jahrb. i. 1886, p.1; and for a brief notice of some of the viscera of Manatus

inunguis, A. von Pelzeln, “ Brasilische Siiugethiere,” Verh. k.k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, Beiheft zu Bd. xxxiii. 1883, p. 88 (from Natterer’s MS.).

2 “ On the Form and Structure of the Manatee,” Trans. Z, 8. viii. p. 127.

3 «Notes on the Manatee, &c.,” ibid. x. p. 137.

48 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 19,

creature. Otherwise the external characters (see fig. 1, p. 47) are

much as in Manatus latirostris.

At the time of the death of the animal various circumstances

prevented me from at once making a detailed examination of the

viscera. They were accordingly placed in carbolized water and

left for a day or two. It is fortunate that I was compelled to

take this course, as in the other event they would have probably

been thrown away before the arrival of a carcass of WM. latirostris,

for which I am indebted to Mr. Gerrard, jun. If I had had only

the descriptions and drawings of Dr. Murie and Prof. Garrod to

compare my dissections with, I should have come to various

erroneous conclusions—not, indeed, on account of any deficiencies

in those drawings and descriptions, but simply on account of the

variability of certain of the organs and the immense difficulty of

detecting minute divergencies between an organ in one animal and

its description in another. In addition to the specimen which I

obtained from Mr. Gerrard, I found among the Prosector’s stores

some of the viscera of a small male Manatee, which I imagine to

be that which arrived in 1893 in company with the mother, and

died a day or two afterwards. But I am not positive about this,

and the individual may be that which was obtained by the Society

in 1889. In any case the youth of the specimen has enabled me

to discriminate between real specific characters and differences

probably due to age.

Fig. 2.

| imma

a a

cit cece

Tongue of Manatus inunguis. “The upper figure represents a lateral

the lower the dorsal surface.

A, Mayer’s organ; B, recurved papille at end of tongue.

13897. ] ANATOMY OF A MANATEE. 49

Of the alimentary viscera I have had a drawing prepared of the

tongue (fig. 2, p. 48), which does ‘not greatly differ from that of

the more common American species. It appears to me, however,

that the large patch of circumyallate papille (Mayer's organ) of the

two sides of the tongue are a little more closely approximated

than in MW. latirostris.

The stomach of Manatus inunguis shows a few minute differences

from that of M. latirostris. The largest compartment of the

stomach is much smoother inside than in either of the two M. lati-

rostris that I examined; in the smaller spirit-preserved specimen

of the latter species, indeed, the wrinkling of the sides of the

stomach near to its orifice into compartment IV. was so

marked as to suggest the ruminant reticulum. The two lateral

diverticula of the stomach are subequal in WM. latirostris, at

least in the larger of the two specimens that I examined and in

the individuals described by Murie. But in the small . latirostris

and in M. inmunguis the left is considerably the larger ; moreover,

this diverticulum is more coiled in the larger M. latirostris than in

either the small specimen or in M. inunguis—a further difference

which may perhaps be due to age. The unpaired glandular

diverticulum of the cardiac stomach is relatively shorter in the

large M. latirostris.

The bile-duct and the pancreatic duct open on to prominent

papille whose relative positions may be a mark of specific

distinction. In M. latirostris they are rather further apart, and

the pancreatic duct is more in front of the orifice of the ductus

choledochus than in M. inunguis, where the latter is behind but

markedly below the former.

As to the intestinal canal, the most remarkable feature is the

great length of the large intestine, which is not far short of the

small intestine; Peyer's patches are numerous, and in the last

foot of the ileum I counted twelve of them varying much in shape

and size, but being usually elongated and running in the furrows

between the ruge of the gut, as indeed Dr. Murie has noted in

Manatus latirostris. At the actual orifice of the intestine into the

cecum a patch of exceptional size is found. The general shape of

the cecum, which is displayed in the accompanying drawing (fig. 3,

p- 50), is precisely like that of the other species of Manatee, and

I should not have had the drawing prepared were it not tor a

peculiar fold of mesentery which it is the main purpose of that sketch

to illustrate. This fold, which is not referred to by Dr. Murie,

lies on either side of the mesentery supporting the ileum and runs

nearly to the cecum. It does not bear a blood-vessel, and the fold

of either side is continuous with its fellow by a complete bridge

over the front side of the ileum as is indicated in the sketch.

Both species are precisely alike in the presence and in the relations

of these two mesenteries. On cutting open the cecum it seemed

to me that there was a recognizable difference between the two

species. The two orifices of the finger-like appendages of the

cecum were closer together in WM. latirostris and to the orifice of

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No. IV. 4

50 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 19,

the ileum. In my young spirit-preserved specimen there was a

very narrow septum indeed between the wide mouths of the finger-

like appendages.

Fig. 3.

buy

“ij

maw

Cecum of Manatus inunguis.

C, cecum ; D, its two diverticula; f, fold of mesentery ; g/, a coiled

mesenteric lymphatic gland.

The liver of Manatus latirostris has been described without

figures by Murie and with figures by Garrod. If I had not

had the opportunity of seeing the actual liver myself I should

have found certain well-marked differences between the two

species which are really non-existent. The organ in fact varies in

form to some extent. Garrod’s figures agree more closely on the

whole with the liver of M. inunguis than with that of the individual

of M. latirostris which I have studied myself. Garrod figures

the ceritral lobe of the right half of the organ as being but little

separated from its lateral lobe, than which it is much smaller. In

my specimens, both of M. latirostris and M. inunguis, the separation

was much more marked. The left lateral lobe of MV. latirostris,

according to Garrod, is fairly notched on its lower border ; it agrees,

in fact, closely with M. inunguis, but not with the M. latirostris

dissected by myself. On the under surface of the left lateral lobe

in M. latirostris I found a deep rounded cavity, which appeared

to have lodged during lite the glandular appendix of the stomach.

This was so deep that it very nearly perforated the liver tissue. I

observed nothing of the kind in M. inunguis. The gall-bladder, as

in M. latirostris, is large; it was not so fully overlapped by a

triangular piece of the right lobe as in M. latirostris, as figured by

Garrod and observed by myself.

The kidneys of Manatus latirostris have been described rather

1897. | ANATOMY OF A MANATEE, 51

differently by various observers. Owen states that they are

lobulated, thus differing from the Dugong which has non-lobulated

kidneys. Murie describes the kidneys in the following words :—

‘“‘ Each renal organ in our female is 5 inches long, the two lying

opposite one another. Their figure is simple, with only a super-

ficial indication of lobulation, but in reality absence of division ;

hilus shallow.’’ I found the kidneys in the larger of the M. lat-

rostris examined by me to be six inches in length by three in

breadth ; they are distinctly lobulated externally (fig. 4), and before

Fig. 4.

Kidney of Manatus latirostris,

U, ureter.

the kidney was divided longitudinally the appearances shown in

the accompanying drawing were visible. The lobulation after the

organ has been cut in half is seen to descend right to the middle

reservoir of the organ, the cortical layer dipping down and com-

pletely shutting off the compartments of medullary substance.

The hilus is on the side of the kidney and not on its inner edge.

On the other hand, in the small example of M. latirostris the

kidney, measuring nearly three inches by one and a half in breadth,

showed no traces whatever of lobulation, and the hilus was as

nearly as possible on the edge of the gland. In Manatus inunguis

the shape of the organ, as may be gathered from its measurements,

is rather different. It measured three and a half inches in length

by two and a quarter in breadth, and showed no traces of lobu-

lation. The hilus was on the side as in the large WM. latirostris.

The seeming variability (or is it an unusual change due to age?)

of M. latirostris is remarkable.

The heart of the Manatee is, as is well known, peculiar by

‘

52 MR, F. B, BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 19,

reason of the marked separation of the two ventricles (not so

marked, however, as in the Dugong), and by the conspicuousness

of the coronary arteries which ramify over its surface; the organ

is also, as has been remarked, small for the size of its possessor.

I found that in MW. inunguis the ductus arteriosus was perfectly

permeable and was a tube of some size; in the heart of a young

M. latirostris a little more than half its size, the ductus was tube-

like in form and had an orifice into the pulmonary artery, but was

apparently not permeable throughout. In the M. latirostris with

a heart twice the size, the ductus was absent or rather represented

by a flat non-tubular ligament. This seems to indicate a specific

difference between the two forms in the relative age at which the

ductus arteriosus degenerates. But it is, on the other hand, quite

likely that there are variations in respect of this. The right

ventricle in all three specimens was less sculptured on its inner

surface than the left. It has in all three a moderator band, which

is most pronounced in M. inunguis. This moderator band in that

species is continued forwards after it has become adherent to the

ventricular wall to the base of one of the semilunar valves of the

pulmonary artery. In the young WM. latirostris this was so to a

less extent ; while in the larger I. latirostris the moderator band

was free from the heart-wall for a less extent and did not run

forwards to the base of the valve at all. I observed no differences

in the mode of origin of the principal arteries of the aorta in the

three specimens.

The brain of Manatus latirostris has been described and figured

by Murie’, Chapman’, Garrod %, and by Murie* again. Of these

the last-mentioned paper appears to me to contain the best figures.

I have in my possession a brain of that species which differs

slightly from previously described brains ; the drawing (fig. 5, p. 53)

will also enable me to compare more satisfactorily the two species

in respect of their brain structure.

This organ in fact shows certain slight but characteristic

differences in the two Manatees. In the first place there is the

shape when the brain is viewed from above: in MZ. inunguis the

cerebral hemispheres are markedly longer in proportion to their

breadth, the two dimensions being, as nearly as I could measure,

65 min. and 30 mm.; on the other hand, in my specimen of

M., latirostris the same measurements were 65 mm. and 37 mm.,

about the same as those of the brain figured by Garrod. The

outline of each hemisphere is more distinctly C-shaped in MZ. inun-

guis, the C’s being of course back to back. The only fissures of

the hemispheres in J. inunguis are the Sylvian, both of which are

Y-shaped above. Seen laterally each fissure runs forward near

to its termination; but the forwardly directed part of the fissure

is, im my opinion, the rhinal fissure, which does not, at least so

1 “Qn the Form and Structure of the Manatee,” Tr, Z. S. viii. p. 627.

* “Observations on the Structure of the Manatee,” Proce. Acad. Nat, Sci.

Philad. 1875, fig. 452.

3 * Notes on the Manatee, &c.,.” Tr. Z. S. x. p. 187.

* “ Further Observations on the Manatee,” ibid. xi. p. 19.

1897.] ANATOMY OF A MANATED. 53

conspicuously, exist to mark off the temporal lobe posteriorly. In

M. latirostris, on the other hand, the Sylvian fissure is plainly seen

to be continuous with a V-shaped rhinal fissure separa'ing off the

pallium, the wedge-shaped tract of brain (very elephantine!), thus

(eT i/

—

Brain of Manatus inunguis. The upper figure represents the dorsal

aspect, the lower a lateral view.

S, Sylvian fissure.

exposed when the organ is viewed laterally, being itself divided

by a continuation of the Sylvian fissure. On the upper surface

of the brain, moreover, there is, as indicated in Murie’s figure, a

short transverse furrow not present in WM. inunguis,

54 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

4. Revision of the West-Indian Micro-Lepidoptera, with

Descriptions of new Species. By the Rt. Hon. Lord

Watsincuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

[Received November 5, 1896.]

About two years ago I received a communication from Baron

W. von Hedemann asking me to examine and determine a col-

lection of Micro-Lepidoptera which he had made in the Danish

West Indies. Although at first very unwilling to undertake the

task, anticipating, not without reason, that there would be a large

amount of new material, and that it would involve a very diffi-

cult study of the synonymy of described species and of general

classification, I felt that such a study must necessarily be very

instructive, and that the opportunity should not be lost to enlarge

my limited acquaintance with the West-Indian fauna. Moreover,

as the Danish Islands lie to the north of those which supplied

the material for my previous paper [Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1891,

pp- 492-549 (1892)], they promised to afford some connecting

links with the rich fauna of North America, already somewhat

known to me. As to the instruction to be derived, and as to the

difficulty of the work undertaken, my calculations were not at

fault ; moreover, the rediscovery of Clemens’s genus Cycloplasis,

with some other decidedly North-American forms, has been of

special interest in connexion with the subject of distribution.

The amount of material to be dealt with was largely increased by

the reception of a further collection from the same islands made

by Mr. F. Gudmann. These, together with the Micros collected

by Mr. H. H. Smith in Grenada (from the Godman and Salvin

collection), and others received from Dr. Rendall, Mr. T. D. A.

Cockerell, Mr. W. Schaus, Mr. F. W. Urich, and the late

Monsieur E. Ragonot, form the materials of this paper. It is in

fact a second edition of the former one, bringing the West-Indian

catalogue of Micro-Lepidoptera up to date, on the lines of the new

system of classification put forward by Mr. E. Meyrick in his*

‘ Handbook of British Lepidoptera,’ which marks an epoch in the

study of these small and often obscure forms.

When the paper was commenced I was working upon the

old lines, with such modifications only as had become obviously

necessary as the general study of the subject has advanced; but

the publication of Mr. Meyrick’s book supplied a want, and his

system seemed to be so near at least to that which I was already

working up to by an independent course of study and reasoning,

that no effurt was required to induce me to accept in the main

his sequence of the different families and genera; this has been

adopted so far as possible, with the one notable exception of the

position and value of the Yortricide, which cannot, in my opinion,

be rightly separated from the 7ineina, and should take a place

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. BD)

rather in the middle than at either end of the series of families

which form this group.

The adoption of Mr. Meyrick’s system, of course, involved

great changes in generic nomenclature, for which he had given no

reasons. In some cases where his alterations have been accepted,

the reasons for such acceptance are here set forth: in ail cases

where I have been unable to accept his generic names I have

fully discussed and explained how the names here adopted have

been arrived at. For any further explanation on this point, the

reader may now refer to the code of rules compiled by Mr. Durrant

and myself, which has lately been published by Messrs. Longmans

under the title ‘Rules for regulating Nomenclature with a view

to secure a strict application of the Law of Priority in Entomo-

logical Work.’

In my previous paper 132 species were enumerated as occurring

in the West Indies: of these 10 were simply mentioned as “ sp.” ;

these are now deducted, as are also Scoptonoma tipuloides, Wlsm.

(now regarded as belonging to the Pyralidina); Pterophorus aspilo-

dactylus, Wkr. (now regarded as a worn specimen of P. ayrapho-

dactylus, Wkr.); Coenogenes pusilla (Z.), Wism. (wrongly identitied,

and described in the following pages as Hypoclopus parvus, sp. 1.) ;

Psecadia adustella, Z. (= Tamarrha gelidella, Wkr.); Psecadia ingri-

cella, Mschl. (= Lthmia confusella, Wkr.) ; Cosmopteryx lespedeze,

Wlsm. (= Cosmopteryx attenuatella, Wkr.: Walker referred this

species to Gelechia, which must be my excuse for the creation

of the synonym); Cosmopteryx gemmiferella (Clem.?), Mschl.

(recorded with doubt by Méschler, and here omitted as being

probably synonymous with attenuatella, Wkr.). These deductions

reduce my former list to 115 species (132—10—7). To this total

is now added 34 species already described, and these, together

with 153 new species, raise the total of the West-Indian Micro-

Lepidoptera to 302 species (115+344153). Nineteen genera

are characterized as new.

The species recorded from each of the islands are as follows :—

Cuba, 23; Jamaica, 31; Haiti (or San Domingo), 50; Portorico, 37 ;

St. Croix,57; St. Thomas, 114; St.Jan,3; St. Martin,1; Guade-

loupe, 1; Dominica, 7; Martinique, 1; St. Lucia, 2; St. Vincent,

43; Grenada, 60; Trinidad, 8; Curacao, 1—Wesr Inp1iks, 302.

Of these species, 27 occur in the United States, 4 in Central

America, and 28 in South America; 5 are found also in Europe,

3 in India and also in other parts of Asia, while one extends to

Malaysia; 5 occur in Australia, and 4 in Africa. The larve ot

49 species are known, of which number 34 have been bred in the

West Indies.

What is now specially wanted is some knowledge of the Micros

of the more northern islands stretching towards the coast of

Florida, as well as from the peninsula of Florida itself. There is

strong reason to believe that very beautiful and distinct forms of

these insects are to be found in Cuba, Portorico, and Haiti, and

also in Florida—such as have been already received include some

56 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

remarkably fine and distinct species; and I trust that the publi-

cation of this paper may induce collectors to supply material from

these more northern localities, with which we are at present so

little acquainted.

The collections made by von Hedemann and Gudmann are for

the most part in beautiful condition, the specimens well set and

mounted, and a large proportion of them bred. Full data have

been given by which the life-history of each bred species can be

followed, and this information has added much to the value of the

specimens ; unfortunately, the note-books in which descriptions of

the different larvee had been written were lost.

I must express my indebtedness to my two Danish correspondents

for their kindness in allowing me to keep a large number of dupli-

cates, which will eventually tind their way to the British Museum

with the remainder of my collections ; and Baron von Hedemann

has also been kind enough to examine for me such types of

Fabricius’s West-Indian species as are extant in the Copenhagen

Museum. I must also return my thanks to my other corre-

spondents whose names are mentioned above, especially to Messrs.

Godman and Salvin for placing much valuable material in my

hands.

I, PYRALIDINA.

I. PTEROPHORIDZ.

1. TricHoprinus, Wlsm.

1. TRICHOPTILUS CENTETES, Meyr.

Trichoptilus centetes, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 16-17!:

1887, 266*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 494-5, 542 (1892)%.

[? =Pterophorus owydactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX.

944 (1864). Aciptilia owydactyla, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1885,

885 (1886). Pterophorus owydactylus, Moore, Lp. Ceyl. III. 528-9,

Pl. 209. 16 (1887); Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind. 669. No. 4549

(1889). Trichoptilus owydactylus, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1896,

lt gross ey Tndia, EX; 2; Arabia; Tax

Hab, New Guiyua, XI.? Quemnsnanp*®. West Indies*—Sr.

Croix, 22 [V.-18 V. (Gudmann, Hedemann, Pontoppidan); Sx.

Tuomas, 13 III.-25 IIT. (Gudmann, Hedemann); Sv. Vincenv®,

Bred by Mr. Gudmann at St. Croix, but the food-plant has

not been identified.

2. Spopnarcuns, Meyr.

2. SPHENARCHES CAFFER, Z.

=ayisopacrytus, Wkr.”; n. syn. =prrrusazis, Wkvr. ;

=watker1, Wism." ; =syvopurys, Meyr.“

Pterophorus caffer, Z. Hndl. Kngl. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. 1852, 118".

Oxyptilus caffer, Z. Lin, Ent. VI. 8348-9 (1852)*; Wkr. Cat. Lp.

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 57

Ins. B. M. XXX. 934 (1864) °. Oxyptilus anisodactylus, Wkr. Cat.

Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX. 934-5 (1864) *. Pterophorus diffusalis, Wkr.

Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX. 945 (1864)°. Oaypiilus caffer, Wism.

Tr. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1881, 279°. Oxyptilus walkeri, Wism. Tr.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, 279-807. Sphenarches synophrys, Meyr. Tr.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, ie 8°. Oxyptilus anisodactylus, Moore, Lp.

Ceyl. III. 528 (1887) . Sphenarches caffer, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1887, 268°. Oxyptilus anisodactylus, Swinh. & Cotes, Cat.

Moths Ind. 668. No. 4542 (1889). Sphenarches caffer, Cotes,

Ind. Mus. Notes, II. 20, figg. (1891) 2; Wlsm. Ind. Mus. Notes,

II. 20-1 (1891) *; Cotes, Ind. Mus. Notes, IT. 163 (1893) ™.

Larva. “ Cilabash ” (Gambia); in pods of Dolichos lablab

(India) *-™.

Hab. 8. Arrica—Caffraria'*: 8, Natal, XI.-X1T1.7" E. Arrtca™.

W. Arrica—Gambia *. Asta—Japan™, Ceylon **™™, India,

Burma ™, AusrraLasta—New South Wales, II.”, Queensland

(Moreton Bay)*, New Hebrides *, Tonga Ids." West Indies

Tuomas, 20 III. (Gudmann); Grenava (Balthazar, 250 ft., wind-

ward side, 15-20 IV.—H. H. Smith).

Oxyptilus periscelidactylus, Fitch, from the United States,

belongs to pe genus Sphenarches, and i is at least very closely allied

to caffer,

3. PLapyprinia, Hb.

3. PLATYPTILIA PUSILLIDACTYLA, Wkr.

=TEcwrpi0N, Z.°

Oxyptilus pusillidactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX. 933

(1864)*. Platyptilia teentdion, Z. Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross. XIII.

468-9, Pl. VI. 162 (1877)*. Platyptilia pusillidactyla, Wlsm.

Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 495, 542 (1892)*. <Amblyptilia pusilli-

dactyla, Hdm. Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVII. 8 (1896) *.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca!*; Sr. Crorx,* 22 IV. (Gud-

mann) ; St. THomas, IT.?’**; Gruwapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., and La

Force Estate, 350 t., windward side, 5 LV.-5 V.—H. H. Smith).

4, PLATYPTILIA COSMODACTYLA, Hb.

(?=4cawrnopacrrius, Z.') =prrepraris, Wky.’

Alucita cosmodactyla, Hb. Samml. Eur. Schm. IX. Pl. VIL. 35-36

(1816 ?)1. Amblyptilia cosmodactyla, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 430.

No, 4183 (1826), &. [? Pterophorus acanthodactylus, Z. Handl.

Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. 1852, 117°.] Owyptilus direptalis, Wkr.

Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX. 934 (1864)*. Amblyptilia cosmodactyla,

Ster. & Wk. Cat. 342, No. 3131(1871)*. Ambliptilus cosmodactylus,

Wism. Pter. Cal. & Or. 23-5, Pl. II. 2-4 (1880) °: Tr. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1881, 277-8 (1881) ’. 7 Platyptilia cosmodact, yla, Meyr.

Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890, 486 (1890) *.

Hab, Evrore’**:* (larva, Aquilegia vulgaris, Geranium pratense,

Salvia glutinosa]. S. Arrica—Transvaal *, Cape Colony *, Natal,

58 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

VIL-VIIL., XI." Unirep Srarms—California’®, Oregon * (b. IV.

—e. VIIIL.; larva Orthocarpus sp., VI.)°. West Indies—Jamaica

(Cinchona, 5000 ft., [X., Hawecett).

Iam indebted to Mr. Cockerell for the specimen collected by

My. Fawcett. There is another specimen in the British Museum,

labelled ‘* Jamaica (Cinchona), 90.65, 6.90, W. Fawcett.”

4, Ocuyrotica, Wlsin.

5. OcHYROTICA FASCIATA, Wlsm.

Ochyrotica fasciata, W|sm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX VII. 218 (1891)?:

Nov. Lp. I. 75-6, Pl. XIT. 2 (1892) ?.

Hab, CenvraL AmeErica’*. West Indies —Grenapa (Bal-

thazar, 250 ft., windward side, 20 IV.—H. H. Smith), Braziu’’.

5. Srpnopriiia, Hb.

= Miuzszorrizus, Wigrn.

6, STENOPTILIA (?) PUMILIO, Z.

== * gizviporsis, Hdm. partim. (nec Z.).

Mimeseoptilus pumilio, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII. 324

(1873)*. Stenoptilia ? pumilio, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

495, 542 (1892)*. Mimeseoptilus gilvidorsis, Hdm. Stett. Ent.

Ztg. LVIL. 8-9 (1896) *.

Hab, Unitrp Srarrs—-Texas’. West Indies——Jamatca

(Monteague, 1100 ft., XI., Rendall); Sv. Crorx,? 28 IV. (Hede-

mann), V.*; Sx. Vincenr?; Grenada (windward side—Bal-

thazar, 250 ft., La Force Estate, 350 ft., 51V.-5 V.—H. H. Smith).

Heer Snellen’s opinion on the probable synonymy of gilvidorsis,

quoted by von Hedemann (J. c. No. 3), is quite justified, for I had

already examined the two types side by side, and had made a note

that gilvidorsis, Z., must sink as a synonym of tenwis, F. & R.

Baron von Hedemann has sent me the three specimens which

were determined for him by Snellen: two are montis-christi, W1sm.,

and the third is pumilio; there is at present no evidence that

gilvidorsis occurs in the West Indies.

[ Srevoprinra tenuis, F, & R.

n. syn.=GILVIDORSIS, Z.

Mimeseoptilus tenuis, F. & R. Reise Nov., Lep. Pl. CXL. 50 (1875). Mime-

seoptilus gilvidorsis, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 471-2, Pl. VI. 164 (1877) *.

Hab. Coromp1a—Bogota?!’?, 12 II.-14 IIT.?]

6. PrrropHorts, Geoffr.

Type, Phalena (Alucita) monodactyla, L.

Prerornorvs, Geoffr. Hist. Ins. Par. II. 24-5, 90-3 (1762) ;

Wlern. Vet.-Ak. Handl. III. (7) 20 (1859); Wlsm. & Drnt. Ent.

Mo. Mag. XX XIII. 41-2 (1897).

1897.] WESL-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 59

+ OipxzuatornHorvs, Wlern. Vet.-Ak. Handl. IIL. (7) 19 (1859).

[t @pewaropnorvs, Wlern. Bib. Svensk.Vet.-Ak. Handl. III.

85 (1875).]

=§ Leroprizvs, Wiegrn. Vet.-Ak. Handl. ITI. (7) 21 (1859).

=* Arverra (L.), Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890, 487.

The type of Alucita, L., was fixed as pentadactyla, L., by Poda,

Ins. Mus. Gree. p. 94 (1761), and Lamarck, Syst. An. sans Vert.

288 (1801), cited the same species as the type of Pterophorus,

Geoffr.; but this action was inadmissible, pentudactyla having

already been constituted the type of Alucita. Latreille, Préc.

Gen. Ins. 148 (1796), described the genus Orneodes, omitting to

cite the type; subsequently, however, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. LI].

418 (1802): XIV. 258 (1805), this omission was remedied, hexa-

dactyla, L., being cited as the type. By this action and Poda’s

the genus Pterophorus became monotypical with the type Alucita

monodactyla, L. In this sense it was used by Wallengren, but

Meyrick, Tr. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1890, 487, wrongly employed

Pterophorus for pentadactyla, and Alucita for monodactyla.

7. PreROPHORUS INQUINATUS, Z.

n, syn. =ausroszZ, Mrt.

(dematophorus inquinatus, Z. Verh. 2.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII.

325 (1873)*. Cdematophorus ambrosie, Mrt. Am. Ent. III. 236

(1880) *. Cdematophorus inquinatus, Cqllt. Pap. I. 61-2 (1882)’;

Hdm. Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVII. 9 (1896) *.

Larva. Ambrosia artemisicefolia**, VII.* excl. VIII.’

Hab. Uniren Starns— Texas, 23 VII.', Missouri®. West

Indies—Hayri (Cap Haiti, 19 VI.— Gudmann) ; Sx. THoMas, 7 IV."

8. PrrROPHORUS MONTIS-CHRISTI, sp. n.

= Mimeeseoptilus ae Hdm. Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVII. 8-9

(1896), partem.

(Antenne broken.) Palpi proeeay scarcely beyond the head ;

pale cinereous. Head slightly tufted over the face ; hoary grey.

Thorax hoary greyish, whitish posteriorly. Fore wings hoary

grey, sparsely scattered with very minute fuscous speckling, which

is also noticeable along the base of the hoary-grey cilia, especially

on the dorsum. Zwp.al.17 mm. Hind wings shining hoary grey,

with a bronzy reflection on their cilia. Abdomen [in the two

specimens before me greasy and discoloured, but obviously paler

than the wing-colour, as indicated also by the very pale patch on

the posterior portion of the thorax at the base]. Hind legs with

the spurs very long and slender; pale cinereous.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm. ; = Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies — San Dominco (Monte Christi, 19 V.

1894; two specimens, “go & 2 taken in copula,” Gudmann) ;

St. Crorx: 2-5 V. (Hedemann, two specimens); GRENADA (Bal-

thazar, 250 ft., windward side, 15 1V., H. H.Smith; one specimen),

60 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

9. PrpRoPHORUS OSSIPELLIS, sp. n.

Antenne bone-grey. Palpi very short, projecting, slender ;

bone-white. Head and thoraw bone-grey. Fore wings of almost

even width throughout; costa straight, second lobe scarcely

widened at its middle; uniformly bone-grey, the extreme costa

slightly paler throughout; cilia bone-grey. wp. al. 16 mm,

Hind wings bone-grey with a slightly bluer tinge; cilia bone-grey.

Abdomen bone-grey. Legs white, unspotted.

Type, 6 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—San Domineo (Puerto Plata, 15 V.: one

specimen, Gudmann).

10. PrrropHoRus PARVUS, Wlsm.

Lioptilus ? parvus, Wlsm. Pter. Cal. & Or. 55-7, Pl. IIL. 12

(1880) *.

Hab. Untrep Staves — California ¢. VII... West Indies —

Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward side, 15 II1.-30 IV.—

H, H. Smith).

11, PrrropHorus THOM”, Z.

Leioptilus thome, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 480-1, Pl. VI.

170 (1877)*. Alucita thome, Wl1sm. Pr. Z. Soe. Lond. 1891, 495,

542 (1892)*. Letoptilus thome, Hdm. Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVI. 9

(1896) °*.

Hab. West Indies—Hayrt (Port-au-Prince, Cap Haiti, 19-24 V.:

Gudmann); St. Tuomas, XII.**

12. PrrropHorvs prezustus, Mschl.

Pterophorus preustus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 346, 354

(1890)*. Aluctta preustus, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 496,

542 (1892) >.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico”’.

Judging from the description this is probably the same as

thome, Z.

13. PreropHorus BASALIS, Mschl.

Gdematophorus basalis, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 345-6,

354 (1890)'. Alucita basalis, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 495,

542 (1892)?.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico *”.

14. PrmropHoRUsS PALEACEUS, Z.

Letioptilus paleaceus, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII. 326-7

(1873)". Pterophorus paleaceus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV.

346, 354 (1890)*. Alucita paleaceus, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 495, 542 (1892) °*.

Hab. Unirep Stares—Ohio’*, Texas’’*. West Indies—Porro-

RIcO***,

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 61

15. PrerorHorus Brpunctarus, Mschl.

=*yroropacryLus, Hdm. (nec Hb.).

Pterophorus bipunctatus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 346,

354 (1890). Alucita bipunctatus, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

496, 542 (1892)*. Letoptilus microdactylus, Hdm. Stett. Ent.

Ztg. LVIL. 9 (1896) *.

Hab. Unrrep Srarus—Florida (Morrison, Mus. Wlsm.). West

Indies — Porrorico'?; Sr. Crorx, 28 IV. (Gudmann); St.

Tuomas, 20 III. (Gudmann), 1V.2; Grenava (Balthazar, 250 ft.,

windward side, 5-27 1V.—H. H. Smith).

I am unable to agree with Heer Snellen, as quoted by Baron

von Hedemann (J. c. No.3), that the West-Indian species allied

to microdactylus, Hb., is actually our common European insect.

Baron von Hedemann has sent me the specimen determined for him

by Snellen, and I must certainly regard it as distinct. A very

noticeable spot occurs on the lower margin of the anterior lobe of

the fore wings a little beyond the opposite costal spot, and this is

not present in microdactylus ; moreover, the anterior wings appear

to me to be distinctly narrower in proportion to their length. In

any case there can be little doubt that it is the bipunctatus of

Moschler.

16. Prerornorvus PARrIcIPATUS, Mschl.

Pterophorus participatus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 346,

354 (1890). Alucita participatus, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

496, 542 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico *”.

17. PrenoPHoRUS AGRAPHODACTYLUS, Wkr.

n. syn.=sprzopacrytus, Wkr.

Pterophorus agraphodactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. XXX.

941 (1864)'. Pterophorus aspilodactylus, Wkr, Cat. Lep. Ins.

B. M. XXX. 941-2 (1864)?; Butl. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1878, 495°.

Lioptilus agraphodactylus, Wism. Pter. Cal. & Or. 46-7, Pl. III. 6

(1880)*. Pterophorus agraphodactylus, W\sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 496, 542 (1892)°. Pterophorus aspilodactylus, W1sm. Pr. Z.

Soc. Lond. 1891, 496, 542 (1892) °.

Hab. Unirnp Stares—Oregon, V.* West Indies—Jamarca*’*)®;

San Domineo’*”’.

I can only regard the type of aspilodactylus as a worn specimen

of agraphodactylus, and Walker himself suggested that it might be

only a variety or a faded example of this species.

II. ORNEODIDZ.

7. Orneopes, Ltr.

=*Arvcrra, Z., auct.

18, OrneopEs BUDACTYLA, F. & R.

Alucita (Palia?) eudactyla, F. & R. Reise Noy., Lep. Pl. CXL.

62 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

62 (1875)'; Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 346, 304 (1890) °.

Orneodes eudactyla, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 496, 542

(1892) *.

Hab. Conomera'’*; Brazin'’*. West Indies—Porrorico’*.

II. TINEINA.

I. ZEGERIADA.

Although I quite agree with Mr. Meyrick as to the location of

this family, I am not at present sufficiently acquainted with its

literature to attempt to give a complete list of the West-Indian

species. There are probably many other species known beside

the following :—

8. Susta, F.

19. Sesra cuBana, HS.

Sesia cubana, HS. O.B., Z.M. Ver. Regensb. (sep.) 28 (1865)".

Hab. West Indies—Cvsa '.

Il. GELECHIADZ.

9. Bracumta, Hb.

=+Bractv yr, Stph. (laps. cal.).

= § Cravopes, Hein.

= Evpopactzs, Snell.

Bracumia, Meyr. (nec Stgr. Cat.).

20. BRACHMIA? FULVIDELLA, sp. n.

Antenne dull ochreous. Palpi dull ochreous, the second and

apical joints each with a tawny-reddish shade externally. Head

and thorax whitish ochreous. Fore wings whitish ochreous,

variable in the colour and quantity of their shading ; a female in

good condition (which I select as the type) having a tawny-reddish

suffusion extending from the base nearly to the termen, around

which is a row of six elongate fuscous spots, the pale ground-

colour appearing also in a narrow streak along the base of the

fold and in a streak along the discal cell, in which are two fuscous

blotches, the larger before, the smaller one beyond the middle ;

cilia whitish ochreous, with a slight vinous gloss, especially around

their tips. (In other specimens the dorsal half of the wing is

almost entirely whitish ochreous, the reddish suffusion being con-

fined to the costal and apical portions.) Zvp.al.15 mm. Hind

wings pale greyish ; cilia with a slight ochreous tinge. Abdomen

yellowish grey. Legs pale ochreous.

Type, 6 2 Mus. Wism.

Hab. West Indies — Sr. THomas, 9 III.-20 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Six specimens.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 63

“Die Raupe ist sehr diinn und schmal, 16-fiissig, in der Mitte

am breitesten; dunkel chocoladebraun, mit zwei Reihen feiner

weissen Punkte auf jeder Seite des Riickens, so dass auf jedem

Segment zwei Punktwarzen sich finden, jede mit einem schwarzen

Haar versehen. Kopf rund, schwarzbraun. Das erste Leib-

segment durchsichtig fleischfarbig im ersten Drittel, auf den

hinteren 2 mit eimem Schild von der Farbe des Kopfes. Bauch,

Fiisse und After von der Farbe des Riickens.

“ Raupe auf den Bliittern der Bromelia pinguin, L., gefunden in

einem Gespinnst mit eingewobenen Excrementen und Blattresten.

Das Gespinnst befindet sich in der inneren Hohlung des Blattes,

dicht an der Blattwurzel. Anscheinend frisst die Raupe nicht

die Blitter, sondern nur die Blattreste, die sie in ihr Gespinnst

festwebt.” (Gudmann.)

Tam unable to separate from the types three slightly smaller

captured temales in which the tawny-reddish suffusion is much

modified by greyish-fuscous sprinkling, and the pale ochreous

ground-colour inclines to pale cinereous.

This species differs from the type of the genus in having veins

7 and 8 coincident, arising from a common stem with 9; but at

present I am unwilling to create a new genus for its reception.

10. Artsroretia, Hb., Meyr.

This genus has been separated into sections under various

names, such as Hvagora, Clem., Apodia, Hein., Ergatis, Hein.

The first two names are preoccupied, and Ergatis is a synonym of

Aristotelia.

Aristotelia is used in a more extended sense in this paper than

is accorded to it by Meyrick. At present it seems unnecessary

to rename the different sections as here given, but this can be

done at any future time if the subdivisions founded on neuration

should be regarded as of sufficient value; when probably some of

Walker’s or Chambers’s generic names will be found to apply.

The species which have veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings connate

are narrow-winged derivatives of Aristotelia, and are not allied to

Gelechia.

§ A. Fore wings, 7 and 8 stalked, 6 out of 7. Hind wings, 3 and 4

connate. (=$EV AGORA, Clem.)

21. ARISTOTELIA ANNULICORNIS, sp. n.

Antenne pale straw-ochreous, minutely banded above with

greyish fuscous, a distinct blackish band across the middle of the

basal joint. Palpi pale straw-ochreous, with two smoky-black

spots on the outer side of the second joint and a smoky-black ring

near the end of the apical joint. Mead and thorax pale straw-

ochreous. Fore wings pale straw-ochreous, with a slight ferruginous

shade along the middle from one-third to two-thirds, and several

smoky-black spots and dots: the first at the base of the costa,

64 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

small and inconspicuous; at one-third a larger costal spot, with

one, immediately above the dorsum, straight below it; at two-thirds

a larger costal spot, with a very small one straight below it at the

end of the cell, a few smaller ones lying around the apex and

apical margin; cilia pale straw-ochreous with a slight vinous

gloss. Exp. al. 8mm. Hind wings pale grey ; cilia with a slight

vinous gloss. Abdomen yellowish grey. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 12 II].-14 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Four specimens.

22, ARISTOTELIA EROMENE, sp. n.

Antenne stout; whitish ochreous, faintly annulated towards the

apex. Palpi stout, second joint almost as long as the apical,

smooth-scaled ; whitish ochreous, clouded with fuscous externally,

especially at the base and apex of the second joint, apical joint

with two black annulations. Head and thorax pale ochreous.

Fore wings pale ochreous, somewhat shaded with chestnut-brown

along the middle; an elongate black costal spot at the base with a

smaller one immediately beneath it ; a small triangular costal spot

before the middle, almost connected with two others placed

obliquely beneath it, extending backward to the dorsum ; a larger

triangular costal spot (also black) before the commencement of the

costal cilia; on the dorsum, beneath and before it, a slender black

streak lies a little beyond the middle but does not leave the

margin; a terminal series of small groups of black scales at the

base of the greyish-ochreous cilia. wp. al. 9mm. Hind wings

shining, pale grey ; cilia shining, pale ochreous. Abdomen shining,

greyish. Posterior legs whitish ochreous, externally smeared with

fuscous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—-Sr. Tuomas, 20 III. (Gudmann) ; St. Crorx,

2 V9 VI. (Hedemann, Pontoppidan). Three specimens.

Bred at St. Thomas by Mr. Gudmann from larve feeding on

Bromelia pinguin, L.

This species differs from annulicornis, W1sm., in the first dorsal

spot being nearer to the base than the costal spot above it and in

the larger size of the outer costal spot, as well as in the darker tone

ot colouring of the fore wings and in the absence of the annulation

on the basal joint of the antenne.

23. ARISTOTELIA ORNATIPALPELLA, Sp. 0.

Antenne rather stout, simple ; cinereous with a slight indication

of dark transverse lines above. Palpi smooth; olive-grey, with

three black annulations on the second joint and two on the apical

joint. Head and thoraw dark olive-grey. ore wings olive-grey,

with a slight greenish tinge; a short black basal patch occupying

the costal half is followed by a smaller costal patch at one-third,

with a black dorsal patch a little beyond it; atthe upper extremity

1897. ] WESTI-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 65

of the latter is a round black spot on the cell, almost connected

with it; another small black costal patch lies at the commencement

of the costal cilia and around black dot beneath it at the end

of the cell; a few black scales are scattered along the termen

at the base of the olive-grey cilia. Hwp.al.8 mm. Hind wings

shining, grey ; cilia pale brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey.

Legs greyish, with dark patches on the spurs ; hind tibie# somewhat

hairy above, tarsi faintly spotted.

Type, S Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenava (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 27 IV.—H. H. Smith). Unique.

24, ARISTOTELIA OSTARIELLA, sp. n.

Antenne bone-white, very faintly annulated. Palpi slender,

smooth, second joint scarcely thicker than the apical ; bone-white,

speckled with greyish fuscous. Head and thorax bone-whitish.

Fore wings bone-whitish ; a small greyish-fuscous spot at the base

of the costa is followed by a small triangular costal spot before

the middle, forming, with two others below it, a narrow transverse

fascia tending slightly outwards to the dorsum; halfway between

this and the apex is another greyish-fuscous costal patch with a

dark fuscous spot below it at the end of the cell; a few greyish-

fuscous scales around the termen at the base of the bone-ochreous

cilia. Exp. al.8 mm. Hind wings shining, very pale grey; cilia

pale greyish ochreous. Abdomen greyish ochreous. Legs pale

whitish ochreous.

Type, ¢ Mus. Gudinann.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 22-31 IIL. (Gudmann). Two

specimens.

25, ARISTOTELIA KITTELLA, sp. nD.

Antenne (broken): basal joints black with a white annulation.

Palpi smooth, very slender, second joint as long as the apical joint

and scarcely to be distinguished from it in thickness; black

externally with white annulations, one on the second joint and

three on the apical. Head sooty-black. Thora cream-white,

with a black transverse band anteriorly which also crosses the base

of the white tegule. ore wings cream-white ; a small black costal

spot at the base, a broad black transverse fascia before the middle,

slightly attenuated at its centre, and a triangular black costal spot

halfway between the fascia and the apex, this is preceded by a

small black spot on the dorsum and followed by a few black scales

on the termen below the apex; cilia cream-white. xp. al.’7 mm.

Hind wings shining, very pale grey; cilia with a slight yellowish

tinge. Abdomen grey; anal tuft subochreous. Legs shining,

cream-whitish.

Type, 6 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Hayri (Port-au-Prince, 22 V., Gudmann),

Unique.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. V. 5

66 LORD WALSINGHAM ON {Jan. 19,

26. ARISTOTELIA DORSIVITTELLA, Z.

Gelechia (Teleia?) dorsivittella, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII.

267-8, Pl. III. 20 (1873)*. Gelechia dorsivittella, Chamb. Bull.

U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 143 (1878); Riley, Smith’s List LigPs Bor.

Am. 101. No. 5357 (1891) *.

Hab. Unirep Srates? 3—Texas’. West Indies—Sz. Crorx,

6-14 V. (Gudmann, Hedemann).

$B. Fore wings, 7 and 8 stalked, 6 out of 7. Hind wings,

3 and 4 separate.

27. ARISTOTELIA ROSEOSUFFUSELLA, Clem.

= BELLELA, Wkr."°

Gelechia? roseosuffusella, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XII.

162-8, 434 (1860) *: Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil. I. 121 (1863)*. Gelechia

bellela, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. X XIX. 595 (1864)*. Gelechia

roseosuffusella, Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. x, 40, 113-4, 225 (1872)*;

Chamb. Can. Ent. 1V. 69, 148, 169,193 (1872)°. Gelechia ( Ergatis)

roseosuffusella, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII. 272-3, Pl. IV. 24

(1873) *. - Gelechia roseosuffusella, Mrt. Can. Ent. VI. 222 (1874)' ;

Chamb. Can. Ent. VI. 231 (1874)°. Gelechia rosasuffusella, Chamb.

Cin. Qr. Jr. Sc. LL. 290 (1875) °. Gelechia roseosuffusella, Chamb.

Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IT. 125, 141 (1877)": Can. Ent. IX.

14 (1877): Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 110 3, 146 (1878)™:

Jr. Cin. Soc. N. H. I. 183 (1880) ™. Gelechia (Ergatis) roseo-

suffusella, Wism. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 180 (1882)"*%. Gelechia

roseosuffusella, Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am. 102. No. 5470

(1891) ".

Hab. Uniren States’, VI, VIL", VIEL? Larva Trifolium pra-

tense”™*. West Indies—San Dominco (Monte Christi, 17 V.,

Gudmann).

28. ARISTOTELIA PUDIBUNDELLA, Z.

nl. Syl. =INTERMEDIELLA, Chamb.

Gelechia (Ergatis) pudibundella, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII.

273-4 (1873)*. Gelechia intermediella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G.

Surv. IV. 89, 144 (1878)*. Gelechia pudibundella, Chamb. Bull.

U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 146 (1878) *. Gelechia intermediella, W1sm.

Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 180-1 (1882)*. Gelechia (Hryatis) pudi-

bundella, Wism. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 181 (1882)’. Gelechia

intermediella, Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am. 101. No. 5392

(1391) *. Gelechia pudibundella, Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am.

102. No. 5454 (1891).

Hab. Untrep Srares’’, VII." West Indies—Hayrr (Cap

Haiti, 18 V., Gudmann); Sr. Croix, 28 IV.-7 V. (Hedemann),

7 VIL. (Pontoppidan).

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 67

29. ARISTOTELIA TROSSULELLA, sp. n.

Antenne. brownish fuscous, annulated with white beyond their

basal fourth. Palpi long, slender, smooth, apical joint somewhat

longer than the second; subochreous, the second joint transversely

banded with three brownish bars, the apical joint with slender

brownish longitudinal lines. Head and thoraw olive-brown. Fore

wings bright olive-brown; from the extreme base an oblique

leaden-grey line extends downwards to the dorsum at one-fifth ;

beyond it an oblique black line leaving the costa at one-fifth

reaches nearly to the dorsum, accompanied throughout on its

outer edge by a pinkish-ochreous line followed by steel-grey scales ;

a patch of steel-grey scales a little before the middle of the costa

searcely reaches beyond the upper margin of the cell, and is

followed beyond the middle by a small pinkish-ochreous costal dot

connected by some steel-grey scales with an inwardly oblique

pinkish-ochreous line reverting towards the middle of the dorsum,

black-margined on its inner edge and with steel-grey scales

externally ; some spots of steel-grey scales lie a little above the

tornus, others being scattered around the termen and the inner

extremities of a series of pinkish ochreous spots which, to the

number of about seven, follow the margin of the wing at the base

of the costal and terminal cilia and are separated by some dark

fuscous scales ; cilia subochreous along their base, outwardly with

two slender grey lines running through them except at the tornus

where they are uniformly greyish. Avp.al. 10mm. Hind wings

grey; cilia paler. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish ochreous,

obliquely banded with greyish fuscous externally.

Type, 6 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Kingston, 19 VII., Cockerell);

San Dominceo (Monte Christi, 19 V., Gudmann). Two specimens.

30. ARISTOTELIA PULICELLA, sp. n.

Antenne stoutish, $; greyish, with some darker bands towards

the apex. Palpi: second joint longer than the apical; whitish,

the second joint with two black spots beneath, apical joint with

two black rings, one at the base the other before the apex. Head

and thorax whitish grey. ore wings whitish grey, shaded with

greyish fuscous, especially along the costal third ; this is interrupted

on the costa by a pale median space and some pale speckling before

the apex; some minute blackish dots are scattered along the line

of the fold, with one on the disc before the middle and afew black

scales beneath the apex at the base of the yellowish-grey cilia.

Exp. al. 7mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia yellowish grey.

Abdomen yellowish grey. Legs whitish ochreous, the tibiz broadly

banded externally and the tarsi minutely spotted posteriorly with

fuscous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 7-8 III. (Gudmann, Hedemann).

Three specimens.

68 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

31. ARISTOTELIA CRASSICORNIS, sp. 0.

Antenne stout, somewhat flattened ; very pale cinereous. Palpi

slender, second joint longer than the apical, slightly roughened

beneath especially at the extremity of the second joint; whitish,

shaded externally nearly to the end of the second joint, apical joint

faintly biannulate. Head and thorax hoary whitish. ore wings

hoary whitish, sprinkled with greyish-fuscous scaling ; with nume-

rous short, slender, dark fuscous longitudinal streaklets accom-

panied by a few ferruginous scales, these have a tendency to follow

the lines of the cell and of the fold, being only indicated on the

costa by a minute streak at the base and two spots, one before the

other behind the middle ; cilia hoary whitish dusted with fuscous

atoms. Exp. al. 8 mm. Hind wings shining, pale grey; cilia

yellowish grey. Abdomen shining, iridescent, silvery grey. Legs

whitish, tarsi unspotted.

Type, ¢ Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Jan, 13-16 IV. (Gudmann). Two

specimens, bred from a plant which was not identified.

“Raupe cylindrisch, 16-fiissig, bliiulich hellgriin mit einem

rothen Giirtel, bestehend aus vier dunkelrothen Flecken in der

Einschniirung zwischen den Segmenten, und zwei grossere rothe

Flecke stehen am Riicken jedes Segments. Kopf hellbraun, Fiisse

von der Grundfarbe; das letzte Leibsegment bliiulich griin, mit

einem grossen rothen Flecke auf dem Riicken.

“Die Raupen leben zu zwei, drei oder vier gesellig zwischen

zusammengesponnenen Blittern, und alle Excremente werden

theils zwischen den Blattern, theils ausserhalb des Randes der

Blattwohnung festgesponnen, so dass die Raupen ganz versteckt

sind.” (Gudmann).

§ C. Fore wings, 7 and 8 stalked, 6 separate. Hind wings, 3 and 4

separate.

32. ARISTOTELIA PICTICORNIS, sp. n.

Antenne delicately annulated with white and blackish. Palpr

very slender, smooth; beautifully marked with alternate rings of

white and fuscous throughout. Head and thorax brownish fuscous.

Fore wings brownish fuscous, evenly speckled and mottled with

ashy grey throughout; a faint indication of a dark spot beyond

the middle of the fold and groups of ashy-grey scales around the

termen at the base of the ashy-grey cilia, through which run a

slender dark dividing line beyond their middle. wp. al. 10 mm.

Hind wings as broad as the fore wings; pale chestnut-grey ; the

cilia about the termen grey, along the dorsum inclining to chestnut.

Abdomen brownish ochreous. Legs with alternate rings of white

and fuscous.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Croix, 2 V. (Hedemann). . Unique.

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 69

11. Bucarorrvs, g. n.

(evkaromros=easily seen.)

Type, Zucatoptus penicillata, W1sm.

Antenne (2), ¢ very shortly ciliate ; without pecten.

Maxillary palpi very short.

Labial palpi recurved ; apical joint pointed, almost as long as

the second ; second joint somewhat flattened laterally, not roughly

clothed beneath.

Haustellum well developed.

Head and thorax smooth.

Fore wings with the costa evenly arched ; apex depressed, bluntly

pointed; termen oblique, tornus evenly rounded. Newration: 12

veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa, 6 separate (6 sometimes out of 7,

e. g chalybeichroa).

Hind wings bardly 1, elongate, trapezoidal; apex produced,

pointed ; termen emarginate beneath apex; tornus angular,

dorsum straight ; cilia 13; ¢ with long pencil of expansible hairs

from the base of the costa (extending almost the length of the

cell of the fore wings). Neuration: 8 veins; 3, 4, and 5 remote,

almost parallel, 6 and 7 remote.

Abdomen slender.

Legs: hind tibiz thinly haired above.

Closely allied to Aristotelia, Hb., from which it is distinguished

by the costal hair-pencil of the ¢.

§ A. Fore wings, 7 and 8 stalked, 6 out of 7. Hind wings, 3 and 4

separate.

33. EUCATOPTUS CHALYBEICHROA, sp. n.

Antenne: basal joint somewhat enlarged and flattened in the

3 ; whitish cinereous, very faintly annulated with two darker

bands towards the apex. Palpi: second joint as long as the

apical joint, somewhat roughly clothed; dirty whitish, with two

fuscous spots on: the second joint externally and two fuscous

annulations on the apical joint. Head and thoraw dirty whitish,

speckled with cinereous. Fore wings brownish cinereous, with a

steely gloss throughout and some ferruginous scaling, especially

on the outer half; at the extreme base of the costa is a small dark

fuscous spot, narrowly connected with an oblique narrow broken

fascia of the same colour, extending outwards to the dorsum,

which it reaches at about one-fourth the wing-length ; beyond

this is a minute black spot on the outer half of the fold, the

remainder of the wing to the apex being speckled with black scales,

some preceded by whitish; on the costa before the apex is an

elongate shining whitish spot, followed by black speckling around

the base of the terminal cilia which partake of the wing-colour,

but tending to pale grey at the tornus, with a dark shade running

70 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

around their extreme tips. Exp. al. 9mm. Hind wings: J with

a strong expansible hair-pencil at the base of the costa; shining

pale steel-grey; cilia with a slight yellowish tinge. Abdomen

shining pale brownish cinereous. Leys whitish cimereous, much

speckled with greyish fuscous.

Type, 2 Mus. Wism.; ¢ Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 4-8 IV. (bred from Acacia

arabica—Gudmann).

§ B. Fore wings, 7 and 8 stalked, 6 separate. Hind wings, 3 and 4

separate ; with costal hawr-pencil in 3.

34, EUCATOPTUS PENICILLATA, sp. 0.

Antenne greyish. Palpi: second joint smooth but somewhat

stout; white, but spotted externally with greyish fuscous, the

apical joint biannulate with the same. Head whitish ochreous.

Thorax light ochreous. Fore wings ochreous, mottled with greyish

fuscous and metallic steel-grey, with creamy-white streaks and

spots; an oblique greyish-fuscous patch, edged with blackish scales

externally, extends from the base of the costa nearly to the dorsum

and is immediately followed by a triangular whitish streak of equal

length; two small whitish spots on the costa beyond it are followed

around the termen by short streak-spots through the terminal

cilia ; two small black dots lie on the cell, the first at one-half, the

other at its end; the steel-grey mottling appears to accompany

the paler markings, except in the case of one patch near the tornus :

a rosy tinge appears beyond the edge of the cell and between the

black dots upon it; cilia rosy greyish. wp. al. 10mm. Hind

wings: & with a conspicuous, long, brownish ochreous, expansible

hair-pencil arising near the base of the costa; pale grey, cilia

brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish, faintly

spotted externally.

Type, 2 Mus. Gudmann; ¢ Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Harrt (Cap Haiti, 20 V., Gudmann); San

Dominco (Monte Christi, 12 V., Gudmann); Sv. Croix, 28 LV.

(Hedemann) ; Sv. THomas, 12-31 III. (Gudmann, Hedemann).

35. EvCcATOPTUS RUBIDELLA, Clem.

= RUBENSELLA, Chamb.°; =*puprsunpELzLA, Chamb. (nec Z.).

Gelechia ? rubidella, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XIT. 163, 4384

(1860)*: Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil. II. 121 (1863)*; Stn. Tin. N. Am.

pp- x, 40, 115, 225 (1872)*. Gelechia rubensella, Chamb. Can.

Ent. IV. 193-4 (1872)*; Mrt. Can. Ent. VI. 222 (1874)°. Gele-

chia pudibundella, Chamb. Can. Ent. IX. 28 (1877)°. Gelechia

gubensella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 89, 147 (1878)%

Gelechia rubidella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. 1V. 147 (1878) *.

Gelechia (Ergatis) rubidella, Wism. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 180-1

(1882)°. Gelechia rubensella, Pack. U.S. Dept. Agr. Rp. Ent. V.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. fal

220, No. 887 (1890). Gelechia rubidella, Riley, Smith’s List

Lep. Bor. Am. 102. No. 5471 (1891)”.

Hab, Unitep States*™, VIIA Larva Quercus *”. West

Indies—Sr. Croix, 24-6 IV. (Hedemann) ; St. Tuomas, 9 IIT.

(Gudmann).

36, EUCATOPTUS LYCOPERSICELLA, sp. n.

Antenne mouse-grey, faintly annulated. Palpi rather short,

somewhat stout, smooth; greyish fuscous externally, with four

white bands ; uniformly whitish on their inner side. Head and

thorax mouse-grey. Hore wings greyish fuscous, evenly sprinkled

with mouse-grey and some ferruginous ; without describable mark-

ings, except a series of small groups of blackish scales around the

termen at the base of the cilia, which are the same colour as the

wing, except at the tornus where they are plain greyish. wp, al.

9mm. Hind wings: $ with along ochreous hair-pencil above

from the base of the costal margin ; grey, cilia the same. Abdomen

greyish. Legs whitish ochreous, laterally banded with greyish

fuscous externally ; hind tibie with ochreous hairs above.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.; ¢ Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Croix, 3-5 V.(Gudmann). Two speci-

mens.

“ Die Raupe lebt an Lycopersicum in emem umgeschlagenen

Blattrande, von welcher Wohnung es, wenn es frisst, geht minirend

in das Blatt hinein.” (G'udmann.)

12. GENIADOPHORA, gen. n.

(yeveras =a beard ; gopeiv=to bear.)

Type, Pacilia extranea, W1sm.

Antenne more than %; basal joint long and slender.

Maxillary palpi winute.

Labial palpi recurved, divergent ; apical joint as long as second ;

second joint with a divided comb-like brush beneath, extending

also less conspicuously above it at its outer end.

Haustellum moderate.

Ocelli present.

Head and thorax smooth.

Fore wings narrow, elongate, apex slightly rounded, termen

obliquely rounded. Newration: 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex,

the others separate.

Hind wings narrower than the fore wings, apex acute, termen

obliquely bisinuate, dorsum parallel with costa. Newration: 8 veins,

3 remote from 4, 6 and 7 separate, 5 approximated to 4.

Legs: hind tibie with long fine hairs above.

37. GENIADOPHORA EXTRANEA, Wlsm.

Pecilia extranea, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 521-2, 546

(1892) °.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Vincunv, V.’; Grenava (H. H, Smith).

LORD WALSINGHAM ON {Jan. 19,

13. Xenonucara, Meyr.

38. XENOLECHIA GLANDIFERELLA, Z,

=sxxLA, Chamb. °

Gelechia (Anacampsis) 9g glandiferella, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien,

XXIII. 275-6, Pl. 1V. 25 (1873)*. Gelechia sella, Chamb. Can.

Ent. VI. 238 (1874)? >, Gelechia glandiferella, Chamb. Can. Ent.

xe 14%, 2490877)": Bull. U.8..G:G. Surv. TV,.144 (1878) ° ;

Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am. 101. No. 5382 (1891) °.

Hab. Unirep States‘, VII."’, VITI.*, [X.2 West Indies—

Grounava (Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft., leeward side. 25-30 VIIL—

(H. H. Snuth).

Professor Riley (1. c. No. 6) sunk Gelechia pallidochrella, Chamb.,

as a synonym of this species, but under his number 5439 he re-

tained it as a distinct species. Although it is obvious that palli-

dochrella is closely allied to glandifer dla, I am not quite convinced

that it is synonymous with it.

14. Gurucuta, Hb.

39. GELECHIA FILAMMULELLA, sp. 0.

Antenne pale brownish. Palpi long, recurved, overarching the

head, the second and third joints of almost equal length and stout-

ness; whitish, banded with chestnut-brown above (three bands on

the second and two on the apical joint). Head hoary-greyish.

Thorax whitish ochreous ; tegule shaded with brown. Fore wings

brownish ochreous along the costal, tawny-brown along the dorsal

half, without any dividing line, the two colours blending beyond

the middle; from the costa at the base a dark chocolate-brown

shade curves downwards and outwards, ending in a conspicuous

dash along the lower edge of the cell before the middle, its upper

edge narrowly margined with whitish throughout, a minute dot of

the same dark colour at the lower angle of the cell; the whole

wing suffused with a rich vinous gloss; cilia brownish ochreous.

Exvp.al. 135mm. Hind wings broader than the fore wings; grey;

cilia inclining to brownish ochreous. Abdomen shining, “yellowish

grey ; witha fuscous spot on the sides of each segment beneath.

Legs with the hind tibie hairy above; shining, whitish with a slight

ochreous tinge, two or three spots on the outer sides of the tibiz ;

the two anterior pairs of legs are whitish, with numerous brownish

fuscous bands.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 6-11 LI1. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). ‘I’'wo specimens.

40, GELECHIA PERSPICUA, sp. 0.

Antenne with the basal joint very long and slender; dark brown,

faintly annulated with whitish ochreous. Palpi very long, recurved,

slender, the apical joint as long as the second; dark brown, mottled

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 73

with whitish ochreous. Head whitish, mottled with dark brown.

Thorax dark brown, with faint whitish specklings at the tips of

the scales; a silvery spot behind at the base of the abdomen.

Fore wings dark brown, much mottled with whitish ochreous,

mingled with iridescent green reflections; the paler colouring does

not extend to the base but only to the sinuate oblique outer edge

of a strongly-marked dark basal patch, the green metallic reflections

being especially noticeable beyond its outer margin; below the

middle of the costal margin is a small ocelloid spot with a dark

brown centre, and the pale upper margin is preceded by a smaller

one and followed by a third spot a little more distant from it, which

forms the outer extremity of a dark brown shade; three patches

of raised whitish-ochreous scales, the first on the disc before the

middle, and two below the dise almost reaching the dorsum, the

one before the other behind the middle; the apical portion of the

wing is much mottled and contains a paler costal patch at one-

fourth from the apex; cilia dark brown, at the apex mottled with

whitish ochreous and tending to dull grey at the tornus. wp. al.

13 mm. Hind wings very transparent, the veins indicated by

greyish brown, the intermediate spaces except at the apex with

bright steel-blue iridescence ; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen greyish

brown. Hind legs dark brown, spotted and banded with whitish

ochreous.

Type, ¢ Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Hayri (Cap Haiti, 18 V., Gudmann).

Unique.

This species has somewhat the appearance of Xenolechia humer-

alis, Z.

41, GELECHIA TRANSLUCIDA, Wlsm.

Bryotropha translucida, W\sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 520, 545

(1892)’.

Hab. West Indies—Domiyica!; Sr. Vincent’; GRENADA

(Balthazar, 250 ft., windward side, 27 [V.; Mount Gay Estate,

300 ft., leeward side, 3-10 IX.—H. H. Smith).

In the original description, by a clerical error, the type was

recorded asa 2; itisa G.

42, GELECHIA SPHENOPHORA, Sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi brownish fuscous ; apical joint

with a pale ochreous spot at its apex. Head and thorax brownish

grey. Fore wings olive-brown, inclining to ferruginous at the base,

the lighter basal patch is bounded externally by an oblique cunei-

form ochreous streak, tending outwards from the costa at one-fifth

from the base and reaching to the fold; a small ochreous spot lies

at the end of the discal cell, and a larger, rather paler, costal spot at

the commencement of the costal cilia; around the termen are four

or five ill-defined pale ochreous spots before the commencement of

the olive-brown cilia. Exp. al.10 mm. Hind wings blue-grey ;

cilia brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish

74 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [ Jan. 19,

ochreous, obliquely banded on the tibie and broadly annulated on

the tarsi with brownish grey.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapva (Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft.,

leeward side, 1-5 X.; Balthazar, 250 ft., windward side, 5 [V.—

8 V.—H. H. Smith). Four specimens.

43, GELECHIA CROCIPUNCTELLA, Wlsm.

Lita crocipunctella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 520-1, 546

(1892) }. }

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincrnt’.

44, GELECHIA LEUCOCEPHALA, sp. n.

Antenne dark fuscous. Palpi white, the second joint with a

single dark spot atits base ; apical joint with two dark annulations,

the first at the base, the other just before the apex. Head and

face white. Thoraw pale ochreous ; tegule brownish fuscous.

Fore wings pale ochreous, with dark brownish-fuscous mottlings or

ill-defined patches ; the first at the base reaching the costa, but not

the dorsum, is connected narrowly on the costa and along the fold

with a second, which is larger and extends nearly to the middle of

the wing but does not cross the fold, this is also narrowly con-

nected along the costa with a smaller costal patch at two-thirds

from the base, a few dark fuscous scales lying at the end of the

cell below it; cilia pale ochreous, some dark fuscous scaling lying

at their base along the termen and apex. #wp.al.10 mm. Hind

wings pale shining grey; cilia pale greyish ochreous. Abdomen

ple ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, 3 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 6 III. (Gudmann). Unique.

45. GmHLECHIA CAPITELLA, F.

n. syn.=Rrozusretta, Wkr.; n. syn.=rzvurerza4, Mschl.

Alucita capitella, F. Ent. Syst. III. (2) 330. No. 2 (1794)*.

Phalena (Alucita) capitella, Turton, Syst. Nat. III. 379 (1806) *.

Gelechia robustella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 597 (1864) °*.

Gelechia rivulella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 344, 354

(1890)*. Gelechia robustella, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 519,

545 (1892)°. Gelechia rivulella, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

519, 545 (1892) °,

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica *’; Porrortco**®; [Sr. Crorx

(?=“* Americe Insulis, Dr. Pflug”*), Wism.|; Sr. Tuomas, 6 III.

-5 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann).

Bred by Baron von Hedemann, but the plant not identified.

“Tt was bred from a very small plant growing on very dry sandy

places, where also the moth was to be found in abundance” (Hdm.).

Fabricius obtained this species from Dr. Pflug, who died in

St. Croix, which island is probably indicated by “in Americ

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 75

Insulis.” Fabricius’s description is sufficiently good to leave little

doubt that he had robustelia, Wkr., before him. I have examined

Walker’s type, and consider Méschler’s description of rivulella to

refer to the same species.

46. GELECHIA BOSQUELLA, Chamb.

n. syn.=cosrrpuncretzd, Mschl.

(Ecophora basqueella, Chamb. Can. Ent. VII. 92 (1875)*. Gelechia

basqueella, Chamb. Can. Ent. VII. 124(1875)*. Gelechia? bosquella,

Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 87, 142 (1878)°. Gelechia

(Bryotropha ?) bosquella, Wlsm. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 178 (1882) *.

Gelechia costipunctella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 344, 354

(1890)°. Gelechia bosquella, Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am.

100. No. 5329 (1891) °. Gelechia costipunctella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc.

Lond. 1891, 519, 545 (1892) ”.

Hab, Untrep States***°, West Indies—Jamaica (Monteague,

1100 ft., XI., Rendall) ; Porvortco®’’; Sr. Crorx, 23 IV. (Hede-

mann); St. THomas, 10 IV. (Gudmann); Grenava (Balthazar,

250 ft., windward side, 5-10 IV.—H. H. Smith).

Three specimens which cannot be separated from bosquella

received from Texas, although like many of the insular forms they

are slightly smaller. They also agree well with Méschler’s descrip-

tion of costipunctella, and I have little doubt that he had this

species before him.

47. GBELECHIA DONATELLA, Wkr.

Gelechia donatella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 596-7

(1864)?; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 519, 545 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica »*.

48. GELECHIA EXCLARELLA, Mschl.

Gelechia exclarella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 343-4, 354

(1890)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 519, 545 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Porrtorico '’,

49, GELECHIA BINIVEIPUNCTATA, sp. n.

Antenne fuscous above, banded with white beneath, the annu-

lations more widely separated towards the apex than on the stem.

Palpi: apical jomt as long as the second, the latter slightly

roughened beneath ; whitish, the second joint shaded externally

at the base with fuscous, a fuscous spot at its apex ; apical joint

with two broad fuscous bands. Head and thorax cream-white,

laterally shaded with brownish fuscous. ore wings tawny brown,

with two white costal spots, the first small at half the wing-length,

the second larger at the commencement of the costal cilia; an

ochreous band beginning at the base follows the dorsum to the end

of the fold, where it terminates in a slight rounded projection above

the fold ; its upper edge is indented about the middle by a dark

76 LORD WALSINGIIAM ON [Jan. 19,

tawny-brown spot, blending with the ground-colour above it;

three shining steel-grey bands can be traced with the lens, the

first commencing on the costa at one-fifth and tending obliquely

outwards to the fold ; the second, commencing at the first costal

spot, runs almost straight to the fold, and slightly encroaches on

the ochreous band beneath it; the third, slightly preceding the

second costal spot at its lower extremity, reaches to the dorsum at

the termination of the ochreous band; cilia tawny brown, with an

admixture of steel-grey scales. vp. al.g8; 2910 mm. Hind

wings steel-grey ; cilia yellowish grey. Abdomen brownish grey.

Legs pale cinereous ; tarsi faintly spotted.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grunapa (Balthazar, windward side—H.

H, Smith). Three specimens.

50. GELECHIA POSTPALLESCENS, sp. 0.

Antenne brownish fuscous with whitish annulations. Palpi:

apical joint as long as the second joint; whitish, with a fuscous

spot externally on the basal half of the second joint. Head and

thorax creamy ochreous, the latter margined at the sides with

brownish fuscous. Fore wings narrow ; brownish fuscous, sparsely

sprinkled with ochreous scales; a creamy-ochreous dorsal streak

occupies one-third the width of the wing and runs from the base

through the tornal cilia; a small creamy-ochreous costal spot lies

at one-fourth from the apex, and a few pale ochreous scales are

visible at the base of the brownish-fuscous terminal cilia. Hap.

al.9 mm. Hind wings and cilia grey. Abdomen brownish grey.

Legs whitish ochreous ; tarsi minutely spotted with fuscous.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenava (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 15 IV.—H. H. Smith). Unique.

51. GELECHIA JAMAICENSIS, sp. n.

Antenne creamy white, with greyish-fuscous annulations,

Palpi: apical joint as long as the second joint, the latter slightly

roughened beneath ; cream-white, the second joint doubly barred

with fuscous externally, the apical joint biannulate with fuscous.

Head creamy white. Thorax pale ochreous, whitish anteriorly.

Fore wings pale ochreous, with a slight admixture of creamy-white

and some ferruginous shading ; sprinkled and suffused with greyish

fuscous above the fold and along the costa (especially on its outer

two-thirds, where it extends to half the width of the wing),

presenting a peppered or irrorated appearance ; this irroration is

continued around the termen and in the base of the greyish cilia ;

two dark ferruginous-brown ocellated spots before the middle of

the wing, the first at the commencement of the outer third of the

fold, the other above and very slightly beyond it (in some speci-

mens these spots are hardly noticeable, while in others the upper

one is preceded and followed by similar spots). wp. al. 8 mm.

1897.] WESI-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 77

Hind wings and cilia brownish grey. Abdomen greyish ochreous.

Hind legs creamy-whitish, with greyish-fuscous tibial shades and

tarsal spots.

Type, d 2 Mus: Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Kingston, VII. 1892—Y7. D. A.

Cockerell). Seven specimens. ‘ Soabundant round the lamp in my

house during the past week as to amount to a pest, getting into

the drinking water, &e.,” Ckril. 2. 1.18 VIL. 1892.

52, GELECHIA GUDMANNELLA, sp. n.

Antenne pale brownish cinereous. Palpi whitish cinereous,

shaded externally. Head and thorax pale brcwnish cinereous.

Fore wings pale brownish cinereous, sparsely speckled with black ;

on the cell before the middle is a minute elongate black streaklet,

followed by a second in the same line with it at the end of the cell ;

a small black spot on the fold lies below the first streaklet, and

on the costal and apical portion a few slender pale lines are trace-

able along the veins, but these are very inconspicuous; around the

termen and apex minute groups of blackish scales mark the base of

the cilia, through the upper portion of which runs a slender dark

line, the cilia being otherwise scarcely paler than the ground-colour.

Exp. al. 8-10 mm. Hind wings shining greyish ; cilia paler, with

a slight ochreous tinge; on the costal margin near the base appears

a slight thickening of cuticle, with a small brownish-ochreous

hair-pencil. Abdomen pale brownish cinereous. Leys whitish

cinereous.

Type, Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies-—-San Dominco (Puerto Plata, 16 V.—Gud-

mann); St. Croix, 27 IV. (Gudmann); Sr. Tuomas, bred from

Solanum, 24-25 III. (Gudmann, Hedemann),.

15. Dipacrynora, Wlsm.

=§ Dacrrzora, Snell.

53. DipactyLora BICOLOR, Wlsm.

Didactylota bicolor, -Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 522, 546

(1892) P

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent ?.

16. PotyHymno, Chamb.

= Corocercr, Z.

54. PoLYHYMNO LUTEOSTRIGELLA, Chamb.

= FUSCOSTRIGELLA, Chamb.*

Polyhymno luteostrigella, Chamb. Can. Ent. VI. 247-8 (1874)}.

Polyhymno fuscostrigella, Chamb. Can. Ent. VIII. 30-1 (1876)*.

Polyhymno luteostrigella, Chamb. Ball. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 161

(1878) *: Jr. Cin. Soc. N.H. II. 198, 203, fig. 26 (1880)*; Beut.

78 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

Ent. Am. V. 37 (1889)°; Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1891, 95,

96, Pl. VIL. 78 (1891)°; Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am. 104,

No. 5586 (1891)’.

Hab. Untrep Srates'7, VIII.‘ West Indies—Jamaica

(Monteague, 1100 ft., XI.—Rendall) ; Sv. Tuomas, 12 I1.-2 Ty:

(Gudmann, Hedemann).

55. PoLYHYMNO LATERESTRIATA, sp. 0.

Antenne white, faintly shaded with greyish ochreous beyond the

base. Palpi white. Head white. Thorax greyish ; tegule white.

Fore wings shining silvery white, the extreme apical portion bright

orange : a very oblique brownish-grey costal streak, followed by a

scarcely less oblique white one, runs through the orange space

nearly to a conspicuous white-margined black spot at the apex, and

is met by a more slender oblique streak from the dorsum, also

followed by a parallel white streak, wider than the one above it,

and nearly divided at its middle by a slender dark line reverting

from the tornus; cilia on their upper half with a shining bronzy

shade at their base and a grey line running through them obliquely

downwards from the apex; on their lower half whitish. wp. al.

10mm. Hind wings whitish grey ; cilia white, a reduplicated dark

line running through them across the apex. Abdomen whitish,

shaded with grey above, with a series of oblique lateral grey streak-

lets on either side; anal tuft whitish. Legs white; hind tarsi

shaded and spotted with greyish fuscous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sz. Tuomas, 30 III.-10 IV. (Hedemann).

Two specimens.

56. POLYHYMNO SCIURELLA, sp. n.

Antenne white. Palpi shining white. Head and thorax shining

white. Fore wings shining bluish white, with an elongate bright

orange patch preceding the apex and reaching the costa but not

the dorsum ; this is preceded by a slight greyish shade, which does

nut extend along its upper edge and is followed by a strong black

apical spot ; before and below the spot is an outwardly curved

greyish shade, partly enclosing an elongate silver-white oblique

streak along the tornus ; alternate orange and greyish-fuscous lines

diverge downwards from the apex through the upper half of the

cilia, which are plain greyish white about the tornus. vp. al.

8mm. Hind wings pale blue-grey; cilia whitish grey, with two

slender dark lines crossing them at the apex. Abdomen silvery,

with a remarkably long and dense pale ochreous anal tuft in the

male. Legs: hind tibie pale ochreous; tarsi white, the spurs

tipped and the tarsi biannulate with greyish fuscous.

Type, d Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 22-24 IIT. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Three specimens.

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 79

57. PoLyHYMNO? GODMANI, Wlsm.

Polyhymno? godmani, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 525, 546

(1892).

Hab. West Indies—San Domineo (Puerto Plata, 16 V.—

Gudmann) ; St. VINCENT’.

17. Anacampsis, Crt.

= Tacuyrrizr4, Hein., Stgr. & Wk., Meyr., &c.

The type of Anacampsis is Tinea populella, Cl., as specified by

Curtis, Br. Ent., expl. Pl. 189 (1827). For many years this

generic name has been separated from its type and used for the

anthyllidella group, for which there is no justification, and Tachy-

ptilia, Hein., which has usurped the place of the true Anacampsis,

Curtis, must sink as its synonym.

58. ANACAMPSIS PLUMBEOLATA, Sp. 0.

Antenne greyish. Pulpivery slender, strongly recurved, smooth,

‘the apical joint slightly longer than the second; greyish, with a

black spot at their base externally. Head and thorax smooth ;

leaden grey. Fore wings shining, leaden grey, with five blackish

spots—one on each side of the fold near its base, one resting on the

middle of the fold, with another immediately above and slightly

beyond it, the fifth at the end of the cell; a scarcely perceptible

outwardly angulated paler band crosses the wing at one-fourth

from the apex, terminating in a white spot at the commencement

of the costal cilia, whence a row of blackish spots extends around

the apex and termen; cilia pale leaden grey. Hep. al. 10°5 mm.

Hind winys broader than the fore wings; brownish grey, cilia the

same. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 4 V. (Hedemann). Unique.

59. ANACAMPSIS CORNIFER, Sp. n.

Antenne greyish ochreous, faintly annulated with fuscous.

Palpi slender, curved, the second joint comparatively short, closely

clothed; whitish, with a distinct black patch on its outer side

covering the basal two-thirds; apical joint slender, naked, twice

the length of the second, yellowish white. Head and thorax

greyish ochreous. Fore wings greyish ochreous, indistinctly

speckled with fuscous, a black dot at the extreme base of the

costa, two fuscous dots in the fold, two on the discal cell, a slight

fuscous costal shade above the end of the cell, followed by a pale

ochreous spot, a few fuscous scales lying around the apex and

termen ; there is a slight greyish suffusion across the middle of

the wing, and beyond it from the pale costal spot a curved band,

paler than the ground-colour, is indistinctly traceable across the

wing ; cilia greyish ochreous. wp. al. 10-11 mm. Hind wings

80 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jau. 19,

brownish grey, with slightly paler cilia. Abdomen and legs

brownish grey.

Type, & Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 5-12 V. (Gudmann, Hedemann) ;

Sx. Tomas, 20 IIL-18 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Six

specimens.

Bred by Mr. Gudmann at St. Croix from larve feeding on

Croton flavens.

In a specimen, which I regard as undoubtedly a variety of this

species, the discal and plical dots are not traceable, the wing-

surface being merely speckled with fuscous. It appears to be

somewhat variable.

60. ANACAMPSIS MANGELIVORA, sp. 0.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi long, recurved, slender, the

apical joint much longer than the second; second joint smooth,

clothed with closely-appressed black scales nearly to its apex, which

is hoary ; apical joint hoary, sprinkled with blackish scales. Head

and thorax greyish fuscous, with hoary speckling. ore wings

greyish fuscous, with profuse hoary speckling; a dark fuscous

elongate spot on the costa before the middle is preceded and

followed by some hoary whitish scaling, of which there is also a

slight patch at thé commencement of the costal cilia; cilia hoary

greyish. Exp. al. 14mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia hoary

grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Leys hoary greyish; hind tarsi

annulate with dirty whitish.

Type, 2 Mus. Gudmann. ;

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas (bred from Rhizophora mangel,

21 1V.—Gudmann). Unique.

“Raupe zwischen zwei zusammengesponnenen, flach aut

einandern liegenden Blittern von Jthizophora ; flach, Kopf sehr

gross, dunkelbraun. Der Kérper gegen das After abnehmend in

Breite, Grundfarbe schmutzig grin, mit drei sehr feinen lila-

farbenen Riickenlinien ; Bauch hellgelb, 16-fiissig ; nach der letzten

Hiiutung wird sie fleischfarbig, Bauch etwas heller, Kopf dunkel-

braun.” (Gudmann).

61. ANACAMPSIS QUINQUEPUNCTELLA, sp. nl.

Antenne cinereous, faintly banded with fuscous. Palpt with

the second joint somewhat triangular; dark brownish fuscous

externally, white within and along the outer edge at its extremity ;

apical joint slender, naked, more than twice as long as the second ;

white. Head and thoraa dull fawn-grey. Fore wings dull fawn-

grey, with five greyish-fuscous spots ; one above and one beneath

the fold at one-fourth, one on the fold at its outer third with

another on the cell a little above and beyond it and a small one at

the end of the cell; half-way between this and the apex is an

outwardly angulated, pale cinereous, narrow fascia; a small dark

fuscous spot lies at the extreme base of the costa; cilia pale

cinereous, darker towards the apex. Hwp. al. 10-12 mm. Hind

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 81

wings almost concolorous with the fore wings, but with a slight

brownish-grey tinge; cilia pale cinereous. Abdomen shining,

brownish grey. Legs pale cinereous.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Balthazar, windward side, 5-15

IV.—H. H. Smith). Three specimens.

62, ANACAMPSIS LAPIDELLA, sp. n.

Antenne stone-grey. Palpi whitish; second joint somewhat

triangular, with a brownish-fuscous shade, not reaching to its outer

margin, externally; apical joint long, slender, erect. Head and

thorax brownish fuscous. Fore wings stone-grey, sprinkled with

brownish-fuscous scales, with a series of three brownish-fuscous

discal spots ; the first diffused downwards across the fold at about

one-fifth, the second a little beyond a smaller plical spot beneath

it, the third at the end of the cell, of irregular shape and somewhat

diffused ; above and a little beyond this is a small costal spot

preceding an inverted pale cinereous costal streak, which forms the

upper extremity of an ill-defined, narrow, pale cinereous fascia

crossing the wing nearly parallel with the termen ; cilia ochreous,

speckled along their base with brownish fuscous and with a line

of the same colour runuing through them around the apex and

also along the termen. Zap. al.13 mm. Hind wings brownish

cinereous ; cilia somewhat paler, with a reduplicated shade-line

running through them. Abdomen brownish cinereous. Hind legs

whitish cinereous, shaded externally with brownish fuscous; hind

tibize densely hairy above.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grunapa (Balthazar, windward side, 15

IV.—H. H. Smith). Unique.

63. ANACAMPSIS INSULARIS, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi: the second joint with a

closely-appressed triangular tuft above; greyish fuscous; apical

joint twice as long as the second, with two pale annulations. Head

and thorax greyish fuscous. Fore wings greyish fuscous, with dirty

whitish costal blotches reaching nearly half across the wing—one

elongate, oblique, before the middle; another smaller, not oblique,

on the middle; a third before the apex nearly meeting at its lower

extremity a smaller one arising from a little beyond the tornus ;

some dark fuscous spots along the fold are connected by a dark

line, and an irregular dark line along the outer part of the cell

connects a small median spot with one a little below the apex ;

cilia bone-whitish, slightly spotted along their base. wp. al.

8mm. Hind wings greyish fuscous. Abdomen greyish fuscous.

Legs greyish fuscous, spotted with bone-white.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 24 ILI. (Hedemann) ; St. Jan,

27 III. (Gudmann). Two specimens.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1897, No. VI. 6

82 ; LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

64, ANACAMPSIS DESHCTELLA, Z.

Gelechia (Tachyptilia) desectella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII.

362-3, Pl. V. 122 (1877)'. Tachyptilia desectella, Wism. Pr. Z.

Soe. Lond. 1891, 523, 546 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Cusa *’.

18. Acomps1a, Hb.

Type, (Linea) cinerella, Cl. (Dp.).

Acompsta, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 409 (1826); Stph. Ill. Br.

Ent., Haust. IV. 222-3 (1834); Dp. Hist. Nat. Lp. Fr. XI. 19

(1838) [nec Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 633-4 (1895).

= Bracuycross4ra, Hein. Schm. Deutsch. Tin. 823-4 (1870) ;

Ster. & Wk. Cat. 300 (1871).

= Recurvaria (Hw.), Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 606-7 (1895).

Westwood [Syn. Gn. Br. Ins. 110 (1840)], writing under the

heading “‘Acampsia,” cites tinctella, Hb. (214), as the type. Staud-

inger and Wocke refer Hiibner’s figure of cinerella (1738=7 187

Ster.) to Clerck’s species of this name; but it certainly looks more

like an Ccophora, and Westwood may have been justified in con-

sidering it to be the same species as tnctella, Hb. (214), otherwise

tinctella could not be a possible type of Acompsia, not being cited

by Hiibner. In either case Westwood’s specification is inad-

missible, being subsequent to Duponchel’s citation of cinerella, Cl.

(= ardeliella, Hb. 487), as the type of Hiibner’s genus Acompsia.

Haworth’s genus Recurvaria was not published until 1828, and

Acompsia, Hb. (1826), is therefore entitled to precedence. The

fourth part of Haworth’s Lp. Br., pp. 513-609, is usually con-

sidered to have been published in 1829, but the completed work is

reviewed, Mag. N. H. I. 348-9 (September 1828).

Brachycrossata, Hein., must of course sink as a synonym which-

ever name is used for this genus; and there appears to be no

justification for Meyrick’s use of Acompsia for the Geophora of

Staudinger and Wocke’s Catalog (HB. Br. Lp. 633-4), nor for

the employment of Recwrvaria, Hw. (in lieu of Acompsia, Hb.),

for Brachycrossata, Hein.

65, ACOMPSIA ANGULIFERA, sp. n.

Antenne greyish cinereous. Palpi smooth, slender, recurved ;

hoary grey, with aminute dark spot above near the apex. Head and

thorax hoary greyish. Fore wings hoary greyish, with slight greyish-

fuscous speckled shading; at the base of the costa is a small

elongate blackish spot; on the fold at one-fourth from the base is

a blackish transverse spot, followed by a smaller length-spot in the

fold; at the middle of the costa is an outwardly oblique greyish

fuscous shade, mixed with some chestnut scales, terminating in a

slender curved line on the outer end of the cell; before the apex

is a slender hoary whitish transverse fascia, slightly angulated

outwards on the middle and preceded by a greyish-fuscous shade

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 83

mixed with some chestnut; the pale fascia is connected at each

extremity with an internally dark margined pale line which passes

around the base of the cilia, interrupted only at the extreme apex

and forming a triangular pattern ; a reduplicated slender fuscous

and chestnut line runs through the hoary cilia along the termen.

Exp. al. 9 mm. Hind wings and cilia leaden grey. Abdomen

greyish. Legs hoary, speckled with greyish fuscous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Croix, 7 V.-11 V. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann); GRENADA (Balthazar, windward side, 5-27 IV.—dH. H.

Smith). Hight specimens.

Bred by Mr. Gudmann from a plant which was not identified.

66. ACOMPSIA PSORICOPTHRELLA, Wlsm.

Brachycrossata psoricopterella, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

523-4, 546 (1892)’.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincunt’.

19. HntorstogramMa, Z.

= BracuycrossaTa (Hein.), Sect. B, Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1891, 98-9.

67. HmLcystoGRAMMA OBSERATELLA, Z.

Gelechia (Helcystogramma) obseratella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.

XIII. 371-3, Pl. V. 127 (1877)*. Heleystogramma_ obseratella,

Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 523, 546 (1892)?.

Hab. West Indies—Cuba’**.

20. TricHoTaPHE, Clem.

68. TRICHOTAPHE TRIGONELLA, Wlsm.

Trichotaphe trigonella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 523, 546

(1892)'.

Hab. West Indies—S. Crorx, 15 V. (Gudmann) ; Sx. Vincent’,

Bred by Mr. Gudmann, but the food-plant not determined.

69. TRICHOTAPHE TEGULELLA, sp. 0.

Antenne whitish ochreous, annulated with umber-brown. Palpi

much flattened laterally, smooth, second joint with closely ap-

pressed clothing; umber-brown, on their inner side brownish

ochreous. Head and thorax pale umber-brown; tegule con-

spicuously pale ochreous. ore wings dark purplish fuscous, with

an elongate blackish spot on the outer third of the fold, separating

the dark upper portion of the wing from the narrow dorsal

portion, which, below and beyond the fold, is throughout pale

ochreous; a small white spot lies at the end of the cell and a

larger white costal spot before the apex, this is connected with the

tornus by a narrow broken line of ochreous scales; along the

termen is a narrow blackish band preceded by a curved line of

84 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

white dots parallel with the margin and followed by the purplish-

grey cilia. Exp. al. 14 mm. Hind wings greyish brown ; cilia

grey, with a dark dividing shade near the base. Abdomen greyish

brown. Legs greyish brown, faintly spotted with whitish ochreous,

paler on their inner sides throughout.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Balthazar, windward side,

15 II1.-10 1V.—H. H. Smith). Three specimens.

21. Matacotricna, Z.

70. MALACOTRICHA ZINGARELLA, Sp. n.

Antenne nearly as long as the fore wing; greyish. Palpt

rather long, slender, curved ; the second joint with long hair-like

scales above; white. Head subochreous above, face white.

Thorax subochreous. Fore wings narrow, elongate, the costa

depressed about the middle, apex somewhat rounded, termen

very oblique ; ochreous, mottled with brick-red and streaked with

steel-blue, with three black dots along the termen ; cilia steel-grey.

(It is difficult to describe the exact distribution of the colours, the

brick-red occurring between the ochreous spaces, also between

some steel-blue lines that mark the course of the apical nervules

and along the terminal margin separating the three black dots

from the cilia; the steel-blue is especially noticeable about the

costal portion of the wing, where it runs in slender lines through

the brick-red and ochreous spaces.) Zap. al.9mm. Hind wings

and cilia pale grey. Abdomen subochreous. Legs whitish.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 1 V. (Gudmann) ; St. THomas,

11-21 III. (Hedemann). Four specimens.

“The larva mines in the fleshy leaves of Coccoloba wifera.

Mr. Gudmann has bred this species in numbers ” (Hedemann).

“ Raupe 16-fiissig, nach hinten zu stark zugespitzt, gelbgriin mit

durchscheinenden Darmkanal, zwischen den Segmenten stark

eingeschniirt. Kopf braun, rund, kann bis zur Halfte in die

Haut des ersten Segments eingezogen werden; Afterklappe mit

dunklem Schild von der Farbe des Kopfes.

“ Die Minen sassen meistens nur am Rande des Blattes und

éfters sehr viele in demselben Blatte. Verpuppung in der Mine.”

(Gudmann.)

22. DREPANOTERMA, g. 0.

(péravoy =a scimitar ; réppa=an end.)

Type, Drepanoterma lacticaudellum, W1sm.

Antenne as long as the fore wings, biciliate (1).

Labial palpi recurved, long, smooth, flattened, divergent ; apical

joint scarcely half the length of the second.

Maxillary palpi very short.

Haustellum long.

Head with appressed scales,

1897.) ' WESI-INDIAN MIORO-LEPIDOPTERA, 85

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings narrow, elongate, of approximately even width

throughout, somewhat securiform, apex slightly uncate, termen

oblique, tornus angular. Newration: 11 veins (7 and 8 coincident),

2 and 3 stalked.

Hind wings trapezoidal, slightly broader than the fore wings,

dorsum sinuate, tornus obtusely angular, not incised beneath the

apex, costa straight, abdominal angle developed. Neuwration: 8

veins, 6 and 7 connate, 3 and 4 from a short stalk, 5 approximated

to 3+4.

Abdomen somewhat flattened, anal tuft rather strongly deve-

oped.

Legs: hind tibie somewhat roughly (but not thickly) clothed.

Allied to Strobisia, Clem., but easily separated by the length of

the antennz, the shape of the termen, and the longer palpi.

71. DREPANOTERMA LACTICAUDELLUM, sp. n.

Antenne dark fuscous, very faintly annulated ; basal joint whitish

beneath. Palpi bronzy brown, apical joint tipped with white. Head

and thorax dark purplish. Fore wings shining ferruginous, the basal

third transversely blotched and striated with dark purplish fuscous

and dark ferruginous, the apex and termen also shaded with dark

purplish fuscous and illuminated with steel-grey patches; cilia

whitish ochreous, with dark grey streaks running through them (to

the number of five or six), at the tornus purplish fuscous. Zwp. al.

12mm. Hind wings dark coppery grey with iridescent reflections

at the base of the cell; cilia coppery grey. -Abdomen dark purplish

fuscous, anal tuft conspicuous, whitish ochreous. Legs shining

creamy whitish, tarsi and tibie shaded with greyish.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapva (Chantilly Estate, 350 {t., wind-

ward side, 13 IV.—H. H. Smith). One specimen taken on the

banks of a stream.

23. Munesta, Clem. :

72. MmENESTA? CINBREOCERVINA, Wlsm.

Gelechia cinereocervina, Wlism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 519-20,

545 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

The neuration of the fore wings of this species as recorded

(Z. c. 519) is erroneous. I find on a re-examination of the two

original specimens that they have only eleven veins, not twelve, and

therefore wish to amend my original description as follows :—

Fore wings with 11 veins (7 and 8 coincident), 7+8 approxi-

mated to 9, running to the costa.

With this correction Gelechia cinereocervina differs from Menesta

tortriciformella, Clem., in having 6 and 7 of the hind wings con-

nate instead of stalked, and in uot having biciliate antenne; but

for the moment I am unwilling to separate them generically.

86 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19, °

24. Yrsontopuus, F.

[It is doubtful whether this generic name is rightly employed,

but not having concluded the study of its history I have adopted

it in the sense in which it is used by Heinemann, Staudinger

and Wocke, &c. |

73. YPSOLOPHUS MANELLUS, Mschl.

Ypsolophus manellus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 344-5,

354 (1890)!; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 525, 546 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico '*,

74. YPSOLOPHUS RuUstICcUS, Wlsm.

Ypsolophus rusticus, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 525-6, 546

(1892)?.

Hab. Untrep Sratrs—Texas', 13 VI. West Indies—Sr.

Vincent’; Grenapa (Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft., leeward side,

25 VIII.-10 IX.—H. H. Smith).

75. YPSOLOPHUS PIPERATUS, Wlsm.

Ypsolophus piperatus, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 526, 546

(1892) 1.

Hab. West Indies—S. Tuomas, 31 ILL.-9 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann); St. VINCENT’.

“ Larva mining in the leaves of a Solanca” (Hedemann). “ On

a papilionaceous plant with pink cluster-flowers” (Gudmann).

76. YPSOLOPHUs INDI@NUS, Wlsmm.

Ypsolophus indignus, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 526-7, 546

(1892) ?.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 4 V. (Hedemann); Sr. THomas,

10 ILL. (Gudmann) ; St, Vincunr’; GRENADA (Balthazar, 250 ft.,

windward side, 5-30 1V.—H. H. Smith).

77. YPSOLOPHUS JUVENTELLUS, sp. n.

Antenne ochreous, delicately annulated with umber-brown,

Palpi white on their inner sides, the triangularly-tufted second

joint umber-brown externally to two-thirds of its length. Head

and thorax whitish ochreous. Fore wings umber-brown, with a broad

whitish-ochreous band extending from the base to the termen

along the dorsal half of the wing, its upper edge indented at and

beyond the middle by two slight projections of the darker ground-

colour ; three umber-brown spots on the termen above the tornus

are followed by the whitish-ochreous cilia, through which runs an

evenly curved line of umber-brown, giving the apex a rounded

appearance ; a small oblique white dot lies on the costa before the

apex, the dorsum is slightly shaded with umber-brown. zp. al.

9mm. Hind wings and cilia bluish grey. Abdomen grey. Legs

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 87

whitish ochreous, shaded and banded on the tarsi with umber-

brown.

Type, & Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Monteague, 1100 ft., XI.—

Rendall), Unique.

78. YPSOLOPHUS? STRATELLUS, sp. Nn.

Antenne biserrate towards the apex; fuscous, annulate with

pale cinereous, basal and adjacent joints brownish ochreous.

Palpi (missing). Head cinereous. Thoraw leaden grey above,

brownish ochreous at the sides, with two lateral ferruginous spots

posteriorly. Fore wings brownish ochreous on the costal half, the

dorsal half dark ferruginous blending to tawny fuscous; on the

pale costal half the ground-colour blends and varies with many

different tints, a shining leaden-grey suffusion along its lower edge

reaching nearly to the apex is repeated near the base of the

costa—the costa itself (especially on its outer half) becoming pale

rusty brown rather than brownish ochreous ; the dark dorsal half

also varies in tone and colour, its upper edge (which although

nearly straight is slightly indented a little beyond the middle) is

rich reddish ferruginous throughout, blending to dark tawny

fuscous along the dorsum and becoming even darker towards the

termen and tornus; a leaden-grey line around the apex and

termen is followed by the parti-coloured cilia, which are dark

tawny grey on their dorsal half with three pale ochreous spots

along their base and pale brownish ochreous on their costal

half with rusty-brown spots near their base. Hwp. al. 16 mm.

Hind wings dark tawny grey, semitransparent with bluish re-

flections towards the base ; cilia subiridescent bluish, or brownish

erey. Abdomen bronzy grey. Legs brownish grey, with an zneous

tinge externally.

Type, 2 Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Triyipap (f. W. Urich). Unique.

The palpi are unfortunately missing in the type, but I have

little doubt that it is a true Ypsolophus allied to flavivittellus,

Clem., with which it agrees in neuration and general appearance.

25. LATHONTOGENUS, g. n.

(Aa@ov=unknown ; yévos=genus.)

Type, Lathontogenus adustipennis, W|sm.

Antenne 2, uniserrate.

Labial palpi recurved, divergent ; apical joint less than half as

long as the second, acute; second joint laterally compressed,

smooth beneath, clothed on the upper side towards its apex with a

somewhat triangular tuft, which does not extend to the basal half.

Maxillary palpi distinct.

Haustellum rather short.

Ocelli obsolete.

88 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

Head and thorax smooth.

Fore wings narrow, elongate, apex not depressed, termen

oblique and evenly rounded, not sinuate beneath apex, tornus

not apparent. Wewration: 11 veins(2 and 3 coincident); 7 and 8

stalked out of 6,7 to costa slightly before apex ; 4 approximated

to 2+3; 1 furcate at base.

Hind wings as broad as the fore wings; costa sinuate from

before middle, clothed almost from the base with cilia of even

length; strongly and angularly excavate beneath the produced

apex, tornus rounded, dorsum straight, abdominal angle developed.

Neuration: 8 veins; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5 approximated

to 6, 6 and 7 somewhat approximated.

Legs: hind tibize with long hairs above and shorter ones beneath.

Allied to Mesophleps, Hb., but differing in neuration and in the

structure of the palpi. I have been unable to refer this form to

any of the genera proposed by Chambers.

79. LATHONTOGENUS ADUSTIPENNIS, sp. n.

Antenne whitish ochreous, faintly annulated. Palpi whitish

ochreous, the second joint reddish brown externally except the

outer end of the fringe on its upperside. Head and thoraw whitish

ochreous. ore wings whitish ochreous at the base and a little

way along the costa (with the exception of a narrow fawn-brown

line along the extreme margin from the base), blending into pale

fawn-ochreous over the remaining wing-surface ; an umber-brown

shade extending from before the middle of the costa to the apex ;

three faint fawn-grey spots are visible, the first on the middle of

the fold, the third at the end of the cell, and the second equi-

distant between them on the cell; cilia fawn-ochreous. Zyzp. al.

10-18 mm. Hind wings and cilia grey. Abdomen pale fawn-

ochreous. Legs pale fawn-ochreous, tarsal joints transversely

shaded.

Type, 6 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 27 IV.-5 V. (Gudmann, Hede-

mani) ; St. THomas, 11-19 IL. (Gudmann, Hedemann) ; GRENADA

(windward side, Balthazar, 250 ft., 15-27 IV.; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate, 300 ft., 25-30 VIII.—H. H. Smith).

The specimens from St. Thomas and St. Croix are uniformly

smaller (10-13 mm.) than those from Grenada (14-18 mm.) ; but

I consider them to be the same species.

III. G@&COPHORIDA.

26. Erumia, Hb.

Type, Tinea aurifluella, Hb. (=*pyrausta, Hb.).

Eruura, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 163 (1822 ?).

n. Syn.= Pszcapra, Hb. (1826) ; = Awzsycuta, Hb. (1826) ;

=Distuyuwnza, Ub. (1826) ; = Meravorevca, Stph. (1829) ;

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTHRA. 39

= Aipra, Dp. (1836) ; = Caazyzez, Dp. (1836) ; = Azzyzs,

Wkr. (1868).

80. EraMIA CONFUSELLA, Wkr.

=srrieosEenLa, Wkr.’ ; n. syn. =rverrcetza, Mschl.

Hyponomeuta confusellus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXVIII.

531 (1863)'. Cryptolechia strigosella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M.

XXIX. 710 (1864)*. Psecadia ingricella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat.

Ges. XV. 343, 354, (Pl.) fig. 19 (1890) *. Psecadia (Cryptolechia)

strigosa, Ckr]. Jr. Inst. Jamaica, I. 33 (1891)*. Psecadia confusella,

Wilsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 527, 546 (1892)’. Psecadia ingri-

cella, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 527, 546 (1892) °.

Hab. West Indies—Cusa (Tring Mus.): Jamatoa’’®, 19-21

VIL.; Hayrt (Port-au-Prince, evel. 6 VI.—Gudmann); San

Dominco'*’; Portorico*’®; Sr. Crorx, 6 V. (Gudmann) ;

Dominica’; Grunapa (windward side, Balthazar, 250 ft. 5-30

IV.; leeward side, Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft., 1-5 X.—H. H.

Smith). CotomB1a—Bogota ’.

81. ETHMIA SUBSIMILIS, sp. n.

Antenne stout; dull greyish cinereous. Palpi smooth, re-

curved to the vertex, the apical joint shorter than the second ;

dirty whitish, with a greyish spot externally near the end of each

joint. Head and thoraw smoky whitish. Fore wings smoky

whitish, with greyish-fuscous spots; a broken greyish-fuscous

shade extends from near the base to beyond the middle

of the costa, a series of spots and shades of a similar colour

extending from before the middle of the costa to the dorsum

beyond its middle in an outwardly curved and broken line;

between this and the base are about ten greyish-fuscous spots

irregularly scattered along and below the fold, two near the

base on either side of the fold being somewhat darker than the

others ; beyond the fasciaform central shade are several ill-defined

greyish-fuscous markings above and below the outer end of the

cell, followed by a marginal series of about six rather darker spots

not extending along the base of the costal cilia ; a greyish-fuscous

shade runs along the middle of the smoky-whitish cilia. Ewp. al.

15mm. Hind wings pale stone-grey, somewhat darkened towards

their outer extremities ; cilia smoky whitish. Abdomen stone-

grey. Hind tibie smoky whitish, somewhat speckled and shaded.

Type, d Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatica, 17 VII. (Cockerell). Unique.

This species differs from Ethmia confusella, Wkr., in the shape

of the fore wings, which are somewhat squarer at the apex; the

series of marginal dots do not revert along the costa as in that

species, and, moreover, the spots and shades, although of the same

colour, are not conspicuously arranged longitudinally, which is one

of the marked features of the numerous forms of that insect. In

size it is, perhaps, even smaller than ingricella, Mschl., which I am

compelled to regard as a small form of Walker’s species.

90 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

82. HruMia JOVIELLA, sp. n.

Antenne brownish cinereous. Palpi white, slightly dusky at

the extreme apex. Head and thoraw white ; tegule with a black

spot anteriorly. Fore wings white, with a slight brownish-

cinereous shade along the costal portion; a large quadrate blackish

spot at the base of the costa extends narrowly along the extreme

margin to a black spot at one-sixth from the base; a second black

spot lies a little before the middle of the wing at the upper edge

of the cell, and there are three black spots below the fold, one at

about one sixth, one at about one-half, and one below these two

nearer to the first than to the second ; just above the outer end of

the fold opposite the tornus is another spot, less black, more

inclining to fuscous; cilia white. Hep. al. 14 mm. Hind wings

greyish brown; cilia white. Abdomen greyish brown, shaded with

ochreous above at the base; anal tuft inclining to ochreous. Legs

whitish, tarsi faintly mottled.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapva (Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft.,

leeward side, 1-5 X.—H. H. Smith). Unique.

83. ErHMta PAUCELLA, Wkr.

Hyponomeuta paucellus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII.

530-1 (1863)*. Psecadia paucella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

527, 546 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—San Domingo’.

84. Eramia Norarerua, Wkr.

= xanTHORRHOA, Z,.”

Psecadia notatella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 536

(1863)*. Psecadia xanthorrhoa, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII.

234-6, Pl. III. 71 (1877)°; Btl. Ent. Mo. Mag. XTX. 107 (1882) *;

Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XXX. 65 (1887)*; Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat.

Ges. XV. 341, 354 (1890)°. Psecadia notatella, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc.

Lond. 1891, 528, 546 (1892)°.

Hab. West Indies — San Domingo’; Porrorico”’’’;

Curagao*®,

85. EraMIA ABRAXASELLA, Wkr.

= avREOAPICELLA, Mschl.’

Psecadia abraxasella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXX. 1016-7

(1864). Psecadia aureoapicella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV.

341-2, 354 (1890)*. Psecadia abraxasella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soe.

Lond. 1891, 528, 546 (1892) °.

Hab. West Indies—Cuza (Tring Mus.); Jamaica *, 17 VIL. ;

San Domingo’? *; Porrorico?*.

86. Erumia BxorNATA, Z.

Psecadia exornata, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 238-40, Pl. IIT.

73 (1877)'; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 528, 546 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Cuxna’*. Prerv—Chanchamayo **.

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 91

87. ETHMIA GELIDELLA, Wkr.

Tamarrha gelidella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXIX. 817

(1864)". Psecadia gelidella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 528,

546 (1892) ?.

Hab, West Indies—Jamatca *”.

88. Eras kKirBy1, Mschl.

Psecadia kirbyi, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 342-3, 354

(1890)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 528, 546 (1892) *.

Hab, West Indies—Portorico **,

IV. BLASTOBASID.4.

27. Buastopasis, Z.

Type, Geophora (Scythris) phycidella, Z.

Buasropasis, Z. Lin. Ent. X. 171 (1855) ; Hein. Schm. Deutsch.

Tin. 387 (1870).

Zeller separated phycidella, Z., and roscidella, Z., from Butalis

under the name Blastobasis, but giving only a brief indication of

its characters. Heinemann constituted phycidella the type, and

described the genus in detail, but with hardly suflicient precision

for comparison with other genera now known to occur. It may

be well to indicate the characters peculiar to the genus Blastobasis,

remarking that those species which have been placed in it in the

North American lists do not conform in neuration.

Antenne: 3g with pecten, strongly notched beyond the basal

joint, uniciliate 3.

Labial palpi recurved, of approximately equal thickness through-

out, second joint scarcely longer than the apical.

Maxillary palpi short, projecting.

Haustellum long, well developed.

Head and thorax smooth.

Fore wings elongate, lanceolate, somewhat widened at the base,

acutely pomted. NVeuwration: 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa.

Hind wings with abdominal angle strongly developed, thence

evenly tapering to the subacute apex, costa much straighter than

dorsum. Neuration: 7 veins (4 absent); 5 and 3 stalked (some-

times connate).

Abdomen somewhat flattened.

Legs: hind tibis hairy above.

89. BLASTOBASIS ARGILLACEA, sp. n.

Antenne fawn-grey (a pecten on the basal joint beneath). Palpi

smooth, evenly curved; fawn-grey. Mead fawn-grey. Thorax

fawn-grey, with a slight brownish tinge. ore winys fawn-grey,

with a brownish suffusion and some greyish-fuscous mottling

around the apex and apical margin, a small blackish spot on the

cell a little before and above the middle of the wing, from which

92 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

an ashy zigzag shade runs to the dorsal margin in the form of the

letter Z; two similar spots lie at the end of the cell, the upper

one in the same line as the first, the lower one a little beyond and

below it; cilia dust-grey. Zvp. al. 14 mm. Hind wings pale

brownish grey; cilia with a slight ochreous tinge. Abdomen

brownish grey, the anal tuft ochreous. Legs cinereous.

Type, 2 Mus. W1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Croix, 7 V. (Gudmann); St. THomas,

15 IIT.-12 V. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Five specimens.

Bred by Baron von Hedemann from larve feeding in the

flowers of a Bisonia. All the specimens are females, but I have

little doubt that the reception of the male will prove that they are

referred rightly to this genus.

90. BLASTOBASIS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

Antenne pale cinereous. Palpi pale cinereous, shaded externally

with fuscous. Head and thoraw greyish, with a slight ochreous

tinge. Fore wings smoky greyish, paler at the base, the darker

shading inclining to form longitudinal lines on the outer half of

the wing; with the usual three spots dark fuscous, the first a little

above and before the middle, the two outer corresponding to the

apical and tornal angles of the cell; cilia at tornus inclining to

ochreous, about apex darker. Exp. al. g 12; 915mm. Hind

wings greyish, with a slight bronzy sheen; cilia inclining to

ochreous. Abdomen greyish fuscous ; anal tuft paler. Legs greyish

fuscous, the long hairs on the hind tibie inclining to ochreous.

Type, 6 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Dominica (Druce); GRENADA (Balthazar,

250 {t., windward side, 5 IV.-4 V.; Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft.,

leeward side, 25-30 VILI. ; 1-5 X.—H. H. Smith). Five specimens.

The specimen from Dominica is not in good condition, but it

appears to belong to this species.

91. BuasroBasiIs SUBOLIVACEA, Sp. n.

Anienne pale cinereous. Palpi cinereous, shaded with fuscous

externally. Head and thorax cinereous, the latter slightly shaded

with fuscous. Fore wings olive-grey with a slight greenish tinge,

especially on the basal half, shading to brownish externally ; a

single black dot before and above the middle is followed by the

usual two, the one at the apex and the other at the tornus of cell;

costa narrowly inclining to ochreous ; cilia greyish, with a slight

ochreous tinge at tornus. wp. al. 12mm. Hind wings bronzy

brownish, thinly scaled between the upper veins in the ¢, and

causing the veins to appear darker, thus giving the wings a

streaked appearance; cilia pale greyish ochreous. Abdomen

brownish grey ; anal tuft paler. Zegs cinereous ; hind tarsi faintly

grey-spotted.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 7 III.-9 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Two specimens.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 93

92. BLASTOBASIS TRIANGULARIS, sp. n.

Antenne pale fawn-ochreous. Pali dark fuscous, the tips of the

joints paler. Head cinereous; face slightly ochreous. Thoraa

dusky cinereous. ore wings dusky cinereous ; the costa narrowly

subochreous throughout, the usual three spots almost obscured by

the dusky ground-colour, but traceable in the ordinary positions—

the first before and slightly above the middle, the other two corre-

sponding to the apical and tornal angles of the cell (there is a slight

sprinkling of scattered subochreous scales over the wing-surface in

a bred specimen); cilia cinereous, with a slight ochreous tinge.

Exp. al. 10-12 mm. Hind wings thinly scaled between the upper

veins in the ¢; brownish fuscous, with a faint purplish gloss ;

cilia inclining to ochreous. Abdomen brownish fuscous; anal

tuft ochreous. Legs cinereous; hind tarsal joints inclining to

ochreous.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann; 9 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 11 III.-15 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Two specimens.

Bred by Baron von Hedemann from a black larva feeding on a

low plant which was not identified.

The 9 has the hind wings much paler and less marked, and of

a greyer tinge; the anal tuft is ochreous, as in the ¢.

93. BLASTOBASIS GRACILIS, sp. n.

Antenne and palpi bone-colour, the latter slightly shaded ex-

ternally. Head and thorax bone-colour. ore wings bone-colour,

with a slight vinous tinge, sparsely sprinkled and mottled with

pale brownish fuscous ; the usual three dots are fairly conspicuous,

but the first of these, scarcely before the middle, is preceded by a

slight indication of another spot immediately above the middle of

the fold; the termen shows a very faint indication of a broken

fuscous line; cilia bone-grey. wp. al. 11 mm. Hind wings

shining pale bone-grey ; cilia with a slight vinous gloss. Abdomen

bone-grey ; anal tuft bone-colour. Legs pale cinereous; hind

tibie slightly shaded externally.

Type, & 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies-—Grunapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 5-27 IV.—H. H. Smith). Four specimens.

28. Pre@ritra, Clem.

94, PigRITIa ? BIATOMELLA, sp. n.

Antenne stoutish, greyish ochreous, the basal joint with a thick

tuft of mixed black and ochreous scales beneath. Palpi fuscous,

sometimes ochreous at the junction of the second and terminal

joints, internally pale ochreous. Head ochreous, much mixed with

black. Fore wings smoky at the base, pale greyish ochreous beyond,

more or less suffused with fuscous, with a small black dot at the

end of the cell, a second near the dorsum immediately below it ;

cilia pale greyish. Hwp.al. 9 mm. Hind wings and cilia pale

94. LORD WALSINGHAM ON {Jan. 19,

greyish. Abdomen greyish; anal tuft pale ochreous. Legs pale

ochreous. '

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 15 III.-14 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Eight specimens.

95. PiGRITIA MEDIOCRIS, sp. n.

Antenne greyish, with a pecten at the base in the d. Palpi

very slender, recurved, greyish, with whitish lines along them

above and beneath. Head grey. Thora and fore wings olivaceous

ochreous, the latter with a few greyish-fuscous scales sprinkled

over the dorsum and the outer end of the cell; with a narrow line

of the same immediately below the costa reaching from the base

to half the wing-length, a line of similar scales runs along the

termen, sprinkling the paler cilia; with a small dot before the anal

angle. Hap. al.8 mm. Hind wings and cilia pale grey. Abdomen

pale olivaceous ochreous, tending to greyish posteriorly. Legs

cinereous.

Type, S Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Croix, 26 IV.-6 V. (Hedemann) ;

Sr. Tuomas, 12 IIT. (Gudmann). Six specimens.

29. Auxtmopasts, Wlsm.

96, AUXIMOBASIS INSULARIS, sp. n.

Antenne greyish ; the basal joint with a closely-packed shield of

seales. Palpi porrect, scarcely recurved, greyish fuscous externally,

an ashy ring around the end of the second joint. Head ashy grey.

Thorax greyish fuscous; the tegule paler. Fore wings pale greyish

fuscous, with an angular spot at the base of the costa, ochreous

edged with dark fuscous; before the middle ot the wing is an

outwardly angulated dark fuscous band, and beyond the middle, at

about one-third from the apex, a line of dark tuscous mottlings,

forming a second band much less conspicuous than the first ;

cilia ashy grey. Hvp.al.12 mm. Hind wings pale grey; cilia

with a slight ochreous tinge. Abdomen and legs ashy grey; anal

tuft ochreous.

Type, 3 Mus. W1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 18 V. (Pontoppidan); Sr.

Tuomas, 6 ITT—15 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann).

This species differs from variolata, Wlsm., in the less attenuated

form of the hind wings, which have also a more obtuse apex.

97. AUXIMOBASIS VARIOLATA, Sp. 1.

Antenne with a distinct basal pecten; cinereous. Palpi on the

outer sides brownish, with a pale band around the junction of the

second and apical joints. Head ashy grey. Thorax pale brownish.

Fore wings ashy grey, with pale brownish mottlings and dark

fuscous spots and speckles, these latter consist of two ill-defined

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 95

spots, one on each side of the fold before its middle, the upper

one further removed from the base than the lower; a larger ill-

defined spot on the middle of the dorsum, with a smaller one on

the costa a little before it, between these a black dot on the cell,

followed by some black speckling and two smaller parallel black

dots at the end of the cell; cilia ashy grey. Hop. al. 11-15 mm.

Hind wings pale grey ; cilia with a slight brownish tinge. Abdo-

men grey. Legs cinereous, banded at the sides with greyish

fuscous.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 8 VI. (Pontoppidan); Sz.

Tuomas, 11 III.-18 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Twelve speci-

mens.

This species differs from insularis, Wlsm., in the more acute

and attenuated apex of the hind wings.

98. AUXIMOBASIS PERSIMILELLA, Wlsm.

Auximobasis persimilella, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 534-5,

547, Pl. XLI. 9 a—c (1892)*.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

99. AUXIMOBASIS BREVIPALPELLA, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous, basal joint hoary. Palpi cinereous, stained

with fuscous externally, except at the tips of the second and

apical joits. Head and thorax hoary grev. Fore wings hoary

grey, sprinkled with fuscous scales; an ill-defined pale fuscous

band, slightly before the middle of the wing, is angulated outwardly

on the fold and is diffused outwards, leaving the basal portion

somewhat paler than the apical; the usual pair of fuscous dots

are adjacent to the end of the cell (the first dot usual in these

genera is not visible in all specimens); a slight broken fuscous

shade follows the margin of the wing around the apex and base of

the hoary speckled cilia. Hawp.al.12-13 mm. Hind wings shining

brownish grey; cilia scarcely paler. Abdomen brownish grey.

Legs: hind tibie and tarsi cinereous, shaded externally with faint

bands of fuscous.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grernapa (Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft.,

leeward side, 25-30 VIII.; 1-5 X.—H. H. Smith). Four specimens.

Scarcely distinguishable from persimilella, W1sm., except by the

slightly broader wings and by the distinctly shorter palpi.

100. AUXIMOBASIS FLAVICILIATA, sp. n.

Antenne dirty whitish, the basal joint enlarged with a strong

pecten. Palpi smooth, erect, the apical joint nearly as long as the

second; hoary whitish. Head and thorax smooth ; hoary whitish.

Fore wings hoary white, minutely grey-speckled, without markings ;

cilia pale yellowish. wp. al. 12 mm. Hind wings very pale

96 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

grey, with pale yellowish cilia. Abdomen yellowish grey. Legs

whitish.

Type, & Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Toomas, 21-23 III. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann), Two specimens.

101. AUXIMOBASIS CONSTANS, sp. 0.

Antenne smoky cinereous. Palpi: apical joint scarcely more

than half as long as the second joint; hoary cinereous on their

inner sides, with a smoky shade externally, except at the apex of

the apical and second joints. Head and thorax griseous. Fore

wings whitish, with minute smoky speckling; the costa near the

base and along the middle with a smoky shade, which also some-

what suffuses the cilia to the apex ; the usual three dots are small

but clearly defined, the first before and slightly above the middle,

the two outer corresponding to the apical and tornal angles of

the cell; a series of less clearly defined dark smoky spots on the

margin on either side of the apex defining the outline of the cilia ;

cilia with a slight ochreous tinge about the tornus. yp. al.

10-12 mm. Hind wings shining yellowish grey ; cilia also slightly

tinged with ochreous. Abdomen greyish cinereous. Legs pale

cinereous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—St. Tuomas, 9-27 ILI. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Three specimens.

30. IconisMa, g. n.

(eikdvicpa=a Copy.)

Type, Iconisma macrocera, W1sm.

Antenne with strong pecten, without a notch in ¢, fully as

long as the fore wings, narrowed immediately beyond the basal

joint and somewhat flattened and teniaform beyond it.

Maxillary pal short.

Labial palpi slender, projecting, apical joint slightly shorter

than the second.

Head and thorax smooth.

Fore wings elongate-lanceolate, narrow at the base, somewhat

acute. Neuration: 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa.

Hind wings with the abdominal angle well developed, narrow,

tapering rapidly to an acute point. Newration: 8 veins, 3 separate,

4 and 5 stalked.

Abdomen somewhat flattened.

Legs: hind tibie hairy above.

So far as neuration is concerned, the European species Blasto-

basis anthophaga, Stgr., should be placed in this genus; but the

form of the antennz differs materially in not possessing the tenia-

form character which distinguishes the type, although it agrees

with it in haying no notch.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 97

102, [coONISMA MACROCERA, sp. 0.

Antenne with the basal joint dirty whitish, brownish cinereous

beyond. Palpi dull whitish, shaded with fuscous at the sides

except at the tips of the second and apical joints. Head dull

whitish. Thorax hoary whitish. Fore wings hoary whitish, with

three elongate fuscous streaks, the first from the base running

below the costa to one-third, the margin above it being also

slightly shaded with fuscous; the second also from the base

following the fold to the dorsum; the third along the outer

portion of the cell, commencing slightly before the middle of the

wing and ending with the cell; some scattered fuscous sprinkling

around the margins extends into the cilia, which have a slight

ochreous tinge except along the costa, where they are whitish.

Exp. al. 10 mm. Hind wings pale greyish; cilia tinged with

ochreous. Abdomen greyish ochreous. Legs pale cinereous.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 15 IIL-8 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Three specimens.

V. XYLORYCTIDA.

31. Guypuipocera, Wlsm.

103. GuyPHIDOcERA AUDAX, Wlsm.

Glyphidocera audaa:, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 531-2, 547,

Pl. XI. 8 a-c (1892)'.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Vincent’.

104, GLYPHIDOCERA DOMINICELLA, sp. n.

Antenne pale fawn-brown. Palpi, head, and thorax fawn-grey.

Fore wings fawn-grey, sparsely sprinkled with olive-brown ; with

two olive-brown spots on the disc, one at its outer extremity,

the other halfway between this and the base; cilia fawn-grey

with a slight ochreous tinge. Ewp.al.15 mm. Hind wings and

cilia brownish olivaceous. Abdomen brownish olivaceous. Legs

scarcely paler than the hind wings.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West. Indies—Domuntca (Point Michell, 29 V.). Two

specimens.

This species differs from audax, Wlsm., in having the base of

the costa of the fore wings less abruptly arched, and in the hind

wings being more opaque and having paler cilia.

105. GLYPHIDOCERA RECTICOSTELLA, sp. n.

Antenne strongly notched in the 3d beyond the basal joint,

serrate towards the apex ; ochreous beneath, shaded with greyish

fuscous above. Palpi strongly recurved, laterally divergent ;

greyish fuscous. Head and face greyish fuscous. Thoraw greyish

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. VII. vi

98 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan.19,

fuscous with a slight purplish tinge. ore wings greyish fuscous

with a slight purplish tinge ; a very faint indication of a dark spot

at the end of the cell; cilia the same. Exp. al. 23-25 mm. Hind

wings and cilia greyish brown. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs

greyish, spurs and tarsi slightly paler.

Type, d 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—-Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 1 1V.-4 V.; Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft., leeward side,

25 VIII.-10 IX.—H. H. Smith). Seven specimens.

This species differs from audax, W1sm., in the absence of a

distinct humeral angle on the costa at the base of the fore wings.

This seems to be also absent in the female of audax, and it is

possible that this may turn out to be a characteristic of the females

of both species, or that the single female of awdaw has been wrongly

identified, but I have not sufficient material to decide this point.

32, ANTmorRICHA, Z.

106. ANTHOTRICHA SUFFUMIGATA, sp. nN.

Antenne smoky white. Pali recurved, slender, apical joint

nearly as long as the second; white. Head and face white.

Thorax smoky white in front, paler posteriorly. Fore wings

elongate, subovate; shining white, the extreme costa delicately

shaded with smoky brown and also the dorsal third of the wing

from the base below the fold and beyond it to the termen above

the tornus; cilia white. Hap. al. 16-20 mm. Hind wings and

cilia pale smoky greyish; d¢ with long brush of greyish hairs from

base of costa. Abdomen smoky white. Legs white.

Type, 62 Mus. WlIsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapva (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 15 III.-301V.; Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft., leeward side,

1-5 X.—H. H. Smith). Six specimens.

107. ANTHOTRICHA TIBIALIS, Z.

Anteotricha tibiahs, Z. Hor, .Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 307-9,

Pl. III. 90 (1877)*.

Hab, West Indies—Trinrpap (Schaus, Urich; Port of Spain,

Hart). Brazin(?)'.

108. ANTOTRICHA GRISEANA, F,

= * watcurana, Z. (nec Cram.) *.

Pyralis griseana, F, Ent. Syst. III. (2) 265. No. 96 (1794)*

Turton, Syst. Nat. IIT. 352 (1806)°. Stenoma griseanum, Z. Is.

1839, 195°. <Anteotricha walchiana, Z. Lin. Ent. IX. 391-3,

Pl. IIT. 29-30 (1854)*. Pyralis griseana, Z. Lin. Ent. IX. 393

(1854)*. Anteotricha walchiana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXIX.

773 (1864)°. Anteotricha griseana, Z. (partim) Hor. Soc. Ent.

Ross. XIII. 315 (1877)7; Wlsm. & Drnt. Merton Rules 12

(1896) *.

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 99

Hab. West Indies (“Americe meridionalis Insulis”’)*’°’—

TRINIDAD (Schaus). CAYENNE (Mus. Wism.). Braziu*—Cameta*.

The specimens which Zeller described in the ‘Isis’ as Stenoma

griseanum, F.(?), and again in the ‘Linnea Entomologica’ as

Anteotricha walchiana, Cram., are before me. They are certainly

not walchiana, Cram., which was redescribed by Walker as Crypto-

lechia lativittella. In the ‘Hore’ Zeller revived Fabricius’s name for

still another species from Chiriqui with greenish markings towards

the apex. If he were justified in doing this, then the species

known as walchiana (Zeller, nec Cramer) would be nameless.

Fabricius’s description is hardly precise enough to enable one to

identify a species of this group with certainty, but there appears

to be no evidence to prove that Zeller was wrong in his first con-

ception of griseana, F. Moreover I now record Zeller’s original

griseana from Trinidad, which agrees well with Fabricius’s locality

** Americee meridionalis Insulis ;’’ and as Zeller, in 1839, limited the

name to this form, I think the concluding sentence of paragraph

15 of the Rules compiled by the German Zoological Society may

be held to apply with the addition of the words in brackets: ‘In

doubtful cases the decision of the author who makes the [ /irs¢]

separation [or restriction] shall be followed.”

{I add the synonymy of the species not occurring in the West Indies,

referred to above, and have proposed a new name for Zeller’s latest conception

of griseana, FB.

ANTAOTRICHA WALCHIANA, Cram. & Stoll.

(nec WALCHIANA, Z.); n. syn. = LATIVITTELLA, Wk.

Phalena (Tortriz) walchiana, Cram, & Stoll, Pap. Exot. IV. 191, 252 (Essai

Syst. Lp.), 27, Pl. 884. F. (1782)1. Tortrix? walchiana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins.

B.M. XXVIII. 325 (1863) °. Cryptolechia lativittella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M.

XXIX. 720-1 (1864) °.

Hab, Venezuria®; Surinam’>?; Braziu* (Espiritu Santo, Schmidt; Oor-

corado, Schaus; and Sta. Catherina, Mus. Wism.).

ANTHOTRICHA ZELLERI, Wlsm. & Drnt,

= * GRISEANA, Z.”

Anteotricha griseana, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 315-6, Pl. IV. 95

1877)!. Anteotricha zelleri, Wism. & Drnt. Merton Rules 12 (1896) ”.

Hab, Panama—Chiriqui!.]

109. ANrmoTRIcHA ? sinuATA, F.

=§ pewrezza, F.’

Alucita dentella, F. Ent. Syst. II. (2) 343. No. 49 (1794)'.

Ypsolophus sinuatus, \. Sppl. Ent. Syst. 509. No. 20 (1798)?

Phalena (Alucita) dentella, Turton, Syst. Nat. IT]. 383 (1806) °,

“dentella, 49. A. alis obscure cinereis: vitta media dentata

fusca.

“Corpus parvum, cinereum. Als obscure cinerez vitta lata,

interne dentata in medio ale. Pedes albi.

“ Habitat in Americe Insulis, Dom. v. Rohr.” =West Indies *°,

100 LORD WALSINGHAM ON {Jan. 19,

33. Drastoma, Mschl.

110. Drasroma sguamMosa, Wlsm.

Diastoma squamosa, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 524, 546

(1892)*. "

Hab. West Indies—Sz. Vincent’.

34, ANADASMUS, g. n.

(avadacpos = a division.)

Type, Cryptolechia soraria, Z.

Antenne 3, basal joint somewhat enlarged, without pecten; ¢

biciliate (2).

Labial palpi strongly recurved, second joint thickened, with

appressed scales beneath, apical joint shorter than the second.

Mavxillary palpi well developed, appressed to the haustellum.

Haustellum thickly scaled.

Head with appressed scaling, side tufts spreading, margined

with hairs posteriorly.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings: costa arched at the base, thence almost straight to

the slightly depressed and rounded apex, termen almost perpen-

dicular, tornus rounded. Neuration: 12 veins, all separate, 8 to

costa, 5 approximated to 4, and 6 to 7, 2 from near lower angle.

Hind wings broader than the fore wings, costa hardly depressed

beyond middle (without long hair tuft in ¢), apex rounded,

slightly sinuate beneath apex, thence evenly rounded; cilia short.

Neuration: 8 veins, 6 and 7 very closely approximated towards

origin, 3 and 4 almost connate, 1 6 furcate at base.

Abdomen rather stout.

Legs: hind tibie clothed with short rough scales.

Closely allied to Gonioterma, Wlsm., from which it differs in

vein 8 of the fore wings attaining the costa.

111. ANADASMUS IMMUNDUS, Z.

Cryptolechia immunda, Z. Lin, Ent. IX. 360-1 (1854)'; Wkr.

Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXIX. 711 (1864)’; Z. Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross.

XIII. 259 (1877) *.

Hab. West Indies—Trinipap (Schaus). Brazin’’,

112, ANADASMUS ALBANUS, F.

=§ racTEEzzA, F.?; n. syn. = TeveERA, Z.

Tinea lacteella, F, Ent. Syst. III. (2) 313. No. 116 (1794)’.

Pyralis albana, F. Sppl. Ent. Syst. 476. No. 31-2 (1798).

Cryptolechia tenera, Z. Lin. Ent. IX. 364-5 (1854)*°, X. 153-4

(1855)*; Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 259, 263-4 (1877) °.

Hab. West Indies (= in Americe Insulis)*. §. Amsrica ‘—

Panama, Chiriqui’; Vunnzveta, La Guayra’*; Cayenne (Mus.

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MIORO-LEPIDOPTERA. 101

Wlsm.); Brazii—Pard*® (Mus. Wism.); Santa Catherina (Jus.

Wism.).

Fabricius probably changed the name Jacteella to albana because

Schiffermiiller had already published a Yinea lactella. Zeller

(1. c. No. 3) considered tenera distinct from Fabricius’s species,

principally from the antenne not agreeing with the original

description (J. c. No. 1), but this was emended (J. c. No. 2); and

Zeller, while not admitting that tenera was a synonym of albana

in the ‘ Hore,’ was evidently coming round to the opinion that his

species was not distinct from that of Fabricius. I have a very

large amount of material (mostly undescribed) belonging to this

family, and the only species to which Fabricius’s description can be

applied is tenera, Z.; I am therefore not disposed to maintain

these two names as representing distinct species.

35. GONIOTERMA, g. n.

(ywvia = angle ; répua = a boundary.)

Type, Phalena (Tortrix) burmanniana, Cram. & Stoll.

Antenne 2, basal joint somewhat enlarged, without pecten ;

3 biciliate (12).

Labial palpi strongly recurved, second joint thickened with

appressed scales beneath, apical joint shorter than the second,

Maxillary palpi well developed, appressed to the haustellum.

Haustellum thickly scaled.

Head smooth, but with lateral hair-tufts often meeting above it.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings: costa arched at the base, thence straight almost to

the apex, which is slightly depressed and rounded, termen almost

perpendicular, tornus rounded. Newration: 12 veins all separate,

8 to termen below apex, 5 approximated to 4, and 6 to 7, 2 from

near lower angle.

Hind wings broader than the fore wings, costa depressed beyond

middle (without long hair-tuft in ¢), evenly rounded from the

apex to the abdominal angle, cilia short. Mewration: 8 veins, 6 and

7 closely approximated, 3 and 4 separate but closely approximated,

1} furcate at base.

Abdomen rather stout.

Legs: hind tibie clothed with short rough scales.

Allied to Anadasmus, Wlsm., but differing in vein 8 of the fore

wings attaining the termen.

113. GontoreRMA ISABELLA, F. & R.

Cryptolechia isabella, F. & R. Reise Nov., Lp. Pl. 139. 24

(1875)’.

Hab. West Indies—Trinipap (Schaus), Brazit—Amazons’.

114. GontorTHRMA? PARVELLUM, F.

Alucita parvella, F. Ent. Syst. LIT. (2) 343-4. No. 50 (1794)'

102 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

Tinea parvella, F. Sppl. Syst. Ent. 500. No. 109 (1798)*. Pha-

lena (Alucita) parvella, Turton, Syst. Nat. III. 383 (1806) ’.

* narvella. 50. A. alis obscure cinereis: maculis duabus costa-

libus fuscis.

“Statura parva precedentis. Ale incumbentes, cinerez, maculis

duabus costalibus fuscis.

“ Hab. in Americe Insulis, Dom. v. Rohr.”' = West Indies’’.

This appears to be allied to burmanniana, Cram. & Stoll.

VI. ELACHISTIDA.

I. COLEOPHORIN.

36. CoLnoPpHora, Hb.

115. COLEOPHORA PULCHRICORNIS, sp. 0.

Antenne white, beautifully ringed throughout with black ; basal

joint not tufted. Palpi dusky whitish, shaded externally with

fawn-colour; second joint with a slight projecting point of scales

beneath its apex. Head and thorax dull fawn-grey. ore wings

dull fawn; with a whitish ochreous costal streak throughout,

widening towards the apex, and including the eostal cilia; joining

this from the end of the cell are three whitish-ochreous streaks

following the veins; along the cell from before the middle and

extending a little beyond its outer end is a longitudinal streak

composed of mixed whitish-ochreous and black scales running

parallel with the costa; beneath it, commencing at the base and

terminating before the end of the fold, is a similar slender streak

in which black predominates; some whitish ochreous scales lie

around the dorsum and termen at the base of the greyish cilia.

Exp. al. 10 mm. Hind wings and cilia dark brownish grey.

Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish.

Type, 2 and case Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 5 V. (Hedemann); Sr. THomas,

12 TIL—15 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Three specimens.

Case cylindrical, mouth bent over but not projecting beyond the

level of its lower side, apex triangular, its three angles somewhat

flattened, the whole dull greyish ochreous ; long. 13 mm.

Bred by Baron von Hedemann, but the plant not identified. The

larva was found on stone fences by Mr. Gudmann.

_ This species belongs to the group of troglodytella, Dp. &c., and

is very similar to some of the European species; the mouth of

the case is, however, more distinctly at a right angle to the case

itself, and it is somewhat stouter in proportion to its length.

116, CoLHOPHORA PICTICORNIS, sp. n.

Antenne stout, shorter than the fore wings; white, with four

greyish-fuscous bands towards the apex. Palpi somewhat long

and slender, slightly recurved, smooth, apical joint slightly shorter

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 103

than the second; white. Head coppery fawn-brown, with a white

line on either side running back from the base of the antenna ;

face and tongue whitish ochreous. Thora coppery fawn-brown.

Fore wings coppery fawn-brown, with a shining white streak

along the costa from the base to the costal cilia, the extreme costa

edged with bright ochreous throughout, including the costal cilia ;

cilia coppery fawn-brown with a slight ochreous tinge. Eup. al.

10mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia coppery fawn. Abdomen

dark brownish grey, anal tuft subochreous. Legs pale cinereous,

hind tibia somewhat clothed above.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Havyrt (Port-au-Prince, 23 V., Gudmann) ;

Sr. Toomas, 10 IV. (Hedemann); Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft.,

windward side, 15 1V.—H. H. Smith). Four specimens.

II, BATRACHEDRINA.

37. Pammeces, Z.

117. PAMMECES LITHOCHROMA, sp. 0.

Antenne (broken), basal joint elongate, enlarged posteriorly,

with a distinct long pecten; stone-white. Palpz long and strongly

recurved, laterally ascending, second joint rather strongly tufted

above at its end; apical joint long and thin, slightly shorter than

the second joint; pale stone-grey sprinkled with blackish atoms.

Head and thorax smooth; stone-grey. ore wings stone-grey,

sprinkled with blackish atoms, especially along the cesta; a minute

black spot on the middle of the fold, another on the dorsum at its

outer end, the latter somewhat elongate; a third minute elongate

black spot lies at the end of the cell, and a few black dots around

the termen at the base of the stone-grey cilia. Hxp. al. 16 mm.

Hind wings pale grey; cilia stone-grey. Abdomen stone-grey.

Legs stone-whitish ; hind tibize hairy above.

Type, 6 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—San Domineo (Puerto Plata, 16 V.—Gud-

mann). Unique.

The antenne were between two and three times the length of

the fore wings (Gudmann).

118. PAMMECES? PALLIDA, Sp. n.

Antenne longer than the fore wings, with a distinct pecten on

the basal joint ; dirty white. Palpt: the second joint with a sloping

brush above at its end, apical joint slender, naked, less than half

the length of the second; white, with a smoky shade on the second

joint externally. Head and thoraw white. Fore wings shining

white, with two or three small fuscous spots along the fold, and

four minute fuscous dots on the costa along the base of the smoky

white cilia. Exp. al. 13 mm. Hind wings shining, very pale

104 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan.19,

grey; cilia dull smoky white. Abdomen whitish. Legs white;

hind tibiz hairy above.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 10 IV. (Hedemann). Unique.

This species differs from albivitella, Z., and lithochroma, W1sm.,

in the much shorter apical joint of the palpi.

38, Synromacris, Meyr.

[Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. XXT. 173 (1889).]

119. SynroMaActTIS ? CERVINELLA, sp. n.

Antenne longer than the fore wings; pale fawn-ochreous.

Palpi somewhat recurved, slender, smooth, the apical joint nearly

as long as the second; pale fawn-ochreous. Head and thorax

pale fawn-ochreous. Fore wings very narrow, elongate; pale

fawn-ochreous, speckled with brownish fuscous in a line along the

fold with another above it, as well as around and about the apical

portion of the wing; the more conspicuous dots being one at the

outer third of the fold, one at the end of the cell, and one in the

same line beyond it ; cilia pale fawn-ochreous. Evp. al. 12 mm.

Hind wings and cilia pale yellowish grey. Abdomen shining pale

fawn-ochreous. Legs scarcely paler, unspotted ; hind tibie with

long pale hairs above.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 24 IV. (Gudmann) ; Sr. THomas,

11 III. (Hedemann). Two specimens.

This species appears to differ from Syntomactis, Meyr., only in

its longer antenne. 1am not at present disposed to create a new

genus for its reception. Zarathra differs in its very much longer

palpi.

39. BaTracHEpRa, Stn.

120. BarRACHEDRA ALBISTRIGELLA, Mschl.

Batrachedra albistrigella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 345,

304 (1891)'; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond: 1891, 538, 548 (1892)*.

Hab. West Indies—Pororico’’’.

121. BarRACHEDRA STIGMATOPHORA, sp. 0.

Antenne with distinct white and’ fuscous annulations. Palpi

slender, slightly recurved; yellowish white. Head and thorax

whitish ochreous. ore wings fawn-ochreous, mottled with whitish

ochreous, thus forming an indistinct pale fascia at about one-fourth

from the base, broader on the costal than on its dorsal extremity,

sprinkled on its inner edge with minute black scales; a second

pale space occurs about the middle of the wing, also irregularly

sprinkled with minute black scales; towards the apex the costa

and dorsum are both blotched with whitish ochreous, a streak of

black scales running between the blotches to the apex and through

the apical cilia : cilia greyish, whitish ochreous immediately beneath

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 105

the apex. Hzp. al. 8 mm. Hind wings grey; cilia pale grey.

Abdomen ochreous. Legs whitish, obliquely blotched with fuscous

externally, spurs banded with black.

Type, & Mus. Wlism.

Hab. West Indies—Hayrt (Cap Haiti, 18 V.—Gudmann) ; Sr.

Tuomas, 12 I1.-17 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Five specimens.

122. BATRACHEDRA TARSIMACULATA, sp. n.

Antenne whitish ochreous, thickly barred above with fuscous,

this colour forming three dark annulations before the apex. Palpa

whitish, second joint with two fuscous spots, apical joint with two

fuscous bands, one before the apex, the second near-its base. Head

whitish. Thorax dull straw-white. Fore wings dull straw-white ;

a short curved fuscous streak from the base below the fold ; a long

streak above it, also from the base, running along the costa to one-

third the wing-length, thence slightly deviating downwards to the

end of the cell; beneath its apex is a small dorsal spot, and above

its apex commences on the costa another dark streak, which

leaving the pale costal cilia runs to the apex and narrowly through

the apical cilia (these markings are all dark fuscous) ; cilia straw-

white, tending to greyish about the tornus. zp. al. 6 mm.

Hind wings and cilia brownish grey. Abdomen shining whitish

ochreous. Legs straw-white; hind tibie obliquely banded exter-

nally and their tarsi distinctly biannulate with dark fuscous.

Type, 2 Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 6 III.-9 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Four specimens.

Ill. COSMOPTERYGINA.

40. Cosmopreryx, Hb.

123. CoSMOPTERYX ATTENUATELLA, Wkr.

n. syn.=LesPpEeprezHZ, Wlsm.

Gelechia attenuatella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX. 1019

(1864). Cosmopterya lespedeze, Wism. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 198

(1882). [? =Cosmopteryx (? gemmiferella, Clem.), Mschl. Ab.

Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 345, 354 (1890)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 536, 548 (1892)".] Cosmopteryx lespedeze, Riley, Smith’s

List Lep. Bor. Am. 107. No. 5771 (1891). Gelechia attenuatella,

Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 519, 545 (1892)°. Cosmopteryx

lespedeze, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 536, 548 (1892)".

Hab. Untrep Sratss?’’—Texas’, N. Carolina’. Larva Lespe-

deza?’”. West Indies—Jamaica’®; Hayrr (Port-au-Prince, 22

V., Gudmann); [? Porrorico*’*]; Sx. Crorx, 3-31 V. (Gudmann,

Hedemann, Pontoppidan); Sx. Vincent’; Grenapa (Balthazar,

250 ft., windward side, 15 III.-15 IV. H. H. Smith).

Bred by Mr. Gudmann at St. Croix, but the plant not identified.

Cosmopteryx gemmiferella, Clem., is not known to occur in the

106 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

West Indies, and the species recorded by Méschler is probably

attenuatella, but as it is not described I am unable to identify it ;

there is, however, no reason for including gemmiferella in the

West Indian fauna on such a slight and doubtful identification.

124. CosMOPTERYX SIMILIS, sp. n.

Antenne smoky white, with a broad darkish band before the

apex preceded by a narrow black ring, the apex itself being black ;

these markings are all outlined in clear white. Palpi shining

white. Head and thorax greyish brown, with a central, and two

lateral, slender whitish streaks. Fore wings greyish brown to fully

half the wing-length, a broad pale orange-yellow band preceding

the greyish-brown apex and cilia, in which are a triangular clear

white costal spot and a slender white line running through the

apex; the pale orange space is oblique on its inner margin, and

extends backwards a little on the costa, it is preceded by two

golden metallic spots, one below the other beyond its middle, the

latter being tipped with black ; on its outer edge it sends forward

a slight projection below the white costal spot into the brown apical

portion, this projection being margined above and beneath by

golden scales ; on the brown basal half of the wing are four slender

white streaks, one along the dorsum, one commencing on the base

at the costa and diverted very obliquely downwards a little beyond

the base, and two intermediate straight streaks, of which the

lower is longer than the upper and reaches nearly to the lower of

the two metallic spots. xp. al. 8-9 mm. Hind wings pale

brownish grey; cilia the same. Abdomen brownish ochreous.

Legs whitish clouded with brown.

Type,3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 3 V.-24 VI. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann, Pontoppidan) ; St, THomas, 8 111-5 IV. (Gudmann). Five

specimens.

This species is very nearly allied to attenwatella, Wkr., but

differs in the more oblique inner margin of the yellow transverse

fascia, in the nearer approach to it of the lower streak on the

basal patch, and in the broken metallic band which separates this

from the fascia, which appears to encroach more considerably upon

the dark apical portion of the wing.

125. CosMoPprpRYX SANCTI-VINCENTI, Wlsm.

Cosmopteryx sancti-vincenti, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 536-7,

548 (1892)'.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincen'r’; Grenapa (Chantilly Estate,

350 ft., windward side, 138 IV.—H. H. Sith).

126, CosMOPTERYX ABNORMALIS, sp. n.

Antenne blackish, speckled with white and biannulated with

white before the apex, a silvery spot on the basal joint. Palpz

whitish, shaded above’ with fuscous. Head dark slaty grey.

1897.]} WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 107

Thorax dark brown. Fore wings dark umber-brown, with brilliant

silver-white metallic spots—two at one-fourth from the base

forming a scarcely broken oblique fascia tending outward from

the costa to the dorsum; two on the middle, one costal the other

dorsal, both straight; two at one-third from the apex, almost

joined, not reaching the costa, with a silvery white streak in the

commencement of the costal cilia; beyond these another metallic

silvery dot lies at the extreme apex, and a silvery white streaklet

at the extremity of the apical cilia; dorsal cilia purplish grey.

Exp.al.8mm. Hind wings dark vinous grey; cilia purplish grey.

Abdomen dark brown speckled with metallic scales. Legs dark

brown, spurs and tarsal joints whitish.

Type, 3 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Hayrti (Port-au-Prince, 24 V.—Gudmann).

Unique.

IV. LAVERNINE.

41. Awnypta, Stn.

127. ANYBIA consPERSA, Wlsm.

Anybia conspersa, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 537, 548

(1892)’.

Hab. West Indies—San Domtnco (Monte Christi, 17 V.—

Gudmann); St. Tuomas, 8 IV. (Gudmann); St. Vincent’ ;

Grenava (Balthazar, 250-300 ft., windward side, 20 IV.-8 V.—

H. H. Smith).

Bred by Mr. Gudmann at St. Thomas, from larvee feeding “ in

the pulses of Abrus precatorius.”

128. ANYBIA PIPERATELLA, Sp. n.

Antenne: the basal joint enlarged on its outer half; dust-grey.

Palpi dust-grey, the apical joint slightly mottled externally. Head

and thorav dusty grey. Fore wings dust-grey, minutely speckled

with fuscous; cilia brownish grey. vp. al.9 mm. Hind wings

and cilia pale brownish grey. Abdomen and legs brownish grey ;

anal tuft in the male ochreous.

Type, 2 Mus. W1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 8-26 V. (Hedemann, Pontop-

pidan); Sr. Tomas, 20 IIT.-14 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann).

Seven specimens.

129. ANYBIA CURVIPUNCTELLA, Wlsm.

Anybia curvipunctella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 538, 548

(1892)*.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 24-29 IV. (Hedemann); Sr.

Tuomas, 6 IV. (Gudmann); St. Vincent'; GRENADA (Balthazar,

250-300 ft., windward side, 4-8 V.—H. H. Smith).

A series of specimens, evidently of this species, received from

St. Croix, St. Thomas, and Grenada, has enabled me to observe

108 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

that the semicircular spot on the fold from which the name is

taken is somewhat an exceptional marking ; it is scarcely traceable

in any of the specimens now before me, and in the majority of

them is entirely absent. I have, however, no hesitation in

identifying them as belonging to the same species.

130. ANYBIA TRIPUNCTATA, Sp. n.

Antenne tawny fuscous. Palpi whitish ochreous, shaded with

fuscous externally. Head and thoraa tawny fuscous ; face shining

whitish ochreous. ore wings tawny fuscous with a vinous sheen ;

three dark fuscous spots, a pair on the outer half of the cell in line

with each other, connected by a short whitish ochreous streak, the

third on the middle of the fold tipped with whitish ochreous at its

outer extremity ; cilia greyish with a vinous tinge. Hwp. al. 8 mm.

Hind wings and cilia greyish with a slight vinous tinge. Abdomen

and legs whitish ochreous.

Type, 2 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 29 IV. (Hedemann) ; Sv. THoMAs,

10 III. (Gudmann). Two specimens.

131. ANYBIA METALLIFERA, sp. 0.

Antenne brownish fuscous. Pulpi pale cinereous. Head smooth,

greyish ; face whitish, shining. Thoraa and fore wings coppery

brown, the latter with chalybeous bands and spots; a narrow

fascia at one-fourth is followed by a central fascia of the same

colour, which is wider toward the dorsum than on the costa; at

the tornus is an outwardly curved patch pointing toward a small

spot at the apex, another spot occurring on the costa at the com-

mencement of the cilia; these markings are all bluish chalybeous ;

cilia brownish fuscous. vp. al. 8 mm. Hind wings pale coppery

brown, with brownish-fuscous cilia. Abdomen greyish fuscous,

with some chalybeous scales above. Legs brownish fuscous.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Monteague, 1200 ft., I.—

Cockerell). Unique.

V. HELIODININE.

42. HELiopinus, Stn.

Hetiop1nes, Stn. Ins. Br. Lp. Tin. 243 (1854).

=([Curysorsrurs, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 422 (1826) partim.]

+ Curysestura, HS. Schm. V. 314 (1855).

= 4iToxE, Chamb., Can. Ent. VIL. 73 (1875).

Herrich-Schiiffer’s restriction of Chrysoesthia, Hb., is subsequent

to the publication of Heliodines by Stainton, whose name is

therefore entitled to stand for the genus of which roesella, L., is

the type.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MIORO-LEPIDOPTERA. 109

132. HELIODINES MARGINATA, Wlsm.

Heliodines marginata, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 535, 547

(1892)*.

Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent’.

133. HELIODINES sCHULZELLA, F.

Tinea schulzella, F. Ent. Syst. ITI. (2) 821-2. No. 152 (1794)':

Suppl. Ent. Syst. 498. No. 92 (1798)*. Phalena (Tinea) schulzella,

Turton, Syst. Nat. III. 376 (1806) *.

“ schulzella. 125, T. alis auratis: lineis duabus oppositis

marginalibus punctorum argenteorum, costa atra.

“Corpus parvum. Antenne atre. Caput et thorax atra, nitida,

pectoris marginalibus aureis. Abdomen aureum. Ale auree,

nitidee, lineis duabus oppositis e punctis argenteis, altera cost

nigre adjacente, altera margini tenuiori. Postice nigree.

‘“« Habitat in Americe meridionalis Ins., Dr. Pflug”'. = West

Indies ’* (probably St. Croix or St. Thomas, Wism.).

There appears to be little doubt that the above description was

taken from a species of Heliodines which differs from any known

to me. It appears to be intermediate between marginata and

quinqueguttata, agreeing with the former in having a black costa,

but differing from it in the possession of metallic spots; quinque-

guttata agrees in having the metallic spots, but the costa is not black.

134. HELIODINES QUINQUEGUTTATA, sp. n.

Antenne simple; shining bronzy grey. Palpi short, slender,

drooping ; shining pale «neous. Head smooth; shining bronzy.

Thorax bronzy grey, golden orange beneath. Hore wings to beyond

the middle golden orange, with the extreme base and 5 spots (8

subcostal and 2 intermediate dorsal, the dorsal spots alternating

with the costal) all shining bronzy metallic, slenderly outlined with

black scales in some lights; rather more than the apical third of

the wing is shining bronzy metallic, extending farther along the

dorsum than along the costa, its inner edge being indented on the

cell; cilia bronzy grey. wp. al. 8:5 mm. Hind wings shining

bronzy; cilia bronzy grey. Abdomen shining bronzy brownish,

with a bright metallic whitish patch along the first three segments

beneath; anal tuft whitish. Legs bronzy brownish, with paler

shining bands and spurs.

Type, S Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Kingston, 10 XII.—7. D. A.

Cockerell) ; St. Toomas, 11 IIT.-12 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann).

Five specimens.

Bred by Mr. Cockerell in Jamaica “from galls on Portulaca sp. ;

these galls produced also a Cecidomya, which was probably the

gall-maker.” Mr. Gudmann also bred this species in St. Thomas.

“ Raupe hellgriin, mit hellbraunem Kopf ; 16-fiissig. Vom Kopf

bis zum After allmihlig an Breite zunehmend; auf dem Riicken

finden sich zwei und auf jeder Seite eine Lingsreihe sehr feinen

110 LORD WAISINGHAM ON {Jan. 19,

schwarzen, behaarten Punkte, so dass auf jedem Segment sich acht

solchen befinden. Die Raupe lebte an einer niedrigen Pflanze mit

sehr feinem Gespinnste auf der Unterseite der Blatter, ging aber,

wenn es frass, minirend in das Blatt hinein.” (Gudmann.)

“The moth holds the second pair of legs outstretched as in

Stathmopoda” (Hedemann).

135, HELIODINES AUREOFLAMMA, Sp. 0.

Antenne and palpi shining bronzy grey, the latter somewhat

paler. Head and thorax shining bronzy grey, the face and the

underside of the thorax shining pale «neous. ore wings golden

orange, with two basal streaks, five spots, and two apical streaks

all shining chalybeous; the two basal streaks lie along the upper

edge of the fold and along the dorsum respectively ; the spots are

two subcostal before and beyond the middle and three dorsal

alternating with them, the second dorsal being between the two

subcostal ones; the apical streaks lie one below the costa, the

other commencing nearer to the apex and ruuning along the base

of the subapical cilia; cilia bronzy grey. Exp. al.8 mm. Hind

wings bronzy brown; cilia bronzy grey. Abdomen bronzy

brownish ; beneath shining pale eneous. Legs shining steel-grey ;

tibie orange.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 9 III. (Hedemann). Unique.

“The moth holds the second pair of legs outstretched as in

Stathmopoda”’ (Hedemann).

VI. HELIOZELIN:.

43. Hetrozena, HS.

136. HELI0ZELA CUPREA, sp. 0.

Antenne with the basal joint elongate, slightly enlarged

posteriorly ; bronzy cupreous. Palpi steel-white. Head an

face, thorax and fore wings unicolorous bronzy cupreous; cilia

coppery grey. Eup. al. 7mm. Hind wings and cilia coppery

grey. Abdomen dark bronzy cupreous. Legs cupreous ; tarsal

joints paler.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 16 III. (Hedemann). Unique.

137. HLiozELA AHENEA, Sp. 0.

Antenne purplish grey. Palpi, head, and thoraw shining,

metallic, brassy ; underside of thorax brassy metallic. Fore wings

brassy metallic, without markings ; the scales being laid on in

transverse lines give a slightly ribbed appearance under the lens ;

cilia purplish grey. Underside purplish grey. up. al. 4 mm.

Hind wings and cilia purplish grey. Abdomen brassy metallic,

tending to purplish grey at the anal extremity ; underside brassy

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MIORO-LEPIDOPIERA. 111

metallic. Zegs whitish ; hind tarsal joints banded above with dark

grey.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Hayer (Port-au-Prince, 24 V.—Gudmann) ;

Sr. Tuomas, 12 IV. (Hedemann). Two specimens.

VII. SCYTHRINZ.

44, (ota, g. n.

(otxetos=belonging to the house.)

Type, cia maculata, W\sm.

Antenne longer than the fore wings, simple, stout ; basal joint

without pecten.

Labial palpi diverging, smooth; second joint porrect, rather

stout ; apical joint erect, nearly as long as the second.

Mazillary palpi rudimentary.

Ocelli present.

Haustellum absent.

Head and thorax clothed with appressed scales.

Fore wings elongate, costa rather straight, apex slightly

depressed, bluntly pointed ; termen oblique ; tornus not developed.

Neuration: 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex.

Hind wings hardly as broad as the fore wings, costa straight,

abdominal angle distinct, dorsum tapering to the pointed apex ;

cilia 2. Newration : 8 veins, 6 and 7 long-stalked, 3 and 4 remote,

5 almost parallel with 4.

Abdomen slightly flattened.

Legs: hind tibie and first joint of the tarsi with long loose

hairs above.

Allied to Endrosis, Hb., and having apparently the same habits,

but differing in having vein 6 of the hind wings present, 3 and 4

separate, and the haustellum absent.

138. CEcIa MACULATA, sp. n.

Antenne smoky greyish. Palpi pale ochreous. Head pale straw-

ochreous. Thorax pale straw-ochreous, shaded with smoky grey.

Fore wings pale straw-ochreous, blotched and margined with smoky

grey ; this colour commencing near the base extends along the fold

and along the costa without including the costal cilia and embraces

the apex; on the middle of the fold is a stronger blotch of the

same colour, slightly diffused downwards to the dorsum ; a similar

blotch a little above and beyond it scarcely before the middle; a

third at the end of the cell extending almost across the wing;

cilia pale straw-ochreous. wp. al. 10-12 mm. Hind wings

shining pale yellowish grey ; the cilia with a slight ochreous tinge.

Abdomen pale ochreous. Legs with the tibie and tarsi somewhat

hairy ; whitish ochreous.

Type, 6 2 Mus, Wlsm.

112 LORD WAISINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 16-18 ILI. (Hedemanzn).

Brazit—Para (Amazons), 9 X.-10 I. (Schulz), Twelve speci-

mens.

“Very common on the inner walls of nearly every house in

St. Thomas ” (Hedemann).

This species so greatly resembles Tineola uterella, W1sm., that,

without examining the head and palpi, they might easily be placed

in the same series.

VII. HYPONOMEUTIDA.

I. HYPONOMEUTINA.

45, Arrnva, Wkr.

Arrnva, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. II. 526 (1854).

=$Pacioprera, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XII. 546-7

(1860). .

Amptoruripi4, Wlgrn. Resa Eugen., Zool. Ins. 385 (1861).

Corrves, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 542 (1863),

(ra, Grt. Pr. Ent. Soe. Phil. V. 230-1 (1865).

Scry7izti4, Gn. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. (5 s.) IX 287 (1879).

= Syszis, Gn. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. (5 s.) IX. 288-9 (1879).

Berg [An. Soe. Ci. Argent. X. 99-100 (1880)] seems to have

had full justification for uniting all the generic names given above.

Moore had already (Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1867, 669) sunk Corinea,

Wkr., and Amblothridia, Wigrn., as synonyms of Aiteva, Wkr.

Hoi wi

139. ArTEVA PUNCTELLA, Cram. & Stoll.

=+pastuLeLta, F.*, tpusrvrerza, F.*°; pusruxara, F.*;

=svepritis, Hb.’; =avrea, Fitch”; =comupra, Clem.”; =

eEuuara, Grt.”

Phalena (Tinea) punctella, Cram. & Stoll, Pap. Exot. IV. 164,

251 (Essai Syst. Lp.) 28, Pl. 372. fig. L (1782)*. Tinea pastulella,

F. Mant. Ins. IT. 241. No. 16 (1787)*. Tinea pustulella, F. Ent.

Syst. III. (2) 292. No. 20 (1794)*. Lithosia pustulata, F. Sppl.

Ent. Syst. 462. No. 16 (1798)*. Phalena (Tinea) pustulella,

Turton, Syst. Nat. ILI. 363 (1806)*. Crameria subtilis, Hb. Verz.

bek. Schm. 168. No. 1737 (ante 1826)*°. Phycis punetella, Verloren,

Cat. Syst. Lp. Cram. 138, 274 (1837)". Detopeia aurea, Fitch, III.

Rp. Ins. N.Y. 168-9 (1856) *. Peciloptera compta, Clem. Pr. Ac.

Nat. Se. Phil. XII. 547 (1860)°. Detopeta aurea, Morris, Syn.

Lp. N. Am. 251-2 (1862). Paeciloptera compta, Morris, Syn. Lp.

N. Am. 312 (1862)". Deiopeia aurea, Pack. Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil.

III. 106 (1864). Peciloptera compta, Grt. Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil.

TV. 319 (1865)". Gta compta, Grt. Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil. V. 230-1

(1865)". Cydosia punctella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXXYV.

1894 (1866). Cydosia aurea, Grt. & Rbs. List Lp. N. Am. I.

p- vii (1868) "°. Gta compta, Riley, I. Rp. Ins. Mo. 1868, 151-3,

Pl. IT, 22-3 (1869); Z, Stett, Ent. Ztg. XXXII. 178 (1871) ”,

1897. ] WESI-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 113

Gta aurea, Stretch, Ill. Zyg. & Bomb. N. Am. 159-60, Pl. VII.

10 (1872)". Gta punctella, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII.

228-30 (1873); Riley, Pr. Ac. Se. St. Louis, IIT. liti-iv. (1873).

Gta gemmata, Grt. Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H. I. 93-4 (1873). Gta

aurea, Stretch, Il. Zyg. & Bomb. N. Am. 159-60, 240-2 (taurera),

Pl. VII. 10 (1874). Gta punctella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv.

IV. 159 (1878)**. Scintilla pustulella, Gn. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

(5 s.) IX. 287-8 (1879)*. Atteva punctella, Berg. An. Soc. Ci.

Argent. X. 100-2 (1880)*°. Gta compta, Riley, U.S. Ent. Com.

(Dept. Intr.), Bull. VI. 13, 58 (1881) *"; Pack. U.S. Ent. Com.

(Dept. Intr.), Bull. VII. 132 (1881)*; Pack. U.S. Ent. Com.

(Dept. Agr.), Rp. V. 669 (1890)*. Gta punetella, W1sm. Pr. Z.

Soc. Lond. 1891, 532, 547 (1892) °°; Hdm. Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVII.

10-11 (1896) *.

Larva, Ailanthus glandulosus, VIL-IX, *71 38:97?) 28-4,26°30. Qigg_

tela erecta®.

Hab. Unrrnp Srarus (Georgia, Texas, Missouri) °™ 12129) 4 26,

oreo; IX.—XT. hab.?7?-?, ~Honpuras (=Himalaya Mts.)*°.

West Indies—-Cusa”; Sr. Crorx®'; Trinmpap®. Surrnam!)”’*°;

Frencw Gurana (Cayenne) **°; Conompra ® ; Brazin (Santarem,

Villa Nova)”’*°; Argunrina (Buenos Aires) °°,

Grote seems to have been of the opinion that three species are

represented in the above synonymy (which, if distinct, should

receive the following names :—awrea, Fitch, United States ; gem-

mata, Grt., West Indies ; punctella, Cram., 8. America); on the

other hand, Riley and Berg considered that these names represent

but a single species. I give the synonymy as I find it, withholding

my own views until I have had the opportunity of studying more

material.

140, ATTEVA FULVIGUrTATA, Z.

= GLAUCOPIDELLA, Gn.*; =+FULVIGUTTELLA, Wlsm.

Gta fulviguttata, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien. XXIII. 231-2

(1873)*. Syblis glaucopidella, Gn. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5 s.) 1X.

289 (1879)*. Atteva fulviguttata, Berg, An. Soc. Ci. Argent. X.

106-7 (1880)*. Gta fulviguttella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

532, 547 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca*™“. (Ausrranta ?))*,

141. Arrnva FASsTUOSA, Z.

Gta fastuosa, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 225-7, Pl. III. 68

(1877)*. Atteva fastwosa, Berg, An. Soe. Ci. Argent. X. 109

(1880)*. Gta fastuosa, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 533, 547

(1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Cupa **.

142. ArrEva sIDERHA, Wlsm.

Gita siderea, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 533, 547 (1892) 1.

Hab. West Indies—San Domrnco!.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No. VIIL. 8

114 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

46. Tamarrua, Wkr.

TAMARRHA, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 816 (1864).

In my previous paper (Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 527) I sunk the

genus Tamarrha, Wkr., as a synonym of Psecadia, Hb. In this

I was guided by the neuration of Tamarrha gelidella, Wkr., which

is a true Psecadia. At that time I had seen only the type of

Walker's other species nivosella, which is a female. The male of

this species, however, shows a strong costal tuft of diverging hairs

near the base of the hind wings, which separates it at once from

Psecadia. It possesses veins 7 and 8 of the fore wings from a

common stem, a character which also somewhat misled me as to

its affinities; the length of the cell, however, and the general

character of the neuration, together with the roughened head, seem

to indicate an alliance with the Hyponomeutide rather than with the

CEcophoride. I would therefore revive the generic name Tamarrha,

Whkr., retaining nivosella as the type.

143. TAMARRHA NIVOSELLA, Wkr.

n. syn. =ADUSTELLA, Z.

Tamarrha nivosella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXIX. 817

(1864) +. Psecadia adustella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 240-1

(1877)?; Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 343, 354 (1890)*;

Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 528, 546 (1892)*. Psecadia

nivosella, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 528, 546 (1892) °.

Hab. West Indies—Cupa (Tring Mus.); Jamaica!’ (Schaus ;

Kingston, 24 VII., Cockerell ; Newcastle, Mus. Ragonot, * No. 750

—1894, Wlsm.”); San Domineo’’; Portrorico***; TRINIDAD

(Schaus).

47. Evarne, Mschl. & Saalm.

144. Evarne oBLiGATELLA, Mschl.

Euarne obligatella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 340, 354

(1890)1; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soe. Lond. 1891, 533, 547 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico '’.

48, TricHostiBas, Z.

As nothing has been recorded of the life-history of this genus,

I may remark that there are cocoons of Trichostibas fumosa, Z., in

the Museums of Oxford and Cambridge Universities. In the

Oxford Museum is a specimen of the imago with its cocoon and

pupa labelled “* Amazons, from pink cocoon—Bates ” (“ 193, 1893.

‘Wism.”). I am not aware that its food-plant is known, but the

cocoon is so remarkable that it is worth describing, if only in the

hope that collectors in the West Indies or elsewhere may breed

some of the species. The cocoon is of a pinkish-red colour, and is

formed of a network of stiff threads; it is almost kidney-shaped,

and at the anal extremity has a produced neck. Jt hangs free

from a long stiff thread about an inch and a half long, which

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 115

is attached to the side before the anterior end; this thread is here

trifureate, one strand going downwards, the other two strands

passing around the cocoon and uniting to form a loop at about

one-fourth’ from the anterior extremity. These three strands and

their stem appear to be spun first; the upper one probably passes

round the whole cocoon and is attached to the loop before men-

tioned, and on these as a foundation the cross-threads, which

traverse the cocoon obliquely, are probably spun, but this can only

be determined from observing the habits of the spinning larva.

In the Oxford Museum specimen the pupa is protruded from the

upper extremity between the loop, which makes it difficult to

understand for what purpose the neck at the anal extremity is

constructed. The cocoons of a species of T'richostibas are figured

hanging from branches in ‘The Standard Natural History,’

published by Cassino & Co., of Boston, Mass. I have only a

separate copy of the article “‘ Heterocera,” by Professor Fernald,

so I am unable to quote the volume—the “ Fig. 557.—Cocoons of

a Brazilian Tineid,” occurs on p. 438, but I cannot find that it is

noticed in the text. As Bates collected Zrichostibas fumosa on

the Amazons, there are probably specimens in the British Museum,

and if Walker described them he would be most likely to locate the

species in the Lithosiade.

145. TRICHOSTIBAS CALLIGHRA, Z.

Trichostibas calligera, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, XIII. 231-2

(1877)!; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soe. Lond. 1891, 533, 547 (1892) ”.

Hab. West Indies—Cusa’’’.

146. TRICHOSTIBAS OVATA, Z.

Trichostibas ovata, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 233 (1877) ';

Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 533, 547 (1892) ?.

Hab. West Indies—Cusa’’.

147. TRICHOSTIBAS SORDIDATA, Z.

Trichostibas sordidata, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 233-4

(1877); Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 534, 547 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—-Porrorico **.

148. TRICHOSTIBAS ? IOPHLEBIA, Z.

Trichostibas iophlema, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 228-9,

Pl. III. 69 (1877). Trichostibas ? iophlebia, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc.

Lond. 1891, 534, 547 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—AnrtitiEs '*.

149. TRICHOSTIBAS ? PALLIDICOSTELLA, sp. n.

Antenne blackish. Palpi short, slender, not projecting beyond

the face, apical joint as long as the second; black. Head and

thorax pale mouse-grey. Fore wings dark mouse-grey, the costa

whitish grey throughout; cilia whitish grey, shading to dark

116 LORD WALSINGHAM ON - [Jan. 19,

mouse-grey at the tornus. Underside unspotted, the pale costa

showing on the outer half. Hzp. al. 26mm. Hind wings leaden

grey ; cilia paler. Abdomen dark leaden grey. Legs dark leaden

grey, inclining to fuscous.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca (Coll. Ragonot).

This is not a true Trichostibas; it differs from the type in

having veins 4 and 5 of the hind wings connate and vein 2

recurved out of 3 instead of recurved out of the cell, but in the

absence of the ¢ I am unwilling to describe it as the type of a

new genus.

49. PARATIQUADRA, g. n.

(xapa: Tiquadra, nom. gen.)

Type, Paratiquadra forficulella, W\sm.

Antenne (3): ¢& serrate beneath, uniciliate ; rather stout.

Labial palpi rather short, projecting ; apical joint much shorter

than the second.

Maxillary palpi (broken ?).

Haustellum rather short.

Head smooth, slightly roughened posteriorly.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings: costa arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely

rounded. Neuration: 12 veins all separate, 7 to apex, 2 from near

angle of cell, with an internal vein from between 6 and 7 to

between 10 and 11.

Hind wings elongate ovate, evenly rounded from apex ; trans-

parent, iridescent; cilia short. Newration: 8 veins all separate,

2 from end of basal third of cell, 3 remote, 3 and 4 widely sepa-

rated, 4, 5, 6, and 7 almost parallel, but 5 is slightly curved

downwards ; an internal vein from between 5 and 6 to base.

Abdomen flat, hairy; anal claspers long and curved inwards

and upwards, somewhat resembling the analogous organs in the

For ficulide.

Legs smooth.

150. PARATIQUADRA FORFICULELLA, sp. n.

Antenne dark brownish fuscous. Palpi whitish grey. Head

whitish grey, face paler. Thorax pale fawn brownish. Fore

wings pale fawn brownish, a pale whitish-cinereous space along

the cell blending with the darker ground-colour towards the tornus,

and a similar pale space along the costa nearly to the apex; cilia

very pale fawn-brown. Underside pale fawn-brownish, with a large

subovate blackish patch extending along the outer half of the cell

at its upper edge nearly to the costa, and including the basal two-

thirds of veins 8 and 9 as well as the greater portion of vein 10

and the outer part of vein 11. Expl. al. 24 mm. Hind wings

transparent, iridescent, bluish grey, margined with a pale shade of

fawn-brown ; cilia pale fawn-brown. Abdomen clothed with pale

fod

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 117

fawn-brown hairs; anal claspers somewhat peculiar, long, curved

inwards and upwards in the form of two chitinous processes

resembling the analogous organs in the Forficulide. Legs pale

fawn-brown.

Type, & Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca (Coll. Ragonot).

. The dark patch on the underside of the fore wings is probably

a sexual character confined to the ¢.

50. Hyronomevuta, Ltr.

(+t Yrowourvra, Ltr. (1796); t{Hyronomeura, Sdf. (1837).]

151. HyPponNoMEUTA MAHALEBELLUS, Gn.

Yponomeuta mahalebella, Gn. Ind. Méth. 105-6 (1845). Hy-

ponomeuta mahalebellus, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 277. No. 1555

(1871)*. Yponomeuta mahalebella, Gn. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5 s.)

IX. 282 (1879)*. Hyponomeuta mahalebellus, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc.

Lond. 1891, 532, 547 (1892)*,

Hab. Evrore'*, Larva, Cerasus mahaleb'*. West Indies—

Cura *4,

152. HyponoMEUTA TRIANGULARIS, Mschl.

Hyponomeuta triangularis, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV.

339-40, 354 (1890)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 532, 547

(1892)°; Hdm. Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVII. 10 (1896) *,

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico }?; Sr. THomas, 17 III.

II, PLUTELLINZ.

51. Proreza, Schrk.

153. PLUTELLA CRUCIFERARUM, Z.

Plutella cruciferarum, Z. Stett. Ent. Ztg. IV. 281-3 (1848).

Plutella xylostella, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 281. No. 1626 (1871).

Plutella cruciferarum, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. 425. No. 1626 (1871), &e.

&e. Plutella xylostella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 341, 354

(1890)*. Plutella cruciferarum, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

518-9, 545 (1892) ?.

Hab. All regions. West Indies—Portorico **.

It is certainly remarkable that I should not have received

specimens of this cosmopolitan species from some of my corre-

spondents !

Ill. GLYPHIPTERY GINA.

52. DITRIGONOPHORA.

(cés=doubly ; rpiywvov=a triangle ; popetv =to carry.)

Type Ditrigonophora marmoreipennis, W|sm.

Antenne (broken).

Labial palpi somewhat longer than the head, slender at the

118 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

base, diverging outwards; apical joint shorter than second, both

triangularly clothed with appressed scales, giving a truncate

appearance.

Head densely clothed above and in front.

Fore wings with the costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen

oblique, dorsum straight. Newration: 12 veins all separate, 7 to

apex.

Pind wings as broad as the fore wings, somewhat trapezoidal.

Neuration : 7 veins all separate.

Abdomen somewhat flattened and laterally dilated.

Hind tibie somewhat hairy above and beneath.

This genus is founded upon the peculiar shape of the palpi,

which differ in form from those of all the genera of Micro-

Lepidoptera with which I am acquainted.

154. DirRIGONOPHORA MARMOREIPENNIS, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi silvery grey above, the second joint

shaded and the apical joint doubly barred beneath with brownish

fuscous. Head ochreous, mixed with brownish fuscous. Thorax

brownish fuscous, transversely banded with whitish. Fore wings

pale ochreous, thickly mottled with brownish fuscous, which is

separated into ill-defined spots and shades by slender silvery whitish

undulating lines ; a series of five or six slender silvery white oblique

costal streaks, the outer one of the series being in the middle of

an elongate brownish-fuscous patch, scarcely more than two-thirds

of the wing-length from the base; a slender blackish line, slightly

angulated at the apex, runs along the base of the greyish-ochreous

cilia.. Underside uniformly reddish grey. Hwpl. al. 5-7 mm.

Hind wings and cilia reddish grey. Underside uniformly reddish

grey. Abdomen reddish grey. Legs grey with white spurs, the

tarsi spotted with white.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grunava (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 15 II].—H. H. Smith). Two specimens.

These specimens were unfortunately almost destroyed by an

accident.

53. TrapreziopHora, Wlsm.

155. TRAPEZIOPHORA-GEMMULA, Wlsm.

Trapeziophora gemmula, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 530-1,

OF eh A bb. 7 (1802)".,

Hab. West Indies—Svr. Vincent *.

54, GuyPHipreryx, Hb.

= Aicuura, Tr. (nec auct.) ; = Ussara, Wkr.

Curtis, Br. Ent. IV. Pl. 152 (1827), figured and specified Pha-

lena linneella, Cl., as the type of Glyphipteryx. If he were quoting

Glyphipteryx trom Hiibner’s ‘ Verzeichniss,’ he must have been

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 1g

acquainted with that work very soon after its completion. If

“ Glyphipteryx, nob.” of Curtis were an independent creation, the

name could not stand, as it was already preoccupied by Hiibner ;

and if he were restricting Hiibner’s genus Glyphiptery«, his action

was inadmissible, for Glyphipteryx linneella, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm.

4101 (Hb. Tin. 436, Tort. 84), is bergstresserella, F. (Stgr. Cat.

2306), a totally different insect from linneella, L. and Crt. *Glyphi-

pteryx, Crt. (nec Hb.), must sink as a synonym of Chrysoclista, Stn.

156. GLYPHIPTERYX CAUDATELLA, Sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi slender; whitish. Head and

thorax shining olive-brown. Fore wings shining olive-brown, with

five short white costal streaklets ; the first two beyond the middle

oblique, tending to converge, emitting a steel-blue line running to

the tornus; the third small and straight; the fourth and fifth,

before the apex, tending to converge at their extremities, the outer

one of the two nearly meeting a short subapical white streak below

the dark ocellated apex, which contains a white spot within the

circular line running through the cilia and emitting a long uncate

dark apical streaklet ; on the middle of the dorsum is a conspicuous

white outwardly oblique cuneiform dash, its extremity slightly

curved over, and before the tornus is a much shorter one, straighter

and less conspicuous ; cilia pale greyish. wp. al.8 mm. Hind

wings and cilia greyish brown. Abdomen shining olive-brown.

Legs olive-brownish, tarsi spotted and tipped with whitish.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grunava (Chantilly Estate, 350 ft.; and

Balthazar, 250 ft., windward side, 13-20 1V.—H. H. Smith). Three

specimens.

157. GLYPHIPTERYX PARADISBA, sp. n.

Antenne brownish fuscous. Palpi smooth, slender, the second

joint about as long as the apical ; dirty whitish. Head and thorax

brownish fuscous. Fore wings brownish fuscous at the base, richly

ornamented beyond; with a broad triangular dorsal patch at one-

third, its apex reaching to the upper edge of the cell; a short

scarcely oblique steel-blue costal streak a little beyond it terminates

on the cell in a space shaded with orange ochreous, which colour

also intervenes between it and a second slightly inverted steel-blue

costal streak slightly beyond the middle—the upper extremities of

these streaks form white spots on the costa; from the middle of

the dorsum arises a longer steel-blue streak with lilac reflections,

its extremity equidistant between the ends of the costal streaks

above it; thence the ground-colour becomes dark greyish fuscous,

but is almost entirely superseded by a large brightly decorated

patch of black oceupymg the whole tornal angle—its upper portion

consisting of a steel-lilac spot, from which radiating lines of pale

ochreous dots traverse the black space, its lower portion with

three upright equidistant steel-lilac spots, the first larger than the

other two; crossing the apical portion is a strong steel-blue streak

120 ; LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

reaching the subapical incision on the termen, its costal extremity

forming a white spot ; beyond it, just before the extreme apex, is

an outwardly oblique cuneiform white spot; cilia eneous, with a

white spot at the incision. Exp. al. 9-10 mm. Hind wings dark

brown, inclining to fuscous; cilia pale grey. Abdomen brownish

grey. Legs greyish, with pale tarsal spots.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grunapa (La Force Estate, 350 ft.; and

Balthazar, 250 ft.,windward side, 151V.-5 V.—H. H. Smith). Four

specimens.

55. Brenvruta, Clem.

158. BRENTHIA PAVONACELLA, Clem.

Brenthia pavonacella, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. XII. 172

(1860)*; Stn. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XII. 434 (1860)?; Wkr.

Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXX. &44 (1864)*; Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. vii,

37, 41, 1384-5 (1872)*; Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXV. 323-4

(1875)°: Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 174 (1877)°. Brenthia

pavonicella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 132 (1878)7.

Brenthia pavonacella, Chamb. Can. Ent X. 76-7 (1878) °; Mschl.

Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 335, 354 (1890)°; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc.

Lond. 1891, 529, 547 (1892) ”°.

Hab. Unirnep Staves (Pennsylvania, Texas, Kentucky) ‘7°,

VI.-VIIl****. Larva, Amphicarpwa monoica, VIVII., IX.*

Panama—Chiriqui®’’’. West Indies—(AnvILLES?*), Porvo-

nico. Brag 72:

56. Gauris, Hb.

159. GauvRIS BIFERANA, Wkr.

n. syn. = Testis, F, & R.; n. syn. =conrvBerwazis, Z.

Gauris biferana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 418 (1863)'.

Gauris tristis, F. & R. Reise Nov., Lep. Pl. 1388. 15 (1875)?.

Simaethis contubernalis, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 175-6,

Pl. Il. 63 (1877)*. Gauris biferana, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 529, 546 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies °—San Dominco"*, Brazit (Amazons) ’.

160. GAURIS RIMULALIS, Z.

Simaethis rimulalis, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXV. 321

(1875)*: Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 174-5, Pl. I]. 62 (1877)?.

Gauris rimulalis, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 529, 546 (1892) *.

Simaethis rimulalis, Hdm, Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVIL. 10 (1896) *.

Hab. West Indies—Cuna?*; Sr. Toomas?**, 10 IV.

57. Torryra, Wkr.

Tortyra, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 510 (1863).

= Cuorzer (Z.), F. & R. Reise Noy., Lp. expl. Pl. 140 (1875);

Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 191-2 (1877).

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LUPIDOPTERA. 121

161. Torryrs AURIFERALIS, Wkr.

= 4avrorascrana, Snell.’; =zenrra, Z."

Tortyra auriferalis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXVIII. 510-11

(1863)". Stmaethis aurofasciana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XVIII. 73,

74-6, PI. VI. 7 (1875)*. Simacthis (Chordates) aurofasciana, Snell.

Tijd. v. Ent. XX. 48-9 (1876)*. Choregia ignita, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent.

Ross. XIII. 195-6 (1877) *. Choregia (Simaethis) aurofasciana,

Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XXVIII. 15 (1885)°. Choregia aurofasciana,

Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 335, 354 (1890)°. Tortyra

auriferalis, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 528-9, 546 (1892) 7

Hdm. Stett. Ent. Ztg. LVIL. 10 (1896) *.

Hab, West Indies—Cvusa*” ; San Domtnco'" ; Portorico *’" ;

Sr. Crorx *, 22 XT. ote aa Sr. Martin? 7; Sr. VIncENT’.

[In my last paper (Ul. c. No. 7, 529) 1 suggested that Choregia

fulgens, F. & R., was srolially a variety. It may therefore be

advisable to put on record an account of the life-history of that

species. In the Oxford Museum are two specimens of fulgens with

the following label attached :—

* Arica, Peru, Kenderdine. Flying in sun about low fig-trees.

Larva in the young shoots of the-fig tree, where it changes,

spinning a strong white silken cocoon. It is of a dull brownish-

red colour with the feet [black ?| and a row of small black dots on

each segment, from each of which issues a fine hair.”

This note ought to enable collectors in the West Indies to

breed auriferalis, Wkr., and to prove whether it is distinct or a

variety of fulgens.

VIII. TORTRICIDA.

I. OLETHREUTINE, Ub.

= Oreruervrs, Hb. ; = Grapnorruis, Fern. ; = Eprere-

uipz, Meyr.; = Oxrerarevrinz, Wlsm. (emend.).

58. Bacrra, Stph.

=§Arpuetra, Stph.; =Leprza, Gn.

162. Bacrra LANCEOLANA,

Tortrix lancealana, Hb. Sammi. Eur. Schm. VII. (Tort.) Pl.

XIII. 80 (1800)?. Ancylis lanceolana, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 376.

No. 3614 (1826)?. Aphelia lanceolanc, Ster. & Wk. Cat. Lp.

Hur. 251. No. 1006 (1871)°*, &c. Bactra lanceolanc, Fern. Tr.

Am. Ent. Soc. X. 28-9. No. 163 (1882)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soe.

Lond. 1891, 501, 543 (1892)’.

Hab, Europr*’’, Arrica’®, Asta *®, AUSTRALIA ®, New ZeaLAND’,

Unitep Sratus**, West Indies—Sz. THOMAS, 22-30 IIL (Hede-

mann); St. Vincent’; GRENADA (windward side—Balthazar,

250 ft., La Force Estate, 350 ft., and Grand Etang, 1900 ft.,

122 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

1 IV.-30 V.; leeward side—Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft., 25-30

VIIL—H. H. Smith). 8S. America.

Ihave not thought it necessary to give the full synonymy of

this widely distributed species.

59. Enarmonta, Hb.

Type, Tortria weberiana, Schiff. (Steph. 1839).

163, ENARMONIA JAMAICANA, sp. n.

Antenne shortly biciliate, and serrate towards the apex;

cinereous. Palpi porrect, extending nearly the length of the head

beyond it; pale cinereous, with a darker shade beneath the second

and third joints. Head dirty fawn whitish. T'horaw dull cinereous,

speckled and blotched with hoary whitish. ore wings dull

cinereous, speckled and blotched with hoary whitish; a basal

patch, extending a little beyond one-third, throws out an acutely

angulated projection above the fold, almost bisecting an outwardly

angulated dirty-whitish median fascia, which is separated from the

terminal portion of the wing by an angulated band of the same

darker ground-colour as the basal patch ; this band commences

about the middle of the costa in one of a series of about twelve

outwardly oblique costal streaks, it is produced and dilated out-

wards to the end of the cell, whence it is abruptly bent back to

the dorsum, becoming wider in its descent; this is bounded

outwardly by a shining silvery whitish line, especially marked

before the ocelloid patch, which contains six or seven black

transverse lines, and is also terminated on its outer edge by a

narrow, shining, silvery band; on the apical portion of the costa

a series of pale lines between the dark costal streaks assume a

silvery hue, and one of them is produced to the termen below the

apex, and at the extreme apex is a dark spot, corresponding in

colour with the costal streaklets; cilia mottled greyish cinereous.

Exp. al. 14mm. Hind wings pale greyish brown; cilia whitish

cinereous. Abdomen and legs pale cinereous.

Type, 6 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Kingston, V1.—-Cockerell).

Unique.

This species appears to be nearly allied to Grapholitha duo-

decemstriata, Wlsm., but is somewhat smaller and has a more

pronounced basal patch and fewer dark lines in the ocelloid patch.

60. Epistuus, Wlsm.

Epistmus, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 501-2, Pl. XLI. 3 a—d

(1892).

The following addition should be made to my description of this

genus :—

Thorax smooth; ¢d and @ with an expansible hair-pencil

(arising from a point near the head) below the base of the fore

wing. When not expanded this hair-pencil is appressed to the

1897. ] WHST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 123

side of the thorax beneath the wing and may easily be overlooked,

but when spread out it is very noticeable, appearing like thistle-

down at the base of the costa. The occurrence of this character in

both sexes may suggest a different train of thought to those who

have enunciated various theories to account for the functional

utility of such structures hitherto observed in the male sex only.

This observation is founded on the examination of many speci-

mens belonging to several described and undescribed Transatlantic

species.

164. EprsIMus TRANSFERRANUS, Wkr.

[TRANSFERRANUS, Wkr.+TRANSFERRANUS, Wkr.

Carpocapsa transferrana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 398 (1863).

Episimus transferrana, W\sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 502, 543 (1892) *.

Hab, Braziy (ga) * ?.]

TRANSFERRANUS, Wkr.+ VINCcENTANUS, Wlsm.

Episimus transferrana, Wkr. + vincentana, Wlsm. Pr. Z. S.

Lond. 1891, 502, 543, Pl. XLT. 3 (1892) °.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

165, EPIsIMUS AUGMENTANUS, Z.

Grapholitha (Hedya) eugmentana, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII.

160-1 (1877)'. Episimus augmentana, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 502, 548 (1892) ’.

Hab. West Indies—Cupa’?; Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft.,

windward side, 20 LY.—H. H. Smith).

166, EPIsIMUS NESIOTES, sp. n.

Antenne: ¢, stout, slightly pubescent; bone-colour, with a

rufous tinge towards the base. Palp: somewhat club-shaped, the

apical joint scarcely visible; bone-white on their inner sides,

rufous externally. Head reddish ochreous; face rufous, a trans-

verse whitish band between the eyes. 'horaw whitish, anteriorly

margined with reddish brown. Fore wings mottled with reddish

brown and bone-white with some admixture of bluish grey; the

bone-white is especially noticeable in a large elongate dorsal patch

extending to the fold, transversely barred and thus almost oblite-

rated on the basal half; it is also noticeable in a series of short

outwardly oblique costal streaks, and at the outer end of the cell

in an inwardly curved line of which the lower extremity reaches

the upper angle of the somewhat indistinct ocelloid patch (con-

taining two black dots set im rosy-white preceded by a steel-grey

shade) ; some oblique slender steel-grey lines extend outwards from

the lower extremities of the pale costal streaks: cilia reddish

brown mixed with bone-grey. wp. al. d 14 mm., 2? 17 mm.

Hind wings shining brownish grey, with somewhat paler cilia.

Abdomen brownish grey. Legs bone-whitish.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

124 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

Hab. West Indies—Svr. Croix, 4 V.-15 VI. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann, Pontoppidan).

“ Die 16-fiissige Raupe lebt auf Huphorbia huperifolia zwischen

zasammengesponnenen Bliittern; sie ist cylindrisch, zwischen den

Leibsegmenten stark eingeschniirt, die Grundfarbe gelbgriin, aut

dem ersten Segment mit vier kleinen rothen Punkten, auf allen

iibrigen Segmenten je ein rother Giirtel ringsum das Segment in

welchem die rothen Punkte etwas dunkler erscheinen und mit

feinen Haaren besetzt; Kopf herzférmig, gelbbraun, die Mund-

theile etwas dunkler ; Fiisse und Aftersegment unbezeichnet.”

(Gudmann.)

Closely allied to argutanus, Clem., but differing in the distinctly

apparent dorsal patch and in its paler hind wings.

167. EpIsIMus ARGUTANUS, Clem.

= arturana, ZL."

Bactra? argutana, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. XII. 358 (1860) *.

Grapholitha (Hedya) allutana, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXV.

295-6, Pl. IX. 27 (1875)*. Bactra? argutana, Pack. U.S. Dept.

Intr. (Ent. Com.), Bull. VII. 69 (1881) *. Semasia aryutana, Fern.

Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 45. No. 319 (1882)*. Buctra? argutana,

Pack. U.S. Dept. Agr., Rp. V. 282 (1890) °. Semasia argutana,

Pack. U.S. Dept. Agr., Rp. V. 668 (1890)*°; Mft. Can. Ent.

XXIII. 168 (1891).

Hab. Canava’; Unirup Staves **, 9-26 VII.’ Larva, Hama-

melis virginica’*°; Rhus glabra’*”°; Crategus tomentosa*” ;

Ulmus**°. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 4 V.-15 VI. (Hedemann,

Pontoppidan); St. THomas, 18 ILI. (larva Huphorbia sp.?, Gud-

mann); Sv. Lucta (Point Michell, 25 V.) ; Grenapa (Balthazar,

250 ft., windward side, 15-27 IV.—H. H. Smith).

Mr. Gudmann’s specimen is labelled as bred, but the name of

the food-plant is not indicated. Baron von Hedemann intorms

me that it was bred from a species of Euphorbia, but his note may

possibly have referred to nesiotes.

168. EpIsIMUS SUBMICANS, sp. n.

Antenne fawn-brown. Palpi rough, apical joint depressed,

short, partly concealed; greyish-fawn. Head fawn-ochreous,

Thorax fawn-brown ; underside shining silvery white. Fore wings

whitish cinereous, mottled and blotched with umber-brown mixed

with fuscous; basal patch scarcely indicated, but traceable by two

dark costal spots with smaller ones between them, by a small dark

umber-brown patch resting on the fold, and by another nearer to

the base beneath the fold; a broad triangular costal patch com-

mencing before and extending beyond the middle is composed of

dark umber-brown with fuscous lines running through it, a band

of rather shining steel-grey dividing it into two parts obliquely,

this patch is diffused and produced irregularly to the fold, above

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 125

which it is somewhat dilated ; the apical portion of the wing con-

tains two umber-brown costal streaks, the first of which sends out

a narrow chestnut-brown line to the termen beneath the apex. the

apex itself being dark umber-brown mixed with fuscous scales ; an

obliquely ascending patch of the same colour, also narrowly dark-

margined, rests at its base on the lower half of the termen; an

umber-brown patch within the tornus is preceded and followed by

a silvery-grey space; cilia rich chestnut-brown along their base,

their extremities bemg dark fuscous. wp. al. 14-16 mm. Hind

wings greyish brown; cilia paler, shaded along their base. Abdo-

men greyish brown. Legs whitish cinereous; hind tibie with a

tuft of hairs beneath (on their inner sides, along their anterior

half); middle femora shining white.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 15 III.-20 IV.: nine specimens.—H. H. Smith).

This species varies considerably in the colour of the fore wings,

in some specimens assuming a rich reddish brown (almost ferru-

ginous) tint, the thorax matching the colour of the basal half of

the wing.

61. CacocHaris, Wlsm.

169. CAcocHARIS ALBIMACULA, Wlsm.

Cacocharis albimacula, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond, 1891, 503-4,

543, Pl. XLI. 4 (1892)'.

Hab. Braztu* (Ceara, VIIT.—Leech, Mus. Wlsm.). West Indies

—St. Vincent '.

62. Ancyiis, Hb.

= Puyoxorreris, Tr.; = Pxoxorrrerry, Sdf.

170. ANCYLIS VIRTDIDORSANA, Mschl.

Phoxopteryx virididorsana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 334,

354 (1890)*. Phowopteris virididorsana, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 504, 543 (1892)°.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico*’.

63. Tutopta, Hb.

Type, Tortriz citrana, Hb. (Stph.).

Turop1a, Hb. Verz. bek. Sch. 391 (1826); Stph. List Br. An.

B.M. X. Lp. 63 (1852).

= *Crpra (Hb. partim), Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 482-3 (1895) (nce

Stph.).

= Semasra, Steger. & Wk. Cat. (partim); Fern.

Hiibner proposed Vhiodia for his two species citrana and

sulphurana (=rhododendronalis, Dp.); and Stephens in 1852 cen-

stituted citrana the type. The name Cydia cannot be employed

for this genus, as its type is Tinea pomonella, L. (vide p. 130).

126 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

171. THIODIA AUTOCHTHONES, sp. 0.

Antenne and palpi mouse-grey, the latter slightly paler. Head

and thoruw mouse-grey. Fore wings mouse-grey, with a series of

oblique geminated white-grey costal streaks terminating in an

inverted spot of the same colour before the apex; on the outer

half these streaks are produced outwards in leaden-grey lines

extending to the margin of the ochreous ocellated patch, which is

bounded by a leaden-grey patch on its inner side, and on its outer

by a less wide white-grey subovate spot lying between it and the

termen, which is also ochreous throughout bounded by a slender

dark line at the base of the cilia, which are slightly indented

below the apex ; the ocelloid patch contains two black dots ; about

the middle of the dorsum arises an inconspicuous leaden-grey

patch, and the surface of the wing between the markings above

described is minutely speckled with ochreous and fuscous scales ;

cilia shining leaden grey. Zap.al.8 mm. Hind wings brownish

grey, with a slight greenish iridescence in certain lights; cilia

whitish grey, divided by a slight shade-line near their base.

Abdomen leaden grey, with two darker cross-bands near the base ;

anal tuft paler. Legs shining leaden grey.

Type, ¢ Mus. Hedemanun; 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 30 1V.—27 V. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann, Pontoppidan); Sr. THomas, 10-18 IV. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Six specimens.

64. Euvcosma, Hb.

Type, Hucosma circulana, Hb.

Eucosma, Hb. Zutr. II. 28. figs. 363-4 (1823): Verz. bek.

Schm. 374 (1826); Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 423

(1863) [nec Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 457-8 (1895)]; = Cazzruoseua,

Clem. Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil. V. 140-1. fig. 9 (1865).

= Errerema, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 375-6 (1826); Stph. Ill.

Br. Ent., Haust. IV. 92-3 (1834), 418 (1835): List Br. An.

B.M., X. Lp. 46-7 (1852); Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 490 (1895).

Type, Tinea fenella, L. (Stph.).

=Pazpisca, Tr. Schm. Eur. VIII. 188 (1830); Dp. Hist.

Nat. Lp. Fr. IX. 22-3 (1834); Hein.; Steger. & Wk.; Fern. &c.

Type, Tortrix solandriana, L. (Dp.).

172. EvcosmMa LONGIPALPANA, Mschl.

Grapholitha (Pedisca) longipalpana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat.

Ges. XV. 333, 354 (1890)*. Peedisca longipalpana, Wlsm. Pr.

Z. Soe. Lond. 1891, 506, 544 (1892)?.

Hab, West Indies—Porrtorico *’*.

173. EucosmMa stRENvANA, Wkr.

= exvacana, Wkr.’; =rravocerzava, Clem.*; =svBver-

saw, Z.°

Grapholita strenuana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 383

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 127

(1863)'. Grapholita exvagana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII.

383-4 (1863) ”. Steganoptycha flavocellana, Clem. Pr. Ent. Soc.

Phil. V. 138 (1865)*. Grapholitha subversana, Z. Verh. z.~b. Ges.

Wien, XXY. 318-9 (1875) *. Pedisca strenuana, Wism. Ill. Lp.

Het. B.M. IV. 52, Pl. LX XII. 4 (1879)°; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent.

Soe. X. 40. No. 278 (1882) *.

Had. Norra America’? °—Untrep Starses**°, 27 VI-

3 VIL. [larva, Ambrosia®]. West Indies—San Dominco (Puerto

Plata, 16 V.— Gudmann).

65. CrocrposEMa, Z.

174. CROCIDOSEMA PLEBEIANA, Z.

=arrHEana, Mn.”; (=xavarerawa, Mill.*; =Prerzeet-

wawd, Mschl. *).

Crocidosema plebejana, Z. Is. 1847, 721-2". Penthina altheana,

Mn. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, V. 555-6 (1855)*. Grapholitha

altheana, Ld. Wien. Ent. Mts. IIT. 343 (1859)°. Crocidosema ple-

bejana, Ld. Wien. Ent. Mts. ILL. 367 (1859) *. Peedisca lavaterana,

Mill. Ic. I. 290-3, Pl. XXXIV. 9-13 (1863)°. Steganoptycha

altheana, Hein. Schm. Deutsch. Tort. 241 (1863) °. Grapholitha

pereyrinana, Mschl. Berl. Ent. Zts. X. 1389-40 (1866)". Stegano-

ptycha altheana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. 260. No. 1221 (1871)*. Croci-

dosema plebejana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. 263. No. 1269 (1871)?.

Steganoptycha altheana, Mill. Cat. Lp. Alp. Mar. 290 (1875)”™.

Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. III. 191. No. 1221 (1879)". Croci-

dosema plebeiana, Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. N.S.W. VI. 659-60 (1881) ”.

Steganoptycha altheana, M.-P. & F.-T. Nat. Sic. VIII. 158

(1889)*%. Orocidosema plebeiana, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

506, 544 (1892); Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. LXIII. 221. No. 1221

(1894).

Hab. Evrorn*” [larva, Althea rosea ; Lavatera arborea

122 TX.—I1."; Imago, 1.-V.", 1X.”*]. Austratia, XII.-IIL,

VIL“. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 5-31 V. (Hedemann, Pontop-

pidan); Sv. THomas, 18-23 III. (Gudmann); Sr. Vincent” ;

GRENADA (windward side—Balthazar, 250 ft., La Force Estate,

350 ft., and Chantilly Estate, 350 ft., 30 III-4 V.; leeward

side—Mount Gay Estate, 300 ft., 1-5 X., H. H. Smith). Bred by

Mr. Gudmann, but the plant not identified. Braztm“; Prru™;

ARGENTINE REPUBLIC ™.

2,6,11,12

66. STREPSICRATES, Meyr.

§ Srrzpsrceros, Meyr. Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. VI. 678-9

(1882). Srrepsicrares, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. XX. 73 (1887).

175. STREPSICRATES SMITHIANA, Wlsm.

Strepsicrates smithiana, W\sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 506-7,

544 (1892)

Hab. West Indies— St. Croix, 9 V. (Hedemann); Dominica”;

128 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

Sr. Lucra (Point Michell, Castle Bruce, 15 II., 30 IX.) ; Sr. Vin-

cent!; GRENADA (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward side, 5-20 IV.—

H. H, Smith).

Baron von Hedemann observes that this species was bred

by Mr. Gudmann, but does not mention the name of the plant.

No specimen was included in the collection sent to me by

Mr. Gudmann.

67. BALBIS, g. n.

(BadPis=a starting point.)

Type, Carpocupsa assumptana, Wkr.

Antenne less than 3, stout, simple.

Palpi porrect ; second joint slightly curved, moderately clothed ;

apical joint blunt, exposed, projecting forward.

Haustellum short.

Head roughly clothed above.

Thorax smooth, with hair-pencil arising beneath base of costa

(appressed to side, but probably expansible, as in Epzsimus).

Fore wings, 3 without a costal fold; costa slightly arched at base,

somewhat straight beyond, thence rounded to the depressed apex,

termen not sinuate, tornus rounded. Newration: 12 veins, all

separate; 2 from before three-fourths, 7 to termen.

Hind wings evenly rounded, not sinuate beneath apex. Neura-

tion: 8 veins; 6 and 7 remote at origin, parallel ; 8 approximated

to radius: 3 and 4 connate; 5 almost straight, but somewhat

approximated to 4.

Legs, hind tibice smooth.

Agreeing with Dichrorampha and Lipoptycha in having 6 and 7

of the hind wings parallel, but differing in the palpi and in the

unsinuate termen, and probably intermediate between these

genera and Laspeyresia, Hb. (= Grapholitha, HS.).

176. Bapis assumprana, Wkr.

Carpocapsa assumptana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII.

406 (1863) }.

Hab. Braztu (Ega)'. West Indies—Grenapa (Grand Etang,

1900 ft., windward side, 30 V.—H. H. Smith).

177. BALBIS ALBICAPITANA, Wlsm.

Coptoloma ? albicapitana, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 505-6,

544 (1892)'.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

178. Baers? Livens, Wl1sm.

Grapholitha livens, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 504-5, 543

(1892)’.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

This species is probably rightly referred, to this genus, but the

type was headless when received.

1897. | WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 129

179. BALBIS FIGURANA, Z.

Grapholitha (Coptoloma?) figurana, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.

XIII. 163-5, Pl. Il. 55 (1877)'. Coptoloma ? figurana, W1sm.

Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 505, 544 (1892)”°.

Hab. West Indies—St. THomas'*, 17 XII.', 18 IV. (one

specimen, Gudmann).

180. Batets? pxcrrana, Mschl.

Grapholitha excitana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 333-4,

354 (1891)'. Grapholitha? excitana, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 505, 543 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico'*.

Iam unacquainted with this species, but it probably belongs

here, as the genus to which Méschler referred it does not appear

to occur in the West Indies.

68. Eucrnis, Hb.

Type, Pyralis aurana, F. (Hb.).

Evcetis, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 394 (1826) ;= Trycueris, Gn.

Ind. Méth. 56 (1845), vide Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895,

516-7.

=*Eprnoria, Meyr. (nec Hb.) HB. Br. Lp. 516 (1895).

In 1834 Stephens constituted Pedisca simulana, Hb., the type

of Epinotia, and Meyrick’s genus does not contain any of Hiibner’s

types.

181. EvcEris ? LUSTROMARGINATA, Sp. Nn.

Antenne stone-grey. Head and palpi stone-ochreous. Fore

wings stone-colour, transversely striated with brownish fuscous,

giving the whole wing a speckled and streaked appearance; among

many more slender lines two may be especially distinguished,

although both broken and ill-defined, the first commencing on the

costa at one-third from the base, angulated outwards above the

middle and reverting to the dorsum almost at a right angle ; the

second commencing on the middle of the costa, also outwardly

rectangular above the middle, nearly parallel with the first, but

slightly diverging toward the dorsum, which it reaches before the

commencement of the cilia ; between these lines is a lustrous steel-

erey sheen above the middle; a series of geminated white

streaklets along the costa, with some lustrous lines and a row

of 4 or 5 black spots along the termen, the upper one being at the

apex ; cilia shining steel-grey. Hwp.al.9 mm. Hind wings greyish

fuscous, strongly iridescent in certain lights; cilia shining steel-

erey. (Underside of both wings brilliantly iridescent.) Abdomen

grey. Legs greyish.

Type, 2 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—St. Crorx, 4 V. (Hedemann). Unique.

In the absence of the male this species cannot be referred with

certainty to the genus Zucelis, and it differs from the type in

having veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings coincident.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. IX. 9

130 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

69. Cypta, Hb.

Type, Tinea pomonella, L. (Stph.).

Cyp1a, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 375 (1826); Stph. Il. Br. Ent.,

Haust. IV. 119 (1834), 418 (1835).

= Carpocapsa, Tr. Schm. Eur. VII. 231 (1829); Hein.; Stgr.

& Wk. Cat.; Meyr. &c.

Hiibner proposed the genus Cydia for the three species—

pomonella, L. (=pomonana, Hb.), aspidiscana, Hb., and hohen-

wartiana (Schiff.), Tr. (=monetulana, Hb.). Treitschke (Schm.

Eur. VIL. 231 [1829]}) placed pomonella in his genus Carpocapsa,

and (Ll. ¢. 232) aspidiscana and hohenwartiana in Grapholitha, Tr.

One .of these two genera must fall as a synonym of Cydia.

Stephens (Ill. Br. Ent., Haust. IV. 119 [1834]), writing under the

heading Carpocapsa, said :—‘ The three first species ” (i.e. pomo-

nella, splendana, and grossana) “form the true Carpocapse of

Treitschke—Cydia of Hiibner.” The only species common to

Hiibner and Stephens, and which consequently was regarded as

Hiibner’s type, is pomonella, L. Stephens [I. c. 119-20 (1834),

418 (1835)] under Cydia includes both pomonella and aspidiscana ;

but he had already indicated that he did not regard aspidiscana as

the type, and in List Br. An. B.M. X. Lp. 54 (1852), pomonella

appears as the sole type of Cydia, the subsequent reference of

aspidiscana to Cydia (1. ¢. 93) is ruled out, pomonella having

already been constituted the type.

182. CyDIA? FLAVICOLLIS, sp. n.

Antenne stone-grey. Palpi projecting slightly beyond the head.

of uniform thickness throughout, the second joint not brush-like ;

eanary-yellow. Head and face canary-yellow. Thorawx stone-grey,

anteriorly with a lilac iridescence extending over the tegule.

Fore wings stone-grey, with a slight lilac tinge along the costa

nearly to its middle, beyond the middle obliquely banded with

tawny fuscous and white, the latter appearing in about six wedge-

shaped streaks of which the outer one is curved to the termen,

reaching a slight indentation below the apex; an elongate tawny

fuscous patch stands erect a little beyond the middle of the dorsum,

its inner edge pale-margined ; it is terminated at its upper

extremity by two short ochreous lines, which separate it at the

upper edge of the cell from the first oblique costal shade; beyond

this erect patch the lower two-thirds of the wing-surface are

transversely streaked with silvery metallic, preceding a triangular

patch of reddish ferruginous, extending upwards from the tornus

along the termen, and slightly tinging the extreme apex; cilia

shining silvery-grey. Underside strongly iridescent, with tive

white costal streaks showing through. vp. al. 15 mm. Hind

wings brownish fuscous ; cilia pale bluish grey. Underside strongly

iridescent. Abdomen dark leaden grey. Legs bone-whitish, tarsal

joints banded with fuscous,

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 131

Type, 2 Mus. Hedemann. .

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 9 III. (Hedemann). Unique.

Though I have little doubt that this species belongs to the genus

Cydia, it cannot be referred there with certainty in the absence

of the male.

70. Hetremocera, Wlsm.

183. HELIGMOCERA CALVIFRONS, Wlsm.

Heligmocera calvifrons, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 508, 544,

Pl. XLI. 5 a-d (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincenr'; Grenapa (Balthazar,

250 ft., windward side, 15 IIT.-8 V.—H. H. Smith).

Il. TORTRICINA.

71. OxyerapHa, Hb.

§ Perowea, Crt. Br. Ent. I. expl. Pl. XVI. (1825). Type, Pyralis

eristana, ¥. (Crt.).

+ OxrerapPHa, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 386 (1826). Type, Tortrix

literana, L. (Hb.).

tOxyerapua, Wilk. Br. Tortr. 160 (1859).

Trras, Hein.; Stgr. & Wk. Cat.; Fern. &c. (nec Tr.+ Dp.).

Acai, Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 519-20 (1895) (nee Hb.+Stph.).

Peronea, Crt., is the oldest name for the genus, but it is too

close to Peroncea, Poli, 1795. Oaigrapha, Hb. (corrected to

Oxygrapha by Wilkinson), was monotypical from its publication,

and should therefore be chosen in preference to any otber name

proposed for species of this genus by Hiibner. eras, Tr., is

synonymous with Ihacodia, Hb., its type being caudana, F.,

following Curtis (1831) and Duponchel (1834), the latter citing the

type. The type of Acalla, Hb., was fixed as Tortriw opththalmi-

cana, Hb. (a Pedisca), by Stephens in 1834 (vide Ill. TV. 141).

The three following species differ from the type in having 3 and

4 of the fore wings stalked and 3 and 4 of the hind wings coin-

cident; at present I am unwilling to separate them generically

from Oxygrapha.

184. OxYGRAPHA NEGANS, sp. 0.

Antenne brownish. Palpi short, suberect, apical joint exposed,

second joint loosely clothed ; rusty brownish. Head rust-brown.

Thoraw olive-grey with a greenish tinge. Fore wings olive-grey

with a greenish tinge, the costa shining pale bronzy-brown

throughout, the termen and cilia the same; an oblique series of

raised fuscous scales extends from the costa before the middle in

a slightly outwardly bowed line towards the middle of the dorsum ;

this is followed beyond the middle by ill-defined, scarcely visible,

parallel lines of pale brown (not iridescent, but appearing only in

certain lights). Hap.al.16 mm. Hind wings trapezoidal ; umber-

brown, with a pale line along the base of the manber-brown cilia,

132 LORD WAISINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

which are grey on their outer half. Abdomen umber-brown. Legs

cinereous.

Type, 2 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Havyrr (Port-au-Prince, 22 V.—Gudmann).

One specimen.

185. OxyGRAPHA MONOCHROMA, sp. 0.

Antenne fuscous. Palpi suberect, apical joint exposed ; reddish

brown, slightly paler than the colour of the head. Head reddish

brown. Thoraa brownish fuscous: underside pale cinereous.

Fore wings reddish brown, with slightly paler mottlings on the

outer half, and a slight shining greyish shade preceded by a

slender ferruginous line before the termen; cilia reddish brown.

Exp. al. 12 mm. Hind wings dark fuscous. Abdomen dark

fuscous : underside pale cinereous. Legs cinereous shaded with

fuscous.

Type, ¢ Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Hayri (Port-au-Prince, 22-24 V.—Gud-

mann). Two specimens.

186. OXYGRAPHA ROTUNDIPENNIS, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi projecting less than the length of

the head beyond it; dusky cinereous. Head cinereous. Thorax

tawny cinereous. Fore wings abruptly arched near the base, of

approximately even width throughout, the apex and termen

evenly rounded, the costa roughened from hase to apex; tawny

reddish, with a faintly indicated oblique greyish-fuscous shade

from before the middle of the costa, extending to the lower edge

of the cell; a similar curved shade before the apex ; waved lines

of sublustrous scales are visible on the outer half of the wing in

certain lights; a small black dot at the end of the cell; cilia

shining reddish grey. Exp. al.d 10,211 mm. Hind wings

trapezoidal ; greyish fuscous ; cilia very long and slightly paler.

Abdomen greyish fuscous. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, 3 Mus. W1sm.; 2 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. THomas, 8-22 II]. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Three specimens,

“The larva feeds on Acacia arabica, joining two leaves together,

between which it lives as in a sort of case ” (Hedemann).

In the male the colour of the fore wings is dull fawn ochreous,

the tawny gloss almost entirely confined to the two darker

markings, which are much more conspicuous than in the female.

The antenne are slightly serrate and pubescent beneath.

72. Aprnoeiossa, Mschl. & Saalm.

187. APrNoGLossa CoMBURANA, Mschl.

Apinoglossa comburana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XY. 331,

354 (1894); Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 496, 543 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Portorico’?,

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 133

73. Tortrix, L.

188. Torrrix 2 EFF@TANA, Mschl.

Tortrix effetana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 330, 354

(1890). Tortria? effetana, W1sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 497,

543 (1892)?.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico'*.

189. Tortrrix? mnsienrtTana, Mschl.

Tortrix insignitana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 330-1,

354 (1890)'. Tortrix? insignitana, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond.

1891, 497, 543 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Portorico '”,

74. Arcures, Hb.

Type, Tortria piceana, L. (Hb.).

Arcuips, Hb. Tent. (1806).

=Cacacra, Hb. Verz. bek. Schm. 388 (1826); Hein., Ster. &

Wk., Fern., Meyr., &c.

190. ARCHIPS JAMAICANA, Wkr.

Teras jamaicana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 291

(1863). Cacecia jamaicana, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 497,

443 (1892) ?.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca’”’.

75. PrycHamMorspia, Wlsm.

191. PrycHAMORBIA CATENANA, Wlsm.

Ptychamorbia catenana, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 498-9,

543 (1892)}.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent!; Grunava (La Force Estate,

350 ft., windward side, 5 V.—H. H. Smith). Brazit—Espiritu

Santo’, Santa Catherina (JZus. Wlsm.).

The specimen from Grenada is a male, and confirms my con-

jecture that it would only possess eleven veins in the fore wings.

It differs, however, from ewustana in not having a mat of scales on

the basal portion of the antenne. I have also received both sexes

from Santa Catherina.

76. CERATORRHINETA, Z.

(7 Crrorruivera, Z.; {CERATORRHINETA, Wlsm.)

192. CERATORRHINETA CALIDANA, Z.

Cerorrhineta calidana, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 116-7

(1877). Ceratorrhineta calidana, W\sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

500, 548, Pl. XLI. 2 a—e (1892) %.

Hab. West Indies—Cvupa °°.

134 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

77. Puatynora, Clem.

193. PLATYNOTA FLAVEDANA, Clem.

=concvrsava, Wkr.*°; =xarerana, Rbs.’

Platynota flavedana, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. XII. 348

(1860). Lortrix concursana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIIL

324-5 (1863). Tortriv flavedana, Rbs. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. II.

278, Pl. VI. 55, 3 (1869)*. Tortriv laterana, Rbs. Tr. Am. Ent.

Soe. I]. 278, Pl. V1.56, 9 (1869)*. Tortria (Platynota) flavedana,

Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXV. 236-7 (1875)°. Platynota

jflavedana, Wism. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. B.M. IV. 11 (1879)°; Fern.

Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 22. No. 113 (1882)7; Pack. U.S. Dept. Agr.,

Rp. V. 425, 651 (1890) *.

Hab. Unrrep Srares'®, 15-18 VII.* [Larva, Clover’, Rosa’,

Sassafras officinale’’*, Acer7’*|. West Indies—Hayrr (Port-au-

Prince, 25 V.—G'udmann) ; St, Tuomas, 10 LV. (Gudmann).

This species has a long costal fold.

194, PLATYNOTA REPANDANA, Wkr.

Teras repandana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 292

(1863)1. Platynota repandana, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

499, 543 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—San Domineo’’.

This species ‘has a long, straight, costal fold.

195. Puarynora rostRaANA, Wkr.

=ReEsTiturANA, Wky.*; =cownexans, Wkv.*

Teras rostrana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 290 (1863) *.

Teras restitutana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 292 (1863) °.

Teras connewana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 293 (1863) *.

Platynota rostrana, Wism. Ill. Typ. Lp. Het. B.M. IV. 5-6,

Pl. LXII. 1 (1879)*. Vortriw rostrana, Cmstk. U.S. Dept. Agr.,

Rp. Ent. 1880, 253 (1881)*. Platynota rostrana, Fern. Tr. Am.

Ent. Soc. X. 22. No. 114 (1882)°; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

499, 543 (1892)’.

Hab. Untrep Svrares!*—Florida*®*’ (Larva, Orange®'*’’.

31 1-1’; 17 V.’| West Indies—Sawn Dominco’*?*°’; Sr, Vin-

centr’? ; GRENADA (Balthazar, 250 ft., and La Force Estate, 350 ft.,

windward side, 15 IIL.—5 V.—H. H. Smith). Venuzurna*®’;

Braziu (Ega)?*’7,

Walker’s three species are represented by females indistinguish-

able from each other, and until male topotypes have been obtained

it will be impossible to determine whether they represent one or

more species-—probably each matches a male of the /lavedana group

occurring with it. I referred the St. Vincent specimens (both

females) to rostrana with some diffidence, and the reception of

both sexes from Grenada only does not enable me to clear up the

synonymy as confidently as I should desire. The males from

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MIORO-LEPIDOPTERA. 135

Grenada have a short fold and much resemble labiosana, Z., but

are smaller.

196, PLATYNOTA BREVIPLICANA, Sp. n.

Antenne dark brown. Palpi brownish ochreous. Head and

thorax brownish ochreous. ore wings with a short brownish-

ochreous basal patch, somewhat indented on the fold; the costal

fold in the male not extending beyond this pale patch, which

reaches only to one-fourth the wing-length (in the more northern

species flavedana, Clem., it extends to half the wing-length) ; the

whole of the middle portion of the wing is overclouded by a broad

dark umber-brown band, beyond which the terminal portion is

shining whitish ochreous with two sinuate lines of slightly raised

scales ; there are also some raised scales on the dark central band,

notably in an oblique line from its upper and inner angle ending

in a strong patch near the outer end of the fold and in a small

patch at the outer end of the cell ; cilia pale cinnamon-brown on

their basal, brownish ochreous on their outer half. Zp. al. 15 mm.

Hind wings cimnamon-brown, blending to ochreous towards the

base; cilia shining pale cinnamon-brown. Abdomen cinnamon-

brown. Legs brownish ochreous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 15-20 IV.—H. H. Smith). Two specimens.

197. PLATYNOTA DIMINUTANA, Sp. 0.

Antenne dark greyish brown. Palpi somewhat curved down-

wards ; apical joint less than half the length of the second; grey-

brown. Head and thorax rust-brown. Fore wings: male with a

short costal fold extending to one-fourth; rust-brown, with a

broad central band, thickly mottled with purplish fuscous in which

is an oblique line of raised scales ending on the fold, and a second

line, shorter and more oblique, from beyond the middle of the

costa where it is accompanied by a dark patch; a small patch of

dark fuscous scales lies near the base of the dorsum; cilia ferru-

ginous brown on their basal half, pale ochreous on their outer half.

Exp. al. 14 mm. Hind wings cinnamon-brown, tending to

ochreous towards the base; cilia shining pale cinnamon-brown,

Abdomen brownish ochreous. Legs pale ochreous.

Type, & Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 15 1V.—H.. H. Smith). Two specimens.

This species differs from breviplicana in the more broken or

mottled appearance of the central band, which almost assumes the

form of an oblique fascia followed by a costal patch, and in the

darker ferruginous terminal portion of the wing. It is quite con-

ceivable that it may be a variety of breviplicana, but I am strongly

inclined to regard it as distinct in the absence of intermediate

forms. Except in the colour of the hind wings it approaches

somewhat closely the Mexican species stultana, Wlsm.

136 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan 19,

78. CaLosTatHMa, Clem.

Type, Celostathma discopunctata, Clem. (Clem.).

Carosraruma, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XII. 355 (1860).

=* Aupuisa, Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 22 (1882), nee Crt.

I cannot agree with Professor Fernald in sinking Celostathma

as a synonym of Amphisa, Crt., which has veins 7 and 8 of the

fore wings stalked and 9 separate, whereas Celostathina has 7 and

8 stalked out of 9.

198. Ca@LostaATHMA PARALLELANA, sp. n.

Antenne biciliate, 23; cream-colour. Palpi projecting rather

more than the length of the head beyond it; cream-coloured ;

second joint shaded with fawn-brown externally. Head and

thorax cream-colour. Fore wings and cilia cream-coloured, with a

dark fawn-brown band from before the middle of the costa to the

middle of the dorsum, variable in breadth and distinctness, some-

times diffused or dilated outwards below the middle; this is

followed by a second narrower band, commencing on the costa at

one-fourth from the apex and reaching to the tornus; a single

black dot lies at the end of the cell between veins 5 and 6. Exp.

al. 12 mm. Hind wings pale fawn-grey with a slight reddish

tinge. Abdomen cream-coloured, shaded with grey across the

middle. Legs creamy whitish.

Type, & Mus. Hdm.; 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 4 IV.-14 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). “The larva feeds on Mimosa” (Hedemann).

This species differs from Calostathma discopunctana, Clem., in

the form of the outer band, which is almost parallel with the first

instead of being conspicuously curved inward at its upper

extremity. Along the costa the intensity of the bands is variable,

and in one female they are almost entirely obliterated, the wing-

colour becoming pale fawn-ochreous instead of creamy. I cannot,

however, doubt that it belongs to the same species.

Ill. PHALONIAN.

79. PHatonta, Hb.

=+Cocurzs, Tr., Stgr. Cat.; {Cowoxyrzzs, Sdf., Fern., &c.

199, PHALONIA ICHTHYOCHROA, sp. 0.

Antenne whitish cinereous. Palpi projecting nearly the length

of the head beyond it; whitish, shaded with brown externally.

Head hoary. Thoraa shining silvery whitish. Fore wings

shining silvery whitish; a rust-brown shade along the base of

the costa not extending to the dorsum; a broken fascia com-

mencing on the costa beyond the middle consists of a dark-

margined rust-brown spot at its upper extremity and a larger

rust-brown shade on its lower half, extending somewhat inwards

and containing one or two patches of blackish scales; the apical

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 137

portion of the wing is mottled with rust-brown mixed with blackish

scales, forming a subapical transverse streak and a spot opposite to

the middle of the termen ; minute blackish speckling is visible in

the whitish cilia and along the dorsum as well as in a series of

costal reticulations. Zwp.al.8-10 mm. Hind wings pale brownish

grey, with a slight pinkish reflection; cilia paler. Abdomen pale

brownish grey. Hind legs pale cinereous.

Type, Sd Mus. Wlsm.; 2 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 26 IV. (Gudmann) ; Sr. THomas,

15 ILL. (Hedemann); Grenada (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 5-10 IV.—H. H, Smith). Four specimens.

200. PHALONIA SUBOLIVACEA, sp. n.

Antenne whitish. Palpi whitish, shaded with olivaceous on

their outer sides. Head whitish. Thorax creamy whitish. ore

wings shining creamy white, shaded with olivaceous along the

basal half of the costa; an olivaceous band, descending straight

from the middle of the costa, is angulated on the cell, reverting to

the dorsum before the middle, at its angle is a small dot of black

scales ; a small, oblique, olivaceous streak commences on the costa

halfway between this and the apex, not quite attaining the middle

of the termen, along which is a slight olivaceous shade, with a

rounded patch of the same colour lying above the tornus and a

small brownish dot below and before it at the commencement of

the dorsal cilia; cilia shining creamy whitish. wp. al. 10 mm.

Hind wings pale smoky grey; cilia whitish, shaded along their

middle. Abdomen greyish; anal tuft inclining to ochreous.

Type, § Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Croix, 26 IV.-7 V. (Gudmann) ;

Sr. Tuomas, 7 III.-4 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Nine speci-

mens.

201. PHALONIA DISTIGMATANA, Sp. Nn.

=Conchylis sp. (near angulatana, Rbs.), Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soe.

Lond. 1891, 501, 543 (1892)}.

Antenne ochreous. Palpi whitish ochreous, slightly shaded

externally. Head and thorax whitish ochreous. fore wings

whitish ochreous, with three dark fawn-brown costal spots and the

extreme base of the costa also fawn-brown; the first spot occurs

at one-fourth from the base and almost meets an oblique streak of

a slightly paler shade running outwards from the base of the

dorsum; the second is large and triangular, a little beyond the

middle, its apex pointing outwards and scarcely separated from

the apex of a similar dorsal triangle almost exactly opposite to it,

but very slightly nearer to the base; the third costal spot is very

minute and less well-defined ; from this runs a paler fawn-brown

band, outwardly to the termen below the apex and downwards

along the terminal margin to the tornus; a small brown spot at

the end of the cell, almost between the apices of the costal and

dorsal triangles, completes the wing-markings, with the exception

138 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

of some scarcely noticeable silvery lines in the apical half of the

wing along the edges of the darker markings ; cilia pale ochreous.

Exp.al.9 mm. Hind wings and cilia greyish. Abdomen greyish.

Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, d Mus. W]sm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Croix, 25 VI. (Hedemann); Sr. Vin-

cent (H. H. Smith)!; Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 13 1V.-4 V. (H. H. Smith). Five specimens.

I am unacquainted with the fallowing three species, and there-

fore am unable to refer them to this genus with certainty.

202. PHALONIA? PROLECTANA, Mschl.

Cochylis prolectana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 332,

354 (1890)!. Conchylis prolectana, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

500, 543 (1892)°.

Hab. West Indies—Portorico’’.

203. PHALONIA? TECTONICA, Mschl.

Cochylis tectonica, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 332-3,

354 (1890). Conchylis tectonica, Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

501, 543 (1892) ’.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico’’.

204, PHaLonta? vicrytrana, Mschl.

Cochylis vicinitana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 338,

354 (1890)1. Conchylis vicinitana, W|sm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

501, 543 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Porrtorico’”.

80. THYRAYLIA, g. 1.

(@vpavAia = living out of doors.)

Type, Conchylis bunteana, Rbs.

Antenne 3 shortly biciliate.

Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint roughly clothed ; apical

joint short, blunt.

Head roughly clothed.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings: g$ without a costal fold; costa somewhat straight,

rounded to the slightly depressed apex ; termen rather oblique, not

sinuate beneath apex; tornus rounded. Neuration: 12 veins all

separate ; 2 from outer fourth of cell, 7 to costa above apex.

Hind wings slightly broader than the fore wings, trapezoidal ;

apex and tornus rounded; termen and dorsum subsinuate.

Neuration: 8 veins; 3 and 4 connate (or stalked), 5 almost

straight but inclining to 4 towards base, 6 and 7 stalked.

Hind legs smooth.

Allied to Phtheochroa, Stph.(Commophila, Meyr.), from which it

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 139

differs in the much shorter palpi, in vein 7 of the fore wings

attaining the costa before the apex, and in the absence of raised

scales. It is possible that specimens in better condition might

exhibit a slight thoracic tuft.

205. THYRAYLIA BUNTEANA, Rbs.

Conchylis bunteana, Rbs. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. I. 288, Pl. VIII.

86 (1869)'; Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXV. 245-6 (1875)?;

Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 26. No. 144 (1882)%; Wlsm. Pr. Z.

Soe. Lond. 1891, 501, 543 (1892)*.

Hab. Untrep Stares'*. West Indies—Sr. Vincent‘.

206. THYRAYLIA LEPIDANA, Clem.

Argyrolepia? lepidana, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. XII. 355

(1860). Conchylis lepidana, Rbs. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. II. 287,

Pl. VIII. 84 (1869)?; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 25. No. 142

(1882) *.

Hab. Uniren Srares'*. West Indies—Jamaica (Kingston,

17 VII.—Cockerell); Sx. Crorx, 6-18 V. (Gudmann, Hedemann,

Pontoppidan).

207. THYRAYLIA LACTEIPALPIS, Wlsm.

Conchylis lacteipalpis, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 500, 543

(1892)},

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent !.

IX. TINEIDA.

I. OPOSTEGINA,

81. Oposreca, Z.

208. OPOSTEGA ABRUPTA, sp. n.

(Head missing.) Thoraw shining white. Fore wings shining

white, with pale bluish reflections ; before the apex a pale fawn-

brown costal streaklet, tending obliquely outwards, is dark-margined

on both sides, this runs nearly parallel with the upper half of a

slender dark line in the apical cilia which is continued around the

termen, with a slight inclusion opposite the apex of the wing, below

which is a small reduplicated black dot; the cilia beyond the dark

line which runs through them are fawn-brown, their basal halt

white along the termen and gradually shading to fawn-brown on

the dorsum. On the underside the brown outer ends of the apical

cilia are plainly visible. Ewp.al.5°5 mm. Hind wings and cilia

shining pale fawn-brown. Abdomen shining fawn-brown. Hind

legs pale fawn-brownish, the bristles strongly developed.

Type, & Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 19 11. (Hedemann). Unique.

Although the head is missing, it is easy to decide that this is an

undescribed species of the genus to which I refer it.

140 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

209. OPOsTEGA ADUSTA, Sp. Nn.

Antenne with a broad shining white eyecap on the basal joint ;

beyond pale fawn-brownish. Palpi pale fawn-brownish. Head

and thorax shining white. ore wings shining white, with blue

and lilac reflections: a conspicuous umber-brown dorsal spot

at about one-third from the base; a narrow dark umber-brown

shade along the costa a little beyond the middle is continued

to the commencement of the costal cilia; a slender fuscous line

beginning in these runs obliquely outwards through the cilia

forming an angle at the apex of the wing, thence deflected along

the termen ; this is reduplicated by a slight shade in the middle of

the fawn-brown cilia beyond it, its upper half preceded by aslight

ferruginous tinge running parallel with it from costa to apex; cilia

shining pale fawn-brownish along the dorsum and tornus. Under-

side spotless. Hvp.al.imm. Hind wings and cilia pale fawn-

brownish. Abdomen (somewhat denuded) shining pale brownish.

Hind legs shining pale brownish ochreous, the bristles continued to

the tarsal joint.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 20 III. (Hedemann). Unique.

210. OPosTEGA VENTICOLA, sp. 0.

Antenne golden yellow; eyecaps shining white. Palpz white.

Head and thorax shining white. Fore wings shining white, with two

minute oblique fuscous costal streaklets followed by a short straight

one before the apex, all tending to converge in the direction of a

single black point in the apical cilia; the space between the first

and second streak is golden yellow, which extends also to the black

point but not to the dorsum or tornus; avery narrow faint golden

spot rests on the middle of the dorsum; beyond the black point a

slight shade is visible in the cilia, which are otherwise white with

a golden tinge. Hwp.al.6mm. Hind wings whitish grey; cilia

golden white. Abdomen white with a golden tinge. Legs: hind

tibie and basal joints of the tarsi with stiff hairs ; whitish

ochreous.

Type, 3 Mus. W1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Hayrr (Port-au-Prince, 23 V., Gudmann) ;

GreENnaba (Balthazar, 250-300 ft., windward side, 5 [V.-8 V.—

H. H. Smith). Four specimens.

211. OposrEeGA SALTATRIX, sp. n.

Antenne with a conspicuous shining white eyecap ; remaining

joints pale straw. Palpi small, slender, dependent; yellowish.

Head and thorax shining white. Fore wings shining white, with a

dark olive-grey fascia before the middle, diffused outwards at its

upper end to the middle of the costa; this is followed by a streak

of the same colour, along the apical portion of the costa, reaching to

the apex ; a slender streak above it running through the cilia and

meeting it beyond the apex, this streak is sometimes very incon-

spicuous ; cilia pale olive-grey. Hap.al.imm. Hind wings very

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 141

narrow ; pale olive-grey; cilia the same. Abdomen greyish, Legs:

hind tibiz with profuse spiny hairs above ; pale greyish.

Type, ¢ Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 18 II1.-21V. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Three specimens.

“In repose the moth resembles a Cicada and springs forwards”

(Hedemann).

Tl, DENDRONEURINE.

82. DENDRONEURA, Wlsm.

212. DENDRONEURA PR#STANS, Wlsm.

Dendroneura prestans, Wism. Pr. Z. Soe. Lond. 1891, 510, 544,

Pl. XLI. 6, a—c (1892)'.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Viycunt!; Grenapa (windward side,

Chantilly Estate, 350 ft., Balthazar, 250 ft., 13-201V.—H. #7.

Sinith).

213. DENDRONEURA SIMPLEX, sp. n.

Antenne rather shorter than the fore wings; pale yellowish

fawn. Palpi short, flattened ; apical joint subovate, broader than

the second; pale yellowish fawn. Head and thoraw pale fawn.

Fore wings shining, pale yellowish fawn, with a bright yellowish

ferruginous spot before the apex, preceded by two oblique fuscous

streaks, one from a little beyond the middle of the dorsum, the

other commencing a little beyond it on the costa, the two nearly

meeting outwardly at their extremities (these appear to be com-

posed of very fugitive scales and are easily obliterated) ; beyond

the ferruginous spot a dark fuscous (almost black) slender curved

line passes from the apex through the silvery-yellowish cilia giving

a slight uncate appearance, tornal cilia yellowish grey. Lup. al.

8 mm. Hind wings and cilia yellowish grey. Abdomen pale

greyish. Legs shining straw-whitish.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—San Domineco (Puerto Plata, 16 V., Gud-

mann). Two specimens.

This differs from prestans, Wlsm., the only other known species

of the genus, in the apparent absence of the tuft of long hair-scales

arising beneath the eyes, which, so far as I am able to determine,

does not exist in this species ; but such structures are often only

displayed in individual specimens, and in others are completely

hidden away.

Ill. LYONETIANA.

83. Levcoprera, Hb.

Levcoprrera, Hb, Verz. bek. Schm. 426 (1826).

= Ceuzosroua, Z. Lin. Ent. III. 272-3 (1848).

214, LeucoPprnra COFFEELLA, Guér.-Mén. & Prrott.

= NOOTUELLA, Mdnur.*

Elachista coffeella, Guér.-Mén. & Prrott. Mém: Ins. Cafiers

Antill. 1-382, Pl. 1.-II. (1842); Rey. Zool. 1842, 126-77; Ann.

142 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

Soc. Ent. Fr. XI. Bull. ii. (1842)°. Bucculatriv sp., Stn. Ent.

Wk. Int. IV. 70 (1858)*. Cemiostoma coffeella, Stn. Ent. Wk.

Int. X. 110-11 (1861)°. lachista coffeella, Nietn. Obs. Enemies

Coffee-tree Ceylon, 24 (1861)°: (2 edn.) 18 (1872)*. ...... noc-

tuella, Madinier, Rey. Agr. Imp. Fluminense Agr. No. 3, p. 29 et

seq. (18...) Cemiostoma coffeellum, P. Mann, Am. Nat. VI. 332-

41, 596-607, Pl. V. (1872)°. Elachista coffeella, Nietn. (Green’s

edn.) Obs. Enemies Coffee-tree Ceylon, 16 (1880)’.

Larva suv. Coffea arabica’*®, Pupa in hammock ‘teste fg.) 1,

Hab. West Indies—Gvaputover, larva and imago, I.—XII."*’*;

Martinique ’’®. Brazit—Vassouras (Prov. Rio Janeiro, intro-

duced from Antilles), larva and imago, ITI.-VI.°

No. 7 is quoted from Mann (No. 8), as I have not been able to

find a copy of the work in London, where indeed the title appears

to be unknown, and I should be grateful to anyone who could tell

me where it was published. The second edition of Nietner cited

above appears to have been overlooked; there is a copy in the

British Museum.

84. CoMPSOSCHEMA, g. n.

(xoppos=elegant ; oxnwa=form.)

Type, Compsoschema bimarginellum, W|sm.

Antenne slightly longer than the fore wings, somewhat stout,

simple; basal joint with a rather large eyecap. Labial palpi

slender, dependent; apical joint as long as second. Mawillary

palpi obsolete. Haustellum almost obsolete. Head and face

smooth. Thorax smooth. Fore wings somewhat dilated from

the base outwards, apex depressed, rounded, termen slightly

sinuate beneath the apex. Neuration: 9 veins; 7 and 8 stalked,

7 to costa slightly above apex; 3, 4,and 6 absent. Hind wings

(4) elongate-acuminate, evenly attenuated from base; cilia 4.

Neuration: 5 veins, without a cell (radial and cubital veins

coincident) ; 3 absent, 4 absent, 6 and 7 coincident. Legs: hind

tibize with somewhat long hairs.

Allied to Lyonetia, Hb.

215. CompsosCHEMA BIMARGINELLUM, sp. n.

Antenne yellowish white, eyecaps snow-white. Palpi white.

Head and thorax snow-white. Fore wings shining white, a slender

outwardly oblique dorsal streaklet from one-half reaches nearly

across the wing; this is dark brown, with a golden sheen along

its inner margin; some very faint golden-yellow mottling is

visible on the apical half of the wing, and there is a minute black

spot at the extreme apex; the long whitish cilia, which give the

end of the wing a much widened appearance, are marked by two

dark brown lines running through them, the first at the base, the

other beyond their middle—these both pass around the apex to the

costal cilia and reach well through the tornal cilia, Hep. al. 6mm.

Hind wings and cilia pale greyish, Abdomen brownish above.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 143

Legs: hind tibie clothed with somewhat long whitish hairs; tarsi

white, basal joint distinctly marked with fus cous.

Type, 3 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 12-16 TIL. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Three specimens.

85. Coprropisca, Wlsm.

§Asprpisca, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. XII. 11-12, 209

(1860); Stn. Tin. N. Am. 104-5 (fig.), 143 (1872).

Copropisca, Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XI. 41 (1895).

216. CopropIscA RHIZOPHORA, sp. n.

Antenne and palpi silvery. Head: face silvery, the head above

with a golden sheen. Fore wings golden yellow, with a pair

of silvery-whitish costal and dorsal streaks beyond the middle (the

dorsal somewhat preceding the costal), both dark-margined before

and behind; a very oblique silvery costal streak, also dark-

margined, occurs at one-third from the base, and before the apex

is a small silvery costal spot, also dark-margined, its outer marginal

streak extending downward through the terminal cilia beyond a

rounded velvety-black subterminal dot; cilia silvery whitish, with

a curved line along their base from the tornus to the subterminal

dot; the dorsum slightly silvery. Ewp. al. 3:5-4mm. Hind wings

and cilia pale greyish. Abdomen greyish. Legs silvery.

Co-types, (1-2) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 15 IIT.-301V. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Four specimens.

“The young larva mines in leaves of Rhizophora mangle ; later

on it cuts a case out of the leaves” (Hedemann). Bred by Baron

von Hedemann and Mr. Gudmann. Mr. Gudmann found a leaf

containing twenty-four mines.

Nearly allied to splendoriferella, Clem.

86. Cyctopasis, Clem.

[Clem. Pr. Ent. Soc, Phil. IT. 423-4 (1864); Stn. Tin. N. Am.

246-8 (1872).|

217. CYCLOPLASIS BASIPLAGATA, sp. n.

Antenne shining greyish. Pulpi and head silvery. Thorax

pale fawn; shining pale creamy-metallic beneath. Fore wings and

costal cilia shining pale fawn, a short basal patch darker fawn-

grey; dorsal cilia greyish. Evp.al.4mm. Hind wings and cilia

tawny greyish. Abdomen tawny grey: underside shining pale

creamy metallic. Legs pale fawn; the spines on the tibie and

tarsi very distinct.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 10 IIL-101V. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Two specimens.

Larva in a case similar to that of a Coleophora (Hedemann) ; on

144 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

Sida sp. (Gudmann). The moth holds the second pair of legs

outstretched as in Stathmopoda (Hedemann),

It is interesting to find a second species of this genus, originally

described by Clemens from Pennsylvania. I have not had sufficient

material to enable me to critically examine the structure of this

genus, which is perhaps allied to Heliozela, HS.

IV. BEDELLIAN#,

87. Buccutatrix, Z.

218. BuccuLATRIX FLEXUOSA, sp. n.

Antenne with a strong shining white eyecap on the basal joint ;

pale fawn, with minute darker annulations towards the apex.

(Palpi obsolete.) Head whitish, with a line of fawn-coloured hairs

down the middle; face shining white. Thoraw fawn, the tegule

with white longitudinal streaks. ore wings fawn, with white

lines—one from the base scarcely below the costa reaches to

the end of the cell; another following the extreme costa from

the base is deflected to the end of the cell from about the

middle of the wing-length, nearly reaching to a short longitudinal

black streak beyond the outer end of the cell ; another white line

from the base of the dorsum reaches along the fold to one-third,

nearly joining a sinuous white line which, arising from before the

middle of the dorsum, is waved upwards and outwards, reverting

to the tornus and thence overspreading the termen and cilia

to below the apex ; there are two slender fawn-coloured dark lines

running through the white cilia at and above the apex. zp. al.

5mm. Hind wings pale greyish, cilia brownish grey. Abdomen

greyish ochreous. Legs fawn-white, the tarsi minutely speckled

with fuscous.

Type, ¢ Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 8 III.-21V. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Six specimens.

Bred by chance in a glass containing some twigs of Acacia

arabica, but the larva was not observed (Gudmann).

219. BuccULATRIX UNIPUNCTA, sp. n.

Antenne whitish. (Palpi obsolete.) Head and thorax creamy

white. Fore wings creamy whitish, suffused and shaded with pale

fawn-ochreous, especially along the base of the fold and along the

outer two-thirds of the costa; with asingle strong black dot before

the termination of the fold ; a short slender line runs through the

apical cilia, and there are a few black scales at the extreme apex

and at the base of the whitish cilia. wp. al. 6 mm. Hind

wings and cilia very pale yellowish grey. Abdomen shining, pale

whitish ochreous. Legs whitish, tarsal joints minutely spotted

with fuscous.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies--Sv. Tuomas, 12 111-3 1V. (Hedemann).

Two specimens,

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 145

88. TiscHERIA, Z.

220. TISCHERIA HELIOPSIELLA, Chamb.

THELIOPSISELLA, Chamb. ({HELIOPSIBLLA, Wlsm.°)= NOLCKENII,

F. & B.?

Tischeria heliopsisella, Chamb. Cin. Qr. Jr. Se. IL. 113-4

(1875)*. Tischeria nolckenii, F. & B. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XX XVII.

220 (1876)°. .Tischeria heliopsisella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G.

Surv. IV. 115°, 116*, 165° (1878). Tischeria nolckenii, F. & B.

Stett. Ent. Ztg. XXXIX. 257 (1878) °. Tischeria heliopsisella,

Hgn. (& Frey) Pap. IV. 153 (1884)*. Tischeria heliopsiella,

Wisi. Ins. Life, IT. 325 (1890)*: IIT. 389 (1891)°; Riley, Smith’s

List Lep. Bor. Am. 110. No. 5917 (1891)”°.

Hab, Unitep Srares'”— Kentucky!” *; Texas*®*; Cali-

fornia *. Larva, Ambrosia trifida and spp.'***; Heliopsis levis

and spp.’’*’*, VII.°, VIII.**, [X.°; imago, VIII.°, summer and

fall’. West Indies—Svr. Toomas, 2 1V. (Gudmann).

Bred by Mr. Gudmann, but the plant not identified.

221, TIscHERIA UNICOLOR, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi ochreous. Head pale ochreous.

Thorax brownish ochreous. Fore wings ochreous, with a very

slight darkened shade at the extreme base of the costa and a faint

reddish gloss (in some lights) towards the apex; cilia concolorous

with the wings. Hxp.al.6mm. Hind winys pale grey; cilia

reddish grey. Abdomen whitish ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, § Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 5 V.(Gudmann). Unique.

Bred by Mr. Gudmann from larve mining leaves of a tree

which was not identified.

222. TISCHERIA PULVEREA, sp. 0.

Antenne, g with very long biciliations; pale fuscous. Palpi

short, straight, drooping; whitish. Head and thorax fawn-

yellowish. Fore wings pale fawn-yellowish, profusely sprinkled

around all the margins (but especially along the costa) with smoky-

fuscous scales ; a slight indication of a dark dorsal mark before the

tornvs ; cilia greyish. Ewp.al.5mm. Hind wings pale grey; cilia

yellowish grey. Abdomen greyish. Legs unspotted, yellowish white.

Type, § Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 15-30 III. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Two specimens.

Bred by Mr. Gudmann, but the plant not identified.

V. GRACILARIANA.

89. LirHocoLietis, Hb.

223. LITHOCOLLETIS ? ALBIMACULA, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous, with a broad white band before the apex.

(Palpi apparently broken in setting.) Head orange-ochreous, the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. X. 10

146 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

face silvery. Thorax dark bronzy brown. Fore wings dark bronzy

brown, with two narrow transverse fascie, the one before, the

other scarcely beyond the middle, and a short dorsal streak from

the anal angle shining silvery metallic, a strong snow-white spot

running through the costal cilia; cilia bronzy brown. Fup. al.

75 mm. Hind wings and cilia slightly paler bronzy brown.

Abdomen purplish fuscous. Legs brownish: the tarsal joints

broadly banded with whitish; two small white spots at the end

of the tibiz.

Type, ¢ Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 10 LV. (Hedemann). Unique.

This species cannot be referred with certainty to Lithocolletis

as the underside of the head is injured in pinning.

224, LiTHOCOLLETIS DESMODIELLA, Clem.

= GREGARIELLA, Mrt.”

Lithocolletis desmodiella, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se, Phil. XI. 318,

319, 320 (1859)’; Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. xiii, 37, 68, 65, 68

(1872) ?; Chamb. Can. Ent. III. 127, 162 (1871)*: V. 47

(1873)*; F. & B. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XX XVII. 227 (1876)°; Chamb.

Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 110°, 154 (1878)7: Jr. Cin. Soc. N..H.

II. 189-90 (1880) *. Lithocolletis gregariella, Mrt. Can. Ent. XIII.

245-6 (1881) °. Lithocolletis desmodiella, Wism. Tr. Am. Ent, Soc.

X. 202 (1882)"°: Ins. Life, IJ. 119 (1889)”: TIT. 328. No. 52

(1891); Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am. 108. No. 5850

(1891)*.

Hab. Unirep Srates Larva, nr. Desmodium viridiflorum

451 spp. 8; Phaseolus pauciflorus®’™, sp.°, VII.-IX.'*’.

Imago, spring’; midsummer’. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas,

11 III.-10 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann); Larva, Centrosema vir-

ginianum (Gudmann).

Bred by Mr. Gudmann and Baron von Hedemann from larve

feeding on Centrosema virginianum.

1713

225. LITHOCOLLETIS ARGENTIFRONTELLA, Sp. 0.

Antenne brownish, faintly annulated. Palpi pale saffron.

Head and face shining silvery white, the head with a saffron

spot behind the white tuft. Thorax pale saffron. Fore wings

pale saffron, with four transverse white fasciz, slenderly dark-

margined internally: the first before the middle, slightly curved

outwards, the second at the middle, straight, the third at the com-

mencement of the costal cilia tending inwards to the dorsum, the

fourth a little before the apex running through the cilia, which

are saffron beyond it at the apex but greyish before it on the

dorsum. vp. al. 5mm. Hind wings and cilia pale greyish.

Abdomen greyish. Legs white, with pale saffron annulations.

Type, 3 Mus, Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 11 I1I.-2 IV. (Hedemann).

Two specimens.

1897. } WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 147

226. LITHOCOLLETIS TENUICAUDELLA, WIsm.

Antenne saffron. Palpi whitish. Head pale saffron; face

silvery white. Thorax pale saffron. ore wings pale saffron, with

four costal and dorsal streaks shining white, slightly dark-mar-

gined before and behind: the first two costal streaks are con-

spicuous and oblique (the first a little before the middle, the

second a little beyond it), the third and fourth costal are very

small immediately before the apex, their points turned slightly

inwards; the first dorsal arises on the middle, its apex reaching

as far as that of the second costal, but it is much less clearly

defined; the second and third dorsal are opposite to the outer

costal streaks, but are also indistinct ; a round black spot lies at

the extreme apex, a slender smoky line running through the cilia

in a half circle beyond it, to which is attached a slender smoky

line running straight outward to the end of the cilia, which are

slightly marked with white above and below it; dorsal cilia

greyish. Ewp.al.5 mm. Hind wings and cilia greyish. Abdomen

grey. Legs whitish, with faint tarsal spots.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 1 V. (Hedemann), Unique.

90. Ornix, Tr.

227. ORNIX ERRANTELLA, sp. 0.

Antenne slightly longer than the fore wings; yellowish grey.

Pali drooping, slender ; whitish cinereous. Head with projecting

scales above; pale cinereous. Thorax pale stone-grey. Fore wings

pale stone-grey, with brownish-fuscous longitudinal streaks: the

first commencing at the base leaves the costa at one-fourth, ex-

tending to the outer end of the cell where it almost joins a

sharply-angulated costal streak of the same colour; the second

commencing at the base of the dorsum extends to two-thirds the

wing-length, its lower edge obtusely biangulated and more sharply

defined than its upper edge, which is somewhat diffused ; a slender

streak from before the tornus points towards the apex, but is

terminated by a reduplicated oblique transverse bar extending

outward to the termen, above the tornus, from the commencement

of the costal cilia; the central space between the dark margins

of this band is somewhat silvery, and beyond the band the tri-

angular apical space left by it contains a dark fuscous spot mar-

gined before and beneath by silvery scales, with a short streak of

the same from the apex; cilia brownish grey, becoming whiter

towards the apex. Exp. al. 85 mm. Hind wings and cilia

brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs bone-whitish,

with faintly mottled tarsal joints.

Type, 3 Mus. Gudmann,

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 18 III. (Gudmann). Unique.

LO*

148 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

91. SPANIOPTILA, g. n.

(oravios=slender ; rriAov = wing.)

Type, Spanioptila spinosum, W1sm.

Antenne longer than the fore wings, simple; basal joint with a

pecten.

Labial palpi long, slender, drooping, curved, divergent, naked ;

terminal joint shorter than second.

Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform, drooping.

Haustellum moderate.

Head and face smooth.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings narrow, elongate, lanceolate, dorsum ciliate almost

to base. Neuration: 8 veins; 11 absent, 10 absent, 7 to apex,

3 absent.

Hind wings linear, acute, cilia 5. Neuration: 6 veins; cell

open, 3 and 4 coincident, 5 and 6 coincident.

Abdomen long and slender.

Legs: front tibiz slightly thickened with scales at their end;

middle and hind tibie and tarsi clothed with spiny hairs, tending

to arrange themselves in tufts.

Allied to Gracilaria, but distinguishable by the narrower wings

and consequently more degraded neuration, by the pecten on the

basal joint of the antenne, and by the bristly middle and hind legs.

228. SPANIOPTILA SPINOSUM, sp. n.

Antenne white, the basal joint with a pecten beneath. Palpi

white. Head snow-white. Vhorax white, with a yellowish tinge.

Fore wings white, with a yellowish tinge and some dark brownish

transverse speckling which becomes agglomerated in two elongate

dorsal marks, one before and one beyond the middle, also in a

faint costal spot above each of them; a slender ochreous shade

runs from the end of the cell to the apex where a smoky line

crosses the cilia, giving a falcate appearance not due to the form

of the wing which is acute; the cilia, which extend along the

dorsum nearly to the base, are tawny greyish. vp. al. 10 mm.

Hind wings pale grey, with tawny-grey cilia. Aldomen shining

whitish. Legs white; bristly above on the hind tibie and tarsi,

the latter flecked with umber-brown at the feet and spurs.

Type, d 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 22 III.-12 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Five specimens.

92. EvcosMOPHORA, g. n.

(ed=beautiful ; céopos=an ornament ; gopety=to carry.)

Type, Eucosmophora dives, W1sm.

Antenne more than 13, simple; basal joint without a pecten.

Labial palpi strongly recurved laterally, smooth; apical joint

longer than second.

1897.) WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPIERA. 149

Maxillary palpi well-developed, not folded, slightly recurved,

dependent or porrect, smooth.

Haustellum moderate.

Head and face smooth.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings narrow, elongate, lanceolate, dorsum ciliate almost

to base. Neuration: 8 veins; 7 to costa, 8 absent, 3 and 4 absent,

6 absent.

Hind wings narrow, lanceolate, acute, cilia4d. Neuration: 6 veins,

cell open, 5 and 6 coincident, 3 and 4 coincident.

Abdomen long, slender.

Legs: hind tibie pectinate above with moderately long stiff

bristles, middle tibize unclothed.

Allied to Spanioptila, from which it differs essentially in the

smooth middle tibize, and in the hind tibize being merely pectinate.

229, HUCOSMOPHORA DIVES, sp. 0.

Antenne pale greyish, with an eneous sheen at the base. Palpz

strongly recurved laterally, of even width throughout; whitish.

Head and thorax smooth, shining metallic eneous. Fore wings

bright metallic eneous, merging into cupreous before the apex ;

nearly at the base of the costa is an elongate subovate black spot

extending to about one-fourth; beyond it an elongate bright

orange costal patch, before the middle of which is a shining siivery

white oblong costal spot, slenderly black-margined except at its

upper edge; the orange patch is also margined beneath by a

narrow black shade; a small blackish spot below the costa at the

commencement of the costal cilia separates the orange patch from

the cupreous apical portion of the wing, but the extreme apex

becomes again shining eneous; cilia bronzy grey. Zp. al. 8mm.

Hind wings and cilia grey. Abdomen beneath shining pale zneous,

above shaded with grey. Legs: hind tibie with a comb of short

bristles above throughout their length: pale straw-colour, tarsi

unspotted.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., and Chantilly

Estate, 350 ft., windward side, 13 IV.-15 V.—H.. H. Smith). Six

specimens.

230. EUCOSMOPHORA ORNATA, sp. n.

Antenne brownish. Labial and mawillary palpi white. Head

and thorax white, both laterally tinged with pale olive-brown.

Fore wings pale olive-brown from the base to nearly two-thirds,

thence blending to rich reddish orange; a silver-white dorsal

streak throughout, interrupted by a small orange spot at two-

thirds the wing-length ; in the orange portion of the wing is a

very oblique silvery metallic streak before the costal cilia, followed

by two minute opposite silvery metallic marginal spots beyond

which the costa and costal cilia are shining white, a fuscous

streaklet running through them at the apex (accompanied by some

150 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

orange) in an uncate form ; cilia below the apex white, an orange

line descending through them near their tips, and a dark fuscous

line marking their base along the termen ; cilia behind the tornus

grey. Exp. al. 8 mm. Hind wings and cilia brownish grey.

Abdomen pale brownish ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous, tarsal

joints faintly dark-spotted; hind tibie distinctly clothed with a

stiff pecten of ochreous hairs above.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenava (Balthazar, 300 ft., windward

side, 8 V.—H. H. Smith). Unique.

231. EvcosMOPHORA INSULELLA, Wlsm.

Zarathra insulella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 538-9 (1892)’.

Zarathra insulsella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 548 (1892)’.

Hab. West Indies—San Domineo (Puerto Plata, 16 V.— Gud-

mann) ; St. VINCENT’.

232. EUCOSMOPHORA CUPREELLA, sp. Nn.

Antenne fuscous, longer than the fore wings. Palpi somewhat

slender, slightly recurved, the apical joint as long as the second ;

whitish. Head ochreous. Thorax cupreous. ore wings coppery

brown with a slight gloss ; a slender ochreous line along the dorsum

from the base; a narrow outwardly oblique costal streak a little

beyond the middle, white blending into steel-grey at its lower

extremity ; a transverse outwardly curved steel-grey band crosses

the wing before the apex terminating in an ochreous spot on the

costa, the space before it rich chestnut blending into the ground-

colour, the space beyond it bright ochreous, separated from the

whitish ochreous cilia by a steel-grey line with a small chestnut

spot at the apex. Exp.al.9 mm. Hind wings and cilia brownish

grey. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs brownish grey; hind tibie

with the apex and spurs white, hind tarsi whitish barred with

greyish.

Type, § Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca (Monteague, 1100 ft., XI.—2Ren-

dall). Unique.

93. DIALECTIOA, g. n.

(duaexrexds= provocative of discussion.)

Type, Gracilaria scalariella, Z.

Antenne not exceeding the length of the fore wings, simple.

Labial palpi smooth, drooping; the apical joint as long as the

second, slightly recurved.

Maxillary palpi slender, smooth, acute, porrect.

Head and thorax smooth,

Fore wings narrow, elongate, attenuated at the apex, with long

cilia, ornamented with recurved lines. Neuwration: 11 veins, all

separate, 7 to costa.

1897.] WHST-INDIAN MICRO=LEPIDOPTERA. 151

Hind wings very narrow, elongate, attenuate ; cilia 5. Newration:

7 veins; 3 and 4 coincident, cell open, 5 and 6 stalked.

Legs: hind tibie pectinate above throughout, inner spurs much

longer than the outer.

The pectinate hind tibie separate this genus from Gracilaria

and Ornia, to which it is allied.

233. DIALECTICA SANCTE-CRUCIS, sp. 0.

Antenne smoky-whitish. Palpi white, unspotted. Head and

face white. Thoraa: white, tegule and sides pale copper-brown.

Fore wings pale copper-brown, with two large shining white

triangular patches on the dorsum, their apices reaching the costa ;

the first, at the base, covering nearly one-third of the dorsum, the

second on the middle, both delicately margined with black scales

externally, the second also internally ; beyond these at the tornus

is an elongate subovate shining silvery-white dorsal patch, above

which a short oblique slender white costal streaklet, black-margined

on either side, crosses to the termen before the apex ; cilia at the

apex greyish, with two short dividing streaklets, below the apex

coppery brown, at the tornus shining white and behind it greyish.

Exp. al. 7 mm. Hind wings and cilia grey. Abdomen shining

greyish. Legs: posterior pair white with a black dot between the

spurs.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Crorx, 17 V. (Gudmann); Sr. THoMas,

2 IV. (Hedemann) ; Sx. Jan, 4 IV. (Gudmann). Three specimens.

This species belongs to the group of scalariella, Z., and is most

nearly allied to nolckeniti, Z. Bred by Mr. Gudmann, but the

plant not identified.

234, DIaLECrICA RENDALLI, sp. n.

Antenne brownish. Palpi white. Head and thorax white,

the latter shaded across the front with brown. ore wings brown

with two broad snow-white transverse fasciz followed by a slender

oblique costal streak and a semicircular subapical costal spot, with

some white scales around the apex and about the tornus; the

first fascia is broader on the dorsal than on its costal extremity,

the second is slightly oblique, tending outwards from the costa,

and is somewhat widened towards the dorsum; cilia brownish

grey. LExp.al. 7mm. Hind wings and cilia dark brownish grey.

Abdomen greyish brown. Legs: hind tibie with a comb of bristly

scales above; white, shaded along the tibie and banded on the

tarsi with brown.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Monteague, 1100 ft., XI.—en-

dall). Unique.

Nearly allied to fasciella, Chamb., but distinguished by the

absence of a third fascia.

152 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

235. DIALECTICA PERMIXTELLA, sp. 0.

Antenne yellowish. Palpi white, with a grey spot before the

apex of the terminal joint, which is especially conspicuous on the

underside. Head stramineous. Thorax dirty whitish. Fore

wings dirty whitish on the basal half, straw-ochreous beyond, with

greyish-fuscous streaks and reticulations, on the basal half these

are placed transversely ; a reduplicated patch from the base of the

costa, not quite reaching the dorsum, is more conspicuous than

some more slender similar markings beyond it ; beyond the middle

of the wing the markings assume a longitudinal direction, but are

curved and interlaced so as to form enclosed patches of the ochreous

ground-colour, of which the most conspicuous is an obliquely

placed patch at three-fourths the wing-length, its lower extremity

directed inwards between two greyish fuscous lines, the lower of

which is reduplicated, the upper one being preceded by similar

curved lines running between ochreous patches; near the apex is

a slightly curved narrow shining whitish fascia, dark-margined on

each side, and at the extreme apex is a dark spot followed by a

curved line around the termen at the base of the whitish cilia,

through which runs a dark uncate streaklet. Exp. al. 6-9 mm.

Hind wings and cilia brownish fuscous. Abdomen brownish

ochreous. Hind legs white, spotted with dark brownish fuscous

on the posterior end of the tibie and at the commencement and

middle of the tarsi, the spurs also are dark brownish fuscous.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—S. Domrneéo (Sanches, 14 V.—Gudmann) ;

Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward side, 1 IV.4 V.—H. H.

Smith). Three specimens.

236. DIALECTICA APICEPUNCTELLA, Wlsm.

Gracilaria apicepunctella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 540,

548 (1892)?.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

94, GracraRria, Hw.

237. GRACILARIA EZNEOCAPITELLA, Wlsm.

Gracilaria eneocapitella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 539-40,

548 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

238. GRACILARIA SIMILATELLA, Z.

Gracilaria similatella, Z Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 411-2,

Pl. VI. 144 (1877)'.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 30 1V. (Gudmann) ; St. THomas,

14 IV. (Hedemann). Cotomp1a—Chipo, 8 VI."

Bred by Mr. Gudmann, but the plant not identified.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 153

239. GRACILARIA PULVERELLA, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous, faintly annulated. Palpi cinereous. Head

pale cinereous. Thorax dull pale greyish fuscous. Fore wings

dull pale greyish fuscous, somewhat mottled on their outer half

with shining steel-grey (visible only in a strong light) ; a pale line

along the base of the costal cilia continuing round the apex is

dilated to the tornus, covering one half the cilia on the terminal

margin, thus leaving a small dark hook beyond it at the apex, two

slender dark fuscous lines run along the base and along the middle

of the cilia respectively. Hwp. al. 65 mm. Hind wings and

cilia pale brownish grey. Abdomen with a slight reddish tinge.

Legs cimereous. ‘

Type, 2 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—San Domrneo (Puerto Plata, 16 V.—Gud-

mann); Sv. THomas, 2 TV. (Hedemann). Two specimens.

240. GRACILARIA UNDOSA, sp. 0.

Antenne very pale fawn, faintly annulated. Palpz white.

Head very pale fawn. Thorax white. Fore wings very pale fawn,

with a slender sinuate white line from the base of the dorsum to

the termen below the apex, touching the dorsum at its two down-

ward bends; three oblique white costal streaks, the first scarcely

before the middle, the third coalescing with an inverted white

spot before the apex, a few dark brown scales around the margins

of the streaks; cilia pale fawn with a white streak through them

below the apex. Exp.al.55mm. Hind wings very pale greyish ;

cilia pale fawn. Abdomen pale fawn-ochreous. Legs white, spotted

with pale fawn.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Hayrt (Port-au-Prince, 23 V.—Gudmann) ;

Sr. Tuomas, 20 IIT. (Hedemann). Two specimens.

The smooth crown separates this species from Lithocolletis, to

which genus it might be referred at first sight.

241. GRACILARIA NESITIS, sp. n.

Antenne as long as the fore wings; yellowish white, faintly

barred above with brown. Palpi slightly recurved; white, the

end of the second joint and a band above the middle of the third

joint brown. Head yellowish white. Thorax white, mixed with

brown. Fore wings umber-brown, with a nearly straight yellowish-

white central fascia, before which are two slightly oblique ill-

defined transverse streaks, and beyond it a well-defined costal

spot and a few scales of the same colour along the dorsum ; cilia

pale brownish, at the apex white. Hap. al. 6 mm. Hind wings

brownish grey, with tawny-grey cilia. Abdomen pale cinereous.

Legs white, with brown tarsal annulations.

Type, 2 Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 18-21 III. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Two specimens.

154 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

95. Coriscrum, Z. “

242, CoRISCIUM ALBOMARGINATUM, Sp. n.

Antenne mouse-grey. Palpi white, with a smoky-white brush

beneath the second joint and two minute black annulations on

the apical joint. Head and thorax smoky-white, the latter

margined with mouse-grey. ore wings dark mouse-grey, with a

series of oblique white costal streaklets beginning at one-third

from the base, the fifth continued across the wing and meeting a

white inverted tornal streaklet, beyond it a sixth costal is inverted

before the apex; the dorsum is white throughout; with two dark

spots connected with the dark ground-colour in the fold, one

before the other behind the middle; a short elongate very oblique

white dorsal streaklet ascends before the tornus pointing in the

direction of the apex; cilia white, tipped with mouse-grey, with a

line of blackish scales along their base sending a short black

point through them at the apex; tornal cilia greyish. wp. al.

6 mm. Hind wings and cilia grey. Abdomen greyish. Legs

white, speckled with mouse-grey on the hind tibie and tarsi.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 12 IIL.-14 V. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Five specimens.

Bred by Mr. Gudmann and Baron von Hedemann, but the

plant not identified.

243, CoRISCIUM ATTENUATUM, sp. n.

Antenne yellowish white, delicately annulated. Palpi recurved,

the second joint slightly tufted beneath; white, tinged externally

with pale fawn. Head white. Thora whitish. ore wings deli-

cate pale fawn-ochreous, with some whitish mottling on the basal

half; a slender whitish line along the dorsal margin bending

upwards and meeting at a right angle the second of three white

costal streaks (which is somewhat more oblique than the other

two), the margins of these streaks are peppered with minute black

scales ; a white dorsal spot lies before the apex of the outer costal

streak, and a white apical spot contains a rounded black dot; a

slender fawn line running around the apex at the base of the paler

cilia, which are also tipped with fawn at the extreme apex. Lap.

al. 7mm. Hind wings pale greyish, with pale fawn-grey cilia.

Abdomen fawn-grey. Legs whitish.

Type, § Mus. W1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 7-28 III. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann). Three specimens.

Bred by Mr. Gudmann from larve feeding on Croton flavens.

VI. ARGYRESTHIAN.

96. LmUCOPHASMA, g. n.

(Aeuxds=bright ; ¢adeua= phantom.)

Type, ¢ Leucophasma phantasmella, W1sm.

Antenne nearly as long as the fore wings, somewhat flattened

towards the base, simple.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 155

Labial palpi slender, short, projecting; second joint sparsely

hairy beneath, apical joint as long as the second.

Mawillary palpi and haustellum obsolete.

Head rough above, face smooth.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings lanceolate, somewhat widened in the middle, apex

depressed, slightly uncate, subacute. Newration: 9 veins; 7 and

8 stalked, enclosing the apex, 3, 5, and 10 absent.

Hind wings (under 1) lanceolate, acute, costal margin suddenly

depressed from the middle, cilial3. Neuration: 7 veins; 4 absent

(coincident with 5); 6 and 7 parallel.

Legs: posterior tibiz clothed with long fine hairs.

Allied to Cedestis, Z., but differing in the absence of the

haustellum.

244, LevcoPHASMA PHANTASMELLA, Sp. 0.

Antenne shining white. Palpi, head, and face white. Thorax

white with a golden-yellow tinge. Fore wings white witha golden-

yellow suffusion, more apparent on the middle and towards the

apical portion of the wing; a small fuscous dot lies at the extreme

apex surrounded by golden yellow; cilia white with a golden-

yellow sheen. Exp. al. 11 mm. Hind wings greyish white, cilia

with a yellowish tinge. Abdomen shining whitish ochreous. Legs

white; hind tibie clothed with long white hairs above.

Type, 6 Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Chantilly Estate, 350 ft., wind-

ward side, 13 [LV.—H. H. Smith). Unique.

97. AnayresTHIA, Hb.

245. ARGYRESTHIA PERCUSSELLA, Z. (?).

Argyresthia percussella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 246-7

Gadiys:

Hab. Cotrompta—Bogota, m. IIT.’ [? West Indies—Sr. THomas,

6-10 LiL. (Gudmann, Hedemann). |

Two specimens from St. Thomas are probably small varieties of

this species, but they are not in sufficiently good condition to

determine with certainty.

VII. ERECHTHIANA.

98. Erzunetis, Meyr.

246. EREUNETIS MINUSCULA, sp. 0.

(=Nolckenia minuscula, Z. MS.)

Antenne rather stout, enlarged at the base, simple in the dg;

creamy-white. Palpi projecting more than the length of the head

beyond it, brush-like beneath ; creamy-white. Head rough ; cream-

coloured. Thorax cream-coloured. Fore wings cream-coloured,

more or less shaded and speckled with umber-brown, this shading

being concentrated (and therefore more conspicuous) from the

156 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

base along the first half of the fold, from beyond the middle of the

costa to the lower angle of the cell, and in a subapical oblique

costal streak; a dark fuscous streaklet immediately before the

extreme apex is preceded by a narrow whitish costal patch; the

termen deeply incised below and opposite to it, causing the apex

of the wing to turn up sometimes almost at right angles to its

surface ; cilia creamy whitish, with a slender reduplicated umber-

brown line close to their tips. Hwp.al.9 mm. Hind wings, 3

with a hyaline patch at the base; pale golden yellowish, some-

times with a cupreous tinge; cilia whitish with a slight golden or

cupreous tinge, a slender reduplicated curved line of umber-brown

running through them around the extreme apex. Abdomen whitish

ochreous. Legs creamy-white.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica (Kingston, 26 VII.— Cockerell) ;

Sr, Crorx, 22-28 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann); St. Tuomas, 7 III.

-22 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann); Grenava (Balthazar, 250 ft.,

windward side, 30 IV.—H. H. Smith). Nine specimens.

[Cotomsra? (Nolcken). Twelve specimens. }

‘In repose the moth holds the end of the fore wings curved

upwards” (Hedemann).

This species varies in the intensity of its colouring, the post-

median oblique streak or shade being sometimes continued back-

ward at a right angle to the dorsum, while in other specimens the

markings are almost obliterated. I have a series in the Zeller

Collection named “ Nolekenia minuscula, Mus. Z.,” received from

Baron von Nolcken, but unfortunately they are only labelled ‘*V.”

It is possible they may have been taken in St. Thomas or Jamaica,

as the Baron visited these islands in December 1870; but he

appears to have found Micros scarce in the West Indies, and the

specimens were more probably captured in Colombia.

Very closely allied to Ereunetis iwloptera, Meyr., an Australian

species which also possesses the hyaline patch in the hind wings—

it appears to be distinct, but my specimens of iwloptera are in poor

condition.

247, ERnUNETIS MACULICORNIS. sp. 0.

Antenne: basal joint with a brush of hair-like scales above and

beneath, somewhat serrate on the outer half in the ¢; white with

three brownish spots, the first at one-third, the second at two-

thirds, the third at the apex. Palpi slender, second joint scarcely

clothed beneath; white. Head and thorax white. Sore wings

shining white, with a pale fawn-ochreous shade from the base

along the fold, some similar shading on the outer half of the wing

tending to fawn, and two slightly oblique fascie ; cilia pale fawn-

ochreous. Exp. al.6 mm. Hind wings shining yellowish grey ;

cilia pale grey. Abdomen and legs very pale ochreous.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 7 IJI.-12 IV. (Hedemann).

Three specimens.

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 157

“In repose the moth holds the end of the fore wings curved

upwards ” (Hedemann).

This obscure species, which is allied to minuscula, can be at

once separated by the brownish blotches on the antenne.

248. EREUNETIS AEOLELLA, Sp. n.

Antenne longer than the fore wings, slender; pale cinereous.

Palpi slender, somewhat dependent; second joint longer than the

apical, slightly clothed beneath; dirty whitish. Head rough-haired ;

whitish cinereous. Thorax whitish cinereous. Fore wings with

the costa slightly arched, apex moderately acute; pale brownish

fawn-colour, longitudinally streaked throughout with whitish-

cinereous lines running from the base to the termen—one above

the cell, two along it, and one along the fold ; the costa also whitish

cinereous ; a few black scale-points around the termen at the

base of the cilia and one a little beyond the middle of the fold;

cilia brownish cinereous. Ewvp.al.8 mm. Hind wings and cilia

dull greyish. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish cinereous ;

hind tibize with slender greyish hairs above.

Type, 3 9 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—St. Tuomas, 7 III.-12 IV. (Hedemann).

Three specimens.

249. EREUNETIS FRONTELLA, sp. 0.

Antenne white, faintly annulated with fawn-brown. Head with

a long pointed frontal tuft reaching more than the length of the

head beyond it; white. Labial palpi slender, the second joint

sparsely clothed at its apex; white. Thoraw whitish, shaded with

fawn-brown. Fore wings whitish, with a broad longitudinal streak

of fawn-brown, sprinkled with black scales, extending from the

base to the apex, its width encroaching on the dorsal, but not on

the costal, half of the wing; a narrower and slightly paler line

follows the dorsum throughout ; a slender black streak or spot on

the pale interspace at one-third from the base ; the costal half of

the wing is very obliquely striated with pale fawn-brown—the first

streak arising at the base, the second before the middle, a third

somewhat darker beyond the middle, and a fourth following the

margin to the apex, where there is an elongate black spot; cilia

whitish, with a slender fawn-brown line running through their

base, defining very clearly the acuminate apex, a rather broader

shade of the same colour around their outer extremities (the longer

cilia on the dorsal margin are not thus marked). Lap. al. 9-

10 mm. Hind wings very pale greyish, with pale brownish-

ochreous cilia. Abdomen shining brownish ochreous. Legs with

long slender hairs above and beneath the tibie ; yellowish white,

the tarsi faintly annulated.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—St. Tuomas, 13 IL-7 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Hight specimens.

158 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

“In repose the moth holds the end of the wings curved up-

wards ” (Hedemann).

This species, which belongs to the group of symmacha, Meyr.,

most resembles Comodica acontistes, Meyr., but is not so strongly

marked, and does not possess the notch in the antenne.

250. EREUNETIS LANCEOLATA, sp. 0.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi moderately long, drooping ; greyish

fuscous. Head above whitish cinereous, face greyish fuscous.

Thorax pale cinereous. ore wings dirty whitish, with a slight

yellowish tinge, strongly marked with brownish cupreous in three

costal blotches—the first at the base extending to about one-fourth,

the second about tiie middle diffused obliquely outwards to the

end of the cell, the third beyond the middle, containing an oblique

line and an anteapical triangle of the pale ground-colour, extends

very obliquely to a cupreous spot in the apical cilia ; the acuminate

apex of the wing is defined by a cupreous line along the base of

the costal and dorsal cilia, which are of the pale ground-colour.

Exp. al. 8-10 mm. Hind wings as broad as the fore wings,

lanceolate acuminate ; shining pale grey ; ciliathe same. Abdomen

greyish. Legs: hind tibie hairy; yellowish white, tibie banded

with fuscous.

Type, & Mus. W1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca (Mandeville, 1950 ft., X.—

Cockerell); Sr, Tuomas, 7-30 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann): four

specimens. Brazit—Pard (Amazons), IV., 20 VII., 1 IX.-15 XII.

(Schulz): several specimens.

This species belongs to the group of symmacha, Meyr.

251. EREUNEDIS HNEOALBIDA, sp. 0.

Antenne pale yellowish. Palpi dependent; white. Head and

face rough ; white, the crest brassy-yellow. Thoraa shining white,

touched with brassy-yellow behind. Fore wings shining, snow-

white, with two transverse fascie, three costal streaks, and one

dorsal streak, all brassy-yellow—the first fascia close to the base,

the second at 7, the three costal streaks all very oblique from the

middle to the apex, divided from an oblique medio-dorsal streak

by a slender black longitudinal line; the second costal streak,

which is more slender than the other two, has a fine black line

along its inner edge; the dorsal streak is also dark-margined

internally ; cilia snow-white, with a cuneiform brassy dash along

their base from the anal angle, the outer costal streak also running

through them at the apex. Exp. al. 7-9 mm. Hind wings pale

greyish, with a slight brassy sheen; cilia very pale grey. Abdomen

shining pale brownish ochreous. Legs: hind tibiw hairy above ;

whitish.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 6 IfI.-12 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Four specimens,

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPLERA, 159

VIII. TINEINZA.

99. Tryna, L.

252. TINEA BREVISTRIGATA.

Antenne dirty whitish. Palpi whitish, with a fuscous band

around the base of the apical joint; second joint with some long

separate whitish hairs beneath. Head and thoraw hoary greyish.

Fore wings hoary whitish, the costa faintly mottled with greyish

ochreous, the dorsal half of the wing shaded and speckled with

grey: four short dark brownish-fuscous streaks accompanied by a

few pale ochreous scales—the first very short, lying on the fold at

one-fourth from the base; the second also short, on the cell a little

before the middle of the wing; the third larger and more con-

spicuous, at the end of the fold, reaching the base of the dorsal

cilia ; the fourth more diffused, running from the end of the cell

to the middle of the termen ; a slight fuscous shade runs along

the base of the hoary-grey cilia. Hwp.al.9-12 mm. Hind wings

shining pale greyish; cilia the same. Abdomen cinereous. Legs

hoary whitish.

Type, ¢ Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies— Sr. Crorx, 5-6 V. (Gudmann, Hedemann) ;

Sr, Tuomas, 2 IIT.-15 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Six specimens.

253. TINEA REDUPLICATA, sp. n.

Antenne bone-white. Palpi externally black nearly to the end

of the second joint; apical joint short, also banded with black

externally. Head hoary. Thorax bone-white. Fore wings slightly

shining, bone-white, speckled with small groups of black and

purplish-fuscous scales ; a short greyish-fuscous streak along the

base of the costa is followed by an irregular series of marginal

spots of different sizes to the commencement of the costal cilia ;

along the fold, before and beyond its middle, are three minute

spots of black scales, similar spots extending in a series of three or

four along the outer half of the cell, the outer one being opposite

to the termen of the cell, others lying on the extreme margins

below and above, but a little beyond it; a line of greyish-fuscous

scales along the base of the bone-white cilia. Hp. al. 12-14 mm.

Hind wings shining greyish, with a slight eneous tinge; cilia corre-

sponding to this colour along their base, but shining whitish on

their outer half. Abdomen pale brassy-brown, with silvery trans-

verse lines. Legs bone-white, shaded with brownish grey.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 17-31 III. (Gudmann). Two

specimens.

254, TINEA DILUTICORNIS, sp. n.

Antenne yellowish white. Palpi porrect, second joint slightly

hairy beneath, apical joint somewhat obtuse, not reaching beyond

the head ; white, with a fuscous streak on the outer side of the

second joint. Head hoary whitish. Thoraw whitish, shaded with

160 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

brownish grey. Fore wings hoary whitish, suffused and speckled

with brownish grey, some dots of the same around the base of the

long whitish cilia. Zvp.al. 12 mm. Hind wings pale brassy-

yellow ; cilia whitish, with an eneous tinge along their base.

Abdomen yellowish grey. Legs whitish.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 16 IV. (Hedemann). Unique.

255, TINHA SCYTHROPIELLA, sp. n.

Antenne hone-white. Palpi, second joint recurved, somewhat

roughened beneath, apical joint short, projected ; white. Head and

thorax white. Fore wings rather shining, white, sparsely sprinkled

with greyish brown ; a slender curved greyish-brown line, leaving

the costa near the base, reaches obliquely outwards to the fold ;

a second, from before the middle of the costa, angulated outwards

on the cell, descends obliquely to the middle of the dorsum; a

small ill-defined blotch of the same colour rests at the end of the

cell, with a spot below it about the tornus, followed by others jess

conspicuous towards the apex; cilia whitish. Hp. al. 14 mm.

Hind wings yellowish grey ; cilia becoming whitish on their outer

half. Abdomen greyish. Legs whitish.

Type, d Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 8-11 IIL. (Gudmann). Two

specimens.

256, TINEA CRETELLA, sp. n.

Antenne slender, simple (3); greyish ochreous. Palpi small,

slender, drooping, slightly recurved, obtuse, naked; dark fuscous,

Head rough ; white, face fuscous. Thorax smooth, white ; tegule

white. Fore wings chalky white, with a series of chestnut-brown

costal spots and streaks; the first commencing at the base and

extending to one-third the length of the wing; after this two

smaller length-spots lie on each side of the middle and are followed

by a larger, rather triangular, spot of the same colour at the com-

mencement of the costal cilia, beneath this is a minute black dot

at the end of the cell; cilia white, with a series of black specks

near the base following the termen ; tornal cilia greyish. wp, al.

11 mm. Hind wings grey, with a lustrous brassy tinge ; cilia grey,

with a slight rosy tinge. Abdomen greyish. Legs pale cinereous ;

hind tibize loosely clothed above.

Type, ¢ Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. West Indies—Hayri (Port-au-Prince, 24 V.—Gudmann).

Two specimens.

257. TINEA UMBRATICOSTELLA, sp. n.

Antenne smoky brownish, the basal joint fringed with white

beneath. Palpi short, drooping; white. Head very rough; white.

Thorax white, with a median brown streak. Fore wings lanceolate ;

white, the costa smoky-brown throughout, broader beyond than

before the middle; a pale chestnut-brown shade along the fold and

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 161

at the end of the cell, with three or four minute black dots along

the outer half of the dorsum, and one near the upper angle of the

cell ; cilia pale brownish grey, with a smoky-brown line running

through them and continued around the apex. zp. al. 8-10 mm.

Hind wings pale grey ; cilia with a slight brownish tinge. Abdomen

pale yellowish brown. Legs hairy; yellowish white, the tarsi

faintly annulated.

Type, & 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 5 V. (Hedemann) ; St. THoMmas,

8 III,-13 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann) ; St. Vincunt (windward

side, H. H. Smith). Nine specimens.

258, TINEA TISCHHRIELLA, sp. n.

Antenne yellowish, annulated with olive-brown. Palpi drooping;

yellowish. Head and thoraw pale yellow. Fore wings and cilia

shining pale yellow, with a broad olive-brown band (occupying more .

than the costal half of the wing) extending from the base nearly

to the apex, with two very slight projections, one before and one

beyond the middle, encroaching upon the pale dorsal space. Eup.

al.6mm. Hind wings very pale grey ; cilia with a faint eneous

gloss. Abdomen pale shining ochreous. Legs hairy above ; whitish.

Exp. al. 6 mm.

Type, & Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Hayrt (Port-au-Prince, 22 V.—Gudmann) ;

Sr. Toomas, 11 IV. (Hedemann). Two specimens.

259. TINEA SOLENOBIELLA, Sp. 0.

Antenne bone-whitish. Palpi very short, slender, drooping ;

bone-white. Head and face rough; bone-whitish. Thorax bone-

whitish, with a slight brownish tinge. ore wings whitish, sparsely

suffused with pale greyish brown, which colour also forms some

costal speckling as far as the middle and some ill-defined small

costal spots beyond the middle ; a spot lies on the disc a little before

the middle and there is more speckling of the same colour towards

the apex and on the outer half of the dorsum; a waved line of

brownish-fuscous atoms runs through the bone-white cilia. Hyp.

al. 9 mm. Hind wings shining whitish grey; cilia bone-grey.

Abdomen greyish. Legs whitish; hind tibie with long slender

hairs above.

Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 21 IV. (Gudmann); Sv. THomas,

7-17 III. (Gudmann). Four specimens.

A very inconspicuous and faintly-marked species of the group

allied to cloacella, Hw.

260, TINEA FRAGILELLA, sp. n.

Antenne yellowish white. Palpi very slender, drooping, naked ;

white. Head and thorax white. Fore wings white, neatly speckled

throughout with fuscous, tending to black around the extreme

Proc, Zoot, Soc.—1897, No. XI. 11

162 LORD WALSINGHAM ON { Jan. 19,

apex, where it forms a semicircular shade, and on a spot before the

margin, preceding the semicircle ; a pair of costal spots lie before

and beyond the middle, the second equidistant between the first

and the apex; cilia above the apex white, at the apex shaded with

greyish ochreous, a slender shade-line running through them

towards the tornus, where also they become whitish. Hap. al.

8mm. Hind wings very pale grey; cilia whitish grey. Abdomen

white. Legs white, hind tarsal joints delicately spotted with

fuscous.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm. .

Hab. West Indies—Hayri (Port-au-Prince, 24 V.—Gudmann).

Three specimens.

261. TINBA MINUTELLA, F.

Alucita minutella, F. Ent. Syst. IIT. (2) 344, No. 51 (1794)*.

Tinea minutella, F. Sppl. Ent. Syst. 500. No. 110 (1798)?. Phalena

(Alucita) minutella, Turton, Syst. Nat. IIL. 383 (1806) *.

“minutella, 51. A. alis albidis: fasciis tribus fuscis. Statura

parva precedentium. Ale albide, fasciis tribus fuscis, prima

baseos, tertia apicis.

“ Habitat in Americe Insulis, Dom. v. Rohr.”'. = West Indies'”’.

262. TINEA PLUMELLA, Wlsm.

Tinea plumella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 508-9, 544

(1892)’.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 21 IV.—7 V. (Hedemann);

Sr. THomas, 10-26 IV. (Gudmann); Sv. Vincent’.

Bred by Mr. Gudmann, who found the larve very common on

walls and stone fences.

263, TINEA TETRAONELLA, sp. 0.

Antenne minutely annulated with brownish fuscous and whitish

ochreous ; basal joint whitish ochreous. Palpi very short, drooping ;

whitish, a minute fuscous ring round the apical joint. Head

brownish fuscous, mixed with whitish ochreous ; face whitish

ochreous. T'horaw brownish fuscous, sprinkled and slightly mottled

with whitish ochreous. Fore wings brownish fuscous, sprinkled

and slightly mottled with whitish ochreous; the only noticeable

spot of this colour being before the middle of the dorsum, this and

other smaller ones beyond it are minutely speckled with fuscous

scales ; cilia pale whitish ochreous with a dark parting line running

through them. wp. al.6mm. Hind wings blue-grey; cilia tawny

fuscous. Abdomen brownish fuscous. Legs brownish fuscous, hind

tarsal joints banded with white.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 28 IV. (Hedemann); St. THomas,

12-28 IV. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Four specimens.

“‘Larve on walls and stone fences, not so common as plumella,

Wilsm., and very difficult to breed” (Gudmann).

1897.j WESE-INDIAN MICRO-LUPIDOPTERA, 163

In paler specimens the whitish-ochreous mottling is increased,

forming a series of spots along the costa and dorsum. Very near

Tinea plumella, Wism., but apparently distinct; the colour of the

fore wings is more suffused.

264, TINEA PUMILTELLA, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi very small, drooping, cylindrical ;

dirty whitish. Head and face rough; whitish cinereous above, face

inclining to ochreous. Thoraaw whitish cinereous. ore wings

whitish cinereous, blotched with ferruginous, especially on the

outer portion and on the inner margin of a slender, almost straight,

transverse black fascia slightly before the middle ; a blackish streak

along the base of the costa and a blackish costal spot at two-thirds

from the base ; on the outer edge of the central fascia is a pale

band, almost white, but ill-defined externally ; the pale cilia are

minutely speckled with black scales. Hwp.al,6 mm. Hind wings

yellowish grey; cilia pale grey. Abdomen bronzy grey. Legs

whitish.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 8 V. (Hedemann); Sz. THomas,

12-30 IIT. (Gudmann, Hedemann). Three specimens.

265. TINBA CUMULATELLA, Z.

Tinea cumulatella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 211-2 (1877)'.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 11 III.-14 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Conometa, Fusagasuga, 16 TV."

There is one male and three females in the collection, which can

be distinguished from cwmulatella, Z., only by their paler hind

wings. The type is unique, and I should not venture to separate

them specifically on this ground alone, as I find in the present

series some variation in this respect.

266, 'TINEA NIGROVITTA, sp. 0.

Antenne pale brownish. Palpi drooping, slender, second joint

sparsely clothed; whitish cinereous. Head pale brownish. Thorax

greyish brown. Sore wings greyish brown, indistinctly speckled

and smudged with a darker shade of the same colour; cilia slightly

paler, with a dark shade running through them near the base.

Eep.al.10 mm. Hind wings brownish grey, with a conspicuous

patch of deep black scales below the costa near the base on the

upper side ; some short erect bristling hairs on the costal margin ;

cilia slightly paler than the wings. Abdomen pale brownish. Legs

pale cinereous.

Type, d Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 8 IV. (Gudmann). Unique.

This species is separable from Tinea cumulatella, Z., only by the

distinct black patch on the upper surface near the base of the

hind wings in the male and in its yellower and paler hind wings ;

in all other respects it almost absolutely resembles it.

164 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

267. TINEA FAMILIARIS, Z.

Tinea familiaris, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XTII. 214-6 (1877) *.

Hab. West Indies—Hayrt (Port-au-Prince, 23 V., Gudmann) ;

Sr. THomas, 13 ILL. (“in the house ”—Gudmann). CoLOMBIA—

Fusagasuga’.

Mr. Gudmann bred this species at St. Thomas.

268. TINEA PALLIDORSELLA, Z.

Tinea pallidorsella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 212-4 (1877)’.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 15 ITI. (Gudmann). CoLomBta

—Ubaque, 23 III.’

269, TINEA FRONTESTRIGATA, sp. 1.

Antenne (3); pale ochreous, distinctly annulate with dark fuscous.

Palpi short, drooping, second joint with a rough brush beneath,

apical joint as long as the second ; pale ochreous, externally blotched

with fuscous on each joint. /fead whitish ochreous at the sides,

banded and shaded above with fuscous; face ochreous. Thorax

dark fuscous, obscurely speckled with ochreous. Fore wings bright

ochreous, thickly sprinkled with dark purplish fuscous, which has

a tendency to coalesce in a small transverse subcostal patch near

the base, in a dorsal patch a little beyond the base, in a strong

shade occupying the outer half of the cell and reaching to the

costa, and on the apical portion of the wing, where it also sprinkles

the pale ochreous cilia over two-thirds their length. wp. al. 7 mm.

Hind wings narrower than the fore wings; purplish grey, cilia the

same. Abdomen purplish grey, anal tuft ochreous. Legs dark

greyish, with pale ochreous tarsal spots and spurs.

Type, d Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies--Sr. Croix, 2 V. (Gudmann). Unique.

270. TINHA AUROMACULATA, sp. n.

Antenne yellow, faintly annulated with tawny brown. Palpi

slender, drooping ; yellowish, externally tawny. Head and thorax

golden yellow. Fore wings tawny brown with a purplish gloss,

marbled with golden yellow, of which there is a spot at the extreme

base, a larger spot at the middle of the fold reaching to the

dorsum, another spot at the outer end of the fold, a fourth on the

disc above and between the last two, and one at the end of the cell

reaching to the costa; apex and apical cilia golden yellow, dorsal

cilia tawny grey. Ep. al.6-5 mm. Hind wings and cilia bronzy

grey. Abdomen bronzy greyish. Legs slightly paler.

Type, 6 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 20 III. (Hedemann). Unique.

271. TINEA DIVISA, sp. n.

Antenne of the male pubescent; creamy-white, delicately annu-

1897.] WESTI-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 165

lated with brownish fuscous. Palpi slender, depressed, whitish ;

the second joint with some brownish hairs beneath its apex. Head

rough; white. Thorax bronzy fuscous. ore wings and cilia

bronzy fuscous ; a rather broad cream-white central fascia tinged

with brownish ochreous is slightly attenuated toward the costa,

from which it is separated by a narrow line of the dark ground-

colour; beyond the fascia is a small patch of brownish-ochreous

scales at the end of the cell, with afew others at the extreme apex.

Exp. al. 65 mm. Hind wings and cilia brownish. Abdomen

brownish. Legs whitish ochreous, with some brownish hairs on

the tibiz.

Type, 3 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 12 IV. (Hedemann). Unique.

100. Trnzoza, HS.

272. TINEOLA UTERELLA, sp. n.

Antenne smoky fawn-colour. Palpi: maxillaries not folded :

labials short, porrect; smoky fawn. Head smoky fawn-colour,

face brownish ochreous. Thorav smoky fawn. Fore wings

yellowish fawn, with minute fuscous speckling ; a purplish fuscous

blotch on the costa near the base is partly connected with a spot

of the same colour lying obliquely beneath it on the fold; beyond

this are two spots vefore the middle of the wing, the smaller on

the fold, the larger on the disc slightly beyond and above the

lower one; a larger spot of the same colour lies at the end of the

cell, and there are a few dark scales at the base of the dorsum ;

(these markings although showing a purplish gloss in a strong light

appear blackish under the lens); cilia fawn-grey. Ewp. al. ¢ 10-

2 15mm. Hind wings pale grey, with a strong xneous tinge

helow the cell ; cilia yellowish grey. Abdomen yellowish grey. Legs

yellowish grey, tarsi with obscure darker blotches.

Type. 3 2 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 14-24 IIL. (Gudmann, Hede-

mann): three specimens. Brazin—Pard (Amazons), 17 [X.-

14 XII. (Schulz): a long series.

Bred by Messrs. Schulz, Gudmann, and Baron von Hedemann.

Mr. Gudmann notes it as found “on tranks,” while Mr. Schulz

writes :—“ The Amazonian clothes moth, their larva and pupa-cases

called ‘tracas’ in Portuguese. These tracas are very frequent in

the houses in Pard, keeping on the walls of the rooms and are very

injurious to clothes.” All three observers send with this species a

flattened bladder-shaped case composed of silk and grains of sand,

wide in the middle, narrowed towards each extremity and open at

both ends. Geia maculata, Wlsm., a species which although

belonging to a different family is almost inseparable from uterella

in colour and markings, is found likewise in St. Thomas and at

Para at the same time as wterella. Baron von Hedemann writes

of Geta maculata, “very common on the inner walls of nearly

166 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

every house in St. Thomas”; Mr. Schulz, who apparently did not

distinguish the two insects, notes uterella as the domestic species ;

while Mr. Gudmann found it on the trunks of trees; and Baron

von Hedemann, whe found the cases very common on the inner

walls of houses, only succeeded in breeding one specimen. The

larva of maculatais unknown.

101. Myrmecozena, Z.

273. MYRMECOZELA OCHRACEELLA, Testr.

Tinea ochraceella, Tgstr. Not. Siillsk. Faun. et Flor. Fenn. For.

TI. 111 (1847). Myrmecozela ochraceella, Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 176-7

(1852)?; Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 271,425. No. 1485 (1871);

Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 339, 354 (1890)*; Wlsm. Pr.

Z. Soe. Lond. 1891, 517, 545 (1892) *.

Hab. Evrorn (Winland, Switzerland, Scotland, England) *°.

Larva in Ants’ nests, VIIL-X. West Indies—Porrorico* °.

If this species is correctly determined by Méschler its occurrence

in the West Indies is a remarkable contribution to the study of

Geographical Distribution. It has not yet been detected in the

United States, and a myrmecophilous species could hardly be

imported from Europe to Portorico. Moreover, the localities in

which it is found in Europe are not such as could warrant

the suggestion of its having béen introduced from the West

Indies.

102. Xynusruia, Clem.

[Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. XI. 259, 262 (1859) ; Stn.

Tin. N. Am. 53-4, 59, 60, fig. 5 (1872).]

274, XYLESTHIA AUSTRALIS, sp. n.

Antenne simple; dusky cinereous. Palpi with the second

joint widely and roughly clothed beneath, apical joint almost con-

cealed; cinereous speckled with fuscous. Head and thorax

cinereous. ore wings arched at the base, apex depressed, rounded,

termen oblique; cinereous dusted with fuscous, an indication of

an obscure cloud-like fuscous spot at the end of the cell is followed

by four cloud-like spots above at the base of the costal cilia ;

cilia cinereous, with a fuscous shade-line running through them.

Exp. al. 16-20 mm. Hind wings broader than the fore wings,

rounded at the apex; brownish fuscous, cilia the same. Abdomen

greyish fuscous. Legs very pale cinereous.

Type, 2 Mus. Wism.; (Paratype § Mus. Gudmann).

Hab. West Indies—Havyvrt (Port-au-Prince, 23-25 V.,Gudmann) ;

Sr. Tuomas, 9 IIT. (Gudmann). Three specimens.

The male specimen from St. Thomas is more distinctly marked,

having fuscous spots along the costal margin, a fuscous shade

along the disc from the base, and the terminal cilia are mottled. It

seems to be, however, only a well-marked variety.

1897. } WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 167

103. Amypria, Clem.

(Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XI. 260, 262 (1859); Stn.

Tin. N. Am. 55, 59, 60, fig. 2 (1872).]

275. AMYDRIA ANAPHORELLA, Wlsm.

Amydria anaphorella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 517, 545

(1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vixcrnt'.

104. Prxtonpmipt1a, Mschl.

[Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 337-8 (1890).]

276. PHXICNEMIDIA MIRELLA, Mschl.

Pexicnenidia mirella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 338,

354 (1890)'; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 518, 545 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico » ?,

105. TrquapRa, Wkr.

TIQUADRA, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 519 (1863) .

= Osceri4, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins, B.M. XXIX. 783-4 (1864).

= Mancuawa, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXXV. 1818 (1866) ;

n. syn.= Vewrra, Whkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXXV. 1838-9

(1866); =Acvrevra, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 198-9 (1877).

277. TIQUADRA ASPERA, Z,

Acureuta aspera, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 199-201 (1877).

Tiquadra aspera, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 339, 354

(1890)?; Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 518, 545 (1892) *

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico?*, Cotompta? *,

278. TIQUADRA LENTIGINOSA, Z.

Acureuta lentiginosa, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIII. 201-2

(1877)*. Tiquadra lentiginosa, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

518, 545 (1892) ?.

Hab. West Indies—Trinipap (Port-of-Spain)?. Braz} (Rio

Janeiro’, Petropolis)”. Puru (Ropaybamba, 30 XII)» *.

106. MoropHagea, HS.

279. MoROPHAGA HIRSUTEVESTITA, sp. n.

Antenne 8, slightly serrate, ciliate (3); umber-brown, finely

annulate with ochreous, basal joint brownish ochreous. Palpi

(broken, but decidedly rough); umber-brown mixed with pale

ochreous (so far as they are visible). Head rough; head and

thorax umber-brown mixed with some ochreous scales. Fore wings :

costa somewhat arched, apex depressed, termen oblique, somewhat

securiform, veins 8 and 9 stalked; dark umber-brown, with scat-

tered spots of ochreous scales, especially noticeable along the costa,

168 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

where they form a somewhat regular series, and at the base of the

cilia which correspond to the wing-colouring ; the dark colouring

is concentrated in a patch at the end of the cell, reaching to the

costa, and is followed by a paler space and preceded by a paler

spot. vp. al. 25-27 mm. Hind wings and cilia pale brownish

cinereous. Abdomen pale brownish cinereous. Legs brownish

cinereous, tarsal joints shaded with umber-brown.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Jamatca (Coll. Ragonot). Two specimens

received from the late Monsr. Ragonot.

280. MoropHaGa ? ANGULATELLA, sp. 0.

Antenne stout, slightly serrate ; shining whitish ochreous, a black

spot beneath at the outer extremity of the elongate basal joint.

Palpr whitish ochreous, the apical joint somewhat stout, as long as

the second, the second joint with a large triangular tuft beneath

(as in some species of the genus Vpsolophus, but the tuft is much

less compact and more hirsute) shaded with brown externally

almost to the outer edge of the tuft. Headbrown. Thorax whitish,

edged anteriorly with brown. Fore wings narrow elongate, sub-

ovate ; creamy whitish, a large brownish-fuscous patch extending

from the base along the costal half to one-fourth from the apex,

following the fold, its lower edge is angulated upward in the

middle, its outer edge passing obliquely to the costa almost parallel

with the termen, the costal and terminal margins are mottled with

alternate smoky white and brownish fuscous, the cilia suffused

with smoky brown. vp. al.16 mm. Hind wings brownish grey,

a pale line running along the base of the cilia. Abdomen missing.

Legs bone-whitish.

Type, 6 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Domrnica (Point Michell).

This species differs from Amydria and Xylesthia in having veins

8 and 9 of the fore wings stalked, and from Morophaga, with which

it agrees in neuration, in the longer apical joint of the palpi and in

the second joint being more triangularly clothed.

IX. SETOMORPHINE.

107. SnromorPHua, Z.

281. SproMoRPHA RUPICELLA, Z.

Setomorpha rupicella, Z. Handl. Kong. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. 1852,

95-6}; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 511, 544 (1892) ”.

Hab. West Indies—Cupa (Havannah)'*; Hayrr (Port-au-

Prince, 25 V.—Gudmann). Brazit—Para, X.—XIT. (Schulz).

282, SETOMORPHA GRENADELLA, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi porrect, second joint slightly

hirsute; pale fawn. Head rough above; pale fawn. Thoraw pale

fawn. Fore wings pale fawn, shaded round the margins with

1897.] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 169

small broken patches of umbreous scales, these are somewhat

ageregated at the base of the costa, in an elongate patch above

the middle of the wing, in a second patch extending from the

outer end of the cell to the termen, and near the base of the

dorsum ; cilia pale fawn mottled with umbreous along their base.

Exp. al.10 mm. Hind wings shining reddish grey ; cilia fawn-

grey. Abdomen fawn-grey shaded with umbreous. Hind tibie

much tufted above and beneath ; greyish ochreous, the spurs paler ;

hind tarsi mottled with greyish fuscous.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies--Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 5-10 IV.—H. H. Smith). Two specimens.

X. ANAPHORINA.

108. ATOPOCERA, g.n.

(drowos=strange ; xépas=a horn.)

Type, ¢ Atopocera occultum, W1sm.

Antenne 3, stout, simple, tapering outwards.

Labial palpi 3, strongly recurved to front of thorax ; second

joint thickened, somewhat closely clothed, apical joint as long

as the second, smooth.

Maxillary palpi small, slender.

Head smooth.

Thorax not tufted.

Fore wings with the costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen

oblique. Newration: 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked enclosing the apex,

the rest separate.

Hind wings slightly broader than the fore wings. Newration: 8

veins all separate.

Abdomen somewhat slender.

Legs, hind tibie sparsely hairy above.

This genus constitutes a new section of the Anaphorine charac-

terized by having in the fore wing veins 7 and 8 stalked instead

of 8 and 9.

283. ATOPOCERA OCCULTUM, sp. n.

Antenne brownish grey. Palpi brownish grey, the second joint

somewhat shaded with fuscous externally. Head and thoraw

brownish grey. ore wings fawn-brown, with a few greyish-fuscous

scales scattered about the outer third and a scarcely noticeable

group of fuscous scales at the upper angle of the cell; cilia fawn-

brown, sparsely speckled with greyish fuscous. Hp. al. 12 mm.

Hind wings brownish fuscous ; cilia paler, divided by a brownish-

fuscous shade. Abdomen brownish fuscous ; uncus single, lateral

claspers scarcely spatulate. Legs cinereous.

Type, Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Hayt1 (Cap Haiti, 18 V.—Gudmann).

Unique.

170 LORD WALSINGHAM ON (Jan. 19,

109. Canoguyes, Wlsm.

284. CmnocEunns? ocHRAcHA, Mschl.

Canogenes ? ochracea, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 337,

354 (1890)'; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 515, 544 (1892) 2.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico ! 2.

110. Hypocrorus, Wlsm.

285. HYPOCLOPUS PARVUS, sp. 0.

=Cenogenes pusilla, Wlsm. (partim) Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

514, 544 (1892)',

Antenne greyish ochreous. Palpi, g recurved to back of

thorax; greyish touched with fuscous at the sides, apical joint

tipped with ochreous; @ porrect. Head and thoraa greyish

ochreous intermixed with fuscous. Fore wings pale greyish ochre-

ous, much speckled and blotched with fuscous which is concentrated

in three connected patches (one at the end of the cell, one below

it, and one at the base), leaving the pale ground-colour more con-

spicuous in two ovate patches (the first on the middle of the wing,

the second beyond it) and in a dorsal patch obtusely angulated

upwards before the middle and slightly angulated beyond the

middle, a few fuscous specklings along its lower edge; cilia

agreeing in colour with the wing. wp. al. 3 155-17 mm.;

221mm. Hind wings and cilia dull greyish. Abdomen greyish.

Legs greyish, tarsi with pale subochreous speckling.

Type, 3 Mus. Wism.; @ Mus. Gudmann.

Hab. West Indies—Sv. Tuomas, 18 III.-8 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann) ; Dominica" (Point Michell, 29 V.). Eleven specimens.

This species varies considerably : in the intermediate form which

I have described as the type the dark and pale markings are sharply

defined ; in the extreme forms either the dark or the paler colour

predominates and tends to efface the pattern.

The specimen which I recorded (Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 514)

from Dominica as Cenogenes pusilla, Z., was not in good condition,

and the reception of better specimens from the same island proves

it to be Hypoclopus parvus. My notes on the structure of “ Ana-

Phora pusilla, Z.” refer truly to that species, but the additional

locality is erroneous, and Cenogenes pusilla, Z., must be removed

from the West Indian list.

111. Evizpistr, Wl1sm.

286, EULEPISTE UMBRATIPALPIS, W]sm.

Eulepiste umbratipalpis, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 511,

544, Pl. XLI. 10 (1892)},

Hab. West Indies—-San Domingo ',

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. vel

112. Fenppria, Wlsm.

287. FELDERIA DIMIDIELLA, Wism.

Felderia dimidiella, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 516, 545,

Pl. XLI. 15 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Cusa!.

113. PILANAPHORA, g. n.

(wihos=felt ; Anaphora, nom. gen.)

Type, ¢ 2 Pilanaphora hedemanni, W1sm.

Antenne: 3 somewhat flattened, serrate towards the apex.

Labial palpi: 3 very strongly recurved, reaching to the back of

the thorax, brush-like throughout; 2 porrect, fully twice the

length of the head beyond it.

Fore wings: § scarcely more than twice as long as broad, with

a long fringe along the basal third of the costa (bent back and

lying flat on the wing); 2 without the costal fringe. Neuration:

12 veins all separate, 8 to apex.

Hind wings: 3 with astrong upstanding fringe extending from

the base along the lower edge of the cell to vein 2, the abdominal

margin densely hairy ; 9 without the upstanding fringe. Vewration:

8 veins all separate.

Abdomen densely hairy.

Legs: all the tibize densely clothed in the male, less strongly in

the female.

Allied to Acrolophus, Poey, and Anaphora, Clem.; but readily

separated by the erect fringe on the hind wings.

’

288. PILANAPHORA HEDEMANNI, sp. n.

Antenne brownish ochreous. Palpi, head, and thoraw: 3 reddish

fawn-grey ; @ mouse-colour. Fore wings: ¢ tawny reddish,

speckled along the costa with purplish fuscous, the margins of the

cell also marked out with purplish fuscous, which is intensified at

she end of the celi and in a triangular blotch on its lower edge

before the angle ; a whitish-ochreous streak follows the line of the

fold, scarcely interrupted by a dark spot near its base, but incised

at its upper edge by the triangular spot before mentioned; at

the end of the cell a small reduplicated dot of white raised scales

(probably very fugitive), which is connected by a pale whitish

streak with a pair of purplish-fuscous spots nearer to the termen ;

cilia conforming to the wing-colour, somewhat speckled: 9?

mouse-colour, with the markings less distinct, and the whole

wing-surface more evenly and distinctly speckled with darker

spots; cilia slightly darker than the wings. Zvp. al. g 20-

22 mn.; 2 24-26 mm. Hind wings, d greyish fuscous, the

raised tuft fawn-ochreous, and the hairs along the abdominal

margin also inclining to ochreous; cilia shining, paler than the

wings; Q shining, fuscous with a purplish gloss; cilia slightly

paler than the wings. Abdomen: ¢ thickly clothed with hoary

172 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

grey, anal tuft inclining to ochreous; @ cinereous, with paler hairs

towards the base. Legs subochreous, dusted with greyish fuscous.

Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.; 2 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Crorx, 21 IV.-13 VI. (Gudmann,

Hedemann, Pontoppidan). Ten specimens.

In the absence of evidence to the contrary, I must regard the

ten specimens before me as belonging to one variable species ; the

general pattern of the markings is retained wherever these are

traceable, but in some they are entirely obliterated; the ground-

colour varies from tawny reddish to pale cinereous, with more or

less suffusion. The females also exhibit pale and dark varieties.

114. AnapHora, Clem.

289. ANAPHORA POPEANELLA, Clem.

= AGROTIPENNVELLA, Grt.'* ; =scarprwa, Z."4

Anaphora popeanella, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XI. 261

(1859)'; Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. vi, 57-8, 60. fig. 4(1872)*. Anaphora

agrotipennella, Grt. Can. Ent. IV. 137-8 ¢, 142-38 2 (1872)’.

Anaphora popeancila, Grt. Can. Ent. IV. 1387-8, 142-3 (1872) *.

Anaphora scardina, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII. 215-6

(1873)°. Anaphora agrotipennella, Mrt. Can. Ent. VIII. 185-6

(1876) °; Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 110%, 129 (1878) *.

Anaphora popeanella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 129

(1878)*. Anaphora scardina, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV.

129 (1878) °. -Anaphora agrotipennella, W1sm. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc.

X. 167-8 (1882)". Acrolophus agrotipennella, Grt. Can. Ent.

XVIII. 199 (1886). Anaphora popeanella, W\sm. Tr. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1887, 188%, 161-3, Pl. VIII. 11, 1la-e™; Mschl. Ab.

Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 337, 354 (1890); Riley, Smith’s List Lep.

Bor. Am. 95. No. 5061 (1891)"°; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

515, 545 (1892) ".

Hab, Untrep Stares’™)?©"",VI.-VII. Larva roots of Trifolium

pratense, 1V.-V.°°"**. West Indies—Porrorico”’”.

290, ANAPHORA TRIATOMELLA, sp. n.

Antenne: & serrate towards the apex; whitish ochreous.

Palpi: 3 recurved to beyond the back ot the thorax, apical joint

roughly clothed ; whitish ochreous in front, reddish brown on the

apical joint; Q porrect, twice the length of the head beyond it ;

pale cinereous. Head and thoraw: g mouse-grey, mixed with

reddish brown; 2 pale cinereous. Fore wings: g whitish ochreous

along the costa and dorsum, transversely streaked and mottled

with mouse-grey ; suffused with reddish brown along and beyond

the cell, much shaded and blotched with mouse-grey, which

reaches the dorsum near the base and sends an angular projection

downward across the fold opposite to the middle of the dorsum ;

at the end of the cell are three tooth-like dots of white scales in

an even parallel transverse series ; cilia mouse-grey, mottled with

1897.] WESE-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 173

reddish-brown: @ pale cinereous throughout, more or less speckled

with greyish fuscous, the markings confined to three greyish-

fuscous spots, oue about the middle of the cell, another at the end

of the cell, and the triangular one (as in the male) coming halfway

between them on the lower edge of the cell, its apex crossing

the fold. Lxp.al. ¢ 20mm.; 9 23 mm. Hind wings greyish

fuscous; cilia scarcely paler. Abdomen greyish. Legs whitish

ochreous.

Type, 3 2 Mus. Hedemann.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Tuomas, 20 ILI.-10 IV. (Gudmann,

Hedemann). Five specimens.

This species is very variable in colour in both sexes, and the

markings in some varieties are obliterated; but the white spots

appear to be constant in the male.

291. ANAPHORA ARCASALIS, Wkr.

Palthis? arcasalis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XVI. 153-4 (1858) '.

Anaphora arcasalis, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 515, 545 (1892)?

Hab. West Indies—San Domineo!*.

292. ANAPHORA MIMASALIS, Wkr.

Palthis? mimasalis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XVI. 154 (1858)'.

Anaphora mimasalis, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 515, 545

(1892) ?.

Hab. West Indies—San Domrineo!’.

293. ANAPHORA NOCTUINA, Wlsm.

Anaphora noctuina, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 515-6, 545,

Pl. XLI. 14 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Cvusa’.

115. Acronopuvus, Poey.

294. ACROLOPHUS VITELLUS, Poey.

Acrolophus vitellus, Poey, Cent. Lp. Cuba, Pl. (XX.) (1833)';

Wilsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, 1487: Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891,

512, 544, Pl. XLI. 11 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Cusa'*?; (? Porvortco*).

295, ACROLOPHUS ? REFLEXUS, F.

Bombyx refleca, F. Ent. Syst. III. (1) 448. No. 128 (1793)'.

Phalena (Bombyx) refleca, Turton, Syst. Nat. III. 212 (1806) ?.

“refleca. 128. B. alis deflexis cinereo fuscoque variis, palpis

reflexis longitudine thoracis.

‘“‘Minuta. Antenne simplices, cinereze. Palpi compressi, hirsuti,

inter antennas reflexi, ferruginei usque ad alas pertingunt. Ale

antice cineree lunula magna, media liturisque fuscis. Postice

cineree.

“* Habitat in Americe meridionalis, Dr. Pflug.”!

= West Indies” (probably St. Thomas or St. Croix).

174 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

296. ACROLOPHUS PoEYI, Wlsm.

Acrolophus poeyi, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 512-3, 544,

Pl. XLI. 12 (1892)'.

Hab. West Indies—Sr. Vincent’.

297. ACROLOPHUS NIVEIPUNCTATUS, Wlsm.

Acrolophus niveipunctata, Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 518,

544 (1892).

Hab. West Indies—Cvpa'.

298. ACROLOPHUS PLUMIFRONTELLUS, Clem.

= pousBycinA, Z.°

Anaphora plumifrontella, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XT. 261

(1859)!; Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. vii, 39, 57, 59, 60 (1872)?

Anaphora bombycina, Z. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XXIII. 216-7

(18738)*; Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. IV. 129 (1878)*.

Anaphora plumifrontella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. G.G. Surv. 1V. 129

(1878)*. <Acrolophus plumifrontellus, Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1887, 149-50, Pl. VII.5°; Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 336,

354 (1890)"; Riley, Smith’s List Lep. Bor. Am. 94. No. 5048

(1891)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 513-4, 544 (1892) °.

Hab. Unirep Svatres'®. West Indies—Cvupa’; Porrorico”™’.

299. ACROLOPHUS WALSINGHAMI, Mschl.

Acrolophus walsinghami, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 335,

336, 354 (1890)!; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 514, 544, Pl. XLI.

13 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Porrorico*’.

300. ACROLOPHUS LEUCODOCTS, Z.

Anaphora leucodocis, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, XIII. 197-8 (1877)';

Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, 159-60". Acrolophus leucodocis,

_Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soe. Lond. 1891, 514, 544 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Cusa’*. (? Braztn'®),

116. PspupanapHora, W]sm.

301. PsnUDANAPHORA NOCTIVAGA, sp. n.

Antenne purplish fuscous above, ochreous beneath. Palpi pale

ochreous, a dark fuscous patch externally at the base of the first

joint. Head ochreous, with a purplish shade; face pale ochreous.

Thorax purplish fuscous. Fore wings purplish fuscous, mottled

with pale ochreous, the costa reticulated with dark tawny fuscous

throughout ; an oblique small tawny-fuscous patch extending on

either side of the fold near the base; a larger patch cf the same

colour lying on the outer half of the fold, not reaching the

dorsum but extending upwards at its inner extremity across the

cell ; this is followed by some pale ochreous wottling, which also

1897. ] WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 175

precedes and follows a third conspicuous quadrangular tawny -

fuscous patch at the end of the cell; cilia pale ochreous, heavily

sprinkled with purplish fuscous. vp. al. 16mm. Hind wings

greyish brown. Abdomen greyish brown; anal tuft slightly paler.

Legs greyish cinereous, hind tarsal joints banded with purplish

fuscous.

Type, & Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. West Indies—Grenapa (Balthazar, 250 ft., windward

side, 10 V.—H. H. Smith), Unique.

117. Bazrra, Wkr.

=§ Hppara, Wkv.

302. BazIRA XYLINELLA, Wkr.

Eddara «xylinella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXVIII. 518

(1863)'. Bazira xylinella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXX. 1009

(1863)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891, 516, 545 (1892) *.

Hab. West Indies—Jamaica*”®. ;

IND EX

Invalid names are printed in italics; = denotes that the name in italics is a

synonym ; §= a homonym; t= wrongly written either in inception or in

adoption; } signifies the correction of a name hitherto wrongly written ;

*= invalid as not containing the type of the conception. Names within

square brackets are referred to in this paper, but are not connected with

the West-Indian fauna.

DIVISIONS.

Page Page

JEGERIADA .......... 62 HYPONOMEUTINE ...... 112

ANAPHORINA .......... 169 LAVERNINZ ...-..00050% 107

ARGYRESTHIANZ........ 154 |) (elivonmenran ag. fe Soa 141

BATRACHEDRINZE........ 103 | Q2COPHORIDA........ 838

ISEDEDERANIA 20: ebe hee 144 | OLETHREUTZ, Hb

BLASTOBASIDA ...... 91 Tene nny

CoOLEOPHORIN] ........ 102 OLETHREUTIN”E 121

Oe eee 105 Geadic 139

ENDRONEURINZE ...... 141 OBNEODID.. 0... el

ELACHISTIDA 1.1.1” TN | leg teaeesarcae. emo tabeiean Saar

EPrIBLEMID#, Meyr. UU PRET AN ra oes 117

=OLETHREUTINZ .... 121 PTEROPHORID...... 56

ERECHTHIAN® ........., 155 PYRALIDINA ........ 56

GELECHIADZ ........ 62 CY PHRUNAD nevi aon ae lll

GLYPHIPTERYGINE ...... 117 SETOMORPHINE ........ 168

GRACILARIAN®.......... 145 SE TINGED AN © ere ere 139

GRAPHOLITHIN®, Fern. INE TNA Sere ohne ee 62

=OLETHREUTIN®,..... 121 TENGEN A a9, oP ee 8 ee 159

HELIOZELINE .......... 110 TORTRIOIDA.......... 121

H®LODININZ............ 108 TORTRIGINAR eS: hue he 4 131

HYPONOMEUTID.... 112 XYLORYCTIDA

176 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Jan. 19,

GENERA.

Page Page

[AcaLLa, Hb. (vide Oxy- BAvIBA, WAP. steep sete 175

GRAPHA, Hb.) ..... .. 131] Buastosasts, Z....... Cae eod

* ACALLA, Meyr. = OxyGRA- BracuHMIA, Hb siehetuxatone bre tpi's. 62

BA, Hips ort veecet secs 131 Bracuycrossar4, Hein

Acompsra, Hb... ......... 82 =Acompsi4, Hb....... 82

ACROLOPHUS, Poey ...... 173 Bracuycrossara (Hein)

Acvrevra, Z, = Trqua- Sect. B, Wlsm. = HeEt-

DBAS WEE Peic,. ors eisteln ates 167 CYSTOGRAMMA, Z....... 83

Aicumr4, Tr, = Guyru- tBracwwyr4, Stph. =

PIHRYX ED. see leetae es 118 Bracumia, Hb......... 62

Aip14, Dp. =Erumna, Hb. 89 plead Sa MaieneFege ete ae

“3 2 UCCULATRIX, Zi ..<.. 50.

ali Co laey Ray 108 CacocuHaris, Wlsm....... 125

[Anuorrs Asc ses. ee 59] pee Hb.= ARcuips,

# pe et - Bon R etre Aspe 135

spore a hie aaagieas 59 C2 NOGENES, Wlsm....... 170

, Ber 18 eRe a's e C.

% i fragt it ALLIMOSEMA, Clem. =

ADEA ORe Hl oeotaca, Hi OAs

AMBLOTHRIDIA, Wlern. = Carpocapsa, Tr.=Cypta, i

ATE TE VAG EVE ha 3:28, s, 012s 112 ators : Z res _ (a

*Ampuisa, Fern, = Cato- Tae RL

aainians Ben tee) 136 ‘ COPTERA, Hb. ........ 14]

Amypria, Clem. ........ 157 Whe Ta, 4 iB

Anacampsis, Crt......... fi + a SM.) ss eeeeeeeeee 138

Anapasmus, Wlsm....... 100 BRORRHINETA, Z, =

ANAPHORA, Clem......... 172 CERATORRHINETA, = Z,

Awowmg: EMR 24)... fashice 125 GL Witsnr eae. acm 188

Anrsycu14, Hb. = Eru- UHALYBE, Dp. = Evuama,

METAS? ELD Si teavetcieetten tee 88 SO OS I G00. 89

ANTHOTRICHA, Z. ...... 98 CuorEGtA, Z.=TorTyRA,

ANYBIA, Stnwysneeee 107 Wats edatacs Seek x Riek 120

§ APHELIA, Stph.=Bactra, tCurysesrurs, HS.=He-

Rea cess. th At eae 121 LIODINES, Stn. ...... .. 108

Aprnoatossa, Mschl. & CurysorstH1a, Hb., vide

Sablml aie 202i; Sakeeee 2 132 Heriopings, Stn. ...... 108

SApopr4, Hein = Arrsto- SCrapoprs, Hein =

TRIAA, HbA TS PARAS, 63 Bracumia, Hb. ...... 62

Arcuirs, Hb. .......... 133 | tCocuyzis, Tr. = PHato-

ARGYRESTHIA, Hb. ...... 155 NCADP) tees tofosereieteutal axa 136

ARISTOTELIA, Hb. ...... 63 ee te a an Aerts:

A eee OLEOPHORA, Hb. ...... 102

*duprpmin4 Com, == Ors | iteamovonmia, Wiki 148

Atopocrra, Wlsm....... 169 Concuy1is, Tr. ({Sdf.)=

ATTEVA, Wkr. ...... ee he PuHatonta, Hb. ........ 136

Avximozpasis, Wlsm. .... 94 Corocercr4, Z. = Pory-

Azinis, Wkr. = Erumta, HYMNO, Chamb......... 77

Hhon...c. See Lear: (3) Cortopisca, Wlsm....... 148

Bacrna, Stph. id. 5.4.00. 121 CorinE4, Wkr.= ArrTeva,

Basis, Wlsm...... reser ae Wait 0°: 3,710 pects wef AZ

BATRACHEDRA, Stn....... 104 CORISCIUM, |Z: vila amee dele 154

1897. ]

Page

Cosmoprreryx, Hb. ...... 105

CrociposEMa, Z. ........ 127

Cycnoprasis, Clem....... 143

Cima one as etter 130

*Cypr4, Meyr. = Turopra,

105 hehehe pROkeay Cae aE cri 125

§Dacrrnora, Snell. = Dr-

DACTYLOTA, Wlsm. .... 77

DENDRONEURA, Wism. .. 141

DraLEectica, Wlsm....... 150

Drastoma, Mschl......... 100

Dipactytota, Wlsm..... Ul

Disruyuynr4, Hb.=Eru-

age lal pews coeamonne 88

DirricgonopHorA, Wlsm. . 117

DREPANOTERMA, Wlsm... 84

§Hppara4, Wk. = Bazira,

NVilody ME eeaor cee 175

EnarmontA, Hb. ........ 122

EHrretEma (Hb.), Meyr.=

Eucosma, Hb. ........ 26

*Hprnort4, Meyr. = Ev-

eine Welly daeendcaqa4s 129

FErtstmus, Wlsm. ........ 122

EREUNETIS, Meyr......... 155

Hrearis, Hein.=Anristo-

HOMAGE SN eG eo CR eae 63

IimenaUN Wa ae pooee crore 88

Evarne, Mschl. & Saalm. . 114

Evcaroprus, Wlsm. .... 69

[dios Ieloy Goopoobedr 129

Kucosma, Hb. .........- 126

EvcosmopHors, Wlism. .. 148

Evpopactes, Snell. =

Bracumia, Hb. ...... 2

EuLeEpisTr, Wlsm. ...... 170

§ Hr agora, Clem.=ARIsTo-

TPEIGWAGHEN Ds Fesele) te aisle elaiele 63

FELpDERIA, Wlsm......... (Al

(Cvvmprri) isles Ben ecoes smb 120

Gurmouray, Eb. Sion 65) 72

GeniapopHora, Wlsm. .. 71

GuypHipocerA, Wism. .. 97

GuypurPTEeryx, Hb....... 118

($GrypHIPTERYX, Crt. =

Curysoctista, Stn..... 118]

GontorrRMA, Wlsm. .... 101

Gractmiarnta, Hw. ...... 152

HELCYSTOGRAMMA, Z..... 83

Heriemocrera, Wlsm..... 131

HELIODINES, Stn......... 108

HEnioznua, HS! | ..02.-: 110

Hyvocroptus, Wlsm. .... 170

Hyronomevta, Ltr. .... 117

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XII.

WHEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 177

Page

Icontsma, Wlsm. ........ 96

LATHONTOGENUS, Wlsm... 87

§Lzroprizvs, Wlgrm. =

PreropHorts, Geoffr... 59

§Lurrra, Gn. = Bacrra,

CCP aces aie eomlnatche 121

LreucopHasma, Wlsm..... 154

LEUCOPTERA, Hb. ...... 141

LirHocouueTis, Hb. .... 145

ManacorricHa, Z. ...... 84

Mancuana, Wkr. =. Tr-

QUAD HAS Wikre (6 sees 167

MeranorEves, Stph. =

1Dunza 00.715 owe SA eae E 88

Menesta, Clem. ........ 85

MimzsEOPTILUS, Wlgrn, =

STenoprinia, Hb....... 58

MoropHaGa, HS......... 167

MyRMECOZELA, Z...... jaan 66

Ocuyrortica, Wlsm. .... 58

Odor Misia, kenge ore 111

(HDEMATOPHORUS,

Wlern. =PTEROPHORTS,

Geottripys tach ree 59

(ra, Grt.=ArTTEvA, Wkr. 112

t Olp ZMATOPHORUS,

Wlern. = PrEROPHORUS,

Geofitietr s.r atei ait SOO)

(Omran fe denon oabar 1389

ORNEODES, Ltr......-.. 59, 61

Oninoxep lucie: ritereteyepeteloistas 147

OscELLA, Wkr. = Tiqua-

DRA Wikies ot atop cle eae ke 167

t OxrerapHaA, Hb. {Oxy-

GRAPEDA, - Willard 2 sie 131

OxyerapHa, Hb. ({Wilk.). 131

Papisca, Tr.=Evcosma,

Hibsee os. canepee eee ce: 126

PAMMECES, Z. «i... 0. 108

PARATIQUADRA, Wlsm. .. 116

§PrronE4, Ort. = Oxy-

GRAPH As Hibs ies ameyaeinests 131

Prxicnemivis, Mschl. .. 167

PHALONIA, Hb. .........- 136

PuyoxoPreris, Tr. = An-

Givaviks pial. Woe co Ald bait 125

+ PuoxorrerYx, Sdf.=An-

Ohaus Ills cleo opp OGe 125

Pierirt, Clemigar ak Sits 93

PruanopHora, Wlism..... 171

Puatynora, Clem. ...... 134

PLATYPTILIA, SEU sa a eterste i 57

178

Page

IPLODELLA, Sehrk. 25.3). 117

§Pa@crroprers, Clem. =

AVE TE VAC AVY KIS caren ste 112

PotynyMno, Chamb. .... 77

Psrcapi4, Hb.=Erunta,

Sc eee eee

PsEUDANAPHORA, Wlsm. . 174

PreropHoRts, Geoffr..... 58

PrycuamorsiA, Wlism. .,. 133

Rizcvrvsaria (Hw,),

Meyr.=Acompsia, Hb... 82

ScrnTizi4, Gn.=ATTEVA,

Wik ates: tines wees 12

*SEMasr4, Steger. & Wk. =

ER ErODTAS EVD Nye eee erate 125

ESTA Randa acre aerate s 62

SETOMORPHA, Z. ......... 168

Spantoprm™a, Wlsm. .... 148

SPHENARCHES, Meyr. .... 56

Srenopricia, Hb......... 58

§S7REPSICEROS, Meyr. =

Srrepsicrates, Meyr. . 127

LORD WALSINGHAM ON

‘[Jan. 19,

Page

Tamarrua, Whr......... 114

*Trras, Hein, = Oxycra-

PHA, ALD otepeich fa cele sia 131

[ Teas, Tr. = Ruacopra,

syaisthud shaidiewns areola 31]

THIoprA, Hb.arin ce ceeeaice 125

Tuyravira, Wism. ...... 138

ENA S MG, oe artcus ioe eecie tis 159

INE OLA, Elba ssaeeeercree 165

IPIQUADRA; Wikt. ose oer 167

TPISCHE BIAS Vi. coils = cn ere 145

NORTEIX Yokes Se eee 133

TORTWRA Wikre he. te: 120

'TRAPEZIOPHORA, Wlsm... 118

TricHopritus, Wlsm..... 56

TRICHOSTIB AS: As) cls ces ce. 114

TRICHOTAPHE, Clem. .... 83

TrycHeris, Gn. = Ev-

GELIS; ELbs -.% sectors 129

Ussara, Wir. = Guyeut-

PERV MELD.E. sea een 118

Veyrr4,Wkr.=Tiquanra,

STREPSICRATES, Meyr..... 127 Wilcny hea.: <2 a eee 167

SyYBLIS, Gn. = ATTEVA, XENOLECHIA, Meyr....... 72

\WiS © Radacassmtde.cac 2 XyuesTHia, Clem......... 166

SywTomactis, Meyr....... 104 | +Yponomevra, Ltr. tHy-

T'acHYPriti4, Hein. = PONOMEUTA, Sdf, ...... 117

ANACAMPSIS, Crt. ...... 79 YPsoLoPuus, F. ........ 86

SPECIES.

[When the author’s name is omitted, “ Wlsm.” is to be understood. |

No. No.

ADMOLMALIS oi tletew oh eistaieys 126 albimacula (Lithocolletis).. 223

abraxasella, Wkr. ........ 85 albistrigella, Mschl. ...... 120

TTC amine accnorge ac 208 albomarginatum.......... 242

*acanthodactylus, Z.=cosmo- allutana, Z. = argutanus,

dacty la eon Giese) cone 4 (CUA ACoA ar 167

CUA USES Cesk tare, csi lorena over slfa 209 altheana, Mn.=plebeiana, Z. 174

adustella, Z. = nivosella, ambrosie, Mrt. =inquinatus,

WEP ER eeelacs: seme eshte ER Re Pa Sh, ke 7

adustipennis ............ 79 anaphorella Fish oko ete 275

sonecalbid@lrn ii .iak oeiela es 251 anginlatella....f08 32 ale welele 280

zneocapitella ............ 237 angulifera .........0.004 65

aeolella. .. she btaeiteg sro 248 anisodactylus, W kr.=caffer,

agraphodactylus, Miers i. ands th VRRP... das cabana me 2

agrotipennella, Grt.=popea- annulicornis ............ 21

miele, \Cleraseratrtets ater 289 Esoieophaga, Stgr. (Icon-

ahenea a ‘cts ete mapeeerotetene eRe 137 isma P), p. 96.]

albana, W. +... suedtes vepeete 112 apicepunctella............ 236

albanus;ee? . Se aeesce ae eee 112 Brcassiia, WARE. cee vane 291

albicapitana, 'fiata cenit: 177 argentifrontella .......... 225

albimacula (Cacocharis) .. 169

argillatea. . .J2).swekernes 89

1897.]

No.

argutana, Clem. ........ 167

argutanus, Clem. ........ 167

ASPCEAy Aer sted bee tas ic'se 2): 277

aspilodactylus, Why.=agra-

phodactylus, Wkr. .... 17

assumptana, Wkr. ...... 176

attenuatella, Whkr......... 123

attenuatum.............. 243

UGA Genser ets aes ae ole 103

augmentana, Z. .........- 165

augmentanus, Z. ........ 165

[aurana, F. (Eucelis), p. 129.]

aurea, Fitch, = punctella,

Cram SSH ae ee 139

aureoapicella, Mschl.= abra-

xasellas Whr: 220s: 85

BUTCONAMM te ore tae ee 135

auriferalis, Wkr. ........ 161

[aurifluella, Hd. (Ethmia),

88.

aurofasciana, Snell. = auri-

feraliss Whri- is ote oes 161

auromaculata ..........-. 270

australis’ ss iesescccee dre 274

autochthones ............ 171

basalissMischl.. © os.80 ccs. 15

basiplagata ss... s.r cs 217

tbasqueella, Chamb. = tbos-

quella, Chamd. ........ 46

bellela, Whr. = roseosuffu-

sella Clem: 325 ses tas 27

[bergstreesser eT (Glyphi-

pteryx), p. 1

Iprttoriel aa err yorers 2's cae AOe

IDICOLOP sis sce Siete lse ee oe ees 53

biterana,. Wier) osc. o. eos 159

bimarginellum .......... 215

biniveipunctata .......... 49

bipunctatus, Mschl. ...... 15

bombycina, Z. = plumifron-

tellus, Clem: i235... 298

bosquella, Chamb......... 46

brevipalpella <........... 99

breviplicana ............ 196

Dbrevistrigatar inc.’ niece te 252

bunteana, Rds, .....-.... 205

[burmanniana, Cram. &

Stoll coos); p. ue

Cablery Zi” aveee setslee oes

calidana, Z Mean Gee es 19

calligera, Zine. ajo <> « 145

(NUON A oSine bcs GOBOOE 183

Capitellian pHs es earctatetotetelt ele 45

catenanal. iv. se aes ee 191

[eaudana, F. (Khacodia),

p. 181.]

WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 179

caudatella c.2x%..:.+.-0-- 156

centetes, Meyr..........-- 1

Cervinella oi) v2 cites 119

chalybeichroa............ 33

{cinerella, Cl. (Acompsia),

p- 82.]

cinereocervina .......... 72

[circulana, Hd, Eucosma),

p- 126.]

[citrana,H6.(Thiodia) ,p.125. ]

coffeella, G.M. § Prrott... 214

coffeellum, Mann ........ 214

comburana, Mschl......... 187

compta, Clem.=punctella,

Cram. §& Stoll .......%

concursana, Whkr. = flave-

daniag Ole7Maals.« lehele tier teale 193

teonfusa, Clrli.=confusella,

WEUIAER Reise ietiots oo eee 80

confusella, Wkr.........-. 80

confusellus, Why. .....+.+ 80

connexana, Wky.=rostrana,

WIE fs SD) a petals 195

CONSPCISAs +s avs - tee etre 127

COUSTANS si J\a6 oo 1aj2ie = IO 101

contubernalis, Z.=biferana,

Ld OO OP On ek, Soc. 159

COAT), 7a osm ce ale 59

cosmodactyla, Hd......... ft

cosmodactylus .....6+-00 4

costipunctella, Mschl.=bos-

quella, Chamé. .......- 46

CLASSICOTMIS! 94). (1 -1spsfe eres © 31

Gretellan wameracwrrsmired aie: 256

Renienanety F. (Oxygrapha),

p- 131.]

crocipunctella).).).(J21.¢- (4) 43

cruciferarum, Z..,......+. 153

Cubana EHS eS neracr 19

cumulatella, Z. ........-- 265

CUPLE A were ctertel-layate iota 136

cupreella -).5. “se. Bee bn PAS

eurvipunctella, 50.280. 129

§dentella, F.=sinuata, F. .. 109

desectellas Zi Sota aeks!. 64

desmodiella, Clem......... 224

diffusalis, Wkr.=caffer, Z.. 2

dulticornish 7. crept ere 254

dimidiella 4-7. -7nitanirsiers ote 287

diminutana..).2-). sees. - 197

direptalis, W ky.=cosmodac-

tyla, Hb. .........-..+- 4

[discopunctana, Clem. (Coe-

lostathma), p. 136.]

distigmatana ............ 201

divica\li. cal aen saponin.) 229

180

No.

CIUVISH jai, ats . IE ape Ae 271

dominicella ............ 104

donatella, Whr.........5 AT

dorsivittella, Z. ........+. 26

effcetana, Mschl. ......+- 188

GT OMENO Wetec ieiateins ereiohate st 22

erranitell ays roe robeis talateieis sokeks 227

eudactyla, 7. § R......... 18

excitana, Mschl........... 180

exclarella, Msch/. ........ 48

Exormatas Z, © <i. sarees wees 86

OXIRANCR, 2 o's <lelchetss uletoietacne 37

exvagana, Wikxr.=strenuana,

UTS OSE ero SIGE cic Oc 173

HAMEE ER IA San aeabgnoeb 267

TASCIALAA AAT. letelcketes ei cyetoinie alate 5

fASTUOSd,>Z, (late chet ie eioeiaions 141

HIST AN Gy Zarafsiels etale le «| ohelebete 179

Haramulellas > citi ere 39

flavedana, Clem........... 193

if BVACTIT Aba, sc\afaistave <teleba erwiels 100

Havicollisners. pm oo siteorl 182

Jlavocellana, Clem. =strenu-

OMA VMs Revels oo cect 173

HEX TLOSB a pahers)« «/uarer hecho 218

[feenella, Z. (Hucosma),

p. 126.]

forficwlellar ys. scien eo chemiers 150

Araoulellsipeperetetetsitetele tre teiet t= 260

frontelllageriete.« cite raeeraet 249

frontestrigata..,........- 269

[fulgens, GR. ........ 161]

fulividellawcew ie verteirrenels 20

fulviguttata, Z. .......... 140

tfulviguttella, Wl1sm.=fulvi-

PUbtabay Za cael aso ee ake 140

{fumosa, Z. (Trichostibas),

p. 114.)

fuscostrigella, Chamb. =

luteostrigella, Chamb. .. 54

gelidella, Wkr. .......... 87

gemmata, Grt. = punctella,

Cram: & Stoll txcgis sass 189

*gemmiferella (? Clem.),

Mschl. = attenuatella,

Wilers: seen teats sk 123

POMIMULAy, stewie ris) aaiereieia ts 155

[gilvidorsis, Z. = tenuis,

Gul, | Massteheets eet eee 6]

*gilvidorsis, Hdm.=pumilio,

Sen soho daabade otc 6

#yilvidorsis, Hdm.=montis-

christi, Wism:. ........ 8

glandiferella, Z........... 38

glaucopidella, Gn, = fulvi-

Publ.) Ze assiieredsieis gies 140

LORD WALSINGHAM ON

[Jan. 19,

No.

Podmani \./.% ./.aile teenie 57

gracilis ...- sss seer eee 93

gregariella, Mrt.=desmodi-

ellasiClen. ts < narsuiesisiesi= 24

erenadella A kee ci eee 282

grenadensis........+.++.. 90

priseana, F............64. 108

[ *griseana, Z.=zelleri, Wism.

§ Dr Misc den 108]

QUiSCQUM, Li, Ye arevevalstererate 108

cudmannella ay ovstopetote tetatetele 52

Hed OMANI Trer-i< eos ele olelalots 288

heliopsiella, Chamb. ...... 220

theliopsisella, Chamb. f{helio-

Slel las aitieby syste shelicers 220

[hexadactyla, Z. (Orneodes),

. 59. ]

hirsutevestita ........... . 279

ichthyochroa 25... 1. see 199

ignita, Z. = auriferalis,

WET sien ah eee: Stace oO 161

UNNI A) Lists ene eee ae itil

TMMUNGUS,, Z5* . ctohaeteretestere 111

WIGHT) A em oeebA tig oa5cc 76

ingricella, Mschl. = con-

fusella, Whr.......... . 80

MUPIUE NITY Axaningaoob so. 7

insignitana, Mschl. ...... 189

insularis (Anacampsis) .... 63

insularis (Auximobasis) .. 96

ANISULe lay ies wieis) olelave e eiane bene 231

tinsulsella, W1sm.=insulella,

Wilsme sibich oo eeeee 2:

intermediella, Chamb. = pudi-

pmd ella Ze ite ce actos

FOpHlebia, 7, .ii. \iste.e eielaare 148

mee pelle. We Gy Uti baareets 115

jamaicana, Wism......... 163

Jamaicana, Was. a eryedcietele 190

Jamaicensis ............ 51

HONMEULE 5.2 > «juretetere wutopan 82

OEMEON US. 5s ncits Wiameteett ae 77

Iki ya 7) Aree Be ts oe 88

Fretela.. x... ..« caaeeeeiae 25

§lacteella, F.=albanus, F... 112

lacteipalpis ......+ 60008 207

facucaudellum 42 .\cmcrce (is

tlancealana, Hb. .......... 162

Tanceolana, Hd. .......... 162

lanceolate, °. . «... se eieistets 250

BADIGEN ER, ,. ais 14) aiciotsteefotniolats 62

laterana, Rbs. = flavedana,

(OLB oince Oe easier olee 93

Haterestriabas .fi5.ctetevnaents 55

(lativittella, Wkr. = walehi-

ana, Cram, § Stoll .... 108]

1897.]

No.

lavaterana, Mill. =plebeiana,

Ml Say Sas hs iwcgtiatsts Waist LEA

lentiginosa, Z! -.........- 278

lepidana, Clem. 206

lespedeze, W1sm.=attenua-

HU ASR V VEGI an ateray: retatereve sion 128

leucocephala .....:...... d4

NEWCO Gers), “Aners topo coud 300

[linneella, C7. (Chrysoclista),

' p. 118. ar

iterana, Z. (Oxyerapha),

Ten ty STETee )

Inptochnarmnanyareielersiels rele 117

isp oVLSaeetey crcyatetieisye Valued ies o's 178

longipalpana, Mschl....... 172

lustromarginata .......... 181

luteostrigella, Chamb, .... 44

lycopersicella ............ 36

MHACKOCCLAgE mite apettslee ars 102

maculata..... Potts heaters 138

MACHT CORWIS! se eecslaateyale cherets 247

mahalebella, Gn.........4 151

mahalebellus, Gin. ........ 151

manellus, Mschl. ........ 73

NGS ENVONE!, ion ooDowCt 60

TOS, 6 on ebige coo: 132

marmoreipennis .......... 154

mVethGGHE pooadon obodons 95

aMetAETAy wae ine lee + eee 131

xmicrodactylus, Hdm. = bi-

punctatus, Mschl. ...... 15

mimasalis, Wkr. ........ 292

AUUUMUIS CHa epapereyevetels onel letenel= 246

mmimutella Hes eye aye cco ween 261

mirella, Mischl. ss. -s « 276

EQONOCHTOMG Moc leleisialetel+ ste 185

[{monodactyla, Z. (Ptero-

phorus), p. 58. ]

montis-christi............ 8

MOS ANS Velevelersnsiorst stevens store ate 184

WIMOIS “Gooooosasennudde 166

WET gdaoseopcneooMUdUS 241

MTOM, adondesdopooud 266

MaveipunctAtd .-..++e000 297

niveipunctatus .......... 297

nivosella, Wkr. .........- 145

BOCHVE, poceoomoeouan 301

noctuella, Mdur.=coffeella,

GAINS) JE ROUES 3 i ona oe 214

MOCHA, 4gudeswnocanbde 293

nolckentt, F. & B. = helio-

psiella, Chamb. ........ 220

notatella, Whkrtw22.....- 84

obligatella, Mschl......... 144

obseratella, Z.........0005 67

GEG ulnen nodoncebogedons 283

WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. 181

No.

ochracea, Mschl.........+- 284

ochraceella, Tgstr......... 273

[ophthalmicana, Hd. (Acalla),

p- 181. }

Quill Gol anoceuodad ooeuS 230

ornatipalpella ............ 23

ossipellis ..........++++--- 9

Osrarielll ate ears + atyerelsre) teretels 24

Ona Zin si 8 5 ele siaterstelspei= 9's 146

lomnjdacty laa wiais a cn ses 01 |

[oxydactylus, Wkr. ...... 1

paleaceus, Z. ...+..++...- 14

pallida, Z. 0 .6.....-000. 118

pallidicostella............ 149

[pallidochrella, Chamd..... 38]

pallidorsella, Z. .......... 268

paradise® ......+e+seeee 157

parallelana .............. 198

participatus, Mschl. ...... 16

parvellay Woes wall ates 114

parvellum, F.........-... 114

parvus (Pterophorus) . 10

parvus Coyne) Mercsy: 285

tpastulella, F. = punctella,

Cram, & Stolle... 0 -

paucella, Whkr. ......+46- 83

paucellus, Wr. ....++...- 83

pavonacella, Clem........- 158

tpavonicella, Chamb. ...... 158

PCNICUM wha aor yeestay weleis ce eel 34

|pentadactyla, Z. (Alucita),

p. 59.

percussella, Z....+..+-+4.. 245

peregrinana, Mschl, = ple-

beriana, Z: + ).\c).ise thee ee 174

permixtella .............- 235

persimilellas is ..+- 000-60. 98

HEME, | supedcbococac 40

hantasmella ............ 244

Fhoidellig Z, (Blastobasis),

p- 91

[piceana, L.(Archips),p.133. ]

picticornis (Aristotelia).... 32

picticornis (Coleophora) .. 116

piperatellac. ../ iin we «oi 128

JUNC o6 cook aucoopeOe 75

plebetanay Zee ler tuscan. 1 174

plumbeolata ............ 58

plumtellla) 32 )5 lefetete clare o = 262

plumifrontella, Clem. .... 298

plumifrontellus, Clem. .... 298

Gy Senoanduc hutoac aeo8

fremonella, LL. (Cydia), pp.

125, 180. ]

popeanella, Clem. ........ 289

[populella, C7.(Anacampsis), p. 79. |

&2 ON WEST-INDIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

postpallescens.......+++5- 50

preestans ......0.-..eeees 212

preeustus, Mschl. ........ 12

prolectana, Mschl......... 202

psoricopterella .........- 66

pudibundella, Z.........+- 28

pudibundella, Chamb,=rubi-

della, (Clems. . c.. sce oj 35

pulchricornis ..........-- 115

pulicella ......-.-....--- 30

pulverea ....0..seeeeeees 222

pulverella .........-+-+: 239

pumiliella ..........0+:- 264

pumilio, Z. ....+--+++ee-- 6

punctella, Cram. § Stoll .. 139

(elie AgpGorn spo. near 285

xpusilla, Wlsm. = parvus,

WRI ors. <0. dons Anpeligre Pe

pusillidactyla, Whr....... 3

pusillidactylus, Wkr....... 3

tpustulata, F. = punctella,

Cram. & Stoll .......+.. 139

pustulella, F, = punctella,

Cran nS Stall VF . .nhets Ac 139

quinqueguttata .......... 134

quinquepunctella ........ 61

recticostella............5- 105

edu pltcaitial. <\..c)-) ite yey ogele 253

TEHEXUS) Le dcasislsecbeysmlaciezeo

rsa Frilliiels Siseeetotatc as a8 c 234

repandana, Whr. ........ 194

restitutana, Wky.=rostrana,

iliac tcen « acacia 195

THIZOPhOT). cej-+ « a e\eleiaie = 216

mummulalis, Z.. crew ep2- osseteras 160

rivulella, Mschl. = capitella,

anc. Sim Rabes seeaailacae ete ete 45

robustella, Whkx.=capitella,

Jno amore ae cee 45

[reesella, Z. (Heliodines),

p- 108.

trosasuffusella, Chamb. =

roseosuffusella, Clem..... 27

roseosuffusella, Clem....... 27

nayjnumel lI giaenlo bones 195

rotundipennis ............ 186

rubensella, Chamb. = rubi-

della; Clem x. sy ratetonaperere cis 3f

rubidella, Clem. ........ + 35

mupicella, Zier ae siea'si+ oreleke= 281

MUSEICUS: | .Fo,ars «pores tls 74

BAltAOrix .. ‘sieeve peer 211

sanctee-CruciS .....2-.0.+ 23

sancti-vincenti .........- 125 t

[scalariella, Z, (Dialectica),

. 150.)

[Jan. 19;

No.

scardina, Z. =popeanella,

Clee Mare «2.0 Cio seisicte ee 289

schulzellas 2. ;\. ctelsmueianels ts 133

Belurellasg, wi « «<<a cleaner 56

seythropiella, \..0:c ve. cantaln DD

selia, Chamb. = glandiferella,

Lovo Gi acn i ay/36, 2 akan eee 38

SUGCTGA)~ orn, sicnsve eye oie relate 142

AVION ACN. eh gy atstle psloraiehs 238

SUITS occccis ep: ciseicla saa este 124

SUDO aan slot «aioe yaaa 213

{simulana, Hé. (Epinotia),

p- 129.)

BUNUALA, Ey ve e%s /ojnvoievs © opeselel 109

SUNOS, Fis coos sc oslo 109

SMUCH TANS) osha eeke telesales 175

{[solandriana, Z. (Eucosma),

p. 126.1]

solenobiella..........0.0. 259

[soraria, Z. (Anadasmus),

p: 100.)

Sovdidatals 72, -.e email iehs 147

sphenophora ............ 42

SPMIOSIIN » oil-(-) athe naan 228

SOU AINOSB A tssoiit) exeeney sical 110

stigmatophora............ 121

SEMATOLIUS!. «sts \cpararsyacohe penal eats 78

strenuana, Whr.........+> 173

strigosella, W kr. =confusella,

LTE eae No Perr rer eee

BUDTOICANIS! Fe. e Pe « areonea itis 168

subolivacea (Blastobasis).. 91

subolivacea (Phalonia) .... 200

Sloe ley SA toe on eee 81

subtilis, Hb. = punctella,

Onan SMSLOU eae aes 139

subversana, Z, = strenuana,

ASE Wee cee eae oe 173

SUMUMIO Atay. -) mbaieaknas 106

synophrys, Meyr.=caffer, Z. 2

tarsimaculata ... 6.22 oasis 122

ee ee ee ee ey

tectonica, Mschl. ........ 203

EOOTIOU 620.2 << cnsumishoyeivints 69

tenera, Z.=albanus, F..... 112

femuicandella, .). << 6 <cxee oy. 226

[SIS TA gt AA eee ene 6]

fetraonella, 2.) ..cytogeietle as 268

PRL MISESEL/. 5. 6, « lelal oayeretets val

‘ODI. Are hres eae 107

AES ETLCL IA) «515, cgcictelleyeiarctens 258

transferrana, Why, ov .... 164

transferranus, Whr. ...... 164

HUANSINCIGR .,..,5\ « mileiyotele 4]

ON THE EYES OF THE ORDER PRIMATES, 183

1897.]

No. No.

triangularis, Wism......... 92 vincentanus, Wlsm.=trans-

GPLAL OEE a raters tare iiay ettetss fey 290 ferranus, Wkr.t ...... 164

TT OVIEL el dene lalate tetsayisye helsie 68 virididorsana, Mschl....... 170

LDF TTINAEHEY Go care Oo EOee 15 watellus, Rocy, oc sctiacs sets 294

tristis, F. & R.=biferana, [walchiana, Cram. § Stoll . 108]

UM Mineo ls i Diotoct EHS 159 xwalchiana, Z. = griseana,

trossulellan es aot eats oisleies 29 POLARE icant ect Ho 108

umbraticostella .......... 257 walkeri, Wism.=caffer,Z... 2

umbratipalpis............ 286 walsinghami, Mschl....... 299

WNT obese obecboudoens 240 [weeberiana, Schiff. (Enar-

winigollorevoha dans dowel Dee 221 monia), p. 122. |

(Den CEN ae dade neAe © 219 wvanthorrhoa, Z.=notatella,

ATLETCU Ai ean earcee ts Pets sora 272 Wire (hates. shatter sole

VOI EY eros ahem oT aes 97 my Linellas Wier evocks s/h .t-' 302

WET CBee otin rom eso ore 210 *xylostella, Mschl.=crucifer-

vicinitata, Mschl. ........ 204 ATU (Zs ciency es 153

vincentana, Wlsm. = trans- [zelleri, Wism. §& Drnt..... 108]

ferranus, Wkr.t ...... 164 ZAMEEN EY 8 soe toda nAnar 70

5. Observations on the Ophthalmoscopic Appearances of the

Eyes of the Order Primates. By G. Linpsay Jounson,

M.A., M.D., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S.

[Received January 8, 1897.]

(Plates I1.—VI.)

Adopting the classification given in Sir W. Flower’s classical work

on the Mammals, I include in the order Primates: Man, Monkeys,

Marmosets, and the suborder Lemuroidea. I have found that a

comparison of the ophthalmoscopiec appearances of the fundus

oculi of the various members of this most important order enables

us to arrive at certain definite conclusions, which J believe to be

of interest to zoologists.

All the animals, including Man, were examined by me in a

darkened room with the same amount and the same kind of

illumination, and also with the same degree of magnification.

Only animals in perfect health were selected, and, so far as

possible, several animals of the same species were examined in

order to preclude the possibility of abnormal fundi. Moreover, in

all cases both eyes were examined and ascertained to be similar in

all respects before a drawing was made. As a further precaution,

each detail of the drawing as it was being painted by my artist,

Mr. Head, was confirmed by myself in the living eye, and altered

(if necessary) until it represented the original in all respects.

As regards keeping the animals quiet, I found considerable

difficulty at first, but as my experience increased the difficulties

vanished. In no case was any drug or anesthetic used, but in

the case of a few of the wilder Monkeys a net was thrown over

them. In all the other cases the animal was held gently by the

keeper in his lap. The animal rarely struggled, and usually became

184 DR. G, LINDSAY JOHNSON ON THE [Jan. 19,

quite reconciled and contented. I found that extreme gentleness,

together with petting the animals, overcame their fears, so that

no force was needed ; nor, indeed, would I have suffered it to be

employed under any circumstances. A few of the Monkeys and

Lemurs were observed in the Belle Vue Gardens, Manchester,

some in Mr. Jamrach’s and Mr. Hamlin’s collections, and in various

travelling menageries, since they were not to be found in the

Society’s Gardens. In all examples of 38 distinct species of

Monkeys and Lemurs were examined, including forms of every

genus which could be found in the Society’s and other menageries.

All the observations were made by what is termed the direct

method with the ophthalmoscope, the instrument being used

within an inch of the animal’s eye without an interposed mag-

nifying lens, thus presenting to the observer an upright picture of

10 diameters’ magnification. This method is preferable to the

indirect in which a lens is used, as the image then obtained is

inverted, and only of 3 to 4 diameters’ magnification, which is

also less distinct than the larger upright image. In most cases

cocaine and homatropine were dropped into the eye to obtain a

larger pupil and consequently more light.

The fundus of the fair European human eye appears, when viewed

with the ophthalmoscope, of an orange-red colour, pretty uniformly

distributed over the entire fundus; only when we get towards the

confines of the visible field does the background become more

intermixed with streaks of pigment. A little to the inner or

nasal side of the centre of the field we observe the disc of the

optic nerve, of a pinkish colour and slightly oval shape, with the

major axis vertical. From the centre of this disc the scarlet arteries

and lake-red veins of the retina proceed, passing in every direction,

dividing into numerous branches. In the dark-coloured races the

appearances are similar, save that the orange-red background is

replaced by a reddish brown, owing to the great increase of dark

pigment (see Plate IT.).

Only one part of the fundus is wholly free from vessels, and

that is at and around the macula lutea or yellow spot. The

macula is a small pit or depression situated in the axis of vision,

about 24 disc breadths from the disc to the outer or temporal side.

It appears different in colour in the eyes of different individuals.

Generally it appears as a dark-reddish circular patch, with a bright

spot in the centre, and in some cases surrounded by a circular

glistening halo or ring, well defined on its internal margin, but

fading away into the general background towards its external

border (marked d, Plate II.). Occasionally a second or even a

third ring may be seen inside this large one, all having the fovea

as a common centre.

The macula being in ourselves the seat of most acute vision,

considerable attention has been given to this highly differentiated

area, which has an actual diameter of about 1°55 mm. It is only

in this region, the size of a pin’s head, that we see perfectly, our

acuteness of vision decreasing rapidly outside this region. In

~~ gb »”, a

TSOZs], EYES OF THE ORDER PRIMATES. 185

most books which treat on the subject we find it stated that

among mammals Man and the Anthropoid Apes (the Simiide) alone

possess a macula; but I find, as I will presently explain, that the

existence of the macula is not restricted to these only.

In addition to the scarlet and lake-red branches of the retinal

vessels which proceed from the disc, a large number of interrupted

orange-yellow and red vessels, uniformly coloured and much

broader than the artery and the veins, can be observed, anasto-

mosing so as to form a network (see cc, Plate V.). These vessels

belong to the choroid, a vascular structure underlying the retina.

As that portion of the retina which lies in contact with the choroid

is pigmented, these choroidal vessels can only be distinctly observed

in fair people and in albinos. IJ am, of course, speaking of the

normal eye of the adult, and not taking into consideration de-

fective senile or pathological conditions.

It is not only with regard to the degree of distinctness with

which the choroidal vessels can be observed that the ophthal-

moscopic appearance differs in fair and dark people. The colour

of the fundus likewise varies in proportion to the pigmentation of

the individual. In very fair people the colour is a bright vermilion,

which gradually tends towards a reddish brown in people with

very dark hair and skin, until we find it of a chocolate colour in

the negro. Except in colour, the appearance of the fundus oculi

does not differ in the various races of Man. I need hardly say

that of course the colour of the macula varies with the general

colour of the fundus, being always distinguishable as a darker

patch than the rest, although occasionally, in very dark Europeans,

I have seen it of a decidedly redder hue than the rest of the

fundus.

The chocolate-coloured field, with a darker chocolate-coloured

circular patch indicative of the macula region bordered by a

bright scintillating ring, characteristic of the negro, is likewise

what we find when we examine the eye of the Simiide, but we

find the fundus varies greatly in colour once we descend below this

group. Even in the Gibbons, the lowest of the Simiide, we

already find a commencement of this departure.

Throughout the Anthropoide the arrangement of the retinal

vessels is the same as in Man, the first indication of variation

being found as soon as we reach the Lemuroide.

The disc is oval, with the long axis vertical, at times more or

less circular, or practically the same as in Man. Here again we

only find a difference in the Lemuroide, which all have a circular

disc.

The Lemuroide have no macula, the existence of which ceases

with the last of the true Monkeys. In other words, we find a

striking resemblance between the appearance of the eye of Man

and the entire order Antbropoide, although in many details we

can trace as we descend the scale a tendency towards that lower

form which reveals itself to us when we examine the Lemuroide ;

and here again we find a gradual departure from the higher type

186 DR. G. LINDSAY JOHNSON ON THE [Jan. 19,

as we wend our way from the Lemurs through the Galagos down

to the Aye-Aye.

The eyes of all the Primates below Man are smaller than our

own, but this is not so in proportion to the size of the body.

I have found, for instance, that the transverse diameter of the

globe of the eye of the half-grown Gorilla which lately died in the

Society’s Gardens measured 20°7 mm., which is the size of the

eye of a child between the age of 9 and 11. Of course the eye of

a small Marmoset is very much smaller, being in proportion to the

size of the animal.

There are other distinctive differences between Man, the

Monkeys, and Marmosets, in other words between the Anthro-

poide on the one hand and the Lemuroide on the other.

The pupil of Man and the Anthropoide is always circular,

whilst we find a vertically oval pupil in all the Lemuroide. In

addition to this I find from repeated observations that all the

Anthropoide or true Monkeys are able to accommodate their eyes

for near objects by converging both eyes on to a single point,

and in so doing the pupil contracts as in Man, though to a less

degree. The Lemuroidz have not this power of convergence ; and

although I have noticed the power of convergence in all the

Monkeys, I find it is only a transition stage—that is to say, they

employ it with hesitation and difficulty, much in the same way as

an infant uses its legs when learning to walk, since they cannot

converge for more than one or two seconds at most. If you hold

a small bright-coloured object near the nose of a Monkey, you will

observe the eyes converge immediately in a horizontal plane, and

the pupils contract slightly, but the next moment the eyes return

to parallel vision, though not necessarily in a horizontal plane, being

often accompanied by a slight elevation upwards.

We thus find that we must draw a broad distinction. between

Man and Monkeys as a group and the Lemuroide. Man and

all the Monkeys and Marmosets without exception possess a

macula, a circular pupil, and converge when accommodating for

near objects. These characteristics are necessary for binocular

vision. The Lemuroide have not got binocular vision and therefore

we find all these peculiarities absent.

Going more into detail we find that every family has some

characteristic peculiarity. Thus the eyes of the Gorilla, Chimpanzee,

and the Orang closely resemble that of the negro, except that

around the dise the whitish fine streaks are more marked. Were

they as strongly marked in Man they would be attributed to a con-

genital defect known as opaque nerve-fibres, although the defective

human eye shows these opaque nerve-fibres wholly opaque, whilst

in these Apes they are more or less translucent. These translucent

nerve-fibres radiating from the disc become somewhat more marked

as we descend the scale. In the Gibbon we find an extreme

prominence of the choroidal vessels.

In the next family, the Cercopithecide, we notice in some

genera an approximation to the Simiide, notably in the Black Ape,

1897.) BYES OF THE ORDER PRIMATES. 187

the Macaques, and the Baboons, and a retrogression of type in the

pronounced semi-opacity of the optic nerve-fibres in the Mangabeys.

In the family Cebidze we notice at once a striking difference

between the almost Simian type of the Cebine (which includes

the genera Cebus, Lagothriv, and Ateles) from the obviously lower

type of eye in the Nycetipithecine (Dourocoulis and Squirrel

Monkeys). The extraordinary development and prominence of

the choroidal vessels and the peculiar pigmented background so

characteristic of the Lemurs distinguish the latter at once. Only

in the Howlers do we get an approximation to a Cercopithecus.

But if we examine a Howler we notice at once how much more

like a Cercopithecus it looks than any of the other genera above

mentioned.

In the Chrysothrix we find a most peculiar change at the macula.

This is surrounded by a remarkable rainbow-coloured ring (see

Plate IV.). Now this rainbow ring is the characteristic of the

Hapalide, occurring in every one of that family that I have ex-

amined, only differing from that seen in the Chrysothrix in being

a smooth ring instead of a ring made up of extremely short and

thick radiating streaks. This ring is the first indication of the

gorgeous colours seen in the background of the eyes of the Galagos,

the Loris, and the Aye-Aye.

When we then come to the Lemurs we do not find a single

animal which possesses even a trace of a macula or ring, and the

discs are all round. Instead of being pink they are quite white,

as if atrophied, and the fundus is of a peculiar brown or greyish-

brown colour stippled at regular intervals with large dots (see

Plate V.). The moment we descend below the true Lemurs the

entire fundus changes: instead of being brown it assumes an

intensely dazzling golden yellow.

The Galagos, Lorises, and Aye-Aye are all nocturnal animals, and

that is perhaps one reason why the fundus is of such a brilliant

golden-yellow colour.

In the Galagos the dise is nearly black; the fundus is a rich

golden yellow with a tinge of green and covered everywhere with

minute black or brown stellate dots. These stellate dots are

peculiar to the Galagos. If we examine the eyes of the Galagos

we find they are nearly alike ; and when we examine the Lemurs

we likewise see a family likeness, but fundamentally different in

type from the former. Among the latter, however, there is one

exception, its fundus is identica] with that of the Galagos and yet

it is known as Coquerel’s Lemur (see Plate VI.). Now I have

examined this animal most carefully, and I am convinced it is a

Galago and not a Lemur, notwithstanding the disproportionate size

of the tarsus, which, however, is not much larger than those of the

Lemurs. The difference of its eye is too striking to be over-

looked, and in my opinion quite overweighs the other differences

of structure and habitat. For the former differences, especially

the shape of the ears and face, are very slight compared with the

other members of the family; and as regards the habitat, it is at

188 MR, SCLATER ON BIRD-SKINS FROM MOZAMBIQUE, [Feb. 2,

least conceivable that it may in some way have been transported

from Madagascar to the mainland. In any case J think that,

having regard to the fact that the fundus oculi is distinctly that

of a Galago, it would be well to consider whether the other

points show sufficiently prominent characteristics to warrant the

classification of that animal as a Lemur.

In concluding the few observations on the eyes of the Primates

which I have laid before you I venture to express the belief that

the study of both the interior and the outside of the eyes of animals

may be conducive to an increase of our knowledge of zoological

classification and comparative physiology, and may possibly throw

some light on the habits and pursuits of animals. After all, the

eye is the chief connecting-link between the outer world and the

consciousness of the animal, and it requires vision to find its way,

obtain food, and avoid danger.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate II, Fundus oculi of a native youth from Nubia.

III. Fundus oculi of Ourang-Outang.

IV. Fundus oculi of Hapale penicillata.

VY. Fundus oculi of Lemur brunneus.

VI. Fundus oculi of Lemur coquereli.

February 2, 1897.

Prof. Gzoren B. Howss, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1897.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January was 47, of which 28 were by

presentation, 2 by birth, 11 by purchase, and 6 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period

by death and removals, was 112.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a collection of 31 bird-skins that had

been formed by Mr. W. A. Churchill, H.B.M. Consul at Mozam-

bique, during various shooting-excursions along the shores within

20 miles of the island of Mozambique. Capt. Shelley had kindly

examined the collection and had referred the specimens to the

following species, as named in his recently published Catalogue

(‘ Birds of Africa, yol. i. 1896). Mr. Sclater proposed to deposit

these specimens in the British Museum, as though the species

were mostly well known, the locality (Mozambique) was an

~HLONOA NVIGON VAOTTNOO SNANNA

‘oO? 4 PEeY M IMAIYy “WIT cmon qreyuey Z abeunr qoeue * AT

(Ss NAA] DS TUL | IVLNO-ONVENO AO TTNSO SNGNMLA

‘Ill Id A6SL SZd

(9797207 Ued ajoday) ‘1, ISONYVI V AO TTNOO SNANAA

V7 A Peel] M™myAyV YArT SouL04y ry qareyuely abeuu josiI9' YT

a gd

| he

‘77 PRSH'M AInyqay

FO Fete

(

ns 4

Iau

UT). ?

INE 'T

)

yyLy ‘ouro1y9 4

(AVY

VY HO]

TPUUPT

weNo hana

UNTO Va

ebeun qoere yy

“mus T UMeIg Y" qy

Arthur W. Head

SULI ¢

FUNDUS C

1897.]

ON THE HEAD AND HORNS OF A FALLOW DEER.

189

‘interesting one, and was not well represented in the National

Collection of Birds.

Macrony« eroceus (Vieill.).

Pholidauges verreauxi, Bocage.

Corvultur albicollis (Lath.).

Corvus scapulatus, Dana.

Merops persicus, Pall.

Lophocerus melanoleucus (Licht.).

Gallirex chlorochlamys, Shelley.

Centropus natalensis, Shelley.

Stria flammea, Linn.

Milvus egyptius (Gm.).

Nisaétus bellicosus (Daud.).

Polyboroides typicus, Smith.

Hagedashia hagedasch (Lath.).

Herodias lucida, Rat.

alba (Linn.).

Ardea ardesiaca, Wagl.

melanocephala,

Childr.

Myeteria senegalensis, Shaw.

Anastomus lamelligerus, Temm.

Tantalus ibis, Linn.

Phalacrocorax africanus (Gm.).

Phenicopterus roseus, Pall.

Plectropterus niger, Scl.

Pternistes nudicollis (Bodd.).

Otis melanogaster, Riipp.

Totanus nebularius (Gunner).

Numenius arcuatus (Linn.).

phcopus (Linn.).

Himantopus candidus (Bonn.).

Vig. et

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited (on behalf of Sir Douglas Brooke,

Horns of Fallow Deer, showing malformations.

A, shed horn, bringing away only a small portion of the outer table of the skull.

B, horn shed in the succeeding year, bringing away a much larger portion

owing to exostosis at the point of fracture. In C the disease has enveloped

the entire frontal bone, causing thickening of the horn-base and other

malformations.

190 MR, G. E. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 2,

Bart.) a head and two pairs of shed horns of a Fallow Deer,

the latter showing arrest in development in consequence of disease

of the frontal bone, due, probably, to incomplete severance of the

horn during the process of shedding.

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., gave a short general

account of his journey to the Fur-Seal Islands of the North

Pacific during the summer of 1896.

The journey had been undertaken on behalf of the Foreign and

Colonial Offices, with a view to the investigation of the Natural

History of the Northern Fur-Seal (Otaria ursina), with special

reference to certain disputed points which have a distinct bearing

on the industry connected with the skins of the animal.

Mr. Barrett-Hamilton stated that in the very short time at his

disposal he would only be able to give a mere outline of his

journey, and would hardly be able to speak at all of the Natural

History of the Fur-Seal, which he would have very much liked to

have done. As, however, he was engaged in reporting in some

detail on these matters to the Government, it would have in any

case been impossible for him to have gone into the disputed points

until his report had been published.

Mr. Barrett-Hamilton left Queenstown in the R.M.S.‘ Lucania,’

in company with Professor D’Arcy Thompson, on May 24th, for

New York, where they were met by Mr. Macoun, who was to

proceed to the Seal Islands on behalt of the Canadian Govern-

ment. Messrs. Macoun and Thompson proceeded at once from

New York to Washington, whence they left shortly afterwards

for the Pribiloff Islands, on the Alaskan side of Bering Sea,

whereas Mr. Barrett-Hamilton had instructions to proceed to the

Commander Islands, which are a part of the Russian Empire and

lie near the coast of Kamtchatka, on the western side of the

Pacific.

From New York Mr. Barrett-Hamilton went across the American

Continent to San Francisco. Here, during a stay of several days,

while awaiting the arrival of the steamer which was to take him

to Yokohama, he was able to observe and photograph the famous

Seal-rocks near the entrance to the Harbour, on which may be

seen lying examples of two species of Sea-Lion, Otaria stelleri

and O. californiana.

The voyage from San Francisco to Yokohama was taken in the

Pacific Mail SS. Company’s Steamer ‘ Peru,’ and was an uneventful

one. Many notes were, however, made on the sea-birds seen, so

far as they could be identified with certainty, the results of which,

together with those of his observations in the more northern

parts of the Pacific, Mr. Barrett-Hamilton stated that he hoped

to publish shortly in the ‘ Lbis.’

Among the more interesting species observed in the voyage

were the Black-footed Albatross (Divmedea nigripes), of which a

photograph in flight was exhibited, the Frigate-bird, the Bosun-

bird or Tropic-bird, the Booby, and many species of Petrels and

Shearwaters.

1897.] THE FUR-SEAL ISLANDS. TL

A few hours were spent at Honolulu, in the Sandwich Islands,

on the 17th of June, and Yokohama was finally reached on the

night of the 29th of the same month.

On arrival at Yokohania Mr. Barrett-Hamilton found H.M.S.

‘Edgar’ ready to convey him to Hakodate in the northern

island of Hokkaido, so that only a few hours were spent in

Yokohama and Tokio, as the ‘Edgar’ sailed on July Ist.

Hakodate was reached on the 3rd, and H.M.S. ‘Spartan’ was

found there under orders to convey the speaker to Robben Island

and the Commander Islands: various causes, however, delayed the

start until the 8th of July.

On the way up from Yokohama to Hakodate, while following

the eastern coast of the island of Nippon, on the 2nd of July, the

effects of the terrible seismatic wave of the 15th of June were

very plainly visible, not only by the quantity of wreckage, dead

animals, and even corpses passed at sea, but also by a distinct mark

on the shore. The coast was here very much indented and highly

suited to assist the action of such a catastrophe.

Hakodate was left on the 8th of July, en rowte for Robben

Island, and the coast of Hokkaido followed on that day and the

9th, many sea-birds being seen and occasionally a whale. On

the 10th the ‘ Spartan’ passed through the Straits of La Pérouse,

and late in the day made Cape Siretoko, a magnificent head which

formed the eastern termination of Animama Bay and the south-

eastern extremity of the island of Saghalien. Thence the ‘Spartan’

made for Robben Island, which was reached early on the morning

of July the 1ith.

Robben Island was a very small rock with a sandy beach all round

it. It lay under Cape Patience in the island of Saghalien. It was

a most inaccessible island, and there were no means of landing on

it in bad weather, so that the ‘Spartan’ was very lucky to find

a fine and clear morning there on the 11th.

There was a small Rookery of the Fur-Seals on Robben Island,

which belonged to the Russian Government, and photographs of

this as well as of the Rookery were taken. The season was

evidently not Jong begun, and the young Seal-pups were still very

small.

The ‘Spartan’ sailed from Robben Island on the same day, and

steered her course across the foggy Sea of Okhotsk for Amphi-

trite Straits in the Kurile Islands, which were passed through in

dense fog on the 13th. On the morning of the 14th she passed

up the coast of Kamtchatka from Cape Lopatka to Petropaulowsk,

and the weather being now clear a splendid view of the beautiful

voleano and mountains of the peninsula was obtained. [Mr.

Barrett-Hamilton exhibited some photographs to show the moun-

tains and the character of the coast. |

The ‘Spartan’ remained three days at Petropaulowsk and in

Tareinski Harbour, as some fresh meat was needed. Salmon

and trout were exceedingly abundant in the harbour, the former

comprising several species of the genus Onchorhynchus, and the

latter being a species of Salvelinus. The fishes of these seas were

192 ON THE FUR-SEAL ISLANDS. [Feb. 2,

very little known and it was believed that more than one of the

specimens collected by Mr. Barrett-Hamilton belonged to species

new to science.

The Commander Islands were reached on the 19th of July,

early on which day Mr. Barrett-Hamilton was left at Nikola by

the ‘Spartan.’ He passed six weeks on the islands, part of the

time being spent on the smaller Copper Island, which was about

40 miles from Bering Island. Much valuable information was

collected during this stay, not only with regard to the Seals, but

also with regard to the natives of the islands, the birds, and the

general fauna and flora.

On the 25th of August, Professor Thompson and Dr. Jordan,

who had been sent out to the Pribiloff Islands by the U.S.

Government, arrived in H.M.S. ‘Satellite, and after a short

inspection of the Glinka Rookery on Copper Island, the whole

party left for Unalaska, where they arrived on the 29th.

On the 31st the party proceeded in H.M.S. ‘ Pheasant’ to

St. Paul Island, the largest of the Pribiloff Group, arriving at the

village on the Ist of September.

Professor D’Arey Thompson, Dr. Jordan, and Mr. Lucas (U.S.

Commissioners) left the Pribiloff islands on the 8th of September

for Seattle, vid Sitka, but Mr. Barrett-Hamilton remained behind to

continue his observations on the Fur-Seal and to assist in the

count of dead pups, together with Mr. Macoun (Canadian) and

Colonel Murray and Mr. Clarke (Americans). He remained on

the islands in all for about six weeks, part of which time was

spent on the smaller island of St. George.

Finally, he left the islands for good on the 22nd of October, and

returned to England by Unalaska, Port Townsend, Victoria, the

Canadian Pacifie Railway from Vancouver to Ottawa and Mon-

treal, New York, Washington, and Queenstown.

Mr. Barrett-Hamilton stated that it had been his good luck to

have had what for one season’s work he thought must be an

unique experience among the Fur-Seals, having spent six weeks on

both the groups of islands, and haying actually lived on each of the

Seal Islands except Robben Reef, and having passed over on foot

nearly every square yard of the Rookeries on all the four Seal

Islands in the North Pacific. There was only one part of the

season that he had missed, and that was the earliest part of it.

There was, of course, little chance of finding new species among

the higher animals of the North Pacific, but, besides the small

collection of fishes already alluded to, and which he believed

contained examples of some new species, collections had been

made of some of the smaller mammals met with, and the British

and other Museums had been enriched by additional specimens of

the Northern Fur-Seal, as well as by a set of skulls of different ages

and sexes of Steller’s Sea-Lion (Otaria stelleri). This magnificent

northern species was, until now, very poorly represented in the

National collection, and a young male brought home by Mr. Barrett-

Hamilton was being set up for the Gallery now under re-arrange-

ment by Mr. Lydekker.

1897.] ON THE REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 193

A fair collection of birds had been made, which would be of

interest to British naturalists as representing species not often

brought to this country by collectors. Besides these, collections

had, where possible, been made of the Invertebrate Fauna of the

country.

The following papers were read :—

1. A Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachians of Celebes,

with special reference to the Collections made by

Drs. P. & F. Sarasin in 1893-1896. By G. A.

Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received December 11, 1896.]

(Plates VII.-X VI.)

During their three years’ exploration of Celebes, the Drs.

Sarasin paid much attention to the herpetological fauna

of that island and succeeded in bringing together a collection of

565 selected specimens of Reptiles and Batrachians, representing

86 species, of which 18 proved to be new to science and 11 new to

the island, all in excellent state of preservation and with the localities

carefully noted. These collections were sent home in several con-

signments, the first three of which were received by Dr. F. Miller

of Basle, who published two preliminary notes on them. At the

death of that distinguished herpetologist in 1895, I was offered by

the Drs. Sarasin to continue the work of identification and to write

a general report on the Reptiles and Batrachians. This I gladly

undertook, and in the beginning of 1896 I published descriptions

of several new species sent to me from the southern part of the

island. Towards the end of the same year, on the return of

the explorers, the whole of their collection, including the specimens

already studied by Dr. Mivler, was made over to me. It seemed,

however, that the value of the report would be much increased

by not limiting it to the collection made by the Doctors, and

I therefore resolved to prepare a complete Catalogue of the

Reptiles and Batrachians of Celebes, exclusive of marine species,

which would prove practically useful to future students and

collectors, as by its means all specimens could be identified. I

have given descriptions of the endemic forms, and of a few that

are imperfectly known, and a key, as short and simple as the

subject permits, by which it is possible to determine all the species

so far recorded from Celebes.

The older literature contains but little information on the

herpetology of Celebes. But within the last twenty-five years

important collections were made, with special attention to localities,

and described by Peters, Giinther, Doria, M. Weber, van Lidth

de Jeude, and myself. These collections will be alluded to

throughout in the text, with the names of the collectors,

A. B. Meyer, Bruijn, Beceari, M. Weber, and Everett. I have,

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No. XIII. 13

194 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

however, abstained from introducing a few species of which I have

not seen examples, and on the correct determination of which I

entertain serious doubts.

The following is a list of the principal publications referring to

the herpetological fauna of Celebes :— :

W. Prrers.—-‘‘ Ueber einige von Hrn. Dr. A. B. Meyer bei

Gorontalo und auf den Togian-Inseln gesammelten

Amphibien.” Mon. Berl. Ac. 1872, pp. 581-585.

A. Ginruer.—‘ Notes on some Keptiles and Batrachians

obtained by Dr. Adolf Bernhard Meyer in Celebes and the

Philippine Islands.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, pp. 165-172,

pls. xvi. & xviii.

W. Perers & G. Doria. Catalogo dei Rettili e dei Bratraci

raccolti da O. Beccari, L. M. D’Albertis e A. A. Bruijn

nella sotto-regione Austro-Malese.” Ann. Mus. Genova,

xiii. 1878, pp. 323-450, pls. i—vi.

A. B. Mryver.—* Verzeichniss der von mir in den Jahren 1870-

1873 im Ostindischen Archipel gesammelten Reptilien und

Batrachier.” Abh. Mus. Dresden, 1887, no. 2, 16 pp.

M. Wesrr.—“ Reptilia from the Malay Archipelago. I. Sauria,

Crocodilide, Chelonia.” Zool. Ergebn. Reise Niederl.

Ost-Ind. i. pp. 159-177, pl. xiv. (1890).

T. W. van Livra pve Jevupe.— Reptilia from the Malay

Archipelago. II. Ophidia.” Op. cit. pp. 178-192, pls. xv.

& xvi.

F. Miiier.—< Reptilien und Amphibien aus Celebes.” Verh.

nat. Ges. Basel, x. 1894, pp. 825-843. II. Bericht. T. c.

pp: 862-869.

G. A. Bovutnnerr.—‘ Descriptions of new Reptiles and

Batrachians collected in Celebes by Drs. P. & F. Sarasin.”

Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, pp. 393-395.

G. A. Bovunmncrr.—‘ Descriptions of new Reptiles and

Batrachians collected by Mr. Alfred Everett in Celebes and

Jampea.” Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 1896, pp. 62-64.

For the position of the localities recorded in this Catalogue, the

reader is referred to the five Reports, with maps, published by the

Drs. Sarasin in the ‘ Zeitschrift d. Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde,’

Berlin, xxix. 1894, pp. 352-401, xxx. 1895, pp. 226-284, 311-352,

and xxxi. 1896, pp. 21-49, and ‘ Verhandlungen d. Ges. f. Erdk.’

1896, Heft 7. The localities at which Reptiles were collected are

here enumerated :—

I. Norruprn Cevesss: Kema, Lilang (near Kema), Tomohon

(2500 f.), Sonder (1800 f.), Rurukan (3600 f.), Kakas (Tondano

Lake, 2300 f.), the voleanoes Klabat (6550 f.), Lokon (5150 f.),

Sudara (4450 f.), Masarang (4000 f.), Mahawa and Emponglar

(in the Masarang chain), and Soputan (58U0 f.), all in Minahassa ;

Kottabangon (800 f.), in the kingdom of Bolang Mongondo; and

Dumoga besar, Malibagu, Bone Valley, Bone Mts., Totoija Valley ;

Gorontalo and Lake Limbotto near Gorontalo; Buol, Matinang

Mts., Wangkahulu Valley, Paguat, Marisa.

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 195

II. Crnrrat Crunsus: Paloppo, Borau, Lembong-pangi

(1600 f.), Manangalu, and the Kalaena River, all in the kingdom

of Luhu; the Central Mountains with the Takalekajo (5500 f.),

and Lake Posso (1600 f.); Mapana, on the Gulf of Tomini;

Bungi, Enrekang, Sosso, Batulappa, in the South-western part.

ILI. SoutHEern Creepers: Macassar, Barabatuwa Hills, Bonthain,

Loka (3800 f.), Bonthain Peak with Lompobatang, Wawo Karang,

Pare-Pare.

IV. Sourn-nastarn Cunupes: Lakes Matanna (1350 f.) and

Towuti (1050 f.).

The following table is drawn up with the object of showing ata

glance the exact distribution of the species now known to inhabit

the island. Column A refers to North Celebes, B to Central

Celebes, C to Southern Celebes, and D to South-eastern Celebes ;

whilst in the last column, E, the letters W. or H. show whether the

species is distributed in the Malay subregion West or East of

Celebes, or, if the distribution be a very limited one, the other

islands whence the species is on record are indicated in full. One

or two asterisks prefixed to a name signifies that the species or the

genus is restricted to the island with which this paper deals.

Although rich in endemic species, Celebes possesses but a single

genus peculiar to it (Rhabdophidium, Blgr.).

REPTILES.

A\/B\C D E

1. Crocodilus porosus, Schn. ......) +|...|-+).-.| W. E

2. Cyclemys amboinensis, Daud...) |---| + | .-- W. E

3. Testudo forstenii, Sch/. § Miill.| + |...|... |... | Gilolo

¥4, Gymnodactylus jellesme, Blgr.| + | + ar

xd. rs fumosus, Ff. Mill.) + | «|

6. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. § B.| +|+)+)+)| W.#

7. e platyurus, Schn. .| + + |+ | W.

8. Gehyra mutilata, Wm. ......... +)/+/+)]...) W. E

9. Lepidodactylus lugubris, D. f B.| +)|...|...| + | W. #

10. Gecko verticillatus, Laur. ...... Sabet) eel ceed) Vive 10)

ll. ,, monarchus, Seh/. ......... +]...] +/+] W. E.

12. Draco reticulatus, Gthr. ......... ...| +... |... | Philippines, Sanghir.

*13. ,, spilonotus, Gthr. ......... +

*¥14. ,, beccarii, Pirs. & Dor. ...|...| +)/—+- | +

15. Calotes eristatellus, Kwhl ...... + ]...] +| +) W. E.

16. Lophura amboinensis, Schdoss. .|...| + | + |... | Philippines, Amboyna.

17. Varanus salvator, Laur. ......... +/...]...] +] W. E.

*18. Re togianus, Pérs. ......... wef BH] +]

19. Mabuia multifasciata, Kuhl ...) + | +) +) +/ W. E.

20. a) TAU JEMGIes, seen panesnceeer +)+)|+|...} Borneo, Sumatra.

#21. Lygosoma tropidonotus, Blgr. .| ... | +

#22. és nigrilabre, Gthr....... +/+/+

¥*23. 5 sarasinorum, Blgr....| ...| + hesetihl haar

24. ai yariegatum, Pérs. ...|...| ..|-+|.-.| W. E

#25. f celebense, F’. Miild....) +

26. - smaragdinum, Less. .|-+|+|+)..., E.

#27. Sy inconspicuum, Mill.) +-

#28. 5 textum, #. Miill....... + i: a

29, 3 cyanurum, Less. ...... S|) cur |+|E

30. a atrocostatum, Less....| + | + er a)

13*

196

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON TH

A Cc |D

31. Lygosoma bowringii, Gray ...... | +}. .

32. H temminckii, D. f B. .| +) . :

#33. +f parvum, Blgr..........| ..

¥34, + infralineolatum, Gthr.) + +

35. Tropidophorus grayi, thr. Hi ae spe ee

36. Dibamus nove-guiner, D. & B. + ceil ieee

37. Typblops braminus, Daud. ...... Hect-ticooitieell wes

BRET. gt’ inter, Solin oie. S e alee ee

39. Python reticulatus, Schn. ...... Poel} lt

AQis 2...) Amolurusiliactecssesees et Vee iceetl este alt J

41. Enygrns carinatus, Schn.......... 2 aa bee ee

42. Cylindrophis rufus, Laur. ...... 4 +).../ +]...

43. Xenopeltis unicolor, Reinw, ...) +] ...) | +

44. Chersydrus granulatus, Scho. .... + wel flee

*45. Tropidonotus sarasinorum, Blyr. . |

46. x celebicus, Pirs. §

DORs esac edaes +c Ft sell st fyate

47. r trianguligerus, Bote ...|...| +]...

48. 5 vittatus, J,........ es Pees seen tics

49. Pp subminiatus, Sch/. | + | ...|...|.-

50. 9 chrysargoides, Gth., 4+ |...|...|.-

51. Lycodon aulicus, LZ. ............+4+ Ars | Eel lis al te

¥52. 3 storm; Bitgr. .....s0<: i+

+53. Zamenis dipsas, Schl. ...........: +

«54. Coluber janseni, Blkr. ............ + +

55. 4, erythrurus, D.f B. ...|+]...] +) +

56. Dendrophis pictus, Gm. ......... Ae | ves] || =>

7. Dendrelaphis terrificus, Pérs....| + |... |...

x58. Oligodon waandersii, B/kr....... + )...)+

+59. Agrophis sarasinorum, F. Mill.) +

#60. Rhabdophidium forstenii, D.§-B.| +

x61. Calamaria acutirostris, Blgr. ...| ...|...| +

x62. 3 nuchalis, Blgr. ...... eeu eee liste

+63, - muelleri, Blgr. ...... ae +

x64. 5 curba, BlgT. ...<c-s.: +

#65. 33 gracilis, Blgr. ......| ... 35

*66. - collaris, Blgr.........- +

67. a virgulata, Bote ...... + Sealiace

68. linnei, Bote ......... Seal apee Fone eee

69. Hypsirhina plumbea, BOW 20052 +i)...) 4) 4+

¥70. “5 matannensis, Blgr..|...|... |... | +

wale 3 enhydris, Schn. eS eealeilless

72. Cerberus rhynchops, Schn, ...... +i...) +) +

73. Dipsadomorphus multimacu-

latus, Bote) +

74. 3 dendrophilus,

SBOE ence +)...) Fj) +

75. irregularis,

WEN ae + +/+

x76. Pr flavescens, D.

ue Petraes lec +

77. Psammodynastes pulverulentus,

Bote cincventpederecnemaasst donee + woe NCEE

78. Dryophis prasinus, Bote ......... + Sn lar

79. Chrysopelea ornata, Shaw ...... + brea nee

80. Bungarus candidus, Z. .......... a ae

81. Naia bungarus, Sch/. ............ +]. Sse

82. Doliopnis intestinalis, Laur. ...| + | . an

83. Lachesis wagleri, Boie ............ + +

Java, Sumatra,

Philippines.

W. £.

W. E.

Java, Ternate.

Philippines, Sooloo.

W. E.

Philippines.

Java, Sumatra.

Java.

W. #E.

AAAAAAA

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES, ESF

BATRACHIANS.

|A|B|C/}D E

a EE i a ta FE | a

1. Oxyglossus levis, Gthr. ......++. [-+{/+]+]...] W.

29 Rana kuhlivONg- Bs ..5-2..-2--2 lea aeeer esailcxelll avis

x3. ,, modesta, Blgr. .........00 + hen

4, 4; leyfensis; Bitgr «-.2.<5--s6- ...|+|+|...| Philippines, Borneo,

| Sooloo,

5. ,, microdisca, Btigr. ......... + |...|...|...| Java, Mentawi.

6. ,, palavanensis, Blgr.......... +/+/+). Palawan, Borneo.

he Vyg) hierina Dade .cs<c:+c<s-<0-5 +y)/+})+)+ :

toPh ciple) aid aires 91/15) eae LARS ES eae

Gee) “varians: CBlgT ee 2622-25063 +|+]|...|...| Philippines, Batjan.

VORA Ge weveretiier Blgt. a.-.c.0.--2 500 +}+)|+)...| Philippines, Borneo.

¥1l. 4, celebensis, Pérs. ............! + :

¥12. macrops, Bigr. eases i+ |+

13. Rhacophorus leucomystax,

Gravh. ...... +/+/+)+4+)W.

*14, Py edentulus, F. Mii//.| + |...) +

*15. monticola, Bugir \ ces lee Pt

*16. Sphenophryne celebensis, F.Mill. +\+|+

¥17. variabilis, Blgr. .|...|...| + |

18. Callula. baleata, S. Miil. be ee }+i+]+]...] W.

19. ¥ pulehra, Gray a cieecees sca\| nea lets. lvoe | WN

20. Bufo biporcatus, Gravh. ......... |] +] + |W.

*21. ,, celebensis, Gthr. ............ + h..f4 |

It will be noticed that the single initial W. in the last column

occurs 22 times and E. only 5 times, which shows a greater agree-

ment with the Western than with the Eastern islands of the

Archipelago, as already pointed out by Peters and Doria. The

agreement with Java, Borneo, and Sumatra, so far as the genera

are concerned, is much greater than with the Moluccas. Special

relation to the Philippines is shown by Draco reticulatus, Lophura

amboinensis, Tropidophorus grayi, Coluber erythrurus, and Dendre-

laphis terrificus. Papuasian affinity is only exhibited by the

Batrachian genus Sphenophryne, the two other species of which

inhabit New Guinea. Australian affinity does not exist.

In dealing with the geographical distribution of the Lacertilia,

in 1885, I submitted that the then generally accepted Wallace’s

line does not answer for this group of animals, and the same view

has since been shown, especially by Max Weber, to apply to

other groups. The present study of the herpetological fauna of

Celebes clearly shows that there is no justification for Wallace’s

line so far as Reptiles and Batrachians are concerned.

Key to the Identification of the Species.

REPTILES.

Te CROCODWGWS) par, ses casssereectane- toa ateentvese 1. Crocodilus porosus,

II. TORTOISES.

Digits distinct, webbed ; head covered with undivided skin ; carapace tricarinate

ATR DHE PVOUNG 1.243: ccet tennis ces states vccahas sear 2. Cyclemys amboinensis.

Limbs club-shaped ; head with shields; carapace without keels.

3. Testudo forsteni.

198 ' MR, G, A, BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

Ill. LIZARDS.

A. Head covered with granules or small scales above.

1. No movable eyelids; pupil vertical.

a. Digits not dilated.

Ear-opening oval, slightly oblique, nearly vertical; lower surface of thighs

MMiformly, PrANUlAtO |. .<.<.0-52c000--0-cesceeukevenen 4. Gymnodactylus jellesme.

Ear-opening a horizontal cleft ; male with femoral pores, female with a series

of enlarged scales along the lower surface of the thighs.

5. Gymnodactylus fumosus.

6. Digits dilated.

, a. Digital expansion with two series of lamells inferiorly.

WMipits tree, sllicl awed Was sprmscseacext-oesees nae eseen 6. Hemidactylus frenatus.

Digits webbed, all clawed...............seceeseeeeeeeee 7. Hemidactylus platyurus.

Digits webbed at the base, inner rudimentary and clawless.

8. Gehyra mutilata.

Digits with a rudiment of web, inner well developed but clawless.

9. Lepidodactylus lugubris.

8. Digital expansion with single lamelle inferiorly.

Rostral shield not entering the nostril ; toes free. 10. Gecko verticillatus.

Rostral shield entering the nostril; toes with a rudiment of web.

ll. Gecko monarchus.

2. Movable eyelids; pupil round.

a. Wing-like lateral membranes, supported by the much-prolonged

spurious ribs.

a. No parietal foramen.

Hind limb reaching slightly beyond the elbow of the adpressed fore limb;

a continuous series of enlarged keeled scales along each side of the posterior

Hinltvon tiie bOC ye. .nsenaeveceateeemearees csscmeretcaes 12. Draco reticulatus.

Hind limb reaching the axil or a little beyond; enlarged lateral scales absent

or few and far between ...2...0..c2---.oractseceres 13. Draco spilonotus,

B. Parietal foramen very distinct; hind limb reaching the axil

or a little beyond) .............0..-. 14. Draco beccarii.

b. No wings.

a. Body and tail compressed, crested.

Crest feeble on back and tail ..... ....--..eeeee eee 15. Calotes cristatellus.

Caudal crest high, supported by the neural spines. 16. Lophura amboinensis,

$B. Body depressed ; tail compressed, not crested.

More than 80 transverse rows of ventral scales from gular fold to groin.

17. Varanus salvator.

74 transverse rows of yentral scales from gular fold to groin.

18. Varanus togianus.

B. Upper surface of head with symmetrical shields.

1. Two pairs of limbs.

a, Tympanum distinct, more or less sunk; fourth toe considerably

longer than third.

a. Lower eyelid scaly, without central disk ; limbs overlapping when

adpressed.

* Dorsal scales pluricarinate ; supranasal present.

Dorsal seales tri- or quinquecarinate ; hind limb not reaching the axil.

19. Mabuia multifasciata.

Dorsal scales very strongly tricarinate ; hind limb reaching the axil or beyond.

20. Mabuia rudis.

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 199

**x Dorsal scales smooth or unicarinate.

+ 38-50 seales round the widdle of the body; no enlarged

scale on the heel.

t No supranasal ; dorsal scales keeled.

Dorsal and lateral scales strongly keeled ......... 21. Lygosoma tropidonotus.

Dorsal scales feebly keeled, laterals smooth ...... 22. Lygosoima nigrilabre.

tt No supranasal; dorsal scales smooth.

7 or 8 supraoculars ; 44-46 scales round the middle of the body.

23. Lygosoma sarasinorum.

6 supraoculars; 38-40 scales round the middle of the body.

24. Lygosoma variegatum.

ttt Supranasal present ; dorsal scales smooth,

25. Lygosoma celebense.

tt 20-26 scales round the middle of the body ; an enlarged scale

on the heel........................ 26. Lygosoma smaragdinum.

(3. Lower eyelid with a transparent disk.

« Limbs not overlapping when adpressed ; no supranasal.

22 scales round the middle of the body ............ 27. Lygosoma inconspicuum.

30 scales round the middle of the body ............ 28. Lygosoma textum.

** Limbs overlapping when adpressed ; supranasal present.

24-26 scales round the middle of the body ...... 29. Lygosoma cyanurum.

36-40 scales round the middle of the body ...... 30. Lygosoma atrocostatum.

**x Limbs not overlapping when adpressed ; supranasal present.

31. Lygosoma bowringit.

6. Tympanum distinct, more or less sunk; fourth toe not longer

than third,

Frontonasal usually in contact with frontal; ear-opening large.

32. Lygosoma temminckit.

Przfrontals forming a median suture ; ear-opening small.

33. Lygosoma parvum.

e. Tympanum covered with scales ...... 34. Lygosoma infralineolatum.

d. Tympanum exposed and superficial; dorsal scales very strongly

keeled and ending in a sharp point.

35. Tropidophorus gray.

2. Limbs absent () or hind pair rudimentary and flap-like (¢).

36. Dibumus nove-quinee.

IV. SNAKES.

A. Eyes under the head-shields.

Przocular in contact with the labials; 20 scales round the body.

37. TLyphlops braminus.

Preocular separated from the labials by a small shield; 18 scales round the

odysrra.secssencesasteccer= na staceatssaancsamdonscsestce 38. Typhlops ater.

B. Eyes exposed ; alli the teeth solid.

1. Tail prehensile ; ventral and subcaudal shields present ; pupil vertical.

a. Upper surface of head with shields; anterior upper labials pitted ;

scales smooth.

Hourupperapials: pitted) c-sec-cess~-5-s+--.cecssens 39. Python reticulatus.

Two upper labials pitted ...........cseeeeeeeeeeeeee 40, Python molurus.

200 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

b. Upper surface of head covered with small scales; no labial pits ;

BCALBS KECICD: 50.0. .20.0. 05-255 -pene sense 41. Enygrus carinatus.

2. Tail not prehensile; parietal shields very small, or separated from

each other by an azygous occipital shield.

Ventral shields very small; no azygous occipital. 42. Cylindrophis rufus.

Ventrals well developed ; a large azygous occipital, in contact with the frontal.

43. Xenopeltis unicolor.

3. Tail prehensile; body compressed, covered with uniform, small,

juxtaposed, rough scales ; no ventral shields.

44. Chersydrus granulatus.

4. Tail not prehensile ; parietal shields large, forming a suture.

a. Internasal shields distinct from the praefrontals ; head distinct from

neck.

a. Pupil round; scales in 15 to 21 rows, keeled; anal divided;

ventrals fewer than 200.

* Scales in 15 rows.

Seales strongly keeled)... <.vesceesve<tepei0s2ce0ac- 45. Tropidonotus sarasinorum.,

Seales feebly Kkecledic srt cscs one vac dasaceanss 46. Tropidonotus celebicus.

xx Scales in 19 rows.

Two superposed anterior temporals ; 9 upper labials.

47. Tropid. trianguligerus.

A singleanterior temporal ; 9 upper labials......... 48. Tropidonotus vittatus,

Two superposed anterior temporals; 8 upper labials.

49. Tropidonotus subminiatus.

*#**% Scales in 21 rows ...........-..- 50. Tropid. chrysargoides.

8. Pupil vertical ; scales in 17 or 19 rows.

Scales in 17 rows; subcaudals in two rows ...... 51. Lycodon aulicus,

Scales in 19 rows; subcaudals single .............-- 52. Lycodon stormi.

y- Pupil round; scales in 13 rows, smooth ; ventrals rounded.

53. Zamenis dipsas.

6. Pupil round ; scales in 21 to 25 rows; ventrals more than 200.

Scales in) 2S=D Hr Owais secs tocee eae scaccccccseioss coos 54. Coluber janseni.

Scalesnnia rows iiecescs sa ttecoscone SeesGhe ieeeets 55. Coluber erythrurus.

e. Pupil round; scales in 15-15 rows; ventrals angulate laterally,

less than 200.

Scales in 15 rows, vertebrals strongly enlarged... 56. Dendrophis pictus.

Scales in 13 rows, vertebrals scarcely enlarged ... 57. Dendrelaphis terrificus.

4. Internasal shields distinct from the prefrontals; head small, not

distinct from neck ; scales in 15 rows.

a. Parietal separated from labials by temporals; a preocular.

58. Oligodon waandersii.

8. Parietal in contact with labials.

Nostril between two nasals; no przocular ; prefrontal entering the eye.

59. Agrophis sarasinorum.

Nasal single 5, aupreocniarcsuetes ese. scs05-oeoe- 60. Rhabdophidium forsteni.

ce. Internasals fused with the priefrontals; bead small, not distinct

from neck ; scales in 13 rows.

a. Five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye.

x Anterior chin-shields in contact with the symphysial.

+ Ventrals 130-187.

t Frontal three or four times as broad as the supraocular.

Snout pointed ; rostral as deep as broad ......... 61. Calamaria acutirostris,

Snout rounded ; rostral broader than deep ...... 62. Calamaria nuchalis.

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES, 201

tt Frontal not more than twice as broad as the supraocular.

Upper portion of rostral as long as or a little longer than its distance from the

APOE ook appre den aslendacs¥sns-csascs= nen cctewsnicciness 63. Calamaria muelleri.

Upper portion of rostral hardly half as long as its distance from the frontal.

64, Calamaria curta.

tt Ventrals 211-235..............- 65. Calamaria gracilis.

x* First lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the

symphysial.

Wentrals! 232-260: | c..ccsc--tseeossencoossnecessnssaasen 66. Calamaria collaris.

Ventrals 151-199) .........5...ccsscnecerensecanensseeree 67. Calamaria virgulata.

8. Four upper labials, second and third entering the eye; ventrals

lSieAlloRieeehco fo sesococicaocsosocoee 68. Calamaria linnei,

C. Eyes exposed; posterior maxillary teeth grooved.

1. Nostrils superior; nasal shield semidivided and in contact with its

fellow behind the rostral.

a. Scales smooth.

Scales in 19 rows ; asingle internasal (rarely two) 69. Hypsirhina plumbea.

Scales in 21 rows; two internasals.................. 70. Hypsirhina matannensis.

Seales in 21 or 23 rows; a single internasal ...... 71. Hypsirhina enhydris.

b. Scales strongly keeled, in 23 or 25 rows.

72. Cerberus rhynchops.

2. Nostrils lateral ; nasals separated by the internasals.

a. Pupil vertical ; scales smooth.

a. Vertebral scales enlarged.

* Two postoculars.

Scales in 17 or 19 rOWS........:0sceeeeeeeeesereeeseeees 73. Dipsadomorphus multi-

maculatus.

Scales in 21 or 23 rows; posterior chin-shields not larger than the anterior.

74. Dipsadomorphus dendro-

philus.

Scales in 21 or 23 rows; posterior chin-shields larger than the anterior.

75. Dipsadomorphus irregu-

laris.

«x Three postoculars ; scales in 19 rows.

76. Dipsadomorphus flavescens.

B. Vertebral scales not enlarged ..... . 77. Psammodynastes pulveru-

lentus.

b. Pupil horizontal; scales smooth...... 78. Dryophis prasinus.

ce. Pupil round; scales keeled ............ 79. Chrysopelea ornata.

D. Eyes exposed ; anterior poison-fangs.

1. Upper surface of head covered with shields.

a. Vertebral scales enlarged ............ 80. Bungarus candidus.

b.. Vertebral scales not enlarged.

Scales in 15 rows on the body ; 7 upper labials.. 81. Naia bungarus.

Scales in 13 rows; 6 upper labials.................. 82. Doliophis intestinalis.

2. Upper surface of head covered with small keeled scales.

83. Lachesis wagiers.

202 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

BATRACHIANS.

I. Upper jaw toothed.

A. Tongue entire, rounded behind............ 1. Oxyglossus levis.

B. Tongue bifid behind.

1. Fingers quite free ; belly smooth or indistinctly areolate.

a, Glandular dorso-lateral fold, if present. independent from the

supratemporal fold; tips of fingers not or but feebly dilated.

a. Tips of toes dilated into small but very distinct disks.

x Tympanum hidden ............... 2. Rana kuhliz.

x« Tympanum distinct.

t No dorso-lateral fold.

Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout, or between the eye and

the tip of the snout ; toes entirely or nearly entirely webbed.

3. Rana modesta.

Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the nostril, the tip of the snout, or a little

beyond the tip of the snout; toes two-thirds or three-fourths webbed; the

last three phalanges of the fourth toe extending beyond the fifth toe.

4. Rana leytensis.

Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching far beyond the tip of the snout; toes two-

Ghards*wepbedi -eescesscne ssp eee canes ss scczeetcesens 5. Rana microdisca.

tt A narrow dorso-lateral fold. 6. Rana palavanensis.

B. Tips of toes not dilated ............ 7. Rana tigrina,

&. Glandular dorso-lateral fold well developed, continuous with the

supratemporal fold ; tips of fingers and toes dilated.

a. Sides smooth or with small warts.

First finger extending as far as second; digital disks very small; lateral fold

Dron 2h oe cess oy cs seme tee erence secs oocseaes- 0nd 8. Rana erythrea.

First finger extending beyond second ; digital disks small; lateral fold narrow.

9. Rana varians.

First finger not extending quite so far as second; disks of fingers large;

tatereltGld UALCOW, jen. teesnecnsceorns=2heecssees 6 10. Rana everetti.

8. Sides with large glands; first finger extending as far as second ;

lateral fold broad .................. 11. Rana celebensis.

e. Glandular dorso-lateral fold distinct only anteriorly; tips of

fingers and toes strongly dilated ... 12. Rana macrops.

2. Fingers with at least a rudiment of web, the tips strongly dilated ;

belly granulate.

Fingers with a very slight rudiment of web; frontal region rugose.

13. Rhacophorus leucomystax.

Outer fingers half-webbed ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the

STOWE OL DEY OUGMT ce yansmedsaccscnos<-ssceeetaaees 14. Rhacophorus edentulus.

Outer fingers two-thirds webbed; tibio-tarsal articulation not reaching the

fiplOf the! siOmbmesscssses seas eeenbee- rece eneceees 15. Rhacophorus monticola.

II. Jaws toothless.

A. Tips of fingers strongly dilated.

1. No metatarsal tubercles.

Tympanum indistinct, not more than one-third the diameter of the eye; tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching the eye or a little beyond.

16. Sphenophryne celebensis,

Tympanum feebly distinct, two-thirds to three-fourths the diameter of the eye;

tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the shoulder or the tympanum.

17. Sphenophryne variabilis,

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES, 203

2. Two metatarsal tubercles, inner large.

Terminal expansions of fingers more than half the diameter of the eye.

18. Callula baleata.

Terminal expansions of fingers not half the diameter of the eye.

19. Caliula pulchra.

B. Tips of fingers not dilated ; a large (parotoid) gland behind the eye.

Supraobital bony ridges produced on the occiput. 20. Bufo biporcatus.

Supraorbital bony ridges not produced on the occiput; a thick orbito-tympanic

[Berea SOLE) ceapeagadounoocucrosce 203 J00000ss Toenase 430" 21. Bufo celebensis,

REPTILIA.

EMYDOSAURIA.

CROCODILID &.

1. Crocopitus Porosus, Schn. ‘

Kema. One skull.

Gorontalo, Macassar (Meyer). Pampanna, 8. Celebes ( Weler).

CHELONTIA.

TESTUDINID®.

2, CYCLEMYS AMBOINENSIS, Daud.

One specimen: Kema. Four specimens: Macassar.

_ Manado, Macassar (Meyer). Macassar (Beccari). Macassar,

Panjana, 8. Celebes (Weber).

3. TESTUDO FORSTENTII, Schleg. & Mill.

One adult and one young: Buol.

Mt. Boliohoeto, near Salamatta, N. Celebes (Meyer).

The type specimen is from Gilolo.

Shell of young with strongly serrated anterior and posterior

borders, yellowish above and below, with small blackish-brown

spots on the dorsal and marginal shields, and a large blotch on

each abdominal shield.

LACERTILIA.

GECKONIDE.

4, GYMNODACTYLUS JELLESM#, sp.n. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)

Head large, depressed, oviform; snout longer than the diameter

of the orbit, which equals its distance from the ear-opening ; fore-

head concave ; ear-opening large, oval, slightly oblique, nearly

vertical, measuring about half the diameter of the eye. Limbs rather

elongate ; digits strong, slightly depressed at the base, strongly

compressed in the remaining portion; the basal phalanx with

well-developed transverse plates inferiorly. Head granular, the

granules largest on the snout, with very small tubercles on the

occipital and temporal regions; rostral nearly twice as broad as

deep, with M-shaped upper border, with or without median cleft

204 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

above ; nostril bordered by the rostral, the first labial, and three

or four scales; 10 to 12 upper and 10 or 11 lower labials; sym-

physial triangular, broader than long; two pairs of chin-shields,

median largest and forming a suture behind the point of the

symphysial; gular granules minute. Body and limbs covered

above with small granules intermixed with small roundish, feebly

keeled tubercles; lateral abdominal fold very indistinct ; ventral

scales very small, cycloid, imbricate, smooth, 40 to 45 across the

middle of the belly between the lateral folds. No preanal or

femoral pores. ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering, covered with uniform

small flat scales ; a few enlarged, nail-shaped tubercles form trans-

verse series on the upper basal part ef the tail. Brown above, with

small darker spots and Y- or M-shaped cross-bands on the back ;

a dark temporal streak; tail with dark annuli; lower parts

brownish,

mm,

etal Teeth: 22 sae se 115

Eien es intl 2 ovis tt, 18

Width of head.......... 11°5

GA ied oes Saab ate 45

SR ORC BIDS eet alec ates 20

Hind ama ets ss sees aos 30

Tail (reproduced)........ 52

This species differs from G. marmoratus, to which the first

specimens received from Celebes were referred by Peters and

Doria, myself and F. Miiller, in the larger ear-opening, the smaller

ventral scales, and the total absence of przanal or femoral pores,

the lower surface of the thighs being in both sexes covered with

uniform granules without any enlarged scales.

Seven specimens: Masarang, Buol, Wankahulu Valley, Kema,

and Central Celebes. Obtained in North Celebes by Dr. Meyer

and in South-eastern Celebes by Beccari.

It was the intention of my lamented friend Dr. Miiller to name

this species in honour of Mr. E. J. Jellesma, Resident of Manado,

to whom the Drs. Sarasin are indebted for much assistance during

their expedition from Manado to Gorontalo and their stay in the

Minahassa.

5. Gymnopacrytus FuMosus, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel,

x, 1894, p. 833, fig. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

Head large, depressed, oviform; snout longer than the diameter

of the orbit, which nearly equals its distance from the ear-opening ;

forehead concave ; ear-opening a horizontal cleft, measuring one

half to two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Limbs rather elongate ;

digits strong, slightly depressed at the base, strongly compressed

in the remaining portion ; the basal phalanx with well-developed

transverse plates inferiorly. Head granular, the granules slightly

larger on the snout, with few very small tubercles on the temple ;

rostral nearly twice as broad as deep, subquadrangular, with median

cleft above, its upper border in contact with two or three small

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 205

shields; nostril bordered by the rostral and three scales, sometimes

also by the first upper labial; 9 or 10 upper and 8 or 9 lower

labials ; symphysial triangular, broader than long; a pair of large

chin-shields forming a suture behind the point of the symphysial,

with one or two much smaller shields on each side. Body

and limbs covered above with small granules and few, widely

scattered, roundish, flat and smooth or faintly keeled, small

tubercles ; a well-marked latero-ventral fold ; ventral scales small,

cycloid, imbricate, smooth, 35 to 40 across the middle of the belly

between the lateral folds. Male with a pubic groove and a long

continuous series of 42 preano-femoral pores, pierced in en-

larged scales which are traceable in the female. Tail cylindrical,

tapering, covered with small flat scales which are larger on the

lower surface; a few enlarged, nail-shaped scales on the upper

surface. Grey, grey-brown, or pinkish brown above, with blackish

spots which may form irregular cross-bands on the body; a more

or less distinct dark streak from the eye to the shoulder; lower

parts whitish or brownish, uniform or with dark dots.

mm,

Total lene thirst 3.1.15 127

ead) AEN sere eats a. 19

Width of head.....7.... 13

ISOM y 2 seers eeemeeters iter 42

Hore limbes eaters o 22

LebheGllinis) ooegcenosciee 28

Say a eed eee eee 66

Four specimens: Bone Mts. (“ Boelawa,” Miiller, errore), Ruru-

kan, Masarang.

6. HmMIDACTYLUS FRENATUS, D. & B.

Numerous specimens: Coast between Paguat and Gorontalo,

Mapane (Tomini Gulf), Wangkahulu Valley (Paguat), Buol, Kema,

Enrekang, Macassar.

Manado, Minahassa (Meyer). Macassar, Kandari (Beccari).

Macassar, Pare-Pare, Luhu ( Weber).

7. HEMIDACTYLUS PLATYURUS, Schn.

Several specimens: Buol, Pare-Pare, Macassar.

Manado, Macassar (Meyer). Kandari (Beccari). Pare-Pare,

Tempe (Weber).

8. GEHYRA MuTILATA, Wiegm.

Several specimens: Buol, Kema, coast between Paguat and

Gorontalo, C. Celebes, Macassar.

Manado, Minahassa (Meyer). Macassar ( Weber).

9, LeprpopacryLus LueusRis, D. & B.

Four specimens: Tomohon, Rurukan.

Kandari (Beccar?).

206 Mk. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

10. Gecko verticriuatus, Laur.

One specimen: Kema, Four specimens: Macassar.

Manado, Minahassa, Macassar (Meyer). Macassar (Beccari).

Macassar ( Weber).

The specimen from Kema has been erroneously referred to

G. stentor by Dr. Miiller.

11. Groxo mMonarcats, Schleg.

Two specimens: Macassar.

Manado, Minahassa (Meyer). Kandari (Beccar?).

AGAMID#.

12. Draco rEericuLarus, Gthr.

One female specimen: C. Celebes, Luhu, 3300 ft.

13. Draco sprtowotrus, Gthr. (Plate VIII.)

Numerous specimens: Kema, Tomohon.

Manado (Meyer, Bruijn).

Head small; snout as long as or a little shorter than the orbit ;

nostril lateral, directed outwards ; tympanum sometimes scaly,

usually naked; no parietal foramen (pineal eye). Upper head-

scales very unequal, keeled; 4 to 6 series of very small scales along

the interorbital region between the enlarged, strongly keeled supra-

oculars ; nasal shield separated from the rostral and from the first

labial by one, rarely by two, series of scales; 6 to 8 upper and as

many lower labials. ‘The male’s gular appendage one-half to two-

thirds the length of the head. A very slight nuchal crest. Dorsal

scales subequal, smooth or faintly keeled, slightly larger than the

ventrals, which are strongly keeled; no dorso-lateral series of

enlarged scales, although two or three such scales may be excep-

tionally present. The fore limb stretched forwards extends much

beyond the tip of the snout; the hind limb reaches the axil or the

shoulder.

The late Dr. Miiller has drawn attention to the differences

in colour which exist between specimens of this species. These

differences are, however, much greater still, for the female spe-

cimens referred by Peters and Doria, Miiller, and others to

D. lineatus belong to this species. Head, body, and limbs of a

bluish grey, marbled with dark grey or brown; a black nuchal

spot; sides of neck usually reticulated with dark bluish grey ;

gular appendage of male lemon-yellow ; throat of females speckled

with black; wing-membranes of males lemon-yellow or deep

orange, speckled all over with black, or with small black spots on

the basal portion, unspotted below ; wing-membranes of females

orange with black spots forming more or less regular cross-bands,

or nearly entirely black with white longitudinal lines and mere

traces of orange cross-bars; their lower surface immaculate or

with a few small black spots.

1897. | REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 20

mm, mm,

Mota tenethy | in. icone 6 « 182 242

EiGagl Safe eee eae re tenes eee 1G

Width of head ....... Aree he Srom tl

ISG ae ee eid 49 60

Bore sard Dees i csiits ccs cholo eh DO ae,

Elimaplimbie es teeieeo ke oe ee 315, al

MES ae oo G CaN eee 120 166

14. Draco pecoart, Peters & Doria. (Plate IX.)

Numerous specimens: Luhu, South Coast near Bonthain,

Macassar.

Kandari, S.E. Celebes (Beccari). S. Celebes ( Everett).

Head small; snout as long as the orbit; nostrils lateral,

directed outwards ; tympanum usually naked, rarely scaly ; parietal

(pineal) foramen distinct. Upper head-scales very unequal, keeled ;

2 to 4 series of small scales along the interorbital region between

the enlarged, strongly keeled supraoculars ; nasal shield separated

from the rostral and from the first labial by two, rarely by one,

series of scales; 8 to 10 upper and as many lower labials. The

male’s gular appendage two-thirds to three-fourths the length of the

head. A very slight nuchal crest. Dorsal scales subequal, more

or less distinctly keeled, rarely nearly smooth, a little larger than

the ventrals, which are strongly keeled ; no lateral series of enlarged

scales. The fore limb stretched forward extends much beyond the

tip of the snout; the hind limb reaches the axil or the shoulder.

Pale greyish above, with brown marblings or wavy cross-bars ;

black nuchal spot small or absent ; female with black lines on the

head, one of which passes through the eye and forms an angle on

the occiput ; sides of head, in the male, reticulated with dark grey ;

gular appendage of male bright orange; throat of female with

black dots; wing-membranes of male orange, rusty brown or grey

at the base, blackish towards the outer border, with two or more

large black spots above and usually one or two below the anterior

border ; wing-membranes of female orange or yellow, spotted and

dotted with black, with two to four black cross-bands on the outer

portion and one or two black spots below, near the anterior border.

og. Mae

mm mm

iota lene bin .'os ater a) 205 217

d (Src lor acer tyh bin hci ch onaRE DS 15

Wadtihromhead! s.tasetiie so: 9 earl C0)

ye cro, cA! Peas «3 55-60

Horewmnnbmcthr ec ie eee Bp) aul

limdelinabwety sae. Se. eo 40 42

Uinta age 2raco ost a 2 pe W222)

The specimens that have been referred to D. volans and D. ma-

culatus will, on proper examination, probably turn out to belong to

D, beccarii.

208 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

15. CaLores CRISTATELLUS, Kuhl.

Four specimens: Tomohon. Three specimens: Kema. Two

specimens: Kottabangon.

Manado (Meyer). Manado, Kandari (Bruijn, Beccari). Banti-

murong, S. Celebes (Weber).

Dr. Miiller has expressed his doubts as to the specific distinctness

of C. celebensis. After examining the material collected by the

Drs. Sarasin, I agree with him, and no longer think that form

can be regarded as more than a variety of C. cristatellus, with

which it is connected by the form named intermedia by Peters and

Doria. The specimens recorded above have 57 to 65 scales round

the middle of the body, and the tympanum measures two-fifths to

one-half the diameter of the orbit.

Calotes jubatus is represented in the British Museum by a

specimen labelled “Manado: Meyer.” As Dr. Meyer does not

indicate this species in the list of Reptiles collected by him, I

suppose some mistake has taken place, and I therefore leave out

this Calotes from the Catalogue of Celebes Reptiles.

16. LoPHURA AMBOINENSIS, Schloss.

Paloppo (Luhu), C. Celebes. A single specimen.

Posso, C. Celebes ; Togian Ids. (Meyer). Tempe and Pampanna,

S. Celebes ( Weber).

The single specimen, an adult male, agrees in the coloration

with Peters’s LZ. celebensis, but the enlarged scales on the neck and

body are nothing like the size of the tympanum. The largest

scale on the side of the body measures 5 millim., the tympanum 9.

Seven femoral pores on one side, eleven on the other.

VARANIDE.

17. VARANUS SALVATOR, Laur.

Two specimens: Kema.

Manado, Gorontalo, Posso (Meyer). Manado, Kandari (Bruijn,

Beccar?).

18. VARANUS TOGIANUS, Peters.

Timotto, one of the Togian Ids., in the Bay of Tomini (Meyer).

Macassar and Tello, near Macassar ( Weber).

SCINCID#.

19. Masura MULTIFASCIATA, Kuhl.

Numerous specimens: Kema, Tomohon, Kingdom of Luhu,

Loka.

Manado, Minahassa, Gorontalo (Meyer). Macassar, Kandari,

Manado (Beccari, Bruijn). Macassar ( Weber).

20. Masvia runs, Blgr.

One specimen; Kema. One specimen: Tomohon. Two speci-

mens: Macassar.

Lubu ( Weber).

1897.| | —-- REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 209

21. LyGosoMA TROPIDONOTUS, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 1.)

Section Hinulia. Habit lacertiform; the distance between the

end of the snout and the fore limb contained once and one-fifth

in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse ;

supraocular region much swollen. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril

pierced in a single nasal; no supranasal; two superposed loreal

shields behind the nasal, separated from the lower preocular by a

third loreal; rostral forming a straight suture with the frontonasal,

which is nearly twice as broad as long and forms a narrow suture

with the frontal; latter shield twice as long as broad, much

narrowed behind, in contact with the three anterior supraoculars ;

six supraoculars, first nearly twice as long as second; ten supra-

ciliaries ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, subequal in

size; parietals forming a short suture behind the interparietal ;

nuchal present on one side; fourth, fifth, and sixth upper labials

below the eye. Ear-opening large, oval, a little smaller than the

eye-opening ; no auricular lobules. 42 scales round the middle of

the body ; lateral scales smallest ; dorsal and lateral scales strongly

keeled. A pair of enlarged preanals. The hind limb reaches a

little beyond the shoulder. Digits elongate, compressed; sub-

digital lamelle unicarinate, 27 under the fourth toe. Blackish

brown above, with irregular transverse series of small, round,

yellowish-white spots; sides of head and neck with yellowish-

white vertical bars; limbs and tail with light cross-bars; lower

parts brownish white.

mm.

Total length (tail in process of regeneration).. 118

Pleads 5 ts. eae eae ab eiarerei sie age se 14

Width of head cesstw nto.) Hea A Ae 10

Body: . PAs Nieto vy oat. Pe re i's, thet 47

Bore: limba ne a aos a miadiie ss 23

Hand) lites arose. oa 9 dks eg AES AEN 36

Kingdom of Luhu, Central Celebes, 1200 feet. A single spe-

cimen.

22, LYGOsOMA NIGRILABRE, Gthr.

Lygosoma (Hinulia) amabile, F. Miiller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel,

x. 1894, p. 833.

Habit lacertiform ; the distance between the end of the snout and

the fore limb contained once and one-sixth to once and one-third in

the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse ; supra-

ocular region much swollen. Lower eyelidscaly. Nostril pierced in

a single nasal; no supranasal; two superposed loreal shields behind

the nasal, the lower usually in contact with the lower preocular ;

rostral forming a straight suture with the frontonasal, which is

twice as broad as long; prefrontals usually forming a median

suture, rarely meeting by their inner angles ; frontal as long as or

a little shorter than frontoparietals and interparietal together, more

or less narrowed posteriorly, in contact with the three anterior

Proc. Zoou, Soc. 1897, No. XIV. 14

210 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

supraoculars; six supraoculars, first much longer than second ;

11 to 13 supraciliaries ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct.

subequal, or former longer than latter; parietals forming a short

suture behind the interparietal; nuchals absent or one pair ;

fourth and fifth, fifth and sixth, or fourth, fifth, and sixth

upper labials below the eye. Ear-opening large, oval, a little

smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 40 to 50

scales round the middle of the body; dorsals largest and feebly

keeled, laterals smallest. A pair of enlarged preanals. The hind

limb reaches the axilla, the shoulder, or a little beyond the latter.

Digits elongate, compressed ; subdigital lamelle unicarinate, 20 to

27 under the fourth toe. Tail once and a half to once and three-

fourths the length of bead and body. Brown above, with very

variable markings. A more or less distinct dorso-lateral series

of yellowish spots; back sometimes with blackish cross-bars ;

a black lateral streak on the head and neck, passing through

the eye, often extending along the side of the body, where it may

be edged above with a yellowish streak, replacing the dorso-lateral

series of yellowish spots; a large black spot, or ocellus with light

centre, sometimes present above the shoulder; the flanks may be

dotted with whitish ; upper lip yellowish white, uniform or with

a black streak, or with blackish spots or vertical bars; a black

streak often present along each side of the base of the tail.

Lower parts yellowish white, throat sometimes bluish in males;

throat and breast sometimes much spotted with black.

Totalolomeiiay, a. ejay. 2h <i. e's 235

TELM Cae tee oat acu, alse ete 21

Widthiottheadies «os cies 3 Se 15

Oe LN ee! A RENE eB Rr 74

oredimbrce ce nyse seae ies 35

(Find lira Dye, co! 2's sicta cco meneee 52

DATE ey ete ee ciate see 140

The type specimen was obtained at Manado by Dr. A. B. Meyer.

The Drs. Sarasin’s specimens, 24 in number, are from the Sudara

Volcano, Tomohon, Matinang Mts. (2600-3400 ft.), Kingdom of

Luhu (1000-1600 ft.), L. Posso and Mapane on the Tomini Gulf.

Specimens were also obtained in South Celebes by Mr. Everett.

As the description shows, this species varies remarkably in

scaling and in coloration. The Drs. Sarasin’s specimens have from

40 to 48 scales round the body, and from 20 to 27 lamelle

under the fourth toe. One specimen with 40 scales agrees in

coloration with the type, and others also show the absence of

correlation between the two characters. I am therefore unable to

maintain as a distinct species Miiller’s LZ. amabile, which was

founded on specimens with 40 scales, 21 lamellz under the fourth

toe, and a large black spot above the shoulder.

23, LyGosoMa SARASINORUM, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 2.)

Section Hinulia. Habit lacertiform ; the distance between the

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES, 211

end of the snout and the fore limb contained once and one-sixth to

once and one-third in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout

short, obtuse; supraocular region much swollen. Lower eyelid scaly.

Nostril pierced in a single nasal ; no supranasal ; two superposed

loreals behind the nasal, the lower in contact with the lower pre-

ocular ; rostral forming a straight or slightly curved suture with the

frontonasal, which is twice as broad as long; prefrontals forming

a median suture; frontal as long as frontoparietals and inter-

parietal together, much narrowed behind, in contact with the three

or four anterior supraoculars; seven or eight supraoculars, first

much longer than second ; twelve to fifteen supraciliaries ; fronto-

parietals and interparietal distinct, subequal in size; parietals

forming a short suture behind the interparietal; no nuchals; fifth

and sixth, or fourth, fifth, and sixth upper labials below the eye.

Ear-opening large, oval, a little smaller than the eye-opening ; no

auricular lobules. 44 or 46 smooth scales round the middle of the

body, laterals smallest. A pair of enlarged preanals. The hind

limb reaches the shoulder or a little beyond. Digits elongate,

compressed ; subdigital lamelle unicarinate, 22 to 24 under the

fourth toe. Tail about twice as long as head and body. Brown

above, with small darker spots and more or less distinct, wavy,

yellowish-brown cross-bars ; a more or less distinct dorso-lateral

series of small yellowish spots ; limbs with dark brown or blackish

vertical bars ; a black stripe on each side of the pelvis and the base

of the tail, bordered above by a yellowish streak or a series of

yellowish spots ; lower parts yellowish white.

mm,

Dobaldlene Ghat, 5 less. «es ah wr 25 236

[eles eae yee. SR Saree Tae.) 18

Wadthtothead 3555) 3.2 Yes 12

Aa yh ee Me. Lee a 58

Horeilimib. Soha. Deke eek 24.

feamaehimn Det coiee ey cae 46

Dr oso ae eee een ne Pare any 8 en 160

Six specimens were obtained in Central Celebes, in the low-land

and in the hills up to an altitude of 650 feet.

24, LyGOSOMA VARINGATUM, Ptrs.

Numerous specimens: Loka, Bonthain Peak, 3800 feet.

Bantimurong, near Maros, Loka (Weber). Indrulaman (Zverett).

The Celebes specimens have 38 or 40 scales round the middle of

the body, and 20-24 lamelle under the fourth toe. The dorso-

lateral series of light spots are often confluent and form a pair of

yellowish streaks along the neck and body; the throat of the

males is often blue or bluish.

Peters has recorded Lygosoma fasciatum, Gray, a Philippine

species of the Section Hinulia, as having been obtained by

Dr. A. B. Meyer at Gorontalo. Not having the means of verifying

the determination, I prefer to leave the species out of this list.

14*

212 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

25. Lye@osoMA CELEBENSE, F. Miill. (Plate XT. fig. 1.)

Lygosoma (Otosaurus) celebense, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel,

x. 1894, p. 836, fig.

Section Otosaurus. Habit lacertiform; the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb contained once and one-

fifth to once and a half in the distance between axilla and groin.

Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a

single nasal; two pairs of superposed loreals; a large supranasal,

forming a suture with its fellow, or separated from it by the fronto-

nasal, which is small, situated between the internasals and the

prefrontals, and in contact with the frontal; latter as long as or a

little shorter than frontoparietals and interparietal together, in

contact, with the three anterior supraoculars; six supraoculars,

first much longer than second; 11 to 13 supraciliaries ; fronte-

parietals and interparietal distinct, subequal; parietals forming a

short suture behind the interparietal ; no nuchais; fourth and fifth

upper labials below the eye. Ear-opening large, oval, smaller than

the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 40 to 44 smooth scales

round the middle of the body, laterals smallest. A pair of enlarged

preanals. The hind limb reaches the wrist or the elbow of the

adpressed fore limb. Digits elongate, compressed; subdigital

lamellee unicarinate, 17 to 20 under the fourth toe. Tail once and

one-third to once and three-fifths the length of head and body.

Pale brown or reddish above, spotted or tessellated with dark

brown, or dark brown with yellowish-brown spots or irregular

cross-bars; an interrrpted blackish dorso-lateral streak may be

present; lower parts whitish, uniform or throat speckled with

black ; throat sometimes bluish.

mm.

Votal lenpth: 224.3... es 144

Head os e35%. eon eae ke 13

Widthuok heads: ey nes oe ee 8

yy (8h 2 sve bes Sink > wa Oe 43

oretlimp ey ek ae eee fi

and slim b 192 ee ee 25

gi At Pe et gee ed Pi Sete 88

Seven specimens: Mahawu Volcano, near Tomohon; Masarang

Volcano; Upper Bone Valley.

26. LyGosoMa sMARAGDINUM, Less.

L. acutirostre, Oudemans, in Semon, Zool. Forsch. p. 141, fig.

(1894).

10 specimens: Buol, Mapane (Tomini Gulf), Pare-Pare, Ma-

cassar.

Minahassa, Macassar (Meyer). Macassar (Beccari, Bruijn).

The specimens vary in scaling and in coloration. Some are of

the usual emerald-green colour, without or with small black spots ;

others olive or pale brown, with small black spots or with two

dorsal series of very large black blotches, Eight have six upper

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 213

labials anterior to the suboculars, two have seven; in one the

interparietal separates the parietals; and two (one green, one

brown) have 20 scales round the body, the others 22. The number

of scales round the body thus varies from 20 to 26 in this species ;

and Prof. Weber was therefore well advised in referring to it his

specimen from Saleyer with 20 scales, seven anterior upper labials,

and the parietals completely separated by the interparietal—

specimen which afterwards became the type of Oudemans’s L. acu-

tirostre.

27. Lygosoma rnconsPicuuM, F. Mill. (Plate XI. fig. 2.)

Lygosoma (Leiolepisma) inconspicuum, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges.

Basel, x. 1894, p. 837.

Section Liolepisma. Body rather elongate ; the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb contained once and three-

fifths in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout pointed.

Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk. Nostril pierced

in a single nasal; no supranasal ; irontonasal broader than long,

broadly in contact with the rostral and with the frontal; latter

little longer than the frontoparietal, and in contact with the two

anterior supraoculars ; four supraoculars, first and fourth longest ;

eight supraciliaries ; frontoparietal single, longer than the inter-

parietal ; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ; three

pairs of nuchals ; fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye.

Ear-opening oval; smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular

lobules. 22 smooth scales round the middle of the body; dorsals

largest, especially the two median series. A pair of enlarged pree-

anals. The adpressed limbs fail to meet. Digits subcylindrical ;

subdigital lameil smooth, 18 under the fourth toe. Grey above ;

a dark brown lateral stripe along the head and body, narrow and

faint on the head ; a few dark brown spots on the occiput and nape,

one pair on the parietal shields and another on the nuchals; lower |

parts white, chin grey.

mm.

i Wore Viet! ee eee eran oe 106

Elen Mates eo eters eee 10

WWardithcotihead: onus eyo esr 6

Ody er oiace sc ert: © = 40

Morey kimi cia’. «ish sass aces ees i111

Eandtlimbr 22h ee ae Pe 15

Tail (reproduced) .......... 56

A single specimen: Bone Mts., 3900 feet.

28, Lycosoma Textum, F. Mill. (Plate XI. fig. 3.)

Lygosoma (Leiolepisma) teatum, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel,

x. 1894, p. 838.

Section Liolepisma. Body rather elongate, the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb contained once and one-

third to once and two-thirds in the distance between axilla and

214 _ MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE (Feb. 2,

groin. Snout short, pointed. Lower eyelid with an undivided

transparent disk. Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supra-

nasal; frontonasal nearly twice as broad as long, forming a broad

suture with the rostral; prefrontals forming a median suture ;

frontal nearly as long as frontoparietals and interparietal together,

in contact with the first and second supraoculars ; five supraoculars,

first longest ; eight or nine supraciliaries; frontoparietals and

interparietal distinct, subequal; parietals forming a suture behind

the interparietal ; no enlarged nuchals; fourth and fifth upper

labials below the eye. Ear-opening oval, smaller than the eye-

opening ; no auricular lobules. 30 or 32 smooth scales round the

middle of the body, laterals smallest. A pair of enlarged preanals.

The adpressed limbs fail to meet. Digits subcylindrical; sub-

digital lamelle smooth, 13 to 15 under the fourth toe. Reddish

brown above, freckled with dark brown, or dark brown with light

dots or small spots; a more or less distinct blackish lateral stripe ;

lower parts yellowish white, throat and sides more or less speckled

with dark brown.

mm,

Motalioneaph wien ates. 95

Deere ete se aah ac Rent. bests atari eta 9

With obhead 3 Ue ey ys as 5

Gy take ta acy steeh. Race hea 33

Hore Ti. cnincn aie ee 10

PE ALN ec cote ee See ait hy 13

Tail (reproduced)............ 53

The type specimen was obtained on the summit of the Sudara

Volcano (4450 feet) ; three specimens were further obtained in the

Masarang Range.

29. LyGosoma cyanuRuM, Less.

Several specimens: Kema, Paloppo, Posso.

Minahassa, Gorontalo, Tomini Bay (Meyer). Kandari (Beccari).

Luhu ( Weber).

The specimen from Kandari, S.E. Celebes, referred to LZ. baudinii

by Peters and Doria, and which has been kindly sent to me for

inspection by Dr. Gestro, proves to belong to this species.

30. LyGosoma aBRocostraTuM, Less.

Several specimens : Buol (N. Celebes), Paloppo(C. Celebes), and

south coast of N. Celebes, near Paguat and Malibagu.

Gorontalo (Meyer). Kandari (Beccari).

31. LyGosoMa BowrINGI, Gray.

This species was known from Hong Kong, Burma, Singapore,

and Borneo (L. whiteheadi, Mocquard). Two specimens were ob-

tained at Buol by the Drs. Sarasin. One has 28 scales round the

middle of the body, the other 26.

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES, 215

32. LyGosoMaA TEMMINCKI, D. & B.

This species appears to be common in the mountains of Java;

it has been found at Padang, Sumatra, by Prof. M. Weber; and

we are now able to add Celebes to its habitat, three specimens

having been brought from the Masarang by the Drs. Sarasin.

33. LyGosoMA PARVUM, sp. n. (Plate XT. fig. 4.)

Section Homolepida. Body much elongate, limbs weak; the

distance between the end of the snout and the fore limb is con-

tained once and two-thirds in the distance between axilla and

groin. Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced

in the nasal; no supranasal; frontonasal twice as broad as long,

forming a broad suture with the frontal ; prefrontals forming a

median suture ; frontal nearly as long as frontoparietals and inter-

parietal together, in contact with the first and second supraoculars ;

four supraoculars ; eight supraciliaries ; frontoparietals and inter-

parietal distinct, latter a little smaller than the former ; parietals

forming a suture behind the interparietal; no enlarged nuchals ;

third to fifth upper labials below the eye, from which they are

separated by a series of scales. Ear-opening roundish, much

smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 30 smooth

scales round the middle of the body, ventrals largest. A pair of

slightly enlarged preanals. The length of the hind limb equals

the distance between the centre of the eye and the fore limb ; fourth

toe not longer than third, with 10 smooth lamelle inferiorly.

Tail little longer than head and body, gradually tapering to a

fine point. Dark brown above, with yellowish-brown dots on the

sides ; pale brown inferiorly.

mm,

TotaleneG hye. «nai. «2 ota oe 78

Head sia he ent oy ee re 8

Wadthuaiheads 5 oor. os acts 5

Bodie. esis). ee 28

oréeylimib: .. 2s. cee 7

ined» fe Pee, 10

SD aS ST ESR, EG ea RA ES 42

A single specimen from Luhu, Central Celebes, between 1000

and 1600 feet.

This species is closely allied to LZ. temminckii, but distinguished

by the much smaller ear-opening and the separation of the fronto-

nasal from the frontal. The latter character is, however, not

absolutely distinctive, since out of about one hundred Javan

specimens of L. temminckii I have found two in which the pre-

frontals form a short median suture.

34, LYGOsOMA INFRALINEOLATUM, Gthr.

Habit lacertiform ; the distance between the end of the snout

and the fore limb contained once and two-fifths to once and three-

fourths in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout

216 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

moderately long, pointed. Lower eyelid with an undivided trans-

parent disk. Nostril pierced in the centre of the nasal; no

supranasal ; frontonasal broader than long, forming a suture with

the rostral and with the frontal; przfrontals small; frontal a

little longer than the frontoparietal, in contact with the first and

second supraoculars ; four supraoculars, first and fourth longest ;

seven to nine supraciliaries ; frontoparietal single ; interparietal

distinct ; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ; two or

three pairs of nuchals; fourth and fifth or fifth and sixth upper

labials largest and below the eye. ar concealed under the scales,

but indicated by a depression. 22 smooth scales round the middle

of the body, those of the two vertebral series much broader than

the others. A pair of enlarged preanals. The adpressed limbs

fail to meet, meet, or slightly overlap. Digits moderately long,

strongly compressed distally ; subdigital lamellae smooth, 18 to 25

under the fourth toe. Tail once and a half as long as head and

body. Yellowish, with four black stripes, the median pair ex-

tending to the supraoculars, the lateral to the eyes ; or dark brown

with a golden or silvery vertebral stripe commencing from the

snout and a more or less distinct light dorso-lateral stripe ; or pale

bronzy, with a lighter black-edged stripe along each side of the

back; digits with brown cross-bars; whitish beneath, with or

without brown longitudinal lines running between the series of

scales ; throat sometimes dark brown.

mm,

Total length...... Strachey: 92

EGA ae erie tale ele mee 10

Width of head.........0.... 6

Ten Page Seg cece ae eg 39

Hore Tate ih S2< <2 ter 12

ind Hm, kath sm iaavectes oh 16

Tail (reproduced) => 2.2... cai, « 5,2 43

Ten specimens: wood near Dumoga besar; Kema; Buol;

Bungi; Sosso; Macassar.

Siao (Sangir Is.), Manado (Meyer). 1 suspect the specimen from

Gorontalo, referred by Peters to L. quadrivittatum, will prove to

belong to this species.

L. quadrivittatum (with 18 rows of scales) is now represented in

the British Museum by two specimens from Sandakan, North

Borneo, presented by Mr. Douglas Cator and Governor C. V.

Creagh.

35. TROPIDOPHORUS GRAYI, Gthr.

Two specimens: Kingdom of Luhu, C. Celebes.

Luhu ( Weber).

D1IBAMID#.

36. Dipamus Nov#&-GUINEA, D. & B.

Six specimens : Tomohon and Rurukan.

Luhn ( Weber).

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 217

OPHIDIA.

TYPHLOPID &.

37. TYPHLOPS BRAMINUS, Daud.

Two specimens: Kema.

Manado (Meyer).

38. TypHtors arer, Schleg.

A single specimen, 165 millim. long, from Tomohon, has been

referred to this species by Dr. Miiller, and there can be no doubt

his identification is correct. The species was previously known

from Java and Ternate.

I cannot help thinking that Peters’s 7. conradti, from North

Celebes, is based on a specimen of this species in which the

division of the preocular shield has been overlooked.

Borp2z.

39. PYTHON RETICULATUS, Schn.

A single specimen: Kema.

Minahassa, Gorontalo, Macassar (Meyer). Kandari (Beccar?).

40, PyrHon Moturvs, L.

Macassar (Meyer).

41, Enye@rus CARINATUS, Schn.

Minahassa (Meyer).

Inysp a.

42, CYLINDROPHIS RUFUS, Laur.

Four specimens: Tomohon and southern slope of Matinang Mts.,

3300 feet.

Macassar, Manado (Meyer). Manado (Bruijn). Tempe( Weber).

XENOPELTID &.

43. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR, Reinw.

Two specimens: Kema (V. 164, 164; C. 25, 26).

Manado, Kandari (Bruzjn, Beccari).

CoLUBRIDZ. .

ACROCHORDIN2.

44, CHERSYDRUS GRANULATUS, Schn.

Three specimens : Kema and Macassar.

Macassar (Beccari).

218 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

CoLUBRIN &.

45. TROPIDONOTUS SARASINORUM, Bler. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)

Tropidonotus sarasinorum, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

xvii. 1896, p. 393.

Maxillary teeth 25, the posterior very feebly enlarged. Snout

rather prominent, obtusely truncate; eye moderate. Rostral

much broader than deep, not visible from above; interrasals as

long as broad, as long as the prefrontals; frontal twice as long as

broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter

than the parietals; loreal as long as deep; one pre- and three

postoculars ; temporals 14+2 or 3; eight upper labials, third,

fourth, and fifth entering the eve; four lower labials in contact

with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior.

Seales in 15 rows, all strongly keeled. Ventrals 157-141; anal

divided: subcaudals 65-75. Reddish brown anteriorly, with more

or less distinct blackish cross-bands and a dark nuchal blotch,

connected with a dark streak on each side of the head along the

upper border of the labials: latter whitish, speckled or vermiculate

with brown ; body olive or dark grey posteriorly; belly yellow,

reddish on the sides, dotted with blackish ; posterior ventrals and

subcaudals, in the male, dark grey.

Total length 530 millim. ; tail 150.

Two specimens, male (V. 141; C. 75) and young (V. 137;

C. 65), were obtained by the Drs. Sarasin at Loka, Bonthain Peak,

at an elevation of about 3800 feet.

This species is intermediate between 7. pictwratus, Schleg., and

T. celebicus, Peters & Doria.

46. TROPIDONOTUS CELEBICUS, Ptrs. & Doria. (Plate XII.

fig. 2.)

Maxillary teeth 20, the posterior very feebly enlarged. Snout

scarcely prominent, truncate; eye moderate. Rostral twice as

broad as deep, not visible from above; internasals a little broader

than long, a little shorter than the prefrontals ; frontal once and

two-thirds to once and four-fifths as long as broad, longer than its

distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ;

loreal as long as deep ; one pre- and three postoculars ; temporals

1+2; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the

eye; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields,

which are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows, feebly

keeled, smooth on the anterior part of the body. Ventrals 125-

142; anal divided; subcaudals 45-53. Brown or blackish above,

with or without two irregular ochraceous stripes; nape black, with

an orange cross-band behind, and a yellow bar or two yellow spots

just behind the parietals; a few light cross-bands may be present

on the neck ; upper lip white, speckled or powdered with brown ;

yellowish white beneath, uniform or dotted with black.

Total length 450 millim. ; tail 90.

The type specimen came from Kandari, Scuth-eastern Celebes

1897. ] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 219

(Beccari collection); a male specimen (V. 125; C. 53) was obtained

at Buol by the Drs. Sarasin, and a female (V. 142; C. 45) in

Southern Celebes, at an altitude of 2000 feet, by Mr. Everett.

47, TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGHRUS, Boie.

Macassar (Meyer).

A single specimen (¢', V. 150; C. 72) was collected in Southern

Celebes, at an altitude of 2000 feet, by Mr. Everett.

48. Troprponorus virratus, L.

Manado (Meyer).

The specimens preserved in the British Museum are apparently

referred to 7. quincunciatus in Dr. Meyer's list.

49, TROPIDONOTUS SUBMINIATUS, Schleg.

Manado (Meyer). T'. manadensis, Gthr.

50. TROPIDONOTUS CHRYSARGOIDES, Gthr.

10 specimens: Bone Valley (E. of Gorontalo), Kema, Tomohon.

Manado (Meyer). Manado (Bruzjn).

The fine series collected by the Drs. Sarasin shows that

1’. callistus, Gthr., is nothing but the young of 7. chrysargoides,

the short head and brilliant coloration of the former being juvenile

characters which gradually disappear with age. Two to four post-

oculars; temporals 2+2 or 243; eight or nine upper labials,

fourth and fifth, fifth and sixth, or fourth, fifth, and sixth entering

the eye. Ventrals 148-160; subcaudals 70-85.

51. Lycopon aumricts, L.

A single specimen from Macassar.

Macassar (Meyer). Tempe (Weber). °

52. Lycopon storMI, Bttgr. (Plate XII. fig. 3.)

Head strongly depressed; eye small. Rostral broader than

deep, just visible from above; internasals much shorter than the

pretrontals, which are longer than broad; frontal once and a half

as long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral or the tip

of the snout, much shorter than the parietals ; loreal a little longer

than deep, not entering the eye, not touching the internasal ; one

preocular, not reaching the frontal; two postoculars (the upper.

in one specimen, fused with the supraocular); temporals small,

14+3+4, or 34+4+44; eight or nine upper labials, third and fourth

or third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the

posterior. Scales smooth, in !9 rows. Ventrals 217-231, angulate

laterally ; anal entire ; subcaudals 73-78, all single. Slate-colour

or dark brown, with whitish annuli speckled with black, the white

most marked on the lower surface ; 23 annuli on the body.

Total length 720 millim. ; tail 135.

The type specimen, described by Boettger, came from Celebes.

Two specimens from Buol are in the Drs. Sarasin’s collection.

220 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

53. ZAMENIS DIPsas, Schleg.

Snout scarcely projecting, obtuse; eye very large. Rostral

broader than deep, just visible from above; internasals shorter

than the prefrontals; frontal once and a half to once and three-

fifths as long as broad, as long as or longer than its distance from

the end of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals ; loreal as

long as deep or a little longer than deep; preocular single or

divided, not touching the frontal, with a small subocular below it ;

two postoculars; temporals 1+2 or 24+2; eight upper labials,

fourth and fifth entering the eye; four or five lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields; posterior chin-shields

longer than the anterior, and in contactanteriorly. Scales smooth,

in 13 rows. Ventrals 187-197; anal entire; subcaudals 102-

139. Adult blackish brown or black; the anterior part of the

body pale brown or yellow on the sides and yellowish white

beneath, with vertical black bars on the sides; upper lip yellow.

Young pale yellowish brown above, with dark olive spots or cross-

bands, or with two blackish dorsal stripes, uniform olive-brown

posteriorly ; a bright yellow nuchal collar, sometimes interrupted

in the middle.

Total length 2 metres; tail 55 centim.

An adult male and a young specimen were obtained at Tomohon

by the Drs. Sarasin; also two young specimens at Rurukan

(Minahassa).

Manado (Bleeker, Bruijn).

54. CoLUBER JANSENI, Blkr.

Five specimens ; Kema, Tomohon, Kottabangu, Mapane, Luhu.

Manado, Macassar (Me¥er). Manado (Bruijn).

Body compressed. Snout subacuminate, elongate, obliquely

truncate and projecting. Rostral broader than deep, just visible

from above; internasals as long as broad, a little shorter than the

prefrontals ; frontal once and one-fourth to once and a half as long

as broad, as Jong as or a little shorter than its distance from the end

of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals ; loreal at least twice

as long as deep; one large preocular, in contact with the frontal ;

two postoculars; temporals 1+2 or 2+3; nine or ten upper

labials, fifth to seventh entering the eye; five or six lower labials

in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are much longer

than the posterior. Scales smooth or faintly keeled, in 23 or 25

rows. Ventrals angulate laterally, 247-256; anal divided; sub-

caudals 1383-140. Olive or yellowish brown above, some or all of

the scales black-edged, entirely black posteriorly and on the tail ;

back of the head sometimes black; a black lateral stripe may be

present. Young pale olive anteriorly, with or without small

blackish markings, greyish olive posteriorly.

Total length 1990 millim.; tail 450.

The Drs. Sarasin have observed this snake to inflate its neck when

irritated.

1897. ] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 221

A young specimen appears to have been referred to C. owycephalus

by Peters and Doria.

55, COLUBER ERYTHRURUS, D. & B.

Two specimens: Kema.

Gorontalo, Macassar (Meyer). Manado, Kandari (Bruijn,

Beecart).

This snake also inflates its neck, and, owing to the V- or A-

shaped black marking on that region, bears some resemblance to a

Cobra.

56. DENDROPHIS PiIctUs, Gm.

Two specimens: Kema. One specimen: Macassar.

Manado, Gorontalo, Macassar (Meyer).

57. DENDRELAPHIS TERRIFICUS, Ptrs.

Manado, Gorontalo, Minahassa (Meyer).

58. OLIGODON WAANDERSI, Blkr.

Oligodon teniurus, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x. 1894,

p. 826.

Nasal entire or semidivided ; portion of rostral seen from above

as long as or shorter than its distance from the frontal; suture

between the internasals as long as or a little longer than that

between the prefrontals ; frontal once and a half as long as broad,

longer than its distance from the end of the snout, as long as or a

little shorter than the parietals ; loreal small, as deep as long, or

absent; one pre-and two postoculars; temporals 1+2; seven

upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; three or four

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are as

long as or longer than the posterior. Scalesin 15 rows. Ventrals

134-165; anal divided (exceptionally entire); subcaudals 21-28,

Coloration very variable. Orange, brick-red, brown, or black above,

with or without small yellow or orange, dark-edged spots, which

may be disposed in pairs or form transverse series; a yellowish

collar may be present; a more or less distinct yellow or reddish

vertebral stripe on the posterior part of the body and on the tail;

yellowish white or pinkish beneath, with or without greyish dots

or small black spots; a black lateral stripe usually present, occu-

pying the outer ends of the ventrals.

Total length 355 millim.; tail 45.

Bleeker’s specimens came from Boni. 11 specimens were

obtained by the Drs. Sarasin at Pinogo (Bone valley), Masarang,

Tomohon, and Rurukan. I have also examined 4 specimens col-

lected by Mr. Everett in Southern Celebes. With this material

before me, I cannot hesitate to unite Miiller’s O. teniurus with

O. waandersiz. Out of the 17 specimens, 6 lack the loreal shield,

and two have the anal entire. The ventrals vary from 134 to

151 in males, from 143 to 163 in females; the subcaudals from 26

to 28 in males, from 21 to 25 in females.

222 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

59. AGRoPHIS sarastnoruM, F. Mill. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.)

Agrophis sarasinorum, F, Miill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x. 1894,

p- 827, fig.

Maxillary teeth 14, subequal; mandibular teeth slightly de-

creasing in size posteriorly. Head small, not distinct from neck ;

snout Jong, obtusely pointed; eye very small, with round pupil.

Rostral large, the portion visible from above a little shorter than

its distance from the frontal; nostril between two nasals, the

anterior of which is very small; prefrontals twice as long as nasals;

frontal large, rhomboidal, as brvad as long, as long as its distance

from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; supraocular

very small; no preocular, loreal and prefrontal entering the eye,

a minute postocular ; five upper labials, third and fourth entering

the eye, fifth largest and forming a long suture with the parietal ;

symphysial not quite touching the anterior chin-shields, which are

a little shorter than the posterior. Scales smooth, in 15 rows.

Ventrals 139-164; anal entire; subcaudals 36-40. Tail pointed.

Blackish brown above, strongly iridescent, whitish beneath; ventrals

and subcaudals darker in front.

Total length 235 millim. ; tail 45.

Summit of Sudara Volcano, 4450 feet; Lokon Volcano, near

Tomohon, 5150 feet ; Masarang Volcano, 4000 feet.

The genus Agrophis, which was established by F. Miiller for

this species, is closely allied to the American genus G'eophis, from

which it differs in the smaller anterior nasal. A second species has

recently been described from Borneo by Giinther, under the name

of Geophis albonuchalis.

60. RHABDOPHIDIUM FoRSTENT, D. & B.

Snout rather pointed. Kostral broader than deep, well visible

from above; internasals shorter than the prefrontals; frontal

longer than broad, longer than its distance from the end of the

snout, a little shorter than the parietals, about twice as broad as

the supraocular; a rather large preocular, reaching or nearly

reaching the nasal; one postocular ; five or six upper Jabials, third

and fourth entering the eye, fifth largest and in contact with the

parietal; first lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the

symphysial; three lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are longer than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows.

Ventrals 137-160 (¢, 187-151; 9, 153-160); anal entire;

subeaudals 21-34 (d, 30-84; 9, 21-26). Adult uniform

blackish above, young with yellowish variegations; lower parts and

upper lip pale brown or yellowish white, with or without a blackish

streak along the middle of the tail.

Total length 470 millim. ; tail 80.

The genus Rhabdophidium is confined to Celebes.

11 specimens from Northern Celebes: 9 from Tomohon, and 2

from Rurukan,

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 293

61. CALAMARIA ACUTIROSTRIS, Blger. (Plate XIII. fig. 2.)

Calamaria acutirostris, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 394.

Snout pointed. Rostral small, as deep as broad, just visible from

above; frontal pentagonal, as long as broad or slightly longer than

broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, much

shorter than the parietals, four times as broad as the supraocular ;

one pre- and one postocular; the diameter of the eve hardly equals

its distance from the mouth; five upper labials, third and fourth

entering the eye; a pair of large anterior chin-shields, in contact

with the symphysial: posterior chin-shields small and separated

by a seale. Scalesin 13 rows. Ventrals 156-179 (¢, 156-172;

Q, 164-179); anal entire; subcaudals 14-24 (¢, 20-24; 92,

14-16). Uniform blackish above, white beneath.

Total length 250 millim.; tail 43.

12 specimens: Loka, Bonthain Peak about 3500 feet. Several

specimens were also obtained in Southern Celebes by Mr. Everett.

This species connects Calamaria with Pseudorhabdium.

62, Catamaria nucaatis, Bler. (Plate XIII. fig. 3.)

Calamaria nuchalis, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 62.

Rostral broader than deep, its upper portion as long as its

distance from the frontal; frontal once and two-thirds as long as

broad, thrice as broad as the supraocular, as long as the parietals ;

one pre- and one postocular; diameter of the eye greater than its

distance from the mouth: five upper labials, third and fourth

entering the eye; two pairs of chin-shields in contact with each

other, the anterior in contact with the symphysial. Scales in 13

rows. Ventrals 135; anal entire; subcaudals 16. Tail ending in

an obtuse point. Dark brown above, with small round black spots;

head dark brown above, speckled with black; nape yellowish, with

two large black blotches; a black lateral streak, ranning along the

second row of scales; outer row of scales white; belly white, with

a black dot at the outer end of each ventral; tail with three or

four yellow blotches on each side ; subcaudals white, with a black

line between them in the posterior half of the tail.

Total length 180 millim.; tail 15.

A single male specimen was obtained in Southern Celebes by

Mr. Everett.

63. CALAMARIA MUELLERI, Blgr. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Calamaria muelleri, Bouleng. Ann, & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,

p- 394.

Rostral large, as deep as broad, the portion visible from above as

long as or a little longer than its distance from the frontal; frontal

hexagonal, much longer than broad, much longer than its distance

from the end of the snout, as long as or a little shorter than the

parietals, twice as broad as the supraocular; one pre- and one

224 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

postocular ; diameter of the eye exceeding its distance from the

mouth; five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye;

anterior chin-shields in contact with the symphysial; posterior

chin-shields shorter and in contact with each other. Scales in 13

rows. Ventrals 130-187 ( ¢, 180-164; 9, 161-187); anal entire ;

subeandals 11-21 (¢, 16-21; 9, 11-14). Tail ending in a

point. Coloration very variable. Dark brown above, uniform or

spotted with black, or reddish brown, or brick-red, the scales

speckled and edged with black ; a black streak on each side of the

head, passing through the eye; upper lip white ; white beneath,

the ventrals edged or spotted with black, or edged with vermilion,

or with a lateral series of black spots; a black or red band between

two white ones along the lower surface of the tail.

Total length 235 millim. ; tail 20.

12 specimens: Loka, Bonthain Peak, 3500 feet ; 1 specimen :

Luhu, C. Celebes ; 2 specimens: between Posso Lake and Tomini

Gulf. Several specimens were collected in Southern Celebes by

Mr. Everett.

The specimens from Macassar referred by A. B. Meyer to

C. gervaisti will probably be found to belong to C. muellerc.

64, CaLAMARIA cuRTA, Bler. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)

Calamaria curta, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 1896,

p. 62.

Rostral small, nearly as deep as broad, its upper portion hardly

half as long as its distance from the frontal; frontal once and

two-thirds as long as broad, twice as broad as the supraocular,

much shorter than the parietals; one pre- and one postocular ;

diameter of the eye greater than its distance from the mouth ;

five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; two pairs of

chin-shields in contact with each other, the anterior in contact

with the symphysial. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals 154; anal

entire ; subcaudals 14. Tail ending in a point. Olive-brown

above, each scale with a black basal spot; head uniform; two

outer rows of scales white, black at the base; ventrals black at

the base, white on the border; subcaudals white.

Total length 315 millim. ; tail 15.

A single specimen (?) from Southern Celebes, 2000 feet,

collected by Mr. Everett.

65, CALAMARIA GRACILIS, Blgr. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.)

Calamaria gracilis, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 1896,

p- 63. '

Rostral a little broader than deep, its upper portion about half

as long as its distance from the frontal; frontal once and a half

as long as broad, twice as broad as the supraocular, much shorter

than the parietals ; one pre- and one postocular ; diameter of the

eye equal to its distance from the mouth; five upper labials,

third and fourth entering the eye; two pairs of chin-shields

1897. ] _ REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. _ 225

in contact with each other, the anterior in contact with the

symphysial. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals 211-235 (6, 216;

9 , 211-235); anal entire; subcaudals 10-13 (¢,13; 9, 10-11).

Tail rounded at the end. Grey-brown above, with small black

spots; outer row of scales white, black at the base; ventrals

white, black on the outer edge, with a continuous or interrupted

median series of small black spots.

Total length 320 millim.; tail 8.

Three specimens were collected by Mr. Everett: one in Southern

Celebes, at an altitude of 2000 feet, and two on Bonthain Peak,

6000 feet.

The specimen from Celebes, referred by Schlegel to C. lwmbri-

cowdea, may prove to belong to the present species.

66. CALAMARIA COLLARIS, sp. u. (Plate XIV. fig. 4.)

Rostral small, broader than deep, just visible from above ; frontal

once and one-third to once and a half as long as broad, twice or

twice and a half as broad as the supraocular, much shorter than

the parietals ; one pre- and one postocular ; diameter of eye equal

to its distance from the mouth; five upper labials, third and

fourth entering the eye; two pairs of chin-shields in contact with

each other; first lower labial in contact with its fellow behind

the symphysial. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals 252-265 (¢, 243;

@, 232-265); anal entire; subcaudals 10-30 (fg, 30; @,

10-17). Tail very obtuse. Dark grey-brown above, with black

dots or small spots; scales of outer row whitish in the centre; a

yellowish collar behind the parietals, most distinct in the young;

yellowish white beneath, spotted or edged with dark brown, or

with a median series of dark brown spots.

Total length 380 millim. ; tail 10.

Nine specimens: Bone Mts., Tomohon, Rurukan.

These specimens were referred by F. Miiller to C. virgulata,

from which they differ in the much more slender body.

67. CALAMARIA VIRGULATA, Boie.

A single specimen: Lake Posso.

Manado (Meyer).

68. CALAMARIA LINN#I, Boie.

Manado (Meyer).

HoMALopsin &.

69. HypstRHINA PLUMBEA, Boie.

Two specimens: Kema.

Macassar (Meyer). Kandari, Macassar (Beccari). Tempe

(Weber). j

70. HyYPsIRHINA MATANNENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XY. fig. 1.)

Rostral broader than deep; internasal divided ; frontal broader

than the supraocular, twice as long as broad, longer than its

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1897, No. XV. 15

226 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ;

loreal slightly longer than deep, not in contact with the internasal ;

one pre- and one postocular ; temporals 1+2; eight upper labials,

fourth and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact

with the anterior chin-shields ; posterior chin-shields smaller and

separated by scales. Scales in 21 rows. Ventrals 137; anal

divided; subeaudals 48. Dark olive-brown above, with a very

indistinct darker line along the middle row of scales; throat

yellowish white; anterior ventrals yellowish white, with large

transverse olive-brown spots, middle ventrals nearly entirely

olive-brown, posterior ventrals and subcaudals olive-brown at the

base, yellowish white on the border; an olive-brown line along

the middle of the lower surface of the tail.

Total length 240 millim. ; tail 65.

A single male specimen from Lake Matanna, South-eastern

Celebes.

This species is very closely allied to H. plumbea.

71. HypstrHIna ENHYDRIS, Schn.

Macassar (Meyer).

72. CERBERUS RHYNCHOPS, Schn.

Two specimens: Kema.

Kandari (Beceart). Pare-Pare (Weber).

DIPSADOMORPHIN2,

73. DIPSADOMORPHUS MULTIMACULATUS, Boie.

Minahassa (Jeyer).

74. DIpSADOMORPHUS DENDROPHILUS, Boie.

Three specimens: Kema. Var. gemmicincta, D. & B.

Macassar (Meyer). Manado, Kandari (Bruijn, Beccart).

75. DIPSADOMORPHUS IRREGULARIS, Merr.

Five specimens: Kema. One specimen: Barabatuwa, N. of

Macassar.

Minahassa, Gorontalo, Macassar (Meyer). Manado, Kandari

(Bruijn, Beecart).

76. DIPSADOMORPHUS FLAVESCENS, D. & B.

This species is known from a single specimen obtained at

Macassar many years ago. Closely allied to D. wregularis.

Preocular not extending to the upper surface of the head; three

postoculars ; eight upper labials. Scales in 19 rows. Ventrals

260; anal entire; subcaudals 116. Yellowish brown above, with

mere traces of darker cross-bands ; uniform yellowish beneath.

77. PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Boie.

Five specimens: summit of Sudara, 4450 feet ; Upper Bone

1897. } REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 227

Valley ; Buol; Matinang Mts., near Buol, 1700 feet; south of

L. Posso, 2000 feet.

Togian Islands (Meyer).

78. DRYOPHIS PRASINUS, Boie.

Five specimens: Kema, Macassar, Marapo R. near Batulappa.

Manado, Macassar (Meyer). Manado, Kandari (Beccari, Bruijn).

8. Celebes, 2000 feet (Hverett).

79. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA, Shaw.

Six specimens: Kema, Marissa, Posso.

These specimens have been referred by Miller to C. rhodopleuron.

The markings become very indistinct or disappear in the adult.

Two of the specimens have the scales in 15 rows. Young pale

brownish above, with black and yellow bars on the head and nape,

a chain of small black spots along the vertebral line and a series of

transverse vermilion spots on the posterior part of the body ;

veutrals and subcaudals pale olive, with black lateral keels.

Gorontalo, Macassar (Meyer). Manado, Kandari (Bruijn,

Beceart).

EQLAPIN#.

80. Bunearus canpipus, L.

Manado (Meyer).

81. Nara BuneaRvs, Schleg.

A single young specimen, black above, with narrow angular

yellow cross-bars, barred black and yellow beneath, was obtained

by the Drs. Sarasin in Minahassa, at the foot of the Soputan

volcano.

82. DoLIoPHis INTESTINALIS, Laur.

Manado (Meyer).

VIPERIDZ.

83. LacHESIS WAGLERI, Boie. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Five specimens: Bone Valley, 650-1000 feet, Sonder, and

between L. Posso and Tomini Gulf.

The three specimens from the Bone Valley belong to the typical

form, green, with white blue- or purple-edged transverse lines.

The two others form remarkable colour-varieties. The specimen

from Minahassa is green above, with large brick-red black-edged

spots; white beneath, with black spots and marblings powdered

with brick-red. The specimen from Central Celebes (figured

Pl. XV.) is green on the head, with red spots and a red lateral

stripe; the body is annulate with red, the annuli edged with

white and separated by narrower green interspaces; a red stripe

extends along the middle of the body ; end of tail red.

Minahassa (Meyer). Kandari (Beccari).

15*

228 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

BATRACHIA.

ECAUDATA.

Ranipz&.

1. OxyeLossus L£vIs, Gthr.

12 specimens: Masarang, Kakas, Matinang Mts., Lembongpangi,

1700 feet, Takalekadjo Mts., 3300 feet.

Adult and larval specimens were collected by Mr. Everett in

Southern Celebes, at an altitude of 2000 feet.

The largest specimen measures 42 millim. from snout to vent.

The toes may be fully webbed, with rectilinear membrane, or the

web may be deeply emarginate, as described by Peters in O. mar-

tensii from Siam, which I ami now very much inclined to think is

based on an individual variation of O. levis.

The habitat of this Frog would thus extend from Burma and

Siam to Sumatra, Borneo, the Philippines, and Celebes.

I am able to append a description of the tadpole, from specimens

collected by Mr. Everett in Southern Celebes :—

Length of body once and a half to once and two-thirds its

width, two-fifths the length of the tail. Nostrils nearer the eyes

than the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface, nearer the

end of the snout than the spiraculum, the distance between them

twice as great as the distance between the nostrils. Spiraculum

on the lett side, directed upwards and backwards, equally distant

from the eye and the posterior extremity of the body. Anal

opening median. Tail four or five times as long as deep, acutely

pointed, with low crests. Mouth small, with horseshoe-shaped

lip without horny teeth, the closed mouth appearing as a vertical

slit; beak black. Olive above, white beneath; tail speckled with

dark brown.

Total length 51 millim.; body 14; tail 37; depth of tail 7.

2. Rana Kuni, D. & B.

Minahassa (Meyer). A specimen, labelled as from Celebes,

presented by Sir A. Smith, is in the British Museum.

3. Rana mopgsta, Bler,

Vomerine teeth in two strong oblique series, originating between

the choanz or on a level with their posterior border and extending

posteriorly to or beyond the palatines ; lower jaw, in the adult,

with two bony prominences in front, which are most developed

in the male. Head moderate; snout short, rounded or rather

pointed ; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region concave ; nostril

nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space nearly

as broad as the upper eyelid in the adult, narrower in the

young; tympanum distinct, two-fifths to two-thirds the diameter

of the eye. Fingers moderate, the tips swollen into small disks,

first extending beyond second; toes moderate, entirely or nearly

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 229

entirely webbed, the tips dilated into small disks; a cutaneous

fringe along the outer side of the fifth toe ; subarticular tubercles

moderate ; inner metatarsal tubercle oval or elliptical, flat,

measuring one-third to one-half the length of the inner toe. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout or between

the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin of the back with small

warts or rather indistinct, short, interrupted longitudinal glandular

folds; a strong supratemporal fold ; upper eyelids tubercular ; a

more or less distinct fold of the skin between the latter. Brown,

gzey-brown, or blackish olive above, with or without rather

indistinct darker spots; sometimes two lighter stripes on the back

and the canthi rostrales, meeting on the tip of the snout; some-

times a light vertebral stripe ; a dark cross-bar between the eyes

often present; a black spot sometimes present on the tympanum ;

upper lip with dark vertical bars, two below the eye; limbs with

dark cross-bands; hinder side of thighs dark brown, with light

spots or whitish marblings ; lower parts white, uniform or speckled

or spotted with brown. Male with internal vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 85 millim.

Several specimens : Tomohon, Buol, Matinang Mts.

Manado, Gorontalo (Meyer). The specimens referred by Peters

to R. macrodon belong to this species.

4, RaNa LEYTENSIS, Bttgr.

Rana leytensis, Boettger, Zool. Anz. 1893, p. 365.

One specimen: Kingdom of Luhu; one specimen: Takalekadjo

Mts., towards L. Posso, 3000 feet. Several ‘specimens were

obtained in Southern Celebes by Mr. Everett.

Originally described from Leyte, Philippines, this species has

been rediscovered at Tawi-Tawi, Sooloo Islands, by Mr. Everett,

and at Sandakan, North Borneo, by Mr. Douglas Cator.

This small Frog (the largest specimen measures only 38 millim.

from snout to vent) is closely allied to the preceding, with young

specimens of which it may easily be confounded. But the toes

are more slender, two-thirds or three-fourths webbed, the three

last phalanges of the fourth toe are free from the web and extend

beyond the fifth toe, the terminal disk of which corresponds to

the second subarticular tubercle of the fourth toe.

The first finger extends as far as the second, or slightly beyond.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the nostril, the tip of the

snout, or a little beyond. The skin of the upper part is warty,

some of the warts forming interrupted longitudinal folds, but the

dorso-lateral folds of R. palavanensis are absent. The coloration

is very variable ; some specimens have a bright yellow or orange

spot covering the snout between the canthi and the anterior part

ot the interocular region: one specimen has a broad yellow

vertebral stripe; others have a pair of yellowish dorsal stripes

corresponding in position to the dorsal folds of R. palavanensis.

Males are provided with a pair of internal vocal sacs.

230 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

5. Rana Micropisca, Bttgr.

Rana microdisca, Boettg. Ber. Offenb. Ver. Nat. 1892, p. 187,

and in Semon, Zool. Forsch. pl. v. fig. 2 (1894).

Described from the mountains of Java, this small Frog was

soon after recorded from Mentawi, south of Sumatra (Boulenger,

Ann. Mus. Genova, 2, xiv. 1894, p. 616), and Celebes (Miiller).

The first Celebes specimen was obtained in the Bone Mts. by the

Drs. Sarasin, and was compared with the type by Prof. Boettger.

A second specimen is from ‘Tomohon.

R. microdisca is closely allied to the two preceding and the

following species, but is well distinguished by its extremely long

hind limbs, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching far beyond the

tip of the snout, and the tibia measuring two-thirds the length of

head and body. The toes are incompletely webbed, the last three

phalanges of the fourth being nearly entirely free; the extremity

of the fifth toe extends a little beyond the second subarticular

tubercle of the fourth toe. No dermal fringe along the outer

border of the fifth toe. First finger extending considerably

beyond second. Upper parts with small smooth warts; no

dorso-lateral fold. Olive above, with or without a pair of light

dorsal stripes; a dark cross-bar between the eyes ; upper lip with

dark vertical bars; limbs with regular dark cross-bars ; yellowish

beneath, throat marbled with brown; lower lip dark brown, with

regular white interruptions.

6. Rana PALAVANENSIS, Blgr.

Rana palavanensis, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894,

p- 8.

Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series commencing on a

line with the hinder edge of the choane. Head moderate, as long

as broad; snout short, rounded, as long as the diameter of the

orbit; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region slightly concave ;

nostril equidistant from the orbit and the end of the snout; inter-

orbital space as broad as or a little narrower than the upper

eyelid ; tympanum distinct, three-fifths the diameter of the eye.

Fingers moderate, the tips swollen or dilated into very small

disks ; first finger extending slightly beyond second ; toes moderate,

two-thirds webbed, the tips dilated into small but very distinct

disks ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; inner metatarsal tubercle

elliptical, flat, measuring two-fifths or one-half the length of the

inner toe; no outer metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. Tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout or beyond; tibia

as long as or a little shorter than the fore limb. Skin nearly

smooth; posterior half of upper eyelids warty; a fold from the

eye to the shoulder; a narrow glandular dorso-lateral fold,

beginning behind the upper eyelid, above the supratemporal fold.

Brown or greyish brown above; sides of snout below the canthi

blackish or dark grey, with some more or less distinct dark

vertical bars on the lip; supratemporal and dorso-lateral folds

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES, 231

edged with dark brown or black on the outer side; a dark cross-

bar between the eyes and a dark A-shaped interscapular marking

usually present ; limbs with regular dark cross-bands ; lower parts

whitish, uniform, or throat and breast spotted with brown. Male

with internal vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 43 millim.

This species was discovered in Palawan by Mr. A. Everett, who

has since found it on Mt. Kina Balu, Borneo. Several specimens

were obtained by the Drs. Sarasin in Celebes, some of which were

taken for the young of RR. modesta by Miiller.

Tomohon, Matinang, Masarang, Rurukan, Posso, Loka. Tasosso,

S. Celebes, 4000 feet (Averett).

7. Rana tTrermna, Daud.

One specimen: L. Limbotto; three specimens: Kema; one

specimen : L. Posso; two specimens: Macassar.

Manado, Gorontalo (Meyer). Macassar, Kandari (Beccar?)

8. Rana ERyTHR#A, Schlee.

Four specimens: Macassar.

Macassar (Beceari).

9. Raya vaRians, Bler.

Rana varians, Bouleng. Aun. & Mag. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894, p. 86,

Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the choanz, or

extending beyond the level of the hinder edge of the latter. Head

depressed, longer than broad; snout obtusely or acutely pointed,

prominent, longer than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus

rostralis angular ; loreal region nearly vertical, strongly concave ;

nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid or a little narrower ; tympanum

very distinct, as large as the eye or a little smaller. Fingers

moderate, first extending considerably beyond second, longer than

the fourth ; toes nearly entirely webbed, the last two phalanges of

the fourth free; tips of fingers and toes dilated into small but

well-developed disks ; subarticular tubercles well developed ; inner

metatarsal tubercle oval, blunt; a small round outer metatarsal

tubercle ; no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the

tip of the snout, or a little beyond; tibia as long as or a little

shorter than the fore limb. Skin finely granulate, with or without

small warts ; a narrow glandular dorso-lateral fold. Brown, pink,

or grey above; a dark brown or black streak below the canthus

rostralis and a temporal blotch ; a whitish streak along the upper

hip; hmbs with dark cross-bands; hinder side of thighs brown or

marbled with brown ; some specimens with a pale vertebral line

and another pale line along the upper surface of the tibia; throat

and breast sometimes dark brown. Male with internal vocal sacs

and without humeral gland.

From snout to vent 70 millim.

First described from Palawan, this species has since been found

232 MR. G.A BOULENGER ON THB (Feb. 2,

in Luzon, in Batjan, and in Celebes. The specimens (12) collected

by the Drs. Sarasin are from the following localities :—Masarang,

Tomohon, Rurukan, Buol, Wangkahulu Valley, and Lake Posso.

10. Rana EvERETTI, Blgr.

Nine specimens : Masarang Chain, Tomohon, Bone Valley (named

R. chaleonota by Miiller), Wangkahulu Valley; Luhu, lowland.

S. Celebes, 2000 feet (Hverett).

The specimens referred to R. chaleonota by Peters probably

belong to this species, first described from the Philippines and

since found in Borneo. AR. everetti is easily distinguished from

R. varians by having the first finger shorter, not extending quite

so far as the second, and larger disks to the fingers, their diameter

equalling one-half to two-thirds that of the tympanum. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout or a little

beyond. Males with internal vocal sacs and no humeral gland.

A white streak usually borders the upper lip.

The Drs. Sarasin have observed this Frog to lay its eggs ina

frothy mass out of the water, forming a sort of nest as in Rhaco-

phorus. A series of specimens at various larval stages, collected

by Mr. Everett at Indrulaman, 8. Celebes, enable me to give a

description of the tadpole :—

Length of body once and a half to once and two-thirds its width,

about half as long as the tail. Nostrils neariy equally distant

from the eyes and the tip of the snout. Eyes on the upper

surface, equally distant from the tip of the snout and the

spiraculum, the distance between them a little greater than the

distance between the nostrils. Spiraculum on the left side,

directed upwards and backwards, nearer the posterior extremity of

the body than the end of the snout. Anal opening on the right

side close to the lower edge of the caudal crest. Tail about thrice

and a half as long as deep, acutely pointed ; crests lower than the

muscular portion, the dorsal not extending on the body. Mouth

as broad as the interocular space; series of labial teeth $, the

outer upper and the three lower continuous. the others restricted

to the sides; lower lip bordered by a double series of papille ;

beak broadly edged with black. Dark brown or blackish above,

greyish below ; upper caudal crest dark brown, lower greyish.

Total length 45 millim. ; body 14; tail 31; depth of tail 8.

This tadpole is essentially that of a typical Rana.

11. Rana cELEBENSIS, Ptrs.

Vomerine teeth in two small oblique series between the choane.

Head moderate, depressed, as long as broad; snout subacuminate,

prominent, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis

strong; loreal region concave ; nostril a little nearer the tip of the

snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper

eyelid; tympanum very distinct, three-fourths the diameter of the

eye and close to it. Fingers moderate, first extending as far as

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 233

second; toes moderate, nearly entirely webbed; tips of fingers

and toes dilated into small but well-developed disks ; ‘subarticular

tubercles well developed; inner metatarsal tubercle small, oval ;

a very distinct outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaches the tip of the snout. A very broad and very promi-

nent glandular lateral fold ; below it several large, prominent, oval

glands ; a glandular fold from beneath the eye to the shoulder,

followed by a strong glandule. Chestnut-brown above, sides of

head and body rather darker ; a light streak along the upper lip ;

limbs with dark cross-bars; hinder side of thighs brown-and-

white marbled ; whitish beneath, throat and breast closely speckled

with brown. Male with internal vocal sacs and an oval flat gland

at the base of the arm.

From snout to vent 47 millim.

This species was described by Peters from a single specimen

from Manado. The specimen in the British Museum is without a

locality.

12, Rana MACROPS, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two very small oblique groups between the

choane. Head rather large, as long as broad; snout rounded,

with sharp canthus ;: loreal region nearly vertical, concave ; nostril

a little nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; latter very large,

diameter of the orbit greater than the length of the snout; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct,

haif the diameter of the eye. Fingers rather slender, first

extending as far as second, tips dilated into well-developed disks ;

toes two-thirds webbed, the terminal disks smaller than those of

the fingers; subarticular tubercles moderate; a small oval inner

metatarsal tubercle ; no outer metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the nostril or the tip of the

snout. Skin smooth, or with a few small flat warts on the back ;

glandular lateral fold very feebly developed and distinct only

anteriorly. Olive-green above; a blackish streak below the

canthus rostralis; a blackish band on the temporal region and

above the shoulder, broken up into spots posteriorly; sides

greyish, marbled with dark brown; a whitish streak from below

the eye to above the arm; limbs with more or less distinct dark

cross-bands ; hinder side of thighs marbled with dark brown;

brownish beneath, throat dark brown, with or without small white

spots. Male with internal vocal sacs and an oval flat gland at the

base of the arm.

From snout to vent 45 millim.

Hight specimens: Masarang Mts., Matinang Mts., 3300 feet,

and Takalekadjo Mts., towards Lake Posso, 3000 feet.

Dr. A. B. Meyer records Rana natatrix, Gthr., from Gorontalo,

but the determination requires revision.

13. RHAacoPpHoRUS LEUCOMYSTAX, Gravh.

Numerous specimens: Buol, Tomohon, Kema, Rurukan,

234 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

L. Posso, Loka (Bonthain Peak), 3600 feet, Macassar, and between

L. Matanna and Towuti.

Manado, Macassar (Meyer). Kandari (Beccari).

14. Ruacopnorvs EpENTULUS, F. Mill. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)

Rhacophorus edentulus, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x. 1894,

p. 840.

Vomerine teeth absent, or reduced to two very small indistinct

groups near the inner edges of the rather large choane. Snout

rounded, a little shorter than the diameter of the orbit: canthus

rostralis distinct ; loreal region slightly concave ; nostril nearer

the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space as broad as the

upper eyelid; tympanum moderately distinct, two-fifths to one-half

the diameter of the eye. Outer fingers half-webbed ; disks of fingers

large, as jarge as or a little larger than the tympanum; toes

webbed to the disks of the third and fifth, penultimate phalanx of

fourth free; subarticular tubercles feeble; a very small inner

metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the tip of the snout or beyond. Skin smooth or finely

shagreened above, granulate on the belly and under the thighs; a

fold from the eye to the shoulder. Green above (bluish grey or

lilac in spirit), uniform or with dark dots; one specimen with a

large rust-red blotch on the head and another on the body;

humerus yellowish white; femur yellowish white with a narrow

green stripe; white beneath. Male without vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 40 millim.

Ten specimens: Bone Mts., Tomohon, Totoija Valley, Rurukan,

Loka (Bonthain Peak).

Specimens were obtained in Southern Celebes by Mr. Everett.

15. RuacopHorus Monticona, Blgr. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)

Rhacophorus monticola, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 395.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the choane.

Snout more or less pointed, as long as the diameter of the orbit;

canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region slightly concave ; nostril

equally distant from the eye and the tip of the snout; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum moderately distinct,

half the diameter of the eye. Outer fingers two-thirds webbed ;

disks of fingers large, as large as or a little larger than the

tympanum; toes webbed to the disks of the third and fifth,

penultimate phalanx of feurth free ; subarticular tubercles feeble ;

a very small inner metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. 'Tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching the eye or the anterior border of the

orbit. Skin finely shagreened above, granulate on the belly and

under the thighs; a fold from the eye to the shoulder. Colora-

tion very variable. Grey or green (bluish or purplish in spirit)

above, uniform or dotted, spotted or vermiculate with darker, or

with large symmetrical dark markings, viz., a cross-band between

the eyes, an hourglass- or X-shaped blotch on the anterior part of

the back, and a cross-band on the sacrum; one specimen green

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 235

with scattered small yellow spots ; limbs with more or less distinct

dark cross-bands; flanks white, or purple with larze white spots ;

lower parts white. Male without vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 48 millim.

Nine specimens: Loka (Bonthain Peak), 3500 feet, and north

slope of Bonthain Peak, 2600 feet.

Indrulaman, 8. Celebes, 2000 feet (Averett).

Rhacophorus pardalis, Gthr., is recorded from Minahassa by

Dr. Meyer, probably through confusion with R. edentulus.

- 16. SPHENOPHYRNE CELEBENSIS, F, Mill. (Plate XVL. fig. 4.)

Sphenophryne celebensis, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x.

1894, p. 841, fig.

Tongue large, oval, entire. Snout short, rounded, with feebly

marked canthus ; interorbital space as broad as or a little broader

than the upper eyelid; tympanum scarcely distinct, about one-

third the diameter of the eye. ‘Tips of fingers dilated into very

large disks ; first finger shorter than second ; tves short, free, the

disks much smaller than those of the fingers; no subarticular or

metatarsal tubercles. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the eye or

a little beyond. Skin smooth above, or with scattered small flat

warts; a small tubercle sometimes present on the upper eyelid ;

belly granulate. Coloration very variable. Yellowish, reddish,

pink, or brown above, uniform or with darker spots or marblings ;

a triangular dark marking between the eyes, or an X-shaped or

hourglass-shaped marking from between the eyes to the inter-

scapular region ; upper surface of snout sometimes pink; a dark

canthal streak ; a light vertebral line sometimes present; greyish

or brownish beneath, uniform or mottled with dark brown. Male

without vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 30 millim.

Numerous specimens: Bone Mts., 4000 feet, Masarang Volcano,

Emponglar Volcano, Matinang Mts., 850 feet, Luhu, 300-1600 feet,

north slope of Takalekadjo.

Several specimens were collected at Indrulaman, 8S. Celebes,

by Mr. Everett.

17. SPHENOPHRYNE VARIABILIS, Blgr. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)

Sphenophryne variabilis, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 64.

Tongue large, oval, entire. Snout short, rounded, with feebly

marked canthus ; interorbital space broader than the upper eye-

lid; tympanum feebly distinct, two-thirds or three-fourths the

diameter of the eye. Tips of fingers dilated into very large disks ;

first finger shorter than second; toes short, free, the disks much

smaller than those of the fingers; no subarticular or metatarsal

tubercles. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the shoulder or the

tympanum. Skin smooth above; belly granulate. Coloration

very variable. Grey, brown, purple, pink, or crimson above,

uniform or with darker marblings, or with a lighter yellow or pink

lateral streak ; a light vertebral line sometimes present; sides of

236 “MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [Feb. 2,

head usually dark brown; a dark, light-edged ocellus may be

present on the lumbar region; beneath uniform whitish, or

greyish with yellow spots, or dark brown with yellow spots.

Male without vocal sacs,

From snout to vent 28 millim.

Eight specimens : Bonthain Peak, 5000-6500 feet.

Numerous specimens were also obtained on Bonthain Peak by

Mr. Everett.

Microhyla achatina, Boie, is recorded from Minahassa and

Macassar by Meyer. The specimens will probably prove to belong

to Sphenophryne celebensis or S. variabilis,

18. CALLULA BALEHATA, S. Mill.

Several specimens: Buol, Tomohon, Kema, and near Borau,

coast of Luhu.

Minahassa, Gorontalo (Meyer). Indrulaman, 8. Celebes (Everett).

The colour-variety celebensis, Gthr., has been raised to specific rank

by Peters, and the present species therefore appears under two

different names in Meyer’s list.

19. CaLLULA PULCHRA, Gray.

Five specimens : Macassar.

Macassar (Beccar?).

20. Buro sprrorcatus, Gravh.

Four specimens: Kingdom of Luhu, Macassar, L. Towuti.

Macassar (Meyer).

21. Buro cELEBENSIS, Gthr.

Skin of upper surface of head united with the cranial ossifica-

tion; canthus rostralis sharp, raised; interorbital space broad,

deeply concave; a broad bony ridge between the eye and the

parotoid; this ridge feebly prominent in the young, very large.

elevated, knob-like in the adult ; tympanum more or less distinct,

measuring two-fifths to three-fifths the diameter of the eye.

Fingers obtuse, first extending beyond second; toes nearly half-

webbed, with single subarticular tubercles; two moderate meta-

tarsal tubercles; no tarsal fold. The tarso-metatarsal articulation

reaches the eye or the tip of the snout. Upper parts with more or

less prominent, more or less conical warts, tipped with black horny

spines; parotoids very prominent, variable in shape, triangular,

oval, or elliptical, continuous with or detached from the postorbital

bony ridge. Olive, greyish, blackish, or crimson above, uniform or

with indistinct darker spots; greyish or pale olive beneath, uniform

or marbled with dark brown. Male with an internal subgular

vocal sac.

From snout to vent 98 millim.

Numerous specimens: Kema, Tomohon, Buol, Loka.

Manado, Minahassa, Gorontalo, Boliohuto Mt., near Sumalatta,

Macassar (Meyer).

PDS LGO7 aebay tle

Mintern Bros.imp.

L.GYMNODACTYLUS JELLESMA.2.6.FUMOSUS.

J.Green del. et bth

Veaks P.Z.S.1897.P1.VII.

Te s\ \

Bild 3

Mihinoe »

prigie 7, ch

Hyd

Séoh.-.

J.Greendel.et hth, a 4 Mintern Bros. Chromo.

DEA Oy Sik th ON® tT Uis-

PZ zLOS ie bles:

J.Green del. et lth. Mintern Bros.Chromo.

DERUAG.O! 23 G CART:

PrZsSc18e7 eee

1b. ab.

J.Greendel.et hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

1LYGOSOMA TROPIDONOTUS. 2.L.SARASINORUM.

P4..S Lee? veleek

Pes

<thLas

Paes

Mintern Bros. imp.

2.L.INCONSPICUUM.

38.L.TEXTUM. 4.L.PARVUM

1] Gre

nodel.et lth.

NSE.

ELEBE

-GOSOMA C

PAZ. USOT ap eae

J.Green del.et hth. —— MinternBros.Chromo.

1.TROPIDONOTUS SARASINORUM.2.T.CELEBENSIS.

ssl Yy COD GN STOR ML

PZ. 3. L897 een,

Sa Sia

"es Sp ae,

eeeee

ww,

‘=:

‘2

etecdueaag

Mintern Bros.imp.

J.Greendel. et hth.

1.AGROPHIS SARASINORUM. 2.CALAMARIA ACUTIROSTRIS.

3.CALAMARIA NUCHALIS.

tmey oye Marois aloo Ge

RC ttit

ash

PPP PIA T INAS:

€citith

dawn amanens

‘

SUBEEE

WeRERON EE

wd}

must

J.Green del. et hth. Mint ern Bros.imp

1.CALAMARIA MUELLERI. 2.C.CURTA.3.C.GRACILIS.

4.C .COLLARIS.

Zia) Ay gee

;

vat |

7cCeP Cop

“az &

faa 2c

23 ‘dle ag

o3 Cee

‘a

Mintern Bros.Chromo.

J.Green del etlith.

MATANNENSIS.2.LACHESIS WAGLERI,var.

US Sa Ex CINEAS

a Ie

J.Green del.et hth.

LRANA MACROPS.

PS US ieae

Mintern Bros. Chromo.

2.RHACOPHORUS EDENTULUS 3. RH. MONTICORAS

4. SPHENOPHRYNE CELEBENSIS.5.S.VARIABINIS.

1897.] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF CELEBES. 237

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats VII.

Fig. 1. Gymnodactylus jellesme, Blgr., p. 203.

: 2. : * fumosus, F. Mill, p. 204.

a. Side view of head; 6. Chin; c. Anal region and lower

surface of hind limb.

Prate VIII.

Draco spilonotus, Gthr. Males and females.

With side view of heads, p. 206.

Puate IX.

Draco beccarii, Ptrs. & Dor. Male and female.

With side view of head of male, p. 207.

Puarn X.,

Fig. 1. Lygosoma tropidonotus, Blgr., p. 209.

Ps 5 sarasinorum, Blgr., p. 210.

a. Enlarged upper view of head.

b. Side view of head and neck.

Prats XI,

. 1. Lygosoma celebense, F. Mill., p. 212.

2. 3 inconspicuwm, F. Miill., p. 213.

3. sd textum, F. Mill., p. 213.

4 = parvum, Blgr., p. 215.

a, Enlarged upper view of head.

Pratn XII.

Fig. 1. Tropidonotus sarasinorum, Blgr., p. 218.

FZ: Pe celebicus, Ptrs. & Dor., p. 218.

3. Lycodon stormi, Bttgr., p. 219.

Prats XIII.

1. Agrophis sarasinorum, F, Mill., p. 222.

2. Calamaria acutirostris, Blgr., p. 223.

3. Pe nuchalis, Blgr., p. 223.

Prats XIV.

Fig. 1. Calamaria muelleri, Blgr., p. 223.

2. a curta, Blgr., p. 224,

3. a gracilis, Blgr., p. 224.

4, iy collaris, Blgr., p. 225.

Puare XY.

Fig. 1. Hypsirhina matannensis, Blgr., p. 225.

2. Lachesis wagleri, Boie, var., p. 227.

Puate XVI.

. Rana macrops, Bler., p. 233.

Rhacophorus edentulus, F. Miil., p. 234.

55 monticola, Blgr., p. 234.

. Sphenophryne celebensis, F. Miill., p- 235.

a variabilis, Blgr., p, 235.

238 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE , [Feb. 2,

2. Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Phyto-

phagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar.

By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.

Part I.

[Received January 5, 1897.]

(Plate XVIL.)

Since my last papers on African Phytophaga in the Transactions

of the Entomological Society of London for 1895 and in the

‘Deutsche entom. Zeitschrift’ of the same year, a good deal of

new material has come into my hands. M. Alluaud, of Paris, has

kindly submitted to me the Madagascar species obtained by him,

which, as the number of species was not large, I have included

here, although the fauna of Madagascar has little in common with

that of Africa, while Mr. Guy Marshall has been busy collecting

in Natal and Mashonaland with good results; and although not

much is gained for science, in my opinion, by continuing to add

new species to the already enormous material known and unknown,

it is to be hoped that one day we shall be enabled to work out

a Biologia of the country now under investigation, as has been

done in the case of Central America with such splendid results by

Messrs. Godman and Salvin.

The present paper deals only with the Criocerine, Cryptocephaline,

and Clythrine ; the other families I hope to deal with in a future

paper. Types of all the species are contained in my collection and

in that of the British Museum.

LEMA PRINCEPS, n. sp.

Rufous ; the antenne (the basal joints excepted) and the tarsi

black; thorax foveolate at the sides; elytra metallic bright blue or

violaceous, deeply foveolate below the base, strongly punctate-

striate.

Length 33 lines.

Head impunctate, bituberculate between the eyes, the clypeus

and labrum black ; antenne long and slender, black, the lower five

joints rufous, the fourth joint one-half longer than the third one,

the fifth very elongate ; thorax not longer than broad, the sides

moderately constricted, rather strongly produced above the con-

striction, the base with a deep transverse sulcus, a small transverse

fovea is also placed immediately above the constriction at the sides,

the disc with two rows of punctures at the middle, some other

punctures also placed near the anterior angles ; scutellum fulvous,

not longer than broad ; elytra with a deep depression below the

base near the suture, bright metallic blue, strongly punctate-striate,

the punctures slightly elongate and distinct to the apex, the inter-

stices at the latter place strongly costate, the others flat and smooth;

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 239

underside and legs fulvous, nearly impunctate ; the sides of the

breast clothed with short golden-yellow pubescence; terminal

joints of the tarsi more or less black.

Hab. West Coast of Africa.

Amongst the large-sized metallic-blue species of Africa, the

present one may be known by the colour of the antenne, their

slender shape, the sculpturing of the thorax, and the deep elytral

impression and their strong punctuation, as well as by the colour

of the tarsi. I received several specimens from Mr. Alluaud in

Paris.

LEMA MARSHALLI, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)

Greenish black; the vertex and the thorax fulvous, the. latter

with two spots on the disc and the base greenish; elytra fulvous,

strongly punctate-striate ; a spot on the shoulder, the suture,

and a transverse spot across the latter, below the base, metallic

dark green.

Length 3 lines.

Head strongly and remotely punctured, the vertex fulvous with

two greenish spots and a central similarly-coloured fovea; eyes

deeply notched; lower portion of face greenish black; the entire

head sparingly clothed with fulvous short hairs; palpi long and

slender, black ; antenne rather short, greenish black, pubescent,

the fifth and following joints gradually but slightly widened ;

thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides but moderately

constricted, the anterior angles slightly tuberculiform, the surface

with two rows of central punctures and some others anteriorly,

fulvous, two triangular-shaped spots at the middle and a trans-

verse band occupying the basal portion below the sulcus greenish

black ; scutellum of the same colour, subquadrate, sparingly pubes-

cent; elytra with a slight depression below the base, reddish

fulvous, deeply and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices

longitudinally costate at the apex; an elongate spot on the shoulders,

a transverse short spot across the suture below the base, and the

suture itself narrowly metallic dark green; underside and legs

greenish black.

Hab. Natal (collected by Mr. G. Marshall).

Of this handsome species, two specimens were obtained by

Mr. Marshall in the neighbourhood of Natal. This Lema seems

very closely allied to Z. insignis, Lac., likewise from Africa, in

regard to coloration ; but is smaller, the thorax is distinctly broader

than long (not scarcely so long as broad as in L. insignis), the

elytra have only a shallow depression below the base, not a deep

one, and the band and subquadrate spot of which Lacordaire speaks

are absent.

LEMA BREVICORNIS, . sp.

Below blackish ; antenne very short, black; basal and apical

joint fulvous; head and thorax obscure dark fulvous, minutely

240 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

punctured ; elytra greenish black, strongly punctate-striate ; last

abdominal segment and the legs more or less flavous.

Length 13 line.

Head dark fulvous, the vertex very convex, not constricted

behind the eyes, minutely punctured, the sides and the middle

deeply longitudinally sulcate; eyes large, very slightly notched ;

antenne extending to the base of the thorax only, the lower five

and the apical joint fulvous, the others black, basal joints very

short, nearly moniliform, the following five joints transverse, broader

than long; thorax scarcely longer than broad, the sides but very

little constricted at the base, the surface without a sulcus, very

minutely punctured and finely granulose, of a dark fulvous colour,

with a slight zneous gloss ; scutellum broader than long; elytra

with a’slight depression below the base, closely and strongly punctate-

striate, the punctures rather elongate, the interstices flat, except

near the extreme apex, impunctate ; legs flavous, the femora marked

with piceous at the middle; breast and abdomen greenish black,

the last abdominal segment flavous.

Hab. Tsipango, Natal (G. Marshall); also Mashonaland.

This is a very interesting little Lema, and unlike any other with

which I am acquainted, on account of the very short antenne and

their transversely-shaped joints and the scarcely constricted thorax.

I have seen six specimens of this species.

LEMA FUSCITARSIS, n. sp.

Testaceous ; the apical joints of the antenne and the tarsi more

or less fuscous; head and thorax impunctate; elytra very deeply

punctate-striate, the interstices at the apex convex.

Length 2 lines.

Head scarcely constricted behind the eyes, impunctate, the space

between the eyes strongly swollen, with a deep central fovea, the

supraocular grooves moderately deep, with some yellow pubescence ;

eyes not very deeply notched ; antennz scarcely extending to the

middle of the elytra, the basal joint short and thick, the second

very short, the third and fourth equal, twice as long as the second

one, the apex of each joint slightly stained with fuscous, the

terminal joints entirely of that colour; thorax not longer than

broad, the sides moderately constricted, the basal sulcus not very

deep, the disc entirely impunctate, shining; scutellum with the

apical margin emarginate ; elytra scarcely perceptibly depressed

below the base, deeply foveolate-punctate at the base, less strongly

punctured posteriorly, the interstices not raised, except at the sides

and apex; underside entirely testaceous, clothed with fine yellow

pubescence ; the legs of the same colour, the apex of each tarsal

joint and the claws fuscous.

Hab. Tsipango (Natal) ; collected by Mr. G. Marshall.

Allied to L. infima, Lac., from Senegal, but differing in the

colour of the antenne and tarsi, in the impunctate head and thorax,

and the deep elytral punctuation at the base ; the punctures at the

Jower portion are rather elongate in shape and as large as the space

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 241

dividing each puncture; in one specimen the last joint of the

antenne is fulvous, the preceding ones fuscous, and the basal joints

as in the type.

LEMA SEMIPURPUREA, N. sp.

Black, with bluish gloss ; antennz short; thorax with rounded

sides, finely punctured; elytra purplish or bluish, deeply and

closely punctate-striate, the ninth row entire.

Length 23 lines.

Head with some deep punctures at the vertex, the latter with

two obscure small fulvous spots, more or less distinct, and a central

longitudinal groove, frontal elevations absent, the space surrounding

the eyes rugose; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, pubescent, the fifth and following joints rather robust

and widened, one-half longer than broad; thorax subquadrate,

scarcely one-half broader than long, but very moderately constricted

at the sides, the anterior half rather widened or thickened, but

rounded, the anterior angles not produced, the basal sulcus deep,

the space at the sides within the constriction transversely rugose,

the rest of the surface finely punctured throughout, with some

larger punctures intermixed ; scutellum not longer than broad ;

elytra subcylindrical, without basal depression, metallic purplish or

bluish, deeply and strongly punctured, the punctures large and

closely placed, but diminishing at the apex, where the interstices

are as usual, convex; underside and legs black, with a bluish gloss,

the posterior femora only extending to the second abdominal

segment.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall),

From the smaller metallic species of Lema from Africa, L. semi-

purpurea is well distinguished by the shape and punctuation of

the thorax, the former is far more approaching to a cylindrical

shape than is the case in most species from that region, although

not to the extent that is found in two or three species ; the glabrous

upper surface and want of an elytral depression separate the

species from ZL. azwrea, Klug, and its allied forms.

LeMA TARSATA, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)

Head, antenne (the basal four joints excepted), the breast, and

the tarsi black; thorax flavous, foveolate, and punctured ; elytra

deeply punctate-striate, flavous, the suture and the lateral margins

bluish ; legs and abdomen flavous.

Var. Elytra without dark bands, underside entirely black.

Length 2 lines.

Head black, strongly rugose and finely pubescent, the neck more

or less fulvous, sometimes with a small black central spot, the

space between the eyes with a deep central groove; labrum and

palpi black ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, black,

the lower four joints flavous, terminal joints rather robust, twice

as long as broad; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long,

the sides strongly widened towards the apex, the latter with a

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1897, No. XVI. 16

242 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Feb. 2,

small tubercle at the anterior angles ; the surface flavous, strongly

punctured at the middle, with two fovez placed anteriorly near the

middle, and another more transverse one at each side, the basal

sulcus deep, the anterior margin sometimes with a small black spot

at the middle; scutellum black, its apex truncate; elytra not

depressed below the base or scarcely so, with regular rows of

moderately strong punctures, which get much finer towards the

apex, where they are slightly elongate in shape, the ninth row

entire, the margins narrowly, the suture more broadly bluish black ;

underside black; the abdomen more or less fulvous ; legs flavous,

the tarsi black.

Hab, Natal, Estcourt, 4000 ft. (G. Marshall).

Allied to Z. aperta, Lac., in coloration, but quite distinct on

account of the lateral and central thoracic fovez ; in the variety,

of which several specimens are before me, there is no trace of any

elytral blue bands, but in other respects these specimens agree in

everything. Mr. Marshall found this species under bark of trees.

LEMA CONSOBRINA, N. Sp.

Black, thorax impunctate, bifoveolate; elytra metallic blue,

strongly punctate-striate, depressed below the base; posterior

femora at the lower portion fulvous.

Length 2 lines.

Head impunctate, black, the space between the eyes with

two strongly raised elongate tubercles; eyes deeply emarginate ;

antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, black, pubescent, the

third and fourth joint elongate, the fifth the longest, terminal

joints longer than broad ; thorax one half broader than long, the

sides obliquely diverging outwards from the sulcation, the anterior

angles rather acute, the disc impunctate, black, with a deep trans-

verse subbasal sulcus and two small fovex anteriorly at the sides ;

scutellum truncate at its apex; elytra distinctly depressed below

the base, metallic blue; the punctures regular and rather deep,

extending to the base and apex, the ninth row entire, the

interstices flat and impunctate, except near the extreme apex ;

underside and legs black, the posterior femora, their apex excepted,

fulvous.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Closely allied to L. affinis, Clark, and L. rufo-femorata, Cl.; but

differing from the former in the sculpture of the head and in the

black abdomen, also in its smaller size, and from the latter in the

black, not blue, colour, the bifoveolate thorax, and smooth, not

rugose, elytral interstices.

Two specimens are before me.

CRIOCERIS CYLINDRICOLLIS, n. sp.

Obscure fulvous; the antenne, tibie, and tarsi black; thorax

subcylindrical, with two rows of punctures; elytra pale fulvous,

regularly and deeply punctured, the interstices convex at the

apex.

1897. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 243

Length 27 lines.

Head impunctate at the vertex, the space round the eyes finely

punctured and pubescent, with a short central groove; antenne

very short and robust, black, the basal two joints fulvous ; thorax

subcylindrical, but slightly constricted at the base; the sulcus

indistinct and placed close to the base, the dise with two rows of

rather deep punctures at the middle and a few others near the

anterior angles; elytra with deep round punctures, placed in

closely approached rows, the punctuation getting finer towards

the apex, the interstices sparingly impressed with minute punc-

tures, convex near the apex, there are some slight transverse wrinkles

to be seen below the base; underside and the femora fulvous,

clothed with extremely short yellow pubescence, tibie and tarsi

piceous or black.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (C. Alluaud).

Smaller than C. livida, Dahlm. ; the thorax more cylindrical and

with two rows of punctures only; the antenne also differently

coloured.

CRIOCERIS MADAGASCARIENSIS, nN. Sp.

Dark fulvous ; antenne short, the last four joints black ; thorax

flat, strongly and closely punctured ; elytra finely punctate-striate,

the interstices sparingly and finely punctured.

Length 3 lines.

Head deeply constricted at the base, with a short central and

deep lateral grooves; eyes deeply notched; clypeus finely punc-

tured; palpi filiform; antennz extending to the base of the

thorax only, the second joint moniliform, third and fourth short,

equal, the following joints triangularly widened, the terminal ones

strongly transverse, the lower seven joints fulvous, the others

black ; thorax subquadrate, slightly longer than broad, but mode-

rately constricted at the middle, the anterior angles rounded, the

surface rather flattened, strongly, irregularly, and closely punctured,

the space near the base nearly impunctate, with a very feeble

transverse sulcation; scutellum narrowly elongate; elytra not

depressed below the base, nor raised near the scutellum, with very

regular rows of punctures, which are larger anteriorly on the

inner disc, the interstices flat, with a single row of fine punctures

which are more or less interrupted, lateral margin strongly thick-

ened ; underside nearly smooth and impunctate; tarsi blackish.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Alluaud).

Closely allied to C, antennalis, Lac., also from Madagascar ; but

smaller, the last four, not five joints of the antenne black, the

thorax much more strongly and closely punctured, and the elytral

interstices likewise finely punctulate. C. dimidiaticornis, Lac., is

described as having the antenne one-third the length of the body,

the interstices of the elytra finely alutaceous and convex posteriorly,

and the apex of the tibiz black as well as the tarsi. M. Alluaud

has sent me three specimens of the present species which show no

differences in any way.

1G*

244 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

PEDRILLIA MADAGASCARIENSIS, 0. sp.

Fulvous, pubescent ; the apical six joints of the antenn, the

apex of the tibie, and the tarsi, black; thorax finely, elytra

strongly punctured.

Length 14 line.

Head broad, very sparingly and finely punctured, with some few

hairs ; clypeus narrow, semicircular; antenne widely separated at

the base, extending scarcely beyond the base of the elytra, fulvous,

the terminal seven joints black ; thorax but slightly broader than

long, constricted below the middle, the latter projecting angularly,

the disc with a shallow transverse groove near the base, the sides

below the groove thickened, with some stiff hairs, the surface

finely and remotely punctured, each puncture provided with a

blackish stiff hair; scutellum subtriangular, punctured and pubes-

cent; elytra slightly flattened along the suture, broader at the base

than the thorax, much more strongly punctured than the latter and

sparingly clothed with yellowish hairs ; underside and legs fulvous ;

the apex of the posterior femora, (sometimes) that of the tibie and

the tarsi, black.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Alluaud).

This is the first species of the genus known to me from this

locality. In the collection of M. Alluand and my own.

HEMYDACNE, n. g.

Elongate, parallel] : head broad, not constricted ; antenne widely

separated, filiform ; eyes small, slightly emarginate; thorax narrowed

at the base, without lateral margin ; elytra wider than the thorax,

deeply punctate-striate ; first two abdominal segments much longer

than the following ones; posterior femora slightly incrassate ;

the four posterior tibie with a tooth near the apex ; the first tarsal

joint as long as the two following ones, claws appendiculate ;

prosternum proportionately broad, yet twice as long as broad, its

base truncate.

The insect for which this genus is proposed is difficult to place

in any of the earlier groups of Phytophaga, since it exhibits a

number of characters peculiar to several of them; thus the widely

separated antenne and the broad head agree with Megascelis, the

thorax is somewhat similar to Orsodacna, but the broad prosternum

and the posterior tibia widened into a tooth at the apex are not

found amongst any of these sections. The insect had perhaps best

find its place near Orsodacna at present, but would form a special

group if other similarly structured species should be found.

HEMYDACNE MACULICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)

Below black, above and the legs testaceous ; head with one, the

thorax with two black spots, remotely punctured; elytra deeply

punctate-striate ; the interstices longitudinally costate, flavous, the

suture black.

Length 14-2 lines.

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 245

Head with a few fine punctures, testaceous or flavous; the

vertex with a triangular black spot; clypeus not separated from

the face; labrum deeply emarginate ; apex of the mandibles black ;

palpi rather robust; antennew inserted below the inner margin

of the eyes, not extending to the middle of the elytra, testaceous,

the second joint one-half shorter than the third, this latter

shorter than the fourth, the following joints elongate, the ter-

minal ones shorter again and slightly thickened ; thorax gradually

narrowed towards the base, about one-half broader than long, the

surface remotely but rather strongly punctured, with an obsolete

transverse depression near the base, the disc flavous or testaceous,

with a triangular black spot at the middle of the anterior margin

and another at the middle of the base, the flanks of the thorax like-

wise black ; elytra with rows of deep and regular punctures, all the

interstices longitudinally costate, the lateral margin not visible

from above, narrowly black, like the suture ; underside black; legs

flavous or testaceous.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (C. Alluaud).

Miopristis (LOPHOBASIS) NATALENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XVII.

fig. 5.)

Black, pubescent, lower portion of the face flavous ; thorax

flavous with two large black spots, coarsely punctured; elytra

finely and closely punctured, flavous or testaceous, the margins

narrowly and a spot on the shoulders black, the base with a ridge.

Mas. The anterior legs very long, femora robust, tibie curved,

tarsi slender.

Fem. Legs equal, entirely flavous ; the elytra more closely and

strongly punctured.

Length 3-33 lines.

d. Head black at the upper portion and closely pubescent, the

sides prolonged below the eyes, these small, feebly notched below ;

clypeus flavous, deeply triangularly emarginate at the anterior

margin; mandibles broad, flavous, strongly curved inwards at the

tip, the latter black; palpi flavous, the apex black; antenne

extending to about the base of the thorax, black, the lower three

joints fulvous, the basal joint black above, the second and third

short, equal, the following joints very strongly triangularly den-

tate and widened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides and

the posterior angles rounded, the surface sparingly and coarsely

punctured, flavous, shining, the disc more or less fulvous, with a

large black subquadrate spot at each side of variable size ; scutel-

lum black, pubescent at its base, its apex truncate; elytra with a

narrow transverse ridge at the basal margin, closely punctured in

irregular rows, flavous, opaque, the sutural and lateral margins

very narrowly black, the shoulders with a small black spot;

underside and the legs black, the extreme base of the femora and

the tibiz more or less flavous; the first joint of the anterior tarsi

in the male as long as the following two joints together.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (6. Marshall).

246 Mi. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

This and the following species seem to me to find their places best

in Lacordaire’s subgenus Lophobasis, on account of the basal ridge of

the elytra, although some of the other structural characters do not

agree with the genus, but in that respect scarcely two species are

similar amongst these variable insects. Of both sexes a good many

specimens are before me: in some the elytra are without the dark

margins and the thoracic spots are much smaller ; the females differ

much in the more strongly and closely punctured elytra, which are

also more shining, and in having entirely flavous legs.

Mioprisris subRuGosA, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 7.)

Black, pubescent ; the clypeus and the legs fulvous; thorax

remotely and strongly punctured, flavous with two large black spots ;

elytra very closely and strongly punctured, testaceous, a spot on

the shoulder and three others placed triangularly near the apex,

black.

Var. Some or all the elytral spots absent.

Mas. The anterior legs elongate, the tibie strongly curved.

Fem. Legs normal, thorax and elytra nearly rugosely punctured.

Length 23-3 lines.

Head pubescent and of the same sculpture and colour as in the

preceding species; the antennz also exactly similar, as well as the

thorax ; elytra with the basal margin likewise in shape of a ridge,

very closely and strongly punctured, with an elongate spot on the

shoulders and three round spots near the apex black—of these

latter, one is placed close to the suture and two near the lateral

margin, forming together a triangle; legs fulvous, the femora

above and the tarsi black.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (G. Marshall).

Closely allied to the preceding species, but quite distinct on

account of the almost rugose punctuation of the elytra and their

pattern; and even if the spots of the elytra are absent, both sexes

may be at once known from M. natalensis by their sculpture, which

renders the elytra opaque, the female of the last-named species, on

the contrary, having the elytra distinctly shining; the spots of the

thorax areas variable as usual in these insects.

MIOPRISTIS ATROFASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 6.)

Fulvous, the upper part of the head, the tibie, tarsi, and sides

of the breast black ; thorax nearly impunctate; elytra with fine

rows of punctures, fulvous, a triangular band at the base, and a

transverse spot below the middle, black.

Mas. The anterior legs elongate ; the first joint of the tarsi as

long as the two following joints together.

Length 3 lines.

Head strongly covered with transverse and longitudinal strige,

the vertex smoother, black, in shape of a transverse band with

its anterior edge concave, lower portion of face fulvous, the ante-

rior margin of the clypeus deeply triangularly emarginate, eyes

moderate, distinctly notched, sides of the face produced into a

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA: 247

transverse ridge; mandibles robust, fulvous, the apex angularly

curved, black; antenne extending to the base of the thorax, black,

the lower five joints flavous, basal joint widened and curved, third

one-half longer than the second, fourth more elongate, the others

triangularly widened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides

strongly rounded, the posterior angles distinct, the sides with a

narrow reflexed margin, the disc very strongly convex, sulcate

near the anterior margin at the middle, strongly punctured at the

same place, the rest of the surface impunctate, reddish fulvous or

rufous ; scutellum broad, black, its apex slightly raised: elytra

parallel, finely punctured in widely separated rows, fulvous, the

base with a transverse black band, which is gradually widened

towards the suture and is slightly obliquely cut at the same place ;

it extends as far as the shoulders only, where it ends in a spot;

below the middle is another transversely subquarate short band:

the underside and the base of the femora fulvous, the apex of the

anterior femora and all the tibie and tarsi, as well as the sides of

the breast, black.

Hab. Natal, Esteourt (G. Marshall).

Both male and female spetimens are before me ; the anterior legs

of the former are, as usual, very elongate and their tibie curved.

The system of coloration in this species differs from any of those

placed in this genus; but I see no structural differences of import-

ance to separate it from Miopristis, although it might perhaps be

equally well placed in Antipus. The females only differin the shorter

legs and less transverse thorax, the mandibles also are smaller.

MBLITONOMA EPISTOMALIS, Lac.

The specimens which Mr. Marshall obtained at Mashonaland

agree very nearly with Lacordaire’s description. The species differs

from any other contained in the genus by the truncate margin of

the epistome, which leaves a cavity exposing broadly the labrum ;

this cavity is bounded at the sides by flattened projections, which

are turned inwards (Lacordaire says ‘“‘tubercles”). All the

specimens before me have the thorax marked with two large black

spots joined at the base, and the elytra instead of having five spots

have only one on the shoulder, a transverse band at, and another

below, the middle black; as the elytral spots are often confluent in

these insects I do not think that the Mashonaland specimens

represent a new species, but only a variety.

In the female the head is normal.

PEPLOPTERA QUADRIPUNCTATA, Nl. Sp.

Black ; thorax rufous, finely punctured ; elytra rather strongly

and closely punctate-striate, flavous, two spots near the base and

two behind the middle, placed transversely, black.

Length 34 lines.

Head black, the vertex rather closely and finely punctured, the

space between the eyes with a round fovea, strongly and closely

punctured ; antenne not extending to the base of the thorax,

248 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

black, the lower three joints fulvous; thorax rather more than

twice as broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides but slightly

rounded, the surface very finely but not closely punctured, with a

slight depression near the posterior angles, which is a little more

strongly punctured, basal lobe broadly produced, narrowly mar-

gined with black as well as the anterior margin at the middle ;

scutellum broader than long, black, shining ; elytra strongly lobed

at the sides below the shoulders, very closely and rather regularly

punctured in rows, flavous or fulvous, a small spot on the

shoulders, another near the suture below the scutellum, and two

rather larger ones below the middle, placed transversely, black, of

these spots the inner ones are the. largest; underside and legs

clothed with yellowish pubescence, tarsi broad and robust.

Hab. Praetoria, also East Africa. ‘

Closely allied to P. eckloni, Lac., but the thorax without any band

or spots and the general size smaller. The two specimens contained

in my collection agree in every way with each other ; for all that,

it may be that the species represents but a variety of P. ecklonz.

PEPLOPTERA COLLARIS, n. sp.

Black ; basal joints of the antenne fulvous ; thorax convex, im-

punctate, fulvous, the base with two large black spots ; elytra finely

and remotely punctured, flavous, a sutural and lateral narrow stripe

black.

Length 4 lines.

Head black; the vertex convex and smooth, the other part

finely rugose and depressed between the eyes; the clypeus more

sparingly punctured; labrum and palpi black; antenne only

extending to the middle of the thorax, black, the lower four

joints fulvous, basal joint strongly incrassate; thorax twice as

broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior margin concave,

the surface rather strongly convex, impunctate, reddish fulvous,

the base with a large subquadrate black patch at each side, ex-

tending upwards to the middle, but both well separated; scutellum

black, its apex truncate ; elytra finely but distinctly punctured in

semi-regular but rather widely separated rows, flavous, the suture

with a narrow black band, not extending to the base, the sides

with a similar band (leaving only the basal Jobe of the ground-

colour), abbreviated near the apex, the extreme apical margin

likewise narrowly black; underside and legs black, finely pubes-

cent, the tarsi broad and robust.

Hab. Tabora, Ounyamyembe.

Of this species I possess a single example ; it is a comparatively

large species, and differs from its congeners in the broad sub-

quadrate black patches of the thorax in connection with the

sculpture and pattern of the elytra.

PEPLOPTHRA FULVITARSIS, 0. sp.

Subcylindrical, black; thorax extremely finely punctured, rufous

a central elongate and two lateral round spots black; elytra

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 249

flavous, strongly and semi-regularly punctured, a spot on the

shoulders and a transverse band near the apex black; tibia and

tarsi flavous.

Length 3-33 lines.

Head black: the vertex smooth, convex, the lower portion

rugose-punctate ; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous; thorax with strongly

deflexed sides, the lateral margins but slightly rounded, the surface

subcylindrical, extremely sparingly and finely punctured, reddish-

fulvous, a short elongate spot at the middle and a small spot at

each side black; scutellum broad, black; elytra with closely

approached rows of strong punctures, which are rather irregularly

placed at the base, flavous, a spot on the shoulder and a transverse

band at some distance from the apex extending to the sides black ;

underside closely pubescent, the greater portion of the tibie and

the tarsi flavous.

Hab. Delagoa Bay, Zambezi River.

Of this species I possess three specimens, which agree very

nearly with each other, except that in two of them the small

lateral spot on the thorax is wanting. I am unable to find any

species or variety described by Lacordaire or others which agrees

with the present insect ; there are no lateral stripes of the elytra

or sutural ones, as in so many species of this genus, and the

punctuation of the elytra is strong and closely placed; the tibize

and tarsi in all the specimens are nearly entirely fulvous.

PEPLOPTERA ANGULATO-FASCIATA, 0. sp.

Black ; thorax fulvous, with a short central black stripe, the

sides punctured ; elytra paler, strongly punctured anteriorly ; a spot

on the shoulders and an angulate narrow band below the middle

black.

Length 33 lines.

Subcylindrical ; the vertex convex, finely punctured, with a deep

central groove ; lower portion of face rugose ; antenne extending

to half the length of the thorax only, fuscous, the lower four

joints fulvous ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly

straight, narrowed anteriorly, the median lobe slightly produced,

truncate, the surface convex, reddish fulvous, with some distinct

punctures near the anterior margin and at the posterior angles, as

well as along the basal margin, the latter at the middle narrowly

black, the centre with another short longitudinal black stripe ;

scutellum black, impunctate, its apex truncate; elytra distinctly

lobed at the sides below the shoulders, strongly punctured in

closely approached, semi-regular rows, the posterior portion nearly

impunctate ; the shoulders with an elongate black spot, a strongly

angulate narrow transverse band is placed immediately below the

middle, the angulate portion being directed towards the apex;

the suture is likewise black near the extreme apex ; underside and

legs strongly pubescent; legs and tarsi very robust.

Hab. Transvaal.

250 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

Of this species I possess two specimens; they are at once dis-

tinguished by the strongly angulate band which forms a right

angle near the sides, without extending to either margin.

PEPLOPTERA HUMERALIS, 0. Sp.

Subcylindrical, black, clothed with grey pubescence below,

above fulvous; thorax minutely punctured, the sides and the

anterior margin fulvous, the base black ; elytra regularly punctate-

striate, fulvous, the suture and the lateral margin posteriorly, a

broad transverse band near the apex, and an oblique stripe on the

shoulder black.

Var. Thorax fulvous, with three black bands; elytra more

finely punctured, the posterior band absent; rest as in the type ;

tibiz fulvous.

Length 4 lines.

Head finely and closely punctured, black; the vertex swollen,

separated by a transverse groove from the face; eyes large, but

slightly notched ; antenne extending to half the length of the

thorax, black, the lower three joints fulvous; thorax scarcely

twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight at the base, evenly

rounded in front, the surface convex, extremely minutely and

sparingly punctured, black, the sides and the anterior margin

narrowly fulvous, this colour narrows gradually towards the base,

but widens into the black portion at its anterior margin at each

side; scutellum black, small; elytra rather strongly and regularly

punctate-striate, the punctures much finer and irregular near the

apex, the space between the shoulders and the lateral margins

impunctate, each elytron with about nine or ten rows of punctures,

of which some are more closely approached than others, especially

those near the suture and at the sides, the colour flavous or pale

fulyous, a broad black band is placed across the suture near the

apex, sending upwards a narrow sutural branch as well as a mar-

ginal one, both of which extend slightly beyond the middle of the

elytra, another oblique short stripe, directed inwards, is placed on

the shoulders, not touching the lateral band, the extreme lateral

and apical margins are likewise black ; underside and legs of the

same colour, densely clothed with silvery-grey pubescence; tarsi

broad, prosternal ridge distinct.

Hab. Lake Nyassa; var. Port Natal.

This and the following species of Peploptera (Diapromorpha)

seem to be distinct from any species described by Lacordaire or

since, although closely allied to many of them, nor do they agree

with any of the varieties given, and I must look upon them as

distinct ; the general coloration is, however, more or less the same

in nearly all species, which makes their determination very difficult

unless other characters are taken in connection. The present

species seems closely allied to P. postica, Lac., but differs in several

details, principally in the oblique elytral shoulder-stripe, which is

not found in any of the allied species; the variety agrees in that

respect, but the posterior band is absent and the.thorax is fulvous,

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLHOPTERA OF AFRIOA. 251

with three longitudinal black bands; this design is peculiar to

many species and subject to great variation; all the tibie in this

variety are likewise fulvous, and the locality is a different one, the

elytral punctuation also differs: in spite of all this, the differences

are so entirely those of degree, and the elytral pattern and

direction of the bands are so similar, that I believe to be right in

looking upon this form as a local variety only, more especially as the

wide distribution of African insects is well known.

PEPLOPTERA LATERALIS, nl. sp.

Black ; thorax impunctate, rufous with a central black spot ;

elytra finely and semiregularly punctured, flavous, a sutural and

sublateral stripe, as well as the lateral margins, black; tibiz

fulvous.

Length 37 lines.

Head and antennz as in the preceding species; thorax rufous,

very narrowly edged with black, the sides slightly rounded, straight

at the base, the surface entirely impunctate, the space in front of

the scutellum depressed, with a few punctures, the middle with a

narrow black stripe not extending to the apex; scutellum black,

small; elytra flavous, with rows of small punctures rather rezu-

larly placed, which nearly disappear near the apex; the suture to

the whole extent narrowly black, forming a band which is slightly

widened near the apex and angulate below the base, another

narrow and regular band, slightly narrowed at its middle, extends

from the shoulder nearly to the apex, the lateral margin from the

middle downwards is likewise narrowly edged with black ; under-

side clothed with silvery pubescence; tibie fulvous; tarsi very

broad.

Hab, Tabora, Ounyamyembe.

In this species the lateral black stripe of the elytra is placed not

at, but before the margin, leaving a space as broad as the band itself

between the latter and the lateral edge; in this respect the species

differs from any of its allies. A single specimen is contained in

my collection,

LACHN#A MARSHALLI, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)

Black; the head and thorax finely pubescent, the anterior

margin and the sides of the latter flavous; elytra very finely

punctured, fulvous, each with four small black spots placed trans-

versely (2. 2).

Length 4 lines.

Head closely rugose and sparingly pubescent, the vertex finely

punctured, the front with a longitudinal central groove, anterior

margin of the clypeus triangularly emarginate, mandibles large ;

antenne extending to the base of the thorax, black, the apex of

the first, and the second and the third joint entirely, fulvous,

third joint very short, fourth triangularly elongate, the following

joints very strongly transversely widened; thorax more than twice

as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, as well as the posterior

252 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

angles, the surface finely and closely punctured, clothed with

whitish long pubescence, black, the anterior and lateral margins

narrowly flavous; scutellum raised, black, its apex truncate ;

elytra opaque, very finely punctured, fulvous, with four small

black spots, one on the shoulders, another lower down near the

suture, and two placed transversely immediately below the middle ;

underside and legs black, pubescent, anterior legs very elongate,

the tibie slightly curved and mucronate at the apex, the first joint

of the tarsi elongate, as long as the following two joints together.

Hab, Natal, Ulundi, on flowers at the summit of Niginya,

6500 ft. (Marshall).

Very closely allied to LZ. marginata, Lac., but the epistome only

moderately concave at the anterior margin; the first joint of the

antenne black, and the following two joints fulvous only, instead

of the first four joints of that colour; the elytra reddish fulvous,

not pale testaceous, and with four spots only instead of five,

the spots of nearly equal size; there are two male specimens

before me which are exactly similar in these respects.

GYN ANDROPHTHALMA ELONGATA, Nl. Sp.

Pale flavous or fulvous, antenne (the three or four basal joints

excepted) black ; thorax impunctate ; elytra with rows of very fine

punctures.

Length 13-3 lines.

Of narrowly elongate shape, the female double the length of the

male ; the head impunctate, the upper portion slightly swollen,

obsoletely depressed between the eyes; the clypeus broad and

flattened, impunctate, its anterior margin semicircularly emargi-

nate; eyes prominent, slightly notched at their lower portion ;

antenne extending to the base of the thorax, black, the lower

three or four joints fulvous, the third extremely small, the fifth and

following joints very strongly transverse ; thorax twice as broad as

long, the sides moderately rounded, but slightly narrowed an-

teriorly, the angles rather obtuse, posterior margin straight at the

sides, its median lobe very slightly produced, straight, the base

slightly depressed in front of this lobe, with a few distinct punc-

tures, rest of the surface entirely impunctate; scutellum triangu-

lar ; elytra subcylindrical, with rows of very fine punctures rather

distantly placed ; abdomen flavous like the rest of the underside ;

the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two

joints together.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Rhobomp, also Togo, Central Africa.

Evidently very closely allied to G. miochiroides, Leféby., from

Abyssinia, but the author describes his species as having a finely

punctured thorax and smooth elytra, which is not the case in

the present insect; the female is of very elongate shape, and

double the size of the male, but differs in no other way: the insect

cannot be mistaken for Miochira filiformis, Lac., which has a similar

elongate shape and colour, but differs in the structure of the

tarsi.

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 253

GYNANDROPHTHALMA NATALENSIS, nN. sp.

Elongate, narrow, black, the vertex with two small fulvous spots ;

thorax impunctate; elytra very strongly and semi-regularly punc-

tured, fulvous, a spot below the middle, near the suture, black.

Var. Elytra without spots.

Length 2 lines.

Of narrow, nearly cylindrical shape; the head impunctate at

the vertex, the latter with a small fulvous spot above the eyes,

lower portion rugosely punctured, the middle with a distinct round

fovea ; antenne scarcely extending to the base of the thorax, black,

the second and third joints obscure fulvous; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, the sides obliquely rounded, narrowed in

front, the surface rather convex, entirely impunctate, shining black ;

scutellum very broad, triangular, the apex slightly raised, the surface

impunctate ; elytra very strongly punctured in closely-approached

semi-regular rows, the sides with a more or less distinct narrow

costa from the shoulder to the apex, a small black spot is placed

near the suture below the middle ; underside and legs covered with

greyish pubescence, black ; the first joint of the tarsi scarcely longer

than the second. |

Hab. Natal.

The narrow subcylindrical shape of this species, the colour of

the head and thorax, and the two small fulvous spots on the vertex

will help to distinguish it from any of its allies. I possess three

specimens, two of which are without the elytral spots.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA ATRIPENNIS, Lac.

Specimens were obtained by Mr. G. Marshall at Estcourt, Natal,

which entirely agree with Lacordaire’s description : a specimen in

my collection is, however, of an entirely pale fulyous colour, but

differs in no other way whatever; it was likewise obtained at Natal.

Lacordaire in his description gives the thorax as twice as long as

broad, which of course should be reversed, it being evidently a

misprint.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA SEMINIGRA, Jac.

I have now found, unfortunately too late, that this species,

described by me in the ‘ Entomologist,’ 1891, is identical with

Clythra intersecta, Mlig.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS LIVINGSTONI, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 11.)

Black; thorax coarsely punctured, flavous, with a transverse

black band; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices finely

wrinkled, flavous, two connected spots at the base, another below

the middle, and the extreme margins black.

Var. a. Thorax black, narrowly margined with flavous.

Var. 6. Thorax as in the type; elytra with a single shoulder-

spot only.

Length 13-1? line.

254 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

Head strongly rugosely punctured, black, sparingly pubescent ;

the anterior portion of the clypeus flavous ; antenne extending to

the middle of the elytra, slender, black, the basal joint flavous

below, the third joint slightly shorter than the fourth ; thorax with

the sides almost straight, much narrowed anteriorly, the surface

strongly and closely punctured, especially at the sides, flayous, the

middle of the disc with a broad transverse black band, the posterior

margin of which is produced at each end and at the middle into a

point; scutellum broadly triangular, its surface flattened ; elytra

with strong and regular rows of punctures, the interstices finely

transversely wrinkled, flavous, all the margins very narrowly black,

the shoulders with a black spot, which is more or less connected

with another one near the scutellum, forming a short semi-inter-

rupted band, another spot placed below the middle occupies about

five rows of punctures in a transverse sense ; the underside, pygi-

dium, the femora, and the tarsi (partly) black ; the anterior femora

more or less flavous below.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). In the collection of the

British Museum and that of my own.

This species differs from most of its African congeners in the

strongly and closely punctured thorax in connection with the

transverse band of the latter ; in respect to the latter, there are

not many species which are similarly marked ; the sculpturing of

the elytra also differs from most African Oryptocephaline, so that

the species will not be very difficult to recognize. In the varieties,

the black colour of the thorax predominates to such an extent as

to leave the margins only of the flavous ground-colour, this latter

being always wider, however, at the sides in all the forms; the

elytral spots are likewise often reduced to one only, and are pro-

bably entirely absent occasionally ; there are, however, only these

three varieties befure me, amongst the six specimens obtained by

Mr. Marshall.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS DECEMNOTATUS, Suffr.

Of this very variable species, an interesting variety was obtained

by Mr. Marshall in Mashonaland amongst the typical form with

three elytral black spots. In this variety the spots are more or less

enlarged, so as to form elongate short stripes, which in one speci-

men form a sutural and a transverse black band below the middle ;

this latter band has its upper margin deeply concave between each

row of punctures. This variety has not been mentioned by Suffrian.

The other characters peculiar to the species, viz. the four thoracic

black spots and the punctured interstices of the elytra, are all

present in this variety, thus proving its identity with the type.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS NIGROSUTURALIS, 0. Sp.

Black; the anterior margin and sides of the thorax flavous,

the disc very finely rugose; elytra strongly punctate-striate and

finely wrinkled, flavous, a spot on the shoulder and a broad sutural

band, narrowed behind, black.

1897.] PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 255

Length 13-13 le.

Head black, finely rugosely punctured and sparingly pubescent ;

antenne rather short, entirely black, the third and fourth joint

equal, the terminal joints slightly widened : thorax with moderately

rounded sides, the posterior angles not much produced, the entire

surface finely rugose or wrinkled, making the punctuation very

indistinct, black, the anterior margin very narrowly and the sides

broadly flavous, the yellow colour at the latter place separated from

the black portion by a strongly sinuate margin ; scutellum very

broad, its apex pointed, minutely punctured, black; elytra with

regular and deep rows of punctures, the interstices very finely

transversely wrinkled; flavous, the shoulders with a black spot,

the suture with a broad black band, which widens strongly at the

base, so as to very nearly join the shoulder-spot, below the middle

the band narrows, but again gets slightly wider near the apex, to

which it does not quite extend, the extreme lateral margin from

below the base and the apical one are likewise black ; the pygidium,

underside, and legs are entirely of that colour.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall) ; coll. Brit. Mus. and my own.

A well-distinguished species, on account of the sculpturing and

pattern of its thorax and elytra.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS NATALENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 8.)

Dark fulvous ; thorax longitudinally strigose, its margins flavous ;

elytra deeply and closely punctured, the interstices iongitudinally

costate and with yellow short stripes.

Length 13 line.

Head with some strong punctures and a central groove at the

yertex fulvous ; antenne extending to about the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous, third and fourth joint

equal, the fifth more elongate, the following joints slightly shorter ;

thorax proportionally long, the sides straight, narrowed in front,

the entire surface covered with longitudinal strigze, dark fulvous,

the margins narrowly flavous, the sides more broadly so and the

base with two very narrow flavous spots; scutellum broadly trun-

cate at its apex, flavous, margined with piceous; elytra slightly

narrowed posteriorly, closely impressed with large, deep, and

transversely-shaped punctures, the interstices strongly costate,

those near the suture of sinuate shape, fulvous; every alternate

costa with two or three bright yellow stripes of various length,

those at the apex and at the extreme margins nearly entirely

of that colour; underside and legs entirely fulvous, the latter

robust.

Hab. Natal (my collection).

Of this species I have now seen two specimens, which I formerly

referred to C. araticollis, Chap., from Zanzibar; with this it

entirely agrees in the unusual and interesting sculpturing of the

thorax and the elytra: the eyes are likewise closely approached at

the top of the head as in Chapuis’s species ; but as this author says

nothing about the yellow margins of the thorax nor of the similarly-

256 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [{Feb. 2,

coloured stripes of the elytra, I cannot look upon his species as

identical, unless he has forgotten to mention this fact.

CRrYPTOCEPHALUS LATEFASCIATUS, nN. Sp.

Below flavous ; head and thorax rufous, the latter impunctate,

with two large black spots; elytra very strongly punctate-striate,

rufous, a transverse black band at the base and another before the

apex.

Length 3 lines.

Of broad and robust shape; the head strongly punctured, with

a broad longitudinal depression between the eyes, the latter not

very deeply notched ; anterior margin of the clypeus semicircularly

concave, labrum fulvous; mandibles black; antenne scarcely ex-

tending to the middle of the elytra, fuscous, the lower five joints

flavous, the third, fourth, and fifth joint very elongate, nearly equal ;

thorax twice as broad as long, with a comparative broad lateral

reflexed margin, the posterior angles prominent, furnished with

some strong teeth, the surface entirely impunctate, rufous, the

sides with a broad black band, which does not extend to the anterior

margin ; scutellum very broad, its apex truncate, the base with a

fovea, fulvous, margined with black; elytra with a deep depression

within the shoulders, very strongly punctate-striate, distinct to the

apex, but not quite extending to the base, the rows somewhat

irregular here and there, sometimes with double punctures, the

interstices smooth and impunctate, rufous, shining, the base with

a broad transverse black band, extending as far as the first row of

punctures, leaving the sutural portion round the scutellum, as well

as the lateral margin between the last row of punctures, of the

ground-colour ; this band occupies nearly a third portion of the

length of the elytra, a second narrower band is placed below the

middle, but extends to the suture, the lower edge of the basal band

and the upper margin of the second band are rather strongly

Sinuate; pygidium, underside, and legs pale fulvous, clothed with

short yellow pubescence.

Niger-Benué Exped. (Staudinger) (my collection).

Evidently closely allied to C. sulcifrons, Suffr., but that species

is described with a finely punctured thorax, with the elytral inter-

stices likewise punctured, and with a black elytral band placed at

the apex. (. tempestivus, Suffr., also resembles the present species

in colour and in the position of the elytral bands, but has a black

head, a distinctly punctured thorax, very regular elytral rows of

punctures with punctured interstices, and is much smaller.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS WESTWOODI, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 9.)

Pale flavous; the head partly and two longitudinal thoracic

bands piceous ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the punctures

piceous, each with a black spot on the shoulder, two others placed

transversely below the middle, and a reddish-fulvous angular band

before the middle.

Length 23 lines,

1897. } PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 257

Head rugosely punctured, more or less dark brown, with the

margins round the eyes and the clypeus flavous ; antennz short,

not extending much beyond the base of the thorax, the lower five

joints flavous, the others black, the second and third joint equal in

length, the following two joints more elongate, equal, the others

only about one-half longer than broad ; thorax of usual shape, the

sides moderately rounded, the surface very sparingly and finely

punctured, flavous, the basal margin narrowly black, the others

brownish, the disc with two longitudinal nearly black bands from

base to apex, their margins stained with brown ; scutellum flavous,

the base black; elytra with the shoulders scarcely prominent,

impressed with large, round, and distantly-placed piceous punctures,

flavous, the sutural and lateral margins posteriorly brown, the

shoulders with a black mark, followed by a transverse, short,

strongly-angulate, reddish-fulvyous band, which does not extend to

either margin, four round black spots are placed transversely below

the middle; pygidium with two large dark brownish patches ;

underside and legs pale fulvous, the breast darker; prosternum

broad, its base bisinuate.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (G@. Marshall).

This is a curiously-marked species, of which two specimens are

before me. I only know of one or two similar instances in which

the elytral markings are of two shades amongst the African species

of Cryptocephaline ; as both the specimens are exactly similar

in every respect, 1 have no doubt that it is the normal coloration

of the species, which would find its place near C. bifasciatus, Fabr.,

or allies.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS AGGREGATUS, 0. sp.

Dark blue or greenish ; the tibize and tarsi more or less fulvous ;

thorax strongly rugose-punctate ; elytra with deep and very close

rows of punctures, the interstices also strongly and closely

punctured.

Length 13-2 lines.

Head closely rugose-punctate, the eyes rather closely approached

at the top, broadly triangularly notched ; antenne black, the third

and fourth joint equal, the following joints rather strongly tri-

angularly widened; thorax with slightly rounded sides, strongly

narrowed anteriorly, the posterior margin without teeth, the surface

very strongly convex, deeply rugose-punctate, the punctures round,

extremely closely placed, the interstices reticulate and partly con-

fluent ; scutellum broad, with afew fine punctures; elytra narrowed

posteriorly, the shoulders rounded, not prominent, the surface

closely and entirely covered by deep transversely-shaped punctures,

which are rather indistinctly arranged in rows and divided by

slightly smaller punctures; pygidium black, finely rugose; under-

side and the femora bluish black, finely punctured and pubescent ;

tibie and tarsi more or less fulvous ; prosternum broad, its base

nearly truncate.

Hab. Niger-Benué Expedition (Staudinger).

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No. XVII. NG

258 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

The sculpturing of this species is quite exceptional amongst the

African representatives of the genus, but it approaches in that

respect, as well as in colouring, C. smaragdulus, Fabr.; but

the present species has entirely black antennz, rounded shoulders,

and the arrangement of the punctures in rows can only be seen in

certain lights, as they are so closely approached and haying the

interstices nearly as strongly punctured.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS TRISULCATUS, Suffr.

Black, elypeus white; thorax and elytra fulvous, the former with

two oblique black bands; elytra moderately strongly punctured, a

spot on the shoulder and two others, obliquely-transverse, near the

apex black; femora black and white.

Var. Thorax with four black spots, elytra without any spots.

Length 2 lines.

Head black, very finely punctured at the vertex; the clypeus

and the sides below the eyes yellowish white; antenne slender,

black, the lower five joints testaceous, the third joint one-half

longer than the second, the fourth shorter than the fifth joint,

terminal joints elongate in the male, shorter in the other sex;

thorax strongly narrowed in front, the sides evenly rounded,

posterior margin bisinuate at the sides, the surface nearly impunc-

tate, fulvous, the posterior angles flavous, all the margins narrowly

black, the middle of the disc with two oblique longitudinal bands,

not extending to the apex, and scarcely to the base; scutellum

black; elytra rather finely punctate-striate near the suture, the

punctures nearly obsolete at the base, the sides more strongly and

closely punctured, with the interstices slightly convex, the lateral

margins posteriorly as well as the apical ones narrowly black, a

black spot is placed on the shoulder and two others near the apex,

of these one is situated across the suture, the other rather larger

one near the lateral margin and a little higher than the sutural

spot; underside and the femora black, the anterior femora with

their lower surface nearly white; tibie fulvous, or stained with

piceous at the apex; prosternum with two small teeth at its base,

yellowish white, as well as the mesosternum and the space between

the posterior coxe, the entire underside nearly impunctate.

Hab, Natal, Estcourt (G. Marshall).

The position of the elytral spots differs from that of any other

African species except C. erythromelas with which I am acquainted,

and the white clypeus, prosternum, and bicolored anterior femora

are likewise characteristic of the present insect. The variety differs

in no way from the type except in the absence of the elytral spots

and in the breaking up into four spots of the thoracic bands; the

former are placed quadrately, thus indicating the oblique shape of

the bands in the normal form, marking their commencement and end.

I have given here a new description of Suffrian’s species, with

which the present insect agrees so closely that I must identify it

with it, although the specimens before me are smaller than the size

given by Suffrian; this author had also probably old specimens

1897. | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 259

before him in which the white colour of the clypeus &c. had become

discoloured. The variety I mention has not been noticed by Suffrian,

and my description of the spotted form is considered by him to

represent a rare variety; that the Natal insect may, however, prove

to be of another closely allied species is not impossible.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS UNICINCTUS, 0. Sp.

Black, the base of the antennze and the tibie more or less fulvous;

thorax very minutely punctured, fulvous, with more or less confluent

black bands ; elytra strongly punctate, the insterstices finely punc-

tured, fulvous, the margins narrowly and a short lateral stripe

black.

Length 2 lines.

Head strongly rugose and finely pubescent, black; antenne

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower five

joints fulvous, the second and third joints short, nearly equal,

terminal joints rather elongate, shorter in the female as well as

the entire antenne ; thorax strongly narrowed in front, the sides

but slightly rounded, the dise very minutely and irregularly

punctured, reddisb fulvous, the sides occupied by two broad black

bands of variable width, often connected with another small black

spot near the margin, but as frequently separated from it and

narrower; scutellum not longer than broad, black; elytra with

deep rows of slightly transversely-shaped punctures, the interstices

also with a single row of minute punctures, the basal, sutural, and

lateral margins (the latter at the posterior portion only) black, the

surface pale fulvous, with a short black band from the shoulder to

below the middle placed between the seventh and ninth rows of

punctures; underside and pygidium black, finely pubescent; the

prosternum, mesosternum, and a spot between the posterior cox

yellow; legs black, the tibiz more or less fulvous at the base and

apex.

ae. Natal, Esteourt (G. Marshall).

The single elytral stripe at the sides and the rugose and black

head, as well as the other details pointed out, will separate this

species from any of its African congeners. I have seen four speci-

mens only, varying in the amount of black on the thorax and legs.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS BIMACULICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 12.)

Fulvous, thorax impunctate, the disc rufous, the margins flavous,

the base with two black spots; elytra finely punctate-striate, yellow,

a transverse band at the base and a narrower one near the apex

black.

Length 2 lines.

Head with a few fine punctures, the vertex fulvous or piceous,

the lower portion flavous; labrum and palpi testaceous; antenne

extending to the middle of the elytra, shorter in the female, the

lower five or six joints flavous, the others fuscous, third joint

but slightly longer than the second, terminal joints elongate:

thorax strongly narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, the

260 MR. M. JACOBY ON TILE [Feb. 2,

surface only perceptibly punctured when seen under a strong lens,

the entire disc almost occupied by two broad rufous bands, which

sometimes unite or are only divided by a very narrow streak of the

ground-colour, the anterior margin and the sides more broadly

bright yellow, the base with two small black spots, all the extreme

margins likewise black; scutellum slightly longer than broad,

black; elytra slightly narrowed posteriorly, the space surrounding

the scutelluam rather raised, the punctures fine, nearly obliterated

at the base, the interstices flat, slightly wrinkled here and there,

flavous, the base with a transverse black band, which is gradually

narrowed towards the suture, but leaves the extreme lateral margin

of the ground-colour, another narrower black band is placed near

the apex, with its upper and lower margins irregularly indented ;

underside, legs, and pygidium fulvous, finely pubescent.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (G. Marshall).

This pretty species seems very nearly to resemble in coloration

O. decoratus, Reiche, from Abyssinia, but the position of the elytral

bands and that of the spots of the thorax is different: in the latter

respect I am not acquainted with any other species from Africa

being similarly marked with three shades of colour, except in the

case of C. decoratus ; but in that species the black spots of the

thorax are placed at the middle and not at the base, the antenne

are entirely fulvous, and the elytral bands broader. C. bifasciatus,

Fabr., has an entirely fulvous thorax, with two central black spots

and differently shaped elytral bands. There are four specimens

before me.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS ATROCINCTUS, n. sp.

Head, antenne, and the breast black ; thorax fulvous, with pale

margins and two broad black bands, finely punctured; elytra

moderately deeply punctured, flavous, with a sutural and two lateral

black longitudinal bands abbreviated posteriorly.

Length 2 lines. i

Head black, rather closely punctured ; the clypeus and a narrow

stripe in front of the eyes greyish or yellowish white; antenne

extending to about the middle of the elytra, slender, black, the

lower four or five joints more or less fulvous at the base, third and

fourth joint nearly equal, the following more elongate, terminal

joints slightly thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, narrowed

in front, the lateral margins nearly straight, the basal margin with

some small teeth at the angles, the surface very finely and rather

closely punctured, reddish fulvous, the margins flavous, the sides

more broadly so, extreme basal margin black, the dise with two

broad oblique black bands, not extending to the anterior margin

and sometimes reduced to two small spots only ; scutellum nearly

subquadrate, black with a fulvous spot; elytra moderately strongly

punctate-striate, the punctures at the sides larger and more closely

placed, the surface bright yellow, with three black longitudinal

bands, not extending to the apex, the sutural one narrowed at the

base but widened into a slightly triangular shape at the apex and

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 261.

extending to the second row of punctures, the lateral bands occu-

ying four rows of punctures but of the same width as the sutural

band, with the margins more regular and less dentate than in the

last named, the lateral margin also more or less black posteriorly ;

underside black, more or less marked with flavous ; legs flavous,

the femora often partly black or fulvous ; prosternum broad, flavous,

impunctate ; pygidium black, its apex more or less fulvous.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (G. Marshall).

A pretty species allied to C. vittiger, Suffr., and C. contrarius,

Chap., in coloration, but differing in the closely punctured head and

the pale margins or stripes surrounding the eyes, and in the yellow

clypeus: the stripes of the elytra are also differently shaped; but

the amount of black at the underside and of the thorax is very

variable, in one specimen the black bands of the latter are nearly

united at the middle by a narrow transverse streak, leaving a

fulvous patch at the base which is again divided by a central short

narrow streak of piceous; the antenne are also variable in colour.

C. vittiger has an entirely black head, the elytral bands are differ-

ently shaped, and the underside also varies.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS ALLUAUDI, 0. Sp.

Black and yellow ; head with two fulvous spots on the vertex ;

thorax impunctate, black, the sides, anterior margin, and a spot at

the base yellow ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, black, a narrow

sutural and a broad lateral band yellow; legs flavous.

Var. Elytra black, the shoulders and the apex with a short

yellow spot.

Length 1 line.

Of posteriorly slightly narrowed shape ; the head rather closely

punctured at the middle, black, the vertex with two obscure

fulvous spots; the clypeus, a narrow space in front of the eyes,

‘and the labrum yellow; antennz extending slightly beyond the

middle of the elytra, the lower five joints flavous, the others black,

the basal joint much thickened, the third and fourth equal, the

terminal joints gradually but rather strongly incrassate; thorax

twice as broad as long, strongly narrowed in front, the sides

straight or very nearly so, with a narrow reflexed margin, the

angles not prominent, the surface nearly impunctate, a few scarcely

perceptible punctures only being visible under a strong lens, black,

the anterior margin narrowly, a broad band at the sides and a

square-shaped spot in front of the scutellum yellow; scutellum

rather broad, its apex truncate, yellow, narrowly margined with

black ; elytra narrowed posteriorly, with deep rows of punctures,

distinct to the apex, the interstices slightly transversely wrinkled

here and there, the colour black, a narrow, anteriorly widened

sutural stripe, not extending to the apex, and a broad band at the

sides not extending to the margins nor to the apex, but of variable

width, yellow; underside finely pubescent, black ; the prosternum,

mesosternum, the last abdominal segment, and the legs flavous, the

latter rather darker; prosternum subquadrate, its base slightly

262 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

concave, the sides with a raised margin ; pygidium fulvous with a

black patch at the middle.

Hab, Assinie, W. Coast of Africa (Ch. Alluaud).

Likewise allied in coloration to C. vittiger, Suffr., C. gucundus,

Dohrn, but differing in the colour of the thorax, scutellum, &c.

The amount of black and yellow is very variable, the bands of the

thorax and elytra differing much in their width ; in the variety there

are only four yellow spots present on the elytra, indicating the

bands, and it is probable that the cther extreme in which the

yellow predominates may be found: the small subquadrate yellow

spot in front of the scutellum is a good mark of recognition

in this species.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS PORICOLLIS, nN. Sp.

Dark brown; antenne and legs flavous; thorax deeply

punctured and longitudinally strigose, the margins and two spots

flavous; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices costate,

flavous, an obscure transverse band before, another below the

middle, and the apex dark brown.

Length 1 line.

Head with a few punctures at the vertex and round the eyes,

the former brown, the latter closely approached at the top, the

intermediate space and the clypeus flavous; antenne nearly ex-

tending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, the basal jomt much

thickened, the second short, the third and fourth equal, slender,

the terminal joints more elongate, slightly thickened ; thorax twice

as broad as long, the lateral margin straight, narrowed towards the

apex, the surface very closely and deeply punctured, the punctures

rather more widely placed near the base, the interstices everywhere

longitudinally raised and obliquely directed towards the base, dark

brown, the anterior and lateral margins, the former very narrowly,

and two round spots near the base, flavous, extreme basal margin

black ; scutellum triangular, its apex raised ; . elytra subcylindrical,

the punctured striz deeply placed, all the interstices strongly

costate, flavous, this colour interrupted by two obscure transverse

brown bands before and below the middle, the second band is

generally widened near the suture, the apices are likewise more less

brown ; the underside is sparingly punctured, dark brown ; the pro-

sternum is broad and widened towards the base, finely punctured.

Hab, Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

A pretty little species, much distinguished by the sculpture of

the thorax, and evidently closely allied to several other Madagascar

species described by the late Duvivier, having the elytra similarly

strongly costate; in none of these, however, is the thorax coarsely

punctured and strigose.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS ARMATUS, n. sp.

Black ; the clypeus, basal joints of the antenna, and the legs

flavous; thorax finely and closely punctured, flavous with two

large black spots ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 263

closely punctured, flavous, a sutural band and two large spots at

the sides black.

Length 13 line.

Head very broad, finely and closely punctured, black ; the clypeus

separated from the face by the perfectly straight lower edge of the

latter and placed at a deeper level, flavous, bounded at each side by

a long triangular projection of the head, mandibles large and

broad; antennze short, black, the lower five joints flavous, third,

fourth, and fifth joints equal, short, terminal joints transversely

widened ; thorax strongly transverse, but slightly widened at the

middle, the lateral margins nearly straight, the surface closely and

finely but distinctly punctured, flavous, the extreme margins dark,

the dise with two large transversely-shaped black spots, occupying

the greater part of the sides; scutelluw broad, its apex truncate,

black ; elytra with regular rows of strong punctures which get

finer towards the apex, the interstices also very distinctly and

closely punctured, flavous, the suture with a narrow black band

which below the middle widens into a lancet-shaped spot, the sides

with two large black spots, one on the shoulder and the other

immediately below it, both large and of irregular shape, the lower

spot ending at some distance from the apex ; below black, the apex

of the abdomen and the pygidium flavous, the latter with a small

black spot at the apex; legs fulvous.

Hab. Niger-Benué Exped. (Staudinger).

Of this little species, which is much distinguished by the

shape and structure of the head, I received a single example from

Dr. Staudinger.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS MARSHALLI, n. sp. (Plate XVII. fig. 10.)

Head yellow, spotted with black; thorax flavous, finely punc-

tured, with a transverse band at the middle and the base black ;

scutellum black; elytra moderately strongly punctate-striate,

flavous, the margins narrowly, four spots placed quadrately at the

base, and another A-shaped spot below the middle at the sides,

black; underside and legs fulvous, spotted with black.

Length 23 lines.

Head closely and strongly punctured; the vertex black, with

two small flavous spots; the lower portion flavous, with a black

spot at the base of the antenne, the latter scarcely extending to

the middle of the elytra, fulvous ; the terminal four or five joints

more or less black, the third joint twice as long as the second,

fourth slightly longer than the third, the following joints rather

strongly widened; thorax strongly transverse, rather short, the

sides rounded, strongly narrowed in front, the surface closely and

finely punctured, flavous, the middle of the dise occupied by a

narrow transverse black band, not extending to the sides but

connected with another narrower band of irregular shape at the

base by a narrow central streak of biack and also sometimes at

each end; scutellum not longer than broad, black; elytra not

very strongly punctured, the interstices flat and impunctate, the

264 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 2,

sutural, basal, and the lateral margin posteriorly black, below the

base four black spots of irregular shape are placed in an oblique

quadrate position, of these, one is situated on the shoulder, the

other directly below it, the other two between the lateral spots

and the suture, also below each other, occupying the third and

fourth and the fifth, sixth, and seventh interstices respectively,

the A-shaped marked is placed below the middle near the lateral

margin and is sometimes divided into two irregular spots; pygi-

dium fulvous, finely pubescent ; underside and legs of the same

colour ; the sides of the breast and a spot on the upper portion of

the femora blackish.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (@. Marshall).

In the markings of the thorax this species resembles C. denti-

culatus, Suffr., of which it may possibly be an extreme variety ; I

have, however, two specimens before me which almost entirely

agree with each other, and in these the elytral markings are quite

different from the above-named species, especially in the very

narrow black sutural and lateral margin (the last of which com-

mences at the middle only). Suffrian also speaks of finely wrinkled

and punctured elytral interstices, of which there is no trace in the

present insect.

C@NOBIUS FLAVITARSIS, 0. sp.

Black, shining, the basal joints of the antenne, the apex of the

tibia, and the tarsi flavous; thorax strongly punctured; elytra

very strongly punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally

costate at the sides.

Length # line.

Head black; the entire vertex and the sides occupied by the

eyes, which meet at the top: antenne extending a little beyond

the base of the thorax, black, the basal five joints flavous, third

and fourth joint very small, terminal joints distinctly widened ;

thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides nearly straight

and much narrowed anteriorly, the surface with a deep transverse

oblique groove at each side, strongly and rather closely punctured,

the punctures somewhat oblong in shape, the basal margin with a

row of deep and closely placed punctures ; scutellum narrowly

elongate ; elytra with very deep and close rows of punctures, the

shoulders very prominent, the basal margin in shape of a ridge,

the interstices longitudinally costate, more strongly so at the sides

than at the disc; the underside, pygidium, and the legs black,

the extreme apex of the tibiz and the tarsi flavous.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). A single specimen in the

British Museum collection.

Allied to C. nigritellus, Suffr., but at once distinguished by the

flavous tarsi and the sculpturing of the thorax &c. C. suffriani,

Jac., has the head strigose at the vertex, the antenne scarcely

widened, the thorax without lateral depressions, and the tarsi black.

CHLAMYS NATALENSIS, n. sp.

Obscure fulvous or piceous ; the antenn and the tibie fulvous ,

PZ.5.189'7.Plate XVII.

W.Purkiss del.et lth. West ,Newmanimp.

Phytophagous Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar.

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 265

thorax with a central sulcate elevation, finely rugose; elytra with

eight or nine strong tubercles, the dise with a fulvous or flavous

oblique ridge, the interstices finely rugosely punctured ; pygidium

foveolate-punctate.

Length 1 line.

Of posteriorly slightly narrowed shape, varying in colour from

fulvous mixed with piceous or nearly entirely of the latter colour,

but the raised tubercles generally of paler coloration; the head

entirely finely rugose or closely covered with round punctures,

which are more or less of whitish corrugated appearance at

the vertex; eyes transversely and narrowly notched; antenne

very short, fulvous, the second and following joints very short,

the terminal five transversely shaped; thorax with the middle

portion raised into a high bump, the centre of which is longitudi-

nally sulcate, from this elevation three or four oblique ridges run

downwards at the sides towards the margin, all the interspaces

between these ridges are closely rugose like the head, and assume

the same whitish appearance at the sides and in front of the

elevation, the other portions remaining partly nearly black or

fulvous, the lateral margins are nearly straight, the basal one is

deeply sinuate at the sides ; scutellum strongly transverse ; elytra

sculptured like the thorax ; with a strongly raised oblique ridge of

flavous or fulvous colour at the middle of the disc, at the com-

mencement and at the apex of this ridge, two or three tubercles,

placed obliquely, are situated, which are partly joined ; of the other

tubercles, a very highly raised one is placed at the base, one near

the suture at the apex, and one near the lateral margin at the same

place, as well as one at the sides close to the ridge near the middle

of the elytra, the entire suture of the latter is finely serrate ;

underside and pygidium sculptured as the upper surface, the pygi-

dium with several deeper dark-coloured fovee ; legs fulvous, stained

with piceous; tarsi entirely dark.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (G. Marshall).

Three African species of Chlamys have up to the “present been

described, from all of which C. natalensis differs in its coloration

and peculiar sculpturing; in all specimens the curious whitish or

mouldy appearance of part of the thorax and other portions is

present, although variable like the coloration.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Lema tarsata, p. 241.

2. 4, marshalli, p. 239.

3. Hemydacne maculicoliis, p. 244.

4, Lachnea marshall, p. 251.

5, Miopristis natalensis, p. 245.

6. . atrofasciata, p. 246.

ie i subrugosa, p. 246.

8. Cryptocephalus natalensis, p. 255.

9, be westwoodi, p. 256.

10. ‘ marshall, p. 263.

AB 5 livingstoni, p. 253.

12. ” bimaculicollis, p. 259.

266 MR. G. E. H, BARRETI-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 16,

February 16, 1897.

Prof. Gzoren B. Hows, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Dr: E. C. Stirling, F.R.S., C.M.Z.8., exhibited some bones, casts,

and photographs of the large extinct struthious bird from the

Diprotodon-beds at Lake Callabonna, South Australia, which had

been recently discovered and named by him Genyornis newtoni,

and gave a history of the principal facts connected with its

discovery }.

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.8., exhibited a pair of tusks

of the Pacific Walrus (7'richechus obesus), which he had purchased

at Petropaulowsk, in Kamschatka. He regretted that he was unable

to exhibit the skull, which he had also purchased, but which had

not yet reached England. The present tusks were the largest of a

good many which he had seen at Petropaulowsk; and it was a

peculiarity of that place that the hunters there seemed to bring in

the complete skulls of those which they kill, whereas the tusks for

sale on the Alaskan side of the Pacific were, usually, removed

from the skulls. This, however, was not a matter of surprise,

considering the weight of the heads when complete.

The Pacific Walrus was not well known to English naturalists ;

and Mr. Barrett-Hamilton stated that he could find no tusks of

this species either in the British Museum or in the Museum of

the Royal College of Surgeons.

He considered that the Pacific Walrus was a good species or at

least subspecies, and that the characters pointed out by Mr. J. A.

Allen, in his Monograph of North American Pinnipeds, to dis-

tinguish it from the Atlantic form were correct. He regretted,

however, that he himself had not had the good fortune to see the

Walrus of the Pacific in life, as they were now exterminated in the

parts of the North Pacific in which he had travelled. The tusks

of the Pacific Walrus were very much larger than those of the

Atlantic species, and Mr. Barrett-Hamilton stated that he had

seen nothing in London which at all approached the size of the

tusks now exhibited. In the Pacific, however, he had heard of

the occurrence of larger specimens. ‘The animal itself was also

larger than the Atlantic form, and, according to Mr. Allen, had a

very different facial outline. Besides some -differences in the

skulls by which the two species might be distinguished, the tusks

in the Pacific form were usually more or less convergent, and

Mr. Barrett-Hamilton had seen tusks which actually overlapped.

“In the Atlantic species the tusks were, as a rule, divergent ; while

1 On this subject see ‘ Nature’, vol. 1. pp. 184, 206 (1694).

1897.] THE LTUSKS OF TRICHECHUS OBESUS. 267

in the Pacific species the tusks descended almost vertically, in the

Atlantic species they were quite uniformly strongly incurved ”

(Allen, op. cit. p. 168).

In reply to enquiries of Mr. Sclater as to what Cetaceans and

Seals besides Otaric he had met with in the Pacific, Mr. Barrett-

Hamilton stated that he had not observed many Seals.

Seals of the genus Phoca (probably P. witulina) were common in

Tareinski Harbour, near Petropaulowsk, and there were Seals at

St. Paul Island (Pribiloff group) which seemed to be very much

larger than the common P. vitulina of the Atlantic. Mr. F. A,

Lucas, of Washington, had procured a specimen of the latter, and it

was possible that the species would be described as a new one, but

there was no doubt that it was very closely allied to P. vitulina.

The form of P. vitulina met with on the coast of California had

been described as a species in 1866 by Gill, under the name of

P. pealei, but this separation had not been accepted by later writers.

Of Cetaceans he had seen the common Porpoise, which is

abundant at San Francisco. Another species, Phocena dalli, was

found on the Alaskan coast.

Dolphins he had seen frequently, but all were probably of the

widely-distributed and pelagic species, Delphinus delphis.

Killers (Orca gladiator) were common in the autumn in the neigh-

bourhood of the Seal Islands, and probably eat large numbers of

the Fur-Seals. They usually swam in small companies very close

together, and Mr. Barrett-Hamilton stated that at the Komman-

dorski Islands he had been within a few yards of a pair in a boat.

The dorsal fin of some specimens hangs downwards in a very

curious way as if it had been broken near the tip.

Captain Garforth, of H.M.S. ‘ Pheasant,’ had informed Mr.

Barrett-Hamilton that on the 13th of September (1896) Killer

Whales were so numerous off Unimak Pass in the Eastern Aleutian

Isles, that he had to stop the ship several times to avoid running

into them. He thought it was no exaggeration to say that they

were there in thousands.

The only other Whale which Mr. Barrett-Hamilton had met

with was a Humpbacked Whale (Megaptera sp. inc.), which was

very numerous about Unalaska. It was supposed to be of a

different species from that found in the Atlantic, as was also the

Black-fish ( Globiocephalus) of the Pacitic, but there had been nothing

positively settled on the subject.

He had not met with Rhachianectes glaucus, but had seen a few

Fin-backed Whales (Balenoptera sp. inc.) near Unalaska.

Some of the whalers had made good catches of the North Pacific

Right-Whale (Balena japonica) this year, and Sperm Whales

(Physeter) also occurred in the North Pacific.

268 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON [Feb. 16,

The following papers were read :—

1. On Echidnocephalus, a Halosauroid Fish from the Upper

Cretaceous Formation of Westphalia. By A. Smita

Woopwarp, F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural

History).

[Received January 19, 1897.]

(Plate XVIII.)

In 1858 Dr. W. von der Marck ' described a curious eel-shaped

fish with well-developed pelvic fins and a separate short dorsal, from

the Upper Cretaceous formation of Westphalia. He gave it the

generic name of Hchidnocephalus, and in 1863* he added to his

description some rather sketchy figures of four specimens: In the

last-mentioned year Mr. J. Y. Johnson presented to this Society *

a description of an existing fish from the seas off Madeira, remark-

ably similar in general aspect to the extinct form ; and for this he

proposed the generic name of Halosaurus, noting the aberrant

characters which later induced Dr. Giinther* to make it the type

of a distinct family, the Halosauride. The striking resemblance

between these two fishes does not appear to have been hitherto

observed ; but, thanks to Dr. Giinther’s anatomical investigation of

new specimens of Halosawrus obtained by the ‘ Challenger’ Expe-

dition ’, it is now possible to demonstrate that the correspondence

between the Cretaceous and Recent forms in question is exact

even to some of the most specialized osteological features. I have

not yet had the privilege of studying the original fossils referred

to by Dr. von der Marck, but there are four very fine specimens

from the same formation and locality in the British Museum.

These form the subject of the following descriptions, and suffice to

show very clearly how the strange Halosauroid type was already

completely developed before the end of the Cretaceous period.

The finest specimen showing the head (Plate XVIII. fig. 1) is a

little distorted in the anterior part of the abdominal region, and

wants the hinder half of the tail. The head is exhibited in direct

side-view, but its structure is very difficult to interpret, most of

the bones being shown only in impression, while the opercular

apparatus is crushed upon the hyoid and branchial arches, and

the pterygo-quadrate arcade upon the more external bones. The

cranium is long and narrow and much depressed, as indicated by

a fragment of the parasphenoid (pas.) preserved in the orbital

region. An impression of the parieto-frontal region suggests

that the cranial roof was smooth and gently arched from side to

side, without any occipital crest. Below the anterior three-

quarters of the skull there is an impression of the pterygo-

1 Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. x. (1858), p. 247.

? Paleontographica, vol. xi. (1868), p. 55, pl. viii. figs. 1-3, pl. xiv. fig. 1.

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 406, pl. xxxvi. a, ;

* Oatal. Fishes Brit. Mus. vol. vii. (1868), p. 482.

° A. Giinther, ‘Report on the Deep Sea Fishes,” ‘Challenger’ Reports,

vol. xxii. (1887), p. 282, pl. lx. figs 1-8.

1897. | ECHIDNOCEPHALUS, A HALOSAUROID FISH. 269

quadrate arcade, very slender in front and reaching forwards

almost as far as the symphysis of the mandible. The suspensorium

is obviously much inclined forwards. The quadrate (qu.) is

observed to be small and wedged between the ectopterygoid (ecpt.),

entopterygoid (enpt.), and metapterygoid (mpt.). The mandible

(md.) is long, elevated in the middle, and truncated at the

symphysis; but although it articulates with the quadrate just

behind the middle point of the head, the gape of the mouth seems

to have been small, scarcely half the extent of the ramus entering

the oral border. A stout marginal bone of the upper jaw is

imperfectly shown sloping downwards and backwards from the

end of the rostrum to a point just behind the mandibular

symphysis, and this may be interpreted as premaxilla (pme.). The

mouth must have been distinctly inferior, the rostrum a little

prominent. Behind the skull there is the smooth impression of a

relatively small trapezoidal plate, which may be regarded as the

operculum (op.); but its antero-superior border is not clearly

defined. Adjoining this plate at its antero-inferior margin is

another larger plate ornamented with fine, radiating strie, which

are evidently directed almost at right angles to its curved posterior

and inferior border. This bone exhibits no connection with the

mandibular suspensorium, which is considerably further forwards,

and its precise shape cannot be determined owing to a crush upon

the hyoid arch; it is evidently the suboperculum (s.op.). Im-

pressions of nine slender and gently curved branchiostegal rays

(br.) are shown, and are attached to a remnant probably of the

ceratohyal. The vertebra are merely shown in impression, but

they are extremely numerous, while the centra are short and deep,

each marked by fine longitudinal ridges. The vertebral arches are

too delicate to be clearly observed. A delicate, curved, clavicular

bone (cl.) occurs behind the opercular apparatus, but there are no

traces of the pectoral fins. The remains of the pelvic fins are also

too imperfect for description ; but the anterior rays of the short

dorsal, slightly further back, are beautifully shown. The foremost

ray seems to have been undivided, and is two-thirds as long as the

second. This also is not forked, but appears to have been

articulated at moderately wide intervals in the distal portion.

The third, fourth, and fifth rays not only exhibit distant articu-

lations, but also bifureate twice in the distal portion. The

hinder rays are imperfect, the bases only of three being preserved.

The anal fin-supports are very short in proportion to the length of

the rays, and do not interdigitate with the more slender hemal

arches, which are inclined to the axis of the body at a much more

acute angle than they. The foremost anal fin-ray is undivided

and somewhat shorter than the next. The fifth ray exhibits one

bifurcation, but the impressions of the others, so far as distin-

ishable, are simple. No scales can be seen.

Another specimen (Plate XVIII. fig. 2) displays the trunk

especially well in impression, with fragmentary remains of the head.

The articular end of the mandible (md.) is shown, with straight

inferior border, very low articulation, and the ramus rapidly rising

270 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON [Feb. 16,

to the coronoid region. The quadrate bone (qu.) is clearly thrust

between the pterygoids as in the last specimen, and its thickened

hinder border is preserved. An imperfect impression of the

cranial roof (c.7.) seems to indicate a narrowing between the

orbits. The characteristic operculum (op.), suboperculum (s.op.),

and 12 branchiostegal rays (br.) are also imperfectly shown in

impression. Of the vertebral centra only fragments are preserved

in the abdominal region—nearly all are indicated in impression.

The centra are very short and deep in the abdominal region and

the anterior half of the tail, but relatively longer more posteriorly.

Their sides are marked by fine longitudinal ridges, and the few

centra preserved immediately behind the head are much laterally

compressed by crushing, as if they were not well ossified. Eighty

centra can be counted before they become as long as deep,

and the impression of the hinder half of the tail is not quite

clear. The neural and hemal arches are extremely delicate, and

much inclined backwards. There are no traces of the pectoral

fins; but there are fragmentary remains of the pelvic pair and

their supports entirely in advance of the dorsal fin. The latter

arises about opposite the thirty-fifth vertebra and shows seven

rays, with uncertain evidence of an additional one in front

and behind. The distal bifurcations of the middle rays are

preserved. The anal fin, extending about half the total length of

the fish, arises nearly opposite the forty-ninth vertebra. Its rays

are extremely numerous, but are not sufficiently distinct in the

hinder part to be counted; the foremost rays are apparently

thickened by the sliding apart of their right and left halves.

Along the ventral border of the trunk there is a narrow streak in

which a chain of scutes or abnormally developed scales can be

recognized on parts of the caudal region (J.).

A third specimen in counterpart (Plate XVIII. fig. 3) exhibits

the head and the greater portion of the trunk, with an especially

conspicuous display of the ventro-lateral row of enlarged scales just

mentioned. On one side of the fossil an impression of the cranial

root is distinct (¢.r.) showing the truncated occiput, the nearly

parallel sides of the otic region, and the slender rostral region, but

none of the sutures. There is also some indication of an interorbital

constriction, but this may possibly be a false appearance due to the

crushing of the parasphenoid upon the roof. Traces of the striated

suboperculum are distinguishable ; and several branchiostegal rays

occur on the opposite side of the specimen. The crushed, short,

and delicate vertebral centra are distinguishable ; and in the caudal

region the almost filamentous neural and hemal arches are

observable, all much inclined backwards, and those at the hinder

end of the fossil clearly inclined to the axis of the fish at a much

more acute angle than the short supports of the anal fin. The

remains of only six rays are shown in the dorsal fin. The pelvic

pair are crushed together and imperfectly seen from above or

below ; about twelve rays can be counted in the patch they form,

The precise characters of the enlarged scales of the conspicuous

yentro-lateral series (/.) cannot be determined, but some appear to

‘dar s org ware pI

‘MAX ‘Id ‘LEST’ S°2’ ad

‘TTHHOSOUL SNIVHAYOONCINDO &

“Ua 98 TeP weeag’p

1897.] ECHIDNOCEPHALUS, A HALOSAUROID FISH. 271

exhibit traces of a longitudinal ridge or angulation. No other

scales are preserved.

The fourth and last specimen in the British Museum (no.

P. 2114) is preserved on a slab with remains of other fishes. Part

of its soft tissues are shown in places as a blackened film, but, like

the other specimens, it exhibits no clear indication of scales. The

low cranium is observable in broken longitudinal section, while

there are imperfect impressions of the characteristic pterygo-

quadrate arcade and opercular apparatus. There are also impres-

sions of ten very slender and widely-spaced branchiostegal rays.

Immediately behind these occurs the clavicle, but no pectoral fin.

The vertebre are well shown, of the form and character already

described. The delicate ribs are very short, apparently not

reaching more than halfway to the ventral border; and there

seem to be long and slender intermuscular bones crushed across

the neural arches both in the abdominal and caudal regions. One

of the pelvic fins exhibits six rays, all except the foremost divided

in the distal half ; its support is longer than broad and tapers to a

point in front ; itis shown in the impression. Six rays are well pre-

served in the dorsal fin, and there may have been one or two more

beyond. The first of these rays is simple and a little shorter than

the others ; the second is also simple, but slightly longer and with

distant articulations ; the third is the longest ray, while this and

the other three are once bifurcated distally. The anal fin is

impertect at its free border, and the end of the tail is wanting.

So far as the characters of Hehidnocephalus are shown by these

specimens, the Cretaceous fish only appears to differ from the

Recent Halosaurus in three particulars: no scales are observable

in the British Museum fossils except along the sensory canal of

the “lateral line”; no pectoral fin is distinguishable; and the

number of rays in the dorsal and pelvic fins is less than is usual

in the existing genus. The first two of these differences, however,

may be due to imperfections in preservation ; and Dr. von der Marck

has indeed mentioned ' that some specimens exhibit very delicate

scales, covering the whole of the trunk. ‘The third point is

comparatively insignificant. Other differences may still be dis-

covered in the characters of the facial bones and dentition, which

remain unknown; but, in any case, it will be realized that in all

essential features the Halosauroid type of fish is one of great

antiquity.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Figs. 1-8. Echidnocephalus troscheli, W. von der Marck.—Upper Cretaceous

(Senonian); Sendenhorst, Westphalia. 7., branchiostegal rays; c.r.,

cranial roof ; c/., clavicle; ecpt., ectopterygoid ; enpt., entopterygoid ;

1., enlarged scales of ‘‘ lateral line”; md., mandible ; mpz., metaptery-

goid; op., operculum; pas., parasphenoid; pmz., premaxilla; qu,

quadrate ; s.op., suboperculum.

[The figures are of the natural size, and the original specimens in

the British Museum are numbered respectively P. 2111, P. 4481,

P. 5949.]

1 Paleontographica, vol. xv. (1868), p. 288; iid. vol. xa, (1878), p. 62:

and ibid. vol. xxxi. (1885), p. 260. ;

272 ON ACAN'THOCYBIUM SOLANDRI. i Feb. 16,

2, Ona Specimen of Acanthocybium solandri from the

Arabian Sea. By G. A. Bourenerr, F.R.S.

[Received January 30, 1897.]

The Trustees of the British Museum have recently received

from their enthusiastic and generous correspondent at Muscat,

Surgeon-Lieut.-Col. Jayakar, C.M.Z.S., a specimen of a pelagic '

Scombroid (Acanthocybium solandri), of which half a dozen speci-

mens at the outside are known to be preserved in museums, and of

which nothing but a dried head from the Atlantic, presented by

Prof. Liitken, was until now in the National Collection.

The specimen is further of interest as affording the first record

of this fish in the Indian Ocean.

The species was originally described by Cuvier and Valenciennes

as Cybium solandri, from a MS. description and figure by Solander,

taken from a specimen observed in 1769 about the Pomotu Archi-

pelago, South Pacific Ocean, which figure has since been reproduced

by Giinther in his ‘ Fische der Siidsee.. The specimen was 4 ft.

long, and the radial formula is given as: D. 264+114+1X;

A.12+X; C.33; P. 22; V. 1/5.

Shortly after, in 1839, the same fish was redescribed, under the

name of Cybiwm sara, by Bennett, from notes anda sketch taken by

Surgeon Collie of a specimen about 44 ft. long observed at the Loo

Choo Islands. Radial formula: D.25+ ?+1X; A.?+I1X. This

C. sara became, in 1862, the type of Gull’s genus Acanthocybium, a

genus which, as Liitken has shown, is fully entitled to recognition.

Dr. Giinther has since referred the species to the synonymy of

C. solandri, a fact which Vaillant appears to have overlooked when

redescribing it in 1885, from a specimen of unknown origin pre-

served in the Paris Museum (D. 254+114-VIIIT; A. 12+I1X).

A very similar fish was described by Poey in 1860 as Cybiwm petus.

This was said to be not uncommon off Cuba, growing toa length of

5 ft., but, owing to its large size, specimens were not preserved, and

it was described from notes and sketches made on afresh specimen.

D. 23412+VIIL; A.12+1X. C. petus is referred by Liitken

to the synonymy of C. solandri.

The same species appears once more under a new name in 1872,

when Doderlein gives a detailed description of it, accompanied by

an excellent figure, as Cybiwm verany, trom off the coast of Sicily.

D. 26+12+4+VITT-1X; A. 124+IX-X; P. 24; C. 1/5. This

is also regarded as a synonym of C. solandri by Liitken, who states

that specimens up to 7 ft. long are occasionally captured in the

Atlantic, north and south of the Equator, heads and tails only

being preserved. Jordan mentions it as‘ not very common ” about

the Florida Keys; a single specimen was taken at Key West.

D. 256 +1241X; A. 138+41X.

In the work quoted above Giinther has also reproduced a figure,

1 Rightly regarded as such by Liitken, although not included in Goode and

Bean’s ‘ Pelagic Ichthyology.’

1897. ] ON THE EXISTING FORMS OF GIRAFFE. 273

made by Garrett from a specimen 3 ft. long, obtained in the South

Pacific, 300 miles north of the Hervey Islands. The differences

observable on comparing this figure with that of Solander are

probably due to the imperfection of the drawing. D. 25+4+10+

VIII; A. 11+ VII.

The synonymy of Acanthocybium solandri would therefore be as

follows :—

1831. Cybium solandri, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. viii. p. 192.

1839. Cybium sara, Benn. in Beechey, Voy. ‘ Blossom,’ Zool. p. 63,

pl. xx. fig. 2.

1860. Cybium petus, Poey, Mem. Cuba, i. p. 234, pl. xvi. fig. 1

1868. Acanthocybium petus, Poey, Repert. fis. Cuba, ii. p. 363.

1872. Cybium verany, Doderl. Giorn. Se. Palermo, vill. p. 125,

pl. iv. fig. 2.

1876. Cybium solandri, Giinth. Fische d. Siidsee, p. 153, pl. xeiv.

1879. Acanthocybium peto, Poey, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. i. p. 5.

1880. Acanthocybium solandri, Liitk. Spol. Atlant. i. pp. 71 & 189.

1884. Acanthocybium solandri, Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

vii. p. 119.

1885. Cybium sara, Vaill. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) ix. p. 21.

I append a short description of the specimen, preserved as a

skin 34 ft. long, obtained at Muscat by Mr. Jayakar.

D. 254+1341X; A.114+I1X; P.25; V. 6.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 42 pay

Eye 8 times in length of head, 4 times in length of snout, twice in

interorbital width; premaxillary extending to below anterior

border of eye, with about 50 teeth on each side, its beak-like

anterior portion equalling its distance from the eye ; chin pointed,

slightly projecting. First dorsal a little longer thant second,

originating above base of pectoral; spines subequal, 7 length of

head, a little longer than longest rays of second dorsal, ‘from which

it is separated by a space equal to + length of head ; second dorsal

a little in advance of anal. Pectoral not quite half length of head ;

ventral 2 length of pectoral. Lateral line descending in a curve

below the second third of the anterior dorsal, terminating on the

tail in a strong keel which is as long as the postorbital part of

the head. Uniform dark olive above, pale golden on the sides and

below.

3. Remarks on the Existing Forms of Giraffe.

By W. E. pe Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received January 30, 1897.]

There seems to be some doubt among naturalists in regard to

the specitic relations of the Giraffes of Nubia and the adjacent

countries to those of Africa south of the Equator; the almost

total absence of wild-killed specimens of the northern form during

the last half-century until within the last year or two is no doubt

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XVIII. 18

274 “MR. W. E, DE WINTON ON THE [Feb. 16,

the reason for the nomenclature of the two species being left in a

very unsettled state.

The exhibition of the skin of a Somaliland animal by Mr.

Oldfield Thomas, on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co., at a

meeting of the Society on Feb. 20th, 1894, made me look into the

literature on the subject. Since then the British Museum has

been fortunate in augmenting the older material by heads of both

species received from the actual collectors—Mr. H. A. Bryden

having presented a head of the Southern form brought home by

Kama, killed in the North Kalahari; and Mr. Arthur H. Neumann

a head of the Northern form, killed a little to the east of the

Loroghi Mountains and north of the Guaso Nyiro(about 1° N. lat.);

besides which others have been acquired by purchase.

I must express my thanks to the authorities of the Museum for

giving me every facility in examining the material in the National

Collection. I have also had access to several specimens contained

in private collections, and to the valuable collection of skulls in

the Royal College of Surgeons, kindly placed at my disposal by

Professor Stewart. That so few specimens of this extraordinary

animal find their way to this country is no doubt due to the value

set upon the hides in the countries where they are obtained, by the

natives for making shields, and by the settlers for “ sjamboks,” or

whips, the skin of the neck of a bull Giraffe standing second only

to Hippopotamus hide in value. Besides, the absence of attractive

horns does not commend the head in the eyes of sportsmen as a

trophy of sufficient value to repay them for the trouble and expense

of transporting such bulky material to the coast, so that all the

more credit is due to those generous and patriotic hunters who

have presented specimens to the National Collection.

At the meeting of the Society when the above-mentioned

Somaliland specimen was exhibited, Mr. Oldfield Thomas pointed

out the differences in the markings characteristic of the two forms ;

and in order to show that the Somaliland animal did not need

description, as had been suggested, mentioned that Sundevall’s

name would apply to the specimen under notice, but, pending the

arrival of a fresh wild-killed southern specimen to compare with it,

purposely ignored the obvious fact that Linnzus’s name applied

solely to the northern form.

Etienne Geoffroy St.-Hilaire (Ann. Sci. Nat. 1827, p. 222) was

the first to mention any distinction between the Northern and

Southern Giraffes, but seems never to have fulfilled his promise

to describe the two forms further and to give them specific

names, though he gives a plate of the skull of the “ Giraffe du

Cap.”

Fischer (Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 456) mentions this fact thus:

“ Camelopardalin Sennaarensem a Capensi specie differere Geoffroy

aliique recentiores, notis tamen, quibus ulraque distinguatur, nondum

indicatis.” This sentence may have been considered sufficient to

constitute a naming of the two species, or perhaps, what is more

probable, specimens of the two forms were labelled sennaarensis

L974] EXISTING FORMS OF GIRAFFE, 275

and capensis in the Paris Museum, as these names have been

attributed to Geoffroy, but no published diagnoses of them can be

discovered.

Swainson (1835, Geogr. Class. Anim. part i. p. 95) calls the

Northern Giratte Camelopardalis antiquorum, and reters to the

characters given by Riippell as a foundation for this name. The

Giraffe of Southern Africa is referred to as C. australis, but no

description is given, nor is there any reference to the published

plates, so that the name is a nomen nudum. A. Smith in his

‘Report on the Expedition into the Interior of Africa 1834,

published in 1836, refers to the Giraffe of South Africa between

the River Ka Gariep (Orange R.) and the Tropic of Capricorn as

Camelopardaks australis, Sw. ; but this cannot be called a diagnosis,

so this name also falls as a nomen nudum.

Ogilby, in his paper on the “‘ Genera of Ruminantia” (P. Z. 8S.

1836, p.134), under Camelopardalis, says “* Duo species sunt C. ethio-

picus et C. capensis.” Whence the former of these two names was

derived I am unable to make out, but there was ample excuse for the

author finding it necessary to provide fresh specific names for both

species, as almost all authors since Gmelin had used Linnzus’s

specific name as the generic name, and Giraffa, which was given

in the first place to the genus by Brisson (Regn. Anim., Dist. Quad.

et Cetac. 1762, p. 37), could not be used specifically. © Untfortu-

nately Ogilby gives no diagnosis, and mentions no types for his

species, so his names again must fall as nomina nuda. In the

Transactions of this Society, 1838, Owen points out certain

characters in the cranium of the ‘Cape Giraffe” as distinguishing

it from the ‘* Nubian Giraffe,” and, although he had only young

specimens of the latter form, seems thoroughly to have recognized

the validity of the two species, but introduces no Latin names.

Lesson (Nouv. Tabl. Regne Animal, 1842, p. 168) gives “1278,

Camelopardalis giraffa, Gmel., Nubie et Sennaar”; and “1279.

Camelopardalis capensis, Cap de Bonne Esperance, la Giraife Levaill.

Voy. pl. 8 &9”; and so, in thus referring toa figure, must take the

credit of having first proposed a tenable name for the Cape form.

Gray, in the ‘ List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collec-

tion of the British Museum,’ 1843, p. 170, acknowledging but one

species, under Camelopardalis giraffa, Gmel., gives as synonyms

C. sennaarensis and C. capensis, Geoifr. ; but, as shown above, these

names had never been published or the forms described by

Geoffroy.

Sundevall in 1844, K. Vet.-Akad, Handl. Stockh. p. 174, gives :—

“ Camelopardal’s giraffa, Schreb., unica species. a. im Africa

meridional, extra tropicum, colore paulo obscurior.—p. Aithiopica,

e Sennaar, alba, fulvo-maculata, pilis brevissimis.”

Gray, 1852, Cat. Mammn. Brit. Mus. p. 180, gives one species,

“ Giraffa camelopardalis, L., with one variety (‘ paler’), C. giraffa

B. e@thiopica, Sundevall.” It will be noticed that Gray here

revives the original generic name and also uses the proper specific

name given by Linnzeus; and it seems quite unaccountable how

dee

276 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON THE [Feb. 16,

he could have overlooked the fact that the locality for the type

species was given as Sennaar, and that the name applied primarily

to the Northern form.

Thus the names have been accepted until quite lately, and

though I have been well aware that they could not stand as they

were, still I have put off publishing any remarks on this animal,

hoping that it would be my good fortune to come across a specimen

in some collection which might some day be entrusted to me for

working out; but the necessity for the present communication is

shown by the receipt of Mr. 8. Rhoads’s paper (Proc. Acad. Philad.

1896, p. 518), on the mammals collected by Dr. Donaldson Smith

during his recent expedition to Lake Rudolf, in which a Giraffe

is included.

Mr. Rhoads seems to have read the short notice of Mr. Thomas’s

remarks (P. Z.S. 1894, p. 135), and then, after having looked up

Linneus’s description and found that Athiopia was the locality

given for the typical specimen, without reference to any of the

authors above quoted, to have jumped to the conclusion that the

Southern form must require a new name, and so proposed that of

Giraffa australis. I have, however, shown that this name was not

needed and that it will thus fall as a synonym. Mr. Thomas’s

description, having been based on the large male of the Cape form

set up in the British Museum (collected by Mr. Burke for Lord

Derby, by whom it was presented tu the National Collection),

designated the type of Mr. Rhoads’s G. australis, in founding

which the description was quoted—a quotation which, like Lesson’s

quotation of Levaillant’s figures, alone saves the name from being

a nomen nudum.

I will now give a short description of the two forms and_ point

out as far as can be ascertained the distribution of each: it will

be noticed that the range of the two species is entirely confined to

the “ Steppe Country” of Sir Harry Johnston’s map of Sportsman’s

Africa.

Ido not admit Mungo Park’s brown species without spots, of the

Western Sudan, or the equally mythical ‘‘ white-spotted slender

form 23 feet high” of Farini, reported from Lake Ngami; for

thoroughly misleading facts on natural history, I think the latter

writer is hard to beat.

Girarra, Briss.

Giraffa, Briss. Regnum Animale, Quadr. et Cetac. p. 37 (1762).

Camelopardalis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. p. 181 (1788).

THE NUBIAN OR THREE-HORNED GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS (Linn.). (Figs. 1, 2, p. 280.)

Cervus camelopardalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 66 (1758);

Linn. Syst. Nat. (12) 1. p. 92 (1766).

Giraffa camelopardalis, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 125 (1780) (in

1897.] EXISTING FORMS OF GIRAFFE. 277

part); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 369 (1827) (in part); Flow. & Lyd.

Mamm. p. 331 (1891) (in part) &e.

G. camelopardalis, var., Gray, Cat. Ung. B. M. p. 181 (1852).

Camelopardalis giraffu, Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. p. 181 (1788) ; lllig.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 104 (1811); G. Fischer, Zoogn. Tab. Synopt.

iii. p. 478 (1814); Desm. Nouv. Dict. H. N. p. 164 (1817) (in

part); Is. Geoffr. Dict. Class. H. N. p. 355 (1825) (in part) ;

Cretzschm. Zoo].(Atl.) Riipp. Reise nérdl. Afr. p. 23, pls. 8,9 (1826)

(in part) ; Et. Geoffr. Ann. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 222 (1827) (in part);

J. B. Fischer, Syn. Mamm. p. 455 (1830) (in part); Smuts, En.

Mamm. Cap. p. 67 (1832) (in part); A. Smith, 8. Afr. Quart.

Journ. 1834, p. 184 (in part); F. Cuy. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iv.

pl. 332 (1842); Less. Nouv. Tabl. Rég. Anim. p. 168 (1842);

Sundev. K. Vetensk.-Ak. Handl. Stockh. 1842, p. 243 (in part) ;

Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 170 (1848) (in part); Fitzing.

Abh. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1867, p. 589; &ce.

C. sennaarensis, Geoftr. (fide Gray) ?

C. antiquorum, Swainson, Geogr. & Classif. Anim. p. 134 (1835),

ex Cretzschm.

C. athiopicus, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 134 (nomen nudum).

Nubian Giraffe, Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. p. 217 (1888).

C. biturigum, Duv. Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) t.i. p. 47, pl. 2 (1844)

(vide Forsyth Major, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 316).

C. giraffa, var. ethiopica, Sundey. K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Stockh.

1844, p. 174.

‘“‘ Northern form,” Thomas; P. Z. 8. 1894, p.135 ; Matschie, Siiug.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 103 (1895).

The ground-colour varies from white to fawn; the dark

polygonal markings vary from orange-red to red-chocolate, the

edges being even and sharply defined; the spaces between the

dark patches are generally narrower and always far more clearly

defined in aged animals than in those of a similar age in the

Southern species. The legs below the knees and hocks are white.

The males have a third horn in the centre of the forehead just

above the eyes, cylindrical, from 3 to 5 inches long; in the

young animal this position is occupied by a prominent tuft of

black hairs.

Inhbabits Gallaland from the Tana River northward, Somaliland,

Abyssinia, Kordofan, and probably ranges right across Africa to

Senegambia, in suitable localities, from the Equator to about NE Is

THE SOUTHERN OR TWO-HORNED GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAPENSIS, Less. (Figs. 3, 4, p. 281.)

Giraffa camelopardatis, Zimmermann (in part); Lesson (1827)

(an part); Gray (1852) (in part) ; Flower & Lydekker (in part); &e.

Camelopardalis giraffa, Desmarest (in part); Is. Geoffroy (in

part); F. Cuvier (in part); Et. Geoffroy (in part); J. B. Fischer

(in part); Smuts; A. Smith (1834); Harris, Ill. 8. Afr. pl. x1.

1840); Gray (1843); &c.

278 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON THD [Feb. 16,

Camelopardalis australis, Swainson, Geogr. & Classif. Anim. p. 95

(1885) (nomen nudum); A. Smith, Rep. Exped. Int. Afr. p. 40

(1836) (nomen nudum).

Camelopardalis capensis, Geottr. (fide Gray)?; Ogilby, P.Z. 5.

1836, p. 1384 (nomen nudum); Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Rég. An. p. 168

(1842); ex Levaillant, Voy. pls. 8 et 9.

Cape Giraffe, Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 217, pl. xl. (1838).

Giraffa australis, Rhoads, P. Ac. Philad. 1896, p. 518; ex

“§. African form,” Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 135.

The ground-colour varies from white to dull fawn, the dark

blotches vary from dun to dark coftee-colour, always darker in the

middle, the edges being broken and not sharply defined. The legs

are spotted down to the hoofs. On the forehead there is a bump

of flattened pyramidal form, larger in the males but never forming

anything like a horn.

The young animal has very narrow clearly-defined white lines

between the darker markings, forming a network of lines over the

entire body, the dark patches receding with age.

Within the last half-century this species has ranged from the

Orange to the Zambesi Rivers. Northward of this latter river on

the eastern half of the continent, at least, no Giraffe is found

for about 12 degrees ; but north of the Rufigi River it again appears

and continues through German East Africa, reaching westward to

the shores of Lake Tanganyika, and occurring east of the Mau

Escarpment and south of the Tana River in British East Africa.

There is no appreciable difference in size between the Northern

and Southern forms of Giraffe; both species vary much in the

shades of colouring; the very old males or “ Stink Bulls” (a name

given to them from their exceedingly rank and powerful smell) of

both species are described by all hunters as being always un-

mistakably darker than any others of a herd.

Mr. Arthur Neumann has kindly lent me the skin of a foetus

taken from a female killed in South Africa, and this shows that

the young animal very closely resembles the typical colouring of

the adult of the northern species. Mr. F. C. Selous tells me that

the calf is always a light brown, with a network of narrow clearly

defined white lines separating the dark markings. This is the

description I noted down of the young female captured on the

Sabi River, when it first arrived at the Zoological Gardens; a

very accurate figure of this animal will be found in ‘ The Field’ of

March 9, 1895, This animal is still alive and has not yet lost

these characters, though the white markings are rather broader

and the dark markings less evenly cut. The colour of the dark

markings of this 3-year-old animal is coffee-brown, with a still

darker irregular pattern in the centre of each patch, thus not at

all light-coloured as would be supposed. This quite backs up

Mr. F. V. Kirby’s opinion; ‘In Haunts of Wild Game,’ he says

that he feels confident that the animals vary individually and do

not darken with age as generally supposed, for one sometimes sees

young animals dark-coloured, and unquestionably old animals of a

very pale colour.

1897.] EXISTING FORMS OF GIRAFFE. 279.

Therefore it will be seen that with the material I have been

able to collect, some dozen skins’ and 13 skulls of both species of

all ages, I cannot give more than a general outline of colouring.

The adult Southern Giraffe has the general effect of a dirty white

animal covered with brown blotches, with wider light spaces

between them, the lower legs mottled, and upper face grizzled.

The adult Northern Giraffe has clearly defined polygonal patches,

the light intervening spaces narrower, the lower legs white and

upper face roan.

The figures of the heads (pp. 280, 281) are faithfully drawn from

specimens presented to and now in the British Museum—that of the

Three-horned Giraffe from a young bull obtained by Mr. Arthur

Neumann a little to the east of the Loroghi Mountains, and that

of the Two-horned Giraffe from an animal of about the same age

obtained by Mr. H. A. Bryden in the North Kalahari district. 1t

will be seen that the horns of the northern species are longer, more

massive, and slope backwards more than those of the southern

species. J have never seen the two horns of equal length in either

species,

I need hardly mention the fact that both species of Giraffe have

six molariform teeth in each jaw, in common with all the Pecora

(excepting the Spring Buck, Gazella euchore) of South Africa.

Dr. Matschie in his recent work on German E. Africa says that

there are only five molars in each jaw. This might lead to the idea

that the German E. African Giraffe was of a different species,

whereas I have shown that it is G. capensis, as Dr. Matschie, indeed,

has quite ‘clearly stated is his opinion also; but I think it well to

mention this obvious misprint in the only book on the Mammalian

fauna of Hast Africa yet published.

The skull of the male G. camelopardalis can of course be at

once distinguished by the prominent third horn, and the skull of

the female of the same species has no unossified space on the side

of the face in front of the orbit, while there is a vacant space

of considerable extent in the skull of the female of G. capensis ;

there is no vacant space in the skulls of old males of either species,

and, so far as I can discover, no “ outer protrusion of the superior

spongy bone,” as Owen says, but the true outer bones of the face

meet and are joined by sutures. The palate of the southern

species ends posteriorly in a projecting point in the middle line,

while that of the northern form is rather narrower and rounded ;

the space between the pterygoid and the back of the upper jaw or

last molar is also wider in the southern form, and the skull

generally rather broader in proportion to its length; the distance

from the back of the palate to the foramen magnum is slightly

greater and the base of the brain-case is not so much bent down :

thus in the northern form the angle formed by the basifacial and

basicranial portions of the skull is more acute; this character is

more marked in comparing skulls of moderately young animals.

1 Since writing the above Messrs. Rowland Ward & Oo. have shown me about

a dozen sealps and neck-skins of the southern form, and they all show tlie

same characters, though the light intervening spaces vary in. width.

280

MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON THE

Fig. 1.

Skull of Giraffa camelopardalis (side view).

[Feb. 16,

EXISTING FORMS OF GIRAFFE. 281

1897.]

nsis.

Head ot Giraffa cape

Skull of Gzraffa capensis (side view).

282 MR. W. B, DE WINTON ON THE [Feb. 16,

The figures of the skulls (pp. 280, 281) are taken from those of

old wild-killed bulls now in the British Museum, the one from

Abyssinia and the other from 8. Africa.

Mr. Selous tells me that he has never seen a bull Giraffe with a

third horn in South Africa, and Mr. Neumann says the same.

Noticing the great difference in the weight of the skulls of the

two sexes, I was curious to put them on the scales: taking the

dried skulls of two wild-killed Abyssinian animals, I found that

of the male weighed 19 Ib. 8 oz. while that of the female only

weighed 7 1b. 6 oz. |The bones of the skull of the female are very

smooth and thin; the whole of the upperside of the skull of the

male is covered with arough superficial osseous growth, which has

its centre in the three horns, gradually enveloping the whole of the

upper parts of the skull, forming lumps on the supraoccipital and

supraorbital bones, and covering the face to the end of the nasals

and the cheeks, so that all the true boues are completely hidden.

Mr. Arthur H. Neumann—to whom I am much indebted for

loan of specimens and help in working out the distribution, being

well acquainted with the two forms, is perhaps the only hunter

who has killed the Two-horned Giraffe both in South and East

Africa, and also the Three-horned species, having formerly killed

Giraffes in South Africa when they were much more plentiful

than they now are and extended farther southward—tells me

that on a journey from Mombasa as far as Usoga, on the route

to Uganda, none were noticed but the southern or blotched kind,

and that no Giraffes were seen west of the Naivasha Valley, the

route taken from Naivasha to Kavirondo being more southerly

than that at present followed by caravans. And writing to me

on his recent successful hunting expedition to the northern shores

of Lake Rudolf, Mr. Neumann says :—‘‘I only observed the

southern variety in the neighbourhood of Athi or Sabaki River; 1

had a good view of one a little south of that river. The northern

species I found from the Tana River northward as far as I went,

namely, to the north end of Bassu (Lake Rudolf) ; I mean, of

course, the kind with the defined polygonal pattern. Whether or

not there are any of this kind south of the Tana I do not know;

but I feel sure that in the direction I went it is the only sort to

the north of that river. In some parts, particularly about the

Guaso Nyiro, it is very plentiful, far more so than I have ever

seen the southern type anywhere. From a little north of the

Loroghi Mountains, I met with no more Giraffes until near the

north end of the lake, where I noticed a few in one locality.”

Now Mr. Neumann has thus proved that the two forms are not

separated by any impassable mountain district or any great river,

but that they approach one another on ground much less

geographically or climatically distinct than parts within the ranges

of either. This proves that there is no intermediate form, and

therefore that to both must be given full specific rank. I must leave

it to geologists to give a reason for this abrupt breaking off of the

species ; it is the more interesting as it marks the southern limit to

the range of Grevy’s Zebra (Hquus grevyi), while it does not prevent

1897. ] EXISTING FORMS OF GIRAFFE. 283

the smaller Grant’s Zebra (Z. grant?) [which I described (Ann. Mag.

N. H. ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 319, 1896) and named in honour -.of

Colonel Grant, who always persisted in its being specifically distinct

from the S. African Chapman’s Zebra (Z. chapmanz)]| from ranging

northward and herding with its larger cousin.

Unfortunately one gets no help from the pictures of the Giraffes

in books of travel, for, excepting a photograph of a dead bull in

Mr. J.G. Millais’s ‘ Breath from the Veldt,’ I know of no authentic

pictures of wild animals, and this is only of one specimen and cannot

show the general colouring of a herd. In the same way pictures in

other books are taken from some single specimen, maybe living in

the Zoological Gardens. One animal that the hunter is paying his

particular addresses to may be coloured darker than the rest to

represent the old bull, aecording to instructions given to the artist,

but the whole herd has the unmistakable stamp of being drawn

from a single specimen. I do not in any way speak disparagingly,

but only regret that it must needs be so.

The fact that the young of the southern species resembles the

adult of the northern animal, seems to point to the presumption

that the former is descended from the latter; but how are we to

account for the third horn in the older form, for this appendage is

not found in any of the known fossil Giraffide? It seems, therefore,

to have been acquired in recent times, but is hardly likely to have

been established since the southern form got separated ; and, if not,

the alternative is that the latter form has since its separation

entirely lost this apparently useless ornament. I cannot believe

that the third horn of the northern Giraffe is so modern an

acquisition, and I would much rather look upon it as the remains

of a former development, for we may yet find an extinct form with

this appendage equally or even more developed, and thus the

superficial osseous incrustation of the skull of the males above

referred to, formed by a superabundance of matter in the horn-core,

may be all that is left of a much greater horn-development in some

prior form. It is quite possible to imagine a very slight modification

which would cause this matter to develop into external horns or

antlers.

With regard to the possible use of this massive head, I was

anxious to find out whether the. horns are used in fighting.

Mr. Neumann says of the Three-horned species the nearest thing

to fighting he has seen was two young males playfully butting one

another with their heads; he has seen Giraffes pressed by dogs

keeping off their pursuers by kicking with their hind fect in rather

a cowish fashion. Mr. Selous, on the other hand, says he once

witnessed the following very pathetic incident :—a newly-born calf

lying in the grass was seized by two Leopards, the mother Giraffe

at once coming to the rescue fought with such effect with her

fore feet that she succeeded in driving off the Leopards, but,

unfortunately, one blow aimed at the Leopard struck the calf in

the back, breaking it. On seeing this the hunter went up and put

the poor little beast out of its misery. All hunters agree that

the Giraffe never uses its head in self-defence.

284 DR. A, DUGES ON A NEW MEXICAN SNAKE. [Feb. 16,

4. Description d’un Ophidien nouveau du Mexique (Oreophis

boulengeri, g. et sp. un.). Par Atrrep Ducks, M.D.

[Received January 29, 1897.]

Ce petit serpent est trés rare & Guanajuato; aprés plus de 40

ans d’existence dans cette ville, c’est le premier exemplaire que

je vois. Il provient des montagnes voisines, 4 plus de 2000™

daltitude, ot les hivers sont trés troids (Sierra de Santa Rosa).

L’aleool avait déja décoloré en partie cet ophidien, mais pas

assez pour qu’on ne put voir encore des traces des couleurs fraiches.

Dimensions. Téte, 0,017; trone, 0",31; queue, 07,06; total,

0",387.

Oreophis boulengeri.

a. Téte et cou, vus en dessus. 0, Troncgon du corps, vu de cété. c. Le méme,

vuen dessous. d, e, f. Téte, vue en dessus, en dessous, et de cdté, grossie.

g. Maxillaire, grossi, h. Bout de la queue, grossi.

22 rangs d’écailles lisses, rhomboidales, avee un pore apical.

Gastrostéges 185. Urostéges doubles 44. Anale indivise. Supra-

labiales 8. Sous-labiales 9, dont 4 sont en contact avec les infra-

maxillaires. Les deux prégénéiales (inframax. antérieures) sont

presque doubles de grandeur des postérieures. Nasale divisée.

Une petite frénale plus longue que haute. Une préoculaire et

1897.] DATES OF SAVIGNY’S ‘ DESCRIPTION DE L’f£GYPTE.’ 285

deux postoculaires. Temporales 2+3. La préoculaire ne touche

pas la frontale.

Le corps est en dessus gris trés finement pointillé; en dessous

il conserve une teinte rougedtre sans doute plus vive & l'état de

vie. Le ventre porte de nombreuses taches noires, quadrilatéres,

irrégulicrement distribuées. Une fourche brune nait sur la

frontale et étend ses branches un peu sur les suroculaires et les

préfrontales postérieures. Un croissant rouge bordé de noir couvre

en grande partie les parietales et lV’extrémité postérieure des sur-

oculaires ; au milieu il est divisé par une bandelette longitudinale

noire, au centre de laquelle on voit un point blanc. Sur l’occiput

et le cou. s’étend un triangle (dont la base, qui est antérieure

comme la partie concave du croissant, est excavée) rouge bordé de

noir, portant au centre un ovale plus clair, bordé et tiqueté de

noir. Sur le reste du corps, la queue incluse, il y a 40 taches

rouges dilatées en travers et bordées de noir. L’extrémité de la

queue est noire, et constituée par un étui corné sillonné en dessous.

Sur les flanes on observe de petites taches noires, souvent opposées

aux taches du dos, et des raies verticales noires. ‘Toutes ces

taches du dos et des flancs, ainsi que le triangle nuchal, sont

entourées (un liseré blanc.

14 dents au maxillaire. Les dents antérieures de cet exem-

plaire sont en partie cassées, mais leur base indique qu’elles

sont grandes et fortes; les suivantes sont courtes et plus rap-

prochees entr’elles, et les 2 ou 3 derniéres, non séparées, sont

de nouveau plus grandes. La petitesse des dents moyennes dis-

tingue le genre Oreophis du genre Coronella, dont il est trés voisin.

Je dédie cet élégant ophidien 4 mon collégue M. Boulenger,

que je prie d’accepter cette bien légére marque de mon estime.

5. On the Dates of the Natural History portion of Savigny’s

‘Description de VHgypte.? By C. Daviss Supr-

BORN, F'.Z.S8.

{Received February 4, 1897.]

The dates of the various portions of Savigny’s ‘ Egypte’ have

always been very obscure. The following notes are offered as

affording an approximation to the dates, and as an assistance to

those who may attempt in future to solve the mystery of them.

The various portions will be taken seriatim :—

Vou. L., part 1, “ Poissons du Nil” by Geoffroy, pp. 1-52: was

reviewed in the Gott. gelehr. Anz. (1811), p. 1234. It formed

part of Livr. 1, which was published in 1809. See also

Férussac, Bull. Sci. Nat. 1830, p. 319. There is a copy in

the Gray Tracts, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), which bears an

imprint of 1810. s

Vou. I., part 1, “ Oiseaux de Vkgypte et de la Syrie” by J.C.

Savigny, pp. 63-114: was reviewed in the G. g. A. (1811),

286 MR. C. DAVIES SHERBORN ON THE DATES OF _[Feb. 16,

p- 1234. A separate copy in the Tweeddale Library, Brit.

Mus. (Nat. Hist.), has on the title 1810, and includes “ Obser-

vations sur le systéme des Oiseaux de |’ Egypte,” dated 5 Dec.,

1810, and “4 Paris de l’imprimerie impériale, 1811.” There

is also a footnote on A2 “Le premier ordre de ce systéme a

paru en 1809, dans la premiére livraison de l’ouvrage général.”

There is no doubt that Livr. 1 appeared in 1809 and that the

“ Oiseaux” formed a part of it: therefore the date is l1BO9Y.

Vou. I., part 1, “ Reptiles” by Geoffroy, pp. 115-120: by Isidore

Geoffroy, pp. 121-160: explication des planches des Reptiles,

by V. Audouin, pp. 161-184.

“ Crocodiles” by Geoffroy, pp. 185-264.

“Suite des Poissons du Nil” by Isidore Geoffroy, pp. 265-310.

“ Poissons de la Mer Rouge” by Isidore Geoffroy, pp. 311-343.

I take these parts all together. The Reptiles of Etienne

Geoffroy was completed by his son Isidore, and an explan-

ation of the plates was given by Audouin. The Suite des

Poissons and the Poissons de la Mer Rouge were reviewed in

Férussac’s Bulletin (xx., 1830, p. 319) as having recently

appeared. Isidore Geoffroy, writing in Du Petit Thouars’s

‘ Voyage de la Vénus’ (Mamm. p. 2, f.n.), says: ‘Dans les

parties erpétologique et ichthyologique du grand ouvrage sur

l Egypte, 1827.” In the 8vo edition of Savigny, the Reptiles,

Fishes, and Crocodiles occupy vol. xxiv., which was published

in 1829; while it is certain that many of the eaplhcations des

planches of Audouin were published in 1826.

In Feérussac, Bull. Sci. Nat. xix., 1829, p. 336, and xx., 1830,

pp. 147 and 319, the two volumes of Natural History of Egypt

are reviewed. Georges Cuvier dated his preface to the 2nd

edition of ‘ Le Régne Animal,’ Octobre 1828, at which date we may

with safety assume that his work was finished. He was the most

likely person to see the ‘ Histoire Naturelle de Egypte’; and an

examination of his volumes shows that, though he was familiar

with the plates, he had not seen the whole of the text by the date

he wrote his preface. Unfortunately Cuvier frequently omitted

to quote more than the plate in his references, and this makes our

enquiry more difficult. So far as Mammals are concerned,

Cuvier quotes thrice only (pp. 115, 119, and 120), but these

quotations do not settle anything. In Vol. ii. of ‘ Regne Animal,’

dealing with Reptiles and Fishes, he quotes the work many times,

and notably the teat of the “Crocodiles” on p. 22. Now as the

“ Crocodiles ” formed pp. 185-264 of Vol. I. of ‘ Hist. Nat. de

YEgypte,’ we may conclude that pp. 115-264 of that volume,

which included the Reptiles, were published before October 1828 ;

and, accepting Isidore Geoffroy’s statement in the Voyage of the

Venus (supra) as correct, definitely fix the date as 1827. The

Fishes also, which form pp. 265-343 of the Vol. I. of the ‘ Hist.

Nat. de Egypte,’ are quoted only as plates by Cuvier in his

‘Régne Animal.’ In Cuvier and Valenciennes’s Hist. Nat. Poissons,

j., 1828, pp. 198, 199, Cuvier refers to the work as follows :—

1897.] SAVIGNY'S ‘ DESCRIPTION DE L’£GYPTE.’ 287

6c M.

une

Isidore Geoffroy, son fils, vient de donner de ces descriptions

rédaction générale qui le présente avec ordre et clarté.”

It seems, therefore, that L827 also is the correct date for this

part of the Fishes.

Vou.

L., part 2, Asczdiens by J. C. Savigny, pp. 1-58.

The date of this part is of no consequence, as all the specific

names were issued by Savigny in 1816.

Vou. I., part 3, Annelids by J. C. Savigny, pp. 1-128. This was

Vou.

reviewed in the Gott. gelehr. Anz. (1827, p. 695). Engelmann,

Bibl. Hist. Nat. p. 550, gives the date as 1820, but the review

quoted above leaves little doubt that 1822 is the correct

date.

L., part 4, Explication des Planches by V. Audouin. These

consist of Mollusca (pp. 7-56), Annelids (57-76), Crustacea

(77-98), Arachnids (99-186), Insects (187-202), Echinoderms

(203-212), Zoophytes (2138-214), Ascidians (215-224), Polypes

(225-244), Oiseaux (251-318). Engelmann, Bibl. Hist. Nat.

p- 340, says that the Moll., Ann., Crust., Arach., Ins., Echin.,

and Ascid. were issued as fo. Paris, 1826. On p. 550 he

says the descriptions of the Arachnida appeared fo. Paris,

1812; a statement quite inexplicable to me and considered by

me asa mistake. F.S. Leuckart, ‘ Breves Anim. quorumdam,’

1828, p. 15, refers to the plates of the Gasteropoda as 1812;

and it may be that Engelmann’s reference refers to the plates,

and not the descriptions, of the Arachnida.

At the beginning of part 4 of Vol. I. there is a letter

dated 19 Mars 1825, stating that the work of finishing had

been entrusted to V. Audouin on account of the ill-health of

Savigny. Thisis conclusive. See also Ann. Soc. Entom. France,

xi., 1842, p. 99, where it is definitely stated that in 1826

the Government selected Audouin to give the descriptions to

the plates of Mollusca’and articulated animals. Dr. John

Anderson tells me that he has ascertained that Savigny’s

sight failed him’, and that no manuscripts of any kind were

handed over to Audouin, so that Audouin had to begin de

novo.

In the Reprint of the Oiseaua by the Willughby Society,

the editor comes to the conclusion that it was published “ not

earlier than 1826.”

In the 8vo edition of Savigny’s ‘Egypte,’ the portion of

the Natural History under consideration occupies vols. xxii.

1827, and xxiii. 1828.

Feérussac, Bull. Sci. Nat. xix., 1829, p. 336, and xx., 1830,

pp. 147 & 319, may be consulted with advantage.

I bave no doubt myself that all the parts enumerated above

may be safely regarded as dated 1826.

Vou, Il. Mammiféres by Geoffrey, pp. 99-144. This is reviewed

1 F, Caillaud, Voy. 4 Meroé, iy. 1827, p- 271.

288 MR. F. B. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 16,

in the G.g. A.(31 July 1819, p.1203). Mus cahirinus is quoted,

without page, in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxix., 1819, p. 70, and

Rhinolophus tridens on p. 253 (but in the latter instance the

page of the text of Geoffroy’s ‘ Egypte’ is quoted). Ichneu-

mon edwardsii, I. gersius, and others are also referred to by

pages, on pp. 212 ete. of the same work. I regard this part

as issued in 1818. There is a very interesting proof of

pp- 99-144 preserved in the Gray Tracts, Brit. Mus. (Nat.

Hist.). It is paged 1-46 and has for signature 7 H. W., and

is dated ‘l’Imprimerie impériale, Mars 1813.” This was sent

by Geoffroy to Dr. J. E. Gray, and in a letter which accom-

panies it, without date, Geoffroy says :—‘ Je lui fais part dans

cette livraison d’un imprimé tiré dans cette forme 4 deux

exemplaires, et Cest la seule considération que je sais faire

valoir pour rendre moins indigne de lui ce faible don de ma

reconnoissance.” Engelmann, Bibl. Hist. Nat. 1846, p. 373,

quotes 1813.

Vot. IL., Mammiferes by Geoffroy and V. Audouin, pp. 733-748,

and Mammiféres carnassiers by V. Audouin, pp. 744-750.

In Férussac, Bull, Sci, Nat. xix., 1829, p. 337, there is a foot-

note which states “La partie de Youvrage qui contient ce

mémoire et le suivant [2. e. ‘Mammiféres’ and ‘ Mammifeéres

carnassiers ’] vient seulement de paraitre.” This seems to be

conclusive, and the date of these two parts may be accepted

as 1829.

Vor. I., part 1, pp.53-62; Vot.I., part 4, pp. 245-250, and Vor. IT.,

pp. 1-98, deal with Botany and Mineralogy, and do not come

under this enquiry.

I am indebted to Mr. Boulenger, Dr. Anderson, and Mr. B. B.

Woodward for many valuable suggestions during the progress of

this enquiry, which has extended over several years.

6. Notes upon the Anatomy of Phaethon. By Franx E,

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

As the genus Phacthon is one of the least known among the

Steganopodes, and as it is regarded by Fiirbringer as the most

primitive form of that group, I am particularly grateful to

Mr. J. J. Lister, of St. John’s College, Cambridge, for allowing

me to dissect a specimen.

I identify the specimen (a Q) with Phaethon flavirostris of

Brandt}, as described by Mr. Lister in a paper upon the fauna

of Christmas Island’.

As to external characters, the oil-gland, as in other species of

Phaethon, is densely tufted; the skin is very emphysematous; I

1 “Tentamen Monogr. zool. generis Phaethon,’ Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb.

(6) iii. 1840, p. 263.

2 “ On the oturat History of Christmas Island, in the Indian Ocean,” P.Z.S.

1888, p. 528.

1897.] ANATOMY OF PHAETHON. 289

could find no aftershaft ; there are 12 rectrices ; the pollex is clawed.

The bird is aquincubital.

The anatomy of the soft parts of this bird has been briefly touched

upon by Brandt in the memoir already cited, where the tongue,

palate, and larynx are figured. The presence of two carotid

arteries, the muscular formula of the leg, and one or two other

muscles have been referred to by Garrod’. Iam not aware, however,

to what species these notes refer, and, as will be seen presently,

specific differences are apparently marked in the internal organs.

The specimen of the bird which I dissected had had the intestines

removed. I find, however, from a MS. note of Garrod that the

intestines of an individual dissected by him were 33 feet long, the

large intestine only 2 inch, and the ceca “buttons.” The left

lobe of the liver is the smaller, and there is a gall-bladder.

The Pectoralis primus was not very markedly two-layered. Mr.

Forbes found a specimen dissected by himself (? species) to have a

single-layered pectoralis. It has the second insertion on to the

flat common Biceps tendon found in so many Steganopodes, I

found no Pectoralis abdominalis.

Fig. 1.

Cor., Coracoid; CO, coracoidal head of Biceps; A, attachment of humeral

head to Humerus; B, its prolongation to Coracoid.

_ The Biceps (fig. 1) is fashioned like that of Phalacrocorax,

not like that of Pelecanus and still less like the Biceps of Sula

and Fregata; the humeral head in fact is a narrowish tendon

attached to but still distinct from (by reason of its greater

thickness) the wide thin tendon which is the coracoidal head

of the muscle; the former has also, as shown in the drawing

(fig. 1, A), a short special tendinous attachment to the head

of the humerus. The muscular slip to the patagium (Biceps slip)

arises from the humeral head of the Biceps.

The Patagials muscle in part performs the function of a deltoid ;

1 “On certain Muscles in the Thigh of Birds &c.,” P. Z. 8. i873. p. 628 &e.

“ Notes on the Anatomy of Plotus anhinga,” P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 385 &c.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1897, No. XIX. 19

290 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 16,

for some of its fibres, instead of ending in the patagial tendons, are

inserted on to the deltoid crest. The patagialis brevis tendon

(fig. 2) is somewhat wide and diffuse; it gives off a wristward

slip near to its insertion on the forearm, from which arises

a patagial fan joining the tensor longus tendon. The Biceps

slip has already been referred to; it joins the tensor longus tendon.

Fig. 2.

Muscles and tendons of Patagian of Phaethon.

Bi. slip, Biceps slip.

The Anconeus, as in other Steganopodes, has besides its scapular

origin a tendinous connection with the scapula and with the

humerus.

I could not find an Lxpansor secundariorum.

The Latissimus dorsi anterior is less than half the size of the

posterior. The most posterior portion of the latter arises as a special

slip below (covered by) the sartorius. The tendon of insertion of

the posterior division is, as usual, inserted on to the humerus in

common with the humeral attachment of Anconzus.

There appears to be no Lat. dorsi metapatagialis.

The two Rhomboidei are about equisized. The profundus springs

aponeurotically,

The Serratus superficialis is as usual made up of an anterior and

posterior portion, The anterior portion is composed of two slips

arising respectively from the last cervical and the first dorsal rib ; its

tendon of insertion is connected with the subscapularis externus, The

posterior division arises tendinously from dorsal ribs 2, 3, and 4.

The Serratus profundus arises from the last cervical and the first

two dorsal ribs; the several slips decrease in size from before

backwards.

The Serratus metapatagialis is a large muscle arising from the

four ribs in front of the last.

18972)" ANATOMY OF PHAETHON. 291

‘The Sartorius, as already mentioned, just overlaps the latissimus

dorsi posterior.

The Glutwus primus is not a large muscle; its origin does not

extend back behind the acetabulum.

The Biceps is continuous at its origin with the semimembranosus.

As Garrod has pointed out, it is remarkable for the absence of

a Biceps sling—a peculiarity which it shares with certain Swifts.

As Garrod has also pointed out, the muscular formula of the leg

is AXY—1?.

The deep Flexors blend at the middle of the metatarsus ; no slip

is given off to the hallux, which has a short flexor of its own.

The osteology of Phaethon has been described and figured as

concerns the skull and a few other bones by Brandt’. Two species,

P. candidus and P. rubricauda, are dealt with by Milne-Edwards *.

Some notes upon the axial skeleton are contained in Mivart’s*

account of that portion of the skeleton of the Pelecanide.

Gadow ’ has referred to the less modified condition of the palate

in Phaethon. This is certainly the case, but Fregata is not far

removed from Phaethon.

In Phaethon (fig. 3, p. 292) the palatines are narrowed

posteriorly and come into contact for a short space in the middle

line, where, however, they are not fused. The vomer is knife-blade

shaped and ends in a point anteriorly between the maxillo-palatines;

it splits into two posterior limbs just behind the maxillo-palatines.

In Fregata (fig. 4, p. 293) the two palatines not only come into

contact, but are actually fused for about the same distance

posteriorly ; but the internal lamine of the palatines remain distinct

and are not melted into a median ridge as is the case with the

remaining genera of Steganopodes, where, moreover, the palatines

are, as is well known, much more largely fused.

In both Phaethon and Fregata the maxillo-palatines do not meet

across the middle line posteriorly, the appearance of this part of the

skull being very Accipitrine. Ihave already referred to the vomer of

Phaethon ; 1n Fregata this bone lies more deeply (when the skull is

viewed from below), but does not bifurcate posteriorly where it is

ankylosed, as in Phaethon, with the palatines. In Phalacrocorax,

Plotus, and Sula the backwardly projecting, horizontal and separated

lamine of the maxillo-palatines are absent and it seems to be doubtful

whether there is any vomer.

Pelecanus comes nearest in this particular to Fregata and Phaethon,

but the regions of the maxillo-palatines in question are united

across the middle line by help of a distinct septum, which may be

at least partly the anterior portion of the vomer.

1 Fiurbringer in the table of characters marks the ambiens of Phaethon as

present. I take it that this is merely a misprint.

2 « Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Naturg. der Vogel,’ Mém. Ac. Sci. St. Péters-

bourg, (6) iii. p. 81.

3 Histoire Naturelle de Madagascar.

* “On the Axial Skeleton of the Pelecanide,” Trans. Zool. Soe. x. p. 815.

° Aves, in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich, Syst. Th. p. 101.

992 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 16,

Brandt has pointed out that Fregata', unlike other Steganopodes

but like certain Petrels &c., has an ‘“ossiculum lacrymo-pala-

tinum.” In the lacrymal of one side of my specimen of Phaethon

T found a minute separate ossification at the end of that bone,

which may be regarded as the homologue of the os uncinatum as

it is termed by several authors.

Fig. 3.

Phaethon: palatal aspect of skull.

Vo., vomer; Mzp., maxillo-palatines.

The lacrymal of Phaethon is more like that of Fregata than of

any other Steganopode, in that it is not ankylosed above with the

frontal. The skull of Phaethon, however, differs from that of Fire-

gata as of all Steganopodes in the pervious nostrils, in the absence

of a groove running from the nostril towards the end of the beak,

and in the presence of a considerable foramen towards the middle of

each ramus of the lower jaw, as in Otis, Hudromias, Gidicnemus, &e.

So different are the skull characters of Phacthon from those of

the typical Steganopodes, that, were it not for Fregata, the bird

* It may be mentioned (in a footnote, as not germane to the general argu-

ment) that /cgata possesses rudiments, ankylosed to the jugal, of the ossiculum

supra-jugale of the Cormorant and perhaps of Sw/a, noted in those Birds by

Brandt.

1897.]

ANATOMY OF PHAETHON.

Fig. 5.

Wiis

atl

Fig. 4.—Fregata: palatal aspect of skull.

X, upwardly directed part of maxillo-palatines. Other lettering as in fig. 3.

Fig. 5.—chmophorus: palatal aspect of skull.

(Lettering as in fig. 3.)

“ah.

293

294 ON THE ANATOMY OF PHAETHON, [Feb. 16,

would have to be ignominiously expelled from the Order. This

catastrophe is averted by Fregata, the skull of which, as will have

been gathered from the foregoing remarks, serves to link Phaethon

with the Cormorants, Gannets, and Pelicans.

The Steganopodes are always spoken of as Desmognathous birds.

But can Phaethon, be accurately termed a desmognathous bird ?

This altogether depends upon the definition of the term desmo-

enathous. Huxley, its inventor, defined’ the condition of Desmo-

gnathism as follows :—‘‘ In these birds the vomer is often either

abortive, or so small that it disappears from the skeleton. When

it exists it is always slender and tapers to a point anteriorly. The

maxillo-palatines are united across the middle line, either directly

or by the intermediation of ossifications in the nasal septum.”

As to the vomer of Phaethon, it is pointed in front, as is that of

most Schizognathous birds ; this character does not distinguish the

Schizognathe. But, as already mentioned, it diverges behind into

its two component halves, in a way that is unusual among

Desmognathous birds. It occurs, however, in the Herons (not in

Scopus), which are admittedly allies of the Steganopodes. In

Schizognathous birds, on the other hand, this bone is commonly

divided behind. This part of the palate in Phaethon is in fact

remarkably like that of a Grebe (cf. figs. 3 and 5). Nor does the

resemblance cease here. Phaethon is really no more desmognathous

than is Zchmophorus, if we apply the term as Huxley applied it ; for

the maxillo-palatines in both are widely apart, the vomer lying be-

tween them. In front of the maxillo-palatines, however, in Phacthon

the bony palate forms a continuous platform. If this constitutes

desmognathism (which it does not, be it observed, according to the

definition of Huxley), then Coracias, Hurystomus, Jacamerops, Kc.,

in which birds there is a considerable vacuity in front of the con-

joined maxillo-palatines, are not desmognathous; while the skulls

of Gecinus viridis and Dendrocopus major (at most only just separ-

able generically) must in that event be referred to different

categories ; since in the former there is a palatal platform, and

in the latter not.

In Pelecanus and Phalacrocoraxy, Huxley has figured fused

maxillo-palatines. These consist in the latter genus, in Plotus,

and in Sula of a thick mass of bone running upwards towards

the roof of the skull. Their direction is quite different from the

horizontally disposed maxillo-palatines of Phaethon. The conditions

observable in the base of the skull of Fregata appear to me to clear

up this somewhat puzzling discrepancy. In Fregata (see fig. 4,

p. 293), we have both the horizontal mawillo-palatines of Phaethon,

separated from each other in the middle line as in that genus,

and the obliquely running “ mawillo-palatines” of Phalacrocorax.

As co-existence undoubtedly disproves homology, it seems to

follow that true maxillo-palatines, comparable to those of other

birds, are wanting in Sula and Phalacrocoraz: and if we are to

1 « Qn the Classification of Birds &e.,” P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 435.

1897.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT- HOUSE. 295

apply the term desmognathous to those birds, it must be on

the understanding that it is a different kind of thing from the

desmognathism of —say—the Anseres.

March 2, 1897.

Dr. W. T. BuanFrorD, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited two examples of a new Viper, recently

discovered by Capt. A. H. McMahon during the Survey of the

Indo-Persian frontier, and named Eristicophis macmahoni, gen.

et sp. nov., by Dr. Alcock. The following notes on its habits, sent

to the Society by the discoverer along with the specimens, were

read :—

“We found this snake in the sandy portions only of the desert

lying between Nushki and Persia. While lying still on the sand

it is almost impossible, even in the brightest light, to distinguish it

from the sand on which it lies. During the daytime it appeared

to be fond of burying its body in the soft sand, leaving its head

only exposed on the surface. We never noticed it to make any

sound in the daytime, but at night whenever we approached one

of them, even at a distance of many yards off, it used to make a

loud deep hissing sound—an angry deep sound, unlike the crisp

hiss of Echis carinata, the hiss of the cobra, or any other snake

I have ever heard. It evidently hisses from deep down in the

throat, for I have failed ever to detect any muscular movement

such as the Hchis makes when it rustles its scales together to

produce a hissing sound.

“Tt apparently never attempts to escape, and lies still, hissing

away, if at night, until killed, or until the intruder passes by, or is

out of sight or hearing, as the case may be. In the daytime these

snakes are consequently hard to find, and even at night, loud as they

hiss, it is difficult to detect them on the sand. The larger of the

two specimens I gave you (the largest, in fact, of all those we found)

very nearly bit my horse one night, when, trusting to the bright

moonlight to enable me to distinguish its outline, I had ridden

too close to where the hissing sound proceeded from. These

snakes are very difficult to secure without injuring them as

specimens. Even light blows with a thin stick will cut the skin

and disfigure the specimen. The smaller but more perfect of the

two specimens I sent you was captured alive, and thus escaped

injury.

“Their fragile skins and soft bodies are, I presume, due to their

living always in very soft sand.”

A series of specimens of various Insects reared in the Insect-

house in the Society’s Gardens in 1896 was exhibited, and the

following report on the subject drawn up by Mr. Arthur Thomson,

the Society’s Head Keeper, was read :—

296

MR, A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE,

[ Mar. 2,

Report on the Insect-house for 1896.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.

Attacus atlas.

cynthia.

ricini.

pernyi.

Atiacus lebeam.

Samia cecropia.

ceanothi.

Actias luna.

Attacus mythimna.

Actias mimose.

Antherea menippe.

Asiatic.

Antherewa myliita.

Actias selene.

Cricula trifenestrata.

American.

Telea polyphemus.

promethea,

Hyperchiria io.

African,

*(Saturnia) terpsichore.

Eudemonia brachyura.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

Papilio podalirius.

machaon.

Thais cerisy?.

Doritis apollinus,

* Papilio zolicaon.

cresphontes.

asterias.

trozlus.

European.

Timenitis sibylla.

Vanessa polychloros.

antiopa.

American.

Papilio ajax.

ilioneus.

philenor.

Limenatis disippus.

African.

Papilio corinneus.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Acherontia atropos.

Sphing ligustri.

pinastri.

* Deilephila syriaca.

alecto.

euphorbie.

Philampelus achemon.

Darapsa myron.

Smerinthus excecatus.

Ceratomia undulosa.

* Eudryas unio.

Lagoa crispata.

Eacles imperialis.

regalis.

Anisota stigma.

Thyatira batis.

Chelonia villica.

Liparis dispar.

Pericallia syringaria,

*Cerura sp. inc.

Saturnia pyri.

carpini.

* Exhibited for the first time.

1897. "MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THN INSECL-HOUSE, 297

>. OF the Lepidopterous insects which I bee the honour to place

before the meeting, Deilephila syriaca and Cerura sp. inc. from-

Syria, Papilio zolicaon and Eudryas unio from South America, and

(Saturnia) terpsichore from Mozambique are now exhibited for the

first time.

The specimen of Cerwra from Syria is closely allied to Cerwra

imterrupta, but belongs, I think, to a new species, Papilio zolicaon

is the representative in “America of the well-known Papilio

+ ~< machaon of Hurope. Although we have had examples of many species

~~ => of N. American Papilios, this isthe first oecasion on which E have

= been able to exhibit specimens of this ‘species.

The six specimens of Satwrnia_ terpsichore belong to the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, ¥.Z.S. This species is very rare, and up

to the present time, L believe, i is not represented in the Natural

History Museum:

Of Orthoptera, Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.8., has sent us an

: example of a species of Blepharis, in the larval stage, from South ~

>... Africa. I am sorry to say that-this curious Mantis; which seems-

to differ from all specimens in the Museum, died before passing

“into the perfect form.

Mr, J. E. Matcham,. C.M. Z. S., brought us home 7 African

Locusts (Phymateus leprosus). These insects fed voraciously upon

almost any kind of esi food, particularly lettuce.

CONTENTS (continued),

“February 16, 1897 (continued).

ie Page

1. ‘On Kehidnosephalus, a Taticunad Fish from the Upper Oretaceous Rorsiation of West-

~ phalia. By A. Siti. Woopwarn, F.Z.8,, of the British Museum (Natural History),

Merino ORV Ti eos cs ss Ae ee es ee ee hs ee Sie: Menon ec 268

z On a Specimen of Leetog nim solandri from the Arabeas Sea. By G. A. Bovrencur,

REMUS isi g tives oes AS hvestaani ee Bd nate r= Prins pice: pA aks ahetel Grer megtat ec ene 272

ie ‘Remarks on> sine Existing Forms of Giraffe. By W. E. pr Winron, F.Z.S. - ae. ee,

4 : Description d’un Ophidien nouveau ida Mexique: (Oreophis boulengeri, g. et sp. un. ). Par

_Aurrep PUGS VES DD oes See pI a Tea io ea NG ela op tatters ee eee ee Res 284

ee On the Dates of the Natural History portion of Savigny’ 8 Description de TEgypte,’ By

ete AN ius RHMRHDEN A SHY 35 Seg, oper eas eal Oe anus ee 285

6. “Notes upon the aes of Phaeton. By FRANK KE. Bevpann, ee A.; F, B.8., Prosector.

Pe erates eaten arenes epee ts Pere apna aes Pek Salar west pera 288

March 2, 1897.

. “The Sete, Exhibition of two epenneye of a new Viper (iresiicophie macmahont ?) from

the Indo-Persian frontier... ...6.s0- cue veee eee nee PEE GREY CPA doe 295.

Mx. A. Thomson. Hepes on the Eason hatee for 1896... cS < LiRasat here Ree Sees 2950 =

LIST OF PLATES.

1897.

PAB LL

Plate k: Page -

I. Pekin Deer in winter pelage (gd and 2 )°.... ss eee. eee “8

II. Fundus oculi of a Nubian youth......+..0.0s.cseeeeee >

III. ~Fundus oculi of an Ourang-Outang (Simia satyrus)...... |

TY. Fundus oculi of a Marmoset-(Hapale penicillata) ...... { 183

VY. -Fandus oculi of a’ Lemur.(Lemur-brunneus).... 2. ye.- ++ | i Pre

Vi. -Fundus oculi of a Lemur (Lemur COQUeTell) fos, 0 4. ewrento )

VII. Fig. 1. Gymnodactylus jellesmx ; Fig. 2. G. fumosus a

VIII. Draco spilonotus. ... 22, pe eee je lbentas Wiha Se tee ar ie ise

“ANG aD ra bor: DeCcarlls ba cia peels 6 we CAT ee afe nape Kens aie

X.. Fig. 1. Lygosoma tropidonotus; Fig. 2. L; sarasinorum. 9; © sf

XI, Fig. 1. Lygosoma celebense; Vig. 2. L. inconspicuum . eee é

Fig. 3. I, textum; Fig. 4. L, parvum... ..-.-e aden. Soest oe Ee

XII, Fig. 1. Tropidonotus sarasinorum ; Fig. 2. T. celebensis ;

i Fig. 3. Lyeodon stormi . ested

XT Fig. 1. Agrophis sarasinorum ; pe 2. Calamarin sane 198 phot

rostris; Fig. 3. Calamaria nuchalis.........+....+. ee Sore

XIV. Fig. 1. Calamaria muelleri; Fig. 2: °C. curta;. Fig. 3. Pitaragie 3 2

C. gracilis; Fig. 4sC. collaris .icee. ce. eee hee cae (eee oad Sh

XV. Fig. 1. Hypsirhina matannensis; Fig. -2.. Lachesis

WR BIOLE VALI ov aon gee veg sap tyaioele waar am a NE |

XVI. Fig. 1. Rana macrops; ie 2. Rhacophorus edentulus ;

Fig. 3. Rh. monticola;. Fig. 4. Ae pe Es cele-

bensis ; ; Fig. 5. 8. variabilis’ NIK AWA bie eee Lie ee ws Mizar’: y:

XVII. - Phytophagous Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar oie OSE ee

XVIII. ee eanvesphalus troscheli ¢ aoa send os te eeu Bees

NOTICE.

‘The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows = ; = HS

Part _I. containing papers read in January and Febraary, on June Ist,

II. 5 »» March and April, on August Ist.

il. rae Pf », May and June, on October Ist, © =

IV.

¢, } », November and December, on April Ist.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

_ GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1897.

PART II.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

= tS REH anp APRIL.

| luea, AS AUGUST Ist, 1897.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN WANOV OE SQUARE,

; LONDON:

~ MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND C0.,

PATERNOSTHR-ROW.

a scm pe [Price Twelve Shillings.]

“LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART I1.—1897.

March 2, 1897.

; e Page 3

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. — Exhibition of a specimen of\a Starling (Sturnus vulgaris)

with elongated mandibles 29)

ee ee ee ee ae

Mr. Gambier Bolton, F.Z.S. An Agcount of a Visit to the Bird. Islands in Saldanha Bay,

South Africa é

a ee eC oO i ee ei eC a ee aac at

On the Growth of Hair upon the Human Bar, and its Testimony to the shape Size, and.

Position of the Ancestral Organ. By H. M. Waurts. (Plates XIX.-XXII.)

ee ne ewes

- March 16, 1897:

eed

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Soeiety’s Menagerie i in February 1897, and

Noteconsthestrish: Otter 25 ssi ce see pec bbe Ucn Wines Oe Uk ie ge SL Ee Oe Siies .

Mr. A. Smith Woodward, F-.Z.8. nee Account of a Vist to South Ameriea made i in’ order.

to examine the Fossil Vertebrates of that Country ~.... 1.2.00 ee ps teeter eee cence 311

Dr, R. H. Traquair, F.R.S.. Exhibition of a Specimen of the naeynenae fossil Lamprey

( Paleospondylus gunni) from the Old Red Sandstone of Caithness

1, Note on the Affinities of Paleospondylus gunni, Traq. In merle to Dr. Bashford Deak ;

of New York. By R. H. Traquair, M.D., LL.D., F-R.S

ee Ov as > artye Sere

2. Ona Collection of Mammals from North and North-west Australia. oo R. OConierr.—

CD Leet KOR EDT Niet as ia aos Sg PWR RE « Rinks © olla hole Gap Gn Sia BoE ON apy oe mR 317

3. On a Collection of Bajuroraik from South Africa, belonging to the Genus Acanthodrilus.

By Franz EH, BeppArp, M.A. F.R.S., Ke,

4. On the Distribution of Marine Mammals. ~ By P. L. Senncke M.A., Ph.D., E.RBS,

Secretary,to the Society. (Plate XXIV.) cs... es £ ae aero ae ines s Se ON 349,

5. On the Species-of Potamochwrus, the Bush-Pigs of the Ethiopian Region, ar) Dr..C. L.

Forsyra Masor, 0.M.Z.S. (Plates XKV.& XXXVI.)

oe eC ie air ac oo

April 6, a

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1897 .. .. . . 370

The Secretary. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. A. J. Lawford Jones, of a cinnamon-coloured

variety of the Blackbird (Lurdus ner ula) Eee vs os Se vee Ree Oooh ee cee .» 370

1. On the Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part I. Muscles of the Head; Neck. and

Fore-Limb, By B. C. A. Wixprx, M.A., M.D., D.Se., Professor of Anatomy at, Mason

College, Birmingham, and F. G. Parsons, B.R. 6. S., FE. Z.S., F.L.8., Lecturer on Com- :

parative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital <....... 062.0 cece eevee eee vent re 870

2. Note yest the Minute Structure of as Teeth of Notoryctes, By Cuanies 8, Towns, M. As,

E.R.S

3. The Blue Bear of Tibet, with Notes on the Members of the Ursus arctus Group. By Ro

Lyprkxer, F.R.S., F:Z.S) (Plate XX VIL.)

4. An Account of the Freshwater Fishes collected.in Celebes by Drs. P. & F. Sarasin. By

G. A. Boviencer, F.R.S. (Plate XXVUL) 2... 0.c0b cece eee ener eee MEANT 426

ee a ie eer cc me

1897.] MR. GAMBIER BOLTON ON SPHENISCUS DEMERSTS. 297

Of the Lepidopterous insects which I have the honour to place

before the meeting, Deilephila syriaca and Cerura sp. inc. from

Syria, Papilio zolicaon and Eudryas unio from South America, and

(Saturnia) terpsichore from Mozambique are now exhibited for the

first time.

The specimen of Cerwra from Syria is closely allied to Cerura

interrupta, but belongs, I think, to a new species. Papilio zolicaon

is the representative in America of the well-known Papilo

machaon of Europe. Although we have had examples of many species

of N. American Papilios, this is the first occasion on which I have

been able to exhibit specimens of this species.

The six specimens of (Saturnia) terpsichore belong to the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. This species is very rare, and up

to the present time, I believe, is not represented in the Natural

History Museum.

Of Orthoptera, Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., has sent us an

example of a spécies of Blepharis, in the larval stage, from South

Africa. I am sorry to say that this curious Mantis, which seems

to differ from all specimens in the Museum, died before passing

into the perfect form.

Mr. J. E. Matcham, C.M.Z.S., brought us home 7 African

Locusts (Phymateus leprosus). These insects fed voraciously upon

almost any kind of green food, particularly lettuce.

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks

upon a specimen of a Starling (Stwrnus vulgaris) with both man-

dibles enormously elongated.

Mr. Gambier Bolton, F.Z.S., gave an account (illustrated by

photographs shown by the oxy-hydrogen light) of a recent visit

that he had made to the Bird Islands in Saldanha Bay, South

Africa. The photographs illustrated the life of the Black-footed

Penguin (Spheniscus demersus) on these islands, showing them

in groups, nest-building, sitting on their eggs, and moulting.

Mr. Bolton also gave an account of the guano and egg industry

carried on by the Cape Government in the Bird Islands and other

adjacent islands.

The following paper was read :—

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XX. 20

298 MR. H. M. WALLIS ON THE GROWTH Mar. 2,

On the Growth of Hair upon the Human Ear, and its

Testimony to the Shape, Size, and Position of the

Ancestral Organ’. By H. M. Watts.

{Received January 23, 1897.]

(Plates XTX.-X XII.)

ConrTENTS.

Page

i, Literature of the Subject ..............cscseessesecssescaceecseenes 298

Ate TIATBIOLStATte Merkesk decRetave hese abnetas cts nxenaatcmeseeemanecacatad 302

AU ANSCOUPA ULC ntenieseriectsbaneismenacwiosepasssete stares ses -enlesees 304

iy. Kars of Quadrumana ..............scesecseeres Wad caciesdmens'sseeeum's 305

y. Shape, Position, and Movements of the Ancestral Har ...... 306

Vis MUWMOANY cont oneetesehs o.testhestesnincs ec svesaccenet saceauseadesnoateees 309

1. Literature of the Subject.

In 1871, Darwin called attention to the cusp sometimes seen

upon the folded edge of the human ear and suggested that this

feature was a survival of the pointed tip which terminated the ear

of our remote ancestor * (see figure, p. 299).

The hypothesis was ingenious, but less convincing than many

of the bold and splendid deductions of our great philosopher.

Support from corroborative phenomena was needed, but none was

forthcoming. Indeed, had this identification stood alone, it

would hardly have commanded acceptance ; but making its appear-

ance in good company amidst a phalanx of marshalled facts, which

there was no gainsaying, it obtained an amount of credence which

was scarcely deserved.

In Germany, Ludwig Meyer* and, more recently, C. Langer *

have thrown doubt upon Darwin’s interpretation of the cusp in

question. But although this cusp is sometimes triple, frequently

double, and still more frequently absent altogether—variations

which, to say the least, do not uphold Darwin’s view—the current

of intellectual opinion has borne the Theory of Natural Selection

into favour and this item has travelled with the rest.

Although for nearly a generation no fresh light has been thrown

upon this particular question, yet for years past the cusp has been

labelled “ Darwin’s Point” upon diagrams and museum prepar-

ations; the correctness of his identification has been generally

assumed and the matter treated as settled. -

This, however, was not Darwin’s opinion, as will presently

appear.

In July 1879 my attention was drawn to the ears of a new-

2 Communicated by Prof. E. B. Pounroy, F.R.S.

2 «Descent of Man,’ 1871, i. p. 22.

3 Ludwig Meyer, ‘ Ueber das Darwin’sche Spitzohr,’ Berlin, 1871.

4 ©. Langer, “Ueber Form und Lageverhiiltnisse des Ohres,” Mit. d.

anthropol. Gesellsch. in Wien, xii. 1882.

1897.] OF HAIR UPON THE HUMAN EAR 299

born child. He was of a dark complexion and hirsute ; the edges of

his little ears were fringed with black hairs showing conspicuously

upon the delicate skin of infancy.

The direction, or set, of these hairs surprised me. Instead of

radiating from the margin of the ear like the cogs of a wheel, or

overlapping one another around its edge like the teeth of a

ratchet, two streams of hairs approached each other from almost

opposite directions until their points crossed and interlaced

(see Plate XX. figs. 9, 10, 18, &c.).

Normal Human Ear.

ad, helix; 0, anti-helix; ¢, concha; d, Darwin’s point, ¢@, spina helicis ;

J, lobe.

The part of the helix at which the points of the hairs met was

that part of the infolded outer rim which is normally somewhat

thickened and where a little white nodule is frequently present,

the nodule which in later life commonly develops into Darwin’s

Point. I communicated my discovery to Mr. Darwin and

received from him the following letters, now, by permission of his

son Mr. Francis Darwin, published for the first time :—

il)

March 22nd, 1881,

Mr. H. M. Wailis.

Dear Sir,

I am very much obliged for your courteous and kind note. The

fact which you communicate is quite new to me, and as I was

20*

Down,

Beckenham, Kent.

300

MR, H. M. WALLIS ON THE GROWTH [Mar. 2,

laughed at about the tips to human ears, I should like to publish in

Nature some time your fact. But I must first consult Eschricht *

and see whether he notices this fact in his cuvious paper on the

lanugo on human embryos; and, secondly, I ought to look to

Monkeys and other animals which have tufted ears and observe how

the hair grows. This I shall not be able to do for some months, as I

shall not be in London until the autumn, so as to go to the Zoological

Gardens. But in order that I may not hereafter throw away

time, will you be so kind as as to inform me whether I may publish

your observation, if on further search it seems desirable. If you

give your permission, may I say that “Mr. Wallis, on carefully

examining the ears of an infant, observed that the hairs were

directed, &e. &e. &e.”

Or, would you prefer my saying that ‘a gentleman, on carefully

examining, &c. &c.” Will you be so good as to send me a line in

answer, and I remain,

Dear Sir,

Yours faithfully,

CuaRLeEs Darwin.

II.

March 31st, 1881. Down

Beckenham, Kent.

* H. M, Wallis.

Dear Sir,

Iam much obliged for your interesting letter. I am glad to

hear you are looking to other ears, and will visit the Zoological

Gardens. Under these circumstances it would be drcomparably

better (as more authentic) if you would publish a notice of your

observations in Nature or some scientific journal. Would it not be

well to confine your attention to infants, as more likely to retain any

primordial characters, and offering less difficulty in observing ?

I think though it would be worth while to observe whether

there is any relation (though probably none) between much hairiness

on the ears of an infant and the presence of the “ tip ” on the folded

margin.

Could you not get an accurate sketch of the direction of the

hair of the tip of an ear ?

The fact which you communicate about the Goatsucker is very

curious. About the difference in the power of flight in Dorkings,

&c., may it not be due merely to greater weight of body in the

adults ?

Iam so old that [ am not likely ever again to write on general

and difficult points in the theory of evolution.

T shall use what little strength is left me for more confined and

easy subjects.

Pray believe me with all good wishes, Dear Sir,

Yours very faithfully,

CHARLES Darwin,

1 Bschricht, D. F., Om Haarenes Retning paa det Menneskelige Legeme

(8v0, Kiobenhavn, 1838), is probably the work referred to,

1897. ] OF HAIR UPON THE HUMAN BAR. 301

From the terms of the foregoing it may be assumed that

Mr. Darwin recognized the significance of this discovery and was

conscious of the hiatus in the structure of his theory into which

this little fragment of corroborative fact could be fitted.

Beyond their scientific interest these letters have an ethical

value of their own, revealing the generous courtesy to a stranger

and theplasti receptivity of mind in extreme old age that we must

ever associate with the greatest intellect among the moderns.

Thus encouraged by Mr. Darwin I have for the past sixteen

years observed the ears of infants and induced others to do so.

My attention was drawn to an interesting paper, published by

an Italian, G. Chiarugi', about ten years ago (catalogued in

England in 1889), but which has received so little attention,

either here or on the Continent, that Wiedersheim * does not allude

to the subject.

Signor Chiarugi’s paper is a three-page pamphlet of which only

the concluding forty-five lines relate to the subject under discus-

sion.

The following is a free translation :—

“Tt is not then because good reasons are wanting [to support

Darwin's view of the origin of ‘the “ point.’—H, M. W.) that I

have decided to indicate a new character which attests the signifi-

cance attributed by Darwin to the tubercle of the helix, but

because the fact is such that it might by itself indeed cut short all

discussion.

“The external ear (padiglione) is provided with rudimentary

hairs, which in the adult are very fine and pale and which creep

sometimes into the hollow of the auditory cavity, which claim

no attention at all; but in the fcetus and in the baby at birth, and

for a certain.time after, they are fairly long, numerous, and

frequently pigmented.

“Their direction differs in different parts of the external

ear. On the outer surface they have in general an ascending

direction, somewhat varied here and there by the varying

curvatures of the ear.

“They preserve such a direction near the outside margin,

upon which along the first third [of its length _H. M. W.] starting

from the front (upper margin) they turn their points downwards ;

along the other two-thirds (hinder margin) they turn their points

directly upwards.

“Upon the internal surface* of the outer ear (padiglione)

the hairs (peli), continuing the direction of the hairs (capell)

growing upon the adjacent hairy scalp, incline downwards. You

1 « J) Tubercolo di Darwin e la Direzione dei Peli nel Padiglione dell’ Orecchio

umano,.” Estratto dal Bollettino della Sezione dei Cultori delle Scienze

mediche nella R. Universita dei Fisiocritici di Siena: Anno vi. fase. ii.

(1889 ?).

2 ‘Structure of Man,’ Wiedersheim. Macmillan, 1895,

3 The context shows that Signor Chiarugi means the back of the ear, #. ¢., the

surface next the head.—H. M. W.

302 MR. H. M. WALLIS ON THE GROWTH [Mar. 2,

see them projecting in this direction on all parts of the ear which

adjoin the line of insertion [to the head.—H. M. W.] and upon the

outside answering to the convexity of the concha; but away from

there, if you set aside the upper part of this internal [sic] surface,

where the hairs come from the front [sic] to the back, we see on

the remaining [portion] the hairs turn obliquely little by little

from a downward direction to the outside, so that in the turn

inwards [sic] to the posterior tract of the free margin, they become

pointed upwards, as we have seen already.

“From what we have said it will be easily understood that the

free margin of the outer ear is traversed by two currents of

hairs—one which follows the upper tract (or first third) bending

downwards; the other which follows the hinder tract, or

remaining two-thirds of its free margin, bending upwards.

“At the junction of the upper tract with the lower the two

currents meet, and together with hairs coming straight from

the hinder surface, sometimes form a true little tuft (ciufetto),

the spiral twist upon its convexity being plainly to be observed.

* Well, now, what seems worthy of note is, that when Darwin’s

Tubercle is present, this meeting of the two currents of hairs

is placed in ‘correspondence with it. And since in the ears

of animals that have hairy ears it is towards the point that

the hairs are turned, it seems definitely resolved that Darwin’s

Tubercle is, as Darwin put it, the rudiment or trace of originally

pointed ears.”

ii. Ears of Infants.

Leaving now the historical résumé, I proceed to describe some

observations which prove that the hairs upon an infant’s ear are

arranged upon a definite plan and have different directions in

different parts of the organ.

To begin with, the back of the ear at birth is frequently

clothed with a regular growth of hair. The possible significance

of this will be dealt with later. For the moment, however, I

merely draw attention to the peculiarities of the growth, its

constant adherence to certain lines—both on the back of the

concha, where the hairs are directed backwards and downwards

(as may be seen by reference to Plate XIX. figs. 2 and 3); and

upon the back of the helix and anti-heliw, where the lines of

growth followed by the hair, though in my experience constant

(when hair is present at all), are apparently capricious, a question

to be dealt with presently.

Fig. 3 shows the back of an infant’s ear enlarged. The tract

immediately around Darwin’s Point, or where Darwin’s Point is to

be expected (for it is not always present), is bare, Those parts of

the heliw which are above the bare tract are clothed back and

front with hairs directed towards Darwin’s Point, whilst the hairs

upon the back of the anti-helix separate themselves from those

upon the back of the concha, which are directed downwards towards

the lobe, and executing a countermarch, as one might say, come

1897.] OF HAIR UPON THH HUMAN Bak. 303

curving round the infolded rim of the helix below Darwin’s

Point, directing their growth towards it until their tips meet and

touch those of the hairs approaching from above (see Plates XIX.

& XX. figs. 2,3, 11, 13, and 19).

The significance of this countermarch or reversal of direction

it is proposed to discuss later in this paper.

The opposing growths of hairs do not approach one another from

directly opposite directions ; they cross one another’s paths diagon-

ally, as though seeking something which was once there, but which

no longer exists.

Figs. 1, 2, and 3 are well-marked cases. On many infant ears

Darwin’s Point is not sufficiently pronounced to enable its precise

locality to be determined. Its position varies much in my

experience, and the tract around it, or its presumed site, is very

frequently bare, as already remarked. In short, the external

infant ear is a very variable organ, but whenever hair is present

it seems to follow the above-described lines, although it may be

almost invisible and need a dark card to be placed between the

ear and head and the use of a lens to discover the hairs.

I have observed a case where an infant’s ear showed Darwin’s

Point well and the small white tubercle beneath the skin was

marked by a minute tuft of down.

The ear drawn in fig. 1 was so noticeable that the child’s

mother, a woman in humble circumstances, was struck by its

appearance and sent for me to see it. Where the two streams of

hairs met the hairs were longest, a distinct tuft of hairs twisted

upon one another came partly from behind the ear and partly

from the fold of the heliw and projected laterally at right angles to

the median line of the body from one-eighth to one-quarter of an

inch. The spina helhcis was thickly clothed with hairs pointing

towards this tuft. The child was a fair-skinned infant with very

dark brown hair.

In but one case have I examined an ear completely at variance

with this rule. It is upon a foetal head in spirit in the Oxford

University Museum. No Darwin’s Point is discernible and the

growth of hair follows an unbroken sequence round the helia.

This head however is abnormal in other respects, one cranium

growing out of another, so that it is difficult to say what import-

ance should be attached to it. My observations of fcetal ears

have so far been inconclusive. Of some the epidermis seems

imperfectly developed and is hairless. In no case are very small

hairs easily observed whilst the subject is immersed, and when

removed from the spirit the danugo clings to moist skin and it is

difficult to determine the direction of its natural growth.

The Darwin’s Point was not well marked, or indeed determinable,

upon most of the foetal ears which I have examined; but no stress

need be laid upon this, as this feature is very variable and

frequently absent, as is well known. One foetal ear was remarkable

for having Darwin’s Point directed backwards (the “heliw being

‘unfolded as in Monkeys), and this point was tufted with small pale

304 MR. H. M. WALLIS ON THE GROWTH [ Mar. 2,

yellow hairs. This is a specimen in spirit in the Oxford Univer-

sity Museum.

ili. Lars of Adults.

In life this infantile growth is soon shed, but in later middle

age a hairy covering sometimes reappears and may be noticed in

black-haired men of coarse skin and hirsute habit of body more fre-

quently than in others, although I have recently observed the ears

of a man of about forty, fresh complexioned, dark red moustache,

pale red hair, which exhibited almost all the phenomena I have

described. The hairs, which were straw-coloured and very

numerous, grew thickly upon the backs of the ears, fringed the

edges of the heliw, and had well-marked lines of growth.

I transcribe from my notes the following particulars of a case

(see Plate XIX. figs. 4, 5):—“T. F., tat. circa 44. Dark, hirsute,

bilious temperament. Hair of face, head, hands, and wrists black.

That upon the heli is soft, pale, and fine; it converges from both

sides (above and below) upon a well-marked Darwin’s Point, but

does not cross tips at that point, nor is therea tuft there. Thicker

hairs clothe the lower part of the anti-heliv, and, pointing down-

wards at first, follow one another round the edge of the spina

helicis, and changing their direction point upwards towards

Darwin’s Point. The phenomenon was better defined upon the

left than upon the right ear. The subject was restive and difficult

to examine. The sketch was completed at some personal risk.”

Another instance (Plate XIX. figs. 6 & 7) is the ear of a dark-

skinned black-haired man of about fifty, of a similar type, remark-

able as having eyebrows of unusual fullness, each down-curving in

a tuft of bristles, the longer of which are fully twoinches in length.

The moustache full and black, inclining to grey. The ears were

large and well-shaped, Darwin’s Point easily located. The back of

the ear covered with pale down made up of minute hairs, the whole

edge fringed with small pale hairs with distinct direction, the two

growths meeting and crossing tips on the outer edge of the helix

close to Darwin’s Point. Besides these almost colourless hairs

there was a strong growth of pale brown hair, one inch in length,

upon the spina helicis directed upward and backward in the main,

and amore characteristic growth upon the upper edge of the

heliv of dark half-inch bristles curving strongly and regularly

around its edges towards Darwin’s Point. In this, as in the case

of figs. 4, 5, and the case of the red-haired person, the hairs upon

the ears were all paler than those upon the head.

This phenomenon is not rare; any good observer will meet

with instances among his acquaintance; but though well-marked

examples are not uncommon, they are usually disinclined to lend

themselves to research.

The majority of ears, whether of adults or of children other than

infants, show no hairs, or where a weak and straggling growth has

persisted in spite of constant friction and depilatory influences,

there is seldom any visible direction or “ set” traceable. ;

1897.] OF HAIR UPON THE HUMAN EAR. 305

iv. Lars of Quadrumana.

In the hope of discovering the law of growth followed by these

hairs the ears of various Apes and Monkeys have been examined.

The drawings for figs. 20-37 (Plates XXI. & XXII.) were made

at different times and in most cases under circumstances which

made a common scale impossible, for specimens sealed up in

bottles cannot readily be measured, nor will some Monkeys endure

handling. Fig. 32 was drawn from a Monkey upon an organ in

the street, and I have no idea of its scientific name. The ear of

the Aye-Aye (Cheiromys), fig. 37, was drawn from askin. As a

rule I have not trusted to skins. the ears upon which are apt to

contract in drying; their true shapes and positions must then be

matters of conjecture and the original direction of the hairs upon

them is not preserved.

The ear of Hylobates hoolock (fig. 20) is imbedded in deep

black fur and hardly visible to casual observation. It is as nearly

naked as can be, having few, if any, traces of hair or down upon

the smooth black skin of the back of the concha and hehw. Upon

the folded margin of the upper edge of the ear area very few fine

hairs of no describable colour directed towards the region where the

point of the ear presumbly once was, for no trace of a point, cusp,

or nodule remains. This ear is sessile, fitting closely to the head.

Orang.—The ears of a young male specimen dried and salted im

the collection of the Zoological Society were hairless. The head,

trunk, and limbs were covered with long red hair.

Troglodytes calvus (‘Sally ”).—As figured by Mr. F. E. Beddard

in his monograph, the ears of this species are hairless and show

little or no indication of a point.

Troglodytes niger (fig. 21, 22, 23).—The ears of young Chim-

panzees in the Zoological Gardens, 21 and 22, have no indications

of any point, a very few small hairs upon the upper. fold and a

few more upon the lower edge directed towards one another as

is usual. Backs almost hairless.

Fig. 23.-An ear in spirit in the Oxford University Museum

showed no rudimentary point and bore a few fine hairs upon the

upper fold only ; direction as usual. I could not examine the back.

The ears of a Gorilla in the same museum (figs. 24, 25) showed

some faint indication of a point towards which the small hairs

were directed. In the immediate neighbourhood of what I took

to be the rudimentary point the hairs were fewest and their

direction most indefinite. The hairs upon the folded margin of

the Aelix curled inwards as in the human ear and the few stronger

and darker hairs upon the back of the upper ear pointed towards

the edge.

Cynocephalus (fig. 26).—This has a distinct though blunt point

which is bare. The hairs upon the folded upper helix ave directed

strongly to this point, those which fringe the lower hel« are less

noticeably directed.

Almost the same remarks apply to the ear of Cercopithecus

cynosurus (fig. 27).

306 MR. H. M. WALLIS ON THE GROWLH [ Mar. 2,

C. albigularis.—Is bluntly pointed and plentifully fringed ; the

hairs cross tips at the point. Back of ear nude (fig. 28).

C. petaurista.—Distinct, sharp, nude point; fringe of hairs

directed to it. Short curving hairs upon the back, such as one

finds upon the back of a baby’s ear (fig. 29).

C. lalandit, Juv.— Less hairy, same general characters. Tiny

tuft of darker hairs at the tip, and a few on back of ear point

towards the tip (figs. 30, 31).

Monkey, sp.?—Ear fringed with converging growths. Point

definite and tufted with slightly longer hair (fig. 32).

Macacus maurus (fig. 33)—A very bestial ear; upper helix

folded and hairy; strong dark hairs trom all parts of the ear

converge towards a definite point and crossing there form a

noticeable tuft.

Lemur, sp. ? (fig. 34).—Drawn from a specimen in spirit in the

Oxtord University Museum. A distinctly infolded helix with

hairy back; no point or tuft.

Ringed-tailed Lemur (fig. 35).—In same collection. A simple

discoidal ear, margin fringed near junction with head ; back hairy,

no trace of point.

Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus), fig. 36.—Is so abundantly and

softly furred as to be difficult to draw; back of ear furry, with

but little definite “set.” No indication of infolding, no point or

terminal tuft.

Aye-Aye (Chetromys), fig. 37.—A simple bestial ear, not quadru-

manous in character, almost naked, sparsely clothed inside with

fine black hair directed to the tip, outside coarser and fewer black

hairs tipped with white are similarly directed. No fringe or tuft ;

no point. Root of ear (concha?) thickly clothed with divergent

hairs pointing fanwise towards the circumference of the ear.

Whilst contemplating a series of forms such as these it is

possible to follow in imagination the progressive degradation of

the external ear from a condition in which it was mobile and of

the utmost importance to its possessor to a state in which it

ceases to be functional.

The presumably conspicuous leaf-shaped organ of some common

ancestor of the Aye-Aye, the Lemurs, and ourselves has dwindled

to a mere crumpled excrescence in the Gibbon, sans lobe, saus point,

sans hair, sans everything !

An ordinary human ear occupies an intermediate position,

although variations in the direction of a simian type may be tound

in which the helix, or lobe, or both are wanting, whilst others show

a pithecine cusp directed laterally or even backwards.

The testimony of the convergent hairs to the origin of this cusp

is so confirmatory of the view enunciated by Darwin that from

’ henceforth the fact of our ancestors having had pointed ears may

be regarded as established.

v. Shape, Position, and Movements of the Ancestral Ear.

Is it possible from the phenomena under discussion to deduce

1897.] OF HAIR UPON THE HUMAN EAR. 307

anything as to the shape, position, and movements of the ancestral

ear?

_ As to shape, it seems unlikely that the ear was obtusely pointed

as in Loris and Cynocephalus, for had not the point been originally

at least as sharp as it is in Macacus it would hardly have persisted

until now.

As to position and mobility : was the ear pressed as closely to the

head as in most living Apes, and had it as little mobility as theirs ?

Darwin ascertained ! that neither the Orang nor the Chimpanzee

ever erects or moves its ears. I have seen Macacus maurus move

its ear slightly, and some men retain this power, although it is

questionable whether this movement is due to the extrinsic muscles

of the organ, as Darwin appears to have believed *, or to the

contraction of the scalp. It is certain that beyond the power

possessed by many persons of moving their ears simultaneously

with their eyebrows and the skin of the nape, some few can move

the whole ear quite independently of the scalp ; and I have observed

a case in which the upper half of the ear coula be vibrated at will,

either rapidly or slowly, whilst the lobe and lower half of the same

organ, the eyebrows, and scalp remained motionless.

Whether these movements are due to the muscles of the ear or no,

such muscles exist in Man, and their existence argues past use in

our ancestral form. As a matter of fact the external ear in both

Man and the Quadrumana is an atrophied organ in several respects,

mobility for one. But evidence of mobility is foreign to the

present enquiry except as atfording concurrent testimony as to the

conditions of the ancestral ear, which almost certainly moved freely.

A freely moving ear must needs project, and a projecting ear is

exposed and seems to require (and usually possesses) a special hairy

covering of its own. ‘To-day the normal human ear is almost hair-

less, frequently indeed quite nude. It is practically sessile.

Whether at one time it projected laterally seems a fair subject for

investigation, and to this question the existence of hairs upon its

back affords a clue.

Where the ear is pressed closely to the head as in most of the

Quadrumana, its back is almost naked: it was quite bare in the

Gibbon which I examined. An ear thus placed is obviously pro-

tected from weather either by the fur in which it is embedded, as in

the Gibbon, or by the long tresses which fall over it from the sides

of the head in the Orang and Chimpanzee *. Even the thick short

bristly hair of the Gorilla affords an efficient protection, and it is

not easy to get sight of the back of its ears, even when the ear is

handled. A special hairy covering for an ear so placed is needless,

a tuft in the orifice to exclude rain being all that is needed and

usually all that exists. Except a very few weak hairs in Gorilla,

the Anthropoids have lost the hair upon the back of the ear so far

as my observations extend, which is not far, for Anthropoid Apes

1« Descent of Man,’ 1871, i. p. 21.

? Ibid. p. 20.

3 Troglodytes calvus, as its name implies is bald.

308 MR. H. M. WALLIS ON THE GROWTH (Mar. 2,

are neither abundant nor easy to examine. Their ears seem

subject to much variation.

Man alone exhibits in infancy and reproduces in later life the

ancestral hairy coat of the ear—a fact from which we may perhaps

infer that at one time his ears had sufficient lateral projection to

need other and more constant protection from the weather than the

hair of the scalp afforded.

The shape of the head of our ancestor who had pointed ears is

not known, but it is highly improbable that his skull was of the lofty,

domed, Caucasian type. If it were long and low, somewhat after

the style of the Eocene Adapis, the ears would be set much higher

in the head than ours, and would get no protection from any hair

growing upon the scalp.

Several coutributary pieces of evidence suggest that the external

ear is an organ diminished by disuse. Thus, it is no longer fune-

tional ; it varies extremely and constantly in shape and size and in

other particulars. It is by its position exposed to sunburn, frost-

bite, and injuries of all kinds, yet it is ill-supplied with nerves of

sensation and has a poor supply of blood. Consequently it heals

slowly when cut. One might compare our external ear to an outpost

once important, but now no longer essential, from which the

garrison is withdrawing.

My friend Dr. Hurry, of Reading, points out that the hairs on

the ears of both dark-haired and red-haired persons, already

referred to, are lighter than the general tone of the hair of the

head and cheeks. He suggests that this may result from some

deficiency of colouring-matter, which is in itself one process of

degeneration. I have, however, too little evidence on this point

to warrant my doing more than indicating a line worthy of further

enquiry.

But evidences of degeneration are, for the purposes of this

enquiry, negative testimony ; let us seek for something positive as

a clue to ancestral shape and size.

The most puzzling feature seems to be the abrupt countermarch

of the hairs upon the back of the heliv. No anthropoid or other

quadrumanous animal, so far as my limited observations extend,

shows anything analogous. The arrangement is useless, is not

ornamental, but is so persistent that one is driven to believe that its

history, if decipherable, would throw light upon the condition of

the organ in past times.

The theory which I propound upon this growth is submitted

with extreme diffidence.

This countermarch is in its incipience simply a divergence or

radiation of the lines of growth of the hair, such as is found upon

all funnel-shaped hairy ears where the diameter increases outwards

from a short tubular concha to a larger expansion. This radiation

is found among the hairs on the back of the human ear, the growth

starting spirally at the junction of the head and concha, and diverg-

ing outwards, some to the one side of Darwin’s Point, some to the

other (see Plate XIX. figs. 2 & 3).

reor OF HAIR UPON THE HUMAN SAR. 309

The divergence is easily explained, but the subsequent conver-

gence requires consideration. The convergence of the hairs, as the

curl in the helix is reached, suggests (as other phenomena have

already suggested) that this infolded rim is an atrophied feature,

the most degenerate part of a degenerate organ. It would seem

that this fold is all that stirvives of a subdiscoidal or funnel-shaped

organ of considerable size and projection.

As in the course of ages this extension contracted and became

folded back upon itself into the helix which we now know, the once

divergent lines of growth upon its back would be crowded together

as the lines of longitude upon a globe draw together after passing

the equator. Or, taking the wrist to represent the concha and the

extended thumb and fingers the lines of growth of the hairs upon

the ancestral ear, partial closure of the hand bringing the five

finger-tips into proximity will roughly illustrate the supposed

phenomena of distortion.

That the distortion is greatest below Darwin’s Point suggests

that the ear has sustained its greatest loss of surface on that side ;

and this interpretation is in some sort supported by the fact that

all, or most, Monkeys which have pointed ears show the point

higher than we show our rudiment.

The great size of the ancestral ear may be inferred from the still

considerable dimensions of its atrophied successor ; and if the above

explanation of the countermarching hairs is correct, the amount

of their convergence argues a very considerable extent of ear at one

time protruding beyond the present limits of the helix.

It has, I believe, been generally suspected that the line of human

descent runs somewhat wide of any living anthropoid, and in this

view the phenomena of the ear agree.

vi. Summary.

The human external ear is more ancestral than that of any

known Ape; more bestial than the almost naked ears of the Anthro-

poids, which show little or no trace of any point ; more bestial even

than the bare bluntly-angled ear of the Dog-faced Baboon. There

are characters apparently peculiar to itself which need reference to

such early forms as Nycticebus and Cheiromys before their signifi-

cance can be appreciated.

A large and somewhat funnel-shaped ear, sharply pointed and

projecting widely from the head, and with sufficient powers of

motion to permit of its being pricked, shaken, and laid at will, seems

within the vista of possibilities opened up by the phenomena just

described.

We may perhaps go one step further and reasonably infer the

back of this ear to have been thickly clothed with hair, longer upon

the concha, shorter upon the anti-helix and heliv, and that it was

fringed with stronger and darker hairs which united at the point

in a conspicuous spirally-twisted tuft.

310

ON THE GROWTH OF HAIR UPON THE HUMAN EAR. [Mar. 2,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate XIX.

Lars of Man, adults and infants,

Fig. 1. Left ear of girl at 36th day after birth; front and back views;

enlarged.

Right ear of infant girl, back view; enlarged. a, base; 4, thick

owth.

Left ear of same child, back view; enlarged. a, base; 8, thick

growth. i

Left ear of adult, front view.

Left ear of adult, back view.

7. Right ears of adult, front views.

Prats XX.

Ears of Man, infants.

Fig. 8. Har of infant 4 days old; hairs meet at a.

Fig.

10.

il.

12,

14,

16.

9. Same seen from above showing hairs crossing and small tuft.

6 days old; hairs cross at 0.

Nodule at c, hairs meet there.

13. Under 1 month, hairs converge on d, and cross.

15. 10 days old.

2 days old, much fine white hair, longest upon back of ear and

on edge of helix ; hairs meet at ¢; no cusp.

17. 5 months old; hairs converge from f, f, Darwin’s Point bare, g.

18. Hairs cross on inner edge of helix, h.

19. 10 days old.

Prats XXI.

Ears of Anthropoid Apes.

20. Har of Hoolock Gibbon showing a few hairs (a); no hairs on the

back of the ear,

21. Ear of Chimpanzee, ¢ jr.

22. Ear of do. b, ¢, hairs converging ; no cusp.

23. Ear of do. e, hairs.

24,25. Ear of Gorilla, jr.; @, Darwin’s Point? Hairs on margin

numerous and definitely directed towards a.

Prats XXII.

Ears of Monkeys and Lemurs.

26. Ear of Cynocephalus.

27. Ear of Cercopithecus cynosurus,

28. Har of C. albigularis.

29. Har of C. petaurista.

30, 31. Ear of C. dalandii, jy. ; front and back views.

32. Ear of Monkey, sp. inc.

33, Ear of Macacus maurus, hairs from both back and front converge

upon a, and cross points there,

34. Ear of Lemur, sp. ine.

35. Ear of Ring-tailed Lemur.

. Ear of Loris.

. Back of left ear of Aye-Aye.

FHM Wallis del.

EBA Steals lel o-DS

West,Newman sc.

Ears of Man, adults and infants.

A eA alae) fission

y Vii? ~

EE:

a aews

< ZA

EAS

“ELM

SS N =

(

West Newman sc.

Biars of Man,infants.

ay)

HM Wallis del. West Terman sc.

Ears of Anthropoid Apes.

PASSO 7 Pa ale

a Fi

back

Weat Newman sc

of Monkeys and Lemurs

1897.] ON THE FOSSIL VERTEBRATA OF SOUTH AMERICA. 311

March 16, 1897.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1897 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 87, of which 32 were

acquired by presentation, 5 by birth, 40 by purchase, 8 were

received on deposit, and 2 in exchange. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 74.

Amongst the additions, attention may be called to a young

female African Monkey of the genus Cercopithecus, from the

Upper Benué River, obtained by purchase on Feb. 2nd, which

seems to be referable to C. tantalus, Ogilby, described in the

Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1841 (p. 33): also to

Two Uvzean Parrakeets (Wymphicus uveensis), from the Island

of Uvea, Loyalty Group, obtained by purchase Feb. 16th (see

Pp. Z. S. 1882, p. 408, pl. xxvi.): and to

A second female hybrid Antelope, bred between Tragelaphus

gratus g and T. spekti 9, born Feb. 28th. The former hybrid

between the same animals was born Feb. 12th, 1896 (see P. Z. 8S.

1896, p. 304). The period of gestation of the Antelope was

ascertained to be eight calendar months.

I take this opportunity of calling the attention of the Meeting

to two Otters received by the Society on the 27th August last year

(having been purchased of Mr. James Silcock, of Drummatti-

connor Mills, Listdoor, Co. Down, Ireland), and now thriving

and very tame in our Gardens. The Irish Otter was separated

specifically from the English Otter (Lutra vulgaris) by Ogilby as

long ago as 1834 (see P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 111) under the title of Lutra

roensis, and I am not aware that the subject has been alluded to since

except in reference to his observations (see Bell’s ‘ British Quadru-

peds,’ p. 138, 1837). But it must be allowed that the Irish Otters

which we now have seem to be rather different from the ordinary

form, having the tail more flattened, a longer head, a more dis-

tinetly white under-lip, and a generally darker colour of the fur.

It appears to me, therefore, that the matter is worthy of further

investigation. If the Irish Weasel is specifically different from

the British species, as believed by Mr. Thomas and other good

authorities, why should not the Irish Otter. be also distinct? It

would be well, therefore, that a series of the two forms should be

carefully compared together.

Mr. A. Smith Woodward, F.Z.S., gave an account of his recent

visit to South America for the purpose of examining the Fossil

Vertebrata of that country, and exhibited a series of photographs

and fish-remains. His main object was to see the Museums and

collections in the Argentine Republic, but on the way he was also

312 ON THE FOSSIL VERTEBRATA OF SOUTH AMERICA, [Mar. 16,

able to make brief visits to Rio de Janeiro in Brazil and to

Montevideo in Uruguay.

In Brazil at present three features of interest claimed attention.

The Cretaceous Formations in the provinces of Ceara and Bahia had

yielded a large number of remains of marine fishes closely similar to

those from deposits of the same age in other parts of the world ;

and from the neighbourhood of Bahia, within the last few years,

Mr. Joseph Mawson had obtained numerous reptilian bones,

referable to Mesozoic crocodiles, pterodactyles, plesiosaurs, and

probably dinosaurs. Certain lignites occupying isolated basins

among the old rocks in the province of Sao Paulo were crowded

with the skeletons of Teleostean fishes evidently of a comparatively

modern Tertiary period. These were being collected by Dr.

von Jhering for the Sao Paulo Museum, and by Mr. John Gordon

for the British Museum ; and when examined in detail, it seemed

likely they would afford much information concerning the immediate

ancestors of the existing Brazilian freshwater fish-fauna. A third

geological formation of special importance was a series of limestones

extensively developed in the province of Sao Paulo, whence

Dr. Orville A. Derby some years ago had obtained the remarkable

primitive aquatic reptile, Stercosternum tumidum. As originally

recognized by Prof. E. D. Cope, who had described this animal, it

was extraordinarily similar to Mesosaurus of the Karoo Formation

of South Africa—a series of early Mesozoic deposits specially

characterized by extinct reptiles which had often been regarded

as the possible immediate ancestors of the Mammalia. Dr. Derby

had recently found a new specimen of Stereosternum exhibiting

almost its complete skeleton, including the remarkably long tail ;

he had also lately met with an undoubted Labyrinthodont tooth,

and there was every indication that before long the important

Karoo fauna would be discovered in the South American area.

The Uruguayan National Museum in Montevideo contained

nothing of much paleontological interest ; and the collection of

bones of extinct Mammalia from Uruguay, made by Dr. Conrad

Moeller, had been presented by that gentleman a few years ago to

the University of Christiania, Norway.

The National Museum of Argentina at Buenos Aires, under the

direction of our Corresponding Member, Dr. Carlos Berg, contained

the fine collection of Pleistocene Mammalia described by the late

Dr. Burmeister, all well preserved and beautifully mounted.

There was also a large collection of late Tertiary fish-remains from

the neighbourhood of the city of Parand. The study of these would

supplement in an interesting manner the results obtained from

the lignite fishes of Sao Paulo.

Modern progress, however, in the discovery of the extinct

vertebrate fauna of the Argentine Republic was best illustrated not

in the National Museum, but in the Buenos Aires State Museum,

founded by our Corresponding Member, Dr. F. P. Moreno, at La

Plata in 1885. The more important specimens had already been

briefly described and well figured in the publications of the Museum ;

1897.] DR. R. H. TRAQUAIR ON PALEOSPONDYLUS GUNNI. 313

but new collections were continually being obtained by the officers of

the Museum, who were periodically despatched on exploring expedi-

tions. Among the more interesting acquisitions of 1896 were some

crocodilian and ophidian skeletons from the red sandstones of the

Territory of Neuquen, which were supposed to be of Cretaceous age,

and had already yielded the Dinosaurian remains lately described by

Mr. Lydekker. The Crocodiles (described by Mr. Woodward in

the ‘ Anal. Mus. La Plaia, Paleont. Argent.,’ pt. iv. 1896) were of

special interest as being of a Mesozoic type, with a short and

broad head and a terminal narial opening. Their teeth were few and

well differentiated into incisors, canines, and molars, apparently

without any successional teeth. The Ophidian was in a wonderful

state of preservation, but was still undescribed. The red sandstones

in which these reptilian remains occurred were believed to be of the

same age as the earliest deposits containing mammalian remains in

Southern Argentina. Hence the latter were usually considered to

date back to the Cretaceous period.

The succession of the mammaliferous deposits of Patagonia and

the adjoining territories had hitherto been most thoroughly

investigated by Senor Carlos Ameghino, who had conducted an

exploring expedition each year since 1887, and had amassed an

enormous private collection which his brother, Dr. Florentino

Ameghino, had studied with results so important and so well

known as not to need detailed recapitulation here. Above the red

sandstones of Neuquen, and below the superficial pampean deposits,

the brothers Ameghino now recognized two distinct mammalian

faunas—the older of the Pyrotherium Formation, and the later of

the Santa Cruz Formation, both particularly remarkable for the

abundance of highly specialized Ungulata. Near the coast the

marine Patagonian Formation fortunately separated these two fresh-

water or terrestrial horizons, and thus afforded a means of deter-

mining their age. The Cetacean remains found in the marine

intercalation (as had been noted by Mr. Lydekker) seemed to cor-

respond with those termed Miocene in the northern hemisphere ;

the Selachian teeth from the same formation presented by the

brothers Ameghino to the British Museum were also of a Miocene

or even early Pliocene facies. Mr. Woodward was therefore inclined

to believe that the Santa Cruz fauna was not earlier than the Miocene,

and might even be homotaxial with the Lower Pliocene of the

northern hemisphere. There was no decisive evidence of any of

the Patagonian mammals hitherto discovered dating back to the

Cretaceous period.

Dr. R. H. Traquair, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

a new specimen of the supposed fossil Lamprey (Paleospondylus

gunn) from the Old Red Sandstone of Caithness, and read a note

on its affinities (see below p. 314).

Mr. E. T. Newton agreed with Dr. Traquair that the slight

markings seen on the stone near the fish-remains, which had been

Proo, Zoot, Soc.—1897, No. XX. 21

314 —s DR. R. H. TRAQUAIR ON PALEOSPONDYLUS GUNNI.* [ Mar. 16,

thought to represent fin-rays, were not organic and had nothing

whatever to do with the fish. Similar ridges were to be seen on

a specimen with Palwospondylus in the Museum of Practical

Geology, but had no relation to the fossil.

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Affinities of Palwospondylus gunni, Traq.

In reply to Dr. Bashford Dean, of New York. By

R. H. Traquatr, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S."

[Received March 16, 1897.]

Those who are acquainted with my papers on Paleospondylus

gunni will remember that my principal reason, in my last contri-

bution to the subject, for assigning a Marsipobranch affinity to this

singular little Devonian organism was the presence of a cirrated

opening, presumably nasal, situated in the front of the cranium.

My words were :—

‘¢ What is the nature of this aperture with its strange fringe

of cirri? It cannot be a sucker like that of the larval Lepidosteus.

sha araiey ¢ The more obvious comparison—and that which is in

harmony with the rest of the structure of our fossil—is that with

the single nasal opening of Myaine or Petromyzon. And if this

view be the right one, then Palwospondylus is monorhinal, and és

a Marsipobranch.” *

I was therefore not a little surprised to find the following

statement by Dr. Bashford Dean at p. 70 of his recent work on

‘Fishes Living and Fossil,’ published after he had received and

read the paper from which the above extract is quoted :—‘ There

can be no doubt that Palcwospondylus possessed a ring-like mouth

surrounded by barbels like those of a Myxinoid, and that it lacked

paired fins.”

Not that Dr. Dean seems to dispute my reference of the cirrated

opening to a nasal category—on the contrary he reproduces my

restoration of Palwospondylus without raising any question of the

kind. So I can only conclude that he did not read my description

with that amount of care which would have prevented so serious

a misunderstanding of my words, which surely could not have

been plainer.

In this work, however, the author looks favourably on the idea

of the Marsipobranch affinities of Palwospondylus, even to the

extent of speaking of it as “the fossil remains of what seems

undoubtedly a Lamprey ” (p. 65).

More recently, however, Dr. Dean has seen reason to change

this opinion after examining a specimen of Paleospondylus which

1 Communicated by A. Surtu Woopwarp, Esq., F.Z.S.

? Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. xii, 1894, p. 314.

1897.| DR. R. 1. TRAQUAIR ON PALHOSPONDYLUS GUNNI, 315

had been sent tohim by Mr. W. T. Kinnear, of Forss near Thurso.

His interpretation of this specimen, along with a magnified figure,

will be found in a paper entitled “ Is Palwospondylus a Cyclostome ?”

published in the ‘Transactions of the New York Academy of

Sciences ’ for 1896 (vol. xv.).

Here (pp. 101, 102) Dr. Dean states that in this specimen “a

dusky band may, on either side, be traced tailward from the region

of the ‘auditory capsules. These bands when examined with a

glass are found to resolve themselves into a series of ray-like

structures arranged transversely to the axis of the body, but slightly

inclined backward........ They cannot be said to definitely

take their origin from post-occipital plates, although they certainly

appear to, and there is a suggestion that the right occipital plate

has been formed of metameral elements. The band of ray-like

structures continues, however, caudad of the pectoral region,

traceable backwards to the region of about one-half the length of

the vertebral axis...... Negative as well as positive evidence,

accordingly, indicates that these fin-like rays were concerned with

the presence of paired fins. If this be true, is Palwospondylus to

be regarded as a Marsipobranch?” The paper finishes with an

arrangement in tabular form of the evidence for and against the

marsipobranch affinities of Palcospondylus, from which it would

appear that he still looks upon the cirrated opening as a “ mouth,”

and that he thought the post-occipital plates may ‘“ well represent

basalia of pectoral fins.” After all, the only conclusion to which

the author comes is that ‘“‘the position of the fossil, if not to be

regarded as marsipobranchian, is certainly undefinable.”

As Dr. Dean has been so extremely kind as to send his specimen

over to this country that we may examine it for ourselves, I am

enabled by this act of courtesy on his part to offer a few words as

to my interpretation of the appearances presented by it.

It belongs to the class of specimens which may be designated as

moderately good. The black substance of the skull and vertebre

is fairly well preserved, but the surface is gone. The post-occipital

plates are not well preserved, so that the “ suggestion” as to one

of them being formed of “ metameral elements” is absolutely

without value. The vertebral centra are in pretty good condition,

some of them in front being so turned up as to show their ring-like

conformation with great distinctness. These are the parts seen on

the specimen ; if there were anything morewe should expect it to

be preserved in the same way.

On examining the specimen with a low power, taking care to

turn the head towards the light, we see the dusky band clearly

enough on the right * side, though it is scarcely perceptible on the

opposite one; and we also see the appearance of this band being

divided into transversely directed ray-like bodies. Then if we

turn round the fossil so that the light may strike on the vertebral

column from the convex side, then the dusky band with its ray-lke

markings at once disappears—but not so the black substance of

’ In reality the /ef¢ side, as the specimen, as usual, lies on its back,

316 DR. R. H. PRAQUAIR ON PALEOSPONDYLUS GUNNI. [Mar. 16,

the rest of the fossil. Then if we examine the specimen further

with a higher power, we should find that these striated markings

contain not a particle of organic tissue—they are mere shadows ;

so that Dr. Dean’s expression “a series of ray-like structures” is

surely inapplicable to them, and the figure of them which he gives

in his paper is quite misleading.

There is no doubt that the outer margin of the “ dusky band,”

lettered “ marginal body-wall” in Dr. Dean’s figure, represents a

slightly elevated ridge on the stone, and that the “ray-like

structures” are slight furrows brought into relief only when the

specimen is so held that the light brings out their shadows.

The next thing to be observed is that these ray-like shadows

are not limited toa position internal to the line B.W. in Dr. Dean’s

figure, but extend beyond it towards a second longitudinal line

parallel with the first, and there is even an indication of a third

one. Furthermore, if we examine the whole surface of the stone,

carefully turning it so that the light may fall on it from various

directions, we shall be surprised to find indications of similar

striated markings cropping up here and there quite apart from the

fossil.

Consequently my belief has come to be, that these markings,

considered by Dr. Bashford Dean to be rays of a pectoral fin, are

petrological and not paleontological in their nature—that they are,

in fact, inorganic and have nothing to do with the fossil itself,

which stands clearly out from them in its deep black contour of

calcified cartilage. “

But even if these markings were organic and belonged to the

specimen of Palwospondylus with which they are associated,

Dr. Dean’s interpretation of them is still inconsistent. or if the

outer edge of his “dusky band,” marked B.W. in his figure,

be really the “‘ marginal body-wall,” then his supposed “ radial-like

supports (of paired fins),” which pass inwards from this line, must,

according to his own theory of the paired fins, be “ basals” and

not “radials.” Nevertheless he also says of the post-occipital

plates that they “ might well represent basalia of pectoral fins.”

Apparently still under the conviction that the cirrated ring which

I have interpreted as nasal is oral in its nature (how a mouth

could go directly into the front of the cranium I fail to see), he

leaves the nose, upon which I have naturally placed the principal

weight, altogether out of consideration in his summary of characters

for and against the marsipobranch. affinities of Paleospondylus.

And note his remark: ‘ Moreover it is possible that the ventral

‘cirrhi’ are displaced structures from the cranial region, as one of

the specimens examined by the present writer seems to indicate.”

Of course these “ ventral cirrhi,” namely the cirri on the ventral

half of the nasal ring, are cranial structures, and I certainly did

not describe them as anything else! It is really a matter for

regret that Dr. Dean did not, as it would seem, read my paper

with a little more care. Although Dr. Dean admits that the

caudal fin of Paleospondylus is “ essentially marsipobranchian,”

1897.] ON MAMMALS FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 317

he adds that ‘its diphycereal (or perhaps heterocercal) condition ”

is also common to many groups. Well, I have never seen a

‘‘heterocercal” Palcospondylus in spite of the many specimens

with well-preserved tails which have come under my observation.

Nor have I, although I must have examined nearly two hundred

examples of the little creature in question, many of them in a

much better state of preservation than the one which is the special

subject of this paper, ever seen anything like the shadowy furrows

interpreted by Dr. Dean as pectoral fin-rays.

Therefore I must, in conclusion, state my belief that the exami-

nation of this specimen leaves the question of the affinities of

Paleospondylus precisely where it was after I had written my last

paper on the subject.

My warmest thanks are, however, due to Dr. Bashford Dean

for his kindness and generosity in sending his specimen again

across the Atlantic for re-examination by British paleichthyologists.

2. On a Collection of Mammals from North and

North-west Australia. By R. Cotiert.

[Received February 10, 1897.]

(Plate XXIIT.)

Mr. Knut Dahl, a young naturalist, returned to Norway in

May 1896, after spending three years, from 1893 to 1896, in

South Africa and Australia for the purpose of collecting zoological

specimens for the University of Christiania.

In June 1894 he arrived at Port Darwin, in North Australia,

and at once commenced his researches in the inner districts of

Arnhem Land. He subsequently visited Victoria River (south of

Arnhem Land), and finally remained at Roebuck Bay, North-

west Australia, from October 1895 to February 1896, where he

likewise obtained interesting collections. He collected altogether

examples of 34 species of Mammals, 31.of which may be identified.

Besides this, several others were observed without being procured.

Two of the species of which specimens were brought home I con-

sider new to science (Pseudochirus dahlit and Sminthopsis nitela),and

several of the others are rare and seldom met with in collections.

I shall therefore append a short account of the Mammals which

have been brought home and which are all preserved in the

Zoological Museum at Christiania, and add to it a short description

of the most important of the places visited, together with their

peculiarities, from the reports I have received of them from

Mr. Dahl.

I owe my thanks to my friend Mr. Oldfield Thomas for having

assisted me in determining some of the more doubtful specimens.

Characteristic of the whole of Arnhem Land is a mighty forest,

which more or less covers the entire country.

Port Darwin, the first locality visited. is characterized by flat,

318 PROF, R. COLLETT ON MAMMALS [Mar. 16

open forest-land, extending to the very banks of the Adelaide

River. The forests are mainly composed of various sorts of

Eucalyptus, and are denser than any seen elsewhere in Arnhem

Land. Numerous small watercourses intersect the plains, and

are surrounded by jungles of bamboo-cane, large trees of Picus,

and, finally, a species of palm closely allied to Areca.

In the next district, Daly River, one again meets with the same

forest-land, and, on the whole, the same kind of trees; but the

forests are more open, changing here and there into large plains,

which in some places are covered with swamps and lagoons,

surrounded by Melaleuca-trees, and in others assume a sandy

desert-like appearance. Hermit Hill lies a little to the southward

of Daly River, and on the whole possesses the same natural

features.

About 100 miles inland from the mouth of the Daly River the

country consists of broken tableland; Mt. Showbridge lies to the

eastward of this and is of considerable height.

Glencoe (or Fountain Head) has low woods and large open

plains.

Mary River, which flows to the northward, rises partly in a

peculiar granite formation, which extends up to the railway at

Union Town, and partly from permanent springs in the great

central tableland, whence Alligator River also flows northward,

and whence Katherine River flows towards the south and west,

subsequently joing the Daly River, and bounding Arnhem Land

in the south. The great tableland is covered with large forests

and permanent water-springs.

In the neighbourhood of Victoria River the district consists of

broken sandstone ranges, covered with Spinifea grass and gum-

trees. :

Roebuck Bay, North-west Australia (18° S. lat.), is desert-like

country, covered with scrub and lakes.

Fam. PTEROPODIDS.

1. Prnrorus scaAPULATUS, Peters, 1862.

Pteropus scapulatus, Dobs. Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 41 (1878) ;

Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 80 (1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, Aug. 17th, 1894 (one specimen).

Skin. The coloration of the fur is as described in the immature

specimens (P. elseyi, Gray, 1866); a paler reddish-brown collar

round the neck, and no traces of white shoulder-tufts.

The woolly hairs covering the lower surface of the forearm and

adjacent parts of the wing-membrane are of a pale greyish-yellow

colour.

Length of forearm 138 mm.

Skull.—

Length of the skull (about) .......... 59 mm.

Breadth across zygomatic arches........ 35,

Length of dental series

T8070" FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 319

Dentition normal. Upper m? is in this specimen considerably

larger than 7.

Hub, Common on the River Daly (Arnhem Land). Several

specimens were shot, but only one preserved.

2. PreRopus GOULDI, Peters, 1867.

Pteropus gouldii, Dobs. Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 60 (1878);

Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 79 (1892).

N. Australia: Port Darwin, June 17th, 1894 (two specimens).

Daly River, Aug. 17th, 1894 (one specimen).

Skin. The specimens belong to the typical form, with the back

of the head and neck ferruginous brown.

Skull. All the specimens are young, and have no traces of

parietal crests ; but, in spite of their youth, all the teeth are worn.

Length of dental series 29 mm.

Hab. Very numerous in Arnhem Land, especially close to the

big rivers. At Roebuck Bay (N.W. Australia) Flying-Foxes

were rarely seen and none were procured.

Fam. VESPERTILIONIDS.

behy

3. SCOTOPHILUS GREYI, Gray, 1843 (Dobs. 1877).

Scotophilus greyvi, Dobs. Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 263 (1878);

Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 92 (1892).

W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Nov. 18th, 1895 (two specimens).

Skin. One is a young male, the other a full-grown female

(length of forearm 33 mm.), containing an embryo of the size of a

large pea.

Hab. The commonest species at Roebuck Bay, but no Bat was

plentiful there.

4, NYCTOPHILUS TIMORIBNSIS (Geoffr.), 1806.

Nyctophilus timoriensis, Dobs. Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 172

(1878); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 87 (1892).

NV. Australia: Daly River, July 1894 (four specimens).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Nov. 1895 (one specimen).

Skin. Two specimens are males, length of forearm 41-42 mm.;

and three females with the forearm 38, 38, and 40 mm. One

of the specimens (from Daly River) shows the peculiarity that

the ears are not joined, there being no trace of the connecting-

membrane on the forehead.

Hab. Very numerous on Daly River, rarer at Roebuck Bay,

Generally seen shortly before sunset close to the houses.

5. CHALINOLOBUS NIGROGRISEUS (Gould), 1856.

Chalinolobus nigrogriseus, Dobs. Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 251

(1878) ; Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 91 (1892).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Noy. 30th, 1895 (one specimen).

320 PROF, R. COLLELT ON MAMMALS | Mar. 16,

Skin. The single specimen is a male ; length of forearm 35 mm.

Skull. The minute first upper premolar is absent on the left

side.

Hab. Rare at Roebuck Bay, not seen in Arnhem Land.

6. VESPERUGO TENUIS (Temm.), 1835-41.

Vesperugo tenuis, Dobs. Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 226 (1878)

(Sumatra, Java, Borneo).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Nov. 1895 (one specimen).

Skin. The specimen agrees in all details with Dobson’s de-

scription. Length of cubitus 30 mm. Colour greyish brown,

scarcely darker at the base of the hairs ; beneath more ashy.

The muzzle (with the glandular prominences) covered with

short hairs, interspersed with a few longer hairs ; only the nostrils

are perfectly naked.

Skull. Outer cusp of first upper incisor shorter than inner cusp ;

upper # a little shorter than outer cusp of 7’.

Hab. V. tenuis has been recorded from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo,

but had not previously, so far as is known, been found in Australia.

At Roebuck Bay (N.W. Australia) it was rare, like the other

species.

Fam. RHINOLOPHIDG.

7. HipposipEervs Muscinvs (Thos. et Doria), 1886.

Phyllorhina muscina, Thos. et Doria, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Stor. Nat.

Genova, ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 201 (1886).

N. Australia: Mary River, May 7th, 1895 (two specimens).

Skin. Both specimens are females (like those obtained by

d’Albertis in New Guinea). Length of forearm 43 mm. and 44 mm.

The nose-leaf is alike in both, and perfectly agrees with the

figure in Thomas and Doria’s description of the typical specimens.

Hab. This species is new to the Australian fauna, It had

hitherto only been found on the Fly River, in New Guinea, by

d’Albertis.

In Arnhem Land it was not uncommon on the Mary River,

and several specimens were found resting in the caves, some few

hanging close together.

Fam. EMBALLONURID2Z.

8. TapHozous AUSTRALIS, Gould, 1854.

Taphozous australis, Dobs. Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 382 (1878)

Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 96 (1892).

NV. Australia: Mary River, May 10th, 1895 (four specimens).

Skin. One specimen is a male, the rest females ; no air-sac is

developed on the throat of the male.

Length of forearm 67-69 mm.

Hob. Numerous on the Mary River, found in the caves in

company with Hipposiderus muscinus.

ESO Ze 717 _ FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 321

Fam. CANID &.

9. Canis pInGo, Blumenb., 1790.

Canis dingo, Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 123 (1892).

NV. Australia: Hermit Hill, Aug. 12th, 1894 (one specimen and

one skull). Daly River, Aug. 1894 (one specimen). S. Alligator

River, June 15th, 1895 (one specimen).

Skin. The three specimens belong to the red variety. The size

seems to be inferior to those from Queensland which are preserved

in the Christiania Museum ; length of four skulls 183-190 mm.

Hab. Only the red variety was seen in Arnhem Land; but

black specimens were known by the natives.

Fam. MuURID 4.

10. ConILURUS PENICILLATUS (Gould), 1842.

Conilurus penicillatus, Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 117

(1892).

N. Australia: Hermit Hill, Aug. 15th, 20th, 1894 (five speci-

mens). Daly River, Oct. 1894 (three specimens). Adelaide

River, Dec. 12th, 1894 (one specimen). Mary River, May 15th,

1895 (one specimen).

Skin. There are ten specimens in all: two of the skins (Hermit

Hill, Aug. 1894) have the tail white-tipped (length of white tip

26 mm.); in all the other specimens the tail is black throughout.

In the single autumn specimen (Mary River, May 1895) the hairs

on the tail are very short and adpressed.

Skull. In a full-grown specimen, with worn teeth, the length of

the skull is 44 mm., the breadth 23 mm.

Foramen palatinum reaching to or a little beyond the first molar.

The anterior border of the os nterparietale forms a straight line,

the posterior one a rounded one.

Hab. Numerous all over Arnhem Land, and in great numbers

on the rivers on the lowlands. Most of the specimens procured

were taken from holes in the trees, but they were also seen close

to and within the houses.

Natwe name: Pelke.

11. ConizuRus BOWERI (Ramsay), 1886.

? Hapalotis macrura, Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin,

1876, p. 355, pl. i. (1876).

Hapalotis boweri, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,

2nd ser. vol. i. p. 1153 (1886).

Conilurus boweri, Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 116 (1892).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Dec. 8th, 1895 (one specimen,

a female). Roebuck Bay, Dec. 16th, 1895 (two half-grown young

ones, in spirit).

Skin. The specimen (a female) is not perfectly adult, the teeth

being unworn and the posterior molars not yet fully developed.

322 PROF. R. COLLETT ON MAMMALS [Mar. 16,

Length of the body, with head, about 150 mm., length of tail

250 mm. Consequently the proportions of the body to the tail is

as three to five, thus considerably longer than in the typical

C. bowert, and agreeing in that respect with C. macrurus, Peters.

The colour is exactly as in Ramsay’s description of C. boweri.

From a little in front of the ears, down the back of the head, and

the central portion of the back and on the root of the tail is a broad

distinct band of golden yellow, rufescent on the nape. The tail is

brown for one-seventh of its base, the remainder white; towards

the tip the hairs are somewhat longer than on its inner parts, but

no distinct brush is present.

This specimen from Roebuck Bay thus has the proportions

ot the body in accordance with C. macrurus, and the colour with

C. bowert; there is therefore much reason to believe that the two

species are identical.

The two half-grown young ones have both a length of 96 mm.

(head and body); the tail was 103 and 110 mm. Thus the tail

was proportionally much shorter than in the larger specimen,

and perfectly in accordance with Ramsay’s description of his

C. bowert. The colour, too, was as in the type specimen; the

hairs of the tail evenly short to the tip, and no trace of a brush

was developed.

Manme four.

Skull. Hardly distinguishable from that of C. penicillatus.

Hab. Rare in the neighbourhood of Roebuck Bay, not found in

Arnhem Land. Several were seen within the houses.

Native name: Katkomba.

12. Contiurus uirsuTUs (Gould), 1842.

Conilurus hirsutus, Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 117 (1892).

NV. Australia: Hermit Hill, Aug. 8th-15th, 1894 (eleven speci-

mens and two fcetuses). Daly River, Oct. 7th, 1894 (one

specimen). Mount Showbridge, March 15th, 1895 (two specimens).

Katherine River, July 13th, 1895 (one specimen).

Fetus. Besides the 15 specimens, mostly full-grown, there are

two foetuses (taken from a female at Hermit Hill, Aug. 15, 1894)

of the size of a nearly full-grown mouse. Vibrisse already well-

developed.

In one the placenta was still adherent; it is very large and

thick, rather oblong, its diameters being 23 mm. and 27 mm.

The number of f@tuses is never more than two.

Skin, Size very large. Measured on the skins of full-grown

specimens the length of body and head is about 315 mm., the tail

about 340-360 mm.

Occiput and neck in all tinged with rusty yellow; belly yellowish

white. The feet are varied above with black and rusty yellow ;

the hands are black, but in most specimens the long hairs which

cover the claws are whitish.

Skull. Length 67 mm.; breadth 32 mm. foramen palatinum

not reaching the anterior border of the teeth series. Anterior

1897.] FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 323

border of os interparietale strongly convex ; posterior also convex,

its lateral angles pointed.

Teeth remarkably like those of C. penicillatus.

Hab. Common all over Arnhem Land, very numerous on the

plains around the Daly River. Generally it was found hidden in

holes of the trees, and numbers were taken by hand by the natives.

Number of young only two.

Native name: Nunjala.

13. Mus RATTUS RUFESCENS, Gray, 1837.

N. Australia: Glencoe, Jan. 1894 (one specimen).

Skin (in spirit). Length of head and body 160 mm., tail 198

mm. Number of rings on the tail 205.

Of the different varieties of MW. rattus described by Thomas ' and

Blanford *, the present specimen comes nearest to Mus rufescens,

Gray, the colour being rufous brown, with a yellowish tint along

the sides ; the belly and lower parts of head are whitish, hands and

feet more reddish grey. The fur is mixed with fine spines *.

Hab. Not rare in the storehouses of the colonists in Arnhem

Land.

-14. HypRoMYS CHRYSOGASTER FULYO-LAVATUS, Gould, 1863.

Hydromys fulvolavatus, Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 102

(1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, Aug. 4th, 1894 (one specimen).

Daly River, Aug. 4th, 1894 (four young ones in spirit). Daly

River, Aug. 13th, 1894 (one young one in spirit).

Skin. The full-grown specimen, a female, belongs to the western

variety (7. fulvolavatus, Gould, 1863). Whiskers mixed black and

white ; extreme tip (one inch) of tail white.

Hab, Found nearly everywhere in the watercourses in Arnhem

Land.

Fam. MacroPropip2.

15. Macropus antitoprnus (Gould), 1841.

Macropus antilopinus, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus.

p. 21 (1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 59 (1892).

N, Australia: Hermit Hill, Aug. 9th, 1894 (one specimen,

female). Glencoe, Jan. 1895 (skull, male). Victoria River, April

13th, 1895 (one specimen, young).

Skin. The specimen from Victoria River is a young one, the

second a female, scarcely full-grown. Through an accident the

! Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 533 (Mus alexandrinus).

2 ¢ Fauna of British India, Mammalia, p. 406 (1888-91).

$ Besides the specimen of M. rattus there are in the collection three specimens

(skins or in spirit) of two or three species of Mus from North Australia.

But without larger series from the different localities it is hardly possible

at present to work them out satisfactorily ; and as the description of isolated

specimens of this genus only causes further confusion, I prefer to omit them

altogether.

324 PROF; R. COLLETT ON MAMMALS [Mar. 16,

skin of a nearly adult male (from Glencoe) was destroyed, and its

skull only preserved.

The coloration of the young and the female agree in most

details with Thomas’s description. The fingers and toes are,

however, yellowish white to the claws, and the tail, too, is rufous

white throughout, not becoming darker towards the tip.

Skull. In the male the length is 174 mm., the breadth 103 mm.

The greatest breadth across the inflated nasal chamber is 49 mm.

The specimen is not perfectly adult; the line between the

zygomatic processes will touch the anterior part of m*. The

skull of the young female has a length of 147 mm., breadth

87 mm.

Matz.—T'eeth. Persistent set not yet developed, the milk p*

being still present. It is short, with a weak root; its length

scarcely exceeding the breadth of m’.

In the lower jaw m! is almost aborted on both sides, its premolar-

like crown being pressed obliquely in the space between (the

normal) m? and the milk p’.

Frematn.—TZeth as in the male, but m' in lower jaw is normal.

The milk p‘ in both jaws very small and directed obliquely forwards.

Hab. Common in Arnhem Land in the neighbourhood of hills,

generally seen in herds. Also found on Victoria River. It was

very wary and difficult to approach.

Native name: Koppo (male); Kondaltburu (female).

16. Macropus acinus (Gould), 1841.

Macropus agilis, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus. p. 42

(1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 54 (1892).

N. Australia: Port Darwin, June 1894 (four specimens). Daly

River, July-Aug. 1894 (four specimens and one embryo). Victoria

River, April 1895 (one specimen). Katherine River, July 1895

(three specimens).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Nov. 1895 (five specimens and

three embryos).

Skin. There are in the collection 17 skins (mostly with skulls),

four embryos or young ones from pouch, and several skulls

extra.

Young from pouch. Length from snout to anus about 150 mm.,

tail 97 mm.

Eyes still closed. Naked ; hairs on snout just traceable. No

teeth visible. (Roebuck Bay, Nov. 1895.)

Another young one, length from snout to anus about 200 mm.,

tail 148 mm. (size of a squirrel). Still almost perfectly naked,

the eyelids and vibrisse developed. Lower incisors visible.

(Roebuck Bay, Noy. 1895.)

Skull. 20 skulls, in different stages of development, are in the

collection (length between 68 mm. and 152 mm.).

Teeth. 1 give some remarks on the teeth in a few of these

stages.

Young stage (a specimen from the pouch). Length of the skull

1897.] FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 325

68 mm. P* and the milk p* are fully developed; m! is just

emerging from the alveolus.

Middle stage. Two skulls, length 121 mm. and 126 mm., are just

in the stage when p* and the milk p* are at the point of being

changed. In both specimens the persistent p* is already developed

in one of the upper jaws; in the other jaw p* and the milk p* are

still present, but the persistent p* is (in the largest specimen)

visible above their roots through a hole in the maxillary. In the

lower jaw on one side, too, the persistent p* is developed, on the

other side not.

Adult stage. Two full-grown specimens, having the following

sizes :-—

Male: length 152, breadth 80 mm.

Female: ,, 140; — ,, TA: oi34

Two other skulls belong, too, to old specimens’, but are smaller,

their length being 129-136 mm.

In all these four skulls m* is fully developed; a line between the

tips of zygomatic processes will touch the middle (or in the old

male the posterior part) of m*.

Between the middle stage and the adult there are nine skulls

(length from 119 mm. to 146 mm.), none of which have m’ fully

developed. The line between the tips of zygomatic arches will

touch the middle of m’, in the youngest specimens the posterior

part of m’*.

Between the middle stage and the young one thereare four skulls

(length between 118 mm. and 123 mm.). P* and the milk p* are

still present ; m* is only half-developed.

Hab. The commonest species in Arnhem Land and at Roebuck

Bay, and met with everywhere along the great rivers ; especially

numerous in the big bamboo-jungles.

Native names: Ma, Bulak.

17. Macrorvs rozustus (Gould), 1840.

Macropus robustus, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monctr. Brit. Mus. p. 22

(1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 58 (1892).

N. Australia: South Alligator River, June 17th, 1895 (one

specimen, a female, with a young one from its pouch).

Skull. Length of the skull (female) 1389 mm., breadth 77 mm.

The last molar has not yet reached its full height.

Hab. In the central tablelands, Arnhem Land, scarce, solitary.

Nate name: Tjikurr (male) ; Tjugeri (female).

18. PrrroGaLE conoinna, Gould, 1842.

Petrogale concinna, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus. p. 71

(1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 48 (1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, July 21st, 1894 (one specimen).

Mary River, May 1895 (seven specimens and two embryos).

Skin. In all specimens the white tips of the hairs on the back

1 Sex undetermined, but probably both females.

326 PROF. R, COLLETT ON MAMMALS [Mar. 16,

are very conspicuous, and give the orange-rufous back a grizzled

silvery appearance.

The terminal pencil of the tail is rather variable in colour, in

some specimens being almost brownish black.

Skull. Perhaps none of the specimens are perfectly adult, as the

last molar has in no case reached its full growth. Length of the

largest specimen (a male) 78 mm., breadth 44°5 mm.

Interorbital space in Jarger specimens slightly concave; the

fronto-nasal’suture strongly concave or forming an obtuse angle

(open in front).

Posterior palatal foramina large, reaching from front or middle

of m* to middle of m*. The bony bridge behind the foramina very

thin, with many small openings.

Teeth. The dentition of this species is rather peculiar, and the

skulls in the collection seem as if they had five molars and no

premolar. The anterior of the teeth is, however, the milk p*,

which has exactly the shape of a true molar.

The eight skulls represent three different stages.

Young stage. In two young specimens (length of skull 49 mm.

and 59 mm.) both premolars (p* and the milk p*) are present.

P* has a normal shape, not very different from that in other

species ; it has four cusps (the anterior indistinctly divided in two),

with shallow notches between them. Its length equals that of p*.

Middle stage. One skull, length 73 mm., breadth 42 mm. P* is

still present in the right side of the upper jaw, but has fallen out

on the other side.and below. Consequently this tooth seems to

be changed at the time when m* is appearing.

Nearly adult stage. Five skulls, length 72 mm.to 78mm. As

stated above, m‘ has not reached its full development in any of

these, although one of them belongs to the mother of one of the

young ones.

The perfectly molar-like p*is present in all; most likely it is

changed at a very late period, and it may even be an open

question whether it is ever changed at all.

Hab. Common on the granite on the western heads of the river

Mary. On Daly River it was met with in one locality only

(about a hundred miles from the river mouth).

Native name: Bolwak.

19. PerroGaLn Bracuyoris, Gould, 1840.

Petrogale brachyotis, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus. p. 69

(1888) ; Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 49 (1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, July 20th-21st, 1894 (three speci-

mens and one young in spirit). 8. Alligator River, April 14th,

1895 (one specimen). Mary River, May 11th—-14th, 1895 (two

specimens and one embryo). Union Town, Aug. 16th, 1895 (one

specimen).

Skin. There are seven specimens, besides one young from the

pouch and one embryo.

To the detailed description of Mr. Thomas I may add that in

all the specimens there is a faint dark line down the centre of the

1897. ] FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 327

occiput and neck, almost obsolete in some, but more distinct in

others. In the latter it reaches to between the white shoulder-

markings.

Eyelids black, hands and feet dark brownish grey.

The lower side of the tail is greyish white almost to the tip;

the longer dark brown hairs are forming a brush chiefly on the

upperside of its terminal third or fourth.

A young from the pouch (length 100 mm. without tail) is still

almost naked; snout hairy.

Teeth. Only one of the skulls at hand is from an adult specimen,

its length is 100 mm., breadth 53 mm. It is a male, with the

innermost molar fully developed and the persistent p* functional.

Another skull, a younger male, length 90 mm., breadth 46 mm.,

is in the stage where the persistent p* is showing above the root of

p and the milk p*, both of which are still present, but much worn.

The first traces of m* are visible through the maxiila.

The other skulls are all younger, with p* and the milk p’ still in

lace.

The milk p‘ is broad, rather like a molar, but not so perfectly

molar-like as is the case in P. concinna.

Hab, Common in Arnhem Land in broken hilly country ; also

seen on the Victoria River.

Native names: Petpungo, Doria.

20. ONYCHOGALE UNGUIFERA (Gould), 1840.

Onychogale unguifera, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus. p. 74

(1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 48 (1892).

NV. Australia: Glencoe, Jan. 1895 (one specimen).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Feb. 1st—20th, 1896 (four

specimens).

Skull. Posterior palate (os palatinum) sieve-like, with numerous

vacuities ; a few holes in the maxillary part of the palate.

None of the specimens are perfectly adult, the innermost molar

not having reached its full height in any of them.

Teeth. The persistent p* is very small, with three very distinct

cusps and deep notches between them. It is much like p’, but

narrower in front. The milk p‘ is unlike both, rather molar-like,

but a little smaller than m’.

The youngest specimen, a female, length 92 mm., has both p3

and the milk p* functional. 1/* has not yet appeared.

The next specimen, also a female, length 93 mm., has p® and

the milk p* functional in all jaws except in the upper left, where

p’ has fallen out, and the persistent p* is showing itself above the

root of the milk p*; m* is half-developed.

In two larger specimens, length from 97-101 mm., p‘ is

functional, but m* not yet fully up.

Canines mostly present.

Hab. In Arnhem Land this Kangaroo was only met with around

Fountain Head and Glencoe; at Roebuck Bay, it was common

amongst the Melaleuca scrubs on the edges of open plains.

Natwe name: Korrabbal.

328 PROF. R. COLLETT ON MAMMALS [Mar. 16,

21. BurronGIA LESUEURI (Quoy & Gaim.), 1824.

Bettongia lesuewri, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus. p. 112

(1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 41 (1892).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Nov.-Dec. 1895 (seven speci-

mens, three young ones, one embryo).

There are in the collection, besides the seven skins, three young

ones from the pouch (size of a rat), one embryo (length about

26 mm.), and eight extra skulls, all from Roebuck Bay.

Skin. In some specimens the tail shows traces of a low

erest of darker colour towards the tip. Back rather variable in

colour, greyish in some, more reddish in others. Tip of tail not

white in the seven adult specimens at hand; but in two young

ones (from the pouch, size of a small rat) the tip is white for 7 to

inch. Arms and legs pale brown, hands darker reddish brown.

Skull. The largest skull has a length of 71 mm., breadth 45 mm.

In some specimens the frontal crests meet posteriorly and form a

short and low sagittal crest.

Teeth. P* has 10 external grooves (in some specimens 9).

In one specimen the canine has two cusps, very distinct on the

left, less on the other side.

Hab. Very numerous around Roebuck Bay, burrowing in the

sand-hills.

Native name: Jalva.

Fam. PHALANGERIDA.

22. TRICHOSURUS VULPECULA (Kerr), 1792.

Trichosurus vulpecula, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus.

p- 187 (1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 78 (1892).

N. Australia; Daly River, July-Aug. 1894 (eleven specimens,

three embryos, two young in spirit, one skeleton). Katherine

River, July 13th-14th, 1894 (two specimens).

Skin. These specimens seem to form a distinct race (var.

arnhemensis), characterized by their inferior size and the scantily

clothed tail.

Length of head and body (measured from the skin) about

360 mmn.; tail 250 mm.

The exterior two-thirds of the tail is naked below. and on the

sides, and the black hairs form a crest along the upperside, but

leaving the tip itself almost bare.

Colour variable, in most specimens (typical) grizzled grey, in

others reddish brown, with all transitions between them. Distal

part of the tail black; in one specimen it has a faint trace of

white on the extreme tip.

Chin blackish, as in the type form; the reddish-brown longitu-

dinal patch on the centre of chest also present in most specimens.

Skull. Nine skulls, all of which with the teeth fully developed

have the following size :—

Largest specimen: length 80; breadth 48 mm.

P.Z.S:. 1897 LE sa

ISmit del.etlith. Mintern Bros.imp.

, PSEUDOCHIRUS DAHLI.

1897.] FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 329

Smallest specimen: length 65; breadth 42 mm.

Two younger specimens, length of the skull in both 60 mm., are

just in the stage where the persistent p* is pushing out the milk

p* (which is still present). M*is just traceable in the bottom of

the gum.

Hab. Common in Arnhem Land and at Roebuck Bay, but

nowhere very numerous. All the specimens seen were of the

same small size. It was much in request by the natives for

food.

Native names: Uia, Uidda.

23. PsEuDOCcUIRUS DAHLI, Coll., 1895. (Plate XXIII.)

Pseudochirus dahli, Collett, Zoolog. Anzeiger, no. 490, Dec. 1895,

p. 464 (1895).

N. Australia: Mary River, May-June 1895 (eight specimens,

one young in spirit, one embryo). Union Town, Aug. 16th, 1895

(two specimens, one skeleton).

There are in the collection ten specimens of this species (with

skull), and one skeleton, besides one young and one embryo in spirit.

GENERAL CHARACTERS.

Size large. Head small. Tail short (about half the length of

the body), tip almost naked. Lars short.

Fur long and woolly ; colour reddish grey above; a blackish

median frontal line. Tail more rufous, not white-tipped. Breast-

spot rufous.

Muzzle very narrow ; meatus auditorius inflated; orbital ridges

parallel and not uniting behind; posterior palate with large

foramina.

Incisors and molars strong, intermediate teeth very feeble or

absent. Upper @ elongated horizontally, lower 7’ lancet-shaped.

PLASTIC CHARACTERS.

Size large. Length of the fresh animal (tail included), according

to Dr. Dahl, 80-90 em.

(In the skin the length to the root of tail sometimes exceeds

450 mm., tail 270; together a total of about 720 mm.)

Head proportionaily very small, as well as the ears.

Tail very short, its length in some specimens not exceeding

half the length of the body (head included).

Fur very thick and woolly, much like that of P. archeri; the

tail thickly clothed on the upper half or two-thirds of its length,

the thick covering gradually tapering towards the tip, which is

almost naked (only a few short adpressed hairs), The lower part

of the tail entirely naked for two-thirds of its length from the tip.

Ears short and broad, long-haired on their posterior roots, more

thinly clothed towards their tips; inside they are well haired

along the prominent folds, ©

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XXII. 22

330 PROF. R. COLLELT ON MAMMALS [ Mar. 16,

Rhinarium very narrow, the height being nearly double its

breadth.

Pupil vertical.

Claws short, rather blunt, almost hidden by the hairs.

CoxLovr.

General colouring resembling that of P. peregrinus.

The back is grizzled grey with more or less reddish hue, all the

longer hairs having white tips. The rump more rufous.

Head grey. A whitish spot (sometimes indistinct) above and

below the eye. A median dark line, more or less conspicuous,

extends from between the eyes to the occiput ; in some specimens

this line is continued (very indistinctly) along the middle of the

back.

Ears with a small patch of white on the lower part of their

posterior border. Vibrissz black.

Tail rufous like the rump, the white-tipped hairs here being

scarcer. The thin hairs on the tip are sometimes blackish.

Lower parts from chin to tail whitish; a rusty spot on the

middle of the chest. Lower part of the tail reddish, like the upper,

only a little clearer.

Legs coloured above like the back, below whitish ; hairy covering

of the claws in some specimens blackish.

A half-grown specimen is coloured like the adult; the white tips

of the hairs less conspicuous, and the rusty spot on the chest

hardly visible.

SKELETON,

Limbs short and strong.

Femur broadly expanded in its upper part; its length not ex-

ceeding that of the pelvis, or even shorter.

Fibula also broadly expanded above, its greatest breadth at its

upper extremity being more than that of tibia.

Tibia and fibula greatly bowed and diverging.

Humervs also comparatively broad at its upper and lower

extremities ; ulna and radius rather diverging in the middle.

Os sacrum formed by three vertebrz, the transverse processes of

which are all coalescent.

Caudal vertebrw. The number is in one specimen 23, in another

24, besides a rudimentary one in the tip, together 24-25.

SKULL.

Small in proportion to the body. Its length in the largest

specimen 72 mm., the breadth 43 mm.

Muzzle very slender and pointed (even narrower than in Dactylo-

psila trivirgata), not swollen.

Nasals narrow, rather flattened above, reaching to about the

level of 7’, and but little expanded behind; the naso-frontal angle

very deep, bifid, the points reaching the vertical from the middle

of m®. Length of the suture from maxille to sutura frontalis

1897.] FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 331

almost equalling the greatest combined breadth of the nasals.

Naso-premaxillary suture not longer than the naso-maxillary

suture. Nasal notch rather deep, nasals projecting about 5 mm.

beyond their junction with the premaxille.

Interorbital region very deeply concave in the middle, its edges

raised up into high, prominent, sharp-edged ridges, running parallel

and not uniting behind.

Meatus auditorius externus swollen (as in P. peregrinus); bull

not inflated.

Anterwor palatine foramina short, barely extending backwards

to the level of p'.

Posterior palate with two large foramina, extending from the

anterior border of m? to beyond m4, and only separated from the

border of choane by a thread-thick bony bridge.

TEETH.

* Teeth strong. The diastema between 7° and ¢ is 2-3 mm.;

length of molars 1-3 together about 13 mm.

The typical dental formula is :-—

seh ae we 2.8 1 1.0.3.4 A ee |

fp snOO” FBO, 62 g52 Bo prot aise) nee

Upper jaw.—Incisors: anterior incisors separated in front;

? elongated horizontally, its antero-posterior diameter equalling

twice that of 7.

Distinct diastemata in front of and behind the canine.

Canine present, small, half the size (or less) of 1°; in one speci-

men it is absent on one Side.

- Premolars. P* present or absent, rudimentary, smaller than the

canine ; in three of eleven skulls it is absent on one side’.

. P* absent ; in one of eleven skulls (the largest of all) it is present

but perfectly rudimentary, its crown hardly being raised above

the gum *.

P* and p’ always present; size of p* about half that of p‘, the

latter about two-thirds the size of m!.

Molars large, typical ; length of molar series reaching 17 mm.

Lower jaw.—Incisors. J* long, lancet-shaped, broadest in the

middle (as in Ps. albertisi); upper and lower edge with an angle

separating the enamel-covered cutting portion from the root, which

is narrower.

I’ present or absent, always minute; in eleven skulls it is

preseut in five, absent in six. J* always absent.

Canine absent.

Premolars. P1 absent or present; in four skulls of eleven it is

present, minute *.

1 The dental formula in these three specimens is: on one side p- ry aa 0.4!

3.4 -0.0.

the other side (typical) SS

2 In this specimen, a male, the formula is on both sides: p. >>>]

: } 1.0.3.4

* Dental formula in these specimens: p. 79.9.4:

332 PROF, R. COLLELTT ON MAMMALS (Mar. 16,

P? and p® always absent; p* present, long, tricuspid, rather

broad behind.

Molars as in upper jaw.

Youne, in SPrriv.

Size of a half-grown rat. Length from snout to vent about

100 mm., tail 81 mm.

Body still almost naked ; the vibrisse only are well developed,

forming 7 rows. <A tuft of long hairs on the wart-like protu-

berance on the inner surface of the forearm.

Lower incisors half developed.

Pads on hands and feet very large, with exceedingly fine trans-

verse striations. Number of palmar pads 5: one very large postero-

external, one large pollical, three anterior (as usual only one below

3rd and 4th finger).

Sole-pads 6, one very large postero-external, two pollicals, three

anterior (one only below the connected 2nd and 3rd toe).

The small pads below the tip of each finger and toe are com-

paratively large and distinct.

Claws proportionally very short.

Locaniry.

Hab. The Rock Phalanger inhabits the granite formations of the

western heads of the River Mary, Arnhem Land, and is tolerably

numerous there on the great central tableland.

During the daytime it hides amongst the colossal boulders, and

leaves the rocks only at night, when it ascends the trees in search

of food. This consists principally of the soft parts of a kind of

berry with Jarge stone, like a giant cherry (belonging to the genus

Zizyphus ?).

It never sleeps in hollow trees, like its congeners, but it will,

when roused, occasionally take refuge in a tree.

Native name: Wogoit.

24, Prravrus BREVICEPS, Waterh., 1838.

Petaurus breviceps, var. typicus, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit.

Mus. p. 156 (1883); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 34 (1892).

N. Australia: Mt. Showbridge, March 16th, 1895 (one speci-

men). Mary River, May 1895 (one skull).

Skin. Length of female from snout to vent (measured from the

skin (about 170 mm., tail (to tip of hairs) 230 mm.

Dorsal stripe strongly marked ; tip of tail (in the single speci-

men) white.

Young. Two young ones (size of a mouse) in spirit. Length

from snout to vent 65 mm., tail 85 mm. Tip of tail white.

One young (a little larger). Length from snout to vent 85 mm.,

tail110 mm. Tip of tail black. Dorsal stripe well marked in

all; tail still short-haired.

1897.] FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 333

Skull. Length in two adult specimens (male and female) 37 mm.,

breadth 26 mm.

Hab. Met with both in Arnhem Land and at Roebuck Bay,

but scarce. It was generally seen along the coast, more rarely

inland.

Native name: Lambalk.

Fam. PERAMELID &.,

25. PBRAMELES MACRURA, Gould, 1842.

Perameles macrura, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus.

p- 234 (1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 22 (1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, July-Aug. 1894 (four specimens and

four extra skulls). Katherine River, July 15th, 1895 (one speci-

men). Mt. Showbridge, Nov. 11th, 1895 (one young, in spirit).

Skull. Size of largest specimen: length 78 mm., breadth 36 mm.

Young (size of a mouse). Shields on lower surface of middle toe

broad, undivided (one series).

Hab. Common in Arnhem Land: generally found sleeping

in hollow trees.

Native name: Koppol.

26. PHRAMELES OBESULA (Shaw), 1793.

Perameles obesula, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus. p. 231

(1888) ; Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 23 (1892).

N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay, Nov.-Dec. 1895 (three speci-

mens, one young in spirit, seven embryos, one skeleton).

Skull. Size of largest specimen 59 mm., breadth 28 mm.

Young (size of a mouse). Shields on lower surface of middle toe

divided (two series).

Hab. Common at Roebuck Bay in the dry coast country (not

seen in Arnhem Land).

Fam. DaSYURID&.

27. DasyuRUS HALLUCATUS, Gould, 1842.

Dasyurus hallucatus, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus.

p. 269 (1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 15 (1892).

NV. Australia: Daly River, Sept. 7th, 1894 (one skull). Mt.

Showbridge, Dec. 4th, 1894; March 10th, 1895 (two specimens).

Adelaide River, Dec. 15th, 1894 (one specimen). Mary River,

May 10th, 1895 (one specimen). Union Town, May 30, 1895

(one specimen).

Skin, Five specimens, all males. All belong to a dark variety,

the ground-colour of the body being of a more or less deep

brownish black, with the tips of the hairs yellowish.

Head with small and indistinct spots ou the front; legs spotted

in some specimens, in others unicoloured.

Tail unspotted ; on upper base coloured like the back (or rather

334 PROF, R. COLLETT ON MAMMALS [Mar. 16,

lighter, the hairs here being brownish yellow throughout) ; outer

half and lower surface blackish.

Size rather large; length of an adult male (measured in the

skin) from tip of snout to vent about 330 mm., tail 295 mm. (the

tail thus is both relatively and absolutely longer than in specimens

described by Thomas, J. c. p. 270).

Skull. Size of an adult male: length 69 mm., breadth 44 mm.,

nasals 25 mm., upper m’* 13 mm., length of palate 35 mm.

Hab, Throughout Arnhem Land, but nowhere common. _ It lives

on trees and amongst rocks.

Native names: Jirian, Tjabbo.

28. PHASCOLOGALE PENICILLATA (Shaw), 1800.

Phascologale penicillata, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus.

p. 294 (1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 12 (1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, Oct. 10th, 1894 (two young ones).

Fountain Head, May 5th, 1895 (one specimen), Union Town,

May-July 1895 (five specimens).

N.W, Australia: Roebuck Bay, Feb. 3rd, 1896 (one specimen).

Young. Two specimens (size of a mouse), male and female.

Tail-brush already well developed. Upper @* not yet visible, ¢ half-

grown, m* not developed. P* is the milk premolar, very small,

about half the size of p’*.

Hab. Common in the interior of Arnhem Land, more scarce at

Roebuck Bay.

Native name: Wombo.

29, PHASCOLOGALE FLAVIPES LEUCOGASTER, Gray, 1841.

Phascologale flavipes, var. leucogaster, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr.

Brit. Mus. p. 291 (1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 13

(1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, July 1894 (one specimen, in spirit).

Skin. The tail being imperfect, the specimen cannot be deter-

mined with absolute certainty, but there is nothing to prevent it

from being the north-western form of P. flavipes.

Hab. Only one specimen from Arnhem Land.

30. SMINTHOPSIS NITELA, 0. Sp.

Diagn. Allied to S. leucopus (Gray), but characterized by a

central stripe from muzzle to forehead, incrassated tail, and smooth

(not striated) pads.

Measurements (from specimens in spirit) :—

one OF

mm, mm.

Length of head and body ............ 89 70

Pale i.: se eae weeks Ce kt PORIEROLE 99 88

1897.] FROM NORTH AUSTRALIA. 335

DESCRIPTION.

Size medium, form slender.

Fur close (in one specimen composed mostly of under- fur).

Colour dark greyish brown above, each hair slaty blue for three-

fourths of its length, the tip whitish.

Lower surface a little lighter ; hands and feet greyish white.

Front and cheeks orange-rufous, snout more greyish; a black

mesial stripe from nose to between the ears.

Ears large; laid forwards they reach to the anterior margin of

the eye.

Tail greyish white, a little longer than head and body, slightly

incrassated, its hair covering thin; on the tip the hairs are (in

some specimens) a little longer and darker coloured.

Vibrisse greyish.

_ Palms granulated, with six small pads, smooth : four anterior,

very small (narrower than the breadth of the claws), two posterior ;

the postero-external very small, the exterior somewhat larger, about

the same size as those on the bases of the claw-joints. Besides

these pads there is a small callosity at the wrist.

Soles hairy posteriorly, naked anteriorly (as in S. leucopus).

Sole-pads 4, very small, not fimbriated; that on the base of the

hallux not much larger than the granulations *.

Skull. Size of skull in an adult male: length 28 mm., breadth

16:5 mm., length of nasals 10-5 mm., length of bony palate 14 mm.

Interorbital space fiat or a little concave, with trace of a post-

orbital process.

Palatal foramina as in S. leucopus.

Upper canine long, considerably longer than p*.

Premolars not touching; upper p* decidedly larger than p’.

Upper p* double as large as p® (larger than any of the molars).

Lower p* of the same size as p’.

LOcAtIrTy.

Daly River, North Australia, July and Oct. 1894 (four speci-

mens”). These four specimens were brought in by the natives,

who dug them out in the gardens.

Fam. HCHIDNID®.

31, Ecourpna acutnata (Shaw), 1792.

Echidna aculeata, var. typica, Thos. Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit.

Mus. p. 379 (1888); Ogilby, Cat. Austral. Mamm. p. 3 (1892).

N. Australia: Daly River, Aug. 1st—2nd, 1894 (two specimens).

Mary River, May 5th, 1895 (one specimen).

Skin. Two males, one female; all belong to the same form as

* There is no trace of a second posterior sole-pad, as figured by Thomas in

WS. lewcopus (Cat. Mars. Monotr. Brit. Mus. pl. 28. fig. 6).

* ‘Two as skins, two preserved in spirit.

336 MR, F. BE. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Mar. 16,

in Queensland (and the rest of the Australian continent) ; spines

powerful, closely set, and entirely hiding the hairs; 2nd claw on

hind foot very long.

Hab. Common in all localities visited in Arnhem Land, in-

habiting hilly and mountainous country. Not seen at Roebuck

Bay (N.W. Australia).

The Echidna is highly valued for food by the natives, and,

according to Dr. Dahl, its flavour is excellent.

Native names: Melk, Guarang.

3. On a Collection of Earthworms from South Africa,

belonging to the Genus Acanthodrilus. By Frank E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., &c.

I have to thank Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., Director of the

South African Museum, for kindly forwarding to me a well-

preserved series of Earthworms and also a few aquatic species,

collected in the neighbourhood of Cape Town by Mr. Purcell

of the South African Museum, and forming part of the collection

of that Museum. The worms were without exception in an

excellent state of preservation for microscopical work, having

been prepared with chromic acid or corrosive sublimate, followed

by alcohol. Extremely few specimens of Oligocheta have been

hitherto collected inthe Cape Colony. I am only acquainted with

Acanthodrilus capensis, Pericheta capensis, and Microcheta from

the near neighbourhood of Cape Town. ‘The new species of earth-

worms of which specimens are contained in the collection forwarded

to me by Mr. Sclater all belong to Acanthodrilus (sensu stricto). This

fact is of considerable interest. Tropical Africa has numerous

representatives of the family Acanthodrilide; but they are all

meinbers of the well-marked genus Benhamiu. Up till the present

time the sole instance of a true Acanthodrilus from that continent

is the species described by myself some years ago as Acanthodrilus

capensis. I shall, however, comment more fully upon this new

fact in the distribution of the genus after describing the new

species.

The table cn p. 337 will serve to discriminate the species

described in the present paper.

The main points of difference are indicated in the table. All

the species, however, agree in certain particulars. In all of them

the clitellum is of somewhat limited extent—limited, that is to say,

as compared with some other species of the genus. The utmost

extent of that region is from segment xili. to segment xvi. In

only one species, A. africanus, is the clitellum less than this, and in

no species is it larger. In all these species the sete have an

unusual, but not unknown arrangement. The ventral sete are

comparatively strictly paired ; they are at any rate closer together

than are the lateral sete; and in nearly all the species there is a

closer approximation of the yentral seize in a few segments on

1897.] FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 337

| E

| | |

= ‘ -& | Sperm-

=I 8 | . al P

i = Spermatheee. | Gizzard.| 3 duct

a ay | > | funnels.

~ Gs] o

4 Ay |

Ac. arenarius ...| Inc? | + 2 diverticula. Large. | 65| X., XI. |

Ac. arundinis ... a aE a3 Feeble, GEDA |

Ae, sclateri......... 6 | 0 | nF ean 45 x

Ac. pureelli ...... Compl?) + | Idiverticuluam. | Large. |170| X.

Ac. excavatus ...| Ine. | 0 % Feeble, | 48 eae

Ae, falcatus ...... 4 + | 2 or 3 diverticula. Sr 70| X., XI. |

Ac. africanus...... Compl. | 0 | 1 diverticulum. | Large. 49 xs

| Ae. photodilus ...| 0 : i ie:

| Ae. lucifuga ...... 3 + ” » 70 x

either side of the male pores on segment xvii. The two spermi-

ducal pores of each side of the body are connected by a groove

which is a common feature of this genus. In the middle of the

groove on the xviiith segment lie the sperm-duct pores. On the

inside of this invariably are the two setz (both present) of the

yentral pore. All the species have penial sete.

As is the case with all members of the genus Acanthodrilus, there

are two pairs of spermathece lying in segments viil., ix., which have

at least one and sometimes more diverticula.

The first species I name :—

(1) Acanthodrilus purcelli, n. sp.

The collection contained ten specimens of this form, which were

collected “under rotten logs in woods on the Newlands slope.”

Only one of these ten was sexually mature; this individual was

the largest of the series. It is a long, rather slender worm of a

dark coloration, showing also interference colours. It measured

170 mm. in length by 5 mm. in breadth. I counted 135 segments.

The prostomium is “complete,” i.e. it is continued by grooves

to the end of the first segment of the body.

The clitellum is saddle-shaped, not developed all round the body,

but only dorsally and laterally ; it occupies segments xili—xvi.

The sete are in eight series; of these each two of the ventral

couple are nearer to each other than are the two of the lateral

couple.

1 T apply the term “incomplete” to a prostomium which is not continued

oc ” bd

by furrows over the first segment, “ complete ” to one that is.

338 MR. F, 2, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [ Mar. 16,

The nephridiopores are obvious and lie in front of seta 3.

The spermathecal pores are between segments Vil./vili., vill./ix.

They are in front of and a little to the outside of seta 2.

The oviducal pores are exactly in front of seta 1.

The orifices of the spermiducal glands correspond to the ventral

couples of sete ; the two of each side are connected by a straightish

groove which passes to the outside of the ventral couples of sete,

both of which are present upon segment xviii.

The worm has an unusual number of genital papille. In the

sexually mature individual which I make the type, and from which

the present description is taken, there are a pair of papillz on each

of segments X., Xi., Xii., xvi., XXI., XXli., xxiii, xxiv. These

papillz lie between and in front of the ventral couples of sete;

they are flattish circular in outline, and appear as if perforated by

a pore in the iniddle. Jn a smallish specimen without the clitellum

all the papille enumerated above were present with the addition of

a pair upon the xiiith segment. In a larger worm, also without a

clitellum, the same number were present with the exception of that

upon segment xxiv. It is not usual for the papill to be so plain

in immature examples of earthworms.

There is a large gizzard which I ascertained, by making a longi-

tudinal section of the anterior end of another specimen of the

species, to lie in segment vi. On dissection it appears to lie much

further back owing to the backward slope of the intersegmental

septa in this region of the body. The large intestine begins in

segment xvi.

The sperm-sacs are racemose and lie in segments ix.-xi. The

sperm-duct funnels are in segment x.

The two pairs of spermathece are not large, and lie as usual in

vili. and ix.; the single diverticulum of each is in the segment in

front of that which contains the pouch.

The spermiducal glands are short and stout.

Penial setze of Acanthodrilus purcelli.

Penial sete are present. I found in the individual selected for

examination five of these sete in a bundle. They are short and

excessively spiny at the free extremity, as is shown in the accom-

panying drawing (fig. 1). When examined under a low power

the end of the seta has the appearance of the “ saw ” of a Sawfish,

1897.] FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 339

on account of the series of longish spines which occur along the

two edges. A higher power reveals the fact that the spines are

really arranged in complete rows which entirely surround the shaft

of the seta for the distal half to one-third. The actual extremity

is free of spines.

(2) Acanthodrilus arundinis, n. sp.

Of this species there were four examples in the collection,

of which three were fully mature with a clitellum. They were

collected ‘‘in and under loose clods of dead sedges on edge of

water.

It is a slender and small species, measuring some 40 mm. in

length. I counted 75 segments.

The prostomium is incomplete.

The clitellum completely encircles the body and embraces half of

segment xiii. together with segments xiv., xv., XVi.

The spermathecal pores are conspicuous orifices lying on the

boundary lines of segments vii./viii., viii./ix., on a line with the oater

of the two ventral sete.

The spermiducal-gland pores are highly conspicuous and lie in a

position corresponding to the ventral couples of setw. The two

pores of each side of the body are connected by a groove which

passes to the outside of the ventral couple of sete of the xviith

segment.

On the last segment of the clitellum there was (at any rate in

two of the sexnal specimens—I did not examine the third before

slicing it for microscopical purposes) a single median genital

papilla.

The sete are arranged in couples. The distances between the

individual sete vary somewhat in different regions of the body.

Anteriorly the two sete of each ventral couple are about half the

distance from each other of that which divides the two lateral sete.

On the xvth and xvith segments the two ventral sete approach

each other, and on the xviiith they are very close together. After

this they again diverge, and on the rest of the body the proportions

between the intersetal spaces are much as in the anterior region

of the body. The gradual approximation of the ventral sete at

the male pore is parallelled in that section of the genus Microscolew

which Eisen proposed to call Deltania. On segments xvii. and

xix. the ventral sete are replaced by the modified penial sete.

The gizzard is but slight; it lies in segment v. The circular

muscles, which are ordinarily so strong in this organ, are in the

gizzard of the present species not much thicker than the lining

epithelium.

There appear to be no calciferous glands.

The spermathece are, as usual, two pairs; they are globular thin-

walled pouches, each having two diverticula. The duct of the

main pouch which leads to the exterior is very thick-walled and

muscular, and into it open the diverticula. This duct was plugged

with a mass of spermatozoa surrounded by a non-staining thick

340 MR. F. B. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Mar. 16,

chitinous-looking case, which I take to be a spermatophore. It is

important to notice the apparent existence of spermatophores in

this species, as they are structures which, apart from the Lumbri-

cide, are not common among earthworms. ‘The diverticula as usual

contain masses of spermatozoa, there being none in the spermatheca

itself. These are firmly attached to the glandular walls of the

diverticula: these glandular walls are composed of a layer of

granular, slightly staining cells, whose limits are not definable ; the

lumen which the cells leave is but narrow. I constantly found

that of the two diverticula of each spermatheca, one lay in the

segment containing the pouch, and the other in the segment in

front.

The sperm-sacs are in segments ix.—xii. inclusive.

I did not observe the shape of the penial sete, but ascertained

their presence.

(3) Acanthodrilus arenarius, n. sp.

Of this species Mr. Purcell collected 23 specimens “in wet

sand under stones on the edge of a small vley (lake), situated at

the beginning of the sand-dunes due east from Wynberg station.”

This is a small slender species rather over two inches in length,

with a very prominent swollen clitellum. The measurement of an

average individual was 65 mm.

The anterior end of the living worms is darkly pigmented.

The prostomium is incomplete.

The sete are more closely paired ventrally than dorsally.

The clitellum occupies a portion of segment xiii. and all of

segments xiv.xvi. On the clitellum the nephridiopores are obvious,

lying in front of seta 3.

This species has a number of genital papille ; the numbers vary

. in different individuals. In the most fully developed there was a

single median papilla upon segments vili.—x., xvili.—xxiil.; and in

addition to these unpaired papille, paired papillae upon each of

segments xvii.xix. On xviii. I found two pairs of these paired

papille situated one in front of the other. ‘These pairs were on a

level with the generative orifices. The papille have a cup-like

appearance. In sections, the epithelium of which they are

composed is seen to be glandular like that of the clitellum but not

so deep.

The alimentary canal has a fairly developed gizzard. The

esophagus alters its character in the xilith segment, becoming

rather wider and thinner-walled. In front the epithelial walls

are folded, the only trace of calciferous glands which the worm

possesses. The intestine begins in segment xv.

The spermathece are as usual in viii., ix. Each is a thin-walled

oval pouch which communicates with the exterior by a much

thicker-walled widish duct ; into the latter open two sausage-shaped

diverticula, one of which appears invariably to lie in front of the

other in the segment, in fact in front of that which contains the

pouch. The lumen of the diverticula is narrow, and attached to

1897.] FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 341

the glandular cells is a regular fringe of spermatozoa. There are

two pairs of sperm-duct funnels in segments x., x1.; corresponding

to these are three pairs of sperm-sacs which lie in segments x., x1.,

xii. There is a single penial seta to each spermiducal gland ; it is

slightly notched at the extremity.

In the intestine of this worm I found numerous examples of an

Infusorian belonging, or allied, to the genus Opalina, so frequent a

parasite of the Oligocheta.

(4) Acanthedrilus falcatus, n. sp.

Of this new form Mr. Purcell collected no less than 56 examples

from “Cape Flats; in wet sand on edge of a small vley between

Retreat Station and Zeekoe Vley.”

The species is not a large one; an individual which appeared to

be quite typical measured 70 mm. by 3 mm. in breadth: it had

rather more than 100 segments, but the mode of preparation

(with corrosive sublimate) rendered the number of the segments a

little difficult to ascertain with accuracy here and there. The

posterior segments are noted to have been during life blackish.

The prostomium did not divide the first segment; it had rather

the appearance of being simply a continuation of it, just indenting

in a semicircle its front margin.

The ventral sete, as in other species, are nearer to each other than

the lateral; and the two sete of the ventral rows converge slightly

at the male pores.

The clitellum occupies segments xili.—xvi.

Genital papille are present and vary somewhat in number in

individuals. I found them to be present in not fully mature

individuals as well as in those with a clitellum. On segments x.,

xi. were asingle median papilla, or rather on the first of these

two segments a closely approximated pair; on the xith segment

the single papilla was seen on a closer examination to be composed

of two fused papilla. On xvi. and on xix. there was also a median

papilla.

There is a slight gizzard; the intestine begins in segment xvi.

The spermathece show some variation. The oval pouch has at

least two very white sausage-shaped diverticula which are of

considerable length.

In the case of one spermatheca there was a third smaller

diverticulum. In one worm each spermatheca had three diverticula,

and in one spermatheca of this individual there were as many as

four. The spermathece open on to the exterior in front of seta 2.

There are two pairs of sperm-duct funnels in x. and xi. The

sperm-sacs are in segments 1x.—xil.

The spermiducal glands are provided with penial sete. The actual

extremity of the seta is much hooked (whence the specific name of

the worm) and is free from denticulations or ridges. Immediately

in front of this the seta is much wider and is furnished for

quite a short space with ridges, as in so many other species of

Acanthodrilus.

342 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Mar. 16,

(5) Acanthodrilus excavatus, n. sp.

This species comes from Knysna Forest, ‘‘in and under rotten

wood, leaves, &c.” It isa small slender species, measuring 48 mm.

by 15 or 2mm. _ I counted 90 segments in the individual selected

for measurement. It is not unlike both A. erundinis and

A. sclateri in general appearance, but may be distinguished at a

glance from either of these by the deep excavation upon the

segments which bear the three pairs of male pores; it is this

peculiarity which suggested the specific name.

The prostomium is incomplete, and the other external characters

are those of the majority of the Cape species. There are, however,

so far as I could make out, no genital papille. The male pores, as

already mentioned, lie in a deep excavation which is bridged over

by ridges connecting the two spermiducal pores of each pair with

each other.

I studied the anatomy of the worm by longitudinal sections.

The clitellum extends from segment xiii. to segment xvi.

The gizzard is slight, as in the two species with which I

specially compare the present. There are no calciferous glands,

and the intestine commences in segment xvii. Though there are

no special calciferous glands, the cesophagus is moniliform in

segments xil.—-xiv., and its walls are there rather older and

exceedingly vascular; in those segments too the supra-intestinal

vessel was especially clear.

The spermathece have each a single long and sausage-shaped

diverticulum.

The sperm-sacs are in segments ix.—xi., and, as appears to be

always the case when the last pair of sperm-sacs are in the xith

segment, there is but a single pair of testes and vas deferens

funnels ; these lie in segment x.

(6) Acanthodrilus sclateri, n. sp. |

This is another small and slender species. The specimen

selected for measurement was 45 mm. in length. There were no

genital papille.

The sete do not appear to converge at the male pores as in some

other species of the genus described in the present communication.

The prostomium is incomplete; it is not always easy to be

certain about the arrangement of the prostomium in these small

Acanthodrili; so the remarks made here will apply to other

small species, such as 4. arundinis &e. The grooves which bound

the prostomium where it impinges upon the first segment of the

body cease abruptly and are not continued as far as the furrow

which separates that segment from the second. In some

specimens of this and the other small species it appeared to me

that the two furrows by which the prostomium is continued over

the first segment met a little way in front of the line dividing

that segment from the one following.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvi.

1897.] FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 343

The gizzard, as in the other small species, is very slight, and as in

them is often hidden behind the mass of gland-cells which deck

the pharynx.

There are no calciferous glands, and the large intestine begins in

segment Xvil.

There are but a single pair of testes and vas deferens funnels,

which lie in segment x. As in worms with but one pair of testes,

the sperm-sacs are limited to segments ix., X., X1.

The spermathece have two long tubular diverticula.

There are penial sete.

(7) Acanthodrilus photodilus, n. sp.

Ten specimens of this species were collected in Knysna Forest,

“in and under rotten wood, leaves, &c.” It is a moderately large

species, measuring 81 mm. by 33 in breadth. It is dark purple-

coloured.

The prostomium is complete; the sete are as in other Cape

species.

There are no genital papille even in fully mature examples.

The nephridiopores are in front of seta 3. There is a slight

convergence of set at the male pore.

The gizzard is large. The intestine begins in xvi. Septa

vill./xi. are thick.

The spermathece have a single lobate diverticulum.

The sperm-sacs are in segments ix.—xi. There is but a single

pair of testes (?) and sperm-duct funnels in x.

The spermiducal glands are long and coiled; they occupy

several segments. The penial setw are long and not ornamented ;

the extremity is curved in a corkscrew fashion.

(8) Acanthodrilus lucifuga, n. sp.

In the same tube as that which contained the specimens

already described as 4A. photodilus was a single worm which is

obviously quite different.

Its dimensions are not widely different from those of A. photo-

dilus, but it is a somewhat more slender worm.

The clitellum extends over segments xii.—xvii. The other

external characters are as in the last species saving for the

presence of genital papille, which are totally wanting in A. photo-

dilus. These papille are median and unpaired ; they occur on each

of segments Xi., Xll., XX., XX1.

The sperm-sacs are in ix.—xi., and associated with this is the

existence of only a single pair of sperm-duct funnels in x.

The spermathece have the remarkable form shown in the annexed

drawing (fig. 2, p. 344). The pouch is roundish to oval, and

communicates with the exterior by a short duct into which opens

a long diverticulum which is curved round into a circle; at its

extremity the diverticulum swells out into a globular chamber.

The spermiducal glands are, as is by no means usually the

344 MR. F, B, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [ Mar. 16,

case, quite straight, without a single bend or curve along their

entire course ; as I have but one specimen at my disposal, it is

impossible to say whether this is a specific character or only

Fig. 2.

Spermatheex of Acanthodrilus lucifuga.

individual. The penal sete are smooth, without serrations ; they

are straight and not coiled at the end asin A. photodilus. In

other respects this species comes into near relation with the

last, having, as it has, a well-developed gizzard and no calciferous

glands.

(9) Acanthodrilus africanus, n. sp.

From forest at George Town were collected 8 examples of a

species which do not agree with any of those already described.

It is a stoutish worm but short, measuring 49 mm. by 3mm. in -

diameter. Such an individual possessed 94 segments.

The prostomium is complete. The sete have the usual dispo-

sition characteristic of the Cape Acanthodrili. The nephridiopores

open in front of seta 3. The ventral sete converge at the male

ore.

. The clitellum occupies segments xiv.-xvi.

A well-developed gizzard is present.

There are no genital papille.

The spermathece, as always, lie in segments vili.,ix. Hach has a

lobate diverticulum.

The sperm-sacs are in segments ix.—xi.

The spermiducal glands are coiled, but not very long. Each

Hig. 3.

Penial setee of Acanthodrilus africanus.

has appended a sac containing penial setw. I counted four of

these setz in a single sac. They haye the form which is illustrated

in the accompanying sketch (fig. 3). The actual extremity of the

1897.) FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 345

sete is quite smooth; but a little way in front of this the shaft

of the seta is encircled by a series of ridges which are perfectly

smooth and not denticulate in any way; their direction is curved.

§ General Remarks.

This interesting collection of <Acanthodrilus suggests several

observations of a general character. In the first place, to meet

with the genus sovery prevalently in the Cape Colony is remarkable,

though not perhaps altogether unexpected. That there are so

many species (10) seems to negative any suggestion of accidental

importation, as does their occurrence not only in the near neigh-

bourhood of Cape Town, but at such distant places as the Knysna

Forest. There is also the noteworthy fact that the Acanthodrili

of South Africa belong to a distinct group of the genus, not

unknown itis true elsewhere, as will be pointed out presently, but

embracing all the species (with the possible exception of the

originally described species Acanthodrilus capensis). This again is

not suggestive of accidental importation. It may, I think, be fairly

assumed that the species described in the present communication

are truly indigenous. This being the case, we have a fauna

of Earthworms in the temperate part of the African continent

which is totally unlike that of tropical regions (characterized as it

is by the Eudrilide and by the Acanthedrilid Benhamia, not

Acanthodrilus) of that continent, and like that of South America

and New Zealand. We have, in fact, in the three great land-

masses which extend from the northern into the southern

hemisphere—if we may allow a former connection between

Australia and New Zealand—a sharp demarcation between the

earthworm fauna of their southern and of their equatorial regions.

In all of them <Acanthodrilus is the prevalent genus of the

Antarctic half. The bearing of this fact upon the theory of a

former extension northward of the existing Anctartic continent has

been so often referred to by me, that I need do no more than

allude to it. I may, however, remark that since 1 have written

upon that matter Dr. Hisen has described two species of Acantho-

drilus from California. But I am of opinion that this fact, like

the spreading northward of Microscolex, is not fatal to my views.

To assume the converse, that this genus has started in the north

and migrated southwards, is difficult’ if we keep firmly hold of

the fact that there is so little difference between the species of

Patagonia and the Cape of Good Hope, not to mention New

Zealand. The only alternative is to assume what is certainly

becoming more and more fashionable as an assumption—a_two-

fold or three-fold origin of the worms which are here, and by all

other writers, placed in one genus, Acanthodrilus. If, however,

this view is to be entertained at all it cannot, in my opinion, be

1 Since these words were written I have received from Dr. Michaelsen a

paper (‘‘ Weiterer Beitrag zur Systematik der Regenwiirmer,” Verh. Hamburg,

1856) in which the tropical origin of Acanthodrilus is ably urged.

Proc. Zoou, Soo.—1897, No. XXIIT. 23

346 MR. F. B. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [ Mar. 16,

maintained so far as concerns the Patagonian and Cape species.

I have pointed out in my Monograph of the Oligocheta the

distinctness of the South American Acanthodrili from those of

New Zealand. The latter all agree in having nephridia which

alternate in position from segment to segment, the external

orifices being now in front of the dorsal, now in front of the

ventral setz ; besides this the nephridia show certain differences of

structure according to their position. The only exception to this

statement is found in the two closely allied species A. annectens

and A. paludosus. These species, however, are different in other

particulars from the typical Acanthodrili and should perhaps be

placed in a genus apart. The Cape species, however, are so

like those of South America, that I have more than once in

preparing the foregoing descriptions doubted whether I had not

before me identical forms from these widely distant localities.

Though this is not, I believe, the case, there can be no doubt

of their affinity.

APPENDIX.

On a new Genus of Earthworms belonging to the

Family Eudrilide.

Among a number of Earthworms which I have recently received

from Lagos, West Africa, through the kindness of the authorities

at Kew, were two which appear to be representatives of a new

enus.

; This makes the seventh genus of Eudrilide known from the

western side of the African continent, the other six being Preussia

(Mich.), Paradrilus (Mich.), Hyperiodrilus (F. E. B.), Heliodrilus

(F. E. B.), Lybiodrilus (F. E. B.), and Alvania (F. E. B.). It is

interesting to note that the genus which I propose to describe in

the present communication is nearly akin to several of these and

shows no special points of affinity to any East African genus.

The distinctness of the West African from the East African

Eudrilidx is the most salient fact in the distribution of this family

within the continent. But although there are no genera known

which range right across Africa, it is not possible to divide off the

western from the eastern forms. The two subfamilies into which

I have thought it admissible to divide the Eudrilide occur on both

coasts. It is noteworthy, however, that, so far as is known,

those genera like the present (Hyperiodrilus, Heliodrilus, Alvania

and Lybiodrilus) which have several gizzards more posterior in

situation than is usual are all of theta inhabitants of West Africa.

But this one character, though curious, can hardly be set against

the three or four which I have used in the subdivision of the

family.

This new species, for which I propose the name of [r1popRiLvs

ROSEUS, is a smallish worm of three inches in length. It has

no pigment in the skin, or so little as not to interfere with the

1897. ] FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 347

coloration produced by the blood-vessels. The skin is thin and

several of the organs show plainly through. As in nearly all

Eudrilide, dorsal pores appear to be completely absent. The only

exception seems to be the genera Plutydrilus and Eudriloides.

In no other family of terrestrial Oligocheta is there this nearly

complete absence of structures so characteristic of earthworms.

The absence of these pores may perhaps be related to the partially

aquatic life of at any rate many members of the family; on the

east coast of Africa the species of Eudrilide are largely met with

in swamps, and we know that the purely aquatic genera of Oli-

gocheta are without the dorsal pores for the most part. Exceptions

to the statement occur among the aquatic members of the genus

Acanthodrilus. But among the ‘“ Limicole” of Claparéde there

are no exceptions. Another feature in the organization of the

Hudrilide which may possibly be correlated with the absence of

dorsal pores, is the often exceedingly dark pigmentation of the

chloragogen cells which cover the intestine, and the accumulations

of secretory products within the peritoneal cells which cover the

nephridia. If the dorsal pores have an excretory function, their

absence would naturally lead to a greater accumulation of such

waste substances as those referred to. That many of the Eudrilide

have a great deal of pigment in the skin may be another fact to be

noted in the same,connection. But this pigmentation is not more

excessive than in worms which possess dorsal pores.

The sete have the arrangement that characterizes others of the

West African genera that have been mentioned as nearest of kin.

The ventral sete are at some distance from each other, while the

more dorsally placed pair are strictly paired. The distance which

separates the two sete of each ventral pair is five or six times as

great as that which intervenes between the two sete of the dorsal

pair. The sete themselves present nothing noteworthy in their

form; they are rather small and not obvious until the skin is

examined with the microscope.

The nephridiopores are very couspicuous orifices lying in line

with the dorsal] pair of sete.

When a piece of the skin is examined after being well cleared

with glycerine the teywmentary sense-bodies, which occur in many

Eudrilids, are to be seen. These structures, which have so curious

a resemblance to the Pacinian corpuscles of vertebrates, lie im-

bedded in the skin here and there apparently without regular

arrangement. They are in the present worm of an elongated

from and lie invariably with their long axis corresponding with

the Jong axis of the worm’s body.

The clitellum, as in many other species, is developed right round

the body, having therefore the form to which it has been proposed

to restrict the term cingulum. It occupies segments xiii.—

xviii.

The generative orifices are exceedingly conspicuous. They are

unpaired.

The female orifice is situated on the boundary line of segments

23*

348 ON EARTHWORMS FROM SOUTH AFRICA. [Mar. 16,

xii./xiii. It is rather less obvious than the male pore, which is

between segments xvii. and xviii. The latter is more con-

spicuous on account of the fact that the actual pore lies upon the

summit of an elevated tract of the skin. The position of the

generative apertures and their general appearance presents the

closest likeness to the West African Lybiodrilus, from which worm

the elongated spermiducal glands appearing through the skin serve

to differentiate the present species even before dissection.

The alimentary canal shows characters that are typically Eudrilid.

In each of segments x. and xi.is a single median unpaired

calciferous gland, which is of a deep red colour and nearly globular

in outline. In segment xiii. are the paired calciferous glands, which

are white in colour and not large. Each is curved into rather

more than a semicircle and the margin is indented. The large

intestine begins in segment xiv. The gizzards, as in other allied

forms, are some way down the intestine. There are three of them

lying in segments xviii., xix., xx.; there is nothing peculiar about

them except the position, which is not unusual among the Eudri-

lide, as already mentioned.

This earthworm has “ hearts” in each of segments vil.—xi.

As in so many Eudrilids, the funnels of the sperm-ducts, of which

there are two pairs in segments x. and xi., are followed by a dilated

sac which in the present species is egg-shaped. The funnels

themselves, which look backwards (so far as I could make out),

appear to be plunged in the interior of the sperm-sacs, of which

there are likewise two pairs; these latter organs depend from the

anterior wall of segments xi. and xii. and are long and tongue-

shaped, being flattened somewhat and wider towards the blind

extremities. The testes I did not see.

The spermiducal glands are very conspicuous, and, as already

mentioned, are visible through the translucent walls before the

body is cut open. The two tubes have the nacreous appearance

which is so usual with those glands in the present family: they

are somewhat spirally twisted in their course, and therefore do

not reach so far back in the body as would be the case did they

lie straight. Each of the glands measures 22 mm. in length;

the two unite just at their opening on to the exterior by a short

terminal bursa. The sperm-ducts open into them some way before

their termination. I could find no penial sete.

The female reproductive organs conform generally to the plan

characteristic of the family, and are to the full as complicated as in

any other genus. The orifice already referred to leads into a sac

which lies beneath the nerve-cord and extends back for a distance

of 55 mm. It has a wide cavity, which in the specimen that I

dissected appeared to be empty. Into this sac, which is the sperma-

thecal sac, opens on either side a tube of some length which is

disposed inacircle. This tube is at first wide and sacculated. After

a course of about 10 mm. it suddenly narrows, and the lumen, at

first wide in proportion to the thickness of the walls, becomes

much constricted, This narrow tube then dilates to form what

oe, ee

| 4

ve GI

og ee. alg gore _____

OUTLINE MAP OF THE WORLD SHOY

P.Z.S.1897. Pl. XXIV.

r THE PROPOSED SIX SEA-REGIONS. TS Wolo FRGS.

1897.] ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MAMMALS. 349

Dr. Michaelsen* has termed the “Hitrichterbluse.” Attached to this

is the egg-sac or Receptaculum ovorum. ‘The interior of this egg-sac

is divided by trabeculz into many compartments, in the interior of

which are eggs in all stages of development surrounded by other

germinal cells ; the structure in fact is precisely like that which is

now known to characterize so many, perhaps all the Eudrilide.

I could not, however, detect a striated membrane surrounding the

ripe ova such as that which I have described in Hyperiodrilus”.

The “ Hitrichterblase” communicates on the one hand with the

short and muscular oviduct which opens on to the exterior in the

fourteenth segment as usual, and on the other with a delicate tube

which ends anteriorly in a swollen oval extremity. This latter sac

lodges the ovary, which is thus, as in so many Eudrilids, in. direct

communication with the efferent apparatus.

It will be observed from the description of the egg-apparatus

of the present earthworm, that though generally like that of the

more highly developed Eudrilide, it differs in detail from that of

any other genus. As it has been hitherto customary to mark the

genera mainly by the differences in this structure, I feel justified

in making a new genus for this species from Lagos.

4. On the Distribution of Marine Mammals. By P.

L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

(Received March 8, 1897.]

(Plate XXIV.)

ConTENTs.

I. Introductory Remarks, p. 349. VIII. The Indian Sea-region, or

II. Distribution of Pinnipeds, p. 350. Indopelagia, p. 355.

III. Pi of Sirenians, p. 351. IX. The North Pacific Sea-region,

IV. 3 of Cetaceans, p. 352. or Aretirenia, p. 355.

V. Division of the Marine Area X. The Mid-Pacific Sea-region, or

of the Globe into Sea-regions, Mesirenia, p. 356.

p. 353. XI. The South Polar Sea-region, or

VI. The North Atlantic Sea-region, Notopelagia, p. 356.

or Arctatlantis, p. 353. XII. Conclusions, p. 357.

VIL. The Mid-Atlantic Sea-region, or

Mesatlantis, p. 354..

I. Introductory Remarks.

Most of the recent writers on Geographical Distribution have

confined their attention to terrestrial mammals, or at any rate

have but casually alluded to the marine groups of that Class. On

the present occasion I wish to call your attention to some of the

1 W. Michaelsen, ‘“‘Oligocheten des naturhistorischen Museums in Ham-

burg,” Jb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. viii.

2 ¥. E. Beddard, “On the Structure of two new Genera of Harthworms belong-

ing to the Hudrilide and some Remarks on Nemertodrilus,” Quart. Journ.

Micr. Sci. xxxii. n. 4.

350 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 16,

principal facts connected with the distribution over the world’s

surface of the marine or aquatic members of the Class of Mammals.

Aquatic mammals which pass their lives entirely, or for the

greater part, in the water are, of course, subject to very different

laws of distribution from those of the terrestrial forms. As

regards aquatic mammals, land is of course an impassable barrier to

their extension, and, subject to restrictions in certain cases, water

offers them a free passage. Just the opposite is the case with the

terrestrial mammals, to which in most cases land offers a free

passage, while seas and rivers restrain the extension of their

ranges.

The groups of aquatic mammals that are represented on the

earth’s surface at the present time are three in number, viz. :—

(1) the suborder of the Carnivora, containing the Seals and their

allies, generally called the Pinnipedia, which are semi-aquatic ;

(2) the Sirenia, which are mainly aquatic: and (3) the Cetacea,

which never leave the water, and are wholly aquatic. We will

consider briefly the principal representatives of these three groups,

following nearly the arrangement of them employed in Flower and

Lydekker’s ‘Mammals, living and extinct.’

II. Distribution of Pinnipeds.

The Pinnipeds, which I will take first, comprise three distinct

families—the Orarmp#®, the Tricnecuip#, and the PHocip#.

Beginning with the Otariide or Eared Seals, commonly known as

Sea-lions and Sea-bears, we find the greater number of the species

confined to the South Polar Ocean, where they pass most of their

time at sea, but, as is well known, resort to the land at certain

seasons for breeding purposes. In the Atlantic Ocean, so far as

T know, the Eared Seals have never been ascertained to occur

further north than the estuary of the La Plata on the American

coast, and the vicinity of the Cape on the African coast. But in

the Pacific, on the contrary, three distinct species of Otaria are

found all over the Arctic portion of that ocean, and there is

good evidence of Hared Seals having been met with in_the

Galapagos, while they still occur on the coasts of Peru and Chili.

I think therefore we may assume that Otaria was originally an

Antarctic form, but has travelled northwards along the West-

American coast and is now firmly established in the North Pacific.

In a parallel way in the class of birds, the Albatrosses (Diomedea),

which are essentially a group of the Antarctic Seas, are represented

by three distinct species in the North Pacific.

The second family of the marine Carnivora, on the other hand,

the Walruses (Z'richechidw), are entirely Arctic in their distri-

bution—one species (Z'richechus rosmarus) being peculiar to the

North Atlantic, while a second nearly allied species (7’. obesus)

takes its place in the Northern Pacific.

The third family of Pinnipeds is more numerous and varied,

both in genera and species, than the two preceding and has a more

1897.] DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MAMMALS. Bia

extended range. ‘he Seals, Phocide, embracing about nine

different generic forms, are most numerous in the Arctic and

Antarctic seas, but are also feebly represented in some inter-

mediate localities. Beginning with the North Atlantic, we find

several species of Phoca inhabiting various parts of this area, and

the Grey Seal (Halichwrus) and the Bladder-Seal (Cystophora)

exclusively confined to it. In the North Pacific all the four true

Seals belong to the genus Phoca, and three of them are identical

with the North Atlantic species ; but when we descend as far south

as the Gulf of California on the American coast we meet with a

species of Sea-elephant (Macrorhinus) which, like Otaria, has no

doubt penetrated thus far from its ancestral abode in the Antarctic

Ocean.

Returning to the Central Atlantic we find two species of Seals

inhabiting these waters, both belonging to the same genus

Monachus. One of these (M. albiventer) inhabits the Mediter-

ranean and the adjoining coasts of the Atlantic, while the other

(M. tropicalis) is in these days restricted to some of the smaller

and less known islands of the West Indies.

The Phocide of the Antarctic Ocean all belong to genera

distinct from the Arctic forms and more nearly allied to Wonachus,

the Seal of the Mid-Atlantic. They are of four species

belonging to as many genera: Ogmorhinus, Lobodon, Leptonychotes,

and Ommatophoca. Besides these the Sea-elephant of the whalers

(Macrorhinus) is essentially an Antarctic form, though now nearly

extinct there, after long persecution by man. But, as already

noted, it extends, or has in former days extended, far up the west

coast of America, and is still occasionally found on Santa Barbara

Island on the coast of California.

ILL. Distribution of Sirenians.

Only two forms of Sirenians are at the present time existing on

the earth’s surface—the Mauatee (Manatus) and Dugong (Halicore)

—each representing a distinct family of the Order. The Manatee

is an inhabitant of the coasts and estuaries of both sides of the

middle Atlantic Ocean—one species (Manatus senegalensis) oceur-

ring on the African shores, and another (J/. americanus) on the

S. American coast andin the Antilles. A third species (JZ.inunguis),

so far as we know at present, is found only in fresh water high up

the Amazons.

The Dugong (Halicore) is distributed from East Africa, along

the shores of the Indian Ocean and its islands, to North Australia.

Three species of this genus have been established—Halicore

tabernaculi from the Red Sea, H. dugong from the Indian Ocean,

and H. australis from Australia; but it is doubtful how far these

forms are actually distinguishable.

Besides Manatus and Halicore,a third quite distinct form of

Sirenian was formerly an inhabitant of the North Pacific. This

was Steller’s Sea-cow (Rhytina steller), by far the largest animal of

352 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 16,

the group, which was exterminated by human agency about 1768.

Fortunately recent researches in Bering’s Island have been

successful in supplying specimens of its skeleton for our principal

Museums, and Steller, its discoverer, left to posterity a good

account of its habits and anatomy.

LV. Distribution of Cetaceans.

Adopting the recognized division of the Cetaceans into two

Suborders, Mystacoceti and Odonteceti, according as to whether

their months are furnished with baleen (‘ whale-bone’) or teeth,

we will first consider the True or Whalebone Whales, which

consist of a single family Balenide, usually divided into five

genera :—Balena, Neobulena, Rhachianectes, Megaptera, and Baleno-

ptera. Of these, Balena, Megaptera, and Balenoptera are almost

cosmopolitan—species of them, whether distinct or not is at

present more or less uncertain, being met with in nearly every

part of the Ocean. But Rhachianectes has as yet been ascertained

to occur only in the Northern Pacific, and Neobalena in the South

Polar Ocean, so that we have in these cases two well-marked local

types to deal with.

The Toothed Wales (Odontoceti) are more diversified than the

preceding group, and are usually held to embrace at least four

existing families besides several extinct forms. The first family,

containing the Physeterids or Sperm-Whales, consists of at least

six genera (Physeter, Cogia, Hyperoodon, Ziphius, Mesoplodon, and

Berardius). Physeter and Cogia are inhabitants of the whole

oceanic area between the tropics, extending in certain localities

some way beyond them. Hyperoodon is confined to the North

Atlantic. Ziphius has an extensive range, and has been found in

nearly every part of the Ocean. Mesoplodon is also widely

distributed, but is apparently more abundant in the Southern

Hemisphere. Berardius, however, so far as we know at present, is

restricted to the South Polar Ocean.

The third family of Toothed Whales contains only the Plata-

nistide, or Freshwater Dolphins, which although, in some cases,

at the present day entirely fiuviatile, must probably have descended

from oceanic forms’. The three known genera are Platanista of the

Ganges and Indus, /nia of the river Amazons, and Pontoporia of

the river La Plata; the Jast form making a connecting link between

the two preceding genera and the marine Dolphins.

The fourth family of Toothed Whales, containing the Dolphins,

Delphinide, is very numerous in species and embraces at least

fifteen or sixteen genera. But in spite of the efforts of Mr. True,

who has recently given us an excellent summary of our present

knowledge of them *, both the genera and species of Delphinide

are stil! so imperfectly understood that I cannot say much about

1 Sir William Flower (“ Whales, Past and Present,” Proc. Roy. Inst. x. p. 360,

1883) rather favours the idea of a freshwater origin of the Cetaceans.

2 See “A Review of the Family Delphinide,’ by Frederick W. True: Bull.

U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 36 (Washington, U.S., 1889).

1897.] DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MAMMAIS. 353

their geographical distribution. Most of the forms appear to be

very widely distributed, but it may be said generally that Dolphins

are most abundant in the inter-tropical seas and less plentiful both

to the north and south of them.

There are, however, two forms that are exclusively inhabitants

of the North Atlantic. These are the very remarkable Narwhal

(Monodon), in which the male is furnished with a single enormous

horn-like tusk, and the Beluga or White Whale (Delphinaptcrus),

closely allied to the Narwhal in many points of its general structure.

These may be looked upon as quite isolated forms characteristic of

the Arctic portion of the Atlantic but not known in the Pacific’.

V. Division of the Marine Area of the Globe into Sea-regions.

From what has been already said, it will be evident that although

many of the Marine Mammals have a wide distribution, others are

very definitely localized; and a study of the latter will, I think,

enable us to divide the oceanic portion of the globe into six Sea-

regions, corresponding to a certain extent with the six Land-

regions into which I proposed to separate the terrestrial portion

of the globe in 1874, and which were subsequently adopted by

Mr. Wallace in his standard work on the Geographical Distribution

of Animals. I propose to call these Sea-regions :—

(1) The Norru-ArLantic SEA-REGION, or ARCTATLANTIS (doxros

and ’A7Aav7is=the daughter of Atlas), consisting of the northern

portion of the Atlantic down to about 40° N. lat.

(2) The Mrp-Arnanvic SEA-REGION, or MESATLANTIS (uéoos and

’ArAaris), consisting of the middle portion of the Atlantic down

to about the Tropic of Capricorn.

(3) The InpIan SEA-REGION, or INDOPELAGIA ("Ivdos and 7édayos),

containing the Indian Ocean down to about the same degree of

S. lat., and extending from the coast of Africa on the west to

Australia and the great Oriental islands on the east.

(4) The Nortn Pacrric SEA-REGION, or ARCTIRENIA (dpxros

and eipyvn=pax), containing the northern portion of the Pacific

Ocean down to about the Tropic of Cancer.

(5) The Mrp-Pacrric Sea-REGION, or MESIRENIA (yéoos and

eivyvn), containing the inter-tropical portion of the Pacific Ocean ;

and finally

(6) The SourneRN SEa-recion, or NOTOPELAGIA (véros and

médayos), containing the whole of the South Polar Ocean all round

the globe south of the above-mentioned limits.

We will now proceed to consider shortly the characteristic

Mammals of these six Sea-regions.

VI. The North Atlantic Sea-region, or Arctatlantis.

Amongst the Pinnipeds two well-marked generic forms, the Grey

Seal (Halicherus) and the Bladder-Seal (Cystophora), are exclusively

1 In a recent letter to ‘ Science’ (1897, p. 848) Dr. Dall has pointed out

that this isan error. Both Monodon and Delphinapterus occur in the North

Pacific — P. L.S., 4. vi. 97.

354 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THB [ Mar. 16,

confined to Arctatlantis. The True Seals (Phoca) and the Walrus

(Trichechus) are found in this region and in Arctirenia; and of

the former genus three species (P. vitulina, P. grenlandica, and

P. barbata) are actually common to both these Sea-regions, while

the Walruses (Zrichechus rosmarus and T’. obesus) of the two Sea-

regions are perhaps somewhat doubtfully distinguishable. It may

be easily understood how this has come to pass, because the Seals

and Walrus may in the course of time, during unusually mild

summers, have extended themselves along the north coast of the

American continent into the Northern Pacific. But Arctirenia, as we

shall presently show, is markedly distinguishable from Arctatlantis

by the presence of Hared Seals (Otaria), which are utterly unknown

in the whole of the Atlantic area. Otaria is in fact as regards

Arctatlantis what I have called on previous occasions (see P. Z. 8.

1882, p. 311) a “ lipotype” of Arctatlantis, but what I now pro-

pose to designate a “ lipomorph.” *

The Sirenians are entirely absent from the North Atlantic and

constitute another lipomorph of that area.

Coming to the Whales, we find the Mystacoceti well represented

in the North Atlantic by Balena, Megaptera, and Balenoptera ; but

of these the two latter are almost universally distributed over the

ocean, and Balena recurs again in the North Pacific as well as in

more southern latitudes, so that there is no genus of Whalebone

Whales peculiar to Arctatlantis.

Proceeding to the Odontoceti, the case is different. Amongst the

Physeteride, Hyperoodon is confined to Arctatlantis, and, as already

explained, two very well-marked types of the Delphinide, Delphin-

apterus and Monodon, are likewise exclusively denizens of the

North Atlantic Ocean. Arctatlantis therefore may be said to be

well characterized by the possession of at least five genera of Marine

Mammals not found elsewhere, viz. Halichwrus, Cystophora, Hy-

peroodon, Delphinapterus, and Monodon.

VIL. The Mid-Atlantic Sea-region, or Mesatlantis.

Mesatlantis has certainly not so many forms of Marine Mam-

mals confined to its area as Arctatlantis, but there seem to be good

grounds for its separation. As we descend towards the tropics the

true Seals (Phocine), which are constituted to live in colder water,

gradually fall off in number, and in Mesatlantis are no longer met

with. But in their place we find the genus Wonachus or Monk-

Seal restricted to Mesatlantis, one species (/. albiventer) occurring

1 On former occasions I have used the term “ lipotype” for a natural group

which characterizes a particular locality by its absence. It would, however,

perhaps be better to change the term to ‘‘lipomorph,” because the term “type”

and its compounds have been generally employed in reference to the particular

specimens of a species upon which original descriptions have been based

(cf. Thomas, P, Z. 8. 1893, p. 241). In the same way a natural group which

characterizes a particular country may be called a “topomorph” (7670s, locus,

and pop¢), forma). Thus in Africa Giraffa and Phacocherus would be “ topo-

morphs,” and Cervus and Ursus would be “ lipomorphs.”

1897.] DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MAMMALS. 355

in the Mediterranean and on the North African coast, anda second

(M. tropicalis) being found in the West Indies. Mesatlantis is like-

wise the true home of the well-marked Sirenian genus Manatus,

one species of which (M/. americanus) frequents the coast of

America and another (WZ. senegalensis) that of Africa.

As regards the Cetaceans, we are not able to say that Mesatlantis,

although well-furnished with many generic types of this Order, has

any one peculiar to it. We must therefore rest content with

assigning two genera of Marine Mammals, Monachus and Manatus,

as characteristic forms or topomorphs of the Sea~-Mammal-life of

Mesatlantis.

VILL. The Indian Sea-region, or Indopelagia.

The Marine Carnivora, so far as we know, are entirely foreign

to Indopelagia, but the Sirenians are well represented by the

Dugong (Halicore), which pervades all its northern coasts from

North Australia to India and the Red Sea and down the African

coast to Lamu’. Whether the species of Halicore found at different

points within this area are the same or different is still a matter of

discussion, but there can be no doubt that Halicore is an exclusive

inhabitant of Indopelagia. As regards the Whales of Indopelagia,

we know that Physeter, Cogia, and Ziphius, and numerous forms of

Delphinide occur there, but I am not aware of any Cetacean that

is entirely restricted to this Sea-region.

IX. The North Pacific Sea-region, or Arctireniw.

As was pointed out when speaking of Arctatlantis, Arctirenia

has one genus of Phocide (Phoca) in common with the North

Atlantic, and three of the species of this genus appear to be actually

identical in these two Sea-regions, whilst a fourth Phoca (P. fasciata)

is only found in the North Pacific. The Walrus (7richechus) is

again a form of Marine Mammals common to both the great

northern Sea-regions. But the feature of Pinnipedian life that

absolutely distinguishes Arctirenia from Arctatlantis is the presence

in the former of three (if not four) well-marked species of the

Eared Sea!s (Otaritde), which are absolutely unknown in the vast

extent of the Atlantic down at least to 30°S. lat.

Arctirenia has unfortunately lost its Sirenian, Steller’s Sea-cow

(Rhytina stelleri), the largest and finest modern representative of

this formerly prevalent group, which since the days of the Pleisto-

cene has greatly diminished in numbers, but I think we may still

treat Rhytina as one of the characteristic forms of the Arctirenian

Sea-region. The North Pacific is also even at the present day the

sole possessor of a remarkable genus of Whalebone Whales which

combines the long head and elongate form of Balenoptera with

the smooth skin of the throat and absence of the dorsal fin of

Balena®. This is the Grey Whale, Rhachianectes glaucus of Cope,

1 A fine specimen of the Dugong from Lamu (on the east coast of Africa, lat.

2° 50! S.). obtained by Mr. J. C. Haggard in 1885, is in the British Museum.

2 Flower and Lydekker, ‘ Mammals,’ p. 241.

356 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 16,

which, in these days, is confined to the North Pacitic, and does not

range farther south than the 20th parallel in that ocean. At the

same time it should be stated that indications have been discovered

that a nearly allied form existed in the Atlantic in previous geo-

logical ages, though this is by no means certain. Besides Rhachia-

nectes, Balena, Megaptera, and Balenoptera are all represented in

the North Pacific, and also many species of Delphinide of which

little is at present known. But Rhytina and Rhachianectes are

the only genera of Marine Mammals absolutely confined te

Arctireniz.

X. The Mid-Pacific Sea-region, or Mesirenia.

The Hared Seals, Otaria, must have necessarily passed through

Mesirenia in their passage from south to north, though the only

record of their actual presence in the central part of the Pacific

is, so far as I know, the recent discovery of them in the

Galapagos. It should be stated, however, that Tschudi records

the occurrence of two species of Otaria on the islands of the coast

of Peru, and that in 1802 Humboldt met with an Hared Seal on

the Island of San Lorenzo, in the Bay of Callao, which is only

some 12° south of the Equator.

Like Otaria, the Sea-elephant (Macrorhinus) has apparently in

former ages travelied up the South American shores and estab-

lished itself as far north on the coast of California at about 34°

N. lat. The Californian Sea-elephant has been discriminated by

Gill as a distinct species (Macrorhinus angustirostris), but its

differences from the southern form (MM. leoninus) seem to be but

trifling.

As regards the Cetaceans of Mesirenia, our information is at

present very imperfect, and I have little to say except that species

of Megaptera, Balenoptera, Physeter, Cogia, and Ziphius certainly

occur there, besides many representatives of the widely spread

Delphinide.

XI. The Southern Polar Sea-region, or Notopelagia.

The wide ocean which surrounds the Southern Pole on every

side, and extends up to 40° S. lat., seems to present, as regards its

marine mammals, a nearly homogeneous fauna, which we will now

briefly consider. In the first place it contains representatives of

four genera of true Phocide—Ogmorhinus, Lobodon, Leptonychotes’,

and Ommatophoca, which are peculiar to the southern seas, and are

quite distinct from all their northern representatives in the Arctic

Ocean. The Sea-elephant, Macrorhinus, is also a denizen of

Notopelagia, though, as we have already seen, it has wandered

north along the South American coast far into Mesirenia,

Like Macrorhinus, Otaria also, containing the group of Eared

1 This generic term, established by Gill in 1872, seems to take precedence

of Pecilophoca, proposed by Flower and Lydekker for the same type (L. wed-

dellt) in 1891. Cf. Allen, North American Pinnipeds, p. 418.

1897.] DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MAMMALS. 357

Seals, appears to have been originally an Antarctic group, and the

greater number of its species, although now-a-days very much

reduced in numbers, are still found in the Southern Ocean. But

the Otaric have travelled still further north than Macrorhinus, and

three, if not four, species are, as already stated, in these days well

established inhabitants of Arctirenia.

The Sirenians are absent from Notopelagia, but Cetaceans of

every kind are abundant. Besides one or more representatives

of the true Whalebone Whale (Balena), Notopelagia has a

smaller representative of the group (Veobalena) entirely restricted

to its area. It has also representatives of Megaptera and Baleno-

ptera, though it is doubtful how far they are even specifically

distinct from some of their northern representatives.

Among the Toothed Whales ( Odontocet?) we find a large Ziphioid

form, Berardius, restricted to the Notopelagian area, while Ziphius

and Mesoplodon also occur there. The Dolphins (Delphinide) are

likewise numerous, and present some distinct species, but not, so

far as our present knowledge extends, any generic forms that do

not occur elsewhere.

But Notopelagia is sufficiently distinguished from all the five

more northern sea-regions by possessing four genera of Seals and

two of Cetaceans entirely restricted to its area.

XII. Conclusions.

It has therefore, I think, been shown that, for the Geography

of Marine Mammals, the Ocean may be conveniently divided

into six Sea-regions, which, as marked in the chart now exhibited

(Plate XXIV.), are as follows :—

I. Rueio Ancrarnantica, characterized by its Seals ( Phocine),

of which two genera, Halicherus and Cystophora, are peculiar,

whilst Phoea is common to it and Arctirenia; by the absence of

Sirenians; and by the possession of three peculiar genera of

Cetaceans (Hyperoodon, Delphinapterus, and Monodon).

II. Ructo Musartanrica, sole possessor of the Monk-Seal,

Monachus, amongst the Pinnipeds, and of the Sirenian genus

Manatus.

II. Reero Iyporsraeica, characterized by the presence of the

Sirenian Halicore and by the absence of Pinnipeds.

TV. Reero Arcrirentca, with Phoca like the Regio Arct-

atlantica, but having Otaria also; the home of the (now extinct)

Sirenian Fhytina and of the endemic Cetacean Rhachianectes.

V. Ruero MEsrrenica, without true Seals ( Phocine), but having

Otaria and Macrorhinus from the south; no Sirenian known.

VI. Rzeto Norornraatca, characterized by four endemic genera

of Phocide, and by the presence of many Otarie; without

Sirenians, but with two endemic forms of Cetaceans (Neobalena

and Berardius).

358 ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MAMMATS. [Mar. 16,

In conclusion, I will call attention to some of the more remark-

able points in the general distribution of the marine Mammals

and to their apparent significance.

In the first place it is evident that the Pacific has much more in

common with the Notopelagian region than the Atlantic. Otaria

and Macrorhinus, quite unknown in the Atlantic, extend them-

selves to the northern extremity of the Pacific, the former per-

vading that ocean up to Bering’s Straits, and the latter reaching

to the Californian coast. It follows that in former ages there must

have been some barrier in the Atlantic which did not exist in the

Pacific to stop their progress northwards. The only barrier I can

imagine that would have effected this must have been a land

uniting 8S. America and Africa, across which they could not travel.

Adopting this hypothesis, we have at the same time an explanation

of the presence of the Manatee on both the American and African

coasts. The Manatee could hardly live to cross the Atlantic. It

is only found close to the coast, where it browses on sea-weeds and

other vegetable food in shallow water. How did it travel from

America to Africa (or vice versa), unless there were a continuous

shore-line between them? The same may be said of the Monk-

Seal (Monachus), of which one species lives in the Mediterranean

and on the African coast and islands and another in the West

Indies. We can hardly believe that these creatures could easily

traverse the whole Atlantic. The hypothesis of a former barrier

of land between Africa and America, which we know is sup-

ported by other facts of distribution’, would alone explain the

difficulty.

On the other hand, in the Pacific we find no such break between

the north and south. The aquatic Mammals of Notopelagia have

evidently had free access to the whole of the Pacific for a long period

and have well availed themselves of this facility.

Again, while the great Southern Ocean exhibits a considerable

uniformity of marine Mammalian life, we see the Northern waters

divided into two distinctly recognizable Regions by the interposed

masses of land. All these facts, with the one exception of the

supposed Atlantic Barrier, would tend in favour of the now

generally accepted doctrine that the principal masses of land and

water are not of modern origin, but have existed mainly in their

present shapes throughout all ages.

TorPOMORPHS OF THE S1x SHA-REGIONS.

I. ARCTATLANTIS, TV. ARCTIRENTA,

Halicherus. Otaria.

Cystophora.

= Rhytina.

Hyperoodon. Rhachianectes.

1 Cf. Wallace, Geogr. Distrib. vol. i. p. 156.

1897.] ON THE SPECIES OF POTAMOCHERUS. 359

IL. MEsatnanris. IIT. Lyporrnaeta. V. M&strenta.

Monachus. Halicore. Otaria,

Macrorhinus.

Manatus. Platanista.

Inia.

Pontoporia.

VI. NovoprnaGta.

Ogmorhinus.

Lobodon.

Leptonychotes.

Ommatophoca.

Otaria.

Neobalena.

Berardius.

5. On the Species of Potamocherus, the Bush-Pigs of the

Ethiopian Region. By Dr. C. I. Forsyra Masor,

C.M.Z.S.

(Plates XXV. & XXVL.)

[Received March 16, 1897.]

A close examination of eight specimens of the Wild Hog of

Madagascar, forming part of my collection from that island, has

led me to attempt a review of the complete material available of

the genus Potamocheerus, the results of which I lay before the

Society in a very succinct form. I also exhibit two skulls, male

and female, of the Madagascar form, and two photographs of the

northernmost form, the Abyssinian P. hassama (Heug].).

It may be well at the outset to state the relation which the

African Potamocherus bears to the other Swine. Leaving out of

consideration the more aberrant or otherwise further removed

African Phacocherus, the Oriental Babyrusa, and the New-World

Peccaries (Dicotyles), I limit my remarks mainly to the members of

the genus Sus, with which Potomocherus hears closer relationship

than with the genera just mentioned.

Several years ago ' I tried to show that the numerous species of

Sus which had heen established could be reduced to four: Sus

scrofa ; Sus vittatus ; Sus verrucosus, of Java, Borneo, Celebes, &c. ;

and Sus barbatus, of Borneo. In later years numerous excellent

papers have been published on the subject by Nehring; besides

which not less than 35, partly for the present more or less

nominal species, have been introduced by Pére Heude®, from the

} Zool. Anzeiger, 1883, p. 295.

? P.-M. Hevpr, 8.J. “Etude sur les Suilliens,” Mémoires concernant

YHist. Nat. de Empire Chinois par des Peres de la Compagnie de Jésus,

Chang-Hai, 1888-1894.

360 DR. C. I, FORSYYH MAJOR ON THE [Mar. 16,

Asiatic Continent (especially China) and from the Philippines.

These additions to our knowledge have rather strengthened my

original views, to the effect that we shall in a near future be able

to show the complete passage of Sus scrofa into Sus vittatus by

intermediate forms, although one or two of Heude’s continental

species may for the present rank as such.

The only characters of some importance, upon which the claims

of Potamocherus to generic distinction rest are the curious

apophyses which Flacourt, speaking of the Malagasy Boar, com-

pared with horns’. Recent authors call these outgrowths fleshy

warts ; but having had the opportunity of seeing the animal in the

flesh—I am speaking of old males—I must say that Flacourt’s term

is much more to the point. They recall the osseous horn-like

apophyses in some Tertiary Ungulates, as the Dinocerata and others.

Of course, in the male of Potamocherus the underlying osseous

nuclei are formed merely by the convex rugosity on the lateral

parts of the nasals and by the outgrowth above the canine, reaching

scarcely higher up than the upper contour of the skull. But the

overlying “horn ” is formed by a very resistant, cylindrical, carti-

laginous callosity, part of which is generally cut away on the inner

side, whilst the rest shrinks considerably in drying, so that the

stuffed skin fails to give an adequate idea of this conformation in

the living animal.

Whether this is the beginning of a really osseous horn, or the

remnant of such, I cannot say ; considering that we have to do with

a specialized feature, one might prefer the former supposition.

There are some tertiary Swine which by their dentition closely

approach the Potamocherus, but this part of their skull is still

unknown.

Now this peculiar character exists, as I pointed out, only in the

adult male, and it might therefore be doubted whether a sexual

character justifies the establishing of a separate genus. Besides,

the Sus verrucosus of Java, with its numerous varieties in Borneo,

Celebes, the Philippines, Amboina, Ceram, and even, as it would

seem, in Cochinchina®, shows the beginning of a similar eonform-

ation in the large size of the apophysis above the canine, which is

particularly well developed in the Celebes and Amboina form, where

we have the beginning also of a rugosity on the nasals. Sus verrucosus

approaches Potamochwrus besides as regards the broad zygomatic

arches, which are swollen by underlying sinuses. The claims of

Potamocherus to generic distinction are hereby somewhat weakened.

On the other hand, Sus verrucosus and Sus barbatus of Borneo are

distinguished from the remaining members of the genus Sus by the

very characteristic conformation of their lower canines; the same

character is met with already in Pliocene Boars of the Siwaliks and

in the Sus of the Upper Pliocene of the Vald’Arno. So that ifthe

1 « Ges sangliers (principalement les masles) ont deux cornes a costez du nez,

qui sont comme deux callositez.” (Histoire de la grande Isle Madagascar

composée par le Sieur De Flacourt: Paris, 1661.)

+ Heude, /. c. 1894, p. 219.

1897.] SPECIES OF POTAMOCH@RUS, 361

African Bush-Pigs are to be separated from Sus, the Oriental forms

just mentioned have as good claims to be equally distinguished

by a separate generic denomination. However, the genus-name

Potamocherus being in use, and being very convenient for distin-

guishing the small group of African Pigs in question, it might

as well be maintained.

There are, up to the present day, three recognized species of

Bush-Pigs or River-Hogs (Potamocherus) in Africa :—

1. The West-African River-Hog, generally known as Potamo-

cherus penicillatus (Schinz), extending from Angola as far north

as Senegambia, and, according to Schweinfurth and Emin Pasha,

as tar east as Monbuittu.

2. The South- and East-African Bush-Pig, which, in this

country at least, is generally called Potamocherus africanus

(Schreb.), and is supposed to extend as far north as Abyssinia.

3. The Madagascar Wild Hog, called by Grandidier Potamo-

cherus edwardsi.

As regards first the scientific names, I have the following

observations to offer :—

Gervais was the first to assert (Hist. N. Mamm. 1855), and

after him Nathusius (Vorstudien, 1864), that the Sus peniedllatus

of Schinz (1847) was the long-forgotten Porcus yuineensis of

Marcgrave, Klein, and others (Sus guineensis, Briss.; Sus porcus,

L., Gmel., &c.); whereupon J. E. Gray, in 1868, restored to this

beast its original Linnean specific name, « Potamochoerus porcus.”

Linneus (S. N. 10th ed.) identities his Sus porcus as the Porcus

guineensis of Ray, who himself had stated that his description and

name were taken from Maregrave. Gray (1868 and 1869), quoting

Marcgrave, says :—‘‘ Marcgrave describes it as having a cyst on

the navel, and says that it had been introduced by the negroes, and

naturalized in Brazil.” From the text of Marcgrave it appears

that he does not say that his P. guineensis has a cyst on the navel,

he does not say that it had been introduced by the negroes, and

he does not say that it had been naturalized in Brazil. Habent sua

fata libelli! The following is the description of P. guineensis in the

posthumous work of Marcgrave :—

“¢ Porcus guineensis, et e Guinea in Brasiliam translatus, figura ut

nostrates et ruffi coloris : in hoc autem differt a Poet attahga!

quod caput habeat non ita elatum: aures autem longas et acutas

plane et prolongatis acuminibus, caudam longam usque ad talos

propendentem, pilorum expertem. Totum corpus tegitur pilis

brevibus ruflis splendentibus, non setis g, quibus et in dorso caret,

sed tantum versus caudam in dorso et circa collum paulo longiores

habet pilos. Plane cicur.”?

Out of evil, however, has come some good, for Gray’s “nore

than free translation gave an opportunity to Prof. Reinhardt,

of Copenhagen (in a letter addressed to the Secretary of this

1 Grorct Marceravi de Liebstad, ‘ Misnici Germani, Historia Rerum

Naturalium Brasilie, Libri Octo”: ‘Hist. Nat. Brasilix,’ Lugd.-Bat. et

Amstelod. (Elzev.) 1648, p. 230.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XXIV. 24

362 DR. ©. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [ Mar. 16,

Society, and published in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1869, pp. 56, 57),

to put some of the facts under discussion in their true light

and to add some interesting particulars. Reinhardt draws atten-

tion to the fact that Prince Maurice of Nassau, in whose service

Marcgrave was, kept animals, brought over from many countries,

at his country-seat near Recife (Pernambuco), and that Marcgrave

describes and sketches also several African Monkeys seen in

Brazil (of which it is expressly stated that they came from the

Guinea Coast). ‘* He” (Marcgrave) “ had certainly never thought

of saying that his Pig was a domestic animal, but only that in

Brazil he had seen such a Pig, brought thither from Africa, and

being quite tame—that is to say, doing no harm, but being of a

placid, inoffensive nature.” Reinhardt further on quotes from a

Danish author, Monrad ', who describes the “‘ Red and Black Boars ”

on the Gold Coast as being not fierce at all, their hunting being

without danger, &ec.

I wish to add to Reinhardt’s remarks some observations of my

own bearing on the subject. No mention is made by Marcgrave

of the cartilaginous tuberosities above the upper canines in the

male, and neither does his otherwise good, though somewhat rough,

woodcut show anything of the sort; apparently he had before

him a female or a young male (perhaps he had seen only a single

specimen) ; this circumstance, too, goes a great way to show that,

in his time at least, the Pig was not reared in Brazil, and it would

give a further illustration to his calling it ‘plane cicur.”

Schweinfurth?, when mentioning the Wild Boar of the Mon-

buttu, which he considers to be the ‘* Potamocherus penicillatus,”

says that they are tameable up to a certain extent (“einen gewissen

Grad von Zihmbarkeit an den Tag legen”); King Munsa kept

a number of them, half wild, in a sort of game-preserve near his

residence. I believe the experiences with the West-African

Potamocherus in the Zoological Gardens are to the same effect.

The individual, or the individuals, seen by Maregrave were

apparently the first brought over to Brazil; but, from what later

authors say, we might be inclined to infer that after his time the

species was really reared in America. Erxleben (1777), whom

Reinhardt quotes, was not the first to say that the Guinea Hog

was found in great numbers in Brazil (‘‘ ubi hodie copiosissimus ”).

The same statement had been already made by Hill (1752), Patrick

Browne (1756)—both speaking of America generally,—as well as

by Pallas (1766) and Buffon (1767); but from what these authors

say, it seems not unlikely that a confusion was made with pigs

introduced from Asia, an error against which P. L. 8S. Muller

(Vollst. Natursystem) cautioned us as long ago as 1773.

As to the introduction of the Pencilled Hog into England for

1 H.C.Monrav. Bidrag til en Skildring af Guinea-kysten og dens Indbyggere

og tilen Beskrivelse over de danske Colonier paa denne kyst, samlede under

mit Opholdi Afrika i Aarene 1805 til 1809 . .. . Med en Fortale af C. Molbech:

Kjobenhayn, 1822. 8°.

* Im Herzen von Afrika, ii. pp. 83, 532 (1874).

1897.] SPECIES OF POTAMOCH@®RUS. 363

breeding purposes, Nathusius states (‘ Racen des Schweines,’ 1860,

and ‘ Vorstudien,’ 1864) that in English agricultural writings from

the beginning to the middle of last century it is stated that besides the

Chinese and Romanic Pig, the Red Pig from Guinea has been used

in England for crossing. Nathusius quotes no particular author,

and I have not been successful in my inquiries in the library of the

Royal Agricultural Society, where no books of the last century

seem to be kept. The only paragraphs found to the purpose are the

following :—John Laurence’ says: “The African Hog is red or

sandy in colour, with a small head, long, slender pricked ears, soft

and short hair, and a long tail touching the ground. I know

not whether this be the same variety used in this country as a

cross under the name of the African.” David Low is somewhat

more positive *:—“ Hogs are sometimes introduced from Africa,

and mingled with the other races. Those from the coasts of the

Atlantic are termed Guinea Pigs, their descendants are of tolerable

size and square form, and fattened with sufficient facility.”

To conclude on this matter. Whilst the question as to the

rearing and crossing of the Guinea Hog in former times, either in

America or in England, is still an open one, there is no doubt in

my mind that the Potamocherus penicillatus (Schinz) must be

called

Potamocherus porcus (L.).

The South and 8.E.-African Potamocherus (P. africanus, auctt.,

P. larvatus, Fr. Cuv. part.) must be called

Potamocherus choeropotamus (Desmoul. 1831) ;

for “Sus africanus, Gmel., 1788,” the Phacocherus africanus, has

priority over “‘ Sus africanus,” Schreber, the figure of which (head),

without text, was published, according to Sherborn’, in 1791;

besides, this figure might as well have been taken from the

Madagascar species. The description of Sus larvatus of Fr. Cuvier

(1817) is mainly based on a skull of the Madagascar Wild Boar,

and partly on the drawing by Samuel Daniell *, a caricature of

Phacocherus, with some admixture of Potamocharus, which could

never stand as the type of a species.

1. Poramocua@rts Larvatus (F.Cuy.). (Plate XXV. fig. 2 and

Plate XXVI. fig. 2.)

This name must, for the reason given above, be reserved for

the Malagasy Wild Boar, of which, for the present, I can only

acknowledge one species.

Particular interest attaches to the Wild Hog of Madagascar, on

1 Joun Laurence, A General Treatise on Cattle: London, 1805, p. 510.

2 Davin Low. The Breeds of the Domestic Animals of the British Islands,—

Vol. ii. (London, 1842), “Hog,” p. 18.

3 Pp. Z. 8. 1891, p. 587.

4 Samuen Danrett. African Scenery and Animals,—No. 21: “ The African

Hog”: London, 1805.

24*

364 DR. C, 1, FORSYLH MAJOR ON THE [ Mar, 16,

account of its being the only Ungulate of the recent Malagasy

fauna and closely related to the species of an African genus ;

whilst all the other Mammals, with the exception of the Chiroptera,

a Crocidura, and the Viverricula, belong to distinct genera. For

this reason it has been supposed by Blanford that the genus

Potamocherus did not exist in Africa when Madagascar was con-

nected with that continent, but found its way there at a later time

(at the end of the Pliocene or later Pleistocene), when the con-

nection with Africa was severed, so as to prevent most of the pre-

sent African Maminalia from crossing over; whilst Potamocherus,

being a good swimmer, might have been able to cross the Strait.

This hypothesis reposes, of course, on two assumptions: first,

that the Strait of Mozambique was very much narrower in later

Pliocene times than at present ; and secondly, on its being taken for

granted that the Malagasy Potamochorus is different from all its

African congeners. Tor it is obvious that if the Malagasy Wild

Hog is specifically identical with one of the continental species, it

must have arrived in the island at a very recent date; and in that

case, the most likely supposition would be that for some reason or

other it had been carried over by man, as must be supposed to have

been the case with regard to Viverricula malaccensis.

The question as to the specific distinctness is not in the least

settled at present. There has been in the Natural History Museum,

for some months, a mounted specimen of a Potamocherus from

Nyasaland, which in colour and general outer appearance so

closely resembles the Malagasy form that very few zoologists

would venture to separate them on account of some slight dif-

ferences in the respective skins. On the other hand, most of the

cranial characters mentioned as distinctive between the Malagasy

form and the P. chwropotamus’ are of such little value, being

very variable, that no importance can be attached to them. Such

are: the position of the mental foramina in the lower jaw, the

more or less irregularity ir the lower contour of the zygomatic

arch, and the conformation cf the lateral depression in the

region of the lachrymal and the upper part of the maxillary.

Up to the present time, besides the skin of a very young specimen,

only one skull of the Malagasy form, that of an adult male, existed

in the Natural History Museum. I have brought back from the

Upper Forest Region of the island the remains of eight specimens,

viz. six skins with their skulls complete, besides a complete skeleton

and aseparate skull, making in all eight skulls of different ages and

both sexes. T'wo of the skulls, a male (see figs. 1 and 2, p. 365)

and a female (Pl. XXV. fig. 2 and Pl. XXVI. fig. 2), are now ex-

hibited. As a result of my comparisons I have to state that there

are very constant cranial characters whict enable us to distinguish

the Madagascar form from the P. chwropotamus, with which, on the

whole, it has more affinities than with the West-African P. porcus.

_1 J. E. Gray. “On the Madagascar River-hog (Potamocherus) and on the

Skulls of the three Species of the Genus” (Ann. & Mag. N, H. xv. 1875, p. 45).

1897.] SPECIES OF POTAMOCHERUS. 365

6 4 ht 2 4 SEAS 8 10 12 INCH?

Skull of Potamocherus larvatus, 8, from Madagascar (side view).

366 DR, C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [ Mar. 16,

With the latter, the Madagascar Hog, which is the smallest of the

three, agrees in the more simple pattern of the molar teeth. It

approaches P. cheropotamus, besides in outer appearance, in the

general configuration of the skull, which is narrower and com-

paratively longer; the upper contour of the profile is straighter

in both than in P. porcus, the occiput less vertical, the facial region

more elongate, and the osseous callosity which rises above and

behind the upper canines is always higher. The characters proper

to the Malagasy species are the great slenderness of the snout, the

nasal region not being flattened nor angular laterally, but rounded

off, and the great massiveness and simplicity of the premolars.

The lower premolars have an even greater tendency to disappear

than in the continental forms, so that in old animals we sometimes

meet with only one premolar.

For all these reasons I consider the Malagasy Wild Hog to be a

quite distinct form, and I therefore do not see any real reasons for

disputing the hypothesis of Blanford. Besides, we have in Mada-

gascar the subfossil Hippopotamus, which is very distinct from

H. amphibius, and the presence of which in the island cannot, in

my opinion, possibly be explained in any other way than the case

of the Potamocherus, although it has seriously been suggested that

the Hippopotamus might possibly have been brought over by man.

2. PoramocHa@Rts CHEROPOTAMUS (Desmoul.).

Under the objectionable name of P. africanus, P. cheeropotamus

has been stated to range trom the Cape through East Africa to

British Central Africa and as far north as the Kilima-njaro.

From British Central Africa the Natural History Museum has

three skins, one without the skull, the other two from immature

individuals; they are of a rufous colour, much resembling, as I

have mentioned, the Malagasy Wild Boar, so that from the skins

alone I could not venture to separate the two forms.

Two skulls, male and female, from Lake Mweru (B.C. A.),

collected by Messrs. A. Sharpe and R. Crawshay ’, agree fairly well

with the South-African P. cheropotamus, although showing some

features of their own, as in the conformation of the apophysis

above the canine &c. It is possible that hereafter this rufous

Nyasa Hog may be distinguished by a distinct specific name and

that the Mweru skulls belong to the same form; for the present

the material is insufficient: on the one side, I have only skulls

without skins (Mweru), on the other, skins without, or with only

immature, skulls (Zomba, &c.). One thing is certain: all these

Nyasa Bush-Pigs approach closely the South-African Potamocherus

cheeropotamus ; and 1 must insist on this point, since some travellers,

relying solely on the colour, have united them with the West-

African P. porcus, with which they have nothing to do.

T cannot, in fact, find a black-skinned Potamochwrus mentioned by

1 See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 723,

1897.] SPECIES OF POTAMOCH@RUS. 367

any collector or traveller in this part of British Central Africa, and

farther north, too, in Ugogo, Burton met with only red wild boars.

Now it is well known that A. Smith’, speaking of the Bosch Vark,

says that “scarcely any two specimens of this species exhibit the

same colours—some are a brownish black variegated with white,

and others are almost entirely of a light reddish-brown or rufous

tint without the white markings: indeed such are the varieties

that it is scarcely possible to say what are the most prevailing

colours.” As Smith includes the Malagasy Wild Hog under

the same name (Sus larvatus), it cannot be made out how far his

remarks apply to the South-African form alone.

I propose to distinguish these Nyasa Bush-Pigs, with one

exception, to be mentioned later on, as Potamochwrus cheropotamus

nyase (see Pl. XXV. fig. 4. and Pl. XXVI. fig. 4).

From Kilima-njaro, the Natural History Museum has a skin, with

incomplete skull (lower jaw wanting) (see Pl. XXV. fig. 1 and

Pl. XXVLI. fig. 3), of a small form of Potamocherus (female), ob-

tained by the Rev. W. Morris. The skin is covered with long and

very dark brownish-black bristles. The skull somewhat approaches

female skulls of P. porcus, and the last upper molar is short as in

the latter species ; but the posterior nasal region is flattened, as in

P. cheropotamus, with which last feature agrees as well the more

complicated pattern of the molars. Before pronouncing definitely

on this interesting form, I should welcome the opportunity of

examining an adult male; in the meantime I propose to call it

Potamocherus cheropotumus demonis *.

3. POTAMOCHERUS JOHNSTONI, sp. n. (Plate XXYV. fig. 3 and

Plate XX VI. fig. 1.)

This is a new form from the Ngarawi River, Nkanga, “in the

North Nyasa District (N.W. Nyasaland),” based on the skull of a

female presented to the Nat. Hist. Museum by Sir Harry Jobnston.

The skulls of the females of the various species of Potamocherus,

as a rule, closely resemble each other; this particular one having

characters of its own, it may be anticipated that the skull of the

male and the rest of the animal will present still greater differences.

The skull is remarkable for its large size (the animal was scarcely

adult), the straight upper contour, and itsslenderness. The whole

of the nasal region is not at all flattened and with angular borders

as in the other species, but rounded off. Molars and premolars

large. Premolars 3.

Sir Harry Johnston, to whom Mr. De Winton wrote in my name

for further information, kindly informs us that he brought this

skull home because, when he first saw the head in his boy’s pos-

1 A. Ssuta. African Zoology (The South-African Quarterly Jouraal, vol. ii.

p. 178, 1834).

2“ Kilima”’=mountain; “ njaro,” a demon, supposed to produces cold

(H. H. Johnston).

368 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [ Mar. 16,

session, he thought there was something odd about it. He thinks

we shall find the new pig elsewhere in B. C. A., “for, for some

time, there has been a rumour among the settlers that there are

two species of bush-pig, and that one is permanently though faintly

white spotted and striped (along the back).”

4. PoTAMoCH@RUS HASSAMA (Heuglin).

Fig. 3.

Skull of Potamocherus hassama, $, from Abyssinia (side view).

This is an Abyssinian Bush-Pig. The “ Hassama” was first

mentioned by Rippell* and later on fully described by Heuglin?

under the name of Wyctochwrus hassama. KR. Hartmann was of

opinion that Heuglin’s Vyctochwrus was nothing else but the “ Pota-

mocherus penicillatus.”* Sclater has identified it with “ Potamo-

cherus africanus ” = P. cheeropotamus* ; and in this he is supported

by Nehring’, who, without entering into particulars, states in

the most positive manner (“mit voller Sicherheit”) that Heuglin’s

Hassama is “‘ Potamocherus larvatus” =P. cheropotamus. If that is

so, then there are two species of Potamochwrus in Abyssinia; for the

photographs of the skull of a male from Abyssinia, from Heuglin’s

collections (see fig. 3, p. 368, and fig. 4, p. 8369)—kindly sent to me

by Prof. Eberhard Fraas, Curator of the Stuttgart Nat. Hist.

1 Ep. Rirrrrt. Reise in Abyssinien, vol. ii. p. 217 (Frankfurt-a-M., 1840).

? M. Tu. vy. Huveuin. “ Beitrage zur Zoologie Afrika’s. Ueber einige Saugethiere

des Baschlo-Gebietes”: N. Act. Leopold. xxx. pt. ii. Nachtrag; 1863, p. 7.—

Heveun & Firzinenr, “ System. Uebers. d. Saugethiere Nordost-Afrika’s, &e.” :

Sitzungsber. Akad, d. Wiss., Math.-naturw. Cl. 54, Bd. i. (Wien, 1866),

p. 586.—M. Tu. y. Hrvatin. Reise in Nordost-Africa, ii. (Braunschweig,

1877), pp. 97, 276.

® R. Harrmann. “Geogr. Verbr. der im nordéstl. Afrika wild lebenden

Saugethiere” : Zeitschr. Berl, Ges. f. Erdkunde, 1868, iii. pp. 352, 353.

* P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 92.

° A. Nenrina. ‘Ueber d. javan. Wildschwein-Arten, sowie iiber Nycto-

cherus hassama, Heuglin”: Zool. Garten, xxxvi. 1895, p. 50.

1897.] SPECIHS OF POLAMOCH@RUS. 369

Museum—show that whilst approaching P. porcus in the strong

but low apophyses above the canine, and in the breadth of the

upper cranial region anterior to the postorbital processes, it is

very remarkable and distinct from that of all the other species of

Potamocherus in the elongation of the hinder part of the skull

backwards from the postorbital processes of the frontals.

Fig. 4.

Skull of Potamocherus hassama, 3, from Abyssinia (seen from above).

To resume, we have the following species and varieties of the

African genus Potamocherus :—

1. Potamocherus larvatus (F. Cuv.). Madagascar.

2. Potamocherus cheropotamus (Desmoul.). 8S. and 8.E. Africa.

P. cheropotamus nyase. Nyasaland (B.C. A.).

P. cheropotamus demonis. Kilima-njaro.

3. Potamocherus johnston, sp.n. N.W. Nyasaland.

4. Potamocherus hassama (Heuglin). Abyssinia.

5. Potamocherus porcus (L.). West Africa, from Angola to Sene-

gambia and eastwards to Monbuttu (teste Schweinfurth and

Emin).

370 DR. B.C, A. WINDLE AND MR. F.G, PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate XXV.

Crania of Potamocherus, side view. } natural size.

Fig. 1. Potamocherus cheropotamus demonis, 2. B.M. 92.4.24.4.

2. P. larvatus, 9. From Ampitambé forest (Madagascar).

3. P.johnstoni, 9. Type. B.M. 91.5.9.5.

4, P. cheropotamus nyase, 3. B.M. 94.3.18.9.

Prate XXVI.

Crania of Potamocherus, upper view. 4 natural size.

Fig. 1. Potamocherus johnstoni, 2. Type. B.M. 91.5.9.5.

2. P. larvatus, 9. (Ampitambé, Madagascar.)

3. P. cheropotamus demonis, 2. B.M. 92.4.24.4.

4, P. cheropotamus nyase, $. B.M. 94.3.18.9.

April 6, 1897.

W. T. Branford, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1897 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of March was 152, of which 44 were

by presentation, 2 by birth, 42 by purchase, 30 were received in

exchange, and 34 on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period by death and removals was 106.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to two examples

of the Indian Pigmy Goose (Nettopus coromandelianus), presented by

Frank Finn, Esq., B.A., F.Z.8., of Calcutta, on March 22nd.

Many attempts have previously been made to introduce this bird

into Europe, but without success ; and these are the first specimens

that have reached the Society’s Gardens alive.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. A. J. Lawford Jones,

a curious cinnamon-coloured variety of the Blackbird (Zurdus

merula), which had been captured near Dorking, Surrey.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part I.

Muscles of the Head, Neck, and Fore-Limb. By B.C.

A. Winviz, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., Professor of Anatomy

at Mason College, Birmingham, and F. G. Parsons,

E.RB.CS., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative

Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital.

[Received February 11, 1897.]

During the last four or five years a considerable number of

bodies of carnivorous animals have come into our possession, partly

P.Z.S. 1897. PL. XXV.

H. Gronvold del. Collotype, Morgan & Kidd, Richmond, S.W.

# nat. size.

Fig. 1. Potamocherus chceeropotamus dzemonis. Fig. 2. P. larvatus.

Fig. 3. P. johnstoni. Fig. 4. P. cheropotamus nyase.

“M'S ‘puomyory ‘ppiy 9 uvs40 yw ‘adxjo1109

‘eseku 0 'g

‘sTUOTep snuteyodor1ayo “g

‘azis "yeu £

‘SNYVAIR] “gq

‘Tuojsuyol snraoyooursjog

‘IAXX “Id “L68L “S'Z'd

‘Jap ppoauory “Hy

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE THRRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 371

through the generosity of this Society, partly from other sources.

We have therefore thought it advisable to collaborate in working

through this material and in comparing our results with the

numerous published records on the myology of Carnivora which

are scattered through zoological literature. We are also greatly

indebted to Prof. Macalister for several unpublished records of

dissections. Altogether we find that we have more or less

complete accounts of 79 animals, a number which, we think,

justifies us in making an attempt at a comprehensive review of the

order—a review which, though it cannot be final, may indicate the

present state of our knowledge of the subject, and may serve to

direct the attention of future observers towards points which they

might otherwise overlook. The great difficulty in a work of this

kind is to avoid recording twice observations made by one observer

and quoted by another, and thus giving a false idea of the

frequency of variations: for instance, it is easy to find a great

many statements about the muscles of the Dog and Cat scattered

about, but it is often impossible to make out whether the writer

really dissected the animal or is relying on the description of

someone else. For this reason we have decided to err on the side

of safety, and have excluded a good many statements about the

originality of which we were doubtful.

‘With a view to prevent any confusion between the facts which

we have observed ourselves and those quoted from others, we

commence our paper with a numbered list of all the animals referred

to. When a Roman numeral follows an animal’s name it refers to

the bibliography at the end of the paper; when no such numeral

follows, the animal has been dissected by ourselves.

In the text, whenever an animal is mentioned, an ordinary

numeral is placed after it to show which specimen in our list is

referred to; when more than one numeral is present it shows that

the statement holds good for more than one animal.

This first part of the paper is devoted to statements of facts ;

we propose to reserve all conclusions and generalizations until

the whole of the muscles have deen described and compared.

Last of Specimens of Animals referred to.

Fenip 2%.

1. Lion (7. leo). Macalister (unpublished),

la. Lion (7. leo). Cuvier & Laurillard, (V.)

2. Lion (Ff. leo). Haughton. (IIL)

. Tiger (2. tigris). Macalister (unpublished).

. Leopard (Ff. pardus). Macalister (unpublished).

. Leopard (Ff. pardus). Cuvier & Laurillard. (VI.)

. Cat (f. catus). Mivart. (1.)

. Cat (. catus). Straus-Durckheim. (II.)

7a. Cat (Ff. catus). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

8. Caracal (F. caracal). Perrin. (XXIX.)

9. Cheetah (Cynelurus jubatus). Ross. (LV.)

TAT OD Or Cot

372

10.

11.

12.

138.

14.

15.

16.

DR. B. C, A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Apr. 6,

VIVERRID#.

Fossa (Cryptoprocta ferox).

Fossa (Cryptoprocta ferox). Beddard. (V1I.)

Civet (Viverra civetta). Young. (VIIL.)

Civet (Viverra civetta). Macalister. (IX.)

Civet (Viverra civetta), Devis. (X.)

Rasse ( Viverricula malaccensis),

Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). Mivart. (XI.)

16a. Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina).

. Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris). Cuvier & Laurillard. (XII.)

. Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris).

. Palm Civet (Paradoxurus typus).

. Palm Civet (Paradoxurus typus). Perrin. (XXIX.)

. Ichneumon (Herpestes). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

. Ichneumon ( Herpestes nepalensis).

. Ichneumon (Her pestes griseus).

. Aard Wolf (Proteles cristatus), Watsor. (XIII.)

Hy 2NID&#.

. Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). Young & Robinson. (XIV.)

. Striped Hyzna (H. striata). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

. Striped Hyena (Z. striata). Cuvier & Laurillard. (XVI.)

. Spotted Hyzena (H. crocuta). Watson & Young. (XYV.)

. Brown Hyena (H. brunnea). Murie. (XVIL.)

CaNID &.

. Fox-terrier (Canis familiaris).

. Irish Terrier (C. familiaris). Haughton. (X VIII.)

. Greyhound (C. familiaris). Haughton. (XVIIL.)

. Greyhound (C. familiaris). Macalister (unpublished).

. Pointer (C. familiaris). Macalister (unpublished).

. Setter (C. familiaris). Macalister (unpublished).

. Bull-dog (C. familiaris). Macalister (unpublished).

. Dog (? var.) (C. familiaris). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

. Dog (? var.) (C. familiaris). Cuvier & Laurillard. (XIX.)

. Dingo (C. dingo). Haughton. (XVIIT.)

. Jackal (C. aureus). Macalister (unpublished).

2. Arctie Fox (C. lagopus). Macalister (unpublished).

. Common Fox (C. vulpes). Dieck. (XX XVIII.)

. Cape Dog (Lycaon pictus). Pagenstecher. (XL.)

Ursin 2.

. Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus). Kelley. (X XIV.)

. Polar Bear (U. maritimus). Meckel. (XX XIX.)

. Brown Bear (U. arctos). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

. Black Bear (U. americanus).

. Black Bear (U. americanus). Shepherd. (XX.)

1897. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 373

50. Black Bear (U. americanus). Testut. (XXIII)

51. Black Bear (U. americanus). Haughton. (XXI.)

52. Black Bear (U. americanus), Cuvier & Laurillard. (XXII.)

PROcYONID.

53. Common Racoon (Procyon lotor),

54. Common Racoon (P. lotor). Allen. (XXVI.) No. 1.

55. Common Racoon (P. lotor). Allen. (XXVI.) No. 2.

56. Common Racoon (P. lotor). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

57. Crab-eating Racoon (P. cancrivorus). Windle. (XXV.)

58. White-nosed Coati (Nasua nasica). Mackintosh. (X XVII.)

59. Brown Coati (Nasua fusca). Mackintosh. (XXVILI.)

60. Red Coati (Nasua rufa). Cuvier & Laurillard. (XX VIII.)

60a. Coati (Nasua sp. inc.). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

61. Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus).

62, Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Perrin. (XXIX.)

MUSTELID£.

63. Grison (Galictis vittata).

64, Tayra (Galictis barbara). Macalister. (IX.)

65. Polecat (Mustela putorius). Alix. (XXX.)

66. Beech Marten (Mustela foina). Cuvier & Laurillard.

(XXXI.)

67. Beech Marten (Mustela foina). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

68. Beech Marten (Mustela foina). Perrin, (XX1X.)

69. Cape Polecat (Ictonyx zorilla).

70. Libyan Polecat (Ictonyx libyca).

71. Badger (Meles taxus). Macalister (unpublished).

72. Badger (Meles tavus). Cuvier & Laurillard. (XXXIII.)

73. Badger (Meles tavus). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

73a. Badger (Meles tavus). Haughton. (XXXII)

74. Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris).

75. Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Lucae. (XXXYVI.)

76. Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Cuvier & Laurillard.

(XXXYV.)

77. Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Meckel. (XXXIX.)

78. Indian Otter (Lutra cinerea). Macalister. (XXXVII.)

79. Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Haughton. (XXXIV.)

Muscles of the Head and Neck.

Facial Muscles.—The most superficial and at the same time the

most important of the facial muscles is the platysma; this is

continued backwards from the orbicularis oris and depressor

muscles of the mouth towards the back of the animal’s neck and

covers very little of the ventral surface of the throat. It evidently

corresponds more especially to that part of the platysma which in

Man is called the risorius (see figs. 2 and 3, p. 375). Two muscles

are partly covered by this: the first rises from the anterior part of

the root of the ear and runs downwards and forwards to the deep

S74 - DR. B.C, A, WINDLE AND MR. F, G, PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

surface of the platysma, and so reaches the angle of the mouth.

In the Polecats (69, 70), where the head is a good deal elongated,

this muscle, instead of coming all the way from the ear, rises from

the anterior part of the zygoma just behind the orbicularis palpe-

brarum (see fig. 3, p. 375). As we think it an advantage, wherever

possible, to use the names familiar to human anatomists, we shall

speak of this as the levator anguli oris, though it only comes from

the zygoma in certain cases.

The second muscle which is covered by the platysma is the

sterno-facialis or sphincter colli: this rises from the back of the

root of the ear and meets its fellow of the opposite side in the mid-

ventral line of the neck, covering in its course the parotid gland

(see fig. 2, p. 375). In the Felide this muscle is strongly marked

Fig. 1.

SUP. HUR FRONTAL/S ,

2_ WS

POST.AUR. wy “Tip

IDEEP) (ZSe \\

SSE EEE

Ez : \ROOTS of

= = peg =

EE LfLLLL—_—_>

ake

ZZ HSA

Face-muscles of Lutra vulgaris.

and the anterior part comes from the fascia over the masseter.

Tn no case that we have seen does it reach, as in the rodents, to the

sternum! (XLI.). The orbicularis palpebrarum is not very strongly

marked, from its posterior edge two or three bundles of muscular

fibres run backwards and act as retractors of the angle of the eye ;

these are best seen in the Canide. The levator Jabii superioris is

always well marked and passes from the anterior angle of the eye to

the upper lip, deep to it is a plane of muscle acting on the nose. The

orbicularis oris is well marked. The occipito-frontalis is a plane of

fibres which covers the scalp; the lateral part of the frontalis is

attached posteriorly to the ear and forms the anterior auricular

muscle, while the lateral part of the occipitalis is attached ante-

riorly to the ear and is thickened to form the transversus nuche ;

deep to this are one or two posterior auricular muscles.

It will thus be seen that the main muscles of the face are

disposed in such a way as to draw the soft parts of the lips and

nose clear of the teeth, and also to lay back the ears ; the sphincter

1 In Bathyergus the sterno-facialis and sphincter colli are coexistent (XLIL.).

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA, 375

colli would tend to draw the skin of the neck forwards and throw

it into wrinkles, possibly with a protective object in case of the

animal being seized by the throat. We have not sufficient material

to contrast the different families of Carnivora so far as their facial

Fig. 2.

FRONTALIS

“STERN. FAC.

Face-muscles of Canis familiaris

(For Risorius read Zygomaticus.)

DORSAL PANICUL YS

LEV. L7B.p-K\ Za

= E \

SZ LEY .ANG.ORIS,

Face-muscles and panniculus of Ictonyw libyea.

muscles go with any certainty; but from what we have observed

we should say that the Felidz excel in the development of the

sphincter colli, the Canidz in that of the risorius and zygomaticus

76 DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR. F, G, PARSONS ON THE [ Apr. 6,

and in the greater differentiation of the muscular planes giving

an increased power of expression. In C. vulpes (43), Dieck

(XXXVIII.) describes almost as many muscles as in the human

face, but speaking generally his description agrees with our own.

The other families seem to resemble the Canide more than the

Felidae, especially in the lesser development of the sphincter colli.

In Nasua (60) there is a strong levator ale nasi divided into two

bundles, which give the great mobility to that creature’s snout.

Temporal.—The temporal muscle rises from the side of the

skull as high as the sagittal crest when this is present and as far

back as the occipital curved line. There is always a tendinous

plane in the substance of the muscle which divides it into two

fleshy layers and to which both these layers are attached. In

Ictonyx (70) and Lutra (74) it was noticed that this plane was

only present in the anterior part of the muscle. As a rule the

muscles of opposite sides meet at the sagittal crest, but in Ictonya

(70) and Canis (31) they are separated by a slight interval, while

in Lutra (74, 75), owing to the breadth of the skull, a considerable

space divides them. In Viverra civetta, Young (12) states that

the temporal is with difficulty separable from the masseter.

Watson (XV.) and Young (XIYV.) have drawn attention to the

great development of the masticatory muscles in the Hyenide.

Masseter.—This muscle is always very strong. It rises from

the whole length of the zygomatic arch as well as from the deep

surface of the temporal fascia above the arch. As a rule the

muscle can easily be separated into a superficial and a deeper

layer; the former of these rises from the outer surface of the

malar bone and from the anterior half of the zygoma, its fibres

run downward and backward to be inserted into the lower border

of the mandible near the angular process, where they blend slightly

with those of the internal pterygoid, they are also inserted into

the lower part of the external surface of the ramus. The deep

part rises from the whole length of the zygomatic arch, its fibres

converging on to the upper part of the surface of the ramus of the

mandible. In Procyon lotor (53) it was noticed that this deep

part was again easily separable into two layers, superficial and

deep, an arrangement which, however, we have not seen in any

other animal.

Buccinator—This muscle is fairly well developed in all

Carnivora, but shows nothing of special interest. It is attached

to the alveolar margins of both jaws and blends anteriorly with

the orbicularis oris.

Pterygoids—The external and internal pterygoids are with

difficulty separable in Carnivora ; the former rises from the external

surface of the palatine bone and is inserted into the upper part of

the internal surface of the ramus of the mandible. The internal

pterygoid rises below and internal to the last, and is inserted into

the mandible near its angle and into the stylo-mandibular ligament.

Diyastric.—This, in spite of its name, is really a monogastrie

muscle in the Carnivora; it is thick and strong and rises from the

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESIRIAL CARNIVORA, 377

paroccipital process and often from the contiguous paramastoid

and bulla tympani; it is inserted into the body of the lower jaw

midway between the angle and symphysis (see fig. 4, p. 378). It

has no connexion with the hyoid bone, and the only evidence of

a separation into two bellies is a feeble line of tendon about the

middle, which is quite superficial and does not extend into the

interior of the muscle. In some cases, e.g. Civetta (12), Genetta

(18), Ursus (52), Nasua (60), and Ictonya (70), no tendinous

intersection at all was noticed. In spite of its appearance the

anterior part of the muscle is supplied by the mylo-hyoid, and the

posterior by the facial nerve.

Mylo-hyoid.—The mylo-hyoid has the same attachments as in

Man (see fig. 4, p. 378). It usually extends as far forwards as

the symphysis menti, but in Canis (31), Hyena striata (28), and

H. crocuta (29) it ends anteriorly in an angle, the convexity of

which is towards, but does not reach the symphysis. In Procyon

lotor (53) the arrangement is the same as in the Canide and

Hyenide, but Nasua rufa (60) agrees with the rest of the

Carnivora in this respect.

Genio-hyoid and Genio-hyoglossus.—Nothing remarkable was

noticed about these muscles. They have the usual human attach-

ments.

Stylo-hyoid.—The typical carnivorous stylo-hyoid seems to

consist of two parts, superficial and deep: the former is a small

slip which rises from near the root of the paroccipital process and

passes over the digastric, to reach the hyoid bone; the latter rises

deep to the origin of the digastric and is usually inserted into the

epihyal element of the hyoid arch, it is sometimes spoken of as

the masto-hyoid (see fig. 4, p. 378). This arrangement was noticed

in F. catus (7), Genetta (17, 18), Herpestes (24), Cryptoprocta (10),

Canis (39), and Cercoleptes (61).

In the Mustelide the superficial part was net seen, but unless

looked for it may easily escape notice, and this is also the case

with the deep part.

It is possible that the human arrangement of the stylo-hyoid,

in which the digastric tendon passes through it, may be explained

by looking upon the human muscle as a combination of the stylo-

hyoid and masto-hyoid of the Carnivora.

Styloglossus—This is always present and is by far the best

developed of all the styloid muscles in Carnivora; it rises from the

stylo- or epi-hyal elements of the hyoid arch, and passes to the

superficial side of the hyoglossus as in Man (see fig. 4, p. 378).

Cerato-hyoid—This muscle is described by Straus-Durckheim

in the Cat (II.) and by Alix in the Polecat (XXX.); it passes

from the thyro-hyal to the cerato-hyal elements of the hyoid

apparatus. We have failed to notice it in any of the animals

which we have dissected, while in Genetta (18) and Herpestes (24)

we specially looked for it without success.

Stylo-pharyngeus.—The stylo-pharyngeus is always present

though small ; it rises from the deep surface of the stylo-hyal and

passes to the pharynx.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1897, No. XXV. 25

378 =: DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

Sterno-mastoid.—This muscle rises from the anterior part of the

sternum and is inserted into the occipital curved line, the para-

mastoid, and sometimes the paroccipital process ; it may be more or

less fused with the cleido-mastoid at its insertion. Among the

Viverride Meckel (XX XIX.) has noticed that the sterno-mastoid

consists of two layers, superficial and deep, in Herpestes (22), and

we have confirmed his observation in H. nepalensis (23) and

griseus (24). In Genetta vulgaris (18) the same arrangement

exists, but it was not noticed in Paradowurus typus (19, 20) or

GEN .HYO/D..

GEN.AY GLOS

S7TY GLOSS.

O/GASTRIG

VCieey,..)

(¢v7.)

Throat-muscles of Lutra vulgaris.

Oryptoprocta (10); and neither Young (VIII.) nor Macalister (IX.)

make any mention of a bilaminar condition in Viwerra (12, 13).

Cuvier and Laurillard (XIL.) figure the trapezius as rising from the

sternum in the Genet, and Lucae (XX XVI.) does the same in the

Otter, so that probably the explanation of the bilaminar sterno-

mastoid is that the superficial layer is really trapezius, and that in

those animals in which the muscle is unilaminar the sterno-

mastoid and trapezius have completely fused. In many cases

the sterno-mastoid is fused with its fellow of the opposite side

near its origin in the posterior part of the neck; this seems to

oceur most often among the Hyznidee, Canide, Urside, Procyon-

idee, and Mustelide, though it does not always happen in these

families—for instance, the two sterno-mastoids were fused in the

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 379

posterior third of the neck in Ursus maritimus (45), in two

specimens of U. americanus (50, 52), in Procyon lotor (53), in four

specimens of Lutra vulgaris (74, 75, 77, 79), and in Macalister’s

specimen of Viverra civetta (IX.), while in one specimen of Ursus

americanus (49), in Nasua rufa (60), in Cercoleptes (61), in Ietonyx

libyca (70), and in Young’s specimen of Viverra civetta (VIIL.)

they were separate. In no animal belonging to the Felide’ have

we found any fusion between the opposite sterno-mastoids, and

the same applies to the Viverride with the exception of one Civet

(13), Genet (18), and Cryptoprocta (10).

In many animals, e. g. Procyon lotor (53), Ursus maritimus (45),

U. americanus (49), Lutra (74), and Herpestes (24), some of the

dorsal fibres of the sterno-mastoid run forward and upward to

join the contiguous cephalo-humeral.

In Hyena striata (26, 27, 28), H. crocuta (29), and H. brunnea

(30) the muscle is divided into an inner and an outer portion, the

former going to the paramastoid process, the latter to the occipital

ridge. This arrangement may therefore be taken as typical of the

Hyznide, and it is interesting to notice that in Proteles (25) the

same arrangement was found.

Cleido-mastoid.—This muscle, as has already been pointed out, is

usually distinct from the sterno-mastoid though it may be fused

with it at its insertion. It rises from the rudimentary clavicle or,

when that is absent, from the tendinous intersection in the cephalo-

humeral muscle; it passes forwards to be inserted into the par-

occipital process deep to the insertion of the sterno-mastoid. The

spinal accessory (XIth) nerve seems to have a most constant

relation to this muscle, first piercing it and then running between

it and the sterno-mastoid to the trapezius.

In Cercoleptes (61) the nerve passed entirely between the two

muscles, but this was the only exception with which we met. It

is interesting to contrast the behaviour of the spinal accessory in

the Carnivora and Rodentia (XLI.): in the former it pierces the

cleido-mastoid, in the latter it passes deep to that muscle.

Sterno-hyoid, Sterno-thyroid, and Thyro-hyoid.—Owing to the

narrowness of the sternum, the two first-named muscles rise

largely from the first rib. In Proteles, Watson (XIII.) describes

the two sterno-hyoid muscles of opposite sides as being fused in

the middle line, but this was not noticed in the Hyznide or

indeed in any other animal. In Lutra cinerea, Macalister

(XXXVIL) describes a tendinous intersection in both the sterno-

hyoid and sterno-thyroid; we found the same thing in the Dog

(31), though in that animal the sterno-hyoid and thyroid were

fused on the caudal side of the intersection. Devis’s specimen

of Viverra civetta (X.)seems to have shown a similar arrangement.

In the other animals examined the muscles had the usual human

attachments.

Omo-hyoid.—When this muscle is present it has the usual

1 In F, catus (7) and F, leo (1a) we cannot satisfy ourselves whether a fusion

does or does not exist.

25*

380 DR. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

attachments to the hyoid bone and anterior border of the scapula,

there is no central tendon as in Man, and in no case was any

connection with the clavicle noticed. Among the Felidae it is

apparently never present; it is certainly absent in / leo (1, 1a),

F. tigris (3), F. pardus (4), F. catus (6,7), and F. caracal (8),

while Ross makes no mention of it in Cynelurus jubutus (IV.).

Among the Viverride it is absent in Cryptoprocta (10), in

Viverra civetta (12, 13, 14), in V. malaccensis (15), in Genetta (17,

18), and in Herpestes (23, 24). Three specimens of Paradoxurus

typus were examined (19, 20, 21), in one of which (19) a slender

omo-hyoid was found though it was absent in the others. In

Proteles (25) it is absent. Among the Hyznide it was found by

Meckel in H. striata (XXXIX.), but was absent in two other

specimens (26, 28); it is also wanting in H. crocuta (29). In the

Canide it was absent in three Dogs dissected by Macalister (35,

36, & 41), and in one dissected by ourselves (31). Testut

(X XIII.) also describes it as wanting in the Dog. In the other

Canide of which we have records, no mention is made of it. In

the Urside it is present in U. maritimus (45) and in U. americanus

(48, 49, 50). In the Procyonide it was not seen in P. lotor (53)

or Nasua (58, 60, XXIII.), but was present in two specimens of

Cercoleptes (61, 62). In the Mustelide it was found in Galictis

vittata (63), Ictonyx zorilla (69), and J. libyca (70), feebly

developed in Meles (71) and Mustela foina (68), well developed in

two specimens of Lutra vulgaris (74, 79) (see fig. 4, p. 378) and in

LIutra cinerea (78). On the other hand, it is absent in Galictis

barbara (64).

From previous experience of this muscle we are inclined to lay

a good deal of stress on its classificatory value; this opinion our

study of the Carnivora confirms, since its presence is almost

confined to the Urside and Mustelide, though it occasionally

occurs in other families.

Omo-trachelian.—This muscle is most constant in the Carnivora ;

it always rises from the transverse process of the atlas and

runs backwards to be inserted into the acromion process of the

scapula close to the metacromial tubercle. In its course it is

pierced by several of the cervical nerves from which it receives its

supply. It always appears on the surface between the cervical

(cephalo-humeral) and anterior thoracic portions of the trapezius,

and hence is often described as piercing that muscle. It was

found in every recorded dissection of Carnivora except in Young’s

specimen of Viverra civeita (VIII.); this, however, was evidently

abnormal, since Devis (X.), Macalister (IX.), and Meckel

(XX XIX.) found it present in that animal. It will be readily

understood that this is the same muscle as the trachelo-acromial,

acromio-atlantal, and levator clavicule! of other authors. After

considerable thought we have preferred the term ‘‘ omo-trachelian”

as giving the best description of the muscle throughout the Mam-

alia (see fig. 5, p. 381).

i Windle has used “ levator clavicule ” for the cleido-mastoid.

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 381

Rhomboideus profundus (Trachelo-scapular, Levator scapule

minor).—This has been described by Macalister (XXXVIL.) as a

lutrine muscle, but our own observations make us regard it as one

of the most characteristic features of the whole of the Mustelida.

It occurs in Galictis vittata (63), Galictis barbara (64), Mustela

putorius (65), Ictonya zorilla (69), Ictonyx libyca (70), Meles taxus

(71, 72), Lutra vulgaris (74, 75, 79), and Lutra cinerea (78).

RHOMB. ___Ifh

PROFUNDUS. | /

yf!

BAS —/A\— -Rv0M. CAP.

Y ft \

AYN / \

wy I) \\

| 4 ~ RHOPT. CERY:

= SS

a ag YEO 90C

soe

Neck-muscles of Ictonyx libyca.

Outside the Mustelide we only find it in two specimens of

Cercoleptes (61, 62), which is of increased interest. when we recall

the evidence of the omo-hyoid in that animal.

The origin is from the transverse process of the atlas, the

insertion into the root of the scapular spine. In many cases the

muscle has been described either as part of the rhomboideus

capitis or of the acromio-trachelian, since it is connected with the

latter at its origin and with the former at its insertion. It is

supplied by the cervical nerves (see fig. 5).

ectus capitis ventralis (anticus) major and iinov.—Both these

muscles have the same attachments as in Man, the major coming

from 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th cervical transverse processes, and the

minor from the ventral arch of the atlas; they are both inserted

into the basioccipital.

Longus colli—The longus colli consists chiefly of the anterior

and posterior oblique parts: the latter rises from the anterior

thoracic centra as far back as the 5th or 6th, and is inserted into

the transverse processes of the posterior cervical vertebra ; the

382 DR. B. ©. A. WINDLPD AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Apr. 6,

former rises from the mid-cervical transverse processes, and is

inserted into the ventral arch of the atlas as well as into the

centrum of the second and sometimes the third cervical vertebra.

Scalenus ventralis (Scalenus anticus).—If by scalenus anticus

we understand a muscle which passes from the ventral side of the

cervical transverse processes to the first rib, ventral to the

subclavian artery and brachial plexus, that muscle is very rare in

the Carnivora. This is borne out by Gilis’s researches (XLIIL.);

he says that the plexus passes anterior (ventral) to all the scalenes

in Carnivora. Straus-Durckheim thinks that in the Cat (II.) the

scalenus anticus has become fused with the rectus capitus anticus

major, and describes it under the name of “ Isoscéle.” Alix

(XXX.) says that it is represented in Mustela putorius by some

fibres which are ventral to the transverse processes and are

separated from the rest of the scalene mass by the nerves. We

agree with Alix that nothing should be looked upon as scalenus

anticus which is not ventral to the brachial plexus. In Viverra

civetta both Macalister (IX.) and Young (VIIL.) describe three

scalenes; Devis (X.) also speaks of a scalenus auticus in this

animal, but in his case the muscle was dorsal to the nerves.

Murie (X VII.) speaks of a scalenus anticus in Hyena brunnea,

but we think that it must have been a part of what we term

scalenus longus, since it was attached to the 4th and 5th ribs and

no mention is made of its relation to the brachial plexus. In no

other carnivorous animal is there any mention of a scalenus

anticus.

Scalenus longus and brevis.—These muscles are always present.

The former rises from four or five cervical transverse processes

but never reaches the first; it is inserted into the outer surfaces

Fig. 6.

SER.MAG

ANS

WN \\N

NS WHS 4

SCAL. LONG?

SCAL.BREY>

BRACHE PLEX 7

Se SS

SUPRR COSTALIS RSS

Sess ie

BS Re eee

RAL cur.

Scalene muscles of Canis fumiliaris.

of 3, 4, or 5 ribs, beginning at the 3rd or 4th. In Cereoleptes (61),

however, it is very well developed and is inserted from the 8rd_ to

the 8th rib. At its insertion the muscle interdigitates with the

serratus magnus and its ventral fibres reach farthest back. The

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA, 383

scalenus brevis lies ventral to the longus and rises from the 5th

and 6th cervical transverse processes, and is inserted into the first

rib dorsal to the brachial plexus. In Procyon (53) it rises from

the 3rd, 4th, and 5th vertebra, some of its fibres being continued

into the supracostalis and a few into the rectus abdominis. As

the names scalenus anticus, medius, and posticus give a wrong

idea of the position of these muscles in quadruped animals, we

have ventured to substitute those of ventralis, brevis, and longus,

more especially as we are not quite convinced that the longus

corresponds entirely to the human posticus (see fig. 6, p. 382).

Muscles of the Dorsum of the Nech:,—These muscles we find it

more convenient to reserve until we deal with those of the trunk.

Muscles of the Anterior Extremity—Pectoral Muscles.

It is doubtful whether any satisfactory division into pectoralis

major and minor is possible in the Carnivora. Young, in his

description of Viverra civetia, says that “the pectoralis minor is

wanting as usual in Carnivora” (VIII.). On the other hand,

Shepherd and Testut (X XIII.) describe a definite pectoralis minor

in the Black Bear (XX.). Occasionally some of the deeper fibres

of the mass are inserted into the region of the coracoid process

and shoulder-joint, but they are not constant even in different

specimens of the same animal. Asarule four fairly distinct parts

may be distinguished, and the most satisfactory mode of description

seems to be to take an animal like the Racoon, which occupies an

intermediate position in the Order, as a type and to notice the

chief differences in other animals. In Procyon lotor (53), then,

one portion (a) rises from the anterior half ot the sternum and is

inserted into the pectoral ridge in the middle two-fourths of the

humerus, the fibres running transversely (this is Windle’s Super-

ficial Manubrial factor) (XLVII.). Another part (3) comes from

the anterior quarter of the sternum, deep to the last, and is

inserted into the humerus from the great tuberosity to the middle ;

the fibres of this part run forward and outward (Windle’s Deep

Manubrial) (XLVII.). The third part (y) rises from the middle

of the sternum to the sterno-xiphoid articulation; it is inserted

deep to the last into the second quarter of the humerus and is

joined on its deep surface by the abdominal and dorsal panniculus,

with which it is more or less continuous. This part represents all

that there is of the abdominal pectoral or pectoralis quartus, and

corresponds to Windle’s Superficial Gladiolar (XLVII.). The

fourth part (6) may possibly represent the pectoralis minor ; it is

the deepest layer of all and rises from the middle two-fourths of

the sternum, running obliquely forward and outward to the head

of the humerus and capsule of the shoulder (Windle’s Costal

factor) (XLVII.). It will be noticed that each of these last three

layers is deeper than the one before it at its insertion. The pro-

portions and amount of distinctness of the different parts of the

pectoral vary infinitely and are seldom alike in two specimens of

384 DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F.G. Parsons oN THE [Apr. 6,

the same animal; still, so far as our observations go, the four-layered

muscle is the most generalized type and corresponds to the human

three-layered pectoralis major and the pectoralis minor. The

above description corresponds as closely as can be expected with

Allen’s Procyon lotor (XXVI.). Procyon cancrivorus (57) agrees

with P. lotor except that 2 is inserted largely into the shoulder

capsule, while 6 was not distinguished. The Mustelide resemble

— =

4 ) ##== aisclpe ar

UU)

G70

eta

tj Gs !}) \

SAA

]

S\N

(PECT .QUAR 2

PANNICULIY y i i

Pectoral muscles and panniculus of Lutra vulgaris.

the Procyonidz in the feeble development of the pectoralis quartus

(see fig. 7) ; in some animals, however, e. g. Proteles (25), this part is

much more marked, rising from a considerable distance back along

the linea alba and being connected by the panniculus to the latis-

simus dorsi in such a manner that the floor of the axilla is quite

closed in by muscular fibres. In the Hyenide the muscle is very

strong and is inserted into the whole length of the humerus:

moreover it does not appear to be as broken up as in other Car-

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THD TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 335

nivora. In Herpestes griseus (24) some of the deeper fibres of the

pectoral were continuous with the supraspinatus.

Trapezius.—The first part of the trapezius (clavo-cucullaris

of Straus-Durckheim) is continuous with the clavicular part of

the deltoid, forming the cephalo-humeral muscle. It .rises from

the curved line of the occiput and from the ligamentum nuchz

and is usually well developed in Carnivora, especially in the

Hyznide. When it reaches the region of the rudimentary

clavicle there is usually a tendinous intersection marking the

line of demarcation between the trapezial and deltoid elements

of the muscle; at this point it is usually joined by a part or the

whole of the cleido-mastoid muscle. In some cases, e. g. Procyon

lotor (53) and Lutra vulgaris (74), the clavicle is fairly developed,

and in these only a few fibres are attached to the bone which lies

deep to the aforesaid tendinous intersection’. Besides the union

with the cleido-mastoid at the intersection, slips are often given

to or received from the sterno-mastoid ; this is most marked in

Lutra (74), in which the two muscles are largely fused, and also in

Ictonyx (70). The second part of the trapezius (acromio-cucullaris)

is very constant; it rises from the ligamentum nuche and anterior

thoracic spines and is inserted into the anterior lip of the spine of

the scapula. At its insertion it is in close contact with the

acromio-trachelian, and in Viverricula malaccensis (15) and toa

less extent in Canis familiaris (31) the two muscles are fused

here. In Ictonyx zorilla (69), I. lybica (70), Nasua (58), and

Cercoleptes (61, 62) the posterior part of the origin of the acromio-

cucullaris has no attachment to the thoracic spines, but is united

to the muscle of the opposite side by a tendinous junction. The

third part of the trapezius (dorso-cucullaris) rises from the posterior

thoracic spines and is inserted into the base of the spine of the

scapula. In Cynelurus (9) the second part, according to Ross,

rose from the ligamentum nuche and 7th cervical spine, while the

third part came from the anterior six thoracic spines. In some

cases—e. 9. Genetta vulgaris (18), G. tigrina (16 a), Hyena striata

(26), Procyon lotor (53), Galictis vittata (63), Ictonyx zorilla (69),

I. lybica (70), and Lutra vulgaris (74)—the third is separated from

the second part by a fibrous interval: in other cases the two parts

are in close contact: though the arrangement does not seem to

depend in any way on the relationship of the various animals,

since Procyon lotor (53) has a separation, while in P. cancrivorus

(57) the two parts are continuous. It may be noticed that in all

Carnivora the second and third parts of the trapezius are feebly

developed in comparison with the first ; this is true even of the

Hyenide, in which the neck and shoulder muscles are so very

powerful.

Latissimus dorsi.—The latissimus dorsi rises from a large number

1 The development of the clavicle seems to vary a good deal individually ;

we found it well marked in Lutra vulgaris, but Macalister did not notice it in

Lutra cinerea. Perrin (XXIX.) found it in Cercoleptes, but in our specimen

there was no trace. Possibly age is the explanation.

386 DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. @. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

of the posterior thoracic spines, usually from the 4th or 5th to

the last, from the lumbar aponeurosis, and sometimes from the

last three ribs. No muscular fibres can be traced to the ilium.

At its insertion it usually divides into two layers, the anterior of

which unites with the dorso-lateral panniculus to be inserted

deep to the pectoral into the pectoral ridge of the humerus ;

while the deep is more or less united with the tendon of the

teres major, though it is seldom twisted round that tendon as it

is in the Rodents and in Man. These two parts enclose the

biceps. In Cynelurus (9), Procyon (53, 54), Mustela putorius

(65), and Lutra (74) it rises from the last three ribs; in Canis

(31) from the last two; in Viverra civetta (12), Genetta (18),

Proteles (25), Hyena crocuta (29), and H. brunnea (30) it has no

attachment to the ribs. In the other animals, unfortunately, no

record has been kept as to whether it rose from ribs or not.

Procyon cancrivorus (57) is remarkable for having the muscle

divided into an anterior and posterior part; the former, which is

the larger, joins the teres major and gives off the dorso-epitroch-

learis, while the latter joins the dorso-humeral panniculus and is

inserted with it deep to the pectoral.

Dorso-epitrochlearis.—This muscle shows frequent variations in

its size and attachments; its usual origin, as in most other animals,

is from the latissimus dorsi just before the latter becomes tendi-

nous ; it then runs down the inner side of the triceps to be inserted

into the inner side of the olecranon process as well as into the

fascia of the forearm (see fig. 8, p. 390). It is supplied by the

musculo-spiral nerve. In the Cat, Mivart (I.) describes two

muscles which he calls external and internal, the former rising

from the spine of the scapula, the latter from the surface of the

latissimus dorsi; these unite before their insertion. Straus-

Durckheim, in his work on the Cat (II.), only records the internal

of these. In one specimen of Paradowurus (19) the muscle rose

from a sling over the axillary vessels reaching from the latissimus

dorsi to the biceps. In Ursus americanus Shepherd (X-X.) describes

it as rising from the axillary border of the scapula as well as from

the surface of the latissimus, and says that it receives slips from

the panniculus and teres major. Macalister describes two muscles

in Galictis barbara (1X.), but one of them is evidently a structure to

which we shall have to call attention under the head of the triceps.

Rhomboids.—Instead of the rhomboideus major and minor of

human anatomy we find in the Carnivora one plane of muscle

rising from the curved line of the occipital bone and the liga-

mentum nuche, the rhomboideus anterior, and another rising from

the spines of the anterior thoracic vertebre, which it would be

convenient to speak of as the rhomdoideus posterior. ‘The insertion

is into the vertebral border of the scapula. Occasionally the

posterior edge of the r. anterior is continuous with the anterior

edge of the posterior, but more often there is a distinct interval

between them. It is usual for many writers to speak of only that

part of the muscle which is attached to the skull as a rhomboideus

1897.) MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 387

capitis ; consequently when they state that this is absent the muscle

may still rise from the whole length of the ligamentum nuche.

Among the Felide the rhomboideus anterior is always present ;

this is the case in J. leo (1a), F. tigris (3), F. pardus (4), FP. catus

(6), and Cynclurus (9). The Viverride are remarkable for the

frequence with which the rhomboid sheet fails to reach the skull,

due probably to the great distance which there is between the head

and the shoulder-blades in many of these animals. In Crypto-

procta (10), Viverra civetta (12, 13, 14), Viverricula malaccensis

(15), Genetta tigrina (16), Genetta vulyaris (18), and Paradowurus

typus (19) the rhomdoideus anterior never reached further forward

than the level of the spine of the axis; another specimen of

Paradoxurus (20) showed a fascial continuation of the muscle up

to the occiput, while in Herpestes nepalensis (23) and Herpestes

griseus (24) a definite occipital origin was noticed. Proteles (25)

has no occipital origin for its rhomboids. Among the Hyzenide

the occipital origin was found in H. striata by Meckel (27), but not

by Young (26) or Cuvier (28); it is also wanting in H. crocuta

29).

‘ In the Canide there is an occipital origin in Canis fumiliaris

(31, 32, 33, 37, 39) and C. aureus (41).

Among the Urside the rhomboideus anterior is well developed

and comes from the skull in U. maritimus (45), in two specimens

ot U. americanus (48, 52), and in U. arctos (47). In two other

specimens of U. americanus (49, 50) the occipital portion was

absent.

Among the Procyonide the occipital origin is well marked and

the whole muscle forms one continuous sheet in Procyon (53, 54,

55, 56, 57), Nasua (58, 60, XXXIX.), and Cercoleptes (61).

In the Mustelide the portion of the rhomboid which rises from

the occiput is always present and usually is a separate slip (see

fig. 5, p. 381); this is the case in Galictis vittata (63), Galictis

barbara (64), Mustela putorius (65), Mustela foina (66, 67), Ictonyx

zorilla (69), Ictonyx lybica (70), Meles tuaus (71, 72, 73), Lutra

vulgaris (74, 79), and Lutra cinerea (78).

It is interesting to note that these Mustelide in which the gap

between the occipital and cervical portions of the rhomboid sheet

is so constant are equally remarkable for the constant presence of

the rhomboideus profundus muscle. This muscle, as has already

been stated, is fused with the rhomboid at its insertion, and by

many authors is described as part of the rhomboid. We cannot

help throwing out the suggestion, though we have no direct proof,

that the gap in these animals between the occipital and nuchal

portions of the muscle is caused by a sinking down of some of the

fibres to acquire a new origin from the transverse process of the

atlas, so that the rhomboideus profundus is a displaced portion

of the rhomboid sheet.

To sum up, the rhomboid always seems to have an occipital

origin in the Felide, Canide, Procyonide, and Mustelide. In

the Viverride and Hyznide the occipital origin is the exception.

388 DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

In the Urside it is more often present than not. In the

Mustelide it is not only present but is quite a separate slip.

Subclavius.—This is a very small muscle rising from the inner

end of the first rib and inserted into the spicular clavicle. We

have only records of it in Viverra civetta (12) and Genetta (16, 18).

It never seems to occur outside the Viverride, though from its

insignificance it might easily be overlooked. The claviculo-scapu-

laris, which is such a distinguishing feature of Hystricomorphine

Rodents (XLI.), is never found in Carnivora.

Levator anguli scapule and Serratus magnus.—These two

muscles, as in Rodents, form one continuous plane rising from a

large number of the posterior tubercles of the cervical transverse

processes and from a large number of the anterior ribs (see fig. 6,

p- 382). The latter origins interdigitate with the scalenus longus

and the external oblique. Although the muscle forms one sheet it

is well to emphasize the distinction between the two parts, since

the levator anguli scapule is supplied by the cervical nerves and

the serratus magnus by the posterior thoracic, or nerve of Bell.

Meckel (XXXIX.) speaks of the levator anguli scapule as a

separate muscle coming from the atlas in the Dog, Badger, Otter,

and Marten. In the Dog we have no other records of any origin

from the atlas and regard Meckel’s specimen as a variation, but in

the other three animals that which he describes as the levator

anguli scapule is undoubtedly the rhomboideus profundus. The

insertion of the combined muscles is into the dorsal or vertebral

part of the subscapular fossa of the scapula, the attachment being

much more strongly marked anteriorly than posteriorly.

The following table gives the exact origins in various animals :—

Fielisilen(da)\ieaaie v's. th 2-7 C. V. 1-9 ribs.

bbe Cars (GS) BOSE ees s..« 1383 3-7 1-10 ,,

Ake ee areniEk. ie Balsa; 1-10 ,,

Cynelurus jubatus (9) ...... Dani digs 1-10 ,,

Cryptoprocta ferox (10) 3-7 1-8 ,,

Viverra cwetta (12) ........ 2-755 18 ,,

‘ sefinhel Bec Lcnesicl: borg wate

5 Sobbt Aausrak tency i Fd je Salse

Genetta tigrina (16)........ Ae Tori lys 1s 9npde

a Mebdh7 isd Vnccads DF e boess [Gide

gow -wulgaris (18) 2... B= Teh lis 17 ,,

Herpestes griseus (24) ...... Leahohisgs 1-8. ;

Proteles cristatus (25) ...... 1-7, 1-8 ,;

Hyena striata (26) ........ BAT fuss 1-8. ,,

4 Bis Oe Tita ie aeied 2-7 ,, 1-8 ,,

" smtinly tag OR pier cares Deine; TE os

» erocuta (29) .....- 3-7 1-8. 4,

Canis familiaris (31) ...... 47 ,, 1-7 ,,

” ” (39) wah a 4e 2 ” ee ”

Ursus maritimus (45) ...... 3-7, 1-10 ,,

5s americanus (50).....- Dione 1-10 ,,

1897. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 389

Procyon lotor (53) ........ 3-7 C. V. 1-7 ribs.

A me (ot yor eel. 27 ,, 17) ry

Nasua (XXXIX.) ........ 17 ,, 1-9 ,,

Cercoleptes caudivoluus (61).. 2-7 ,, 1-8 ,,

” ” (62) 2 o 2-7 ” L9 ”

Galictis barbara (64) ...... 4-7, 1-8 ,,

Mustela putorius (65) ...... 3-7, 3 (?)-6,,

a mhpoume (GO)iere i312" 2-7 ,, 1-8 ,,

re 5 ad 7 caer ih Pa 3-7, 1-8 ,,

Ictonya lybica (70) ...-.... 3 oy ee 1-8 ,,

MCE OLUE DA). ck oe he af 1-8 ,,

Lutra vulgaris (74) 21.20... + ee iets

Fe LO) 4. 8 kee 2-7 45 let x

es ATO Pee foes iT ondae 1 ay ag

oy CEN CD CVO cate mare ae 2-7 4s 17rm,,

From this list it would appear that in the Felide and Urside

the costal attachment is most extensive, while in the Mustelide it

is least so.

Deltoid—This muscle consists of the usual three parts—clavi-

cular, acromial, and spinous. The former blends with the ventral

portion of the trapezius to form the cephalo-humeral or levator

humeri, and is inserted into the lower half of the humerus or the

bones of the forearm.

In the Felidz the insertion seems to be into the forearm, at least

this is the case in /. leo (la, 2) and F. catus (6). Among the

Viverride the insertion is also into the forearm in Cryptoprocta

(10), V. civetta (18), Genetta (17, 18), and Herpestes (24). In

Young’s specimen of V. civetta (VIII.) the muscle was inserted

into the lower end of the humerus. In Proteles (25) the insertion

is also into the forearm. Among the Hyenide the muscle is

inserted into the humerus in ZH. striata (26) and H. brunnea (80),

into the forearm in H. striata (28). Among the Canide it goes to

the humerus in Canis familiaris (31), to the forearm in Lycaon

pictus (44). In the Urside its insertion is into the humerus in

U. maritimus (45) and U. americanus (49, 52). Among the

Procyonide it goes to the humerus in P. lotor (53, 54) and Cerco-

leptes (61). In the Mustelidz it is also usually inserted into the

humerus ; this is the case in Galictis barbara (64), Mustela putorius

(65), M. foina (67), Lctonyx zorilla (69), Lutra vulgaris (74, 79),

and Lutra cmerea (78). In Ictonyx lydica (70) the insertion is

into the lower end of the humerus as well as into the forearm

bones.

From this it will be seen that in the Felide and Viverride the

normal insertion of the first part of the deltoid or cephalo-humeral

is into the forearm. In the Urside, Procyonide, and Mustelide it

is into the lower end of the humerus, while in the Canide and

Hyenide it may go into either. The acromial and spinous parts

of the deltoid are inserted into the middle of the humerus, the

acromial lowest, the spinous just above and deep to it,

390 DR. B. ©. A, WINDLE AND MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

Supra- and Infra-spinatus——These muscles always rise from the

dorsal parts of their respective fosse and are inserted into the

great tuberosity of the humerus. The former muscle is usually

the larger and considerably overlaps the cephalic border of the

scapula (see fig. 8). In Herpestes griseus (24) some of its fibres

are continued into the deep part of the pectoral. Macalister (1X.)

found the supra-spinatus of Viverra civetta divided into two parts,

prescapular and spinous, but this arrangement has not been

recorded again.

fyi ||!

‘ fi

1.2.34 rercens Mi’, 8

Wy 8777

DORSO, EP/TROX

Arim-museles of Canis familiaris.

Subscapularis,—The subscapularis usually consists of four bundles,

the anterior (cephalic) two of which are bipenniform, while the

posterior (caudal) two contain parallel fibres. As they near their

insertion into the lesser tuberosity of the humerus the most anterior

bundle becomes superficial to the second, and this, in its turn,

superficial to the third. The fourth or most posterior bundle is

very distinct and rises from the axillary border of the scapula

ventral to and continuous with the origin of the teres major, by

whose nerve it is supplied. Haughton (XXI.) describes this part

in the Black Bear as an infraspinatus secundus, but says that it

may belong to the subscapularis (see fig. 8).

Teres major.—The teres major rises from the axillary border of

the scapula in its dorsal third ; as has been pointed out, its origin

is continued towards the glenoid cavity by the fourth bundle of the

subscapularis.. It is inserted into the anterior surface of the

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 391

latissimus dorsi tendon and occasionally, as in the case of one

specimen of Ursus americanus (49), Viverricula malaccensis (15),

and Nasua (60), gives off the dorso-epitrochlearis.

Teres minor.—This muscle is sometimes very closely fused with

the infraspinatus, sometimes fairly distinct. We are not inclined

to lay any stress on this condition, since it varies in different

specimens of the same animal; moreover, that which to one observer

would be fairly distinct might be indistinct to another. Meckel

(XX XIX.) says that the teres minor is absent as a distinct muscle

in most Carnivora. In the following animals the muscle is

described as distinet :—Felis leo (1), F. catus (6), Cryptoprocta (10),

Viverra civetta (12, 13), Genetta (18), Hyena striata (26), Hyena

crocuta (29), Canis familiaris (31, 39), Lycaon pictus (44), Ursus

maritimus (45), Procyon lotor (53), Galictis barbara (64), Mustela

putorius (65). In the following animals the teres minor was

inseparable from the infraspinatus :—Proteles (25), Hywna striata

(28), Ursus americanus (49), Procyon lotor (54), Cercoleptes (61),

Lutra vulgaris (74), and Lutra cinerea (78). To these must be

added the animals on which Meckel founded his generalization

and probably many of those in which no mention is made of the

muscle.

Biceps cubiti.—In by far the greater number of Carnivora this

is a single-headed muscle, the Urside, as will be seen, forming a

marked exception. When only one head is mentioned it is the

one from the top of the glenoid cavity which passes through the

shoulder-joint. In the following animals the biceps had only one

head :—Jelis leo (1, 1a), F. tigris (3), F. catus (6, 7, 7a), F. caracal

(8), Cynelurus jubatus (9), Cryptoprocta (10, 11), Viverra civetta

(12, 18), Genetta (16, 16a, 17, 18), Paradowurus (19, 21), Herpestes

(24), Proteles (25), Hyena striata (26, 28), Hyena crocuta (29),

Canis familiaris (31, 34, 35, 36, 37) (see fig. 8, p. 390), Canis

aureus (42), Lycaon pictus (44), Canis vulpes (42), Ursus americanus

(50), U. arctos (47) (on left side), Procyon lotor (54, 55), P. cancri-

vorus (97), Nasua (58, 59, 60, XXXIX.), Galictis vittata (63),

Mustela putorius (65), M. foina (66), Ictonyx (69, 70), Meles taaus

(71, 72, 73), Lutra vulgaris (74, 76), L. cinerea (78). In describing

the biceps of the Civet both Macalister (IX.) and Young (VIIL.)

speak of the single head as rising from the coracoid process. We

found the same arrangement in Herpestes (24), but were convinced

that this head corresponds not to the short but to the long one of

human anatomy ; our chief reason for this is that it passes through

the shoulder-capsule and bicipital groove.

In the following animals a second head was found rising from

the coracoid process with the coraco-brachialis : Paradoxurus (20),

Ursus maritimus (45, 46), Ursus arctos (47) (on right side), Ursus

americanus (48, 49, 52), Procyon lotor (53) (very feebly marked),

Cercoleptes (61, 62). The insertion is, in most cases, into the

radius only, though in the Hyznidz it is described as going to the

radius and ulna. As a rule, there is very little insertion into

fascia, though Shepherd describes a strong bicipital fascia in

392 DR. B.C, A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

Ursus americanus (XX.), which is interesting, because that animal

has a two-headed biceps and also because in the specimen of Procyon

lotor dissected by us (53) the small coracoid head could be separated

by a little tearing from the rest of the muscle and was found to end in

the fascia of the forearm. So far as we are able to generalize from

the material at our disposal, we should say that in the Carnivora

a single-headed biceps inserted into the radius is the normal

arrangement, but that the Urside are characterized by a double-

headed muscle, a condition that is approached by the nearly related

Procyonide, e. g. Procyon lotor (53) and Cercoleptes (61, 62).

Coraco-brachialis—-This muscle usually rises by a small rounded

tendon from the tip of the minute coracoid process ; it soon becomes

fleshy to be inserted into the humerus near its surgical neck, having

passed above (over the cephalic border of) the latissimus dorsi

tendon (see fig. 8, p. 390). This coraco-brachialis brevis or rotator

humeri was the only part of the muscle seen in the following

animals :—Fles leo (1, 1a), F. tigris (3), F. pardus (5), F. catus (6),

F. caracal (8), Cynelurus jubatus (9), Cryptoprocta (10), Viverra

civetta (12, 13, 14), Genetta (16), Paradoxurus (21), Herpestes (24),

Proteles (25), Hyena striata (26, 28), H. crocuta (29), Canis fami-

liaris (31) (in four other dogs Macalister describes the coraco-

brachialis as present, but does not say which parts; he would

probably have made a note had there been anything more than the

rotator humeri), Canis aureus (41), Procyon lotor (53, 54, 55),

P. cancrivorus (57), Nasua (58, 59, 60, 60a), Cercoleptes (61), Galictis

vittata (63). In Straus-Durckheim’s cat a delicate tendon rose with

the rotator humeri and passed down ventral to the latissimus dorsi

to be inserted into the lower third of the humerus just above the

supra-condylar foramen (II.). In four specimens of Ursus

americanus (48, 49, 50, 52) a coraco-brachialis longus was present

in addition to the rotator humeri; in one of these Shepherd (XX.)

describes the long part of the muscle as being pierced by the

musculo-cutaneous nerve, while, in another, Testut (X XIII.)

mentions that the brevis was double. In a fifth specimen of the

same animal Haughton (XXI.) describes the rotator humeri and

then speaks of a coraco-brachialis accessorius, “ which,” he says,

‘is like the gemelli” ; whatever may be the exact meaning of his

description, it is evident that more than one part of the muscle

was present in his case. Both Ursus maritimus (45) and U. arctos

(47) resemble the rest of the Bears in having both the brevis and

the longus. The Procyonide, as has been shown, usually have the

normal carnivorous arrangement, but Perrin’s specimen of Cerco-

leptes (62) differed from our own in having the bear-like double

muscle. Among the Mustelide, Galictis barbara (64) and Mustela

foina (67) are bear-like. In four specimens of Lutra vulgaris

(74, 75, 76, 77) the muscle was entirely absent, while in a fifth

described by Haughton (XX XIV.) no mention is made of it, though

all the surrounding muscles are spoken of. In Lutra cinerea

Macalister (XX XVII.) describes the brevis as being present on the

left side but absent on the right. In two specimens of Ietonyx

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 393

(69, 70) the muscle was also absent, as was the case in Mustela

putorius. In Meles (71, 72) the coraco-brachialis is a single muscle

and is inserted into the middle third of the humerus, ventral to

the insertion of the latissimus dorsi. Unfortunately no mention

is made of the relation of the muscle to the musculo-cutaneous

nerve, but it looks very much like the only instance of a coraco-

brachialis medius which we bave met with in Carnivora.

Brachialis anticus.—In its typical arrangement this muscle seems

to consist of two parts: (1) a long head rising from the back of

the surgical neck of the humerus and winding round the outer side

of that bone to reach the front, forming in its passage the

musculo-spiral groove; (2) a short head rising from the anterior

border of the lower half of the humerus. These two heads are

inserted together into the coronoid process of the ulna. In the

Carnivora the long head is always present and is most constant in

its attachments, while the short head we have not met with at all.

We believe that the proper nerve-supply of the long head is the

musculo-spiral and that of the short head the musculo-cutaneous ;

in two or three Carnivora, in which we have carefully looked for

this point, we have only found a branch from the musculo-spiral,

but further observation is necessary before a definite statement

can be made.

Triceps.—This muscle shows a good deal of variation in the

number of bundles into which the humeral portion is divided,

though we are not inclined to regard these divisions as of any

classificatory importance ; as an example of this we may quote the

ease of the Racoon, of which we have three records. In the first

of these (53) we were able with great ease to distinguish five

heads, the external of human anatomy being double, while the part

of the internal head which rose from the bridge of bone over the

supracondylar foramen was separate. On comparing this with

Allen’s description (XX VI.) we find only four heads mentioned,

the one from the supracondylar bridge not being distinct. In

Procyon cancrivorus (57) only the three heads described in Man

were noticed. The middle or long head, with one exception, is

quite constant and usually rises from the glenoid half of the

axillary border of the scapula. Among the Felide there are

altogether five heads in /. catus (6). In the Viverride, Crypto-

procta is described as having four heads by Beddard (VII.), but in

our own specimen we noticed an extra scapular head rising from

the dorsal part of the scapular spine and from the fascia over the

infraspinatus. In Vwerra civetta (13) and Herpestes (24) four

heads were seen, in two specimens of Genetta five (16) and four

(18) respectively. In Proteles (25) Watson found five heads, one

coming trom the spine of the scapula and probably corresponding to

the spinous head in Cryptoprocta. Among the Hyzenide only three

heads were seen in H. striata (26), but in H. crocuta (29) there were

four, the external head being double. Among the Canida, we found

five heads in C. familiaris (31), the long head being double (see

fig. 8, p. 390); the same arrangement is figured by Cuvier and

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1897, No. XXVI. 26

}

394 DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR, F.G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

Laurillard (XIX.). In the Urside there are three heads in

U. maritimus (45), four in U. americanus (49). Among the

Procyonidee, Procyon has already been alluded to. Cercoleptes

(61) has four heads. The Mustelide are remarkable for having

an extra head, rising from the angle of the scapula and joining

the rest of the muscle in the lower part of the arm, to be

inserted into the inner side of the olecranon. This head was

noticed in Galictis vittata (63), G. barbara’ (64), Mustela putorius

(65), M. foina (66), Ictonyx lybica (70), Meles tawus (72), and

Lutra vulgaris (74, 75,76). The insertion of the triceps is into

the upper internal and external surfaces of the olecranon process.

Anconeus.—This muscle is large and triangular and is always

closely connected with the lower part of the triceps: its base

rises from the back of the external condyle and supracondylar

ridge, while the truncated apex is inserted into the outer side of

the olecranon process. The muscle is evidently present in all the

Carnivora, and only varies in size and in the degree of its fusion

with the triceps.

Epitrochleo-anconeus (Anconeus internus).—The epitrochleo-

anconeus is a most constant muscle in Carnivora. It is described

by Gruber in a good many animals besides those in our list. It is

a round muscle which passes from the back of the internal condyle

to the inner side of the olecranon, lying superficial to the ulnar

nerve by which it is supplied.

Pronator radii teres—This muscle rises from in front of, and

just above, the internal condyle and passes obliquely to the side

of the radius farthest from the ulna, There is never any sign of

a deep head. The position of the insertion of the muscle seems to

be of some interest from a systematic point of view. In the

Felide it is inserted about the middle of the radius in /. leo (14a),

F. tigris (3), and F. catus (6). In Cynelurus, Ross (IV.) describes

it as reaching to within 2 inches of the lower end, and from its

insertion a small tendinous prolongation extends to the pulmar

fascia. In the Viverride the imsertion is rather variable; in

Cryptoprocta (10), Viverra civetta (12), and Hemigalea (X1.) it goes

to the lower half, while in Viverra civetta (13), Genetia (17, 18), and

Herpestes (24) it goes to the middle. In Proteles (25) it is very small

and is inserted about the middle. Among the Hyenide, Hyena

striata (26, 27, 28) and H. crocuta (29) closely resemble Proteles.

In the Canide the muscle is small and is usually inserted above

the middle of the radius ; this is the case in Canis familiaris (31,

39), C. aureus (41), and C. vulpes (42), while in Lycaon pictus (44)

it goes to the middle. In the Urside we have records of three

specimens of Ursus americanus (48, 49, 52) and one of U. aretos (47) ;

in all of these the insertion was into the lower end of the radius.

Among the Procyonide it went to the middle of the radius in

three specimens of Procyon (53, 54, 57), but Meckel describes it

as going to the lower end of the bone in that animal (XXXIX.),

1 Vide description of Dorso-epitrochlearis on p, 386.

1897.] - MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 395

In Nasua (58, 60, 60a) and Cercoleptes (61) it also goes to the

lower end. In the Mustelide the usual insertion is into the lower

end of the bone; at least this is the case in Galictis barbara

(64), Ictonyx zorilla (69), I. libyea (70), Meles tawus (72), and

Lutra vulgaris (74, 75, 76): on the other hand, it is attached to

the middie in Mustela putorius (65), M. foina (66), and Lutra

cinerea (78).

It will thus be seen that in the Felide, Viverride, Hyznide,

aud Canide the insertion of the pronator radii teres is usually

into the middle of the radius or, in the Canide, above that point,

while in the Urside, Procyonide, and Mustelide its insertion is

more often into the lower end.

Flevor carpi vadialis.—This muscle, as usual in Mammals, is

very constant ; it rises from the internal condyle and is inserted

into the base of the second metacarpal bone. The following are

the only variations with which we have met in its attachments.

In Cynelurus (9) Ross (1V.) describes slips to the styloid process

of the radius and to the trapezium. In Ursus americanus (50),

Testut (XXIIJ.) found it ending in the scapholunar. In Ursus

arctos (47), Meckel (XX XIX.) notices its insertion into the 1st

and 2nd metacarpal bones.

Palmaris longus.—The palmaris longus in Carnivora is sometimes

double ;- when this happens we shall speak of an externus and

internus. The former is the more constant and is closely connected

with the flexor sublimis digitorum at its origin ; it spreads out in

the palm to form the palmar fascia, and often has definite tendons

running to the vaginal sheaths of the proximal phalanges. The

palmaris longus internus appears to be a delamination from the

flexor carpi ulnaris, and ends in the fascia over the pisiform bone.

Ainong the Felide the externus alone is present. In Felis tigris

(3) it ends in five definite tendons, one for each digit. In F. leo

(1) and F. pardus (4) Macalister describes a palmaris accessorius

which rises from the main tendon a little above the wrist and is

inserted into the pads over the 4th and 5th digits; we find a

similar muscle figured in Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate of the lion’s

manus (V.), and in our opinion it is the same thing that we

describe later under the name of flexor brevis digitorum mantis.

Among the Viverride the externus and internus were present

in Cryptoprocta (10), Genetia (18) (see fig. 9, p. 396), and Viverra

civetta (12). In Herpestes (24) (see fig. 10, p. 404), V. ctvetta (14),

and Paradoxurus (21) the externus alone was present, while in

V. civetta (13) and Genetta (17) the internus was the only part found.

In Proteles (25) the externus is distinct from the flexor sublimis

digitorum, and there is no internus.

Among the Hyenide the arrangement is the same in Hyena

striata (26, 28) and H. crocuta (29), but in Meckel’s specimen of the

former animal (27) the muscle was closely blended with the flexor

sublimis digitorum.

In the Canide we have records of seven specimens of Canis

familiaris ; in four of these the muscle is absent altogether (31,

26*

396 DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

35, 36, XLIV.), in one (384) a trace was found, while in the

remaining two (37, 39) the externus was fairly well developed.

In C. aureus (41) it was abseut, but was found in C. lagopus (42).

Among the Ursidx we have records of five specimens : in three of

these (46, 51, 52) the external muscle was present, though closely

connected with the flexor sublimis; in two (48, 49) it was absent

altogether. In the Procyonide there are four records of Procyon,

in three of which (53, 54, 57) both the externus and internus

were present ; in the other (55) only the externus was found. In

Nasua (60) the palmaris longus is large, but there is apparently no

FL.BR.D/G.

MAN,

Manus of Genetta vulgaris, showing double palmaris longus and

fl. br. dig. mantis.

internus. In two specimens of Cercoleptes (61, 62) both externus

and internus were present, and it was noticed that the latter was

in close connection with the flexor carpi ulnaris and was supplied

by the ulnar nerve. Among the Mustelide the internus alone is

present in Galictis barbara (64), while in Mustela putorius (65),

M. foina (66), Ictonywx zorilla (69), I. ubyca (70), and four specimens

of Lutra vulgaris (74, 75, 76, 79) a large externus alone was found.

In Lutra cinerea (78) both externus and internus were present,

the latter being regarded by Macalister as part of the flexor carpi

ulnaris. The summing up of the above results is as follows :—

The Felide and Hyznide always have a palmaris longus externus

only. The Mustelide usually have the same arrangement. The

Viverride are very variable. In the Canide the palmaris longus

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 397

is usually absent altogether. In the Urside it is often so. In the

Procyonide both p. 1. externus and internus are usually present.

Flexor sublimis digitorum.—In looking through the literature

of carnivorous myology one finds this muscle sometimes described

as rising from the internal condyle and giving slips to the flexor

profundus, at other times as coming off from the surfave of the

profundus itself. The method of description seems to depend

chiefly on whether the flexor sublimis exceeds in size the condylar

origins of the profundus or vice versd. The description which

seems to us most applicable to the whole order is that the subliis

rises in common with the condylo-ulnaris head of the profundus

from the internal condyle. The insertion is, as usual, into the

middle phalanges of a variable number of digits; before its

attachment a loop passes round the subjacent profundus tendon in

exactly the same way that has been already noticed in Rodents

(XLI. p. 266); the sublimis tendon then splits and allows the

profundus to pass through it. The number of digits into which

the tendons of the sublimis are inserted varies a good deal, and

seems to bear no relation to the position of the animals in the

order. By far the commonest arrangement is to find the tendons

inserted into the second, third, and fourth digits ; this occurs in the

following animals :— Viverra civetta (12), Cryptoprocta (11), Genetta

(17), Herpestes (24), Proteles (25), Hyena striata (27), H. crocutu

(29), Canis familiaris (39), Procyon lotor (53, 55), P. cancrworus

(57), Naswa (60), Cercoleptes (61), Mustela putorius (65), M. foina

(66), Ictonyx zorilla (69), I. libyca (70), and Lutra cinerea (78).

In the following animals tendons go to the first, second, third, and

fourth digits, the poliex being counted as the first; Ursus

americanus (48), Procyon lotor (54), aud Nasua (58). In Ursus

americanus (49) and Felis catus (6) slips are given to all five digits.

In Lutra (76), Genetta (16}, and Canis (31) there were tendons to

all the digits except the thumb. In Cryptoprocta (10), Ursus

maritimus (45), Meles (72), and Lutra (74) the muscle only gave

off two tendons to the third and fourth digits respectively. In

Hyena striata (26) tendons passed to the third, fourth, and fifth

digits.

Flexor carpi ulnaris—This muscle consists of two parts,

condylo-pisiform and olecrano-pisiform, the former rising from the

internal condyle, the latter from the olecranon process. In certain

cases these two heads are quite distinct from their origin to their

insertion, but more usually they unite in the forearm, Jeaving a gap

for the ulnar nerve to pass between them as in Man. Laurillard

(XXII.) has suggested that possibly the double arrangement is

characteristic of young animals, the single of older ones, but we

have not come across any facts which bear out this theory,

Among the Felide the two parts join in the upper part of the

forearm in Felis catus (6), while in F. leo (1) (zt. 8 years) and

F. tigris (3) they unite in the lower quarter. In the Viverride

the two parts remained distinct until their insertion in Macalister’s

and Deyis’s specimeus of Viverra civetta (13, 14), in Cryptops octa

398 DR. B.C, A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

(10), and Genetta (17), but they fused high up in the forearm in

Viverra civetta (12), in Genetta (18), Herpestes (24), and Proteles

(25). Among the Hyznide the head from the olecranon was

absent in H. striata (27) and H. crocuta (29), but in H. striata (26)

both heads were present and joined high up. Among the Canidze

we have records of the dissection of this muscle in six specimens

of C. familiaris (31, 32, 34, 36, 37, 39), in one of C. aureus (41),

in C. lagopus (42), and in Lycaon pictus (44). In all these nine

animals the two parts were distinct. Among the Urside we

unfortunately have records of only two specimens (49, 52), but in

both of these the muscle was double. In the Procyonide the two

heads are distinct in Procyon lotor according to Allen (54), but

united in our experience (63). In Nasua (60) and Cercoleptes (61)

they are fused. Among the Mustelide the two parts unite high up

in Mustela putorius (65) and Ictonyx (70). In Lutra vulgar ws (76)

they join about the middle of the ‘forearm, while in L. cinerea (78)

and Meles (71, 72) they remain distinct. The insertion of both

parts is usually into the pisiform bone, but in H. striata (26)

expansions are continued to the four metacarpals, while in Testut’s

specimen of Ursus americanus (50) the tendon passed the pisiform

and was inserted into the fifth metacarpal. Both bellies of the

flexor carpi ulnaris are supplied by the ulnar nerve.

Flexor profundus digitorum.—In a former paper (XLV.) one

of the authors has described this muscle as consisting of five

primary parts, condylo-radialis, condylo-ulnaris, centralis, radialis,

and ulnaris; so that when the typical arrangement is present

there are three origins from the internal condyle as well as one

each from the radius and ulna. It is difficult to be quite sure in

all cases which of these parts were really present, since different

authors have adopted different methods of description, but in most

instances the arrangement is evident enough. Among the Felide

ull the heads are present in F. catus (6, XLV.). In the Viverride

all five origins are present in Cryptoprocta (10), Genetta (16, 16 a,

18), Paradoxurus (19, 20), Viverricula malaccensis (15), and Cynictis

penicillata (XLY.), while in Herpestes nepalensis (23), H. griseus

(24), and Viverra civetta (13) the centralis was absent. In all

these animals there is a shp to the pollex as well as to the other

four digits. In the Hyznide it is not possible to say which

elements of the muscle were present. In Hyena striata (26) Young

found no slip to the pollex, though Meckel describes a small one

in his specimen of the same animal (27); im H. crocuta (29) the

pollex slip was also absent. It is interesting to notice that, so far

as the pollex tendon goes, Proteles (25) agrees with the Viverrida

rather than with the Hyzenide. Among the Canide, Windle found

all the heads present and distinct in the dog (XLV.). In Cuvier

and Laurillard’s dog (39) the centralis is apparently wanting. In

another dog which we dissected (31) the condylar heads were

fused into one broad origin from the internal condyle, though we

are inclined to think that the centralis was not combined with

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA, 399

this. Krause also does not notice the centralis in the dog.

Among the Urside, Windle notices the absence of the condylo-

ulnaris in Ursus americanus (48), while in two other specimens of

the same animal (49, 52) only one condylar origin is described.

In the Procyonide all tive heads were found in Procyon lotor (53),

P. cancrivorus (57), Nasua rufa (XLV.), and Cercoleptes (61). In

Perrin’s specimen of Ceroleptes (62) the centvalis was not noticed.

In the Mustelide all five heads were present in Mustela putortus

(XLV.), Ictonyx zorilla (69), Meles (XLV.), Lutra vulgaris (XLV..,

74), and L. cinerea (78), while in Galictis vittate (63) and,

apparently, M. putorius (65) the centralis was absent *.

From the foregoing details it will be seen that in the Carnivora

it is usual to find all five origins of the flexor profundus digitorum,

that the condylo-ceutralis is the part mest frequently missing, and,

after that, the condylo-ulnaris. The two specimens of Hyznide

were the only animals in which the muscle did not send slips to

all five digits.

Lumbricales—As a rule there are four of these muscles, but

when there are less it seems that the one on the radial side

disappears first and the ulnar one next. In the following animals

four muscles were found :—Félis catus (6), Viverra cwetta (12),

Genetta (16), Herpestes (24), Hyena striata (27), H. crocuta (29),

Ursus maritimus (45), U. americanus (49), Procyon lotor (53),

Nasua (60), Cercoleptes (61), Meles (71, 72), and Lutra (76). In

the following there were three lumbricales :— V, civetta (13) (ulnar

one absent), Proteles. (25), Canis familiaris (31) (radial absent),

Mustela putorius (65) (radial absent), Lutra vulgaris (79) (radial

absent), and LZ. cinerea (78) (radial absent). In Hyena striata

(26) and Setonyx libyca (70) only the two middle lumbricales were

present.

Pronator quadratus—This muscle is always present in the

Carnivora and is usually of considerable thickness when cut

through. The part nearest the carpus is always the thickest,

strongest, and most persistent. The muscle may extend for the

whole length of the bones or may only occupy a fraction of them

at their carpal ends. Among the Felide the pronator quadratus

almost always occupies the lower half of the forearm; this is the

case in Felis leo (1), F. tigris (8, XXIII), F. pardus (4), and

F. catus (6). In Cynelurus (9), however, it seems to occupy

rather more than half. In the Viverride the muscle is very

variable. In Cryptoprocta (10) it is attached to the lower 3. In

Herpestes nepalensis (23), H. griseus (24), one specimen of Para-

dowurus (19), and Viverricula malaccensis (15) it is present in the

lower half; in Genetta (16), Viverra civetta (12), and the second

specimen of Paradowurus (20) in the lower third; in V. edvetta

(13) in the lower quarter. In Hemigalea Mivart (X1.) describes

1 ‘Anat. des Kaninchens.’

2 It should, however, be borne in mind that the centralis is very easily

overlooked.

400 = -DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

it as being very large, and says that it is inserted into the plate-

like process of the radius. In Proteles (25) it resembles the same

muscle in the Hyzenide and is attached to the whole length of

the bones. Among the Hyznide it occupies the whole length of

the forearm in Hyena striata (26,27) and H. crocuta (29). In

the Canide all writers agree in saying that the pronator

quadratus of the dog occupies the whole length of the fore-

arm, and we have verified the statement (31). The same

arrangement is found in Canis aureus (41), C. vulpes (42, XXTIIT.),

C. lupus (XXIII.), and Lycaon pictus (44). Among the Urside

the muscle only occupies the lower third of the forearm in Ursus

arctos (47) and U. americanus (48, 49, 50, 51). In the Procy-

onide it was found in the lower two-thirds in Procyon lotor (53)

and P. cancrivorus (57), but Allen (XX VI.) describes it as oceupy-

ing balf the forearm in the former animal (54). In Nasua (58,

60 a) and Cercoleptes (61) it was only present in the lower third,

though Perrin (X XIX.) describes it as taking up the lower two-

thirds in the latter. Among the Mustelide the muscle occupies the

whole forearm in Mustela putorius (65); the lower half in Galictis

vittata (63), Lutra cinerea (78), and L. vulgaris (74); the lower

third in Meles (71) and Ictonyx (70). From the foregoing it will

be seen that in the Felide the pronator quadratus is attached to

the lower half of the ulnaand radius, in the Canide and Hyenide

to the whole length, in the Urside to the lower third, while in

the Viverride, Procyonide, and Mustelide it is variable.

Supinator longus.—This muscle rises from the external supra-

condylar ridge of the humerus for a variable extent, in some cases

reaching as high up as the surgical neck ; it is inserted into the

radial side of the lower end of the radius. Among the Felide it

is present in Felis leo (1), F. tigris (3), F. pardus (4, XXXIX.),

F. catus (domestic) (6, 7, 7 «), F. catus (wild) (XXXIX.), but in

Cynelurus (9) it was not found. In the Viverride it was found

in Cryptoprocta (10), Viverra civetta (12, 13), V. malaccensis (15),

Genetta tiyrina (16), where it sends an expansion to the dorsal

carpal ligaments, @. tigrina (17), Paradoxurus typus (19, 20), Her-

pestes nepalensis (23), and H. griseus (24). In Hemigalea (X1.) it

is also present and is attached to the plate-like process of the

radius. In Proteles (25) it is absent. Among the Hyznide it is

absent in H., striata (26, 27,28), and is a mere vestige in H. crocuta

(29). With regard to the Canide we have had some little

difficulty in following the accounts of other writers. The muscle

is certainly absent in the following four dogs: 31, 34, 36, 38.

In one specimen (37) it was absent on the left, rudimentary on

the right. In another specimen (35) it only weighed 1-07 grs.,

and must therefore have been very feebly marked.

In a dog described by Haughton (32) the muscle is said to be

present, but he states that there is only one extensor carpi radialis,

which is inserted into the little and ring fingers; in this case we

cannot help suspecting that the muscle described by him as supinator

longus was really the other extensor carpi radialis. In Lycaon

1897. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 401

pictus (44) Pagenstecher says that the ‘‘ supinator brevis is absent,

as in the cat and dog”; in this instance supinator longus, not

brevis, must surely have been meant. There can, we think, be

little doubt that in the Canide the muscle is usually absent. In

the Urside the supinator lougus is very constantly present ; it is so

in four specimens of Ursus americanus (48, 49, 51, 52), and one of

U. maritimus (45), of which we have records. In the Procyonide

it is present in three specimens of Procyon lotor (53, 54, 55), in

Nasua (60), and Cercoleptes (61). Among the Mustelide it is pre-

sent in Galictis vittata (63), G. barbara (64), Mustela putorius (65),

M. foina (86). Ictonyx libycu (70), and Meles tavus (71, 72). In

four specimens of Lutra vulgaris the muscle was found to rise

from the humerus as far up as the neck (74, 75, 76, 77); it was

also present in L. cinerea (78).

To sum up, the supinator longus is present in the Felide with

the exception of Cynelurus, the Viverride, the Urside, the

Procyonide, and the Mustelide. It is usually absent in the

Hyenide with which Proteles agrees, and in the Canide.

Extensor carpi radialis longior and brevior—The point on

which the greatest stress is laid in descriptions of these muscles is

as to whether they are completely separate or more or less blended

at their origin. We are not inclined to pay much attention to

this distinction, since it has frequently been our lot to find muscles,

apparently inseparable, separate easily with a little traction. The

origins of the muscles are the same as those described in human

anatomy, the longior rising from the supracondylar ridge, the

brevior from the condyle. The insertions are respectively into the

shafts of the metatarsal bones of the second and third digits.

The following are the only variations with which we have met :—

In Hyena striata (26, 27) the two tendons are united by a

transverse band about the level of the wrist. In Lutra cinerea

the extensor carpi radialis longior divides, and one partis inserted

on each side of the base of the second metacarpal, the inner one

being connected by a transverse slip with the tendon of the

extensor carpi radialis brevior.

Extensor communis digitorum.—This muscle rises from the back

of the external condyle, and is inserted into the middle and distal

phalanges of the second, third, fourth, and fifth digits; on the

dorsum of the hand the tendons are connected by broad, thin vincula.

This insertion is most constant in all the Carnivora, the only

exceptions with which we have met being a dog (32) dissected by

Haughton, where the tendons are described as going chiefly to the

fourth and fifth digits, and our own specimen of Herpestes (24),

where the slip to the fifth digit was wanting.

Extensor minima digitti—This muscle rises from the external

condyle and, in the dorsum of the hand, usually divides into three

tendons which pass to the medius, annularis, and minimus, uniting

on the backs of the digits with the expansions of the extensor com-

munis. In the following animals tendons to these three digits were

present :—Felis tigris (3), F. catus (6), Cryptoprocta (10, 11), Viverra

402 DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr.6,

civetta (12, 13), Genetta (16), Herpestes (22, 24), Canis familraris

(31, 38, 39), Ursus arctos (47), U. americanus (48, 49, 51, 52),

U. maritimus (45), Procyon lotor (53), P. cancrivorus (57), Nasua

(60, 60 a), Cercoleptes (61), Galictis vittata (63), Mustela putorius

(65), M. foina (66, 67), Meles (71, 72, 73), and Lutra (74, 75, 76,

77, 78, 79). In the following animals tendons were only supplied

to the annularis and minimus:—Felis leo (1), in which the extensor

minimi and the extensor quarti digiti are separate muscles and lie

in distinct sheaths, Genettta (17), JHerpestes (23), Proteles (25),

Hyena striata (26), H. crocuta (29), and Canis aureus (41). In

Ictonyx libyca (70) two tendons were found, but these went to the

medius and annularis. In Cynelurus (9) Ross describes only one

tendon to the second phalanx of the fifth digit, but he says that

there is also an “ extensor minimi digiti tertii ” rising from the upper

fifth of the radius and passing through a separate sheath of the

annular ligament to the Ist phalanx of the minimus (IV.).

Extensor carpi ulnaris—This muscle has the human attach-

ments and is extremely constant. The only point of interest

which we have come across is that Meckel (XX XIX.) describes it

as double in the White Bear ; it must be borne in mind, however,

that in the Bears the flexor carpi ulnaris is double, so that there

may be some confusion between the two muscles.

Supinator brevis—This consists, as in most mammals below

the Primates, of one layer, which lies superficial to the posterior

interosseous nerve; it rises from the orbicular and external lateral

ligament, and in some cases reaches as high as the external condyle.

It is inserted into the outer side of the radius, reaching a greater

distance in some animals than in others. In the Felide our

records of this muscle are very scanty, but it seems usually to

occupy the upper third of the forearm. In the Viverride it

occupies the upper third in Cryptoprocta (10) and Genetta (18); in

Viverra civetta (12, 13) it is merely described as well marked, while

in Herpestes (22, 24) it was found in the upper two-thirds of the

forearm. In the Hyznide it seems to be only slightly developed

(26, 28, 29), and Watson (XIII.) does not mention it at all in

his description of Proteles. In the Canide, Meckel (XX XIX.)

describes it as occupying the upper half of the forearm, but in

other specimens (31, 39) it did not extend so: far down. The

Urside are remarkable for the great development of the supinator

brevis ; in Ursus maritimus (45) it reaches to within 14 inches of

the lower end of the radius, while in U. americanus (48, 49, 52) it

occupies the upper two-thirds to three-quarters. Among the

Procyonid it covered the upper half of the radius in Procyon

lotor (53, 56) and Nasua (60), the upper third in P. lotor (54) and

Cercoleptes (61). Allen (X XVI.) describes it as being pierced by

the posterior muscular branch of the musculo-spiral nerve (pos-

terior interosseous ?), an arrangement which was not present in

our specimen of Procyon and which we have never seen in any

other Carnivore. In the Mustelide the length of the muscle

varies. Macalister describes it as well marked in Galictis barbara

1897.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 403

(64), while in Mustela putorius (65) and Lutra (74, 77, 78) it

reaches as low as the third quarter. In Meles (72, 73), however,

it only goes as far as the middle of the radius.

Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis.—This muscle is always present

in Carnivora and is constant in its attachments: it rises from the

dorsal surfaces of the radius and ulna, especially the latter, and is

inserted into the base of the metacarpal bone of the pollex and

often into the radial sesamoid bone near it. In Procyon lotor (53)

and Galictis barbara (64) slips were given to the trapezium. In

the former animal and in Viverra civetta (12) the highest fibres

rose as far up as the olecranon.

Extensor digitorum profundus.—Instead of describing the

extensor secundi internodi pollicis and extensor indicis as two

separate muscles, we have found it more convenient to follow the

example set in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich *? and to speak of them under

the above heading. We do not propose to include the extensor

ossis metacarpi pollicis with the other two, as it is not an extensor

of a digit but of a metacarpal bone. The extensor primi internodii

we have never seen in the Carnivora. The origin of the extensor

profundus is from the dorsal surface of the ulna, below that of the

extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis, as well as, sometimes, from the

dorsal surface of the radius. In the Felide the muscle goes to the

pollex and index as a rule; this is the case in Felis leo (1), F. tigris

(3), F. pardus (4), and F. catus (6). In Cynelurus (9), however, no

slip goes to the index. Among the Viverridz the insertion is very

constant and is the same as it is in most of the Felide: Crypto-

procta (10), Viverra civeita (12, 13), Viverricula malaccensis (15),

Genetta (16), Paradowurus (19, 20), and Herpestes (24). In Pro-

teles (25) it is inserted into the third digit only. Among the

Hyeenide there is no tendon for the aborted pollex; in Hyena striata

the muscle went to the third digit only in Meckel’s specimen (27),

to the second and third in Cuvier and Laurillard’s (28), and to the

second, third, and fourth in Young’s (26). In H. crocuta it went to

the second only. The Canide resemble the Hyznide in the

feebleness of the slip to the pollex. Out of three specimens of

Canis familiaris it went to the first and second in one (37); to the

second, with a very feeble slip to the pollex, in another (31); and to

the second digit only in a third (39). In C. aureus (41) Macalister

found an extensor secundi internodii, but no extensor indicis,

while in C. lagopus (42) a very feeble extensor indicis alone was

present. Among the Urside, Windle and Shepherd found no index

slip in Ursus americanus (48, 49), but in Cuvier and Laurillard’s

specimen (52) it went to the pollex and index. In JU. aretos (47)

and U. maritimus (45) it had the same insertion. Among the Pro-

cyonide the muscle is more constant ; it goes to the first and second

digits in Procyon lotor (53), P. canerivorus (57), Nasua (60, 60 a)

(in the former (60) the two muscles were quite distinct as far as

their origin), and in Cercoleptes (61). In two other specimens of

P. lotor (54,56) the insertion was into the pollex, index, and

1 Sechster Band, V. Abtheilung, 37-39 Lieferung, p. 816.

404 DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

medius. Among the Mustelide the muscle is very constant, being

inserted into the first and second digits in Galictis vittata (63),

Mustela putorius (65), M. foina (66), Ictonyx zorilla (69), I. libyca

(70), Meles (71), Lutra vulgaris (74, 76), and L. cinerea (78). In

Haughton’'s specimen of Z. vulgaris (79) the insertion was into the

second and third digits.

Muscles of the Hand.

Flexor brevis digitorum manis.—When this muscle is present

in the Carnivora it rises from the annular ligament, pisiform bone,

and palmar fascia, and occasionally from the lower part of the

palmaris longus tendon. It is inserted into the vaginal sheath of

the minimus, or, if it is more fully developed, forms the flexor

perforatus of that digit. Among the Felide the muscle was

Fig. 10.

PALM.LONG.

“aN

| \ Ay

Manus of Herpestes griseus, showing single fl. br. dig. mants.

present in F. leo (1 a), and apparently in Macalister’s specimens of

Felis leo (1) and F. pardus (4), though in these it went to the fourth

and fifth digits. In the Viverride it was present and formed the

flexor perforatus tendon to the minimus in Viverra civetta (12),

Herpestes (24) (see fig. 10), and Genetta (17). In V. civetta (14) and

Genetta (18) it ended in the vaginal sheath, and, in the latter animal,

went to the fourth and fifth digits (see fig. 9, p. 396). Among the

Hyenide it was present in Hyena crocuta (29), but not in H. striata

(26, 28). We have no records of it among the Canide or Urside, and

it was certainly absent in our specimen of Canis familiaris (31). In

the Procyonide it seems very constant ; it is present in Procyon lotor

1897.] - MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 405

(53, 54, 55) and P. cancrivorus (57). In Nasua (60) it is figured

by Cuvier and Laurillard, and, in all these animals, seems to end

in the sheaths of the tendons. In Cercoleptes (61, 62) it forms the

flexor perforatus of the little finger. In the Mustelide it seems

to be usually absent, or at all events very feebly marked; the only

record we have of it in this family is in Mustela putorius.

Palmaris brevis —The palmaris brevis is apparently never present

in Carnivora.

Thenar Muscles—This group consists of the abductor, flexor

brevis, and opponens of human anatomy. Among the Felide the

only record we have is of the Cat (6), in which the abductor rises

from the trapezium and annular ligament; the usual double-

headed flexor brevis is present, and the opponens very small.

From our experience of the rest of the muscles of the Felide we

presume that the other animals of the family closely resemble the

Cat in their thenar muscles. In the Viverride, we found a weak

abductor and a well-marked flexor brevis in Cryptoprocta (10). In

Viverra civetta (12) and Viverricula malaccensis (15) the same

muscles were found, though Devis (X.) describes an opponens in

addition in Viverra civetta (14). In Paradoxurus typus (19, 20)

and Herpestes griseus (24) the abductor and flexor brevis alone

were found.

In Proteles and the Hyzenide there were no thumb-muscles.

Among the Canide we only found two muscles of the thumb in

Canis familiaris (31), one going to the inner, the other to the outer

sesamoid bone (see fig. 11, p. 406). It is difficult to determine

whether these should be looked upon as two heads of a flexor brevis

or as an abductor and adductor. The muscles were small and the

nerve-supply somewhat difficult to be quite certain of, but we are of

opinion that the radial muscle was supplied by the median, and the

ulnar by the ulnar nerve. We are further led to regard the latter

muscle as an adductor pollicis by the fact that Cunningham (XLV1I.)

describes an adductorin the Dingo. The radial of the two muscles

rises from the trapezium and is therefore probably an abductor, so

that in the Dog a slender abductor pollicis is present, but no oppo-

nens or flexor brevis. Among the Urside, Kelley (X XIV.) only

mentions a flexor brevis pollicis in Ursus maritimus (45). Meckel

(XX XIX.) describes the thenar muscles as very strong in U.arctos

(47), the abductor in his specimen had two origins, from the

trapezium and base of the first metacarpal; there was in addition a

flexor brevis. In U. americanus (49) there were also abductor, flexor

brevis, and opponens. Among the Procyonide, P. lotor (53, 56)

has an abductor and flexor brevis, while P. cancrivorus (57) has

a small opponens besides. Cercoleptes (61, 62) has an abductor,

flexor. brevis, and small opponens. Among the Mustelide, Alix

(XXX.) describes a superficial and deep abductor pollicis in

M. putorius (65); probably these correspond to our abductor and

flexor brevis. In MV. foina (66) the same two muscles exist, as they

do also in Jetonyx (69, 70) and Lutra vulgaris (74). In Lutra

cinerea (78) a small opponens was found by Macalister.

406 DR. B.C, A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Apr. 6,

Summing up the above results, we find that in the Hyzenide and

Proteles the short thumb-muscles are absent, in the Canide they

are ill-developed, while in the other families there is usually an

abductor and flexor brevis, but occasionally a small opponens may

be developed.

Hypothenar Museles.—The minimus has, in all cases, a double

flexor brevis, as have the other digits; there is also an abductor

minimi, which rises from the pisiform and is inserted into the

inner sesamoid bone on the palmar surface of the head of the

fifth metacarpal. . Shepherd (XX.) describes an opponens minimi

in Ursus americanus (49). Macalister (IX.) mentions two abduc-

tors of the little finger in Viverra civetta (13), while in Lutra

cinerea (78) he found the usual abductor of that finger in two

layers, as well as an additional one from the unciform. In our

specimen of Canis familiaris (31) the abductor seemed to have

missed its insertion into the sesamoid and to have acquired a new

one into the fifth metacarpal, thus becoming an opponens.

Adidluctor Muscles of the Hand (First layer of deep muscles).—

With regard to the layer of adductor muscles, which rise from the

palmar ligaments of the carpus and lie superficial to the flexores

Fig. 11.

o- UL NER.

Mauus of Canis familiaris, showing the deep muscles of the palm.

breves of the fingers, there can be no doubt that the normal

arrangement in the Carnivora is, one for the pollex, another for

the index, and a third for the minimus; of these the one for the

minimus is as a rule the largest, and that for the pollex the

1897.] | MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 407

smallest. It is satisfactory to find that the same conclusions were

arrived at by one of the authors of this paper in a former commu-

nication, founded on the study of a smaller number of animals

(XLV.). Among the Felide /. leo and F. catus (XLV.) have the

normal arrangement, though Mivart (1.) makes no mention of an

adductor indicis in the former animal. In the Viverride, Crypto-

procta (10), V. civetta (12), Genetta (18), Paradoxurus (19, 20),

Herpestes nepalensis (23), and H. griseus (24) were normal, Pro-

teles (25) had only an adductor to the index and minimus. Among

the Hywnide, H. crocuta (29) had adductors to the middle and

little fingers, while H. striata (26, 28) had them to the index and

minimus. Among the Canide, the muscles are normal in C. famili-

aris (31, 39, XLV.), but the adductor pollicis is rudimentary and

is, according to Meckel (XX XIX.), merely aponeurotic (see fig. 11,

p. 406). C. dingo (XLVI.) agrees with the other Dogs recorded,

but in C. aureus (XLY.) adductors of the pollex, annularis, and

minimus were found. Among the Urside the muscles were normal

in U. maritimus (46) and U. arctos (47). In Kelley’s specimen of

U. maritimus (45) the left-hand was normal, but in the right an

adductor annularis was found. In the Procyonide, P. lotor (53),

P. cancrivorus (57), Nasua (58), and Cercoleptes (61, 62) were normal.

Jn the Mustelide, AZ. putorius(65), Ictonya libyca(70), Meles (XLV.),

and Lutra (74, XLV.) were normal, though Young* describes an

adductor annularis in addition in the last two animals. In Galictis

vittata (63) only adductors to the pollex and minimus were found.

The Second Layer of Hand-muscles—Cunningham and Young

have described the second layer of the hand as consisting of a

series of double-headed short flexors which must not be con-

founded with the flexor brevis digitorum mantis. These muscles

were present in all five digits of all the hands we examined.

The Vhird Layer of Hand-museles.—This layer, according to

Cunningham, consists of a series of dorsal interosseous muscles

which abduct the digits, acting from the line of the third meta-

carpal. Of these, we saw three in Gentta vulgaris (18) and

Herpestes griseus (24), and Young describes some in Viverra civetta

(12). We specially looked for and failed to find them in Canis (31),

Ietonyx (70), and Lutira(74). Inno other carnivorous animal have

we found them nor have we come across any further records of

them, but we are quite ready to admit that, unless specially looked

for, they are easily missed.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

I. Mivarr.—‘ The Cat.’ London, J. Murray, 1881.

Il. Srraus-DurckuEeim.— Anatomie descriptive et comparative

du Chat.’ TT. ii., 1845.

I. Havewron.— Muscles of the Lion.” P. R. I. A. vol. ix.

p- 8d.

IV. Ross.—“ Felis jubata.” P. R. I. A. ser. 2, vol. ili. p. 23.

* Journ. Anat. vol. xiy. p. 149.

408

. Cuvinr & Lavurittarp. —* La Panthére.”

ON THE MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. [Apr. 6,

Cuvier & LAvRInLArD.—* La Lionne.” Planches de

Myologie, Pls. 143-155.

Planches

de Myologie, Pls. 156-168.

VII. Bepparv.— Cryptoprocta ferow.” P. Z. 8. 1895,

. 430.

VIII. aneanarag Viverra civetta.” J. Anat. vol. xiv. p. 166.

1X. Macatister.—* Civet and Tayra.” P.R. L.A. ser. 2,

vol. i. p. 506.

X. Devis.—* Viverra civetta.” Journ. Anat. vol. ii.

p- 205.

XI. Mivarr.—* On the dluroidea.” P.Z.8. 1882,

XVI.

XVII.

XVIII.

XIX.

XX.

XXI.

XXII.

XXIII.

XXIV.

XXY.

XXVE

XXVII.

XXVIII.

XXIX.

XXX.

XXXI.

. Cuvier & Lauriniuarp.—‘‘ Genette

. Warson.— Proteles lalandii.”

. Youne & Rozinson.—* Hyena striata.” Journ. Anat.

p- 459.

commune.”

Planches de Myologie, Pls. 124-128.

P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 579.

1889.

. Watson & Youne.— Hyena erocuta.” P.Z. 8.1879,

Gore & Lauriniarp.—‘Hycne rayée.”

de Myologie, Pls. 129-142.

Morin.—‘ Hyena brunnea.” T. Z.S8. vol. vii. p. 51].

Havexuron.— Dingo compared with other Dogs.”

P.R. 1. A. 1867, p. 504.

Cuvier & Laurtttarp.—< Le Chien.”

Myologie, Pls. 112-125.

SuuPHeRD.—* American Black Bear.”

vol. xvii. p. 103.

Haventon.—* Virginian Bear.”

p- 508.

Cuvier & Lavrintarp.—* L’Ours noir d’Amérique.”

Planches de Myologie, Pls. 81-95.

Txstut.— Les anomalies musculaires chez 1‘Homme

expliquées par l’anatomie comparée.’ Paris, 1884.

Keriey.—“ Polar Bear.” Proceed. Ac. Nat. Sci. of

Philad. no. 1, p. 48.

Winxprs.—* Procyon

vol. xxill. p. 81.

AttEen.—* Procyon lotor.”

Philad. 1882, p. 115.

Mackinvosu.—“ Nasua narica and Mustela foina.”

P. R.1.A. ser. 2, vol. ii. no. 1, p. 48.

Cuvier & Lavritiarpd.—*‘ Le Coati Roux.” Planches

de Myologie, Pls. 94-99.

Prrrin.— Cercoleptes.” P. Z.S. 1871, p. 547.

Ausx.— Putorius communis.” Journ. de Zoologie,

vol. v. p. 152.

Cuvier & Lavrittarp.—* La Fouine.”

Myologie, Pis. 104-107.

Planches

Planches de

Journ. Anat,

P..R. T.-As wolbvixg

canerivorus.” Journ. Anat,

Proceed. Ac. Nat. Sci. of

Planches de

1897. ] MR. C. 8. TOMES ON THE TEETH OF NOTORYCTES. 409

XXXII. HavGuvon.—* Meles tavus.” P. R. I. A. vol. ix.

. 507.

XXXII. oaneen & Laurmiarp.—“ Le Blaireau d’Europe.”

Planches de Myologie, Pls. 100-103.

XXXIV. Havenron.—* Lutra vulgaris.” P. R. I. A. vol. ix.

HBS

XXXV. Garviiee & Lavrittarp.— La Loutre.” Planches de

Myologie, Pls. 108-111.

XXXVI. Lucan. Lutra vulgaris.” Abhandl. d. Senckenb.

Gesellschaft, Bd. ix.

XXXVII. Macatistur.— Aonyx leptonyw.” P.R.I. A. vol. i.,

n. ser. p. 539.

XXXVIII. Dinck.—“ Canis vulpes.” Zeitschr. f. d. gesammte

Naturwiss. Bd. xxxi. p. 218.

XXXIX. Mecken.—‘ Anatomie Comparée.’ Tome vi.

XL. PacEenstecnur.— Lycaon pictus.” Zoologischer

Garten, Jahrg. 1870, p. 238.

XLI. Parsons.—“‘ Myology of Rodents.” P.Z.S. 1894,

p- 251.

XLIa. Parsons.—“Myology of Rodents.” P.Z.S8. 1896,

p. 159.

XLII. Parsons.—Possible Sternalis in Bathyergus.” P. Anat.

Soc., Feb. 1895, p. xi.

XLIII. Ginis.—“ Anatomy of Scalenes in Ruminants, Solipeds,

and Carnivora.” Comptes Rendus, ser. 9, tome iv.

no. 20, p. 464.

XLIV. Winpin.—“ Deep flexor mass of the Forearm.”

Journ. Anat. vol. xxiv. p. 72.

XLV. Winpiz.— Adductor Muscles of the Hand.”

P. Birm. Phil. Soc. vol. v. pt. 2, no. 12.

XLVI. Cunninenam.— Report on the Marsupialia.” Chal-

lenger Reports, vol. v. part 16, p. 19.

XLVII. Wiypiz.—* Pectoral Group of Muscles.” Trans.

R. I. Acad. xxix. p. 345.

2. Note upon the Minute Structure of the Teeth of

Notoryctes.

By Cuartts S. Tomss, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received February 11, 1897.]

So far as I know no description of the minute structure of

the teeth of this remarkable marsupial has been published.

Dr. Stirling has been so kind as to send me a fragment of a jaw

containing three teeth. From these I have been able to make two

sections, which present some points that seem worth recording.

Dr. Stirling, in his original memoir (Trans. Roy. Soc. South

Australia, 1891), described the naked-eye characters of these teeth ;

and Dr. Gadow subsequently (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892) further

investigated them, stating that the teeth were of the “‘ zoophagous

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XX VII.

410 MR. C. 8. TOMES ON THE TEETH OF NoToRYcTEs. [ Apr. 6,

marsupial plan.” This is to a certain extent true; but yet they

differ from all other teeth with which I am acquainted, and they

are interesting in respect of the question of the food of this creature,

which is unfortunately not known with exactitude. Dr. Stirling

found the remains of ants in the digestive tract ; but in confinement

these animals would not eat ants, though one did eat a large soft

grub, the larval form of a longicorn beetle, or perhaps of a lepido-

pterous insect, and another ate a piece of bread. The structure of

the teeth would seem to indicate that its food is not very hard.

In Dr. Stirling’s figures of the grinding-surfaces of the molar

teeth it is shown that the middles are worn into concavities, and

that the retention of the cuspidate form is not due to the per-

sistence of the sharp enamelled cusps, as is the case in Insectivora

generally, but that it is due to the upstanding of the edges.

This is well seen in the drawing (fig. 1), which shows the enamel

absent (i. e. worn through) on the masticating surfaces, but remain-

ing and projecting a little all round the circumference of the tooth,

so that an area of dentine surrounded by an upstanding ring of

Fig. 1.

Rei AS

Y gute ee ia te

The last two lower molars of Notoryctes, in situ, x14; the ascending piece

of bone to the right of the figure is a portion of the coronoid process.

In the front of the two teeth the pulp-cavity still persists, in the other it is

apparently nearly obliterated. Two obsolete vascular canals are to be seen

near the surface of the dentine.

enamel is used for mastication. This condition of severe wear

appears not to be very common in insectivorous mammals, whose

teeth generally long retain their enamel and bristling cusps; but

it may be seen in old specimens of Perameles and in some true

1897.] MR. ©. 8S, TOMES ON THE TEETH OF NOTORYCTES. 411

Insectivora—usually, however, in specimens hidden away in store,

as not good for display in the cases of a museum, so that, until

I specially looked up this point, I was under the impression that

great wear of the molars was more uncommon than it really is.

The cusps of the teeth in young specimens are, of course, covered

by enamel.

It seems probable, at all events in the case of Notoryctes, that

the wearing-down of the teeth is due to sand, in which the

animal is perpetually burrowing, being taken in with the food,

rather than to the hardness of the food itself; for the feeble

implantation of the teeth militates against the idea that they are

put to very hard work.

In Notoryctes only about one third, even of the worn tooth, is

implanted in a socket, whereas most Insectivora have very long

and firmly implanted roots to their teeth ; as, however, the sections

are not exactly in the axis of the middle of the teeth, the roots

may be a little, though not very much, longer than they appear.

The occurrence of obsolete vascular canals near the worn surface of

the left-hand tooth (as seen in fig. 1, p. 410) is an indication, so far

as it goes, that these teeth come into wear before their growth is

complete, and that the roots are only formed late ; such obliterated

vascular canals are very common in the axis of the worn teeth of

rodents, especially of their incisors, in which the dentine forms a

large share of the masticating surface, and the enamel only fulfils

the function of keeping the edge sharp.

In 1849 my father described (Phil. Trans.) the penetration of

the enamel by the dentinal tubes as:a character common to all

Marsupials, with the exception of the Wombat, though the extent

to which it takes place varies much in different members of the

group. This character is not peculiar to the Marsupials, as it

occurs in a good many Insectivora, and occasionally, though rarely,

in other Placental mammals, as for example in the Hyrax.

Fig. 2.

A portion of dentine and enamel from the anterior tooth of Notoryctes, more

highly magnified. The dentine lies to the left in the figure.

In the Macropodide the tubes pass across in very great abund-

ance, there being a marked dilatation at the junction of the enamel

27*

412 MR, R, LYDEKKER ON THE [Apr. 6,

and the dentine, while the tubes in the enamel ‘are straight and

regular.

In Dasywride they pass across more sparsely, as is the case also

in Didelphyide, and no dilatation takes place at the passage, but

there is an abrupt bend at this point.

In Notoryctes (fig. 2, p. 411) this marsupial character is very

strongly marked; the tubes pass into, and through almost the

whole thickness of, the enamel in great abundance: they show

no dilatation, but a very strongly marked bending at the point of

passage. They have another peculiarity: when in the enamel

they often show several sharp abrupt bends, the concavities of which

lie towards the grinding surface, but they resume sooner or later

their original direction parallel with the enamel prisms.

This character also is met with in Thylacinus and markedly in

Didelphys, but is not to be found in Macropods; hence in this

feature of minute structure a point of resemblance with Didelphys

is shown. .

It is interesting to find in these points of minute structure

some confirmation of the correctness of the view, arrived at on quite

different grounds, that Notoryctes has affinities with the Dasyuride

and Didelphyide.

3. The Blue Bear of Tibet, with Notes on the Members of the

Ursus arctus Group. By R. Lyprxxer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received February 17, 1897.}

(Plate XXVIL.)

In the year 1853 the late Edward Blyth* gave a brief notice of

the imperfect skin of a Bear from Tibet, obtained by Dr. A.

Campbell, and now preserved in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

He regarded it as probably referable to a variety of the Himalayan

Black Bear (Ursus torquatus), but suggested that if it proved

specifically distinct, the Tibetan Blue Bear, as Dr. Campbell called

it, might be known as JU. pruinosus. As Mr. Blanford subse-

quently pointed out, this title is little more than a nomen nudum,

and the name apparently dates from the description of a skin

and imperfect skull described by the latter writer*. These

specimens were brought to the late Mr. Mandelli at Darjiling by a

native who stated that he had purchased them at Lhasa, and that

the animal inhabited the plains around that city. This skin and

skull are likewise in the Indian Museum.

Mr. Blanford considered that the skin obtained by Mr. Mandelli

was specifically identical with Blyth’s Blue Bear of Tibet, and he

accordingly described it as a distinct species, under the name of

TU. pruinosus ; his description being as follows :—

“The general coloration above is tawny brown, palest on the

* Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxii. p. 589 (1853).

* Thid. vol. xlvi. p. 318 (1877).

‘azts‘yeuol

: |

dutt Ssomg ute quip ; ltr AaIiL #0 UV aa HOTS SHS YFL I [Op Fug LT

TWAXX Id L6SI SZ d

: nip Soe

. ni

. ‘:

L 2

i ‘

—

) -

”

: *

3 :

. ——

— ‘ f

: ~ 4 E

re s

at 3

4 a > ;

‘

| 4

+ |

) a4

< :

Ee,

— : ms

-) 3

- ‘

< x ;

—

! : |

+ i "

a ¥

. A, . =

~ q ~

ae yh! >

1897.] BLUE BEAR OF TIBET. 413

head and shoulders, darker on the back, where the hairs are black

with tawny tips, and black on the limbs. The head is tawny, much

of the same colour as Ursus isabellinus, a little darker and browner

under the eyes and on the forehead; the ears have tufts of long

hair mixed tawny and black. Behind the head the neck is rather

darker, but on the upper part of the breast there is a broad pale

tawny crescentic band, with the upper terminations prolonged

upwards, in front of the shoulder, almost to the back, precisely

as in U. tsabellinus.......- The upper and hinder parts of the

shoulder in U. pruinosus are covered with tawny hairs about 33 to

4 inches long, whilst the interscapulary region, like the rest of the

back, is clothed with black hairs, fulvous at the tips. The hair is

moderately fine and about 3 inches long on the back. Apparently

the animal when killed was about to lose its long winter coat, for

the hair is much felted and matted together in places, and a

short fine tawny hair is seen to be growing beneath. The

hoary appearance given to the fur by the fulvous tips is extremely

characteristic, but it may very possibly be less conspicuous at

some seasons.

“The claws are pale in colour, strong and moderately curved,

the first (and longest) claw on the fore foot measuring 2*2 inches

in a straight line from insertion to tip, and 2°75 round the curve ;

the corresponding measurements of the first hind claw are 1-3 and

1-4 inches.

“The animal is evidently very old, several of the premolars

have been lost and the alveoli obliterated ; the molars are much

worn. As already mentioned, the size of the teeth, and especially

of the molars, is unusually large; the canines appear very little

larger than in U, labiatus. The posterior molar in the upper jaw

is wanting on one side and imperfect on the other, it must be

nearly 17 inches long and its anterior portion is 0°88 broad ; the

antepenultimate ' (first true molar) measures 0°9 inch in length

by 0°72, the tooth anterior to this, or hindmost premolar, is

0°62. The three together when perfect must have measured

nearly 3 inches in length.”

The writer also describes a large skull which he thinks may very

probably belong to the same species, but as this identification is

not certain, I prefer not to take the specimen into consideration.

In a later work * Mr. Blanford suggests that U. pruinosus may not

be specifically distinct from U. arctus, of which JU. isabellinus is

regarded merely as a local race. Still later Mr. W. L. Sclater *

considers that U. pruinosus is not separable from U. isabellinus,

although the latter is separated from U. arctus. He remarks that

“in the Eastern Thibetan variety (U. pruinosus) the hair is blackish

or bluish, but it is hardly worthy of separation even as a geographical

race.”

In the year 1892 the Natural History Museum received a skin

1 The author obviously means penultimate.

? Fauna of Brit. India, Mamm. p. 194 (1888).

$ Gat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. pt. ii. p. 302 (1891).

414 MR. R. LYDUKKER ON THE [Apr. 6,

and skull of the Blue Bear of Tibet, the former of which is mounted

and exhibited in the Mammal Gallery. As this Bear has never been

ficured, I think the accompanying coloured figure of this specimen

(Plate XX VII.) will be acceptable to naturalists, in order that

they may see for themselves its very peculiar type of coloration.

The skin and skull belong to a sub-adult animal of comparatively

small size; the permanent molar dentition, although fully pro-

truded, being practically unworn. The hair on the back and flanks

is long, but that on the lower part of the legs shorter: and it

seems probable that the animal was killed in winter dress. As

regards coloration, the specimen is unlike any other member of the

Ursus arctus group that has ever come under my notice; the hue

of the hair being either white or black, or a mixture of . both.

Thus on the face and fore part of the body white largely pre-

dominates, although in places there are some black hairs, and

these are more strongly developed about the forehead, ears, and

the fore part of the nape. On the hind nape is a pure white

band, or collar, followed by a nearly black transversely elliptical,

patch above the shoulder-blades. Over the rest of the body the

hair is mingled black and white, so as to present a bluish tinge ;

and the hind limbs are similar, although the lower parts of the fore

legs are almost black. The claws are whitish.

As regards the skull, the large size of the last lower premolar,

which is such a characteristic tooth in the genus, clearly indicates

that this Bear is a member of the U. urctus group. Nothing very

distinctive appears in the other teeth, although the last lower

molar has the elongation generally found in the Himalayan Brown

Bear. The cusps of all the cheek-teeth are relatively tall, but not,

I think, more so than in some specimens of other inembers of the

group. The upper carnassial is also proportionately large, but

some examples of the Himalayan form come very close in this

particular. The skull has a nearly straight profile, and in this

respect differs very remarkably from crania of the same age of the

Himalayan Brown Bear, in which there is a very sudden rise at the

front border of the orbits, with a median depression at the root of

the nasals.

The difference in the coloration of the skin from that of the speci-

men described by Mr. Blantord is so great, that I have no hesitation

in regarding the British Museum exampleas belonging to a distinct

form, this being Blyth’s Ursus pruinosus. And I may add that

Mr. Blanford agrees with me on this point, and considers that the

skin he described under that name belongs to a large brown or

grizzly Bear,—perhaps JU. arctus isabellinus or U. arctus collaris.

I have never seen a Himalayan Bear with any approach to the

coloration of the specimen now described, and, taking also into

consideration the characters of the skull, it seems to me that the

Tibetan Blue Bear differs more from the typical U. arctus than

does any other Old World member of the group. With regard to

the proper name for this form, I am in some difficulty, seeing that

U. pruinosus, Blanford, belongs to another form. I find, however, in

1897.] BLUD BEAR OF TIBET, 415

the Catalogue of the Zoological Collections of H. M. Prejevalsky,

p- 9 (St. Petersburg, 1887), reference to a Tibetan Bear under the

name of U. lagomyarius, which is probably the present form. And,

if this name has been properly published, it will probably stand

for the species, if the term pruinosus is to be superseded.

A very noticeable feature in the British Museum skin is the

curious approximation which it makes to the type of coloration

distinctive of dfluropus melanoleucus of the same region. This

is especially shown by the pure white band on the hind nape,

followed by the black interscapular patch ; and Jess markedly by

the tendency to blackness on the ears and forehead. Is it too

much to consider that this type of coloration has been produced

in both animals by similar environment? I[ think not. Of what

advantage to its owner may be the peculiar coloration of Alwropus

has never been determined. It may be suggested that in a forest

country where snow lies deep in the winter, the black shoulder-

stripe and limbs with the white of the rest of the body would be

very inconspicuous among dark tree-stems ; but such an explana-

tion affords no clue to the advantage of this very remarkable type of

coloration in summer, when we may presume snow would have

disappeared from the forests. Moreover, it is not certain that

both forms do not dwell above the forest level.

I now come to the very difficult question whether the brown and

greyish Bears of the Northern Hemisphere form more than one

species. Very different views are held on this subject by different

writers, and as the literature is extensive, I shall not attempt to

give a summary of what has been written. A few examples of

different views may, however, be advantageously cited. Midden-

dorff ', in a long essay on the subject, came to the conclusion that

all the Bears of the U. wrctus group in both the Eastern and Western

Hemisphere were merely varieties of but one species. On the other

hand, Gray” not only split them up into a number of species,

but actually separated some of them generically. Perhaps the

most remarkable feature in his work is the separation of a Brown

Bear from Norway, as Myrmarctos eversmanni*, from the Brown

Bear of Sweden, which is regarded as referable to the typical

U. arctus. Moreover, he identifies one of the Kamschatkan

skulls described by Middendorff as U. arctus var. beringiana with

the former, whereas the other is regarded as referable to a sub-

species (collaris) of U. arctus.

In 1877, the late Mr. George Busk* referred all the living

Old World Brown Bears to varieties of U. arctus. An important

statement in this paper regarding the fossil Pleistocene Brown Bear

of Europe (U. fossilis of Goldfuss) runs as follows :—* This form has

appeared to me to coincide so very closely with the existing U. fero.

or horribilis of North America, that I was induced some years

1 Sibir. Reise (1851).

? See Cat. Carniv. Brit. Mus. (1869).

’ This is founded on a young skeleton in the Museum.

* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 53 ef seq.

416 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Apr. 6,

since to suggest that they might be regarded as specifically the

same, so faras dental and cranial characters are concerned.” Later

on in the same paper it is stated, in reference to remains of a Bear

from the Gibraltar bone-caverns, “that the preponderance of its

characters is in favour of its being closely related to U. fossilis sive

priscus, or to a form intermediate between that and U. arctos var.

isabellinus.” Although I confess to great difficulty in distinguish-

ing between the teeth of Old World and American Brown Bears, I

think it will be admitted that, if we trust Mr. Busk’s conclusions,

the Pleistocene Brown Bear of Europe must have been the common

ancestor of the existing Brown Bears of both the Eastern and

Western Hemispheres.

Passing over certain other writers, I have next to mention that

in 1881 Fitzinger ', if I understand him rightly, came to the con-

clusion that most of the so-called species of Brown Bears described

from Europe and Asia were mere colour-phases or other varieties

of U. arctus. He, however, recognized the so-called “ halsband”

Bear—the JU. collaris of F. Cuvier—as a distinct species, inhabit-

ing Kamschatka and Siberia. And he regarded the “golden”

or “silver” Bear of Europe as a subspecies, under the name

of U. arctus aureus; considering U. formicarius of Eversmann

(=U. longirostris, Schinz, and Myrmarctos eversmanni, Gray) as

inseparable from this variety.

Hight years later Dr. EH. Schiirff *, in a paper on the skull-variation

of U. arctus, came to the conclusion that Myrmarctos eversmanni

is only a variety of the former species, with which he also identi-

fied U. syriacus, U. isabellinus, and U. piscator. With regard

to U. syriacus and U. isabellinus, the same view is held by

Mr. Blanford *, but Mr. W. L. Sclater * regards them as together

forming a distinct species, and uses the latter name.

This will suffice for the Old World Brown Bears, and I have now

to quote two papers referring to those of the New World, in which

totally opposite views are expressed. In the first of these, Mr. A.

E. Brown ® considers that U. americanus, U. cinnamomeus, U. luteolus,

and U. horribilis are nothing more than varieties of U. arctus, the first

and second being more distinct than is the last. On the other hand,

Dr. C. H. Merriam’, comes to the conclusion that not only are

all the North-American Bears (exclusive of the Polar Bear) distinct

from those of the Old World, but that the Black Bears, of which

four ferms are recognized, should be separated subgenerically from

the members of the U. arctus group. Of the latter no less than five

species and one or two subspecies are recognized as inhabiting the

North American continent. From the structure of the lower

carnassial tooth, Dr. Merriam seems to have made out pretty clearly

SB, Ak. Wien, vol. lxxxiv. pp. 1-22 (1881).

* Archiv f. Nat. 1889, vol. i. pp. 244-267.

* Fauna of Brit. India, Mamm. p. 194 (1888).

“ Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. pt. ii. p. 802 (1891).

° Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1894, pp. 119-129.

® Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. x. pp. 65-83 (1896).

1897.] BLUE BHAR OF TIBET. AIT

that the Black Bear (whether one or more forms are recognized is

immaterial) is decidedly different from all the members of the

U. arctus group.

The feature which strikes me as the most remarkable in his

paper is the recognition of three distinct species of the Brown Bear

group as inhabiting Alaska alone—one being from Kadiak Island,

the second from Yakutat Bay, and the third from the coast near Sitka.

Now when we take into consideration the large size of these animals

and the circumstance that Carnivora are generally in the habit of

wandering over wide tracts of country, it appears to me impossible

to have three distinct species inhabiting such a limited area,

although there may be grounds for regarding the island form as

separable from those inhabiting the mainland. In the separation

of the American Bears, Dr. Merriam relies very largely on differ-

ences in the skull and cheek-teeth ; but it appears to me that too

much importance has been attached to such points of difference

both by himself and Gray. A remarkable instance of this is

afforded by the case of the so-called Myrmarctos eversmanni, to

which Gray refers one of the skulls figured by Middendortf as

U, arctos, var. beringiana; this skull coming from Kamschatka,

where the typical form of that Bear dwells. And to believe that

there are two closely allied Bears in Kamschatka seems to me

an absolute impossibility. I cannot help agreeing with Dr. Schiff

that when we find Bear-skulls from the same district showing con-

siderable differences from one another,we must attribute such differ-

ences either to individual or sexual variation, or toage’. Similarly,

we may find among the Bears of Europe some individuals with long

limbs, high foreheads, and elongated muzzles, whereas in others

from the same district the limbs are shorter and stouter, the fore-

head broader and flatter, and the muzzle shorter. And surely such

differences cannot be regarded as of specific, or even subspecific,

value. On the other hand, when all the Bears of one particular

district differ in one or more characters from those inhabiting the

neighbouring regions, specific or subspecific differences may fairly

be claimed.

Admitting, then, that there are certain differences to be found

among the members of the U. arctus group inhabiting different

areas, the next question is whether these should be regarded as of

specific or subspecifie value. It may fairly be allowed that the

question is not of very much importance one way or the other, and

also that it is one in which scarcely any two observers are likely to

agree. All are, however, I believe in accord as to the close alliance

between the Bears of this group. And an important point to my

mind—though it is one which others will probably deem worthy of

little consideration—is that the Pleistocene Brown Bear of Europe,

according to Busk, is nearer to the American Grizzly than to the

typical existing Brown Bear. If this be true, it points to the

1 Tn the case of the type of Myrmarctos eversmanni the difference is due to

immaturity alone.

418 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Apr. 6,’

conclusion that all the living forms have been differentiated from

one another at a very recent epoch indeed, and probably in the

Old World. On the whole, then, I am inclined to regard the

various members of the group, with the exception of the Tibetan

Blue Bear, as subspecies rather than species’. It is true that in

some of the North American Bears the front claws are longer and

straighter than in their Old World relatives, but this character

does not serve to separate all the American forms as a species

apart from all the latter. Neither, if I unite the Old World

Bears, can I admit the right of all the American forms to stand as

distinct species. I take this opportunity of mentioning that I am

inclined to regard many mammals having representative forms in

the two hemispheres as subspecies. This, I think, is the case

with the Foxes, the Wolves, and the Weasels; while the Asiatic

Wapitis (Cervus eustephanus and the allied C. luehdorfi) are

probably only races of the American C. canadensis. And I also

think that the host of species recently made in North America out

of the form which used to be known as Tamas asiaticus will come

under the same category. I am fully aware that in this view

I shall be running atilt at. all the modern school of American

zoologists; but I have, at least to some extent, on my side men

like Messrs. Blanfordand Mivart, to whose opinions I attach the

very highest value. And I also side with Huxley that it is a far

less important error to overlook differences than not to see

resemblances.

In the following list I have endeavoured to arrange the Bears of

the Ursus arctus group according to my ideas of what their classifica-

tion should be. I have not attempted to give the whole synonymy,

as in several cases I am at loss where to place synonyms.

I. Ursus arcrus.— Brown Bear.

Ursus arctos, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 69 (1766).

Ursus arctus, Blanford, Fauna Brit. Ind., Mamm. p. 194 (1888).

Under this name I include all the brown, greyish, and grizzled

existing Bears. In all these the cheek-teeth are large, the inner

tubercle of the upper carnassial is large, the last lower molar has

a large talon, and there is a considerable interval between the

fourth lower premolar and the canine, in which are situated the

three anterior premolars in young individuals. The first lower

premolar is very small, and the fourth large and generally fur-

nished with two small tubercles on the inner side, one in advance

of and the other behind the main cusp. The lower carnassial is

also a large and complex tooth, generally with accessory cusps on

the inner border of its talon.

With regard to the two inner tubercles on the fourth lower pre-

molar, a few words are necessary. As is well known to paleont-

1 If they are regarded as species, Ursus ought to be split up into several

genera.

1897.) © BLUE BEAR OF TIBET. 419

ologists, in Ursus speleus (fig. 1) this tooth is short and has two

very large tubercles. Busk' considered that only one of these

tubercles (the posterior) is represented in the corresponding tooth

of the typical U. arctus group, and apparently regarded the anterior

tubercle as distinct. 1 cannot, however, but consider them as

homologous, and J think Busk bas attached far too much import-

ance to them, as also to the structure of the talon in the same

tooth.

Fourth right lower premolars of Ursus speleus (1) and U. arctus isabellinus (2).

a, anterior ; 6, posterior tubercle.

1. Ursus arcrus rosstnis.—Pleistocene Brown Bear.

Ursus fossilis, Goldfuss, Nova Acta Ac. Ces. Leop.-Car. vol. x.

pt. 2, p. 259 (1821): Busk, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 64 (1877).

Ursus priscus, Cuvier, Ossemens Fossiles, vol. iv. p. 380 (1823).

Ursus ferow fossilis, Busk, Phil. Trans. 1873, p. 546,

According to Busk, the Brown Bear of the English caverns and

Trish peat-bogs is much nearer to the Grizzly than to the European

Brown Bear, which first makes its appearance in the English fen-

deposits. In this determination he relies chiefly on the characters

of the skull and the large size and structure of the fourth lower

premolar. Although, as I shall show presently, one of the cha-

racters of the latter tooth on which he lays stress is not constant,

yet I feel bound to accept the general conclusions of one who has

devoted so much labour to a very difficult subject. It is important

to notice that he regards the Brown Bear from the Gibraltar caverns

as probably intermediate between U. arctus fossilis and U. arctus

isabellinus.

As already said, if his conclusions are correct we must regard

U. arctus fossilis as the ancestral stock from which have sprung

all the other members of the group.

2. Ursus arcrus rypicus.—Huropean Brown Bear.

Ursus pyrenaicus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. livr. xlv. (1824),

Ursus norveygicus, F. Cuy. op. ect. livr. vii.

Ursus cadavarinus, Eversmann, Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1840, p. 8.

Ursus formicarius, Eversmann, loc. cit.

Myrmarctos eversmanni, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 695 ;

Cat. Carniv. Brit. Mus. p. 232 (1869).

Under this name may be included the living Bears of Europe at

1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. pp. 65, 66 (1877)

420 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Apr. 6,

least as far east as the Caucasus and Urals. Although variable in

this respect, this form is not excessively large, and the colour

is typically dark brown; while the skull has a comparatively

regular and low profile and a wide palate. According to Busk,

the fourth lower premolar is relatively small, without trace of

the posterior inner tubercle. I find, however, that in a young

skeleton from Russia, in the British Museum, this tubercle is

very well developed, while there are slight traces of it in a skull

from Norway (B.M. no. 62.3.29.8). The front claws are short and

curved,

3. URSUS ARCTUS SYRIACUS.—Syrian Brown Bear.

Ursus syriacus, Hempr. & Ehrenb., Symb. Phys. vol. i. pl. i.

(1828) ; Gray, Cat. Carniv. Brit. Mus. p. 224 (1869); Fitzinger,

SB. Ak. Wien, vol. Ixxxiv. p. 14 (1881).

This form, which inhabits Syria and Palestine, has been very

generally identified with the next’, and I am not prepared to say

that this may not be correct. Among the few skins that have

come under my notice, I have, however, seen none presenting the

creamy tint characteristic of immature examples of the Kashmir

form. In the one skull I have seen the profile lacks the deep

concavity characteristic of the Kashmir Brown Bear. In the

last lower premolar there is a slight trace of the posterior inner

tubercle.

4, Ursus ARCTUS ISABELLINUS.—Aashmir Brown Bear.

Ursus isabellinus, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xv. p. 332

(1826); W. L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. pt. ii. p. 302

(1891).

Profile view of sub-adult skull of Ursus arctus isabellinus.

The Bear which inhabits the middle Himalaya, extending from

' See Fitzinger, doc. cit.

1897.] BLUE BEAR OF TIBET. 421

Afghanistan to Nepal, appears to be generally smaller than the

European Brown Bear, but is specially characterized by the light

creamy-brown tint of the winter pelage. Very old males, which

grow to a large size, are, however, considerably darker. The skull

(fig. 2, p. 420) is characterized by the obtuse angle formed in the

profile at the anterior border of the orbits, and the median hollow

where the nasals join the frontals. The fourth lower premolar

(fig. 1, p. 419) is relatively long and narrow, with both the anterior

and posterior inner tubercles well developed.

5. URSUS ARCTUS COLLARIS.—Kamschatkan Brown Bear.

Ursus collaris, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm. livr. xliii. (1824);

Fitzinger, SB. Akad. Wien, vol. Ixxxiv. p. 16 (1881).

Ursus arctos, var. Beringiana, Middendorff, Sibir. Reise, vol.i.

pt. ui, taf. i. (1851).

Ursus piscator, Pucheran, Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 392; Sclater,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 817.

Ursus lasiotus, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 301

(1867); Cat. Carniv. Brit. Mus. p. 223 (1869).

Ursus beringiana, Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, x. p. 69

(1896).

The typical U, collaris of F. Cuvier is from Siberia, but there

can be no reasonable doubt of its identity with the U. aretos var.

beringiana of Middendorff (=U. piscator and U. lasiotus). Busk’,

who regarded all the North American members of the group as

referable to a single species, ‘identified U. piscator therewith.

Fitzinger” gives the range as extending from the Ural through the

whole of Siberia to Kamschatka. It is one of the largest of all

living land Bears, old specimens probably attaining a length of

fully nine feet. Fitzinger’s description is as follows :—The hinder

part of the head is broad and long, with convex parietals, and a

flattened forehead, passing gradually into a long, thick, and abruptly

truncated snout. Compared with the common Brown Bear, the

ears are shorter and more rounded, the body is thick and massive,

and the hair long and tangled. The colour varies from light

yellowish-brown to blackish-brown, a broad whitish gorget extends

from the throat to the shoulders, and the legs are black. The

hair on the flanks darkens with age. He adds that this Bear is

undoubtedly distinct from the common Brown Bear of Europe,

and that it is abundant in Kamschatka.

According to Gray the light collar is not constant.

There are several skulls of this form inthe British Museum. In

a sub-adult specimen the vaulting of the frontal region is moderately

developed. Ina very old one there is a distinct concavity at the

root of the nasals, and the zygomatic width is not excessive. The

fourth lower premolar has only the posterior inner tubercle

developed. I do not know the form and length of the claws.

1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 64 (1877).

? SB. Ak. Wien, vol. lxxxiv. p. 16 (1881).

422 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Apr. 6,

6. Ursus arcrus MippEnpDorFFl.—Aadiak Brown Bear.

Ursus middendorffi, Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. x.

p. 69 (1896).

Although closely allied to the preceding, which it somewhat

exceeds in size, and thus the largest living member of the group, the

Bear of Kadiak Island, Alaska, is, I consider, rightly separated by

Dr. Merriam. I have not seen a skull, but it appears, from his

figures and description, that in adult males the frontal region is

enormously elevated, highly arched, and relatively narrow ; the

zygomatic arches enormously wide, and the postzygomatic region

very short. There appears to be no concavity at the root of the

nasals ; and the great elevation of the frontal region seems most

conspicuous in sub-adult examples. Merriam gives a number of

minor characters distinguishing the skulls of the two forms, which

need not be recapitulated here. It is stated that in the adult

female the skull is relatively more elongated and the frontal

region less elevated than in the male. The front claws are long

and considerably curved.

I presume that Dr. Merriam had definite knowledge of the sex

of the skulls of the Kamschatkan Bear with which he makes com-

parison. Those in the British Museum are not determined, and if

they be females a question might arise whether this form is really

distinct from the preceding. The characters of the fourth lower

premolar are not given.

7. URSUS ARCTUS YESOENSIS, subsp. nov.—Yezo Brown Bear.

My attention has been directed by Mr. Thomas to three skulls

from Yezo, the northern island cf Japan, in the British Museum,

which differ so remarkably from any others I have seen as to

Profile view of sub-adult skull of Ursus arctus yesoensis.

indicate a distinct form. They comprise a half-grown, a sub-adult

(no. 86.11.18.2), and a fully adult specimen (no. 96.4.27.1). Com-

pared with skulls of similar age of the Kamschatkan form, which

1897.3 BLUE BEAR OF TIBET. 423

they approach in size, these specimens differ very remarkably.

Taking the half-grown and sub-adult specimens (the latter of

which is here figured, figs. 3 & 4), it will be found that the profile

forms a continuous convex arch, almost like that of U. torquatus,

although the skull is much longer than in the Jatter. The difference

is also observable in the fully adult specimen, in which there is no

trace of the concavity at the root of the nasals so conspicuous in

the Kamschatkan Bear. The palate (fig. 4) is also peculiar on

account of its extreme elongation and narrowness, the pterygoid

fossa being narrower and not extending so far forwards. The

pterygoids themselves are also very different bones, being much

larger and of a distinctly oblong form. The premaxille, too,

——~

SED /

Palatal aspect of skull of Ursus arctus yesoensis.

extend farther back on the palate, reaching behind the alveolus of

the canine, instead of stopping short near the middle line of that

tooth. The fourth lower premolar is very short, with scarcely

any inner tubercles, the hinder of which is well marked in the

Kamschatkan Bear. So far as I can see, these peculiarities are

constant in all three skulls.

Compared with Dr. Merriam’s figure of the sub-adult skull of the

424 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Apr. 6,

Kadiak Bear, the British Museum specimen appears larger, with

less expansion of the zygomata, and the arching not so high or so

sudden, but more regular.

This Bear is doubtless the Ursus ferow of Temminck’s ‘ Fauna

Japonica, which was from the north island of Japan. Ursus

japonicus, on the other hand, probably comes from the southern

island, of which the fauna, Mr. Thomas tells me, is of an Oriental

type, whereas that of Yezo is strictly Holarctic.

8. Ursus arorus paLtii.—Alaskan Brown Bear.

Ursus dalli, Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. x. p. 71

(1896).

Ursus sitkensis, Merriam, op. cit. p. 73.

This Bear, although very large, is slightly inferior in size to the

one inhabiting Kadiak Island, and has the frontal region of the

skull but slightly elevated and nearly flat. In the typical form,

from Yakutat Bay, the upper carnassial is unusually large, with

an additional internal tubercle, the lower carnassial has accessory

tubercles on the inner side of the talon, and the fourth lower

premolar has a well-developed postero-internal cusp. On the

other hand, in the rather smaller form from Sitka the upper

carnassial is normal (tricuspid), the lower carnassial bas no

accessory tubercles on the inner side of the talon, and the fourth

premolar (if I understand the description rightly) has only the

antero-internal cusp. Even if such differences prove constant

(which I doubt), I should not be disposed to regard even them as

of subspecific value, considering that both Bears come from districts

so close to one another as are Yakutat Bay and Sitka. The front

claws, as exemplified by a specimen in the British Museum, are

long and much curved.

9. Ursts arcrvs HORRIBILIS.—Grizzly Bear.

Ursus horribilis, Ord, in Guthrie’s Geography, 2nd Amer. ed.

vol. i. p. 291 (1815); Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. x.

p. 74 (1896).

Ursus cinereus, Desmarest, Maminalogie, vol. i. p. 164 (1820).

Ursus ferox, Desmarest (? ex Lewis & Clarke), loc. cit.

Ursus (Danis) cinereus, Gray. Cat. Carniv. Brit. Mus, p. 228 (1869).

The true Grizzly Bear, ranging trom Norton Sound, Alaska,

through the northern Rocky Mountains to Utah, is a smaller animal

than either of the preceding forms. According to Busk, this Bear

(probably in common with some of the preceding New World

types) differs from U. arctus typicus in the following points :—

The jugal arcade is less of a circle and more of an ellipse; the

palate is flatter; the last upper molar is less narrowed behind ;

the inner tubercle of the upper carnassial is larger; and the fourth

lower premolar is larger, and usually has two internal tubercles’.

1 As already mentioned, the second of these tubercles may be present in

U. a. typicus, and both are constant in U, a. isabellinus,

1897.] BLUE BEAR OF TIBET, 495

Dr. Merriam describes the skull as relatively long, with the

temporal impressions in the adult not turning in abruptly from

the postorbital processes, and the frontal elevated and usually

convex between the latter. The fore claws are longer and less

curved than in any other member of the group.

The Sonoran Grizzaly—the U. horribilis horrieus of Baird—

which ranges from the southern Rocky Mountains to Northern

Mexico and California, has the frontal region flattened and concave

between the postorbital processes. Whether this form should

rank as a distinct subspecies (in my sense of that term) I am not

prepared to say definitely, although I am inclined to think it

should not. If a quadrinomial term were permissible, such would

best express its relationship. It is not quite easy to understand

what are Dr. Merriam’s views on the subject, since on page 69 of

his memoir he alludes to it as U. horrieus, and on page 75 as

U. horribilis horrvceus.

10. Ursus aARCTUS RICHARDSONI.— Barren-Ground Bear.

Ursus richardsoni, Swainson, Animals in Menageries (Lardner’s

Cabinet Cyclopedia), p. 54 (1838); Merriam, P. Biol. Soc. Wash-

ington, x. p. 77 (1896).

This Bear, according to Dr. Merriam, differs from the Grizzly

in the shorter skull, in which the temporal impressions of the

adult bend in suddenly from the postorbital processes so as to

form nearly a right angle with the median line. The fourth lower

premolar is stated to have no inner tubercles. In size this Bear

is the smallest American member of the group. Its range includes

the so-called Barren Grounds between Hudson Bay and the

Mackenzie River.

11. Ursus arcrus crowrieri.—African Brown Bear.

Ursus crowtheri, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 302 (1842); Busk,

Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. x. p. 73 (1877).

Helarctos (?) crowtheri, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 698;

Cat. Carniv. Brit. Mus. p. 236 (1869).

Ursus faidherbianus, Bourguignat, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) sér. 5,

viii. p. 43 (1867).

Of this Bear I have no definite knowledge, and it is only on

distributional grounds that I include it in the U. arctus group.

Gray, who provisionally placed it in his genus Helarctos, describes

it as follows :—“‘ Fur long, shaggy, blackish brown, beneath orange-

rufous ; nose very short, acuminate, black; toes short; claws stout

and straight.”

The evidence of the existence of a Bear in North-western Africa

is summarized by Busk in the passage quoted above. The types

of the species were two specimens captured in 1834 at Tetuan,

particulars of which were communicated to Blyth by Mr. Crowther.

Busk writes that “according to Capt. Loche, author of several

works on the mammalogy of Algeria, the Brown Bear would

Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XXVIII. 28

426 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [Apr. 6,

appear to exist in the Atlantic [? Atlas] chain of mountains in

Morocco, whence it often invades the French provinces.” According

to other information, ‘the bears in question were small, thick-set,

of a brown colour, with a white spot under the throat.” U. faid-

herbianus, with other nominal species, was founded on remains

from a cavern in the province of Constantine, Algeria, and is

probably not distinct from the existing African form.

Il. Ursus prurnosus.—Z%hetan Blue Bear.

Ursus pruinosus, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxii.

p- 589 (1853); nec Blanford, ibid. xlvi. p. 318 (1877).

Ursus lagomyiarius, Prejevalsky, Cat. Zool. Collections of H. M.

Prejevalsky, p. 9, no. 1 (St. Petersburg, 1887).

This Bear appears to be confined to Eastern Tibet, where it

inhabits the neighbourhood of Lhasa. The claws and teeth are of

the same type as in UV. arctus isabellinus. Apparently it is always

of small size; and is best characterized by the black and white

pelage, which is quite different froin that of any of the forms here

included under JU. arctus.

III. Ursus sperzus.—Cave Bear.

Ursus speleus, Rosenmiiller, Oss. Foss. Animal. p. 18 (1794).

The only other member of the U. arctus group, according to my

idea, is the extinct European Cave-Bear, which is undoubtedly

entitled to specific distinction. Apart from its huge size, which

vrobably does not much exceed that of the Bear from Kadiak Island,

this species is easily distinguished by the cheek-teeth. These are

relatively very large, and the enamel of the molars is thrown into a

number of fine corrugations or plications, producing a very compli-

cated pattern. Even more distinctive is the last lower premolar

(fig.1, p. 419), which is relatively short, with the inner tubercles very

large, and the first placed more on the inner side than in U. arctus.

The frontal region rises very abruptly at the root of the nasals.

4. An Account of the Freshwater Fishes collected in

Celebes by Drs. P. & F. Sarasin. By G. A. BouLenceEr,

F.R.S.

[Received March 9, 1897.]

(Plate XXVIII.)

At a recent meeting of this Society’ I had the honour of

reading a paper on the Reptiles and Batrachians of Celebes, based

chiefly on the collections formed in 1893-96 by the Drs. Sarasin,

and gave a full list of the species known to inhabit that island,

together with a discussion of their distribution. In the present

paper I will limit myself to an enumeration of the Fishes obtained

by the Doctors themselves, because the question of the ichthy-

2 Of. P.Z.8. 1897, p. 193.

= Peer

1897. | FRESHWATER FISHES OF CELEBS. 427

ological fauna of Celebes has been most ably dealt with, three years

ago, by Prof. Max Weber’. Only about 80 specimens of Fresh-

water Fishes were collected, which are referable to 14 species,

4 being described as new. The localities are the same as enume-

rated in my previous paper, with the exception of the Lolak River,

which runs a little to the west of the Dumoga River, in the

kingdom of Bolang Mongondo, and Lake Lahendang in Mina-

hassa.

1. Goxius ciuris, Ham. Buch.

N. Celebes: Lolak R.

S.E. Celebes: Lakes Matanna and Towuti.

2. GOBIUS SARASINORUM, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.)

No canine teeth. Depth of body 4 to 5 times in total length,

length of head 3-34. Head as broad as deep, 13 as long as broad ;

upper jaw not projecting beyond the lower, maxillary extending to

below anterior border of eye; diameter of eye 4—43 times in length

of head, 13 interorbital width ; opercles and occiput scaled; rest

of head naked, with the sensory lines very distinct. Dorsal VI,

9; first dorsal nearly equally distant from the end of the snout

and the base of the caudal; longest rays of second dorsal half

length of head or a little less. Anal 9, opposite to soft dorsal.

Ventral reaching the vent, or narrowly separated from it. Caudal

peduncle twice as long as deep; caudal obtusely pointed. Scales

48-50; 16-20 in a transverse series. Yellowish brown to dark

brown above, without markings; fins brown to blackish ; ventrals

sometimes whitish.

Total length 80 millim.

14 specimens from L. Posso, C. Celebes.

3. GOBIUS LATIFRONS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.)

No canine teeth. Depth of body 43-5 times in total length,

length of head 33 to 33. Head broader than deep, 1} as long as

broad; upper jaw not projecting beyond the lower, maxillary

extending to below anterior border of eye; diameter of eye 4 to 44

times in length of head, as long as snout, equal to interorbital

space, which is concave ; opercles and occiput scaled, rest of head

naked. Dorsal VI, 9; first dorsal nearly equally distant from the

end of the snout and the base of the caudal; longest rays of

second dorsal 4 to length of head. Anal 8, opposite to soft dorsal.

Ventral widely separated from vent. Caudal peduncle twice as

long as deep; caudal rounded. Scales 34-35; 15 or 16 in a

transverse series. Olive, with more or less distinct dark brown

spots, which may form a zigzag on each side of the body; fins

greyish or brown; a black spot on the first dorsal.

Total length 47 millim.

11 specimens from L. Matanna, S.E. Celebes, and one from

the Kalaena River, C. Celebes.

1 Zool. Ergebn. Reise Niederl. O.-Ind. iii. 1894, p. 429.

428 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Apr. 6,

4, Sicypium cynocnpHatum, C. & V.

N. Celebes: Lolak R.

5. Enzorris aporos, Blkr.

N. Celebes: Minahassa.

C. Celebes: Kalaena R.

6. Exrorris Frusca, Schn.

N. Celebes: Lolak R.

C. Celebes : Mapane.

7. ELEoTRiIs BELOBRONCHA, C. & V.

N. Celebes: Lolak R.

8. ANABAS SCANDENS, Dald.

N. Celebes: L. Lahendang.

C. Celebes : I. Posso.

S. Celebes: Macassar.

9. OPHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bl.

N. Celebes: L. Lahendang.

C. Celebes: L. Posso.

TELMATHERINA, g. n.

Allied to Atherina, but distinguished by the more strongly

compressed body, the absence of a silvery lateral band, and the

smaller number of vertebre (17+16)'.

10. THLMATHERINA CELEBENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.)

Body strongly compressed, its depth 8 to 33 times in total

length ; length of head 33 to 33 times. Upper surface of head

flat, or slightly concave between the eyes; snout not projecting

beyond the lower jaw, as long as the diameter of the eye, which is

nearly 3 times in length of head, and a little less than interorbital

width; mouth not extending to below anterior border of eye;

teeth very small, forming a narrow villiform band. Gill-rakers

moderately stout, nearly as long as gill-fringes, 15 on lower part

of anterior arch. Snout and sides of head naked; posterior

frontal and occipital regions with 8 large scales. Dorsal VI-VII,

11-12; the first dorsal much shorter than, and well separated

from, the second, with the rays flexible but not articulate, the

first prolonged in a filament ; origin of first dorsal equally distant

trom the end of the snout and the base of the tail. Anal I

12-14, corresponding to the soft dorsal. Pectoral 16, obtusely

pointed, upper rays longest, as long as head less snout, inserted at

equal distance from the upper and the lower profile. Ventral 15,

inserted far behind the base of pectoral, opposite to origin of first

1 T am indebted to Mr. J. Green for a sciagraph by means of which I have

been enabled to.count the vertebrae without injuring the specimen.

10 AUG 1887

1897 | : FRESHWATER FISHES OF CELEBES. 429

dorsal, nearly reaching origin of anal. Caudal bifid, deeply cleft,

the lobes obtuse. Scales large, cycloid, finely striated concen-

trically, 32-34 in a longitudinal and 8 in a transverse - series ;

-no lateral line, Pale olive above, yellowish beneath; most of the

scales with fine black specks, more crowded towards the free border ;

“three rather indistinct. dark vertical bars may be present on the

body; dorsal and anal fins grey or blackish; caudal grey -or

blackish at the base. ;

Total length 70 millim.-

Three specimens-from Lake Matanna, 8.E. Celebes.

11. HEMIRHAMPHUS ORTENTALIS, M. Weber.

C. Celebes: Kalaena R., Toka R. near Paloppo, stream between

Enrekang and Batulappa.

8: Celebes :. Macassar.

I doubt. whether this species is really distinct from 1. fluviatilis,

Blkr., of Java. - Bae

12. HumirnamPHus wEBERT, sp. n.. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 4.)

_ Depth of body 7 times in total length without méntal appendage,

_ length of head 4 times. Mental appendage nearly as long as the

~ head; intermaxillary part of upper jaw longer than broad ; inter-

orbital region flat ; diameter of eye 2 length of snout, and equal

to interorbital width ; nasal papilla much developed. Dorsal 9, -

commencing behind anterior third of anal, -Anal-19, much longer

than its distance from the caudal. Pectorals pointed, 2 length of -

head. Ventrals midway between eye and base of caudal. Caudal

_rounded. Lat. line ca. 50. Blackish above, silvery on the sides

and below ; fins white, pectorals black at the base, yentrals black

at the tip.

- Total length 90 millim.

» --A single specimen from Lake Matanna, S.E. Celebes.

_» This species, which is named, in- honour of Prof. Max Weber,

belongs to the subgenus Dermatogenys, v. Hass., and differs from

the other described species in the longer anal fin with more

numerous rays, viz. 19 instead of 14 to 16, <n

13. HAPLOCHILUS CELEBENSIS, M. Weber.

S: Celebes : Macassar.

14, Anqurnta MavErriana, Benn.

N. Celebes : _Minahassa.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Gobius sarasinorum, Bler., p. 427.

Si “, latifrons, Blgr., p. 427.

3. Telmatherina celebensis, Bigr., p. 428.

- = 4, Hemirhamphus weberi, Bler., p. 429,

LIST OF PLATES. a ee

1897.

PART II.

Plate ‘ . Page ‘

. XIX. Ears of Man, adults and infants ......... bat ESET EY s

XX. Ears of Man, infants beesbewens peteeedtaes teres esse 298 c %

XXI, -Hars of Anthropoid Apes.-:.-.... Bi det per oeee on pee coe

“XXII. \ Ears of Monkeys and Lemurs ........2.4.55 Pe ree Ai ad ee ae

XXIII. Pseudochirus dahli ........ Fk Sai ars So SPT ae 0 lee

_ XXTY. Outline Map of the World, showing ae propose Big oy sR : a % i

: BEF-TCLIONS pia oq o Lata oleie a ore ce’ s,0°e> 2iale/ fo eee Y= 349 Maye se ae

XXY. Fig. 1. Potamocherus choeropotamus dsemonis; Fig. 2

P. larvatus; Fig. 8. P. johnstoni; Fig. es phere es

potamus nyase. _ } "359

XXVI._ Fig. 1. Potamocherus. johnstoni; Fig. 2 Pp, larvatus ; | %

Fig. 3. P. cheropotamus demonis ; Fig. 4, P.c, nyase. J

XXVIL, The Blue Bear of Tibet ........ Seen Res Peat oo 412

XXVIII. Fig. 1. Gobius sarasinorum ; Fig. 2. Gobius. latifrons ;

h Fig. 3. ‘Telmatherina celebensis ; Fig. 4. Hemirham-

_-phus weberi PS ae ae ee Bis itin sotirr oWoleil'« able, ved wing cae “426 ?

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings ’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—

Part I. containing papers read in January and: Febronry: on June let.

II, % 9 », . March and April,*on’ August Ist.

Ii. + yy yy May and June, on October lst.

Ty. Rigs 4; November and Perenter, on April Ist.

- Re

int sei et Sk tale

as 4 a

aot SP .

i> PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

FOR THE YEAR

1897.

PART III.

‘CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

Ae MUSES MAY ann JUNE.

OCTOBER ist, 1897.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CQO.,,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

~ [Price Twelve Shillings.]

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART ITI.—1897.

May 4, 1897. :

: Page —

The Secretary. “Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1897......0. 480

- Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F:Z.S. Exhibition. of specimens and deseriptions of new species of

Mammals from North Nyasaland, with a note-on the genus Petrodromus

Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.8.. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. H. Evans, of

___ graphs of the Great Grey Seal-(Halichwrus gryphus).. os. 25 cs oes ees .

1. On the general Zoological Results of the Tanganyika Expedition. By.J. E. 8: Moors .. 436 __

2, On some European Slugs of the Genus Arion. By Warr EB. Co.uinan, F.Z.8., Assistant

Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Mason College,

Birmingham. (Plates XXIX.—XXXT.) j

3. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the Mau District, British East Africa. By Freprrick J.

Jackson, F:Z.S. With Remarks by P. L. SchaTeR oe... eee ee eee eee ee 450

4 Descriptions of new Species of Coleoptera of the Family Endomychide from the Hastern

Hemisphere. By the Rev. H. 8. Gornam, F.Z.S. (Plate XXXIL) ....-2. see eeee ee

5. Note upon Intercentra in the Vertebral Column of Birds. By Frank BH. Bepparp,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society - }

re ee

a seriesof photo-

May 18, 1897.

Mr. Sclater.. Exhibition: of a plan of the Zoological. Garden attached to the Para

Museum fae : ; ;

PC a ee ee ee ee

Mr. Sclater.- Exhibition of a skin of a Penguin received frum the Musée d'Histoire

Naturelle-ofParis =. 35. ices Vee oes eens ihe WiBac caet bie, ty kins seo PP.

Mr: RYH. Holding. Exhibition of, and rémarks upon, a skull of the Theban Goat (Capra

hircus var, thebatca) : 4

1. A Revision of the Lizards ofthe genus Sceloporus. By G. A. Boviuncer, F.R.S:

(Plate XXXTIL) 66 3

. Céntributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the Faeroe. Channel,—No. Il. By

G. Hureert Fow.er, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University College, Ns

London ; }

ere eee ee Pk kd

ees

aC)

She

ore

lo)

Lary

5S:

ioe

is}

iS)

—

tard

ons

iv]

4. On the Structure and Development of the Hyobranchial Skeleton of the Parsley-Frog

St. Mary's Hospital Medical School, London: ‘(Plate XXXV.) 0.0: .0s.eeea seers ie DUE

5, On the Number of Grinding-Teeth possessed by the Manatee. By Ororinup Troms,

F.ZS8., and.R. Lyprxker, F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Plate XXXVI.) occ. ccna eee en ees s.. 595

June 1, 1897. ie i a Sie

Dr. John Anderson; F.R.S; ‘Exhibition of a coloured drawing of, and remarks upon, the

Egyptian Weasel (Mustela subpalmata) Z

Mr. E, Cavendish Taylor, F-Z.8. -Exhibition of a skin of, and’remarks upon, the Egyptian

Weasel (Mustela subpalmata) Pe ES tre ica

Professor T. W. Bridge, F.Z.8.- Abstract of a Memoir on the Morphology of the Skull

in the Paraguayan Lepidosiren and other Dipnoi i <n y

1. On the Classification of the Thyridide—a Family of the Lepidoptera Phalene. By Sir

Gnrorcr F. Hampson, Bart. F.Z:8. 0... 6. and oe jew Mok ot He Eh aie Oo SN eR one ae Ue

. On the Classification of the Chrysaugine, a Subfamily of Moths of the Family Pyralide.

By Sir Grorcr F. Hampson, Bart., B.Z.S. ive se eee tec ee ec ee eee taser tees ee en 638

3. On a Collection of Lepidoptera obtained in the Arusa Galla Qountry in-1894 by Mr. F.

Gillett. By Antnur’G. Burnrr, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., &., Senior Assistant-Keeper,

: Zoological Department, British Museum ,

4, On the Malagasy Rodent Genus Brachyuromys ; and on the Matual Relations of some

Groups of the Muride (Hesperomyine, Microtine, Murine, and “ Spalacide”’) with each

other and with the Malagasy Nesomyine. By. Dr. @. I. Forsyru-Masor, O.M.Z.S.

(Plates XXXVIT-XL,) fee ee etree eee cee eee cena es Pe PR SARS ies. e 695

Sr ree ee =v

Contents continued on. page 4 of Wrapper. -

: : ; som = Pe oie Te

P.Z.S.1897.P). XXVIII.

BA AALY

RAKHY nie

AAT

(i)

J.Greendel.et hth Mintern Bros. imp.

l.GOBIUS SARASINORUM.2.GOBIUS LATIFRONS,

3.THLMATHERINA CELEBENSIS.4.HEMIRHAMPHUS WEBERIT.

1897.] FRESHWATER FISHES OF CELEBES, 429

dorsal, nearly reaching origin of anal. Caudal bifid, deeply cleft,

the lobes obtuse. Scales large, cycloid, finely striated concen-

trically, 32-34 in a longitudinal and 8 in a transverse series;

no lateral line. Pale olive above, yellowish beneath, most of the

scales with fine black specks, more crowded towards the free border ;

three rather indistinct dark vertical bars may be present on the

body; dorsal and anal fins grey or blackish; caudal grey or

blackish at the base.

Total length 70 millim.

Three specimens from Lake Matanna, S.E. Celebes.

11. Hemirruampnts orntenranis, M. Weber.

C. Celebes: Kalaena R., Toka R. near Paloppo, stream between

Enrekang and Batulappa.

S. Celebes : Macassar.

I doubt whether this species is really distinct from H. fluviatilis,

Blkr., of Java.

12. HuMIRHAMPHUS WEBERI, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 4.)

Depth of body 7 times in total length without mental appendage,

length of head 4 times. Mental appendage nearly as long as the

head; intermaxillary part of upper jaw longer than broad ; inter-

orbital region flat ; diameter of eye 2 length of snout, and equal

to interorbital width ; nasal papilla much developed. Dorsal 9,

commencing behind anterior third of anal. Anal 19, much longer

than its distance from the caudal. Pectorals pointed, 3 length of

head. Ventrals midway between eye and base of caudal. Caudal

rounded. Lat. line ca. 50. Blackish above, silvery on the sides

and below ; fins white, pectorals black at the base, ventrals black

at the tip.

Total length 90 millim.

A single specimen from Lake Matanna, S.H. Celebes.

This species, which is named in honour of, Prof. Max Weber,

belongs to the subgenus Dermatogenys, v. Hass., and differs from

the other described species in the longer anal fin with more

numerous rays, viz. 19 instead of 14 to 16.

13. HaPLocHILUs ChLEBENSIS, M. Weber.

8. Celebes: Macassar.

14, ANGUILLA MAURITIANA, Benn.

N. Celebes: Minahassa.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Gobius sarasinorum, Blgr., p. 427.

2. ,, latifrons, Blgr., p. 427.

3. Telmatherina celebensis, Blgr., p. 428.

4, Hemirhamphus weberi, Blgr., p. 429.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No. XXIX. 29

430 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 4,

May 4, 1897.

Herpert Druce, Esq., F.Z.8., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of Apri! 1897 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of April was 99, of which 40 were by

presentation, 1 by exchange, 43 by purchase, 8 were received on

deposit, and 7 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 85.

Amongst these attention may be called to :—

1. A fine young male specimen of the Wild Ass of Somaliland

(Equus somalicus), obtained by purchase on April 30th. This

species was originally described in the Society's ‘ Proceedings’ for

1884 (p. 540, pl. 1.).

2. A pair of Smith’s Bronze-winged Pigeons (Geophaps smithi)

from Northern Queensland, purchased April 29th.

These are the first specimens of this beautiful Ground-Dove

(figured by Gould, ‘ Birds of Australia,’ vol. v. pl. 68) that have

been exhibited in the Gardens.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a selection of the small

Mammals collected by Mr, Alexander Whyte during his expe-

dition to the Nyika plateauand the Masuku mountains, N. Nyasa,

and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry Johnston,

K.C.B.

Mr. Thomas stated that the collection contained the first speci-

mens he had seen of several of the species obtained by the German

traveller Dr. Bohm in Marungu, such as Rhynchocyon reiwhardt,

“ Mus” kaiseri, and Gerbillus bohm.

There were also examples of several southern forms not pre-

viously recorded north of the Zambesi, such as Lepus crassicaudatus

and Xerus cepapi, specimens of many 8. Nyasa species already

obtained by Mr. Whyte at and near Zomba, and, finally, examples

of the following new species :—

XzERUS* (PARAXERUS) LUCIFER, sp. n.

Size about as in the Common Squirrel. Fur soft, thick, and

long. General colour brilliant rufous or orange-rufous all over,

except a broad patch on the back, from the withers to the rump,

which is shining black, with a few rufous hairs intermixed.

Throughout the fur is blackish slaty at base, the tips being rufous.

The rufous colour varies in intensity, being deepest and reddest

on the head and hips, brightest and tending most to orange on

the forearms, hands, and feet, while on the flanks and sides of the

neck it is more or less suffused with olivaceous yellow. Belly

1 For the reasons which have induced the use of the generic name Xerws for

this animal and its allies, see Major, P.Z. 8. 1893, p. 179,

1897.] NEW AFRICAN MAMMALS. 431

mixed greyish and white, the hairs slaty grey basally, yellowish

white terminally. Scrotum orange-yellow. No black markings

on muzzle, round eyes, or on ears, all being equally rufous. The

whiskers are, however, black. Tail brilliant rufous throughout,

some of the hairs of the upper surface subterminally ringed with

black.

Skull elongate, smoothly rounded, with short backwardly directed

postorbital processes. Nasals much expanded behind, their pos-

terior breadth greater than their anterior. Two upper premolars

present.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, in skin :—

Head and body 258 mm.; tail imperfect (of another specimen,

without hairs (¢.) 198, with hairs 260); hind foot, moistened, 52:5 ;

ear 19-5.

Skull—greatest length 56; greatest breadth 31°7 ; nasals, length

15, breadth anteriorly 8, posteriorly 10:3; tip to tip of postorbital

processes 23.

Hab. Kombe Forest, Masuku Range, 7000 feet.

Type. 3. Collected by Mr. A. Whyte, July 1896.

This splendid Squirrel, beside which even X. palliatus looked

almost dull, was really not closely allied to that animal, but by the

general shape of its skull and the expansion of its nasals pos-

teriorly seemed to show a nearer relationship to X. cepapi and

X. pyrrhopus. In any case, however, the alliance was a very distant

one, and no detailed comparison with these or other species

was required to prove its entire distinctness from anything hitherto

known.

SACCOSLOMUS ELEGANS, sp. n.

Colour very much as in an Upper Shiré specimen of S. campestris,

from which it differs in its much longer and narrower skull,

slenderer muzzle, less widely open anteorbital foramina, narrower

interorbital region, straight front edge of interparietal, and small

palatal foramina, which do not reach to the front edge of m.’.

In some of these cranial characters S. elegans agreed with

S. mashone, De Wint., but differed from that species in its buffy or

isabelline colour, instead of the slaty grey which is so peculiar in

that form.

Dimensions of the type, in skin, female :—

Head and body 144 mm.; tail 38; hind foot 18°8; ear 15.

Skull—ereatest length from tip of nasals to occiput 32°5:

nasals 13-3 x 3°7 ; interorbital breadth 4:2; interparietal 3:2 x 6-4 ;

diastema 10-1; palatal foramina 6 x 2:5; length of upper molar

series 4°3.

Hab. Karonga, Lake Nyasa.

MUs NYIK, sp. n.

Similar in size and proportions to M. chrysophilus, De Wint.,

which also occurs on the plateau, but the general colour much

browner, duller, and less yellow. The back grizzled black and

432 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 4,

buffy yellow, clearer on sides. Belly white, the bases of the hairs

slaty. ars larger and rounded. Upper surface of hands and

feet whitish. Tail long, thinly haired, coarsely scaled (10 to the cm.),

brown above, rather paler below.

Skull short and broad, with a large rounded brain-case. Muzzle

broad and flat. Supraorbital ridges delicate, widely divergent

behind. Palatal foramina very long, reaching to the middle of m.’.

Posterior palate reaching more than 1 mm. behind m.’. _ Incisors

narrow, very pale-coloured, nearly or quite white near their tips.

Molars broad and rounded, their cusps well defined.

Dimensions of the type, in skin :—

Head and body 157 mm.; tail 151; hind foot 27; ear 18.

Skull—basilar length 30; greatest breadth 19; nasals 14x 4-4;

interorbital breadth 5:2; interparietal 9 x 3:4; palate-length from

henselion 18; diastema 10:1; palatal foramina 10x 2-1; length

of upper molar series 6°7.

Hab. Nyika plateau.

GEORYCHUS WHYTEI, sp. 0.

Similar in size. character and colour of fur, and other external

characters to G. nimrodi, De Wint., more silvery buff than G. hotten-

tottus. No trace of a white frontal spot.

Skull heavy, particularly broad across the interorbital region,

and with strong, very widely expanded zygomata. Nasals narrow in

front, rapidly broadening to their middle, and then evenly narrowing

again to a point posteriorly. Ascending processes of premaxille

considerably surpassing nasals, unusually broad posteriorly, 38 mm.

broad at the fronto-maxillary suture, and tending in old age to

unite behind the nasals. Anteorbitalforamen‘high. Other cranial

characters much as in G. hottentottus.

Dimensions of type (2 ), in skin :—

Head and body (stretched) 177 mm., hind foot (¢.) 22.

Skull—basilar length 32°6; greatest breadth 30; nasals 13-24;

interorbital breadth 11-2; palate-length from henselion 23:2;

diastema 14.

Hab. Karonga, Lake Nyasa (A. Whyte, July 1896). A Mole-rat,

apparently of the same species, was also found up to the extreme

top of the Nyika plateau.

THRYONOMYS * SCLATERI, sp. n.

Most nearly related to 7. gregorianus, Thos., of which the

external characters have not as yet been described. General colour

very much asin 7’. swinderenianus, but the pelage, though more

hispid than ordinary fur, is much softer and more flaccid than in

the common form. ‘Tail nearly twice the length of the hind foot.

Posterior belly and axillary region whitish.

Skull rather smaller than the typical skull of 7. gregorianus,

although decidedly older. Nasals parallel-sided. Frontal pre-

1 Attention may be again drawn to the fact that Awlacodus, Temm. (1827),

was preoccupied by Eschscholz (1823), and therefore that the name Thryonomys,

Fitz. (1867), should stand for this genus.

1897.] NBW AFRICAN MAMMALS 433

maxillary processes slender, surpassing the nasals by about 5 mm.

Frontal narrow, flat, without the peculiar hollows just inwards of

the postorbital processes found in the allied species. Postorbital

processes well-developed, succeeded behind by a deep notch, follow-

ing which there is a strongly developed supplementary process on

the squamosal. Brain-case comparatively long, much narrower

than in gregorianus. Anteorbital foramina high and open, the

bony bridge over them comparatively slender; front edge of their

outer wall nearly vertical. Malar less vertically produced than in

gregorianus. Teeth apparently as in gregorianus, but too much

worn for exact comparison. Posterior palate extending about

3 mm. behind the molars.

Dimensions of the type, an aged female, in skin :—

Head and body 420 mm. ; tail (imperfect at tip) 110+?; hind

foot 63.

Skull—basal length 69, basilar length 61; greatest breadth 53;

nasals 28 x14; interorbital breadth 25; tip to tip of postorbital

processes 30; intertemporal breadth 24; least breadth across

brain-case behind zygomata 28°5; greatest ditto 37 ; palate-length

from henselion 34; diastema 17; length of upper molar series 14.

Hab, Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 ft.

Mr. Thomas had named this interesting animal in honour of

Mr. Sclater, at whose instigation the Nyasa explorations had been

begun, and to whose efforts so much of their continued success

had been due.

T. sclateri was unquestionably most nearly allied to the species

discovered by Dr. Gregory in Kikuyu, from which region

Mr. Jackson had recently sent the skin of a young example. This

skin had a yellow throat, yellow inner sides of both fore and hind

limbs, and yellow groins, these parts being white in 7’. sclatert.

Its fur was rather stiffer than in 7. sclateri, and its tail was

scarcely longer than the hind foot, a character which if constant

in the adult would form a good external mark of distinction

between the two forms.

With regard to Gerbillus bihmi, Noack, of which two specimens

were in the collection, Mr. Thomas thought the difference in the

character of the incisors from that found in typical Gerbillus rendered

it convenient to form a special subgenus for the reception of the

species, and this he proposed to call Gerbilliscus. As pointed out

by Dr. Noack, the incisors had two very shallow and almost

indistinguishable grooves on their faces, instead of the single deep

groove found in all the true Gerbilles.

Mr. Thomas also stated that an examination of a Petrodromus

from Zomba in the collection had convinced him that, instead of

containing only asingle species, the genus might be readily divided

into three species—one from Mombasa, Mandera, and the neigh-

bouring parts of EH. Africa proper; one from the Rovyuma River ;

and the third from the Zambesi and Shiré Rivers. The last

named might be considered the typical form, as whatever Peters’s

434 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 4,

Boror specimens proved to be, Senna and Tette were the localities

first named by him.

In a previous communication to the Society’, Mr. Thomas had

stated that in Petrodromus there was a considerable difference in size

between the sexes; but this statement he had now to withdraw,

as it proved to have been based on a confusion of species, and a

careful comparison now showed that there was no essential

difference in size orin other characters between the twosexes. In

confirmation of this it might be noted that as regards the allied

genus Macroscelides, of 15 skulls of M. fuseus from Mashonaland

and Matabililand, there seemed no appreciable difference in size

between the two sexes.

Similarly there appeared to be no differences between the sexes

as regards the character of the hairs on the under surface of the

tail, peculiarities which were first described by Dr. Giinther * and

then by Dr. Matschie *; and these had been, especially by the latter,

regarded as in some way connected with sex. Now, however, it

appeared that both sexes possessed tail-like bristles’ of the same

nature, and that the structure of these formed very good specific

characters.

The following were diagnoses of the three species recognized by

Mr. Thomas :—

1. P. rerrapactyivs, Pet.

Tail well-haired, the hairs perfectly simple and normal, not

swollen, but more numerous than in the other species, hiding the

scales; terminal half of tail markedly black. A small part of the

rump around and above the base of the tail naked.

Skull of medium size. Large and open posterior palatal vacuities

present.

Hab. Zambesi and Shiré Rivers; Senna and Tette (Peters);

Zomba and Milanje (Whyte).

2. P. ROVUMA, sp. n.

Tail much more thinly haired, the hairs not hiding the scales,

and more uniformly coloured, brownish above, rather paler below.

Along the middle of the underside there are a number of peculiar

broadened bristles, about 2 mm. long, thin basally, thickened at

their middle, and tapering terminally to a point. These thickened

bristles are mostly white basally and black terminally. Rump

largely naked, a space of half an inch laterally from the tail, the

whole of the back of the hams, and a mesial extension halfway

along the sacrum being entirely bare, or with a thin covering of

fine silky white hairs, so fine as to be quite invisible without a

lens.

Skull very similar to that of P. tetradactylus, but rather smaller

and narrower across the brain-case.

1 P.Z.S. 1890, p. 445.

2 P.Z.8. 1881, p. 164.

2 Saug. Deutsch-O.-Afr. p. 29 (1895).

1897.] NEW AFRICAN MAMMALS. 435

Dimensions of the type, an adult female, in spirit :—

Head and body 156 mm.; tail 154; hind foot 49°7 ; ear 29°5.

Skull—basal length 43; greatest breadth 23; nasals, length

17:5; interorbital breadth 7-5 ; breadth of brain-case 17-8; palate-

length 27-5; front of i. to back of m.?*, 26°8; combined lengths of

p-3, p-*, m.!, and m.”, 12-1.

Hab. Rovuma River, 100 miles inland.

Type. B.M.63.10.12.2. Collected and presented by Dr.

Livingstone.

Two further specimens, without exact histories, but probably

from the same expedition and locality, had been presented to

the British Museum by Sir John Kirk in 1864. One of these had

been made into a skeleton on arrival, but its sex unfortunately

not recorded; the other, like the type, was a female.

This species was intermediate between the other two in the

character of its tail-bristles and in locality, but in size was rather

smaller than either. It was just possible that Peters’s Boror

specimens might prove to belong to it, as its skull was very like

that figured by him. However, as already stated, the typical locality

of Peters’s species should be taken as Senna.

3. P. SULTANI, sp. n.

Size largest. Tail very thinly haired, almost naked, coloured as

in P. rovume; along the whole of its under surface were a large

number of most peculiar bristles, from 2 to 5 mm. in length, as

had been described by Dr. Giinther; stiff but elastic, and with a

round or oblong knob at their tip; the bristles themselves were

whitish, with the knobs nearly black. Rump very little naked,

even the comparatively small part that was bare in P. tetradactylus

haying a certain sprinkling of fine hairs visible with the naked

eye. Sole-pads large, and the plantar reticulations particularly

distinct.

Skull large and powerful, with squarely expanded zygomata

and broad brain-case. Palate almost without vacuities, the large

ones present in the other species opposite p.* and m.’ almost or

quite filled up.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, in skin T:—

Head and body (c.) 198 mm.; tail (c.) 150; hind foot 53:5.

Skulli—basal length 50; greatest breadth 29-8; nasals, length

20°5; interorbital breadth 9; breadth of brain-case 20; palate-

length 31-2; front of i. to back of m.?, 29-2; combined lengths of

p.', p-’, m.', and m.*, 13°5.

Hab. Mombasa (Kirk and Taylor), Mandera, inland of Bagamoyo,

(Langheld) ; Masailand (Jackson).

Type. B.M. 80.11. 30.10. From Mombasa, collected by Sir

J. Kirk.

No detailed comparison of this fine species with its allies was

* The last molar.

+ Of another adult male, in spirit, from the Rabai Hills:—Head and body

178 mm, ; tail 154; hind foot 55°5; ear 35.

436 MR. J. E. S. MOORE ON THE RESULTS [May 4,

necessary, for the moment the peculiar character of its caudal

bristles was shown not to be sexual, it was evident that it could

no longer be confounded with the more normal-tailed species.

Adult examples of both sexes were present in the series, as was

also the case with the Nyasan P. tetradactylus.

. Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited on behalf of Mr. Henry

Evans a series of instantaneous photographs, taken in the Outer

Hebrides, of the Great Grey Seal (Halicherus gryphus) in various

attitudes.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the general Zoological Results of the Tanganyika

Expedition. By J. E. 8S. Moors.

[Received April 4, 1897.]

The object of this expedition to Tanganyika was to collect materials

sufficient for the more complete determination of certain special

forms of animals. At the time I started our knowledge of the fauna

of the great lakes was in a most inperfect condition. It had been

ascertained by Boehm in 1883 that a Medusa inhabited Tanganyika ;

and through the examination of the empty shells of the various

molluses brought back by travellers from the Interior it had been

determined that the great lakes contained examples not only of

species and genera which are normal to fresh water, but of others

which but for their known lacustrine habitat would certainly have

been regarded as marine. It was impossible, however, with the

material then at our disposal, to say whether the deviations from

the usual characters of the freshwater faunas found in Central

Africa were likely to be due to convergence of evolution, 2. e.

parallel development, or to the lakes having been actually con-

taminated by oceanic forms. Neither could it be determined,

supposing the lakes to have been thus contaminated, whether the

marine forms they exhibited were like anything at present existing

in the sea, or whether they had persisted or become modified from

amore ancient marine stock which has elsewhere disappeared.

The probability of these forms having resulted from marine con-

tamination is obviously greatly affected by the question whether

they are locally or widely distributed as African freshwater forms.

If they are widely distributed, it is quite likely that Africa possesses

animals which are not at present known to inhabit lakes elsewhere.

If, on the other hand, they are extremely limited in distribution,

it is probable that the existence of these enigmatical animals has

resulted through the contamination of the great lakes, either in

the past or the present, by animals from the sea.

In the first place, it will be necessary to see if a widespread

similarity in the African lake-faunas is in the nature of things

possible, and, in order to ascertain this, it is essential to examine

1897.] OF THE TANGANYIKA EXPEDI'CION. 437

the physiographical characters of the lakes themselves. We have,

in the interior of the continent, a number of sheets of water at

very different altitudes, displaying considerable variations in the

climatic and other conditions which affect the faunas they contain.

Some of them are salt, some brackish, and some fresh. Many of

them are connected with each other by rivers, which flow from one

to the other and find their way out of the lowest into some great

channel towards the sea. The basins in which these lakes are con-

tained are, moreover, readily divisible into two distinct kinds, some

being broad and shallow, while others are long, narrow, and deep.

The former appear to be filled by collections of rain-water in the

depressions of an elevated plateau; but the latter have certainly been

formed in quite a different way, their origin having attracted the

attention of geologists for some time. It appears that the forma-

tion of these valleys is to be associated with a series of geological

commotions which have affected an immense area of the African

continent, their action having extended from Nyasa to the Red

Sea, and even farther north. It is, moreover, not probable that

all these depressions were formed simultaneously, and it is quite

likely that some of them are as old as the sedimentary deposits of

the Jurassic seas. They exist now as a series of long narrow

valleys running north and south along the whole continent, and

some of them are so deep that their bottoms are, like that of

Nyasa, many hundreds of feet below the level of the sea. Such

lakes, owing to their great depth, are not likely, as the superficial

waters are, to be subject to much change; and we should therefore

expect to find a greater abundance in the faunas they possess, and

this in fact is found to be actually the case. There is, however,

nothing in their surroundings, or in the climatic conditions by

which they are affected, which could widely differentiate the faunas

of the great deep lakes from those of the equally great shallow

ones. ‘There is nothing in the physiographical features of either

class of lakes to suggest that the animals which inhabit them will

exhibit any greater specific differences than those which would

naturally be expected in sheets of water at different altitudes in

different climates, and spread over an immense area of land.

Next to Tanganyika, restricting our attention at present to the

Molluses, we find that the fauna of Lake Nyasa is the most com-

pletely known. It is obvious from the first that we have, in this

lake at least, nothing but what are in the strictest sense lacustrine

forms. Turning to the other lakes, we find in Shirwa represen-

tatives of Paludine similar to those in Lake Nyasa, together with a

small Planorbis near the shore. In the little Lake Keler, near the

south end of Tanganyika, there are species of Planorbis, but the

fauna of Lake Rukwa is unfortunately unknown. In Lake Ban-

gweolo it has recently been reported that there are no shelled

molluscs of any sort; but in Lake Mwero, which is not very far to

the north, there are several examples of Nyasan genera of this

group. The fauna of the small lakes north of Tanganyika is not

known, but in the Albert Edward Nyanza there are a large number

438 ON THE RESULTS OF THE TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. [May 4,

of molluscs of genera ali similar to those found in Nyasa. In the

Victoria Nyanza, in Lake Baringo, and in several others it is the

same. Thus it will be seen that Nyasa contains representatives of

all the genera met with in the above enumerated lakes. Some of

them contain more, some fewer, just as might have been antici-

pated from the sort of difference in their physiographical cha-

racters. Nyasa in fact contains a generalized series of the generic

faunas of these other lakes, and an inspection of these forms is

sufficient to show that they one and all belong to well-recognized

lacustrine groups. If now, however, we turn our attention to

Lake Tanganyika, we find not only the whole list of genera fully

represented, but above and beyond this a number of quite new

and strange forms: these constitute by themselves an isolated and

an intensely interesting series, every member of which, with the

probable exception of Neothauma, would, were not their habitat

known, have been regarded without any hesitation as marine

forms. But a somewhat closer examination of this group shows,

in the first place, that the Mollusca themselves are not very

similar to any forms now inhabiting the sea. T'yphobia and certain

other species seem to have certain points in common—their radule,

although differing from every known form, are like each other.

The little Gastropod which has been known as the Lythoglyphus of

Tanganyika is certainly not related to that group, but approxi-

mates in anatomical characters as a whole to the group of the Para-

melanie. This last group is certainly very distinct from that

formed by Typhobia and its associates, but its members are quite as

peculiar, isolated, and self-contained. A most remarkable variety

of this group occurs in the deep waters of Tanganyika, where it is

associated with Typhobia, Limnotrocus, and some new species.

The true Paramelanie exist alittle higher up, and the lesser forms

of this species infest the barely submerged rocks. So far as I

have yet been able to study the anatomy of these forms, they

certainly seem to suggest a primitive, simple, or generalized con-

dition of their parts. They do in fact bear much the same relation

to the typical lacustrine and sea-molluscs that the Ganoids do to

the typical freshwater and modern oceanic fishes. This incapacity

they one and all exhibit of being associated directly with either the

present lacustrine or oceanic faunas, seems to me to point most

strongly to their being the persistent or modified representatives

of a sea-fauna which must have contaminated Tanganyika long

ago. The similarity of various forms of Paramelania to certain

fossil shells is a fact which has been already independently re-

cognized by White and Tausch, who have called attention to the

strong resemblance of these shells to the Pergulifere of the American

and Southern Huropean Chalk. I may here further point out

how closely certain forms occurring in Tanganyika resemble the

Purpurine of the Inferior Oolite.

The testimony of the geographical distribution of the fauna of

the great lakes of Central Africa and of their morphological

characters, so far as I have at the present time beenable to go, seems

1897. ] MR. W. DB. COLLINGE ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. 439

to point to the general conclusions that Tanganyika is unlike most

of its sister lakes in having been contaminated by incursions of

marine organisms at a rather remote period of time. It is certain

that there are two distinct faunas in Tanganyika, but the ultimate

determination of the nature of the more peculiar series which I

have just described can only be attained by a thorough com-

parative study of the morphology of the selected specimens which

I have brought home.

In the meantime, however, it may not be unprofitable to point

out that there is nothing in the geology of the Tanganyika district

which precludes the likelihood of that part of Africa having been

occupied by an arm of the sea in ancient times. The massive

sandstone formations of this district are probably of Jurassic age ;

and it is by no means improbable that the rift-valley in which

Tanganyika now lies began to be formed shortly after these sand-

stone beds were raised.

2. On some European Slugs of the Genus Arion. By

Watrer E. Coxttrner, F.Z.S8., Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,

Mason College, Birmingham.

[Received March 2, 1897.]

(Plates XXTX.-XXXT.)

ConTENTS.

Page

Te al Bata gots IDC (0) ala aagAidacotooonossoenet onobo5sddceoucouGgeEApOedUse 439

2. The Constancy of Anatomical Characters .............-. 440

3, A Reversion of a Colour Variation...........:sescsesecees 442

4. The Specific Validity of Arion fuscus, Ving eee eeee sees 3

5. Description of a new Species of Arion ....01......+00+-- 444

6. Synopsis and Classification of the Genus ............... 445

7, Bibliography ............ssssceseeccceseeeceeecenseeccseen senses 449

Explanation of the Plates .......2..--:ssssscsseesteeeeeees 450

1. Introduction.

During the past five or six years I have been enabled, through

the kindness of numerous malacologists and other naturalists, to

examine exceedingly large series of the various species of Huropean

Slugs from numerous localities. Some of the results obtained are

detailed in the following notes.

My best thanks are due to Mr. G. H. Carpenter, the able editor

of the ‘Irish Naturalist,’ for the very kind manner in which

he has helped me to obtain material from Ireland. My thanks

are also due to the following ladies and gentlemen for material

they have from time to time sent to me:—Misses M. J. Delap

and Amy Warren, Messrs. A. W. Borthwick, J. Steele Elliot,

W. A. Gain, A. Hartley, H. H. Macnabb,W. Moss, Jas. N. Milne,

440 MR. W. EB, COLLINGH ON BUROPHAN SLUGS, [May 4,

R, A. Phillips, H. B. Rathbcourse, R. 1, Scharff, E. W. Swanton,

J. Taunton, A. T. Wilson, B. B. Woodward, G. W. Wood, and

Morris Young.

2. The Constancy of Anatomical Characters.

During the last ten years nearly all the new species of Slugs

have been constituted upon differences in the form and position

of the generative organs, as may be readily seen by a reference to

the writings of Simroth, Lessona, Pollonera, Godwin-Austen, and

others. The external characters of such a group are exceedingly

unreliable, for the colour, markings, &c. are liable to a wide range

of variation in each individual species. Mr. Cockerell (3) has very

decidedly questioned—strange as it may seem—the validity of

anatomical characters for generic or specific distinction. Writing

in 1892 (3. p. 4) he says :—‘“‘ Here there is undoubtedly danger of

error, since it is difficult to find out in many cases what is the

stability of the apparent anatomical distinction... Nothing

should be more strongly insisted upon than the impossibility of

applying the same tests of specific validity throughout series of

genera; for characters that are generic in one place may not be

specific in another.” Mr. Cockerell is, I fear, dogmatizing upon a

subject which he has not taken the trouble to actually work out ;

for, so far as I am aware, there is not a single valid genus of

European Slugs in which good anatomical features cannot be set

forth as characteristic of this or that particular genus. As I

have elsewhere stated (8), for the separation of genera the aggre-

gate characters should be the basis for distinction ; but for specific

distinction the form and position of the generative organs is

undoubtedly a reliable basis, provided that undue importance is

not attached to minute variations due to age, season of the

year, &c.

More recently Messrs. Cockerell & Larkin (4) have attempted

to substantiate the statement concerning the stability, or, as I prefer

to term it, the constancy, of the form of certain parts of the

generative organs in Veronicella. A careful perusal of this paper

only proves, to my mind, that the results obtained are of little or

no value as regards the subject under discussion, for the authors

are not certain whether they are dealing with variations in two,

three, or four species. Some of the specimens, I am of opinion,

were not full-grown, while in others the variations noted are of

the most trifling character. Where such investigations are under-

taken, it is surely necessary, if the results are to be of any value,

to be quite certain of the species ; further, the number of specimens

examined, and the proportion of variations found in each collection,

if from more than one locality, should be stated.

With a view to proving how little important variation occurs

in the form of the terminal ducts of the generative organs, I have

during the past four or five years carried out a series of investi-

1 In a footnote the authors state that Dr. Simroth considered some speci-

mens submitted to him as distinct species.

1897.] MR. W. EB, COLLINGE ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. 441

gations upon two common and widely distributed species, viz.,

Arion subfuscus, Drap., and A. hortensis, Fér., which are detailed

below.

Arion suBruscus, Drap.

The form and position of the generative organs in this species

are illustrated on Pl. XXIX. fig. 1. Externally the species is one

subject to a wide range of variation. I have myself noted some

thirty minor colour-variations in addition to the fifty or sixty

varieties which have been described by various authors. If this

species assumes different colours, markings, &c. in different districts,

which it undoubtedly does, in common with nearly all other

species, the value of such as distinctive features is materially

lessened, and one is led to ask “ Does the form of the generative

organs vary to a similar extent ?”

T have examined 152 lots of this species, each from different

localities in various parts of Europe, including in all 751 specimens.

All of these were adult and collected during the months of July

and August in 1892-3-4-5. Out of this large collection in only

four of the lots were variations found, particulars of which are as

follows :—

1. Four specimens collected at Southampton (Pl. XXIX. fig. 2).

In three specimens the sperm-duct had a globese ring-like swelling

at its commencement, and the free-oviduct showed the globose

form figured. Professor Simroth, who examined a specimen,

considered it ‘‘a very developed A. subfuscus.”

2. Three specimens from Ireland (P]. XXIX. fig. 3). All slightly

smaller and darker than the typical form. All three specimens

exhibited a slight difference in the form of the free-oviduct.

3. Five specimens collected near Knowle, Warwick (Pl. XXIX.

fig. 4). All belonging to the variety griseus, Cllge. In one speci-

men the form of the free-oviduct was somewhat like that in

No. 1 (fig. 2), only less globose and more constricted in the middle

of the lower portion.

4, Five specimens collected in Northern Italy (precise locality

uncertain). In two specimens both the sperm-duct and free-

oviduct differed slightly (Pl. X XIX. fig. 5).

In all the above variations it will be seen, on comparing figures

2 to 5 with figure 1, that the distinction between the upper and

lower portion of the free-oviduct was very sharply marked.

ARION HORTENSIS, Fér.

Only 83 lots of this species have been examined, each from a

different locality, including in all 491 specimens. In 19 specimens

the generative organs were found to be immature, thus leaving

472. Variations were found in six cases.

1. Two specimens from Tuxford, Newark (Pl. XXX. fig. 7). In

one the free-oviduct was longer than usual and the sperm-duct

more globose.

2, Ten specimens from Ireland (Pl. XXX. fig. 8). Three speci-

442 MR. W. EB, COLLINGE ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. [May 4,

mens showed a peculiar series of constrictions in the sperm-duct,

and slight constrictions in the free-oviduct.

3. Seven specimens from Northern Italy (precise locality

uncertain). ‘The difference from the typical form was very slight,

the most marked character being the gradual tapering of the free-

oviduct (Pl. XXX. fig. 9).

4, Nine specimens from St. Andrews, N.B. (Pl. XXX. fig. 10).

In one example the sperm-duct had the peculiar form figured,

and was sharply marked off from the vas deferens.

5. Twenty-seven specimens from Ireland (Pl. XXX. fig. 11).

In two examples in this collection the vas deferens was sharply

marked off from the sperm-duct, which approached in form that

mentioned in the previous collection (cf. fig. 10).

6. Thirteen specimens collected at Bern, Switzerland (Pl. XXX.

fig. 12). Three specimens showed the globose form of the lower

portion of the sperm-duct, and differed somewhat from the type

in the form of the free-oviduct.

It will thus be seen that out of 1223 specimens of A. subfuscus,

Drap., and A. hortensis, Fér., from 235 localities, in only 26

specimens were variations discovered from 10 localities, and three

of these were presumably not constant, being found only in

individual specimens.

I am of opinion, therefore, from these and other investigations

(9) that the form and position of the generative organs in these

two species are of the greatest value, and exceedingly reliable for

purposes of specific distinction. Further, wherever the form and

position of these organs differed, and these differences were

constant in a given number of specimens, I should unhesitatingly

describe them as distinct species, irrespective of external colouring

or markings.

Of course, to anyone acquainted only with the form of the

generative organs in a very few species, or a small number of any

given species, slight differences are apt to receive a wrong inter-

pretation, and an undue importance is very often attached to such;

but the experienced malacologist knows that slight differences

due to age, season of the year, &c. ave constantly found, and are

just as worthless as permanent and well-marked differences are

valuable. Until, therefore, the variations in any particular species

or group of species are shown to be very great, I do not think we

can do better than retain the form and position of the generative

organs as our basis for specific distinction.

3. A Reversion of a Colour Variation.

A few years ago Mr. Gain described some very interesting

observations upon the colour changes Arion intermedius, Normand,

undergoes (12), and later I have noted similar. colour variations

in other species.

The present case is, I think, still more interesting than either

of the above.

In the autumn of 1896 I received a specimen of the white

1897.] MR, W. E. COLLINGH ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. 443

variety of A. empiricorum, Fér., from Roundhay near Leeds. It

was of an almost pure white, not the creamy-yellow variety which

is much commoner. For some months the specimen was kept

alive beneath a bell-jar on a large flower-pot, and liberally supplied

with leaves of lettuce, cabbage, &c. During this period I wit-

nessed a complete reversion to the typical black form. After I

had kept the animal for about five weeks, I noticed that it looked

much dirtier than previously, and about the seventh week it was a

very dirty white, which quickly changed into a faint sepia. About

the ninth week it became very inactive, and for three weeks, when-

ever I examined it, it, was drawn up in the peculiar arched form so

characteristic of this and a few other species of Arion. During

this time a large amount of thick dark vellow slime was exuded

from the caudal mucous pore, and remained over the postero-dorsal

region of the body. Little by little the colour deepened, and the

animal became more active about the middle of the fourth month,

by which time it was almost black: by the end of the fifth month

it was impossible to distinguish it from the typical black forms.

I have previously seen examples of this Slug undergo slight

changes in colour, such as the black forms becoming much lighter,

a dark sepia; but I know of no instance of so complete a change

as the one here described, viz., a complete reversion to the normal

colour from a pure white.

A, The Specific Validity of Arion fuscus, Mill.

Through the kindness of Signor Pollonera, I was able in 1892

to examine specimens of this species, and from the slight differences

I was able to detect in the form of the generative organs in these

specimens, I was inclined to regard it as a variety of A. subfuscus,

Drap. (7). Since then I have been able to make a more careful

examination on some better material, for which I am indebted

to the kindness of Herr Joseph F. Babor, of Prague University ;

and I am of now of opinion that, from the differences in the form

of the generative organs, it must be regarded as a distinct species,

Anton ruscus, Miiller, 1774.

Limazx fuscus, Miiller, Verm. Hist., 1774, vol. ii. p. 11.

Arion fuscus, Morch, Vidensk, Medd. naturhist. For. Kjében-

hayn, 1863, p. 273.

Prolepis fuscus, Malm, Skand. Land-Sniglar, 1870, p. 43, pl. ii.

fig. 4.

pie rufus (partim), Westerl., Exposé critique Moll. Suéde et

Norv., 1871, p. 32.

Arion citrinus, Westerl., Exposé critique Moll. Suéde et Norv.,

1871, p. 35.

Arion stabilet, Poll., Atti Acc. Sci. Torino, 1885, p. 28.

Arion fuscus, Poll., Atti Acc. Sci. Torino, 1887.

This species is much smaller than A. subfuscus, with the bands

on the mantle distinct; the lines on the foot-fringe vary from dark

444 MR, W. B. COLLINGE ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. [May 4,

brown to pale yellow, when of the latter colour they are usually

more intense in the region of the caudal pore. Long. max.

40-55 millim.

There is a single vestibule, from which the sperm-duct opens in

the form of an expanded tube; it is comparatively larger than in

A. subfuscus, and is folded upon itself at the point where the vas

deferens commences, which organ is also considerably longer than

in A. subfuscus (Pls. XXX. & XXXI. figs. 13-14). The free-

oviduct is a long, wide, and somewhat S-shaped tube. In none of

the specimens I have examined does it approach the form so

characteristic of A. subfuscus (Pl. XXIX. fig. 1, fov.). The re-

tractor muscle is attached about the middle, whereas in subfuscus

it is attached to the upper third. The receptacular duct is long

and thin, expanding at its head into the spherical receptaculum

seminis. The retractor muscle is attached to the duct just below

the head. The common duct is thrown into a series of convolutions

terminally, and shorter than in subfuscus. The hermaphrodite

gland is a small, dark-coloured, ovoid or pyriform body with a long

convoluted duct.

Babor’s description of the reproductive organs of A. citrinus,

Wester. (2), leaves no doubt as to iv being Miiiler’s A. fuscus. I

have reproduced his careful figures of these organs (P]. XXXI.

figs. 15-16), and also those of the variety boettger?, Poll. (Pl. XX XT.

fig. 17), which according to this author is characterized anatomically

by the short receptacular duct, a feature which I can confirm.

5. Description of a new Species of Arion.

In 1892 (5) I recorded a new variety of the well-known Arion

hortensis, Fér., under the name of ceruleus. The specimens had been

very kindly sent to me from Ireland by Dr. R. F. Scharff. I

pointed out in the description of this variety that possibly, when

further investigated, its anatomical characters might prove to be

more permanent than I then supposed. Since that date specimens

have been sent to me by Mr. B. B. Woodward from Ealing (10),

by Mr. H. Horsman Macnabb from Heaton, Lancashire, and I have

myself collected examples near Oxford and elsewhere. After

having made a careful examination of this material, I feel convinced

that this form is sufficiently distinct both externally and internally

to be separated from -A. hortensis, Fér., as a distinct species.

ARION CERULEUS, Sp. nov.

Arion hortensis, Fér., var. ccruleus, Collinge, Conchologist,

1892, vol. ii. p. 26.

Body blue or greyish blue, with conspicuous dark blue lateral

bands, and pale yellow ground-colour between these and the foot-

fringe; mantle with dark bluish central patch, and darker bands

at each side; head and tentacles bluish grey; foot-fringe white,

usually without lineoles; foot-sole white or very pale yellow;

rugs flat, large, and elongated ; sulci dark.

Length (in alcohol) 27-83 millim. ; alive 43 millim,

1897.] MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. 445

Hab. Co. Dublin, Ireland; Berkshire, Lancashire, Oxford, and

Middlesex, England.

Anatomy of the Generative Organs——The organs are generally

larger than those in A. hortensis, Fér. There are two vestibules,

the lower one being considerably larger than the upper. The

lower portion of the sperm-duct forms a globose swelling, above

this a wide tube gradually tapering as it approaches the vas

deferens, which is sharply marked off from the sperm-duct. The

vas deferens is rather longer than in A. hortensis. The free-oviduct

is very distinct from that in any form of A. hortensis which I have

seen, and quite unlike any species of the A. hortensis group, in

having the lower portion of the free-oviduct much larger and more

globose than the upper, which is a narrow tube (PI. XX XI. fig. 19),

The retractor muscle is attached to the upper part of the lower

division of the free-oviduct. The receptacular duct is short, ex-

panding terminally into the spherical sac, the receptaculum seminis.

The remaining parts of the generative organs are similar to those

of A. hortensis, Fér.

A comparison of figures 18 and 19 with those numbered 6 to 12

will illustrate the more striking differences.

In fig. 6 we have the terminal ducts of the generative organs

of a typical A. hortensis, and a variation (fig. 12) which is the

nearest to A. ceruleus.

Alcoholic specimens of A. hortensis, Fér., and A. ceruleus are

very readily distinguished from one another, even more so than when

alive, although the external features of A. ceruleus are much more

distinctly marked than in any other member of this group.

6. Synopsis and Classification of the Genus.

The genus Avion as now understood by malacologists was con-

stituted by Férussac (11) in 1819. Brard (1815) divided Linné’s

genus Limav into two genera, retaining Linné’s name for those

species without a shell, and constituted the new genus Limacella

for those species possessing a shell.

Jousseaume (13) is the only malacologist I know of who has

adopted this classification. Hartman (1821) used the name of

Limacia for the genus.

Moquin-Tandon in 1855 (17) divided the genus into the two

following subgenera :—

Lochea, where the shell-plate was absent and represented only by

small, unequal, isolated granulations.

Prolepis, where the shell-plate was present in the form of an

aggregation of separate calcareous particles.

In 1868 Mabille (15) constituted the genus Baudonia for two

species of Portuguese slugs, B. timida and B, montana, which were

distinguished from Arion by being anteriorly enlarged and

depressed, with an almost smooth mantle, the head well separated

from the body, and the tentacles small. It is hardly necessary to

say that such superficial differences are of very little value, and

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No, XXX. 30

446 MR. W. E, COLLINGH ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. [May 4,

certainly not sufficient to constitute either a new genus or sub-

enus.

: In 1870 Mabille (16) gave the Arion fasciatus group, mentioned

on p. 447 in this article, the name of Carinella, under the impression

that all the species were keeled, which, however, is not the case,

as I have elsewhere pointed out (6). Seibert in 1873 (Nachr.

malak. Gesell. vol. v. p. 81) proposed the name Kolbeltia for the

A, hortensis group. Later Simroth (22), 1885, divided the genus

into two sections, the Monatriide and Diatriide. In the former

division all species possessing a single vestibule were grouped, and

in the latter all those in which the oviduct before opening into the

lower vestibule dilates, thus forming as it were a second vestibule.

Pollonera (19), 1887, has very clearly shown that such a character

as the presence of either one or two vestibules cannot serve as

a basis for classification, it not being a feature of sufficient

importance. Further, he thinks that Simroth attached too much

importance to such a character, through his having limited his

study to the few Germanic forms. Pollonera showed that we not

only find in the same groups species which are Monatriide and

species which are Diatrude, but also that in the four groups into

which he has divided A. hortensis two species are Dirairiide

(A. hortensis and A. celticus) and two are Monatriide (A. alpinus

and A. nilssoni); further the A. bavayi belongs to the so-called

Monatriide, while A. rufus and A. ater are the two species in which

the Diatriide condition is most marked. Ina later paper (21) this

distinguished malacologist points out that the A. hortensis from the

North of France are all Monatriide, whereas those from Germany

are Diatriide, while those from the East of France are inter-

mediate between the two. From these facts I think it will be evident

that we can no longer separate the members of the genus Arion by

the number of vestibules they possess into subgenera, groups, &c.

The character is interesting and may possibly be of service in

separating species, but as a feature for generic distinctions is

useless.

Pollonera has suggested (19) the division of the genus into four

groups, Viz. :—

1. The Arion empiricorum group.

2. The Arion subfuscus group.

3. The Arion hortensis group.

4. The Arion bourguignati group.

I think this suggestion preferable to any yet proposed, and it is

the one I have here followed, with some slight alterations, as

shown in the following synopsis of the genus.

Synopsis oF THE GENUS ARrION.

1. Tun Arion ater GROUP’.

The animal is large and unicolour in the adult. Rarely banded

1 T use the name azer for this group, as it is an older species than A, empiri-

corum.,

1897. | MR, W. E, COLLINGE ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. 447

or striped, excepting in young specimens. Mantle large. Adult

never keeled. Free-oviduct of moderate length, with its terminal

portion usually globose or expanded. Sperm-duct usually, but

not always, opens into the vestibule by a thickened ring-like

swelling. Retractor muscle of the free-oviduct always situated

above the lower portion, and joins with that supplying the

receptaculum semiuis.

2. THE Arion subfuscus GROUP.

Usually banded, variable in colour. Varies in size from 35 to

75 millim. Mantle rather large. Adult never keeled. Free-

oviduct generally sac-like or wide and long, without well-defined

terminal swelling. Duct of receptaculum seminis usually long.

Retractor muscles of the free-oviduct and receptaculum seminis

usually distinct or only slenderly united.

3. Tue Arion hortensis GROUP.

Nearly always banded, of dark colour. Varies in size from

30 to 55 millim. Mantle medium-sized, often small. Adult never

keeled. Sperm-duct usually long and tapering, passing imper-

ceptibly into the vas deferens. Free-oviduct gradually tapering.

Retractor muscles usually united, but only slenderly.

4, Tun Arion fasciatus GROUP.

Nearly always banded. In external appearance agrees very

closely with the preceding group. Body sometimes keeled. Head

of receptaculum seminis elongated, duct short.

5. Tur Arion intermedius GROUP.

Animal usually of small size, varying from 15 to 27 millim.

Mantle almost circular. Adult never keeled. Receptacular duct

short and broad.

Lessona and Pollonera (14) are wrong in stating, as one of the

characters of the genus, that the penis (=sperm-duct) and yas

deferens are quite distinct, and do not pass imperceptibly into

one another as in Ariunculus, for in numerous species there is no

marked difference between the two.

The term penis cannot be used for the male organ in this genus ;

as has been pointed out by Simroth, it is not evertible, and has

no retractor muscle, its function being for the storage of the

spermatozoa. The free-oviduct assumes the function of the penis

in this genus. It is evertible and provided with a retractor

muscle. Messrs. Pilsbry and Vanatta (18) have suggested the

term epiphallus for what I term sperm-duct, and vagina for what

I term free-oviduct. I think it preferable, however, to retain

the term epiphallus for the terminal portion of the vas deferens

above the sperm-duct; the term vagina is not applicable to the

genus Arion,

30*

448 MR, W. E. COLLINGE ON BUROPHAN SLUGS. [May 4,

CLASSIFICATION.

Family ARIONIDA, Gray, 1840.

Subfam. ARtonrn #, W.G. Binney, 1864.

Genus Anton, Férussac, 1819.

Grovr I.

1. A. ater, Linné, 1758. (Continent.)

2. A. rufus, Linné, 1758. (Continent.)

3. A. empiricorum, Férussac, 1819. (British Isles and

Continent.)

4, A. lusitanicus, Mabille, 1868. (British Isles and

Continent.)

5. A. breviérei, Pollonera, 1887. (Continent.)

6. A. dasilve, Pollonera, 1887. (Continent.)

7. A. aggericola, Mabille, 1870*. (Continent.)

8. A. flagellus, Collinge, 1893. (Iveland and Con-

tinent.)

Grovr II.

9. A. subfuscus, Draparnaud, 1805. (British Isles

and Continent.)

10. A. fuscus, Miller, 1774. (Continent)

1l. A. bavayi, Pollonera, 1887. (Continent.)

12. A. pegorarii, Lessona & Pollonera, 1882. (Con-

tinent. )

18. A. flavus, Nilsson, 1822. (Continent.)

Grover III.

14. A. hortensis, Férussac, 1819. (British Isles and

Continent.)

15. A. anthracius, Bourguignat, 1866. (Continent.)

16. A. ceruleus, Collinge, 1897. (British Isles.)

17. A. cottianus, Pollonera, 1887. (British Isles? a

Continent.)

18. A. nilssoni, Pollonera, 1887. (Continent.)

19. A. alpinus, Pollonera, 1887. (Continent.)

20. A. hessei, Simroth, 1894. (Continent.)

21. A. elongatus, Collinge, 1894. (British Isles.)

Group IV.

22. A. fasciatus, Nilsson, 1822. (British Isles and

Continent.)

23. A. subcarinatus, Pollonera, 1885. (Continent.)

1 At present this must be regarded as a doubtful species. Mabille placed it

in the A. subfuscus group (16), but Pollonera (21) states that from the radula

it belongs to the A. ater group, being a form allied to A. breviérez, Poll., from

which it differs by its smaller size, brighter colour, small receptaculum seminis,

shorter receptacular duct, and by the great length of the sperm-duct,

1897.] MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON EUROPEAN SLUGS. 449

Grovr V.

10.

re:

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

ao FPF CO D

So he

24, A. intermedius, Normand, 1852. (British Isles

and Continent.)

25. A. molleri, Pollonera, 1889. (Continent.)

26. A. pascalianus, Mabille, 1868. (Continent.)

27. A. vejdovskijii, Babor & Kostal, 1893. (Con-

tinent.)

7. Bibliography.

. Bazor, J., & Kosran, J. “Note sur une espéce nouvelle

d’Arion.” Sitzungsb. Gesell. d. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl., Prag,

1893, pp. 1-4, pl. iv.

. Bazsor, JosupH F. “ Note on Arion citrinus, Westerlund.”

Journ. Malac. 1894, vol. ii. pp. 45-47, pl. i.

. CocxrreLL, T. D. A. A Check-List of the Slugs. London,

1893. |

& Larxin, R. R. “On the Jamaican Species of

Veromcella.” Journ. Malac. 1894, vol. iii. pp. 23-80.

. Continen, Waren HE, “ Descriptions of a New Variety of

Arion hortensis, Fér., and Arion circumscriptus, Johust.”

Conchologist, 1892, vol. ii. pp. 26-7.

“A Review of the Arionide of the British Isles.”

Ibid. pt. i. pp. 56-66, pt. ii. pp. 76-83.

—-. “On the Structure and Affinities of some European

Slugs.” Ibid. 1893, vol. ii. pp. 113-117.

Appendix and Notes to ‘A Check-List of the Slugs.’

London, 1893.

“On the Generative Anatomy of Amalia marginata,

Drap., and some remarks upon the Genus.” Journ. Malac.

1894, vol. iii. pp. 70-73, fig. 1.

“ Arion hortensis var. ceruleus.” Journ. Malac. 1895,

vol. iv. p. 73.

Férussac, A. pe. Hist. Nat. d. Mollusques. Paris, 1819-

1851.

Gain, W. A. “Some Remarks on the Colour Changes in

Arion intermedius, Normand.” Conchologist, 1892, vol. ii.

pp- 55-56.

JOUSSEAUME. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1876.

Lrssona & PontoneRA. Monografia dei Limacidi Italiani.

Torino, 1882.

Masiuie, J. “Des Limaciens européens.” Rev. et Mag. de

Zool. 1868 (sér. 2), vol. xx.

——-. Hist. Malac. bass. Paris, 1870.

Moauin-Tannon, A. Hist. Nat. d. Mollusques terrestres et

fluviatiles de France. Paris, 1855.

Pruspry, H., & Vanarra, E. G. “ Revision of the North

American Slugs: Ariolimax and Aphallarion.” Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Philad. 1896, pp. 339-350, pls. xii.-xiv.

450 MR. F. J, JACKSON ON THE : [May 4,

19. Pottonera, Carrio. “ Specie nuove o mal conosciute degli

Arion europei.” Atti d. R. Accad. di Torino, 1886-7,

vol. xxii. pp. 290-313, tav. iii.

20. “ Nuove contribuzioni allo studio degli Arion europei.”

Thid. 1889, vol. xxiv. pp. 401-418, tav. ix.

21. Arionide de la Région Paléarctique.” Boll. Mus.

Zool. Torino, 1890, vol. v. no. 87, pp. 1-42.

22. Sumrorn, H. “Versuch einer Naturgeschichte der deutschen

Nacktschnecken und ihrer europiiischen Verwandten.” Zeit.

f. wiss. Zool. 1885, pp. 203-366, Taf. vii.—xi.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIX.-XXXI.

Fig. 1. The terminal ducts of the generative organs of Arion subfuscus,

Drap.

Fig. 2. The ronie? showing variation in the form of the free-oviduct. :

Figs. 3, 4, « 5. The same, showing variations in the form of the terminal

ucts.

Fig. 6. The terminal ducts of the generative organs of Arion hortensis, Fér.

Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, & 12. The same, showing variations in the form of the

terminal ducts.

Fig. 13, The generative organs of Arion fuscus, Mill.

Fig. 14. The terminal ducts of the same in natural position. 7

Fig. 15. The terminal ducts of the generative organs of Arion citrinus

Westerl. (After Babor.) <

Fig. 16. The generative organs of A. citrinus. (After Babor.)

Fig. 17. The terminal ducts of the generative organs of Arion Fuscus, var.

boetigeri, Poll. (After Babor.)

Figs. 18, 19. The terminal ducts of the generative organs of Arion ceruleus,

Clige.

LETTERING.

ajb.gi. Albumen-gland. rd. Receptacular duct.

f.ov. Free-oviduct. rm. Retractor muscles.

hd. Hermaphrodite duct. 7.s. Receptaculum seminis.

h.gi. Hermaphrodite gland. s.d. Sperm-duct.

iv. Lower vestibule. w.v. Upper vestibule.

ov. Oviduct. v.d. Vas deferens.

pr. Prostate.

3. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the Mau District, British

East Africa. By Frepericx J. Jackson, F.Z.S. With

Remarks by P. L. Scrarer.

[Received February 15, 1897.]

[Mr. Jackson, who is now in command of ‘ Ravine Station’ at

the edge of the Mau Plateau on the main route from Mombasa

to Lake Victoria, has, in reply to some enquiries, kindly favoured

me with the subjoined field-notes on the Antelopes of the district

in which he is resident.—P. L. 8.]

1. Busais coxur (Ginth.).

I am doing my best to ascertain the ranges of the various

Antelopes, but find it somewhat difficult. I thought I had quite

= Be: ale PeGes 1312 bP leew

Weet, Newman imp.

Slugs of the Genus Avion. |

a AS aah z

eS G07) Pigwex ae

SL) Site eee } West Newman imp.

Bs 4

Sor the Genus Arion.

= ie 24 FS 18 07- PU SEXE

=> &

awe

aapehy

al he oe

West, Newman imp

ors R ry

1897. ] ANTELOPES OF BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 451

fixed the northern range of Bubalis coke: at the southern shores of

Lake Naivasha, but only the other day Lt. G. E. Smith, R.E., shot

a bull at Lake Elmenteita some 25 miles farther north. It was

one of three. Of course there are sure to be a few stragglers of

almost every species found wandering beyond the limits of their

usual ranges, but so far, I believe, the southern shores of Lake

Naivasha may be taken as the approximate limit of the northern

range of Coke’s Hartebeest.

2. BUBALIS JACKSONT, Thos.

In the same way the northern end of Lake Elmenteita may be

considered as the limit of the southern range of B. jacksoni. How

far west and north it extends I am unable to say, but I know that

it is found in Uganda and Turkwel.

3. Damatisous JiIMpLA (Matsch.).

D. jimela is found in fair numbers on the Mau plateau (at 8000

feet alt.) S.W. of this station on the borders of Lumbwa. In August,

on my way to Elgeya, I saw one of these antelopes in a berd of

Bubalis jacksoni on the Mau plateau at 7000 feet. It is also

found in the Nyando Valley in South Kavirondo. In 1890 I saw

a few, and got one, a fine bull, in Turkwel. It is very plentiful

in Buddu, one of the large provinces of Uganda. The so-called

‘Senegal Hartebeest’ of the Tana river and Galla country,

though doubtless the same species, appears to me, from memory,

to be very much smaller.

4, CoNNOCHETES TAURINUS (Burch.).

The Wildebeest is not found anywhere near this Station, and

does not occur north of the Athi plains.

5. CEPHALOPHUS GRIMMI (Linn.).

The Duyker is almost ubiquitous. Here it is more plentiful

than anywhere I know of. I consider that 25 lbs. is about an

average weight for both males and females.

6. OUREBIA HAGGARDI (Thos.).

7. OURBBIA MONTANA (Cretzschm.).

With regard to these Antelopes, I fear I can do nothing for

you in the matter of procuring skins of the Hast African Oribi,

as I am far away from its range, which I believe does not extend

far inland from the coast, and I know no one who is sufficiently

energetic or keen on shooting to apply to on your behalf. Person-

ally I have never seen it west of a place called ‘Maji chumyi’

(salt water), the third up-country camp from Rabai. On the

mainland near Lamu (7. ¢. in the former Witu Protectorate now

merged into the E. A. P.) it is very plentiful, particularly so at a

452 MR. F. J. JACKSON ON THE [May 4,

place called Taka, opposite the island of Patta. It appears to be

very partial to the vicinity of cultivations, and particularly to

ground formerly under cultivation but from time to time lying

fallow, where I suppose it finds better feeding and also good

covert. The Abyssinian Oribi, on the contrary, appears to avoid

the proximity of mankind, and prefers for the most part the open

valley ‘downs’ far away from habitations, though I have seen

them quite close to cultivations in Nandi.

To my knowledge the latter antelope is not found east of the

Mau plateau. It ranges from the borders of Lumbwa (possibly

farther south) to Turkwel, and west to Lake Victoria. I have

lately sent some skins and skulls of this beast to Dr. Bowdler

Sharpe, all procured by myself between the Sio river, in Kavirondo,

and on the Mau plateau up to 8000 feet. A very noticable peculi-

arity of both the species is that when disturbed and retreating they

jump high into the air, and when ‘landing’ do so on their hind

legs, and not, as other antelopes do, on their fore legs.

8. RAPHICERUS CAMPESTRIS (Thunb.).

The Steinbuck is found throughout Masailand, but does not

range to the west of Mau.

9. COBUS ELLIPSIPRYMNUS (Ogilby).

I believe that the Common Waterbuck (C. ellipsiprynmus) does

not occur north of the Athi plains and west of Mount Kenia.

Lake Naivasha is about the southern limit of C. defassa.

10. Conus pEFassa (Riipp.).

The only Waterbuck found in this district is C. defassa. I see

in the list of mammals at the end of Gregory’s book there is a

‘ C. ellipsiprymnus’ mentioned from Njemps! I think this must

be a mistake, as I have lately returned from Njemps, where I saw

many herds of Waterbucks, all of which were Cobus defassa.

Again, all the Waterbucks I have seen at Lakes Naivasha and

Elmenteita were also C. defassa. There is no mistaking the con-

spicuous white rump of this beast.

11. Consus THomast, Neumann.

This antelope does not, I think, range east of Kabras in Kavi-

rondo. It is plentiful in Kavirondo, along the banks of the Nzoia

and Sio rivers, and is also very numerous in Uganda and Toru, but

how far west and north it extends I am not in a position to state.

I believe that this beast is never found far from water. Per-

sonally I have seen a good many, and they were never more than

a few hundred yards from water. It was this fact that led me to

believe formerly that they were C. vardoni,as I remembered what

Selous had said about Vardon’s Antelope being always found near

water.

1897.] ANTELOPES OF BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 453

12. CERVICAPRA BOHOR (Riipp.).

13. CERVICAPRA CHANLERT, Rothsch.

I have alse sent home some skins and skulls of two species (I

say species as I believe them to be distinct and not m»rely varieties)

of Reedbucks. The ‘stony-grey’ species is much less plentiful

than the yellowish-fawn species, and does not extend down into

the plains, but appears confined to. the higher ground on the hill-

sides near this station, where there are noswamps. The Wander-

obbo, who live almost entirely by hunting, recognize them as two

distinct species, and have two names for them. I am hoping to

get a fully adult buck of the former, as the one I have sent is,

judging from the soft base of the horns, not quite adult.

14, Apycrros meLaueus (Licht.).

The Impala does not, to my knowledge, occur west of Mau

Escarpment, but farther north it ranges west into Turkwel. The

bucks about here, 7. e. within a radius of 80 miles S.E. and N.,

carry far finer horns than anywhere else I know of. A short time

ago I killed two bucks with horns 23 inches and 22 inches respec-

tively (from base to tip in a straight line), and lost, through the

stupidity of one of my men, another which I believe would have

beaten both of them.

15. GAZBLLA GRANTI, Brooke.

Grant’s Gazelle ranges north into Turkwel and the Sak country,

but is not found on the Mau plateau. At Njemps and Baringo,

and in Turkwel this gazelle is considerably smaller than those

found further south at Naivasha and the Athi plains. At

Njemps I shot the largest buck out of a herd of 30, in which there

were 3 or 4 other bucks. It was an old beast, in good condition,

but only weighed 135 lbs. with horns 20 inches. To show you the

differences in size, I append some measurements for comparison :—

ae Ae: ane ee G. granti, 8.

G. granti, B.| G. granti, 3 (two). grant,

Njemps Gil-Gil river, Lake a te Pe ?

(21.9.96). | Naivasha (2.1.96), [Le Naivasha

(4.4.96).

ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in.

Total length ............... 5 3 5 8 Dh 5 7

Height at shoulder ...... 2 11 3 14 3 22 3 Of

Depth of chest ............ 1 i Ss 1 4 13

Circumference of chest... 2 ok 3 3 3.1

93 haunch 3 0 age cee 3.5

¥ loins.. 2 3 2 3) 2 10 2 7

" throat 1 6 i 8 Ib fe 1 6

5 neck 1 8 2 OF 2a 1 103

Wail cs, cnsntapspases cease 103 11 10 10

Homme Sogo eect ieecreee es 20 284 27 24

Weight ...... Bcbee acd cace 135 lbs. 158 lbs. 167 Ibs. 166 Ibs.

454 MR. F, J, JACKSON ON THE [May 4,

16. GaAzeLuA LHOMSONI,

Thomson’s Gazelle does not, I believe, extend beyond a few miles

north of Lake Nakuru. The average weight of a buck is 52 lbs.

The females are horned, whatever others may say to the contrary.

The horns run up to about 6 inches, but are for the most part mal-

formed and uneven.

17. Hipporracus BakuRI, Heuglin.

Captain F.S. Dugmore, now in Kikuyu, killed a bull of this

species on the Athi plains. He appears to be quite positive that

it is a Roan of some sort. In April last, two marches from here,

I saw a herd of 7 antelopes much resembling the Roan. They

were about 800 yards off, and I had a good look at them with a

powerful telescope before commencing a stalk, which, I regret to

say, was unsuccessful through one of them, that I did not notice,

seeing me. There were four cows, one bull, and two half-grown

calves. In colour they were like an Oryx, and not unlike it in

shape, though larger and longer on the leg. The back of the

neck was arched, like a Sable, and appeared to have a short dark

zebra-like mane. The ears were very long and tufted, and the

horns of both the bull and cows were thick in proportion to their

length, the bull’s perhaps 20 inches or more, and curved backwards

like a Roan. With the exception of one calf they were all standing

under a big tree in the shade, and as they were all broadside on

to me I could not make out what the facial markings were like.

As the calf stood facing me, its ears stood out almost at right

angles to its head, with a slight droop towards the tips. They

appeared to me to be not large enough for Roan (I have only

seen those in the Natural History Museum), and I believe that

they are more likely to be H. bakeri. I feel sure that they are of

the same species as that I saw on the northern slopes of Mount

Elgon in 1890.

18. Oryx BEISA.

This is a new find for me. It ranges as far south as a point

due east of this Station, ¢.e. about on the Equator. Lt. G. E. Smith,

R.E., saw a herd of 8 a few days ago. At Baringo I shot 7 in

September. There is no doubt whatever about their being true

O. beisa. I do not believe the O. callotis ranges even so far north as

the Athi plains. Three bulls that I killed weighed (whole with a

scale up to 1000 lbs.) 383 Ibs., 355 Ibs., and 458 Ibs., and a cow

weighed 380 lbs.

19. SrREPSICEROS KUDU.

The Kudu is found here on Mau, but is very scarce.

20. SrREPSICEROS IMBERBIS, Blyth.

The Lesser Kudu, though found on Kilimanjaro, does not, I

think, range much farther north, excepting along the coast, and

I do not believe that it extends west of Mount Kenia.

1897.) ANTELOPES OF BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 455

21. TRAGELAPHUS sp. inc.

Horns of Tragelaphus sp. inc.

There is a species of large Zragelaphus found in the forest here.

I have a pair of horns brought in by the Wanderobbo. They are

respectively 202 in. and 213 in. long and 6? in. and 63 in. in

circumference at the base. The man who brought them in has

lived all his life in the forest, and he assures me that they are the

horns of a female which he killed about 5 months ago. He says

that the beast had long hair with black stripes, that it was one of

five, that the males have much longer horns, and that they only

live in thick forest and dense bush. He says that the animal is

red in colour, and as big as a Hartebeest. Needless to say I

shall do my utmost to procure a specimen; and since I have

promised the very large reward of a cow, I may succeed.

Though these Wanderobbo are very accurate in their information,

I cannot quite believe these horns belong toa female. I will,

however, send them to you for examination and perhaps identi-

fication.

[I exhibit the two horns in question, which have lately reached

me (see figure). They appear to me to indicate the existence in

the Mau District of a Tragelaphus, possibly the same as 7. angasi

(which we know is found in Nyasaland), but probably distinct.—

ABs S

456 REY. H. 8. GORHAM ON NEW COLEOPTERA [May 4,

22. TRAGHLAPHUS SYLVATIOCUS.

T have also sent home some skins and skulls of the Bush-buck

which is plentiful round here. The male strikes me as particularly

dark, though I expect it is nothing more than a local variety.

The body-skin of the specimen of which I have sent the skull and

neck-skin was inadvertently omitted. It is much darker than

the one marked no. 1 and has not the vestige of a stripe or spot.

I have seen one or two other old males, which appeared to me to

be much darker still, almost black.

23. OREAS CANNA LIVINGSTONII.

The Eland is very scarce here since the cattle-plague of 1890.

Capt. Sclater, R.E., tells me he saw a small herd on the southern

slopes of Wonga (=Mt.) Longonot near Naivasha. I observed the

fresh spoor of a single Eland near Njemps in September last.

4. Descriptions of new Species of Coleoptera of the Family

Endomychide from the Eastern Hemisphere. By the

Rey. H. S. Gornam, F.Z.S.

[Received March 4, 1897.]

(Plate XXXII.)

The specimens of Coleoptera of the family Endomychide, of which

it is the object of this paper to give some account, are contained in

various collections. A good many are due to the persistent collect-

ing of Mr. Doherty in the East. Some have been known to me for

many years, but the material was not sufficient for their description.

Among the more interesting, I may call attention to a new Cym-

bachus, two new and very distinct Hucteani, and the very curious

Amphisterni. All the species here described are Oriental ; and the

descriptions may be regarded as supplemental to my papers on

- the Erotylide and Endomychide collected by Signor Fea in Burma,

published in the Annals of the Genoa Museum.

AMPHISTERNUS VERRUCOSUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)

Niger, subopacus, prothorace transverso subcordato, medio bituber-

culato; elytris depressiusculis humeris late carinatis, grosse et

confluenter punctatis, singulis tuberculis duobus subcarinatis, uno

basali picescenti, uno discoidali piceo, punctoque subapical

lucido, lete flavo, ornatis ; femorum clava rufa. Long. 75

milim. SQ.

Mas: tibiis anticis infra medium dente valido armatis.

Hab. Java (Friihstorfer, Mus. Brussels).

Antenne very stout, their third joint as long as the two basal

joints united, the fourth to the eighth fusiform, becoming shorter,

the club long and lax, the two apical joints a little wider than long;

eyes compressed and kidney-shaped. Head opaque. Thorax at

the widest part twice as wide as the length, very much widened

1897 -] OF THE FAMILY ENDOMYCHID®. 457

below the acute and prominent front angles, and contracted from

the middle to the hind angles, which (as the base is sinuate) are

also acute; the basal sulci are parallel to the oblique and con-

tracted sides, and are continued as a kind of depression above the

middle; the sides are neatly margined anda little reflexed; the disk

has two blunt tubercles, one on each side of an obsolete central

channel. The elytra are shining near the suture, rather opaque

at the shoulders and sides, with large irregularly dispersed punc-

tures, in twos and threes, and become roughly seriate near the

suture. The humeral cailus is elevated into an arcuate ridge

which projects beyond the margin; the basal tubercle is slightly

ridged and is faintly pitchy at its summit; the discoida] one is

nearer the base than the apex and is pitchy red in the middle, it is

gradually and not suddenly elevated. The apical yellow pustule

has just a trace of one or two obsolete punctures, it is translucid.

The elytra are a little expanded at the margins and pointed at

the apex ; their texture is pitchy black, and may be likened to

caoutchoue. On the underside the only part which exhibits punc-

tures is the intercoxal process of the first abdominal segment, which

is deeply and coarsely punctured. The prosternum is coarsely

formed, its process bluntly bimucronate. Mesosternum with the

raised and margined intercoxal part transversely pentagonal '.

I have described this species at some length, as with A. rude-

punctatus, here described, it belongs to a section of Amphisternus

little known, and which I believe forms the genus Haplomorphus,

Guerin.

AMPHISTERNUS RUDEPUNCTATUS, 0. sp.

Brevior, prothorace lato, elytris breviter ovatis gibbosis ; niger,

subopacus, prothorace lato lateribus rotundatis postice parum

angustatis, angulis anticis parum prominulis; elytris sub-

cordatis, gibbosis, grosse seriatim punctatis, antennarum articulo

apicali, palpis tarsisque rufo-piceis. Long. 7°5 millim. 9.

Hab. AssaM, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

Thorax very wide, the sides much rounded, the front cut out in

an arc, but not so deeply or widely as in A. verrucosus, the surface

very uneven and very obsoletely punctate ; the base very wide, a

little sinuous, not margined ; the sulci and central channel very

obsolete, the transverse basal line very distinct. Elytra much

wider than the thorax, without tubercles, a little expanded towards

the margins; the apex and humerus nearly free from punctures

but opaque. Underside shining, glabrous; epipleuree very wide

at their bases.

A single female example of this rather extraordinary Am-

phisternus is in Mr. Fry’s collection; it is entirely black, with

1 Obs.—This portion is generally but incorrectly referred to by authors as

though it were the mesosternum. There is a considerable part forming two

branches, and partly enclosing the coxe, in front of this; and this portion

is carinate in Amphisternt, the carina being received between the points of

the divided prosternal process.

458 REY. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW COLEOPIERA [May 4,

the exception of the tarsi, trophi, and small transverse apical joint

of the antenne.

SPATHOMELES ELEGANS, Gorham, Endom. Recit. p. 32.

Island of Marang, Sumatra (Doherty).

There is a female of this rare insect in Mr. Fry’s collection. It

is apt to be overlooked as perhaps an abnormal Lumorphus, but

the male, with its extraordinary plate on the hind tibia and spines

from the elytra, would not be so. Ihave seen several female

examples, but only the male type in the British Museum.

TRYCHERUS ANGOLENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2.)

Ovalis, niger, nitidus ; abdominis apice, tarsis, palpis antennarum-

que apice summo piceis ; elytris sixgulis lineis duabus, una sub-

marginal, altera versus suturam,paulo ante medium per fasciam

conjunctis, ante apicem desinentibus rufis. Long. 13 millim.,

Hab. ANGOLA.

The antenne in this insect are about half as long again as the

head and thorax ; the front angles of the latter are acute and

project as far as the bases of the antenne ; the sides are a little

thickened, and are sinuate, narrowed in front, widening behind to

the hind angles, which are acute. It is in the middle twice as

wide as long (excluding the front angles); the basal sulci are

almost obsolete, and there is a very short and evanescent central

channel, scarcely more than a linear point, near the base; punc-

tation is not visible, either on the thorax or elytra. The design

on the latter is two narrow red vitie in the apical half, united at

their basal end rather before the middle, but quite free towards

the apex; the vitte are produced a little backwards beyond the

fascia. Very close fine puncturing is visible on the base of the

abdomen.

This species seems to be near 7’. josephus, Duvivier (Comptes-

rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891), but to differ from it in the elytral

pattern, and by the abdomen being pitchy only at the apex, &c.

Two examples.

TRYCHERUS RAFFRAYI, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Genov. ii. p. 4 (1885),

Ovatus, niger, nitidus, fere glaber ; corpore infra rufo-piceo, pro-

thoracis disco (medio piceo) fasciisque duabus elytrorum abbre-

viatis, anteriore juvta suturam recurvata, sanguineo-rufis ; pro-

thorace transverso, duplo latiore quam longo. Long. 7 millim,

Hab. ZANZIBAR (Raffray).

The head is pitchy black, finely punctured, as is the whole of

the upper surface, as in 7’. senegalensis ; the antenne have all the

joints shorter than in that species, but similar, they are black, the

mouth and palpi pitechy red. The thorax is much more transverse

than that of 7. senegalensis, and is blood-red except in the middle,

and the margins narrowly. The elytra are rather less ovate, and

have the first fascia more arcuate and much less distinctly dentate

1897.] OF THE FAMILY ENDOMYCHID#. 459

on the apical side, and the posterior fascia is also less sharply

indented than those in 7. senegalensis. This is the smallest T’ry-

cherus I have yet seen.

A single female example.

ENCYMON CINCTIPES, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4.)

Niger, nitidus, fere glaber ; prothorace transverso, lateribus leviter

sinuatis, angulis posticis rectis ; femoribus jguxta apicem rufo-

cinctis. Long.9 milim. 3.

Mas: abdominis segmentum apicale leviter emarginatum.

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Head smooth but uneven, owing to the raised antennal ridges ;

antenne rather long, their basal joint as long as the third, the

fourth to eighth gradually decreasing, about half the length of the

third. Thorax not twice as wide as long, smooth, with deep basal

sulci, which reach half the length; the width in front, across the

prominent angles, is about equal to that of the base, but the sides

widen a little. The elytra are decidedly oblong, not so convex nor

so much rounded on their sides as in 4. immaculatus or EL. feri-

als; the sutural stria is distinct, but nearly vanishes at the apex,

their margins are but narrowly expanded. The underside is black,

the abdomen rather dull, the apical segments are a little pubescent

and the apex punctured, and this appears to me more so in those

examples which have a slight notch, and which from analogy I

assume to be the males. JI can see no difference in the tibie.

The femora are rather distinctly clubbed, and are red for about a

third of their length over the thickest part. This species is

perfectly distinct from Z. ferialis. The thorax is wider, and the

form is more oblong and not so convex as other species allied to it.

There are seven examples before me from Fry’s collection.

ENCYMON VIOLACEUS, Gerst.

Perak (Doherty).

This insect has a wider range than I should have expected. I

have lately seen examples from the Karen Mountains (ea); and

it varies in the colour of the elytra, the one before me trom Perak

having them nearly black with a faint green reflection.

EncyMon REGALIS, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 440.

Var. pedibus totis nigris.

Mas: tibiis anticis et intermediis intus infra medium minute

denticulatis ; abdominis segmento apicali angulatim emarginato,

basi medio subclevato.

Perak, low country (Doherty).

Two specimens, a male anda female,in Mr. Fry’s collection

present the characters of the insect described by me from the

Philippine Islands, with the exception of the colour of the hinder

legs. One being a male, I am able to give the sexual distinction.

The emargination of the last segment will be found useful in other

species in which the tibie are simple or nearly so in both sexes.

460 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW COLEOPTERA [May 4,

EncyMon RESINATUS, Gorham, End. Recit. p. 40.

Perak (Doherty).

Nine specimens in Mr. Fry’s collection are certainly identical

with what I described in 1873, but are better matured, and enable

me to supplement that account by stating that while the thorax

and body, and sometimes the head, are pitchy red but dark, the

elytra vary from dark blue, almost black, to violaceous. A some-

what less matured specimen has the suture and margins of the

elytra rufous. The insect seems to occur indifferently on the

mountains and in the low country about Perak.

CYMBACHUS ForMosUs, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.)

Nigro-viridis ; ore, antennis, palpis pedibusque nigris ; elytris

flavis, humeris macula magna discoidali communi, alteraque

marginali magis posteriore, apice, epipleuris, sutura tenuiter et

regione circumscutellari cwruleis, creberrime minute distincte

punctatis. Long. 6°75 millim. &.

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

The punctation in this species is a little more distinct than in

C. pulchellus, 3 , so that that of the thorax is just visible ; in size and

form it very closely resembles that insect, but diverges in the green

colour of the body and in the blue markings of the elytra. The

prothorax and femora have a blue tint; the humeral callus is

decidedly more elevated, and is covered by the blue spot, which is

wanting in O. pulchellus. The latter insect is very rare, having

apparently always been obtained in single specimens ; the example

in my present collection isamale from Java. By comparison with

this the single example of C.formosus, obtained by Mr. Doherty, is

a female. The discovery of a second species of this scarce and

beautiful genus is among the many most interesting features of

Mr. Doherty’s travels.

EumorPuus westwoonr, Gorham, Endom. Recit. p. 35.

Bornzo, Banjarmassan (German Mission), Pengaron, Martapura

(Doherty); PEraK (Doherty).

I have now seen a series of specimens of an insect which I can

only refer to this. The males have (in addition to the toothed

front tibie) the middle tibie strongly sinuous, and with several

minute denticulations on the inner side, while the females have

nearly simple tibie, but are otherwise like the males. The

examples (in my own collection) from Martapura, 8.E. Borneo,

have the spots suffused, reaching quite to the margins and suture.

The club of the antenna is very wide, and the joints connate or

nearly so.

EUCTHANUS CRUCIGER, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10.)

Oblongus, nigro-subviolaceus ; capite prothoraceque creberrime

subrugose punctatis, opacis ; elytris fere levibus, minute punctatis

violaceis, maculis quatuor permagnis dilute aurantiacis, lateribus

subparallelis. Long. 11-15 milim. ¢ Q.

1897.] OF THE FAMILY ENDOMYCHID#, 461

Mas ; abdomine medio late depresso, utrinque alte carinato, segmento

quinto ventrali arcuatim emarginato.

Hab. Invta, N.E. Manipur (Doherty), Dunsiri Valley (H. H.

Godwin-Austen, Mus. Calcutta).

This species is nearly allied to Z. hardwickii (celestinus, Gerst.),

from which it is distinguished by the more shining elytra, which

have the yellow spots larger and more nearly united, leaving a much

narrower fascia across the middle, the two posterior touch the

margin and leave the suture only very narrowly violet. The

elytra are of a different form, being more parallel and narrower,

especially in the male. The spots do not pass the limb of the

margin, the epipleure being dark. I have been acquainted with

this insect for some years from very old examples from the Cal-

cutta Museum. Mr. Doherty has, however, sent half a dozen

beautiful specimens from Manipur.

EUcTEANUS DOHERTYI, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11.)

E. marseuli, Gorham, similis et affinis ; breviter oblongus, nigro-

ceruleus, violaceo-nicans, nitidus, crebre, minute, sed distincte

punctatus ; antennarum capitulo late dilatato ; elytris maculis

quatuor magnis, dilute aurantiacis, posteriore plerumque trans-

versa. Long. 85-95 millim. 9?

Hab. Txvra, Manipur (Doherty). Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

The head and thorax are shining, thickly but distinctly punc-

tured ; the latter has an oblique transverse fovea on each side, the

front is also transversely impressed, and there is an irregular

fovea in the middle of the base. The elytra are thickly punctured,

the punctures often confluent in lines. The antenne have the

third, fourth, and fifth joints subequal, but gradually decreasing in

length to the eighth ; the ninth is as long as the third and only a

little widened ; the tenth is obconic, nearly equilateral, the apical

joint enormously enlarged and spathulate. The eyes are but

moderately, but under a quarter-inch focus distinctly granulate.

The underside is closely and very finely punctured, shining and

black. The shoulders are ridged but not projecting, nor is the

ridge sharp, it in fact runs on to beyond the middle and forms a

sort of false epipleura ; the true epipleure are black and defined

at the shoulder by an indented line. This character will dis-

tinguish Z. doherty: from E. marseuli, where the ridge is acute and

does not extend beyond the yellow shoulder-spot.

Although there are eight specimens of this in Mr. Fry’s

collection, I do not find any sexual distinction, and therefore

possibly all are females; but of several examples of EL. marseulz

that I have had the opportunity of examining, and of all the

specimens of Bolbomorphi to which they are allied, the same

remark applies.

BOLBOMORPHUS THERYI, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9.)

Oblongus, elytris ovatis, niger, nitidus, crebre ac distincte punctatus ;

elytris singulis signatura flava e fasctis dwabus denticulatis per

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XX XI. 3l

462 REY. H, S, GORHAM ON NEW COLEOPTERA [May 4,

lineas duas conjunctis, maculam nigram in medio includentibus,

ornatis. Long. 8°5 millim.

Hab, Cuina, Ho-chan (Thery).

This pretty insect may be best described by comparison with

B. gibbosus (Gorham, P. ZS. 1887, p. 647, t. 53. f. 4), from Japan.

It is much less convex, the thorax is narrower and more deeply and

thickly punctured. The antennez havea similarly lax and not much

widened club. The pattern of the elytra is very distinct but

hard to describe. The black part would, in short, if the middle

arms were not divided, form what in heraldry is termed a “ cross-

crosslet,” with a broad square in the middle. I hope, with the aid

of the figure now given, this description will be sufficiently clear.

Bolbomorphus seems closely allied to, and in China and Japan to

take the place of, Hucteanus. The coarser eyes, lax and not much

widened club of the antenne, which are also more coarsely built,

perhaps, too, the absence of male characters, separate it. The

latter, however, have not yet been found in the two smaller

Eucteani. 1 have great pleasure in dedicating this species to

M. André Thery, of St. Charles par Philippeviile, Algeria, who

sent me two examples.

INDAEMUS LUZONICUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7.)

Rufo-piceus, nitidus, glaber ; antennis, palpis, pedibus elytrisque

nigro-piceis, his singulis maculis duabus subquadratis rufis.

Long. 65 millim. CS.

Mas : tibiis anticis infra medium dente obtuso parvo armatis.

Hab. Purippine Isuanns, N.E. Luzon ( Whitehead).

This species is, by the male character, more nearly allied to

I. kirbyanus than to I. angusticollis, not having any denticulation

at all on the middle tibie. Head, thorax, and body beneath bright

blood-red, inclining to be pitchy in parts, as at the base of the thorax;

the latter is rather wider than long, formed as in J. kirbyanus, but

wider at the base, the sides sinuate, narrower at the front angles

than behind, the disk smooth and impunctate, the basal sulci sharp

and distinct. The elytra are very minutely puuctured and have

a sutural stria; the spots are rather indefinite, the anterior one

occupies the humerus and callus, but does not quite reach the base ;

the elytral margin is rather expanded from below the shoulder to

the apex. The middle tibie are bent inwards near their apices.

Two male specimens.

PANOM@A SUMATRENSIS, Gorham, Notes from Leyden Museum,

x. p. 152 (1888).

Sumatra, Merang (Doherty).

One small example about five millimetres long.

Sryxip Istanp (Motira), one from Caicutta Museum.

These both appear to be female examples.

PANOM@A INDIANA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5.)

P. coccinelline affinis, et statwra aequalis, testacea, nitida ; elytris

subtiliter, creberrime, minute punctatis ; prothorace brevi, valde

1897.] OF THE FAMILY BNDOMYCHID. 463

arcuato, angulis anticis et posticis rotundatis, maculis quatuor

nigris ; elytris singulis maculis septem, fere ut in P. cocci-

nellina dispositis ; antennarum clava et scutello nigris. Long.

7 millim.

Hab. N.E. Invta, Manipur (Doherty). Burma, Toungoo.

This species is allied to P. coccinellina, Gerst., but may be at once

distinguished by the four large round black dots on the thorax

which extend transversely and at even distances across its arcuate

disk. The thorax is at the same time more arcuate and with all

its angles more obtuse and round; it is, indeed, very similar in

shape to that of many Coccinellide. The spots on the elytra are

more transverse and in general larger than the corresponding ones

in P. coccinellina; this is especially true of the intermediate pair,

which nearly form a fascia; the exterior spot of these is straight

on its outer margin, and even produced a little as if to join the

outer subterminal one, but it does not touch the reflexed edge.

The seven species of Punomea which have been described up to

the present time are readily distinguished by their markings. The

present species with P. pardalina and P. coccinellina have each

seven spots on each elytron, P. borneensis has six, P. undecimnotata,

Frivaldsky, and P. cinghalensis, Gorh., have five spots, but the

latter has but ten joints to its antenne. P. swmatrensis, Gorh., has

no spots.

These insects appear to me to be true mimics of the Coccinellide,

and that the resemblance is not merely accidental. P. idiana so

well resembles some species of Leis or Caria, that it would easily

deceive a very good naturalist. Indeed in this insect the whole

body, especially the prothorax, has become completely Coccinellid.

It is true that those points of structure which are not so obvious,

e.g. the form of the antenne and prosternum, the absence of

abdominal fosse from the hind femora, &c., maintain their Endo-

mychid type.

Bzccaria, Gorham, Ann. Mus. Genova, ii. p. 5 (1886).

BECCARIA WALLACE, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6.),

Picea, nitida, prothorace transverso minute punctato, equali, sulcis

basalibus concinne impressis, lateribus haud marginatis antice

angustatis, angulis anticis et posticis acutis, hast sinuato ; elytris

convexis, sparsim punctulatis, punctis discoidalibus in seriebus

quinque haud regulariter digestis, ad apicem evanescentibus,

eaterne confusis, singulis maculis quatuor aurantiacis, una

basalt, una subhumerali, una pone medium prope suturam,

una subapicali; antennis dilute piceis, clava fusca. Long.

5°5 millim.

Hab. Aru Istanns ( Wallace).

Rather larger and rounder and more convex than B. papuensis ;

the thorax more narrowed in front and wider behind, and so

forming a more even outline with the elytra than is the case in

B. papuensis ; the antenne are similar to those of that species, but

are thinner, with more linear joints, the apical joint is longer.

31*

464 ON COLEOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ENDOMYCHIDS. [May 4,

The eyes in both species are coarse and wide, but the head is

almost sunk in the thorax. The elytra have four distinct rows of

large punctures, and one irregular row bordering the confused

large punctures which cover the sides, Lut vanish towards the apex ;

the stria are geminate, the external pair pass over the central

yellow spot. The legs are pitchy or pale fuscous.

I have great pleasure in calling attention to a second species of

this genus, which I found among some undetermined Coccinellide

obtained by the late W. W. Saunders from My. Wallace’s col-

lections, which has thus lain nearly forty years undetected.

A single example.

Beccaria CARDONI, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8.)

Late orbiculari-ovata, nigro-picea, capite prothoraceque subtiliter,

elytris distinctius fortius punctatis; his annulo wrregulare,

extus denticulato, callum humeralem subcingente, et fascia tenua

utrinque denticulata, ante apicem, saturate flavis, ornatis. Long.7,

lat. 6 millim.

Hab, Iwota, Barway (fb. Cardon).

The thorax in this species is at its base about twice as wide as

the length; the base is sinnate, and both it and the sides are finely

margined but not at all raised or thickened; the basal fovex are

very obsolete; the sides narrow very much to the front angles,

the head being very small and received almost entirely into the

thorax. The antenne are as long as the width of the thorax, or

nearly so, their club is lax, the intermediate joints a little longer

than wide, the third joint twice as long as those succeeding it.

The punctuation of the elytra is strong and distinct, that of the

thorax distinct but closer; there is no sign of striation. The

pattern of the elytra is like that of Engonius lunularis, but the

posterior fascia does not quite reach either the suture or the

wargin; both it and the humeral annulus are narrow and orna-

mented with long denticular projections, which form on the upper

side of the fascia three, and on the lower side two sinuses.

I have only seen one example of this insect, and it was in too

bad a condition to allow of the underside, trophi, &c. being

examined, so that the genus is doubtful ; but although larger and

differently marked from the other two species I assign to Beccaria,

it is more in accordance with them in form than with any other

Eastern genus known to me.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Fig. 1. Cymbachus formosus, p. 460.

2. Lrycherus angolensis, p. 458.

. Amphisternus verrucosus, p. 456.

Encymon cinctipes, p. 459.

. Panomea indiana, p. 462.

Beccaria wallacei, p. 463.

Indalmus luzonicus, p. 462.

Beccaria cardoni, p. 464.

. Bolbomorphus theryi, p. 461.

. Lucteanus cruciger, p. 460.

dohertyi, p. 461.

FH Sema owes

—

Ziel xe

Ae *

8 =

WPurkiss del.et lth West,Newman imp.

New Hastern Coleoptera (Endomychide ).

1897.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON INTERCENTRA IN BIRDS. 465

5. Note upon Intercentra in the Vertebral Column of Birds.

By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.

[Received April 23, 1897.]

The existence of intercentra in the caudal region of the bird’s

vertebral column has not been much insisted upon. ‘The late

Prof. Parker, in the course of some remarks on the intercentra of

birds’, observes that they are to be met with in the posterior half

of the caudal series in the Cygnet, and in the Cormorant where

they are not so numerous. Dr. Gadow, who has said the last

published word on this matter, states, in the ‘ Dictionary of Birds’’,

of the caudal vertebre that “ they articulate almost entirely by

the centrum, which has slightly heteroccelous or concave facets,

with the interposition of a fibro-cartilaginous disk, the ventral side

of which frequently displays in embryos, but rarely in the adult,

a median osseous nodule, the last remnant of the basi-ventral

elements commonly called the intercentrum.” Prof. T. J. Parker ®

refers to two intercentra in the vertebral column of the adult

Apteryx in the caudal region, and there are a few scatterd refer-

ences to the same structures in the writings of Shufeldt* and

others. Thus Prof. Parker’ refers to their existence in Opistho-

comus.

My experience is directly contrary to that of Dr. Gadow; I find

intercentra plentiful in the adult skeletons of many birds, belong-

ing to different groups, in the caudal region’. It may be useful

to state briefly the main facts which the collection of birds at my

disposal in the Society’s Gardens has enabled me to ascertain. A

few previous records of the facts I refer to in footnotes. A few

general remarks, which are in effect an abstract of those facts, may

perhaps be made first. I use in the following pages the two terms

“‘intercentra” and ‘‘hypocentra.” By the former is to be under-

stood free nodules or pieces of bone lying between the centra

and only (at most) articulated with the adjoining centra. By the

latter expression the hypophyses, hypapophyses, or hemapophyses

of authors, which are apparently downward processes of a given

vertebra (apparently, but not really) like those which are so often,

particularly among diving birds, found upon the cervical and dorsal

vertebre. It is necessary to use two words for these structures,

because they are not in every case absolutely the same.

1 “Qn the Vertebral Chain of Birds,” Proc. Roy. Soc. 1888, p. 474.

2 Article “Skeleton,” p. 856. ;

aes, i Observations on the Anatomy and Development of Apteryx,” Phil. Trans,

4 “Comparative Osteology of Arctic and Subarctic Water-Birds,” J, Anat,

Phys. 1889, p. 20.

> «On the Morphology of a Reptilian Bird, Opisthocomus cristatus,” Tr. Z. 8.

vol. xiii. (1891) p. 63.

5 Marshall, “ Beobachtungen iiber den Vogelschwanz,” Nederl. Arch. f. Zool. i.

p- 194, describes and figures intercentra in the caudal region of the young of

several birds.

466 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON INTERCENTRA in Binps. [Ma 4,

The hypocentra—as may be seen in various species with free

intercentra—are intercentra which are attached to the summit of

short outgrowths of the centra. Thus the coalesced hypapophysis

is really intercentrum plus this median central outgrowth. "In

several cases where there are no free intercentra, but only the

hypocentra, it would be difficult to assert that the latter are really,

as has been stated, partly produced by the intercentral discs of bone.

They appear to belong so entirely to the centrum. But that this

is not the case can be readily seen from such examples as that

shown in the drawing (woodcut, fig. 1), where the free intercentra

gradually come to be more and more thoroughly articulated with

the centrum behind.

The intercentra when present as free structures appear in-

variably to increase in size from before backwards. They often

begin as little more than mere granules of bone, which, as they

are often easily detachable, may have been missed, though really

present. They are especially loosely attached, and therefore liable

to be lost, in the Auks.

So far as can be judged from the facts which are briefly stated

in the following pages, the existence of free intercentra is not

universal but very general among birds. There are, however,

groups, such as the Cuckoos and Columbz, in which these struc-

tures are not present as independent bonelets. There are also some

birds in which they do not appear to exist at all; in which, indeed,

there are no hypapophyses which may be presumed to be these

structures, but this is rare.

They are obviously most prevalent in water-birds, including,

however, the land Limicole, which are so nearly akin to the Gulls

and Auks. They are rarest among arboreal birds, such as Parrots,

Pigeons, Picarian and Passerine birds; but occur in the possibly

archaic Opisthocomus. In the reduced tail of the Struthiones

intercentra do not occur plentifully. Parker, as has been already

mentioned, finds two in Apterya. But Mivart}, in his elaborate

description of the axial skeleton of the Struthiones, does not appear

to have met with them. There does not appear to be a very

definite connection between the presence of intercentra and the

lowness of the place of the bird in the series; but, on the other

hand, there does, with some exceptions, seem to be some relation-

ship between the length of the tail and the existence of free inter-

centra. It is not known to what extent these structures existed in

most of the important types of extinct birds; but Marsh found

two free intercentra in Hesperornis*.

ANSERES.

In Biziura lobata (fig. 1) the intercentra are especially well

developed. There is a small oval nodule 3 mm. long between the

last sacral and the first free caudal, a rather larger one between

this and the following vertebra, and in the next interval a large

* “On the Axial Skeleton of the Ostrich,” Zool. Trans. viii.; and “On the

Axial Skeleton of the Struthionide,” zbéd. x.

* See his great work upon the “ Odontornithes.” Washington, 1880.

1897.] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON INTBRCENTRA IN BIRDS. 467

somewhat conical intercentrum. The five following intercentra

are “hypocentra”—that is to say, they are completely ankylosed

Fig. 1.

Caudal vertebra of Biziwra lobata, 1, lateral view; 2, from below.

Pel., pelvis; a, hypocentra; 6, free intercentra.

with the centra; a lateral notch only remains to prove their

distinctness from the centra.

In Tachyeres cinerea there is a granule of bone only to represent

the first intercentrum of Biziura; the two next vertebre have

short hypocentra, these increase in the three next ; between the 6th

and the 7th is a free conical intercentrum mainly attached to but

not ankylosed with the last free caudal.

Sarcidiornis carunculata, which has five free vertebre behind

the last, which has acquired an attachment to the pelvis, has two

free conical intercentra lying between nos. 3/4 and 4/5.

In Fuligula rufina there is an ankylosed hypocentrum on the

fourth free caudal. In the two remaining free vertebre in front

of the pygostyle the intercentra are not ankylosed.

Plectropterus gambensis has a minute nodule between the first

and second free caudals, and four hypocentra upon the remaining

vertebre, ankylosed.

In Bernicla brenta there are minute nodules between C. 1 and

C. 2 and between C. 2 and C. 3, but no hypocentra beyond.

PALAMEDE.

In Chauna derbiana there are four free caudals. There are

four intercentra which increase in size.

468 MR. F, EB. BEDDARD ON INTEROENTRA IN BIRDS. [May 4,

TUBINARES.

So far as my experience goes, all the Tubinares possess free inter-

centra in the caudal region; but my experience is not of many

species.

In Diomedea melanophrys there are 6 free caudal vertebre.

There is a minute osseous granule in front-of the first of these.

Then follow four intercentra increasing in size, and a single hypo-

centrum ; the latter is perforated, and is thus a chevron-bone, while

the last intercentrum is nearly perforated. In Procellaria glacialis

there are the same number of intercentra, save that the first (the

small bony granule) of Diomedea is absent, and that the last two

(possibly three) have become hypocentra. The 2nd to the 4th are

distinctly bifid, with a tendency for the ends to meet, and thus

complete the chevron. Fregetta and Thalassidroma have also

intercentra.

STEGANOPODES.

The only Steganopode in which I have found free intercentra is

Phaethon. There are here three, gradually increasing in size and

lying between the first and fourth free caudals. They are followed

by three hypocentra, bifid at the apices.

CoLyMBI.

In Colymbus septentrionalis (fig. 2) there are five vertebre between

Colymbus septentrionalis. Lateral (left-hand figure) and ventral aspects of

caudal vertebrae.

(Lettering as in fig. 1.)

1897.] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON INTERCENTRA IN BIRDS. 469

the last which is embraced by the ilia and the pygostyle. There are

good-sized intercentra, increasing in size between the last sacral

and the first three of these. The last two free caudals have fused

hy pocentra.

Aichmophorus major has six such vertebre. There is a minute

intercentrum between 1 and 2, and three larger intercentra

between the following ones.

H2ERODIONES.

Among the Herodiones free intercentra are not at all general.

In Dissura maguari I only found one lying between the 3rd and

4th free caudals. The skeleton, however, was incomplete, though

I feel sure that there were no intercentra in front of this point.

In Platalea leucorodia there are large intercentra between the

4th and the 5th, and between the 5th and the last free caudals.

In Pl. waja the last of these was alone present and partly fused

with the 6th vertebra. But one in front may have been lost, as

they are easily detachable.

Ardea cinerea has no free intercentra, but three progressively

increasing hypocentra on the last three free vertebre. Butorides

cyanurus has the same and, in addition, a minute free intercen-

trum. Oancroma has three intercentra, increasing in size from a

very minute nodule, and a single hypocentrum.

In Xenorhynchus senegalensis I found no intercentra at all; in

X. australis there was a large flattened (compressed) intercentrum

between the last two free caudals; this is in contact, but not

fused, with the hypocentra of the pygostyle. There are five free

caudals in Tantalus leucocephalus; between the 2nd and 3rd and

the 3rd and 4th are free intercentra; the 5th has a hypocentrum.

Scopus umbretta has no free intercentra; the last two vertebre

have hypocentra'.

GRUES.

Neither in the Cranes proper nor in Psophia, Rhinochetus, and

Eurypyga are there any free intercentra. But in Chunga bur-

meistert there are two pairs of small nodules of bone underlying

the small pygostyle, which are possibly the equivalents of those

structures.

LIMIcoLa,

Contrary to what we find among the Grues, the Limicole have

constantly free intercentra. In Numenius femoralis there are 8

caudal vertebre ; a minute nodule of bone lies between the centra

of the first two of these vertebre, a slightly larger one between

the third and fourth, and a larger one still between the two follow-

ing. The remaining vertebre have hypocentra. In Hematopus

there are also three free intercentra. Cdicnemus grallarius has

' In Baleniceps (Parker, “On the Osteology of Baleniceps,” Tr. Zool. Soc.

iv. p- 335) there is “a small distinct ‘sesamoid’ bone ...... lying between the

second and third centrum.”

470 MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON INTERCENTRA IN BIRDS. [May 4,

two fair-sized free intercentra followed by two hypocentra. I

found exactly the same number of intercentra and hypocentra in

Thinocorus rumicivorus. In Chionis alba there are 8 free caudal

vertebre, the fifth bears a small hypocentrum; then follow two

free good-sized intercentra, of which the last is divided by a suture

into two parts. Finally, there is a large bifid hypocentrum.

Intercentra are also present in the Laride. In Stercorarius

antareticus there are three small round button-shaped intercentra

increasing in size from before backwards, followed by two large

bifid hypocentra.

Raw; OTrpeEs.

So far as I have been able to ascertain, neither the Ralli

(including Heliornis) nor the Otides possess free intercentra.

CoLUMBz.

The same remark may be made concerning the Pigeons.

ACCIPITRES.

In Dryotriorchis spectabilis there is one free nodule of an inter-

centrum lying between the first two free caudals; the remaining

vertebre have strong hypocentra, which are bifid at the tip. In

other Hawks there are no free intercentra, but always hypocentra,

which are constantly bifid at the tip and sometimes chevrons.

PsrIrract.

I have found no free intercentra in any Parrot, but always a

certain number of hypocentra, which may or may not be bifid at

the tip.

OPISTHOCOMI.

In a skeleton of the Hoatzin there are three free intercentra

gradually increasing in size, and two hypocentra following them.

GALLI.

Intercentra appear to be rare in this group of birds. I found

no free intercentra anywhere, and only hypocentra on the last two

caudals of Aburria carunculata’.

CUcULI.

In no Cuckoo that I have examined have I found any free

intercentra. But in all there are two or three hypocentra on

the last free caudals; one or more is usually a chevron-bone,

zt. e. perforated.

? In Crax globicera, however (Parker, ‘‘On the Osteology of Gallinaceous

poe ~ Tr. Zool. Soc. vy. p. 169), there are two free intercentra (“hypo-

physes”).

1897.] MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON LNTERCENTRA IN BIRDS. 471

TINAMI.

Among the Tinamous I have not seen free intercentra.

ALCH.

Among the Auks intercentra are quite as general as among their

near allies the Limicole.

In Uria troile there are no less than 6 free intercentra, which

lie well below the level of the centra and are but loosely attached,

so that they would be very readily detachable. There are two of

these bony nodules lying side by side between the ultimate and

Fig. 3.

Fratercula arctica, Ventral aspect of caudal vertebre, showing free

intercentra.

penultimate free caudal. In Fratercula arctica (fig. 3) there are 6

very distinct and rather larger intercentra, which are not so loosely

attached as are those of Uria; in F. corniculata I found only five.

Pico-PAssEREs.

In this extensive group of Birds free intercentra are infre-

quent and, when present, not numerous. There are, however,

frequently hypocentra, which may have the form of chevron-bones.

In Triponax feddeni, for example, the last four free caudals bear

double hypocentra, the free ends of which become fused in the

last two, thus forming chevrons. In Hylomanes gularis there is

one free intercentrum followed by two hypocentra. Dacelo gaudi-

chaudi has two free intercentra and five hypocentra. I could not

find intercentra in Coracias, Upupa, Megalema, Halcyon, Merops,

Rhamphastos, Colius. In Momotus lessoni there are two distinct

intercentra and two hypocentra. Among Hornbills, on the other

472 MR. SCLATER ON A PENGUIN’S SKIN. [May 18,

hand, free intercentra appear to be the rule. I have found one

Fig. 4.

Toccus erythrorhynchus. Caudal vertebrx. 1, lateral view; 2, ventral view.

P, pelvis; 6, free intercentrum.

or two of considerable size. In the Passeres I have never yet met

with these structures.

May 18, 1897.

Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a plan of the new Zoological Garden

attached to the “ Museu Paraense de Historia Natural e Ethno-

graphia” at Para, in Brazil, of which Dr. Emil Goeldi, C.M.Z.S8.,

was Director ; and called attention to the description of it and its

contents recently published in the ‘ Zoologische Garten’ (Jahrg.

xxxvill. No. 4, April 1897), by Herr Meerwarth, Assistant in the

Para Museum.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of a Penguin received by him in

exchange from the Musée d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris as an

example of Microdyptes serresianus (Oust.), and read the following

note from Mr. Ogilvie-Grant on the subject :—

“T have carefully examined the specimen of so-called Micro-

dyptes serresianus, and find it is without any doubt the young of

Eudyptes chrysocome (Forst.). The shape of the bill and soft

downy grey feathers of the throat point at once to its being an

immature bird. In the Rothschild Museum at Tring there is a

fine series of young Z. chrysocome in different stages, and with

some of these M. serresianus is identical.”

1897.] ON ABNORMAL SKULLS OF GOAT, BULLDOG, AND PIG. 473

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon a skull of

the Theban Goat, Capra hircus, var. thebaica, a hornless variety

of the domesticated Goat peculiar to North Africa and Egypt,

which presented a curious shortening of the anterior portion of

the skull, the premaxilla and maxilla being considerably reduced.

The nasal bones, curved, and separated throughout their entire

length from these bones, were articulated only with the frontal

bone, and exposed the base of the turbinated bones in the interior

of the nasal cavity. The lower jaw remaining the normal length,

the incisors projected considerably beyond the premaxilla, pre-

venting the animal from obtaining its food by the ordinary

method of grazing.

A. Theban Goat. B. English Goat.

Mr. Holding also exhibited a fine Bulldog’s skull and the skull

of a Pig which indicated a similar arrest in the development

of the anterior portion of the skull, due directly to selective

influences.

Mr. Tegetmeier and others took part in a short discussion on

this subject.

)

474 MR, G, A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

The following papers were read :—

1. A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Sceloporus.

By G. A. Bouencer, F.R.S.

[Received March 29, 1897.]

(Plate XX XIII.)

The discrimination of species in the genus Sceloporus is beset

with great difficulties. Cope has justly recommended it as “an

excellent piece de résistance for those persons who do not believe

in the doctrine of derivation of species.” The discrepancies

observable on comparing the revisions published about the same

time by Cope’, myself*, and Giinther® show to what extent opinions

may differ on the delimitation of species. I have therefore con-

sidered it useful to undertake a renewed study of the genus,

embracing the whole material in the British Museum, which has

been greatly increased since the publication of the second volume

of the Catalogue of Lizards, thanks chiefly to the donations of

Messrs. Salvin and Godman, Mr. W. Taylor, Dr. A. Dugés,

Mr. Van Denburgh, and the collections made by Dr. A. C. Buller

in Western Mexico and by Profs. Gilbert and Higenmann in

California.

I have not restricted my work to framing diagnoses, but have

drawn up tables of measurements and records of numbers of scales

and femoral pores * of nearly all the specimens, with the exception

of very young ones. These tables, I trust, will prove of more last-

ing value than systematic conceptions, and be of service to future

workers in the same field as well as to those who might wish to

test the constancy of the characters on which species have hitherto

been established.

Coloration, even the most conspicuous markings, I find generally

inconstant as a specific character, and liable more often to deceive

than to help in identifying specimens if considered previously to

the structural characters. Therefore, whilst paying to coloration

the attention which it deserves, I have abstained from introducing

any allusion to it in the key preceding the descriptions of the

species, all of which are based on structural characters.

1 Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. xxii. 1885.

2 Cat. of Lizards, ii. 1885.

3 Biol. C.-Amer., Rept., 1890.

4 These tables read as follows :—

. Length from snout to vent (in millimetres).

. Length of shielded part of head (from end of snout to posterior

border of interparietal shield).

Length of head to ear-opening.

. Length of tibia,

. Distance between base of fifth toe and extremity of fourth.

Number of scales from occiput, to base of tail.

Number of scales corresponding to length of shielded part of head.

. Number of seales round middle of body.

. Number of femoral pores (right and left).

COMIP OPO be

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 475

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Lateral scales directed obliquely upwards and backwards, and passing

gradually into the dorsals; series of femoral pores usually widely sepa-

rated, not meeting on the preeanal region.

A. Tail cylindrical; hind limb not reaching the eye; head-shields smooth or

slightly rugose.

1. The distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the

fourth not exceeding the distance between the end of the snout and

the ear; tibia nearly as long as, or a little shorter than, the shielded

part of the head; 26-39 scales between the interparietal shield and

the base of the tail.

a, None of the enlarged supraoculars in contact with the shields of the

crown.

27-37 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 5-7 corre-

sponding to the length of the shielded part of the head, forming parallel

series on the back) <-scesacecesecustace sesso oreo 1. S. torquatus, Wiegm.

33-39 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 8-9 corre-

sponding to the length of the shielded part of the head, forming oblique

series converging towards the median line of the back.

2. S. bulleri, Bigr.

6, Fourth supraocular in contact with the parietal shields; 26-27 scales

between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 6-7 corre-

sponding to the length of the shielded part of the head, forming

parallel series on the back ........ =... 93. S. melanorhinus, Bocourt.

2. The distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the

fourth not or but slightly exceeding the distance between the end of

the snout and the posterior border of the ear; 38-64 feebly keeled

scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail.

a. Dorsal scales forming parallel longitudinal series.

38-46 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 8-11 corre-

sponding to the length of the shielded part of the head.

4. S. yarrovii, Cope.

60-64 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 15-16

corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the head.

: 5. S. ornatus, Baird.

b. Dorsal scales forming oblique series converging towards the middle

line posteriorly, 44-48 between the interparietal shield and the base

of the tail, 9-10 corresponding to the length of the shielded part of

the head «..:0:.200. «sssssrasaeeeeeeeies 6, S. dugesii, Bocourt.

3. The distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the

fourth equalling or somewhat exceeding the distance between the end of

the snout and the posterior border of the ear; dorsal scales strongly

keeled, slightly mucronate, 38-47 between the interparietal shield and

the base of the tail, 7-10 corresponding to the length of the shielded

part of the head; tibia slightly shorter than the shielded part of the

head 355 Aaa aac crass ios eee eee 7. S. consobrinus, B. & G.

4. The distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the

fourth exceeding the distance between the end of the snout and the

posterior border of the ear.

a. Dorsal scales equal in size.

«. The distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth equalling the distance between the nostril and the

arm; 39 strongly keeled and strongly mucronate scales between

the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 10 corresponding

to the length of the shielded part of the head.

8, S. serrifer, Cope,

476 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

8. The distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth less than that between the nostril and the arm.

* Dorsal scales feebly keeled, not or but shortly mucronate, 30-35

between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 6-7

corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the head ;

tibia longer than the shielded part of the head.

9. S. orcutti, Stejn.

x* Dorsal scales strongly keeled and mucronate, not more than 45

between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail.

t 25-32 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of

the tail, 5-7 corresponding to the length of the shielded part

of the head.

¢ Tibia not or but little longer than the shielded part of the

head.

Dorsal scales moderately or strongly mucronate ; femoral pores 2-16 on each

TG todd Ber sncnaneepiandebeiden shenocee edeenpononnde 10. S. spinosus, Wiegm.

Dorsal scales very strongly mucronate; femoral pores 13-17.

11. S. acanthinus, Bocourt.

Dorsal scales strongly mucronate, forming more or less oblique series con-

verging towards the middle line; femoral pores 17-21.

12. S. asper, Blgr.

{tt Tibia about one-fourth longer than the shielded part of the

head ; femoral pores 17-22 on each side.

13. S. zosteromus, Cope.

tt 32-45 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of

the tail, 7-10 corresponding to the length of the shielded

part of the head.

Upper head-shields smooth; dorsal scales very strongly mucronate and denti-

culate; tibia longer than the shielded part of the head; scales on back of

LHI PHSHAE POs cs-.nthadssce sectors atop ec sentsrseeces 14. S. lickti, Van Denb.

Upper head-shields smooth ; dorsal scales moderately or shortly mucronate ;

tibia as long as or slightly longer than the shielded part of the head.

15. 8. formosus, Wiegm.

Upper head-shields more or less distinctly rugose, rarely smooth ; dorsal scales

rather strongly mucronate ; tibia as long as or longer than the shielded part

Of Hhethend ss isecceseectes took secure teaaeeenet 16. S. undulatus, Daud.

x%% 46-56 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of

the tail.

Dorsal scales rather feebly keeled, forming parallel longitudinal series, 47-51

between interparietal shield and base of tail, 9-11 corresponding to the length

of the shielded part of the head ............... 17. S. elongatus, Stejn.

Dorsal scales strongly keeled, forming parallel longitudinal series, 52-56 between

interparietal shield and base of tail, 11-16 corresponding to the length of

the shielded part of the head ................4 18. S. gratiosus, B. & G.

Dorsal scales strongly keeled, forming oblique series converging towards the

middle line, 46-50 between interparietal shield and base of tail, 12-15 corre- ;

sponding to the length of the shielded part of the head.

19. S. grammicus, Wiegm.

xxx 60-83 scales between the interparietal shield and the base

of the tail, strongly keeled, forming oblique series converging

towards the median line, 12-20 corresponding to the length of

the shielded part of the head... 20. S. microlepidotus, Wiegm.

b, Dorsal scales very unequal in size .,. 21. 8. heterolepis, Blgr.

eee

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 477

B. Tail strongly compressed ; head-shields smooth.

22. S. pyrrhocephalus, Cope.

C. Tail cylindrical; hind limb reaching beyond the eye; head-shields keeled

OF striated seosessssentedesse22 Sade sranact 2 23. S. chrysostictus, Oope.

II. Lateral scales longitudinal or nearly so; series of femoral pores more or

less narrowly separated, often meeting on the przeanal region; head-shields

keeled or striated.

Tibia shorter than the shielded part of the head. 24. S. enews, Wiegm.

Tibia at least as long as the shielded part of the head.

25. S. scalaris, Wiegm. e

TIT. Lateral scales much smaller than, and abruptly differentiated from, the

dorsals.

A. Lateral scales squamous, imbricate.

1. 9-16 femoral pores on each side.

46-65 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 10-17

correspondiug to the length of the shielded part of the head.

26. S. variabilis, Wiegm.

89-43 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 8-9

corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the head.

27. S. cupreus, Bocourt.

2. 3-8 femoral pores on each side; 30-40 scales between the interparietal

shield and the base of the tail.

Two canthal scales; ventral scales smooth; male without enlarged postanal

Bowles catia oeeneSsaen net tear eae oncaaensatieese 28. S. siniferus, Cope.

One canthal scale; ventral scales obtusely keeled ; male without enlarged post-

AMAWSCAIES. 5 Sees daeassasecres caodeoasencs ndwucmesees 29. S. fulvus, Bocourt.

One canthal scale; ventral scales smooth ; male with enlarged postanal scales,

30. S. syuamosus, Bocourt,

B. Lateral scales minute, granular.

Head-shields keeled or striated ; 40 scales between the interparietal shield and

the base of the tail; 13-14 femoral pores on each side.

31. S. utiformis, Cope.

Head-shields smooth ; 82 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of

the tail; 17-25 femoral pores on each side ... 32. 9. couchii, Baird.

1. ScELOPORUS TORQUATUS.

Sceloporus torquatus, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 369, and Herp. Mex.

p- 49, pl. vii. fig. 1 (1834); Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 171,

pl. xviii. fig. 9 (1874); Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos, Soc. xxii. 1885,

pp- 169 & 401; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. li. p. 219 (1885); Dugés, La

Naturaleza, (2) 1. 1888, p. 113: Gimth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 66

1890).

; Agama torquata, Green & Peale, Journ. Ac. Philad. vi. 1830,

. 231.

a Tropidolepis torquatus, Gray, Griff. A. K. ix. Syn. p. 43 (1831),

and Zool. Beechey’s Voy. p. 95, pl. xxx. fig. 2 (1839); Dum. & Bibr.

Erp. Gén. iv. p. 301 (1837); Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 208 (1845).

Sceloporus poinsettir, Baird & Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1852, p. 126,

and U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., Rept. pl. xxix. figs. 1-3 (1859);

Giinth. l.c. p. 65.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XXXII. 32

478 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

Sceloporus torquatus poinsettii, Cope, 1. c. p. 402.

Sceloporus torquatus cyanogenys, Cope, 1. ec.

Sceloporus torquatus mucronatus, Cope, 1. ¢.

Sceloporus ferrariperezii, Cope, |. c. p. 400.

Sceloporus melanogaster, Cope, 1. c.; Dugés, 1. c. p. 114, pl. xii.

fig. 7.

“Seeloporus omiltemanus, Giinth. 1. c. p. 66, pl. xxxii. fig. A.

Head-shields smooth or nearly so'; frontal transversely divided

and ,in contact with the interparietal or separated from it by a

small azygous shield or by the frontoparietals, sometimes broken up

into several small shields ; interparietal as long as broad or slightly

longer than broad, much larger than the parietals, which are

sometimes divided into two pairs; supraoculars variable, forming a

series of four or five tranversely enlarged shields bordered inter-

nally by a series of moderate-sized scales (fig. 1, a), or broken up

and forming two or three longitudinal series (fig. 1, @); one or two

Head-shields of Sceloporus torquatus.

series of small scales separating the enlarged supraoculars from the

supraciliaries; two canthal scales, both often in contact with the

subnarial*; anterior border of ear with a strong denticulation

formed by three or four pointed scales, which are as large as or a

little larger than those preceding.

* Dugés observes “ En algunos individuos las he visto como puntuadas y casi

rugosas.”

* Such specimens appear to have been described by Oope as with a single

canthal. A specimen from Hac. del Bobo has one canthal on one side and two

on the other,

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 479

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as broad as long ora

little broader than long, moderately or strongly keeled, with more

or less distinctly denticulated posterior border, simply pointed or

more or less strongly mucronate; the keels of the dorsal scales

forming parallel longitudinal series; 27 to 37 scales between the

interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 5 to 7 scales, taken in

the middle of the back, correspond to the length of the shielded

part of the head. Lateral scales keeled, directed obliquely upwards

and backwards, as large as or a little smaller than the dorsals.

Ventral scales small, smooth, entire or bi- or tricuspid. 34 to 44

scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder, the cervical fold,

or the ear; tibia as long or nearly as long as the shielded part of

the head; the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the

extremity of the fourth equals or slightly exceeds the distance

between the end of the snout and the ear. 9 to 20 femoral pores

on each side.

Caudal scales about as large as dorsals, strongly mucronate.

Males with enlarged postanal scales.

The following table shows the variations in the proportions and

in the scaling in the specimens examined :—

A. A series of four or five transversely enlarged supraoculars

(fig. 1, a).

, e2en[e ten |e teal os le Gs alee: || 1s 9

3. El Paso, Texas. Forrer ......... 113| 22 | 25 | 23 | 26 | 27) 5 | 86 | 18-17

. Guadalajara, Jalisco, Buller ...) 61) 14] 15] 13] 16 | 28 | 6 | 39 |17-17

6. Guanajuato. Dugés............... 106 | 20 | 22 | 21 | 23 | 29 | 5 | 38 | 16-18

3. i Me marernet cc iet 97/ 18 | 20 | 18 | 20} 28] 5 | 88 | 19-17

©. Plateau of Mexico. Geddes ...... 71| 15 | 16 | 15 | 18 | 28} 6 |} 40 | 15-

3. Hacienda del Bobo. Heege...... 89) 19 | 21 | 18} 22] 381 | 6 | 42 | 20-20

og. R. Santiago, Jalisco. Smith... .. 118) 22 | 25 | 22 | 24 | 28} 523] 36./17-18

3. ” ” ” ...|103| 20 | 24 | 21 | 24 | 27 | 52] 40 | 20-19

Q. ” ” 3 .-.| 100] 20 | 23 | 20 |} 22 | 28 | 53] 36 | 15-14

3G. S. Mexico. Godman............... 84] 17 | 20 | 17 | 20 | 29] 7 | 40 | 16-18

3. Mexico. Boucard .................. 79| 16} 19 | 16 | 20 | 27] 6 | 38 | 16-16

ee ate WP capencoocoonee 70| 15] 16 | 15 | 17 | 28 | 7 | 40 | 19-19

8: 5 De Moore ...:........0s: 98) 19 | 21 | 19 | 21 | 30} 5 | 40 | 16-18

Oia aenclicvssescaecceetiaeascesorsie 130} 24 | 28 | 24 | 27 | 27 | 5 | 36 | 18-18

B. Supraoculars intermediate between A and C (fig. 1, 5, ¢).

Tg ee ee abe GR Nae |Met 9.

dg. Duval Co., Texas. Taylor ...... 113) 22 | 26 | 22 | 24 | 28] 6 | 38 | 10-10

ORM MLCKICO; 8 saipssatescueaiesme ceed ssa 75| 15 | 18} 15] 19 | 80] 6 | 42 117-17

32*

480 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

C. Enlarged supraoculars broken up, forming two or three

longitudinal series (fig. 1, d).

115} fab Fal bel pee Pa fad Pa Pr CE et 2:

3d. Duval Co., Texas. Taylor ...... 117| 22 | 28 | 23 | 29 | 37 | 7 | 42 | 18-14

dG. 4 a Polk gears 116} 23 | 27 | 24 | 28 | 34| 7 | 42 | 18-14

2. Jv open 85| 16 | 19 | 17 | 19 | 80 | 6 | 40 | 10-9

3. Ciudad, Durango. Forrer ...... 102] 19 | 22 | 20 | 21 | 29 6 | 36 | 11-12

3. i ; Bese axe 32| 17 | 20 | 18 | 20 | 27 | 6 | 87 |12-11

3. 4 aa emer Ee 67| 15 | 16 | 14 | 16 | 27 | 6 | 84 | 12-12

Qo. I alapa. HOCH Olen .stezces- 55050-0070 61] 13 | 14 | 13 | 15 | 28 | 6 | 88 | 12-14

Be Rey ane Guerrero. Smith ...| 96] 19 | 22 | 20 | 24 | 30| 6 | 36 |14-14

Pi yo eee O2| do 2 | 18°) 227).30 1° bichoop beste

” , 78} 16 | 18 | 15 | 20 | 29) 6 | 38 | 14-13

- Mexico bce ae Panacea come hadebe Oats 89] 16 | 18 | 16 | 20 | 31] 6 | 88 | 14-13

a Bg) HN oss Sct acdtis edn vaseanaetomteest 112] 22 | 24 | 23 | 24 | 33] 6 | 40 | 15-12

Males bronzy, olive, or dark green above, uniform or with yel-

lowish or pale greenish spots, which may be confluent into cross-

bars; usually a broad black nuchal collar edged with yellow or

pale g green behind or both in front and behind ; this collar is some-

times interrupted on the back, or reduced to an oblique black band

on the shoulder. There is every passage between specimens with

and without the collar. Throat and sides of belly cobalt-blue;

breast and middle of belly and groin black or white, or black with

some white spots; groin black.

Females often more brownish above and yellowish-white beneath,

uniform or the throat marked with olive and the sides greenish.

In some specimens (Omilteme) the throat and the sides of the

belly blue.

The variations of this species, both in scaling and coloration, have

given rise to a number of nominal species and subspecies, which I

feel unable to accept.

The best-defined form is the S. potnsettii of Baird and Girard,

in which the supraoculars, often also the frontal, are broken up

and the femoral pores fewer (9-15) than is usually the case in the

typical S. torquatus. But, following Bocourt and Cope, I can only

regard it as a variety or subspecies of S. torquatus, because speci-

mens occur showing an intermediate form of supraoculars, such as

are tabulated in division B of my list, and because I find similar

variations occur in S. spinosus ; and as the number of femoral pores

varies in the typical form from 14 to 20 the second character also

is not in all cases a distinctive one. Giinther accepts S. poinsettii

as a distinct species, overlooking the intermediate specimens with

regard to the supraoculars, and stating the number of femoral pores

to be 11 or 12 in S. poinsettii and 15 to 20 in S. torquatus, not-

withstanding that he had access to specimens of the former (from

Texas) with as many as 14 pores. The character derived from the

coloration he himself admits to pertain only to the specimens from

LSS T= LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS, 481

Durango’. Giinther’s S. omiltemanus I would regard as a strict

synonym of S. poinsettii, but for the blue throat of the female; it

is at most a colour variety. Cope’s 8. torquatus cyanogenys and

S. torquatus mucronatus I also regard as synonyms of the var.

poinsettii, as I find the degree of mucronation of the dorsal scales

and the development of the nuchal collar to be subject to individual

variation.

S. melanogaster, Cope, certainly, and S. ferrariperezi, Cope, prob-

ably, cannot be separated from the typical form. I have recently

received from Dr. Dugés two specimens from Guanajuato, sent

as S. melanogaster. One has the complete collar of the typical

S. torquatus, the other has it broadly interrupted as in the specimen

(without locality) previously referred by me to this form. I have

carefully compared the two latter specimens and find the agree-

ment absolute, both in coloration and in scaling. I specially

mention this on account of Giinther’s statement that “‘ Boulenger’s

Sceloporus melanogaster is certainly a different form.”

All the specimens in division A of my table, and the second in

division B should be referred to the forma typica, all those in

division C, and the first specimen in division B to the var. pownsetti.

The definition of the two forms may be given thus :—

Forma typica. A series of transversely enlarged supraoculars :

interparietal usually in contact with the posterior frontal; femoral

pores 14 to 20.

Var. poinsettii, B. & G. Supracculars (and often frontals) more

or less broken up; interparietal usually separated from the pos-

terior frontal, if this be distinct ; femoral pores 9 to 15.

Hab, The range of this species extends over the greater part of

Mexico, west of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and east of Sonora

and Sinaloa. The typical form is not known north of Laredo and

El Paso in Texas, both localities on the Rio Grande, whilst the

var. poinsettw penetrates farther into Texas.

2. SCELOPORUS BULLERI.

Sceloporus bulleri, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 729, pl.

xlviii. fig. 3.

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, sometimes

in contact with the interparietal, but more usually separated from

it by the frontoparietals ; interparietal as long as broad or a little

longer than broad, much larger than the parietals ; a series of four

transversely enlarged supraoculars, bordered inwards by one

series of scales and separated from the supraciliaries by one or two

series of smali scales; two canthal scales; four or five pointed

scales, a little larger than those in front of them, form a denti-

culation on the anterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, a little broader than

long, keeled, mucronate and denticulate, the keels converging

1 Tt is not present in the type specimen figured by Baird and Girard, but I

find indications of it in specimens from Duval Co., Texas.

482 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [ May 18,

towards the median line ; 33 to 39 scales between the interparietal

shield and the base of the tail; 8 or 9 scales, taken in the middle

of the back, correspond to the length of the shielded part of the

head. Lateral scales keeled, graduating into the dorsals and

ventrals, directed obliquely upwards and backwards. Ventral

scales small, smooth, bi- or tricuspid. 40 to 44 scales round the

middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia

nearly as long as the shielded part of the head; the distance

between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth

equals the distance between the end of the snout and the ear.

14 to 18 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, strongly mucronate. Males

with enlarged postanal scales.

DIC QON S41» 40S GRITS 1s 9

6. Colonia Brizuela. Buller......... 96 | 21 | 25} 21 | 25 | 389} 9 | 44 |18-18

6. La Cumbre de los Arrastrados.| 96 | 22 | 25 | 21 | 24 | 34 | 8 | 40 |17-18

Buller.

3 ! i = ..| 79 | 17 | 19 | 16 | 20 | 88 | 8 | 44 | 15-15

2 “i 5 Ft ween Qh LS s|I24s | BGs aS FAD 15

as <5 ie best eOm eh AZ ol Dial WT | i85) 4.8) pata to

A ” Speceeee ss (COODISLD fl dae) VAS) 1% | Shee. 1a ian

6. Hacienda de Jalisco. Buller ...| 95 | 22 | 25 | 21 | 25 | 83] 8 | 42 |15-14

Q. > » jo cet TAT F119} 16) 120-1 BSr| 8S a a:

Dark olive above, with a black uninterrupted nuchal collar,

which may be more or less distinctly edged with yellowish or

greenish ; sides of belly dark-blue, black-edged in both sexes ;

middle line of belly white ; a patch of blue may be present on the

throat, the greater part of which is black or dark olive.

Hab. This species is only known from the mountains of the

State of Jalisco, at 4400 to 8500 feet altitude, where it was

discovered by Dr. A. C. Buller.

3. SCELOPORUS MELANORHINUS,

Sceloporus melanorhinus, Bocourt, Journ. de Zool. v. 1876,

p- 401; Sumichrast, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1880, p. 176;

Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 730.

Snout much flattened. Head-shields large and smooth ; frontal

transversely divided and separated from the interparietal by the

frontoparietals or by a small azygous shield; interparietal a little

broader than long, as broad as or broader than the parietals,

which are large and broader than long; a series of four large

transverse supraoculars, separated from the frontal and from the

supraciliaries by one series of small scales, the fourth in contact

with the parietal; two canthal scales ; ear-opening nearly hidden

under the large pointed scales in front of it.

Dorsal scales much larger than yentrals, as broad as long,

strongly keeled and mucronate, entire or feebly denticulate,

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 483

forming parallel longitudinal series; 26 or 27 scales between the

interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 6 or 7 scales

correspond to the length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral

scales keeled, directed upwards and backwards, graduating into

the dorsals and ventrals. Ventral scales smooth, bicuspid. 36 to

40 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia

a little shorter than the shielded part of the head; the distance

between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth

equals the distance between the end of the snout or the nostril and

the ear. 18 to 21 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales nearly as large as dorsals, strongly mucronate.

Males with enlarged postanal scales.

Loita se Osu eA || elOna|edoalitss 9.

do. 8. Domingo de Guzman. Buller...| 98 | 23 | 25 | 20 | 23 | 26 | 6 | 36 | 20-19

ae 8 a » «| 66 | 15 | 17 | 13) 18 | 27 | 7 | 86 | 21-21

2. : 93 » «-| 98. | 23 | 27 | 21 | 23 | 27 | 6 | 40 | 20-19

Yellowish or greyish olive above; a yellowish, black-edged cross-

bar between the eyes ; upper surface of snout sometimes blackish ;

a yellowish band on each side from behind the eye to above the

axilla, between which a blackish blotch or bar extends across the

scapular region ; some less distinct dark cross-bars may follow on

the back. Male with the lower surface of the head black-and-

white in front, pale blue behind, yellowish green on the sides ; the

breast and median line of belly salmon-red; the belly pale blue

near the median line, yellowish green on the sides. Female

yellowish white beneath, with some chevron-shaped brown

markings, pointing backwards, on the throat.

Hab. Isthmus of Tehuantepec.

Bocourt states that the single male specimen examined by him

lacks the enlarged postanal scales. Notwithstanding this disagree-

ment with the specimens before me, I do not entertain any doubt

as to the correctness of their identification.

4, SCELOPORUS YARROVII.

Sceloporus jarrovii, Cope, in Wheeler’s Rep. Explor. W. 100th .

Mer. v. p. 569, pl. xxii. fig. 2 (1875), and Proc. Am. Philos. Soc.

xxii. 1885, p. 396. ;

Sceloporus yarrovii, Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 223 (1885); Giunth.

Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 69 (1890).

Sceloporus pleurolepis, Giinth. 1. ¢. p. 74, pl. xxxii. fig. B.

Head-shields smooth or slightly rugose; frontal transversely

divided, rarely broken up into scales, in contact with the inter-

parietal or separated from it by a small.agygous shield, rarely by

the frontoparietals ; interparietal as long as broad or longer than

broad, much larger than the parietals, which may be divided; a

484 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

series of four to six transversely enlarged supraoculars, sometimes

broken up, bordered inwards by one series of scales and separated

from the supraciliaries by two or three ; two canthal scales ; three or

four more or less enlarged scales form a denticulation on the

anterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger bitam ventrals, as broad as long or

broader than long, obtuse or truncate, not or but very shortly

mucronate, feebly keeled, sometimes nearly smooth, forming

parallel longitudinal series; 38 to 46 scales between the inter-

parietal shield and the base of the tail, 8 to 11 corresponding to

the length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales keeled,

directed obliquely upwards and backwards, as large as or larger

than the dorsals. Ventral scales small, smooth, entire or bicuspid.

46 to 54 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the axilla, the shoulder, or the

cervical fold ; tibia nearly as long as the shielded part of the head ;

the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity

of the fourth equals or slightly exceeds the distance between the

end of the snout and the ear. 8 to 17 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales larger than dorsals, more or less strongly keeled,

pointed or shortly mucronate, spinose on the sides. Males with

enlarged postanal scales.

Deel Zit Sel eA. | 5 Datly Gaylaines MS 9.

3. Huahuca Mts., Arizona. Gilbert...| 85 | 18 | 21 | 20 | 20 | 39 | 10 | 50 | 16-17

, 34 43 » «| 69 | 15 | 17 | 16 | 19 | 40 | 10 | 50 | 16-15

3 _ , » «| 64 | 14 | 15 | 14] 17 | 88 | 10 | 48 | 16-15

oO: fe - » «| 76} 16|18/17]19]40)| 8} 48 |14-15

3. Duval Co., Texas. Taylor ...... 82 | 16] 18 | 18 | 20 | 42 | 9} 48 |/13-13

dg. Catorce, 8. Luis Potosi. Taylor.) 77 | 16 | 18 / 18] 19/388 | 8 | 46 |13-13

3. ” ” » «| 74/15 |17)] 17] 19] 40 | 10} 46 | 13-13

: Ciudad, Durango. Forrer ...... 66 | 15 | 17 | 15 | 18 | 42 | 10 | 50 | 17-17

N. ae Rio de Santiago, Jalisco.| 72 | 17 | 19 | 17 | 19 | 89 | 11 | 54 | 16-15

mith.

iO ie » (1) 65] 14/15} 15] 16} 43) 9 | 46 |} 11-12

3. La Cumbre de los Arrastrados,| 74 | 16 | 18 | 18 | 19 | 45 | 11 | 50 |11-12

Jalisco. Buller.

©. Ixtlan, Jalisco. Buller............ 63 | 14) 15 | 14] 15 | 46 | 10 | 50] 8-9

d.- La Venta, Guadalajara. Buller. 84 | 17 | 19 | 18 | 18] 45 | 8 | 48 | 13-13

d. 53 i » «| 83|17}19 | 17 ]18 | 42} 9 | 48 | 14-14

foie BS A 5) 70} 14/15) 15)16| 41] 9 | 50 | 13-12

3. ” ” ” 66} 14) 15] 15] 15 | 39} 9 | 54 }11-11

fon ” ” 6 66 | 14 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 40 | 10 | 52 | 12-11

3 ” ” ” 61 | 14) 15 | 15 | 15} 41 | 11 | 54 | 11-11

” ” ” 71/14/15] 15) 14] 43} 8 | 46 | 11-11

” » » 67 | 14/15]14]15]41)] 8 | 54 {10-11

” ” 3 64 | 14] 15] 15/14] 40) 8 |] 48/}10-9

” is + 67 | 13 | 15 | 14 | 14 | 42] 8} 48 |12-10

” ” » 65 | 13] 14] 14] 14] 44] 8] 48] 9-8

y » > 7 59 | 13 | 14] 18 | 13 | 43} 9 | 54 | 11-10

é %» 99 by 59 [13 | 14] 13 | 13 | 40 | 10 | 50 | 11-12

» EF + 57 |} 13 | 14} 138} 14} 40] 9 | 48 | 10-10

(1) Type of S. pleurolepis, Gthr.

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 485

Olive above; a more or less distinct, black, light-edged collar ;

frequently two light bands on the side of the neck, the upper

from the eye and continuous with the anterior border of the collar,

the lower commencing at the tip of the snout and passing through

the ear; some specimens with the dorsal scales yellowish or pale

greenish, édged with black. Males with the throat and the sides

of the belly dark blue, edged with black. Females whitish

beneath, the throat blue or marbled with grey-blue, often with the

sides of the belly blue or greenish blue.

Hab. Arizona, Texas, Mexico (Durango, San Luis Potosi,

Jalisco). In the State of Jalisco it occurs at altitudes varying

between 3484 and 8500 feet.

5. SCELOPORUS ORNATUS.

Sceloporus ornatus, Baird, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1858, p. 254; Cope,

Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 396; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii.

p. 224 (1885); Giinth. Biol. C.-Amer., Rept. p. 72 (1890).

Head-shields smooth ; frontal broken up into three or four

shields ; interparietal as long as broad or a little broader than long,

much broader than the parietals; a series of four or five feebly

enlarged transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards by one series of

scales and separated from the supraciliaries by two or three ; two

canthal scales; four feebly enlarged scales form a denticulation

on the anterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales little larger than ventrals, as broad as long or

broader than long, rounded behind, feebly keeled, forming parallel

longitudinal series; 60 to 64 scales between the interparietal

shield and the base of the tail, 15 or 16 corresponding to the

length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales feebly

keeled, directed upwards and backwards, larger than the dorsals.

Ventral scales small, smooth, entire. 60 to 64 scales round the

middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear; tibia nearly as

long as the shielded part of the head; the distance between the

base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth equals the

distance between the end of the snout and the ear. 12-17 femoral

pores on each side.

Caudal scales much larger than dorsals, feebly keeled, pointed

or shortly mucronate, spinose on the sides. Males with enlarged

postanal scales.

I have examined only two specimens :—

eal eZee ete leetonl|(e oe | 1Osnlt. dealt Sani) sa

6. Nuevo Leon. Taylor...... 55 | 12 | 14 | 12 | 14 } 60 | 60 | 16 | 16-17

Q. Duval Co., Texas. Taylor] 46 | 11 | 12 | 10 | 12 | 63 | 64 | 15 | 16-17

Olive above, uniform or with darker and lighter spots ; a black

or blackish collar, edged with greenish white, not extending across

486 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

the throat. Male with the throat blue, and the sides of the

belly blue, edged with blackish on the inner side. Female whitish

beneath, the throat bluish.

Hab. North Mexico and Texas. The type is from Coahuila,

North Mexico.

6. SCELOPORUS DUGHESI.

Sceloporus dugesit, Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 188,

pl. xviii. fig. 7 (1874); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885,

p. 396; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. i. p. 224 (1885).

Sceloporus intermedius, Dugés, Naturaleza, iv. 1876, p. 29, pl. i.

figs. 21-32.

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, in contact

with the interparietal, which is as long as broad and much larger

than the parietals; a series of four or five feebly enlarged trans-

verse supraoculars, bordered inwards by one series of scales and

separated from the supraciliaries by one series of large scales and

one or two of small ones ; two canthal scales ; four pointed scales,

not much larger than those before them, form a denticulation on

the anterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales a little larger than ventrals, broader than long,

feebly keeled, obtuse, not denticulated, converging towards the

middle line posteriorly ; 44-48 scales between the interparietal

shield and the base of the tail, 9 or 10 corresponding to the length of

the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales a little larger, keeled,

pointed, directed upwards and backwards. Ventral scales smooth,

entire or bicuspid. 52-55 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the collar-fold ; tibia as long

as the shielded part of the head; the distance between the base

of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth equals the distance

between the end of the snout and the ear. 12-15 femoral pores

on each side.

Caudal scales larger than dorsals, strongly keeled. Males with

enlarged postanal scales.

Brownish olive above, with interrupted dark cross-bands or a

double series of narrow dark brown spots on the vertebral region ;

sides with oblique light lines; a broad, dark, light-edged scapular

collar; limbs and tail with brown cross-bands. Lower surtaces

yellowish in the female, the throat striped with bluish. Male

with the throat bluish, with concentric darker lines, and the sides

of the belly blue, black-edged internally.

A small species, measuring 65 millim. from snout to vent.

Hab. Colima and Michoacan, Mexico.

I have examined but two specimens, from La Noria, Michoacan,

presented to the British Museum by Dr. A. Duges.

7. SCHLOPORUS CONSOBRINUS. ‘

Sceloporus consobrinus, Baird & Gir. in Marcy’s Explor. Red

River, p. 237, pl. x. figs. 5-12 (1853); Cope, in Hayden’s Rep.

1897.1 LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 487

U.S. Geol. Surv. Montana, p. 468 (1872); Yarrow, in Wheeler’s

Rep. Explor. W. 100th Mer. y. p. 574 (1875); Cope, Proc. Amer.

Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 395; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii, p. 229

(1885); Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 69 (1890) ; Van Denburgh,

Proc. Cal. Ac. (2) v. 1895, p. 118.

Sceloporus tristichus, Cope, in Wheeler’s Rep. Explor. W. 100th

Mer. v. p. 571. ;

Sceloporus garmani, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 761,

pl. lvi.

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, in contact

with the interparietal or separated from it by a small azygous

shield ; interparietal as long as broad or a little longer than broad,

larger than the parietals; a series of four or five transversely

enlarged supraoculars, the widest not measuring more than half

the width of the supraocular region, bordered inwards by one.

series of scales and separated from the supraciliaries by two or

three; two canthal scales; three to five pointed scales, longer

than those in front of them, form a denticulation on the anterior

border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as_ broad,

strongly keeled, slightly mucronate, tricuspid, the keels forming

parallel lines; 38-47 scales between the interparietal shield and

the base of the tail; 7 to 10 scales, taken in the middle of the

back, correspond to the length of the shielded part of the head.

Lateral scales graduating into dorsals and ventrals, keeled, pointing

upwards and backwards. Ventral scales smooth, bi- or tricuspid.

42-46 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the axilla or the cervical fold ;

tibia slightly shorter than the shielded part of the head; the

distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth equals the distance between the end of the snout and

the posterior border of the ear. 12-18 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as or a little larger than dorsals, strongly

keeled and shortly mucronate. Males with enlarged postanal

scales.

Les) 2. (Ors EDA GL NT Ss 9.

3. Dakota, Garman......... 57 | 12 | 13 | 11 |14 | 42 | 9 | 42 | 18-12

ai FE nM acbco spec 64 | 12 | 13 | 11 | 18:5) 43 | 9 | 46 | 15-14

a Sh -dedtonese 64 | 12 | 13 | 11 |13 | 41 | 9 | 44 | 12-12

Reddish brown above, with a greyish vertebral band and one or

two yellowish lateral bands on each side; dark brown spots

between the longitudinal bands; a blackish streak at base of

humerus. Lower parts yellowish white, uniform in the female ;

male with a small blue spot on each side of the throat, and an

elongate black-margined blue blotch on each side of the belly, the

white interspace between them measuring twice their width.

Hab. This species was originally described from the Red River

488 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

of Louisiana. It has since been recorded from Montana, Nebraska,

Utah, Nevada, Arizona, and New Mexico. In addition to the

three specimens from Dakota, tabulated above, the British Museum

possesses one from Putla, Mexico.

8. SCELOPORUS SERRIFER.

Sceloporus .serrifer, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1866, p. 124, and

Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 395.

The following is the original description of the species :—“ A

stout species, near the S. spinosus, but differing in its fewer and

larger scales, with more serrate margins, and in its coloration. It

belongs therefore to the section with large lateral scales and only

one row of large supraorbitals. In this species the latter are

bounded by a complete series of inner and outer marginals. Scales

from nape to rump in 23 cross series, each with a long mucro,

and two and three lesser ones on each side of it. Interparietal

broader than long; frontal narrow, only transversely divided,

posterior portion very small. Internasal longer than broad,

elevated, sometimes sharply keeled. Lores deeply grooved. Claws

of extended hind limb nearly to ear; femoral pores 9-10. Auri-

cular marginal scales thin, not so large as those just preceding.

Median abdominal scales once, gulars twice or thrice emarginate.

Tail rather short. Length of end of muzzle to vent, 4 in. 11.

Colour above greyish or brighter green, with a complete pea-green

bordered black collar, which is narrower on the gular region.

Throat and sides of male blue, the latter broadly black-bordered

behind and medially. A yellow bar across prefrontals, one

between orbits and one across occiput, all separated by brown or

blackish, the posterior green-bordered behind. Younger specimens

have the back brown, cross-banded.” Yucatan.

To this description Cope has added a few notes in 1885 :—

“Of four adult specimens, three have the collar interrupted,

and one has it continuous over the nape. In three young speci-

mens the collar is uninterrupted. In none of the adults are there

more than ten femoral pores.”

A single female specimen, from Mexico, which I have referred

to S. serrifer, perhaps belongs to a distinct species, as suspected

by Giinther. It has 35 scales between the interparietal shield and

the base of the tail, 10 corresponding to the length of the shielded

part of the head. Tibia as long as the shielded part of the head ;

the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth equals the distance between the nostril and the arm.

10-11 femoral pores. Olive above, brown-spotted ; a dark brown

nuchal collar, interrupted in the middle,

From snout to vent 72 millim.

9. SCELOPORUS ORCUTTI.

Sceloporus orcutti, Steyneger, N. Amer. Faun. no. 7, 1893, p. 181,

pl. i. fig. 4.

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, in contact

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 489

with the interparietal or separated from it by the frontoparietals ;

interparietal as long as broad, a little longer than broad, or a little

broader than long, broader than the parietals, which are divided

into two; a series of four large transverse supraoculars, bordered

inwards by an incomplete series of scales, the last two shields

being in contact with the frontoparietals and parietals, and

separated from the supraciliaries by one or two series of scales;

two canthal scales ; three to six long pointed scales on the anterior

border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as broad or

broader than long, feebly keeled, not or but very shortly mucronate,

strongly denticulate, the keels forming parallel series or very

slightly converging towards the median lme; 30 'to 35 scales

between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 6 or 7

scales, taken in the middle of the back, correspond to the length

of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales nearly as large as

dorsals and more strongly keeled, directed obliquely upwards and

backwards. Ventral scales small, smooth, bi- or tricuspid. 36 to

38 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia

longer than the shielded part of the head; the distance between

the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth exceeds

the distance between the end of the snout and the ear. 11 to 15

femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, strongly mucronate. Males

with enlarged postanal scales.

Pe SSH 4. eb. GLa] BF P'S) Sh.

. Coahuilla Valley, 8. Diego Co.) 98 | 19 | 21 | 22 | 25 | 30 | 6 | 36 | 11-12

Gilbert.

. 3 33 3 .-.| 99 | 18 | 20 | 20 | 25 | 35 | 7 | 86 |14-15

. 8. Jacintho, 8. Diego Co. Gilbert.) 95 | 19 | 20 | 20 | 23 | 32 | 7 | 37 |14-15

; is " » «| 92 | 18 | 20} 22 | 24] 311) 7 | 88 :)1414

-pAnizonaiay, Wright) ..9.7..c.0.s0eens- 72|15]16|17 | 19 | 82|] 7 | 36 |14-13

Dark bronzy brown above, uniform or the scales pale olive in

the centre, or pale brown with dark brown cross-bands, the dark

bands, broader than the pale interspaces. Lower parts leaden

grey in females, pale blue in young males, blackish blue in adult

males.

Hab. San Diego Co., California. The British Museum has also

received a specimen among a collection of Reptiles from Arizona,

presented by Dr. W. G. Wright.

10. ScELOPORUS SPINOSUS.

Sceloporus spinosus, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 370, and Herp. Mex.

p- 50, pl. vii. fig. 3 (1834); Baird, U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., Rept.

p- 5, pl. xxix. figs. 4-6 (1859); Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept.

p. 174, pl. xviii. fig. 2 (1874); Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe,

490 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

xxii. 1885, p. 395; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 226 (1885); Dugés, La

Naturaleza, (2) i. 1889, p. 205.

Tropidslepis spinosus, Gray, Griff. A. K. ix. Syn. p. 43 (1831);

Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 304 (1837) ; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 209

(1845).

Sceloporus horridus, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. p. 50; Bocourt, 1. ¢.

p. 178, pl. xviii. fig. 8; Cope, l. c. p. 394.

Tropidolepis horridus, Dum. & Bibr. t.c. p. 306; Gray, Cat.

. 209.

f Sceloporus clarkii, Baird & Gir. Proce. Ac. Philad. 1852, p. 127,

and U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., Rept. p.5; Yarrow, Wheeler’s Rep.

Explor. W. 100th Mer. v. p. 575, pl. xxiii. fig. 1 (1875) ; Stejneger,

N. Amer. Faun. no. 3, 1890, p. 110, and no. 7, 1893, p. 178, pl.i.

fig. 1.

Bicloporhis magister, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 93, and

Rep. U.S. Explor. Surv. R. R. x. pt. iv. p. 5 (1859); Stejneger,

N. Am. Faun. no. 7, 1893, p. 178, pl. i. fig. 2.

Sceloporus floridanus, Baird, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1858, p. 254;

Stejneger, ]. c. p. 181, pl. i. fig. 6.

Sceloporus oligoporus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 177.

Sceloporus thayerti (non B.& G.), Bocourt, 1. ¢. p. 175, pl. xviii.

fig. 5.

i aostihoris spinosus, part., Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 63

1890).

Sceloporus boulengeri, Stejneger, |. c. p. 180, pl. i. fig. 5.

Head-shields smooth ; frontal transversely divided (exceptionally

single), usually in contact with the interparietal, sometimes sepa-

rated from it by the frontoparietals or by a small azygous shield ;

interparietal as long as broad, a little longer than broad, or a little

broader than long, nearly as broad as or broader than the parietals;

a series of three to five large, transverse supraoculars, which are

rarely broken up into two series as in S, torquatus v. poinsetti’; a

complete or incomplete series of scales on the inner side of the

enlarged supraoculars, the last or last two of which are sometimes

in contact with the frontoparietals or frontoparietals and parietals ;

one or two series of small scales between the large supraoculars

and the supraciliaries; two canthal scales (exceptionally one) ;

three to six pointed scales on the anterior border of the ear, in

some specimens not larger than those in front of them, in others

larger and sometimes much longer than broad.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as broad,

strongly keeled, mucronate, and usually denticulate, the keels

forming parallel series or, rarely, slightly converging towards the

median line ; 25 to 32 scales between the interparietal shield and

the base of the tail; 5 to 7 scales, taken in the middle of the back,

correspond to the Jength of the shielded part of the head. Lateral

scales graduating into dorsals and ventrals, strongly keeled, directed

obliquely upwards and backwards. Ventral scales small, smooth,

bi- or tricuspid. 34 to 40 scales round the middle of the body.

1 This is particularly marked in a specimen from Puebla.

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 491

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia,

in the adult, a little longer than the shielded part of the head ; the

distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth exceeds the distance between the end of the snout

and the ear. 2 to 17 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, strongly mucronate. Males

with enlarged postanal scales.

A. Femoral pores 2-5 on each side; auricular scales not much

longer than broad.

tlm Jalisco.o Buller et ne 87/18 | 20 | 19 | 23 | 27| 5 | 35] 23

Puentillo de Acatan, Jalisco.

Baller 2.4. ee 80/16 | 19 | 18 | 23 | 29

Iguala, Guerrero. Smith .........| 64| 14 | 15 | 14] 18 | 29

g- Ventanas, Durango. Forrer ...| 45| 11 | 12 | 11 | 15 | 29

om 6

2. ” ” 7

G. N. of Rio de Santiago. Smith...) 102] 19 | 21 | 24 | 26 | 30] 6 | 36] 2-2

go. 5 6

hic 7

Y 7

6. | 7. | 8 9

3. igliprecdia. Sinaloa. Forrer 30 | 54 | 36} 9-8

od. e 8 28|6 | 86| 8-8

g- - 3 27|6 | 84! 9-10

+ 5 27 | 6 | 36 | 10-10

a ig 30 | 6 | 36} 9-9

a “4 29 | 6 | 36! 10-10

rr y 21 | 27 | 6 | 37| 9-10

g- oa DU GES as: -ecna teres 3 | 29 | 53 | 86| 9-9

Hh PUREE cee: 30 | 5 | 40 | 10-7

i pitttoweetasates 28/5 | 35) 9-9

. Altiseo. Boucard oo... 29 | 6 | 40 | 10-10

od Puebla. by Mt Uae CR Rene 28 | 5 | 40 | 10-10

5 Mexico. Pee Minh,» basse odeaseSrvee 5 § 29)5 | 38} 88

8. Mexico, Godman.......,....... 23|6 | 36) 8-7

ORV OAMOUNTAN(D occ ss ccs snoseeeaeseet 29|6 | 38} 9-10

C. Femoral pores 11-13 ; auricular scales-not much longer

than broad.

TP 2 mse) MAL BS 6. |e Se 9.

6. Fort Lowell, Arizona. Gilbert... 103 20° 23 | 22 | 26 | 30| 6 | 40 | 12-12

OE Fe a » «-| 86] 17 | 19 | 18 | 22 | 32} 7 | 40 {11-11

Ei aU MCKIE emete dort ieerascraseoncccersses 99} 18 | 21 | 20 | 24 | 30} 6 | 88 |12-13

OrOr4 0100. 0xtOHOHDOCGAOAOHOMS

492 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

D. Femoral pores 11-17 ; auricular scales usually much

longer than broad.

eal eeen cet kel Oe) ete ee 9

Wisco, "Texas bere ie.cs aethaok 86] 18 | 20 | 19 | 24 | 27 | 6 | 38 | 14-16

phe). WN Rar iese sacdeseetdeeese 79| 16 | 18 | 18 | 23 | 27 | 6 | 36 | 14-4

sp inellepri ge cuavtess tes ssa 83] 16 | 18 | 18 | 24 | 29] 5 | 36 | 16-15

San Antonio, Texas ............... 78| 16 | 18 | 19 | 26 | 30| 6 | 36 | 16-17

Duval Co., Texas. Taylor ...... 83| 16 | 18 | 19 | 27 | 28 | 5 | 36 | 13-12

3 “= epee 80| 16 | 17 | 18 | 25 | 28 | 6 | 38 | 13-14

: i taboo 73| 15 | 16 | 17 | 23 | 28] 6 | 36 |13-11

FS - “iy a Mosca 113| 22 | 24 | 24 | 29 | 30| 5 | 88 |14-11

55 5 Epatece: 3 102} 20 | 22 | 24 | 29 | 28 | 5 | 88 | 14-14

“+ » een Fete 102| 20 | 22 | 24 | 30} 31 | 54) 36 | 13-13

: a Oe: 77/16 |17|18|22|30| 6 | 40] 11-11

Fort Lowell, Arizona. Gilbert...) 108| 21 | 25 | 26 | 29 | 29| 7 | 40 |14-12

* 3 » «-| 93] 19 | 21 | 22 | 27 | 26 | 6 | 38 | 14-15

2 5 » «| 62) 14] 15] 16) 19 | 25)-6 | 36 |12-11

. Colorado Bottom. Smiths. Inst.) 113} 20 | 23 | 25 | 29 | 30) 6 | 36 | 13-1

. Tampico, Jalisco. Richardson...) 96/ 18 | 20 | 21 | 28 | 29] 5 | 34 |12-13

A 3 2 ...| 67] 15 | 16 | 17 | 23 | 28 | 6 | 38 | 13-13

Brown, greyish, or olive above, usually with a more or less

distinct light stripe along each side of the back; more or less

reguiar dark brown or blackish bands may be present across the

back ; these bands may be broken up into spots or so extend as

to obscure the ground-colour. Dark bars are usually present

across the digits, but may be absent, irrespective of the structural

characters or the localities. The type of S. clarkii, from Arizona,

is described as uniform yellowish green above, and we possess a

uniform greenish specimen from Fort Lowell, recently received from

the Stanford University through Prof. Gilbert as S. clarkii, with

which it agrees in its ear-scales ; whilst a second specimen from the

same locality, received under the same name, and agreeing in the

ear-scales, has the dorsal cross-bars of S. spinosus and barred toes.

S. magister is described by Hallowell (from Fort Yuma and Tucson,

Arizona) as “ straw-colour above, without spots or blotches.” Our

specimens from Arizona, answering to the definition of S. magister

given by Stejneger, vary much in coloration and cannot be distin-

guished in this respect from specimens from Mexico, referred to

the typical S. spinosus, and Texas, the latter being considered by

Stejneger as a distinct species, S. floridanus, Baird. This is

described by Baird as “ greenish yellow, with two broad yellow

stripes, five scales apart; back with distinct transverse blackish

bars.” A black blotch is usually present in front of the arm, and

may ascend up the sides to form an incomplete nuchal collar.

This is best marked in some specimens from Arizona, Colorado,

and Presidio near Mazatlan.

1 am unable to reconcile the differences in the coloration of the

upper parts with any structural characters. The same may be said

of the coloration of the lower parts.

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS, 493

Males are usually distinguished from females by the presence of

blue on the throat and on the sides of the belly; but this character

should not be exclusively relied upon for distinguishing the sexes,

since a female from Presidio has the throat as blue as some males

collected at the same time in the same locality ; whilst, on the

other hand, an adult male specimen of the var. horridus from

Puentillo de Acatan entirely agrees with normal females in the

coloration of the lower surfaces. The intensity of the blue varies

much, probably according to seasons. The male of the typical

S. spinosus is described as with a blue throat striped with darker,

the sides of the belly blue, the breast and the middle line of the

belly white ; a large black blotch in front of the arm: such speci-

mens we possess from Guanajuato, Puebla, and Presidio (f. typica)

and from Ixtlan (var. horridus). In S. horridus the blue of the

belly may extend on the anterior face of the thigh, as in our

specimen from N. of Rio de Santiago, and in one from Mexico

referred by me to the var. clarkii. The type of S. clarkw is

described as with “a bluish abdomen, indistinctly black along the

middle region ; the lower surface of the head is blue, on the middle

region surrounded with black.” This description might have been

penned from one of our specimens from Presidio, near Mazatlan,

and agrees well with the male from Fort Lowell which I regard as

a typical S. clarkii. Hallowell’s S. magister has “ two large bluish-

green blotches upon the abdomen, one on each side, and one upon

the neck; the rest of the under surface light straw-yellow.” Speci-

mens answering to this description I have only seen from Mexico

(f. typica). Specimens from Arizona, referred to S. magister, have

the throat blue posteriorly, with a black cross-band, and the sides

of the belly of a deep blue edged with black within ; groin black.

Specimens (not full-grown) from Texas and Tampico have the

sides of the belly greenish blue and a small spot of the same colour

on each side of the throat.

The systematic treatment of the Sceloport here grouped under

S. spinosus is a subject on which recent authors have shown great

divergence of opinion.

In his Synopsis of 1885, Cope attaches undue importance to the

number of femoral pores, a character which he regards as “ not

subject to such variations as to be embarrassing ;” and he forth-

with makes a bold primary division into species with 2-6 pores

and with 10 and more. The S. horridus (with 2-6 pores) is

therefore placed quite apart from S. spznosus (believed to have 10

or more). This shows that the author cannot have counted the

pores in a very large number of specimens, for the series in the

British Museum alone, which I daresay is far less important in

numbers than that to which he had access, contains not only speci-

mens with 7, 8, or 9 pores, which therefore would not fit in either

division of the synopsis, but there is even a specimen, from Guana-

juato, with 7 pores on one side and 10 on the other. S. clarkii,

usually accepted as a distinct species, or subspecies, by Cope and

other American authors, is not even mentioned in this synopsis,

Zoou. Soc,—1897, No, XX XIII. 33

494 . MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

In the same year, I had to deal with the genus Sceloporus in the

second volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Lizards,’ and, notwithstanding

the small material at my command, felt justified in uniting under

one species S. spinosus, horridus, and clarkii, which seemed to

agree in all respects save the number of femoral pores, viz., 7 to 10

in the first, 2 to 5 in the second, and 12 to 15 in the third; and

this character served me in dividing the species into three forms or

varieties.

Giinther, in 1890, went even further, and refused to accept the

varieties on the ground of a “want of agreement between the

number of pores and the distribution of the species.” This is

partly due to his having mixed up two species under his S. spz-

nosus (see S. acanthinus, p. 497). Asa matter of fact, Giinther

never examined a Mexican specimen of S. spinosus with more than

13 pores, and the only two that possess more than 10 come from a

locality (Tampico) which is not physically separable from Arizona

and Sonora, the home of S. magister, to which form they un-

doubtedly belong.

In 1893, Stejneger discovered differences in the scales in front

of the ear by which he proceeded to divide the S. spinosus with 7

or more pores into as many as five species, viz., S. spinosus,

S. boulengeri, S. clarkit, 8. floridanus, and S. magister. I will now

examine the value of these supposed species.

1. S. boulengeri is based on specimens from Presidio, near

Mazatlan, believed to be distinguished by small, comparatively

short and broad auricular scales, and a very broad interparietal.

As the British Museum possesses 7 specimens from the same

locality and collector, I am in a position to dispose at once of this

supposed species by figuring (fig. 2) the ears of two specimens,

one of which (a) agrees with Stejneger’s figure, the other (6)

approaching the type of S. spinosus as figured by Bocourt (¢), and

Fig. 2.

Auricular scales of Sceloporus spinosus.

by giving the following measurements of the interparietal in four

specimens each of S. spinosus, S. bowlengeri, and S. clarkit; the

first figure indicates the length, the second the width :—

S. spinosus .....- 5 :4, 5:5, 4:43,4 :4

S. boulengert .... 5 35, 5:5, 4:5, 42£: 4.

S. clarkit........ 43:43,4:41,4:4, 4 :4.

There is no difference whatever, in structure or coloration, by

which S. boulengert may be distinguished from S. spinosus.

1897. ] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 495

2. S. clarkii differs from S. spinosus in having a greater number

of femoral pores (11 to 13 instead of 7 to 10). But as this is the

only difference I can perceive, and as I have no doubt an exami-

nation of a larger material would reveal greater variation than that

with which we are at present acquainted, resulting in an overlapping

of the two numbers, I consider this species merely as a form of

S. spinosus, which ‘seems confined to South-eastern Arizona,

whence it is found southward into Mexico for an unknown distance,

probably confined to the western slope of the Sierra Madre.”

3. S. magister and S. floridanus (“or S. spinosus floridanus if

the number of femoral pores should be found to intergrade”) are

both distinguished by longer ear-scales, as may be seen from the

figures annexed to Stejneger’s paper, and the pores number 11 to

16. The character of the auricular scales is, however, much more

variable than one would infer on the authority of Stejneger. On

comparing his figures with mine (p. 494, d, e, f) and with Bocourt’s

(pl. xviii. fig. 5), it will be seen that such a character is too incon-

stant for specific distinction’, in the absence of any others, which

I am unable to find and which Stejneger has, so far, not given. I

have carefully compared specimens from Texas (S. floridanus) with

some from Arizona (S. magister), and I am quite unable to separate

them. There is absolute identity between specimens from Waco

and from Tampico. I believe geographical considerations have

influenced Stejneger in separating the western from the eastern

form,—S. magister being found, according to him, in S.W. Utah,

the Grand Canon of Colorado, S. Nevada, the desert region of

California, and Arizona’; S. floridanus from Pensacola to Southern

Texas. But I would not allow such considerations to weigh in

the distinction of species or even varieties, as they must vitiate

any ultimate deductions in the study of geographical distribution.

We know that gaps may occur in the distribution of a species. To

mention one example taken from the European fauna, the Reptiles

of which are certainly better known than those of any part of

America, I will allude to the common Adder, Vipera berus, which

disappears from the plains of France south of the Loire, where it

becomes replaced, as well as in the Pyrenees, by V. aspis, and

reappears again in the hilly districts of North-western Spain and

North Portugal.

On the whole, however, the ear-scales of S. floridanus (fig. 2, e)

and S. magister (fig. 2, f), which I unite as one form, are more

elongate than in S. clarkii and S. spinosus, though they intergrade

in Texan specimens (fig. 2, d), and I therefore believe it best to

separate S. magister as a variety.

The arrangement proposed is the following :—

1. Var. horridus, Wiegm. Femoral pores 2-6 on each side;

auricular scales usually not or but slightly longer than broad.

1 In S. undulatus we meet with a similar amount of variation, and Iam unable

to avail myself of the character for defining varieties, in spite of repeated efforts

to do so.

2 Has since been recorded from New Mexico.

33*

496 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

2. Forma typica. Femoral pores 7-10 ; auricular scales usually

not or but slightly longer than broad.

3. Var. clarkii, B.&G. Femoral pores 11-13; auricular scales

not longer than broad.

4, Var. magister, Hallow. Femoral pores 11-17; auricular

scales usually much longer than broad.

Hab. Mexico west of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec; northwards

to Nevada, Utah, Colorado, Texas, and Western Florida.

11. ScHLOPORUS ACANTHINUS.

Sceloporus acanthinus, Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 180,

pl. xviii. fig. 10, & pl. xix. fig. 4 (1874) ; Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos.

Soc, xxii. 1885, p. 396; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 221 (1885);

Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 65 (1890).

Sceloporus spinosus, part., Giinth. 1. c. p. 63.

Sceloporus viviparus (non Cope), Ginth, |. ¢. p. 64.

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, rarely

single, in contact with the interparietal; latter as long as broad

or a little longer than broad, broader than the parietals; a series

of four or five large transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards by

a complete or incomplete series of scales, the last two plates

rarely in contact with the frontoparietals and parietals; one or

two series of scales between the large supraoculars and the

supraciliaries ; two canthal scales; four or five pointed scales, not

or but little larger than those before them, form a denticulation

in front of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as broad or

longer than broad, strongly keeled and mucronate, denticulate, the

keels forming parallel or slightly oblique series; 26-32 scales

between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 6 or 7

scales, taken in the middle of the back, correspond to the length

of the shielded part of the head (8 in some young, owing to

the proportionally larger head). Lateral scales graduating into

dorsals and ventrals, strongly keeled, directed obliquely upwards

and backwards. Ventral scales small, smooth, bi- or tricuspid ;

35-40 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the collar-fold or the ear;

tibia as long as or slightly longer than the shielded part of the

head; the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the

extremity of the fourth exceeds the distance between the end of

the snout and the posterior border of the ear. 14—16 (exception-

ally 13 or 17) femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as or a little smaller than dorsals, strongly

keeled, mucronate, and denticulate like the dorsals. Males with

enlarged postanal scales.

I have examined a good number of specimens, which show the

following variations in the proportions, the lepidosis, and the

number of femoral pores :—

‘

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 497

Ta ees eal, Aon Once. lh sede 9

3. Omilteme, Guerrero. Smith(1)| 82 | 17 | 19 | 18 | 22 | 27] 7 | 36 | 15-15

3 i » «| 72 | 15] 17116} 21 | 29) 7 | 40 | 15-15

3 - By 53 66 | 14 | 15 | 14/19) 382 | 7 | 36 | 16-16

3 is és i; 61 |} 138 |15 | 14/17 | 29] 7 | 35 | 14-15

3 f = a 58 | 13 | 15] 14] 18 | 31 | 8 | 36 | 15-16

3. Fr 4% » -+--| 06] 12 | 14/13] 17 | 380] 8 | 36 |14-14

o . - » «| 72] 14]16]15]19) 80] 7 | 36 | 16-16

; a » «| 63} 18] 14] 14] 18} 29] 7 | 88 | 16-15

. Amula, Guerrero. Smith (2) ...| 64 | 13 | 15 | 14 | 18 | 3 7 | 38 | 1415

erdelbyory, EIGER) pescogscaseHn een Bener 71 | 14} 16/ 14] 19 | 28) 6 | 36 |14-15

3.8. Mexico, Godman (3) ......... 59 | 138 | 14) 18] 18} 27) 7 | 88 }14-14

; ; shi od WhecPaerar Roe 83 | 17 | 20 | 19 | 23 | 26 | 6 | 36 | 16-17

. Hac. Rosa de Jericho, Nicaragua.| 73 | 15 | 17 | 16 | 21 | 29 6 | 36 | 14-14

Rothschuh.

3d. Bebedero, Costa Rica. Under- | 68 | 14 | 16 | 14 | 20 | 29 | 7 | 36 | 14-18

wood,

(1) The specimens from Omilteme have been referred by Giinther to

S. viviparus.

(2) This specimen has been referred by Giinther to S. spinosus.

(3) The specimens from 8. Mexico haye been referred by Gimther to 8. tor-

quatus. : ;

Males green or dark olive above, the dorsal scales often black at

the sides; head dark olive above, uniform or with pale green

spots; a black collar, continuous or broadly interrupted between

the shoulders, and extending across the throat. Lower surface of

head and body dark blue, uniform or with the breast and the

middle line of the belly yellowish white or pale bluish green ; the

light ventral stripe edged with black. In some of the specimens

from Omilteme the throat is bluish white with oblique blue stripes

converging backwards. Females olive or olive-brown above, spotted

with black, or with more or less regular black wavy cross-bands ;

black collar ill-defined or reduced to a bar in front of the shoulder,

not extending across the throat. Lower parts yellowish white,

throat bluish green.

This species is very closely allied to S. spinosus, from which it

differs in the stronger mucronation and denticulation of the dorsal

scales.

The type specimens came from St. Agustin, W. slope of

Atitlan, Guatemala, 2000 ft. The specimens which I refer to the

same species are from’ Jalapa, Omilteme, and Amula, South

Mexico, Hacienda Rosa de Jericho in Nicaragua, 3250 ft., and

Bebedero in Costa Rica.

12. ScELOPORUS ASPER, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII.)

Head-shields smooth ; frontal transversely divided, the anterior

moiety often longitudinally bisected, in contact with the inter-

parietal or narrowly separated from the latter by the fronto-

parietals; interparietal as long as broad or a little broader than

long, much larger than the parietals; a series of four transversely

498 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

enlarged supraoculars, bordered inwards by one series of very

small scales and separated from the supraciliaries by two series of

small scales; two canthal scales; three or four pointed scales,

smaller than those in front of them, form a denticulation on the

auterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as broad,

strongly keeled and mucronate, scarcely denticulate, the keels

converging more or less distinctly towards the median line; 28 to

32 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail ;

7 scales, taken in the middle of the back, correspond to the length

of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales keeled, graduating

into the dorsals and ventrals, directed obliquely upwards and

backwards. Ventral scales small, smooth, bicuspid. 388 to 44

scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear; tibia nearly as long

as the shielded part of the head ; the distance between the base of

the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth equals the distance

between the end of the snout and the collar-fold. 17 to 21

femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, very strongly keeled and

mucronate, the keels forming continuous longitudinal ridges.

Males with enlarged postanal scales.

Ds [Qe R804. je Sali Gail bie Ses aes:

¢. La Cumbre de los Arrastrados. | 85 | 18 | 21 | 18 | 24 | 30| 7 | 42 | 21-19

: Buller.

3. i oh , |85|19| 22] 18 | 24130] 7 | 40 |18-19|

2. - 5, » | 70) 15) 16] 14} 20) 28 | 7 | 88 |17-17

As ” ” sf QC. LO Ai As) Db) BQ aD ea

Qo; 3 i » | 69] 14} 15] 14] 20] 30] 7 | 44 |18-18 |

Males olive or green above, uniform blue-green beneath; no

collar, but a rather indistinct blackish blotch in front of the

shoulder. Females brown above, with ill-defined darker spots or

chevron-shaped cross-bars; whitish beneath, uniform or throat

bluish.

Hab. A few specimens, of which the measurements and other

particulars are recorded above, were obtained by Dr. A. C. Buller

at La Cumbre de los Arrastrados, State of Jalisco, at an altitude of

8500 feet.

13. SCELOPORUS ZOSTHROMUS.

Sceloporus zosteromus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1863, p. 105, and

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 355; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii.

p- 225 (1885); Stejneger, N. Amer. Faun. no. 7, 1893, p. 181,

pl. i. fig. 3; Van Denburgh, Proc. Calif. Acad. (2) v. 1895, p. 108.

Sceloporus clarkii zosteromus, Cope, Check-List N. Am. Rept.

p. 49 (1875).

1897. | LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 499

Sceloporus rufidorsum, Yarrow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. v. 1882,

p. 442.

Head-shields smooth ; frontal transversely divided and in con-

tact with the interparietal ; latter shield as long as broad or a little

broader than long, much larger than the parietals’; a series of

four or five large, transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards by an

incomplete series of scales, the last two or three shields being in

contact with the frontoparietals and parietals, and separated from

the supraciliaries by one or two series of scales; two canthal

scales; three to five long pointed scales on the anterior border of

the ear, much larger than those in front of them.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, at least as long as

broad, keeled, mucronate, entire or slightly denticulate, forming

parallel longitudinal series ; 28 to 30 scales between the inter-

parietal shield and the base of the tail; 5 or 6 scales, taken in the

middle of the back, correspond to the length of the shielded part

of the head. Lateral scales keeled, graduating into the dorsals

and ventrals, directed obliquely upwards and backwards. Ventral

scales small, smooth, bicuspid. 32-36 scales round the middle of

the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear or a little beyond ;

tibia longer than the shielded part of the head; the distance

between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth

equals the distance between the end of the snout and the cervical

pit. 17 to 22 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, strongly mucronate. Males

with enlarged postanal scales.

Seal ia ols Bit ln Gori SHB le Skat ee De

3. S. José del Cabo. Eisen ...| 83 | 17 | 19 | 21 | 23 | 29/6 | 34 |19-17

Jing AS Y » «| 82 | 17 | 19 | 21 | 24 | 28 | 52 | 36 | 20-20

“ee 2 at 75 | 14] 15 | 17 | 20} 2915 | 32 | 18-18

e ‘ is ” 1] 62 | 13 | 14 | 16 | 20 | 29] 6 | 32] 17-18

G. Miraflores. Eisen .......00..- 70 | 14| 15 | 18 | 21 | 28| 6 | 36 /18-18

Olive above, with a more or less distinct yellowish or reddish

stripe along each side of the back; more or less distinct dark bars

may be present across the back. Yellowish white beneath ; males

with a bluish-black band along each side of the middle line of

the belly, and extending on the anterior face of the thigh; a blue-

black vertical bar in front of the arm, sometimes connected with

the ventral band ; posterior part of the throat blue-black. Females

uniform yellowish white beneath.

Hab. Lower California and neighbouring islands (Ceros, Santa

Margarita, and Magdalena).

1 Cope says: ‘‘ Parietal scales wider than the interparietal.” This is no

doubt a lapsus, as may be seen by comparing Stejneger’s figure, drawn from the

type specimen.

500 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

14, ScELOrORUS LICKI.

Sceloporus licki, Van Denburgh, Proc. Cal. Ac. (2) v. 1895,

p- 110, pl. x.

Head-shields smooth ; frontal transversely divided, in contact

with the interparietal; latter as long as broad or a little broader

than long, broader than the parietals; a series of four large trans-

verse supraoculars bordered inwards by an incomplete series of

scales, the last two supraoculars being in contact with the inter-

“parietal and parietal; one or two series of scales between the

large supraoculars and the supraciliaries; one or two canthal

scales ; four or five pointed scales, much longer than broad, form

a denticulation on the anterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as broad,

strongly keeled, very strongly mucronate and denticulate, the

keels forming parallel longitudinal lines; 32-38 scales be-

tween the interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 7-9

(exceptionally 6 or 10) scales correspond to the length of the

shielded part of the head. Lateral scales graduating into dorsals

and vyentrals, strongly keeled, pointing upwards and backwards.

Ventral scales small, smooth, bi- or tricuspid. 36-38 scales round

the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear, or between the ear

and the eye ; tibia longer than the shielded part of the head; the

distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the

fourth equals the distance between the end of the snout and the

collar-fold. 14-16 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, strongly keeled and mucronate.

Males with enlarged postanal scales.

Jufafale Be. a s.| 9,

3. 8. San Lazaro. Bisen & Vaslit...| 71 14 | 16 18 | 20 | 35 | 8 | 38 | 15-16

‘ 4 ~ | 69 | 14] 15 | 16] 19| 35 | 7 | 36 | 14-14

ds 2 as ...| 65 | 13 | 15 | 16 | 19 | 33'| 7 | 36 | 15-14

S. Miraflores. Eisen & Vaslit ...... 70 | 13115! 16118 |36| 7 | 36 eae

The following description of the colours is taken from fresh

specimens by Mr. Van Denburgh :—

“ Back and sides olive-brown, many of the scales having central

markings of deep blue or green ; a narrow line of verdigris-green

runs along each side from the eye to the base of the tail; below

this, a narrower similarly-coloured line runs from the ear to a

point a-short distance above and behind the axilla. A patch in

front of the shoulder, the central part of the belly, and the

anterior and lower surfaces of the thigh black, which colour.

gradually fades into the cyanine blue of the sides of the belly ;

throat olive-grey, with greenish-white lines, which converge to a

point midway between the neck-patches. Tail brown, suffused

with campanula-blue and beryl-green towards its base. One male

has a single large blue patch on the throat, through which the

ordinarily whitish lines show as lines of paler blue.”

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 501

Hab. Lower California. Numerous specimens were obtained at

San José del Cabo, Miraflores, and in the Sierra San Lazaro and

Sierra El Taste.

15. ScELOPORUS FORMOSUS.

Sceloporus formosus, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. p. 50, pl. vi. fig. 2

(1834); Bocourt, Miss. Se. Mex., Rept. p. 182, pl. xviii. fig. 3

(1874); Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 222 (1885).

Tropidolepis formosus, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 303 (1837).

Sceloporus malachiticus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 178,

and Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 394.

Sceloporus lunei, Bocourt, 1. c. p. 184, pl. viii. bis, fig. 5 ; Cope,

l. c. p. 395; Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 67 (1890).

Sceloporus smaragdinus, Bocourt, 1. ¢. p. 186, pl. xviii. fig. 6 and

pl. xix. fig. 1; Giinth. 1. e. p. 68.

Sceloporus viviparus, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885,

p- 398.

Sceloporus teniocnemis, Cope, 1. c. p. 399.

Sceloporus torquatus formosus, Cope, |. c. p. 402.

Sceloporus irazuensis, Giinth. 1. c. p. 67.

Sceloporus salvini, Giinth. 1. c. p. 68.

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, usually in

contact with the interparietal ; latter as long as broad or a little

broader than long, much larger than the parietals, which may be

divided ; a series of three to five more or less enlarged, transverse

supraoculars, bordered inwards by a complete or incomplete

series of scales; one, two, or three series of scales between the

large supraoculars and the supraciliaries; one or two canthal

scales; three or four pointed scales, not or but a little larger than

those before them, form a denticulation on the anterior border of

the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as broad or a

little broader than long, strongly keeled, moderately or shortly

mucronate, entire or tri- or quinque-cuspid, the keels forming

parallel lines or obliquely converging towards the middle line on

the posterior part of the back; 35-45 scales between the inter-

parietal shield and the base of the tail ; 8 or 9 scales (exceptionally

10), taken in the middle of the back, correspond to the length of

the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales graduating into

dorsals and ventrals, strongly keeled, pointing upwards and back-

wards. Ventral scales small, smooth, bi- or tricuspid. 388-52

scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder, the collar-fold, or

the ear; tibia as long as or slightly longer than the shielded part

of the head ; the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the

extremity of the fourth equals or slightly exceeds the distance

between the end of the snout and the collar-fold. 11-16 femoral

pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as or a little larger than dorsals, strongly

keeled and mucronate. Males with enlarged postanal scales.

As Bocourt, Cope, and Giinther all agree to consider the

BE aS

= 8

502 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

number, one or two, of canthal scales as a specific character, I

haye divided accordingly the specimens in the following table.

One, which is here figured, defies the system in being referable

to the first category on the right side, to the second on the left.

Head of Sceloporus formosus from Costa Rica.

I have placed it last in the first division. It will be seen that the

character is not constantly correlated with any other, and for that

reason I must refuse to attach any special importance to it. Of

S. irazuensis, Giinther says:—‘* Two canthal scales, but owing to

the shortness of the snout the anterior is not always fully

developed.” I cannot account for such a statement; there is no

correlation between the number of canthals and the length of the

snout, as may be seen from the specimen figured above, one of the

types of S.irazuensis. Giinther himself does not seem to have had

great faith in the value of the character, as he has in several

instances associated in the same species individuals with one

canthal and others with two, although those exceptions are not

alluded to in his descriptions. Curiously, Giinther’s S. smarag-

dinus is described as with one canthal scale (p. 69), and yet

S. teniocnemis, Cope, is referred to it as a synonym in spite of

Cope attributing to it two canthals.

A. One canthal shield.

DEE AMS aed: le. 1 eer ot ee 9.

¢. 8S. Mexico. Godman (1) ...... 84|16|18|)17)} ? | 85| 8 | 40/1414

. do. Coban, Guatemala. Salvin (2)| 74 15 | 17 | 15 | 21 85 | 8 | 40 | 15-15

. Sg. Dueiias, Guatemala. Salvin (3)} 85 | 18 | 20} 19 | 23 | 41 | 9 | 50 14-13

3: ” ” ” ...| 85 | 17 | 19 | 18 | 24 | 42 | 9 | 52 | 16-15

3 ” ” ” ...| 75 | 15 ]17 | 16 | 22 | 44] 8 | 50 | 16-15

3 ie - “4 66 | 14] 15 | 15 | 20 | 38} 9 | 48 |15-16

3 ‘, a 43 66 | 14] 15 | 15 | 19 | 41 | 10 | 48 | 13-14

2 a = ¥ 85 | 16] 18| 16 | 22 | 40] 8 | 48 |16-15

a ge & » «| 66| 13 | 14] 13] 18] 39] 8 | 48 | 16-16

[oa Ss F, 5 ...| 64 | 138 | 14} 14119 | 40 | 9 | 50 | 16-16

od. Ysabal, Guatemala. Salvin (3)...| 84 | 16 | 17 | 17 | 24 | 40 | 8 | 44 15-16

do. Irazu, Oosta Rica (1)............ 63 | 13 | 15 | 13 | 19 | 34] 8 | 40} 14-14

OF x Bb ae 57 | 18} 14] 13] 17 | 35| 8 | 88 | 13-12

(1) Referred by Giinther to S. trazuensis.

(2) Referred by Giinther to 9. Zune.

(8) Referred by Giinther to S. smaragdinus.

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 503

B. Two canthal shields.

Tite Beliss | ae Be) Ze. eee

o. S. Jalapa. Hoege (1) ............ 85117 | 19/18 | 24/38] 8 | 42 }12-12|

. 6. 8. Mexico. Godman(1) ...... 97 | 19 | 21 20 | 27 45 | 9| 44 112-11

q@ oe $3 vedo (yr ies ok 65 | 14) 15 | 14/18] 35| 8 | 42 | 15-16

r. 9. is eaaAdT (LY te 96 | 18 |.20| 18 | 25/ 45| 9 | 46 | 14-13

s. 9. A my: ee 89 |17 | 19| 17] 25| 43} 8 | 45 119-13

t. d. Guatemala. Salvin (1)......... 89 | 18 | 20 | 18 | 25 | 87 | 8 | 44 |11-13

ae. a) Re 80 | 16 | 18 | 16 | 24 | 37 | 8 | 42 |13-14|

Peet i i) eee s 76|15|17|15 | 23|389| 8 | 44 114-16

w. 3. Irazu, Costa Rica (2) .......- 68 | 14| 16 | 14] 18| 33| 8 | 42 116-16

ee id (2) .........| 68 | 13 | 15 | 14] 20/35! 8 | 38 115-13

ae Z 2) epanam pee 62|13|15/14]19/ 33] 8 | 40 |14-13

(1) Referred by Giinther to S. salvini.

(2) Referred by Giinther to S. irazuensis.

Green or olive above, dorsal scales often with a lighter central

spot; series of blackish spots sometimes present on the back.

Males with a black collar, which may be confined to the throat

and sides (specs. a—n, g, w-y), or extend, continuous (specs. 0, 7)

or interrupted (specs. p, s—v), across the nape; throat dark blue;

breast blue or whitish, sometimes black; belly entirely dark blue

or divided by a median yellowish-white, black-edged stripe.

Females with a black bar in front of the shoulder, which may

extend across the nape but not across the throat; lower parts

yellowish white, throat often bluish green.

Hab. Mexico, Guatemala, and Costa Rica. Recorded by

Bocourt from Tehuantepec and Colima in Mexico, Solola, Totoni-

capam, Quezaltenengo, and the Alta Vera Paz in Guatemala.

16. ScELOPORUS UNDULATUS.

Agama undulata (Bosc), Daudin, Hist. Rept. iii. p. 384 (1802) ;

Harlan, Med. Phys. Res. p. 140 (1835).

Lacerta hyacinthina, Green, Journ, Ac. Philad. i. 1818, p. 349.

Lacerta fasciata, Green, l. ¢.

Uromastyx undulatus, Merrem, Tent. p. 57 (1820).

Tropidolepis undulatus, Gray, Griff. A. K. ix. Syn. p. 43(1831) ;

Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 298 (1837) ; Holbr. N. Am. Herp.

li. p. 73, pl. ix. (1842); Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 208 (1845).

Sceloporus undulatus, Fitzing. Syst. Rept. p. 75 (1843); Girard,

U.S. Explor. Exped., Herp. p. 379, pl. xix. figs. 15-21 (1858) ;

Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 195, pl. xviii. bis, fig. 11 (1874);

Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 395; Bouleng. Cat.

Liz. ii. p. 227 (1885) ; Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 67 (1890);

H. Garm. Bull. Ilin. Lab. iii. 1892, p. 250; Hay, Batr. Rept.

Indiana, p. 132 (1893).

Sceloporus thayert, Baird & Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1852,

p- 127.

504 Mk. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

Sceloporus occidentalis, Baird & Gir. 1. c. p. 175; Girard, 1. c.

p. 383, pl. xix. figs. 8-14; Stejneger, N. Am. Faun. no. 7, 1893,

. 186.

j Sceloporus frontalis, Baird & Gir. 1. ¢.; Gir. 1. ¢. p. 384, pl. xix.

figs. 8-14.

Sceloporus longipes, Baird, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1858, p. 254.

Sceloporus biseriatus, Hallow. Rep. U.S. Explor. Surv. R. R. x.

pt. iv. p. 6, pl. vi. fig. 2 & pl. viii. (1859); Bocourt, 1. e. p. 197,

pl. xviii. bis, fig. 10 ; Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1585,

p- 395; Stejneger, 1. c. p. 184.

Sceloporus smaragdinus (non Bocourt), Cope, in Wheeler’s Rep.

Explor. W. 100th Mer. v. p. 572, pl. xxiv. fig. 2 (1875).

Sceloporus undulatus, var. bocourtii, Bouleng. 1. c. p. 229.

Some or all of the head-shields more or less rugose, rarely

smooth, the scales between the enlarged supraoculars and the

supraciliaries nearly constantly keeled or tuberculate ; frontal

transversely divided, usually in contact with the interparietal ;

latter as long as broad, a little longer than broad, or a little

broader than long, much larger than the parietals, which may be

divided; a series of four or five more or less enlarged, transverse

supraoculars, bordered inwards by a complete (rarely incomplete)

series of scales and separated from the supraciliaries by one or

two series; two canthal scales (rarely one); four or five pointed

scales, as large as or larger than those before them, form a denticu-

lation on the anterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, as long as_ broad or

a little broader than long, strongly keeled, rather strongly mucro-

nate, entire or feebly denticulate, the keels forming parallel lines

or obliquely converging towards the middle line on the posterior

part of the back; 32-43 scales between the interparietal shield

and the base of the tail; 7-9 (exceptionally 10) scales, taken in

the middle of the back, correspond to the length of the shielded

part of the head. Lateral scales graduating into dorsals and

yentrals, keeled, pointing upwards and backwards. Ventral scales

small, smooth, bicuspid. 36-48 scales round the middle of the

body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder, the collar-fold, or

the ear; tibia as long as or a little longer than the shielded part of

the head ; the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the

extremity of the fourth equals or slightly exceeds the distance

between the end of the snout and the collar-fold. 13-19 femoral

pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as or a little larger than dorsals, strongly

keeled and mucronate. Males with enlarged postanal scales.

The typical form, inhabiting the Eastern and Central United

States and the border of the Gulf of Mexico, is grey, brown,

or copper-colour above, with a dorso-lateral series of whitish

or bluish spots or lateral bands crossed by transverse dark brown

or black angular spots, or undulous or zigzag cross-bars, which

may extend across the back. In males, the sides of the belly are

blue or blue-green, edged with black along a whitish stripe which

1897.]

LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 505

2 3. | 4055. (65) 78s 9.

3. Raleigh, N. Car. Brimley ...... 14|15| 14] 18 | 38|9 | 44 |14-15

6. a She Lasanass 138 | 15 | 14] 17) 389|9 | 44 | 15-14

6. Bloomington, Ind. Bollman 18 | 15 | 14] 18 | 37) 8 | 44 | 18-13

Q. 3 iF ah 13 | 15 | 14] 18 | 83} 8 | 42 |13-13

6. HotSprings, Arkansas. Brimley. 13 | 14} 14 | 18] 40/9 | 46 |14-18

2. z ‘ A 11 | 12/12|16| 42/9 | 46 | 16-14

do. E. United States, Russell ...... 13 | 14] 14 | 18 | 87 | 9 | 88 |14-15

Q. Pi Green ......... 70 | 14 | 16 | 15) 19 | 35] 7 | 36 |15-15

m ie yo) SaRHS 13 | 14 } 14 | 18 | 37] 8 | 40 |15-15

S New? Orleans) psvcieusese esses se ces cee 13 | 14) 14) 17 | 32] 7 | 39 |14-14

3. Duval Co., Texas. Taylor ...... 13 | 14 | 14 | 17 | 37 | 8 | 40 |17-18

Ge 3 55. th, addecs 11 | 12 | 12 | 15 | 37| 8 |} 40 |14-14

é. fF Mito ated: 10} 11 | 11 | 14) 38] 8 | 42 |17-16

2 i new ee 12 | 18 | 13 | 16 | 38/9 | 40 |19-19

6 55 aera ertk 11 | 12} 12) 15 | 388)] 7 | 40 |14-16

Greawalt, Hake City, | ceceondesesaees sneer 10 | 11 | 12} 16 | 40 |10 | 44 | 14-13

6. Arizona, Wright .................. 15 | 17 | 19 | 23 | 86 | 7 | 44 | 16-16

oe - 1h, Lanierecenansuaewaees 15 | 16 | 18 | 22 | 36 | 7 | 40 | 15-14

6. % LA ER MRAERS cree eee 14 | 15 | 17 | 21 | 87/8 | 44 |15-15

9. # ot MOLES, stags aateee ee 15 | 16 | 17 | 22 | 37 | 8 | 44 | 16-16

6+. Hemet Valley, 8.,Diego Co., 15 | 16 | 18 | 22 | 40] 8 | 48 |17-16

Cal. Gilbert.

Q ” ” ” 16 17 19 22 37 7h 44 15-16

S Tia Juana, 8. Diego Co. Higen- 13 | 14 | 14) 19 |] 387 | 9 | 44 |17-17

mann.

Get Palo /Allto; Gall iii seivesacane dances : 11} 13] 14) 18 | 45] 9 50 | 17-18

3. si PT ian serocececpe sects ll | 12) 12)17 | 40)9 | 46 | 16-15

6. 8. Bernardino, Cal. Forrer...... 14 | 16 | 17\| 21 | 40| 8 | 42 | 15-15

3. 5 te hres 14 | 15 | 17 | 20 | 87| 8 | 42/1415

é. / pf edastas 11 | 12 | 12] 16 | 35| 8 | 44 |15-15

é: ss wie shies 13 | 15] 16 | 19 | 38/8 44 |15-13

Q. Pe stupvese See 13 | 14/15 | 19 | 36|8 | 42 |15-17

Q. 3 Paik tence 12 | 18] 138 | 18 | 36} 8 | 44 |15-15

Bie ; Douglas...... 14 | 15 | 16 | 22 | 36) 8 | 44 |17-16

. S. Pedro, Cal. Higenmann ...... 14|15/15 | 18] 36/7 | 40 |14-13

c a ana 18 | 14] 14] 19135] 7 | 40 |13-14

‘ : sme Maeda: 12 | 13] 138 | 16 | 34] 7 | 88 |14-13

6. Sta. Cruz, Cal. Forrer............ 12 | 14] 14] 16 | 87 | 8 | 42 |17-17

Or, fr biuete ade de: 12 | 13} 138 | 15 | 88] 8 | 45 | 15-16

¢. Camp Taylor, Marin Co., Cal. 14/15] 16] 19] 35) 8 | 44 |14-15

Eigenmann.

3. nn : 9 14/15) 14/18] 389|9 | 44 | 16-16

. Camp Taylor. EHigenmann .... . 13 | 14) 15} 19 | 89) 7 | 45 | 15-16

§ i. he Whaiaee 13 | 14/138) 16) 38} 8 | 42 |}14-15

2. © be ie Uti 12 | 18 | 12 | 17) 36/8 | 42 /14-14

OF ” FORMS Sosees 12} 138 | 18] 16 | 40} 8 | 40 |15-14

On 5 oo ep a bet 11 | 12} 11 | 14] 40/9 | 49 | 15-15

Bia Sb dekavetiay, Challe aoosesacsoacancesocins 15 | 16 | 18 | 23 | 39] 8 | 48 |14-15

g. ‘tied ehh hme chad ok. 13 | 14] 15/19] 35|7 | 44 |14-14

G. Los Gatos, Cal. Gilbert ......... 13 | 14|} 15]19 | 40) 8 | 46 |19-19

2. ‘ fe naa 11] 12} 11] 15 | 39] 9 | 47 |16-15

g. Mt.Whitney, Cal. Smiths. In, (1). 16 | 18 | 19 | 22 | 3917 | 44 | 16-17

dle 5 x 1). 14/15/16] 19] 87/8 | 44 |16-17

Q. Monterey, Cal. ......:.:eeeeeeeee 13 | 14} 14] 16 | 86] 7 | 44 |15-15

9, California. Smiths. Inst. ......... 13 | 14 | 14/19 | 43]9 | 45 |17-16

3. LA Gauborresen .csone 13 | 14 | 15 |] 18 | 89|8 | 44 |17-16

Slatin pies ena 12|13|13]}16]3919 | 44 |16-16

od. Brit. Columbia. Tord) s..2.6.c0:: 14/15/16] 19] 88]8 | 42 |15-17

3. 7 See cSeauecaliee 13 | 14/15] 18] 88] 8 | 40 | 15-14

ees “ 9) teeseneeces 13 | 14 | 15 | 17] 87|8 | 44 |14-14

¢@. Yzabal, Guatemala. Salvin...... 15 | 17 | 16 | 20 | 84/8 | 40 }14-16

(1) These specimens, numbered 8658 and 8659, were sent as 8S, thayeri.

They are now referred to S. occidentalis by Stejneger.

506 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

extends down the middle line of the belly; there is a blue or

green spot, often edged or surrounded with black, on each side of

the throat, and a black bar in front of the shoulder, sometimes

extending across the neck; breast whitish ; the two blue spots of

the throat sometimes confluent into one. In females, the lower

parts are whitish, uniform or with some small brown spots ; a pair

of blue spots is sometimes present on the throat.

The Western form is often more olive above, sometimes greenish,

and the dark dorsal markings are frequently more in the form of

large blotches in two or four longitudinal series ; a light dorso-

lateral stripe is frequently well defined. The blue patches on the

sides of the belly are usually as well developed in females and

young as in males ; the latter, however, not unfrequently differ in

having the whole of the lower surfaces not occupied by the blue

colour of a uniform black.

Although I am perfectly satisfied that the specimens here enu-

merated (see p. 505) cannot be divided into several species, yet it

would be desirable to attempt some sort of classification into varieties.

For such a purpose, however, my material is insufficient, and the

desultory and often misleading descriptions of supposed species

hitherto published in America are of no service. On examination

of a small material one would feel tempted to divide the species into

an Eastern (typical) and a Western form (var. biseriatus, Hallow.,

with which, according to Stejneger, my var. bocourti is identical),

the latter being distinguished by a rather larger size, larger ear-

lobules, and the presence of a large patch of blue on the sides of

the belly in females and young. But the size of the ear-lobules

varies, and some Western specimens have them no larger than in

the typical form. I have carefully compared specimens from

Monterey, which Stejneger refers to S. occidentalis, with others

referred by the same authority to S. bvseriatus, and cannot find any

difference by which to separate them.

Hab. This species has a wide range in North America, extending

from North Mexico to New Jersey on the east coast and British

Columbia on the west. Its range in Mexico cannot at present be

traced; but a specimen collected at Yzabal, Guatemala, by

Mr. Salvin, certainly belongs to it.

17. ScELOPORUS ELONGATUS.

Sceloporus elongatus, Stejneger, N. Am. Faun. no. 3, 1890,

ped:

This species appears to be very closely allied to S. gratiosus. It

is described as follows :—

‘“¢ Head-shields smooth ; occipital [interparietal] comparatively

small, but broader than parietals; two or three parietals on each

side; two scales on canthus rostralis ; supraoculars, one large row

and three small subequal ones, two outer and one inner ; five free

scales in front of ear-opening; dorsal rows nearly parallel; lateral

scales but little smaller, in oblique rows; scales on shoulders large,

1897. ] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 507

connecting dorsals with brachials; dorsal scales keeled, pointed,

with a well-pronounced notch on each side of the point, 47 to 51

scales between occipital and tail, 9 to 11 in a head length;

femoral pores 16 to 18 on each side, not meeting medially ; tail

about eight times the length of the head; distance between base

of fifth toe and extremity of fourth, including claw, less than

distance from nostril to arm, and much more than from snout to

posterior margin of ear; no colour bands across nape; no longi-

tudinal colour bands ; males with dark blue patches on flanks and

one on each side of throat; females similarly marked, but colours

less vivid and less extended.”

Total length 199 millim.; head to occiput 15; snout to vent

75; fore limb 34; hind limb 52.

Hab. Painted Desert, Arizona.

18. ScELOPORUS GRATIOSTUS.

Sceloporus gratiosus, Baird & Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1852, p. 69,

and in Stansb. Exped. Gr. Salt Lake, p. 346, pl. v. figs. 1-3 (1852) ;

Cope, in Hayden’s Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Montana, p. 468 (1872),

and Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 395; Bouleng. Cat. Liz.

li. p. 230 (1885); Giinth. Biol. C. Am., Rept. p. 71 (1890);

Stejneger, N. Am. Faun. no. 3, 1890, p. 111, and no. 7, 1893,

pt. ii. p. 183.

Sceloporus gracilis, Baird & Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1852, p. 175 ;

Girard, U.S. Explor. Exped., Herp. p. 386, pl. xx. figs. 1-9 (1858);

Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 190, pl. xviii. fig. 4 (1874).

Sceloporus jalape, Giinth. |.c. p. 74.

Sceloporus vandenburgianus, Cope, Amer. Nat. 1896, p. 834.

Head-shields smooth ; frontal transversely divided, in contact

with the interparietal or separated from it by the frontoparietals ;

interparietal large, broader than long; purietals small or broken

up into scales; four to six transversely enlarged supraoculars,

bordered inwards by one series of scales and separated from the

supraciliaries by two or three series ; four or five slightly enlarged

pointed scales form a denticulation on the anterior border of the

ear.

Dorsal scales small, a little larger than ventrals, strongly keeled,

pointed or slightly mucronate, forming parallel longitudinal lines ;

52-56 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the

tail, 11-16 corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the

head. Lateral scales a little smaller than dorsals, keeled, directed

obliquely upwards and backwards. Ventral scales smooth, more

or less distinctly bicuspid. 50-58 scales round the middle of the

body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear or between the shoulder

and the ear; tibia as long as or slightly longer than the shielded

part of the head; the distance between the base of the fifth toe

and the extremity of the fourth equals the distance between the

end of the snout and the anterior extremity, or the middle of the

collar-fold. Femoral pores 14-18 on each side,

508 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

Caudal scales larger than dorsals, keeled. Males with enlarged

postanal scales.

1] 2) 3) 4] 5. |), Gy) dou) Bs a}

. Brit. Columbia. Lord............ 42} 9/10] 10| 12 | 55 | 13 | 52 | 16-16

. Hemet Valley, S. Diego Co., Cal.) 59 | 12 | 18 | 18 | 17 | 56 | 15 | 58 | 15-14

Gilbert.

‘ 33 * ...| 55 | 11 | 12 | 12 | 16 | 63 | 16 | 57 | 15-15

. Puebla, Mexico. Boucard......... 45; 9/10] 9/11 | 56 | 12} 58 | 18-18

= Sie oR 44/ 9/10] 9] 12 | 55 | 13 | 54 |18-18

wdJalapa.e “Hloepe:(1) 22 eeecwwsse~ ss 47 | 10 | 11 | 10 | 14 | 52 | 12 | 56 | 18-17

(1) Type of S. jalape. The series of femoral pores separated by a single

scale on the prseanal region, as is likewise the case in one of the two females

from Puebla.

Olive above, with two more or less distinct lighter or yellowish

stripes along each side, and longitudinal series of transverse

blackish spots which may be confluent into stripes. Male with

the sides of the belly blue and black-edged, the middle line white

and narrow or more or less broad ; throat blue, or whitish with a

few black spots; front of arm and thigh sometimes black. Female

with the lower parts uniform white.

Hab. S. gratiosus has a wide distribution. It is on record from

British Columbia, Oregon, California, Nevada, Utah, Arizona,

Northern Lower California, Vera Cruz, and Puebla.

19. ScELOPORUS GRAMMICUS.

Sceloporus grammicus, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 370, and Herp.

Mex. p. 51 (1834); Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 192, pl. xviii.

bis, fig. 12 (1874); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p.395 ;

Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 281 (1885); Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept.

p- 71 (1890).

Sceloporus pleurostictus, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 370.

Tropidolepis grammicus, Gray, Griff. A.K. ix. Syn. p. 48 (1831);

Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 308 (1837).

Sceloporus heterurus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1866, p. 322.

Head-shields smooth or slightly rugose; frontal transversely

divided, in contact with the interparietal, which is a little broader

than long ; parietals small, usually one pair on each side; a series

of four or five transversely enlarged supraoculars, bordered inwards

by one series of scales and separated from the supraciliaries by

two or three series; two canthal scales; anterior border of ear

feebly denticulated.

Dorsal scales larger than ventrals, strongly keeled, not or but

slightly mucronate, forming oblique series; 45-50 scales between

the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 12-15 corre-

sponding to the length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral

scales keeled, directed obliquely upwards and hackwards, gradually

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 509

merging into dorsals and ventrals. Ventral scales smooth, mostly

entire. 46-50 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear; tibia as long as the

shielded part of the head; the distance between the base of the

fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth slightly exceeds the

distance between the end of the snout and the posterior border of

the ear. 13-16 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales much larger than dorsals, strongly keeled. Males

with enlarged postanal scales.

Olive above, with transverse black spots; a narrow black sca-

pular collar, interrupted in the middle. Male with a blue, black-

edged patch on each side of the belly.

A small species, the largest specimen on record measuring 66

millim. from snout to vent. I have examined only two half-grown

specimens from Guatemala.

Hab. The few specimens known come from Mexico (Oaxaca,

Mirador, Tehuantepec) and Guatemala.

20. ScELOPORUS MICROLEPIDOTUS.

Sceloporus grammicus, var. a, Wiegin. Isis, 1828, p. 370.

Sceloporus microlepidotus, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. p. 51 (1834);

Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 194, pl. xviii. bis, fig. 13 (1874) ;

Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 895; Bouleng. Cat.

Liz. ii. p. 232 (1885); Dugés, Naturaleza, (2) i. 1888, p. 112, pl.

xi. fig. 5; Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 72 (1890).

Tropidolepis microlepidotus, Dam. & Bibr. Erp. Gen. iv. p. 308

(1837); Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 209 (1845).

Sceloporus dispar, Baird & Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1852, p. 127.

Sceloporus rubriventris, Giinth. 1. ¢. pl. xxxii. fig. C.*

Head-shields smooth or slightly rugose; frontal transversely

divided, in contact with the interparietal or separated from it by a

small azygous shield ; interparietal as long as broad or a little

broader than long; parietals small or broken up into scales ; one

or two series of transversely enlarged supraoculars, bordered

inwards by one series of scales and separated from the supraciliaries

by two to four series ; two canthal scales; anterior border of ear

with a denticulation of slightly enlarged pointed scales.

Dorsal scales not or but slightly larger than ventrals, strongly

keeled, not or but slightly mucronate, forming oblique longitudinal

series converging towards the median line; 60-83 scales between

the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 12-20 corre-

sponding to the length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral

scales keeled, directed upwards and backwards. Ventral scales

smooth, entire or bicuspid. 62-78 scales round the middle of the

body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia

Founded partly on the erroneous assumption that both sexes are coloured

alike. The two specimens described are females. The number of scales in a

series along the middle of the back varies much more than between 62 and 68

in the specimens referred by Giinther to 8. microlepidotus.

Proc. Zoon, Soc,—1897, No. XXXIV. 34

510 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

nearly as long as the shielded part of the head; the distance

between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth

exceeds the distance between the end of the snout and the pos-

terior border of the ear. 14-22 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales much larger than dorsals, strongly keeled, shortly

mucronate. Males with enlarged postanal scales.

. Guanajuato. Dugés ............... 52

FOHOHOHOHO 24 O40AHOHOA AA 0404 0405 044005

Ventanas, Durango. Forrer...... | 46

3 eee pony ake bets

Jalapa. Hoege

Orizabe: USED. Foot. coin sseeeten seen he

” ” ( = ”

. Popocatepetl, 9000 ft. Godman || 49 |

2 ”

3” ., 50

“8. Mexico. Godman ....... a sefatt | 63 |

| 16-16

18-18

17-15

16-16

16-15

15-15

17-17

16-15

15-15

14-14

16-16 }

14-15

15-16 |

16--15 |

16-16 |

17-17 |

16-15

17-18

16-16 |

14-14 |

18-19

17-18 |

18-18

17-18 |

17-18

17-16

15-16

17-18

16-15

17-16

16-15

16-17

(1) Types of S. rubriventris.

Brownish, olive, or green above, the sides often marbled with

black ; dorsal region immaculate, or irregularly spotted with black

and whitish, more often with a double series of angularly curved

black markings pointing forwards; head frequently with transverse

black lines; usually a large black spot in front of the shoulder,

sometimes connected with its fellow across the throat. Males

with the throat and the sides of the belly blue, broadly edged

with black near the narrow whitish median ventral line ; front of

thighs sometimes black." Females yellowish or greenish below,

1 Some males, according to Dugés, have the middle of the throat, and

flanks above the blue patches, paeas ; ae

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS, 511

sometimes tinged with rusty or orange on the throat and the

sides of the belly ; throat sometimes marbled with grey.

Hab. This species appears to be distributed over the greater part

of Mexico, in the mountains up to 9000 feet.

21. ScELOPORUS HETHROLEPIS.

Sceloporus heterolepis, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 731,

pl. xlviii. fig. 4.

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, in contact

with the interparietal, or separated from it by a small azygous

shield ; interparietal as long as broad, or broader than long;

parietals small, sometimes indistinct; one or two more or less

irregular series of transversely enlarged supraoculars, the series

surrounded by smaller scales ; two canthal scales; anterior border

of ear with a denticulation formed by three or four pointed scales.

Dorsal scales very unequal in size, irregular, some nearly smooth,

others strongly keeled; a pair of vertebral and a dorso-lateral

series of large strongly-keeled scales form sorts of crests along

the body ; 45-75 scales along the median line between the inter-

parietal shield and the base of the tail, 10-13 corresponding to

the length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales

imbricate, small, directed obliquely upwards and _ backwards.

Ventral scales small, smooth, mostly bicuspid. 56-68 scales

round the middle of the body.

The hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia as long as

the shielded part of the head; the distance between the base of

the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth exceeds the distance

between the end of the snout and the posterior border of the ear.

14 to 19 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as largest dorsals, strongly keeled, spinose.

Males with enlarged postanal scales.

La Cumbre de los Arrastrados.| 64 | 13 | 14 | 18 | 17 | 75 | 13 | 62 | 17-17

Buller.

Beale Altai yEall cane varecese.| BL | 11 | 12 | 11 |-15 | 61 | 12 | 66 | 18-17

Sierra de Bolafios. Buller ...... 59 | 13 | 14] 18 | 17 | 45 | 10 | 68 | 17-16

Coloration very much as in S. microlepidotus. Greyish or pale

brown above, with indistinct darker and lighter blotches and

symmetrical blackish markings in the form of transverse or angular

512 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

lines, the first of which crosses the frontal and supraocular

regions. Male with a black bar (sometimes interrupted) across

the throat, and with a large pale blue blotch on each side of the

belly, broadly edged with blackish blue on the median ventral line.

Hab. The specimens were collected at various localities in the

State of Jalisco, at altitudes varying between 7800 and 8500 feet.

22, ScHLOPORUS PYRRHOCHPHALUS.

Sceloporus pyrrhocephalus*, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 177,

and Proe. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 394; Bouleng. Cat. Liz.

ii. p. 235 (1885); Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 70 (1890).

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, in contact

with the interparietal, which is a little broader than long ; parietals

small, one pair on each side; one or two canthal scales ; five large

transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards by one series of scales,

and separated from the supraciliaries by another ; five scales, not

larger than those before them, form a denticulation on the anterior

border of the ear.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, strongly keeled, mu-

cronate and more or less distinctly denticulate, forming oblique

series converging towards the median line; 40-43 scales between

the interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 8 scales, taken in

the middle of the back, correspond to the length of the head.

Ventral scales small, smooth, bicuspid. 46-50 scales round the

middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia

as long as the distance between the end of the snout and the ear; _

the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth exceeds the distance between the end of the snout and

the posterior border of the ear. 12-15 femoral pores on each

side.

Tail distinctly compressed. Caudal scales as large as dorsals,

strongly keeled and mucronate. Males without enlarged postanal

scales.

The two specimens in the British Museum show the following

measurements and numbers of scales :—

1 | |

| 2. Me i: oa ha (et pe

¢G. Colima. Lloyd ......... 72

foie » od 66

15 | 16 | 16 | 18 i 8 | 50 |12-12

46 | 14-15

13 | 14 15 | 19 40 | 8

Bronze-coloured above, reddish towards the sides; a broad,

black, light-edged stripe along each side; a black vertical bar in

front of the shoulder ; head reddish brown ; lips with dark vertical

bars; an elongate black spot with yellow centre (pineal eye) in

the middle of the interparietal shield; throat with oblique bluish

bands, converging posteriorly ; breast and middle of belly yellowish ;

1 Originally misspelt ‘“ pyrocephalus,”

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 513

sides of belly pale blue, with seven to nine blackish-blue cross-

bars. The coloration of the female is still unknown.

Hab. This well-marked species is only known from one locality :

Colima, in Western Mexico.

23. SCELOPORUS CHRYSOSTICTUS.

Sceloporus chrysostictus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1866, p. 125,

and Proc. Am. Philos. Soe. xxii. 1885, p. 394; Bouleng. Cat. Liz.

li. p. 235 (1885); Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 70 (1890).

Head-shields keeled or striated; frontal transversely divided,

the anterior portion usually longitudinally bisected; a pair of

interparietals between the frontal and the interparietal; latter

broader than long; parietals very small, one or two on each side;

a series of four or five large transverse supraoculars, bordered

inwards by a complete or incomplete series of very small scales,

and separated from the supraciliaries by one or two series of

scales; two canthal scales, rarely one; anterior border of ear

feebly denticulated.

Dorsal scales much larger than ventrals, strongly keeled, simply

pointed, forming slightly oblique longitudinal lines ; 40—45 scales

between the interparietal shield and-the base of the tail, 8-10

corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the head.

Lateral scales smaller than, but graduating into, the dorsals, keeled

and directed obliquely upwards and backwards. Ventral scales

small, smooth, entire. 36-40 scales round the middle of the

body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the anterior border of the

orbit or the nostril; tibia longer than the shielded part of the

head; the <listance between the base of the fifth toe and the

extremity of the fourth equals the distance between the arm and

the nostril or the tip of the snout. 13-16 femoral pores on each

side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, keeled, pointed. Males with

enlarged postanal scales.

Ae | Bede | Ae 15: a | 7 8. | ih

ey a ee 63 | 13 | 14] 16 | 21] 41| 9 | 36 |15-14

ee: 7 oe ine 52 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 20 | 44 | 10 | 38 | 15-16

charac? 0h 55 | 11 | 12 | 14 | 20 | 43 | 10 | 40 | 15-15

lat ie day 50 | 11111 | 14/19/43 | 9] 38 |14-?

Brownish or olive above, strongly metallic; a golden dorso-

lateral band ; a blackish spot at axilla ; hinder side of thighs with

a transverse and several vertical blackish bars. Lower surfaces

yellowish white, throat sometimes brownish. Male without dis-

tinctive ventral markings.

Hab. S. chrysostictus is recorded by Cope from Yucatan and

Guatemala.

514 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

24. SCELOPORUS ENEUS.

Sceloporus eneus, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 370, and Herp. Mex.

p- 52 (1834); Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 205, pl. xviii. bis,

fig. 4 (1874); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxi. 1885, p. 394;

Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 233 (1885); Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept.

p. 74 (1890).

Tropidolepis wneus, Gray, Griff, A. K. ix. Syn. p. 44 (1831);

Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 309 (1837). ~

Head-shields keeled or striated ; frontal transversely divided, in

contact with the interparietal, or separated from it by a small

azygous shield; parietals very small, or broken up into scales ;

a more or less regular series of feebly enlarged transverse supra-

oculars, bordered inwards by one series of scales, and separated

from the supraciliaries by two or three series ; one or two canthal

scales ; anterior border of ear very slightly denticulated.

Dorsal scales larger than ventrals, strongly keeled, sharply

pointed or tricuspid, forming parallel longitudinal lines ; 39-44

scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail,

6-10 corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the head.

Lateral scales as large as or little smaller than dorsals, more or

less distinctly keeled, forming straight or very slightly oblique

longitudinal series. Ventral scales smooth, mostly bicuspid.

36-48 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches hardly the axilla or the shoulder ;

tibia shorter than the shielded part of the head; the distance

between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth

equals the distance between the end of the snout and the anterior

or the posterior border of the ear. 14-19 femoral pores on each

side, meeting or narrowly separated on the preanal region.

Caudal scales as large as or a little larger than dorsals, strongly

keeled, sharply pointed. Males with enlarged postanal scales.

I} 2/38) 4)5.)6) 7%) 8 9.

Gc. Puch apes BOUCALE weccce vscwsscecets 60 | 12} 18 | 11} 13 | 41 | 8] 40 | 17-17

aon eS ay ys dqpapndeosmouasocee 50 | 11] 12] 9] 13) 40; 9 | 40 }19-19

Dicybme se She) maadetquboo noncee 56 | 10] 11 | 9}|12) 40) 6 | 40 |17-18

Om jo MoqDSESRBRS eee 54] 10] 11] 9] 13] 42) 8 | 48 | 16-16

O/SOTriZaa eavareraccecacss cc. set eser se 53 | 11] 12] 9/12] 42! 8 | 42 |15-15

g Jalisco, N. of R. de Santiago.

SSITIHH Mesteenectesen sso scr Steenss. 46 | 10] 11] 9 | 12 | 44 | 10 | 42 | 18-16)

OF » ” » -| 47110) 11] 9 | 12) 39) 8 | 36 | 18-17}

og. La Cumbre de los Arrastrados,

dalisco, Wnlleria.......cesver- 49} 10] 11] 9] 138] 41 | 9 | 42 |16-15

Q. 5) » » «| 431 9] 10] 8 | 11] 41) 8 | 44)14-14

©. H. Sta. Gertrudis, Jalisco.

Buller ccs. ss ceepepmentaas on tacescoe 50] 10] 11} 9] 12) 40) 8 | 40 | 15-15

©. Mexico, Boucard .................. 49 |10]10] 9] 11] 40} 8 | 44 | 17-16

O eens SMEs cootevecddreves 47 | 9/10] 8|10}] 41} 8} 42 | 15-15

Olive, bronzy brown, or reddish brown above, uniform, or with

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 515

light streaks aud symmetrical dark markings, exactly as in

S. scalaris. Lower parts, in the male, much spotted with black

in addition to the blue ventral patches, the throat and belly some-

times nearly entirely blackish blue.

Hab. Mexico. Recorded from the States of Vera Cruz, Puebla,

and Jalisco.

25. SCELOPORUS SCALARIS.

Sceloporus scalaris, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 370, and Herp. Mex.

p- 90, pl. viii. fig. 2 (1834); Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 202,

pl. xviii. bis, fig. 9 (1874); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii.

1885, p. 394; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 234 (1885); Dugés,

Naturaleza, (2) i. 1887, p. 111; Giinth. Biol. C-Am., Rept. p. 73

(1890).

Tropidolepis scalaris, Gray, Griff. A. K. ix. Syn. p. 44 (1831), and

Zool. Beechey’s Voy. p. 95, pl. xxx. fig. 3 (1839); Dum. & Bibr.

Erp. Gén. iv. p. 310 (1837); Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 210 (1845).

Head-shields keeled or striated ; frontal transversely divided, in

contact with the interparietal, which is as long as broad or longer

than broad; parietals very small, or broken up into scales; a more

or less regular series of feebly enlarged transverse supraoculars,

bordered inwards by one series of scales and separated from the

supraciliaries by two or three series ; two canthal scales ; anterior

border of ear very slightly denticulated.

Dorsal scales larger than ventrals, strongly keeled, sharply

pointed, forming parallel longitudinal lines; 33-48 scales between

the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 6-10 corresponding

to the length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales

nearly as large as dorsals, more or less distinctly keeled, forming

straight or very slightly oblique longitudinal series. Ventral

scales smooth, mostly bicuspid. 34-46 scales round the middle of

the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the axilla, the shoulder, or

between the shoulder and the ear; tibia as long as or slightly

longer than the shielded part of the head; the distance between

the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth equals

the distance between the end of the snout and the ear or the collar-

fold. 13-20 femoral pores on each side, meeting or narrowly

separated on the przanal region.

Caudal scales as large as or larger than dorsals, strongly keeled.

Males with enlarged postanal scales.

Yellowish brown, reddish, or olive above, with four regular

series of large crescentic brown spots, the series separated by more

or less well-detined light longitudinal lines or stripes ; head with

symmetrical dark brown markings; a black or deep blue spot,

often with a light blue centre, in front of the arm. Male

yellowish white beneath, the throat spotted with blackish or with

oblique blackish lines converging posteriorly; an elongate deep

blue patch on each side of the belly. Female uniform yellowish

516 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THB [May 18,

Tee D alli Beil tacl eiepnl aOaw c nS 9

©. Jalisco, N. of R. de Santiago. |

PAYEE seh fe eaeeee as keene 11 | 12] 11 | 14! 87 | 7 | 86 |16-16

: 9 11 | 12) 11 |] 138 | 88 | 7 | 35 | 15-15

. ” 11 | 12 | 11 | 15 | 36] 7 | 88 |17-16

: ” 11 | 12} 11 | 18} 88} 8 | 40 |14-13

. ”» 10 | 11) 10) 13 | 83| 6 | 34 |15-15

. ” 10 |.11 | 10} 13 | 34) 6 | 86 | 14-15

: ” 10 | 11 | 10 | 12 | 86 | 6 | 38 | 15-15

Feder ” 10 | 11 | 10 | 12 | 34) 7 | 87 17-17

. Zacatecas. Buller 11 | 12) 11] 14) 40) 7 | 37 |14-13

: » ” 10 | 11 | 10 | 18 | 88} 7 | 38 |13-15

. Guanajuato. Dugés 4/12|}18|}12)15) 45] 7 | 42 |15-15

. Atlixco. Boucard 12 | 13 | 12] 15 | 48 | 8 | 42 |17-16|

. ” 5 12 | 13 | 12 | 16 | 43} 8 | 40 |17-17

6. Hace. del Bobo, S. Mexico. 10 | 11 | 10 | 12 | 45 | 9 | 40 |17-17

3. 8. Mexico. 13 | 15 | 14 | 15 | 44 }10 | 39 | 17-16}

3. ” 13 | 14/14] 17 | 41 | 9 | 42 |18-18

aeldny teas 10 | 11 | 11 | 14] 45] 9 | 44 |17-17

: ” 11 | 12] 12 | 18 | 45 | 9 | 44 | 19-18

. ” y 9/10} 9] 12 | 44 |10 | 42 |17-17

3. Mexico. Boucard 13 | 15 | 18 | 17 | 48] 9 | 42 | 17-17

d. ” 12 | 14 | 12 | 16 | 48 | 9 | 42 | 18-17

é. ” 12 | 14) 18 | 17 | 48 | 9 | 42 | 19-20

d. 5 13 | 14] 13 | 16 | 41 | 8 | 40 | 16-17

36. 2 12 | 14] 13] 17 | 44] 9 | 43 |19-18

Gre * 12 | 14] 12] 16 | 43| 9 | 42 | 16-17

white beneath, uniform or with oblique blackish lines on the

throat.

Hab, This, species, which may have to be united with the pre-

ceding, inhabits the greater part of Mexico ; it is said to penetrate

northwards a little way into South-western Texas and Arizona,

although the determination of the specimens on which the state-

ment is made requires revision, for some of them at least prove,

according to Stejneger, to belong to S. variabilis.

26, SCELOPORUS VARIABILIS.

Sceloporus variabilis, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. p. 51 (1834); Bo-

court, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 200, pl. xviii. bis, fig. 1, & pl. xix.

fig. 2 (1874) ; Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 394;

Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 236 (1885); Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept.

p- 75 (1890); Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xiv. 1891, p. 485.

‘ Lropidolepis variabilis, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 308

(1837); Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 209 (1845).

Sceloporus marmoratus, Hallow. Proce. Ac. Philad. 1852, p. 178,

and in Sitgreave’s Exped. Zuni & Color. R. p. 110, pl. ii. (1853),

Sceloporus delicatissimus, Hallow. ll. cc. pp. 178, 109, pl. i.

* Lysoptychus lateralis, Cope, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xi. 1888,

p- 397, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1.

Head-shields keeled or striated, rarely nearly smooth; frontal

transversely dilated, sometimes also longitudinally, separated from

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. 517

the interparietal by a pair of frontoparietals ; interparietal usually

broader than long; parietals small, often broken up into scales ;

a series of four to six large transverse supraoculars, bordered

inwards by a complete or incomplete series of scales, and separated

from the supraciliaries by one, two, or three series ; two canthal

scales; a feeble denticulation on the anterior border of the ear.

A more or less distinct transverse gular fold often present’;

lateral cervical fold forming a deep pouch.

Dorsal scales strongly keeled, pointed or shortly mucronate, not

or but very feebly denticulated, forming 12 to 18 straight or

slightly oblique longitudinal series; 46-65 scales between the

” ” ”

Coahuila, Taylor oo... cesses 42 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 14 | 58 | 16 | 68 | 15-15 |

Huamelula. Boucard ............ 60 | 13 | 14 | 14 | 19 | 63 | 17 | 76 | 18-14

fSSeNt hilt e careepeeadcrinoianaobancorcent: .14 | 15 | 16 | 20 | 55 | 12 | 62 | 12-11)

” ” ”

. Tampico. Richardson

WOnhae *Codiinn ee ee 13114 | 14/181] 53 | 17 | 74 |13-14|

‘ Godman

ia tizcoei ey Wo eaene ache ocelaiece 14 | 16 | 16 | 20 | 59 | 13 | 66 | 13-138

. Atoyac, Guerrero. Smith 14 | 16 | 16 | 20 | 52 | 12 | 68 | 13-12

400s t0+0+0t0 O305 0505050, Os 4 tOostOtotorototoda, Os 30,0; 0,t0H0t09; Oa tOTOO,O, 0505

S. Geronimo, Guatemala. Salvin] 54 | 12 | 13 | 12 | 16 | 52 | 12 | 62 |12-11

1 The genus Lysoptychus was established by Cope on account of “ a loose fold

across the throat formed by the conjunction of the pre-humeral folds.”

518 MR, G, A, BOULENGER ON THD [May 18,

interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 10-17 corresponding

to the length of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales

much smaller, abruptly differentiated from dorsals, keeled, im-

bricate, directed obliquely upwards and backwards. Ventral

scales as large as laterals or a little larger, smooth, mostly bicuspid.

56-78 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear or the eye; tibia as

long as or a little longer than the shielded part of the head; the

distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth equals the distance between the arm and the nostril or

a little less. 10-16 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as or a little larger than dorsals, strongly

keeled, shortly mucronate. Males with enlarged postanal scales.

Olive, brownish, or golden above, sides darker; a more or less

distinct yellowish dorso-lateral band; a series of transverse

blackish bars or spots along each side of the back ; a blackish spot,

light-edged in front, above axilla. Lower parts yellowish or dirty

white in the female. Male with a large pink or pale blue blotch

on each side of the belly, edged internally with dark blue and often

very narrowly separated on the median line; throat and breast

sometimes dark grey.

Hab. The greater part of Mexico and Guatemala, extending

northwards into Southern Texas.

27, SCELOPORUS CUPREUS.

Sceloporus cupreus, Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 210,

pl. xviii. bis, fig. 2 (1874).

Sceloporus teapensis, Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 75 (1890).

Head-shields keeled or striated; frontal transversely divided,

sometimes longitudinally bisected, separated from the interparietal

by a pair of frontoparietals; interparietal broader than long;

parietals small or broken up into scales; a series of four or five

large transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards by a complete or

incomplete series of small scales and separated from the supra-

ciliaries by one or two series; two canthal scales ; anterior border |

of ear very feebly denticulated.

Ten or eleven longitudinal series of large, strongly keeled,

shortly mucronate dorsal scales, forming straight or slightly

oblique longitudinal series ; 39-43 scales between the interparietal

shield and the base of the tail, 8 or 9 corresponding to the length

of the shielded part of the head. Lateral scales much smaller,

keeled, directed upwards and backwards, abruptly differentiated

from the dorsals. Ventral scales small, smooth, mostly bicuspid.

40-46 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear or the eye; tibia as

long as the distance between the end of the snout and the ear ;

the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity

of the fourth equals the distance between the end of the snout and

the anterior extremity or the middle of the collar-fold. 9-14

femoral pores on each side.

1897.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. oly

Caudal scales as large as or a little larger than dorsals, strongly

keeled, shortly mucronate. Males with enlarged postanal scales.

Wei 2 Bails | Sys etait S 9.

6. Sarabia, Oaxaca. Buller ......... 65 | 14 | 15 | 15} 20} 39 | 9 | 46 | 14-13

QO. - elise h6 | 12 | 13 | 13] 16 | 438] 9 | 42 | 14-13

2.8. Domingo de Guzman, Oaxaca.

Buller,.;. «sawuneer eres emcees ts 58 | 13 | 14 | 14] 17 | 40] 9 | 42 | 11-12

do. Teapa, Tabasco. Smith (1)......... 74115|17)|17] 20} 40! 9 | 40| 9-11

(aio 4 At Bort 66 | 14 | 16 | 16 | 20 | 39 | 9 | 46 | 10-10

dé. Eplieh “eodegedhe 61 | 138 | 14] 15] 20 | 39 | 9 | 44 | 12-138

2. ” Ba: OATES eta is 62 | 13 | 14] 15] 19 | 40) 8 | 42 | 10-11

Q. 9 Pe Buscoadh 61 | 13 | 14] 14] 18] 40] 9 | 44 | 10-11

9. 5s Ay SS seal een 57 | 12 | 13 | 13 | 18 | 42 | 9 | 46 |13-12

(1) Types of S. teapensis,

This table shows such approximation to S. variabilis in the

number of scales as to render it probable that a larger series would

completely bridge over the gap now believed to exist between the

two species, in which case they would have to be united.

Coloration exactly as in S. variabilis, the ground-colour of the

upper parts varying from pale golden to dark bronzy olive, with

more or less distinct lighter lateral bands; a black spot with an

oblique white streak above the shoulder.

Hab. This species, which has been erroneously referred to the

synonymy of S. chrysostictus by Cope, is only known from the

States of Oaxaca, whence the type specimens were obtained’, and

Tabasco.

28. SCELOPORUS SINIFERUS.

Sceloporus siniferus, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xi. 1869,

p- 157 ; Bocourt, Journ. de Zool. v. 1876, p. 342; Cope, Proc.

Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 394; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 237

(1885) ; Giinth. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 76 (1890).

Sceloporus humeralis, Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 206,

pl. xviii. bis, fig. 3 (1874).

Head-shields keeled or striated, rarely nearly smooth ; frontal

transversely divided, the anterior or both the anterior and posterior

portions longitudinally bisected, separated from the interparietal

by a pair of frontoparietals; interparietal broader than long,

usually followed by a band-like shield; parietals small or broken

up into scales ; four or five large transverse supraoculars, bordered

inwards by a complete or incomplete series of scales and separated

1 The agreement between our female specimens from Oaxaca and the type

female, which was likewise obtained together with S. siniferus, is so close that

I cannot entertain the least doubt as to the correctness of my identification.

But it must be mentioned that Bocourt describes the male as without sexual

markings, whilst our specimens have the belly coloured as in S. variabilis, I

have, however, examined a male of the latter species (from H. del Bobo) in

which the yentral markings are very indistinct.

520 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 18,

from the supraciliaries by one or two series; two canthal scales ;

three or four obtusely pointed scales form a feeble denticulation

on the anterior border of the ear. Lateral cervical fold forming a

deep pouch.

Dorsal scales very strongly keeled, pointed or shortly mucronate,

forming 8 to 10 straight or slightly oblique longitudinal series ;_

34-44 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the

tail, 6-9 corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the

head. Lateral scales much smaller, abruptly differentiated from

dorsals, keeled, imbricate, directed obliquely upwards and back-

wards. Ventral scales as large as laterals or a little larger, smooth,

entire. 36-44 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear, the eye, or the nostril ;

tibia a little longer than the shielded part of the head; the

distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of

the fourth equals the distance between the nostril and the arm, or

a little less. 3-8 femoral pores on each side.

Caudal scales as large as dorsals, strongly keeled, shortly

mucronate. No enlarged postanal scales.

De ns oe ws ee ip A ee ee eee eee

% Sp.¢ WesRs 44} 10| 11 | 11 | 16 | 37

Merten. |, Seu) 24.0 LS SGA Nas Sh

——————E——————e —S——— —E SS

¢. Acapuleo, Guerrero. Godman...| 52 | 12 | 13 | 15 21 | 32) 7 | 84) 87

©. Omilteme, . | Bo et | 12 14 1.19) | 336) | AON aad

OF Oaxacas. \Sallé) Jictss.cse0seecessece 53 | 12] 13] 13) 18] 36] 8 | 36) 46

Q. 3 sis bah PARR ea 52 |12]18]13]17 | 86| 7 | 40| 5-4

3. 8. Domingo de Guzman, Oaxaca.

BU Gre csadess saasensn as cedonnasioas 55 | 13] 14 | 14] 19 | 34| 7 | 86] 45

2. * 5 + 53 |13| 14] 14] 20] 385] 8 | 42) 5-5

Q. 5 59 PS 51 | 12 | 18 | 138 | 17 | 87] 8 | 40 | 6-5

Q. Tehuantepec City. Buller ......) 53 | 12 | 13 | 14] 19 | 40| 9 | 44 | 5-5

o Pi Pal PaaS e 51 | 11-} 12 | 12 | 16 | 35 | 8-| 88} 5-5

Q. 9

; 8

I Pehuantepec ..s.cesecsessesesesesees 538 | 12 | 13 | 13 | 18 | 33

Olive-brown above, with coppery gloss ; sides darker, sometimes

blackish ; a yellowish dorso-lateral streak frequently separates the

dorsal from the lateral surfaces ; a series of oblique blackish cross-

lines along each side of the back. Lower surfaces uniform yellowish

in both sexes, or finely speckled with blackish in the males.

Hab. Isthmus of Tehuantepec.

29. SCELOPORUS FULVUS.

Sceloporus fulvus, Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 214, pl. xviii.

bis, fig. 8 (1874) ; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 238 (1885).

Head-shields feebly keeled or striated, sometimes nearly smooth;

frontal divided into four small shields separated from the inter-

parietal by a pair of frontoparietals ; interparietal as long as broad ;

parietals small, two on each side; a series of four or five large

transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards by one series of small

scales and separated from the supraciliaries by one or two series ;

1897.] - LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. | 521

a single canthal scale ; anterior border of ear very slightly denti-

culated. Lateral cervical fold forming a deep pouch.

Dorsal scales much larger than yentrals, strongly keeled, sharply

pointed, forming eight or nine parallel longitudinal series; 30-33

scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail, 7

or 8 corresponding to the length of the shielded part of the head.

Lateral scales smaller, slightly larger than ventrals, keeled,

obliquely directed upwards and backwards, sharply differentiated

from the dorsals. Ventral scales obtusely keeled, pointed, entire.

38-40 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye; tibia longer than the

shielded part of the head; the distance between the base of the

fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth equals the distance

between the end of the snout and the cervical pouch. 3-5 femoral

pores on each side.

Caudal scales nearly as large as dorsals, strongly keeled. No

enlarged postanal scales.

Fulvous above, sides dark brown; a yellow dorso-lateral band

separating the dorsal from the lateral surfaces; a more or less

distinct series of oblique dark-brown spots along each side of the

back. Lower parts uniform yellowish in both sexes.

Hab. Salvador, Nicaragua.

The two specimens examined by me form part of M. Lataste’s

collection.

30. SCELOPORUS SQUAMOSUS.

Sceloporus squamosus, Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 212,

pl. xviii. bis, fig. 7, and xix. fig. 3(1874); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos.

Soe. xxii. 1885, p. 394; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 238 (1885).

Differs from S. siniferus and fulvus by the presence, in the male,

of enlarged postanal scales: from the former, by the presence of a

single canthal scale; from the latter by the absence of keels on

the ventral scales. Lower surfaces, in both sexes, yellowish, dotted

all over with grey.

Hab. Guatemala to Costa Rica.

This species is a desideratum in the British Museum.

31. SCELOPORUS UTIFORMIS.

Sceloporus utiformis, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 177;

Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 208, pl. xviii. bis, fig. 6 (1874) ;

Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 394; Bouleng. Cat.

Liz. ii. p. 238 (1885).

Head-shields keeled or striated ; frontal transversely divided ;

interparietal as long as broad; parietals very small; a series of

five or six large transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards by a

series of small scales, and separated from the supraciliaries by two

or three series ; two canthal scales ; anterior border of ear very

slightly denticulated. Sides of neck strongly plicate, minutely

granular.

Ten longitudinal rows of large, highly keeled, shortly mucronate

dorsal scales, separated by many lateral series of minute flat scales

522 ON THE LIZARDS OF THE GENUS SCELOPORUS. [May 18,

from the smaller entire-edged ventrals; 40 scales between the

interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 10 dorsal scales

correspond to the length of the head.

Tibia longer than the shielded part of the head. 13 or 14

femoral pores on each side.

General colour blackish above, with numerous indistinct lighter

cross-bars; or light brown with a double longitudinal series of

transverse black spots and a yellow dorso-lateral band; yellowish

or greenish inferiorly. _

From snout to vent 68 millim.

Hab, Colima, Mexico.

I have not seen examples of this species.

32. SCELOPORUS COUCHTI.

Sceloporus couchii, Baird, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1858, p. 254 ;

Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 231 (1885).

Head-shields smooth ; frontal transversely divided ; interparietal

large, as long as broad, separated from the frontal by a pair of

small shields; parietals small, two on each side; two canthal

scales ; five transversely enlarged supraoculars, bordered inwards

by one series of scales and separated from the supraciliaries by

two or three series; four slightly enlarged, pointed scales form a

denticulation on the anterior border of the ear.

Dorsal scales small, not larger than ventrals, keeled, truncate

or rounded behind, forming parallel longitudinal lines ; 82 scales

between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail; 20 scales,

taken in the middle of the back, correspond to the length of the

shielded part of the head ; lateral scales minute, granular, much

smaller than dorsals and ventrals. Ventral scales smooth, entire.

108 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the posterior border of the

orbit; tibia as long as the distance between the end of the snout

and the ear ; the distance between the base of the fifth toe and

the extremity of the fourth equals the distance between the end of

the snout and the middle of the collar-fold. Femoral pores 17-18

(25 in the type).

Caudal scales much larger than dorsals, strongly keeled and

shortly mucronate. Males with enlarged postanal scales.

Dark olive above, with an interrupted bluish-white lateral stripe ;

sides spotted with bluish white ; a black white-edged ocellus with

blue centre in front of the shoulder ; lips white with black vertical

bars. Throat white with dark blue oblique streaks converging

posteriorly ; breast and middle of belly white ; sides of belly blue,

with blackish inner edge.

Hab. The type is from Santa Catharina, Nuevo Leon. The

single specimen I have examined, a male measuring 57 millim.

from snout to vent, was obtained in Duval Co., Texas, by Mr, W.

Taylor.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Sceloporus asper, male, upper and under views.

1ee FSIS ied OC aI:

K.Mintern del.et Hth, Mintern Bros.Chromo.

CAE Ol ORGS) ALS PAR.

1897.] ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FABROE CHANNEL. 523

2. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. II. By G. Hurserr Fow ter,

B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University

College, London.

[Received March 29, 1897.]

The following notes form a continuation of the previous paper

on this subject (see P. Z.S. 1896, p. 991) :—

ConcH@cra Maxima (Brady & Norman).

Twenty-five specimens, apparently referable to this Ostracod,

were obtained in deep-water hauls. It occurred in three hauls

at depths between 480 and 220 fathoms, and in three hauls which

began at depths greater than 300 fathoms and were finished at the

surface ; it did not occur in a single one of the twenty-two surface

hauls (100 fathoms or less, to the surface).

The only other occurrences of this species are recorded by Brady

and Norman ‘as “ off Greenland in lat. 74° 49’ N., long. 11° 30’ W.,

in a depth of 350 fathoms, and by H.M.S. ‘Triton’ in 1882,

lat. 60° 20' N., long. 7° 23’ W., in 200 fathoms, cold area, Faroe

Channel.” Mr. John Murray, who supplied these specimens to

Mr. Brady and Canon Norman, has kindly informed me that the

Greenland specimens “were brought home by Mr. Gray in a

Peterhead whaler a few years ago.”

So far as the three records go, there can be little doubt that in

Concheecia maxima we have a true member of the cold Mesoplank-

tonic fauna. The lowest depth and temperatures at which it was

captured on the ‘ Research’ were? :—

Sta. 13 g.—465 to 335 fathoms ; temp. 31° to 33° Fahr.

Sta. 19 a.—480 to 350 fathoms; temp. 46° to 47° Fahr.

TOMOPTERIS ONISCIFORMIS, Eschscholtz.

Vejdovsky * recognizes three European species of Tomopteris :—

onisciformis (Eschscholtz *), vitrina (Vejdovsk§ *), and scolopendra

(Keferstem °). His diagnostic characters, however, seem quite

inadequate for sharp distinction, and fall in all probability within

the limits of individual variation, excepting in the case of the

“ Flossenaugen,’ the remarkable structures which have been

variously interpreted as eyes or as phosphorescent organs.

According to Vejdovsk¥ these are arranged as follows :—

Vitrina, Ve}.—One on the notopodium, one on the neuropodium;

pigment yellow ; one lens.

Sci. Trans. Roy. Dublin Society, (ii.) v. 687, pl. lxi. figs, 1-8.

Cf. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 993 note.

Zeitschrift wiss. Zoologie, xxxi. p. 81.

Isis, 1825, p. 735.

® Arch. Anat. Physiol., 1861, p. 360.

524 DR. G, HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [May 18,

Scolopendra, Kef.—One on the neuropodium only; pigment

dark red ; two lenses.

Oniseiformis, Esch.—T wo on the notopodium, two on the neuro-

podium ; pigment yellow; five lenses.

These seem good diagnostic characters, but are unfortunately

not entirely justified.

Taking first the number and position of these organs, and

accepting Vejdovskf’s and Keferstein’s account of vitrina and

scolopendra respectively, the alleged presence of two “ Flossenaugen”

on each half of the parapodium in onisciformis is stated by Vej-

dovsk¥ to have been observed by Carpenter and Claparéde *, and

by Leuckart and Pagenstecher’. A reference to the original

memoirs shows, however, that the first-named authors describe and

figure one only on the notopodium, one on the neuropodium ; and

that the German authors, describing a 2 mm. onisciformis under

the name of quadricornis, describe and figure one only on the

basal part of each parapodium. Busch * also, in describing young

specimens, agrees with Leuckart and Pagenstecher. Tomopteris

onisciformis, therefore, like 7’. vitrina, has apparently one ‘“ Flossen-

auge ” on the notopodium, one on the neuropodium, or two on

each parapodium ; it has probably only one in young stages, and

this only on certain parapodia.

Taking next the question of the pigment, its colour, yellow,

dark red, or brown, can hardly be reckoned diagnostic. Lastly,

with regard to the question of the lenses—these appear, according

to Greef *, who worked on fresh material at the Canary Islands, to

be artificial products of the preservation fluids. Almost certainly,

judged by a comparison of the figures, the five lenses attributed by

Vejdovsk§ to Leuckart and Pagenstecher’s onzsciformis are the

same things as his “ Augen-driise ” cells, which appear to surround

the pigment-cells in a surface view.

There seems, therefore, to be no real specific distinction between

Vejdovskf’s vitrina and onisciformis (auctt.). In my specimens of

onisciformis the basal joint of the second cirrhi (Borstencirrhen)

was sometimes longer, sometimes shorter than the first parapodium,

and the eye-lenses were single—thus breaking down two more of

his diagnostic criteria.

It is possible, as Vejdovsky suggests, that 7’. scolopendra (Kef.)

may be separate from 7’. onisciformis (?=Briarea scolopendra,

Quoy and Gaimard*); but it is always difficult, often impossible,

to make certain of the “ Flossenaugen” in preserved material,

and conceivably scolopendra may prove a Mediterranean variety of

onisciformis.

The largest ‘ Research’ specimen measured 45°5 mm. in length ;

1 Trans. Linnean Soe., xxiii. p. 59.

2 Arch. Anat. Physiol., 1858, p. 588.

3 Arch. Anat. Physiol., 1847, p. 180.

4 Zeitschrift wiss. Zoologie, xxxii. p. 287.

° Ann. Sciences naturelles, x. p. 235.

1897. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 525

the second cirrhi (Borstencirrhen) were only 33 mm. long in this

specimen, but in smaller ones were often longer than the body.

The fully developed parapodia were 20 in number ; the undeveloped

posterior part of the body carried eight rudimentary parapodia,

and measured 9mm. In the youngest specimens the parapodia

were proportionately fewer than in the medium-sized specimens,

and are again less crowded in the largest. Points like these, taken

witb the specific uncertainty already discussed, show how necessary

is a renewed study of the genus on living material.

I have not found any record of a larger specimen than this,

but my friend Mr. E. T. Browne informs me that he has taken a

specimen about 55 mm. in length off Valentia.

As regards the horizontal distribution of the species, it is

common in northern seas, but not apparently further north

than the Faeroe Channel. Here it was captured by both the

‘ Knight Errant’ and the ‘Triton,’ and Prot. M‘Intosh* points

out that it appears to have been procured from very varying

depths ; this agrees with my experience on the ‘ Research’; it was

taken at * Sta. 13 g—465 to 335 fathoms, temp. 31° to 33° Fahr.,

and was also taken at the surface at a temperature of 54° F.

TRACHELOTEUTHIS RIISEL (Steenstrup).

I have found some difficuity in the determination of this species,

owing probably to the fact that Steenstrup’s original description *

was of the briefest.

A specimen obtained in the Faeroe Channel during the cruise of

H.MS. ‘ Knight Errant’ in 1880 was fully described by Hoyle

among the ‘ Challenger’ Cephalopoda *, but he expressed himself as

uncertain of his determination.

The deciding characteristics of the only two species’ known

appear to be the following according to Carus ° (founded on Hoyle

and Weiss) and Steenstrup :—

riiset. behnit. ‘ Research’ spec.

Fins...... Rhomboid. C.,8. Rounded behind. C. Rounded behind.

Heart-shaped. S. Heart-shaped.

=4 body length. C. >+4 body length. C.7 =4 body length.

_ = body length. S.

Tentacles =body length. C. = body length. C. =body length.

Arm 4... =2length of arms 2, 3, 8. =4 length of arms 2,3. 8. =2 length of 2,3.

While, then, the general dimensions of my specimen agree with

1 « Challenger’ Rep. Zool., Annelida Polycheta, xii. p. 532.

* Gf. Proce. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 993 note.

8 Vidensk. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kjobenhayn, (4) iii. p. 293.

* Chall. Rep. Zool. xvi. Cephalopoda, pp. 163-166, pl. xxviii. figs. 6-12.

5 Since the above was in type, I find that a third species, 7. guernez, has

been described by Joubin (‘ Campagnes Scientifiques par S. A. le Prince de

Monaco,’ fase. ix.), but it is not likely to be confounded with either of the other

two.

6 Prodrom. Faun Mediterr. ii. pp. 447, 448.

7 «Plus quam } pallii equantes.” Surely a mistake!

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XXXY. 35

526 ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. [May 18,

those of 7. riiset, the shape of the fin is markedly that of 7. behniz ;

this is well brought out by Hoyle’s figure, which shows a distinctly

rhomboid fin.

A specimen of 7’. behnit was described by Weiss ', which agrees

almost exactly with the diagnostic characters given above for that

species.

The following table exhibits the dimensions of my specimens,

the ‘Knight Errant’ specimen described by Hoyle, and the

Messina specimen described by Weiss, expressed in percentages of

mantle length :—

‘Research.’ ‘Knight Errant.’* Messina.

Length of mantle in mm. 23 32 21

Breadth of mantle .... 38 "25

Length of fin........ “34 “40 “28

Breadth of fins ...... 56 59 38

Length of arml .... 21 24 ‘lt

A Doehisveness 56 56 33

3 year “47 46 28

. Naat 2p ones hack C2 40 19

Length of tentacle.... “91 1:00 61

So far as this goes it is fairly obvious that the ‘ Knight Errant’

and ‘Research’ species are the same, and different from the

Messina species; the dimensions further point to an accurate

determination by Hoyle and Weiss of their respective species.

I have therefore assigned my specimen to 7’. risei, although

the shape of the tail-fin is distinctly that of the other species.

Dimensions in millimetres :—end of body to margin of mantle,

23; breadth of body, 9; length of fin, 8; breadth of conjoint fins,

18; arm i, 5; arm ii, 13; arm ii, 11; arm iv, 8; tentacle, 21.

The animal was of an absolutely glass-like transparence, except

for the two staring black eyes and a black mass posteriorly (? ink-

sac). When it had been killed, scattered chromatophores became

more obvious, notably four, symmetrically placed on the dorsal

surface of the head, and a line of smaller ones along the median

dorsal line of the mantle ; they were of a deep claret-colour.

As Hoyle? pointed out, and was corroborated by Jatta*, Trache-

loteuthis is a member of the subfamily Ommastrephini ; the latter

author refuses, however, to accept the suggested identification of

Tracheloteuthis with Verrilliola=Entomopsis, as the four species

described under these two genera are members of the Yaonoteuthi.

Distribution :—

(1) Faeroe Channel—60° 29’ N., 8° 19’ W., surface (* Knight

Errant’).

(2) Faeroe Channel—60° 2’ N., 5° 49! W., 100 to 0 fathoms

(« Research ’).

(3) Atlantic, Mediterranean (Steenstrup).

1 Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxix. pp. 75-96, pls. viii—x.

2 Loe. cit.

3 Fauna e Flora Golf. Neapel.—I Cefalopodi (Sistematica), p, 112.

1897.] ON THE PHYTOPIAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 527

3. Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Phyto-

phagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar,

—Part II... By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.

[Received May 14, 1897.]

(Plate XXXIV.)

This paper is the continuation of my previous one on African

and Madagascar Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Mr. G.

Marshall, M. Alluaud, and others, principally in Mashonaland ; it

deals with the Humolpine, Halticine, and Galerucine. A con-

siderable number of species at present undetermined will, I hope,

form the subject of a supplement. ,

EUMOLPIN &.

LEFEVREA, n. gen.

Body oblong, smooth; antenne filiform, the apical joints some-

times thickened ; the clypeus not separated from the face; eyes

entire ; thorax transverse, of equal width, the sides rounded, with

a distinct margin ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

punctate-striate ; femora unarmed, tibie entire, claws appendicu-

late; prosternum much narrowed between the coxe, the anterior

margin of the thoracic episternum concave.

This genus is proposed for the reception of a species having the

appearance of a Colaspis, but with rounded thoracic margins ; it will

enter the group of Zphimeine, but cannot be included in any of the

genera composing it, on account of the unarmed femora and not

emarginate tibie: there are at present no African representatives

of that group known. From Jphimoides, Jac., the very narrow pro-

sternum and the structure of the face will distinguish the present

genus.

LEFEVREA HNEICOLLE, n.sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)

Dark greenish neous, the basal joints of the antenne and the

legs fulvous ; thorax very strongly punctured; elytra pale fulvous,

finely punctate-striate ; abdomen fulvous.

Length 13 line.

Head broad, greenish «neous, shining, remotely and strongly

punctured, the vertex more finely and distinctly punctate; clypeus

very strongly punctured, its anterior margin concave ; labrum and

palpi fulvous ; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra,

pale fulvous, the apical joints fuscous, basal joint thickened,

second joint nearly as long as the following two joints, the apical

five joints thickened; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the

sides rounded, the angles distinct, the basal margin very slightly

1 For Part I., see P, Z. 8. 1897, p. 238.

30*

528 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

rounded, the surface impressed with deep, round punctures,

remotely placed, rather larger at the sides than at the disc, metallic

greenish neous ; scutellum of the same colour, its apex rounded ;

elytra subcylindrical, not depressed below the base, pale fulvous,

with closely approached rows of fine punctures, which are nearly

indistinct at the apex ; underside nearly glabrous, greenish zneous ;

the flanks of the thorax deeply punctured, the rest nearly im-

punctate; abdomen and legs fulvous; the anterior margin of the

thoracic episternum concave, furnished with a distinct fringe of

hairs.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. Marshall).

LEFEVREA PUNCTICOLLIS, N. sp.

Below bluish-black, above metallic dark green, the basal joints

of the antenne and the anterior tibie fulvous ; thorax very closely

and finely punctured; elytra very closely punctate-striate, the

interstices sparingly punctured.

Length 14 line.

Head broad, closely punctured, especially so at the lower

portion; the clypeus not separated from the face, its anterior

margin nearly straight; antenne filiform, black, the lower four

joints fulvous, all the joints, with the exception of the basal two,

slender and of nearly equal length ; thorax nearly twice as broad

as long, of equal width, the sides very strongly rounded and widened

at the middle, the dise very closely, evenly, and finely punctured ;

scutellum with the apex rather rounded, with a few punctures ;

elytra parallel, dark green, not very shining, more strongly

punctured than the thorax (at the base), the punctures arranged

in closely approached rows, which are, however, less well-defined

at the base than posteriorly, where they are more separated and

finer, the interstices likewise very minutely and sparingly punctate ;

legs piceous, the anterior tibiz fulvous, all the tibie armed with a

small spine, claws appendiculate ; prosternum narrow and elon-

gate; the anterior margin of the thoracie episternum concave,

furnished with a fringe of hairs.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum and my

collection.

The thorax in this species is more than usually widened at the

sides, and the punctuation is extremely close and fine; the

antennz have more elongate terminal joints than in L. enezcolle.

LEFEVREA FULVIPES, n. sp.

Dark greenish, the basal five joints of the antennz and the legs

fnlvous; thorax strongly and closely punctured; elytra finely

punctate-striate ; underside blackish.

Length 14 line.

Head rather closely and distinctly punctured, greenish, the

labrum fulvous; clypeus not separated from the face; antennz

extending to the middle of the elytra, the lower five joints fulvous,

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 529

the others black, distinctly thickened; thorax scarcely twice as

broad as long, the sides rounded, scarcely narrowed anteriorly,

the angles distinct, the surface convex, strongly and _ closely

punctured, dark greenish, not very shining; elytra parallel, sub-

cylindrical, finely punctate-striate in closely approached rows ; the

interstices minutely punctate; legs entirely fulvous, rather robust.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Mus. coll. and my

own.

Whether this species is the male of the preceding one I am

unable to say. I have not enough specimens for examination, as

only two were obtained, and those are glued to cards; but the

dilated anterior tarsi are no doubt peculiar to the male sex, as in

most Eumolpide. Since, however, the antenne differ in colour and

structure, and the thorax entirely in shape and punctuation, as

well as the legs in colour, I cannot look upon the present insect as

identical; but the elytra show scarcely any difference in regard to

the punctuation.

LEFEVREA ABDOMINALIS, 0. sp.

Metallic greenish or bluish, the antenne (the apical joints

excepted), the legs, and the abdomen fulvous; thorax very strongly

and remotely punctured; elytra bluish, finely punctate-striate.

Length 1} line (8 millim.).

Head strongly but not closely punctured, greenish zneous ;

labrum fulvous; antenne not extending to the middle of the

elytra, robust, fulvous, the three or four apical joints fuscous,

the third and fourth joints equal, slightly longer than the second

one, the fifth slightly longer, the following three joints slightly

dilated ( 3), the apical ones thinner again, the last more elongate ;

thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides moderately

rounded, the surface greenish, impressed with deep and round

punctures not closely placed; elytra subcylindrical, bluish, finely

punctate-striate, the punctures slightly larger at the base, the

interstices smooth and impunctate; breast dark and neous ;

abdomen and legs fulvous, the anterior tarsi rather short and

robust.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Coll. Brit. Mus. and my

own.

The two specimens before me are evidently males, and differ in

every respect from the preceding species in regard to details, but

not generically. The structure of the antenne and the colour of

the abdomen and legs will separate the species at once.

LEFEVREA INTERMEDIA, 0. sp.

Dark greenish or bluish, the basal joints of the antenne and

the anterior legs fulvous ; thorax strongly and subremotely punc-

tured; elytra closely punctate-striate, the interstices distinctly

punctured, partly costate at the sides.

Length 14 line.

030 MR, M. JACOBY ON TUE [May 18,

Head finely and remotely punctured, with a short longitudinal

central groove ; clypeus sparingly punctured, not separated from

the face, its anterior margin nearly straight; labrum piceous ;

antenne slender, extending to about the middle of the elytra,

black, the lower four joints and the base of the fifth fulvous,

third joint slightly shorter than the fourth and fifth, which are

equal; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides evenly rounded,

not narrowed in front, the surface strongly and not very closely

punctured, with a narrow smooth central space somewhat obsolete,

posterior angles indistinct, the disc with a very obsolete depression

at each side near the base; elytra very slightly widened towards

the middle, strongly and closely punctured in rows, the interstices

also finely but distinctly punctate, especially so near the base,

those at the sides raised into two or three narrow coste ; legs

piceous, the extreme base of the femora and the anterior legs

more or less fulvous.

Hab, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

This insect agrees very nearly with L. puncticollis in regard to

the punctuation of the elytra; but the shape of the thorax and its

sculpture are so different, that 1 cannot look upon it as identical,

although it may represent the female sex of that species.

In L. puncticollis the sides of the thorax are very strongly rounded

and widened, and the disc is very closely and finely punctured:

the opposite in regard to both these details is the case in the

present species, examples of which are contained in the British

Museum collection and in my own.

LEFEVREA MINUTA, 0. sp.

Below black, above dark green, basal joints of the antennz

fulvous ; thorax extremely closely punctured ; elytra closely

punctate-striate, the interstices minutely punctate.

Length 3-1 line.

In shape resembling a small species of Colaspis; the head

distinctly and closely punctured, the vertex more distantly so;

sides of the clypeus thickened, the latter not separated from the

face ; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, black,

the lower four joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal, second

slightly shorter, terminal joints gradually thickened ; thorax twice

as broad as long, the sides very strongly rounded and widened at

the middle, the surface extremely closely and rather strongly

punctured; scutellum broader than long, with a few punctures ;

elytra parallel, not wider than the thorax, closely punctate-striate,

each puncture provided with an extremely short hair, the inter-

stices also closely punctured, those near the lateral margin slightly

longitudinally costate: underside and legs blackish, nearly impu-

bescent ; prosternum strongly narrowed between the coxe. ;

Hab. Niger-Benué Exped. (Staudinger).

The smallest species of those here described ; the sides of the

thorax very strongly rounded. I received several specimens from

Dr. Staudinger.

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 531

TAPHIUS, n. gen.

Body elongate and parallel, smooth; antenne filiform; head

broad, eyes entire, clypeus not separated from the face; thorax

transverse, the sides straight, not widened, distinctly marginate,

the angles acute; scutellum small; elytra wider at the base than

the thorax, punctate-striate ; femora unarmed ; tibie simple, not

emarginate at the apex, all furnished with a small spine, the

first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints

together, claws appendiculate; prosternum narrowly elongate,

the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum concave.

I am obliged to establish this genus for the reception of a

species allied to the genus Lefevrea, of the same shape and

general structure, but differing in the entirely filiform antenne,

the different shape of head, and in the straight sides of the

thorax.

TAPHIUS FLAVUS, 0. sp.

Below piceous, above pale flavous; antenne long and slender,

the apical joints fuscous; thorax strongly and subremotely

punctured ; elytra depressed along the suture, strongly punctate-

striate laterally, more finely so near the suture ; legs flavous.

Length 13 line.

Head broad, flavous, strongly but remotely punctured, the

clypeus not separated from the face, distinctly depressed, its

sides raised into an acute ridge, its anterior edge moderately

concave; antenne extending beyond the middle of the elytra,

flavous, the terminal four joints black, basal joint short and thick,

second one-half shorter, the third twice as long as the second joint

and nearly as long as the following joints; thorax one-half broader

than long, somewhat cylindrical and of equal width, the sides

nearly straight, the angles in shape of a small tooth, the disc

strongly but not closely punctured, flavous, anterior and posterior

margins straight: scutellum triangular; elytra slightly wider at

the base than the thorax, parallel, longitudinally depressed along

the suture, with nine or ten regular rows of punctures, which are

deeper and larger at the sides than near the suture, they are

distinct to the base and apex: underside piceous, very sparingly ,

pubescent and nearly impunctate ; legs flavous.

Hab. Mashonaland (6. Marshall).

The head in this species is peculiarly broad and the antenne

are widely separated ; the lower portion of the face is broadly but

shallowly concave ; the shape of the thorax resembles somewhat

that of the genus Alexis, but the sidesare without teeth. In the

British Museum collection and my own.

PSEUDOCOLASPIS APICICORNIS, 0. sp.

neous, strongly pubescent; antenne and legs fulvous, the

penultimate three joints of the former fuscous; thorax strongly

532 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

and closely punctured and pubescent ; elytra similarly punctured,

with short white pubescence arranged in rows ; femora dentate.

Length 14 line.

Head closely punctured and clothed with whitish pubescence,

geneous or cupreous; labrum fulvous as well as the palpi;

antennz fulvous, the eighth, ninth, and tenth joints fuscous or

black, the seventh joint triangularly widened, the following three

transverse, the apical joint pointed ; thorax subcylindrical, widened

at the middle, the dise with a well-marked transverse depression

anteriorly, the punctures closely placed and strongly marked, the

interstices clothed with long whitish pubescence; scutellum

pointed at the apex, densely pubescent ; elytra wider at the base

than the thorax, narrowed posteriorly, the shoulders prominent,

the punctuation similar to that of the thorax and. interrupted by

rows of short whitish hairs through the entire length of the elytra:

underside densely pubescent ; legs fulvous, all the femora with a

distinct tooth.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Collection Brit. Mus. and

my own.

This is one of the small species which may be known by the

colour of the antenne in connection with the strong and close

punctuation of the upper surface and the regularly arranged

pubescence of the elytra. All the specimens before me agree in the

above particulars, but in one the thorax is of a reddish cupreous

colour.

PsEUDOCOLASPIS FEMORATA, Baly.

Subquadrate-ovate, bright green, blue, or nearly black ; thorax

closely rugose-punctate, strongly convex and narrowed in front;

elytra subquadrate, with basal depression, very closely punctured

and finely rugose, with single rows of very short, white hairs ; all

the femora with a long and acute spine.

Var. a. Above metallic green or blue; legs cupreous, apex of

tibie fulvous.

Var. 6. Obscure dark cupreous, scutellum aureous.

Var. c. Nearly black, opaque as well as the legs.

Length 13-2 lines.

Head finely granulate and closely punctured, bright green as

well as the labrum, the lower portion less closely punctate ;

antenne extending to the base of the thorax, the lower six joints

fulvous, the basal one stained with metallic green above, the

terminal five joints black, forming a club, each joint transversely

thickened ; thorax subglobose, very convex, distinctly narrowed

anteriorly, broader than long, very distinctly and closely punctured,

the punctures slightly elongate and evenly distributed over the

entire surface ; scutellum broad, the apex pointed at the middle,

the surface strongly punctured ; elytra much broader at the base

than the thorax, pointed at the apex, the shoulders produced into

an acute ridge, the space below the base with a distinct depression,

the surface more strongly punctured than the thorax, the

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 533

punctures partly confluent, the interstices more or less trans-

versely wrinkled, the posterior portion furnished with single rows

of very short whitish stiff hairs, the suture towards the apex

longitudinally depressed: the underside brighter metallic green,

the sides of the breast clothed with long whitish pubescence, the

other parts strongly punctured as well as the femora, the latter

with a long and acute spine; the tibie fulvous at their lower

portion ; tarsi piceous, the first joint more or less fulvons.

Hab. Mashonaland (@. Marshall). Collection Brit. Mus. and

my own.

ScELODONTA VICINA, Har.

Cupreous, finely pubescent above; thorax transversely strigose,

with two purplish bands; elytra deeply foveolate-punctate and

transversely reticulate, each with five irregularly shaped obscure

purplish markings.

Length 13 line.

Head strongly and closely punctured, each puncture furnished

with a whitish short seta, the middle of the front with a narrow

longitudinal groove; clypeus punctured like the head; antennz

metallic bluish black, the lower three or four joints cupreous ;

thorax subcylindrical, one-half broader than long, the sides

strongly rounded and widened at the middle, if viewed from above,

the surface strongly transversely strigose, the interstices deeply

punctured, cupreous, the sides more or less distinctly marked with

dark purplish in shape of an indistinct band; scutellum strongly

punctured, the apex pointed at the middle; elytra much wider at

the base than the thorax, deeply foveolate-punctate throughout,

the interstices transversely wrinkled, furnished with single white

hairs, here and there arranged in rows, the apex with three short

coste, one near the suture, one obliquely placed at the middle,

and the third near the lateral margin, the bright cupreous colour

of the dise interrupted by dark purplish markings, of which one

is placed at the middle of the base, two nearly connected spots

below the shoulders, a longitudinal narrow oblique band near the

suture at the middle, and the other marks on the two lateral costee

near the apex, all these markings are not well-defined but distinct ;

legs cupreous, tarsi black, femora with a small tooth; the sides

of the breast densely covered with light pubescence.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall): collection British Museum.

S. Africa (Holub): collect. Jacoby.

The species most nearly allied to the present one seems to be

S. maculosa, Lefey., from the Zambesi; but the author describes the

elytra as having but three fusco-zneous spots and says nothing

of their shape, nor does he mention the purplish bands of the

thorax ; in other respects the two species seem nearly to agree.

One specimen was sent home by Mr. Marshall; the other is

contained in my collection and was obtained by the African

traveller Herr Holub, Both specimens agree in every particular,

534 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

RAYPARIDA MADAGASCARIENSIS, n. sp-

Entirely fulvous, head finely and remotely punctured ; thorax

transverse, closely punctured at the sides, the centre impunctate ;

elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices minutely punc-

tured.

Length 13 line.

Of oblong shape, the head finely granulate and not closely but

distinctly punctured ; the epistome separated from the face by an

obsolete transverse groove, rather more strongly punctured than

the head, its anterior margin concave at the middle ; palpi slender ;

eyes surrounded by a very narrow groove; antenne extending

rather beyond the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the second joint

slightly shorter than the third, the fourth rather longer than the

fifth joint, the following ones elongate and rather stout; thorax

twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles

produced into a short tooth, the surface rather closely punctured

at the sides, the punctures somewhat elongate, the middle of the

disc, in shape of a narrow space, nearly impunctate, opaque ;

scutellum not longer than broad; elytra not wider at the base

than the thorax, with a very shallow depression below the base,

strongly punctate-striate, the interstices finely and sparingly

punctured ; the four posterior tibiz deeply emarginate at the apex,

claws bifid; anterior margin of the thoracic episternum concave ;

prosternum narrow, longer than broad.

This is the second species of the genus described by me from

Madagascar ; it agrees in everything with its many other Eastern

congeners in regard to structural details and resembles many of

the species in general shape and coloration. The present insect is

easily distinguished from the other Madagascar species by the

colour and sculpture of the thorax. Since the anterior margin of

the thoracic episternum is not in the least convex but concave, the

species cannot find its place amongst the Typophorine.

LINISCUS MASHONANUS, n. sp.

Metallic dark green, below and the femora nearly black, basal

joints of the antennz and the tibie more or less fulvous ; thorax

nearly impunctate; elytra very strongly punctate-striate; femora

with a minute tooth.

Length 14-2 lines.

Of elongate and parallel shape; the head with a few fine punc-

tures at the vertex; the clypeus not separated from the face,

sparingly punctured ; eyes large, slightly notched ; antenne scarcely

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower two or

three joints fulvous; the basal joint thickened, the second one-

half shorter than this and the third joint, the following four

joints slender and equal, the terminal ones distinctly thickened ;

thorax about one-half broader than long, broader in the female,

the sides rounded and narrowed anteriorly, the angles dentiform,

1897. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPLERA OF AFRICA. 535

with the usual seta, the disc rather deflexed anteriorly, very

sparingly and finely punctured, but variable in that respect, some-

times with a small round fovea at each side; elytra wider at the

base than the thorax, impressed with ten rows of very deep, large

and round punctures, the interstices smooth and impunctate ; the

underside and the femora nearly black; tibize and tarsi more

or less fulvous, the four posterior ones emarginate at the apex;

the claws bifid; the femora with a very small tooth; prosternum

broad, rugosely punctured.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

In this species the thorax is of slightly different shape from

the typical form, having the anterior portion rather more deflexed,

which gives the thorax a somewhat different appearance; the

femora also have a minute tooth. But although Lefévre has

described the type as having unarmed femora, his L. strigaticeps, of

which I possess a specimen named by the author, has likewise a

small tooth on all the femora ; altogether the presence or absence of

this tooth cannot be considered of sufficient generic value, since

nearly every species varies frequently in this respect, even if

undoubtedly belonging to the same genus of Eulmopide. The

present species may be known by the nearly impunctate thorax.

EURYDEMUS ENEUS, 0. sp.

Below and the legs more or less piceous, above greenish zeneous,

the antenne, tibie, and tarsi dark fulvous; thorax sparingly

punctured ; elytra depressed below the base, strongly punctate-

striate anteriorly, finely so posteriorly.

Length 2 lines.

Head with a few punctures at the vertex; the eyes large,

surrounded by a narrow, shallow sulcus, the intermediate space

narrower thau their diameter ; clypeus separated by shallow oblique

grooves from the face, sparingly but distinctly punctured, labrum

fulvous; antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra,

fulvous, the basal joint thickened, the second shorter, but as long

as the third joint, following joints more elongate, the terminal

ones slightly thickened ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the

sides straight at the base, slightly rounded in front, anterior and

posterior angles distinct, surface irregularly and remotely punc-

tured, the punctures larger at the sides than at the middle, the

base with a narrow margin; scutellum oblong; elytra much

broader at the base than the thorax, the shoulders prominent, the

basal portion rather deeply transversely depressed, the surface

rather deeply punctate-striate at the sides and within the depression,

the other punctures much smaller and nearly indistinct near the

apex: underside and legs piceous, stained with dark fulvous; the

femora more eneous, the posterior ones with a very small tooth;

prosternum broad, strongly punctured round the margins; claws

bifid, the inner divisions very small.

536 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud). Collection

M. Alluaud and my own.

I would have referred the present species to HZ. madagassus,

Har., had not the anterior femora been described in the diagnosis

by the author as strongly dentate, of which no sign is to be detected

in the two specimens before me; the elytra are also said to be

deeply punctate-striate, while here they are very finely so from

the middle downwards. £. metallicus, Jac., is of more narrow,

parallel shape, the antenne are much longer, the thorax is much

less transversely shaped, and the elytra are deeply punctate-striate

throughout.

EURYDEMUS HOLUBI, n. sp.

Dark brown; thorax extremely finely and sparingly punctured ;

elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices strongly longi-

tudinally costate ; femora with a distinct tooth.

Length 2 lines.

Head distinctly but not closely punctured, with a slight central

ridge ; the clypeus distinctly separated from the face, more strongly

punctured ; eyes large, the intervening space narrower than their

diameter; the antenne extending to the middle of the elytra,

fulvous, the second joint but little shorter than the third, the

following joints slender and elongate; thorax one-half broader

than long, narrowed in front, the sides rounded, the posterior

angles thickened, with a single seta, the surface with some very

fine punctures at the middle, the sides nearly impunctate; elytra

much broader than the thorax, feebly transversely depressed below

the base, with deeply and closely punctured striz ; the interstices

strongly raised, forming highly raised coste near the apex and at

the sides: underside and legs coloured as above; the femora with

a strong tooth.

South Africa (Holub).

Of this distinct species, principally distinguished by the costate

elytra, three specimens are contained in my collection without

particular locality, having been obtained by Herr Holub, the

African traveller.

IVONGIUS MINUTUS, n. sp.

Testaceous, the seventh and the apical two joints black ; thorax

transverse, sparingly punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate ;

femora unarmed.

Length 3-1 line.

Head extremely finely punctured, rather convex, the eyes

surrounded by a narrow sulcus ; clypeus separated from the face

by a distinct transverse eroove, nearly impunctate; palpi and

antenne flavous, the latter extending beyond the middle of the

elytra, the basal and the second joint thickened, the latter as long

as the third joint, the seventh and the terminal two joints black,

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 537

gradually thickened; thorax twice as broad as long, scarcely

narrowed in front, the lateral margins strongly rounded, the base

very narrowly marginate, the surface remotely, irregularly, and

finely punctured on the disc, the sides nearly impunctate, the

anterior margin with an indication of a short transverse groove at

the sides ; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, with-

out basal depression, the shoulders rather prominent, the punctures

round and deep, more widely separated at the sides than near the

suture, and nearly disappearing at the apex, the lateral margin

impressed with a row of deep punctures: underside darker,

impunctate; the prosternum broad, widened at the base; femora

unarmed ; claws bifid.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

A very small species, allied to I. antennarius, Har., but the

antenne with different black-coloured joints and the thorax punc-

tured, not smooth; the general size smaller.

IVONGIUS LEFEVREI, 0. sp.

Testaceous; head distinctly punctured; thorax transverse,

closely punctured at the sides ; elytra strongly and closely punctate-

striate ; femora unarmed.

Length ? line.

Head rather closely and distinctly punctured, the eyes sur-

rounded by a narrow oblique sulcus; the clypeus separated from

the face by a deep groove, transversely subquadrate, finely punc-

tured ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, the terminal

joints thickened, stained With fuscous, the second one as long as

the third joint; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides

deflexed, the lateral margin strongly rounded, the surtface finely

and closely punctured, the punctures partly confluent at the sides,

the middle more sparingly punctured ; elytra scarcely wider at the

base than the thorax, rather elongate, impressed with round, deep,

and closely placed punctures, which become finer towards the

apex, the interstices flat, except the outer one near the lateral

margin, which is slightly raised : underside impunctate, slightly

darker than the upper surface ; the femora unarmed.

Hab. Madagascar.

Rather smaller than J. minutus and differing in the finely and

closely punctured sides of the thorax, the strongly punctured

elytra, and other details.

I have received several specimens from M. Donkier of Paris.

RHEMBASTUS CYLINDRIFORMIS, N. sp.

Subcylindrical, black, above metallic eneous or bluish, the basal

joints of the antenne and the tibie fulvous ; thorax closely punc-

tured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate.

Length 1 line.

Head finely but not closely punctured; the clypeus scarcely

538 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

separated from the face, rather more strongly punctate, its anterior

margin but slightly concave; labrum fulvous; eyes distinctly

notched, surrounded by a very narrow sulcus; antenne extending

to about the middle of the elytra, slender, the lower five joints

flavous, the rest black, second joint thickened, scarcely shorter than

the third, the following three joints elongate, terminal joints

slightly widened ; thorax subcylindrical, transverse, of equal width,

the sides straight, the angles distinct, the surface convex, dark

greenish, rather strongly and closely punctured, posterior margin

broadly rounded at the middle; scutellum impunctate; elytra

slightly wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders pro-

minent, the disc cylindrical, moderately strongly punctate-striate,

the punctures much finer at the apex, the interstices flat and

impunctate, lateral margin perpendicularly deflexed, the colour

dark greenish or bluish, metallic: underside blackish; femora

unarmed, dark greenish, their extreme base and apex below

fulvous; tibiz fulvous or flavous as weil as the tarsi; prosternum

broad, subquadrately transverse, its surface uneven, depressed

posteriorly ; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum

strongly convex.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Collection British Mus. and

my own.

This little species might possibly equally well be placed in

Ivongius on account of the unarmed femora, but the scarcely or

not separated clypeus and other particulars seem better suited to

the present genus; anyhow the species may be known by the

fulvous apex of the femora and the similarly coloured tibiz and

tarsi in connection with the dark greenish colour above.

RHEMBASTUS MACULICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4.)

Pale fulvous; thorax strongly punctured, with a transverse

V-shaped greenish band and two spots ; elytra strongly punctate-

striate, with nine or ten greenish spots, partly placed in transverse

rows.

Length 13-2 lines.

Of subquadrate-ovate shape; the head strongly punctured,

flavous, with a narrow piceous central stripe (sometimes absent) ;

clypeus separated from the face by a transverse shallow groove,

rather closely punctured; Jabrum fulvous; mandibles black ;

antenne flavous, not extending to the middle ot the elytra, the

second joint nearly as long as the third and thickened, terminal

joints rather robust and strongly dilated; thorax transverse, the

sides rounded in front, but scarcely narrowed, with a narrow

margin, posterior margin broadly produced at the middle, the

surface very deeply but rather remotely punctured, the punctures

much finer near the anterior margin, the disc with a narrow

greenish transverse band, which at the middle assumes the shape

of a V, the point of which extends nearly to the base, at each side

there is also a more or less distinct greenish spot placed below the

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 539

band; scutellum rounded at the sides, more or less piceous or

greenish ; elytra very strongly punctured in rather irregular

rows, closely placed, which are here and there nearly confluent

below the shoulders, the ground-colour flavous with the following

dark greenish spots—an elongate spot on the shoulders, a small

one near the scutellum, four elongate spots placed transversely

before the middle, two others rather larger immediately below

the latter, and two smaller spots near the apex (one near the

margin, the other near the suture), posterior portion of the

suture likewise narrowly greenish or brownish; elytral epipleure

with a short row of punctures at the base: underside and legs

flavous, impunctate, all the femora armed with a distinct

tooth; prosternum broad, the sides thickened, the disc finely

punctured.

Hab. Niger-Benué Expedition (Staudinger). My collection.

A well-marked and distinct species, of which I have received

three specimens from Dr. Staudinger. The markings of the thorax

and the spots of the elytra differ in the specimens in size and partly

in shape, and it is quite possible that they may occasionally form

longitudinal bands. Like the other species of the genus, the eyes

are surrounded by a narrow sulcus.

RHEMBASTUS IMITANS, 0. Sp.

Pale fulvous or testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne and

the knees piceous ; thorax sparingly punctured; elytra distinctly

punctate-striate, the sutural and lateral margins, a round spot at

the base, and an elongate one at the middle of each elytron

greenish neous.

Length 1 line.

Head impunctate, the vertex often dark eneous, lower portion

of the face witha few minute punctures, the clypeus not separated

from the face ; eyes surrounded by a very narrow sulcus; aritenne

extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal five

joints nearly black, slender and elongate; thorax transversely

convex, twice as broad as long, the lateral margins very slightly

rounded, the disc with some remotely placed punctures, which do

not extend to the base or the sides, the anterior margin sometimes

eneous at the middle; scutellum ovate, greenish wneous ; elytra

with a rather feeble depression below the base, distinctly punctate-

striate anteriorly, the punctures much finer towards the apex,

the lateral margin accompanied by a row of deep punctures,

narrowly greenish zneous as well as the suture, a round spot

at the base and a short stripe at the middle of the disc greenish

eneous: underside and legs pale fulvous, the knees darker;

femora armed with a tooth ; prosternum impunctate.

Hab, Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Alluaud).

In coloration this species almost resembles R. variahilis, Har.

(=4-notata, Lefey.), but is less than half the size and has

the elytral punctuation much finer; the antennez also differ in

540 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

colour, and the general shape of the insect is more elongate and

cylindrical.

RHEMBASTUS GERSTAEKERI, n. sp.

Bluish black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs

fulvous, above metallic dark blue; thorax closely and finely punc-

tured; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the imterstices slightly

convex.

Length 13 line.

Head with a very few fine punctures at the vertex and a central

longitudinal ridge; eyes with a narrow sulcus near the inner

margin; the clypeus separated from the face by a semicircular

groove, with a few punctures, its anterior margin fulvous ; palpi

slender, fulvous ; antenne rather long, extending below the middle

of the elytra, the six or seven lower joints fulvous, the others

fuscous, basal joint short and thick, the second scarcely one-half

shorter than the third, the following joints more elongate ; thorax

nearly twice as broad as long, the sides straight and obliquely

narrowed in front, the surface impressed with distinct round

punctures, not very closely and irregularly placed, the sides nearly

smooth ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the punctures closely

placed, the interstices slightly convex, broad, impunctate, the

shoulders prominent: underside blackish, the breast with a

bluish gloss; legs reddish fulvous, the femora with a minute

tooth, tarsi obscure piceous.

Hab. Ashanti.

Larger than R. pusillus, Har., the thorax much more strongly

punctured, and the punctuation of the elytra distinct to the apex.

R. punctato-suleatus, Fairm., is larger still (5 millim.), the under-

side is described as rufous, and the elytral punctuation obsolete

posteriorly.

RHEMBASTUS APICICORNIS, n. sp.

Oblong-ovate ; below black, antenne (the last joint excepted)

and the legs fulvous ; above metallic dark green or eneous ; thorax

closely and distinctly punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate,

the interstices convex at the sides.

Fem. Elytra with an acutely raised sharp costa from the shoulder

to the apex.

Length ? line.

Head remotely but distinctly punctured, the sides forming a

ridge or narrow groove at the inner margin ot the eyes, clypeus

not separated from the face; antenne two-thirds the length of the

body, fulvous, the last joint black, the second joint thickened like

the first and but little shorter, third and fourth joints slender,

equal, terminal joints slightly thickened, the last ovately widened ;

thorax one-half broader than long, subcylindrical, the sides straight,

gradually narrowed in front, the basal margin broadly rounded

and produced at the middle, the surface closely and rather strongly

punctured, the punctures crowded at the sides; scutellum not

1897. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 541

broader than long ; elytra ovate, convex, strongly punctate-striate,

the punctures closely placed, distinct to the apex, the interstices

at the latter place and at the sides convex, in the female with an

acutely raised costa from the shoulder to the apex; legs fulvous:

underside black, very finely punctured; prosternum longer than

broad, slightly narrowed at the middle, finely punctured; claws

bifid.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez. Coll. Alluaud and my own.

This small species might perhaps equally weli be placed in

Ivongius, which genus scarcely differs from Rhembastus, but may be

known by the colour of the antennx in both sexes and by the acute

lateral costa of the elytra in the female.

MENIUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, 0. Sp.

Fulvous, the sixth and seventh joints of the antennz black ;

thorax strongly but subremotely punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-

striate, the base, suture, and a semicircular band below the middle

obscure zneous ; femora unarmed.

Var. Elytra without darker markings.

Length 1 line.

Head with a few minute punctures, fulvous with a very slight

metallic gloss, the eyes surrounded by a deep sulcus; antennz

extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the sixth and

seventh joints black, the basal jomt very short and thick, the

second scarcely shorter or thinner, as long as the third one, the

others gradually thickened ; thorax about one-half broader than

long, narrowed in front, the sides straight, the surface strongly

but not closely punctured ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

deeply punctate-striate, rather elongate, subcylindrical, the inter-

stices also sparingly punctured, the punctured strie distinct to the

apex, the basal portion, the suture, and a curved band below the

middle of each elytron obscure brownish eneous: underside and

legs fulvous ; femora unarmed, claws bifid.

This is another of the few species of the genus in which the

femora are unarmed; the sulcus surrounding the eyes reveals,

however, the proper place of the insect to be in Menius. The

markings of the elytra are very obscure and in the varieties entirely

obliterated: only in one specimen amongst the four contained

in my collection are they at all distinct; the band at the base

joins the sutural one, and the posterior mark is likewise connected

with the lateral margin. The specimens were sent to me by

Mr. Sikora.

MENIUS FULVICORNIS, n. sp.

Ovately rounded, convex; blackish below, above dark metallic

green or blue; the antenne, palpi, the apex of the tibie, and the

tarsi flavous or fulvous ; thorax remotely punctured ; elytra deeply

striate-punctate, the interstices at the sides very strongly costate ;

femora with a tooth.

Proc, Zoot, Soc.—1897, No. XXXVI. 36

542 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

Length 1} line.

Head strongly but not closely punctured, the clypeus separated

from the face by a shallow transverse groove, palpi flavous, the

eyes surrounded by a narrow sulcus; antenne fuivous, the second

joint as long as the third, terminal joints gradually thickened,

rather elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long, the lateral margins

nearly straight, slightly narrowed towards the apex, posterior

margin broadly rounded at the middle, moderately produced, the

surface nearly punctured like the head, the punctures rather

deeper near the base than anteriorly, not closely placed and some-

what irregularly distributed ; elytra with very deep rows of closely

placed punctures, the interstices rather convex, the lateral five

ones at the middle very strongly costate, humeral callus very

prominent : underside nearly black, the breast and the legs with a

more or less distinct metallic gloss, the apex of the tibie and the

tarsi fulvous, anterior femora with a minute, posterior ones with

a strong tooth; prosternum broad, slightly rugose.

Hab. Ashantee. My collection.

Smaller than M. flavitarsus, Jac., and M. tarsalis, Lefev., the legs

differently coloured, the head more strongly punctured, and the

elytra in the male with very strongly raised lateral costae. There

is a single female specimen from the same locality before me,

which has the terminal joints of the antennz darker as well as the

tarsi, and the elytral coste much less strongly raised ; but whether

this is the female of the present species or of another J am unable

to say.

MENIUS UNICOLOR, n. sp.

Dark fulvous or obscure piceous; head finely, thorax very

strongly punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices

sparingly punctate, strongly convex at the sides; femora dentate.

Length 2 lines.

Of entirely dark fulvous colour, subquadrate ovate, the head

sparingly and rather finely punctured at the vertex, the eyes

surrounded by a sulcus; the clypeus not separated from the face,

much more strongly punctured, its anterior edge slightly concave ;

labrum paler fulvous, its anterior margin strongly emarginate, apex

of mandibles black; antenne slender, fulvous, the second joint

less than half the length of the third joint, the latter rather longer

than the fourth; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long in the

male, broader in the female; the sides nearly straight, narrowed

towards the apex, the angles acute, somewhat thickened, the dise

rather strongly and closely punctured; elytra wider at the base

than the thorax, without basal depression, the surface deeply

punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed, the interstices

strongly costate at the sides, either with or without some minute

punctures, all the femora dentate ; prosternum broad, subquadrate,

rugosely punctured ; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum

strongly convex.

Hab. Madagascar.

1897. ] PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 543

The three specimens contained in my collection differ slightly

in the amount of the interstitial punctures of the elytra and in

the more or less transverse shape of the thorax. The species is

rather differently coloured than most of its allies but seems closely

allied to M. chalceatus, Leféy. ; but in that species the joints of the

antennz differ in their respective length, the clypeus is distinctly

separated from the face and nearly smooth, and the whole upper

surface is tinged with a gloss of seneous colour.

SYAGRUS NIGROSTRIATUS, N. sp.

Below piceous, above flavous, the apical joints of the antenne

and the knees black ; thorax closely and strongly punctured, black

at the disc; elytra strongly punctate-striate, flavous, alternately

marked with black stripes, interrupted posteriorly.

Length 13 line.

Head strongly punctured, flavous, the middle portion more or

less black; clypeus fulvous or flavous, very strongly punctured,

separated from the face by a distinct transverse groove ; antenn®

long and slender, black, the lower five joints flavous, the second

joint thickened, curved, as long as the third, the followmg two

joints slightly longer, terminal joints elongate, widened at the apex;

thorax one-half broader than long, the sides strongly widened,

forming a slight angle below the middle, the entire surface covered

with large, round punctures, closely placed, blackish, the anterior

margin and the base more or less fulvous ; scutellum longer than

broad, smooth ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, slightly

depressed below the base, very strongly punctate-striate, the punc-

tures gradually diminishing in size posteriorly, those at the anterior

portion closely placed and somewhat transverse in shape, the

interstices more or less convex at the sides, the ground-colour

flavous, the interspaces alternately marked with black stripes of

various length, all abbreviated at some distance before the apex,

and sometimes reduced to short elongate spots, their number

varying greatly : underside piceous, shining; legs flavous, the apex

of the femora and the base of the tibie more or less blackish,

femora with a very small tooth.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

S. striatipennis, Leféy., seems to be a closely allied species in

regard to coloration, but is described with a smooth head and

thorax; in the present insect both parts are very strongly punc-

tured. Many species described by Lefevre, or rather diagnosed,

have afterwards been placed by this author in Rhembastus ; but

even now many species described as Syagrus, and the present

insect is one of them, do not resemble in the shape of the

thorax the typical species S. calcaratus, Fab., in which this part is

subcylindrical; in many others the thorax resembles more the

shape of a Colaspis, but on that difference alone it would not be

wise to establish another genus, although a revision of the genus

will sooner or later be necessary,

36*

544 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

SYAGRUS MASHONANUS, N. sp.

Black or fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne and the knees

black ; thorax impunctate, elytra strongly punctate-striate, femora

dentate.

Mas (?). Thorax fulvous; elytra flavous; legs flavous, with or

without dark knees.

Fem. (?). Thorax black; elytra flavous, the sutural and lateral

margins and a round spot before the middle greenish black.

Length 2 lines.

Head finely punctured at the vertex, the clypeus more strongly

and closely punctured, scarcely separated from the face ; antennz

long and slender, fulvous, the apical jommts more or less fuscous or

black, the second joint but slightly longer than the third, this and

the following joints elongate and slender; thorax subcylindrical,

about one-half broader than long, the anterior portion rather

strongly deflexed at the sides, the latter moderately rounded, the

surface impunctate, fulvous in the male, black in the female ; elytra

subcylindrical, strongly punctate-striate, the punctures finer

towards the apex, entirely flavous, or each elytron with a round or

elongate black spot before the middle, the sutural and lateral

margins likewise black in the female: underside black; legs fulvous,

the femora with a distinct tooth, the knees and the first two joints

of the tarsi more or less black; claws bifid; prosternum broad,

coarsely punctured ; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum

slightly convex.

Hab. Mashonaland (@. Marshall).

The different coloration in the sexes of this species is rather

peculiar and constant in the six specimens before me ; the sexes have

been pointed out by Mr. Marshall, who has probably taken them

in copula. The male is of nearly entirely fulvous coloration above,

although in one specimen the suture is obscurely marked with a

fuscous band, but the elytral spots are absent ; the legs are likewise

either entirely fulvous or have the knees darker, but this is never

so pronounced as in the female; in the latter the thorax is black

and shining and the head is sometimes likewise marked with black

on the vertex.

SYAGRUS RUGICOLLIS, n. sp.

Below piceous, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs

fulvous ; thorax greenish eneous, rugosely punctate ; elytra obscure

fulvous with metallic gloss, the sutural and lateral margins

narrowly blackish, surface strongly punctate-striate ; posterior

femora with a minute tooth.

Length 1; line.

Head flat, strigosely punctured on the vertex, the rest of the

surface remotely and finely punctate, eyes widely separated,

surrounded by a narrow sulcus; clypeus not separated from the

face, more strongly punctured ; antenne extending to the middle of

the elytra, the lower seven joints fulvous, the others fuscous, third

and fourth joints slender, equal, the basal and the second joint

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 545

thickened, of nearly equal length, terminal joints scarcely thickened,

elongate; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides perfectly

straight, gradually narrowed in front, the angles acute, the pos-

terior ones with a long hair, the surface almost subeylindrical,

closely and strongly rugose-punctate, the interstices confluent, the

punctures round and deep, of greenish xneous colour; scutellum

subquadrate, zeneous ; elytra broader at the base than the thorax,

obscure fulvous, with a slight metallic lustre, very feebly depressed

below the base, the margins narrowly blackish green, the surface

deeply and regularly punctate-striate, the strie rather closely

placed, the interstices flat, with a few minute punctures here and

there, shoulders prominent, smooth, the sides of the elytra strongly

deflexed: underside dark fulvous or piceous, impunctate; prosternum

narrowed between the coxze, smooth; legs flavous, unarmed, posterior

femora with an extremely small tooth ; claws bifid; anterior margin

of the thoracic episternum strongly rounded.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez. Coll. M. Alluaud and my own.

IVONGIUS ABBREVIATUS, 0. sp.

Pale testaceous, antenne with the intermediate and the apical

joints black ; thorax fusco-zeneous, finely punctate ; elytra punctured

below the base only, the sutural and lateral margins and a short

stripe at the middle greenish-zneous.

Length 1} line.

Var. Thorax and underside pale fulvous, elytral stripe absent.

Head with a few fine punctures, the clypeus not separated from

the face ; eyes oblong, widely separated, narrowly notched ; antenne

extending to the middle of the elytra, rather slender, testaceous,

the sixth and seventh and the apical three joints black, second

joint as long as the third but much thicker, terminal joints slightly

thickened ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long at the base,

narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles

slightly produced, posterior margin broadly rounded at the middle,

the surface very finely and sparingly punctured, dark fulvous or

fuscous with a metallic zeneous lustre ; scutellum transverse, neous ;

elytra subcylindrical, with a shallow depression below base, nearly

impunctate, except below the basal portion, where some short rows

of deep punctures are placed, the one within the shoulder

extending to the base, the others all abbreviated, traces of rows of

very fine punctures are also seen under a strong lens at the pos-

terior portion, the suture and lateral margins narrowly greenish

geneous, a similar coloured short longitudinal stripe is also placed

at the middle of each elytron, the rest of the surface is pale

testaceous as well as the underside and legs ; femora unarmed, tibie

emarginate, claws bifid.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the variety the elytral spot is absent, the thorax as well as

the underside is of a darker colour than the rest of the body and

without metallic gloss. I received three specimens from M. Don-

kier of Paris.

546 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

PsEUDIVONGIUS, n. gen.

Body ovate, non-pubescent ; antenne filiform, the apical joints

thickened ; eyes notched; epistome not separated from the face ;

thorax transversely subcylindrical ; elytra punctate-striate ; femora

fusiform, unarmed, the posterior four tibie emarginate at the apex,

non-sulcate ; claws bifid, the inner division very short ; prosternum

broad, one-half longer than broad; the anterior margin of the

thoracic episternum strongly convex.

I am obliged to separate this genus from all others belonging

to the group of Typophorine on account of the want of an ocular

sulcus, the non-separation of the clypeus from the face, and the

unarmed femora; the shape of the thorax agrees partly with

Syagrus, but there is no trace of any tooth at the femora; in the

general ovate and posteriorly pointed shape the species differs

also from most of its African congeners of this group.

PSEUDIVONGIUS NATALENSIS, n. Sp.

Oblong-ovate, dark zneous, the basal joints of the antenne and

the tarsi and tibie fulvous; thorax finely and closely punctured,

elytra strongly punctate-striate, the shoulders with two short

oblique costz.

Length ?-1 line.

Head finely and somewhat rugosely punctured, the clypeus not

separated from the face, its anterior margin concave, eyes distinctly

notched, labrum piceous ; antenne filiform, the apical five joints

thickened, black, the lower four joints fulyous ; thorax transverse,

subeylindrical, the sides strongly deflexed, the lateral margin

nearly straight, the surface finely and rather closely punctured, the

space near the lateral margins nearly impunctate; scutellum tri-

angular, impunctate ; elytra widened at the middle, pointed pos-

teriorly, dark zneous, strongly punctate-striate, the interstices

slightly convex and impunctate, those at the shoulders forming two

short oblique, more or less distinct coste, the punctures at the

same place abbreviated or joined at the ends ; the suture in the

female deeply depressed at the posterior portion, forming a longi-

tudinal sulcation ; underside nearly black, with greenish gloss at the

breast; legs fulvous, the femora metallic greenish at the middle

portion; prosternum strongly rugose.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (G. Marshall).

This small species will not be difficult to recognize on account of

the ovate shape, the short elytral humeral costz, and the peculiar

sutural depression in the female, of which I know no similar instance

amongst the numerous other African genera of Eumolpide.

PSEUDOMALEGIA, n. gen.

Body oblong, pubescent above and below; eyes entire ; antenne

filiform, the last five joints thickened; thorax subcylindrical,

rather flattened, without distinct lateral margin; femora un-

armed; tibia not emarginate at apex; claws bifid; prosternum

1897. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPLHRA OF AFRICA. 547

strongly narrowed between the coxe; the anterior margin of the

thoracic episternum concave.

The small insect for which this genus is proposed agrees entirely

in shape, pubescence, and colour with the species described by

Lefévre under the generic name of Malegia: it is, however, not

possible to leave the present species in that genus on account of

the non-emarginate tibie. Lefevre, in his diagnosis of genera of

Eumolpide, places Malegia in the group Leprotine, which he de-

scribes as having sometimes emarginate, sometimes simple tibiz ;

this arrangement seems to me, however, unsatisfactory, since the

structure of the tibia is a very important character amongst the

Eumolpide. Whether all the species described by Lefévre have

the tibize emarginate or not, it is impossible to say without seeing

the types, since the author does not mention the state of the tibize in

his descriptions. In M. letowrneuxi, Lefév., of which I possess a

specimen, the tibie are emarginate ; in MW. turkestanica, Reitter, of

which a typical specimen is before me, the tibiz are simple, and the

species will have to be placed in Pseudomaleyia. Whether the Natal

species is really distinct from one or other of Lefévre’s species is

somewhat doubtful, as his descriptions of four or five lines do

not allow me to be certain in that respect, but as not even the

generic characters agree, | must consider my species to be distinct.

PsEUDOMALEGIA LEFEVRE, 0. sp.

Below nearly black, above «neous; four lower joints of the

antenne, the base of the femora, and the tibiz entirely fulvous ;

thorax minutely punctured ; elytra distinctly punctured in rows,

clothed with whitish pubescence.

Length 2-1 line.

Head minutely rugose and pubescent, the epistome not separated

from the face; antennz not extending to the middle of the elytra,

black, the lower four joints fulvous, the terminal five joints thick-

ened, the third and following joints nearly equal; thorax scarcely

broader than long, the sides rounded at the middle, without

distinct lateral margins, the surface very finely rugose, clothed

with whitish pubescence; scutellum very small; elytra much

wider at the base than the thorax, much more strongly punctured

than the latter, the punctation arranged in very closely approached

rows, the interstices between the punctures not wider than the

latter themselves and clothed with rather long whitish pubescence ;

legs fulvous, the extreme apex of the femora and the tarsi black,

the first joint of the latter as long as the two following joints

together ; claws bifid.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (G@. Marshall).

CoLASPOSOMA KRAATZI, 0. sp.

Eneous, cupreous, blue or metallic green; the antenne nearly

black ; thorax strongly and subremotely punctured; elytra more

finely punctate, the punctures arranged in semi-regular rows, the

interstices slightly wrinkled ; anterior femora subdentate.

548 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

Length 33-4 lines.

3. Head remotely and strongly punctured; the clypeus

separated from the face by a strongly rugose groove, its surface

more finely punctured; Jabrum, mandibles, and palpi black; antenne

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, robust, black, the basa)

joint more or less metallic, terminal joints strongly widened ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides but slightly

rounded, narrowly margined, the surface subremotely impressed

with large round punctures, which are much more separated

near the base, the interstices smooth; scutellum with a few fine

punctures ; elytra without basal depression, the shoulders rather

prominent, the punctures finer than those of the thorax and

arranged in somewhat irregular, not very closely approached rows,

they get still finer towards the apex, the interstices slightly

wrinkled here and there below the shoulders ; underside scarcely

pubescent or punctured, coloured like the upper surface as well as

the legs ; the anterior femora with a more or less distinct tooth at

the middle.

Hab. West Africa, Cameroons.

This Colasposoma is one of those in which the thorax is strongly

and not closely punctured, the opposite being the case in many of

the African representatives of this genus ; the colour is very vari-

able, as is so often the case in these insects, but the black antenne,

labrum, and palpi seem constant ; there seems scarcely any differ-

ence in regard to the elytral punctuation of the two sexes.

C. abdominale, Baly, is a closely allied species, but differs principally

in the colour of the abdomen. I have received most the specimens

before me from Dr. Kraatz, who informs me that they were obtained

by Herr Conradt.

CoLASPOSOMA FOVEATUM, 0. sp.

Dark greenish-zneous, pubescent above, the labrum and the

antenne fulvous; thorax strongly and subremotely punctured ;

elytra with deep transverse sub-basal depression, finely punctured,

the sides transversely rugose.

Length 3 lines.

Head finely longitudinally strigose at the sides of the vertex,

sparingly pubescent; the clypeus not distinctly separated from

the face; labrum fulvous ; antenne slender, filiform, entirely ful-

vous; thorax nearly three times broader than long, the sides

rounded, the dise subremotely and strongly punctured, the punc-

tures round, the interstices clothed with whitish pubescence, the

middle with a narrow, smooth space ; scutellum broader than long ;

elytra with a deep transverse fovea below the shoulders, very finely

punctured in irregular rows, clothed with rather long silvery pubes-

cence, the interstices at the sides transversely rugose ; underside

and legs zeneous with a slight purplish gloss, finely pubescent.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

There are three specimens of this species (probably all females)

in my collection; they are closely allied to C. pubescens, Lefey,,

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 549

C. melancholicum, Jac., and several others all having the upper

surface pubescent, but the present species differs from all in the

strong and rather remote punctuation of the thorax and the deep

lateral elytral depression.

CoLASPOsoMA TRANSVALENSEH, 0. sp.

Metallic green, antennx (the basal three joints excepted) bluish

black ; thorax very finely and closely punctured; elytra more

strongly and very closely punctate, the interstices finely transversely

wrinkled ; legs dark fulvous ; tarsi piceous.

Length 2—23 lines.

Of the same general colour and shape as C. seneyalense, Cast., of

which it may possibly be a local aberration; the head minutely

granulate, closely and finely punctured ; the clypeus not separated

from the face ; labrum metallic green ; basal joints of palpi fulvous,

the apical one black; antenne extending beyond the middle of the

elytra, the lower three joints fulvous, the others bluish black,

metallic, all the terminal joints long and slender ; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, the surface

minutely granulate, very closely and finely punctured with some

still finer punctation intermixed, the centre of the disc with a

narrow smooth space near the base; scutellum broader than long,

with some punctures; elytra very closely and rather more strongly

punctured than the thorax, the interstices minutely granulate,

punctured and transversely wrinkled at the sides, the base not

depressed and the shoulders scarcely prominent; breast metallic

green; abdomen dark obscure cupreous ; legs dark fulvous ; tarsi

nearly black.

Hab. Transvaal.

Although, as remarked, this species almost entirely resembles

C. senegalense, which is frequent in collections and with which it

is probably often confounded, the differences are to be found in

the metallic green, not fulvous labrum, the dark blue antenne,

and the entirely fulvous legs; the punctuation of the thorax is

also still closer and finer. I possess three specimens, apparently

all males, which agree entirely in these details.

EURYOPE BIPARTITA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)

Black ; head and thorax fulvous, minutely punctured; elytra

with basal depression, finely punctured, black, the posterior third

portion fulvous.

Length 43 lines.

Broad and robust; the head deeply depressed in front of the

clypeus, the latter narrowly edged with black; mandibles strongly

punctured, fulvous, the apex black ; antennz extending beyond the

base of the thorax, black, the lower two joints fulvous, terminal

joints widened ; thorax more than three times as broad as long,

the sides widened towards the apex, narrowly margined, the ante-

rior angles strongly produced outwards, the surface minutely and

closely punctured, with a round fovea at each side, fulyous;

550 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

scutellum black ; elytra with a deep transverse depression below

the base, punctured like the thorax, the two anterior thirds black,

the posterior one fulvous, the edge of division of the black portion

deeply concave at the sides, convex near the suture; underside

and legs black; the last abdominal segment fulvous.

Hab. Africa.

The single specimen in my collection was formerly in that of

Major V. Quedenfeldt and has no particular locality indicated ;

the species differs from all its allies in the coloration.

EURYOPE NIGRICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.)

Black, head and thorax very finely punctured ; elytra testaceous,

finely punctured, the margins very narrowly black.

Length 4 lines.

Head entirely black, very finely and not closely punctured, with

an obsolete fovea at the middle of the vertex and another at the

base of the antenne ; palpi and antennz black, the latter extending

to the base of the elytra; the second and third joints of the

antenne equal, the others gradually widened and robust ; thorax

of usual shape, the sides straight and obliquely widened towards

the apex, all the angles acute, the surface with a transverse

depression near the base, very finely punctured, black, shining ;

scutellum black, its apex broadly rounded; elytra testaceous,

scarcely more strongly punctured than the thorax, the margins

extremely narrowly black, their epipleure of the same colour as

well as the underside and legs.

Hab. East Africa. In my collection

Distinguished from all its congeners by the black head and

thorax and the pale coloured elytra; two specimens are before

me.

Nore.

Nerissidius, Weise.—A Eumolpid genus described by Weise in

the Deutsche entom. Zeitsch. 1895, and allied to Nerissus, is com-

pared with this genus by the author, but the latter has evidently

overlooked Baly’s genus Cheiridea (Journ. Linn. Soc. 1877), which

has the sides of the thorax likewise serrate, and with which Weise’s

genus may be identical ; but no mention is made in regard to the

shape of the thoracic margin of the episternum, which at present

forms the chief character of distinction in the two principal groups

of Eumolpine.

HALTICIN#.

NIsoTRA INCISICOLLIS, n. sp.

Oblong-ovate, fulvous ; thorax finely and closely punctured, with

deep anterior and posterior grooves ; elytra metallic green, irregu-

larly and closely impressed with small and still smaller punctures.

Length 13 line.

Head very finely and sparingly punctured; the clypeus more

strongly so, separated at the sides by narrow oblique grooves,

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. ddL

placed above the base of the antenne; the latter not extending to

the middle of the elytra, entirely fulvous, the third and fourth

joints equal, longer than the second, terminal joints gradually

thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded,

the anterior angles not produced, posterior ones acute, the surface

closely and finely punctured at the sides, more sparingly so at the

disc, the anterior margin with a deep longitudinal groove at each

side extending to about one-third the length of the thorax, the

base with a much shorter groove at each side; scutellum fulvous ;

elytra with closely approached rows of larger punctures, the

interstices everywhere closely and finely punctured, slightly

wrinkled here and there; the space in front of the lateral margins

slightly thickened and accompanied by some deeper punctures ;

elytral epipleurs very broad, concave and nearly smooth; under-

side and legs entirely fulvous, impunctate ; prosternum narrowly

elongate ; the first joint of the tarsi in the male strongly widened.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (C. Alluaud).

This is quite a distinct species from WV. delecta, Dalm., on account

of the deeper and longer anterior thoracic grooves, and the very

close punctuation, of the elytra, amongst which the larger punctures

are but obsoletely arranged in rows.

NIsoOTRA CHAPUISI, n. sp.

Oblong, testaceous, terminal joints of the antennz fuscous ;

thorax closely and finely punctured, with obscure basal grooves ;

elytra very closely and semi-regularly punctured ; abdomen and

femora more or less piceous.

Length 1-1} line.

Head microscopically punctured at the vertex; the clypeus with

a few deeper punctures and a fovea at the base ; antenne not ex-

tending to the middle of the elytra ; the lower six joints testaceous,

the rest black, third and fourth joints equal, terminal joints thick-

ened, pubescent, the last more elongate; thorax at least twice as

broad as long, the sides very strongly rounded at the middle, all

the angles acute but not produced; the disc convex, very closely

and rather finely punctured; the anterior and posterior margins

with a very small indentation at each side, only visible under a

strong lens; elytra oblong, scarcely widened, pointed at the apex,

very closely punctured in irregular rows, the punctures rather

larger than those of the thorax and evenly distributed, without

arrangement in pairs; underside and the posterior femora more

or less black.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (C. Alluaud).

A species of rather elongate shape and closely allied to WV. testacea,

Chap., from Abyssinia, but smaller, the lower six, not four, joints

of the antennw testaceous, the thorax with scarcely perceptible

grooves, and the elytral punctation irregular, not geminate.

EPITRIX WEHISEI, n. sp.

Black, pubescent ; antenne, tibie, and tarsi flavous; thorax

552 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

strongly and closely punctured; the sulcus deep; elytra strongly

punctate-striate, the interstices convex and clothed with yellowish

pubescence.

Length 2 line.

Head smooth and impunctate, black, shining, with the usual

oblique narrow grooves; antenne extending slightly beyond the

middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal joints slightly

thickened, the third and fourth joints equal ; thorax with the sides

straight, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior angles oblique,

the basal margin produced in front of the scutellum; the basal

sulcus straight and deep, the disc closely and strongly punctured,

the base behind the suleus rather more strongly so; elytral

punctures strong and closely placed, the interstices costate and

pubescent; underside and posterior femora black, the other legs

and the posterior tibiee and tarsi fulvous.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

This is the first species of Hpitriv known from Madagascar,

and the second African one: it is closely allied to most of its

European congeners and to £. levifrons, Weise, from Ashantee ;

it differs from the last in the black. not dark rufous head, and in

the convex elytral interstices, as well as in the rather long

yellowish pubescence of the latter. Weise mentions no pubes-

cence in his species.

EPrrrix INTEGRICOLLIS, 0. sp.

Black; the antenne, tibie, and tarsi flavous; thorax closely

and strongly punctured, the base with a perpendicular groove ;

elytra finely punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally pubes-

cent.

Length 3 line.

Head impunctate, with the exception of a few punctures near

the eyes, the oblique grooves distinct; carina rather broad;

antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, fiavous, the

extreme apex of the last joint piceous, third and fourth joints

very small, smaller than the second, terminal joints thickened ;

thorax transverse, the sides slightly rounded, forming an oblique

angle near the apex, with the setiferous pore below the angle;

the surface closely and finely punctured, without transverse sulcus,

but with a short and rather obsolete perpendicular groove at each

side of the basal margin, the latter but slightly produced and

rounded in front of the scutellum; elytra with closely approached

rows of moderately strong punctures, the interstices scarcely

raised and impunctate, with rows of short, white pubescence ;

below black, sparingly pubescent and punctured ; femora more or

less stained with black, the posterior ones entirely of that colour ;

tibize and tarsi flavous.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum Collection

and my own.

From most or all species of the genus the present one is

distinguished by the want of a thoracic transverse sulcation, only

1897. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 553

a short and obsolete perpendicular groove indicating the com-

mencement of the sulcus found in the other members of the

genus.

DIBOLOIDES, 0. gen.

Oblong-ovate, very convex; antenne short, the terminal joints

thickened ; thorax strongly transverse, without depressions ; elytra

not wider at the base than the thorax, punctate-striate ; posterior

femora strongly incrassate, their tibie greatly widened towards

the apex, deeply longitudinally sulcate, with a strong spur at the

apex, placed at the middle, the metatarsus of the posterior legs

nearly as long as the following joints together; anterior tibie

unarmed ; claws appendiculate ; the first abdominal segment double

the length of the following ones; prosternum narrowed between

the cox; mesosternum small, widened posteriorly ; the anterior

coxal cavities closed.

Amongst the genera with closed coxal cavities, the present one

approaches most nearly in shape the Australian genus Arsipoda,

from which it differs in the want of any thoracic grooves, in the

much shorter antenne, and the narrower and not raised prosternum.

The insect also resembles Dibolia, but in that genus the cavities

are open.

DiIBoLOIDES BICOLOR, n. sp. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 5.)

Reddish fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne and the

posterior femora black; thorax finely granulate-punctate; elytra

finely punctate-striate, black, with two round fulvous spots at the

middle.

Var. a. Elytra fulvous, with a transverse black band at the

base and a sutural spot near the apex.

Var. b. Elytra entirely fulvous.

Length 13-13 line. .

Head with a few very fine punctures, reddish fulvous, frontal

elevations and carina absent ; epistome separated from the face by

a shallow transverse groove, the anterior portion rather deflexed,

paler; palpi filiform, flavous; eyes large, ovate; antenne only

extending to the base of the therax, flavous, the terminal three

or four joints black, transverse, basal jomt long and slender,

lightly curved, second joint short and thickened, third more

slender and one-half longer, the intermediate joints slightly

triangularly widened, terminal ones narrower and shorter again ;

thorax nearly three times broader than long, the sides nearly

straight and narrowed in front, the angles not produced, but

distinct, the surface extremely closely and finely punctured,

reddish fulvous; scutellum small, triangular; elytra strongly

convex, ovate, widened towards the middle; finely punctate-

striate, each elytron with ten rows of punctures, the subsutural

row very short, the lateral two rows rather larger and more closely

approached, the interstices everywhere very finely and closely

punctured ; elytral epipleure very broad, concave; underside and

554 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

legs fulvous; the posterior femora black, prosternum finely

punctured.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

T have taken rather arbitrarily the form with black elytra and

two fulvous spots for the type, but the species seems subject to

great variation in regard to colour. In the typical form each

elytron has a subtransverse large red spot placed in the middle;

in the variety a the red colour is so increased as to reduce the

black portion to a transverse narrow band at the base and a small

sutural spot at the apex, until in the variety 6 this also disappears

and the elytra are entirely reddish fulvous; the posterior femora

remain, however, constantly black.

PHYLLOTRETA MASHONANA, 0. Sp.

Elongate, black, shining, the basal joints of the antennz and

the base and apex of the tibie fulvous; thorax finely, elytra

very closely and more strongly punctured.

Mas. The fourth and fifth joints of the antennz dilated.

Length 1 line.

Head finely rugose-punctate, with a short central groove

between the antenne, the carina, and the clypeus in shape

of acute ridges; labrum black; antenne scarcely extending

to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints fulvous,

the basal joint black above, second and third joints short, equal,

fourth thickened, moniliform, fifth similarly thickened but twice

s long as broad, subquadrate, the rest subequal, rather short;

thorax one-half broader than long, the sides rounded, the anterior

angles slightly oblique and thickened, the surface closely and

finely punctured; elytra subdepressed, rather more strongly

punctured than the thorax, the punctures extremely closely and

irregularly placed, the interstices here and there slightly wrinkled ;

underside and legs black, the base and the apex of the tibia, as

well as the tarsi, fulvous; prosternum narrowly elongate; meso-

sternum twice as long as broad.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum and my

collection.

PHYLLOTRETA OPACA, D. Sp.

Black, opaque, the basal joints of the antenne and the tibie

and tarsi flavous ; thorax finely, elytra more strongly and closely

punctured.

Length 3-? line.

Much smaller than P. mashonana and opaque, not shining, the

head extremely finely and rather sparingly punctured, without any

frontal tubercles; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower three or four joints flavous, the basal joint

elongate, not thickened, the second one slightly longer than the

third (¢ ?), equal in the female, terminal joint not thickened or

slightly so, elongate; thorax about one-half broader than long, the

sides straight, the anterior angles oblique, the disc rather deflexed,

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 555

very finely and closely punctured, the interstices somewhat uneven

or wrinkled, opaque; scutellum broad, triangular ; elytra slightly

narrowed below the middle, more strongly punctured than the

thorax, the punctures placed in very closely approached, semi-

regular rows, the apex of each elytron subtruncate ; legs flavous,

the posterior femora black, the metatarsus of the hind legs as

long as the following joints together.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Mus. coll. and my

own. F

Of only half the size of the preceding species, with entirely

flavous tibie and tarsi and more opaque upper surface; there

are three specimens before me, of which one is apparently

immature, as it is of a brownish colour and with entirely flavous

antenne. The specimens being glued to cards, I am unable to say

anything about the underside or the sexes, but they will be easily

distinguished from the preceding insect.

LONGITARSUS WOLLASTONT, nl. Sp.

Apterous ; obscure piceous below, above testaceous; antenne

longer than the body; thorax subquadrate, impunctate; elytra

very convex, widened at the middle, nearly impunctate, the disc

with an obscure fuscous spot.

Length + line.

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles small, but strongly

raised ; clypeus rather broad, impunctate ; antennez rather longer

than the entire body in the male, slightly shorter in the other

sex, pale flavous, the second joint nearly as long as the third,

the following more elongate; thorax about one-half broader than

long, the sides quite straight, converging outwards or widened

towards the apex, the anterior angles oblique, forming a tooth

before the middle; posterior angles likewise oblique, but to a

smaller extent, the surface impunctate; scutellum broader than

long ; elytra narrowed at the base and at the apex, very convex,

not perceptibly punctured; the middle of the disc with a darker

but very obscure round patch, gradually shading. into the ground-

colour; below nearly black, legs pale testaceous, the first joint of

the posterior tarsi as long as the following three joints together.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

LoNGITARSUS AFRICANUS, n. sp.

Apterous; flavous, the apex of the pesterior femora black;

labrum piceous; head impunctate; thorax finely punctured and

minutely granulate ; elytra nearly similarly sculptured.

Length 1-13 line.

Head entirely impunctate, without frontal tubercles, the carina

rather broad ; clypeus slightly thickened, its anterior edge straight,

the labrum nearly black; antennew nearly as long as the body,

flavous, the third joint one-third longer than the second and one-

third shorter than the fourth joint, the fifth and the terminal

joints very elongate; thorax one-half broader than long, more

556 MR. M, JACOBY ON THR [May 18,

transverse in the female, the sides very slightly rounded at the

middle, the anterior angles oblique, forming a tooth at some

distance from the middle, the surface finely granulate and closely

and finely punctured; elytra widened towards the middle, each

apex rounded, the surface slightly more strongly punctured than

the thorax, the punctures closely arranged in irregular rows:

posterior tibiz distinctly toothed at their upper margins, their

metatarsus shorter than half the length of the tibie, posterior

portion of the hind femora black.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum and my

collection.

This Longitarsus does not differ in any striking way from many

of its European congeners in general appearance and sculpture ;

the absence of wings, the uniformly coloured antenne, and the

partly black posterior femora will, however, help in its recognition.

The posterior tibie have a distinct and rather robust spine.

LoNGITARSUS BIANGULATUS, N. sp.

Winged, piceous below, above obscure fulvous, antenne and

legs flavous ; sides of thorax biangulate, surface closely punctured ;

elytra closely, distinctly, and semiregularly punctured.

Length 3-1 line.

Head obscure piceous or fulvous, impunctate, opaque, frontal

tubercles absent, carina acute and sharply defined, forming a sharp

ridge at the middle ; antenne two-thirds the length of the body,

flavous, the first joint long and slender, the second scarcely shorter

than the third joint, the following more elongate; thorax one-half

broader than long, the anterior angles strongly oblique, form-

ing a thickened angle near the middle, and followed by a semi-

distinct tooth below the latter, the surface finely and closely

impressed with somewhat elongate punctures, the interstices

minutely granulate, obscure fulvous, opaque ; elytra more strongly

punctured than the thorax, the punctures arranged in closely

approached rather regular rows: the underside and the posterior

femora more or less piceous; rest of the legs flavous, the meta-

tarsus of the posterior legs half the length of the tibie.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum and my

collection.

A species of more dusky fulvous colour, which may be known

by the acutely raised carina of the head and the obsolete second

angle at the sides of the thorax, more distinct in some specimens

than in others.

SERRAPHULA, 0. gen.

Body ovate, apterous; antennz filiform, frontal elevations

strongly raised ; thorax subquadrate, without depressions ; elytra

punctate-striate ; legs robust, the posterior femora very strongly

dilated, their tibie widened at the apex, the latter mucronate and

furnished with a long serrate prolongation scarcely shorter than

the tibia itself; tarsi inserted above the apex of the tibie; the

1897.]} PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPLERA OF AFRICA. 507

metatarsus of the posterior legs very elongate, the second joint

but little shorter, third joint very small, claws appendiculate; the

prosternum narrowly elongate, the anterior cavities open ; the first

abdominal segment very long.

The genus here proposed is one of the most remarkable amongst

the whole tribe of Halticine, no similar structural peculiarity in

regard to the tibia having ever come under my observation: this

consists of an elongate appendage at the end of the tibie of almost

the length of the tibie themselves, and furnished along the lower

margin with a row of teeth ; whether this extra joint is movable or

not I am not able to say, but it evidently assists the insect, which

seems possessed of great saltatorial power, to judge by the

enormously developed posterior femora, in getting a firm hold on

the plants which it may frequent. The general appearance of this

small species is not unlike that of a Lonyitarsus ; punctate-striate

elytra and the tibial process will, however, at once separate the

genus.

The long serrate process at the apex of the posterior tibia is, like

the rest of the legs, of fulvous colour, and the teeth at its lower

edge are strongly marked and regularly placed.

SERRAPHULA ENHA,n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 7.)

Below black, above dark wneous; antenne and legs partly

fulvous; thorax closely and finely punctured and minutely granu-

late; elytra finely punctate-striate.

Length 1 line.

Head finely granulate, with a few punctures at the vertex, the

frontal elevations strongly raised, trigonate, obscure fulvous ;

clypeus triangularly swollen; palpi pointed; antenne extending

beyond the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal three or

four joints fuscous, basal joint long and slender, second and third

short, equal, the following joints slightly longer and gradually

thickened, apical joint more elongate ; thorax subquadrate, slightly

broader than long, not narrowed in front or at the base, the sides

very little rounded at the middle, anterior angles obsolete,

posterior ones distinct, the surface very finely, rather closely

punctured and minutely granulate, greenish or brownish zneous ;

seutellum triangular, rather broad ; elytra ovate, gradually widened

towards the middle, finely punctate-striate, the interstices smooth

and flat: underside black; legs robust, fulvous.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Murshall). British Museum Coll. and

my own.

SPHEZRODERMA FEMORATUM, 0. sp.

Metallic dark blue, the head, basal joints of the antenne, the

thorax, and the anterior four legs fulvous; elytra semi-geminate,

punctate-striate.

Length 1 line.

Head impunctate, fulvous, frontal tubercles small, carina distinct,

rather broad; antenne extending beyond the base of the thorax,

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1897, No. XX XVII. 37

558 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

fulvous, the last five joints black, strongly thickened ; thorax more

than twice as broad as long, the sides slightly rounded, the

anterior angles oblique, the posterior margin obliquely shaped at

the sides, but scarcely sinuate, the surface finely and moderately

closely punctured, the punctures slightly elongate in shape,

especially so at the sides; scutellum small, black; elytra longer

than broad, metallic blue, rather more strongly punctured than

the thorax, the punctures arranged in double rows near the

suture, more irregularly at the sides, the interstice impunctate:

underside and the posterior femora dark blue, the other legs and

the tibie fulvous ; prosternum longer than broad.

Hab. Mozambique, Rikatia (Junod).

Of this small species, principally distinguished by the system of

coloration, a single specimen is contained in my collection.

SPHHRODERMA HOV4, 0. sp,

Black, the antenne and the legs fulvous; thorax very finely

punctured ; elytra more strongly, but not closely punctate-striate,

the strie here and there in pairs; posterior femora black.

Length 13 line.

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles very narrow and

oblique; carina very short; the clypeus, labrum, and palpi

fulvous; antenne nearly extending to the middle of the elytra,

fulvous, the second joint scarcely shorter than the third, the fourth

and following joints gradually but rather strongly widened ; thorax

twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, obliquely narrowed

towards the apex, the basal margin sinuate at the sides, broadly

produced at the middle, the surface rather closely and very finely,

but not evenly, punctured ; scutellum smooth ; elytra with rows

of stronger punctures not very regularly placed, the rows them-

selves rather widely separated, those at the sides arranged partly

in pairs, the extreme apex of each elytron obliquely shaped, their

epipleurs deeply concave, impunctate ; legs fulvous, the posterior

femora black ; prosternum subquadrate, narrowed at the middle,

with a few punctures; metasternum deeply punctured; abdomen

sparingly pubescent, distinctly punctured, the last segment of the

male with a longitudinal central groove.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

Differing from most of its allies in the black colour and the

fulvous antenne and legs.

EUGONOTES, n. gen.

Narrowly parallel, pubescent; head rather deeply inserted, eyes

comparatively large, frontal tubercles absent ; clypeus broad, not

separated from the face; palpi but little thickened; antenne

closely approached, slender, longer than the body in the

male, the second and third joints nearly equal, the others very

elongate; thorax subquadrate, without depressions; elytra

punctate-striate and pubescent; posterior femora strongly

incrassate, their tibia widened at the apex, not sulcate, with

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 509

distinct spine ; metatarsus of the posterior legs much longer than

the following three joints together; claws appendiculate ; pro-

sternum subquadrate; mesosternum broader; the anterior coxal

cavities ciosed.

I suggest this genus for a small species of a Halticide, having

the appearance and general characters of most of the smaller

species belonging to the group Monoplatine, or bladder-clawed

Halticide, but differing in the simple not inflated claw-joint.

The insect seems nearly allied to my genus Allomorpha, but may

be at once known by the punctate-striate elytra, The genus would

perhaps best be placed near Febra, Clark.

EUGONOTES LONGICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 8.)

Black, antenne and legs flavous; head and thorax pale

fulvous, extremely finely punctured; elytra black, finely pubes-

cent, closely and strongly punctate-striate, the interstices slightly

convex ; posterior femora black.

Length | line.

Head impuuctate, pale fulvous; eyes very large, frontal

tubercles absent ; clypeus broad, raised into a short ridge between

the antenne, impunctate ; antennz extending to the apex of the

elytra, flavous, the first joint long and slender, the second

thickened, a little shorter than the third joint, the fourth one-

half longer than the third joint, the others very elongate ; thorax

about one-half broader than long, the sides nearly straight, the

anterior angles oblique, forming another angle before the middle,

the surface rather convex, extremely finely punctured and granu-

late; scutellum transverse, black; elytra opaque, black, clothed

with short whitish pubescence, regularly and strongly punctate-

striate, the subsutural row abbreviated before the middle, the

punctures very closely placed, the interstices longitudinally costate :

underside and posterior femora black, the other legs flavous;

posterior tibie not sulcate, with a distinct spine, their metatarsus

as long as half their length; prosternum nearly subquadrate ; the

anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

DIBOLOSOMA, n. gen.

Body ovate; eyes large, rather closely approached, the inter-

mediate space with deep oblique grooves ; frontal tubercles absent ;

clypeus broad; antenne rather short, the apical joints distinctly

thickened; thorax transverse, without any grooves or sulci;

elytral punctuation semi-regular, punctate-striate at the sides;

anterior tibie unarmed; posterior femora strongly incrassate,

their tibie widened at the apex, the latter sulcate to a short

extent, with a distinct spine, the metatarsus as long as the

following three joints together ; claws appendiculate; prosternum

distinct ; the anterior coxal cavities closed.

In shape the insect for which this genus is proposed resembles

37*

560 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

a species of Dibolia. Amongst the genera with closed coxal

cavities, Dibolosoma may be known by the short and robust

antenne, the want of frontal tubercles, the supra-orbital grooves,

punctate-striate elytra, and other particulars.

Platycepha, Baly, from Australia, seems closely allied, but has

all the tibia mucronate, still shorter antenne, and a tooth at the

posterior tibiz.

DIBOLOSOMA QUADRIPUSTULATUM, 0. Sp.

Piceous; antenne flavous, the eighth and ninth joints black ;

thorax finely and closely punctured, opaque; elytra as closely

punctured, the sides with deep rows of punctures, the disc with

two fulvous spots, one before, the other below the middle ; legs

fulvous.

Length 1 line.

Head finely granulate, greenish piceous, with lateral deep oblique

grooves, separating the clypeus ; the latter broad, with a few fine

punctures ; palpi slender, flavous; antenne extending nearly to

the middle of the elytra, flavous, the eighth and niuth joints black,

the first and second joints thickened, the third and fourth equal,

the following joints gradually but rather strongly thickened ;

thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded and rather

strongly narrowed towards the apex; posterior margin sinuate at

the sides, rounded and slightly produced at the middle, the sides

with a narrow reflexed margin; the surface everywhere finely and

closely punctured, the punctures at the sides slightly larger, the

interstices very finely granulate; elytra very nearly similarly

sculptured, opaque, the punctures slightly arranged in rows, those

at the sides forming three or four regular rows of deeper

punctures; a rather broad space in front of the lateral margin

impunctate ; a round large spot before the middle and a similar

one near the apex, fulvous.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

CHETOCNEMA GAHANI, 0. sp.

Elongate, dark eneous ; antenne as long as the body, fulvous,

stained with fuscous; thorax finely and closely punctured and

granulate; elytra moderately strongly punctate-striate, the inter-

stices flat, finely granulate ; tibize and tarsi fulvous.

Length 13 line.

Head finely and remotely punctured, minutely granulate,

without frontal elevations or carina, the sides with a distinct

oblique groove, the space in front of the eyes distinctly punctured ;

antenne extending to the apex of the elytra, fulvous, the upper

joints stained with fuscous at the apex, basal joint thickened,

second joint shorter than the third, this shorter than the fourth

joint, the other joints slender and elongate; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, scarcely narrowed

anteriorly, the angles acute, the surface finely and closely

punctured and minutely granulate ; the extreme basal margin with

1897. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 561

a narrow impressed line but without punctures; scutellum twice

as broad as long; elytra as broad as the thorax at the base,

elongate and pointed posteriorly, regularly impressed with round

but not deep punctures, the interstices finely granulate and flat ;

posterior femora extremely strongly incrassate, eneous ; tibie and

tarsi dark fulvous, the four posterior tibiz with a strong tooth.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). A single specimen in the

Museum collection.

This is another species of elongate posteriorly-pointed shape,

distinguished by the long antenne and their colour, and by the

finely granulate and punctured thorax and similarly sculptured

elytra. OC. longicornis, Jac., from Natal has the antenne siill

much longer and of different colour and the elytral interstices

costate at the sides.

CH#ETOCNEMA ANTENNATA, Nl. Sp.

Oblong, dark zxneous, lower joints of the antenne fulvous ;

thorax finely punctured, not granulate; elytra closely punctate-

striate, the interstices longitudinally convex; tibia and tarsi

obscure dark fulvous.

Length ¢ line.

Head broad, extremely finely but evenly and remotely punctured,

with a fine oblique groove at each side, frontal elevations absent ;

antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower

four joints fulvous, the basal joint black above, the second also

stained with black, scarcely shorter than the third and fourth

joints, terminal joints slightly thickened, the last one more elongate ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight,

not narrowed towards the apex, the surface closely and finely

punctured, the punctures of equal size, the interstices shining, the

basal margin accompanied by a row of slightly larger punctures

but without impressed line: scutellum broader than long; elytra

with regular rows of deep and closely-placed punctures, those

near the suture more confused; the interstices smooth and

impunctate, longitudinally costate at the side: underside and the

femora obscure neous; breast and abdomen finely punctured ;

prosternum longitudinally sulcate.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum collection

and my own.

A small species with comparatively short antenne and non-

granulate upper surface. The antenne in some specimens are

nearly entirely black, but generally the third and following two

joints are fulvous.

CH#TOCNEMA SUBQUADRATA, ND. sp,

Ovately subquadrate, black ; head impunctate ; thorax extremely

finely and obsoletely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate,

with smooth and shining interstices; legs nearly black.

Length 2 line.

Head entirely impunctate, with a small depression above each

562 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

eye, followed by the usual oblique groove, the latter rather deep ;

clypeus impunctate, deflexed; antennze extending to about the

middle of the elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous below,

terminal joints not thickened, rather elongate ; thorax transverse,

rather convex, the sides slightly rounded, the surface very obsoletely

and finely punctured, the punctures of somewhat elongate shape

but irregularly distributed, of a somewhat wrinkled appearance (in

sume specimens almost obsolete), the base with a row of more

distinct punctures at the sides ; elytra of subquadrate shape, black,

shining like the rest of the upper parts, the punctures round and

regular, the interstices impunctate, slightly costate at the sides;

underside and legs nearly black; the metasternum smooth; the

abdomen distinctly punctured ; the extreme base of the tibize and

the tarsi more or less fulvous.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Collection British Museum

aud my own.

Of still smaller size than C. gahani and of subquadrate shape

and nearly entirely black colour; the punctuation of the thorax

is very variable, assuming in some specimens, probably of female

sex, a longitudinally strigose appearance, while in others there are

but few punctures visible. The species will, however, not be

difficult to distinguish on account of its colour and that of the

antenne and legs.

CH£ZTOCNEMA SEMIREGULATA, N. sp.

Oblong, dark greenish neous, the lower joints of the antenne

(the basal joint excepted) and the tarsi flavous ; head and thorax

very closely and rather finely punctured; elytra more strongly

punctate-striate, the subsutural rows irregularly so.

Length 1 line.

Head very broad, without frontal elevations, the upper portion

very finely and closely punctured and extremely minutely granulate,

the lateral grooves very obsolete, the clypeus separated from the

face by a transverse groove, more remotely and strongly punctured,

the space in front of the eyes also rather strongly and very closely

punctate ; antennz comparatively short, black, the second and the

following two joints flavous, the terminal five joints thickened,

slightly longer than broad ; thorax strongly transverse, of equal

width, the sides rather rounded, the surface rather convex, very

closely and finely punctured, especially so at the sides, the inter-

stices extremely finely granulate when seen under a strong lens,

the basal margin not accompanied by an impressed line but by a

row of stronger punctures; a narrow nearly smooth space is

visible in front of the scutellum, the latter very small, transverse ;

elytra subcylindrical, pointed posteriorly, with rows of rather strong

punctures, not always regularly placed, those near the suture

forming two very closely approached irregular rows, the interstices

impunctate and shining, slightly costate at the sides and apex ;

femora and tibize more or less dark eneous, the latter more or less

obscure fulvous ; tarsi robust, flavous.

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 563,

Hab. Mashonaland (G.. Marshall), British Museum and my

collection.

Of more subcylindrical and pointed shape than C. antennata, the

antenne and legs of different colour, the terminal joints of the

former more strongly thickened, the head and thorax still more

closely punctured, and the elytral punctuation less regular.

CHETOCNEMA MASHONANA, 0. sp.

Dark zneous, the basal four joints of the antenne and the

tibize and tarsi fulvous; head sparingly punctured ; thorax finely

and closely punctate ; elytra strongly puuctate-striate, the inter-

stices longitudinally convex, minutely granulate.

Length 1-1} line. i

Head broad, with a few distinct punctures near the eyes at the

vertex, the sides with a deep oblique groove; frontal elevations

absent; clypeus ending in a broad point between the antenna,

with a few coarse punctures at each side, the sides below the eyes

also strongly punctured and pubescent ; antennz extending beyond;

the middle of the elytra, shorter in the female, slender, the lower

four joints fulvous, the rest dark, the base of each joint pale,

basal joint long and slender, second also proportionately long,

slightly shorter than the third joint, the following joints nearly

equal; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides

straight and slightly narrowed in front, the anterior angles.

thickened, the basal margin accompanied by an impressed line and

with a very obsolete, little, oblique groove at each side, often

scarcely visible, the surface minutely granulate, finely and closely

punctured, with a row of stronger punctures accompanying the

basal margin ; scutellum broader than long ; elytra rather elongate,

pointed posteriorly, strongly and regularly punctate-striate, the

subsutural row likewise regular, the interstices convex throughout

and minutely granulate: underside piceous or nearly black ;

posterior femora very strongly incrassate, eneous; tibie robust,

fulvous, the posterior four with a distinct tooth.

Hab, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Collection British Museum

and my own.

Much smaller than C. natalensis, Baly, and without frontal

tubercles or carina ; the clypeus also smooth except at the sides,

the thorax with finely granulate interstices, not smooth and

shining as in that species, and the elytra with convex interspaces.

C. wollastoni, Baly, has a strongly-punctured head and rounded

sides of the thorax, besides differing in other details.

NEODERA FULVA, n. Sp.

Fulvous, the apical four joints of the antenne black ; thorax

impunctate, with deep basal sulcus ; elytra with the basal portion

raised, entirely impunctate.

Length 2-23 lines.

Of elongate parallel shape, the head impunctate, frontal

tubercles and carina small and thick; antenne extending nearly.

564 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18.

to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal four joints black,

the basal joint short and thick, the third and fourth equal, the

fifth longer, the terminal joints slightly thickened, pubescent;

thorax scarcely one-half broader than long in the male, more

transverse in the female, the sides rounded at the middle, obliquely

narrowed towards the apex, the anterior angles slightly thickened,

the disc entirely impunctate, the basal sulcus deep, slightly sinuate,

and Jimited at the sides by a perpendicular groove, another more

obsolete transverse depression is seen in certain lights anteriorly ;

elytra with the basal portion slightly raised, entirely impunctate

like the thorax: underside sometimes of a more flavous colour;

the apex of the tibie and the tarsi more or less black ; posterior

femora moderately thickened ; anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Madagascar, Diego-Suarez (Ch. Alluaud).

Neodera was founded by Duvivier on some nearly similarly

coloured species of Halticide, agreeing in the main points with

Pseudodera and Crepidodera, but differmg in the total absence of

any punctuation, the shape of the thorax and its sulcus, which

resembles somewhat that of Phygasia. I am unable to discover

any spines on the anterior tibie, and those at the posterior ones

are very small; the tibie are not channelled. The present

insect differs from its allies and those described by v. Harold as

Crepidodera (picticornis, varicornis, and madagassa) by the colour

of the antenne, which is the same in three specimens before me.

NBODERA TRANSVERSICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)

Fulvous, the last seven joints of the antenne black; thorax

transverse, impunctate; elytra with some punctures near the

suture only.

Length 3 lines.

It will only be necessary to point out the differences between

this species and the preceding, which it otherwise resembles. _ It is

a much larger insect ; the antenne have only the four Jower joints

fulvous, the others are black and rather short ; the thorax is nearly

twice as broad as long, the anterior angles are produced obliquely

outwards, and the basal sulcus is very deep and broad; the elytra

show a row of punctures close to the suture as far as the middle ;

the tarsi are obscure piceous.

Hab. Madagascar. A single female specimen (coll. Jacoby).

GALERUCIN ®.

LUPERTS GIGANTEUS, N. sp.

Metallic blue; thorax transverse, nearly impunctate; elytra

very finely and closely punctured.

Length 33-4 lines.

Head with a few extremely fine punctures near the eyes, the

latter very large, frontal elevations transverse ; clypeus distinctly

swollen; labrum black, its anterior edge flavous; antenn® ex-

tending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 565

joints metallic blue, the rest pubescent, the third joint one-half

longer than the second, half the Jength of the fourth joint;

thorax strongly transverse, much widened at the middle, the sides

slightly rounded as well as the anterior angles, the latter thickened,

with the setiferous pore placed below the angle, posterior margin

rounded and produced at the middle, the surface with some

extremely minute punctures, only visible under a strong lens;

scutellum broad, impunctate; elytra very elongate, parallel, finely

but distinctly and very closely punctured: underside less metallic,

clothed with greyish pubescence; legs slender; all the tibie

mucronate ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi much longer than

the following joints together ; claws appendiculate ; anterior coxal

cavities open.

Hab. Cameroons.

I have received two specimens of this large-sized species from

Dr. Kraatz of Berlin.

LUPERUS WEISEI, 0. Sp.

Piceous, above testaceous; thorax subquadrate, scarcely per-

ceptibly punctured ; elytra extremely closely and finely punctate.

Length 14 line.

Elongate and parallel; the head impunctate, fulvous or testa-

ceous, frontal elevations transverse, rather broad ; clypeus strongly

raised, triangular, its apex between the antenne rather broad ;

antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the

lower three joints and the base of the fourth flavous, basal joint

curved at the base, second scarcely shorter than the third joint,

the others more elongate, pubescent: thorax scarcely one-half

broader than long, the sides rounded before the middle, narrowed

at the base, the posterior margin obliquely rounded at the angles,

the surface extremely minutely and closely punctured ; scutellum

triangular ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, subeylindrical,

very closely and scarcely more strongly punctured than the thorax :

underside piceous : legs fulvous, rather robust ; the tibia mucro-

nate ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following

three joints together; claws appendiculate, the anterior coxal

cavities open.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

LUPERUS INCONSPICUUS, 0. sp.

Head, antenne, the underside, and legs black; thorax sub-

quadrate, impunctate, obscure testaceous, spotted with fuscous ;

elytra very finely and closely punctured, obscure testaceous or

fuscous.

Length 2 lines.

Elongate and parallel ; the head broad, entirely impunctate and

very finely granulate, black; the frontal tubercles transverse,

strongly developed, bounded behind by a deep groove ; the clypeus

raised, impunctate, black, edged with testaceous ; labrum pale; the

antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, black, slender, the

566 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

second joint small, the third but slightlv longer, the other joints

elongate and equal; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides

slightly rounded before the middle, all the angles slightly produced

outwards, with the setiferous pore at their apex, the surface

entirely impunctate, extremely finely granulate, obscure testaceous,

with some irregular sometimes very obscure fuscous spots ;

scutellum transverse; elytra slightly wider at the base than the

thorax, of the same colour, very finely and closely punctured, the.

apex of each elytron rounded : underside and legs piceous or black,

finely pubescent, the coxze often testaceous; all the tibie with a

small spine; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the

following joints together ; anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Collection British Museum

and my own.

In some specimens the upper surface is nearly black, probably on

account of discoloration.

LUPERUS VERTICALIS, n. sp.

Fulvous, the upper portion of the head, the antenne, and the

underside black ; thorax obsoletely foveolate, impunctate ; elytra

very finely punctured.

Var. The head entirely fulvous.

Length 2 lines.

Head impunetate, the entire upper half black, the lower portion

fulvous, frontal tubercles strongly transverse and raised; clypeus

narrowly triangular ; antenne extending to about half the length

of the elytra, black, the base and underside of the lower four joints

generally flavous, basal joint rather curved, second one very short,

third more than twice as long, the others nearly equal; thorax

twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, the angles not

prominent, the surface impunctate, with a more or less distinct

fovea at each side, fulvous ; elytra narrowly parallel, wider at the

base than the thorax and of the same colour, very finely but not

very closely punctured, the sides from the shoulder strongly

defiexed, their epipleure broad; breast and abdomen black; legs

fulvous, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following

three joints together.

Hab, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Collection British Museum

and my own.

This species may be known by the black upper portion of the

head in connection with the foveolate thorax. The variety differs

in no way whatever from the type except in the colour of the

head.

LUPERUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, n. sp.

Testaceous, antenne piceous, the eighth joint flavous ; thorax

finely punctured, the sides with a longitudinal dark band; elytra

closely and strongly punctured, the suture and the sides with a

greenish narrow stripe; tibiz and tarsi fuscous.

Length 2 lines.

1897.} PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 567.

Head finely granulate, the frontal elevations narrowly trans-

verse ; clypeus with a central ridge; labrum piceous, as well as the

apex of the mandibles; antenne extending to the middle of the

elytra, blackish, the eighth joint flavous, basal joint elongate,

thickened at the apex, second short, third twice as long as the

second, fourth joint longer than the preceding two joints together;

thorax twice as broad as long, the sides slightly constricted at the

base, rounded before the middle, anterior angles furnished with a

small tubercle bearing a single seta, the surface minutely granulate

and finely punctured, testaceous, the sides with a narrow dark

band not extending to the margins; scutellum large and broad ;

elytra strongly and closely punctured, the sides with a strongly

raised longitudinal costa, extending trom below the shoulder to

the apex, preceded by a deep longitudinal depression, a narrow

sutural and another sublateral band, connected at the apex,

metallic greenish: underside and legs testaceous; the femora

above and the tibiz and tarsi fuscous; tibiz with a small spine ;

the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints

together.

Hab. Madagascar.

This species is evidently allied to L. quaternus, Fairm., likewise

from Madagascar, but is much larger, and differs in the colour of

the antennz and that of the thorax, as well as in the green bands

of the elytra and their strong punctuation, and in the pale under-

side. I received a specimen from Herr Branesik of Hungary,

another is in that gentleman’s collection.

LUPERUS NIGROSUTURALIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 11.)

Black, the basal joints of the antennex, the head, thorax, and

legs fulvous ; elytra testaceous, finely punctured, the suture more

broadly, the margins narrowly black.

Length 1? line.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal tubercles only indicated ;

the clypeus with a short central ridge; antenn extending rather

beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints

fulvous, the third joint slightly longer than the second, the fol-

lowing joints elongate; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides

rather rounded, theanterior angles somewhat oblique and thickened,

the surface with a few very minute punctures, only visible under

a strong lens, fulvous; scutellum black; elytra elongate and

parallel, pale testaceous or flavous, finely and very closely punc-

tured, the margins narrowly black, the suture more broadly so in

some specimens: underside black, clothed with greyish pubes-

cence ; legs fulvous, the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer

than the following joints together, last joint and the claws

infuscate.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Coll. Brit. Mus. and my own.’

Somewhat allied in coloration to the European L. nigrofasciatus,

Goeze, but with entirely fulvous thorax and legs, and narrower

elytral black margins.

568 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

LUPERUS BREVICORNIS, N. sp.

Black, finely pubescent ; joints of the antenne short; thorax

and elytra finely coriaceous, opaque.

Length 13 line.

Narrowly elongate and parallel, the head finely rugose and

pubescent, with the frontal tubercles small and obsolete ; clypeus

with a central ridge ; antenne not extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the second joint small, the following triangularly

dilated, but distinctly longer than broad, clothed with stiff pubes-

cence; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides straight, the

anterior angles thickened, the posterior margin slightly rounded,

the surface very finely wrinkled, opaque, clothed with whitish

pubescence, the middle with an obscure central ridge; scutellum

pubescent, triangular; elytra convex, but depressed along the

suture, finely but more distinctly wrinkled than the thorax, and

similarly clothed with whitish hairs: underside more shining,

sparingly pubescent; the femora rather robust; all the tihe

mucronate ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the

following joints together ; the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Coll. Brit. Mus. and my own.

A well distinguished species on account of the structure of the

antenne and the pubescence, but otherwise a typical Luperus.

LUPERUS MASHONANUS, 0. sp.

Bluish black, above metallic green or blue, the antenne and legs

black ; thorax minutely punctured ; elytra very closely and finely

punctate.

Length 3 lines.

Elongate and parallel; the head minutely granulate, impunctate,

the frontal tubercles broad and flat; the clypeus triangular, also

impunctate, its anterior edge testaceous ; labrum and palpi black ;

antenne filiform, black, the second joint one-half smaller than

the third, the others elongate and pubescent, extending to about

the middle of the elytra; thorax twice as broad as long, sub-

quadrate, the sides straight, narrowly margined, the anterior

angles slightly thickened and somewhat rounded, the posterior

ones acute, the surface minutely granulate and extremely closely

and finely punctured, metallic green or blue, sometimes with an

obsolete fovea at each side; scutellum black, impunctate ; elytra

as closely but more strongly punctured than the thorax, the in-

terstices finely transversely wrinkled: underside and legs black

with a metallic blue tint; legs slender; the tibie with a short

spine; the metatarsus of the posterior legs longer than the

following joints together; anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Coll. Brit. Mus. and my

own.

LUPERUS SCUTELLATUS, N. sp.

Flavous, the scutellum and the breast black; head finely

1897.] PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 569

punctured; thorax nearly impunctate; elytra testaceous, closely

and finely punctured.

Length 13 line.

Head fulvous, finely punctured at the vertex, transversely

grooved between the eyes, the frontal tubercles narrowly trans-

verse ; clypeus broad, distinctly raised between the antenne, the

latter extending nearly to the end of the elytra, fuscous, the lower

three joints flavous, the third joint scarcely longer than the second,

fourth and following joints elongate, slender; thorax twice as

broad as long, the sides distinctly narrowed at the base, rounded

before the middle, anterior angles thickened, posterior ones rather

oblique, surface extremely finely punctured, testaceous or flavous ;

scutellum black ; elytra very finely and closely punctured, flavous ;

legs darker ; tibiz mucronate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi

longer than the following joints together; breast and abdomen

black, the last segment of the latter more or less flavous.

At once distinguished by the black scutellum and underside.

MALACOSOMA DONKIERI, 0. sp.

Below black, above obscure testaceous, as well as the antenne

and the legs; head impunctate ; thorax and elytra closely and

strongly punctured.

Length 1 line.

Head impunctate at the vertex, the latter with a slight eneous

gloss, frontal tubercles strongly transverse, lower portion of face

testaceous ; clypeus in shape of a triangular strongly raised ridge ;

antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, pale fulvous,

the basal joint elongate, the second scarcely shorter than the

third joint, the following joints about as long as the third, each

widened towards the apex; thorax about one-half broader than

long, the sides rounded at the middle, the angles not prominent,

the surface rather depressed at the sides, strongly and closely

punctured throughout, obscure testaceous, stained with some

piceous markings ; elytra of the same colour, the suture rather

darker, the surface punctured like the thorax: underside nearly

black ; legs testaceous, the tibie with a very small spine; pro-

sternum narrowly convex; the anterior coxal cavities open.

This small species might be compared to M. basimarginata, Jac.,

from Zanzibar, which it resembles somewhat in colour, but differs

entirely from that species and most of its allies by the strong

punctuation of the thorax and the elytra.

MALACOSOMA CAPITATUM, n. sp.

Head and the underside piceous; antenne black, the basal

joints flavous; thorax subquadrate, testaceous, impunctate ; elytra

extremely finely and rather closely punctured, testaceous, shining.

Length 2 lines.

Head impunctate, piceous, the frontal elevations transverse,

rather strongly raised ; the clypeus very broad at its upper portion,

its anterior margin straight; labrum pale; the antenne rather

570 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

widely separated, extending to about the middle of the elytra,

shorter in the female, black, the lower four joints testaceous, the

second and third joint short, equal, fourth and following joints

longer, equal; thorax scarcely one-half broader than long, the

sides rounded before the middle, very little constricted at the base,

the basal margin obliquely rounded at the angles, the surface

rather convex, not perceptibly punctured, testaceous, very shining;

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, of the same colour, very

minutely and rather closely punctured: underside pale piceous ;

legs rather robust, testaceous, the tibise mucronate, the first joint

of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together ;

claws appendiculate ; the anterior coxal cavities open; prosternum

very narrow, convex between the coxe.

Hab. Mashonaland (@. Marshall). Coll. Brit. Mus. and my own.

One of the smaller species, which may be known by the piceous

head and underside and the impunctate thorax.

MALacosoMA PALLIDUM, 0. sp.

Pale testaceous, shining; thorax subquadrate, impunctate; elytra

microscopically punctured.

Length 23 lines.

Much larger than the preceding species and of very pale tes-

taceous colour; the head broad, impunctate, the frontal tubercles

broadly transverse, the apex of the clypeus very broad, apex of

the mandibles black; the antennz rather widely separated at the

base, testaceous, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, all

the following joints elongate ; thorax one-half broader than long,

subquadrate, the sides very slightly rounded in front of the

middle, anterior angles oblique, indistinct, posterior margin some-

what sinuate, the surface entirely impunctate ; scutellum trian-

gular ; elytra scarcely wider at the base than the thorax, sub-

cylindrical, extremely minutely punctured, only visible under a

strong lens: underside and legs coloured like the upper surtace ;

all the tibiz mucronate, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as

long as the following two joints together ; the prosternum in shape

of a very narrow ridge, convex ; the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). A single specimen in the

British Museum.

This Malacosoma may be known by its uniform very pale colour

and the impunctate thorax and extremely finely punctured elytra.

The following species is closely allied.

MaALacosoMA DALMANT, n. sp.

Pale testaceous ; antenne long and slender; thorax transverse

with rounded sides, nearly impunctate; elytra very finely and

closely punctured.

Length 23-3 lines.

Head rather long, impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse,

bounded behind by a deep groove ; carina acute, linear ; eyes large ;

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 571

antenne extending beyond the middle of the elytra, flavous, the

basal joint long and slender, thickened at the apex, the second

short, the following joints very elongate, the third shorter than

the fourth joint; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the

sides rather strongly rounded, anterior angles slightly oblique,

posterior ones acute, the disc rather convex, extremely finely and

closely punctured; elytra wider than the thorax, but similarly

punctured: underside and legs coloured like the upper surface ;

prosternum narrow but distinct, very convex, the last abdominal

segment of the male trilobate, the median lobe elongate, deeply

longitudinally sulcate.

Hab. Sierra Leone. My collection.

Of this species I possess three specimens; they are rather

larger than the preceding species, and of the same coloration, but

the head is longer and the structure of the frontal elevations and

carina totally different ; the thorax is also much more transverse

and has the sides strongly rounded ; the legs are less robust and

more slender.

MALAXIA MARSHALLI, n. sp.

Black, the head and thorax fulvous, pubescent, the former with

one, the latter with three fuscous spots; elytra bright green,

finely rugose and pubescent ; legs pale fulvous.

Length 3 lines.

Elongate and parallel; the head rugosely punctured, pale

fulvous, the middle of the vertex occupied by a broad fuscous

band; clypeus strongly raised in shape of a transverse ridge,

flavous ; antenne extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black,

the lower three joints and the base of the three or four following

joints pale fulvous, third joint much shorter than the fourth,

double as long as the second; thorax twice as broad as long,

the sides strongly rounded at the middle, narrowed at the base,

the anterior angles in shape of a small tubercle, posterior angles

placed in front of the basal margin, the latter straight, the anterior

margin concave, the surface transversely sulcate, fisely rugose and

pubescent, pale fulvous, the middle with a smaller, the sides with

a larger fuscous spot, somewhat the shape of a band and narrowed

posteriorly ; scutellum black, strongly pubescent; elytra finely

rugose and wrinkled, bright metallic green, clothed with greyish

pubescence: underside piceous or black, the last abdominal seg-

ment obscure fulvous ; legs entirely of that colour, the last joint

of the tarsi fuscous.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Coll. British Museum and

my own.

Closely allied to M. alluaudi, Alld., but in that species, of

which I possess a typical specimen, the entire upper portion of

the head is fuscous, and the thorax is not transversely sulcate,

but has some depressions anteriorly and at the middle, and in the

specimen before me, named by Allard, there are also two lateral

spots at the sides of tne thorax instead of one,

572 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

AULAMORPHOUS, 0. gen.

Body ovately subquadrate ; antenne subfiliform, the terminal

joints thickened, the second and third joints short; thorax trans-

verse, with the anterior angles oblique, the dise with two trans-

verse sulci; elytra irregularly punctured, their epipleure broad

and continued below the middie; legs robust, the tibie unarmed,

the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following three

joints together; claws appendiculate; prosternum very narrow

and rather convex; the anterior coxal cavities closed.

The species for which this genus is proposed has entirely the

appearance of those belonging to the genera Galerucida and Sphe-

noraia, inhabiting China and India, and can only be separated by

the unarmed tibiew, no spines being visible, even under the micro-

scope. The place of the genus will be near Galeruca, from which

it differs in the transverse sulci of the thorax and in the unarmed

tibix. Two specimens were obtained by Mr. C. Hollis in Uzum-

bara, German East Africa, and kindly given to me by that

gentleman.

AULAMORPHUS HOLLISI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 12.)

Testaceous, the antenne (the basal joints excepted) and the

legs black; head with one, thorax with three black spots, strongly

punctured; elytra closely and strongly punctured, a narrow longi-

tudinal stripe at the disc and two spots before and below the

middle at the sides, together with the apical margins, black.

Length 2? lines.

Head with a few fine punctures and a short central groove,

testaceous, the vertex with a black spot, frontal tubercles trans-

verse, broad ; clypeus with a central groove, black ; palpi mode-

rately thickened; antenne extending to about the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower three joints testaceous below, the second

joint short, the third slightly longer, fourth joint the longest, the

following rather thickened and shorter ; thorax nearly three times

broader than long, the sides straight, the anterior angles oblique,

the posterior margin strongly obliquely shaped at the sides, the

dise with an obsolete transverse depression before the middle,

and a deeper sulcus at each side, not extending to the middle or

the lateral margin, the surface deeply and irregularly punctured,

testaceous, with a larger central and a smaller spot at each side ;

scutellum broad, black ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

slightly depressed below the former, very strongly and closely

punctured, testaceous, the suture posteriorly and the apical margins

narrowly black, a narrow similarly coloured stripe extends from

the middle of the base to below the middle of each elytron, to this

is joined a rounded spot below the shoulder and another at the

apex of the stripe at the sides: underside testaceous ; legs black ;

the abdominal segments also marked with a piceous spot at the

sides.

Hab. Uzambara, East Africa (C. Hollis).

1897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 573

CANDEZEA NIGRITARSIS, N. Sp.

Fulvous, the antennz (the basal joints excepted) and the tarsi

black ; thorax sparingly, elytra very closely and finely punctured.

Length 12 line.

Head impunctate, fulyous, frontal tubercles transverse, eyes

very large ; antenne robust and long, extending nearly to the end

of the elytra, black, the lower three joints fulvous, second and

third joints small, the latter slightly longer and trigonate in shape,

the other joints elongate and pubescent; thorax at least twice as

broad as long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles

oblique, the dise very finely and rather sparingly punctured,

fulvous, shining; elytra of the same colour, very closely and

finely punctured, their epipleure continued below the middle: the

underside and the legs fulvous ; tarsi black, the metatarsus of the

posterior legs very long, all the tibie mucronate; the anterior

cavities closed.

Hub. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum and my

own collection.

From C. varipennis and some nearly similarly coloured species

the present one may be at once distinguished by the black antenne

and tarsi in connection with the fulvous underside and legs.

CaNDEZEA NIGROCARULEA, N. Sp.

Black, the head, the basal joints of the antennz, the thorax

and legs fulvous; elytra dark metallic blue, finely and closely

punctured.

Length 13 line.

Head with a few extremely minute punctures, fulvous, the

frontal tubercles and the carina obsolete, labrum testaceous ;

anteune extending to half the length of the elytra, black, the lower

four joints fulvous, basal joint long and slender, second and third

joints short, nearly equal, the following more elongate ; thorax

more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight and obliquely

narrowed towards the front, the posterior margin rounded, the

disc impunctate, fulvous ; scutellum black ; elytra strongly convex

and subeylindrical, the apex of each rounded, the surface closely

and finely punctured, dark metallic blue, below black ; legs fulvous,

all the tibiz mucronate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi very

long.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Collections British Museum

and my own.

CANDEZEA DUVIVIERI, 0. sp.

Pale fulvous, the breast piceous; thorax and elytra minutely

punctured, the latter with ten or twelve large black spots, placed

obliquely at the lower portion.

Length 23 lines.

Head very finely and closely punctured, the frontal tubercles

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1897, No. XX XVIII, 38

‘574 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [May 18,

trigonate, labrum black; antenne extending below the middle of

the elytra, fulvous, the second joint rather short, the third one-

half longer ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides

rounded, the anterior angles oblique, the disc extremely finely and

closely punctured ; elytra nearly similarly sculptured, pale fulvous,

with a sutural fovea below the base, each elytron with ten or

twelve larger and smaller round black spots, which extend from

before the middle obliquely towards the suture, forming two more

or less regular rows, the outer one placed near the lateral margin,

but varying in position and number of spots on each elytron,

their epipleure broad and extending below the middle ; the breast

piceous, rest of the underside and the legs fulvous.

Hab. Atrica, Niger-Benué Expedit. (Staudinger). My collection.

Closely allied to C. irregularis, Rits. (inconstans, Duviv.), but of

ouly half the size, the antenne entirely fulvous, most of the elytral

spots larger, the elytra with a sutural fovea, and the metatarsus of

the hind legs longer than the following joints together.

CANDEZEA VARIOPENNIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 9, 10.)

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the anterior legs

felvous ; sides of the thorax nearly straight, the disc closely punc-

tured, fulvous or black; elytra fulvous, spotted or striped with

black, or entirely black with the apex fulvous.

Jar. a. Elytra with two vlack narrow stripes, abbreviated

behind.

Var. 6. The elytral stripes more or less connected and ex-

tending to the suture and the margins.

Var. c. Elytra fulvous, with two black stripes connected below

the middle.

Var. d. Elytra entirely black, the apex fulvous.

Var. e. Head and thorax fulvous ; elytra black, the apex fulvous.

Length 2 lines.

This is one of the most variable species in regard to coloration

that has come under my observation; but as I am quite unable to

find any structural differences I have no doubt about the identity

of all the forms before me.

The head is minutely granulate, either black or fulvous, with

the frontal elevations oblique and moderately raised; the antenne

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four joints

flavous, second and third joints short, equal in the male, subequal

im the female ; thorax at least twice as broad as long, narrowed

anteriorly, the sides straight, the anterior angles slightly thickened,

the posterior ones distinct, the basal margin moderately rounded

at the middle, the surface very closely impressed with small and

slightly larger punctures ; scutellum black ; elytra extremely closely

punctured, the punctures larger than those of the thorax, the

interstices slightly ragose, the colour either entirely fulvous or

with the following markings :—

Var. a. Each elytron with two narrow black stripes, one near

‘the suture, narrowed at the middle, the other near the lateral

13897.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 575

margin, both abbreviated behind, but the sublateral stripe ex-

tending to the base ; head and thorax fulvous.

Var. 6. The head and thorax black; the elytra with a black

sutural stripe, widened into a square-shaped spot below the middle,

the sides and apex likewise narrowly black.

Var. c. Elytra marked like var. 6, but the sutural stripe con-

nected by a transverse band below the middle with the lateral

stripe.

Var. d. Head black, the base fulvous; thorax fulvous, elytra

entirely black.

Var. ¢. Headand thorax fulvous; elytra black, the apex fulvous.

There are, besides these forms, still others in which the elytra

are black with a fulvous spot at the middle and another at the

apex; this latter variety seems identical with Monolepta elegans,

Alld., but the author gives the head, thorax, and underside as

fulvous. In all the above forms the underside is black, as weil as

the four posterior femora; the anterior legs in nearly all are

fulvous, but sometimes the posterior tibie and tarsi are black as

well; the elytral epipleure are continued below the middle.

PLATYXANTHA (?) ABDOMINALIS, 0. Sp.

Below black, above testaceous, the terminal joints of the

antenna, the apex of the tibie, and the tarsi black; thorax scarcely

perceptibly, elytra very finely and closely punctured; last abdo-

minal segment flavous.

Length 27-3 lines.

Of elongate parallel shape ; the head impunctate, the frontal

elevations strongly raised, trigonate ; clypeus triangular, in shape

of a transverse ridge; labrum and palpi flavous ; antennw slender,

extending to two-thirds the length of the elytra, black, the lower

four joints flayous, basal joint slightly curved, second very short,

third slightly shorter than the fourth joint, the rest nearly equal

in length; thorax subquadrate, scarcely one-half broader than

long, the sides straight, slightly narrowed at the base, the angles

in shape of a small tubercle, the anterior ones oblique and pro-

duced outwards, the surface rather depressed, extremely minutely

and closely punctured, testaceous ; elytra wider at the base than

the thorax, with a depression bounding the shoulders within, the

surface as closely and scarcely more strongly punctured than the

thorax, their epipleur broad and extending beyond the middle;

legs fulvous ; the tibia unarmed, their apex black as well as the

tarsi, their first joint as long as the following two joints together ;

breast and abdomen black, the last segment flavous ; anterior

coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Of the three specimens obtained, one has the breast black only

and the legs are entirely fulvous: this specimen is a male; it differs

in no other way from the others except being rather smaller. The

species is one of the few in which the thorax shows no sign of a

depression.

38*

576 ON THE PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. [May 18,

PLATYXANTHA (?) SCUTELLATA, n. sp.

Fulvous, the antenne (the basal joint excepted), the scutellum,

and the tibie and tarsi black; thorax without depression, finely

punctured ; elytra very closely and finely punctate.

Length 3 lines.

Head broad, impunctate, the frontal tubercles very strongly

raised, transverse ; clypeus rather broadly swollen; eyes large;

antenne slender, fuscous or black, the basal joint (sometimes the

first three joints) fulvous, the second small, the third double the

length but much smaller than the fourth joint ; thorax transversely

subquadrate, rather convex, the sides evenly rounded, the anterior

angles slightly produced outwards, posterior ones slightly thickened,

the surface very finely and closely punctured, without depressions ;

scutellum black, shining ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

convex, parallel, the punctures like those of the thorax and ex-

tremely closely placed : underside and legs fulvous ; the tibize and

tarsi black, finely pubescent, like the rest of the underside; the

metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following three

joints together ; claws appendiculate.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Museum and my

own collection.

The shape of the thorax is quite different in this species from

that of the preceding, not being narrowed at the base ; it resembles

in this respect that of a species of Malacosoma. I cannot, however,

find any structural differences of importance to separate the insect

from Platyaantha.

PLATYXANTHA (?) PALLIDA, Nn. sp.

Pale testaceous, antenne fulvous; thorax transversely sub-

quadrate, minutely punctured; elytra extremely finely and closely

punctured.

Length 3} lines.

Head as in the preceding species, impunctate; antennz nearly

extending to the apex of the elytra, pale fulvous, the second joint

half the length of the third, the fourth twice as long as the pre-

ceding joint, the following joints still more elongate and slender ;

thorax of exactly the same shape as in P. scutellata and as finely

punctured; scutellum pale; elytra punctured like the thorax:

underside and legs entirely pale fulvous or testaceous.

Hab. Mashonaland (G. Marshall). British Mus. coll. and my

own.

Rather larger than P. scutellata and entirely of pale coloration,

the antenne still longer and the punctuation also rather finer.

Nors.—Diorrhabda maculiceps, Jac., doubtfully referred by me

to this genus, must find its place in Galerucella, as the coxal

cavities are open, not’closed. I have lately received specimens

of this species from’the Cameroons which do not differ from the

Abyssinian type, but wary. greatly in coloration.

P.Z.S.1897. Pl. XXXIV.

B ‘

10 I2

W.Purkiss del.etlith. West, Newman imp.

Phytophagous Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar

1897.] MYORRANCHIAL SKELETON OF PELODYTES PUNCTATUS. 577

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Euryope bipartita, p. 549.

nigricollis, p. 550.

. Lefevrea eneicolle, p. 527.

. Rhembastus maculicollis, p. 538.

. Diboloides bicolor, p. 553.

. Neodera transversicollis, p. 564.

. Serraphula enea, p. 557.

. Eugonotes longicornis, p. 559.

9,10. Candezea variopennis, p. 574.

11. Luperus nigrosuturalis, p. 567.

12. Aulamorphus hollisi, p. 572.

CoO SUB OO bO

4. On the Structure and Development of the Hyobranchial

Skeleton of the Parsley-Frog (Pelodytes punctatus).

By W. G. Ripvewoop, D.Se., F.L.8., Lecturer on

Biology at St. Mary’s MHospitai Medical School,

London.

{Received May 3, 1897.]

(Plate XXXV.)

When writing recently upon the Hyobranchial Skeleton of

Xenopus and Pipa I adverted to the fact (16. p. 116) that the

hyoglossal foramen so characteristic of these two genera is most

nearly paralleled among the phaneroglossal Anura in Pelodytes,

and (16. p. 117) that in the hyoidean cornu of Pelodytes is seen

the retention of a condition of dissolution which is transient in

Pipa. The opportunity for a more exhaustive study of the hyo-

branchial skeleton of Pelodytes has since been afforded to me by

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., of the Natural History Museum,

London, who most generously placed at my disposal an extensive

series of larve collected by himself, and in an excellent state of

preservation, together with numerous adults of the same species

(P. punctatus) both living and in spirit.

The hyobranchial skeleton of the adult Pelodytes is remarkable

in many ways, and, except in the case of the thyrohyals and the

postero-lateral processes adjoining, it is difficult at first sight to see

what relation exists between the various parts and those of the

more familiar hyobranchial skeleton of the Common Frog. The

anterior or hyoidean cornu is divided; and the detached posterior

portion, flat and broad in front (X’, fig. 9, Plate XXXYV.), tapers

backwards into a curved rod of cartilage (h!’), which rises up to

be attached to the auditory region of the skull. The study of the

metamorphosis of the hyoid arch (postea) shows that in the adult but

little is missing of its total length. The only part of the arch

which is not represented in the adult skeleton is that between the

anterior extremity of the cartilage marked h’ in fig. 9 and the part

of the great plate marked h. The relations are readily grasped

by referring to the hyoid of the recently metamorphosed animal

(fig. 8), where the lateral foramen (fl, fig. 9) has not yet been

578 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL {May 18,

enclosed. The lateral foramen of the adult skeleton is thus not

due to a secondary fenestration in a continuous plate of cartilage

as might be supposed, but owes its origin to the closure of a deep

notch or sinus. By a similar process of overgrowth of marginal

cartilage the hyoglossal sinus (Ags., fig. 9), constant in all tongued

Anura, is, in Pelodytes, very nearly converted into a foramen such

as occurs in the Aglossa. The enclosing cartilages ( pa.) are

secondary additions to the most anterior parts of the hyoidean

cornua (see figs. 8, 7, and 6), and in some specimens actually over-

lap one another. The posterior and anterior thirds of the hyo-

glossal space are closed by membrane, while the middle third

transmits the large hyoglossal muscles.

If we disregard for the moment the detached parts of the

hyoidean cornua, the outline of the hyobranchial skeleton is

definitely elliptical in shape, the continuity of the ellipse being

broken in six places. There is nothing remarkable about the

thyrohyals (t, fig. 9); they are broadest behind and are narrowest

at two thirds of their length from the posterior end. The

cartilaginous processes ( ppl., fig. 9) running parallel to the thyro-

hyals on their external side are more strongly developed than is

usual in Phaneroglossa, and their swollen extremities touch the

circumscribing ellipse. The deep notches in front of and behind

this process are closed by imperforate membrane.

On the ventral surface of the basal plate or body of the hyoid is a

curious splint-bone (», fig. 9), consisting of a short central transverse

bar, from the extremities of which project a pair of long antero-lateral

processes and a pair of short tapering postero-lateral horns. The

extremities of the latter extend along the ventral surface of the

anterior ends of the thyrohyals. The ossification is partly buried

in the hyoglossus muscle, some of the fibres of which pass between

the bone and the basal plate. The bone is attached to the rest of

the hyobranchial skeleton only by its extremities and is readily dis-

sected off. It is not an ossification of the cartilage of the basal

plate like the paired and frequently unsymmetrical ossification

of Bombinator, but rather corresponds with the V-shaped ventral

bone of Alytes and the paired ossification of Discoglossus *.

There are numerous muscles in relation with the hyobranchial

skeleton of Anura, and, in making a comparative study of this

portion of the skeleton in different genera, the evidence which the

muscles afford towards the recognition of homologous skeletal

parts is not infrequently of the greatest value. It is only in the

Frog (Rana) that the muscles of this region of the body have been

studied with any degree of precision, and, since the hyobranchial

skeleton of this genus is most familiar to anatomists, I have

instituted a comparison between the areas of muscle insertion in

the hyobranchial skeleton of Pelodytes and Rana. The muscles of

1 Parker (12. pl. 20. fig. 10) does not show these splint-bones; but, as he

himself has since admitted (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. vol. 173. 1882 (1883),

p- 139), the specimen there figured is one of Rana esculenta, and not of Disco-

glossus.

1897.] SKELETON OF PELODYIES PUNCTATUS. 79

Pelodytes are so similar to those of the Frog that no difficulty

besets their determination ; but differences occur in the relative

sizes of certain of the muscles in the two genera, and also in the

extent of their surfaces of attachment. The impression of the

ventral trunk of the m. sternohyoideus is large and of the same

shape in both (sh., figs. 10 and 11). Its anterior broader end lies

to the outer side of the hyoglossal notch. Since it lies to the

inner side of the lateral foramen in Pelodytes, and is just internal

to the deep depression in the edge of the hyoid plate of the Frog

bounded anteriorly by the curving hyoidean cornu, these latter

spaces would appear to be homologous; and the assumption is

supported by the fact that they are covered in by a membrane

which is perforated in both cases by the glossopharyngeal nerve

and the lingual branch of the carotid artery (ix., figs. 10 and 11).

The antero-lateral process of the Frog ( pal., fig. 11), therefore, is

represented in Pelodytes by the cartilage (pal., fig. 9) which

bounds the lateral foramen posteriorly. The chief difficulty in

the way of the interpretation of the hyobranchial skeleton of

Pelodytes is now practically overcome. The cartilage bounding the

lateral foramen externally is in part the hyoidean cornu and in

part a forward growth of the processus antero-lateralis—a con-

clusion which is supported by a study of the development (see

fig. 8); while the internal boundary represents the first or proximal

portion of the hyoidean cornu of the Frog—the part which Gaupp

(5) calls the “‘manubrium” and which Parker (12) in some of

his figures of Anura marks ‘“ hypohyal.”

Returning to the muscles, the area of attachment of the sterno-

hyoideus ventralis extends relatively farther forward in Pelodytes

than in Rana, but that is all. The petrohyoideus primus is in

Pelodytes a smaller muscle than in Rana. Its insertion is purely

marginal in the latter genus, but in Pelodytes the muscle spreads

on to the flat surface of the cartilage (p’, figs. 10 and 11). In

both cases the muscle lies between the processus antero-lateralis

and the processus postero-lateralis. The petrohyoideus secundus

and petrohyoideus tertius are attached to the dorso-external surface

of the thyrohyal bone in both genera (p* and p’, figs. 10 and 11),

but in Pelodytes the petrohyoideus tertius is inserted more

posteriorly than in Rana. The fourth division of the petro-

hyoideus of the Frog (p’, fig. 11), attached to the posterior

extremity of the thyrohyal, is absent in Pelodytes. In both genera

the geniohyoideus externus is inserted into the proximal end of

the processus postero-lateralis, the area of attachment of the

omohyoideus (oh.) lying between those of the sternohyoideus

ventralis and the geniohyoideus externus. The space between the

thyrohyal and the processus postero-lateralis is closed by a tough

membrane, to the middle of which, in the Frog, the dorsal consti-

tuent of the sternohyoideus (sh.’, fig. 11) and a part of the genio-

hyoideus externus are attached. In Pelodytes, however, the sterno-

hyoideus dorsalis is a smaller muscle (sh.’, fig. 10), and itis attached

to the cartilage at the bottom of the sinus, close to the insertion

580 DR. W. G, RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL [May 18,

of the omohyoideus. The hyoglossus in Pelodytes (hq., fig. 10) is

attached to nearly the whole of the ventral surface of the thyrohyal

and to the posterior part of the basal plate or body of the hyoid.

As already remarked, the greater part of the ventral splint-bone

lies buried in the muscle. In the Frog the area of insertion of the

hyoglossal muscle (hg., fig. 11) is more restricted, and hardly

extends on to the basal plate. The posterior end of the genio-

hyoideus internus is, in the Frog, inserted mainly into the ventral

fascia of the hyoglossus, only a few stray fibres extending round

this muscle to be inserted into the thyrohyal in the position

marked ghi. in fig. 11. In Pelodytes the geniohyoideus internus

is less bound to the hyoglossus, and its insertion into the thyrohyal

(ghi., fig. 10) extends to the posterior extremity of this bone.

Only two original figures of the hyoid apparatus of Pelodytes

have been published. In the first, by Dugés (4. pl. 3. fig. 21), the

lateral foramina are shown correctly, and their presence is rightly

accounted for (4. p. 56) by the union of the hyoid cornua with the

antero-lateral processes ; but the dismembered parts of the hyoid

arch are wanting. The ventral ossification is represented as of the

form of a pair of triradiate bones. The hyoglossal sinus is not

sufficiently enclosed in front, nor is the postero-lateral process of

the hyoid shown of sufficient length. The second figure, by Parker

(12. pl. 23. fig. 3), shows the lateral foramina, but the external

enclosing cartilages are represented as in contact, and not con-

fluent with one another. The dismembered parts of the hyoidean

cornua are introduced into the figure, but they are too rod-like in

shape and fail to exhibit the lamellar expansion. The hyoglossal

sinus is more enclosed than in Dugés’s figure, and is consequently

more true to nature. The ventral splint-bone, however, is tri-

radiate and unsymmetrical, like one of those figured by Dugés.

The tigure given by Cope (2. pl. 76. fig. 6) is admitted to be based on

those of Dugés and Parker, and thus calls for no special criticism.

In the tendency for the processus anteriores to narrow the

opening of the hyoglossal sinus, in the presence of lateral foramina,

and in the dismemberment of the hyodean cornua, the hyobranchial

skeleton of Pelobates very closely resembles that of Pelodytes.

My attention was directed towards this genus by Mr. Boulenger,

who kindly supplied me with specimens of Pelobates fuscus, and at

the same time expressed his conviction that the hyoidean cornua were

disjointed in all those genera which he includes in the family

Pelobatide (1. p. 432), and that Parker’s figure of the hyobranchial

skeleton of Pelobates (12. pl. 25. fig. 9) showing the hyoidean

cornua continuous was incorrect. I am happy to be in a position

to confirm his suspicions with regard to Parker’s figure, and, as

the matter is so important, I trust I may be pardoned for a slight

digression here from the genus which forms the subject of this

contribution. In the hyobranchial skeleton of Pelobates (fig. 12)

the anterior processes are directed inwards and slightly backwards,

exactly as in Pelodytes, but they do not reach the median line.

The lateral foramina are smaller and more pear-shaped, and in

1897. ] SKELETON OF PELODYTES PUNCTATUS. 531

half-grown specimens the cartilage bounding the foramen postero-

externally is very thin and readily tears away, giving the impression

that there exists here an unenclosed sinus such as is shown by

Dugés (4. pl. 3. fig. 18) and Parker (12. pl. 25. fig. 9). Both

Dugés and Parker fail to depict the hyoid arch correctly. The

liberated part of the cornu (h’, h’, fig. 12) resembles very closely

in size and shape that of Pelodytes. It is lamellar in front, and

ends behind in a hooked process attached to the skull. Parker

errs by representing it as rod-like and not separated from the rest

of the arch, while Dugés fails to notice it at all in pl. 3. fig. 18,

but shows it as a rod-like cartilage in pl. 13. fig. 79. Parker (12.

p- 261) says that there are two small centres of ossification on

each side in the anterior cornua of Pelobates, but this statement I

cannot confirm. Cope’s figure (2. pl. 76. fig. 5) of the hyoid of

Pelobates is not original, but is admitted to be based on the figures

of Dugés and Parker. The thyrohyals of Pelobates are massive,

more especially in old specimens; and the epiphysis is produced

laterally beyond the outer edge of the shaft, giving to the

thyrohyal a hooked appearance.

There is no ventral ossification such as occurs in Pelodytes. But

whether this fact points to a closer alliance between Pelodytes and

Alytes than between Pelodytes and Pelobates is, I take it, very

doubtful. The bones, in the first place, are not ossifications of

the hyobranchial skeleton, but ossifications applied to the surface

of it at a late stage of development. If we compare the adult

hyoids of Pelobates, Pelodytes, and Alytes we find that the two

former resemble one another and differ from the third in the

disjomting of the hyoidean cornua, the presence of lateral foramina,

and the partial enclosure of the hyoglossal sinus; while the two

latter resemble one another and differ from the first only in the

presence of the ventral splint-bone. Also, if we compare the

larval hyobranchial skeleton of the three, we find that in Alytes

the basihyal extends so far back as to completely separate the

hypobranchial plates from one another, whereas in both Péelodytes

and Pelobates the two hypobranchial plates are in contact in the

median line for some distance behind the basihyal. And in Alytes

there is a well-marked median plate of cartilage (the “erste Copula”

of Gaupp, 5. p. 412) situated in front of the opaque fibrous band

connecting the ceratohyals; but I find no trace of this in larve

of Pelobates and Pelodytes. And these latter are fundamental

differences appearing early, and of an importance which it would

be difficult to exaggerate.

Development of the Hyobranchial Skeleton of

Pelodytes punctatus.

The method employed in the investigation of the larval hyo-

branchial skeleton was of the simplest character. The tadpoles

were dissected under spirit, the mandible and hyoid arch disarti-

culated from the palatoquadrate cartilage, and the branchial skeleton

582 DR. W. G, RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL [May 18,

carefully freed from the skull. The cesophagus was then cut in

front of the liver, and the whole of the floor of the pharynx thus

liberated. The heart and larynx were then dissected away, the

gills, muscles, and mucous membrane removed, and only sullicient

connective tissue left to keep the skeletal parts in their natural

relations. No staining reagents were employed, and the whole of

the dissection was performed under a simple microscope of a

magnification of ten diameters, in powerful reflected light. The

series of Jarvee examined was very extensive, but it will suffice to

select eight stages only of these for description. The important

changes in the hyobranchial skeleton do not begin until the tail is

reduced to about one-third of its maximum length, but they then

proceed with considerable rapidity. In fact, two larve exactly

similar in external appearance and having the merest stump of the

tail remaining may show considerable differences in the structure

of the hyobranchial skeleton. In such cases it is necessary to make

the dissections first and to arrange the specimens in series atter-

wards. The youngest tadpole I have been able to examine is one

with the hind limbs just appearing as buds on the surface of the

body, but from this onwards, as far as the adult condition, the

series is as complete as could be wished. It should be noted that

the hyobranchial skeleton of the first seven stages is drawn from

the dorsal side, in order to show the spicula and the articular ends

of the hyoidean cornua. Figs. 8 and 9, however, exhibit the

ventral surface, because the spicula have by this time disappeared,

the hyoidean cornn has no longer an articular surface, but is

firmly adherent to the auditory capsule, and because the interesting

ventral ossification is only to be seen in this view. In order to

facilitate comparison the figures are not drawn to the same scale,

but as nearly as possible of the same absolute size. The approxi-

mate magnification is given in each case. The introduction of the

mandible into the figures serves to show not only the gradually

increasing size of the gape, but also illustrates the interesting

manner in which the distal extremities of the hyoidean cornua get

pushed farther and farther back as the mandibular rami elongate

posteriorly. Throughout this contribution, although ostensibly

devoted to a consideration of the hyobranchial skeleton, I have

purposely avoided all reference to the columella auris and

stapedial cartilages.

Stace 1. Distance from snout to root of tail, 13 mm. Length of

tail, 16 mm. Length of hind limbs,1 mm. (Plate XXXV. fig. 1.)

There is nothing very remarkable about the hyobranchial

skeleton of Pelodytes in its early stages, since it conforms tolerably

well with what might be considered the normal for tadpoles in

general. There is but a single unpaired median constituent, and

not two, as, for instance, in Alytes. Although Parker (12) speaks

of this skeletal part of the Anuran larva as the “ basibranchial ”

and Stannius (19. p. 64), Hoffmann (7. p. 45), and Gaupp (5)

apply to it the non-committal name “copula,” the general

1897.] SKELETON OF PELODYTES PUNCTATUS.. 583

consensus of opinion (Dugés (4), Gitte (6), Schulze (18), and

others) is that it represents the “basihyal.” Not wishing to

enter upon an exhaustive and possibly futile discussion of the

morphological value of this part, I accept the latter determination

and call the median plate of cartilage (dh., fig. 1) the basihyal.

This median cartilage is connected with two pairs of large lateral

cartilages, the so-called “ ceratehyals”* in front and the branchial

plates behind. The ceratohyals (ch., fig. 1) stand out nearly at

right-angles to the long axis of the body, and slope but slightly

backwards. Their distal ends articulate by an obliquely elongated

convex surface (ha., fig. 1) with the under surface of the palato-

quadrate cartilage. The internal or mesial extremities are broad

and flat, with a delicately curved inner edge, and are united

together in front of the basihyal by a broad band of fibrous tissue

(the ‘‘queres, fibréses Band” of Rathke, 14. p. 132, Pseudis

paradova; and the “pars reuniens” of Gaupp, 5, Rana fusca).

In front of this is the hyoglossal notch, at present V-shaped, but

later semicircular,

The branchial skeleton consists of two branchial plates, right

and left, attached to the posterior part of the basihyal, and in

contact with one another for a short distance in the median line

behind it. Each is connected, at about one-fourth of its width

from the median line, with the backwardly projecting cusp of the

flattened part of the ceratohyal. The small triangular space

(s, fig. 1) thus enclosed between the basihyal and the ceratohyal

and branchial plate of each side is filled with a loose connective

tissue, which only undergoes chondrification in Stage 4. The

antero-internal part of each branchial plate is on the same level as

the basihyal and ceratohyal, but the remaining grid-like portion of

the plate is deeply concave above. The four curved bars, the

so-called “ ceratobranchials,” are directed outwards and backwards

and are connected together at their distal end by an irregular

marginal band of cartilage (‘‘ commissura terminalis ” of Gaupp, 5;

“ epibranchiale ” of Schulze, 18) and at their proximal ends by the

common hypobranchial plate (Aér., fig. 1). The distal halves of

the ceratobranchials bear on their anterior and posterior surfaces

a series of four or five irregular, short, blunt outgrowths of

* I fail to see the practical utility of the introduction by Gaupp (5) of new

non-committal terms, such as hyale, branchialia, and planum branchiale. Itis

doubtful, most anatomists will admit, whether the structures so designated

correspond exactly to the ceratohyal. ceratobranchials, and hypobranchials of

the fish, and it would have been desirable if, in the first instance, less definitive

terms had been employed until the true homologies of the parts had been

determined. But now that the names have been in use for so long and are so

familiar, it is only confusing matters to attempt to replace them by names

more vague in their significance. When the implied homology has been

definitely disproved, when the so-called ceratohyal of the tadpole has been

shown to be something quite different from the ceratohyal of the fish, and so

‘on, then will be the time for a radical change in our nomenclature. We are ;

however, still in the dark with regard to the morphological significance of the

Anuran hyobranchial skeleton, and the onus of the proof of the false homology

implied by the terms at present in use lies with the objectors.

584 DR. W, G, RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL [May 18,

cartilage. On the external edge of the first ceratobranchial these

processes are of considerable length and form a series of five or

six. Similar, but more irregular, cartilaginous processes stand out

from the postero-internal border of the fourth ceratobranchial and

from the external border of the commissural cartilage. If, now,

these irregular finger-shaped processes of the first ceratobranchial

were confluent laterally so as to form a continuous curved wall,

and if the same coalescence occurred with regard to the processes

of the commissural cartilage and fourth ceratobranchial, the whole

branchial skeleton would assume the form of two approximately

hemispherical cartilaginous basins perforated at the bottom by

three oblique slits—a form of branchial skeleton which is peculiar

to Xenopus (16). Which of the two forms is the more primitive,

that with the irregular palisade, or that with the continuous

marginal wall, it is difficult to say ; but I am inclined to regard the

branchial skeleton of the early Xenopus larva as more primitive

than that of any other Anuran larva yet described’. The fourth

branchial cleft (the last of the three perforations in the branchial

cartilage) is shorter than the two preceding. The distal end of

the third ceratobranchial is exceptionally broad, and is character-

ized by the constant presence of either a deep notch or a foramen.

The proximal end of the first ceratobranchial is broad, and

merges indistinguishably into the cartilage of the hypobranchial

plate. It bears a backwardly directed spicule of cartilage

(sp’, fig. 1). The second ceratobranchial (cbr*, fig. 1) is bound

by connective tissue to the posterior surface of the first cerato-

branchial, to the median side of this spicule. The proximal part

then curves upwards and backwards, and giving off a backwardly

directed spicule of its own, diminishes in thickness and becomes

continuous with the cartilage of the proximal end of the third

ceratobranchial, just where the latter unites with the hypobran-

chial plate*. The third ceratobranchial curves over in a similar

manner, and has its own spicule (sp*, fig. 1). The fourth

ceratobranchial is broader and far more irregular in shape than

the other three. It curves up, is confluent with the hypobranchial

plate, and sends backwards a curved cartilaginous process, which

may possibly represent the spicule of this arch. It should be

noted that the whole of the cartilage of the branchial plate is

continuous throughout. This continuity is obvious at the distal

ends of the arches, but, on account of the sharp curvature of the

1 Schulze (18. p. 11) and Naue (9. p. 14) seem to regard the front wall

belonging to the first ceratobranchial as a thin, continuous, concave plate of

cartilage in the forms of Anura which they respectively studied. The plates

are probably subject to a great amount of individual variation, but in none of

the numerous larvee which I have examined (Rana, Bufo, Alytes, Pelobates,

Pelodytes, Hyla) have I found the wall nearly so continuous and entire as in

Xenopus.

2 T fail to see the force of Gaupp’s argument (5. p. 403) for considering the

parts of the first two branchial bars lying internal to their spicules as belonging

to the bakpaicde o> plate rather than to the ceratobranchials (branchialia)

themselves.

1897. | SKELETON OF PELODYTES PUNCTATUS. 585

proximal ends and the consequent angle which they make with

the plane of the hypobranchial plate, it requires very careful

observation to demonstrate the fact in this region. The only

fibrous connection is that between the first and second ceratobran-

chials just anterior to the second spicule. The spicular cartilages are

definitely continuous with the cartilage of the ceratobranchials, and

do not give one the impression of their having arisen independently.

These spicules (I have adopted Gaupp’s name for these processes)

of the Anuran larva have been the subject of a good deal of contro-

versy by reason of the interpretation which Parker put upon them

in his third contribution to our knowledge of the skull of Batrachia

(12). I have already in an earlier communication (16. p. 113)

expressed my views on the subject and do not propose to discuss

the matter farther. My observations on the specimens which

form the subject of this paper tend to confirm the view of Gaupp

(5. p. 408), that the spicules have no morphological value, but

that they are merely processes of cartilage developed from the

proximal ends of the ceratobranchials to support the horizontal

fold or velum which covers over the anterior half of the branchial

cavity, and which undergoes reduction at the same rate as the

spicules.

The mandible is quite diminutive, and consists of four subequal

cartilages. The median pair of these (m, fig. 1) carry the lower

horny beak, the lateral pair (m') are articulated with the palato-

quadrate cartilage.

Stace 2. Distance from snout to root of tail,20 mm. Tail at

its maximum development, 28 mm. in length. Length of hind limb,

eatended, 21 mm. Fore limb not yet extended. Horny beaks still

present. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.)

But few differences are to be noted between this and the

preceding stage. The whole skeleton is considerably larger, the

hyoglossal notch is more rounded than before, and the four

constituent cartilages of the mandible are beginning to straighten

out. Except for these features the description already given of

the hyobranchial skeleton in the first stage would apply equally

well in this Stage 2. In fact, my chief object in introducing this

into the series was to show that the hyobranchial skeleton attains

its maximum larval dimensions without any appreciable change in

shape.

Stace 3. Distance from snout to root of tail, 16 mm. Length of

tail, 20 mm. Length of hind limb, extended, 19 mm. Length of

fore limb, extended, 8 mm. Horny beaks no longer present.

(Plate XXXYV. fig. 3.)?

The metamorphosis of the hyobranchial skeleton is now

1 T have here given the measurements of the specimen the hyobranchial

skeleton of which is shown in fig. 3. It will be observed that the specimen is

smaller than the average ; but if ali the above measurements be multiplied

i * the figures will be seen to be intermediate between those of the specimens

chosen to represent Stages 2 and 4.

386 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL [May 18,

beginning. The hyoidean constituents are slightly larger than

before, and the branchial are smaller. There is still a triangular

space on either side of the basihyal: the spicula of the cerato-

branchials are shortening up. ‘The most interesting feature to be

noted in this stage is the fenestration of the hypobranchial plate

in those regions situated immediately over the thyroid bodies.

The cartilage in the area marked ¢f. in fig. 3 is extremely thin, and

becomes converted into a distinct perforation in Stage 4. The

postero-internal margin (¢) of the incipient foramen soon

becomes rod-like. It enlarges rapidly, and when, later, the

absorption of the external boundary causes the thyroid foramen

to open laterally, it becomes recognizable as the thyrohyal

(t, figs. 4-7). When recounting recently the mode of develop-

ment of the hyobranchial skeleton of Pipa, it was with

considerable hesitation that I described (16. p. 106 et seq.) the

thyrohyals as persistent parts of the hypobranchial cartilage left

by the perforation of the plate and the subsequent conversion of

the foramina into deep sinuses. This view of the mode of

development was so opposed to all preconceived notions that it

seemed little short of heresy to give expression to it, and it was

only after repeated examinations of the specimens that I could

bring myself to publish the observation. The present discovery

of a similar origin of the thyrohyals in a less aberrant type of

Batrachian not only confirms my former view, but opens up the

broader question whether, after all, this may not be their normal

mode of development in Anura. A glance at figs. 3, 4, and 5

shows that the thyrohyals are terminated by those processes

which, following Gaupp, I iaterpret as the spicula of the fourth

branchial arch. These might easily be mistaken for the free ends

of newly outgrowing thyrohyals, although, as a matter of fact,

they are absorbed with the ceratobranchial cartilages, leaving the

extremities of the true thyrohyals freely exposed. And thus

become reconciled the apparently conflicting views of Saint-Ange

(17. pp. 410 and +17), who considers the thyrohyals as the

persistent spicules of the fourth branchial arch, and Cuvier (8.

p- 397), Rathke (14. p. 39), Dugés (4. pp. 99, 101, 102), Stannius

(19. p. 65), Gitte (6. p. 332), Parker (11. pp. 164, 170, 171, 185,

and 12. p. 259), and Gaupp (5. pp. 422 and 433), who regard them

as outgrowths of the hypobranchial plate situated behind and to the

mesial side of the fourth branchial arch. The alternative view that

the thyrohyals of Anura are persistent ceratobranchials has been

supported by Reichert (15. pp. 59 and 258), by Owen (10. p. 90), by

Parker, who in his textbook (13. p. 173) unfortunately departs

from the views expressed in his memoirs (J. c.) and states that the

thyrohyals are the fourth ceratobranchials, and by Walter (21)

and Cope (2. p. 234), who accept Parker’s determination without

reserve. Stohr (20. p. 84), also, ventures upon a positive

statement in favour of the thyrohyal being the ventral or proximal

end of the fourth branchial arch ; and that he does not mean by

this the hypobranchial constituent of the arch is evident from his

1897.] SKELELON OF PELODYYES PUNCTATUS. 587

criticism of Parker’s paper contained in the footnote which he

appends. The mode of development of the thyrohyals of Pelodytes

by the formation of thyroid foramina and their subsequent

disruption is calculated to shake one’s faith in the recognition in

the thyrohyals of Anura of late and rapidly developing fifth

ceratobranchials as suggested by Meckel (8. p. 240) and Cuvier

(3. p. 897); and, although the arguments which I have previously

adduced in favour of this view (16. p. 112) still hold good, I must

confess to entertaining a suspicion that, after all, these bones

belong to the hypobranchial rather than to the ceratobranchial

part of the visceral skeleton.

The mandible no longer exhibits the sharp angulation of its

earlier stages. It is considerably longer than before, but the four

constituents can still be clearly recognized. The membrane on the

internal or mesial surface of the ramus is much thickened, and it

is this which, when ossified, becomes the angulosplenial bone.

There is as yet no trace of a dentary.

Stace 4, Distance from snout to root of tail, 20 mm. Length of

tail, 23mm. Length of hind limb, ewtenled, 28 mm. Length of

fore limb, extended, 12 mm. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 4.)

The whole aspect of the hyobranchial skeleton is beginning to

change. The ceratohyals are now massive cartilages at their

maximum of development, and they slope more posteriorly than

before. The hyoglossal notch is both broader and deeper than in

Stage 3. The triangular space on either side of the basihyal has

now become filled up, not by encroachment of the surrounding

cartilages, but by the differentiation of new cartilage: the outlines

of the three cartilages bounding the former space are still very

clearly marked. ‘There are unmistakable signs that the branchial

skeleton is past its prime. The arches exhibit a condition of

incipient collapse, but are not very much smaller than in the

preceding stage. The spicula have almost disappeared. There is

a stump remaining of that of the second ceratobranchial, and the

developing thyrohyal is still tipped with a remnant of that

cartilage which probably represents the fourth spicule, but the

first and third spicules have been completely absorbed. The

thyroid foramen (¢/., fig. 4) is now a distinct perforation of the

cartilage, and the thyrohyal is beginning to assume shape.

Lying at the bottom of the laryngeal sinus, between the two

thyrohyals, is a tract of soft cartilage of crescentic form which

only in this stage acquires a definite outline. The sinus in which

it lies has been increasing in size from the very first stage, and, as

will be seen by referring to the figures 5-8, continues on the

imerease. In the first three stages the louse cartilage occupies a

larger proportion of the space, but the tissue is of such an ill-

defined character that it is a matter of personal opinion whether

to regard it as cartilage at all; and, on account of its undiffer-

entiated nature, it is impossible to recognize its posterior limit. I

is therefore omitted in the first three figures. The cartilage is in

588 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL [May 18,

the later stages gradually absorbed from behind, and disappears

altogether at about Stage 8.

The mandible has elongated considerably, and the articular ends

have lost the sharp bend which they possessed during the first

three stages. The four segments of the mandible are still just

recognizable. The angulosplenial and dentary ossifications of the

perichondrium (as. and d., fig. 4) are both present, but they are

very fibrous and perfectly flexible.

Stace 5. Distance from snout to root of tail, 20 mm. Length of

tail, 8 mm. Length of hind limb, extended, 30 mm. Length of fore

limb, extended, 12 mm. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 5.)

The branchial skeleton is in an advanced stage of reduction, and

its maximum width is considerably smaller than the width across

the hyoidean cornua, which has not been the case previously. The

specimens of this stage which I have examined confirm my previous

observation with regard to the branchial skeleton of Pipa (16.

p. 105) that there is a marked shrinkage of the cartilage, and

consequently of the clefts, before the latter are broken open by

the absorption of the cartilage. The three clefts in the branchial

plate are, in this stage, still enclosed by the cartilage, but they are

not more than one-half of the length of the clefts in Stage 4.

There are marked indications that, as in Pipa (16. p. 106), the first

commissural cartilage to yield is that joining the first and second

ceratobranchials. The thyrohyals have enlarged considerably,

and are composed of a firm hyaline cartilage in sharp contrast

with the softer, whiter, and more opaque cartilage of the parts

of the branchial skeleton undergoing absorption. The thyroid

foramen is also larger than before, and there now remains but a

thin neck of cartilage between it and the first branchial cleft ; so

that the second and third ceratobranchials appear to be connected

with the hypobranchial parts of the skeleton by a common

isthmus, while the first and fourth ceratobranchials are attached

more directly. These facts were to be observed in Stage 4, but

are more obvious here in consequence of the branchial skeleton

being flatter.

There is still recognizable on the anterior edge of the second

ceratobranchial the cartilaginous promontory which was in the

earlier stages bound to the first ceratobranchial by fibrous tissue.

The ceratohyals are directed more backwardly than in Stage 4, the

outlines of their inner edges are becoming obscured, and, curiously

enough, more removed from one another—a fact which is

emphasized still more in Stage 6. The basihyal is still recog-

nizable, but its contour is becoming’fainter. The hyoglossal notch

or sinus is now at its maximum size.

The mandible is of large size and is distinctly U-shaped. There

are now only two segments to the mandible, the more median

parts (the lower labial cartilages of Parker) having fused with

the more lateral parts. The angulosplenial and dentary ossifica~

tions are much larger than before.

1897.] SKELETON OF PHLODYTHS PUNOLATUS, 589

Stace 6. Distance from snout to root of tail, 19 mm. Length of

tail, 2-5 mm. Length of hind limb, extended, 27 mm. Length of

fore limb, extended, 11 mm. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 6.)*

At this stage the branchial arches are on the verge of dissolution,

and it requires the very greatest care in dissection to avoid losing

the relations of the dismembered parts. The whole aspect of the

hyobranchial skeleton has changed. In the middle is a faint

Y-shaped mark representing the lines of junction of the two hypo-

branchial plates and the basihyal. The mesial edges of the

ceratohyals can still be identified, but they are wider apart than

before. The hyoglossal notch is reduced in size by the addition of

cartilage ( pu., fig. 6) to the front half of the antero-internal free

edges of the ceratohyals. Although this new cartilage is confluent

with that of the ceratohyal, what was previously the edge of the

latter is still well-marked, thus showing that the new process is

not due to an outgrowth of the original hyoidean cartilage. These

new cartilages represent the anterior processes of the hyoid

apparatus of the Frog ( pa., fig. 11) which develop late and about

this stage. In fact, the figure which Gaupp gives of the hyoid of

the metamorphosing tadpole of Rana fusca with tail reduced to

5 mm. (5. Taf. 19. fig. 8) agrees tolerably well with fig. 6 of

Pelodytes. Gaupp applies the name “ processus anterior” indiffer-

ently to the most anterior point of the original ceratohyal

(“‘hyale’’) and to the later developed cartilage which constitutes

the foremost part of the adult hyobranchial skeleton ; but, seeing

that the latter has a morphological significance different from the

former, and is, moreover, absent in such genera as Alytes, Disco-

glossus, and Bombinator possessing the former, I have elected to

restrict the application of the term to the latter. Parker’s

terminology does not help matters, but rather tends to confusion,

for he marks these anterior processes of the adult hyoid as parts

of the ceratohyals (12. pl. 13. fig. 10), as hypohyals (pl. 5. fig. 4),

as epihyals (pl. 15. fig. 14), and as extrahyals (pl. 43. fig. 6),

without offering any explanation of the want of uniformity.

The backward slope of the ceratohyals is now very strongly

marked and the posterior parts are becoming reduced in width.

The terminal articular surface is quite small compared with its

previous extent, and the articulation will shortly give place to a

rigid connection with the auditory cartilage. The thyrohyals

continue to grow, but their posterior extremities are still capped

with unabsorbed ceratobranchial cartilage. The outlines of the

branchial arches are very indistinct, the softness of the cartilage

making it difficult to distinguish them from the surrounding

connective tissue and pharyngeal mucous membrane. The tri-

radiate cartilage at the proximal end of the second and third

branchial arches appears to be constant in its occurrence, and is

1 These measurements are those of the figured specimen, which is slightly

smaller than the average; but if the above figures be multiplied by 43 the

measurements will be seen to be intermediate between those of the specimens

representing Stages 5 and 7.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1897, No. XX XIX. 39

590 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL [May 18,

evidently to be regarded as the remnant of the external boundary

of the thyroid foramen.

Probably the most important fact from a morphological point of

view to be learned from this stage is the mode of formation of the

postero-lateral processes of the hyobranchial skeleton of the adult

(ppl., fig. 9). The proximal portion of the first ceratobranchial

does not share in the general absorption of ceratobranchial and

commissural cartilage, but is continued as a tapering central core

into the middle of the distal part of the arch, which is disinte-

grating. This central core is of firm cartilage similar to that of

the hypobranchial plate and has a sharp contour. The postero-

lateral process of the adult is formed by the subsequent enlarge-

ment of this persistent proximal portion of the first ceratobranchial,

and the sinus which in the later stages exists between the postero-

jateral process and the thyrohyal lies morphologically between the

cartilage bounding the second branchial cleft antero-externally and

the cartilage which forms the postero-internal border of the thyroid

foramen. Saint-Ange (17. p. 418, Rana), Dugés (4. pp. 98-99,

pl. 18. figs. 76-79, Pelobates), and Gdtte (6. figs. 332-334,

Bombinator) are all agreed that the process in question is either

the persistent basal portion of the first branchial arch .or else an

outgrowth of that part of the hypobranchial plate with which the

first branchial arch was formerly united *.

On the under surface of the hyobranchial skeleton the ventral

splint-bone has appeared, but it is not yet adherent to the

cartilage. It is a single bone from the first, and is not formed by

the coalescence of a pair. The mandible is now shaped as in the

adult, and except in size and the extent of ossification does not

differ materially from that of the latter.

Stacy 7. Distance from snout to cloaca, 21 mm. No tail.

Length of hind limb, extended, 30 mm. Length of fore limb,

eatended, 12 mm. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 7.).

Those parts of the branchial skeleton which were undergoing

absorption in the preceding stage have now completely disappeared,

so that the thyrohyal is separated from the postero-lateral process

by a deep sinus as in the adult. - The basal plate or body of the

hyoid is now a continuous sheet of cartilage in which the outlines

of the five constituent parts can no longer be distinguished,

except that there still exists near the middle the y-shaped mark

adverted to in the description of Stage 6. Whether the hyoglossal

notch deepens by absorption of the cartilage of the basal plate as,

according to Gaupp (5), occurs in Rana fusca, I am unable

definitely to say. There is no trace of the soft cartilage which is

1 Since Gaupp (5. p. 428) has already exposed the fallacy of Parker’s views

on the mode of origin of the antero-lateral and postero-lateral processes of the

Frog’s hyobranchial skeleton, and has called attention to the confusion which

Walter (21. p. 6) has introduced into the subject by calling the antero-lateral

process the “hypohyale,’”—the result of a mistaken reading of Parker's text-

book (13. p. 173),—-I refrain from further criticism of these works.

‘1897.] | Ss SKELETON OF PELODYTES PUNCTATUS. 59h

‘usually to be found in regious where such absorption is proceeding,

but at the same time the general proportions of the basal plate

suggest that it is quite possible that this process does take place.

‘The newly added cartilages (pa., fig. 7) at the inner edges of the

anterior ends of the hyoid arch are now directed towards one

another, having lost their forward slope; and the line of junction

between them and the original hyoidean cartilage is still apparent.

The greater part of the ceratohyal has become diminished in

thickness so as now to have the form of a bent rod of approxi-

mately uniform diameter. About the level of the bottom of the

hyoglossal sinus the ceratohyals exhibit the first indications of the

absorption which later results in the dismemberment of the arch

(A, fig. 7). A new notch or sinus (71., fig. 7) has developed at the

side of the basal plate, mainly by the absorption of the cartilage in

that position. But the sinus is rendered more complete by the

simultaneous outgrowth of a process ( pdl., fig. 7) which is to be

identified with the antero-lateral or alary process of the hyoid

apparatus of the Frog ( pal., fig. 11). In consequence also of this

outgrowth of cartilage the middle of the three lateral sinuses, that

between the antero-lateral and the postero-lateral processes, is

beginning to make its appearance.

Stacy 8. Distance from snout to cloaca, 17 mm. Length of hind

limb, extended, 25 mm. Length of fore limb, extended, 9 mm.

(Plate XXXYV. fig. 8.)

The basal plate or body of the hyoid is now small in proportion

to the size of the outstanding processes. The postero-lateral process

( ppl., fig. 8) is longer than before but not appreciably thicker ;

the sinus of which it forms the posterior boundary is much deeper

than in the last stage. The antero-lateral process (pal.) has

enlarged and is already somewhat dilated at its extremity. The

first of the three lateral sinuses ( fl.) bas now the form of an

ellipse, incomplete externally. One of the most noteworthy

features about this stage is the separation of the distal part of the

hyoidean cornu. The absorption of cartilage leading to such

separation occurs antero-externally to the last-mentioned sinus,

and the pointed form of the cartilage in this region shows that the

dismemberment has only recently occurred. Now that the outlines

of the constituents of the body of the hyoid have completely

disappeared, it is very difficult to define the limits of that part of

the ceratohyal which is not detached, but I should judge that a

line drawn through the bottom of the hyoglossal sinus and through

the middle of the lateral sinus marked ff. would indicate the

proximal limit of the anterior or hyoidean cornu. The recently

added anterior processes ( pa.) are now indistinguishably fused

with the cartilage of the ceratohyal and are directed backwardly as

well as inwardly. It is curious to note how these processes first

1 The above specimen, the hyoid of which is shown in fig. 8, happens to be

spently sinaller than that representing Stage 7, but otherwise the two are

perfectly indistinguishable externally.

39*

592 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE HYOBRANCHIAL [May 18,

slope inwards and forwards (fig. 6), then directly inwards (fig. 7),

and afterwards inwards and backwards (fig. 8). They are nearly

in contact in the middle line, and it requires but little additional

growth to close the hyoglossal sinus and convert it into a foramen.

'The liberated part of the ceratohyal expands slightly behind its

anterior pointed extremity and then diminishes again into a curved

rod, the posterior end of which is attached to the back of the

auditory capsule. The thyrohyals have increased in width at their

posterior extremities, ard, although they cannot yet be said to be

ossified, the shaft is slightly more opaque than the cartilage of

the epiphysis behind and the basal plate in front. The ventral

ossification is disposed as in the adult, but its postero-lateral rays

are very short. The anterior parts of the mandibular cartilage

have not yet ossified to form the mentomeckelian bones.

Sracu 9. Adult. Distance from snout to cloaca, 37 mm. Length

of hind limb, extended, 62 mm. Length of fore limb, extended,

26 mm. (Plate XXXV. fig. 9.)

Since the structure of the adult hyobranchial skeleton has already

been described in the opening paragraphs, it will be sufficient to

confine attention here to those changes which have occurred since

Stage 8. The differences in appearance are due chiefly to the

addition of cartilage to the periphery. This marginal addition in

the case of the anterior part of the hyoid arch and the antero-

lateral process has been so great as to completely enclose the first

of the three lateral sinuses, forming a lateral foramen. The

anterior processes of the hyoid have grown inwards in front of

the hyoglossal sinus so as to touch one another, or even to overlap.

Tt is only by analogy with the Frog that the term “ processus

anteriores” is applied to these enclosing cartilages ; it is highly

probable that the most anterior points of the hyobranchial skeleton

belong to the original hyoidean cartilage and not to these processes

{ef. figs. 7 and 8).

The postero-lateral process has developed an irregular plate of

cartilage at its extremity, and, since the extremity of the antero-

lateral process has grown backwards as well as forwards, the

middle of the three lateral sinuses exhibits a tendency to become

enclosed and converted into a foramen like that situated in front

of it. The thyrohyals are now completely ossified and are more

parallel than before. The postero-lateral rays of the ventral splint-

bone have increased in length and underlie the anterior parts of

the thyrohyals. The free parts of the hyoidean cornua are

variable in shape, but the anterior end is always flat and lamellar,

while the posterior has the form of a curved rod of cartilage. A

comparison of this stage with the two preceding shows that the

part of the hyoidean cornu. missing is quite inconsiderable, and is

to be estimated by the mean distance from the point marked / in

fig. 9 to the anterior extremity of the detached part of the arch.

Mentomeckelian bones are now present, and are inseparable from

the dentary membrane-bones. They are not, as might be supposed,

1897.] SKELETON OF PELODYTES PUNCTATUS. 593

the ossified median constituents of the larval mandible (lower

labial cartilages of Parker), the outlines of which disappeared

between stages 4 and 5.

SUMMARY.

The almost complete closure of the hyoglossal sinus of Pelodytes

(Ags., fig. 9) is due to the extensive development and inward slope

of the processus anteriores (pd, fig. 9).

The lateral foramina of Pelodytes (fl., fig. 9) are not primary

fenestrations of the basal plate, but are formed by the enclosure

of the foremost lateral sinus by the confluence of the expanded

end of the processus antero-lateralis with the cartilage of the

hyoidean cornu.

Although in Pelodytes the hyoidean cornu (h, h', h", fig. 9) is

broken, the portion missing is comparatively insignificant.

The spicula (sp., fig. 1) are larval structures of no morphological

significance. They are processes of cartilage developed from the

proximal ends of the ceratobranchials to support the horizontal

pharyngeal velum.

The processus postero-lateralis (ppl., fig. 9) is the persistent

proximal portion of the first ceratobranchial.

The processus antero-lateralis (pal., figs. 8 & 9) is a secondary

outgrowth of the basal plate or body of the hyoid having no

relation whatever to the larval branchial bars.

The thyrohyal (¢., fig. 9) is the part of the hypobranchial plate

of the larva which forms the inner boundary of the thyroid

foramen (tf., fig. 4). Its posterior end becomes free on the

absorption of the ceratobranchials and the consequent conversion

of the foramen into a sinus.

List oF AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO,

1. BovrzneeEr, G. A.—Brit. Mus.Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia.

2nd Ed. London, 1882.

2. Corn, E. D. “ Batrachia of North America.” Bull. United

States National Museum, No. 34, 1889.

3. Cuvier, G.— Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles, t. vy. pt. 2.

Ed. 4to. © Paris, 1824.

4, Duaks, A.—* Recherches sur l’Ostéologie et la Myologie des

Batraciens.” Meém. de l’Acad. des Sci., t. vi., Paris, 1835,

pp. 1-216.

5. Gaupp, E.—“ Beitrige zur Morphologie des Schidels. II.

Das Hyo-Branchial-Skelett der Anuren und seine Umwand-

lung.” Morph. Arbeiten (Schwalbe), Bd. ii. Heft 3,

Jena, 1894, pp. 399-438.

6. Gorrn, A.—Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Unke. Leipzig,

1875.

7. Horrmany, C. K.—Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs

(Bronn): Amphibien, Bd. vi. Abth.2. Leipzig und Heidel-

berg, 1873-78.

8. Mrcxen, J. F.—* Uber das Zungenbein. der Amphibien.”

'594 HYOBRANCHIAL SKELETON OF PELODYTES PuNcTATUS. [May 18,

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

Fig.

Deutsches Archiv fiir die Physiclogie, Bd. iv., Halle und

Berlin, 1818, pp. 228-243.

. Navr, H.— Uber Bau und Entw. d. Kiemen der Frosch-

larven.” Zeitsch. fiir Naturwiss., Bd. lxiii., Leipzig, 1890,

pp- 129-176.

. Owrn, R.—Anat. of Vertebrates, Vol. I. London, 1866.

. Parxer, W. K.—‘ On the Structure and Development of the

Skull of the Common Frog.” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc.,

vol. 161. London, 1871 (1872).

. Parker, W. K.—‘“ On the Structure and Development of the

Skull in the Batrachia. Part III.” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc.,

vol. 172. London, 1881 (1882).

. Parker, W. K., and Brerrany, G. T.—Morphology of the

Skull.. €&vo. London, 1877.

. Raruxe, H.—Uber den Kiemenapparat und das Zungenbein

der Wirbelthiere. 4to. Riga und Dorpat, 1882.

. Ruicuert, C. B.—Vergl. Entw. des Kopfes der nackten

Amphibien. 4to. Koénigsberg, 1838.

. Rrpewoop, W. G.— On the Structure and Development of

the Hyobranchial Skeleton and Larynx in Xenopus and

Pipa.” Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), vol. xxvi., London, 1897,

pp- 53-128.

Saint-Anen, M. J. G.— Recherches anat. et phys. sur les

Organes transitoires et la Métamorphose des Batraciens.”

‘Ann, des Sci. Nat., tome xxiv., Paris, 1831, pp. 866-434. 5

Scaunze, F. E.—‘‘ Uber die inneren Kiemen der Batrachier-

larven.. Mitt.II.” Abhandl. d. kén. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss.

zu Berlin, 1892, Abth. aii. pp. 1-66.

Srannivs, H.—Handbuch der Zoot., Th.ii. Buch 2. Zootomie

der Amphibien. Berlin, 1856.

Sréur, P.—* Zur Entw. der Anurenschiidels.” Zeitschr. f.

wiss. Zool., Bd. xxxvi., Leipzig, 1882, pp. 68-103.

Watter, F.—“‘Das Visceralskelett und seine Muskulatur

bei den ‘einheimischen Amph. und Rept.” Jen. Zeitsch.,

Bd. xxi. (n. F. xiv.), Jena, 1887, pp. 1-45.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

1, Hyobranchial skeleton and mandible of Pelodytes punctatus. Stage 1

(see p. 582). Dorsal view. ( x4.)

2. Same. Stage 2-(see p. 585). Dorsal view. ( x4.)

3. Same, Stage 3 (see p. 585). Dorsal view. (x 4.)

4. Same. Stage 4 (see p. 587), Dorsal view. ( 4.)

5. Same. Stage 5 (see p. 588). Dorsal view. (xX4.)

6. Same. Stage 6 (see p. 589). Dorsal view. (x4.)

7. Same. Stage 7 (see p. 590). Dorsal view. (X33.)

8. Same. Stage 8 (see p. 591). Ventral view. (X383.)

9. Same. Stage 9, adult (see p. 592). Ventral view. (x 2.)

10. Half of the hyobranchial skeleton of Pelodytes punctatus, adult male,

showing the areas of muscle insertion. Ventral view. ( X23.)

11. Half of the hyobranchial skeleton of Rana temporaria, adult male,

showing the areas of muscle insertion. Ventral view. (X13.)

12. Hyobranchial skeleton and mandible of Pelobates fuscus, adult male.

Ventral view. (x 12.)

P.Z.S.1897. Pl. XXXV.

W.G.R. del. Mintern Bros., imp.

HYOID OF. PELODYTES PUNCTATUS.

_—— ; ,

: '

~~ é '

, el 4i

if ; /

4 ae

q st

Y 7 rt haf *

' :

7 / 1 ‘

1897.] ON THE GRINDING-TEETH OF THE MANATEE. . 595

REFERENCE LETTERS.

as, Angulosplenial bone.

bh. Basihyal.

ebr?, Second ceratobranchial.

ch, Ceratohyal.

d. Dentary bone.

jl. Foramen laterale in figs. 9 and 10; and in figs. 7 and 8 the

sinus which later develops into the foramen.

ghe. M. geniohyoideus externus.

hi. M. geniohyoideus internus.

h, h', h"'.. Parts of the anterior or hyoidean cornu.

ha. Convex surface by which the ceratohyal articulates with the

palatoquadrate cartilage.

hbr, Hypobranchial plate.

hg. M. byoglossus.

hgs. Hyoglossal sinus,

m. Internal or mesial part of the mandibular cartilage of the larva.

m'. Lateral part of the mandibular cartilage of the larva.

mm. Mentomeckelian bone.

oh. M. omohyoideus.

P', Pp’, p®, p’. The four divisions of the M. petrohyoideus,

pa, Processus anterior.

pal, Processus antero-lateralis.

ppl. Processus postero-lateralis,

s. Space enclosed between the ceratohyal, basihyal, and first cerato-

branchial.

s'. Space enclosed between the hypobranchial plate and the proximal

ends of the first and second ceratobranchials.

sh, M. sternohyoideus ventralis.

sh', M. sternohyoideus dorsalis.

sp’, sp’. Cartilaginous spicula of the first and third branchial arches,

t. Thyrohyal.

tf. Thyroid foramen.

v. Ventral splint-bone.

IX. Aperture in membrane through which the glossopharyngeal

nerve passes.

5. On the Number of Grinding-Teeth possessed by the

Manatee. By Otprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S., and R.

LypexkkeEr, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

[Received March 16, 1897.]

(Plate XXXVI.)

With one exception, the authors who have treated of the

dentition of the Sirenians, from Cuvier in 1817 to the most recent

writer on the subject, have estimated the number of cheek-teeth on

each side of each jaw in this genus at from 6 to 8 to about 11 or 12.

The single exception was Dr. Krauss, of Stuttgart, who, in one

of his several papers on Sirenian skulls, writing solely of the

method of growth of the jaw-bone, and evidently without any

idea of the importance of the remark in regard to the number of

teeth, says’ :— ee

“ Allein, vergleicht man den letzten Backenzahn eines jungen

1 Arch, Anat. Phys. 1862, p. 422.

596 MESSRS, 0, THOMAS AND R. LYDEKKER ON THE [May 18,

Thiers mit dem ersten eines alten, so ist dieser viel grésser als

jener, so dass wenigstens eine ganze Zahnreihe gebildet und

hinausgeschoben sein muss bis diese Ziihne die gleiche Grisse

erreicht haben.”

Commenting on this sentence, Lepsius’, in his classical work on

Halitherium, ridicules the idea of any such continued succession

of teeth, on the ground that if true there would at least be 20

teeth in all, and states that, like other parts of the animal, the

teeth increase in size as age advances.

We now know, however, that this latter statement is incorrect,

and that the teeth, when once formed, do not grow at all; and this

fact must be kept in mind when examining what we shall show

to be the really wonderful and unique dentition of the genus

Trichechus *.

Our attention was first drawn to the subject by seeing the teeth

of the young specimen of 7. inunguis on which Mr. Beddard

based the observations he read before this Society on January 19th,

1897°. These teeth are so remarkably small as compared to

those of adult animals, that, bearing in mind the absence in

the Manatee of a vertical tooth-change, and the exceedingly

gradual increase in size of the teeth as they progressively grow up

behind and are thrown out in front, it becomes evident that the

whole series of teeth must be very much longer than has been

generally supposed. A second skull of 7’, inunguis slightly

younger, which has been for many years in the British Museum,

fully bears out this statement. (See Plate XXXVI. fig. 5.)

But since 7. inwnguis is only represented by these two young

specimens, and their comparison with adult examples of other

species might readily lead to material error, we have in the

succeeding part of the paper restricted ourselves entirely to the

African species (7. senegalensis), of which the British Museum

possesses a good series of specimens. Thus, besides a good number

of more or less adult skulls, there is one very young example

obtained by the late Mr. Alvan Millson at Benin, with a lower

jaw 120 mm. long, a larger one from Lagos (180 mm.), and others

with this measurement 200 mm. and upwards.

In the youngest skull (B.M. 94. 7. 25. 8) the mandible has

apparently already lost the tooth corresponding to the most

anterior of the teeth in the young 7. inunguis, and has in use

three teeth, respectively 8, 10:2, and 10°9 mm. in length, and these

would therefore be numbers 2, 3, and 4; while within the jaw

2 Abh. mittelrhein. geol. Vereins, i. p. 106 (1882). Lepsius also refers to the

statement by Gervais (Zool. Pal. Gén. i. p. 184, 1868) that the molars are “ en

nombre indéterminé”; but as Gervais goes on to say that in number they are

“supérieur a cing,” the statement, however true, can hardly be said to be of

any importance for our present purpose.

* Still often called Manatus, in spite of the clear proof of the incorrectness of

the latter term given by many systematists and anatomists, among whom may

be mentioned Wiegmann, Von Baer, Miiller, Stannius, J. A. Allen, Merriam,

&e, The proper scientific name of the Walrus is Odobenus.

3 PZ. 8, 1897, p. 47.

1897.] GRINDING-TEETH OF THE MANATEE. 597.

there are two more, 11°5 and 12:2 mm. long, which would be

nos. 5 and 6 of the full set (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1).

Comparing this with the next-sized mandible (B.M. 1388 f),

which shows the alveolus of one recently lost tooth, 4 teeth in place,

and 2 within the jaw, we cannot match the two posterior

teeth of the youngest jaw (nos. 5 and 6) with any teeth further

back in it than the Ist and 2nd of the standing teeth, respectively

10-7 and 11:3 mm. long, while they may belong still further

forward, as there is a considerable difference in the ages of the two

specimens. However, even this matching makes the 7 teeth of

this second jaw to be numbers 4 to 10, the last having a length of

14-2 mm. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2).

The next jaw, 200 mm. long (B.M. 1388 d), gives evidence of

8 teeth, and comparing these with the last set we may match

no. 10 with the fourth, so that the posterior four would be

nos. 11 to 14; but itis by no means certain that the numbers

should not be even higher (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3).

A similar comparison with another mandible 242 mm. long

(B.M. no. 94. 7. 25. 7) seems to show that the ten teeth of which

evidence is shown may be nos. 11 to 20 at the lowest, a result

that is fully supported by the other skulls available (Plate XXXVI.

fig. 4). Any error there may be in the enumeration is on the side

of making the total too low. :

No essential difference appears to exist between the dentition

of the upper and lower jaws, and we have therefore confined our

observations to the latter as being more convenient. It is true

that Dr. Kiikenthal assigns three premolars to the lower jaw and

none to the upper ; but all the skulls we have seen appear to have

a perfectly similar dentition above and below.

Among the adult skulls both sexes seem to be represented, and

we have failed to find any possible cause of error in our caleu-

lations due to the factor of sex.

We have therefore, by a method which appears to be perfectly

sound, arrived at a number identical with that which Lepsius con-

sidered would be the minimum outcome of Krauss’s observations.

But in trying to find out how many teeth a Manatee may have

in its life, a further complication is introduced by the remarkable

fact that in not a single specimen available to us, however large,

has the growth of additional teeth behind come to an end, so that

fresh teeth are apparently being produced to the close of the

animal’s life. It would thus seem that a long-lived Manatee

might have a much larger number of teeth even than the 20 above

referred to, and, in fact, if any certain method of finding out the

exact number could be discovered, we should not be surprised if

the total were to amount to 30 or more.

But even if there are only 15 or 18 teeth to be dealt with, we

are confronted with the very difficult problem of the origin and

homologies of these numerous teeth, and, after that, with the

bearing that their evolution has on that of other many-toothed

mammals.

598 MESSRS. 0, THOMAS AND R, LYDEKKER ON THE [May 18,

. Firstly, it will not, we think, be contended by anyone, especially

in face of the paleontological evidence referred to below, that the

great number of the teeth of the Manatee has any direct connection

with the polyphyodontism of the primitive Mammalia recognized '

by many recent authors, even though Dr. Kiikenthal, in his account

of the embryonic distribution of the Manatee, says*: “Ich nehme

demnach an, dass nicht weniger als drei auf einander folgende

Dentitionen sich am Aufbau dieses Backzahnes beteiligen.”

. Apart from “ pre-lacteal ” and “ post-permanent ” teeth, in whose

existence, with Messrs. Wilson and Hill, we should be glad to dis-.

bzlieve, the utmost number that can be made out of the ordinary

mammalian set is 12, of which + would be milk-molars, 4 pre-

molars, and + molars. This is allowing for the possibility of the

milk-molars being regularly retained and the premolars coming

up behind instead of below them. Since, however, even with this

rather far-fetched explanation, the numbers are still far short of

the total required, we are disposed to think it unlikely, and prefer

to consider only the first three or four teeth as premolars, and the

rest as true molars. Whether such premolars belong to the per-

manent or to the milk series, we have no evidence on which to

base a suggestion. In Elephants, where the tooth-succession

is somewhat similar, the corresponding teeth belong to the milk

and not to the permanent series.

If the presence of a specially large number of teeth in this

genus had any connection with a primitive multiplication of the

sets of teeth, the ancestors of T’richechus should have possessed an

equally redundant dentition, and on this point we are provided

with evidence to the contrary. For it fortunately happens that,

there are fossil Sirenians so closely allied to the modern ones that

we may almost treat them as if they were direct ancestors.

. OF these, by far the most important—-because the best known—

is the Oligocene Halitherium, of which large numbers of speci-

mens have been described and figured by various authors, notably

Drs. Krauss * and Lepsius *.

In this genus a careful examination of the teeth seems to show

that although there was a distinct tendency towards the rapid wear

and degeneration of the anterior cheek-teeth so characteristic of

Trichechus, yet that the series of molars did not exceed four in

number, and in any case came to an end as soon as the animal was

adult. This latter point, so important for our present purpose, is

clearly demonstrated by Krauss’s plate vi. and Lepsius’s plate x.

fig, 96, where may be seen a terminal molar, considered to be m.’,

fully up, beginning to be worn, and yet without any trace of a

posterior tooth rising up to succeed it, as would be the case in the

Manatee.

1 This, apparently with good reason, is altogether denied by the latest writers

on the subject, Messrs. Wilson and Hill, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 1897, p. 427

et seqq.

2 ‘Anat. Anz. xii. p. 524 (1896).

3 N. Jahrb. Min. 1862, pp. 385-414, pls. vi. & vii.

4 Abh. mittelrhein. geol. Vereins, 1882, pp. 100-200, pls. i. to x.

1897.) : GRINDING-TEETH OF THE MANATEE.. 599

Prorastomus', again, believed to be also of Oligocene age, whose

ae : pean 4 :

dentition has been recorded as i. , C. 3 P+ qr mG, has—whether this

dental formula is correct in details or not—quite clearly no trace

of a continuous succession of teeth such as ozcurs in Trichechus.

This observation we have been able to make on the type speci-

men of P. sirenoides from Jamaica (B.M. no. 44897), which

Dr. Woodward has been good enough to have further developed

from the matrix with a special view to the settlement of the point

under discussion.

From these facts it results that the continuous succession of

teeth in Trichechus is not a primitive character, but a new

development, evolved to make up for the rapid wear and tear of

the cheek-teeth which wust take place in an animal living on

seaweed and water weeds, and consequently having a large amount

of sand mixed with its food.

The evolution of these extra teeth may be supposed to have

taken place by a gradual extension of the process seen in the early

development of the posterior molars of ordinary mammals. There

it is generally considered that the appearance of the budding-out

of the posterior molars from the germs of the anterior ones is really

merely due to the retardation of the growth of the posterior end

of the dental lamina in relation to the shortness of the jaw in the

young animal. Then, as the jaw lengthens, the lamina grows

further backwards, the molars budding off from it in succession *.

Now there seems to be no inherent reason why, if the jaw were

to go on lengthening indefinitely, the dental lamina should not also

go on lengthening, and equally go on budding-out more and more

molars behind. And although there is of course no indefinite

lengthening of the jaw in the Manatee, the exact effect of such

a lengthening, so far as the teeth are concerned, is attained by

the steady progression forwards of the teeth in the jaw, which

would equally leave a space behind the teeth, needing further teeth

to fill it.

We may note in this connection that Mr. M. F. Woodward has

suggested—on the jaw-lengthening theory—that the late-appearing

fourth molar of Centetes is similarly a new development *, and

not a primitive character, but up to the number of four, common

to. Ofocyon and most Marsupials, there are not the objections to

bringing in the primitive theory that are so strong in the case of

the Manatee. Still, with the fourth molars of Centetes and Otocyon,

the fifth of Bettongia*, and even the fifth and sixth of Myrmecobius,

our views on the dentition of Trichechus make it clear that their

primitive origin must not be too confidently presumed, as has often.

been the case.

1 Owen, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 541 (1855), and xxxi. p. 559

(1875). See also Lydekker, Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus. pt. v. p. 12 (1887),

and P. Z.S. 1892, p. 77.

2 Mr. M. F. Woodward has been good enough to supply us with a concise

account of the present state of opinion on this yexed question.

3 P. ZS. 1896, p. 572,

- * See Thomas, Cat. Marsup. B.M. p. 105 (footnote).

600 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MUSTELA SUBPALMATA. [June 1,

Whether the possibility that mammais may secondarily develop

a practically unlimited number of teeth has any bearing at all on

the case of the Cetacea, we are not at present prepared tosay. But

it is evident that the complexity of the Manatee’s numerous teeth

quite disproves the idea that Mammal-teeth cannot be at the same

time both numerous and complex—an idea on which the theory

that cetacean teeth are the separated portions of a smaller number

of complicated teeth was very largely based. That the same

theory in another form may still be true—viz., that they are

the separated cusps of Seal-like or Zeuglodon-like teeth highly

developed and then separated by hypsodontism,—we are not at

present disposed to deny.

From what is said above, it will be evident that we think the

multiplicity of the teeth in the Cetaceans has in any case an

entirely different origin to that in the Sirenians and does not

indicate any unsuspected affinity between them. In fact we still

think that the probabilities are on the whole in favour of a

Carnivorous origin for the Cetacea, and an Ungulate one for the

Sirenia.

In any case, whatever bearing the secondary development of

a continuous and indefinite multiplication of teeth may have

on general problems of tooth-evolution, the mere fact itself is

sufficiently interesting to be recorded.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Young lower jaw of African Manatee, showing teeth 2 to 5.

2. Somewhat older jaw of same, with teeth 5 to 10.

3. Still older jaw of same, with teeth 9 to 13.

4. Very old jaw of same, with teeth 12 to 19.

5. Very young lower jaw of Amazonian Manatee, showing the first

six teeth.

June 1, 1897.

Dr. A. Gtnruer, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

A communication was read from Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S.,

who sent for exhibition a coloured drawing of the Egyptian Weasel

Mustela subpalmata), accompanied by the following remarks :—

“The three examples of the Egyptian Weasel now living in the

Society’s Gardens were obtained in Lower Egypt, but the exact

locality where they were caught I shall not know until Mr. Birdwood

arrives in this country, I hope, about the middle of June.

“On two previous occasions living examples of this species cap-

tured for me have unfortunately died on their way to this country.

‘“‘T have made many enquiries about the Weasel in different parts

of Egypt, during my frequent visits to that country, and as it is

familiar to the natives by its well-known name £rsa, there can be

no question that they clearly understood the animal I had in view.

My informants have been unanimous in saying that it frequents

houses, and that it is found not only in villages and towns through-

out Lower Egypt, but even in the cities of Cairo and Alexandria.

P.Z.9.1897.P1. XXXVI:

94.7.25.8.

Mintern Bros.imp.

LOWER CHEEK-TEETH OF MANATEES.

J.Smit del. et lth.

1-4. Tricheehus senegalensis. 5.Tinunguts .

1897.} MR. E. C, TAYLOR ON MUSTELA SUBPALMATA, 601

Two specimens that died on their way to London were captured in

Cairo. The natives say that it is most useful to them in destroying

the rats and mice with which their houses are infested, and it seems

to me probable that its services in this respect may account for the

difficulty that is experienced in getting them either to capture it

or kill it.

‘‘Hemprich and Ehrenberg, in their description of it (Symb.

Phys., Mamm. sig. K), under the specific term Mustela subpalmata,

also state’ that it frequents houses, attracted to them by the

presence of rats and mice. The term swbpalmata has reference to

the rather marked palmation of the digits; but how it compares in

this respect with Putorius boccamela 1 cannot at present say. I

have never met with the Weasel in my wanderings in Egypt,

and I have never learned of any one who has. The natives say

that they only see it at night. The material at present existing in

London is not sufficient to enable the question of ther elation in

which the Egyptian Weasel stands to Putorius boccamela, Bechstein,

and P. africanus, Desm., to be settled. The six specimens that have

come under my observation are unquestionably of one species and

are examples of M. subpalmata, Hempr. & Ehrenb., but whether

this species differs from P. boccamela has yet to be ascertained. I

therefore prefer to speak of the Egyptian Weasel tentatively as

M. subpalmata, Hempr. & Ehrenb. I hope, however, soon to

obtain additional materials for the solution of this question.

‘“‘T have the pleasure to submit a coloured drawing made from life

of the largest specimen in the Society’s Gardens, as this is the first

time that this most interesting animal has been seen alive out of

its own country.

“Tt is thus a most valuable addition to the Gardens, and we are

much indebted to Mr. Birdwood, our Corresponding Member in

Egypt, for the three specimens.

“The drawing has been made by Mr. P. J. Smit for my work on

the Mammals of Egypt, now in progress.”

Mr. E. Cavendish Taylor, F.Z.8., exhibited a skin of the Egyptian

Weasel (Mustela subpalmata), on which he made the followin

remarks :—‘ This Weasel was obtained by me at Cairo about the

end of January 1896. It was caught close to Cairo by an Arab,

who sold it alive to Mr. Bramly, the then Curator of the Cairo

Zoological Gardens. On the first day of its arrival at the Gardens

it killed and ate a rat, but unfortunately died the next day.

Mr. Bramly kindly sent me the dead body to my hotel, and I made

of it the skin I now exhibit. The animal is a male, very large in

size, with the tail very long and the throat very yellow. These

characters are, I believe, constant in the Egyptian Weasel. In

one respect I have been more fortunate than Dr. Anderson, for I

have once met with the Weasel alive in Egypt. I well remember

1 “Quarta Mustelinorum forma Mustele vulgari admodum affinis est. In

itinere Mustele subpalmate nomine eam distinximus, digiti enim membrana

latius coniuncti erant, statura minor. In domibus xgyptiacis Oahire et Alex-

andriz murium yulgaris socius.”

602 . ON THE SKULL OF THE LEPIDOSIREN. [June 1,

that in the winter of 1891, during an afternoon walk just outside

the walls of Cairo, on the desert side of the town, I came across a

large Weasel with a yellow throat, which on my approach ran off

and took refuge in a hole in the old city walls.”

Professor T, W. Bridge, F.Z.S., read a memoir on “ The. Morph-

ology of the Skull in the Paraguayan Lepidosiren and other

Dipnoi.”

The first portion of this paper treated in detail of the structure

of the skull in one of the specimens of Lepidosiren collected in the

region of the Paraguay river by the German traveller Dr. Bohls.

In the second portion was included a revision of the cranial structure

of Ceratodus and Protopterus, and a detailed comparison of the two

genera with one another and with Lepidosiren.

As compared with Protopterus, the most noteworthy distinctive

features of the skull of Lepidosiren were stated to be :—

(a) The further atrophy of the occipito-periotic portion of the

chondrocranium, and the reduction in height ard thickness of the

tubercular rods which form the connection between the occipito-

periotic and ethmo-nasal regions.

(6) The extension of the antorbital cartilages into the upper labial

folds as far forwards as the extremity of the snout.

lage to a greater extent than in either Protopterus or Ceratodus :,

hence it followed that the suspensorium made a more open angle

with the fore part of the basicranial axis than was the case with)

either of the two last-mentioned genera.

(d) The greater development of the fronto-parietal bone, which

not only completely covered the dorsal surface of the cranium, but

also invested the auditory capsules, formed the lateral bony cranial

walls of the interorbital region, and, moreover, strengthened each

suspensorial cartilage by investing its outer surface nearly as far

ventrally as the articular condyle for the lower jaw.

In comparing the three types the conclusion arrived at was, that

the skull of Ceratodus was by far the most generalized and primitive,

and further, of the two remaining genera the skull of Lepidosiren

represented but a slightly more specialized type than that of Proto-

pterus. Briefly, it might be affirmed that if the skull of Ceratodus

were taken to represent a relatively early larval stage, those of

Protopterus and Lepidosiren were comparable to two immediately

succeeding but much later stages, while, with one or two ex-

ceptions, the differences between the two latter genera were

much the same in nature and extent as those which, for example,

characterized the skulls of first and second year frogs.

The third section of the paper included a brief summary of the

present state of our knowledge of the structure of the skull in the

fossil Dipnoi, and a comparison of it with existing types. On the

evidence afforded by the skull alone, it was inferred that Ceratodus

was the most primitive of known Dipnoi, and that Protopterus and

Lepidosiren were the specialized and direct descendants of some

Ceratodus-like ancestor. Of the fossil Dipnoi, Ctenodus certainly,

1897.] | ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDIDE. 603,

and possibly Phaneropleuron, approached more closely to Ceratodus

than did Dipterus and its allies. The last-mentioned Dipnoi, on

the contrary, seemed to represent a divergent and terminal branch

of the Dipnoan stem and to include the most highly specialized

examples of the group.

This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Classification of the Thyridide-—a Family of the

Lepidoptera Phalenz. By Sir Grorcze F. Hampson,

Bart., F.Z.S.

[Received April 8, 1897.]

The Thyridide, of which a classification is here given, is a small

family of Lepidoptera closely related to the ancestral stock of the

Pyralide, in which family they are most nearly allied to the

Indian Simethistis and to two Australian species, asuridia, Butl.,

and magnifica, Meyr., for which a genus requires to be made.

Most of the genera have veins 2 to 11 of the fore wing arising

from the cell, and vein 8 of the hind wing approximated to 7 at

or beyond the end of the cell, not anastomosing with 7 as in the

majority of the Pyraldew. These characters show a very gene-

ralized type of structure, but as specialized developments we

have the abortion of the maxillary palpi and of the vein in the

submedian fold of the hind wing, which prevents their being

regarded as the ancestors of the Pyralide, in all of which the

latter character is retained and also the former in all except a

specialized subfamily, the Chrysaugine.

From the Thyridide were derived the Drepanide, closely related

to them and differing principally in the more complicated neuration

of the subcostal veins of the fore wing and in vein 1 @ of the hind

wing being absent or short, these again giving rise to the small

Oriental day-flying family Callidulide ; the whole group of families,

which includes also the Pterophoride and Orneodide, having sprung

from the Yineid stock near the ancestors of the Sesiadew and

Lygenide.

The Thyridide are almost entirely confined to the Tropical zone ;

the genus Thyris itself is Palearctic and Nearctic, but of the rest

of the family only two or three species spread into the Southern

States, a few more to Japan and N. Asia, and one to New Zealand.

The ancestral form of the family would have short porrect

palpi, all the veins of the fore wing from the cell, the hind

wing with vein 5 from the middle of the discocellulars and vein 8

free; with such a form Morova conforms except that veins 8 and

9 of the fore wing are stalked. From this ancestral type have

developed forms of abnormal shape and appearance culminating

in Hepaliodes—forms with the subcostal neuration of the fore

wing modified in various ways, such as Beguma, Plagiosella, and

Pycnosoma, and forms with the discocellulars aborted, such ag

Glanycus and Thyris.

[June 1,

SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE

604

‘aowopyy —“vaysayy — “DrwooD.uT “s2awayey

‘vEppy ‘Dopod “Durst -smpqyooj dung

“naagdouojag ‘punhag “oyjasowbojyg ‘snudumod htt

‘sapopnrdapy “puapoun)

*WQIGIUAH], THL IO ANANOTAHG

“DLNnawUopoy wy

‘muybiuiy ‘“nuoploeT “nuposhay

“‘wuohounyy ‘snahunjy ‘srwhypuadhipy

‘sLloyRO YT ‘oquasapy “sah,

“wOxuy

*pmosourh

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDID A. 605

In aid of the preparation of this paper and one on the subfamily

Chrysaugine I have to thank the Hon. Walter Rothschild for the

loan of the whole of his material to work out and classify ; Mr.

Herbert Druce for the loan of many species from the Neotropical

region; Mr. W. Schaus for the gift of many species from the same

region; Madame Ragonot for the loan of types described by her

husband; Mr. Meyrick for help with the Australasian species ;

Mr. Elwes for the gift of types described by Mr. Meyrick from

the Malayan region ; Dr. Staudinger for the loan of types described

by Moéschler and Pagenstecher; and Prof. Poulton for the loan

of Oxford Museum types. As in my other papers on groups of

Pyralide in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1896 and the ‘ Transactions of

the Entomological Society’ for the same year, types of species in

the British Museum are marked with a +; species I have examined

but which are not in the Museum, with a *; whilst species I have

been unable to see and the classification of which is doubtful, are

enumerated at the end of the genera, When it is stated “Types

in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.,” the type is in Mr. Rothschild’s

collection, a co-type in the British Museum.

Family. THYRIDIDA.

Palpi slender; maxillary palpi absent; proboscis present,

Fore wing with vein 1 a forming a fork with 1 6; 5 from or from

near lower angle of cell; 6 to 11 usually from the cell. Hind

wing with vein l¢ absent; 5 usually from near lower angle of

cell ; 8 approximated to 7 at upper angle of cell, or approximated

to or anastomosing with it after the angle.

Larve Pyraliform, with five pairs of prolegs, in the case of many

species being internal feeders.

Key to the Genera.

A. Both wings with the cell open ..................ccssecennaee 1. Thyris, p. 606.

B. Fore wing with the cell closed, hind wing with it open. . 608.

a. Fore wing with veins 7, 8 stalked ..............ccsecceues 4, Glanycus,

6. Fore wing with veins 7,8 from the cell. p-

a’, Palpi with the 3rd joint upturned .................. 3. Hyperthyris,

6'. Palpi with the 3rd joint porrect ..............1..00 2. Herimba,p.607.

C. Both wings with the cell closed.

a. Hind wing with vein 5 from near lower angele of cell.

a'. Fore wing with veins 7, 8 and 9, 10 stalked. [p. 610.

a’, Palpi with the 3rd joint long and porrect ...... 7. Pycnosoma,

6°, Palpi with the 3rd joint short and upturned ... 8, Dixoa, p. 611.

b'. Fore wing with veins 7,8 stalked ; 9 and 10 from

cell. [p. 625,

Cap AUPISGDHUTNEM asccanscceastcaseetsesanersereadsses a 15, Plagiosella,

Os alpienorrect: 20.4 ..ccc.cedacrteaet re mercete tres 17. Camptochilus,

c'. Fore wing with veins 7, 8 from cell; 9,10 stalked. [p. 627.

a’, Palpi upturned; fore wing with the apex not

DUOUUCECEE stan Sievesn cena ceeadsreee seme eves Soe: 9, Mathoris,

6?, Palpi porrect; fore wing with the apex ex- [p. 611.

UrOMely Produced |s...csss-sereesteu teeter er cse: sense 22. Vadata, p. 630,

d', Kore wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 9,

which is given off from 10 to form an areole .., 16. Beguma, p. 626

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1897, No. XL. 40

606 SIR G, F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

e'. Fore wing with veins 8,9 stalked, 7 and 10 from

cell.

a’, Palpi upturned. [p. 618.

a’, Hind wing with the apex produced and acute. 12. Camadena,

3, Hind wing with the apex not produced ...... 13. Hypolamprus,

62, Palpi porrect ; fore wing with vein 5 from below [p. 614.

middle of discocellulars .......ce.seseeeersceneenes 24. Meskea, p. 6381.

f'. Fore wing with veins 6 to 11 from cell.

a, Fore wing with veins 9 and 10 from a point

well before angle of cell.

a®. Both wings with the outer margin angled at

MIG OLS Mlcsesueeecctensecehhsarcssnecessassectiesest sas 10. Macrogonia,

3, Both wings with the outer margin evenly .6

GUN VOC Pe des Metts Massa eitaictine soma satdcoatimariast he 11. Striglina,

b?, Fore wing with veins 9 and 10 from close to [p. 612.

angle of cell.

a®, Palpi upturned,

a‘, Hind wing with the outer margin nearly

evenly curved.

a. Fore wing with the costa not excised at

TATOAAIG cecacestestsgoctacannneseniase ree sets 14. Rhodoneura,

6°. Fore wing with the costa excised at p:

TLCS; LrevSdawtis- «8k Pacetn en. ease Reb eae 6. Herdonia,

b+. Hind wing with the outer margin much ; :

excuryed at middle; the build stout ...... 5. Dysodia, p. 608.

3, Palpi porrect.

a4, Palpi extending about twice the length of

head, the 8rd joint long ..................088 18. Hexeris, p. 627.

b+, Palpi extending about the length of head,

the 3rd joint moderate.

a>. Hind wing with the costa excised before

apex, which is produced upwards into a

LOWS core sct eer ccecscrstehecsessancnsceessares 19. Hepialodes,

b°®. Hind wing with the costa not excised [p. 628

towards apex.

a°®, Hind wing with the apex produced [p. 628.

aN seal CATS ee ose «se scwcnan sswodeeenss seen 20. Belonoptera,

b°. Hind wing with the apex not produced. 21. Risama, p. 629.

c*, Palpi hardly extending beyond the frons... 23. Draconia,

b, Hind wing with vein 5 from middle of discocellulars. [p. 630.

G@. Ealpy WPburmed).4.decosesnsase. feniestie asenlenenssnaiselemsl 25. Addea, p. 682.

Br bal pispOnrech ierseeems onuencseacnsse@atsele see Melee oar 26. Morova, p. 633.

Genus THYRIS.

Thyris, Lasp. Ill. Mag. ii. p. 39 (1803), non descr.

Thyris, Ochs. Schmett. Eur. ii. p. 115 (1808).

Proboscis well developed ; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint clothed

with rough hair and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd acute; head

clothed with rough hair ; antenne of male thickened by appressed

serrations ; tibize clothed with rough hair; abdomen of male with

long tubular anal tuft. Fore wing with the costa slightly arched

at base and towards apex, the outer margin excised below apex and

excurved at middle; veins 3, 4,5 well separated at origin; the

cell open; 6,7,8,9,10 from upper angle. Hind wing with the

outer margin excised below apex and excurved at middle ; the cell

open; veins 3,4 from a point; 5 from above angle; 6,7 from a

point, 8 approximated to the cell to near their origin.

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDIDA. 607

Thyris fenestrella, 8. 3.

(1) THYRIS FENESTRELLA, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 217. Europe.

Sphinw pyralidiformis, Hiibn. Sph. 16.

(2) Tuyris prapuana, Staud. Cat. p. 19. S. Europe.

vitrina, H.-S. ii. p. 81, f. 11 (nec Boisd.).

+Sagalassa perspicua, W1k. viii. 7.

(4)tTuyris usrrata, Butl. A. M. N. H. 1879, ii. p. 367. Japan.

(5) Tuyris tucuBRIS, Boisd. Spec. Gén. pl. 14. f. 11. U.S.A.

sepulchralis, Boisd. Guér. Icon. pl. 84. 2. f. 1.

Genus HERIMBA.

Herimba, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 20 (1879).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head, the

3rd porrect ; antenne of male ciliated; tibie hairy. Fore wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from

below upper angle; 7, 8 from upper angle; 9, 10 from close

together before the angle. Hind wing with veins 3,4,5 from

angle of cell which is open; 6,7 from upper angle; 8 well sepa-

rated from 7.

Fig. 2.

Herimba atkinsoni, 8. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

Hurpa arkinsont, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 21, pl. 2. f. 3.

N.E. India; Burma.

Genus HYPrrtHyris.

Hyperthyris, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 121.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint clothed with hair and reaching

vertex of head, the 3rd naked and acute; antenne of male

minutely ciliated; tibie clothed with long hair. Fore wing with

40*

Type.

608 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

the costa and outer margin evenly curved; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; the cell closed; 6 from below

upper angle; 7,8, 9 from angle. Hind wing with the cell open;

veins 4,5 and 6, 7 given off near the margin; 8 approximated to

the cell at middle.

Fig. 3.

laa

Hyperthyris aperta, 8. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

*HYPERTHYRIS APERTA, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p-. 122,

pl. vii.uf. 7. China ; Sikhim.

Genus Guanycus,

Glanycus, W1k. iii. 634 (1855).

Palpi upturned, thickly scaled, and hardly reaching vertex of

head ; antennz of male fasciculate ; tibie clothed with rough hair ;

build stout. Fore wing long and narrow ; the outer margin very

obliquely curved and excised towards outer angle; veins 3, 4,5

from angle of cell which is closed; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8

stalked; 9,10,11 free. Hind wing with the cell open; veins 4,5

and 6,7 given off very near the margin; 8 anastomosing with the

cell at middle.

Glanycus insolitus, 9. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

Szor. I, Hind wing with the anal angle truncate.

(1)tGuanyous rnsoritus, Wlk. ii. 635; Butl. Ill. Het. vy. pl. 84.

fil2( 2); N.E. India; Borneo.

Scr. IJ, Hind wing with the anal angle produced and lobed.

(2)TGuanyous TRICOLOR, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 38; Waterh. Aid,

ii, pl. 131. f. 1. N.E. India.

Genus Dysopra.

Dysodia, Clem. Pr. Ac. N. Se. Phil. 1860, p, 349.

Platythyris, Gr. & Rob. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 361 (1867).

Varma, Wik. Journ. Linn. Soe. vii. p. 69 (1864).

Pachythyris, Feld. Reis. Novy., Lep. pl. 75. £. 1 (1867).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint thickly scaled and reaching vertex

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDIDZ. 609

of head, the 3rd naked; antenne almost simple in both sexes;

femora and tibie clothed with very long hair; build stout. Fore

wing with the outer margin excurved at middle; vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle ;

7, 8,9, 10 from angle. Hind wing with the outer margin ex-

curved at middle ; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle; 8 approximated to cell at upper angle.

Fig. 5.

Dysodia tgnita, 8. +. (From Moths Ind, vol. i.)

(1) Dysopra virrina, Boisd. Mon. Zyg. p. 19, pl. 1. f. 5. U.S.A.

(2) Dysopra ocunatana, Clemens, Pr. Ac. N. Se. Phil. 1860,

p. 349. U.S.A. ; Panama.

t Varma plena, W1k. xxxiii. 826.

Platythyris fasciata, Gr. & R. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. pl. 18.

ff. 4, 5.

Thyris montana, H. Edwards, Pr. Cal. Ac. Se. v. p. 413.

Varnia aurea, Pag. Iris, v. p. 32.

(3)tDysopra INTHRMEDIA, WIk. xxxiii. 827. Natal.

t+ Varnia crassa, Wik. xxxiii. 827.

(4) Dysopia sPECULIFERA, Sepp, Surinam, iii. pl. 135.

Florida ; Tropical America.

Varna equalis, W1k. xxxiii. 825.

» flagrata, Wik. xxxiii. 826.

Pachythyris thyridina, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 117. f. 20.

(5)tDysopra tentva, WIk. xxxiii. 825. India; Ceylon ;

Varnia inequalis, Wik. xxxili. 828. Sumatra; Java.

Pachythyris rajah, Boisd. Lép. Hét. p. 492.

e siculoides, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 75. f. 1.

Varma fenestrata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 376.

» ypsiloides, Pag. Iris, v. p. 35.

Subsp. 1.

Varnia miniata, W1k. Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 69. N.E. India.

Subsp. 2.

Varma incudigera, Pag. Iris, v. p. 33. Java.

Subsp. 3.

t Varnia taprobana, Moore, Lep. Cey]l. iii. p. 67, pl. 151. £. 7.

Ceylon.

(6)*Dysop1a atpirurcA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 369. Sikhim.

(7)tDysop1a viripatRix, W1k. xv. 1777. India; Ceylon.

Eutelia siccifolia, Moore, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 375.

Type.

610 SIR G, F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Genus HmrponrA.

Herdonia, W1k. xix. 963 (1859).

Palpi short and porrect; antenne with short uniseriate

branches in male; tibie nearly smooth. Fore wing with the costa

arched at base and towards apex, slightly excised at middle; vein 3

from well before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 6 from below upper

angle ; 7, 8, 9,10 from near upper angle; 11 free. Hind wing

with veins 3, 4, 5 widely separated at origin; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 8 approximated to 7 after end of cell; a forked veinlet in

ell.

Fig. 6.

Herdonia osacesalis, . 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

(1)tHerponta osacesatis, Wlk. xix. 964; Feld. Reis. Nov.

pl. 134. f. 4. China; N.E. India; Burma.

(2)tHurponia BorypaNna, WIK. xxx. 522. Brazil.

Genus PycnosoMa, nov.

Palpi with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned, the 3rd long and

porrect ; antenne thickened and flattened ; tibiz smoothly scaled.

Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle;

6 from below upper angle; 7,8 and 9, 10 stalked. Hind wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked ;

the outer margin excurved at middle.

Fig. 7.

Pycnosoma angulata, g. +.

+PYCNOSOMA ANGULATA, Nn. sp.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow suffused with rufous ;

wings golden yellow closely striated with rufous. Fore wing

with oblique postmedial line sharply angled below costa, met by

an oblique streak from apex and terminating at middle of inner

margin. Hind wing with large dark discocellular spot followed

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDIDE. 611

by hyaline and brown spots and with brown spots between it and

inner margin; an obliquely curved postmedial rufous line termi-

nating close to anal angle.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil. Lap. 32 mm.

Genus Drxoa.

Dixoa, Hmpsu. Moths Ind. i. p. 355 (1892).

Palpi upturned, slender, and hardly reaching vertex of head ;

antenne ciliated; tibiz smoothly scaled. Fore wing with vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from below upper

angle; 7,8 and 9, 10 stalked. Hind wing with vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 5 from just above angle ; 6 from below upper angle.

Dizxoa albatalis, 8. %. (From Moths Ind, vol. i.)

TDrxoa ALBATALIS, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 422, pl. 44. ff. 1, 2.

W. India.

Genus Matnoris.

Mathoris, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 282.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint short ;

frons with a rounded prominence ; antennze somewhat thickened ;

mid tibiz with a tuft of hair on outer side from base. Fore wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from

below upper angle; 8 from angle; 9,10 stalked. Hind wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from close to angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing with 8.

Mathoris vocata, G. 3.

(1)tMarHoris vocata, WIk. xxii. 662. Brazil.

TCambogia procurata, W1k. xxii. 672.

Siculodes roseola, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 5.

Mathoris crepuscula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 283.

(2)*MarHoris MeprariA, WIk. xx. 229. Brazil.

612 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Genus MacroGonta.

Macrogona, H.-S. Samml. aussereur. Schmett. p. 62 (1850).

Palpi upturned, reaching vertex of head; antenne® of male

strongly ciliated; tibie clothed with long hair. Fore wing with

the outer margin slightly angled at middle; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8

from angle; 9, 10 from well before angle. Hind wing with the

outer margin angled at middle; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell;

6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 10.

Macrogonia igniaria, G }.

Type. Macrogonta tentaria, H.-S. Samml. aussereur. Schmett. p. 62,

f, 315. Brazil.

Genus STRIGLINA.

Striglina, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 283.

Tanyodes, Méschl. Surinam, iv. p. 25 (1881).

Sonagara, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 179 (1882).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint thickly scaled and reaching vertex

of head, the 3rd short and naked; frons with a tuft of hair;

antenne of male somewhat thickened and flattened ; tibie fringed

with long hair. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

Fig. 11.

Striglina settaria, 8. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

4, 5 from angle ; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8 from angle; 9,

10 from well before angle. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle.

(1)TSPRIGLINA XANTHOPERA, n. sp.

3. Head rufous; collar yellow; thorax and abdomen pinkish

brown: wings pinkish brown thickly speckled with yellow; fore

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDIDA. 613

wing with a patch of bright yellow on costa before apex ; a yellow

line outwardly edged by fuscous from apex of fore wing to middle

of inner margin of hind wing.

Hab. Rio Janeiro. Exp. 28 mm.

(2)TSrrieLIna PyRRHATA, WIk. xxxv. 1575. Australia.

oh australina, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 284.

(3)TSTRIGLINA OcHRACEA, Moschl. Surinam, iy. p. 25.

Surinam ; Amazons.

Type, (4)tStrietina scrraRia, Wlk, xxvi. 1488; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

plo L752, dele. Amur; Japan;

TtAnisodes pyriniata, Wik. xxvi. 1582. Formosa; India, Ceylon

Tt Thermesia reticulata, Wik. xxxiii. 1062. & Burma; Andamans;

Laginia reticulata, Wik. xxxv. 1560. Borneo; New Guinea;

Striglina lineola, Guen. Ann. Soc. Solomons; Australia ;

Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 284. Fiji.

Homodes thermesiordes, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1877, p. 28.

Sonagara strigosa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 180.

Azazia navigatorum, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 117. f. 4.

TSonagara superior, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. p. 433.

F » vialis, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 27, pl. 6. £. 9 (var.).

tT » strigipennis, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 180.

Timandra caxcellata, Christ. Neue Lep. Amur, p. 23.

(5) STRIGLINA GLAREOLA, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f.11. India;

if <, decussata, Moore, P. Z.S, 1883, Ceylon; Burma;

p. 27, pl. 62208: Andamans; Borneo ;

di as bivittata, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1883, Java; Australia.

p- 27, pl. 6. f. 7 (var.).

= sordida, Pag. Iris, v. p. 47.

TSiculodes platyntis, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 479 (var.).

Striglina duplicifimbria, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 272.

Auctorwite

Orthogramma rufitibia, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl.117.f.1. Brazil.

Strighina hyalospila, Lower, Tr. R. Soc. 8. Austral. xviii. p. 87.

Queensland.

Genus CAMADENA.

Camadena, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 214 (1888).

Palpi upturned, reaching vertex of head; antenne simple ; hind

tibie of male extremely long and swollen, the terminal pair of

spurs short, a tuft of long hair from base, and the tarsus very

short. Fore wing very acute and produced at apex, the costa

straight; veins 3, 4,5 widely separated at origin; 8, 9 stalked.

Hind wing with the outer margin produced to a long point at

a 7; veins 3, 4, 5 widely separated at origin; 6, 7 from upper

angle.

614 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Fig. 12.

Camadena vespertilionis, 9. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

Type. CAMADENA VESPERTILIONIS, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 214, pl. vii. f. 13.

Sikhim.:

Caustoloma acutipennis, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 230,

Genus HyPoLaMprus.

Hypolamprus, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 364 (1892).

Palpi slight, upturned, and reaching just above vertex of head;

antenne thickened and flattened; tibie smoothly scaled. Fore

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at

origin; 6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9 stalked.

Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell: 4, 5 from angle ;

6, 7 from upper angle.

Hypolamprus striatalis, g. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

Scr. I. Hind wing with the outer margin straight.

(1)THYPoLAMPRUS TRIFASCIALIS, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 614, pl.

60. f. 9. t Burma; Andamans.

Sor. IJ. Hind wing with the outer margin excised

towards anal angle.

(2)fHYPoLAMPRUS ANGULALIS, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 214.

E. Himalayas ; Burma.

(3) HypotaMPRUS SUBROSEALIS, Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 66, pl. iv.

£14. China; N.W. Himalayas ;

: Ceylon; Pulo Laut.

(4)THYPOLAMPRUS PALLESOENS, n. sp.

2. Whitish, almost wholly suffused with pale reddish brown.

Fore wing with a slight mottled appearance, especially below

middle of cell. Hind wing with traces of ante- and postmedial

whitish bands. Underside of fore wing striated with black, form-

ing an oblique band from below apex to above middle of inner

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF TILE THYRIDID#. 615

margin ; a white subapical spot with a black speck on it; hind

wing thickly striated with black. .

Hab. Mysol( Wallace) ; West Australia. Exp, 28 mm.

(5) HyYPpoLaAMpPRuUs NINNIUSALIS, WIk. xix. 894. Brazil.

(6)*Hypotamprus costiscripra, Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii.

p- 209. Fergusson I., N. Guinea; Queensland.

(7)t HypoLaMPRuUs PERATOPIS, n. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ferruginous. Fore wing

whitish, almost wholly suffused and striated with ferruginous ; the

costal area ferruginous, with small pale quadrate patches; ante-

medial and medial ferruginous bands; a black-centred white sub-

apical spot. Hind wing whitish, thickly striated with ferruginous

and with traces of antemedial, postmedial, and submarginal bands,

the last irregular and ending on the margin at vein 2. Underside

of fore wing with cupreous and black markings in cell and beyond

upper angle.

Hab. 8.E, Borneo (Doherty); Amboina; Fergusson Isl. Exp.

22 mm.

Sxcr. III. Hind wing with the outer margin evenly curved.

(8)fHYPOLAMPRUS STRIATALIS, Swinh. P. Z.8. 1885, p. 875.

India ; Ceylon.

(9) Hypotamprvs opscurALis, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 365.

W. Africa; Himalayas ; Assam.

(10)*HypoLaMPRUs HEMICYcLA, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886,

p- 216. Fiji.

(11) Hypozamprvus Lopurarus, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 214. pl. 7.

ieee N.E. India.

(12) Hyporamprus sryLorHora, Swinh. A. M. N. H.(6)xv. p. 17.

N.E. India; Ceylon.

(13)*HypoLaMPRus aTrosrRiatus, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 365.

Assam.

(14) Hypotamprus Fimpriava, Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvii. p. 207.

Sikhim ; Assam.

Genus RHODONEURA.

Rhodoneura, Guen. Ur. & Phal. ii. pl. i. f. 8 (1857).

Brivia, Wk. xix. 889 (1859).

Calindea, Wik. xxvii. 87 (1863).

Osca, Wlk. Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 73 (1864).

Canea, Wik. Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 73.

Banisia, Wik. Journ. Linn. Soe. vii. p. 77.

Iza, Wik. xxxii. 521 (1865).

Pharambara, W1k. xxxiv. 1274 (1865).

616 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Opula, Wik. Pr. N. H.S. Glasg. i. p. 371 (1869).

Stculodes, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 289.

Microsca, Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 71 (1879).

Pyrinioides, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 199.

Durdara, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 176 (1882).

Letchena, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 257 (1887).

Sericophora, Christ. Rom. Mém. vi. p. 636 (1892).

Palpi slight, upturned, and reaching above vertex of head, the

2nd joint thickly scaled, the 3rd naked; frons rounded ; tibie

smoothly scaled. Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced and

acute; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 6, 7,8, 9, 10

from near upper angle. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle

of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 6,7 from upper angle.

Rhodoneura acaciusalis, §. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

Sxcr. I. Antenne of male bipectinate, of female serrate.

(1)tRHoponzvuRA MuNDA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 364.

N.E. India.

(2) Ruoponzura Prana, Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ined. Aru.

Scr. II. Antenne of male somewhat thickened.

A. Mid tibie of male fringed on outer side with spinous hair ;

hind tibie with a brush of long hair from base.

(3) RuoponeuRa serirera, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 298.

Assam.

B. Tibiz smoothly scaled.

a. (Sericophora.) Fore wing with the outer margin oblique

and crenulate from vein 5 to outer angle.

(4)tRuopoyrvRA HYPoxaNTHA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 364.

Himalayas; Assam; Burma.

(5)*RHoponzuRA TRIstIs, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 364. Sikhim.

(6)*RHODONEURA G@uTTATA, Christ. Rom. Mem. vi. p. 636, pl. xiv.

f. 14. Amur.

b. Hind wing with the outer margin straight, the inner

area with a fold and tuft of long hair below.

(7)*RHoDONEURA CERVINALIS, Pag. Iris, v. p. 82. Peru,

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDID2. 617

c. Hind wing with the outer margin concave from apex to

anal angle.

a‘, Fore wing with the apex not produced and acute.

a>, Hind wing with the anal angle not produced.

(8) RuopoyEvuRA DORILUSALIS, W1k. xix. 890. Borneo ;

Pyralis imbutalis, Wk. xxxiv. 1524. Pulo Laut; Mysol.

(9)*RHODONEURA CORTICINA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 112. Borneo.

(10)*RuoponevRA TRITROPHA, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xv. p. 17.

Assam.

(11)fRHODONEURA TERMINALIS, W1Ik. xxxii. 522. Haiti.

(12)*RHODONEURA LEUCONOTULA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 80, pl. i. f. 15.

Panama.

6°. Hing wing produced to a point at anal angle.

(13)*RHopoNnEURA FUMATILIS, Pag. Iris, v. p. 81. Panama.

b’. Fore wing with the apex produced and acute.

(14)*RHoDONEURA TIGRIDULA, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877,

p. 292, & Ur. & Phal. ii. Siculides, f. 7. Cayenne.

d. Outer margin of hind wing slightly excised below apex.

a’, Hind wing with the costa excised beyond middle.

15)*RHODONEURA NIGROPUNCTULA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 109.

§ p

Dar-es-Salaam, E. Africa; Natal.

Rhodoneura seriata, Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 20.

6’. Hind wing with the costa not excised.

(16) RuoponnuRA RUFARETA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 363.

Sikhim.

(17)TRHODONEURA BRACTEATA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 363.

Assam ; Andamans,

(18)TRHoDoNEURA INTIMALIS, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 213.

: Assam ; Ceylon; Java.

Pharambara compunctalis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 208.

Fs ulteroor, Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) xvii. p. 212 (var.).

(19)*RHopoNEURA BULLIFERA, Warr. Nov. Zool. iii. p. 343. Assam.

(20)*RHopoNEURA MoLLIs, Warr. Nov. Zool. iii. p. 341. Sikhim,

(21)?RHODONEURA STENOSOMA, 0. sp.

3. Palpi with the third joint long and reaching well above

vertex of head; abdomen very long.

Grey; abdomen with some dark marks on dorsum; wings

sparsely irrorated with black scales and closely striated with fine

dark striz ; traces of five bands on fore wing and three on hind

618 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

wing; fore wing with whitish mark below apex with dark

speck on it, more prominent on underside. Underside of hind

wing with some dark brown patches.

Hab. Ceylon (Green); Padang, Malay Pen.; Bali (Doherty).

Exp. 28mm. Type in B.M.

e. Both wings with the outer margin evenly rounded.

(22) Ruoponrvra Myrrma, Drury, Exot. Ins. W. Indies ; India

ii. pl. 2. f.3. Andamans; Borneo; Celebes.

Thermesia fenestrina, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 117. f. 2 (var.).

Striglina clathrula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 285.

tDurdara fenestrata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 27, pl. vi. f. 6.

tMicrosca plagifera, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 420 (var.).

TDurdara ovifera, Butl. P. ZS. 1892, p. 129, pl. vi. f. 7,

(23)TRHODONEURA MYRSUSALIS, WIk. xix. 892. Porto Rico;

tLetchena elaralis, W1k. xix. 901. Brazil ; Natal; India;

Pyralis idalialis, Wik. xix. 903. | Ceylon; Burma; Borneo.

Siculodes cinereola, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 8.

Striglina scallula, Guen. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 287.

A var. immaculata, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges.

Xvi. p. 123.

Durdara pyraliata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 177.

» lobata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 177.

tT 4, zonula, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p- 469, pl. 28. f. 12.

Striglina radiata, Pag. Iris, v. p. 41.

(24) Ruoponevra LocusaLis, W1k. xix. 903. Ceylon.

TPyralis thyralis, Wik. xxxiv. 1234 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 178. f. 10.

(25)TRHODONEURA POLYSTICTALIS, n. sp.

Q. Orange-red; wings orange-yellow, striated with double

scarlet waved lines forming obscure bands. Fore wing with the

costal area reddish, with four or five black marks on costa; both

wings with the marginal area scarlet irrorated and striated with

black. Underside of fore wing with the cell suffused with purplish

and irrorated with black.

Hab. Mysol (Wallace), Jobie (Doherty). »Exp. 14 mm. Types

in B.M. & Coll. Rothschild.

(26) Ruoponnura amernysrua, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 6.

Brazil.

(27) RuopoyevRA sEMITESsELLATA, Wlk. Journ. Linn. Soe. vii.

p- 73. Burma; Borneo; Australia.

tPyralis semitessellalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1246.

Siculodes ignotalis, Rob. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxiv. p. 329 & xxxv.

pl.:Gsdem

28)+RHODONEURA IMPLETALIs, WIk. Pr, N. H. 8. Glasg. i. p. 371.

W. Africa,

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDID &. 619

(29)*RHopONEURA WIRNEBURGALIS, Keferstein, J.B. Acad. Erfurt,

new ser. vol. vi. 1870, p. 16, f. 9. Madagascar.

Siculodes plagula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 300.

(30)fRHopoNEURA NEBULOSA, Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 261.

Brazil.

Siculodes rotundula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 107, pl. 1. f. 7.

(31)tRHODONEURA HEDILALIS, WIk. xix. 895; Druce, Biol. Centr.-

Am., Het. pl. 59. f. 7. Brazil.

Siculodes amethystina, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 6.

(32)fRHODONEURA MICRAGRAPHALIS, n. sp.

3. Pale red-brown variegated with dark ferruginous red;

wings thickly reticulated with fine brown lines. Fore wing with

series of short ferruginous streaks on the costa; indistinct

irregular antemedial and medial ferruginous bands defined by

dark lines ; an obliquely curved postmedial fine dark line, forking

towards outer angle; a ferruginous band across apical area defined

by fine dark lines. Hind wing with dark marks connecting the

reticulation in places, more prominent on underside.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements), Types in Coll. Schaus & B.M.

(33) RHoponnuRA suBcostatis, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 362.

N.W. Himalayas; Assam.

pralanis, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 298.

(34)*RHODONEURA OLIGOsTICTA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 362.

Sikhim.

(35)*RaoponzrvuRA arricLaTHRATA, Warr. Noy. Zool. iii. p. 340.

Assam.

(36)fRHODONEURA ALTERNATA, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 212.

N.E. India; Borneo.

Banisia bifimbriata, Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 20.

(37)TRHODONEURA RETICULATA, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 212.

N.E. India.

(38)*RHODONEURA CATENULA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 73. Cameroons.

(39) RuoponzvrRa DisstmuLans, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 227.

Assam ; Borneo; Queensland.

Banisia ordinaria, Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xviii. p. 228.

(40)*RHODONEURA NITIDA, Pag. Nass. Jahrb. f. Naturf. 1888,

p- 182. Borneo ; Amboina.

(41) Ruoponrvra Terraconata, WIk. Journ. Linn. Soe. vii. p. 78.

N.E. India; Borneo; Sumatra.

Rhodoneura quadripunctula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 100.

+Pharambara vinosa, Butl. P. ZS. 1892, p. 130, pl. vi. f. 8.

Rhodoneura jubralis, Swinh. A. M. N.H. (6) xvi. p. 299.

620 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

(42)*RuoponnuRA FENESTRATA, Pag. Nass. Jahr. f. Nat. 1888,

p. 183, no. 559, & Iris, v. pl. 1. f. 2. Amboina.

(43)*RuoponnuRA FULYVicEPS, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl.134.f.12. Brazil.

(44)*Ruoponnura tunuta, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 134.f.1. Brazil.

(45)fRHODONEURA TRIGONIPHORA, Nn. sp.

3. Red-brown with a golden tinge; wings closely reticulated

with rufous. Fore wing with three greyish triangular patches on

the costa, and the apex grey ; several irregular transverse lines, of

which the most prominent are two postmedial lines widely

separated at costa and conjoined just above inner margin ; a sub-

marginal line terminating below apex. Hind wing with two

white discocellular specks; numerous reticulated lines; a dark

spot above middle of inner margin.

Hab. Sio Paulo, Brazil. wp. 24 mm.

(46)*RHODONEURA ALBIPUNCTULA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 76. Peru.

(47)*RHODONEURA GRACILIS, Méschl. Surinam, iv. p. 24, pl. 18.

f. 49. Surinam.

(48)*RHODONEURA FERRUGINEA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 79. Peru.

(49)fRHODONEURA MICACEALIS, WI]k. xxxiy. 1275. Ceylon ; Mysol.

(50)fRuoponrvuRA cuPREA, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) x. p. 233.

New Britain.

(51) RuopoynuRA THIASTORALIS, WIk. xix. 893. Assam;

Malayan subregion and Neotropical region.

7 5. rhodosticta, Swinh, A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 298.

(52) RuoponnurRa astropora, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 91.

Amboina.

(53) Ruoponnura FALLAX, Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xviii. p. 229.

Dili; N. Guinea.

(54)*RaoponnurRa Puncra, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 134. f. 7. Brazil.

(55) RHODONEURA FERROFUSA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 362.

Bombay.

(56) RHopoNEURA MELANOstTIGMALIS, Swinh, A. M.N. H. (6) xvi.

p. 298. Assam.

(57) RuoponevRA SEMIPERFORATA, Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii.

p- 211. Assam.

(58)*RHODONEURA CURVILINEA, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 229.

Assam,

(59)tRuopoynuRaA ExusTA, Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 71, pl. 58. f. 8.

Japan; Sikhim.

tMicrosca ardens, Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 71, pl. 58. f. 9.

exusta, var. erecta, Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 66, pl. 4. f. 3,

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDID£, 621

(60)*RHopoNEURA HEBRA, Swinh. A.M. N. H. (6) xv. p. 18. Assam.

(61)fRHopONEURA ATRISTRIGULALIS, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.

p. 480. Bhutan.

(62)+RuoponnuRA auRBA, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 200.

Japan.

(63)tRuoponnuRA AuRATA, Butl, A. M. N. H. (5) x. p. 233,

Australia ; New Britain.

Siculodes hydreutis, Meyr. Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 1886,

p- 253.

(64)+RHODONEURA ATOMOSALIS, 0. sp.

Rufous ; wings pale, thickly and uniformly chequered with dark

rufous spots; fore wing with the costa dark, with nine pure white

specks on it; underside of fore wing with two dark-edged white

discocellular spots.

Hab. Java; Mysol. Exp. 26 mm.

(65)*+RHopDONEURA UNIFoRMIS, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 362.

Andamans.

(66) RHoponEvRA EMBLICALIS, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 213.

N.E. India.

tPharambara sphoraria, Swinh. Trans. Ent: Soc. 1892, p. 18,

Diet. Ul.

(67) Ruoponnura crypsiriA, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 201.

Australia.

tPharambara reticulata, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 420

(preocc.).

(68)*RHopoNEURA CARNEOLA, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 184. f. 10.

Brazil,

(69)*RHoDoONEURA APICIALIS, Pag. Iris, v. p. 70, pl. 1. f. 16.

Peru.

(70)*RHODONEURA ERYTHRINALIS, Pag. Iris, v. p. 72, pl. 1. f. 17.

Brazil.

(71)*RHoponEURA FLAVULA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 111, pl. 1. f. 9.

W. Africa.

(72)}RHOLONEURA DISPARALIS, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 72, pl. 171.

tipgtks Ceylon.

(73)TRHODONEURA ATRIPUNCTALIS, WIk. xxxiy. 1523.

Nilgiris ; Java.

(74)*RuoponevRA BrPpuNCTA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 360.

Burma.

(75) RHODONEURA GLAPHYRALIS, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 359.

N.E. India.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1897, No. XLI. Al

622 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

(76)+RHoponEURA PALLIDA, Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 71, pl. 58. f. 7.

Japan ; N.E. India.

Pharambara obliquistrigalis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii.

p- 210.

(77)*RHopoNEURA sTRIOLA, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 184. f. 15.

Amboina.

(78)?RHODONEURA LATIZONALIS, nN. Sp.

Pale ochreous brown. Fore wing thickly striated with fine

brown lines; a black speck at lower angle of cell; a subapical

white patch defined by a fine black line, irrorated with black and

with two black specks on it. Hind wings with the basal and outer

areas pale reddish, the medial two-thirds whitish, defined by fine

black lines and with a medial band of irregular black lines and

specks ; the basal area irrorated with black, the outer area striated

with brown. Underside paler; the striz more prominent, the

subapical patch of fore wing more prominent with some black

below it.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Exp. 3 26, 2 30mm. Types

in Coll. Schaus and B.M.

(79)*RHODONEURA XANTHINA, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 15.

Brazil.

(80)}RHoponrvRA RHOMBoIDEA, Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889,

p. 262, Brazil.

Siculodes laevigata, Pag. Iris, v. p. 78; Druce, Biol. Centr.-

Am., Het. pl. 59. f. 4.

(81)tRuoponEuRA Nrvens, But]. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. p. 116.

Japan; India; Ceylon; Solomons.

+Pharambara hamifera, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 213.

Microsca marginepunctalis, Leech, Entom. 1880, p. 66, pl. 4.

FiO:

+Siculodes ancylosema, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 478.

(82)*RHODONEURA SQUAMIGERA, Pag. Iris, y. p. 72. Natal.

(83)tRHODONEURA STRIATIVENA, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 126,

pl. 154. f. 1. S. India ; Burma.

(84)*RHopONEURA ACUTALIS, WIk. xxxiv. 1523. Mysol.

(85) Ruoponnura pEcoRATALIS, Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvii.

p- 209. Assam.

(86) RHopDONEURA TAPHIUSALIS, W1k. xviii. 720.

Singapore ; Borneo.

Rhodoneura globulifera, Pag. Iris, v. p. 123.

(87)tRHODONEURA SPLENDIDA, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. p. 117.

Assam ; Andamans ; Solomons.

Pharambara parcipunctalis, Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) xvi. p. 210,

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDIDE. 623

(88)*RHODONEURA CUPREALIS, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 361.

Burma.

(89) RHopONEURA ALBIFERALIS, Wlk. xxxiv. 1524.

Batchian ; N. Guinea; Queensland.

(90)* RHODONEURA ELONGATALIS, 0. sp.

3. Head chocolate ; thorax and abdomen pale brown, the latter

fuscous towards extremity which is rufous; wings striated with

brown. Fore wing greyish brown, the inner half suffused with

purplish; the costa with numerous dark specks; a bright red-

brown patch extending from before end of cell to outer margin,

enclosing a semicircular greyish patch on costa with a white sub-

apical point defined by black ; a rufous band from lower angle of

cell to inner margin. Hind wing grey-brown with some fuscous

at base; a medial oblique rufous band ending at anal angle and darker

externally ; a subapical black speck and larger spot on margin near

anal angle. Underside of fore wing with strong purple suffusion

near lower angle of cell.

Hab. Padang Rengas, Malay Peninsula. Zxp.24 mm. Type

in Coll. Rothschild.

(91)tRHODONEURA CUMULALIS, WIk. xxvii. 87. Borneo.

TSiculodes chalcosidera, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 478.

(92)*RHODONEURA PoLycHtoris, Pag. Iris, v. p. 108; Druce, Biol.

Centr.-Am., Het. pl. 59. f. 5. Centr. & S. Am.

(93)*RHODONEURA ANASTOMOSALIS, Pag. Iris, v. p. 76; Druce, Biol.

Centr.-Am., Het. pl. 59. f. 6. Centr. & 8S. Am.

(94)*RHODONEURA VIOLALIS, Pag. Iris, v. p. 69 ; Druce, Biol. Centr.-

Am., Het. pl. 59. f. 3. Centr. & S. Am.

(95)*RHODONEURA PULCHELLOIDES, Pag. Iris, v. p. 64, pl. 1. f. 4;

Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. pl. 59. f.1. Centr. & 8S. Am.

(96) RuoponzuRA rR1As, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 199.

Australia.

(97) RuoponnuRA PuDICULA, Guen. Ur. & Phal. ii., Siculides, f. 8,

& Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 288. Celebes.

TOsca guttulosa, Wik. Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 73.

(98)*RHOPONEURA PERLULA, Guen. Ur. & Phal. ii., Siculides, f. 6,

& Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 290. Cayenne.

(99)TRHODONEURA ACACIUSALIS, WIk. xix. 901. W. Africa ;

China; N. E. India ; Malacca.

Siculodes strigatula, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f£. 9 (var.).

Rhodoneura minicula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 288.

Siculodes sordidula, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1880, p. 304, &

Pag. Iris, v. pl. 1. f. 8.

53 rosacea, Pag. Iris, v. p. 119, pl. 1. f. 3.

4\*

624 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

(100)*RuoponguRaA coMPLicaTALIS, Warr. Noy. Zool. ined.

Malacca.

(101) RuoponEvRa oBLiguaLis, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 355.

‘ Sikhim.

(102)+RHoDONEURA MARGARITALIS, n. sp.

Pearly white ; head and collar fuscous ; abdomen slightly tinged

with fuscous. Fore wing of male with a tuft of white hair and

costal fold at base below; the costal area thickly irrorated with

brown to beyond middle; some rufous marks on costa towards

apex; seven fairly prominent irregular fine brown lines with

other less prominent lines between them, the lines on outer area

somewhat reticulated. Hind wing with six or seven fine brown

lines, those on outer area somewhat reticulated. Underside of

fore wing with the markings on costa cupreous red.

Hab. Madagascar. Zap. 40 mm.

(103) RuopoyEvRA MuLTrpuNCTATA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 356.

N.E. India; Burma; Delagoa Bay.

(104)*RuopoyznuRA sTERNA, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 134. f. 13.

S. America.

Siculodes virginula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 289.

(105)+RHoponEvURA RETICULALIS, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 616.

Andamans.

(106)7RHopONEURA ANTICALIS, WIK. xxxiv. 1238.

Burma; Andamans ; Borneo; Mysol.

Pyralis puralis, Wik. xxxiv. 1238.

tRhodoneura tetraonalis, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 616, pl. 60.

f. 10,

(107)tRuoponnuRA N&VINA, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 212. Sikhim

Burma.

(108)tRHopoNEURA ARGENTALIS, WIk. xxxiv. 1522. Bhutan

‘ Assam ; Ceylon; Java.

Var. tuberosalis, Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvii. p. 212.

(109) RuoponruRA HyPaRGyRA, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 357.

Burma ; Borneo.

+Siculodes mochlias, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 479.

(110)tRHODONEURA BASTIALIS, Wik. xix. 902. W.&S. Africa ;

India ; Ceylon; Burma.

Siculodes furcatula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 71, pl. 1. f. 6.

(111)tRHoponrvrRa PoryeRaPHalis, WIk. xxxiv. 1240.

Oriental Region to Solomons & Queensland.

F marmorealis, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 617.

* denticulosa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 267.

Siculodes rhythmica, Meyr. Trans. Ent, Soc. 1887, p. 201,

1897] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDID2. 625

(112)tRHopDONEURA CITRINA, n. sp.

¢. Very pale lemon-yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen slightly

marked with fuscous: wings striated with fuscous; fore wing

with numerous black specks on the costa, and a slight diffused

fuscous patch beyond the cell. Underside of fore wing with a

patch of metallic and black scales in the cell and some black scales

on veins 6, 7; veins 5, 6, 7 streaked with brilliant pink.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hap. 26 mm.

Auctorum.

Stculodes eupithecula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 291.

Cayenne.

unitula, Guen. Ann. Sog. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 292. Brazil.

theorina, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 200.

N. Australia.

Rhodoneura notula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 58. Philippines.

if tessellatula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 58. Cebu.

Siculodes opalinula, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1879, p. 347.

Madagascar.

» paullula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 55, pl. 1. f. 20. Chiriqui.

cuprea, Pag. Nass. Jahrb. f. Naturf. 1884, p.117. Amboina.

variabilis, Pag. Nass. Jahrb. f. Naturf. 1886, p. 64.

New Guinea.

» arcuata, Pag. Iris, v. p. 69. Chiriqui.

» tristriata, Pag. Iris, v. p. 77. Monte Video.

» vittula, Guen. Anu. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 101. N. China.

» politula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 101. Philippines.

A terreola, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1880, p. 108.

Madagascar.

» minutula, Saalm. Ber. der Senck. Gesells. 1880, p. 295 ;

Mad. Lep. p. 216. f. 59. Madagascar.

» a@enea, Saalm. Madag. Lep. p. 215. Madagascar.

a mellea, Saalm. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1881, p. 442, & Madag.

Lep. p. 214, f. 61. Madagascar.

ochracea, Pag. Nass. Jahrb. f. Naturf. xxxix. p. 166. Aru.

nullula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 302. Brazil.

triangularis, Pag. Iris, v. p. 122. Philippines.

acutipennis, Pag. Nass. Jahrb. f. Naturf. 1886, 139. Aru.

lucidulina, Pou}. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 186. Thibet.

» papuensis, Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxix. p. 166. Aru.

» ritteri, Pag. Semon’s Forschungsreise, vy. p. 221, pl. xiii.

£6; Java.

Genus PLAGIOSELLA, noy.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint short

and porrect ; antenne somewhat thickened; tibie hairy. Fore

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle, 6

from below upper angle; 7,8 stalked; 9,10,11 free. Hind wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from

upper angle; 8 approximated to cell close to the end.

626 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Plagiosella clathrata, 8. 3

Type. (1)tPLAGIOSELLA CLATHRATA, 0. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous suffused with

rufous; wings pale ochreous strongly reticulated with rufous.

Fore wing with rufous discocellular patch; a large patch on

middle of inner margin, with an oblique line from it towards apex

expanding below apex. Hind wing with rufous patch above

middle of inner margin, a small subapical spot and a spot on outer

margin near anal angle.

Hab. Aburi, Gold Coast (Carter). Exp. 20 mm.

(2)TPLAGIOSELLA INTERRUPTA, nN. sp.

@. Pale yellow; head, thorax, and abdomen suffused with

rufous ; wings slightly striated with rufous. Fore wing with the

costa and base rufous; a rufous patch at upper angle of cell and

band from vein 2 to middle of inner margin; a marginal line.

Hind wing with medial rufous band and marginal line.

Hab. Madagascar. Ewp. 20 mm.

Genus BEcuMa.

Beguma, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 228 (1896).

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

fringed with scales, the Srd naked and acuminate; antenne

thickened and flattened. Fore wing with the apex rounded ; the

outer margin evenly curved; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of

cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8 anastomosing

with 9, which is given off from 10 to form an areole. Hind wing

with veins 3 and 4 from angle of cell; 5 from above angle ; 6, 7

from upper angle; 8 free.

Fig. 16.

Beguma constellata, 8. }.

Type. *BEGUMA CONSTELLATA, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 228.

Assam.

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDID A. 627

Genus CAMPTOCHILUS.

Camptochilus, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 351 (1892).

Palpi porrect, reaching just beyond the frons; antenne of

female ciliated ; tibie thick and smoothly scaled. Fore wing with

the costa arched to beyond middle, then excised to apex, which is

produced upwards; the outer margin obliquely curved; vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from

below upper angle; 7, 8 shortly stalked; 9, 10, 11 free, a forked

veinlet in cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 widely separated at

origin; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 slightly approximated to 7

beyond cell; male with a slight vesicle between veins 1a and 6.

Fig. 17.

Camptoc!tlus reticulatum, 2. 4%. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

CAMPTOCHILUS RETIOULATUM, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 233, pl. 8.

£23, E. Himalayas; Burma.

Genus Hxuris.

Hexeris, Grote, Can. Ent. 1875, p. 176.

Ottolenguia, Beuten. Journ. N. York Ent. Soc. iv. p. 146 (1896).

Palpi porrect and straight and extending about twice the

length of head, the 2nd joint thickly scaled, the 3rd long and

naked ; frons with a rounded prominence ; antenne of male with

appressed serrations ; tibize smoothly scaled. Fore wing with the

outer margin excurved at middle; vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from below upper angle ;

7, 8, 9, 10 from close to angle. Hind wing with the outer margin

slightly angled at middle; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

well separated at origin; 6,7 from upper angle ; 8 approximated

to 7 at end of cell.

Fig. 18.

Hexeris enhydris, 3. 4.

+HuxnRis BNHYDRIS, Grote, Can. Ent. 1875, p. 176. Florida ;

Ottolenguia reticulina, Beuten. Journ. N. York California.

Ent. Soe. iv. p. 146.

628 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THD (June 1;

Genus HEPIALODES.

Hepialodes, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. 1877, p. 303.

Palpi porrect, long, slender, and curved downwards ; proboscis

minute; legs long, the fore tibize clothed with long hair. Fore

wing broad; the apex truncate ;. the outer margin produced to a

point below apex. Hind wing with the costa excised towards

apex, which is produced upwards to a lobe; venation of Mhodo-

neura ; hind wing with vein 7 from before angle of cell.

Fig. 19.

Hepialodes follicula, 8. 4.

Type. *HEPIALODES FOLLICULA, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 304,

& Ur. & Phal., Siculides, pl. 1. f. 1. Cayenne.

Genus BELONOPTERA,

Belonoptera, H.-S. Aussereur Schmett. p. 76 (1858).

Differs from Rhodoneura in the costa of fore wing being

somewhat excised at middle and highly arched towards apex, which

is faleate ; hind wing with the outer margin more or less produced

to a point at vein 7.

Fig. 20.

Belonoptera selenioides, §. 4.

Suor, I, Hind wing with the outer margin produced to

a long point at vein 7.

Type. (1)*BuronopTERA PHYLLULA, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877,

p. 298; H.-S. Samml. aussereur. Schmett.f. 403. — Brazil.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE 'THYRIDID&. 629

(2) BenonopreraA NERVICULA, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877,

p- 298, & Ur. & Phal., Siculides, f. 2. Brazil.

Sxcr. II, Hind wing with the outer margin produced to a

slight point at vein 7.

(3) BrLonoprmra SELENIOIDES, Pag. Iris, v. p. 83, pl. 1. £. 14.

Paraguay.

(4)*BunonopTera FRoNDICULA, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877,

p- 299. Brazil.

Stculodes matricula, Guen. Ur. & Phal. pl. 13, f. 3.

Auctorum.

Beonoptera patercula, Pag. Iris, y. p. 94. Brazil.

és fratercula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 95. California.

Genus RisaMa.

Risama, Wik. xxxii. p. 519 (1865).

Aziba, Wik. xxxii. 520.

Proboscis minute; palpi slender, porrect, and extending about

the length of head: antenne simple; tibize smoothly scaled.

Fore wing with the costa very highly arched near the base, then

excised and slightly arched towards apex, which is very

produced and acute; veins 3, 4, 5 widely separated at origin ;

6 from below upper angle; 7,8, 9, 10 from near upper angle.

Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ;

6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated to 7 after end of cell.

Risama picta, 3. }.

Sucor. I. (Risama). Fore wing with the outer angle excised.

Type. (1)tRisaMa Prova, W1k. xxxii. p. 519.

Siculodes aurorula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 294;

H.-S. Samml, aussereur. Schmett. f. 402. Brazil.

Suor. II. (Aziba). Fore wing with the outer angle not excised.

(2)fRisama TRANSVERSA, W1k. xxxii. 520. Brazil.

630 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

(3)tRisaMA HURYMENANA, WI1k. xxxii. 517, Brazil,

t Vadata subchalybea, Wik. xxxii. 517.

(4) Risama RericuLa, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 297.

Brazil.

(5) Risama Faxoara, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 2. Brazil.

Stculodes serpula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 296.

(6) Risama avicuna, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 293.

Tobago; Brazil.

Aziba macropterana, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. pl. 59. £. 8

(nec W1k.).

Auctorum. ‘

Siculodes mediula, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 295. Brazil.

9 straminula, Pag. Iris, v. p. 92. Brazil.

Genus VADATA.

Vadata, W1k. xxxii. 516 (1865).

Differs from Risama in the fore wing being extremely produced

at apex ; veins 9,10 stalked; the palpi not reaching beyond the

frons.

Fig. 22.

Vadata macropterana, g. }.

Type. *VaDATA MACROPTERANA, W1k. xxxii. 517. Brazil.

Siculodes maculata, Pag. Iris, v. p. 91.

Genus DRACONTA.

Draconia, Hiibn. Verz. p. 197 (1827).

Palpi porrect, reaching beyond the frons; antenne almost

simple. Fore wing with the costa evenly curved; the apex

produced ; the outer margin angled at middle and excised towards

outer angle, which is hooked; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at

origin ; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8, 9,10 from near upper

angle. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 6, 7

from upper angle ; 8 approximated to 7 after end of cell.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDID A. 631

Draconia annuligera, G. 3.

Secr I. Hind wing with the apex excised, the outer margin

produced to a point at vein 7.

A. Fore wing with the outer margin slightly excised towards

outer angle; both wings with the margin crenulate.

Type. (1)*Draconta PrRIPHErA, Cram. Pap. Exot. 11. p. 54, pl. 131. £.G;

Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. pl. 59. f. 12. W. Indies ;

Centr. Am.

B. Fore wing with the outer margin twice excised towards

outer angle.

a. Hind wing with the outer margin strongly crenulate.

(2)*DRAconIA MIRABILIS, Pag. Iris, v. p. 96, pl. 1.£.10. Peru.

6. Hind wing with the outer margin not crenulate.

(3)*Draconta RusINA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. p. 188, pl. 59.

f, 9. Guatemala.

C. Both wings with the outer margin strongly angled at

middle and non-crenulate.

(4)*Draconra ANNULIGERA, Wlk. xxxii. 516. Brazil.

(5)*Draconia oLetcurra, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 134. f. 3. Brazil.

Szor. II. Hind wing with the apex not excised and the outer

margin not produced toa point at vein 7; fore wing with

two excisions towards outer angle; both wings with the

margin crenulate.

(6)*DRACONIA DENTICULATA, Pag. Iris, v. p. 98, pl. 1. f. 12;

Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am. pl.59.f. 10. Centr. Am.; Brazil.

Genus Muskna.

Meskea, Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 114 (1877).

Palpi porrect, slight, and hardly reaching to frons; antenne of

male thickened and flattened; tibie moderately scaled. Fore

wing very long and narrow, the apex rounded; veins 2, 3, 4 from

close to angle of cell; 5 from near middle of discocellulars ; 6 from

below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9 stalked. Hind wing very

long and narrow, the apex extremely produced and the outer

632 ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYRIDIDZ. [Junel,

margin oblique; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 5 from above

angle; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 24.

Meskea dyspteraria, 3. }-.

Type. Muskua DYSPIERARIA, Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 115. Florida.

Genus ADDZ#A.

Addea, Wik. xxxiv. 1201 (1865).

Mesopempta, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 217.)

Palpi upturned, thickly scaled and reaching vertex of head;

antenne annulated and minutely ciliated; tibiz smoothly scaled.

Fore wing with the costa nearly straight, the outer margin evenly

curved; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from below

upper angle; 8, 9 stalked. Hind wing with the outer margin

evenly curved ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 5 from middle

of discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Addea trimeronalis, 8. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. i.)

(1)tAppD#a caNDIDALIS, WIk. xxxiv. 1239. Ceram; Aru;

Pyralis obliqualis, W1k. xxxiv. 1522. New Guinea.

Siculodes striola, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f£. 14.

x bivittata, Pag. Nass. Jahrb. f. Naturf. 1886, p. 60.

Type. (2)tADDHA SUBTESSELLATA, W1k. xxxiy. 1201. W. Australia.

(3)TADDHA TRIMERONALIS, WI1k. xix. 916. S. India; Ceylon ;

tMesopempta heliopsamma, Meyr. Trans. Ent. New Guinea.

Soc. 1886, p. 217.

(4)fADDHA POLYGRAPHALIS, WIk.xxxiv.1245. Borneo; Solomons;

Botys transversalis, W1k. xxxiv. 1415. W. Australia.

tPyralis polyphoralis, Wk. xxxiv. 1977.

tMicrosca pusilla, But]. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. p. 116.

tAddea probolopsis, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 477.

(5)tADDHA SYNDESMA, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 478.

Borneo.

Type.

1897. ] ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINA. 633

Genus Morova.

Morova, Wik. xxxii. 523 (1865).

Palpi porrect, thickly scaled and reaching to the frons, which

has a rounded prominence ; antennz of male somewhat thickened ;

tibiz smoothly scaled. Fore wing with the costa arched towards

apex, the outer margin excurved at middle; veins 3, 4, 5 well

separated at origin; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked.

Hind wing with the outer margin excurved at middle; vein 3

from close to lower angle of cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ;

6, 7 from upper angle.

Morova subfasciata, 3. }.

+Morova suprascrata, Wlk. xxxii. 523, New Zealand; Fiji.

tT Cacoecia gallicolens, Butl. Voy. Erebus & Terror, Ins. p. 46.

2. On the Classification of the Chrysaugine, a Subfamily

of Moths of the Family Pyralide. By Sir Grorcs

F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

[Received April 8, 1897.]

The Chrysaugine are a highly specialized subfamily of the true

Pyralid group of the large family Pyralide, consisting in addition

to the present subfamily of the Epipaschiane, Endotrichine, and

Pyraline, lately classified by me in the ‘ Transactions’ of the Ento-

mological Society, and characterized by vein 7 of the fore wing

being stalked with 8,9. The Chrysaugine as here defined are

primarily distinguished from their allies by the abortion of the

maxillary palpi, which are well developed in almost all other

Pyralide. They are closely allied to the Endotrichine but, as vein

8 of the hind wings is in rare instances free, were probably derived

directly from the Pyraline as a parallel development to the

Endotrichine. The latter are almost confined to the Old World,

though a few species are found in the Nearctic region, and one

genus in the W. Indies; whilst the Chrysaugine are almost

exclusively Neotropical, a few genera and species being found in

the Southern States, and a few others spreading through the

Australian region to the Malayan subregion, the furthest points

reached being Burma and Assam.

The subfamily is remarkable for the great sexual diversity found

in the subcostal neuration of the fore wing in a large proportion

of the species, the females always having veins 7, 8, 9 stalked, as

634 SIR G, F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

is typical of the group. This diversity is usually correlated with

the development of various other secondary sexual characters, one

of the most common and remarkable being an ear-shaped tympanic

vesicle at the base of the costa of fore wing covered by a drum of

fine corrugated membrane.

A carefully elaborated classification of most of the genera was

published by the late E. M. Ragonot in the ‘ Annales de la Société

Entomologique de France’*; but a large number of the species

were unknown to him, and his material was insufficient for him to

discover the large amount of sexual dimorphism that exists. He

defined the Chrysaugine as differing from the Endotrichine in

being stoutly-built insects, and includes in the latter subfamily

many of the genera which by my definition fall into the former :

the paper, however, formed a most important contribution towards

a correct classification of the group, which was originally defined

and systematized by Lederer in 1863.

None of the genera are of a very generalized structure, but

Chrysauge itself, apart from its secondary sexual characters, is

regarded as the least specialized, with its short porrect palpi and

median nervules of both wings arising from the cell in its 1st section.

From it were developed a group of genera with downcurved palpi, of

which forms like Anemosa and Pelasgis have very long palpi; Semnia

with the palpi smooth and a tuft of hair on the antenne; Uliosoma

and Acutia with one of the median nervules absent in one or both

wings ; Condylolomia with veins 2 and 3 of the fore wing stalked ;

Itambe and Microzancla with extremely falcate fore wings; Macna

with very long straight palpi in female, upturned and angled with

hair in front in male; Psectrodes and Acrodegmia with very long

palpi ending in a large rounded tuft of hair on 3rd joint.

Another large group of genera have the palpi upturned, of

which the majority have short palpi, such as Sthenobea with vein 4

of hind wing absent; Dasycnemia with veins 4,5 of both wings

stalked ; Anisothrix without a frontal tuft; Rucuma with tufts of

hair on frons, mid tibie, and tarsal joints, and excisions in the

costa of fore wing; whilst a few genera have very long upturned

palpi, culminating in Zamyra with a rounded brush on 3rd joint.

A very curious structure found in several of the genera, of

which Casuaria is typical, is the development of the retinaculum

into a complete ring, the frenulum being thickened, flattened,

contorted at base and with a short lower fork; this form being

associated with a glandular swelling and tufts of hair on under-

side of costa of fore wing and the tympanic vesicle on upperside

mentioned above.

Subfamily Curysaucin 7.

Proboscis well-developed ; palpi of extremely different forms in

the different genera ; maxillary palpi absent ; frons usually with a

tuft of hair. Fore wing with vein 7 stalked with 8, 9 in female;

1 Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, pp. 435-546; and 1891, pp. 15-114 & 559-662,

plates 5, 7, 8, & 16,

635

CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN &,

1897.]

PHYLOGENY OF THH CHRYSAUGINA.

Tamyra.

Casuaria. Rucuma. Oryctopleura. Salobrena, Condylolomia.

Pelasgis.

Bonchis. Anemosa. Curicta.

Murgisca. Streptopalpia, Nachaba, Semnia. Eurypta,

Tosale. Holoperas. Uliosoma. Acutia. Caphys. Tetraschistis. Ocresia. Pachypalpia.

| |

Idnea. Samcova. Carcha. Galasa, Blepharocerus. Alpheias. Acallis. Cyclopalpia. Ectoperodes. Chalinitis. Epitamyra. Arouva.

Sanguesa. Anisothrix. Sthenobea, Xantippe. Parachma. Protrichia. Schistoneura.

| | | |

Azamora. Hyalosticta. Hypocosmia. Dasycnemia, Acropteryx. Pionidia.

Dastira. Teratomorpha. Paridnea. Derbeta.

Catadupa. Pyraustodes. Monoloxis.

Acrodegmia. Macna. Saccopleura. Ttambe. Microzancla. Dilowis.

Psectrodes. Abera. Gephyra. Drymiarcha. Neophrida. Arica, Zanclodes. Arta. Sarcistis, A

Chrysauge.

Tea,

Adenopteryx. Hyperparachma. Penthesilea. Lophopleura,

636 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

the subcostal neuration of male varying greatly in relation to the

secondary sexual characters. Hind wing with the median nervure

non-pectinate above; vein 7 almost always anastomosing

with 8.

Key to the Genera.

A. Palpi upturned.

a. Palpi about four times length of head, and

reaching far above it.

a‘. Palpi thickly scaled, the hair on 3rd joint

forming a rounded brush................es+eeeeee++ 9. Tamyra, p. 646.

6. Palpi fringed with hair below throughout ...... 10. Caswaria, p. 647.

. Palpi about twice the length of head and reaching

well above it.

a. Palpi with the 2nd and 3rd joints strongly

angled with hair in front..................ccseccees 4. Macna (3),

61, Palpi with the 8rd joint tufted with hair on [p. 642.

WN GHAIOG fa Ci ece scat eda Scere eee eee Ass ones 13. Salobrena, p. 649.

ce. Palpi with the 3rd joint naked .................0005 15, Sameova, p. 651.

Palpi with the 3rd joint not, or hardly, reaching

above vertex of head.

a‘, Fore and hind wings with veins 4,5 from the

cell.

a*, Palpi reaching vertex of head.

a, Palpi with the 3rd joint fringed in front

with long downcurved hair .................. 63. Curicta (3),

2°. Palpi with the 3rd joint not fringed with [p.

downcurved hair.

a‘, Frons with a conical tuft of hair,

a’. Mid tibie and tarsal joints with large

tufts of scales.

a®, Fore wing with vein 10 stalked

with 7, 8, 9

a, Fore wing with vein 7 given off

from: Giatter Oe J. os.2.20.sqsshadeoee 16.

bo". Fore wing with vein 7 given off

from 8 before 9.

a®, Fore wing with the costa evenly

Tosale, p. 652.

CURVEG ac vscae ks sb esehe vectra 17. Carcha, p. 653,

6°, Forewing with the costa excised

beyond middle. -...:.......csas- 12. Oryctopleura,

0°, Fore wing with vein 10 free. [p. 648.

a". Fore wing with the costa not

excised beyond middle.

a’, Hind wing with the disco-

cellulars curved, the cell of

moderate length ............... 19. Azamora, p. 654.

&°. Hind wing with the disco-

cellulars strongly angled, the

lower part of cell produced... 18, Sanguesa, p. 654.

+7, Fore wing with the costa excised

beyond middle.

a’, Fore wing with the outer

margin excised tcwards outer

angle; male with glandular

swelling on inner area of

WAU ON WANS eco avec coca cscnsssaaeee 11. Rueuma, p. 648,

o®. Fore wing with the outer

margin not excised towards

outer angle; male with gland-

ular swelling at base of costa.. 14. Jdnea, p. 650,

1897. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINE, 637

5°. Mid tibiz without large tufts of scales;

the tarsal joints smooth.

a®, Fore wing with the apex produced

and acute; vein 11 free.

a’, Hind wing with veins 6, 7 from cell.

7, Hind wing with veins 6, 7 stalked.

6°. Fore wing with the apex not pro-

duced ; vein 11 anastomosing with 12.

6‘. Frons smooth.

a’. Fore wing with the costa deeply

excised beyond middle, the apex

produced upwards . ..............-:200++

bo’, Fore wing with the costa evenly

curved, the apex not produced.

a°, Palpi closely applied to frons.

a’. Palpi with the 3rd joint hidden

in the hollow of a tuft at end of

FAT | sooccnoncecconnone, SpnoqOOCeRE ABIES

6’. Palpi with the 3rd joint exposed

and thickly scaled; the tarsal

joints with tufts of scales.........

8. Palpi extending widely in front of

frons, the 3rd joint naked.

a’. Hind wing with vein 2 present...

67, Hind wing with vein 2 absent ...

6?. Palpi reaching about halfway to vertex of head.

a®, Frons with a conical tuft.

a‘, Fore wing long and narrow; antennz of

male pechinuted:snssts-sertsse>-ceseseesones2

5+, Fore wing short and broad; antenne of

male ciliated sccassscctendaesaese-a77es since

Grong smooth: -2cvcorseeece dase seve saceses antes

b', Hind wing with vein 4 absent ................0060

c, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

a, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from cell

&*, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

a}, Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell ..

68, Hind wing with vein 3 absent

d', Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 stalked ............

B. Palpi with the 2nd joint upturned, the 3rd porrect ;

both wings with veins 4, 5 from cell.

a. Hind tarsi smooth ; male with a tympanic vesicle.

6. Hind tarsi with a tuft of scales on 1st joint; male

with no tympanic vesicle

C. Palpi porrect.

a. Palpi straight and not downcurved at extremity.

a‘, Palpi hardly extending beyond the frons.

a, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 from cell.

a®, Fore wing with vein 3 from cell.

a‘, Both wings with vein 2 present.

a. Fore wing with the costa not excised..

6°. Fore wing with the costa deeply

excised beyond middle, the apex

» produced upwards...............+0:--+0

b*. Both wings with vein 2 absent

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1897, No. XLII.

[p. 663.

31. Acropteryz,

29. Protrichia,

[p- 661.

80. Schistoneura,

[p. 662.

82. Teratomorpha,

[p. 663.

20. Anisothriz,

[p- 656.

21. Hyalosticta,

[p. 656.

34. Paridnea, p. 665.

33. Pionidia, p. 664.

35. Derbeta, p. 665.

28. Dastira, p. 661.

36. Pyrausiodes,

[p. 666.

22. Sthenobea,

[p- 657.

23. Hypocosmia,

[p. 657

p- 659.

24. Xantippe, p. 658,

37. Arica, p.666.

27. Catadupa,

[p. 660.

76, Chrysauge,

[p. 691.

40. Zanclodes, p. 668.

47. Hyperparachma,

[p. 672.

638 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

+, Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 stalked ......... 75, Lophopleura,

b°, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 stalked. [p. 690.

a®, Hind wing with vein 3 present; palpi

minute ; the costa of fore wing excised and

the apex produced upwards ............-0000 38. Itambe, p. 667.

28, Hind wing with vein 3 absent.

a‘, Fore wing with vein 3 from cell, the [p. 667.

COSA ORGING Me tet. di Pancha tecdane anki 39. Microzancla,

b*. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 stalked,

the costa not excised.............0+.0++ wee. 42. Sarcistis, p. 669.

e®, Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 stalked ...... 41. Arta, p. 669.

61, Palpi extending about twice the length of head.

a>, Palpi curved towards each other at tips;

antennx of male bipectinate, the basal joint

with a hollow in front; fore wing with vein

NO labsent. geuditente<anehas deste sasbes cesrdy- tera) 7. Drymiarcha,

6*, Palpi straight; fore wing with vein 10 from [p. 645.

itl eToities eae 3 igs a eh ae eae CoP 8. Neophrida,

c’, Palpi extending about three times length of [p. 646.

head.

a, Fore wing with the costa excised beyond

middle; male with tympanic vesicle ......... 6. Gephyra, p. 644.

&. Fore wing with the costa evenly arched ; male

with no tympanic vesicle.

a, Palpi with the 3rd joint fringed with

Hpi DELOW gaat So pianccidonwatce era tare taamdic. ta 3. Abera, p. 641.

6°, Palpi with a rounded brusk of hair on

drd joint; hind wing with vein 8 free ... 2. Psectrodes,

d', Palpi extending about four times length of head, [p. 640.

a’, Palpi with a slight upward curve, a rounded

brush on 3rd joint; costa of fore wing

excised beyond middle ...............sceceeceeees 1. Acrodegmia,

b?, Palpi straight; fore wing with the costa [p. 640.

slightly excised beyond middle, the apex

produced Upwards oc. ca. fuusthass Pest -ecmepp-g 5. Saccopleura,

ec, Palpi straight, the 3rd joint fringed with hair [p. 644.

below ; fore wing wiih the costa not excised,

the outer margin excised below apex and

aN Pledratr MIG GO i2.t-swaanossessdessseer sdeteseae 4. Macna (2),

[p. 642.

D. Palpi downcurved.

a. Palpi extending about three times length of head.

a, Palpi with the 2nd joint oblique, the 3rd long,

naked, and downcurved; hind wing with

VEIN! 8 fre eco 5 sess cawnwe tas odaplaaies aaneehe dao eee Mee 63. Curicta (2),

>, Palpi rostriform and evenly curved. [p. 682.

a*, Hind wing with vein 8 present.

a’, Fore wing with vein 6 stalked with 7, 8,9. 62. Anemosa, p. 682.

v°. Fore wing with vein 6 from the cell.

a‘, Fore wing with vein 7 given off from

8 before 9.

a. Fore wing with the outer margin

BVGDWiCUNVed sec escseway ty saa nausea 64. Murgisca, p. 683.

6°, Fore wing with the outer margin

angled at middle 1oo..6......cs-veceoenee 67. Ocresia, p. 684.

b*. Fore wing with vein 7 given off from 8

after 9.

a, Fore wing with vein 10 from cell... .. 61. Bonchis, p. 681.

b°, Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with

DO AO niee spies vs saavces doaeve vadeaG tz ass 60. Pelasgis, p. 681.

}, Hind wing with vein 8 absent ...............0. 52. Alpheias, p. 676.

1897.)

b. Palpi extending once to twice the length of head.

a, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

a, Hind wing with vein 2 absent.

a’, Fore wing with vein 2 absent

6°. Fore wing with vein 2 present.

a‘, Fore wing with vein 7 given off from 8

after (9 :pelO mbsente) ns} ccc ea tetieds cases

&', Fore wing with vein 7 given off from 8

before 9; 10 present

b?, Hind wing with vein 2 present.

a, Fore wing with vein 3 given off from the

cell or from close to the cell.

a‘, Palpi thickly scaled.

a’, Fore wing with vein 7 given off from

8 before 9; 10 present

6°. Fore wing wita vein 7 given off from

Siattert Os Olmbsents.c..cc0s.<ctsseertes

e®, Fore wing with veins 9, 10, 11 absent.

b*, Palpi smoothly scaled; fore wing with

veins 8, 9 absent in male..............000.

6°, Fore wing with veins 2, 3 stalked

c’, Fore wing with veins 3, 4 on a long stalk. .

Oem ee tee eenn eet ansee

b'. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 from cell or 4

absent.

a, Fore wing with veins 2, 3 stalked...............

6?, Fore wing with vein 3 from the cell.

a®, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

a‘, Palpi extending about twice the length

of head; fore wing with veins 7 and 10

from cell, 8 and 11 absent; hind wing

with vein 2 present

6+. Palpi extending about the length of

head; fore wing with veins 7, 8, 9

stalked, 10 absent ; hind wing with vein

2 absent. . secsnectiserass tonearm <esaewen i

63, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from the cell.

a‘, Fore wing with the outer margin evenly

curved.

a, Palpi slender, the 2nd joint fringed

with long hair above; antenne of

male with a tuft of hair towards

extremity

b°. Palpi slender, the 2nd joint not fringed

above.

a°. Fore wing with vein 3 from angle

of cell; antenne of wale ciliated...

6°. Fore wing with vein 3 from before

angle of cell; antenne of male

bipectinate

e°, Palpi with a tuft of spatulate scales

at extremity ; the costa of fore wing

excised

d°. Palpi thickly and roughly scaled.

a®, Hind wing with vein 4 present.

a’, Palpi extending about twice the

length of liead.

a, Both wings with veins 4, 5

widely separated at origin.. ...

b°. Both wings with veins 4, 5 from

angle of cell

Cee ee eens ee naeteseesces

Ooh eee etter eras eews estas enees

eee meee neta we eeeeeseree: seesesses

eee ree ee eer es y

CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN A.

53.

54,

56.

58.

57.

51,

70.

49.

48.

50.

46.

55.

71.

5 Penthesilea,

. Chalinitis, p. 684,

639

Uliosoma, p. 676.

Acutia, p. 677.

Caphys, p. 678.

[p. 680.

Cyclopalpia,

[p. 679.

Tetraschistis,

Blepharocerus,

[p- 675.

Nachaba, p. 686.

Holoperas, p. 674.

Condylolomia,

[p. 673.

Galasa, p. 674.

Adenopteryx,

{p. 672.

Acallis, p. 677.

Semma, p, 687.

. Arouva, p. 689.

2. Eurypta, p. 688.

. Ectoperodes,

[p. 680.

p. 689,

42%

640 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

4", Palpi extending about the length

of head.

a®, Forewing with veins 6,7stalked. 43. Monolozis,

6°, Fore wing with veins7, 8 stalked. [p. 670.

a’, Fore wing with the costa

excised; male with tufts of

hair on median nervure and

CORDA Mester. 5. feces cssesne. tee 44, Dilozis, p. 670.

b°, Fore wing with the costa

straight; male with fovea

ATitCallips Aeeerenes. sche t..osce te. 45. Area, p. 671.

6°. Hind wing with vein 4 absent ...... 65. Streptopalpia,

b*. Fore wing with the outer margin angled [p- 683

at middle. p-

a’. Fore wing with vein 10 present ...... 69, Epitamyra,

6°. Fore wing with vein 10 absent ......... 68. Pachypalpia.

: [p- 685.

Genus ACRODEGMIA.

Acrodegmia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 472.

Palpi porrect, extending about four times length of head with a

slight upward curve, thickly scaled, angled in front of head, the

3rd joint with a rounded brush of hair; frons with a tuft of hair ;

antenne of male almost simple ; mid and hind tibie and Ist

tarsal joints fringed with long hair. Fore wing of male witha

glandular swelling at base of costa below fringed with long hair,

met by a fringe from median nervure; the costa highly arched at

middle, then excised; the apex acute; the outer margin excised

from apex to vein 4, where it is angled ; vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 4,5 from angle; 6,7 stalked; 8 absent; 9,10, 11 free.

Hind wing with the apex produced and acute ; veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 1.

Acrodeqmia pselaphialis, 3. +.

Type. ACRODEGMIA PSELAPHIALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 473,

pid. £2: Surinam ; Demerara.

Genus PsEcrropEs.

Psectrodes, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 488.

Palpi porrect, straight, and extending about three times length

of head, fringed with hair above and below, the 3rd joint with a

rounded brush of hair; frons with a large tuft; mid and hind

tibie and the 1st tarsal joints slightly fringed with hair. Fore

1897. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN A. 641

wing with the costa nearly straight; the apex produced and acute;

the outer margin excurved at middle; male with a fringe of hair

from basal part of costa below met by a fringe of hair from

median nervure; the retinaculum hairy ; vein 3 from before angle

of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8 stalked;

9 absent; 10,11 free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 free.

Fig. 2.

Psectrodes abrasalis, G. 1.

Type. (1)fPsECTRODES ABRASALIS, WIk. xvi. 39. Mexico; Brazil.

Tamyra splendens, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 187. f. 15.

Psectrodes herminialis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 488.

(2)tPSECTRODES ILLAPSALIS, WI1k. xvi. 50. Brazil.

Genus ABZRA.

Abera, Wik. xvi. 76 (1858).

Palpi porrect, straight, and extending about three times the

length of head, fringed with long hair above and below; frons

with a sharp tuft; antenne of male minutely ciliated ; tibie

smooth. Fore wing with the costa usually arched at middle ; the

apex rectangular; the outer margin excurved at middle; male

with a small tuft of hair at middle of costa above; a glandular

swelling in cell below covered by fringes of hair from subcostal

and median nervures; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from

angle; 6 from upper angle; 7 absent; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 free.

Hind wing with the outer margin slightly angled at vein 2; 3 from

near angle of cell; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Abera mactalis, 3. 3.

Sror. I. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 well separated at origin.

(1)tABzRA Macratis, WIk. xvi. 76. Brazil.

642 SIR G, F. HAMPSON ON THE June 1,

Sect. IJ. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 from a point.

(2)TABHRA METALLICA, n. sp.

3. Dark brown; palpi ochreous on inner side; _ hind legs

whitish. Fore wing with antemedial whitish line slightly angled

below costa and with silvery purple on its inner edge; a post-

medial whitish line with silvery purple beyond it, broadest at

middle, very much excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved ;

an ochreous fascia on apical part of costa; a marginal series of

white strie. Hind wing with submarginal whitish striga, with a

small patch of silvery purple on its outer edge above anal angle ;

a marginal white line.

Hab. Ega, Brazil (Bates), Hap. 28 mm.

(3)tABZRA RUBIGINEA, N. sp.

@. Dark red-brown ; abdomen fuscous. Fore wing with

indistinct antemedial line bent inwards to costa; an indistinct

medial line whitish at costa, oblique to vein 6, where it is angled,

then sinuous; a prominent postmedial white spot on the costa;

traces of a sinuous submarginal series of pale specks; cilia pink,

ochreous at tips ; costa straight, the outer margin strongly excurved

at middle. Hind wing fuscous ; the cilia pink.

Hab. Dominica (W. H. Eliot). Exp. 22 mm.

(4)tAB2ERA CHALCEA, 0. sp.

@. Brassy yellow. Fore wing with rufous antemedial line .

angled below costa; the medial area suffused with pale violet; a

postmedial rufous line very obliquely curved from costa to vein 2,

then bent outwards to outer angle; outer area suffused with

rufous. Hind wing pale fuscous ; cilia of both wings pale violet.

Hab. Sta. Martha, Brazil (Bouchard), Exp. 22 mm.

Genus Macna.

Macna, Wik. xvi. 78 (1855).

Rhabana, Wik. xxxiv. 1517 (1865).

Goossensia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 97.

Palpi of male upturned to above vertex of head and angled with

very long hair in front, of female porrect, straight, extending two

to four times length of head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair

above and below, the 3rd joint fringed below ; frons with a tuft of

hair; antenne of male ciliated ; tibie and tarsi fringed with long

hair. Fore wing with the costa arched; the apex produced to a

point; the outer margin excised from apex to vein 4, where it is

angled ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from

upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with the outer

margin very slightly angled at vein 2; the anal angle truncate;

vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 shortly stalked ; 6, 7 stalked,

7 anastomosing slightly with 8. Male with a glandular swelling

at base of costa of fore wing below, with a thick oblique tuft of

hair from it; the basal half of costa fringed with hair.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINE. 643

Macna pomalis, 2. }. Fore wing of S. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor. I. Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with 7, 8, 9; palpi of

@ three to four times the length of head.

Type. (1) Maona pomazis, WIk. xvi. 78. N.E. India ; Malacca ;

Goossensia prasinalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Singapore; Salanga.

Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 98, & Mon. Phyce. & Gall. pl. 46. f. 4.

(2)+Macna PLarycHtoraLis, WIk. xxxiv. 1517. Andamans ; Java.

Szor. II. Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell ; palpi of

2 about twice the length of head.

(3)*Macna ATRIRUFALIS, 0. sp.

3g. Head and.thorax purplish red-brown; abdomen fuscous

black. Fore wing purplish red-brown suffused with fuscous ;

traces of a dark sinuous antemedial line; two indistinct dark

sinuous postmedial diffused lines excurved at middle, with a pale

speck between them on costa. Hind wing fuscous brown; both

wings with white line at base of cilia. Underside of fore wing

with short oblique white postmedial line from costa; hind wing

with two dark curved postmedial lines.

@ with the lines more distinct, the antemedial with a large

fuscous patch inside it on inner area; the postmedial with fuscous

patch beyond it on costa, the white mark much more prominent ;

a series of black marginal spots.

Hab. Amboina; Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea. Fup. 3g 34,

@ 58mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(4)*Macna IGNEBASALIS, n. sp.

Q. Head and thorax red-brown; abdomen grey; metathorax

and base of abdomen tinged with fuscous. Fore wing pale

purplish red-brown, with a large subbasal patch of fiery orange

and pale yellow scales between cell and vein 1 and with a few

scattered black scales on and near it; a black fascia on inner

margin; antemedial line black, straight, and obsolete on costal

area; a black discocellular spot; traces of a red postmedial line

excurved at middle; a straight black submarginal line. Hind wing

fuscous brown, with reddish marginal band defined by black lines.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea. Exp.44 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

644 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE {June 1,

Genus SACCOPLEURA.

Saccopleura, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 502.

Palpi obliquely porrect, straight, and extending about four times

length of head, and fringed with long curved scales; frons with a

tuft of scales; antenne of male ciliated; hind tibiew with a tuft of

hair from base, Fore wing with the costa strongly arched at base,

excised beyond middle; the apex produced to a sharp point; the

outer margin excurved at middle; male with a tympanic vesicle

at base of costa; underside with a large costal fold fringed with

hair; the frenulum thickened, flattened and contorted, with a

short fork from base ; the retinaculum annular ; vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked ;

10, 11 free. Hind wing with the outer margin somewhat angled

at middle; vein 3 from before angle of cell, which is produced ;

4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 free.

Fig. 5.

Saccopleura catocalis, S$. 1.

Type. *SACCOPLEURA CATOCALIS, Rag. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 503,

pie7. 10 Chiriqui.

Genus GEPHYRA.

Gephyra, W1k. xix. 848 (1859).

Palpi porrect, straight, and extending twice to three times the

length of head, thickly scaled above and below; frons with a sharp

tuft; antenne of male almost simple ; tibiw nearly smoothly

Fig. 6.

Gephyra getusalis, 3. }.

sealed. Fore wing of male with a large tympanic vesicle at base ;

the basal half of costa arched, the apical half excised; the costal

swelling fringed with hair below ; vein 3 from near angle of cell ;

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN A. 645

4, 5 from angle; 6 from near upper angle; 7, 8,9 stalked ; 10,11

free. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from

angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Scr. I. Palpi extending about three times length of

head ; frenulum thickened.

Type. (1)fGuHPHYRA GETUSALIS, W1k. xix. 849. Brazil.

(2)*Gupnyra Pustuna, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 11. Brazil.

Suct. II. Palpi extending about twice the length of

head ; frenulum normal.

A. Fore wing with a single costal excision.

(3)*GuPHYRA DIFFICILIS, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 14. Bogota.

(4)*GupHyra Pomponius, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 193, pl. 59. f. 24. Mexico; Guatemala.

B. Fore wing with two costal excisions.

(5)*GepHyra cynisca, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 193,

pl. 59. f. 23. Mexico ; Guatemala.

Genus DRYMIARCHA.

Drymiarcha, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 441.

Palpi porrect, about twice the length of head, thickly scaled and

curved towards each other, enclosing the space between; frons

with large tuft; antenne of male with the basal joint dilated and

enclosing a hollow, the shaft given off at an angle with a tooth at

base and bipectinate with short branches; large paired tufts of

hair behind the antennz; metathorax with paired tufts at origin

of hind wing above ; tibize moderately hairy. Fore wing with the

apex somewhat produced and the outer margin excurved; vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from upper angle;

7, 8, 9 stalked ; 10 absent; 11 sinuous. Hind wing with vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; the discocellulars

highly angled; 6, 7 stalked; 8 free.

Drymiarcha exanthes, G. 1.

Type. *DRYMIARCHA EXANTHES, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 441.

Australia.

646 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Genus NEOPHRIDA.

Neophrida, Mésch]. Lep. Surinam, p. 26 (1881).

Palpi porrect, straight, extending about twice the length of head

and clothed with rough hair; frons smooth; antenne of female

nearly simple. Fore wing with the costa highly arched near base,

the apex rectangular ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from

angle, which is much produced ; 6 from upper angle, which is also

much produced; 7, 8, 9 stalked, and 10 approximated to them ;

11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell, which

is very much produced ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 free.

Fig. 8.

Neophrida aurolimbalis, 9. 4.

Type. *NEOPHRIDA AUROLIMBALIS, Méschl. Lep. Surinam, p. 27.

British Guiana; Surinam.

Genus TamMyra.

Tamyra, Herr.-Schiff. Samml. aussereur. Schmett. p. 76 (1855).

Lametia, Wik. xvi. 77 (1858).

Tamyrodes, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 476.

Palpi upturned, four or five times the length of head and

reaching far above it, thickly scaled, the 8rd joint clothed with

Fig. 9.

Tamyra ignitalis. }.

hair, forming a rounded brush; frons with a sharp tuft; antenne

thickened and flattened ; mid and hind tibize and Ist joint of hind

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINA. 647

tarsus above fringed with hair. Fore wing broad, the costa nearly

straight in female, excised beyond middle in male and with a small

triangular fold; two postmedial tufts of raised scales between

veins 2 and 4 and a glandular swelling at base of costa below; the

apex slightly produced and acute; the outer margin very much

excurved at middle; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from

angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked in female, in male 7

from angle and 8, 9, 10 free from before the angle; 11 anasto-

mosing with 12,in female free. Hind wing with the cell short;

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; the discocellulars curved; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Type. (1)*TaMYRA PENICILLANA, Herr.-Schiiff.Samml. aussereur. Schmett.

p- 76, f. 453. Brazil.

(2)TTAMYRA CUPRINA, 0. sp.

. Differs from penicillana in the fore wing having a diffused

red patch below the cell before the antemedial pale line; no

discocellular spot ; the postmedial oblique line straighter, arising

from the costa before the apex and with the whole area beyond it

bright chestnut-red. Hind wing with the marginal area reddish.

Hab. Guadaloupe. Exp. 54 mm.

(3)TTAMYRA IGNITALIS, WIk. xvi. 77. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Tam, qe papulalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p- 475, pl. 7.

f. 4 Cayenne.

Genus CAsvUARIA.

Casuaria, W1k. xxxy. 1807 (1866).

Palpi upturned, 4 or 5 times the length of head and reaching

far above it, the 2nd and 3rd joints roughly scaled and fringed

with long hair below; antennz of male almost simple; tibie and

Ist joint of hind tarsi fringed with hair above. Fore wing with

Fig. 10.

Casuaria armata, 3. }.

tympanic vesicle at base of costa above with ridged membrane

across it; the costa highly arched at middle, excised beyond

middle; the apex produced upwards and acute; the outer margin

Type.

648 SIR G, F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

rounded ; a glandular swelling fringed with hair at base of costa

below; the retinaculum annular; the frenulum flattened and

twisted near base and with a short lower fork; vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8,9

stalked ; 10,11 free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

(1)tCasvarta arMaTA, WIk. xxxv. 1807. New Granada.

Tamyra physophora, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 10.

(2)*CAsUARIA CRUMENA, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 137. f.16. Bogota.

Genus RucuMaA.

Rucuma, Wk. xxviii. 441 (1863).

Erioptycha, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 496.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint

minute ; frons with a sharp tuft; antennz of male simple; mid

and hind tibie and tarsi fringed with long hair above; the

tympanic vesicle, retinaculum, and frenulum as in Casuaria.

Fore wing with the costa very much arched at middle and excised

beyond it; the apex produced upwards and faleate; the outer

margin much excurved at middle, then excised to anal angle;

neuration as in Casuaria. Hind wing of male with glandular

swelling on basal half of inner margin below, clothed with rough

hair.

Fig. 11.

Rucuma recurvana, G. }.

TRUCUMA RECURVANA, WIK. xxviii. 441. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Erioptycha umbrivittalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 497,

pl 7. £. 9. Brazil.

Genus ORYCTOPLEURA.

Oryctopleura, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 495.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint

minute; frons with a sharp tuft of scales; mid and hind legs

thickly clothed with scales. Fore wing with the costa strongly

arched at base, then deeply excised; the apex produced to a sharp

point ; the outer margin excuryed at middle; male with a large

Type.

1897. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINA. 649

tympanic vesicle; a glandular swelling at base of costa below,

fringed with hair; the retinaculum annular; the frenulum

thickened and flattened ; veins 2, 3 from well before angle of cell ;

4, 5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked.

Hind wing with the outer margin angled at middle; the costa

arched ; the cell short; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from

angle; 6, 7 from upper angle.

*QRYCTOPLEURA ARCUATALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p. 496. Brazil.

Genus SALOBRENA.

Salobrena, Wik. xxviii. 446 (1863).

Cctoperia, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1875, p, 331.

Clydonopteron, Riley, Ent. Am. iu. p. 287.

Palpi upturned, about twice the length of head and reaching

well above the vertex, fringed with long hair above; frons

rounded; antenne somewhat annulate; mid legs with large tufts

of scales at middle and end of tibia. Fore wing of male with a

tympanic vesicle at base of costa, usually with two excisions

beyond it; the retinaculum annular; the frenulum much

thickened and with a short lower fork; vein 3 from before angle

of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked ;

10,11 free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 trom angle of cell;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Salobrena excisana, S. 3.

Szcr. I. (Salobrena). Mid tarsus of male with a large tuft of scales

on Ist joint ; fore wing with two deep excisions in costa.

(1)tSaLoprena ExcIsANA, WIk. xxviii. 446. Brazil.

iF, genualis, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 187. f. 35.

(2)*SALOBRENA CYRISALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 192,

pl. 59. f. 20. Mexico.

(3)*SALOBRENA PROPYLEA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 193,

pl. 59, ff. 21, 22. Mexico.

(4) SALOBRENA TECOMA, Riley, Ent. Am. iii. p. 288, ff. 132, 183.

U.S.A.; W. Indies ; Brazil; Buenos Ayres.

(5)*Satoprena GiBposa, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 36. Bogota.

650 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE {June I,

Sror. II. (Gctoperia). Mid tarsus of male without the tuft of

scales ; fore wing with the excisions in costa slight.

(6) SatoBrEna stnceRa, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1873,

p- 331, pl. x. f. 45. U.S.A.

Secr. IIT. Male with no excisions on costa of fore wing; the

glandular swelling on underside very large, with a thick tuft

of hair from its extremity in end of cell.

(7)TSALOBRENA VacuANA, WIk. xxviii. 441. | W. Indies; Brazil.

Genus IpneEA.

Idnea, Herr.-Schiff. Samml. aussereur. Schmett. p. 75 (1855).

Uzeda, Wik. xxviii. 442 (1863).

Corybissa, W1k. xxviii. 445.

Auchoteles, Zell. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1877, p. 83.

Palpi upturned, reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint minute ;

frons with a tuft of hair; antenne minutely ciliated; mid and

hind tibie and the 1st joint of tarsi fringed with rough hair. Fore

wing with the costa arched at base, excised beyond middle; the

apex produced and falcate ; the outer margin very much excurved

at middle ; a glandular swelling in male at base of costa below,

with an oblique tuft of hair from it met by a fringe on median

nervure continued for a short way along vein 2; a hyaline patch

beyond the cell; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle;

6,7 from upper angle in male, 8, 9 stalked, 10 free, 11 anasto-

mosing with 12; in female 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10, 11 free. Hind

wing with the outer margin excurved at middle; veins 3, 4, 5

from lower angle of cell (or abnormally 4, 5 on a long stalk); the

discocellulars obliquely curved; veins 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 13.

Idnea speculans, 3. }.

Sect. I, (Jdnea). Fore wing of male with two excisions in the

costa beyond middle, the lobe between them curled over and

with a tuft of hair; hind wing with short ridges of scales

beyond lower angle of cell on veins 3, 4, 5.

Type. (1) Ipyea specunans, Herr.-Schiff. Samml. aussereur, Schmett.

ff. 399, 400. Brazil.

t Uzeda olivaceana, Wik. xxviii. 443.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINE. 651

Sscr. IJ. Fore wing of male with one excision in the costa beyond

middle and no fringed lobe; hind wing without ridges of

scales beyond lower angle of cell.

A. (Oorybissa). Fore wing of male with a rounded lobe at base

of costa.

(2)tIpyea concotorana, WIk. xxviii. 439. Brazil.

+ Uzeda torquetana, Wlk. xxviii. 448.

tAuchoteles perforatana, Zell. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 84.

+ \. sobriana, Zell. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 84.

(3)tIpnza attana, W1k. xxviii. 438. Brazil.

TCorybissa congruana, W1k. xxviii. 416.

B. (Uzeda). Fore wing of male with an angled lobe at base of

costa; a flap of scales on inner side of the hyaline patch.

a. Fore wing of male with the costal lobe ending before middle,

with no tuft of scales on it or ridge on the postmedial line.

(4)tIpyza Ppropriana, WI. xxviii. 438. Brazil.

t Uzeda vitriferana, WIk. xxviii. 442,

b. Fore wing of male with the costal lobe extending to middle

and with a tuft of scales on it; a ridge of scales on the

postmedial line.

(5)tIpyua aipposana, WIk. xxviii. 444. Brazil.

Genus SAMcova.

Samcova, W1k. xxviii. 485 (1863).

Epidelia, Rag, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 100.

Palpi obliquely upturned, about twice the length of head and

reaching well above it, the 3rd joint long and naked; frons with

a tuft of hair; mid tibie very thickly fringed with long scales ;

the 1st tarsal joint with a large tuft; hind tibie fringed with long

scales at extremity and with a tuft on 1st tarsal joint. Fore wing

Fig. 14.

Samcova incensand, g. +.

of male with a tympanic vesicle at base of costa; a glandular

swelling below, with a fringe of long hair at extremity ; a tuft of

long hair from median nervure; the costa arched at base; the

apex slightly produced and acute; the outer margin excurved at

middle; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from

Type.

652 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

upper angle; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with a

slight glandular patch of scales beyond cell, which is extremely

short; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing

with 8,

(1)tSamoova tncensana, WIk. xxviii. 436. Brazil.

(2)*Samcova DAMtA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het.i. p. 308, pl. 28.

f.4 (9). Centr. Am.

Epidelia viridalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 101, pl. 16.

Genus TosaLn.

Tosale, Wik. xxviii. 447 (1863).

Fabatana, W1\k. xxxiv. 1265 (1865).

Siparocera, Grote, Ann. N.Y. Lyc. 1876, p. 129.

Palpi upturned, reaching vertex of head, the 8rd joint short ;

frons with a slight tuft ; antennz of male ciliated ; mid tibiz with

large tufts of scales at base and extremity, the first joints of tarsi

with large tufts. Fore wing of male with a tympanic vesicle and

the costa arched at base; a costal fold below; the retinaculum

annulate and fringed with hair; the frenulum thickened and

flattened, and with a short lower fork; the apex rounded; the

outer angle hooked ; vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 4,5 from angle ;

6, 7 from upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked in male, in female 7, 8, 9,

10 stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle

of cell; 4,5 from angle; the discocellulars highly angled; 6, 7

stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Tosale pyralidoides, Cie ae

Secr. I. Fore and hind wings of male without patches of

velvety black scales on disk.

(1)tTosaLe avcra, n. sp.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown with a slight red tinge ;

palpi and legs deeper red-brown; the extremities of tarsi white.

Fore wing red-brown, suffused in parts with grey ; a semicircular

chocolate band with slightly waved grey outer edge beyond the

tympanic vesicle; diffused medial and submarginal olive-brown

shades ; a grey postmedial line with black specks on its inner edge,

excurved from vein 6 to 2, where it is bent inwards; the cilia

blackish. Hind wing black-brown, with a pale sinuous line from

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINA, 653

vein 2 to anal angle. Underside redder, with a dark patch on

disk of fore wing ; hind wing with pale curved postmedial line.

Hab. St. Martha, Brazil. Hap. 20 mm.

(2)*TosaLE DECIPIENS, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 37. Brazil.

Sror. II. Male with velvety patches of black scales on disk

of fore wing below and on disk of hind wing above.

(3)?TosaLH ovIPLAGALIS, W1k. xxxiv.1265. U.S.A.; Colombia ;

Siparocera nobilis, Grote, Ann. N.Y. Lyc. 1876, p. 129. Peru.

Asopia anthecioides, Grote, Tr. E. 8. Phil. xv. pl. 2. f. 9.

Type. (4)tTosaLE PYRALIDOIDES, WIk. xxviii. 447. Brazil.

Pyralis crassipes, Wik. xxxiy. 1232.

Torda metamelana, Wik. xxxv. 1800.

(5)*Tosate riatranis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 28. Brazil.

Genus CARCHA.

Carcha, Wlk. xvii. 281 (1859).

Celoma, Méschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 276 (1890).

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd _ joint

minute; frons with a tuft of hair; antenne minutely ciliated ;

mid tibie with thick tufts of scales at middle and extremity ; hind

tibie and tarsal joints slightly fringed with hair; abdomen with

medial and paired lateral anal tufts. Fore wing of male with the

costa highly arched at base and bearing a tympanic vesicle; a

glandular swelling below ; the retinaculum annulate, the frenulum

greatly thickened and flattened, with a strong lower fork; the

disk with a patch of black scales; the apex rounded; the outer

angle hooked; veins 2 and 3 from a point before angle of cell;

4, 5 from angle ; 6 from upper angle; 7,8,9, 10 stalked ; 11 free.

Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 16.

Carcha hersilialis, 8. 3.

‘Sxcr. I. Hind wing without ridges of scales on inner area.

Type. (1)fCaRCHA HERSILIALIS, W1k. xvii. 282. W. Indies; Honduras.

+Pyralis dispansalis, W1k. xxxiv. 1228,

» curtalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1280.

Celoma tortricalis, Méschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 277.

Tosale moritzi, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 500.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1897, No. XLITI. 43

654 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Sect. LI. Hind wing with ridge of large erect scales from below

middle of cell to outer margin, thickest towards base.

(2)TCaRCHA VIOLALIS, n. sp.

9. Chocolate-brown with a purple tinge. Fore wing with the

costal and apical areas suffused with pink; a marginal series of

silvery blue spots. Hind wing with the outer margin and base of

cilia silvery blue ; a marginal series of black striz; the scales in

the ridge with a metallic tinge. Underside of both wings with

indistinct curved postmedial line.

Hab. Espiritu Santo (Jones). Hap. 24 mm.

Genus SANGUESA.

Sanguesa, W1k. xxviii. 440 (1863).

Palpi upturned, slender, and reaching just above vertex of head,

the 3rd joint minute; frons with a tuft of hair; antenne of male

minutely ciliated ; mid and hind tibie fringed with long hair, the

1st joint of hind tarsus with a large tuft of hair. Fore wing with

a tympanic vesicle at base of costa; the basal half of costa highly

arched, then almost straight; the apex rectangular; the outer

margin rounded; male with a large tuft of hair from the glandular

swelling at base of costa below covering the annular retinaculum ;

the frenulum very much thickened and flattened, with a short

lower fork; a thick tuft of hair below median nervure; vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from upper

angle; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with the costa

lobed near base ; the outer margin rounded from apex to vein 2,

then excised to anal angle; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

well separated at origin; the discocellulars highly angled ; 6, 7

shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Fig. 17.

Sanguesa cosmiana, S. }.

Type. (1)tSANGUESA COSMIANA, WIk. xxviii. 440. Brazil,

(2)TSANGUESA DILATATANA, WIK. xxviii. 437. Brazil.

Genus AZAMORA.

zamora, Wk. xv. 1757 (1858).

Torda,- Wk. xxviii. 436 (1863).

1897. } CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINE. 655

Amblyura, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 357.

Thylacophora, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 490.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head; frons with a sharp

tuft ; antenne of male ciliated; hind tibie very thickly fringed

with long scales, the Ist tarsal joint with a very large tuft;

abdomen of male with medial and. paired lateral anal tufts.

Fore wing of male with a tympanic vesicle at base of costa, which

is arched ; a glandular swelling below, with a tuft of long hair at

extremity met by a fringe from below median nervure; the

retinaculum annulate, the frenulum thickened; the apex rect-

angular or slightly produced; vein 3 from close to angle of cell ;

4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked ; 10, 11 free.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle; 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Fig. 18.

Azamora tortriciformis, 3. 4.

Sxor. I. Hind tibize of male with a tuft of long hair from base;

fore wing with a patch of velvety black scales on underside

above middle of vein 1, with a tuft of long hair lying over it ;

ae wing with a patch of velvety black scales in end of cell

above.

(1)tAZAMORA MELANOSPILA, W1k. xxxv. 1799. Brazil,

Szor. II. Hind tibize of male without tuft of hair from base ;

fore and hind wings without velvety black patches.

A. Fore wing of male with a tuft of pale hair below

median nervure on underside.

Type, (2)tAZAMORA TORTRICIFORMIS, WIK. xv. 1757. Brazil.

a basiplaga, W1k. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 91.

Thylacophora hepaticalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 492.

(3) Azamora corusca, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 357,

pl. 6. f. 14. Brazil.

B. Fore wing of male with a tuft of black hair below

median nervure on underside.

(4)fAzaMoRA PENICILLANA, W1k. xxviii. 437. Brazil.

Thylacophora tortricoidalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p- 491.

43*

656 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1

Genus ANISOLHRIX.

Anisothrix, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 478.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint with

a hollow tuft at extremity enclosing the 3rd joint ; frons smooth ;

antenne of male with cilia and bristles. Fore wing with the apex

rectangular; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle;

6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10 free; 11 slightly anasto-

mosing with 12; male with a glandular swelling at base of costa

fringed with hair, which is met by a fringe of hair from median

nervure. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; the

discocellulars obliquely curved; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Anisothrix adustalis, G. 4}.

T ype. *ANISOTHRIX ADUSTALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 479,

Pleats. 0. Centr. Amer,

Genus HYALosticra, nov.

Palpi upturned, thickly scaled, and reaching vertex of head ;

frons smooth; antenne of male ciliated; mid and hind tibie

thickly fringed with long scales, the tarsal joints with large tufts

of scales. Fore wing with the costa slightly arched at base, then

nearly straight ; the apex rectangular; male with a slight tuft of

hair at base of costa below ; a hyaline fovea in cell; veins 2 and 3

from close to angle of cell; 4,5 from angle and closely approxi-

mated at origin; 6 from near upper angle; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10, 11

free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Hyalosticta obliqualis, 3. 3

Type. THYALOSTIOTA OBLIQUALIS, n. sp.

Head and thorax ochreous brown and purplish fuscous ; abdomen

fuscous irrorated with ochreous; legs clothed with reddish,

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN A. 657

purplish-black, and ochreous scales. Fore wing purplish fuscous

irrorated with greyish ochreous; a very oblique diffused greyish

line with ridge on its inner side from costa near base to inner

margin beyond middle, the costal area beyond it suffused with

grey ; an ill-defined submarginal grey line excurved below costa;

a reddish patch above outer angle. Hind wing dark fuscous

brown. Underside greyer, with dark ante- and postmedial marks

on costa of each wing.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Exp. 3 26, 2 30 mm.

Genus STHENOB#A.

Sthenobea, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p, 541.

Palpi upturned, short, smoothly scaled, and not reaching vertex

of head; frons smooth; antenne ciliated ; tibize smoothly scaled.

Fore wing short and broad; the costa slightly arched; the apex

rectangular; the outer margin obliquely rounded ; vein 2 much

curved at origin; lower angle of cell greatly produced by vein 5

running along median nervure; 3, 4, 5 from angle, 4, 5 approxi

mated for some distance; upper angle of cell produced ; 6 from

well below upper angle; 7 from upper angle; 8, 9 very shortly

stalked ; 10 from cell; 11 anastomosing with 12. Hind wing

with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from angle;

4 absent; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 21.

Sthenobea abnormalis, 6. 3.

*STHENOBHZA ABNORMALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 641.

Ecuador.

Genus HyPocosM1A.

Hypocosmia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 70.

Palpi upturned, slender, and hardly reaching vertex of head,

the 3rd joint minute ; frons smooth ; antennz of male thickened ;

mid tibia fringed with long hair, a large tuft on Ist joint of

tarsus; hind tibie fringed with long hair, the tarsal joints with

tufts diminishing distally. Fore wing with the costa nearly

straight; the apex rectangular; male with a small tympanic

vesicle at base above; the costal thickening slightly fringed with

hair below; a fringe of hair from above base of inner margin ;

the frenulum rather thickened ; vein 3 from near angle of cell;

4,5 from angle; 7, 8, 9, LO stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with

vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked ; the discocellulars obliquely

curved ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

658 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE {June 1,

Fig. 22.

——

Hypocosmia definitalis, 3. }-

Type. *HYPOCOSMIA DEFINITALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 505,

pl. 72 £41. Venezuela’.

Genus XANTIPPE.

Xantippe, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 532.

Palpi upturned, thickly scaled, and hardly reaching vertex of

head; frons roughly scaled; antenne somewhat annulate; mid

tibie and 1st tarsal joint fringed with hair above ; hind tibiz long,

fringed with hair above, the tarsal joints with tufts of scales

diminishing distally. Fore wing with the costa straight ; the apex

rectangular ; the outer margin oblique; veins 4, 5 stalked ; 6 from

upper angle ; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10 from angle; 11 becoming coinci-

dent with 12. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell ;

3, 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Fig. 23.

Sie

Xantippe auropurpuralis, g. t.

Scr. I. Fore wing with vein 3 stalked with 4, 5.

Type. (1) XANTIPPE AUROPURPURALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p- 533, pl. 5. f. 7. Brazil.

Szot. II. Fore wing with vein 3 from cell.

(2)tXANTIPPE CHROMALIS, n. sp.

3. Greenish yellow. Fore wing with the costa fuscous, with

pale specks at the origin of the very indistinct pale medial and

postmedial lines; a marginal blackish line; the cilia yellowish

white, dark at apex. Abdomen and hind wing pale fuscous.

Underside fuscous ; the costa of fore wing irrorated ochreous and

black, of hind wing reddish irrorated with black.

@ with the hind wing whiter.

Hab. Sio Paulo (Jones). Exp. $ 18, Q 20 mm.

1 Not Ceylon.

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINZ. 659

(8) XANTIPPE BICHORDALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 537.

Brazil.

tArta rubricalis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 498.

Genus ParRacHMA.

Parachma, Wk. xxxiv. 1263 (1865).

Zazaca, Wik. xxxiv. 1269.

Perseis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 538.

Palpi upturned, thickly scaled, and hardly reaching vertex of

head ; frons rounded ; antenne of male ciliated; mid tibie with

large tufts of scales at middle and extremity and a large tuft on

the Ist tarsal joint; hind tibie very long in male and roughly

sealed, the tarsal joints with tufts of scales diminishing distally ;

the spurs short. Fore wing with the apex rectangular; veins 4,5

stalked ; 6 from upper angle; 7 absent; 8,9,10 stalked; 11 free.

Hind wing with vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 absent; 4,5

stalked ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Parachma ochracealis, oe 2

Sect. I. Fore wing with vein 3 stalked with 4, 5.

(1)fParacuma ocHRacEALis, WIk. xxxiv. 1263. U.S.A.

+Zazaca auratalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1269.

Asopia culiculalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii, 167.

(2)tPaRacHMA LUTEALIS, 0. sp.

Head and thorax yellow marked with fuscous; abdomen yellow

suffused with rufous above; the tufts on hind tarsi. rufous. Fore

wing yellow irrorated with fuscous and red scales; a broad

medial purplish-grey band with red edges indented in cell and

toothed just below it; the area near outer angle suifused with

purplish grey; a marginal red line. Hind wing pale, with some

reddish suffusion near lower angle of cell and on outer margin ;

traces of a postmedial line.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Exp. g 16, 9 16-20 mm,

Sror, II. Fore wing with vein 3 absent.

(3)TPARACHMA METERYTHRA, D. Sp.

Purplish grey ; head and patagia marked with yellowish white ;

palpi and tarsi ringed with yellowish white. Fore wing with

Type.

660 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June l,

yellowish spot at base of costa and larger triangular medial and

postmedial spots, with series of specks arising from them. Hind

wing orange-red ; the cilia of both wings pale at tips.

Hab. Espiritu Santo. Hap. 5 20, 2 22 mm.

Genus DasycOnEMIA.

Dasycnemia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 489.

Palpi upturned, slender, and not reaching vertex of head, the

3rd joint short ; frons smooth; antenne of male finely ciliated ;

mid tibie with large tufts of scales at middle and extremity, the

tarsal joints with tufts of scales diminishing distally ; hind tibiz

long and roughly scaled, the tarsal joints with tufts of scales

diminishing distally ; the spurs short. Fore wing with the apex

rounded; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 on a long stalk; 6 from

below upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with

vein 3 from angle of cell and closely approximated to 4, 5, which

are shortly stalked; 6, 7 stalked, 7 slightly anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 25.

Dasycnemia depressalis, 3. }.

*DASYCNEMIA DEPRESSALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 490,

Pl. 7.5.07. Peru.

Genus CaTADUPA.

Catadupa, W1k. xxviii. 444 (1863).

1 Palpi with the 2nd joint upturned and reaching vertex of head,

the 8rd short and porrect; antenne of male ciliated; hind tibize

with a fringe of very long scales at extremity ; hind tibiz long,

fringed with rough scales at extremity, the 1st joint of tarsus with

a large tuft of scales. Fore wing of male with a large lobe near

base of costa, roughly scaled on the costa; a large ridge of scales

on median nervure above, with a hollow between it and the costal

lobe ; tufts of hair from base of costa and median nervure below

and a large fovea in the cell; the apex rectangular ; the cell very

short; vein 2 from near angle; 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper

angle; 7,8, 9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with the cell short ;

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8,

1 In the unique type the head is wanting, and the characters are taken from

Walker’s description.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN&. 661

Fig. 26.

Catadupa integrana, 3. §.

Type. TCATADUPA INTEGRANA, WIK, xxviii, 445. Brazil.

Genus Dasttra.

Dastira, Wik. xix. 917 (1859).

Palpi upturned, minute and not reaching vertex of head; frons

with a sharp tuft; antenne of male with long curved cilia; mid

and hind tibie and tarsi nearly smooth. Fore wing with the

costa arched at base, the apex rounded; male with a glandular

swelling at base of costa below fringed with long hair; vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from upper angle ;

7,8, 9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anas-

tomosing with 8.

Dastira hippialis, 3. 3.

Type. tDastina HIPPIALIS, Wk. xix. 917. Brazil.

Genus PROTRICHTIA, nov.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint

minute; frons with a sharp tuft; antenne of male somewhat

thickened ; mid and hind tibize roughly scaled. Fore wing with

the costa slightly excised and with a fringe of hair below it beyond

middle; a tuft of hair from base of costa below; veins 3, 4, 5

from close to angle of cell; 6,7 from upper angle and 8,9 stalked

in male, in female 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with

the lower angle of cell produced and the discocellulars obliquely

curved; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

662 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Protrichia vinacea, 3. 1.

Type. PROTRICHIA VINACEA, n. sp.

¢o. Head purplish red; thorax and abdomen pale grey-brown.

Fore wing with the base of costa purplish red; the basal area

grey-brown bounded by an oblique whitish line; the costal area

grey-brown; the rest of the wing purplish red, with a slightly

sinuous whitish postmedial line. Hind wing pale; the outer area

suffused with purplish red; a pale submarginal line angled

outwards to the margin at vein 2.

2 with only a slight vinous tinge on medial area of fore wing ;

the submarginal line more curved and the area beyond it dark

purplish red.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Exp. 24 mm.

Genus ScHISTONEURA.

Schistoneura, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 527.

Palpi upturned, slender, and reaching vertex of head; frons

with a tuft of hair; antenne of male minutely ciliated; tibie

thickly scaled. Fore wing of male with the membrane contorted

beyond middle below the costa and with tufts of scales on

upperside ; a large costal fold below, with oblique tuft of hair at

its extremity met by a fringe from median nervure; vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked in female, 10

free and 11 anastomosing with 12; in male 7 and 8 from upper

angle of cell, 9, 10, 11 free and bent up to the costa. Hind wing

with the outer margin angled at vein 2; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; the discocellulars obliquely curved; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 29.

Schistoneura helicalis, . +.

Type. TSCHISTONEURA HELLICALIS, W1k. xviii. 630; Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1891, pl. 16. f. 2. Brazil,

flavitinctalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1890, p. 527.

”

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINE. 663

Genus ACROPTERYX.

Acropteryx, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 469.

Palpi upturned, the second joint reaching vertex of head, the

3rd short in male, long and oblique in female; frons with a tuft

of hair; antenne of male minutely ciliated ; tibie roughly scaled.

Fore wing of male with the costa arched near base, excised

beyond middle, the apex slightly produced upwards and falcate;

a glandular swelling at base of costa below, with a large oblique

tuft of hair at end of it met by a fringe from below median

nervure ; the costa nearly straight in female; vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8,9 absent

in male, stalked with 7 in female; 10,11 free. Hind wing in

male with small tufts of scales on veins 5, 6, 7 beyond the cell on

underside ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Fig. 30.

Acropteryx herbacealis, 3. +.

Scr. I. Fore wing with the costa excised beyond middle, the

apex slightly produced upwards and acute.

(1) AcroprERyx ARNEA, Oram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 36, G.

Surinam ; Amazons.

Botys linalis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 9.

(2) AcROPTERYX HERBACHALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p- 470, pl. 7. £. 1. Chiriqui; St. Martha.

Suor. II. Fore wing with the costa evenly arched ; the

apex rounded.

(3)*ACROPTERYX NATTERERI, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 136. f. 29.

Brazil,

Genus TERATOMORPHA.

Teratomorpha, De Nicéville, Journ. Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc. x.

p. 192 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

moderately scaled in front, the 3rd short and naked; frons

rounded; antenne almost simple; tibie with the outer spurs

about two-thirds length of inner. Fore wing with the costa

arched at base and excised beyond middle, the apex bent upwards,

Type.

664 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

arched, and falcate; the outer margin excised below apex,

produced and hooked at middle, then excised to outer angle; the

inner margin lobed; male with a glandular swelling at base of

costa below fringed with tufts of long hair; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8,9 curved

and stalked; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with the outer margin

somewhat excised below apex and angled at vein 2; vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing slightly with 8.

TIERATOMORPHA HAMPSONI, De Nicéville, Journ. Bom. Nat. Hist.

Soc. x. p. 192, pl. 1. f. 52. Tenasserim.

Fig. 31.

Teratomorpha hampsoni, . +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Auctorum.

Goossensia daralitalis, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 107, pl. 5.

on Jaya.

‘Genus PIonrIprIA, nov.

Palpi upturned, slender, reaching vertex of head and held well

in front of frons, which is smooth ; antenne of male almost simple ;

mid tibie thickly fringed with scales; hind tibie with a slight

tuft of hair from base. Fore wing with the costa arched at base,

then straight, the apex rectangular; male with some rough scales

in cell below; the cell short and narrow; veins 2, 3 from near

angle; 5 from above angle; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8, 9

stalked; 10,11 absent. Hind wing with the cell short; vein 2

absent ; 3, 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars highly angled ; 6,7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Pionidia albicilia, 8. +.

Type. TPIONIDIA ALBICILIA, 0. sp.

+ Yellowish brown. Fore wing slightly suffused with pink; a

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN A, 665

small tuft of scales on discocellulars ;.a dark marginal line; the

cilia pure white. Hind wing pale ochreous; the apical area

suffused with pink. Underside of fore wing with pink suffusion

in and beyond cell to outer margin.

Hab. Rio Janeiro. Hap. 28 mm.

Genus PARIDNEA.

Paridnea, Rag. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 602.

Palpi upturned, extending far in front of frons and reaching

vertex of head, roughly scaled on outer side, 3rd joint with the

scales directed downwards ; frons nearly smooth ; antenne strongly

ciliated ; tibize nearly smooth. Fore wing with the costa nearly

straight, the apex rectangular ; male with a large tuft of scales on

costa beyond middle ; a glandular swelling at base of costa below

fringed with long hair, met by a fringe from median nervure;

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; male with veins 6, 7, 8 free from

close to upper angle; 9, 10 stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; the discocellulars highly angled ;

6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 33.

Paridnea holophealis, 8. +

PARIDNEA HOLOPHEALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 603.

Centr. & S. Am.

Stemmatophora demonica, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 200,

pl. 60: £9.

Genus DERBETA.

' Derbeta, Wk. xxxiy. 1147 (1865).

Palpi upturned and reaching halfway to vertex of head, thickly

scaled, and the 3rd joint minute; frons with a tuft of hair ;

antenn® of male bipectinate (mid and hind legs wanting). Fore

wing long and narrow; the costa evenly arched; the apex rectan-

gular; the outer margin obliquely curved ; the inner margin evenly

arched ; a small glandular swelling at base of costa below; the

retinaculum tufted with hair; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6

from upper angle; 7, 8 stalked; 9, 10 absent; 11 free. Hind

wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for

a short distance; the discocellulars highly angled; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8,

666 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE {June 1,

Fig. 34.

ara.

Derbeta nigrifimbria,

Type. {DERBETA NIGRIFIMBRIA, WIk, xxxiy. 1148, Brazil.

Genus Prraustopzs.

Pyraustodes, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 484.

Palpi upturned, slender, very short and hardly reaching half-

way to vertex of head; frons rounded ; antennz almost simple ;

mid and hind tibie slightly fringed with hair. Fore wing of male

with a large flap of scales in the cell; the basal half of costal

arched ; the apex slightly produced; the outer margin obliquely

rounded; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6 from below upper

angle; 7 absent ; 8, 9 stalked; 10 free; 11 curved. Hind wing

with the discocellulars very highly angled ; the lower angle of cell

greatly produced; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked,

7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Fig. 35.

Pyraustodes flavicostalis, 3. 3.

Type. *PYRAUSTODES FLAVICOSTALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p- 485. Brazil.

Genus Anica,

Arica, Wik. xxvii. 439 (1863).

Palpi with the 2nd joint upturned and reaching vertex of head,

the 3rd porrect and thickly scaled; frons with a sharp tuft;

antenne of male nearly simple; mid tibie somewhat thickly

clothed with hair; hind tibie long. Fore wing very broad; male

with tympanic vesicle at base of costa, which is very highly arched,

the outer half somewhat excised ; the apex rectangular ; the outer

and inner margins forming an almost continuous curve; the

retinaculum annulate ; the frenulum thickened and flattened, with

a short lower fork; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from

———oOoOo

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINZE. 667

angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind

wing with veins 3 and 5 well separated from 4; the discocellulars

very highly angled; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly

with 8.

Arica pelopsana, 8. +.

Type. (1)TARICA PELOPSANA, WIk. xxviii. 439. Brazil.

(2) ARICA SPLENDENS, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 194,

pl. 59. f. 25. Panama; Brazil.

Genus [TAMBE.

Itambe, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 607.

Palpi minute, porrect, and not reaching nearly to end of frons,

which is rounded and smooth; antennz of male minutely ciliated ;

tibie nearly smoothly scaled. Fore wing with the basal half of

costa extremely highly arched; the outer half deeply excised ; the

apex produced upwards and falcate; the outer margin excised

below apex, then excurved; vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3, 4,5

from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8 stalked; 9 absent;

10 free; 11 given off from 12. Hind wing of male with a large

rounded patch of thick scales on upperside occupying the greater

art of inner area; vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 from angle ;

4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 37.

Itambe fenestalis, 3. }.

Type. ITAMBE FENISTALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 608. Brazil.

Genus Microzancia, nov.

Differs from Zanclodes in the fore wing having the costa slightly

arched at base and much less produced upwards at apex; male

with a very small glandular swelling at base of costa; veins 4, 5

668 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

stalked ; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with veins 4, 5

stalked.

Macrozancla ignitalis, 8. 1.

Type. tMICROZANCLA IGNITALIS, N. Spe

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen brick-red. Fore wing with the

basal area brick-red; the outer area dark red-brown with a

purplish tinge; the costa from before middle to near apex golden

yellow, with a fiery red fascia below it; the inner area broadly

fiery red. Hind wing fiery red; the apical area fuscous. Under-

side of fore wing brown, with the costa deep red.

with no brick-red at base of fore wing, the red-brown and

fiery red extending to base.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones); Rio Janeiro. Exp. g 18, 2 20 mm.

Genus ZANCLODES.

Zanclodes, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 475, pl. 7. £. 3.

Palpi porrect, straight, thickly scaled, and not reaching beyond

the large frontal tuft; antenne of male minutely ciliated ; tibie

roughly scaled on outer side. Fore wing with the basal half of

costa highly arched, the apical half excised ; the apex very much

produced upwards; the outer and inner margins evenly curved ;

male with a large glandular swelling at base of costa, below fringed

with avery thick tuft of hair at extremity; the retinaculum hairy ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked;

8, 9 stalked; 10 free; 11 anastomosing with 12. Hind wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 39.

Zanclodes falculalis, @. 1.

Type. ZANCLODES FALCULALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 475,

pl. £. 3, Brazil.

Type.

1897. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN &, 669

Genus ARTA.

Arta, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soe. ii. p. 229 (1875).

Heliades, Rag. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 534,

Palpi porrect, straight, and hardly extending beyond the frons,

which is rounded; antennze of male annulate and ciliated ; mid

and hind tibiz slightly fringed with hair on outer side, the tarsal

joints smooth. Fore wing with the costa nearly straight, the

apex rectangular; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6 from

upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10 absent; 11 free. Hind wing

with vein 2 from angle of cell, which is short; 3, 4,5 stalked ;

6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 40.

Arta statalis, 3. }.

(1)TARTA SERIALIS, n. sp.

Brownish flesh-colour ; abdomen yellower, the anal tuft bright

ochreous. Fore wing with the inner and medial areas slightly

suffused with pink; an oblique medial fuscous line very slightly

angled on median nervure; a nearly erect postmedial line; a

prominent marginal series of black striz ; the tips of cilia blackish ;

Hind wing whitish; the apical area tinged with brown; an

indistinct postmedial line from costa to vein 5; a series of black

marginal striz. Underside with the costal area of both wings

suffused with pink ; hind wing with prominent black discocellular

spot and postmedial line.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Exp. 20 mm.

(2)fARra sTATALIs, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. ii. p. 230. U.S.A.

epicenalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 536.

mulleolella, Hulst, Entom. Am. 1887, p. 133.

”

bh}

(3)fARTA OLIVALIS, Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 23. U.S.A.

(4)*Arra ENcauSTALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 537,

pl. a. £. 8: Brazil,

Genus SARCISTIS, nov.

Palpi porrect, thickly scaled, straight and extending rather

beyond the frons, which is smoothly scaled; antenne of female

ciliated; tibiz and tarsi smoothly scaled. Fore wing with the

costa almost straight ; the apex rounded; vein 2 from near angle

of cell; 3, 4, 5 stalked ; 6 from near upper angle; 7, 8 stalked;

9 absent: 10 free; 11 becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XLIV. 44

670 SIR G, F, HAMPSON ON THE {June 1,

with vein 2 from near angie of cell; 3 absent; 4, 5 stalked; 6,7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 41.

Sarcistis medialis, G. }+.

Type. tSARCISTIS MEDIALIS, 0. sp.

Q. Flesh-colour. Fore wing thickly irrorated with pink; the

costa tinged with yellow; ante- and postmedial very slightly

curved fuscous lines, the area between them slightly darker.

Hind wing pale with fuscous irroration; a slightly dark marginal

line. Underside with pink irroration on fore wing and costal

area of hind wing.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Hap. 18 mm.

Genus Mono.oxis, nov.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, roughly scaled, and extending

about the length of head; frons with a sharp tuft; antenne of

male minutely ciliated; legs smoothly scaled. Fore wing with

the costa evenly arched ; the apex rectangular; male with a small

tuft of hair on costa beyond middle; a glandular swelling at base

of costa below fringed with hair, met by a fringe of hair from

median nervure ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ;

6, 7 stalked; 9 absent; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Monolowis cinerascens, §. }.

Type. TMoNOLOXIS CINERASCENS, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 424.

Brazil.

Genus Drnoxis, nov.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending

about the length of head; frons smooth; antenne of male

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN#. 671

minutely ciliated; legs smoothly scaled. Fore wing with the

basal half of costa arched, the outer half excised; apex somewhat

produced ; the outer margin obliquely curved; male with a large

tuft of scales on median nervure above, and a sinaller tuft from

costa beyond middle ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6 from upper

angle; 7,8 stalked; 9 absent; 10,11 free. Hind wing with veins

3, 4,5 from angle of cell, which is produced ; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 43.

\\\

Diloxis ochriplaga, g. 1.

TDILOXIs OCHRIPLAGA, N. sp.

3. Head and collar red-brown; thorax and abdomen dark

brown. Fore wing with the costal half red-brown; the tufts

purplish ; a large ochreous patch on costa before apex; the inner

half dark brown. Hind wing dark brown.

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Exp. 20 mm.

Genus AREA.

Area, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 483.

Palpi rostriform, downcuryed, nearly smoothly scaled, and

extending about the Jength of head; frons smooth; antenna of

male somewhat thickened; mid and hind tibie somewhat hairy.

Fore wing with the costa straight; the apex rectangular; male

with a hyaline fovea in end of cell; vein 3 from near angle of cell ;

4, 5from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7,8 stalked; 9 absent ;

10, 11 free in female, 10 absent in male. Hind with vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle, which is extremely produced ;

6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Area diaphanalis, $. 1.

Type. AREA DIAPHANALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 484.

Brazil; Argentina.

44*

672 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Genus ADENOPTERYX.

Adenopteryx, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 507.

Palpi porrect, downcurved, and extending about twice the length

of head; frons with a tuft of scales; antenne of male ciliated,

the basal joint long; hind tibie long and slightly hairy. Fore

wing with the costa arched; the apex rounded; male with a

large glandular swelling at base of costa; vein 3 from angle of

cell, 4,5 shortly stalked; 6 and 7 from below angle of cell; 9, 10

from angle, 10 running almost at right angles to costa; 8 and

11 absent. Hind wing with the cell short, and produced at lower

angle; 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Adenopteryx conchyliatalis, $. 1.

Type. *ADENOPTERYX CONCHYLIATALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p- 508, pl. 5. f. 4. Algeria '.

Genus HyPrrRPARACHMA.

Hyperparachma, Wary. A. M.N. H. (6) viii. p. 62 (1891).

Palpi porrect, straight, and hardly extending beyond the frons,

the end of 2nd joint thickly scaled; frons roughly scaled ; antenne

of male somewhat annulated and ciliated ; tibie nearly smooth,

Fig. 46.

Hyperparachma bursarialis, 3. 3

Fore wing of male with a glandular swelling at base of costa below

fringed with long hair, beyond which on upperside is a deep groove

with a flap of scales on its outer edge on costa, and a ridge of

* The species is of a typical Neotropical form; the unique type has been

kindly lent to me by M. de Joannis, who assures me that it was undoubtedly

taken in Philippeville, Algeria. It seems probable that it must in some way have

been imported there.

Type.

1897. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN®. 673

scales below it; the apex rounded; the cell very short; vein 2

absent ; 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7, and 10 from upper angle; 8, 9, and

11 absent. Hind wing of male with a fringe of long hair in cell

below ; vein 2 absent ; 3 from angle ; 4, 5 stalked; 6,7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

+HYPERPARACHMA BURSARIALIS, Wlk. xxxiv. 1231. Honduras ;

W. Indies; Brazil.

t 2 rubrifusca, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii. p. 62.

Genus CoNDYLOLOMIA.

Condylolomia, Grote, Bull. Buif. 8. N. 8. i. p. 176 (1878).

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending

about the length of head; frons with a sharp tuft; antennz of

male ciliated ; hind tibe thickly tufted with scales. Fore wing

with the costa evenly curved ; the apex rounded ; male with a tuft

of hair on costa before middle; the cell extremely short; veins

2,3, 4 stalked ; 6 from below upper angle; 9, 10 absent; 11 free;

female with the cell longer, vein 3 from angle. Hind wing with

vein 2 absent; 3 from angle; 4,5 stalked; 6,7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 47.

Condylolomia participalis, G. 3.

Sucr. I. Fore wing of male with vein 5 from angle of cell.

(1)fConDYLOLOMIA PARTICIPALIS, Grote, Bull. Buff. S. N.S. i.

p- 177, pl. 5. ff. 4 & 5. U.S.A.

Seor. IT. Fore wing of male with vein 5 stalked with 3, 4; a fovea

fringed with scales on upperside below the costa before the

tuft ; the cell clothed with rough scales; hind wing with a

fringe of very long hair in cell above; a fringe below the

cell and vein 3; the inner area thickly clothed with hair, and

the anal angle lobed.

(2)tCoNDYLOLOMIA METAPACHYS, n. sp.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale, variegated with red and

ochreous. Fore wing pale, suffused with ochreous and red and

irrorated with fuscous; the costal tuft and apex fuscous; traces

of a minutely dentate postmedial white line ; a marginal series of

fuscous strie. Hind wing pale fuscous, the fringes of hair in and

below the cell blackish ; the hair on anal lobe rufous.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones), Exp. 18 mm.

674 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Genus HoLoPERAs.

Holoperas, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 500 (1891).

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, and extending about the length of

head; frons smooth; antenne of male annulated; mid femora

and tibie with Jarge tufts of scales ; hind legs with tufts of scales

at extremity of tibie and on Ist tarsal joint. Fore wing narrow ;

the costa very highly arched; the apex rounded; veins 2,3 ona

very long stalk from near angle of cell; 4, 5 shortly stalked; 6

from close to upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10,11 absent; male

with a costal fold below. Hind wing with vein 2 from near angle

of cell; 3 from angle, which is very much produced; 4, 5 stalked ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Fig. 48.

Holoperas innotata, S. }-

Type. +HoopeRas innorata, Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) vii. p. 500.

Colombia.

Auctorum.

Holoperas enochroalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 509.

Centr. Am.

Genus GALASA.

Galasa, W1k. xxxv. 1801 (1866).

Cordylopeza, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1873, p. 306.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, and extending about the length

Fig. 49.

Galasa rubidana, 8. }.

of head; frons with a sharp tuft; antenne of male somewhat

annulate ; mid tibie thickly tufted with hair, the 1st tarsal joint

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINA, 675

with a large tuft; hind tibie tufted with hair at extremity, the

1st tarsal joint with a large tuft. Fore wing with the costa

excised at middle; the apex rounded; veins 2 and 3 ona long

stalk ; 4,5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7,8 stalked; 9 absent;

10,11 free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell, which

is very much produced ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

GALASA RUBIDANA, WIk. xxxv. 1802. U.S.A.; Jamaica.

Cordylopeza nigrinodis, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1873, p. 306,

pl. 3. £. 3.

Galasa rubrana, Fitch, Smith List Lep. Bor.-Am. p. 80.

» palmipes, Grote & Rob. Smith List Lep. Bor.-Am. p. 80.

Auctorum,

Galasa daulisalis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 195, pl. 60.

f. 4. Panama.

Genus BLEPHAROCERUS.

Blepharocerus, Blanch. Gay’s Chili, vii. p. 102 (1852).

dematodes, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 623.

Palpi rostriform, thickly scaled, and extending about the length

of head; frons smooth; antenne of male annulated and fascicu-

late ; mid and hind tibiz fringed with long hair. Fore wing with

the costa nearly straight, the apex rounded; vein 2 from close to

- angle of cell, which is very short; 3, 4 shortly stalked; 5 from

Type.

angle ; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8 stalked ; 9, 10 absent; 11 becoming

coincident with 12, which is very short; female with vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 7, 8,9 stalked. Hind wing with

vein 2 from near angle of cell, which is very short, the lower angle

much produced; 3.from angle; 4,5 stalked; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 50.

Blepharocerus chilensis, 3. }.

Sucr. I. (Blepharocerus). Fore wing of male with no tuft on costa.

(1) BrurHARocerts RosELLUS, Blanch. Gay’s Chili, vii. p. 102,

ploy. £22: Chili.

TtAsopia rufulalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 343, pl. 7.

fas

676 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Suor. II. (Gdematodes). Fore wing of male with a small tuft of

hair on upperside of costa before middle.

(2)TBLEPHAROCERUS CHILENSIS, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiv.

p- 426. Chili.

tActenia rubescens, Butl. Tr. Ent. Soe. 1883, p: ol.

TBlepharocerus cinerosus, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 494.

ri sabulosus, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 495.

Genus ALPHEIAS.

Alpheias, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 543.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, slender, and extending about

three times length of head, the 3rd joint minute; frons smooth;

antennz of female almost simple; tibia smoothly scaled. Fore

wing elongate ; the costa arched towards apex, which is rounded ;

vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6 from below upper

angle; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with the cell long;

vein 3 absent ; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-

mosing with 8.

Fig. 51.

Alpheias baccalis, §. 4}.

Type. (1)*ALPHEIAS BACCALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 544,

pl. 5. f. 11, Mexico,

(2)*ALPHEIAS GitonaLis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 544,

Mexico.

Genus Uniosoma,

Uliosoma, Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) vii. p. 105 (1891).

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly clothed with hair, and

Fig. 52.

Uliosoma discoloralis, 3. }.

reaching just beyond the large frontal tuft; antenne of male

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN 2. i?

almost simple ; mid tibiz with a large tuft of scales on outer side;

hind tibie and 1st tarsal joint fringed with long hair; abdomen

with a pair of very large lateral tufts from base. Fore wing with

the costa evenly arched; the apex rounded ; vein 2 absent; 3 from

near angle of cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8, 9 stalked;

10,11 absent. Hind wing with vein 2 absent ; 3 from near angle

of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6 absent; 7 anastomosing with 8.

TULIOSOMA DISCOLORALIS, WIk. xxxiv. 1315. Brazil.

Genus ACUTTA.

Acutia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 539.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending about

twice the length of head; frons roughly scaled; antenneof male

strongly ciliated ; hind tibie with a slight tuft of hair on outer side

from base. Fore wing narrow; the apex produced and faleate ;

the outer margin very oblique ; vein 2 from close to angle of cell ;

3 from angle; 4, 5 on a long stalk; 6 from near upper angle ;

7, 8,9 stalked ; 10 absent: 11 free. Hind wing with vein 2 absent ;

3 from angle; 4,5 ona long stalk; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing with 8.

Acutia faleiferalis, 8. 1.

ACUTIA FALCIFERALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 540.

Brazil.

Genus ACALLIS,

Acallis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 540.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending about

the length of head ; frons roughly scaled ; antennz of male ciliated ;

Acallis fernaldi, 8. 1.

tibie smoothly scaled. Fore wing long and narrow; the outer

margin oblique; vein 2 from close to angle of cell ; 3 from angle ;

Type.

678 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

4, 5 stalked; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10 absent; 11

free. Hind wing with vein 2 absent; 3 from near angle of cell,

which is produced ; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

ACALLIS FERNALDI, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 540. Colorado,

tUgra angustipennis, Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) vii. p. 494.

Genus Capuys.

Caphys, Wik. xxvii. 13 (1868).

Ugra, W1k. xxvii. 188.

Euexippe, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 538.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending

about the length of head ; frons smooth ; antenne of male ciliated ;

mid tibie strongly fringed with scales ; hind tibie slightly fringed.

Fore wing with the costa straight ; the apex rectangular; vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8,9,

10 stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with vein 2 absent; 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Caphys bilinea, 3. }.

Sucr. I. Fore wing of male with the costa not indented.

(1)fCapuys BininnA, WIk. xxvii. 13. Honduras ; W. Indies ;

tUgra parallela, Wik. xxvii. 188. Brazil, Venezuela.

Scopula parallelalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1462.

Euexippe bistrialis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 539.

(2)tCarHys sUBROSEALIS, W1]k. xxxiv. 1462. Honduras,

(3)fCapuys pubra, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 495.

W. Indies ; Brazil.

(4)TCaPHYS PALLIDA, n. sp.

3. Pale greyish ochreous. Fore wing with a slight purplish

tinge ; the basal half of costa blackish ; traces of sinuous ante-

and postmedial dark lines; a marginal series of black specks; the

cilia fuscous at tips. Hind wing darker and with a reddish tinge ;

a marginal series of black specks ; the cilia fuscous. Underside of

fore wing suffused with rufous; the basal half suffused with

fuscous ; hind wing paler, with rufous and fuscous suffusion on

costal and outer areas and with a curved dark postmedial line.

Hab. Saio Paulo (Jones). Eup. 14 mm.

Type.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN ®. 79

Sucr. II. Fore wing of male with a slight indentation and tuft of

scales at middle of costa and a fovea in cell below.

(5)tCaPHYS FOVEALIS, n. sp.

6. Head ochreous white ; thorax purplish pink; abdomen pale

brown. Fore wing bright purplish pink, with a pale speck in cell

and traces of a pale postmedial line excurved below costa; cilia

blackish at tips. Himd wing fuscous. Underside with the costal

area of each wing purplish irrorated with black.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones), Exp. 12 mm.

Sxcr. III. Fore wing of male with two slight indentations in costa.

(6) Capuys patmipss, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 127. f. 23. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Aglossa gryphalis, Hulst, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1876, p. 146. U.S.A.

Genus TErRASCHISTIS, nov.

Palpi downcurved, projecting about twice the length of head,

and thickly scaled; frons with a sharp tuft; antenne of female

simple; mid tibiz and tarsi fringed with long hair. Fore wing with

the costa nearly straight ; the apex rectangular; vein 2 from near

angle of cell ; 3 from angle; 4, 5 ona long stalk; 6 from upper

angle; 7 given off from 8 after 9; 10 absent. Hind wing with

vein 2 from near angle of cell, which is produced; 3 from angle;

4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 56.

Tetraschistis tinctalis, 2

(1)TTErRASCHISTIS TINCTALIS, n. sp.

@. Head and thorax rufous ; palpi fuscous ; abdomen brownish.

Fore wing rufous irrorated with fuscous; traces of a sinuous

medial dark line arising from a black speck on costa; a discocellular

black speck ; a postmedial slightly waved fuscous line arising from

a black speck on costa and excurved from costa to vein 3; a dark

marginal line ; cilia fuscous with a pinkish tinge. Hind wing pale,

with traces of a curved dark postmedial line more prominent on

underside ; cilia darkish towards apex.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Exp. 26-30 mm.

(2)tTErRascHistis MAsor, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 500.

Colombia.

Type.

680 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Genus CYCLOPALPIA, nov.

Palpi thickly scaled, in male curved inwards and downwards and

extending just beyond the large frontal tuft, in female curved down-

wards and extending about twice the length of head; antenne of male

serrated ; mid and hind tibiz moderately fringed with hair. Fore

wing with the costa nearly straight; the apex acute; the outer

margin excurved at middle; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5

stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8, 9,10 stalked; 11 free.

Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6,

7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 57.

Cyclopalpia violescens, SG. +.

TCYCLOPALPIA VIOLESCENS, Nl. sp.

6. Head and. thorax purple suffused with grey; abdomen

purplish. Fore wing purple thickly suffused with grey, leaving the

basal area and the area on each side of lower part of postmedial

line most purple; an oblique dark-edged pale antemedial line; a

dark discocellular spot ; a dark-edged pale postmedial line slightly

bent inwards at vein 4. Hind wing pale suffused with red, especi-

ally on apical area. Underside purplish, the inner half of hind

_ wing white ; both wings with discocellular lunule; the apical area

bright chestnut-red, with a white line on its inner edge.

Hab. Sio Paulo (Jones). Hap. 40 mm.

Genus CEcTOPERODES.

Cctoperodes, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 612.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, extending about the length of

head, the extremity with a tuft of long scales dilated at tips ; frons

smooth; antenne of male minutely ciliated; mid and hind tibie ©

and first tarsal joints with tufts of scales. Fore wing with the

costa strongly arched at base, then excised; the apex acute; the

outer margin oblique towards outer angle; male with a tympanic

vesicle at base of costa; a glandular swelling below fringed with

long hair, met by a fringe of hair from median nervure; vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8,

9 stalked; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with the outer margin angled

at middle; the lower angle of cell produced; veins 3 and 5 well

separated from 4; 6, 7 shortly stalked. .

Zype, *CECTOPERODES RUFITINCTALIS, Rag.Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p.613.

Brazil.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINA, 681

Genus PELASGIS.

Pelasgis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 487.

Palpi rostriform, downecurved, roughly scaled, and extending

three or four times length of head; frons smooth; antenne of

female slightly ciliated; legs smoothly scaled. Fore wing with

the costa slightly arched; the apex retangular; vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 7,8, 9,

10 stalked, 7 being given off after 9; 11 free. Hind wing with

vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 very shortly stalked; 6, 7

shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 58.

EA vA

m bz

Pelasgis hypogryphalis, Q. 1.

Type. *PHLASGIS HYROGRYPHALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 487.

Brazil.

Genus Boncais.

Bonchis, W\k. Tr. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 128 (1862).

Ethnistis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 345. ~

Vurna, Wik. xxxiv. 1189 (1865).

Zarania, Wik. xxxiy. 1262.

Gazaca, W\k. xxxiv. 1273.

Palpi rostriform, strongly downcurved, thickly scaled, and

extending about three times length of head; frons smooth; an-

tenne of malewith fascicles of cilia; mid and hind tibie with strong

tufts of scales. Fore wing of male with the costa produced to a

Fig. 59.

Bonchis scoparioides, 8. 1

lobe at base; a thick ridge of scales on basal area and medial and

postmedial tufts on inner margin; the retinaculum formed by a tuft

of hair from a costal fold; the costa nearly straight; the apex

rectangular ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6

from near upper angle; 7,8, 9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing

Type.

682 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

with the median nervure pectinated above; the cell long; vein 3

from near angle ; 4,5 from angle ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-

mosing with 8.

(1) Bononis munrraris, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 55, pl. 6.

E13! W. Indies; Honduras.

+Vurna instructalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1189.

Zarania cossalis, Wk. xxxiv. 1262.

tGazaca dirutalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1274.

(2) Boncnis scorarrorpEs, W1k. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 128.

Trinidad ; Brazil.

Genus ANEMOSA.

Anemosa, Wik. xix. 849 (1859).

Palpi rostriform, downcurved at extremity, thickly scaled, and

extending about three times length of head, frons with a sharp

tuft of hair. Antenne of male bipectinate, with short branches ;

tibia thickly sealed. Fore wing with the apex rounded; vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; the discocellulars highly

angled; 6, 7, 8, 9 stalked and curved; 10, 11 free. Hind wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; the disco-

cellulars highly angled; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8,

Fig. 60.

Anemosa isadasalis, S. }.

+ANEMOSA ISADASALIS, Wlk. xix. 849. Australia. .

Genus Curictra.

Curicta, Wik. xxxiv. 1129 (1865).

Palpi of male upturned to vertex of head, the 3rd joint fringed

with long downcurved hair in front, of female extending about

three times length of head, the 2nd joint obliquely porrect and

fringed with hair above, the 3rd long, naked, and downcurved ;

frons smooth ; antenne simple; tibie naked. Fore wing with

the costa arched at base; the apex acute and falcate; the outer

margin excised from apex to vein 5, where it is strongly excurved ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from upper

angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 free; male with a glandular

swelling at base of costa below fringed with long hair and enclosing

masses of flocculent scales. Hind wing with vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 free.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN&, 683

Curicta oppositalis, 3. +}.

Type. (1)tCurrera oppostraris, WIk. xxxiv. 1130. Salawati; Waigiou;

Goossensia cinnamomealis, Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. N. Guinea.

xxxvii. p. 74, pl. 3. ff. 5, 6.

(2)*Cunicta LuTEALIS, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxvii. p. 75, pl. 3.

LT iotor Obi.

Genus Mureisoa.

Murgisca, Wik. xxvii. 11 (1863).

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending

about three times the length of head; frons smooth; antenne of

female almost simple; tibize smooth. Fore wing with the costa

nearly straight ; the apex acute; vein 3 from near angle of cell ;

4,5 from angle; 6 from near upper angle; 7 given off from 8

before 9; 10, 11 free, or 10 stalked with 7,8, 9. Hind wing with

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Murgisca cervinalis, 2. +.

Type. {MURGISCA CERVINALIS, WIk. xxvii. 12. St. Domingo.

Genus STREPTOPALPTA.

Streptopalpia, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 345.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, somewhat roughly scaled, and

extending about twice the length of head; frons with a slight

tuft; antenne of male minutely serrate and ciliated; mid and

hind tibie with tufts of hair at middle and extremity, the tarsal

joints tufted. Fore wing with the apex produced, acute, and

depressed ; two tutts of scales on inner margin ; vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 being given

off close to the margin. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle

of cell; 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

684 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Fig. 63.

Streptopalpia deera, 3. 3.

Type. StREPTOPALPIA DuERA, Druce, Biol. Centr.Am., Het. ii. p. 195,

pl. 60. f. 1. Mexico; W. Indies.

Gy Fa ustalis, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 346.

Genus CHALINITIS.

Chalinitis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 528.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending

about twice the length of head; frons with a tuft of scales ;

antenne of female minutely ciliated; legs somewhat hairy. Fore

wing with the costa straight; the apex rectangular; vein 3 from

near angle of'cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle ;

7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 being given off before 9. Male with a

tympanic vesicle at base of costa of fore wing above, and glandular

swelling fringed with long hair below. Hind wing with vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Chalinitis proclea, 3. }.

Type. (1)*CHALINITIS oLmALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 529,

pl. 5. f.6 (9). U.S.A.

(2) Cuatinitis prociH, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 191,

pl. 59. f. 15. Mexico; W. Indies.

+Torda leucospilalis, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 345.

(3)*Cuanintris cecroria, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 191,

pl. 59. f. 16. Mexico; Guatemala.

Genus OcrEsIA.

Ocresia, Rag. Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1890, p. £85.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, slightly fringed with hair above,

Type.

1897.] - CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN&. 685

and extending about four times length of head; frons smooth ;

antenne of female almost simple; legs smoothly scaled. Fore

wing with the costa nearly evenly arched ; the apex produced and

acute; the outer margin strongly angled at middle; vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9

stalked ; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle

of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Ocresia bisinualis, 2. 1.

*OCRESIA BISINUALIS, Rag. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 486.

. Brazil.

Genus PacHYPALPIA.

Pachypalpia, Hmpsn, A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 345.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, with curled hair at end of 2nd

joint, and extending about the length of head ; frons with a slight

tuft; antenne of male thickened and flattened; mid and hind

tibie slightly fringed with hair, the 1st joint of tarsus with a

large tuft of hair. Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced

and acute; the outer margin slightly angled at vein 4; veins

3, 4, 5 from close to angle of cell; the discocellulars highly

angled; 7,8 stalked from 9; 10 absent. Hind wing with the

outer margin slightly angled at vein 3; vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

slightly with 8.

Pachypalpia dispilalis, G. 3. °

TPACHYPALPIA DISPILALIS, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 345.

W. Indies.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XLY. 45

Type.

686 SIR G. F. HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

Genus EPITAMYRA,

Epitamyra, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 503.

Proropera, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 453 (1896).

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, smoothly scaled, and extending

about twice the length of head; antenne of female ciliated ; tibia

smooth. Fore wing with the outer margin angled at middle;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from upper

angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from

before angle of cell ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Epitamyra vinosalis, 3. }.

Srcr. I. Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with 7, 8, 9.

(1)*ErrraMyRA ALBOMACULALIS, Méschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 278.

W. Indies.

(2)*EprraMYRA MINUSCULALIS, Moschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 278.

W. Indies.

Suct. Il. Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with 11 and

anastomosing with 8, 9.

(3)TEPITAMYRA BIRECTALIS, N. sp.

@. Head and thorax rufous ; abdomen ochreous brown. Fore

wing rufous, with nearly straight, pale fuscous-edged ante- and post-

medial lines ; a pale speck on costa before apex; cilia ochreous

from apex to the angle at vein 4. Hind wing fuscous, with some

red suffusion on outer area at vein 3; cilia from apex to vein 3

red at bases, ochreous at tips.

Hab. Santa Lucia. Eevp. 20 mm.

Szcr. ITI. (Proropera). Fore wing with vein 10 free.

(4) EprramMyra vinosatis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 454.

Assam.

Genus NacHaABa.

Nachaba, Wk. xix. 834 (1857).

Ascha, Wik. xxx. 1015 (1864).

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, extending about twice the length

of head, and smoothly scaled, the 2nd joint fringed with scales

above; frons with a large tuft; antenne of male with long

bristles ; mid and hind tibiw moderately fringed with hair. Fore

1897. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN &. 687

wing of male with a tuft of hair on middle of costa above ; under-

side with a circular flap of scales at base of costa; vein 2 from

near angle of cell; 3 from angle; 4, 5 stalked; 6 from below

upper angle; 7, 8 from angle; 9, 10 absent; 11 free. Hind

wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked (sometimes

shortly); 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 68.

Nachaba flavisparsalis, $. 1.

Type. (1)*NacHaBa ConeRuALIS, WIk. xix. 835. Brazil.

(2)TNacHaBA AuRrTtaLis, W1k. xix. 834 (nec Hiibn.). Brazil.

(3)*NACHABA OPPOSITALIS, Wlix. xix. 835. Brazil.

(4)TNACHABA FLAVISPARSALIS, Warr, A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 424.

Brazil.

(5)tNacHaBa REcoNDITANA, WIk. xxx. 1016. Brazil.

(6) NacwaBa TrypHanatis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl.132.f.17. Brazil.

Piling carbonalis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 423.

(7)*Nacuaba FrunuruA, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134.£.23( 92). Brazil.

Genus SEMNIA.

Semnia, Hiibn. Verz. p. 353 (1827).

Acronolepia, Westw. Zool. Journ. v. p. 451 (1834).

Episemnia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 481.

Palpi downcurved, slender, extending about twice the length of

head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair above, the 3rd long ; frons with

Fig. 69.

Semnia auritalis, §. 4.

a sharp tuft; antennz of male with a thick brush of scales near

extremity ; hind tibie slightly fringed with hair. Fore wing with

the costa nearly straight; the apex rectangular; male with a

45*

638 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

costal fold fringed with hair below; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell; male with 6, 7, 8, and 10 from upper angle; 9 absent;

female with 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from

angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Type. (1) Sumyta avrrrarts, Hiibn. Zutr. ii. 28, ff. 361, 362. Brazil.

Acronolepia quadricolor, Westw. Zool. Journ. 1834, v. p. 451.

z biguttalis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 18.

t+ Virbia notata, W1k. ii. 472.

Noctua elongata, Sepp, Surinam, p. 93, pl. +43.

Episemnia subauritalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 482 5

1891, pl. 16. f. 10.

(2)*Semyza aurivirra, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 20 (@ ).

Brazil.

(3) Semyia Josraxis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 24. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Episemnia ligatalis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 189, pl. 29.

reald ibe Mexico.

Genus Eurypra.

Eurypta, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 334.

Chrysophila, Hiibn. Zutr. iii. 20 (1825), non deser.

Palpi!downcurved, slender, projecting about twice the length of

head, smoothly scaled and fringed with hair below; frons with a

sharp tuft; antenne of male bipectinated ; tibize smoothly scaled.

Fore wing with the costa arched at base and towards apex; male

with aslight fold at middle of costa fringed with hair: a glandular

swelling at base of costa below ; vein 3 from before angle of cell;

4, 5 from angle; 6, 7, 8, and 10 from upper angle; 9 absent ;

in female 7, 8,9 stalked. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 70.

Kuryptu basilinealis, 3. +

Type. (1) Evrypra avuriscutaris, Hiibn. Zutr. ff. 465, 466. Brazil.

fs atridorsalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 481.

(2)TEURYPTA BASILINBALIS, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 423.

Brazil.

1897.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGINE. 689

Auctorum.,

Eurypta rectibasalis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p.610. Brazil.

= auriscutalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, pl. 6. f. 5.

(nec Hiibn.).

Genus AROUVA.

Arouva, Wik. xxx. 963 (1864),

Palpi downcurved, slender, extending once to twice the length of

head, and almost smoothly scaled ; frons witha sharp tuft ; mid and

hind tibiz slightly fringed with hair. Fore wing with the costa

straight; the apex rectangular; male with a flap of scales on

median nervure ; a costal fold below fringed with scales covering

a fovea in cell; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6,7, 8, 10 from

upper angle, 9 absent; in female 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hind wing

with veins 3,4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Arouva mirificana, 8. 1.

Type. (1)tAROUVA MIRIFICANA, WIk. xxx. 963. Brazil.

Semnia egialis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 19.

(2)*ARouva aLBrviTra, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. ff. 21,22. Brazil.

Genus PenTHESILEA.

Penthesilea, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 493.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, thickly scaled, and extending

about twice the length of head; frons smooth; antennz of male

Fig. 72.

Penthesilea sacculalis, $. }.

ciliated; abdomen with terminal and paired lateral anal tufts.

Fore wiug with the costa arched at base, then straight, the apex

rectangular; male with a tympanic vesicle at base of costa; veins

Type.

690 SIR G. F, HAMPSON ON THE [June 1,

3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from well below upper angle;

7, 8,9 stalked; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 widely

separated at origin; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

*PENTHESILHA SACCULALIS, Rag. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 493.

? U.S.A.

Genus LOPHOPLEURA.

Lophopleura, Rag. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 506.

Palpi porrect, straight, thickly scaled, and extending slightly

beyond the frons, which has a large tuft of hair; antenne of male

ciliated; tibie slightly fringed with hair on outer side. Fore

wing of male with a glandular swelling at base of costa below

fringed with long hair; a fringe of hair on median nervure; the

apex rounded ; veins 3, 4,5 stalked; 6 from upper angle ; 9 absent ;

10 from angle; 11 absent. Hind wing with vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Fig. 73.

Lophopleura xanthotenialis, d. 3

1°

Sxct. I, Fore wing of male with vein 7 stalked with 8;

hind wing with veins 6, 7 stalked.

(1) LopHopLEURA XANTHOTANIALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p- 506. Brazil.

+Dastira imitatriv, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 425.

Sucr. II. Fore wing of male with vein 7 stalked with 6 ;

hind wing with veins 6, 7 from angle of cell.

A. Fore wing of male with no postmedial tuft of scales on costa.

(2)tLoPpHOPLEURA SUBLITURALIS, Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) vii. p. 424.

Brazil.

B. Fore wing of male with a postmedial tuft of scales on costa.

(3)tLOPHOPLEURA EURZONALIS, n. sp.

o. Dark purplish red-brown. Fore wing with broad ante-

medial bright yellow band with metallic blue scales on its edges ;

an indistinct postmedial line angled on vein 6; the margin of

both wings suffused with purple and with a series of dark striz ;

hind wing fuscous brown, with dark submarginal mark on vein 2.

Hab. Amazons (Trail), Exp. 18 mm.

1897. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CHRYSAUGIN &. 691

Genus CHRYSAUGE.

Chrysauge, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii., Lep. iv. Noct. ii.

(1806).

Xanthiris, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 230.

Candisa, Wik. xxxiv. 1493 (1865).

Palpi porrect, straight, and hardly reaching beyond the frons,

which has a large tuft of hair; antennz of male almost simple ;

tibiee smoothly scaled. Fore wing with the costa evenly arched ;

the apex rounded; male with a tuft of hair from costa beyond

middle, recurved over the wing ; female witi veins 7, 8, 9 stalked.

Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Chrysauge bifasciata, 3. +.

Szcr. I. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from cell in both sexes ; male

with a large fovea covered with hair in cell below; veins 6, 7

stalked, &, 9, 10 stalked.

(1)TCHRYSAUGE BIFASCIATA, Wik. ii. 368; Led. Wien. ent. Mon.

1863, pl. 6. f. 1. Brazil.

(2)tCurysavee carenunara, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 423.

British Guiana; Brazil.

(3) Curysauce KADENII, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 163,

pi. 6. £. 2. Brazil.

4)+CHRYSAUGE LATIFASCIATA, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 423.

Brazil

TaZil.

Secr. II. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked in both sexes; male

with no fovea in cell; veins 8, 9 absent; 10 free.

Type. (5) CHRYSAUGE FLAVELATA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 112, pl. 348.

fe Surinam ; Venezuela; Brazil.

divida, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. Lep. iv.

Noct. iii.

PP chrysomelas, W1k. ii. p. 369.

Candisa auriflavalis, W1k. xxxiv. 1494.

<+ +b

Auctorum.

Chrysauge unicolor, Berg, Ann. Soc. Arg. xix. p. 274. Argentina.

Flavinia gopala, Doguin, Le Nat. 1891, p. 109. Venezuela.

692 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA {June 1,

Genera auctorum,

Cryptocosma perlalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 56, pl. 7.

og fs Brazil.

Fenaria sevorsa, Grote, Pap. ii. p. 132. U.S.A.

Species omitted.

Ethnistis eucarta, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 186. f. 28, belongs to the

Pyraustine.

Idneodes tretopteralis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 13890, p. 605,

probably belongs to the Schenobiine.

3. On a Collection of Lepidoptera obtained in the Arusa

Galla Country in 1894 by Mr. F. Gillett. By Arruvr

G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-

Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Received May 10, 1897.]}

So little has been published respecting the Lepidopterous fauna

of the country south of Shoa, that the present collection, although

unhappily in very poor condition, is of considerable interest '.

The following is a list of the species :—

RHOPALOCERA.

1. Limnas chrysippus, Z., var. klugii. Between 25th September & Ist October.

2. Ypthimaasterope, Klug.

8. Charaxes neanthes 6, Hewits.

4, Hypolimnas misippus, L., var. inaria.

” ”

5, Junonia sesamus, 7r2men. Between Ist October & 19th November.

. 4, Octavia, Cram. 2 As

» cloantha, Cram. - sa

» terea, Drury. Between 25th September & 19th November.

9. ,, cebrene, 7rimen. Between 25th September & 21st November.

10. ,, ~~ celelia, Cram. Between 25th September & Ist October.

Il. ,, bodpis, Zrimen. Between Ist October & 19th November.

12. ,, ~ orthosia, Godt. Between 25th September & 19th November.

13. taveta, Rogenh, Between 1st October & 19th November.

14. Pyrameis cardui, L. Between 25th September & 1st October.

‘15. Eurytela dryope, Fabr. AA ‘

16. Byblia ilithyia, Drury. Between 25th September & 19th November.

17. + ,, acheloia, Wallgr. % 5

18. Hamanumida dexdalus, Faubr. Between 25th September & 1st October.

19. Neptis agatha, Cram. Between Ist October & 19th November.

20. Atella phalantha, Drury.

21. Acrea lycia, Fabr., var. usagare.

a9 ”

22. ,, seis, Feisth. Between 25th September & 19th November.

23. Pardopsis punctatissima, Boisd. Between 25th September & 1st October.

24. Polyommatus beeticus, L. Between Ist October & 19th November.

25. Catochrysops asopus, ‘Hopf. 21st November.

26. iy osiris, Hopf. -

1 Mr. Gillett says that the gee | was made at a place called Sheik

Husein, long. about 40° 45' E., lat. 7° 44’ 8., which accounts for the butterflies

being partly Abyssinian and partly Somiéliact

1897.] FROM THE ARUSA GALLA COUNTRY. 693

27. Azanus uranus, Buti. Between 25th September & Ist October.

28. Tarucus plinius, Fadr. Between 25th September & 21st November.

29. 3 theophrastus, Fabr., var. sybaris. Between 25th September &

Ist October.

30. Lyczenid too bad for identification. Between lst October & 19th November.

31. Colias edusa, Z., var. electra.

32. Terias zoe, Hopf.

” ”

338. », candace, Feld. Between 25th September & 19th November.

34. Teracolus eris, Klug. 2\st November.

35. ss ludovicie, Z. M. Sharpe. Between 25th September & Ist October.

36. is evarne, Klug, var. syrtinus. Between 25th September & 19th

November.

37. 3 heuglini, Fe/d., var. thruppi. Between 25th September & 21st

November.

38. s xanthus, Swink., var. comptus. Between Ist October & 21st

November.

39. 4 casta, Gerst., & var. sipylus 9. Between 25th September & 21st

November.

40. Ps isaura, Lucas. Between Ist October and 19th November.

41. Me pseudacaste, Butler. Between 25th September & 21st November.

42 = celimene, Lucas. 21st November.

43. oe heliocaustus 9, Butler. Between 25th September &1st October.

44. = ansorgei, var. ?, Marsh.’ Between 1st October & 19th November.

45. “a yesta, Reiche (int. form). si cs

46. s protomedia, Klug. A “6

47. Catopsilia florella, Fadr. Between 25th September & Ist October.

48. Belenois boguensis, Fe/d., vars. Between 25th September & 19th November.

FO) 5s gidica, Godt., ¢. Between Ist October & 19th November,

50. Herpznia meianarge, Buti, Between 1st October & 21st November.

51. Papilio demoleus, L. Between 25th September & 19th November.

ee Pa bromius, Dowd. Between Ist October & 19th November.

53. Papilio erinus, Gray, var.

54. ,, _ antinorii, Oberth., 2. y) »

55. Eretis djxlele, Wiigr. Between 25th September & Ist October.

” ”

HETEROCERA.

Only five small species were obtained, and of these only two are

in sufficiently good condition to be recognized :—

56. Syntomis tomasina, Budi. Between Ist October & 19th November.

57. Mentaxya albifrons, Hiibn.

All that can be said of the three others is that one is a Hypenid,

asecond a Macaria, and the third probably the remains of some

form of Pyralid.

In this series, although it includes no new species, there are

several forms of interest :—The example of Catochrysops osiris

measuring only ten millimetres in expanse of wings ; whilst it is

satisfactory to receive typical males of Teracolus eris; a female

form of Teracolus heuglint var. thruppi approaching the female

of 1. daira, respecting which it will be worth while to make a few

1 This form has the ashy-whitish basal area of T. aurigineus in the males;

the discal black band of the primaries varies as in that species, and that of the

secondaries is represented by black dashes on a grey ground, as is often the case

in T. aurigineus, but the under surface is ochraceous with all the markings

weakly defined : it may be the dry phase of 7. ansorgez.

694 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE ARUSA GALLA CounTRY. [June 1,

observations. eracolus heuglint of Felder was based upon dry-

season examples of a species of which the wet and intermediate

phases were not recognized. In his recent paper on the synonymy

of Teracolus Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall reduced 7’. heuglini, 7’. nowna,

and the whole of the 7. antigone group of Teracolus to synonyms

of 7’. evagore, totally misunderstanding their seasonal relationships,

In a recent paper on Lepidoptera from Arabia and Somali-land

(P. Z.8. 1896, p. 247), Capt. Nurse speaking of 7. yerburyi

observes :— From all the pupe emerged typical 7. yerburyi,

except from one which produced 7. nowna, much to my surprise.

I did not notice that one of the larve was different from the others,

so that the larva of 7’. nouna must closely resemble that described

above.”

In dry countries like Aden and Karachi the seasonal phases of

Teracolus are undoubtedly produced simultaneously as mere varia-

tions, if produced at all: in the case of Teracolus phisadia the

male is‘always a wet-season phase and the female always dry-season ;

in the nearly allied 7. puellaris both dry and wet phases of the

male occur, but only dry of the female; whereas in the species

nearest to the latter (7. vestalis) dry and wet forms of both sexes

are abundant, but all flying together. Indeed one of Col. Swinhoe’s

chief objections to Capt. Watson’s decision as to the dry and wet

forms of Yeracolus was based upon the fact that at Karachi he

took all the so-called ‘ seasonal forms ’ flying together throughout the

year. That this is not the case where the seasons are well defined

has been amply proved, but it appears to be unquestionably true

of very hot and dry countries where there is next to no rainfall.

A careful examination of the 7. daira group of Teracolus has

convinced me that the following are the seasonal forms or phases

of the three most nearly allied species :—

Wet-season. Intermediate. Dry-season.

1. 7. daira. T. odysseus. T. nouna.

2. T. jacksoni. LT. thruppi. T. heuglini.

3. ZT. yerburyi. T. swinhoet? T. evagore.

It will, however, be necessary to note that the dry-season forms,

being much alike in these three species, owing to the simple

character of their markings, have hitherto been confounded in

papers upon the Lepidoptera of Aden and Somali-land. Also

T. swinhoet is practically a wet-season form with yellow ground-

tint, this alone entitling it to be called intermediate; it does not

nearly approach 7’, evagore (=saaeus), which is the form bred from

a larva of 7. yerburyi by Capt. Nurse.

Other species of interest in Mr. Gillett’s collection are :—

A somewhat rubbed male of Yeracolus ludovicic, a very distinct

species related to 7. puniceus and 7. hetera (of both of which

species I have examined series of both dry- and wet-season forms,

and which therefore are certainly not synonymous).

Both sexes of Veracolus casta and the female of its wet-season

1897.] ON THE MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 695

form T. sipylus, clearly proving this to be a well-marked geo-

graphical race distinct from 7’. evenina.

An example of what seems to be an intermediate phase of

T. vesia, differing from the wet-season form of 7. mutans in its

small discocellular black spot, smaller discal salmon-buff spots,

larger marginal spots, and strongly defined brown bands on the

under surface of the secondaries.

A form which I take to be a dry-season phase of 7. ansorgei,

already referred to in footnote.

Specimens of Herpenia melanarge showing considerable varia-

tion in size, proving that H. iterata (which differs constantly in the

red coloration of the markings below) is a nearly allied but distinct

geographical race.

Lastly, examples of Papilio erinus with unusually narrow blue

banding on the upper surface of the primaries.

4. On the Malagasy Rodent Genus Brachyuromys; and on

the Mutual Relations of some Groups of the Muride

(Hesperomyine, Microtine, Murine, and “ Spalacide”’)

with each other and with the Malagasy Nesomyine.

By Dr. C. I. Forsyra Masor, C.M.ZS.

‘ [Received June 1, 1897.]

(Plates XXXVII—XL.)

It has been stated not long ago (1893), in a valuable Manual, that

the Rodents are amongst the few exceptions to the rule, according

to which the Malagasy Mammals belong to peculiar specifically

Malagasy genera’. This statement, made originally by Riitimeyer

in 1867 °, was true at that date. In the intervening 28 years

five genera, containing six species, of Malagasy Rodents have

been brought to notice ; several of them, however, were so scantily

characterized as to explain the undue neglect to which they have

been subjected.

The genus Brachyuromys was characterized by me last year’,

upon specimens collected in Madagascar, the species B. ramiro-

Intra, ot which a short description was given, being taken as type.

In the same place it was pointed out that Bartlett’s “ Nesomys

betsileoensis”* is a second species of Brachyuromys.

At this Society’s Meeting of Dec. 1, 1896’, some considerations

on the Malagasy Rodents as a whole were presented ; the great

majority of them I considered to ‘“ belong to the so-called Cricetine

1 K. A. Zittel, ‘Handbuch d. Paliontologie. IV. Vertebrata (Mammalia),’

1891-93, p. 767.

2 LL. Riitimeyer, ‘Ueber die Herkunft unserer Thierwelt. Hine ZO0geo-

graphische Skizze.’ Basel & Genf, 1867, p. 14.

3 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol: xviii. Oct. 1896, p. 322.

4 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 770.

5 P.Z.S. 1896, pp. 978-980.

696 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [June 1,

group of muriform Rodents (Muride, auct.), of which they are

the lowest of existing forms, having affinities with some of the

least specialized of the family Dipodide, as defined by Winge,

viz. with Sminthus and Zapus.” It was further pointed out that

the African and Asiatic Rhizomyes (Tachyoryctes and Rhizomys)

present relations with the Malagasy Rodents, and that the affinity

is especially close between Tachyoryctes and Brachyuromys rami-

rohitra.

In the present paper I propose to give a fuller description of

the skull and dentition of the two species of Brachyuromys, and to

compare them with those Rodents outside Madagascar with which,

in my opinion, they have affinities. The description of the other

Malagasy Muride must be postponed to a future paper; but 1

shall have to refer to them repeatedly in the following pages.

Genus Bracuyuromys, Maj.

Skull broad and massive. Upper profile of cerebral cranium

flattened. Supraorbital crests rounded off. Incisors and rooted

semibypselodont molars —) large as compared to the size of the

skull. Infraorbital foramen large, but on the whole with the

shape characteristic of Muride. Jugal large and approaching

the lachrymal. Transverse diameter of incisors exceeding the

longitudinal’. Crowns of molars flattened, not tuberculate ;

unworn molars of species 2 half-tuberculate. In young speci-

mens the crowns of the molars show three lobes of enamel,

united by cement and obliquely disposed (inclining forwards with

iheir outer portion), the posterior lobe in the upper, the anterior

one in the lower molars being the smallest. These lobes soon

unite together, producing various patterns, by which the different

species may be easily distinguished. Tail shorter than usual in

Muride.

By their broad, moderately flattened, roundish heads and

comparatively short tails these Rodents recall somewhat the Voles

in outer appearance.

1. BRACHYUROMYS RAMIROHITRA, Maj. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 2

and Plate XX XIX. figs. 1-3.)

Fars large, oval. Coloration of upper parts brown, abundantly

mixed with black, on the sides less dark, the black hairs gradually

diminishing. Lower parts fawn. Bases of hairs slate-coloured.

Tail furnished above with black, beneath with grey hairs.

Parietal crests diverging anteriorly. Interparietal short in

transverse, but longer in antero-posterior diameter than in B. betsi-

leoensis. Molars very large, all about of equal size and pattern,

the third in both jaws generally slightly smaller than the other

1 (1) Where the incisors are wider than thick, the gnawing habit is feebly

developed.—(2) Where the incisors are thicker than wide, the gnawing habit

is greatly developed (Ryder, ‘“ The Significance of the Diameters of the Incisors

in Rodents,” Proce, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1877, pp. 314-18).

1897. } MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 697

two; the third upper one slightly triangular. The pattern pre-

sented by the uniting of the three enamel-lobes is as follows in

moderately worn teeth. In the two anterior upper molars :—

(1) an anterior enamel loop, open on the inner side and running

obliquely across the crown, close up to the outer enamel margin

of the tooth; (2) a posterior enamel islet, smaller in transverse

extent than the anterior loop and almost parallel to it. In the

last upper molar the anterior loop is shut out very soon from the

inner side, so that this tooth presents two obliquely transverse

enamel islets, with sometimes a third, smaller one, behind. In

moderately worn lower molars the shorter anterior loop opens on

the inner, the longer posterior loop on the outer side, the latter

remaining open for a longer time than the former.

Dimensions in millimetres, those of the first two taken in the

flesh :—

Skin Skin Spirit-specimen

(M. 429),g. (M.509),¢. (M.181),jun.

Type.

Length of head and body 165 162 c. 110

as tal = doer 99 89 73

a MANUS. .caeqees 15 16 16

as [ie gS bt 52 27

ay Pt) eee SMR ee 24 24 17

Dimensions, in millimetres, of the skull (M. 719, g):—basal

length 32°5; length of nasals in middle line 13-5; length of

frontals in m. |. 13°5 ; length of parietals in m. |. 6-3 ; interorbital

breadth at narrowest 4°7 ; length of upper molar series 8°5 ; length

of lower series 8-5; length of interparietal in middle line 5:2;

breadth of skull between zygomatic arches 23°5.

Loc. Ampitambé Forest, Betsimisaraka country (on the border

of N.E. Betsileo), 6 hours S.E. of Fandriana.—Ambohimitombo

Forest, Tanala country.

Native names voalavoanala (1. e. forest rat); ramirohitra (meaning

probably : who goes in company, gregarious). Fossil in the lower

deposits of the Children’s Cave (Sirabe).

2. BRACHYUROMYS BETSILEOENSIS. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1 and

Plate XX XIX. figs. 7, 8.)

Nesomys betsileoensis, Bartlett (P. Z.S. London, 1879, p. 770).

Resembling B. ramirohitra in outer appearance, but smaller.

The brown of the upper parts of the previous species gives place

here to fawn, which, together with the black hairs, gives to the

upper part of the fur almost an olivaceous colour.

Skull resembling that of B. ramirohitra, but parietal crests

nearly parallel; interparietal longer in transverse, shorter in

longitudinal diameter. Molar teeth absolutely, as well as coin-

paratively, smaller than in B. ramirohitra, though large as

compared to Muride in general. Third upper molar small.

Enamel loops of all the molars slightly less oblique than in the

698 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [June 1,

preceding species. The anterior one in upper, the posterior

one in lower molars being divided in the middle of the crown at

an early stage of wear, the pattern presented in middle-aged

specimens is the following :—a single enamel loop opening on the

inner side of upper and on the outer side of lower molars; two on

the outer side of upper and the inner side of lower molars. The

single loops on the inner side of upper and on the outer side

of lower molars remain open for a longer time than the others.

Dimensions in millimetres, taken in the flesh :—

Skin Skin Skin

(M.516),9. (M.625),9. (M.628),¢.

Type.

Length of head and body 142 145 125

A: taal}, Pegi 89 94:5 68

ue MANUS .-.:. 12 13 11

es Des, MRSS, 28 27°5 25°5

+ CATH Space es 17°5 20 17

Breadth of ear ........ — 18 15°5

Loc. Ampitambé, outside the forest. Vinanitelo, close to the

forest of the Independent Tanala of Ikongo, thirty miles south of

Fianarantsoa. The specimens measured are from the former

locality. Fossil in the Children’s Cave near Sirabé ; abundant in

the superficial, very rare in the lower deposits.

The Affinities of the Genus Brachyuromys with Tachyoryctes,

Rhizomys, Spalax, and Siphneus.

1. Lachyoryctes and Rhizomys.— With regard to the affinities of

Brachyuromys, I made on a former occasion’ the following state-

ment :—‘‘ The African and Asiatic Rhizomyes, usually classed in the

Spalacide, but which Winge places amongst the lowest Muride,

alongside with the Tertiary Cricetodon and Homys, are nearly related

to the Malagasy group of Rodents by means of the Abyssinian

Tachyoryctes (Rhizomys) and the Malagasy Brachyuromys, the former

being but a very specialized fossorial form of the more generalized

Brachyuromys ramirohitra. The molars are almost identical in

both, only slightly more hypsodont in Tachyoryctes.” (They are

much more so in the latter than in the former.) “It we divest

the Tachyoryctes skull of its [excessive] fossorial characters and of

the consequences of the more hypselodont molars, we obtain a

Brachyuromys skull. Likewise the skulls of the young Tachyo-

ryctes bear much greater resemblance to Brachyuromys than the

adult. There is further a great correspondence in external

characters if we disregard the smaller ears and eyes of Y'achyo-

ryctes and its fossorial claws.”

In the following I give the reasons for the above statements.

In spite of all the differences of the skulls at first sight, a closer

1 Pp. Z. 8. 1896, p. 979.

1897. ] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 699

examination shows that the Lhizomyes (Tachyoryctes, Rhizomys)

and Brachyuromys are nearly related to each other—the same

holds good, in a somewhat minor degree, with regard to Spalax

and Siphneus. The Rhizomyes are highly adapted to fossorial

habits ; Brachyuromys much less. The molars of both will be

considered below.

The skull of the two (Rhizomyes and Brachyuromys) presents

the following agreements, B. rumirohitra being somewhat inter-

mediate between Tachyoryctes and B, betsileoensis, although standing

of course closer to the latter :—

(1) The zygomata diverge outwards posteriorly, more in Jthi-

zomyes than in Brachyuromys ; the malar process of the squamosal

parts at right angles from the skull and is strongly developed.

(2) The jugal is very strong and approaches closer to the

lachrymal than in other Muride.

(3) The infraorbital foramen in Brachyuromys is situated

higher above the molar series and reaches higher up than in other

Muridz; the narrowed lower portion being Jower and wider in

B. ramirohitra, In Tachyoryctes it is located higher still, and

there is almost no narrowed passage below. In LRhizomys the

foramen is situated higher still, and much shortened as well as

broadened.

(4) The skulls of both Rhizomyes and Brachywromys are depressed

and massive.

(5) Mandibule short, massive and high. Anterior margin of

coronoid process almost vertical.

(6) The lower maxillary border, between premaxillary suture

and first molar, viewed in profile, appears higher anteriorly, sloping

down backwards towards the anterior alveolar border.

(7) The molar series diverge backwards.

(8) The glenoid fossa is, outside and inside, delimited by longi-

tudinal parallel crests.

(9) The anterior margin of the nasals does not reach as much

forwards as that of the premaxillaries.

The skull of Rhizomyes differs from Brachyuromys in the following

characters, which are all of them the expression of the higher

fossorial adaptation and the more hypselodont molars :—

Hyes and ears very small; tail very short.

A sagittal crest. Increase in vertical extent of the maxilla,

upwards as well as downwards.—Anterior narial aperture de-

pressed and broad.—Foramina incisiva small and situated back-

wards, being overgrown by the premaxillaries. The upper

posterior processes of the premaxillaries extend also tar back-

wards.—The distance between m.1 and anterior extremity of the

premaxillaries, depending on the increased length of the incisor

alveoli, is much increased as well.—Viewed in profile, the sloping

backwards of the inferior border of premaxillary and maxillary,

between the incisors and first molar, is much steeper than in

Brachyuromys.—The great horizontal extension of the lower

incisors and the great vertical extension of the lower molars

700 DR, C. I. FORSYLH MAJOR ON THE [June 1,

produce the well-known changes in the shape of the mandibula.—

The angular process is less curved inwards than in the Malagasy

genus. —Oceiput inclined forwards.

Basis cranii.i—In Brachyuromys we have the conditions normal

in Muride ; the tympanic bones are remarkable for their small

size. Rhizomyes : Auditory meatus tubular. The space behind

the choanz, whose base is formed by the basisphenoid, is much

compressed laterally. Brandt, in his description of the skull of

the eons) Rhizomys', comprehending both Yachyoryctes and

Rhizomyes*, makes a statement apt to be misleading. Referring

apparently to the figure of “ Nyctocleptes dekan” (= Rhizomys

sumatrensis) by Temminek,’ he says :—‘ Die innern Fliigelfortsitze

des Keilbeins divergiren so stark pach aussen, dass hinten, wie bei

keiner andern der bekannten Spalacoiden-Gattungen, eine sehr

breite Gaumenrinné entsteht.” All depends what extension is

given to the term ‘ Gaumenrinne’ (palatal groove). The internal

pterygoid processes in fact diverge much with their inferior borders,

so that, as is shown in Temminck’s figure, and in Pl. XXXVIII.

fig. 3 of the present paper, they almost completely cover the

pterygoid fosse. Upwards, however, they converge very much ;

and lastly, in the upper third of their height, they run parallel

with each other, so as to delimit a groove—whose bottom (or roof)

is occupied by the basisphenoid—which is very deep anteriorly

and whose upper portion is exceedingly narrow (Eh. sinensis).

In Fh. sumatrensis the groove is slightly shallower and less narrow ;

and the same, although in a minor degree, holds good with regard

to Rh. pruinosus. In Tachyoryctes the groove in question is less

deep; backwards, where it is no more bordered by the internal

pterygoid processes, it appears as a very narrow longitudinal

groove in the middle line of the basisphenoid, which is thus parti-

tioned in two lateral portions; whereas in Hhizomys it has only

somewhat raised borders. Anteriorly, the ‘palatal groove”

appears somewhat deepened and enlarged, as shown in Riippell’s

plate * and in Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 3 of the present paper.

In consequence of the vertical extent of the maxillary in

Rhizomys, the bony palate comes to be situated at a very deep level.

As a consequence, the external pterygoid processes also acquire a

considerable vertical extension, since they serve as a ‘support for

the maxillary.”° Butthis is not the only explanation of the great

depth of the pterygoid fosse; otherwise their roof—or rather

their bottom, as we are speaking of them as ‘ fossee’"—would remain

on a level with the inferior basis of the intervening basisphenoid.

In Rhizomys and T'achyoryctes the anterior portion of the basi-

sphenoid becomes increased in vertical size, forming a septum

1 J. F. Brandt, .,\ Untersuchungen ib. d. craniolog. Entwicklungsstufen d.

Nager d. Jetztzeit,” Mém. Acad. St. Pétersbourg, [6] ix. vii. 1855, p. 817.

* Ib. p. 306.

* ‘Monographies de Mammalogie,’ ii. Leiden, 1835, p. 40, pl. xxxiii. fig. 5

e wa Senckenberg. ui. Taf. x. fig. 2c (Rhizomys [ Tachyoryctes] macro-

ue atus)

’ Winge, Meddel. Naturh. Foren. 1881, p. 40.

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 701

between the two pterygoid fosse, which is reduced to a thin

transparent plate.

In this way is brought about the great depth and spaciousness

of the pterygoid fosse. Their roof is covered by an irregular

network of raised ridges, apparentiy for the pterygoid internus,

greatly developed as a masticatory muscle.

A beginning of these conditions we meet within the Microtine :

in Fiber there is in the bony septum a spacious fenestra, situated

farther backwards than the small fontanelle which is seen in

Tachyoryctes. The Microtine are somewhat intermediate in this

respect between the Rhizomyes and typical brachyodont Muride,

including Brachyuromys. In the latter, the height of the basi-

sphenoid is not increased ; it slopes considerably downwards from

before backwards, so that the shallow pterygoid fosse are situated

slightly below the level of the inferior surface of the basisphenoid,

which broadly separates them. In MMicrotinew they are situated

somewhat above the level of the basisphenoid.

Winge, speaking of the Buathyergini, remarks that the strongly

developed m. pterygoideus which is inserted alongside the centra

of the sphenoidea has transformed the presphenoid into a thin

vertical plate’. I find that both the presphenoid and basisphe-

noid are thus transformed, at least in the genera Bathyergus and

Georychus.

2. Spalaw.—Winge places Spalaw amongst the Dipodide’* on

account of the form of the infraorbital canal, and for having m.1 of

the same size as m.2. He states though, that besides the complete

absence of premolars, this genus is in other respects as well on a

somewhat higher level than the rest of the Dipodide. The outer

wail of the infraorbital canal is certainly not greatly developed ;

and in adult specimens it is besides pushed considerably forwards,

whilst at the same time starting almost horizontally from the

cranium. The upper maxillary radix of the zygoma, which in

Muride usually forms the roof of the infraorbital canal, is more

obliquely extended downwards in Spalax (not much differing from

what obtains in Zapus), so that it helps to form the outer wall

of the canal. The direction and extension of the walls, of course,

shape the form of the canal itself. But with all that, the agree-

ment with the Dipodide is not so considerable, and besides seems

to be a secondarily acquired character in Spalaz; and this for the

following reasons :— F

(1) In younger specimens of Spalax (B.M.), and in some adult,

the outer wall of the canal is by no means pushed considerably

forwards and neither is it horizontal, but more upright; as a

consequence these specimens approach Siphneus in the form of

the canal.

' *Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 127, and footnote 62, p. 169: “Den Del af

M. pterygoideus internus, der yoxer op paa Siderne af Kilebenskroppene, er

meget sterk, naar langt frem under Foramen opticum og har omformet det

forreste Kilebenskrop til en tynd lodret Plade.” Footnote (p. 169): “De paa-

gjzldende Muskler ere gjennemgaaede has Georychus capensis; Merkerue

paa Hovedskallen ere de samme hos de andre Slegter.”

+ *Gnayere fra Lagoa Santa,’ pp. 109, 121, 166.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. XLVI. 46

702 DR. C, 1. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [June 1,

(2) In Rhizomys, placed amongst the Muride by Winge himself,

the outer wall parts from the skull almost horizontally and is not

only pushed forwar!s but upwards as well; this last Winge

considers to be a secondarily acquired character’. And I think

rightly; for in the closely related Yachyoryctes we meet with

almost the normal Muride-type of the outer wall and the canal

itself.

(3) In the powerful development of the maxillary process of

the zygoma and corresponding reduction of the malar bone, Spalaa

appears to be on a higher level than the Dipodide ; a circumstance

which has not been overlooked by Winge’.

Whilst placing Spalax with some hesitation in the Dipodide,

Winge does not in the least insist upon a sharp separation of

Spalax, Rhizomys (aud Siphneus), for hestates expressly *: “ Spalax,

Rhizomys, and Siphneus are not widely separated animals; they

take their origin from nearly related forms; there is no very great

difference between a primitive Dipodide and little more or less

primitive Murides.”

The inevitable conclusion is, that if the Rhizomyes (Rhizomys

and Tuachyoryctes)* are to be considered as low Muride, and

herewith I agree completely, Spalax has the same claims. In the

comparatively powerful development of the malar bone, and in

the form of the zygoma (considerable height of the anterior part),

the Rhizomyes, Tachyoryctes more than Rhizomys, occupy an even

lower rank than Spalax. The outer wall of the infraorbital canal

in Spalax is scarcely less developed than in Cricetus.

The pattern of the molars in Spalax, to judge trom the youngest

available stages, is the same as in J'achyoryctes and Brachyuromys,

whilst it agrees somewhat less with Dipus,with which it is compared

byWinge. The relative dimensions between m. 1 and m. 2 areas in

Tachyoryctes ; m. 1 is slightly larger. Brandt assigns two roots to

the molars of Spalaw’; but the upper molars have three roots as

in Ithizomys and Tachyoryctes, two outer ones and a much larger

inner one. They are far from being as hypselodont as in Tachyo-

ryctes, being shorter even than in Bhizomys. Moreover, they

are somewhat atrophied, very small, and of roundish contours ;

the enamel-folds are rather superficial, so that the pattern becomes

sooner simplified than in the two genera named. Some compen-

sation is given by the thickness of the enamel bordering each

_molar. In correspondence with the much shorter molars, the

maxillary bone, too, has not acquired such a great vertical extent

as it has in Rhizomys, and still more so in Yachyoryctes; but the

presphenoid has followed the general elevation of the middle part

of the cranium ; whilst remaining compact superiorly and inferiorly,

its intermediate region has been transformed into a thin plate,

The basisphenoid has been transformed in a similar manner, as we

have seen to be likewise the case in Rhizomys and Tachyoryctes.

1 «Gnayere fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 124. 2 Lie. p. 121,

F462 p: (Gite 4 For Siphneus see below.

° *Craniologische Entwicklungsstufen,’ p. 215: “alle besitzen zwei kurze

Wurzeln, eine hintere und eine vordere.”

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYURLOMYS. 703

fond

3. Siphneus.—Gerrit Miller has recently expressed the opinion

that it may eventually prove necessary to unite the “ Siphneine,”

i. e. Siphneus and Ellobius, with the Microtine’. This corresponds

fairly with Alphonse Milne-Edwards’s views, who has considered

the “ Stphnés” to be “des Arvicoles anormaux.”* O. Thomas

maintains the subfamily for Siphneus alone, since according to

his view its “ differences, both external, cranial, and dental, are

clearly sufficient to demand separate subfamily rank.” *

It is to be remarked that Winge has treated the question of the

relationship of Siphneus exhaustively many years ago. Whilst

uniting Lilobius with the Microtine, he considers Siphneus to be a

lower type, and accordingly places it with the Cricetine; its

resemblance with the Voles resting solely on their having open

roots to the molars, which otherwise are not different from the

“‘Hesperomys-type.” He points out thatno Vole has such a small

m. 1 inf., with not more than the usual five loops. Winge shows

besides, that Stphneus lacks the powerful crest in the wall of the

temporal fossa, which gives the characteristic feature to the

Microtine skull, whereas the temporal muscles are inserted on the

surface of the skull in the same manner as in the Criceti; and that

the basioccipital region and the centrum of the basisphenoid are

broader, the tympanic bones smaller, than in the Voles*. In

the more simple structure of the molars he sees an indication of

closer relationship with “ Cricetulus.” The shape of the outer wall

of the infraorbital canal is said to be about as in the Hamsters ;

likewise the zygoma and the crests on the cranium, only slightly

stronger; and equally the flattening and forward inclination of the

occiput, the only difference being that these characters too are more

strongly developed than in the Hamsters °.

It seems to me that there is little to object to Winge’s view

of the question; I would even go a little farther still. In his

arrangement of the Muride*, Winge opposes his Rhizomyine

(i. e. Cricetodon, Eumys, Rhizomys) to the rest of the Muride, m. 1

in the former being only slightly larger, in the latter considerably

larger than m. 2.

As regards this character, Siphneus certainly belongs to the

former group, with more right than Cricetodon and Eumys, which

both herein are scarcely different from the Hesperomyes. In

pattern and size the two anterior molars of Siphneus agree as

much with each other as they do in Spalax, Yachyoryctes, and

! Gerrit S. Miller, ‘Genera and Subgenera of Voles and Lemmings” (North-

American Fauna, No. 12, p. 8, footnote 3). Washington, 1896.

2 H. Milne-Edwards et Alph. Milne-Edwards, ‘ Recherch. p. servir a I’Hist.

nat. des Mammiféres etc.,’ t. i. Texte. pp. 76-79, Paris, 1868-74.

3 O. Thomas, “On the Genera of Rodents” (P.Z.S. p. 1021 footnote 1).

London, 1896.

+ This does not hold good, however, with regard to all the genera of

Microtine, e. g. Fiber and Ellobius.

> H. Winge, “Om greske Pattedyr” (Videnskab. Meddel. fra d. Naturh.

Foren. Kjébenhayn for Aaret 1881, pp. 47-49. Kjobenhavn, 1882; see also

H. Winge, ‘Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ pp. 124, 125, 126).

& «Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 125.

46*

704 DR. C, 1, FORSYTH MAJOR ON CHE [June 1,

Brachyuromys, and even less than in some of the Rhizomys

(especially with regard to the lower molars). In the shape of the

outer wall of the infraorbital canal, Siphneus shows closer agree-

ment with Zachyoryctes (especially with 7’. splendens) than with

Cricetus, the lower portion of the outer wall advancing more

forward. There is likewise more similarity than with Cricetus

in the form of the canal itself, which in Tuchyoryctes and

Siphneus is broader in its upper part than in the first-named

genus, whereas (apparently as a consequence of the broadening of

the skull) in both the inferior, narrower part appears considerably

shortened vertically. In this respect Yachyoryctes is somewhat

intermediate between Cricetus and Siphneus. ‘The malar bone of

Siphneus is stronger than in Cricetus; in S. armandi it is as

strongly developed and reaches nearer to the lachrymal than in

Tachyoryctes. As regards the flattening and inclination of the

occiput, there are different gradations in this respect in the genera

under consideration (Spalax, Siphneus, Rhizomys, Tachyoryctes) ;

one end of the series is occupied by Spalax. the other by

Tachyoryctes. In the latter the inclination is scarcely more than

in Cricetus frumentarius; in old individuals scarcely less than in

young Spalax.

For the rest the skull of Stphneus is transformed to be used as

a shovel and drill in a similar way as in Spalax.

The Molars of Brachyuromys as compared with those of other

Muride and of Mammalia generally.

A few introductory remarks are indispensable.

In Didelphyide and many Insectivora there are on the outer

side of the upper and on the inner side of the lower molars three

very conspicuous cusps. These are considered by Winge’ to be

the oldest, most primitive parts of the Mammalian molar. They

are the same which Osborn in upper molars has called parastyle,

mesostyle, metastyle® ; in Winge’s plates * they are designated from

before backwards by 1, 2,3. The middle one is supposed to be

the oldest of the three, so that according to Winge’s view the

protocone is something toto colo different from Cope’s and

Osborn’s protocone ; this last, 6 in Winge’s figures, is according

to the latter author one of the latest additions to the tooth.

If we review the more primitive Ungulates and the Ancylopoda,

we find equally three outer cusps in the superior molars; but it

may be seen at once—and in this I think I am in agreement with

Winge—that they are not homologous in the different groups.

1 H. Winge, “Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte, isser med Hensyn til Tandernes

Former.” Vidensk. Meddel. Naturh. Foren, i. Kjébenhayn, 1882, p. 15, pl. iii.

2 See e.g. H. F. Osborn, ‘The Rise of the Mammalia in North America,”

Address, Boston, 1893. p. 35 (text-figure of Anchithertum). H. F. Osborn and

C. Earle, ‘‘ Fossil Mammals of the Puerco Beds,’ Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist.

vol. vii. Art. i., New York, 1895, p. 44, fig. 14.

3 L. c, pl. iii. H. Winge, “ Jordfundne og nulevende Pungdyr (Marsupialia)

fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien. Med Udsigt over Pungdyrenes

ae ” (*E Museo Lundii”), Kjobenhayn, 1893, pl. ii. figs. 2a, 20,

8d, 10. ;

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 705

In the Anthracotherina, e.g. in Ancodus', and in the Ancylopoda ®,

we find three widely bulging cusps in the upper molars. In

Hyracotheria® it is easy to see that the two posterior of the three

outer cusps have nothing whatever to do with the two posterior

of Ancodus and the Ancylopoda; only their anterior one, which I

consider as homologous with cusp 1 of Insectivora and Didelphys,

is the homologue of the anterior cusp in Hyracotheria. The two

posterior cusps of Ancodus and the Ancylopoda are 2 and 3; those

of the Hyracotheria are the homologues of the two cusps more

internally situated in the former, Winge’s 4 and 5, Osborn’s

paracone and metacone; the comparison with other Hyracotheria’,

in which something more of these ‘‘-styles ” is preserved, shows

this at once to be the case. The posterior outer cusp in upper

molars, Winge’s 3, Osborn’s metastyle, which is so well developed

in Didelphys and in many Insectivora ’, is, when met with at all in

other orders, generally the least developed of the three outer cusps,

and there is sometimes a relation in its development with that of

the antero-internal cusp in lower molars, Winge’s 1, Osborn’s

paraconid.

The fact, pointed out by Winge, that these cusps of Insectivora

and Didelphyine have their homologues in other orders, chiefly

in the older members, is of the greatest importance and a

notable pregress in our knowledge of the homologies of the

Mammalian molar. It is a very remarkable fact, that this

outermost series of cusps is enormously developed in several upper

molars from the Laramie Cretaceous °. Whether we have to con-

sider them, with Winge, as being the most primitive parts of the

molar, older than the cusps situated internally from them in upper,

externally in lower molars, is quite another question, in which it

is not proposed to enter particularly for the present.

As regards the Rodents, Winge points out the remnants of this

1 Cf., e.g., Zittel, ‘Handbuch d, Palaontologie,’ iv. p. 329, fig. 266.

2 Zittel, 7. c. p. 314, fig. 255.

3 J. L. Wortmann, “Species of Hyracotherium and allied Perissodactyles

from the Wahsatch and Wind River Beds of North America,” Am. Mus. Nat.

Hist. vol. viii., vi. 1896, p. 89, fig. 3, p. 95, fig. 4; Zittel, 7. c. p. 277, fig. 219.

4 Zittel, l.c. p. 243, fig. 179, p. 242, fig. 171 (Pachynolophus siderolithicus) ;

Wortmann, l. c. p. 108, fig. 18 (Oreohippus).

5 Winge, .c. pl. iii. fig. 16, 26, 36.

6 Of. H. F. Osborn, “ Fossil Mammals of the Upper Cretaceous Beds,”

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. v. Art. xvii. pl. viii., New York, 1893. Osborn calls

the molars referred to “tritubereulates,” and expresses his belief that they

lend “ overwhelming proof, if any more were needed, of the unity of origin of the

molar types of the higher Mammalia from a tritubercular stem instead of from

a multitubercular, as Forsyth Major has suggested” (/.c. p. 320). For me

these. Laramie “ Tirituberculates,” so-called, are polybunous, as well as those

figured on pl. vii.; and I have only to repeat once more that “ trituberculate ”

and “triangular” are not synonymous. Prof. Osborn assures us (J. ¢. p. 320)

that. these ‘‘ Laramie Trituberculates” “include a variety of forms just

emerging from the primitive tritubercular stage.” That is precisely what has

-yet to be proved. But even if we were inclined to take Prof. Osborn’s assertion

for granted, it would have to be shown how it happens that several of

these ancient forms (H, F, pl. viii.) have in their very process of “ emerging ”

already acquired such a luxury of “-styles” and ‘‘-conules,’’ as to constitute

by themselves alone half of the molar’s crown.

706 DR. CO. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE (June 1,

old row in some genera, viz., Allomys' and Pseudosciurus; the

pattern of molars of the Jast named he considers to be the most

primitive amongst known Rodentia*. He places Pseudosciurus in

the Anomaluride, from which family he derives the Hystricide and

Dipodide, and from the latter the Myoxide and Muride *,

I have many years ago*, and so had Hensel’ before me, drawn

attention to the great resemblance of the molars of Pseudosciurus

to those of Ungulates; they were compared by me in the first

line with the molars of “ Hyracotherium siderolithicum.” With

regard to Allomys I refer to a more recent paper of mine °.

Besides, I wish to draw attention to a fact, which will be more

fully considered by me in another place, viz., that amongst the

Sciuropteri we equally meet with traces of these ancient outer cusps,

namely in S. pearsoni’, and especially in S. wanthipes, Milne-Edw.,

of which a less worn dentition than that figured by Milne-

Edwards * lies before me (B.M. no. 95. 7. 5. 1).

These ancient cusps are further met with in Aplodontia, in

whose premolar and molars the middle outer cusp in upper, and the

middle inner cusp in lower molars, Winge’s 2, are the most con-

spicuous of the three. Coues considered Aplodontia to be a very

primitive genus, adducing for one of his reasons that the molars

are of the most simple type*®. There is no doubt that this genus

is a very low form of Rodentia”, as shown by the skull—in spite

of its highly fossorial specialization—and by the structure of the

molars; but not for the reason adduced by Coues; for in an

unworn condition, as figured by Schlosser "', they are shown to be

of a complicated type.

We have next to face the question, what becomes of these

ancient outer cusps in the upper molars of Mammals generally ?

Years ago I tried to show that the vertical ridges on the outer

side of the molars of modern Ungulates are not the unimportant

parts which they are generally held to be”; and Winge has since

identified them as the homologues of the outer series (1, 2,5) of

Insectivora and Polyprotodontia’*. In proportion as the next

following inner cusps, 4 and 5, increase in size and at the same

time apparently move outwards, the outer cusps decrease and

either become fused with 4 and 5, or persist between them in the

1 «Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa, etc.,’ p. 114.

Ib. p. 116. 3 Ib. p. 110 ete.

Palxontographica, vol. xxii. 1873, p. 76.

Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Ges. viii. 1856, p. 664.

“On some Miocene Squirrels ete.,” P. Z. 8. 1893, pp. 192, 193.

7 Tb. pl. viii. fig. 20.

8 «Rech. p. servir 4 ]'Hist. nat. des Mammiferes,’ Paris, 1868-74, p. 17],

pl. 15. fig. 3.

8 FE. Coues and J. A. Allen, ‘‘Monographs of North-American Rodentia,”

Report Un. St. Geol. Survey of the Territories. Washington, 1877, p. 555.

1° See Winge, ‘ Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ pp. 108, 110, 115.

1. M. Schlosser, “‘ Die Nager des europidiszhen Tertiirs,” Paleontographica,

xxxi. 1884, p. 106 (124).

12 “ Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siddeutschlands und der Schweiz,” Palx-

ontographica, xxii., 1873.

8° Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte ete.,” 2. c. pl. iii.

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS, 707

same longitudinal row. Winge has summed up ina few words

his view of the fate of these outer cusps’. But in the figures

of upper Rodent molars he ignores what I consider to be their

homologues. For a clearer understanding of what is to follow, 1

append two sketches of the same upper molar from Winge’s plates,

the first with the numbering given by this author, the second with

the numbering according to the manner in which | grasp the homo-

logies. The tooth figured is one of the Hesperomyine with more

complicated molars, being a copy of fig. 12a, pl. ili. of Winge’s

paper, representing the second right upper molar of “ Nectomys

squamipes” (text-figs. 1 and 2). Winge assigns the homologies

Second right upper molar of Nectomys squamipes, after Winge.

thus : 23 taking into consideration only what in these teeth

appear to be the principal cusps; whereas I would write them as

follows : ak ee taking into consideration as well those which

in these teeth appear to be merely secondary cusps *.

Now as to Brachyuromys. Here we have as principal feature of

the molars three transverse and somewhat oblique rows. In

Brachyuromys ramirohitra the separation of the three rows, their

obliquity and their lophodontism are more pronounced than in

B. betsileoensis, whose unworn teeth show a half-tuberculate con-

formation and are therefore more fit for the understanding of

the homologies.

M. 2 sup. (Plate XXXIX. figs. la, 2a, 3a, 7a, 8a).—The

anterior transverse row apparently is composed of the outer

cusp 1 and the inner cusp 6. The second one is a compound,

on the outer side, of ‘4’ anteriorly and ‘2’ posteriorly, which

in very early stages become fused with each other and with

the inner cusp 7. The most prominent outer and inner cusps,

1 “Kronen bliver ved sin Vext saa bred, at Underkjebe tanderne ere for

smalle til endnu at rére ved dens ydre Rand, naar Munden lukkes; derfor

vantrives de tre oprindelige yderste Spidser og indskrenkes til fremspringende

Hjerner eller Lister, smelte sammen med de nermeste indre Spidser eller fors-

vinde helt ” (Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte, ete., 2. c. pp. 17, 18; see also footnote 4

on p. 41).

2, Gans fra Lagoa Santa, ete.’

3 On comparison of the lower molars figured in Plates XXXIX. and XL. of

the present paper with those on pl. iii. of Winge’s “ Om Pattedyrenes Tand-

skifte, ete.,” it will be seen that my mode of numbering the cusps to indicate

their homologies disagrees with the one adopted by Winge; but I cannot in

this paper enter into a discussion of my mode of viewing the homologies of

lower molars.

708 DR. C. I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE . [June 1,

viz. 4 and 6, 5 and 7, are opposed to each other in a similar way

as in Hesperomyine ; the oblique position of the rows is brought

about by the different connections. The third, posterior, row,

which remains essentially limited to the outer part of the posterior

margin, shows on unworn teeth of both species, more distinctly in

B. betsiieoensis, its composition of two parts: an anterior some-

what stronger cusp, 5, and a posterior smaller one, 3; exactly as

in the less reduced teeth of Hesperomyine *.

The lower molars agree with the upper ones, if we take into

account that they are, of course, reversed. The anterior trans-

verse row, restricted to the inner part, consists,as seen in unworn

teeth of Brachyuromys betsileoensis (Plate XX XIX. fig. 76), of

Winge’s 1 and 4. The middle row consists internally of 2 and 5,

which very soon become fused with the outer cusp 6. The

postetior ridge is composed of 3 and 7.

To sum up. The five transverse ridges of Trechomys, e. g.”, or of

the Dipodide Zapus, are in Brachyuromys reduced to three, by

the atrophy of 2 and 3 and their fusion with 4 and 5.

Comparison of the Molars of the ** Rhizomyes” (Tachyoryctes,

Rhizomys) with those of Brachyuromys.

It has been formerly stated that the molars of Brachyuromys

ramirohitra are almost identical with those of the African Tachy-

oryctes*®, There is, however, a greater difference in_ vertical

extension between the molars of the two genera than appears from

my former statement: those of B. ramirohitra are semi-hypselo-

dont, whereas the very hypselodont molars of Tachyoryctes are on

their way to become rootless. In Rhizomys the molars are less

hypselodont than those of Tachyoryctes and somewhat more compli-

cated than in both Tachyoryctes and Brachyuromys.

This is particularly apparent in the molars of the upper jaw.

While in the latter genus we have seen the upper molars to be

composed essentially of three outer cusps (8+5; 2+4; 1), sepa-

rated by two external folds, there are four cusps in Rhizomys and

accordingly three folds, which later on become three enamel islets.

In Rh. badius the teeth, although as complicated in an unworn

condition as those of the other species, become when worn more

similar to the unworn teeth of Tachyoryctes and Brachyuromys, a

fusion taking place in the anterior part of the crown. Moreover, the

gradual disappearance of the islets from the crown proceeds at a

quicker rate than in the other species of 2hizomys.

In Tachyoryctes, m. 1 sup. of young specimens has a similar strue-

ture to that of all three molars of thizomys. But this complication

too disappears very soon, so that somewhat worn anterior molars of

1 R. Hensel, “ Beitrige z. Kennt. Saugeth. Siid-Brasiliens,’ Phys. Abh. k.

Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, 1873, pl. i. figs. 24a, 25a; pl.ii. (gs. 26 a, 28a; pl. iii.

fig. 30 a.— Winge, ‘ Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa, etc.,’ pl. iii. figs. | a, 10 a, 12 a.--

It is also apparent in several Muridx, e. g. Uromys, Conilurus (young),

Chiruromys.

° Winge, ‘ Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 116.

3 Pp. Z. 8. 1896, p. 979.

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 709

the former are perfectly similar to the following tooth and to those

of B. ramirohitra, even in the oblique direction of the transverse

ridges ; whereas in Rhizomys these are placed at right angles to the

long axisof the skull. As in B. ramirohitra, m. 3 sup. of Tachyoryctes

is longer than the two anterior, this being a consequence of a

fuller development of its posterior portion ; that is, 3 remains longer

independent from 4.

The different proportional size between the molars of Tachy-

oryctes and those of Rhizomys is apparently to a great extent due to

the influence exercised by the incisors. In old specimens of Tachyo-

ryctes (Plate XXXIX. fig. 6a) the upper molars increase in size

from before backwards. The upper incisors in this genus form a

smaller segment of a circle than in /thizomys, so that their posterior

end interferes with the development of m. 1. In the latter genus

the segment is a larger one ; as a consequence, the first molar is

partly or totally (according to the different species) withdrawn

from the influence exercised by the incisor, which interferes with

the posterior molars.

In Rh. badius the hinder end of the incisor reaches farther

backwards than in any other species; m. 1, which is from the

beginning the largest of the three (Plate XL. figs. la, 2a),

remains such to an advanced stage of wear (Plate XL. fig. 3a);

the two posterior molars soon diminish in size. This decrease

in size, from m. 1 tom. 3, is more intensified with age.—In

Rh. sumatrensis, the incisor does not seem to affect the molars,

their proportional size remaining the same in youth and advanced

age (Plate XL. figs. 5a, 6a); m.3 sup. is very small from the

beginning.—In Rh, pruinosus and Rh. sinensis (Plate XL. fig. 7 a)

the incisor forms a smaller segment of a circle than in swmatrensis,

and a much smaller one than in badius. I have not all the stages

of wear of Rh. sinensis, but there seems to be no essential difference

from Rk. pruinosus. In this latter the unworn m. | sup. is con-

siderably elongate (Plate XL. fig. 4a); very soon it becomes

reduced to the size of m.2, and in very old dentitions it is even

smaller than the latter.

To recapitulate the foregoing with regard to the two extremes,

Rhizoinys badius and Tachyoryctes. In both, m.1 sup. is, before wear,

slightly larger and especially longer than m.2. In old specimens

of Rh. badius both teeth, unaffected by the incisor, maintain

their relative proportions, whereas both become considerably

reduced in Tachyoryctes. The latter’s m. 1, which is the most

interfered with by the incisor, is eventually reduced to the size

of m. 2, and in old individuals becomes even somewhat smaller ;

m. 1 becomes equally much reduced in size. In Tachyoryctes the

greater vertical extension of the molars is a further reason for their

being very scon interfered with by the incisor. M.3, which from

the beginning is somewhat atrophied in Rh, badius, becomes more

so with advance of wear; whilst in Tuchyoryctes, where the posterior

part of m. 3 is on the contrary somewhat produced, as compared

with its anterior molars, and with m.3 of Rh. badius, this tooth

maintains its proportions even in old individuals.

710 DR, C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [June 1,

As regards the pattern of the Rhizomys molars, it results from

a comparison with those of Brachyuromys and Tachyoryctes, that

in Rhizomys cusp 2 maintains its independence, whereas in the

others, as shown by B. betsileoensis, this cusp is not even in young

specimens strongly developed, and becomes soon fused with 4.

The homologies of the four outer cusps of Rhizomys are therefore

to be expressed by the following figures:—1; 4; 2; 5+3 (see

Pl. XL. figs. 1 a-7 a).

Of the lower molars of Rhizomys (Pl. XL. figs. 1 6-85) m.1 is

constantly longer and more complicated than either of the two

posterior molars, which last agree almost absolutely with each other

in size and pattern. Internally some of the species show, when

young, four cusps, the two anterior of which are not strongly

separated, so that very soon the only remainder of the original

separation is a small enamel islet, which too tends to disappear.

In Ith. badius,1 and 4 appear already fused from the beginning,

i. €. in the youngest available stages. The homologies of the four

cusps, as compared with Brachyuromys, are theretore as follows :

1; 4 (or 144); 2+5; 3. I feel justified in considering the

third cusp to be, as in Brachyuromys, a compound of two (2+5),

from what is visible in unworn posterior molars as compared with

m.1 (Pl. XL. fig. 16, 26,46, 56, 66). M.1 is besides distin-

guished by a surplus on the antero-internal side: not only is cusp

1 separated from 4, but, like m.1 of Rh. betsileoensis, there is an

antero-external cusp in addition to what obtains in m. 2 and m. 3.

The molars of Rhizomys theretore, besides being less hypselo-

dont than those of Tachyoryctes,are also more complicated than the

molars both of the latter genus and of Brachyuromys, and thus

approach more to the brachyodont amongst Malagasy Rodents ;

and further on to some members (Trechomys, Theridomys) of a

more primitive group, Winge’s Anomaluride. The molars of

Tachyoryctes and Brachyuromys, on their side, show a remarkable

likeness in pattern to some other members of the same group,

viz. Protechimys', Archewomys. The molars of the former genus,

which are much more brachyodont than those of the latter, arrive

at the more simplified pattern of Archwomys, only in a somewhat

advanced stage of wear. In comparing the molars of these two

genera with each other and with Brachyuromys and the Rhizomyes,

it becomes evident, beyond doubt, that the simplified pattern of

the molars is the outcome of a complicated one. This is further

confirmed by the little we know of a Pliocene Rhizomys, viz. :—

Rhizomys sivalensis, Lydekker *, less specialized still than the exist-

ing Rhizomys.—I have reproduced the enlarged molars (Pl. XL.

fig. 9b) from a right mandibular ramus in the British Museum,

No. 15925, mentioned in the Catalogue. Lydekker says of the

2 Cf. “ Theridomys blainvillei, Gerv ,.” in Gervais, Zool. et Pal. franc.

pl. 47. fig. 17.—M. Schlosser, “‘ Die Nager des europaischen Tertiars,” Palzon-

tographica. xxxi. 1884, pp. 63 (45)—68 (50), pl. ix. (v).

2 Records Geol. Sury. India, xi. 1878, pp. 100, 10L, xii. 1879, p. 41; id. Pal.

Ind. x., iii. 1884, p. 107-108; id. Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the

British Museum (Natural History), i. London, 1885, p, 233.

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 711

Rh. sivalensis, speaking of specimens in the Indian Museum,

Calcutta :—‘‘ The relatively wider molars and the larger size of

the incisors of the existing forms as compared with those of the

fossil seem to indicate that the specialization has tended to the

production of these characters.”* In a former paper* it had

been stated that ‘‘ the fossil molars are in one specimen slightly

smaller, and in the other slightly larger than those of the recent

species” (i. e. Ah. sumatrensis).

In the mandibul preserved in the British Museum, the molars

are wider and longer than those of the largest living species

(Rh. sumatrensis), although the mandibula is shorter and lower.

The elements constituting each of the molars in the recent forms

appear to be more crowded together antero-posteriorly than in the

fossil. In this last the molars are more complicated and remain

so even in a worn condition, cusp 1 not becoming fused with 4, an

occurrence which we meet with only in very young stages of some

of the species of living Rhizomys. Besides, as has been already

pointed out by Lydekker, in the fossil molars the external fold

has a greater depth than in recent species. To sum up. The

molars of Fh. sivalensis preserve the main characters of the molars

of young specimens in later age, whilst in all the recent species

the molars are very soon simplified, in some a little earlier, in

others a little later.

Comparison of the Molars of the Hesperomyine with those of

Brachyuromys and Nesomys.

Amongst American Muride the simplification of the pattern

of molars has been attained in two ways: (1) by a more or less

complete suppression of 1,2, 3, accompanied by a predominance of

the four cusps 4, 5, 6, 7, notably the two former; so that the

crown of m. 2 remains essentially composed of four cusps; (2) by

a more or less complete suppression of 2 and 3, whilst 4,5, 6,7 are

equally somewhat reduced in dimensions, whereas 1 is rather

increased ; atanyrate it has obtained quite or almost the dimensions

of 4 and 5. Of both molars Hensel and Winge have figured

examples. To the latter belong such genera as Sigmodon (his-

pidus), Holochilus (vulpinus), and the Neotomine. Whilst in the

former there exists a notable difference in form and size between

m.1 and m. 2, as in the Hesperomyine with more complicated

molars *, in the latter m. 1 tends to become more similar to m. 2.

Of the first type, viz. brachyodont, bunodont molars, with

essentially only four tubercles, I have found no parallel amongst

living Malagasy Rodents; but I discovered in the lower deposits

of the “ Children’s Cave,” near Sirabé (Central Madagascar), some

jaws belonging to this type; these will be dealt with on a future

occasion. To the second type belongs, amongst Malagasy

Rodents, Brachyuromys ; and from other parts of the Old World,

1 Pal. Ind. J. c. p. 108. 2 Rec. Geol. Surv Ind. xi. 1878, p. 101.

3 Of course, as was shown so long ago as 1873 by Hensel, there are all

possible transitions to be found between the simple and the more complicated

molars.

712 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON TIE [June 1,

Tachyoryctes (in a lesser degree Rhizomys), Spalax, and Siphneus.

In the great agreement between m. 1 and m. 2, there is a decided

approach of Neotomine to all these Old World forms; there are

species of Neotoma’ in which scarcely any difference between m. 1

and m. 2 can be found. Of course this character, common to the

_ two groups, may be partly the result of both having hypselodont

molars.

One important character in the skull shows that the Old

World Muride under consideration are on a lower level than the

Neotomine. With the exception of Spalax they all have the jugal

greatly developed and approaching the lachrymal, whereas in

Neotomine the jugal is extremely reduced.

Of the Hesperomyine with a more complicated pattern there are

likewise parallels in Madagascar, viz. Hallomys* and Nesomys.

Thesé two genera will be more fully described on a future occasion ; —

but I append here a short characteristic of the dentition of the

latter. I consider these complicated molars to be a more primitive

condition than the simpler form, for reasons which will be fully

discussed further on.

Right lower molars of Nesomys rufus.

The molars of Nesomys figured in the text (text-figs. 3 & 4) repre-

sent the youngest stage 1 have been able to procure. In this stage

of wear the teeth are half-tuberculate, the outer tubercles in upper,

and the inner tubercles in lower molars being more cuspidate than

the inner tubercles of upper and the outer ones of lower molars.

In this as well as in other respects they approach nearer to

such forms amongst Hesperomyine as “ Hesperomys squamipes,” *

1 C. Hart Merriam, ‘“ A new Subfamily of Murine Rodents—the Neotomine,”

Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1894, p. 240. fig. 5a, 0.

? Since the above was written, I have seen in Leyden the type specimens of

Haliomys audeberti, Sent., which proves to be a species of Nesomys.

3 Hensel, /. ¢. pl. i. fig. 24, pl. it. fig. 14.

1897.] . MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 713

“ Nectomys squamipes,”' ‘ Hesperomys dorsalis,” * ‘ Hesperomys

tumidus.”? As in the Hesperomyine just mentioned, cusps 2

and 3 are well developed in Nesomys, and had younger stages

been at hand, these cusps would have probably shown to be as

independent from 4 and 5 as they are in Winge’s fig. 12a.

A feature common to the upper and lower molars of Nesomys,

as compared with Hesperomyine, isa reduction in size of the cusps

4 and 5, and a corresponding increase in size and greater indepen-

dence of the adjoining parts, of what I consider to be the

homologue of the “ intermediate ” cusps of Sciuroides, Pseudosciurus ,

and of many, especially the older Placentals. Of this more will

be said below, when m. 1 sup. of Wesomys will be discussed as

compared with the same tooth of Murine.

Another distinguishing feature of the upper molars m. 1 and

m. 2 of Nesomys—in which, by the way, they approach somewhat

to the Murine, as well as in the greater development of the

intermediate cusps—as compared with the Hesperomyine, is the

lesser degree of symmetry between the anterior and the posterior

part of the molars (see m. 1). In the Hesperomyine the enamel-

fold, penetrating from the inner side (in upper molars), is separated

from the anterior valley (# in text-figs. 1 & 2, p. 707) by a ridge—

apparently the homologue of the intermediate cusp—connecting

the outer cusp 4 with the inner cusp 6. In Nesomys the inter-

space formed by the enamel-fold mentioned is confluent with the

anterior valley, thus separating cusp 6 from connection with the

outer cusp 4, or rather with the intervening intermediate cusp

(y, fig. 3)—a state of things which is only arrived at in much

worn molars of Vesomys ; whilst in this respect Brachyuromys bet-

sileoensis agrees with the Hesperomyine.

Obviously, the formation of transverse ridges in molars by

means of a fusion of the outer with the inner cusps (lophodonty)

is brought about with the participation of the “ intermediate ”

cusps, which, e. g. iu Pseudosciurus and Sciwroides amongst Rodents,

are as yet independent. This holds good with regard both to

upper and lower molars.‘ These “ intermediate ” or ‘‘ secondary ”

cusps, Osborn’s “ protoconule” and “ metaconule,” are generally con-

sidered to be of secondary importance, viz. later additions to the

crown, because as a rule they are inferior in size to the outer and

inner cusps. When this is not the case, they are liable not to be

recognized, and such appears to have been the case with regard to

the Murine, amongst others. Winge derives the Murine molar

from the Hesperomyine type, by supposing that in the former the

outer cusps (of upper molars) have increased in size as compared

with the latter, and that by so doing they have pushed the inner

1 Winge, ‘ Gnavere Lagoa Santa,’ pl. iii. fig. 12 a.

> Hensel, /. c. pl. ii. figs. 16, 26.

° Hensel, /. c. pl. iii. figs. 20, 30.

4 Besides, these intermediate cusps connect the two principal transverse

ridges in the molars of Brachyuromys betsileoensis (not so in B. ramirohitra),

as a result of which connection we obtain the interspace (fold) on the inner

side of upper, and on the outer side of lower molars, a widespread feature in

Mammalian molars.

714 DR. C. I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [June 1,

cusps forwards’. The small cusps outside from the large “ outer”

cusps he supposes to be a new addition in Murine*. Now, it is

possible to show with the help of the Mesomyine (1) that these

supposed new additions of Murine are the homologues of the

outer cusps 4 and 5 of Hesperomyine and Nesomyine, which in

Murine atrophy to a certain extent as compared with the two

former groups. And (2) that those cusps which in Murine

Winge considers to be 4 and 5 are in reality the intermediate

cusps, which in this subfamily have acquired a considerable size *.

As regards the anterior upper molar (m.1) in Murine, the

anterior side of this tooth is tripartite, whereas it is bipartite

in Hesperomyine, which last present three internal cusps against

two in the former subfamily* The clue for an understanding

of the homologies is afforded by some of the Nesomyine, by young

Brachyuromys betsileoensis (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 7«), and more than

all by Nesomys (text-figure 3). The comparison with Nesomys

shows that the middle part of the tripartite anterior side of

the Murine m. 1 is an intermediate cusp strongly developed ; the

outer part is cusp 1, more developed than in m,. 2; the internal

1 Vidensk. Meddel. fra d. Naturh. Foren. i Kjébenhavn for Aaret 1881,

Kjébenhavn, 1882, p. 27.

* L.c. p. 27: “idet hver af dem” (é. e. ydre Knolde), “ paa sin Yderside af-

seetter en lille Knold, der dog ikke er skilt fra Moderknolden.”

3 Some years ago Prof. Osborn arrived at the conclusion that these

median cusps in the upper molars of Mws are homologous with the “ inter-

mediate ” cusps in other Placentals (H. F. Osborn, ‘‘ The Rise of the Mammalia

in North America,” /. c. p. 19). He considers this to be a victorious argument

against my own views, being, according to what he states (/. c.p. 18), an

“evidence that the multitubercular molar instead of being primitive was

derived from the tritubercular” ; and farther on (p. 19), that “‘ the molars of the

mouse (Mus), and of certain kangaroo-rats (Dipodomys and Perognathus),

illustrate beautifully the recent stages between trituberculy and multituberculy,

showing that the intermediate tubercles of Mws (also common in other Placen-

tals) give rise to the intermediate or third multituberculate row.” However, in

such of the Muridz in which these “ intermediate” cusps are somewhat less

developed (e. g. Nesomys), or more or less suppressed (e. g. several Hespero-

myine, Cricetus, Mystromys), we do not tor that reason find a nearer approach

to tritubercular forms.

T am quite prepared to concede to Prof. Osborn that some of the features

common to the molars of Allotheria and of Murine may have been indepen-

dently acquired in each. One might even suggest that the whole of the outer

series of cusps in the upper molars of Allotheria are the homologues of the

outer series 1, 2, 3 of Winge, and, as a consequence, that the second range in

the Allotheria corresponds to 4,5 of Winge (paracone and metacone of Osborn) ;

in that case the internal range of the former would be the homologue of the

intermediate cusps of more modern Mainmals. It would further follow that

Cope’s and Osborn’s protocone (Winge’s 6), absent in the Ad/otheria, is in

reality a later addition, as has been suggested by Winge; so would also be the

postero-internal cusp (Winge’s 7), in which last assumption Winge agrees with

Cope, Osborn, ete. With the materials at present available, such a supposition

could be neither proved nor disproved for the moment.

More to the point is, that the “intermediate” cusps of Mus are “ also common

in other Placentals,” and especially in (geologically speaking) older forms ;

and that they are present not only in the ‘‘ Laramie Multituberculates,” but as

well in several of those molars which have been comprised by Osborn under

the denomination of “Laramie Trituberculates.” (Cf. pl. viii. of “ Fossil

Mammals of the Upper Cretaceous Beds,” /. s. ¢.)

4 In several Murine there is an additional small postero-internal cusp.

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 715

part is the antero-internal cusp 6, which, together with 7, appears

always shifted forwards in Murine, as was assumed by Winge’.

In Hesperomyine cusp 6 stands opposite the outer cusp 4; it is

the median of the three internal cusps of m.1; the anterior one

is the homologue of the intermediate cusp, above mentioned, of

Murine, which in Hesperomyine occupies a more internal position.

In Nesomys (text-fig. 3) this intermediate cusp occupies the same

position as in Murine, but it is much less developed than either

in Murine or in Hesperomyine*. Owing to the smaller size of

this cusp and to its position on the anterior side of the tooth,

the formation of an anterior fold, 2. e. “‘ interspace,” between this

intermediate cusp anteriorly and cusp 6 posteriorly, which we

have in Hesperomyine, is not arrived at in Nesomyine. The

antero-internal cusp, 6, occupies in the latter about the same

position as in the former; it is much less shifted forwards than

in Murine.

Lower Molars of Nesomys.—With regard to the lower molars in

Hesperomyine and Nesomys, there can be no doubt as to which are

the two principal internal cusps. The posterior internal cusp, 3,

is sometimes rather strongly developed in Hesperomyine, just as

in Brachyuromys ; in other members of the group it is reduced as

compared with 4 and 5, just as in Nesomys. In the Hesperomyine

the median crest, corresponding to 2, either remains rather

independent, reaching the inner side, but still with the tendency

to cling to the antero-internal cusp; or it is more or less

intimately connected with the postero-internal cusp, 5. In the

latter case we find an enamel islet as remainder of the original

separation *. In Nesomys the median crest becomes fused, near the

inner side, with the posterior part of the antero-internal cusp, 4;

a configuration to which there is an approach in those Hespero-

myine, “ H. ratticeps,’* “ H. longicaudatus,”’ “ H. nasutus,” °

H. subterraneus,’" in which the usually independent crest leans

against the antero-internal cusp.

In both Hesperomyine and Nesomys the principal outer cusps,

6 and 7, are internally connected by a small longitudinal crest,

from which the median transverse crest, 2, starts inwards at right

angles. In Brachyuromys betsileoensis the aforesaid small longi-

tudinal crest is likewise present, which explains the formation in

this species of two creeks, an outer and an inner one, corresponding

to the transverse valley in B. ramirohitra. In unworn teeth of

Br. betsileoensis the median transverse ridge, 2, starting at right

angles from the longitudinal crest, is equally to be seen; it

1 Considering the backward inclination of the intermediate and external

cusps of Murine, whilst the inner cusps remain upright, it might be questioned

whether the latter have shifted their place forwards, or not rather the former

backwards.

? This is one of the reasons for the great similarity between m.1 and m.2 in

this as well as in the other Murine, as compared to what we find in the two

subfamilies just mentioned.

3 See the figures in Hensel, /. c.

+ Hensel, /.c. pl. i. fig. 25 0. ° Ib. pl. ;

5 Jo. pl. iii. fig. 29d. 7 Ib, pl. iii. fig. 31 8.

716 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [June 1,

connects itself, as often in Hesperomyine, with the postero-internal

cusp 5, with which it becomes fused at an early date (in another

Malagasy genus, Gymnuromys, it remains independent).

Nor is the antero-internal cusp, 1+4, simple, although it is

undivided in Brachyuromys. In the Hesperomyine it presents

itself frequently as a simple cusp, but in several forms, ‘ H. ratti-

ceps,” “ H. longicaudatus,” ? * H. tumidus,”* it appears as com-

posed of two parts separated by an enamel islet—an anterior

smaller cusp (Winge’s 1, Osborn’s paraconid), and a posterior larger

cusp (the antero-internal cusp, 4). In Nesomys the original com-

pound structure of this cusp (1 + 4) is likewise shown, in moderately

worn molars, by an enamel islet ; and in very young B. betsileoensis

it is foreshadowed by a slight depression of the enamel.

From this comparison of the lower molars of Nesomys with

thosé of Brachyuromys betsileoensis and Hesperomyine, it results

that the molars of the former approach closer to certain forms of

Hesperomyine in the conformation of their pattern, the latter to

others. The internal enamel-folds remain for a longer time open

on the inner side in the teeth of Brachyuromys and several

Hesperomyine than in Nesomys. In the relative positions of outer

and inner cusps Brachyuromys differs from some other Hespero-

myine. In both B. betsileoensis and B. ramirohitra the postero-

internal cusp, 5, stands directly opposite the interspace (inlet)

dividing the two outer cusps (6 and 7), so that it comes to

alternate with the latter, as in “ H. vulpinus,” + H. squamipes” ° ;

in these same Hesperomyine and in Brachyuromys 3 is more

developed, whilst 2 is atrophied. In other Hesperomyine the

principal outer and inner cusps are almost opposite each other,

as in Nesomys. Brachyuromys agrees more with “ H. vulpinus” ®

and “ H. arenicola?”’” (the former is somewhat hypselodont ; the

fig. of the latter presents a much worn molar); Nesomys with

“H. ratticeps,’ ° “ H. longicaudatus,’* “ H. subterraneus””™. The.

form of “ H, squamipes”’" agrees with both of them.

As was pointed out above, a still more advanced atrophy of

1, 2, and 3 leads us to such simple forms amongst Muride as

Cricetus, Mystromys, “ Hesperomys expulsus,” * “ Habrothrix lasi-

urus,” “ Hesp. nasutus,” in which the pattern of the crown

showa essentially only four cusps. Winge is doubtful whether

the presence or the absence of the “ trausverse ridge” between

the outer cusps, 4, 5, in upper, and the inner cusps in lower

molars is the primitive condition in Muride ; adding, ‘its presence

in Sminthus, Scirtetes, and several other low Rodents leads to the

assumption that this condition is the primitive one in Muride ;

whereas the absence of this ‘transverse ridge’ in the lowest

1 Hensel, /.c. pli. fig. 250. 7 Jb. pl. ii. fig. 280. * Jb. pl. iii. fig. 30d.

4 Hensel, /.c. pl. i. fig. 236. ° Ib. pl. i. fig. 24d. 7b. pl. i. fig. 23d.

7 Ib. pl. ii. fig. 27 4. 8 Jo. pl. i. fig. 25 6. ® Jb. pl. ii. fig. 28 d.

10 Jb, pl. iii. fig. 31 4. 11 Jb. pl. i. fig. 246.

12 Winge, ‘Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ pl. ii. fig. 4a.

13 Jb, pl. ii. fig. 11 @.

14 Hensel, ‘ Beitr. Kenntn. d. Séugeth. Stid-Bras.’ pl. iii. figs. 19, 29.

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS, Vali:

known of Muride, as Cricetodon and Cricetus, would point to the

opposite assumption ”?.

These two genera are considered by Winge to be amongst the

lowest of Muride, on account of the greater agreement in size of

their m.1 and m.2; m.1 being more elongate in the Murine’.

To these views of Winge I have to object :—(1) The molars of some

of the species of Cricetodon show the transverse ridge in question.

Winge refers * to the figures of Cricetodon given by Gervais *, who

figured worn teeth. With regard to the Tertiary Muride com-

prised under this generic denomination, the case stands thus :—

In the older forms, e. g. Cricetodon cadurcense, Schloss. °, from the

Quercy, not only the middle transverse ridge, ending in 2, but

also 1 and 3 are present, as they are likewise present in Eumys °

(which does not seem to differ much from Cricetodon, both being

very similar to the less simple molars of many Hesperomyine).

Besides, we find in Cricetodon cadurcense a primitive feature of

m. 1 which is almost identical with m. 2. In the more recent

species of Cricetodon, from the Middle Miocene of Steinheim and

La Grive Saint-Alban, I observe a greater approach to Cricetus ;

m. 1 is larger and more complicated as compared with m. 2, and

the accessory crests of all the molars tend to disappear.

(2) In the Malagasy Muride the difference in size between m.1

and m.2 is even less, and their agreement in form greater than in

Cricetus, Cricetodon, and the Hesperomyine, which is one of my

reasons for regarding them as more primitive Muride than the

above-named. And still we have found 1, 2, and 3 to be present in

molars of young Brachyuromys betsileoensis. In other Malagasy

Muride, to be described on a future occasion (Nesomys, Gymnuromys,

Brachytarsomys), they are still more evident, and not in the least

limited to young stages ’.

(3) In the Tertiary such simple forms of molars as exhibited by

Mystromys, Cricetus, “ Hesper. expulsus,” and “ Habrothrix lasiurus”

are not known. The latter two, apart from the pattern of their

molars, agree in all the rest with the other Hesperomyine (having

more complicated molars) than with Cricetus. The latter genus is

apparently derived from some such form as Cricetodon by a greater

reduction of its molars, just as the Hesperomyine, with simpler

constructed molars, appear to be derived from those with more

complicated teeth. With reference to its teeth I have therefore

recently called Cricetus a terminal form amongst Muride *.

Winge has, in this conjunction, urged the similarity of the m.2

of Cricetus with other Mammalia*®. I know of no greater agree-

-+ *Gmavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 11; and footnote 6, p. 151.

2 “Om greske Pattedyr,’ Meddel. Naturh. Foren. i. Kjébenhavn,; 1881;

‘Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ pp. 123, 124.

3 “Om greske Pattedyr,” /.c. p. 22. * Zool. Pal. frang. pl. 46, fig, 3.

° Lc. pl. xii. (viii.) figs. 28, 35. § Leidy.

7 In the same way the Dipodine Zapus, in which m.1 and m.2 are of

absolutely the same conformation and size, shows likewise 1, 2, and 3 well

developed.

5 P.Z.8. London, 1896, p. 980.

® Meddel. Naturh, Foren. 1881, p. 26; ‘ Gnayere fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 11.

Proo. Zoor. Soc.—1897, No. XLVII.

718 DR. C. I, FORSYYH MAJOR ON THE {June 1,

ment than with the molars of Cereopithecide, which Winge himself

declares to be anything but primitive +.

As the same author considers the Muridew to be a terminal

group—and in this I certainly agree with him—I cannot see how

we would have to explain the sudden appearance in them of

a primitive molar form (that of Cricetus, according to Winge).

All the other “ Cricetini,” in their more complicated molars, come

nearer to the “‘ Anomaluride”’ than does Cricetus. Pseudosciurus

and Sciwroides are considered by Winge himself to be the most

primitive amongst Anomaluride. Now the mesial “transverse

ridge” is present in Seiwroides as well as in Zrechomys, &c.,

although in the molars of the former it does not reach so far

inwards (in upper molars) or outwards (in lower molars) as it

does in Z'rechomys*.

Summary.

The Malagasy Muride have, by common accord, been placed

amongst the ‘“ Oricetine” (“ Sigmodontine”); this is true in a

general sense, at least with regard to the great majority of them.

In the foregoing pages I have tried to define more precisely

their position, as wel] as their relationships with Mwride from

other regions. Although the present paper deals essentially only

with one genus, and though it will be necessary for me to take

the Malagasy Rodents (forming, as I consider, a special subfamily,

the Nesomyine) up again as a whole, when all the forms will have

been fully worked out, I could not, for comparison’s sake, avoid

anticipating somewhat the future publication, by throwing side-

glances on some of the other genera.

The Malagasy Rodents have to be considered as the lowest of

the Muwride—lower even than the Miocene members of the family,

so far as these are known,—because in cranial and dental

characters they approach more than any other Muride such more

primitive groups of Rodentia as the Dipodide and Winge’s

Anomaluride. These characters are: large infraorbital foramen

—well-developed jugale—absence of advanced hypselodontism—

intermediate cusps of molars less reduced than in Hesperomyine

and in Old World Cricetine, and external cusps (of upper molars)

less reduced than in the Murine—greater agreement in pattern and

size of m. 1 and m. 2 than in other Muride; very often all three

molars agree with each other.

If I had to regret that in my excavations I came upon but scanty

remains of extinct fossil. Mammalia, I have had some compensa-

tion by these living fossils. Were any justification necessary for

having divided my time between neontological and _palonto-

logical exploration, this result would amply justify my proceeding.

$Jordfundne og nulevende Aber (Primates) fra Lagoa Santa, &c.,’ Kjé-

benhayn, 1895 (‘“‘E Museo Lundii”), p. 40. “ Hyis Simiinernes Kindtender

vare fremkomne af Tender saa lidt oprindelig som hos Cercopitheciner.. .”

(The italics are mine.)

* The comparison of the molars of Sciuroides with those of Pseudosciurus

shows that the outer termination (in upper molars) of this “ transverse ridge”

is nothing but the ancient outer cusp, 2, of Pseudosciwrus.

1897.] MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. 719

The light which the investigation of the Malagasy Rodentia has

thrown on their relatives outside the Island has been somewhat

unexpected tome. From what Peters had noted concerning the

affinities of one of the genera! and from other considerations, I

was prepared to meet with the nearest and perhaps the only close

affinities amongst the American Hesperomyine. These affinities

certainly exist, and I have endeavoured to put them in their true

light. However, other affinities, apart from those just mentioned,

are very remarkable.

The genus Brachytarsomys, which, as stated on a former occasion’,

stands somewhat apart from the other Malagasy Rodents, proves

to be a forerunner of the Microtine. It is, however, certainly not

a member of the genus Microtus, nor of any of the other genera

included in the subfamily; it cannot even, in my opinion, be

placed within this subfamily, for it lacks the specializations which

characterize the latter. Apart from the molars being not only

rooted, but even perfectly brachyodont, neither the last upper nor

the first lower molar show any additional increase to the normal

Muridine form: the skull, too, differs from the Microtine cranium

in all the characters, which in these are the direct outcome of

the increased vertical size of the molars and the adaptation to a

subterranean life. But otherwise the teeth as well as the

cranium (size and shape of the jugal, form of the rostrum, of the

outer wall of the infraorbital foramen and of the foramen itself,

general conformation of the upper region of the skull and its

crests) are precisely such as we might expect them to have been in

the forerunners of the Microtine.

Next as to the genus Nesomys. The large size and breadth of the

foramina incisiva, and, what is still more to the point, the large

size of the infraorbital foramen, and the strong development of

the jugal—which characters this genus shares with most of the

other Malagasy Rodents—show it to be a very low member of

the Muride, approaching the Dipodide. The two anterior molars,

agreeing in size and general form with each other, tell the same

tale. The intimate structure of the molars, as compared with the

Hesperomyine and the Murine, might induce us to consider

Nesomys as a connecting-link between these two groups. But the

relationship to them will be more rightly expressed by considering

it to be ancestral to both ; especially if we bear in mind that the

characters of both the cranium and teeth are less specialized than

in the two subfamilies mentioned.

The present paper deals chiefly with a third genus, Brachyuromys.

Its affinities with some fossorial Rodents, viz. Tachyoryctes from

Abyssinia, Fhizomys from the Oriental Region, Spalaw and Stph-

neus from the Palearctic, have been fully discussed, and as one

of the results these four genera are classed amongst the lowest

Muride. Retirement under the earth and adaptation to fossorial

habits have done for these four genera what isolation has done for

1 Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, Oct. 18, 1870, pp. 54, 55. See

also P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 978.

2 P,Z,8. 1896, p. 979,

47*

720 ON THE MALAGASY GENUS BRACHYUROMYS. {June 1,

Brachyuromys &c., i.e. the preservation of primitive types of

Muride*. Theirs is a parallel to that of the African insecti-

vorous family Chrysochloride, as compared with the more generalized

memebrs of the Malagasy family Centetide.

Whilst the somewhat closer agreement with Brachyuromys

than with the rest of Malagasy Rodents may in the case of

Rhizomys, Spalax, and Siphneus be due to the circumstance that

in each the molars are hypselodont (though in a much lesser degree

in Brachyuromys), the case seems to be different with regard to

Tachyoryctes. This latter isin the pattern of its molars almost

identical with one of the species of Brachyuromys (B. ramirohitra).

The mutual relations of the Hesperomyine, Microtine, Murine,

and Spalacide with each other and with the Malagasy Vesomyine

have thus to a certain extent been cleared up by a better ac-

quaihtance with the latter.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Skull of Brachywromys betsileoensis (Bartl.): fig. 1, side view; la, from

below ; 14, from above; 1 e, front view.

2. Skull of B. ramirohitra, Maj.: fig. 2, side view; 2a, from below;

26, from above; 2c, front view; 2d, side view of mandible.

3. Skull of Zachyoryctes splendens, Riipp.: fig. 3, side view; 3a, from

: below ; 34, from above; 3c, front view.

All figures nat. size.

Puate XXXVIII.

Different views of the skull of Rhizomys sinensis, Gray. Nat. size. Fig. 1,

side view ; fig. 2, from above; fig. 5, from below ; fig. 4, from behind ;

fig. 5, oblique view of left infraorbital foramen; fig. 6, postero-

superior part of left mandible, from behind.

Prats XXXIX.

Figs. 1 a-8 a. Upper molars of Brachywromys and Tachyoryctes, enlarged.

10-8. Lower molars of ditto. '

1a-3b. Brachyuromys ramirohitra, Maj.

4a-4b. Tachyoryctes annectens, Thos.

5a-6b. T. splendens, Riipp.

Ta-8b. Brachyuromys betsileoensis (Bartl.).

Puate XL,

Figs. 1a—7a. Upper molars of various species of Rhizomys, enlarged.

14-9, Lower molars of ditto.

1a-3b. Rhizomys badius, Hodgs.

4a, 4b. R. pruinosus, Blyth.

5a-6 b. R. sumatrensis (Raffles).

7a-8b. R. sinensis, Gray.

9d. R. sivalensis, Lyd.

? Still more striking instances amongst Rodentia of adaptation as a pre-

server of primitive types are afforded by the Ap/lodontide and the Leporide,

both of them very primitive Rodent families showing the curious combination

of some very specialized features with their primitive characters.

Zo Lee eV

2b.

H.Gronvold del.et th . Mintern3ros.imp.

1BRACHYUROMYS BETSILEOENSIS.2.B-RAMIROHITRA.

3.TACHYORYCTES SPLENDENS.:

Prius Lao, Cl. CARVE

SKULL OF RHIZOMYS SINENSIS.

12) Vali Nh LSHD ALS JP BOORIDS

2. Br. raoeconr(re.—

aSANN)

Fx. rarretcohntls ta. I as Bez Br. ae re ohey 3S,

ate a vos p) .

> :

ii ~

By) yyy Way,

c VE arr¢eclens.

_ AR

cigs Er, Ge

LE Splerden: S.

; a 5 dy

——— |

AS splendess. Gaee La bait. Z. s/o in dere heres. r nee _ Ky bb

1 | ons 2+. u)

Air babet haere: o eee peice Pech erey

wie SINGS

272 3, % % 2727. see 7, Care 772-3 ste

naa a a : Fy, ba. Be. eee Sto.8L

Enlarged upper and lower molar teeth of BRACHYUROMYS

and TACHYORYCTES,

EAT:

sai).

Hh. A. bcecliet: $. ke Ta.

i ip) i

eae) a2 2.

PoZose Lo 7.-2 Pk Xela,

me Bins ban em 2.

PA. badees.

EAN

3. 4

Itt roa 972 3.

(ee “4

AA. oaduts. Sig. 2a he Qa RA. badirts. Ig 26

OY]

an a |

¢ Dh. Cadius.

2977. fae? 2

oe Be 3a, Rh. badiees.” ee i a 3b

Sth. / reetreases._

aioe Yaz Tike apie t

Ag)

7 Bay

BA. eee

“ 30)

Bh. th. sternal india. | i

Ah. SLPODOS Es cee ah

’ 7) yy

ADMD

245. 3, 4 245, 4,

Bh. ee SZS pope

S em ba. tn. eee IE

= te

Zs. PS Ph. sumttrensis.

hig. Ta. Sth. ster sts.

245, 1. he 2¢5,

et.

Se sd Re SVC le77SES. ol

im A

+44. 245.

Jig. bb

any) ae

l+4. 245. ))

0) ee

Enlarged upper and lower molar teeth of recent and fossil

SPECIES OF RHIZOMYS.

1897.] ON THE ORANG-OUTANG IN THE SOCIBTYS GARDENS. 721

June 15, 1897.

Dr. St. Guorge Mivart, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1897.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of May were 199 in number. Of these 63 were acquired by

presentation, 22 by purchase, 65 in exchange, 7 were born in the

Gardens, and 42 were received on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 113.

Amongst these special attention was called to :—

1. A fine collection of West-Indian and North-American Rep-

tiles, presented by Mr. R. R. Mole, C M.Z.S., May 11th, 1897.

2. Two Blue Penguins (Zudyptula minor), from New Zealand,

purchased May 21st. Only one example of this elegant little

Penguin has been previously received by the Society.

Dr. G. H. Fowler, on behalf of the Zoological Museum at

University College, exhibited the unique specimen of a Crab

(Carcinus menas) recently described by Dr. Bethe, which carried a

right thoracic leg on the left half of the sixth abdominal segment.

Mr. Keith exhibited some lantern-slides of the Orang-outang,

lately living in the Society’s Gardens. He pointed out that the

Orang assumed the same posture as man in sleep, prone upon its

side, with its arms and legs folded on its belly, one hand over and

one hand under its head, and that the hair was arranged to afford

the animal protection while it was in that posture. The hair

upon the body and limbs formed together a continuous thatch

for the animal while it slept. This explanation accounted for the

transverse direction of the hairs upon the distal portions of the leg,

foot, forearm, and hand. He was unable to verify the distinction

Dr. Walker Kidd had drawn between the human and anthropoid

types of hair-arrangement on the limbs. In the Orang, as in

man, there was a distinct line of division between the dorsal and

ventral hairs on the body, the line running from the groin to the

axilla and some way on to the thigh below and the arm above. This

line might be called the inguino-axillary line of division. While

the meaning of this “ hair-shed” in man was obscure, its explana-

tion was perfectly evident in the Orang. Along that line, the

thigh and arm were folded on the belly, the hair on the body dorsal

to that line being, in the sleeping posture, continuous with the

hair on the thighs and arms, while ventral to the line the hair was

grouped round the umbilicus.

The present animal had died of acute disseminated tuberculosis,

the primary seat of infection being probably in the intestines,

722 PROF, T. W. BRIDGE ON THE [June 15,

which had shown many small tubercular ulcers. The spleen and

lungs, and especially the glands of the mesentery, were also infected.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.8., gave an account of the Mammals

obtained by Mr. John Whitehead during his recent expedition

to the Philippines, and read some field-notes upon them by the

collector.

This memoir will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1, On the Presence of Ribs in Polyodon (Spatularia) folium.

By Prof. T. W. Brings, D.Sc., F.Z.8.

[Received May 21, 1897.]

The ordinary text-book and other references to the presence or

absence of costal elements in the skeleton of this Chondrostean

Ganoid leave much to be desired on the score of precision, and not

infrequently are diametrically opposed one to another on matters

of fact.

Thus, for example, in that excellent store-house of zootomical

knowledge, the ‘Handbuch der Anatomie der Wirbelthiere’ of

Stannius (Aufl. 2, 1854, “ Die Fische”) there occurs the following

passage :—“ In den wesentlichsten Verhiiltnissen zeigt Spatularia

sich tibereinstimmend mit Accipenser; nur fehlen die Rippen,

oder werden vielmehr durch ligamentése Striinge vertreten, die an

der Basis knorpelige Elemente enthalten” (p. 21). Subsequently,

in a footnote (p. 31) it is stated, ‘‘ Harte Rippen fehlen bei Spatu-

laria.”

On the other hand, Giinther (‘ The Study of Fishes,’ 1880), in

referring to the skeleton of the Ganoids, remarks :—‘“ Ribs are

present in most, but replaced by ligaments in Polyodon” (p. 75).

Again, Wiedersheim, in his ‘ Comparative Anatomy of Verte-

brates’ (English translation by Newton Parker, 1886), says, ‘‘ The

ribs of fishes show a very primitive condition usually extending

along the whole length of the vertebral column (Lophobranchii,

Spatularia)” (l.c. p.48). Inthe same work a figure representing a

lateral view of a portion of the vertebral column of Polyodon is given

(I. ¢. fig. 21, p. 35), but no costal elements are indicated. The same

author, in his larger treatise, ‘Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Ana-

tomie der Wirbelthiere’ (1886), referring to the same point,

remarks :—* Bei Knochenfischen, z. B. bei Lophobranchiern, sowie

auch bei Ganoiden (Spatularia), kinnen die Rippen vollstindig

fehlen ” (1. ¢. p. 80).

Finally, Vogt and Yung, in their ‘ Lehrbuch der praktischen

vergleichenden Anatomie’ (1889-94), refer to the absence of ribs in

Chimera, many Rays, the Lophobranchii, and Spatularia (Bd. ii.

p- 534),

1897.] . PRESENCE OF RIBS IN POLYODON. 723

Tn one or two works (Huxley’s ‘Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals,’

p- 139, and the ‘ Text-book of Zoology’ by Boas [English transl. by

Kirkaldy and Pollard, p. 361}) statements occur which imply the

absence of ribs in some existing Ganoids, and, as there is no

question as to their presence in Acipenser, Polypterus, Amia, and

Lepidosteus, the statements in question presumably refer to Poly-

odon. In others, again, no mention is made of the presence or

absence of ribs in Polyodon, although references to the corre-

sponding structures in Acipenser are sufficiently frequent.

These quotations are sufficient to prove that the question of the

presence or absence of ribs in Polyodon has been the subject of

several contradictory statements, and is still involved in no little

obscurity.

Lateral view of a portion of the anterior section of the vertebral

column of Polyodon folium.

bv., inferior vertebral arch or “‘basi-ventral” cartilage ; bd., superior vertebral

arch or “basi-dorsal” element; fe., hemal eanal; éd., neural intercalary

or interdorsal element; iv., inter-ventral or hemal intercalary cartilage ;

Ig., ligament; xc., notochord ; z.s., neural spine ; 7., rib.

With regard to the actual facts of the case there can be no doubt

as to the presence of ribs in Polyodon. In a specimen about

40 inches in length I found a series of fifteen simple, filament-like,

cartilaginous ribs, commencing anteriorly near the point where the

superior vertebral arches first commence distinctly to differentiate

themselves from the continuous cartilaginous mass which is formed

by the fusion of certain of the anterior arches with the chondro-

cranium, and terminating a little posterior to the anterior half of the

pre-cloacal section of the vertebral column. The third to the fifth

ribs, inclusive, are perhaps the longest, being about 7 mm. in length

and about 1 mm. in thickness. The first and second are a trifle

shorter, but behind the fifth the ribs rapidly decrease in size until

the hindermost of the series are less than 1 mm. in length, being, in

fact, simple nodules of cartilage. Hach rib (fig., 7) is rather loosely

connected by ligament (/g.) with the hinder extremity of a longi~

724 MR. BR. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

tudinal ridge on the lateral surface of the basal or proximal portion

of an inferior vertebral arch or “ basi-ventral” cartilage (bv.).

From its point of attachment the rib is directed obliquely back-

wards and a little outwards, slightly overlapping the succeeding

‘“‘interventral” or bemal intercalary cartilage (w.), and extending

into the ventral edge of one of the fibrous septa separating two

successive myotomes of the body-wall. Hence it follows that in

the latter part of their course the ribs are situated immediately

external to the peritoneal lining of the subjacent ccelomic cavity,

as in other Ganoids and in Teleosts. No trace of ossification could

be detected in any of the ribs.

In two or three instances the cartilage of a rib was broken up

into two or more separate nodules, as if undergoing fragmentation

as a preliminary to suppression.

Polyodon therefore possesses a series of distinct but fully deve-

loped and wholly cartilaginous ribs, in substantial agreement with

the account originally given by Stannius, but apparently over-

looked by every subsequent writer.

When Polyodon is compared with its nearest living ally, Acipenser,

the differences in the relative development of their costal elements

are very striking. In the latter Ganoid, as is well known, nearly

all the pre-cloacal “ basi-ventrals’’ possess ribs, comparable both in

size and in their relations to the celomic cavity to the normally

developed ribs of other Ganoids and most Teleosts, and of these

the majority are more or less well ossified, only a few of the more

diminutive posterior ones being reduced to the condition of simple

cartilaginous rods or filaments. In Polyodon, on the contrary, the

ribs are restricted to about one-half of the normal costiferous

region of the vertebral column, and to this may be added their

relatively minute size and wholly cartilaginous condition.

How far it is permissible to regard the ribs of Polyodon as

incipient, nascent, or rudimentary elements, or as degenerate and

vestigial structures, is by no means easy to determine with certainty,

but their obvious uselessness, and especially their occasional ten-

dency to undergo fragmentation, strongly suggest the probability

of the latter alternative.

2. On the Spiders of the Suborder Mygalomorphe from the

Ethiopian Region contained in the Collection of the

British Museum. By R. I. Pocock, of the British

Museum (Nat. Hist.).

[Received June 2, 1897.]

(Plates XLI.—XLIII.)

This paper, based upon the material contained in the collection

of the British Museum, deals with those species which are usually

known as Trap-door Spiders and with the larger kinds of hairy

1897.] MR. R. 1. POCOCK ON BYHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 725

species so frequently spoken of in a comprehensive sense as

‘ Mygale’ These belong to the suborder to which I have else-

where applied the name Mygalomorphe, and differ from the vast

majority of other spiders in possessing two pairs of lung-sacs,

instead of one pair of lung-sacs and a pair of tracheal tubes, and

in the circumstance that the mandibles project horizontally for-

wards, instead of vertically downwards, and that the fang closes

almost longitudinally, instead of obliquely, backwards. The African

species presenting these features appear to me to be conveniently

referable to four families, each containing a considerable number of

genera and each inits broad outlines easily distinguishable from

the rest; though, as is the case in almost all the groups of this

rank within the order Araneew (Spiders), not to mention other

divisions of the Animal Kingdom, genera occur in each family

which more or less partake of the characters of one or more of the

others and makes the task of drawing a hard-and-fast line between

the groups a task of no little difficulty. This consideration has

induced Mons. Simon, and following him Dr. Thorell, to look

upon all the genera mentioned in this paper, as well as many others

from different geographical areas, as belonging to a single family.

But it appears to me that the sections here recognized as families

and subfamilies have a greater value, and are more easily defined

than M. Simon’s families Vheridiide and Argiopide, and all the

subfamilies of the latter, the diagnostic features of which he has not

attempted to express in tabular form.

The families may be recognized as follows :-—

a. Tarsi with only two claws on the legs, but furnished on

each side of them with a dense tuft of hairs (ungual

tufts).

a’. The terminal segment of the posterior spinning-organs

long; mandible without any apical setiform spines

LOVIN ae rAshel Nd eee eeaeeeeteee deer rieas sage cise sat sea THERAPHOSIDE.

6'. The terminal segment of the posterior spinning-organs

short and obtuse ; mandibie usually with a set of stout

spiniform sete forming a ‘rastellum’ ..............., .. BARYCHELID E.

b, Tarsi with three claws and almost always no ungual tufts.

a?, Posterior spinners long and slender like those of the

Theraphoside, but longer; the anterior spinners

more widely separated; lower edge of mandible

with a single internal row of teeth, as in the Thera-

phosidz and Barychelidx; norastellum on mandible. Drr.urma.

67. Posterior spinners shorter and thick, the anterior

nie nage mandible armed below with two rows of

teeth.

a, Mandible long, projecting as in the preceding

families, with the fangs closing almost straight

backwards; furnished with a rastellum either in

the form of setiform spines or of a spine-tipped

process ; thoracicfovea usually strongly procuryed.

(Ground Trap-door Spiders.) ..............::seseseee CTENIZIDZ.

6%, Mandibles short, curving abruptly downwards;

the fangs short, stout, and closing more obliquely

inwards ; not armed with a rastellum ; thoracic

fovea strongly recurved. (free Trap-door

Spiders:)ia ears swavsicncegasleedevesiars (fron Eero Miarwz.

726 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. {June 15,

So far as the habits of these families are known they afford

some clue to the structural differences. The Ctenizide and

Migide, belonging to the group of Trap-door Spiders, are of

heavy build and adapted to a sedentary life; but while the

former dig their burrows in the ground and are furnished in

consequence with the armature of spines on the mandible, known

as the rastellum, the latter spin their tubes on the trunks of trees,

taking advantage of some suitable depression in the bark, or,

with their strong mandibular fangs, biting away roughnesses and

inequalities to form a level surface, and chipping off pieces of lichen

or bark wherewith to conceal the silk. ‘The Dipluride, on the con-

trary, spin snares in the form of horizontal sheets of webbing, which

lead at one extremity into a silken tubular retreat ; and since the

livelihood of these species depends upon the agility with which

they dart upon insects that fall upon the web, their light build

and long slender legs become at once intelligible. The Barychelide

live in burrows in the ground, and some of them make trap-doors

like those formed by the Ctenizide. Many of the Theraphoside too

dig tubes in the soil, but the tube is never closed by a door;

while others of this section live in trees, spinning a silken

domicile in the hollow trunks, in forked branches, or in rolled

leaves.

Family Ct pn1rzip &, Thorell.

Ctenizoide, Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxviii. p. 394, 1889-

1890 (—Diplura, &e.).

The known African genera of this family may be distinguished

as follows :—

a. Hyes forming a single cluster on the fore part of the head,

being arranged in two transverse lines; maxilla (basal

segment of palp) furnished with a longer process at its

distal end, only armed with a few basal teeth; sternum

with a pair of sigilla (scars) remote from the margin

and opposite the coxe of the 3rd pair of legs.—

(Sublam A Omen a) eay-qaere ease ners Pacnetsheek ances rere se Stasimopus.

6, Eyes forming two clusters, a pair situated close together

in the middle line upon the border of the carapace; the

remaining six some distance behind; maxilla with a

smaller distal expansion, toothed all along the anterior

edge; sternum with two pairs of sigilla close to the

margin and opposite the bases of the Ist and 2nd legs,—

(Subfam. Ipropinx.)

a', Tibia of 3rd leg not excavated above at the base ...... Acanthodon.

b'. Tibia of 3rd leg distinctly excavated above at the base. Heligmomerus,

Mons. Simon refers Stasitmopus toa subfamily, the Actinopodine,

which contains in addition the genus Actinopus from the Neotropical

Region and Hriodon from Australia. In my opinion there is

very little evidence that the three are related. In the first place,

Stasimopus does not possess the square maxilla found in the other

two, this segment being no wider than the other coxe and nearly

twice as long as wide, though it possesses a longer distal process

1897.] MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 727

than most of the genera of Ctenizine. It has, moreover, only a

pair of submedian sternal sigilla, like, for example, Pachylomerus.

And in the second place, though Hriodon possesses the nearly square

maxilla, its sternal impressions or sigilla are quite different from

those of Actinopus, numbering 4 pairs placed about halfway

between the centre and the margin, increasing in size from before

backwards, the anterior pair, representing apparently those that

define the labium in Stasimopus, and corresponding to the palp,

being small, close to the middle line and behind the base of the

labium; whereas in Actinopus the sternal sigilla are indistinct,

their inner extremities more or less running together to form a

central depression on the sternum. Setting aside for the moment,

however, the question as to the relationship between these two

genera, it will, I think, be quite safe to remove Stasimopus from

their vicinity and leave it in the subfamily Ctenizine.

Subfamily Crmnizin a».

Genus Srastmopvus, Simon,

Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 81 (1892).

This genus was based upon the species described by C. Koch as

Actinopus caffrus from 8. Africa (Die Arachn. ix. p. 98). It

contains the following three forms :—

Stasimopus caffrus, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 98, fig. 751

(described as Actinopus caffrus from the Cape of Good

Hope).

Stasimopus rufidens, Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1871,

p- 160 (described as Cyrtocarenum rufidens from Natal).

Stasimopus natalensis, O. P. Cambridge, P. Z.S. 1889, p. 35,

pl. ii. fig. 1 (described as Pachylomerus natalensis from

Natal).

Unfortunately the figures published by C. Koch and Mr.

Cambridge are so discrepant that no one would suppose them to

represent the same genus, the width of the carapace in caffrus

being only equal to the length of the cephalic area, whereas in

natalensis and the specimens of the genus known to me the width

is nearly as great as the length. Nevertheless there is, I think,

but little doubt that the two are congeneric, very possibly co-

specific.

Moreover, on geographical grounds it seems probable that

rufidens is also co-specific with natalensis, and there is nothing in

the descriptions to discredit such a belief. It may consequently

be assumed, at all events provisionally, that this is the case.

STASIMOPUS RUFIDENS (Ausserer).

?Syn. Actinopus caffrus, C. Koch, loc. cit.

» Cyrtocarenum rufidens, Ausserer, loc. cit.

» Pachylomerus natalensis, Cambridge, loc. cit. .

The British Museum possesses a single adult 9 of this species,

728 MR. B. I. POCOUK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

recently received from Estcourt in Natal, 4000 ft. (Guy A. K.

Marshall).

Mons. Simon (Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 96) referred the

species natalensis, Cambr., as well as rufidens, Auss., to the genus

Cyrtocarenum. My surmise, however, that natalensis is referable

to Stasimopus has been kindly verified by Mr. F. Cambridge, who

examined the type at my request and furnished me with some notes

respecting the inaccuracy of the figure and other matters, ¢. g. the

claw-armature of the legs.

STASIMOPUS OCULATUS, sp.n. (Plate XLII. figs. 2-25.)

Colour of carapace dark chestnut ; legs and mandibles darker, the

latter with copper-red hairs near the extremity.

Carapace longer than wide, its length almost equal to that of

the patella, tibia, and protarsus of the Ist leg, excelling those of

the 2nd, almost equal to the tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of the 4th ;

ocular area wide, width of posterior row equal to length of 1st

protarsus and 4th tibia; eyes of front line slightly procurved,

equidistant, the lateral larger than the median, distance between

the median a little greater than their diameter; posterior line

much wider, a line parallel to the long axis of the body and

touching the outer edge of the anterior laterals would pass between

the median and posterior laterals, nearer to the laterals but not

touching them; posterior laterals larger than anterior medians ;

distance between anterior medians and posterior medians a little

more than twice as great as distance between posterior medians and

posterior laterals.

Mandible with its lower margin covered with granules, armed

with 4 strong external teeth, 3 strong internal teeth, and one or

two smaller ones.

Labium conical, with a pair of teeth. Maville with a few basal

teeth amidst the hairs. Sternwm with a single pair of submedian

sigilla ; widest posteriorly opposite the coxz of the 4th leg.

Legs 4,1, 3,2; patella and tibia of 4th equal to patella and

tibia and one-third of the protarsus of the 1st: tarsi and protarsi

of 1st, 2nd, and palp very closely and thickly studded with short

spines; tibia of palpi with a few longish spines intermixed with

hairs on the inner side, thickly spiny externally like the postero-

inferior surface of these segments on the Ist and 2nd legs; tibia

of 1st leg armed internally in its distal half with a cluster of over

12 spinules, tibia of 2nd with about 6 spinules in the same position ;

on the 3rd leg there are a few scattered spicules on the anterior

aspect of the patella and a few on the tibia in front and behind ;

protarsus with a broad band of them in front and another

behind, and a tuft of spiniform sete at the distal end below ; tarsus

with a few spicules in front. and behind; 4th leg not spined

posteriorly ; patella with a thick cluster of spicules in its basal

half above ; tibia and protarsus with scattered spines in front, pro-

tarsus with a posterior distal cluster of spiniform sete; tarsus

spiny in front. Tarsus of 3rd and 4th legs rather thickly hairy ;

1897.] MR, R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 729

tibia of 4th also covered in front with a thick coating of silky red

hairs. Claws of Ist, 2nd, and 3rd legs armed with a single long

tooth and one short one. Claws of 4th leg unarmed.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 30; length of carapace

18; width of posterior line of eyes 4:5; length of palp 16:5, of

Ist leg 22, of 2nd 20°5, of 3rd 21, of 4th 27; length of 4th pro-

tarsus 6, of 1st protarsus 4°7.

Loc. Bloemfontein in the Orange Free State.

A single female example with its trap-door nest was received

from Dr. Exton.

The door of this nest is thick with bevelled edge, being 37 mm,

(almost 14 inches) from side to side, and 30 mm. (14 inch) from

hinge to the opposite border ; the bore of the tube one inch from

the aperture is about 23 mm. (+4 of an inch),

This species and the Natal form identified as rufidens, Auss.,

may be determined as follows :—

a. Width of the ocular area (posterior line of eyes) almost

equal to the protarsus of Ist leg, and about three-quarters

the length of the 4th protarsus; length of carapace

almost equal to length of patella, tibia, and protarsus of

Ist leg, greater than the same segments of the 2nd;

protarsi of 3rd and 4th legs with apical tuft of spinules

beneath ......... oo scine ac aeRO RE ee Reeder eceevecic cre coaciaxs sence oculatus, sp. n.

(Bloemfontein).

b. Width of ocular area (posterior line of eyes) equal to only

about two-thirds of the protarsus or tibia of the Ist leg,

and less than half the 4th protarsus ; length of carapace

just excelling the length of the patella, tibia, and half

the protarsus of the Ist leg, less than these three seg-

ments of the 2nd leg; protarsi of 3rd and 4th legs with-

out inferior apical tuft of spimules ................06ceeeeeees rufidens, Auss.

(Natal).

Subfamily Iproprn x, noy.

Idiopece of Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 89 (1892)*,

Genus HerigMomnrvs, Simon,

Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 90 (1892).

In addition to the two African species recorded below, this

genus contains two described by Simon from S. India and Ceylon.

HELIGMOMERUS SOMALICUS, Poc. (Plate XLI. figs. 8-8 a.)

Heligmomerus somalicus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii.

p- 183 (1896).

A single typical example from the Goolis Mountains, Somaliland

(E. Lort Phillips).

! Of the Jdiopee, M. Simon says that apart from the eye-formula the group

presents all the characters of the Pachylomeree ; this, however, is hardly in ac-

cordance with fact, since in Pachylomerus there is a single pair of submedian

sternal sigilla corresponding to the 3rd pair of legs, those representing the Ist

and 2nd pair being evanescent, whereas in the genera of IJdiopee it is the

latter sigilla that persist, the posterior pair having disappeared.

730 MR, BR. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

HELIGMOMERUS CARSONII, sp. n.

Closely allied to H. somalicus, Poc., but with the ocular area more

compact, the posterior lateral eyes separated from the median

laterals by a space which is less than the diameter of the latter, and

the distance between the anterior median and posterior lateral not

nearly twice as great as the distance between the anterior medians ;

distance between anterior medians equal to nearly twice their

diameter; anterior lateral eyes closer to the rest, the tubercles

that bear them more widely separated, the distance between them

equal to the diameter of an anterior median eye, the oblong area

formed by these eyes and the anterior medians a little longer than

wide,

Mandible armed below internally with 7 (5 large and 2 small)

teeth, externally with 4; labium with an irregular marginal series

of 4 teeth and about 2 behind it.

Sternal sigilla situated as in somalicus but smaller. Spine arma-

ture of legs practically as in somalicus, except that there is no

anterior spine on the tibia of the 4th leg.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 14; length of carapace

5:5, of palp 7, of 1st leg 9, of 2nd 9-5, of 3rd 9°5, of 4th 12;

patella and tibia of 4th 4°8; patella, tibia, tarsus, and protarsus of

Ist 6, of palp 5.

Loc. Niomkolo, Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson). A single female

specimen.

This specimen is perhaps not quite mature, and the differences

it presents from the type of somalicus may be attributable to

differences of age. But since there is no evidence of this fact and

since the localities are widely separated, it is right to regard them

as of specific value. Briefly the two forms may be distinguished

as follows :—

a. Distance between posterior lateral and posterior median

eyes at least as great as the diameter of the latter ;

distance between anterior median eyes about equal to

their diameters; the tubercles bearing the anterior

lateral eyes close together, the distance between them

less than the diameter of an anterior median eye ......... somalicus, Poe.

b. Distance between posterior lateral and posterior median

less than the diameter of the latter; distance between

anterior medians greater than their diameter; ocular

tubercles separated by a space which about equals the

diameter of an anterior median eye ........-eeeeeereeeeeees carsonti, sp. 0.

Genus AcantHopon, Guérin.

Guérin, Rey. Zool. 1838, p. 10; Simon, Hist. Nat.

Araignées, i. p. 91 (1892).

ACANTHODON MuADII (Cambr.).

Idiops meadii, Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 152, pl. viii.

fig. 4.

A single specimen (type) from East Africa (Capt. Speke).

1897 A MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 731

ACANTHODON THORELLII (Cambr.).

Idiops thorellii, Cambridge, op. cit. p. 156, pl. vii. fig. 6.

A single example (type) from S. Africa.

ACANTHODON LACUSTRIS, sp. n. (Plate XLI. figs. 7-7 b.)

2 .—Colour. Carapace and mandibles deep brown; legs clearer,

more castaneous, but the distal half, that is to say from the patella

to the tarsus of the palpi and first two pairs, almost piceous, and

contrasting strongly with the pale coiour of the femora.

Carapace about as long as the patella and tibia of the 4th leg,

excelling those of the Ist leg by about half the length of the

protarsus ; cephalic area not very strongly elevated, depressed

behind the ocular cluster ; anterior median eyes separated by a

space equalling above twice their diameter, the space between these

and the posterior laterals greater than that; posterior medians

only a little smaller than anterior medians, separated from each

other by about three diameters and from the posterior laterals and

anterior medians by a space which a little excels their diameter ;

a line running parallel to the long axis of the body and touching

the outer rim of the anterior medians would pass through the

centre of the posterior medians ; posterior laterals long, elliptical,

but not twice the length of the anterior medians ; anterior laterals

on a double tubercle, about as wide as the anterior medians, the

quadrangle they form being about parallel-sided and rather more

than twice as long as wide.

Armature of mandible normal; the lower border furnished with

about 6 external and 6 internal teeth. ZLabiwm with 2 teeth;

maxille toothed all up their inner edge. Sternum convex from side

to side; the sigilla opposite the coxe of the 1st and 2nd legs,

removed from the margin by a space which equals about half their

own length.

Femora and patelle of 1st and 2nd legs and palpi unspined,

though coarsely bristly ; tibie, protarsi, and tarsi armed externally

and internally with numerous spines, shorter above, longer beneath,

those on the outer surface of the tibia of the 2nd are long and

setiform however, similar spiniform sete being also observable on

the lower surface of the patella and on the distal extremity of the

femur of the palp; patella of 3rd with about half a dozen spines

in front. and one above; tibia with a few spines in front and

behind and one or two below; protarsus with two series of spines

above and below as well as others round the apex; tarsus with

about a dozen spines below and at the sides; patella of 4th with

a cluster of spines in its basal half in front, tibia unspined though

with a few setiform spines below, protarsus strongly spined in its

distal half below ; tarsus strongly spined below and at the sides.

Claws armed with a single strong tooth.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 19; length of cara-

pace 9; of palp and of Ist leg 18-8, of 2nd 16, of 3rd 16, of

732 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

4th 23; patella and tibia of 4th 8:5, of Ist 7°5; protarsus and

tarsus of 4th 8,

Loc. Kinyamholo, Lake Tanganyika.

Two female examples.

The males of the genus Acanthodon differ so strikingly from the

females that unless taken during courtship it is almost impossible

to compare them together. From its distribution A. meadii might

be the ¢ of A. lacustris, but would seem to be considerably too

large ; for whereas the males of nearly all spiders are smaller than

the females, the type of meadii exceeds that of lacustris, the cara-

pace,measuring 12 mm. in length as compared with 10°5. Allowing

for differences owing to drying, the eye-formula seems to be practi-

cally the same in the three species. The male of thorellii may,

however, be at once recognized from that of meadii by haying the

carapace smooth instead of coarsely granular, and by its much

smaller size, the carapace measuring only about 4 mm. in length.

The following two species are unknown to me :—

Idiops compactus, Gerstaecker in Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-

Africa, iii. ti. p. 484 (1873), based upon a female example from

Dafeta (Kilimanjaro), is referable either to the genus Acanthodon

or Heligmomerus.

Idiops aussereri, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1876, p. 223,

from Landana on the Congo, is compared with A. meadii, Cam-

bridge ; but said to differ from all the known species of Jdiops in

possessing sia (instead of four) spinning-mammille !!

The following genera and species from Africa belonging to the

Ctenizide are unknown to me :—

Acontius hartmanni, Karsch, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1879,

p- 64. Loango.

Aporoptychus africanus, Simon, Act. Soc. L. Bordeaux, xlii.

p- 405 (1889). Landana, Congo.

Ancylotrypa fossor,id. loc. cit. p. 406, Landana, Congo; and

spinosa, p. 407, Port Elizabeth.

Cyrtauchenius zebra, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxi. p. 272

(1893). Zululand.

Homostola vulpecula, id. loc. cit. p. 271. Zululand.

Hermacha caudata, id. Act. Soc. L. Bordeaux, xlii. p.408. Dela-

goa Bay.

Spiroctenus personatus, id. loc. cit. p. 409. Delagoa Bay.

The first of these, namely Acontius hartmanni, is not satis-

factorily diagnosed for classification. The second and third, namely

Aporoptychus and Ancylotrypa, ave referred by Simon to the section

Aporoptychee of his subfamily Ctenizine, characterized by having

the maxille nearly square as in Actinopus and EHriodon, and two

pairs of small marginal sigilla opposite the 2nd and 3rd pairs of

legs, the terminal segment of the spinning-mammille long and

acuminate, while all or some of the feet have the claws biserially

1897.] MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 733

dentate. They differ strikingly from the genera known to me;

while Ancylotrypa is said to differ from Aporoptychus in having the

labium as wide as long (in Aporoptychus it is much longer than

broad) and the posterior tarsus spined.

Cyrtauchenius and Homostola belong to the Cyrtaucheniez, which

differ from the Ctenizex in having the anterior legs scopulate and no

angular prolongation for the rastellum on the mandible. Cyrtau-

chenius has the posterior line of eyes wider than the anterior, and

the latter strongly procurved; in Homostola, on the contrary, the

two ocular lines are subequal, the first not strongly procurved, &c.

The remaining two genera, namely Hermacha and Spiroctenus,

fall into the Nemesiezw, which differ from the Cyrtauchenee in

having the head lower and the thoracic fovea transverse or recurved.

In Hermacha the claws are furnished with two series of teeth ;

while in Spiroctenus there is but one.

Family Mieg1p az.

= Migine, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 82 (1892).

Genus Mocermezra, Cambridge,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 318.

Moageripa@ba DYERI, Cambr.

Moggridgea dyeri, Cambr. loc. cit. p. 318, pl. x.

Of this species the British Museum has one example from

Uitenhage, near Port Elizabeth, whence the original specimens

were obtained.

MoceRrmdGEaA ABRAHAMI, Cambr.

Moggridgea abrahami, Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 44,

pl. ii. (published in April).

Moggridgea tidmarshi, Lenz, Zool. Anz. xii. p. 578, 1889 (pub-

lished on Nov. 4).

The British Museum has specimens of this species from Grahams-

town, whence they were received together with their nests from

the Rev. N. Abraham, who originally forwarded examples of this

species to Mr. Cambridge. The typical examples of tidmarshi

were from the same locality, and since the description of the two

forms agree, there is no reason for supposing them to be

distinct. Mons. Simon placed this species in the genus Migas, the

type of which comes from New Zealand; but as | have elsewhere

(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 187) stated, I can see no valid

reason for regarding it as other than a well marked species of

Moggridgea.

MoeeRIpGEA WHYTEI, sp. n. (Plate XLII. figs. 1-1 6.)

Colour of carapace a deep blackish brown, polished; legs

indistinctly variegated, the patella and protarsi deeper coloured

than the femora, the distal end of the tibia pale blue.

Carapace almost equal to the patella, tibia and protarsus of the

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No, XLVIII. 48

734 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

1st leg ; clypeus nearly as long as the ocular area; anterior line

of eyes slightly procurved, wider than the posterior line ; posterior

lateral eyes smaller than posterior median ; radiating grooves on

the carapace represented by shallow depressions, with the excep-

tion of a deep pit on each side behind the head.

Mandible armed below with 4 large internal teeth and 4 external,

of which 3 are much smaller than the other.

Distal half of Jabiwm and front half of lower side of mawilla

armed with strong spicules. Sternwm broad, its width between the

1st coxee equal to about half its length; furnished with a single

pair of large sigilla remote from the margin and opposite the cox

of the 3rd leg; coww of 2nd and 3rd legs armed behind with a

cluster of spinules, that on the 3rd greater than that on the 4th.

Legs—1st and 2nd pairs stouter than 3rd and 4th; 4th a little

longer than the Ist; tibia of lst armed internally with 4 spines

externally with 8, of which 3 are small and short; tibia of 2nd

with 3 in front and 5 behind; protarsus of lst with 8 larger and

amaller behind and 6 in front; protarsus of 2nd with 7 behind

and 6 in front; tarsi unspined; 3rd and 4th legs almost without

spines, one stout one on the anterior side of the patella of the 3rd

and spiniform sete on the lower side of the 4th protarsus. Claws

armed with a single long tooth and one or two smaller ones behind it.

Palp short, slender, extending just past the patella of the Ist leg,

its tibia armed with 1 outer and 1 inner spine, tarsus with 2 outer

and 2 inner spines.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 15; length of cara-

pace 7, width 6; length of palp 6°5, of 1st leg 11-5, of 2nd 10°8,

of 3rd 9, of 4th 13.

Loc. The Nyika plateau 6000-7000 ft., between Lake Nyasa and

Lake Tanganyika (A. Whyte).

The three species of the genus known to me may be readily

recognized by the following table :—

a. Sternum broader in front, its width between the Ist

legs equal to about half its length; cluster of spinules

on base of 8rd coxa larger than that on the Ist ; eyes

of anterior line nearly straight, the laterals separated

from the edge of the clypeus by a space which is

about equal to three diameters ; posterior median eye

larger than the posterior lateral ................0e:eseeeee whytei, sp. n.

b. Sternum narrower in front, its width between the Ist

legs less than half its length; cluster of spinules on

base of 8rd coxa larger than that on the 4th; distance

between anterior lateral eye and edge of clypeus less

than three times a diameter, the anterior row of eyes

being more strongly procurved ; posterior lateral eye

larger than posterior median.

a'. Eyes smaller and more scattered, the anterior laterals

twice their diameter from the edge of the clypeus

and three times their diameter from the medians,

which are separated by aspace equalling twice their

own diameter ; six spines on the outer side of the

tibia and protarsus of 2nd leg; legs more or less

PATE-COlOMNGM i sri tissad. ese osecete cence tetedete eaeaddcted abrahami, Camb

1897.] MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 735

b'. Byes larger; anterior laterals about once their

diameter from the edge of the clypeus and twice

their diameter from the medians, which are

separated by a space equalling their diameter; 4

spines on outer surface of tibia and protarsus of

2nd leg; legs uniform in colouring ..........s0..000 dyeri, Camb.

The following species is unknown to me :—

Moggridgea meyeri, Karsch, Zeits. Naturwiss. (8) iv. p. 384

(1879), from Hantam (S.W. of Cape Colony nearly midway

between Cape Town and the Orange River).

Family DIPLURIDS.

= Diplurine, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 174 (1892).

The two African genera of this group known to me may be

readily recognized as follows :—

a. Tarsi furnished with distinct ungual tufts; claws with

a single series of teeth, &C. oo. .....c.ccseseeseecsceeeeeas Heterothele, Karsch.

6. Tarsi without ungual tufts; claws armed with a

double row of strong teeth, &C. ...........sceeccsseeeeeees Brachythele, Auss.

Genus BRACHYTHELE, Ausserer,

Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 173; Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i.

p. 180 (1892).

BRACHYTHELE BICOLOR, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace deep brown, clothed with golden yellow hairs ;

mandible the same colour, with longitudinal bands of golden hair ;

legs with femora and lower surface of all the segments blackish,

upperside of patella, tibia, and protarsus, especially patella, reddish

and contrasting with the dark tint of the rest of the appendage,

clothed with yellowish hairs intermixed with blackish sete ;

(abdomen crushed) ; coxe and sternum infuscate.

Carapace a little longer than patella and tibia of Ist and 4th

leg, almost as long as protarsus and tarsus of 4th; fovea a little

recurved ; tubercle high, anterior line of eyes slightly procurved ;

the eyes nearly equidistant, the space between the medians less

than their diameter, laterals smaller than medians; posterior

laterals a little smaller than anterior laterals, their short diameter

shorter ; the posterior medians perhaps about half the size of the

anterior medians.

Mandible armed below with a single inner row of 8-9 teeth;

labium with a single spicule, very short, with convex bristly

border ; the sigilla defining it very distinct, meeting in the middle

line. Sternum oval, the sigilla very distinct, tuberculiform, the

anterior two pairs submarginal, the posterior removed from the

margin toa space which nearly equals their long diameter. Mawilla

without stridulating organ; its internal basal portion thickly

armed with a large number of clawed spicules.

Legs 4,1, 2,3; tarsi and protarsi of 1st and 2nd scopulate to

the base, scopul# more or less scanty but undivided ; tarsal scopule

48*

736 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. {June 15,

of 3rd and 4th divided by a complete band of setx; protarsi of

these legs with only faint traces of scopule at their distal ends ;

tibie of 1st and 2nd with 1, 1, 2 setiform spines below, tibia of

3rd with 2, 2, 2 setiform spines below and in addition 2 strong

spines behind, 2 above and 3 in front ; patella of 1st and 2nd leg

unarmed, of 3rd with 2 spines in front and 2 behind; patella of

4th with 1 spine behind; protarsus of 1st and 2nd with 2 spines

(3 on 2nd protarsus) beneath amongst the scopular hairs and 1

at apex; protarsus of 3rd armed with 15 spines arranged in rows

of 3 each; protarsus of 4th with a large number of irregularly

arranged spines. ach claw with two rows of strong teeth.

Palp: femur armed internally at apex with one spine, bristly,

patella unspined; tibia armed below with about 7 spines, of which

two pairs are at the apex; tarsus scopulate throughout below

scantily posteriorly, with one external basal spine.

Posterior spinners more than half the length of the carapace,

the apical segment the longest.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 16: length of cara-

pace 7°5, width 5°5; length of Ist leg 18, of 2nd 16-5, of 3rd

14:5, of 4th 20, of posterior spinner 4:3.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer). A single female example.

The only other known 8. African species of this genus is

B. capensis from the Cape of Good Hope, described by Ausserer

(Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 175). The new species from Durban

appears to differ from capensis, according to Ausserer’s description,

in having the 4th tarsus scopulate, in the colouring of its legs, the

recurved thoracic fovea, &e.

Genus Herprorners, Karsch,

SB. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 1879, p. 64.

This genus was omitted by Simon from his classification of the

Diplurine as “invisum et incertae sedis.” The genus, however,

is highly important, inasmuch as it partakes of the characters

of Simon’s Dipluree and Macrothelee, and yet differs from both as

well as from all the other genera of the family in possessing ungual

tufts.

The tarsi of all the legs are weakly scopulate, the scopulee being

divided by a line of sete; scopular hairs are also visible at the

apices of the protarsi. The 3rd claw is distinct except on Ist

leg, where it seems to be absent, but there is a very distinct

ungual tuft on each side of it as Karsch states. The superior

claws are furnished with a single row of teeth; the tibiee and pro-

tarsi of the legs are strongly spined; the tarsi are straight, shorter

than the protarsi and not flexible. The tibia of the 1st leg in the

male is not spurred, and the spine of the palpal organ is long and

slender.

The thoracic fovea is subcircular; the ocular tubercle wide, the

anterior line of eyes almost straight.

The anterior spinners are adjacent, the distance between them

1897.] MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 737

about equalling their thickness; the posterior spinners are long

and slender, longer than the carapace, the second and third

segments about equal and longer than the first ; the third segment

not flexible.

The labiwm and basal part of maxille are spinulose ; the sternum

oval with posterior sigilla submarginal.

In the possession of ungual tufts this genus appears to be

peculiar in the family Dipluride. or the rest it falls into the

Dipluree in having the tarsi and protarsi scopulate, the tarsi

unspined, and the anterior spinners close together, and into the

Macrothelez in having the claws armed with a single series of

teeth.

HE&ETrEROTHELE SPINIPES, sp.u. (Plate XLI. fig. 6.)

3. Colour (specimen mostly rubbed). Carapace and limbs

chestnut-brown, ocular tubercle and mandibles blackish; clothed

with yellowish-brown hairs.

Carapace about as long as the patella and tibia of the 3rd leg,

less than protarsus of 4th.

Eyes of anterior line very slightly procurved, the medians

considerably larger than the laterals, the space between the

medians rather greater than their radius, that between the medians

and laterals rather less than the radius of the medians ;

posterior laterals smaller than anterior laterals, space between

them about equal to short diameter of posterior laterals; median

laterals considerably smaller than posterior laterals, the space

between them about equal to half the space between the anterior

and posterior medians.

Mandible armed below with 10 teeth, granular behind.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, long and slender; segments all normal ; patella

and tibia of 1st and 4th about equal, protarsus of 4th equal to

protarsus and half the tarsus of the Ist; tibia and protarsus of 1st

less than tarsus and protarsus of 4th ; femora with spiniform sete

above, armed near the tip on the inner side with 1 spine, also 1

outer spine on the femur of the 3rd; patella of 3rd with an

anterior and a posterior spine; tibia of 1st with 4 inferior spines

(2 apical) and 1 anterior spine; tibia of 2nd with an extra anterior

spine; tibia of 3rd and 4th with about 9 spines; protarsi also

strongly spined.

Palp projecting past the patella of the 1st leg; its tibia about

one-third longer than its patella, sometimes armed with an inferior

spine; tarsus short, bilobate and weakly scopulate; the spine of

the palpal organ slightly curved, stout basally, slender apically,

but a little incrassate just before the tip, which though fine is

truncate and very slightly bifid.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 16; length of cara-

pace 7, width 5:8; length of palp 10-5, of Ist leg 24, of 2nd 21,

of 3rd 20, of 4th 26°5; posterior spinner 8.

Loc. Ugogo, German East Africa(Hmin Pasha). A single male

example.

738 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN sPrppRs. [June 15,

The only other known species of this genus is its type H. honesta,

Karsch, from Loango (SB. Nat. Freunde Berlin, 1879, p. 64).

H. spinipes certainly appears to differ from honesta in several

points. For example, in the latter the spinnerets are shorter than

the carapace (6 mm.: 7-2 mm.), and on the tip of the tibia of the

1st leg on the inner side there are some long strong spines.

The only other known Ethiopian members of this family are :—

Macrothele gabonensis, Lucas, Arch. Ent. 1858, p. 382. Gaboon

(? generic position).

Diplura longipalpis, Karsch, Zeits. Naturwiss. (3) iv. p. 564.

From W. Africa.

Thelechoris karschi, Bésenberg, Jahrb. Hamb. Anst. xii. p. 27,

pl. ii. fig. 31 (1895). German Hast Africa.

These three species are unknown to me. Their generic deter-

mination appears to be doubtful.

Family BaRYCHELIDS.

= Barycheline, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 116 (1892).

Genus EUBRACHYCERCUS, nov.

Carapace oval, longer than wide; thoracic fovea broad, deep, its

extremities procurved ; cephalic area moderately elevated, com-

pressed posteriorly, the radiating grooves deep; ocular tubercle

moderately high. yes of anterior line strongly procurved, laterals

close to the edge of the clypeus (not including the membranous

border of the plate as clypeus), their posterior angles slightly in

advance of the anterior border of the medians ; distance between the

medians almost equal to their diameter, distance between medians

and laterals a little greater than diameter of the former ; distance

between the two laterals a little greater than the diameter of the

anterior medians, and nearly if not quite equal to the long diameter

of the anterior medians ; distance between anterior and posterior

medians nearly equal to radius of the former, the posterior medians,

being close to the posterior laterals, about half their size, with their

short diameter about equal to the radius of the anterior medians,

which are a little smaller, area for area, than the anterior laterals ;

the membranous clypeus at least as long as the long diameter of

the anterior lateral eyes, which are separated from each other by a

space which a little excels twice their long diameter.

Mandibles with rake consisting of thickened spiniform sete,

intermingled with the normal sete and overhanging the base of

the fang; external surface of mandible naked below; the lower

margin furnished with a single row of about 9 teeth and a few

granules behind.

Mawille with a cluster of clavate granules on their basal inner

angle.

Labium vouch wider than long ; with a few (3) serially arranged

clavate granules on the distal margin.

1897.] MR. R. 1. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 739

Sternum subspherical, almost as wide as long; posterior sigilla

submarginal.

Legs elongate and slender; the anterior with scarcely any

spines, the posterior somewhat strongly spined; tarsi and pro-

tarsi of Ist and 2nd somewhat thickly scopulate, the scopule on

protarsi extending to the base, though becoming scanty on that of

the 2nd leg; tarsal scopuia of 1st divided by a very faint line of

sete, of 2nd distinctly divided, of 3rd and 4th divided by a band

as broad as the segment, the scopular hairs being visible at the

sides ; protarsal scopule of 3rd and 4th represented by a few hairs

intermixed with setz and spines, scarcely traceable on the 4th.

Ungual tufts distinct. Claws armed with a single short series of

teeth in their proximal half.

Spinners with basal segment longer than the others taken

together; the apical (?retracted) very much shorter than the

second, only about one-fourth of its length.

This genus, with the ocular area wider than long, the distance

between the lateral eyes not or hardly excelling their long diameter,

and with normal mandibles, falls into the section Leptopelmatec of

the subfamily Barycheline of Simon (cf. Hist. Nat. Araignées, i.

p- 117); and tested by the generic characters of the group

published on p. 126, it is related both to Leptopelma and Psalistops,

resembling the latter and differing from the former in having the

anterior line of eyes strongly procurved, the posterior median eyes

small and about half the size of the posterior laterals; the four

anterior tarsi finely, the four posterior very broadly divided, the

apical segment of the mammilla very obtuse and shorter than

' the second, &e., and, if the membranous border be not considered

as clypeus, in having the anterior lateral eyes close to the edge of

the clypeus. From both, however, it appears to differ in having

but three labial teeth, Simon describing the labium of Leptopelma

and, by implication, that of Psalistops, as “inordinate spinulosa in

parte apical.” It must be remembered, however, that the apparent

differences from Leptopelma presented by the divisional line of setze

on the tarsal scopule may be merely a question of age. Unfortu-

nately, since neither of the genera in question are known to me in

nature, I can make no further comparison between them and

Eubrachycercus.

EUBRACHYCERCUS SMITHI, sp.n. (Plate XLIUJ. fig. 3.)

Colour a uniform ochre-yellow on carapace and limbs; testa-

ceous yellow clouded with black on the upper side of the abdo-

men.

Carapace sparsely and subserially hairy; as long as the patella

and tibia of the Ist and 4th legs and the tibia and protarsus of

the 1st leg; less by about half the length of the tarsus than the

protarsus and tarsus of the 4th leg.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3; the 4th considerably the longest, its patella

and tibia about equal to those of the 1st; 1st leg without spines

740 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN sPIpERS. [June 15,

(? 1 at base of protarsal scopula) ; 2nd leg with one spine at base

and another at apex of protarsal scopula ; tibia and protarsus of 2nd

and 3rd strongly spined, especially in front; the patelle thickly

studded with spiniform sete ; spinuliform -hairs on the anterior

aspect of the base of the cox, especially of the 1st and 2nd legs ;

tibia of palp spined beneath, its tarsal scopula divided.

Abdomen rather coarsely and sparsely hairy.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 14 ; length of carapace

5°5, width 45; length of palp 9, of Ist leg 13°5, of 2nd 12:3, of

8rd 11-2, of 4th 17:5.

Loc. Somaliland (Dr. Donaldson Smith). A single female

example, intermixed with immature and unidentified examples of

a species of Pterinochilus.

Genus BRACHIONOPUS, noy.

Somewhat allied to the preceding, with substantially the same

ocular arrangement, but the tubercle situated some little distance

from the anterior border of the carapace, the clypeus thus consti-

tuted being about equal to half the length of the tubercle. The

sternal sigilla are situated as in Hubrachycercus, and the labium is

only furnished with a few minute granules ; the adjacent area on

the maxilla being also sparsely granular. Legs short and robust ;

the scopulez are not broader than the segments, and the tarsal

scopula of the palp and of the Ist leg are entire, those of the 2nd

and 3rd just visibly divided, that of the 4th more distinctly so ; the

protarsal scopule of 3rd and 4th, though not very thick, extend

past the middle of the segment; there are spines on the legs and

the ungual tufts are exceedingly thick, completely concealing the .

two claws, which are not toothed. On the mandible there is a

scarcely perceptible rastellum; some of the hairs being merely

thickened and spiniform. The basal segment of the posterior

spinners is about as long as the other two, and the second is a little

longer than the conical apical segment.

BRACHIONOPUS ROBUSTUS, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 4.)

Colour. Carapace and abdomen covered with golden brown hairs ;

mottled on the abdomen, especially at the sides and below, with

blackish; small spots of brighter coloured hairs on the tibie and

protarsi of the legs, and narrow bands of light coloured hairs at

the extremities of the segments.

Carapace oval, cephalic area but little elevated, narrow ; about

as long as the patella, tibia, and protarsus of the 1st leg, and as

the patella, tibia, and half the protarsus of the 4th; longer than

the tarsus and protarsus of the 4th.

Legs short and robust; 4, 1, 2, 3; patella and tibia of 1st about

equal to those of 2nd; patella of 1st longer than the tibia, much

longer than the protarsus; patella of 4th equal to its tibia, shorter

than its protarsus ; palp without spines; 1st and 2nd legs with a

single spine at the apex of the protarsus beneath ; tibia of 3rd

urmed with two spines below and one in front, protarsus with one

1897.] MR. R. I. POCOCK ON BYTHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 7Al

spine beneath and four in front; tibia of 4th with two spines

beneath and two in front, protarsus with one apical beneath and

about five in front; all the spines intermixed with coarse bristles.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 16-5; length of cara-

pace 8, width 6; length of palp 9, of 1st leg 13-5, of 2nd 12:5, of

3rd 12°3, of 4th 16.

Loc. Kast London (H. A. Spencer). A single female example.

Apart from the characters pointed out in the generic diagnosis,

this new Spider differs from Hubrachycercus in its much shorter

legs, the carapace for example being one half instead of one third

the length of the 4th leg, and as long as the patella, tibia, and

protarsus of the Ist.

The two may be easily recognized as follows :—

a. Ocular tubercle close to the anterior border of the

carapace (not including the membranous edge) ;

ungual tufts not so thick, not concealing the claws,

which are distinctiy toothed; legs relatively long

and slender, scopulz of anterior pair broad ; all the

tarsal scopulz divided, the posterior very broadly ;

protarsi of posterior legs scarcely scopulate ......... Eubrachycercus, nov.

6, Ocular tubercle distinctly removed from the margin ;

ungual tufts very thick, concealing the claws, which

are unarmed ; legs short and thick, with narrow

scopulz ; protarsal scopula of 3rd and 4th legs ex-

tending past the middle of the segment; tarsal

scopulz only finely divided ..................::0sceeeee Brachionopus, nov.

In addition to Leptopelma the two following genera of the

family Barychelide are found in the Ethiopian Region; namely,

Pisenor and Cyphonisia, both described by Simon (Act. Soe. L.

Bordeaux, 1889, pp. 409-411); but according to the diagnoses

these genera fall into the section Barychelew, in which the ocular

area is at least as long as wide. They both further differ from

Brachionopus in having the anterior lateral eyes placed upon the

anterior edge of the carapace. In some respects Pisenor seems to

approach very ciosely to Hubrachycereus, but the two are certainly

generically distinct, judging by what is said of the eyes of Pisenor,

seeing that the ocular area of Hubrachycercus is transversely oblong,

and nearly, if not quite, twice as broad as long.

Cyphonista differs from Pisenor, according to Simon, in having

the ocular area narrower in front than behind, and the thoracic

fovea lightly recurved instead of transverse, &e.

The following species of these genera have been established :-—

Cyphomsia obesa, Simon, Act. Soc. L. Bordeaux, xlii. 1889, p. 409.

From the Congo (River Quiliou).

Pisenor notius, Sim. loc. cit. p. 411. From the Zambesi.

P. nigellus, id. ibid. From the Congo (Landana).

P. héhneli, id. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 125. From

Kilimanjaro.

Possibly to the genus Pisenor belongs the species described from

Moschi as Jdiommata lepida by Gerstaecker (Von der Decken’s

‘ Reisen in Ost-Afrika,’ iii. 2. p. 485).

742 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

Family THERAPHOSID &, Thorell (sensu stricto).

The classification of the large Spiders referred to in text-books

as ‘ Mygale, and known at the present time to systematists as

Aviculariide or Theraphoside, has hitherto proved to be a task of

great difficulty and can as yet by no means be regarded as definitely

settled. It is needless now to enumerate in detail the steps by

which our knowledge of the group has been built up, and to trace

the gradual appreciation of the value of characters for grouping

the genera into natural assemblages. For practical purposes it

will be sufficient to refer back no further than 1892, that is to say

to Mons. Simon’s latest classification *, which is a modification and

an extension of the one propounded twenty years earlier by

Dr. Anton Ausserer’.

Simon classifies the Aviculariine (= Theraphoside, Thorell, as

adopted by me) as follows :—

a. Scopule* of at least the posterior tarsi divided by a line

of bristles.

a'. Tarsal scopulz of all the legs divided ...................4. Ischnocolee.

b'. Tarsal scopule of 1st and 2nd legs undivided.

a. Tarsal scopule of 3rd and 4th legs divided ......... Chetopelmatee.

6*. Tarsal scopula of 4th leg only divided.

a, Legs armed with numerous spines ................4. Crypsidromee.

6%, Legs without spines, except on the tip of the pro-

CaMsl: se. «cs sceteoes cde radec meee sete sce cote ectees cettes Phlogiee.

b. Tarsal scopulz of all the legs undivided.

a‘, Legs without spines, or at most a few.

a’, Tarsi and protarsi narrower ; generally spines at the

tip of the protarsi; thoracic fovea generally semi-

Wenaty eee ebresccdaden teeeeeseseseenns tiekiel-« «tacsee ase Selenocosmiee.

6°, Tarsi and protarsi wider ; legs not spined ; fovea not

semilunar.

a®. Thoracic fovea minute; anterior legs longer than

Plat) oe) 900) Se oaepP Actua tie Sonctinener bcd: ac socoBnCn arene Pecilotheriee.

6°, Thoracic fovea large and deep; posterior legs longer

thamithe aniperlOnpscsut.icacne aaesskitsenleciece each t= Avicularice.

b4, Legs with many spines.

a’. Posterior femora internally scopulate ; protarsus of

4th pair not scopulate .................cseeseeceecneeesees Theraphosee.

7, Posterior femora not scopulate; protarsus of 4th leg

with small scopula.

a>. Protarsus of Ist leg thickly scopulate to the base

and usually without basal spines .................. Eurypelmatee.

6°. Protarsus of Ist leg with scopula not reaching the

base ; with basal spines ..............cscceeceeseeenes Homeommatee.

* ©Scopula’ is the term applied to the pad of velvety hairs that clothes the

tarsus and sometimes the protarsus of the appendages.

Thus Mons. Simon’s system rests primarily upon the presence

or absence of a divisional line of sete upon the tarsal scopule.

But when discussing the value of the character as applied both to

genera and groups of genera, I have elsewhere ® remarked :—“ If

1 Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 132 (1892).

2 Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, pp. 122-224, also op. cit. xxv. 1875, pp. 125-204.

3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 228 (1895).

1897.] \ @, R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 743

the young stages of a species in which, when adult, the pads are

complete, that is show no median divisional line of normal hairs,

be examined, it will be found that ate first the tarsi are clothed

with sete, and these later on become intermixed with scopular

hairs. As the animal increases in size the scopular hairs increase

in number, gradually spreading over the tarsus, and apparently

replacing the normal sete. But the replacement does not take

place at a uniform rate all over the foot; on the contrary, the

pad, beginning at the sides, encroaches by degrees inwards, and,

as a consequence, the last part to remain unoccupied is the middle

line of the sole, which retains longest its primitive clothing of

sete. In the second place, it will further be noticed that the

tarsal pads do not reach their full development contemporaneously,

the order of their appearance corresponding with the order of the

legs from before backwards—the first tarsus being covered before

the second, the second before the third, and the third before the

fourth ; so that when the pads upon the first or second legs are

complete, those on the fourth, or even the third, may still retain

their divisional line” . . . “ Hence it follows that the division of

the scopule may be nothing but a sign of immaturity...” and a

species belonging to section a* for example of the above table

“ will in its early days fall into the Ischnocolez, a little later into

the Chetopelmatez, then into the Crypsidromez.”

Nevertheless, species undoubtedly exist in which one or all of

the tarsi retain throughout life the divisional band of sete; but a

study of such of these genera as have been available has convinced

me that the groups based upon such a character are largely

artificial, and that in a natural classification of the family, within

one and the same group genera will be found either with all or

none of the tarsal scopule divided; a conclusion which might be

expected if the law of the growth of the tarsal scopule mentioned

above be true. For the genera that present a band of sete on

the scopule are merely a little less specialized than those that lose

them. It is, moreover, interesting to observe that in this character

the adults of species of small size often resemble the young of

closely-allied but larger-sized species.

In another paper’ I endeavoured to show that most of the

genera inhabiting the Oriental region fall into two families, named

respectively the Ornithoctonide and Selenocosmiide ; but it has

since appeared to me advisable to reduce these to the rank of

subfamilies, and term them Ornithoctonine and Selenocosmiine.

These subfamilies are based upon the possession of a peculiar

form of stridulating organ lying between the mandible and maxilla,

but the organ is quite different in the two groups. The genera

presenting these organs also agree in a number of other features,

not, however, sufficient in themselves to differentiate them from

some of the African genera.

The Selenocosmiine contain the genera referred by Simon to

* Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (6) xv. pp. 165-184 (1895).

744 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

the Phlogiew, most of the Oriental genera of his Selenocosmiee,

one genus of his Poecilotheriew, and one that would fall into his

Ischnocolee. The Ornithoctonine contain the rest of the Oriental

genera of his Selenocosmiez.

But in addition to the Oriental genera, Mons. Simon referred

to the Selenocosmieex a considerable number of genera from

Africa. It is these genera, together with the remaining genus of

the Peecilotheriez, and several additions that constitute the subject-

matter of the following pages.

These genera appear to me to fall into two well-marked sections,

as arranged on the synoptical table. The first of these is no doubt

a perfectly homogeneous assemblage, comparable to the Ornith-

octonini or Selenocosmiine of the Oriental Region. The second

section seems to me as a whole to be inseparable from the genera

inhabiting South and Central America and the Mediterranean

district of the Palearctic Region. I have consequently grouped

them provisionally (that is to say, pending a further examination

of the S. American forms) as Theraphosiue. This subfamily is,

however, very heterogeneous ; but to what extent it will ultimately

prove divisible into minor groups must for the present be left an

open question. My views respecting the classification of the

Theraphoside may be briefly epitomised as follows :—

a. With a feathery scopula on the external surface

of the mandible.

a’, A stridulating organ present and consisting

of a few enlarged plumose hairs on the

mandible set in vibration by short spikes on

the adjacent surface of the maxilla; sternal

sigilla remote from the margin, &c. ...... OrnitHoctonin®, Oriental

Region.

6’. Without a stridulating organ, or when

present one consisting of bristles derived

from the oral fringe on the mandible and

a cluster of plumose hairs on the maxilla;

sternal sigilla marginal, &c. ..............- Harpactirin#. South and

East Africa.

b. Without a feathery scopula on the outer

surface of the mandible.

a?, A stridulating organ present, and con-

sisting of a cluster of bacilliform spines

on the maxilla, and a series of spines or

spiniform hairs on the mandible............ SELENocosmun#. Oriental

Region and Australia.

6?, Without any stridulating organ between

the mandible and maxilla .............6.06 Turrapuosinz. Tropical

and Subtropical America,

Madagascar, Ethiopian

Region, Mediterranean

area of Palearctic.

These sections may be compared with Simon’s “groups” as

follows :—

Ornithoctonine (=Selenocosmiez in part).

Harpactirine (=Selenocosmie in part).

1897. ] MR, RB. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 745

Selenocosmiine (=Selenocosmiee in part, Poecilotheriez in part,

Ischnocolez in part, and Phlogies).

Theraphosinse (=Selenocosmiee in part, Peecilotheriee in part,

Ischnocolee in part, Chetopelmatez, Aviculariee, Theraphosee,

Eurypelmateze, Homzommatez).

The Ethiopian genera known to me may be recognized by the

following characters :

a. Outer surface of the mandible furnished above

with a thick scopula or pad of feathery hairs ;

(tarsal scopulz entire ; claws not toothed ; anterior

tibia of male with a single curved spine-tipped

spur; posterior sternal sigilla marginal).—Sub-

family Harractirina,

a'. Thoracic fovea very deep and nearly circular,

circumscribing a central tubercular prominence,

asin the Central American genus Spherobothria ;

mandible and spinners as in Ptertnochilus ...... Ceratogyrus, nov.

b'. Thoracic fovea normal, transverse.

a’, Inner surface of mandible without feathery

scopula; no stridulating organ, the inner

surface of the maxilla between the oral fringe

and the suture sparsely beset with simple

setee, the adjacent area on the mandible with-

out rows of modified bristles ; apical segment

of posterior spinners longer than the second... Pterinochilus, nov.

b*, Inner surface of mandible with feathery

scopula above; with stridulating organ, the

area on the maxilla mentioned above bearing

a thick cluster of notes in the form of feathery

hairs, the adjacent area on the mandible

below the external scopula with at least one

series of modified sete ; apical segment of

posterior spinners shorter than the second ... Harpactira, Auss.

6. Outer surface of mandible not furnished with

scopula of plumose hairs, at most sparsely beset

with normal bristles.—Subfamily Turrarnosina *.

a’, Thoracic fovea forming a round or transversely

elongate pit.

a‘. Protarsi and tibis of legs armed with many

strong spines; protarsal svopulee scanty,

not extending to the base of the segment

on the legs of the Ist and 2nd pairs; scopula

of 4th tarsus divided by a complete band of

setz ; anterior tibia of male without spur ..._ Miaschistupus, nov.

b*. Leg with at most a few small spines at apex

of tibiz and protarsi beneath; protarsal

scopule thick, extending to base of segments

on legs of Ist and 2nd pairs; scopula on

tarsus of 4th leg entire, or at most weakly

(Scodra) divided in the adult.

a°, Sternal sigilla submarginal; ocular area

wide; without spines on the tibix of legs;

scopule broad and very thick; legs and

body thickly hairy; claws with a few

small teeth ; anterior tibia of male without

EJOBED ‘copegqnoucéudocoauanenqooboopemoaddccesace ..... Scodra, Becker,

1 For another and more natural grouping of the genera of this section, see

Supplement, p. 773.

746 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

6°, Posterior sternal sigilla remote from the

margin; ocular cluster compact ; a pair of

apical spines on the lower side of the tibiz

of all the legs; scopule narrower ; body

and limbs normally hairy; claws not

toothed.

a®. Tibia of Ist leg in male with a single

spur tipped with two bunches of spines

(patella and tibia of 4th leg not longer

‘ than those of Ist) .......ccccseccseceeceeeees Monocentropus, nov.

b°. Tibia of 1st leg in male unarmed (patella

and tibia of 4th leg longer than those

Of Vet) inc. vtatpascevensens octasitecsacdai decd Anoploscelus, nov.

6°. Thoracic fovea small, linear, crescentically pro-

curved.

a’, Tibi and protarsi of legs, especially those

of the 3rd and 4th pairs, strongly spined ;

scopula of 4th tarsus divided by a distinct

band of sete; claws toothed; posterior

sternal sigilla submarginal; male with a

pain of tibial! spursisesy. peace udaese sk senes don Selenogyrus, nov.

b". Tibi and protarsi of legs, with the exception

of a few spines at, the apices below, unspined ;

tarsal scopula of 4th leg (except in Humen-

ophorus) undivided ; claws not toothed;

posterior sternal sigilla remote from the

margin; male without tibial spur (? in

Eumenophorus).

a*. Protarsal scopula on 4th leg almost absent ;

tarsal scopula of 4th divided by a broad

band (Ofisetes waxed. fey carsecis teen eh awetnesede Eumenophorus, nov.

6°, Protarsal scopula of 4th leg distinct and

entire ; tarsal scopula of 4th thick and

undivided.

a’, Protarsal scopula of 4th covering only the

distal third of the segment ; (palp of male

extending nearly as far as the apex of

the tibia of the Ist leg) .............cseceeee Phoneyusa, Karsch.

d°. Protarsal scopula of 4th extending almost

to the base of the segment ; (palp of male

extending only just past the end of the

patella of the Ist leg) ...........csecseseeeees Hysterocrates, Simon.

The following genera are unknown to me :—

Pelinobius, Karsch (Jahrb. Hamb. Wissen. Anst. ii. p. 135, 1885),

was based upon a male specimen named muticus, from Masailand,

which, according to Karsch, differs from belandana (9), the type

of Phoneyusa, in wanting the apical spines upon the inferior

surface of the tibia of the 4th leg. Simon, however, when com-

paring Pelinobius with Harpavotheria (=Phoneyusa), states as

differential characters of the former, firstly, that the posterior

median eye is nearer the anterior median eye than it is to the

posterior lateral, and secondly, that the protarsal scopula of the

4th leg is narrower than the segment. But it is not stated that

these observations are based upon the type-species. Anyhow, the

genus, if distinct from Phoneyusa, will fall under the section a® of

the above table.

Loxomphalia, Simon (Act. Soc. Linn, Bordeaux, 1889, p- 412),

1897.] MR. RB. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS, TAT

will apparently come under heading 4°, being related in all

probability to Monocentropus and Anoploscelus, but certainly

differing in that the legs are without spines, and the protarsal

scopula of the 4th leg extends almost to the base of the segment,

as in Hysterocrates, near which Mons. Simon places it. There is a

single species named rubida, which was obtained inland of Zanzibar.

Solenothele, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1891, p. 297), based

upon a female, named decemnotata, from the Upper Congo. Seeing

that the length of the specimen is given as only just over 16 mm.,

there is strong presumptive evidence that it is immature, and

therefore no stress is to be laid upon the division of all the tarsal

scopulz by bands of sete. Similarly with the colouring from

which the specific name is taken, the young of many species of this

group, e. g. Avicularia, being spotted on the abdomen,

The genus is said to differ from Jschnocolus in having the

external spinners nearly as long as the abdomen, and the anterior

two pairs of legs broader than the posterior and with wider scopule ;

the tibiz and protarsi are spined, and the fovea is transverse, very

lightly recurved.

Judging from these characters, the genus would fall under

section a* in the table, but should certainly be recognizable from

Miaschistopus by its long spinners, widely scopulate Ist lees, &e.

Lastly the Madagascar genus Encyocrates would apparently

fall under section 6*, but since the characters of the male are

unknown and there is no mention in the original description of

the position of the sternal sigilla nor of the armature of the claws,

it is hard to say whether it would come under a’ or 6°. The tibize

of the legs, however, are said to be unspined, which would

separate the genus from both Monocentropus and Anoploscelus.

Moreover a young specimen of a Theraphosine from Senbendrana

(Madagascar) which J identify as an Eneyoerates, has the sigilla

submarginal and the claws untoothed.

The three following genera belonging to the Mediterranean area

and occurring, at least in the case of Chetopelma and Ischnocolus,

in the countries of North Africa, do not, so far as is at present,

known, spread into the true Ethiopian Region.

Cheetopelma, Ausserer (Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 190), might

be introduced into the table under section a‘, having the legs richly

spinous &c.; but it certainly differs from Miaschistopus in having

the tarsal scopule of 3rd and 4th leg divided, two tibial spurs on

the 1st leg on the male &c. In these respects it resembles Seleno-

gyrus, but is quite distinct owing to the form of the thoracic fovea

which is broad and transverse. This genus has representatives in

Egypt, Syria, and Arabia.

Cratorhagus, Simon (Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xliv. p. 330, 1892),

with two Mediterranean representatives, namely, concolor and

tetramera from Syria (see Simon, Mém. Soe. Liége, (2) v. 1873,

p- 31 &c.), is apparently closely related to Cheetopelma, but at least

differs in having the tarsal scopule of the 1st and 2nd legs in the

adult as well as of the 3rd and 4th divided by a band of sete,

748 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

Ischnocolus, Ausserer (Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 184), repre-

sented by many species in the Mediterranean countries, differs

from the two preceding in having no tibial spurs on the Ist leg in

the male. It thus stands nearer to Miaschistopus, but may be

recognized by having all the tarsal scopule divided ; the division in

Miaschistopus being restricted to the 4th leg.

Subfamily Harpacrrrin4, nov.

Genus Harpactira, Ausserer,

Verh, z.-b. Wien, xxi. p. 203 (1871).

Harpactira Tigrina, Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxv. p. 185

(1876). (Plate XLIII. fig. 5.)

In the type and other examples of this species the upper row

of notes on the mandible consists of 5 hairs, and the lower of

about 10 which gradually decrease in length posteriorly and project

internally away from the adjacent and spiniform sete. On the

maxilla there are upwards of 30 notes, forming a thick cluster,

those that lie nearest the suture being the largest, while inter-

nally and posteriorly they decrease in size and pass without inter-

ruption into the hairs of the oral fringe.

The organ is present in the young, but less perfect in its

development. For example, in a specimen from East London the

carapace of which measures but 5 mm. long, that of the adult

attaining to 25 mm., the bristles of the mandible constituting the

lower series have not become separated off from the adjacent

sete, though the upper series occupies the same position as in the

adult; while on the maxilla only about a dozen of the notes are

distinguishable. At this stage the feathery pad on the upper

half of the outer surface of the mandible has not appeared; but it

is fully formed and the organ complete in all its details in a half-

grown specimen from the same lucality, with the carapace 12 mm.

long.

This species seems to have an exceedingly wide range in Africa,

The Museum has examples from the following localities :—Port

Elizabeth (including the type and specimens presented by

J. M. Leslie); Kleinpoort, Eastern Karroo (Anna Howarth) ; East

London (H. A. Spencer); Osborn, Pondoland (7. W. Pocock); Kei

Road (Capt. Trevelyan) ; Matabeleland (H. M. Beddington); and

Sheik Husein in Somaliland (Donaldson Smith), as well as others

without special locality.

The occurrence of this form so far to the north as Somaliland is

exceedingly remarkable. I have failed, however, to distinguish the

single female specimen from that locality from Ausserer’s type by

any reliable character either of colour or structure. The two

examples from Pondoland differ from the type in having the legs

shorter as compared with the carapace : the carapace for example is

considerably longer than the tarsus and protarsus of the 4th as well

as a little longer than the tibia, protarsus and tarsus of the 3rd

and at least equal to those of the 4th ; whereas in the type and other

1897.] MR. RB. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS, 749

specimens, including the one from Somaliland, the carapace is only

a little longer than the 4th tarsus and protarsus, and a little less

than the three terminal segments of the 3rd leg. That the differ-

ence is not to be relied upon as of specific importance seems shown

by the circumstance that of two of the Museum specimens taken

by the same collector, presumably in the same locality, one resembles

the type in length of leg-segments, and the other the Pondoland

specimens. Unfortunately I have seen no male example of this

species. Possibly the discovery of members of this sex will show

that some of the forms here identified as tigrina are in reality

specifically separable.

Harpactina ATRA (Latr.).

Mygale atra, Latreille, Nouv. Ann. Mus. @hist. nat. i. p. 70

(1832).

Mygale funebra, Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. i. p. 226 (1837).

Mygale coracina, C. Koch, Die Arachn. ix. p. 37, fig. 714 (1842).

There can I think be no doubt that the species named coracina

by C. Koch is identical with that previously described by Latreille

as atra, which Walckenaer intentionally renamed funebra.

The British Museum possesses an adult male and female from

Simon’s Town (H. de la Garde), one young female from Hoets

Bay, near Cape Town (H. A. Spencer), a second young female

from Worcester, Cape Colony (H. A. Spencer), and an adult male

from Zululand (J. /. Angas), as well as specimens, male and female,

without special locality.

Some of the distinctive features of this species are set forth in

the subjoined table.

HARPACTIRA LINEATA, Sp. Nn.

2 .—Colour. Hairy clothing of carapace greenish black, passing

into ochre-yellow at the sides: the plate ornamented as in H. tigrina,

but less definitely, with obscurely defined whitish lines radiating

from the fovea; hairs on legs longish, greyish black, those on the

sides and lower surface of the femora foxy red; sternum and cox

obscure blackish brown.

Carapace exceeding in length the patella and tibia of the 4th

leg as well as of the lst, just about equal to the tarsus and pro-

tarsus of the 4th but distinctly less than the tibia, protarsus, and

tarsus of the 3rd, and shorter by three quarters of the length of

the tarsus than the same segments of the 2nd leg, and just equal

to the tibia and protarsus of the 1st.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, the 4th a little longer than the Ist; patella and

tibia of 1st longer than those of 4th, tarsus and protarsus of 3rd

equal to those of 1st.

Mandible with the upper series of notes less oblique and less

regularly arranged than in the other species, e. g. tigrina, and con-

sisting of a nearly horizontal set of about 10 bristles; the lower

series consisting of a cluster of short spines, which, however, are

not separated from the adjacent bristles behind the oral fringe.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1897, No. XLIX. 49

750 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. ‘June 15,

Measurements in millimetres. Total length (abdomen shrivelled)

35; length of carapace 21 (contracted in width from drying) ;

length of Ist leg 50, of 2nd 47, of 3rd 42, of 4th 51; patella and

tibia of Ist 19, of 2nd 17, of 3rd 15, of 4th 17:5.

Loc. 8. Africa (Dr. A. Smith).

HARPACTIRA CURVIPES, sp. n.

9 —Colour. Hairy clothing a tolerably uniform mouse-brown ;

fine whitish but indistinct bands at the extremities of the

segments of the legs ; cox and sterna darker; abdomen with lateral

blackish stripes.

Carapace the same length as the tibia and patella of the Ist leg

and 4th leg, distinctly shorter than the protarsus and tarsus of the

4th and.shorter by about one-third of the tarsus than the tibia,

protarsus, and tarsus of the 3rd.

Legs 4,1, 2,3; patella and tibia of Ist and 4th about equal ;

protarsus of 4th distinctly bowed, convex internally.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 24; length of carapace

11; of 1st leg 29, of 2nd leg 26°5, 3rd leg 24:5, 4th leg 31;

patella and tibia of Ist and of 4th, tarsus and protarsus of

4th 12°5; tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of 2nd 13°65, of 3rd 13.

Loc. Natal. A single female specimen.

HARPACTIRA CHRYSOGASTER, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 5 a-5 6.)

3 .—Colour. Carapace covered with greenish-black hairs; its

margin like the upper side of the coxa and trochanter, with longer

foxy-red hairs; mandibles and limbs clothed with greenish-

black hairs intermixed with a coating of long sete of a greyish-red

tint ; apices of femora, patelle, tibie, and protarsi with a narrow

transverse band of reddish hair; abdomen covered with hairs of

a fiery red, indistinctly banded laterally with dark markings ;

sternum and coxe dark, with a scanty clothing of red-tipped

bristles.

Carapace alittle shorter than patella and tibia of Ist and of 4th

legs, its width just about equal to length of 4th protarsus; length

of the clypeus about equal to half the length of the tubercle.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3; patella and tibia of Ist and 4th about equal,

protarsus of 4th excelling the protarsus and half the tarsus of the

1st ; tibie of 1st, 2nd,and 3rd with a pair of inferior apical spines,

and of 4th with an additional posterior spine ; 3rd and 4th legs with

a few spines at tip as well as at base of scopula. Tibia of the male

with normal spur; protarsus but little modified, only slightly

convex above at the base. Palpal organ of substantially the same

shape as in H. atra.

Mandible with the inner scopula thick; the upper series of

notes consisting of an oblique series as in H. tigrina; but the

lower series composed of a thick cluster of shorter and longer

spines removed some distance from the fringe; the notes on the

maxilla numbering about fifty or more.

Measurements in millimetres, Total length 31; length of cara-

1897.] MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 751

pace 16:5, width 13°5; length of Ist leg 47, of 2nd 44, of 3rd

41°5, of 4th 52; patella and tibia of 1st 17, of 2nd 15:5, of 3rd

18, of 4th 17.

Loc. 8, Africa (the exact locality of this form is unfortunately

not known).

The species of Harpactira known to me may be recognized as

follows :—

Males.

a. Lower cluster of bristles on outer surface of mandible

farther removed from the oral fringe and composed

of about four rows of spines; abdomen covered with

arich coating of fiery-red hairs; carapace black, with

a row of reddish hairs; legs black, but the setx foxy-

ereydistallliyy ..25...csgussspume. «toeetiagdon odecsavoaaty «odiee see chrysogaster, sp. 0.

4. Lower cluster of notes on the mandible less close to

the oral fringe and consisting of asingle row of sete ;

prevailing colour of body and limbs velvety black ;

sete on the limbs a little greyish at the tips, those

on the abdomen a foxy red ..........scseeseceececnseeceeees atra (Latr.).

Females.

a. Protarsus of 4th leg noticeably curved from base to tip

(carapace about the same length as the patella and

tibia of the Ist and 4th legs, distinctly shorter than the

tarsus and protarsus of the 4th) ..................cssceseseees curvipes, sp. D.

b. Protarsus of 4th leg not noticeably bowed, straight.

a'. Lower series of notes on the mandible not isolated from

the rest of the oral fringe ; the upper series nearly hori-

zontal and less regularly disposed ; (carapace lineate,

shorter by half the tarsus than the tibia, protarsus, and

tarsus of the 3rd leg ; equal in length to protarsus and

tarsus off4thileg)) ..ccrs144udeeeessooedeseaee eecsetu esac lineata, sp. n,

b'. Lower series of notes isolated ; upper series forming a

regular and oblique series.

a, Prevailing colour mouse-grey or brown, carapace

dark with distinct white bands radiating from the

fovea: carapace not less than tarsus and protarsus

of 4th leg and tarsus, protarsus, and tibia of 3rd

MOPS as secaedis aaa cevssoenon sees eepeeeree mee meme ee tigrina, Auss.

6°, Prevailing colour black; carapace without white

stripes, shorter than tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of

3rd leg and than protarsus and tarsus of 4th ...... atra (Latr.).

The following species are unknown to me :—

Harpactira cafreriana, Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. i. p. 225, 1837

(sub Mygale). Judging from the description, this species from

Caffraria differs from atra and tigrina in being of a clear reddish

colour.

Harpactira villosa, id. ibid. p. 226, from the Cape of Good

Hope, is according to Walckenaer like cafreriana, but more hairy.

Harpactira constricta, Gerstaecker in Von der Decken’s ‘ Reisen

in Ost-Africa,’ ii., 2. p. 486, and H. chordata, id. ibid. p. 487, from

Dafeta, Kilimanjaro. According to Karsch (Mon. Ak. Wiss.

Berlin, 1878, p. 316), constricta was based upon a young example

of chordata.

49*

752 MR. R, I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. (June 15,

Harpactira elevata, Karsch, ibid., from Tette and Mozambique,

is possibly also a Pterinochilus; but according to Bosenberg it is

synonymous with H. chordata, Gerst. (see Jahrb. Hamb. Anst.

xi. p. 27, 1894).

These species very likely belong to the genus Péerinochilus.

Genus PrERINOCHILUS, nov.

Allied to Harpactira, but differing in the entire absence of the

stridulating organ, the area on the mandible below the feathery

pad being merely sparsely clothed with simple sete, without

‘notes’; while the opposable area lyig on the maxille between

the suture and the oral fringe is also clothed with simple sete.

No feathery scopula on the inner surface of the mandible.

Lastly the apical segment of the spinners is long and slender,

being longer than the 2nd segment and not shorter than the basal

segment.

Type, P. voraa, sp. 0.

PreRINOCHILUS VORAX, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 3-3.)

Carapace blackish brown, clothed with hairs of an olive-grey

tint, shining in parts with a silky golden lustre ; edge of carapace

and upper side of coxe and trochanters clothed with long golden

yellow hairs; hairs of the same bright tint on the upper surface of

the mandible and the base of the femora on the upper side; legs

covered with yellowish-brown hairs intermixed with black ;

tibie speckled with whitish spots; a rim of whitish hairs at the

distal end of the upper side of all the segments, except the tarsus ;

inner side of anterior femora greyish black, outer and lower sides

like the posterior two pairs of femora, clothed with yellowish-red

hairs ; abdomen covered with a mixture of blackish and yellowish

hairs indistinctly spotted, sides and lower surface with an outer

coating of long reddish-yellow hairs; sternum and cox of

anterior appendages fuscous, posterior coxe clothed with redder

hairs than the anterior.

Carapace just about equal to the patella and tibia of 4th leg,

shorter than those of the 1st and shorter than tarsus and pro-

tarsus of Ist, not quite one-fourth longer than wide, the width a

little excelling the length of the patella and tibia of the 3rd leg,

and a shade greater than the protarsus of the 4th; length of

clypeus about half that of the ocular tubercle.

Median eyes separated by space a little less than their diameter,

which is less than the long diameter of the other three ; space

between the laterals less than diameter of anterior medians.

Legs 1, 4, 2,8, the Ist and 4th subequal; armed with very few

spines ; tibiw with a pair or a few more at the tip beneath; pro-

tarsi of 3rd and 4th with a spine on each side at the base of the

scopula and a few spines above and below at the apex of the

segment, femur of 3rd thicker than the others; the protarsus of

1st (¢) with its inner border strongly hollowed out in the basal

1897.] MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 753

half, leaving a wide distance between the segment and the tibial

spur when the limb is flexed; tibial spur consisting of a single

long, lightly curved spiniform process. Palpal organ with the

spine broad at the base, lightly curved, pointed and filiform at the

tip, arising from the posterior half of the bulb.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 31; length of cara-

pace 16°5, width 13:5; length of 1st leg 50, of 2nd 43, of 3rd 39,

of 4th 49°5; patella and tibia of 1st 17:5, of 4th 16.

Loc. Fwambo, Lake Tanganyika (Alewander Carson).

PTERINOCHILUS MURINUS, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 4.)

Colour a nearly uniform mouse-brown, with little white tufts of

hair at the extremities of the femora, tibiz, patellz, and protarsi of

the legs.

Carapace less than one-fourth longer than broad, as long as the

patella and tibia of the 4th leg, a little shorter than the same seg-

ments of the Ist leg and than the protarsus and tarsus of the 4th ;

a little longer than tibia and protarsus of 2nd and a trifle shorter

than those of the lst; length from the fovea to the anterior

margin almost equal to the length of the 4th protarsus. Clypeus

narrow, the distance between the tubercle and its edge about equal

to one-fourth the length of the tubercle; distance between the

edge of the clypeus and the lateral eye less than the long diameter

of the eye; distance between the two lateral eyes equal to the

short diameter of either.

Legs 4, 1,2, 3, the 4th exceeding the Ist by about half the

length of its tarsus ; patella and tibia of 1st a little greater than

those of 4th; protarsus of 4th equal to protarsus and half the

tibia of the 1st ; tibiz of all the legs with a pair of inferior apical

spines; protarsi of 3rd and 4th with a few spines above and below

at the apex, one spine at the base of the scopula on the outer side.

Palpi unspined ; tarsus long, much longer than the tibia, about as

long as the protarsus of the lst leg; a little inflated at the base

above.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 35; length of

carapace 13-5, of Ist leg 35-5, of 2nd 32°5, of 3rd 30, of 4th 38°5.

Loc. Ugogo (Emin Pasha). A single female example. The

Museum also has females of the same or of closely allied species

from Mombasa and from the N.E. of Lake Victoria Nyanza

(Dr. Ansorge).

Apart from sexual characters this species and the preceding

may be recognized as follows :—

a. Ocular tubercle separated from the edge of the clypeus by

aspaceequalling at least halfits length ; distance between

the anterior lateral eye and the edge of the carapace

exceeding twice its long diameter ...,........++.seeseeeeees vorar, sp. 1.

6. Ocular tubercle separated from the anterior edge of the

carapace by a space less than one-fourth its length;

distance between lateral eye and edge of carapace less,

if anything, than its long diameter..................ee0seeee MUTINUS, Sp. X.

754 MR, R, I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

Genus CERATOGYRUS, nov.

Differing from Pterinochilus in that the thoracic fovea is very

strongly procurved and forms almost a complete circle surrounding

a central tuberculiform prominence which sometimes takes the form

of a long conical process.

Type, C. darlingii, sp. n.

CERATOGYRUS DARLINGII, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5 and

Plate XIII. figs. 1-1 a.)

Q .—Colour as in the following species C. marshalli, but the

carapace ornamented with radiating white lines as in Harpactira

tigrina, and the lower side of the femora of the 3rd and 4th legs

paler, and contrasting with the black of the coxe much more

sharply than is the case in C. marshall.

Carapace exceeding the length of patella and tibia of Ist leg by

one-third of the protarsus, of the 4th by one-half the protarsus ;

about equal to tarsus, protarsus, and tibia of 2nd; much exceeding

protarsus and tarsus of 4th; elevated especially in the cephalic

region ; the process arising from the fovea taking the form of a

long conical horn, longer than its basal width, which is twice the

width of the ocular tubercle; tubercle nearly spherical, only a

little longer than the clypeus.

Legs 1, 4, 2,3; patella and tibia of Ist longer than of 4th,

also longer than tarsus and protarsus of 4th, and almost equal to

tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of 3rd; tarsus and protarsus of 3rd a

little less than those of 2nd ; spine armature as in the other species

of the group.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 51; length of cara-

pace 24:5, width 20; length of 1st leg 59, of 3rd 51, of 2nd 44, of

4th 56; patella and tibia of 1st 22, of 4th 18°5; tarsus and pro-

tarsus of 4th 21.

Loc. Enkeldoorn, 110 miles 8S. of Salisbury in Mashunaland

(J. ffolliott Darling). Three adult females.

I have great pleasure in dedicating this species, certainly the

most remarkable Spider of this group that has been discovered of

late years, to Mr. J. ffolliott Darling, who obtained the specimens

by digging them out of their deep burrows.

CERATOGYRUS MARSHALLI, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 2-26.)

3 .—Colour. Carapace pitchy brown, clothed with dark olive-grey

hairs, hairs of the same colour covering the upper side of the

femora of the appendages, while the three distal segments of the

limbs are clothed with grey hairs intermixed with black ; the femora

of the posterior two pairs are not, however, so dark as the others,

being clothed, especially basally, with hairs of a greyish golden

hue; the distal extremities of femora, patelle, tibie, and protarsi

are distinctly whitish, while on the tibie there are two faintly

defined whitish lines ; cox, sternum, and inner sides of femora and

patelle of palpi and first two pairs of legs velvety black, the

outer sides of the anterior femora and the lower surface of the

1897.] MR, R. I, POCOCK ON HTHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 750

rest of these and the other limbs clothed with foxy-grey hairs ;

abdomen blackish above, black and grey hairs intermingling; at

the sides the greyish hairs predominate, while below the area

between the spinners and the lungs is again black.

Carapace distinctly longer than patella and tibia of 4th leg but

less than those of 1st and greater than tarsus and protarsus of Ist ;

the central tubercle in the middle of the fovea not rising above the

level of the surrounding area of the carapace and consequently much

wider at the base than it is high, its basal width a little excelling

that of the ocular tubercle, which is high, wider than long, not

quite twice as long as the clypeus. yes as in Harpactira; space

between the medians rather less than their diameter, which about

equals the space between the laterals and is not greater than their

long diameter.

Legs 1, 4, 38, 2; patella and tibia of 1st considerably longer

than those of 4th; tarsus and protarsus of 3rd a little shorter than

those of 1st; tarsus and protarsus of 4th about equal to patella

and tibia of Ist ; legs spiny as in Hurpactira; 3rd but little thick-

ened ; protarsus of anterior legs unmodified in male ; tibial spine

as in Harpactira, i. e. consisting of a curved conical process tipped

with a long curved spine. Palpal organs on the same plan as in

Harpactira and Pterinochilus.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 35; length of cara-

pace almost 18, width 15 ; length of 1st leg 54, of 2nd 47, of 3rd

41, of 4th 54; patella and tibia of Ist 20, of 4th 17.

Loc. Salisbury, Mashunaland (J. ffolliott Darling).

Two adult male examples.

Apart from some differences of colour this species may be.at

once recognized from the preceding by the small size of the

cephalothoracic tubercle. There is no evidence that this distinction

is merely of sexual importance.

I dedicate this species to Mr. Guy Marshall, who has been

good enough to collect many Arachnida for the British Museum

both in Mashunaland and Natal. As long ago as the spring of

1895, he sent me an example of this genus from Salisbury ; but

the specimen unfortunately had the carapace crushed in the region

of the fovea, so that the clue to its generic peculiarity was

destroyed and the example was set aside as an unidentifiable

species allied to Harpactira.

Subfamily THERAPHOSIN &.

Genus Scopra.

Scodra, Becker, CR. Soc. ent. Belg. 1879, p. cxlii; Simon, Hist.

- Nat. Araignées, i. p. 174 (1892).

Stromatopelma, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1881, p. 218.

ScopRra caLceara (Fabricius).

Syn. Arunea calceata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. p. 427.

» Scodra aussereri, Becker, OR. Soc. ent. Belg. 1879, p. exlii ;

ibid. 1881, pl. 2. fig. 1.

756 MR. R. 1. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

Syn. Stromatopelma alicapillatum, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1881,

p. 218.

The Aranea calceata of Fabricius was based upon a fragmentary

specimen from Guinea; Sc. ausserert of Becker upon specimens

‘from Liberia ; and St. alicapillatum, Karsch, upon specimens from

Accra in Fantee. Judging from the descriptions given by Becker

and Karsch, the two species they described are identical. The

Aranea calceata of Fabricius is also certainly identical with one of

the species of this genus ; and I see no valid reason for dissenting

from Mons. Simon’s opinion that it is synonymous with the one

that Becker and Karsch have established.

The British Museum has in all 9 female specimens of this species ;

namely 6, varying in length from 19 to 48 mm., from Accra

(G. A. Higlett), one from the Cameroons (Capt. Burton), one from

Ashanti, and one from the Afran plains, inland of Ashanti.

ScoDRA GRISEIPHS, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 7-7 a.)

Q. A detailed description of this new species is unnecessary,

seeing that it apparently only differs from the foregoing in the

colouring of the underside of the femora. In calceata, or, to be

strictly accurate, in the forms described as aussereri and alreapil-

latum, the lower side of the femora of the legs and palpi as well

as the inner surface of the femora of the 1st and 2nd pairs and

of the palpus are distinctly black, being, like the coxe and sternum,

clothed as Becker describes it, “‘ d'une trés epaisse couche de poiles

noirs courts veloutés,” and against the black the bright foxy-red

hairs on the outerside of the segments show up conspicuously.

But in griseipes, though the sternum and coxe are dark brown,

the lower and inner sides of the femora of all the appendages

are clothed with whitish-grey hairs, and the long sete on the

limbs are rather yellowish brown than foxy red.

In the adult the length of the carapace is a little less than or about

equal to that of the patella and tibia of the 4th leg, a little greater

than those of the 2nd leg, and by about the same amount less

than those of the 1st, while it falls short of the length of the

tibia and protarsus of the 1st leg by more than one-third of the

protarsus, and is just about equal to those two segments on

the 3rd leg. The proportions seem to be practically the same

in Se. calceata.

3. In this sex the legs are relatively longer and more hairy,

with longer fringes; the carapace broader, flatter and more woolly ;

the upperside of the abdomen with a thick woolly clothing of

hairs copiously intermixed with bristles ; the hairs on the sterna

and coxe are paler in colour than in the female, the maxilla

showing up darker on account of its scantier clothing.

Length of carapace equal to that of 4th protarsus, slightly

shorter than patella and tibia of 3rd leg, equal to protarsus

of Ist + the area to the base of the spot on the tarsus, about

equal to the patella and tibia of the palpi; less than the tibia +

the area to the spot on the 1st leg. The protarsus of the Ist 1

1897.] MR. RB. 1. POCOCK ON BTHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 757

is furnished at the base on the inner side with a conspicuous tuft

of scopulate hairs, the segment at this spot being distinctly

bowed, its lower surface being convex basally and its upper

concave (this character is readily perceptible by touch, less so by

sight owing to the thickness of the hairs); a similar scopular tuft

has been described by Karsch in the male of his alicapillatum.

Viewed from the front the palpal spine is seen to curve a little

outwards, but from the outside it is almost quite straight and

defined behind at the base by a shallow notch.

Measurements in millimetres. —@Q (type). Total length 48;

length of carapace 25, width 22; length of Ist leg 72, of 2nd 64,

of 3rd 56, of 4th 66; patella and tibia of 1st 27, of 4th 24; tibia

and protarsus of 1st 30; tarsus and protarsus of 4th 24°.

3. Total length 32; length of carapace 14, width 13; length

of 1st leg 54, of 2nd 50, of 3rd 43, of 4th 53; patella and tibia

of Ist 20, of 4th 18°5 ; protarsus and tarsus of 4th 20.

Loc. Sierra Leone. Specimens of both sexes received from

various sources, including Mr. Charles Wilson and Mr. Mitford.

ScoDRA BRACHYPODA, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 8-8 a.)

Q .— Colour practically as in griseipes; prevailing tint an ashy

yellowish grey; an irregular brownish band on each side of

the carapace from the ocular tubercle backwards ; a black patch

on the upperside of the tarsus and protarsus, and a less distinct

double one at the base of the tibia; femora, patelle, and tibiz in

part with a pair of pale whitish lines; abdomen with a median

interrupted band, spotted at the sides.

Carapace a trifle longer than the patella and tibia of the Ist leg,

and as long as its tibia and protarsus, and as the tibia, protarsus,

and half the tarsus of the 3rd (4th leg absent).

3. Diftering from the female in the same respects as in the

case of Sc. griseipes; differing from the male of Sc. griseipes in the

following particulars. There is no cushion-like projection on the

base of the scopula of the Ist protarsus, and this segment is not

bowed but straight, and the paipal spine when viewed from the

front is not lightly curved outwards but rather inwards, while

from the side it is seen to be very distinctly arched from the base

to the point; the point, moreover, is not evenly and gradually

attenuate, but is more abruptly narrowed in the distal third of its

length.

The length of the carapace is a little greater than the length

of the 4th protarsus, a little longer than the patella and tibia of

3rd leg, equal to the protarsus of 1st + the area of the tarsus to

the distal end of the spot, a little greater than the patella and

tibia of the palp; equal to the tibia of the 1st leg + the part

reaching up to the spot on the protarsus.

Measurements in millimetres. —Q (type). Total length 35;

length of carapace 15, width 13; length of 1st leg 37, of 2nd 34,

1 Tn this and all cases the measurements of the limbs are taken from the

base of the femur.

758 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

of 3rd 32 (4th absent); patella and tibia of lst 14, tibia and

protarsus 15.

3. Total length 28; length of carapace 14, width 13; length

of Ist leg 49, of 2nd 45, of 3rd 39, of 4th 52; patella and tibia of

-1st 17, of 4th 18; protarsus and tarsus of 4th 19.

Loc. Asaba, on the river Niger (Dr. Crosse). Two males and

a female. Also a male of apparently the same form from Cape

Palmas (Alvan Millson).

The female specimen, judging from its size as compared with

the male and with the adult females of calccata and griseipes, is not

full-sized. But the shortness of its legs cannot be ascribed to

immaturity, seeing that much smaller examples of calceata have

the appendages relatively as long as the adult.

The following key will serve to differentiate the females of the

three known species of the genus.

a, Carapace longer than the patella and tibia of the Ist

leg, and as long as the tibia and protarsus of this

MiG Me) ep Coeeeeet oe are eae kan eee seach can saestpavesar ae brachypoda, sp. n.

b. Carapace considerably shorter than the patella and

tibia of the 1st leg, and shorter by at least one-third

of the protarsus than the tibia and protarsus of the

Ist.

a?. Lower and inner surfaces of femora of palp and of

the first pair of limbs greyish or yellowish brown ;

long hairs yellowish brown ........-..ceseseseeeeeeeer ees griseipes, sp. n.

62, Lower surface of all the femora and inner surface

of those of the palp and first two pairs of legs

velvety black; long hair on limbs foxy red ......... calceata (Fabr.).

The males of the two species known to me may be recognized

by the following table :—

a. Protarsus of Ist leg with basal curvature and inferior

scopular tuft ; spine of palpal organ straight; patella

and tibia of 4th leg shorter than of Ist leg; 4th pro-

tarsus as long as carapace. KC...........060+ seeeeeeeeeee eee griseipes.

&. Protarsus of 1st leg without basal curvature and with-

out inferior scopular tuft; spine of palpal organ

more curved, its apex more suddenly attenuate;

patella and tibia of 4th longer than of Ist, 4th pro-

tarsus shorter than carapace .......esseseeseceeeeeessenees brachypoda.

Genus MonocENTROPUS, nov.

Carapace oval, longer than wide; fovea shallow, transverse,

wider than ocular tubercle ; tubercle small, subcircular; eyes of

anterior row somewhat strongly procurved, of posterior row

recurved ; clypeus very narrow.

Mandibles without external scopula; a single row of teeth

below ; the posterior portion of the lower surface weakly granular.

Labium a little wider than long; its border granular like the

inner angle of the maxilla.

Sternum oval, longer than wide; the posterior sigilla distinctly

removed from the margin.

1897.] MR. RB, I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 759

Legs: tarsal scopule entire; protarsal scopule also undivided,

except partially so on the 4th, on the 1st and 2nd legs extending

practically to the base of the segment ; covering about two-thirds

of the segment in the 3rd leg and half in the 4th; legs unarmed

except for a pair of spines at the tips of the tibie and protarsi

beneath ; length 4, 1, 2,3; patella and tibia of 4th about equal

to those of the 1st; claws unarmed. Spinners considerably more

than half the length of the carapace.

Tibia of g armed with a single spine-tipped tuberculiform

process.

MoNOcENTROPUS BALFOURI, sp. n. (Plate XLI. figs. 1-1 a.)

Colour. Carapace covered with olive-yellow pubescence, showing

a pinkish tinge towards the margin ; legs covered with olive-brown

hairs; the base of the femora and upperside of the trochanters

greyish white; the lower side of the femora clothed with whitish

or yellowish-white hairs and contrasting very forcibly in colour

with the chocolate-brown tint of the coxe and of the segments on

the distal side of the femora; abdomen furnished with long

greyish-red hairs at the side, black beneath.

Carapace moderately convex, its cephalic area not strongly

elevated; a little longer than the 4th protarsus, shorter than

patella and tibia of 4th leg.

Eyes not very unequal in size; the anterior medians if anything

the smallest, distinctly smaller than the anterior laterals, and

separated by a space that about equals their diameter, a little

nearer to the anterior laterals ; a straight line touching their front

borders cutting near the centres of the laterals; posterior median

about as large as the posterior lateral and closer to it than to the

median.

Tibia of g armed with a low tuberculiform process beset with

two tufts of rigid lanceolate spines; the lower surface of the

anterior two pairs of femora as well as the femur of the palp

furnished externally with long thickly-set hairs, tibia of palp also

thickly hairy below ; tarsus of palp apically thickly secopulate; the

bulb globular, the lightly arcuate spine rising abruptly from its

posterior portion (see figure).

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 34; length of carapace

16, width 13; length of 1st leg 50, of 2nd 47, of 3rd 45, of 4th

53; patella and tibia of Ist 18-8, of 2nd 16°5, of 3rd 15, of 4th 18.

Loc. Socotra. A single adult male example (J. B. Balfour).

Genus ANOPLOSCELUS, nov.

Carapace oval, much longer than wide; the fovea deep and

transverse ; ocular tubercle moderately elevated, close to edge of

carapace; the anterior line of eyes very nearly straight, only

slightly procurved. ;

Legs without spines except at the extremities of the tibie and

protarsi; the 1st protarsus scopulate almost to the base, 2nd with

760 MR, R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS, [June 15,

about two-thirds scopulate, about half the 3rd covered, and one-

third of the 4th; all the tarsal scopule entire; legs 4,1, 2, 3,

patella and tibia of 4th longer than those of Ist ; claws unarmed.

Tibia of S$ not spurred.

Posterior sigilla on sternwm remote from the margin.

Labium transversely oblong, wider than long, thickly and closely

granular on its margin like the inner angle of the maxilla.

Mandible without external pad ; area of maxilla between fringe

and suture sparsely bristly.

ANOPLOSCELUS CELERIPES, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 3.)

Colour ferruginous, the hairy clothing of the body and limbs a

nearly uniform ochre-yellow ; the segments of the legs with a

narrow distal whitish band.

Carapace as long as the patella and tibia of the 2nd leg, shorter

than those of the 1st and 4th and scarcely excelling the length of

the 4th protarsus.

Anterior median eyes distinctly the largest of the set, separated

by a space less than their diameter and from the anterior laterals

by a space about equalling their radius; anterior laterals with

their long diameter about equaling that of the medians and twice

their own short diameter; the eyes themselves about twice as

large as the posterior laterals, which are themselves close to and a

little larger than the posterior medians.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3; tarsus and protarsus of 1st very slightly shorter

than those of 2nd, which are shorter than those of the 3rd leg ;

protarsus of 4th as long as tarsus and protarsus of Ist and as

patella and tibia of 3rd; femur of 3rd leg very much swollen,

rounded, as wide as it is high, the width as great as the area on

the carapace that lies between the fovea and the hind border ;

tibie and tarsi of 1st leg in ¢ unmodified.

Papal organ with spine moderately thick, lightly curved, not

twice as long as the length of the bulb, sharp and attenuate at

the apex but not filiform. A feathery scopula on external surface

of femur of palp.

Measurements wn millimetres. Total length 27 ; length of carapace

13, width 10; length of Ist leg 40, of 2nd 36, of 3rd 36, of 4th

47 ; patella and tibia of 1st 15, of 4th 16:5.

Loc. Komboli, Lake Tanganyika. A single male example

(W. H, Nutt).

Genus Puonryusa, Karsch.

Phoneyusa, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1884, pp. 347-348. Type

P. belandana, Karsch.

Phoneuusa, id. op. cit. 1886, p. 82.

Harpawotheria, Simon, Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. 1889, p. 413.

Type antilope, Sim.

As I have already pointed out (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv.

p- 167), the species named belandana, Karsch, is the type of the

genus Phoneyusa, since it was the sole species upon which the

1897.] MR, R. I. POCOCK ON ELHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 761

genus was primarily based. And since the type of Harpaxotheria,

namely antilope, is admitted by Mons. Simon (see Hist. Nat.

Araignées, i. p. 154, 1892) to be congeneric with belandana, it is

clear that Harpaxotheria is a synonym of Phoneyusa.

PHONEYUSA GREGORI, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. figs. 6-6 a.)

3g .—Colour deep brown; the carapace and legs clothed above

with bright reddish-brown hairs; hairs on the lower side of the

tibia of the palp long and numerous; a long scopula of feathery

hairs on the outer side of the femur of the palp; upperside of

abdomen furnished with long bristles.

Carapace distinctly shorter than the patella and tibia of the 1st

and 4th legs, only a little longer than the 4th protarsus; ocular

tubercle moderately convex, about one-third wider than long;

eyes of anterior line slightly procurved, the median a little larger

than the lateral, separated by a space a little less than their

diameter; posterior lateral smaller than the anterior lateral; the

posterior median still smaller, closer to the posterior lateral than

to the anterior median.

Legs long, 4, 1, 2, 3; patella and tibia of 4th and 1st almost

equal; protarsus of 4th just equal to patella and tibia of 2nd ;

femur of the 3rd incrassate, nearly as thick as high, much thicker

and higher than its patella; scopulz all complete; protarsi of

Ist and 2nd scopulate to base, of 3rd with more than its distal

half covered, of 4th with quite its distal third covered ; protarsi

with at least one spine at the apex; tibie of 3rd and 4th with a

pair of spines, of 2nd with 3 spines, two being external, of 1st

with two external spines and a cluster of three on the inner side.

Palp long; patella, tibia, and tarsus as long as the carapace;

uuspined; spine of palpal organ distally attenuate, curved forwards,

then outwards, with a strong basal keel on its outer side.

Measurements nr millimetres. Total length 41 ; length of carapace

21°5, width 18; length of palpus 34-5, of Ist leg 63, of 2nd leg

58°5, of 3rd leg 56, of 4th leg 73; patella and tibia of Ist 23-8, of

4th 24; of 4th protarsus 20.

Loc. Kilungu, Iveti Mountains (Masailand). A single male

example obtained by Dr. J. W. Gregory.

The type of this species is much larger than those of gracilipes

and ectypa mentioned below, which are also males, the cara-

pace in these measuring il and 12 mm. respectively. In the

former, moreover, the 4th leg is more than four times as long as

the carapace, and there are 8-10 spines on the lower side of the

1st tibia. P. ectypa, on the contrary, would seem to resemble this

new form in most particulars, so far as can be judged from the

description; but apart from its much smaller size there is no

mention of the band of scopular hairs on the outer side of the

femur of the palp?.

1 This character may be of generic importance, since it is found in all the

species of Hysterocrates known to me, as well as in Acentrocnemis.

762 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

The following species of this group have been described. All are

unknown to me :—

Phoneyusa belandana, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1884, p- 347, 348;

from Niam Niam (Central Africa),

Phoneyusa biittneri, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1886, p- 83, from

‘Sibangefarm (Gaboon).

_ Phoneyusa antilope, Simon, Act. Soc, L. Bordeaux, xlii. p. 414

(1889), from Tomby (Congo).

Phoneyusa gracilipes, id. ibid., Landana (Congo).

Phoneyusa ectypa, id. loc. cit. p. 415, from Abyssinia,

The following species also probably belongs to this genus :—

Selenocosmia nigroventris, Marx, Proc. U. 8. Museum, xvi. p. 587,

pl. 70. fig. 1 (1893), from the Congo.

Genus Hysrrrocrarns, Sim.,

Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 153 (= Hysterocrates + Phoneyusa, Sim.

ibid. ; not Phoneyusa, Karsch).

The examination of a longer series of forms than Mons. Simon

had an opportunity of studying convinces me that the characters

he relied upon to distinguish generically the two species named

greshoffi, Sim., from the Congo, and greefi, Karsch, from St, Thomas

in the Gulf of Guinea—regarded respectively as the types of

Hysterocrates and Phoneyusa—are merely of specific rank, practically

every gradation being traceable between the two. According to

Simon, Hysterocrates might be recognized by having the 4th tibia

very much swollen and the tarsus of the palp in the female not

tumid above.

HYstEROCRATES GIGAS, sp. 0.

2 .—Colour : body and limbs covered with a dense clothing of

brownish or rusty-red hairs ; the bristles greyish red.

Carapace much longer than wide, its width a iittie greater than

the length of the 4th femur, the length equalling the length of

the patella and tibia of the same leg; cephalic region rather high,

defined by conspicuous grooves; the fovea small, crescentic, the

area between the horns of the crescent elevated: ocular tubercle

small, a little wider than the fovea, the width equal to the length

+ the narrow clypeal area, which is about equal to the diameter

of a median eye. yes of front series very slightly procuryed, sub-

equal in size (the median a little larger) and unequally spaced, the

distance between the medians being only a little less than their

diameter, that between the median and lateral about equal to the

small diameter of the lateral; the posterior line of eyes slightly

recurved, the lateral noticeably smaller than the anterior lateral,

the space between them about as wide as the space between anterior

lateral and anterior median.

Sternum wide, narrowed between the Ist coxee, widest between

the coxe of the 2nd legs; the posterior impressions far removed

from the edge, the distance between them about equal to the

1897.] MR. R I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 763

width of the tubercle or of the labium. Zabiwm almost as long as

wide, densely spinulose.

Mandibles robust, the curvature of the upper and anterior

surface studded amidst the hairs with a number of smooth round

jet-black granules ; the lower half of the outer surface almost

naked, the inferior margin granular behind and armed internally

with 11 blunt teeth.

Legs longish, robust, 4, 1, 2,3; the 4th exceeding the 1st by a

little less than the length of its tarsus; patella and tibia of 4th

only slightly longer than of the 1st (26 mm.: 25:3) ; the patelle of

the two about equal, but the femur, tibia, and protarsus of the

4th respectively longer ; the 4th leg also stouter than the Ist, its

femur, patella, and tibia being noticeably thicker, the distal end of

its femur a little wider than the patella, which is also wider than

the tibia, the width of the patella less than half its length and

about equal to its height, the width and height of the tibia about

equal and just about one-third of its length, the protarsus distinctly

although not very much longer than the tibia (17°5 and 15°5 mm.).

The legs unarmed except for a few spines at the apices of the pro-

tarsi ; the sete on the legs are few in number and not long ; there

is a curious brush of hairs on the upperside of the coxa and tro-

chanter of the lst and 2nd legs.

Palp reaching almost to the apex of the tibia of the 1st leg;

the area on the inner surface of the maxilla lying between the

suture and the oral fringe normally hairy, the whole appendage

unarmed ; tibia and tarsus about equal in length, the tarsus longer

than that of the other appendages.

Abdomen elongate, oval. Posterior spinner equal to length of

3rd protarsus.

3. Carapace broader and flatter than in the 9; legs longer;

mandibles smaller but more noticeably tubercular; patella and

tibia of Ist leg longer than of 4th; the legs also considerably

more bristly than in the 9, especially on the posterior tarsi and

protarsi, the posterior tibiz also relatively thicker. Length of

carapace equal to that of tibia+protarsus of 3rd leg and only

slightly excelling tarsus and protarsus of 2nd ; its width equalling

femur of 4th; in @ length of carapace almost equals that of

tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of 3rd leg, and tarsus and protarsus+

three-quarters of the tibia of the 2nd. Palp as in the following

species, H. crassipes, except that the spine of the organ lies a little

nearer the bulb and the triangular tooth is a little more pro-

minent.

Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length 47; length of

carapace 21-3, width 18°8; width across cephalic sulci 11; length

of Ist leg 66, of 2nd 58, of 3rd 51, of 4th 71; patella and tibia

of 1st 26°5, of 4th 25°5; length of tibia of 4th 15°3, width 5.

2. Total length 54; length of carapace 27, width 22 ; abdomen,

length 27, width 18; length of sternum 11:5, width 10; 1st leg

65, 2nd 56, 3rd 53, 4th 73:5; patella and tibia of Ist 25, of 4th

27; length of tibia of 4th 15:3, width 5,

764 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS, [June 15,

Loc. Cameroons. 9 type (J. M. C. Johnston); 3g (Mr.

Higgins). The Museum also has a mutilated example, apparently

of this species, from the Oil River (H. H. Johnston).

_, From Hysterocrates greefi, Karsch (Sitz. Ges. Nat. Marburg,

1884, p. 60), from the island of St. Thomas, this new species,

as well as the others described in this paper, seems to differ in

having considerably longer legs. Karsch, for instance, states that

in a specimen of his species in which the carapace was 30 mm.

long, the 1st leg was 62 and the last 65 ; whereas the measurement

of the legs in gigas is considerably greater, though the carapace is

actually shorter.

HYSTEROCRATES CRASSIPES, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 4c.)

Q. Allied to the preceding, but differing in the following

particulars :—

Colour paler, being of a greyish yellowish-brown.

The width of the carapace is equal to the length of the posterior

femur, and the length is distinctly less than the length of the

patella and tibia of the same leg ; the cephalic region is lower, the

fovea shallower, and the area immediately in front of it not elevated ;

the ocular tubercle is a little longer, the anterior line of eyes more

procurved, the posterior row more recurved. In the mandible

the curvature of the front and upper surfaces is more abrupt.

The legs are not of the same relative length, the 4th exceeding

the 1st by more than the length of its tarsus; the patella and

tibia of 4th are very distinctly longer than those of the 1st

(24 mm.: 21 mm.); the patella and tibia are as wide as the

distal end of the femur; the width and height of the patella are

about equal and exceed half its length; the tibia is convex above,

its height and width are about equal, and considerably more than

one-third of its length ; the protarsus is only longer than the tibia

by the merest fraction (15 mm.: 14°5 mm.). But in addition to

being longer and stouter, the legs of the 4th pair differ from those

of gigas in having their protarsi and tarsi furnished with long erect

bristles.

3. With longer, thinner legs than the 9 ; mandibles smaller,

but with the granules more prominent. There is no spur on the

tibia of the Ist leg; the palp is short and weak, scarcely over-

lapping the patella of the lst leg; the tarsus is short, truncate,

and biscopulate; the bulb is remarkable, being polished and oval,

with the spine, which is long, slender, and slightly curved at its

distal end, rising on the outer side of the bulb, close to the base,

the base of the bulb posteriorly bears also a tooth and outside

this a short carina.

The width of the carapace is much less than the length of the

posterior femur, and the length is much less than that of the

patella and tibia of the 1st leg, which are only a little less than

the corresponding segments of the 4th; the width of the 4th

patella is less than half its length, and that of the tibia is about

1897.] MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 765

one-third of its length; the 4th protarsus is longer than the

4th tibia.

Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 47: carapace,

length 23, width 19; Ist leg 56°5, 2nd 49, 3rd 45, 4th 67 ; patella

and tibia of 1st 22, of 4th 24; tibia of 4th 14:4, width 5:8.

3. Carapace, length 19°45, width 17; abdomen, length 19:5,

width 11:5; Ist leg 57, 2nd 52-5, 3rd 46, 4th 65; patella and

tibia of 1st 22, of 4th 23; length of 4th tibia 14°5, width 4-5.

Loc. Cameroons (H. H. Johnston).

In the thickness of its posterior legs this species approaches

H. greshoffi, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1891, p. 298), the

type of the genus, from the Upper Congo; but certainly differs in

that the height of the tibia is less than that of the femur, and but

little excels that of the patella, whereas in greshoffi, though the

height of the tibia, as in crassipes, is more than one-third of its

length, it is at the same time much greater than the height of the

patella or femur.

From the other species described in this paper crassipes may be

recognized by the features pointed out in the diagnosis.

HYSTEROCRATES LATICEPS, sp.n. (Plate XLI. figs. 4—4 6.)

3. Closely related to the male of H. gigas, but with the cara-

pace noticeably broader, especially in front; the width, for

example, is equal to the distance between the posterior border

and the ocular tubercle, whereas in gigas it falls short of that

distance by about 1 mm.; again, the width of the head across

the cephalic sulci exceeds the distance between the fovea and the

tubercle by half the length of the latter, the two distances being

just equal in H. gigas. The posterior leg, too, is thinner (ef.

measurements of tibia). And lastly, in the palpal organ the bulb

is smaller and the spine less curved.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 46; length of cara-

pace 22, width 20°5; width across cephalic sulci 13; length of Ist

leg 71, of 2nd 60, of 3rd 55, of 4th 74:5; patella and tibia of 1st

28, of 4th 26; tibia of 4th 16°5 in length, 4°5 in width.

Loc. Old Calabar. A single male example (Miss Kingsley).

A specimen which I identify as the female of this species was

obtained by Dr. Alexander Smith in Old Calabar more than 20

years ago. It gives the following measurements for comparison

with those of the females of H. crassipes and H. gigas :—Total

length 44; length of carapace 21, width 18°6; length of 1st leg

57, of 2nd 50, of 3rd 47, of 4th 63; patella and tibia of 1st 22, of

Ath 22; tibia of 4th 13, width 4.

These measurements show that the female of this species,

assuming it to be rightly sexed, differs specifically from that of

Hf, crassipes in its thinner hind legs, and from H. gigas in its much

shorter carapace, the length of which is distinctly less than that of

the protarsus and tarsus of the 4th, as well as the tibia and pro-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. L. 50

766 MR. BR. I, POOOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

tarsus of the Ist, whereas in H. gigas the length of the carapace

slightly exceeds both these measurements.

The foregoing species may be recognized as follows :—

Males.

a. Patella and tibia of 4th leg longer than the same segments of the

Ist leg; femur of 4th considerably longer than the width of

the Carapace .........ceeseesecseceecseeeeeceeceeeeeneenereas teeeegeeseeees crassipes.

b. Patella and tibia of 4th leg a little shorter than those of the

Ist leg; width of carapace about equal to the length of the

4th femur.

a’. Carapace and head wider ; width of carapace equal to the

length from the tubercle to the posterior border; width

across head from cephalic grooves equal to distance between

fovea and median eyes ...............sscsecceccsecerrersecscerersenses laticeps.

b'. Carapace and head narrower, width of former less than

distance between posterior border and tubercle; and of

head equal to distance between tubercle and fovea ..........+- gigas.

Females.

a. Posterior legs thicker, the tibia as wide as the patella or the

distal end of the femur, its width very much exceeding a third

of its length; tarsus of palp a little inflated above at the base... crassipes.

b. Posterior legs thinner, the tibia thinner than the distal end of

the femur, its width equalling about one-third of its length ;

tarsus of palp not noticeably tumid above at the base.

a’. Carapace very long, the area between the tubercle and the

posterior median emurgination noticeably exceeding the

width, its total length about equal to that of the tibia and

protarsus of the Ist leg..........-s.eeseeeeeeee sence esse esse essen scene gigas.

b'. Carapace shorter, distance between tubercle and emargination

not exceeding its width, its total length less than the length

of the tibia and protarsus of the Ist leg ........-....02-seseeeeneee laticeps.

Genus EUMENOPHORUS, nov.

Q. Allied to Selenogyrus (cf. infra), with the procurved fovea,

and the legs long and slender, the 4th being longer than the Ist,

though their patelle and protarsi are equal ; so, too, are the tarsal

scopulze entire on the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd pair of legs, and divided

on the 4th. The following characters, however, point to generic

differences between the two :—

(1) The legs are without spines, with the exception of a few at

the apex of the protarsi.

(2) The posterior sternal sigilla are situated some distance from

the margin of the plate as in Selenocosmia, the pair in front of

them being also visibly away from the edge, the sternum itself

being as broad as long. Labium nearly as Jong as broad, its edge,

like the inner angles of the maxille, densely granulate.

(3) The claws of the legs are smooth and unarmed.

EUMENOPHORUS CLEMENTSII, sp. n.

Colour a uniform mouse-brown.

Carapace flattish, broad, the width equalling the distance between

1897.) MR. R, I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 767

the hinder border and the ocular tubercle; the radiating grooves

conspicuous ; tubercle small, transverse ; eyes small and compact,

those of the front line slightly procurved, subequal and equidistant,

the distance between the medians less than a diameter; the posterior

median eye less convex, but covering a larger area than the posterior

lateral.

Lower surface of mandible armed internally with 10 strong

teeth, the posterior half of this surface covered with numerous

smaller granular teeth.

Legs. Patella and tibia of 4th and of Ist slightly excelling the

length of the carapace; the distal segments of the 3rd and 4th

pairs covered with erect curled bristles somewhat as in Coremio-

cnemis, though less thickly; the protarsal scopule not distally

incrassate as in Phoneyusa and Hysterocrates, the scopule extending

practically to the base of the segments in the legs of the Ist and

2nd pairs, but not covering half the segment in the 3rd, and

represented by merely a small patch on the 4th; the tarsal scopule

complete and thick on the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd, but very weak on

the 4th, being intermixed with sete, and consisting of a narrow

band on each side of the middle line.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 36; length of cara-

pace 17, width 15; length of Ist leg 47, of 2nd 43, of 3rd 39, of

4th 52; patella and tibia of Ist 18, of 3rd 13°5, of 4th 18.

Loc. Sierra Leone. A single female example (Surgeon-Capt.

Clements).

Some of the characters mentioned in the specific description

may prove ultimately to be of generic importance as compared

with Selenogyrus and other genera. Attention, for example, may

be drawn to the scopule and hair-armature of the 4th leg, the

size of the granular area on the lower surface of the mandible,

size of the eyes, &e.

Genus SELENOGYRUS, nov.

Carapace oval, elongate ; fovea small, linear, but strongly pro-

curved as in Selznocosmia ; cephalic area moderately elevated ; ocular

tubercle transverse, moderately large. yes with anterior row

nearly straight, slightly procurved; posterior row recurved.

Mandibles without external scopula, armed below with a single

row of teeth. Maxille without stridulating organ, the basal inner

angle, like the labium, thickly spinulose. Zabium transversely

oblong, at least one-third wider than long.

Legs moderately long, 4, 1, 2,3; the 4th (measured from the

base of the femur) considerably longer than the 1st; tarsal and

protarsal scopule entire on Ist, 2nd, and 3rd legs; tarsal scopula

of 4th divided by a narrow band of sete; that on the protarsus

also almost entirely divided ; protarsal scopule of Ist and 2nd legs

broad only in the distal half of the segments, not extending quite

to the base on the 1st, covering a little less on the 2nd, only

occupying the distal half on the 3rd and the distal third on tho

50*

768 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

4th ; tibie of legs weakly spined ; protarsus of 4th strongly spined,

of the 2nd much less strongly, of the 1st and 2nd scarcely spined ;

claws with a few small teeth (? on first leg).

Sternum oval, longer than broad; muscular scars (sigilla)

- marginal, the posterior deep.

Spinning mammille normal; the external less than half the

length of the carapace, longer than the tarsi.

3. Anterior tibia with two spurs, the external long and curved,

the internal short and straight; the bulb of the palpal organ

gradually narrowed below and passing without any sharp line of

demarcation into the spine.

Type, Selenogyrus coeruleus.

SELENOGYRUS CERULEUS, sp. n.

? .—Colour. Carapace, abdomen, and limbs covered with greyish-

brown hairs, showing, especially on the limbs, strong metallic-blue

reflections.

Eyes of anterior line equidistant and subequal, the diameter of

the medians excelling the short diameter of the laterals, but less

than their long diameter ; posterior laterals smaller than anterior

laterals.

Length of carapace about equal to length of patella and tibia of

1st leg or of 4th leg, the two being substantially equal ; also about

equal to the length of the protarsus and half the tarsus of the 4th.

Legs: tibie armed below distally with a pair of spines ; tibia of

3rd with about three additional spines, of 4th with only one

additional posterior spine ; protarsi of Ist and 2nd with an inferior

apical spine; protarsus of 3rd with a few spines on the proximal

side of the scopula and a posterior series above; protarsus of 4th

armed below with some 12 or 13 spines; protarsal scopula of 4th

leg very distinct ; tarsal scopula divided by a very narrow band of

sete ; the rest of the lower surface thickly scopulate. Lower

surface of mandible covered in its posterior third with a cluster of

granules.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 36; length of cara-

pace 17°3, width 13°5 ; length of 1st leg 45, of 2nd 41, of 3rd 39,

of 4th 51; patella and tibia of 1st 16-5, of 2nd 15, of 3rd 12:5,

of 4th 16°3.

Loc. Sierra Leone.

A single female example (Surgeon-Capt. Clements).

SELENOGYRUS AUREUS, sp.n. (Plate XLI. figs. 2-2 a.)

3 .—Colour. Bedy, limbs, and carapace covered with a coating

of brownish-yellow hairs, showing a fiery golden tinge, especially

on the femora of the legs.

Carapace a little broader than in the female, the width, however,

less than the distance between the tubercle and the posterior

margin.

Legs long and slender ; patella and tibia of Ist and 4th subequal,

1897.] MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 769

longer than carapace ; protarsus of 4th also longer than carapace ;

tarsi four or five times as long as broad; femur of the 3rd leg

thicker than the others; tibia of 1st armed with two inferior spines,

one median and one basal ; tibia of 3rd armed with about 9 spines

(2nd legs absent) ; protarsi of 3rd and 4th copiously spined ; pro-

tarsus of 1st with an inferior median apical spine.

Tibial spurs. Short spur straight, longer than broad, acuminate,

armed below with a strong spine, also beset with bristles; long

spur about twice the leugth of the other, cylindrical, curved,

bristly, with a strong superior spine at its apex; also a spine at

its base on the outer side.

Palp. Femur with an internal apical spine; tibia with an

external apical spine; tarsus with a double scopular pad; spine

of palpal organ curved forwards and inwards towards the apex,

which ends with a small button-shaped tip resembling that of

Selenocosmia lanipes but smaller.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 27; length of cara-

pace 11-5, width 9°5; length of Ist leg 41, of 3rd 34:5, of 4th

45°5; patella and tibia of Ist 14, of 3rd 10, of 4th 14.

Loc. Sierra Leone.

A single male example (without further history).

The male characters of the genus Selenogyrus have been taken

from the example just described as S. aureus, since the latter seems

to me to differ from S. ceruleus in features only of specific and

sexual importance. In separating the two specifically, the

colouring of the hairy clothing of the body has been chiefly relied

upon. ‘he difference in size, too, may be noted.

Genus MIAscHISTOPUS, nov.

3. Carapace longer than wide, cephalic area moderately elevated ;

fovea deep and transverse ; tubercle close to anterior margin, Hyes

of anterior line a little procurved, the anterior edge of the medians

in front of the centre of the laterals; medians and laterals sub-

equal, the long diameter of the latter excelling the diameter of the

medians, the short diameter less than it; distance between the

medians less than their diameter, but greater than their radius, and

a little greater than the distance between the medians and laterals ;

eyes of posterior line recurved, much smaller than those of anterior,

adjacent, the jaterals slightly the larger, and separated from the

anterior laterals by a space almost if not quite equalling their long

diameter.

Mandible armed below with an internal row of 10 teeth and a

few granules behind.

Mazilla internally spinulose, scantily clothed with sete between

the suture and the oral fringe.

Labium scantily spinulose apically. Sternum wide, subcircular,

nearly as wide as long; posterior sigilla remote from the margin,

but the distance between them about four times as great as the

770 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

distance between them and the margin; the second pair also

removed a small distance from the edge.

Legs 4,1, 2,3; tarsal scopula of 4th divided by a narrow but

_ distinct band of sete, of 3rd not divided, with merely a few

scattered sete along the middle line; of 2nd and Ist entire;

scopula on 1st protarsus very scanty on the proximal half, not

extending to the base, on 2nd covering about half the segment, on

the 3rd the distal third of the segment, and the 4th represented by

two narrow and scanty bands of scopulate hairs; tibie and protarsi

of all the legs spiny, as well as the femora and patelle in part.

Claws furnished with a row of small teeth.

External spinners about half the length of the carapace; the

internal separated by a space which is nearly equal to their length.

Tibia of 1st leg in male not spurred.

MIASCHISTOPUS RAPIDUS, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 5.)

Colour. Carapace covered with yellowish-brown hairs, those on

the legs browner and intermixed with blackish sete; cox,

sternum, and lower surface of the femora greyer ; a band of whitish

hairs on tip of femora, patella, tibie, and protarsi; abdomen

covered below with brownish-yellow hairs; the upper surface

naked behind, covered in front with long greyish or reddish erect

setee rising out of a greyish coating of hairs.

Carapace as long as patella and tibia of 3rd leg, excelling patella,

tibia, and tarsus of palp, shorter than protarsus of 4th, but longer

than the other protarsi by about half the length of their respective

tarsi; width of carapace about equal to tibia of 4th, greater than

the other tibiz.

Legs. Patella and tibia of 4th a little excelling those of Ist and

excelling the tarsi and protarsi of the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd pairs;

patella, tibia, and tarsus of 3rd a little less than those of 1st, and

just about equal to those of the 2nd; 1st leg shorter than 4th by

about the length of the tarsus, 3rd shorter than 1st by almost the

same amount; femora of legs with an internal apical spine, patella

of 3rd and 4th with an internal (posterior) spine ; tibiz of all the

legs armed with many strong spines, with always a pair and some-

times more at the apex below; protarsi of Ist and 2nd spined

beneath at the base and tip of the scopula, the 1st with only one

at the base, the 2nd with 2 or 3; protarsi of 3rd and 4th very

strongly spined both below and above; tibia of 3rd thick, the width

more than one-third of its length. Palp extending just past the

patella of the 1st leg, its femur armed with an internal apical

spine, its tibia with an internal distal cluster of about a dozen

spines.

Palpal organ prominent posteriorly at the base, the bulbous

part passing without any constriction into the spine, which is

exceeding broad basally, where it bears a distinct posterior

nodular prominence, and when viewed from the side is triangular,

pointed below, the apex being in no sense filiform.

1897.] MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 771

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 22; length of cara-

pace 10, width 9; length of Ist leg 35, of 2nd 32-5, of 3rd 31, of

4th 41; patella and tibia of Ist 12°8, of 4th 13:5; protarsus of

4th 12.

Loc. W. Africa (Keyserling coll.). Two male examples.

These two examples are the specimens referred to by Karsch

(Berl. ent. Zeits. 1884, p. 350) as the males of Diplura longipalpis,

Karsch (Zeits. Naturwiss. (3) iv. p. 564, 1879), which was based

upon a female from the same area. But the specimens belong

neither to the genus Diplwra nor yet to the family Dipluride.

Moreover, the evidence that they are in reality the males of the

species named lonyipalpis is to my mind somewhat slender.

[P.S., July 30th, 1897.—Since this paper was written and read

before the Society in the middle of June, I have discovered in

some of the African genera of Theraphosine an organ which 1

believe furnishes a key to their affinities of greater value than

those relied upon for grouping them on p. 745. This organ is a

curious system of hairs, certainly of a stridulating nature, deve-

loped on the anterior side of the upper half of the coxa and

trochanter of the 1st and in a lesser degree of the 2nd leg also.

In the diagnosis of Hysterocrates gigas mention is made of a

“curious brush of hairs on the upper side of the coxa and

trochanter” of the limbs in question. When the Ist leg of this

species is removed and the organ submitted to closer inspection,

under a lens of low power, it will be seen that the so-called brush

of hairs consists of a fringe of close-set whitish feathery hairs.

On the trochanter this fringe overshadows and probably protects

from dirt a number of long, erect, but apically curled stoutish

spines arranged somewhat irregularly in two rows. On the coxa

the hairs of the fringe become stout and spiniform where, at the

base of the segment, they extend downwards towards the coxal

suture, and distally some of them become isolated so as to have

perfect freedom for vibration. But in addition to these whitish

plumose spines there are two long, stout, black, simple spines, the

larger being clavate and lying amongst if not above the fringe,

the other being situated below it and not expanded at its distal

end, but sharply pointed. Below the suture the bases of the

upstanding bristles are very stout, black, and shining, while

amongst them arise some delicate erect hairs with shining hyaline

clavate tips. The large bristles that lie above the suture of the

coxa are set in vibration when this segment is rubbed against the

adjacent surface of the coxa of the pedipalp, the distal half of

which is covered with hairs, amongst which arise a number of long,

stout but pointed spines. Similarly, the spiniform bristles on the

trochanter are rubbed against the posterior aspect of the tro-

chanter of the pedipalp, which is covered with stiff straight hairs.

When the spider is allowed to dry after removal from alcohol, the

772 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

stridulation may be easily produced artificially, the notes on the

coxa giving rise to a distinct ‘click, click’ when scraped against

the spines on the maxilla, while the spines and hairs on the tro-

chanters produce a sound resembling that which results from the

rubbing of silk.

An organ identical in all essential details with that described

above is to be met with in all the species known to me that I refer

to the following genera :—Hysterocrates, Phoneyusa, Monocentropus,

Anoploscelus, Eumenophorus, and Encyocrates. I further venture

to prophesy that it will be found both in Pelinobius and Lowomphalia

when these genera come to be re-examined. It does not, on the

contrary, exist either in the species of Scodra or of Miaschistopus,

or of Selenogyrus ; nor in any of the S. European genera examined

by me (Chetopelma, Ischnocolus), nor in those that inhabit Central

and South America, all of which I have above referred to the

Theraphosine.

Taking then into consideration the fact that the genera above

mentioned as possessing this organ inhabit the same geographical

area—for, so far as the Spiders are concerned, Socotra and Mada-

gascar are distinctly Ethiopian in their affinities,—and that, in

addition to the stridulating-organ, they possess other characters in

common: for example, the subcentral position of the posterior

sternal sigilla *, tle almost total absence of spines on the legs and

of teeth on the claws, the absence of tibial spurs in the male,

except in Monocentropus where there is a small one,—these facts

point strongly to the conclusion that these genera constitute a

perfectly natural assemblage ; an assemblage as natural, that is to

say, as the Harpactirine, Selenocosmiine, or Ornithoctonine. I

propose therefore to classify them as a subfamily which may be

termed the Humenophorine. In the table of subfamilies printed

on p. 744, this new group will take its place under the heading 27

as follows :—

6°. Without any stridulating organ between

the mandible and maxilla.

a. A stridulating organ present between

the posterior surface of the maxilla and

the anterior surface of the coxa of the

Ist leg, consisting of a series of strong

spines on the distal extremity of the

maxilla and on the upper side of the

coxa and trochanter of the Ist leg, of a

fringe of close-set feathery hairs below

and amongst which are some stout,

long, plumose or simple bristles consti-

tuting the vibratory notes of the organ. Humunopuorina,nov. Tro-

pical Africa, Socotra,

Madagascar.

6°. Without the stridulating organ above

GeKOri bed stosemscsseueseze=s.c00<t sverese-secses THERAPHOSINE,

} Their submarginal position in the small example in the Museum referred

to Eneyocrates and mentioned on p. 747 is, I suspect, attributable to immaturity.

—

P.Z.S .1897 El See

WOK

8 NS \

BSS ae as

oO OO

Qo & O NV 0 ae

FO Pickard-Cambridge delethth. West,Newman imp.

Tropical African Mygalomorphe.

mee

1897.] .. = MR. R. I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. 773

The African genera referred to the Theraphosine, included

under the heading 6 of the table on p. 745 may now be reclassified

as follows :—

a. Distal half of posterior surface of maxilla covered with hairs

intermixed with stout spines; coxa of Ist leg furnished

above the suture with a set of modified, plumose or simple

bristles surmounted by a fringe of plumose hairs; a similar

fringe upon the trochanter protecting a set of scattered or

definitely arranged notes; posterior sternal sigilla subcen-

tral; legs at most spined at the tips of the tibie and

protarsi ; claws untoothed; male (? Humenophorus) without

tibial spurs or with but one. Subfamily KumEnornorin2.

a'. Thoracic fovea forming a transversely elongate pit (see

under @°, 6° on p. 746). Moncentropus and Anoploscelus.

6’. Thoracic fovea forming a crescentically procurved groove

(see under 07 on p. 746). Eumenophorus, Hysterocrates, Phoneyusa.

&, Distal end of posterior surface of maxilla mesially naked,

striate, neither spinous nor hairy; no feathery fringe on

upper side of coxa or trochanter of first leg, the area of

the coxa above the suture furnished with simple or spini-

form hairs (claws toothed, 4th tarsus divided by band of

setx, not always very distinct in Scodra).

a”. Legs without spines, copiously hairy, ocular tubercle

low, wide (thoracic fovea shallow, transverse, &c.) ...... Scodra.

6°. Tibize and protarsi, especially of posterior legs, strongly

spined ; legs normally hairy; ocular tubercle convex ;

eyes compact.

a°, Thoracic fovea crescentically procurved ; sternal si-

gilla submarginal; anterior tibia of male without

GIONS) Grogeacsecese ona cotce oo bona nec ocEngoncbCdocie BAC UBOBOOre Selenogyrus.

b%. Thoracic fovea straight, transverse; sternal sigilla re-

moved from the margin; anterior tibia of male

HLT 7010518 (eRe pete E pit ocGres ac COOCHALCES¢c F BOE Cor Sean EERE OEE Miaschistopus.

R. I. P.]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XLI. e

Fig. 1. Monocentropus balfouri, gen. et sp. u.: palpal* organ (p. 759).

la. ‘5 Fe a tibial spur of J (p. 759).

2. Selenogyrus aureus, gen. et sp. n.: palpal organ (p. 768).

Qa. as a3 a3 tibial spurs (p. 768).

3. Anoploscelus celeripes, gen. et sp. n.: palpal organ (p. 760).

4. Hysterocrates laticeps, sp. n., S : carapace (p. 769).

4a, ” ” ” posterior leg, external side (p. 765).

4 b, ” ” ” palpal organ (p- 765).

4c. oe crasstpes, sp. n., 2: posterior leg, external side, to compare

with 4a (p. 764).

5. Miaschistopus rapidus, gen. et sp. n.: palpal organ (p. 770).

6. Heterothele spinipes, sp.n.: palpal organ (p. 737).

7. Acanthodon lacustris, sp.n.: labium and sternum, to show sternum

typical of the Jdiopine (p. 731).

Ta. +4 “ eyes (p. 731).

7b. 3, - patella and tibia of 3rd leg, showing

absence of excavation on tibia (p. 731).

8. Heligmomerus somalicus, sp. n.: eyes (p. 729).

8a. c " pateila and tibia of 3rd leg, showing

excayation at base of tibia (p. 729).

1 Tn this and all cases the palpal organ is drawn from its external aspect.

774 MR. R, I, POCOCK ON ETHIOPIAN SPIDERS. [June 15,

Prats XLII. .

Fig. 1. Moggridgea whytei, sp. n.: carapace (p. 733).

la.

Fe 5 sternum and labium (p. 733).

1b. = a eyes (p. 733).

2. Stasimopus oculatus, sp, n.: sternum, labium, and right maxilla (p. 728).

2a. ey ra eyes (p. 728).

2b. = 5 tuft of spines at apex of 4th protarsus

beneath (p. 728).

3. Eubrachycercus smithii, gen. et sp. n.: eyes (p. 739).

4. Brachivnopus robustus, gen. et sp.n.: eyes, showing much greater widtb

of clypeus as compared with fig. 3 (p. 740).

5. Ceratogyrus darlingii, gen. et sp, n., 2 , nat. size (p. 754).

Prats XLII.

Fig. 1. Ceratogyrus darlingii, gen. et sp. n., 2 : carapace from above (p. 754).

la, py FA A carapace from the side (p. 754).

2. . marshalli, sp.n., G : carapace from above (p. 754).

Sa. y Ly 5 palpal organ (p. 754).

26. a ie a4 side view of tibia and protarsus of

anterior leg to show tibial spur

(p. 754).

3. Pterinochilus voraz, gen. et sp. n., d : carapace from above, to show

form of fovea as compared with

figs. 1 and 2 (p. 752).

3a. ” 9 spinners (p. 732).

36. ” ” ” eyes (p. 752).

Be. ” ” ” upper view of extremity of Ist

leg, to show curvature of

protarsus (p. 752).

3d. 33 Pe us external aspect of mandible, to

show absence of stridulating

sete on area below scopula

(p. 752).

oe. 5 - a inner surface of maxilla, to show

normal hairs between suture

and oral fringe (p. 752).

a x murinus, 2 : eyes, showing narrow clypeus as compared

with 34 (p. 753).

5. Harpactira tigrina, Auss.: spinners, to compare with fig. 3 a (p. 748).

5a. a chrysogaster, sp. n., G : external aspect of mandible to show

stridulating sete below scopula, to

compare with 3d (p. 750).

5b. 9 Bs inner surface of maxilla, showing

presence of feathery stridulating

hairs between suture and oral

fringe, to compare with 3 ¢ (p. 750).

6. Phoneyusa gregorii, sp. n.: palpal organ (p. 761).

6a. 9 femur of palp, showing feathery scopula

(p. 761).

. Scodra griseipes, sp. n., 3 : palpal organ (p. 756).

ACY Se 53 extremity of Ist leg (p. 736).

8. ,, brachypoda, sp.n., § : palpal organ (p. 757).

Saice ~ extremity of 1st leg, showing absence of

tuft and of curvature on protarsus

(p. 757).

Norr.—The following species has been inadvertently omitted from the

preceding pages:—Hapalopus africanus, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887,

p- 275), from Assinie, W. Africa.

Hapalopus was based upon a South-American species, with which africanus

of Simon, with its procurved thoracic fovea, does not seem to be congeneric.

Probably africanus will be found to be referable to the genus described above

as Selenogyrus.

BS 18 Oo sexe

FO Pickard-Cambridge del.et lith. West Newman imp.

Tropical African Mygalomorphz

Ey 51807 EVAL

West, Newman imp.

F O.Pickard-Cambrid qe del.ethth

Tropical African Mygalomorphe.

1897.] ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS FROM THE RED SBA. 775

3. A List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected on the Red

Sea, in the neighbourhood of Suakim, by Mr. Alfred J.

Cholmley. By Emiry Mary Snarrr'.

[Received June 1, 1897.]

The present collection was made by Mr. A. J. Cholmley, who

accompanied the late Mr. Theodore Bent on his expedition to the

Red Sea, north of Suakim, during January, February, and March

1896.

Although there are no new species, the collection is very

interesting, on account of his having obtained specimens of Jolaus

nursei, Butler, and Heliothis pictifascia, Hampson, which were

recently discovered by Captain Nurse.

Family Danaips.

1. Linas curysiprus (Linn.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 523.

a-c. 6 @. Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

2. Limnas atcrppus (Cram.), Butler, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 481.

a,b. g. Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

c. 3. “Mahomet Ghule,” Soudan, Febr. 3, 1896.

3. Limnas Kiver (Butler), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 524.

a. ¢&. ** Mahomet Ghule,” Soudan, Febr. 3, 1896.

b. 9. Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

c. 9. Wadi, foot of Erba, Soudan; 2000 feet above the sea.

Febr. 19, 1896.

Family NYMPHALIDA.

4, PYRAMEIS CARDUI (Linn.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 524.

a,b. Suakim Garden, Jan. 20, 1896.

c, d. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 15, 1896. ‘“ Very common.”

5. JUNONIA CEBRENE, Trimen, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 524.

a-c. 6. Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

d. 9. Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

6. Hypotrmnas Misippus (Linn.), Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 525.

a. Wadi, Ambain Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1596.

Family Lycxzyip2.

7. LycmNa BzTIcA (Linn.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 525.

a-g. Erba Mountain, Soudan, Febr. 7, 1896.

8. LycuNa TROCHILUS (Frey), Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 525.

a. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896.

1 Communicated by Dr. Bowpier Suarrs, F.Z.8.

776 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTEROUS [June 15,

9. Lyoxmna GarKa, Trimen, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 525.

a—b. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

10. CHLOROSELAS ESMERALDA, Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 251.

a. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896.

11. Ionavus nurRsEI, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 251, pl. x. fig. 16.

a—c. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

12. LyczNiIstHES AMaRAH (Lefebre), Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1896,

p- 525.

a-c. 3 9. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 1896. ‘ Very common.”

d-j. 9. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896.

Family Preripz.

13. TeRACOLUS EULIMENE (Klug), Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.

Lepid. p. 503 (1871).

a-e. Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 24, 1896.

14. Teracotvs patsap1a (Godt.), Butler, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 488.

a. Wadi Gabait, Soudan, Febr. 16, 1896. ‘ Only one seen.”

15, TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME (Klug), Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1896,

p- 527.

a-g. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 14, 1896. “ Very common.”

hi. 3 2. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 15, 1896. ‘“ Very common.”

j-m. 3. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896.

n. 9. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 26, 1896.

o-p. 3. Shelal Mountain, Soudan, Febr. 26, 1596.

16. TERAcoLvs ProromeEnpIa (Klug), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 527.

a-e. ¢. Shelal Mountain, Soudan, Jan. 1896.

f. 2. Near Shelal Mountain, Soudan, Jan. 27, 1896.

g. &. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896. “Common

every where.”

17. TERacotvus patra (Klug), Kirby, t. ¢. p. 503 (1871).

a. 9. Below Shelal Mountain, Soudan, Jan. 26, 1896.

18. TERACOLUS SIMPLEX, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 148.

a. &. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896.

19, TERACOLUS LIAGORE (Klug), Kirby, ¢. ¢. p. 503 (1871).

a,b. 3. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 1896. ‘* Common.”

c,d. &. Shelal Mountain, Soudan, Jan. 28, 1896. “Common.”

20. Teracoius pepecora (Feld.), Kirby, ¢. ¢. p. 502 (1871).

a. &. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 14, 1896. “ Not many.”

6b. 3. Shelal Mountain, Soudan, Jan. 28, 1896.

c. Q. Suakim, Jan. 20, 1896.

1897.] INSECTS FROM THE RED SEA. 777

d-f. 3 Q. Erba Mountain, Soudan, Febr. 7, 1896.

gj. $ Q. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896. ‘Common

all through the Erba Mountain.”

21. TeRacotus 1x0, Butler, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 528.

a. &. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 15, 1896. ‘Only one seen.”

6. 3S. Erba Mt., Soudan, Febr. 7, 1896.

22. CaToPsILIA FLORELLA (Fabr.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 528.

a—c. 6 9. Wadi Hamboulli, Erba Mt., Soudan, Febr. 16, 1896.

23. SYNCHLOE GLAUCONOME (Klug), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896,

p- 528.

a-b. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 14, 1896. “Very common.”

c. Wadi, Gabait, Soudan, Febr. 16, 1896.

d. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 25, 1896.

Family HEesPErip#.

24. SARANGESA PERTUSA (Mabille), Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1896,

p- 528.

a. Wadi Harboul, Erba Mt., Soudan, Febr. 22, 1896. “This was

the only specimen seen.”

HETEROCERA.

Family Nocrvuip.

25. Herioruis prcrirascta, Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 259,

pl. x. fig. 8.

a, Shelal Mt., Soudan, Jan. 26, 1896.

26. Hyprna MASURIALIS (Guenée), Butler, P. Z. 8S, 1594, p. 590.

a. Shelal Mt., Soudan, Jan. 26, 1896.

Family Lirnosiipz.

27. DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA (Linn.), Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 529.

a—c. Halaib, Red Sea, Jan. 14, 1896. ‘ Very common.”

d. Shelal Mt., Soudan, Jan. 26, 1896.

Family GEOMETRID£.

28. EUBOLIA DISPUTARIA, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 489 (1857).

a, b. Wadi, Ambaia Erba, Soudan, Febr. 26, 1896.

Family PyraLipz.

29, PyRaLis NUDALIS, Hiibn. Europ. Schmett., Pyral. p. 14.

fig. 90.

a, Suakim Garden, Febr. 1896,

lom bok.

778 MR, W. BE. COLLINGE ON [June 15,

4, Description of two new Species of Slugs of the Genus

Parmarion from Berneo. By Watrrer E. Cotiinee,

F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology

and Comparative Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham.

[Received June 2, 1897.]

(Plate XLIYV.)

The two new species of Parmarion here described were collected

by Mr. A. H. Everett at Lombok, Borneo, and forwarded to

Mr. Edgar A. Smith, of the British Museum, who has very kindly

placed the same in my hands for identification.

The perfect specimens and dissected parts have been placed in

the collection of the British Museum, South Kensington.

In 1895 I described, in conjunction with Lieut.-Col. H. H.

Godwin-Austen, F.R.S.', a series of forms from Borneo allied to

those now received, and I am very pleased to be able to examine

further material from this interesting region.

In the above-mentioned paper we expressed the hope that

further material would be obtained from Borneo, in order that our

knowledge of the genera Parmarion, Microparmarion, Damayantia,

&e., might be increased. One of the species here described,

P. intermedium, may, I think, be regarded as a connecting link

between the genus Parmarion and Microparmarion.

PARMARION EVERETTI, n. sp.

Hab. Lombok (2000 ft.), Borneo (4. H. Everett).

Shell oval in form, almost flat, amber-coloured ; lines of growth

well marked, apex obscure, borders membranaceous, hidden by

the mantle.

Major diam. 16 millim.; minor diam. 12 millim.

Animal (Pl. XLIV. fig. 1) greenish grey, head dark green with light

brown portion in mid-dorsal line; sides of head yellow. Mantle-

lobes yellowish brown, with fine dark blue speckles and blotches.

Commencing beneath the visceral mass, where the dorsum is flat

and very pale yellow in colour, are two dark brown bands, shading

posteriorly to black, which pass backwards and slightly downwards,

terminating at each side of the caudal mucous pore ; posteriorly

the sides of the body are speckled with black. Rugs not promi-

nent. Foot-fringe yellow, with somewhat broad chocolate-coloured

lineoles, narrowing and becoming lighter in the anterior region.

Foot-sole divided into median and lateral planes, the former

yellow in colour, the latter greenish grey. Caudal mucous pore a

vertical slit, not extending to the foot-sole (Pl. XLIV. fig. 2).

Length (in alcohol) 42 millim.

I have much pleasure in associating with this species the name

of Mr. A. H. Everett.

1 “On the Structure and Affinities of some new Species of Moliusca from

Borneo,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, pp. 241-250, pls. xi.—xiv.

1897.] NEW SLUGS FROM BORNEO. 779

Anatomy of the Generative Organs.

The vagina is a thick-walled tube slightly constricted in its

upper portion ; from the lower portion the receptacular duct arises,

as a narrow, somewhat long tube, enlarging into a globose recep-

taculum seminis; in the example examined this was empty and

presented the large leaf-like appearance shown in the figure

(Pl. XLIV. fig.37.s.).. The penis is short and constricted in its lower

half, its upper portion being bead-like (Pl. XLIV. fig. 3 p), a feature

common to a large number of species, the vas deferens passes off

from the inner side (left-hand side) of the penis. The retractor

muscle has its attachment immediately above the commencement

of the vas deferens. The common duct formed by the oviducal

and prostatic canals is thrown into a series of closely wound folds.

The albumen-gland is somewhat ovoid in form. The hermaphro-

dite gland is a small oval-shaped body, attached to the thin

convoluted tube, the hermaphrodite duct. The dart-sac is a com-

paratively short, wide tube, folded upon itself at its upper portion;

unfortunately no dart was present.

Affinities.

The nearest species, as regards the internal anatomy, to this

species is the P. martensi, Simr., in which species (cf. Pl. XLIV. fig. 4,

reproduced from Simroth’s original figure*) we have the elongated

form of the receptaculum seminis and a similar shaped penis.

P. everetti differs however from P. martensi in the altogether

different shaped dart-sac; in the latter species this organ is con-

stricted in its middle, the upper half being bent upon itself.

Externally the two species are quite unlike.

PARMARION INTERMEDIUM, 0. sp.

Hab. Lombok (1500 ft.), Bernee (A. H. Everett).

Shell oval in form, convex, membranaceous borders larger than

in P. everetti, and covered by the mantle, amber-coloured ; lines of

growth well marked, apex obscure.

Major diam. 18°5 millim.; minor diam. 12°5 millim.

Animal (Pl. XLIV. figs. 5 & 6) very dark green, almost black,

lighter beneath the mantle; sides of the body greenish brown ;

posterior region of the body very dark green, almost black,

becoming lighter anteriorly. Mantle-lobes black. Ruge not very

prominent, elongated in the posterior region. Foot-fringe nearly

black, with fine yellow lineoles. Foot-sole divided into median

and lateral planes, the former yellow in colour, the Jatter almost

black. Caudal mucous pore a deep vertical slit, nos extending to

the foot-sole, the sides of the pore are white (Pl. XLIV. fig. 7).

Length (in alcohol) 43 millim.

Anatony of the Generative Organs.

The vestibule commences as a wide pouch-like cavity, from

1 Zool. Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederlandisch Ost-Indien, 1899, pl. viii.

fig. 20.

780 MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON [June 15,

which the vagina opens as a thick-walled tube; at the junction of

the tube-like portion with the wider cavity, a very short recep-

tacular duct opens, which leads into a large, somewhat pyriform-

shaped receptaculum seminis (Pl. XLIV. figs.8 &11). The penis is

short, though rather longer than that in P. everetti; the surface of

its distal end is thrown into a series of ridges (Pl. XLIV. fig. 97):

these are more conspicuous on the ventral side. The vas deferens

passes off from the ventral side, as shown in fig. 9. The retractor

muscle has its attachment much lower than in P. everetti (Pl. XLIV.

figs. 3 & 8, r.m.), being below the vas deferens as in P. pupillaris,

Humb. The common duct, consisting of the oviduct and prostate,

is wound round upon itself and closely folded. There is a com-

paratively small albumen-gland. The hermaphrodite gland is a

small oval-shaped body, attached to a densely convoluted tube, the

hermaphrodite duct. The dart-sac is a large, thick muscular-

walled organ, slightly twisted at its lower end. The dart (Pl. XLIV.

fig. 10) is an irregular shaped body, solid throughout, non-

calcareous, broad at its base and tapering at its free end.

Affinities.

The shape and size of the dart-sac and dart, the short recep-

tacular duct, the position of the opening of the vas deferens into

the penis, and the minor differences in the form of the penis and

vagina, separate P. intermedium trom any other known species of

this genus. I am inclined to regard it, as I have hinted by its

name, as an intermediate form connecting the genera Parmarion

and Microparmarion. The receptacular duct is considerably

shorter than that in P. pupillaris, Humb., figured and described

by Simroth*. P. pupillaris is undoubtedly its nearest ally, but it

differs from this species in the shorter length of the receptacular

duct, the large and pyriform-shaped receptaculum seminis, the

position which the duct opens into the vagina, the shape and size

of the dart-sac and dart (cf. Simroth, op. cit. pl. viii. fig. 17),

and the minor differences, such as the position which the vas

deferens opens into the penis, the shape of this latter organ and

the albumen-gland, &e.

The characters of these two genera are described by Simroth *as

follows :—‘‘ Parmarion s.s.: Die Mauntelkante springt stark vor.

Die Schale ist eine zarte Kalkplatte, ihnlich wie bei Limaw, mit

einer kraftigen glinzenden Epidermis, die sich rechts und links

iiber den Rand fortsetzt. Der Liebespfeil ist am Ende in

schrigem Schlitz gedffnet. Der Penis ist gerade gestreckt, sein

Lumen entspricht in der Form seinem iiusseren Umfange. Recep-

taculum gestielt.

“« Microparmarion: Die Mantelkante verwischt sich. Die diinne,

von glinzender Epidermis iiberzogene Schalenplatte hat (z. T.)

1 Op. cit. p. 106, pl. viii. fig. 16.

2 Op, cit. p, 104.

4° x5 vg

ho Fs

% rT.

Vg-=-—-- >

mi! .

f Tr.3..

Pee

as Z e

higl

8 x2

alb.gl-

10 xs

W.E..C.del.adnat

P.Z.S8.189'7.PL XEN.

nd.

West,Newman imp.

Slugs of the Genus Parmarion.

1897.] NEW SLUGS FROM BORNEO, 781

an der Unterseite noch einen Rest von Gewinde. Der Liebespfeil

hat eine solide Kalkspitze. Der Penis ist ein diinner, in der

geraden Scheide mehrfach zusammengekriimmter Schlauch, so dass

das innere Lumen dem iiusseren Umtange durchaus unihnlich ist.

Receptaculum sitzend.”

After a careful perusal of the literature on these and allied

genera, and a comparison of Simroth’s figures with the material

from Borneo, I fail to see where the line can be drawn between

Parmarion and Microparmarion. In both genera the shell is

variable. In the latter genus Simroth says the dart has a solid

calcareous point, whereas in the forraer he describes it as being

open at the end in the form of an oblique slit. In Parmarion

intermedium, the dart is solid, non-calcareous, and there rs no opening

of any description. In Parmarion he describes the penis as being

long and straight, whereas in Microparmarion it is thinner and

constricted; but I would point out that in Mecroparmarion polloneraz,

Clige. & G.-A.", there is a long and straight penis. The value

of the sessile receptaculum seminis is lessened by the condition

which obtains in P. pupillaris, Humb., and more so by that in

P, intermedium.

From the above facts it will be seen that the two genera, as

well as allied genera, are as yet but iil-defined, and that satisfactory

characters are yet wanting to define the precise limits of each

genus. I therefore sincerely hope that further material may be

forthcoming from Borneo and elsewhere whereby sound generic

characters may be established for these very interesting molluscs,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIYV.

Fig. 1. Parmarion everetti, n, sp. View from right side, X 2 (p. 778).

2. Caudal mucous pore, X 3 (p. 778).

8. Generative organs, x 3 (pp. 779, 780).

4, Parts of the generative organs of Parmarion martensi, Simr. (after

Simroth), (p. 779).

5. Parmarion intermedium, nu. sp. View from right side, x °5 (p. 779).

6. Visceral mass, showing spiral fold, x 2 (p. 779).

7. Caudal mucous pore, x 3 (p. 779).

8. Generative organs, X 2 (p. 780).

9. Enlarged figure of penis, showing ventral side (p. 780).

0. Dart, x 3 (p. 780).

1. Receptaculum seminis and duct, x 5:5 (p. 780).

Lettering.

alb.gl. Albumen gland. pr. Prostate.

d.s, Dart-sac. fe r.m. Retractor muscle,

h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. r.d. Receptacular duct.

hgl. Hermaphrodite gland. r.s. Receptaculum seminis,

m. Muscles attached to vagina. v. Vestibule.

ov. Oviduct. v.d. Vas deferens.

p. Penis. vg. Vagina.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, pl, xiii. figs, 22-23.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1897, No. LI. 51

782 DR. A. DUBOIS ON SUPPOSED NEW BIRDS. [June 15,

5. Remarques sur certains Oiseaux supposés nouveaux.

Par le Dr. Atpu. DuBois, Conservateur au Musée roy.

d’Hist. nat. de Belgique, C.M.Z.S.

[Received June 4, 1897.]

1. TIGA BORNEONENSIS, sp. nov.

Mas. Proxima T. everetti, sed collo postico et dorso swmmo

nigerrimis.

Fem. Mari simillima, sed cristé nigra sine rubro ; fronte longi-

tudinaliter fulvo-striolato.

Hab. Bornéo.

Ce Pic tient & la fois du 7. javanensis, par la coloration de

toutes ses parties supérieures, et du 7... everetti, par les bandes

noires transversales des parties inférieures. Mais la femelle

différe, surtout de celle du Z. everetti, par l'absence de rouge A

Yextrémité des plumes occipitales, par sa nuque noire et par la

présence de stries fauves sur le devant de la téte*. Ces caractéres

distinctifs permettent de reconnaitre facilement le 7’. borneonensis

des espéces voisines.

Male adulte. Dessus de la téte, huppe occipitale, bas du dos et

croupion d’un rouge vif ; sommet du dos et nuque noirs; manteau

et couvertures des ailes d’un vert olive, toutes les plumes bordées

de jaune orangé; rémiges primaires d’un brun noiratre avec de

grandes taches ovalaires blanches sur la barbe interne ; les secon-

daires ont leur barbe externe d’un jaune olive, l’interne brune

ornée également de taches ovalaires blanches ; couvertures de la

queue olivatres bordées de rouge, les plus longues brunes ; queue

noire ; cotés de Ja téte et du cou blancs, mais divisés, de chaque

cété, par deux bandes noires: l'une partant derriére l’ceil et se

confondant dans le noir de la nuque. l’autre, tachetée de blanc,

descendant de la commissure du bec et se terminant sur les cotés

du cou en formant un large croissant; gorge blanche avec des

taches noires sur la ligne médiane; les autres parties inférieures

blanches, lavées de roussatre et barrées transversalement de noir.

Bee d’un gris brunatre; pattes grises.

Femelle adulte, Différe du male en ce qu'elle n’a pas de rouge

sur la téte; celle-ci, de méme que la huppe occipitale, est dun

noir profond, avec une strie fauve au centre des plumes du devant

de la téte; plumes prés des narines d’un fauve presque uniforme.

Long. totale ............ 200 millim.

ROS MAES oO. eee as. LADe

go ST ci eee Ss een eed ape

ee AP ECRee i tonis eas cre eed uae

Sc WMMMIESOUE «.Syets oc feds evels 25 ies

1 Je ne connais pas en nature le 7. everett, et je fais ma comparaison d’aprés

la description du Marquis de Tweeddale et de la planche qui l’accompagne.

Cet auteur dit en effet de la femelle: “Differs from the male in having the top

of the head dark uniform brown, almost black, the crest-plumes being terminated

with crimson.” (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 613, pl. xxxvii.)

1897. ] DR. A. DUBOIS ON SUPPOSED NEW BIRDS. 783

Les deux sexes ainsi décrits font partie des collections du Musée

de Bruxelles et proviennent de Bornéo, mais jignore de quelle

partie de V’le.

2. MELANERPES sp. inc.

Le Musée d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique posséde un male de

provenance inconnue (no. 535 du Cat.) qui différe du vrai M. cruen-

tatus par l’absence de raie sourciliére blanche, cette partie étant

noire, mais il posséde la bande nucale jaune.

J’attire l’attention des ornithologistes sur cette forme, qui

est peut-étre une espéce distincte, ou tout au moins une race géo-

graphique confondue avec le M. cruentatus ou avec le M. rubrifrons.

Voici les caractéres distinctifs des trois formes appartenant & ce

groupe :

a. Avec une bande nucale jaune :

a’, Avec une raie sourciliére blanche ................00.0++0 cruentatus.

b'. Sans raie sourciliére blanche .................-eesseeseeeee sp.? (Mus. Brux.).

6, Sans bande nucale jaune et sans raie sourciliére blanche. rubrifrons.

3. MESOPICUS POLIOCEPHALUS (Cuy.).

Dendrobates poicephalus, Sw.—M. goertan (part.), auct. plurim.

nec Gm.

Cet oiseau a été admis tantot comme espéce distincte, tantét

comme synonyme du M. goertan, Le Dr. G. Hartlaub dit que

cest bien a tort que Bonaparte, Pucheran et Malherbe l’ont réuni

a ce dernier, vu que la coloration des rectrices les différencie

suffisamment, et que le poliocephalus est ailleurs sensiblement plus

petit’. Mais plus récemment M. Edw. Hargitt réunit également

les deux formes*. Je pense cependant que M. Hartlaub a raison,

a en juger par un spécimen du Musée de Bruxelles.

La question de coloration n’y est cependant pour rien, car chez

le goertan comme chez le poliocephalus on voit des individus chez

qui les taches blanches des rectrices latérales sont fortement ou

faiblement accentuées ; il en est de méme de la teinte jaune ou

rougeatre des parties abdominales, qui est parfois complétement

absente chez des individus des deux formes.

Le seul caractére réside done dans la taille, mais celui-ci est trés

appréciable. Voici les mesures comparatives des deux formes:—

M. goertan. M. poliocephalus.

Long. totale............ 166 millim. 139 millim.

33 Vialles: 22%.2. anas tet OOE 85: Fe)

re GWE saree ey Per ; G6e BAU) eae

bs beeares oP Fevsnay Fe a 25 bes ore Stee

ay MDRESCT Se estes coast PUD e LO.

Comme on le voit, la différence de taille est assez considérable et

suffisante pour admettre le M. poliocephalus comme variété ou

sous-espéce. ;

? Hartlaub, ‘ Ornith. Westafrica’s,’ p. 179.

51*

784 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON THE [June 15,

4, VINAGO SALVADORII, subsp. nov.

Treron crassirostris, Dub. (nec Fras.), Bull. Mus. roy. Hist. nat.

Belg. iv. p. 149 (1886).

Treron nudirostris (part.), Reichenow, Journ. f. Orn. 1892, p. 16.

Vinayo calva (part.), Salvad. Cat. B. Br. Mus. xxi. p. 20 (1893).

Vinago nudirostris, Rchw. (nec Sw.), Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Atr,

p. 72 (1894).

V. calvee similis, sed colore viridi flaviore distinguenda.

Hab. Afrique tropicale orientale et centrale.

En comparant des sujets du V. calva du Tanganyka 4 ceux de

Y Afrique occidentale, mon attention fut attirée par la différence

de coloration des parties vertes, beaucoup plus jaunes que chez ces

derniers. Cette différence de teinte rapproche le Pigeon en

question du V’. wakefield, dont il ne parait se distinguer que par

la coloration de la quetie.

Dans sa monographie des Pigeons’, M. le Comte Salvadori dit

au sujet du V. calva: ‘‘ Those from Central Africa and from Kili-

manjaro are brighter, having the head, neck, and both under and

upper parts yellower, and the grey band at the apical portion of

the tail lighter.” Ceci se rapporte bien 4 mes oiseaux du Tanganyka;

inais, pour plus de certitude, jai envoyé lun d’eux a notre savant

confrére de Turin, et voici ce quil me répond par rapport a ce

Pigeon :—

“... Votre exemplaire appartient 4 l’espéce nommée calva dans

le ‘ Cat. Birds Brit. Mus.’ Mais il est possible que sous ce nom jai

compris deux espéces: la vraie calva et une espéce peut-étre pas

encore nommée, a laquelle le Dr. Reichenow donne le nom de

V. nudirostris; mais selon moi, il y a la une erreur, parce que la

nudirostris, Sw., est du Sénégal et ne differe pas des sujets du

Loango et d’Angola.”

La différence de coloration ¢tant constante entre les sujets du

V. calva de Afrique occidentale et ceux de |’Afriqne orientale et

centrale, mais cette différence n’étant pas suffisante pour ériger en

espéce cette forme orientale, je propose de la distinguer du type

spécifique comme variété géographique, que je dédie 4 notre savant

confrére, M. le Comte T. Salvadori.

6. Contributions to the Non-Marine Fauna of Spitsbergen.

Part I. Preliminary Notes, and Reports on the Rhizo-

poda, Tardigrada, Entomostraca, &c. By D. J.

ScOURFIELD °*.

[Received June 10, 1897.]

(Plate XLV.)

During the expedition to Spitsbergen under Sir W. Martin Conway

in the summer of 1896, Dr. J. W. Gregory made several collections

1 “Cat. Birds Brit. Mus.’ xxi. p. 22.

? Communicated by Dr. J. W. Gregory, F.Z.S.

1897.] NON- MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. 785

of Mosses in the neighbourhood of Advent Bay, Ice Fiord, which

he very kindly allowed me to examine for microscopic organisms.

Contrary to what might have been anticipated perhaps, it was

found that these mosses harboured a very considerable fauna and

flora, and as very little information has hitherto been available

relating to the land-fauna of Spitsbergen, it has been thought

desirable to bring together in the present paper the notes made

during the examination, notwithstanding the fact that the differ-

ent groups of organisms have been very unequally studied.

So far as concerns the essentially microscopic forms, we owe

the earliest contribution on the subject to Dr. A. von Goes, who

in 1862 published a short note (“ Om Tardigrader, Anguillule m.m.

fran Spetsbergen,” Ofver. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1862, p. 18), in

which he recorded the occurrence of 1 Tardigrade, 4 Nematoids,

2 Rotifers, and about 50 kinds of Diatoms, in mosses from

Spitsbergen. But we are mainly indebted for the little already

known to that indefatigable worker and prince of microscopists,

C. G. Ehrenberg, who, in 1874, published a paper on ‘ Das

unsichtbar wirkende Leben der Nord-polarzone” (Die zweite

deutsche Nord-polarfahrt in 1869-70, Band ii. Leipzig, pp. 437—

467, 4 Plates), in which it is recorded that during the first German

Polar Expedition in 1867 some mosses-and moss-like plants were

collected from Spitsbergen, and that these were found to contain,

when examined in 1869, nearly a score of species of microscopic

animals and plants, viz., 5 Diatoms, 2 (possibly 3) Rhizopods,

6 Infusorians, 2 Nematoids, 1 Rotifer (and the egg of another),

and 1 Mite. Further allusion will be made to some of these

under the different groups to which they belong. So far as 1

have been able to ascertain, nothing else has been published in

connection with the smaller non-marine forms, but there exist

papers or at least notes on Acaroids from Spitsbergen, by

T. Thorell (“ Om Arachnider fran Spetsbergen och Beeren-Hiland,”

Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar 1871, Stock-

holm, pp. 683-701), and by E. Trouessart (“‘ Note sur les Acariens

recueillis au Spitzberg &c.,” Nouvelles Archives des missions

scientifiques, v., Paris 1893, p. 255); on Entomostraca (Apus

glacialis only) by Lilljeborg; and on Insects by Malmgren,

Holmgren, and many others.

The mosses brought home by Dr. Gregory represented fourteen

different collections, thirteen of which were simply enclosed in tin

boxes, whilst the remaining collection, which also contained alge,

was preserved in spirit. The mosses comprised many different

species, and Mr. W. E. Nicholson of Lewes, who very kindly

examined specimens of the commoner forms, was able to identify

the following :—Aulacomnium turgidum, Cynodontium wahlenbergit,

Hypnum trifarium, H. stellatum, H. uncinatum, Polytrichum juniper-

inumand P. sexangulare. Strangely enough there was no Sphagnum,

and in fact Dr. Gregory tells me that this moss is comparatively

scarce and local in Spitsbergen. As regards condition, the mosses

were very varied, some being wet and clean, others drier and loaded

786 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON THE [June 15,

with earth, so that the samples may probably be considered as

fairly typical.

Before passing to the detailed notes upon the various groups of

animals represented in the mosses, a few words on two of the

more general results of the examination may not be out of place.

First as regards the relative importance of the different groups from

the point of view of their abundance. In this connection it may

be remarked that although the micro-plants were not systematically

looked for, one could not help being struck with the comparative

abundance and variety of the Diatoms, whilst on the other hand

the paucity of the Desmids was equally noticeable. The latter

were in fact confined to a few individuals of one or two small

species of Cosmarium. Of the animals, the dominant groups were

undoubtedly the Rhizopoda and Nematoda, the former being, how-

ever, by far the most abundant. Next in order of importance came

the Rotifera, Collembola, Infusoria, Chetopoda, and Tardigrada.

The remaining groups, namely the Gastrotricha, Acarina, Entomo-

straca, and Insect larve, were only represented by a few solitary

specimens here and there. The other result to be mentioned, and

the one of most general significance, is that, so far as can be judged

from the evidence now collected, the micro-fauna of Spitsbergen

includes very tew peculiar species. With but two or three excep-

tions, the most certain being, moreover, in a group (Tardigrada)

which has been much neglected by naturalists, all the forms seen

appear to have been previously found in Europe and North

America. We have here, therefore, still further evidence of the

enormous geographical range of many species of the lower forms

of animal life, especially of the fresh-water forms, and of the

really remarkable variations in external conditions under which

they can not only exist but even thrive.

RHIZOPODA.

Animals belonging to this class formed a very large proportion

of the organisms found in the mosses. As will be seen from the

detailed list, about twenty-one species in all were noted, and

although some of these cannot be referred to named forms, it is

almost certain that none of them are new to science. They are

practically the same forms as one could find in damp mosses almost

anywhere in England, on the Continent, or in North America.

In fact, with the exception of abnormal specimens, almost every

individual Rhizopod from these Spitsbergen mosses could be

matched by a figure in Leidy’s ‘ Fresh-water Rhizopods of North

America’ (Washington, 1879).

One point that deserves mention is the large number of speci-

mens seen presenting abnormalities in the shape of the shell. This

was especially noticeable with ELuglypha ciliata, but also occurred

in Nebela collaris and other species. It is tempting to refer this

back to the influence of the severe climatic conditions under which

the animals live in Spitsbergen, but with the exception of two

1897.] NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. 787

specimens of Cyclops, to be referred to later, none of the animals

belonging to other groups presented any striking malformations.

Ehrenberg, in the paper already referred to, records the follow-

ing species from Spitsbergen: Arcella —?, Difflugia arcolata and

possibly Difflugia microstoma, which could not, however, be found

upon a second search. It is not quite certain which species are

intended by these names, but it is at least very probable that the

“ Arcella —?” was not an Arcella in the modern restricted sense,

but very likely a Difflugia, perhaps a variety of D. constricta.

The Difflugia areolata was almost certainly Huglypha alveolata,

and D, microstoma probably Assulina seminulum.

The following is a complete list of the species observed. The

nomenclature adopted by Leidy has been adhered to as far as

possible, and in the few cases where he differs from Blochmann

(‘ Mikroscopische Thierwelt des Siisswassers, Hamburg 1895),

the names used by the latter have been added in brackets.

AMGBA VERRUCOSA, Ehrbg.

This was the commonest of the three species of naked lobose

Rhizopods seen, and occurred in both the adult and young stages

(= A. quadrilineata, Carter).

AM@BA RADIOSA, Ehrbg. (= Dactylospherium vitreum, H. & L.).

Only noticed in one collection. It was the “ vitreum” form and

not typical A. radiosa.

? Petomyxa vintosa, Leidy (= ? P. palustris, Greeff).

The specimens seen, which were not very numerous, were all

like the little form figured in the ‘ Fresh-water Rhizopods of N.

America,’ pl. v. fig. 9,and they measured about 51, of an inch in

length.

DirFiueia GLoButosa, Duj.

Not very common.

DIFFLUGIA PYRIFORMIS, Perty.

The larger and more typical forms of this species were decidedly

rare. A very small variety measuring =15'— z1,", with the test

often somewhat compressed and the sand grains but loosely joined,

was, however, much more frequent, although not abundant.

Drrriuera consrricra, Ehrbg.

On the whole the commonest of all the Rhizopods. It occurred in

all the collections without exception, which was not the case with

any other species.

NEBELA COLLARIS, Ehrbg.

A rather common species. Many specimens exhibited curious

malformations, and a few had their shells pitted in the same way as

Hyalosphenia elegans as shown by Leidy (Rhiz. N. America, pl. xx.).

A few examples of the type figured by Leidy (J. ¢. pl. xxiv. fig. 12)

were also observed.

788 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON THE [June 15,

N=BELA BARBATA, Leidy.

This was the form destitute of spines considered by Leidy to be

a variety of V. barbata intermediate between the typical NV. barbata

and NV. collaris. It is figured by him on plate xxiv. of the ‘ Rhiz.

of N. America,’ figs. 18 & 19. In the Spitsbergen mosses this

species was not rare, but much less common than the foregoing.

? HELEOPERA PETRICOLA, Leidy.

In two of the collections specimens of a Heleopera were seen

which were covered with flat but irregularly-shaped sand grains

and were moreover slightly tinged with violet. I have found

the same form in England, even the colour being the same;

and I have regarded it as a variety of H. petricola, although it may

possibly be a distinct species.

PsEUDOCHLAMYS PATELLA, C. & L.

Considerable numbers of the empty tests of this minute Arcella-

like Rhizopod were seen, but very few living animals.

ARCELLA ARTOCREA, Leidy.

The absence of Arcellas from the collections was a very striking

characteristic, and it was not until the examination was nearly

finished that a single empty shell of an undoubted Arcella was

found. It agreed very well with A. artocrea in most respects, but

the ring of minute tubercles round the mouth could not be made

out, and its diameter was barely;1,;".

EUGLYPHA ALVEOLATA, Duj.

A few specimens of the spineless form of this species were

obtained from three of the collections.

Eve ypHa cimiata, Ehrbg. (= ? £. ampullacea, H. & L., and

E. compressa, Carter).

In point of numbers this species was as common as Difflugia

constricta, but it was not quite go constant, being apparently absent

from three of the fourteen collections. The great majority of the

specimens were destitute of “cils,” only a small number being of

the typical ciliated form. The amount of variation in size, outline,

shell-structure, and amount of compression was very great indeed, and

in addition to this many examples presented curious malformations,

such as an oblique mouth, notched fundus, &e.

EveLypHa cristata, Leidy.

A rare species, only detected in three of the collections.

ASSULINA SEMINULUM, Ehrbg.

Another rare species, only seen in two collections. In one of

these the animals were quite characteristic, even -possessing the

peculiar brown colour so well shown by Leidy. The specimen

1897.] NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. 789

from the other collection, however, was colourless and appeared

like fig. 26, on plate 37, of Leidy’s ‘ Rhizopods of N. America.’

TRINEMA ENCHELYS, Ehrbg.

About as common as ELuglypha ciliata and found in the same

number of collections, namely eleven. The specimens exhibited

a very considerable amount of variation. In a few collections a

form was seen which was larger than any of the ordinary specimens,

being =1,", and characterized by the great development of the shell

around the oral aperture. Leidy gives figures of forms probably

identical with this (/. c. plate 39. figs. 41, 61, & 63 inferior views,

and fig. 54 lateral view). It is probably also the same as Arcella

disphera, Ehrbg.

ACTINOPHRYS sox, Ehrbg.

Specimens of this well-known Heliozoan occurred sparingly in

three of the collections.

ACANTHOCYSTIS sp.

This was a very small species, >, ", with numerous delicate

simple spines and a few long pseudopods. It was very similar to

the drawing of an unnamed species given by Leidy (J. c. plate 43.

f. 10), but was destitute of the envelope of granular protoplasm

shown in that figure. According to the key given by F. Schaudinn

(Heliozoa in ‘ Das Tierreich,’ Berlin 1896), it comes nearest to

A. spinifera, Greeff. This form was represented in three collections

by a few specimens.

CLATHRULINA ELEGANS, Cienk.

Only a single detached capsule of this beautiful species was

found. It was of adeep yellow colour, =4,," in diameter, not quite

spherical and with slightly irregular openings. It contained two

encysted individuals.

GROMIA sp.

A specimen of a species of Gromia was seen by Mr. Bryce whilst

searching for Rotifers, but no further specimens could be obtained,

and the species remains uncertain.

In addition to the foregoing, a minute testaceous Rhizopod was

seen in two or three of the collections which may possibly have

been Chlamydophrys stercorea, Cienk. In outline, size (74,"), and

absence of evident shell-structure it was about the same as the

species named, but no pseudopods were seen, and it is therefore

impossible to be sure even of the group to which it belonged.

INFUSORIA.

A fair number of Infusorians were noticed, but the group was

not specially studied and no detailed account of it can be given.

It may be noted, however, that the commonest form was either

identical with or very similar to Uroleptus piscis, Mull. Ehrenberg,

790 MR. D. J, SCOURFIELD ON THE [June 15,

in the paper previously quoted, records the following species from

Spitsbergen :—

Kolpoda cucullus (=? Oxytricha pellionella) ; Stylonichia pustulata ;

Trichodina tentaculata (=? Gyrocoris oxyura); Vorticella micro-

stoma; and Monas.

GASTROTRICHA.

The few examples seen belonging to this group were all re-

presentatives of the genus Chetonotus, but the species was not

determined in any case.

Rovirgnra,.

This important group was carefully studied by Mr. D. Bryce,

who has given so much attention to the subject of the moss-dwelling

Rotifers. It will be seen from his report following this paper that

twenty-six species were observed, half of them belonging to the

genus Callidina. One species is described for the first time,

although it is not peculiar to Spitsbergen, having been previously

found in England.

NEMATODA.

The Spitsbergen mosses appear to offer very favourable con-

ditions for the existence of Nematoids, as specimens of these

animals were found, usually abundantly, in nearly all the mosses

examined. No attempt was made, however, to determine the

species. Of the four species seen by Dr. Goes, as previously

mentioned, one was thought by him to be new, whilst the others

came nearest to Anguillula mucronata, A. ecauda, and Amblyura

serpentulus respectively. Ehrenberg’s two species were Anguillula

longicauda and A. brevicauda.

CHATOPODA.

Several of the collections contained numbers of Chetopod worms,

but no special attention was given to them.

TARDIGRADA.

When first examined the Spitsbergen mosses contained a mode-

rate number of Water-bears, but atterwards they almost entirely

disappeared. Unfortunately proper attention was not given to

these animals when they were most abundant, and the notes about

two or three of the species are therefore very imperfect. The

following is a list of the forms seen.

MAcroBiorus HUFELANDII, OC. Schultze,

This well-known species was by far the most abundant, occurring

in nearly all the mosses examined. Examples in all stages of

development were seen (;};"—);"), and occasionally eggs. The

latter were covered with little conical projections (sharp-pointed,

not blunt as figured by L. Plate, “ Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte

der Tardigraden,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. iii. Morph. Abt. Taf. xxii.

1897.] NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. 791

fig. 28), and were always free, never within the cast skin of the

mother.

Macrosiorus TuBERCULATUS, L. Plate.

Only two specimens of this form were seen. They agreed very

well with the original description (‘“ Beitriige,” &e. 7. c. p. 536) in

most particulars, but they were very small, being only ;4,”.

Ecainiscus arcromys, Ehrbg.

Specimens of this pretty little species were seen in several of the

collections. It may be interesting to note that Hhrenberg first

found this species in moss from Monte Rosa, collected at a height of

over 11,000 ft. (Weissthor Pass), where the conditions of existence

would be not unlike those prevailing in Spitsbergen.

ECHINISCUS SPITSBERGENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLV.)

This new species was only seen in ene collection, and unfor-

tunately only empty skins were obtained, so that the following

description is somewhat incomplete.

The back is covered with a series of nine hardened plates, the

arrangement of which is in general the same as in other species of

Echiniscus. The details of arrangement can best be seen by refer-

ence to the accompanying drawing (Pl. XLV. fig. 1). All the plates

are strongly tuberculated, the tubercles being largest in the central

portions of each plate, but becoming smaller towards the margins.

There are four pairs of lateral filaments originating from the

posterior angles of head, first, second, and third body-segments

respectively. In addition to these there are two long filaments

springing from the posterior margin of the second body-segment,

each of which is situated about halfway between the lateral fila-

ment and the mid-dorsal line. The posterior margin of the third

body-segment is provided with four broad spines—two large, rather

closely approximated to the median line, and two very minute,

one just above each lateral filament. The two middle claws of the

four on each foot are each provided with a little hook near the base

(figs. 2 & 3), as occurs also in E. spinulosus, Doy, and E. granulatus,

Doy. Length of specimens seen, nearly ;1,”. Living animals

would undoubtedly be somewhat longer, and would therefore

appear more elongated than might be supposed from the drawing.

Two further species of Tardigrades were also seen during the

early part of the examination of the mosses, but the notes taken

were not sufficient for specific determination and the animals were

not found a second time. Both were probably species of Macrobiotus,

One of them was a form somewhat similar to MZ. tuberculatus,

but each of the little tubercles on the back was furnished with two

minute prickles. The length was only ;1,;”. The other was a

moderately large form, being , and possessed the striking

peculiarity of having a pharynx nearly three times as long as broad.

The Water-bear found by Dr. Goes in 1862 was considered by

him to be most closely allied to Macrobiotus dujardini, Doy. ~

792 ON THH NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. [June 15,

ACARINA,

A few very much damaged specimens of Oribatide were found

and submitted to Mr. A. D. Michael, who very kindly examined

them. He says that although, owing to the imperfect preservation,

he cannot be absolutely certain about the species, he feels pretty

sure that they belong to Scutovertea bilineatus and Nothrus in-

venustus. If these determinations are correct, both of these forms

are new to the known fauna of Spitsbergen.

ENTOMOSTRACA.

Two species of Copepoda were found, representing the two

families Harpacticide and Cyclopide. Of the former, unluckily,

only a single damaged specimen was seen. It was very minute,

measuring in its shrunken state J", and was probably a male, but

this could not be definitely determined as the first pair of antenne

had been torn off. Although apparently a new species, a proper

account of it cannot be given, owing to the imperfect condition of

the specimen.

The other Copepods belonged to the genus Cyclops. Four in-

dividuals in all were observed, from as many different collections,

three by myself and one by Mr. Bryce. Of the former, two were

adult males of Cyclops bisetosus, Rehberg (as defined by Schmeil,

“ Deutschlands freilebende Siisswasser Copepoden,” Theil i. 1892),

and the other a young individual with 10-jointed antenne, and

without much doubt also a male of the same species. The most

peculiar feature in connection with the two adult specimens was,

that although undoubtedly OC. bisetosus, both of them exhibited

malformations. Thus in one example both of the fifth pair of feet

were abnormal, and also differed considerably from one another.

In the other specimen the feet of the fifth pair were quite normal,

but the two largest tail setze were unusually thickened near the

base, and at a point on the protopodites of the fourth pair of

feet, where there should be one thick spine, there were two on the

right foot and none on the left. It may be useful to note that

C. bisetosus is usually found in this country in little temporary pools

with a thick growth of amphibious grasses and other vegetation,

but I have also found it occasionally by washing damp mosses.

Iysecra.

The only adult Insects found were Collembola or Spring-tails.

Numerous specimens of a perfectly white species were present in

some of the collections, and also a few examples of a black species,

but they have not yet been determined. In addition to these, two

or three Dipterous larve were obtained.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLY. (p. 791).

Fig. 1. Echiniseus spitshergensis, n. sp. Dorsal view of an empty skin. X 300.

Fig. 2. * 5 Ventral view of posterior body-segment,

showing fourth pair of feet. 600.

Fig. 3. " x4 One of the two median claws, showing

small accessory hook. x 800.

D.J.Scourfield del.

i 27S Go) eae

SooOD

Boe eS

29898

P5259

aoe?

206%.

Poe,

ECHINISCUS SPITSBERGENSIS.

Mintern Bros. lith.

1897.] ON THE NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN, 793

7. Contributions te the Non-Marine Fauna of Spitsbergen.—

Part II. Report on the Rotifera. By Daviv Bryce.’

[Received June 10, 1897.]

The material received for examination was contained in 13 tins,

and when handed to me had already been encased for some months,

yet without much prejudice to the vitality of the various micro-

organisms hidden within it. It consisted of Mosses, apparently of

such species as usually grow in wet places (for species see ante,

p- 785), and was still abundantly moist. In many cases, however,

the moss-plants were so encumbered with soil and decayed frag-

ments of preceding generations as to render their examination for

the purpose in view an exceedingly difficult and a lengthy matter.

Repeated attempts were made to ascertain the presence of Roti-

fera in the contents of each tin, with the result that 5 tins were

found to contain from 4 to 15 species each, 2 tins one or two

individuals only, and 6 tins none at all. In every case the dirt-

laden material was quite unproductive, and some of the cleaner

mosses were equally disappointing, whilst in none were the indi-

viduals more than moderately numerous.

As was to be expected from mosses, the Bdelloid Rotifera were

by far the most numerous, both as to number of species repre-

sented and as to number of individuals seen. Among the

Bdelloida, again, the genus Callidina was prominent, claiming no

less than 13 of the whole 26 species on the list. But besides these

13 species, which were capable of recognition, I found various

isolated examples which I could not with any satisfaction refer to

any species described or even known to me, and it is likely that if

examples had been more numerous I should have been justified in

giving specific names to these forms. All the 26 species have

been already met with either in England or in Germany, and it

would seem that, so far as regards the actual species of moss-

dwelling Rotifera, there is little to distinguish the fauna of

Spitsbergen from that of these countries.

The interest of the list is, however, less in the number of species

enumerated than in the evidence afforded of the vitality and

endurance of these minute yet highly organized animals under

such exceedingly trying conditions of life as those obtaining on the

island of Spitsbergen. For under the most favourable conditions

none of these creatures can have there a continuously active

existence of more than three months. In more temperate countries

the moss-dwelling Rotifera are called upon to endure recurring

periods of temporary drought, but such periods occur rarely except

in summer, and are even then mitigated by nightly dews or

occasional rainfall. For the greater part of the year, autumn,

winter aud spring, there is moisture sufficient for their wants, and,

so long as the temperature does not fall below freezing-point, life

goes on merrily and generation succeeds generation, whilst periods

1 Communicated by Dr. J. W. Grecory, F.Z.S.

794 MR. D. BRYCE ON THE [June 15,

of cold, when the moss is frost-bound, are rarely of long duration.

In the far north latitude of Spitsbergen, circa 78°, the frozen

state is the rule, the moist the brief exception, and an individual

Callidina (whose average existence may be reckoned as comprising

at least some three months of active life) may quite possibly live

during several summers, expending its three months in annual

instalments. This capacity for the endurance of long periods of

cold was already known from Ehrenberg’s (4) discovery of certain

forms on the Swiss Alps at a great elevation. The few species

noted by him all belong to the Bdelloida, so that whilst the

present list widens the record as regards that group, it extends it

to at least 7 species of the Ploima.

There appear to be but two previous records of Rotifera at so

high a latitude.

In 1862 A. von Goes recorded two species of Callidina, which

he had found in some moss ; the species were not, however, deter-

mined (“Om Tardigrader, Anguillule m.m. fran Spetsbergen,”

Ofvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1862, p. 18).

In 1869 Ehrenberg (5) had brought to him some material which

had been collected in Spitsbergen in 1867. This material included

some mosses, and in these he found one Rotifer, Callidina alpium,

and an ‘‘egg of a Rotifer ” unknown, among several forms belong-

ing to other orders. This statement occurs in a Report upon the

results afforded by material collected by the Second German

North Polar Expedition of 1869 and 1870.

For the rather lower latitudes of Greenland, several lists have

already been published, the most important being contained in the

treatise by Bergendal (1), in which are enumerated and discussed

some 82 species collected by the author at various localities be-

tween the parallels of 66° and 70° N. during the summer of 1890.

At first sight it appears curious that, with but three exceptions,

none of the forms found by him in Greenland have occurred in

the Spitsbergen material. Bergendal, however, devoted his atten-

tion chiefly to the ordivary water-dwelling Rotifera, and seems to

have rarely examined mosses. Nor does he seem to have been

cognisant of the fact that moss-dwelling Rotifera can be secured

and studied at leisure months after collection, as was done by

Ehrenberg and as has been done in the present case. There is

therefore no real ground for comparison between his list and that

hereto appended. It may be mentioned that, of the eleven species

of the Bdelloida included by him, one only has been found in the

course of this investigation.

Notwithstanding their Arctic nativity, many of the species were

kept alive for weeks in small cells, whilst others seem at this date

(April 1897) to have permanently established themselves in a jar

of water, into which I have from time to time thrown moss which

I had washed, as well as washings after final examination.

The majority of the species have already been sufficiently

described, and in these cases I have merely indicated their com~

parative abundance in the five tins which yielded positive results.

1897.] NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. 795

Some few remarks are added on the most interesting details

relative to the rarer forms, whilst brief descriptions are fur-

nished for one species, not hitherto described, but which I bad

previously seen in England, and for one other which it has been

necessary to rename.

Order BDELLOIDA.

1. PHILODINA ERYTHROPHTHALMA, Ebr.

It is with some little doubt that I refer to this species a form

which is very closely related to Philodina citrina, and differs from

it principally in the size of the mastax (rami, 0-022 mm. long) and

in the shape of the egg (oval, symmetrical and smooth). The

species is included in Bergendal’s list, but it is impossible to affirm

that the form seen by him is identical with that now found, for,

although described by Ehrenberg as the commonest of the genus,

the species is at the best an unsatisfactory one, the original de-

scription being exceedingly meagre. Grosse has given fuller details

of a form which he thought he could refer to it, but these have not

been found useful to establish the identity even of the subject of

his description. The species has been noted again and again in

local lists, but never with any attempt at better definition of its

identity. On the other hand, Janson (6), when he wrote his paper

on the Philodinca, had failed to discover any form which he could

assign to it, and he rejected it as invalid, and hitherto neither I

nor several experienced correspondents have been more successful.

It would however appear, from the very meagreness of Ehren-

berg’s description, that the species should be closely related either

to P. citrina or to P. roseola, and this postulate is fulfilled by

the Spitsbergen examples, which when adult might easily be

passed over as P. citrina, varying from the type in lacking the

distinctive colour of that species. Closer examination, however,

reveals several structural differences (minute, but constant in many

examples), of which those mentioned above are themselves suff-

cient to establish specific rank. In young examples the corona is

barely wider than the collar, and has a rather smothered appear-

ance, which disappears as the animal approaches maturity. In

habits it resembles P. roscola, being decidedly restless, and even

when feeding it is incessantly changing its position. From its

behaviour in the trough I judge it to be a “‘ bottom-feeder,” and to

prefer feeding from a swinging base (as from a mucus thread)

rather than from a firm one.

2. PHILODINA sp.

Some specimens with very coarse skin with prominent skin-folds,

whose ridges were broken and wrinkled, were referred to a form

recently discovered by Forstmeister L. Bilfinger of Stuttgart, and

to be described in a paper now in preparation.

3. Rovirer TaRpvs, Ehr.

A single specimen,

796 MR. D. BRYCE ON THE [June 15,

4, CaLLipIna aLprum, Ehr.

Ehrenberg’s solitary species from Spitsbergen, previously found

by him on the Swiss Alps. This confirms my identification with his

species of the form found by me on the South Coast of England.

Two or three specimens only.

5. CaLLIDINA constRicra, Duj.

In moderate numbers.

6. CALLIDINA TETRAODON, Ebr.

A few specimens.

7. CALLIDINA MuscuULOsA, Milne,

A very few examples.

8. CALLIDINA VENUSTA, 0. sp.

(= Macrotrachela elegans, Milne (7).)

(Inasmuch as the genus Maecrotrachela, proposed by Milne,

has fallen to the ground, the various species described by him

have to be redistributed. MW. elegans would thus become Callidina

elegans, but that name had already been employed by Ehrenberg

for a very different form. I take this opportunity of renaming a

well-marked species, which, from the unfortunate choice of specific

name, has lately been overlooked.)

Sp. Ch.—Rather slender, of medium length: corona very

narrow (0:030 mm.), about equal to collar, a fourth wider than

neck (0°023 mm.); disks separated by deep notch. Upper lip

slightly convex. Dorsal antenna equal to or exceeding neck

thickness. Head, neck, and trunk rather parallel-sided in dorsal

view. Foot very short, of four joints rapidly tapering ; spurs

partly hidden, two short acute cones, held nearly parallel. Mastax

scutelliform. Rami (0°016 mm.) long, formula 6/6 to 10/10.

Food moulded into pellets. Maximum length 0-250 mm.

The present specimens vary from the type in having only about

6 teeth on each ramus, a variety already noticed in the London

district. This species is rarely found in moss growing in positions

usually dry. I have elsewhere noted its quasi-tube-making

habits (2).

9. CALLIDINA RUSSEOLA, Zelinka.

This bulky species was present in some numbers.

10. CanLipina LATA, Bryce.

Two specimens occurred in one washing.

11. Catriprna aspera, Bryce.

One living and one dead example.

12. Canina pricata, Bryce.

The most numerous species,

1897.] NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. 79

13. CALLIDINA PUSILLA, Bryce.

Some individuals witha very large jelly-like case, mostly whitish

but sometimes tinged with brown, seemed structurally to be insep-

arable from the above species, the type form of which, as repeatedly

found in England, constructs a very small and meagre tube. My

correspondent Forstmeister L. Bilfinger mentioned to me some

years back that he had found a variety with a large case and had

provisionally named it “‘tewtriv,”’ a name which may well be

adopted for it as rather more than usually appropriate.

The case was flask-shaped, sometimes flattened on the ventral

side, nearly twice as long as the feeding rotifer, and swelling up

above and behind the trunk. The young individual will sometimes

settle down on the side of another case, and thus several may

come to form a single mass.

14. CaLLIDINA CoRNIGERA, Bryce.

Many species of Callidina so closely resemble each other in the

normal or extended position, that it is necessary for identification

to isolate every doubtful specimen and wait until it is sufficiently

re-assured to feed whilst under observation, for it is only in the

feeding position that the most distinctive features of such forms

can be seen. Many, and especially the rarer forms, are exceedingly

timid, and with such it is commonly useless to look at them again

for several hours after isolation. One such doubtful specimen

had been thus set aside for a week before I saw it feeding, when

it showed itself to belong to this very abnormal species, which I

originally described from a single specimen found at Bognor

in Sussex. Some years later a second specimen was met with in

moss collected in Buckinghamshire. The present is the third speci-

men found, and proves that tbe species, if rare, is at all events widely

distributed. ‘The creature lodged itself among débris and squatted

in a most irregular manner, so that no sketch could be obtained.

The figure already published gives a fair idea of the distinctive

‘horns,’ a structural peculiarity not approached by any other

species yet known.

When extended, this specimen measured 0°347 mm., and the

mastux formula was 2/2. I again found the rostral lamelle

unusually large and conspicuous.

15. CaLLIpINa PAPILLosa, Thompson.

Some half dozen examples.

16. CALLIDINA HABITA, Bryce.

Three specimens.

17. Apinpra vaca, Davis.

A few examples of the form I (8) have named var. minor, having

the face narrower than long. This form, which in my experience

is the more common, is, | understand from Mr. Davis, the type

as known to him. The var. major was not represented.

Proc, Zoot, Soo,—1897, No. LII. 5g

798 MR. D. BRYCE ON THE [June 15,

18. ADINETA BARBATA, Janson.

This well-marked species was seen several times.

19, ADINETA GRACILIS, Janson.

Two or three small and slender examples seemed to belong to

this species, but the form is difficult to distinguish from young

specimens of A. vaga var. minor, unless a very good definition of

the rostrum can be obtained.

Order PLOIMA.

I, [uLoricata.

20..PRoALsSs DECIPIENS, Ehr.

Two or three examples only.

21, FuRCULARIA GRACILIS, Ehr.

One specimen,

22. DIGLENA PERMOLLIS, Gosse.

This species occurs rather frequently in mosses and even in

such as grow in positions usually dry. lt would thus seem to be

able. like so many of the Bdelloida, to protect itself against the

fatal lack of moisture. For although some writers have loosely

ascribed this protective faculty to the Rotifera in general, I believe

it to be in the main confined to the Bdelloida, and even there not

universal. In the mosses now examined this species was not

infrequent.

Il. Loricata.,

23. SrppHaNnops styLaTus, Milne (7).

A few examples enabled me to verify the general accuracy of

Milne’s description, and particularly of the mastax as figured by

hin.

24, STEPHANOPS TENELLUS, 0. sp.

Sp. Ch. Lorica delicate, yielding, laterally overlapping the

very slender body ; posteriorly broadly and roundly truncate ; head-

plate prominent, subsquare, decurved. Face prone, with several

uncinate and one pair (at least) of long straight styles. Mastax

twice as long as broad. Foot slender, retractile ; toes two, nearly

parallel, decurved, about 3 of foot. Maximum length about

0-080 mm. or barely =}; inch.

One of the very smallest Rotifera known and of exceedingly

delicate structure. In general form, if not in size, in structural

details, in habit of life, and in its most characteristic movements,

it is almost the counterpart of S. stylatus, and indeed when I first

met with it in 1891 in company with Distyla agilis I took it to be

simply the very young form of its congener, which when adult is

fully twice as long. In the present instance I had isolated a

specimen to make certain that it was not D. agilis, when it almost

1897.] NON-MARINE FAUNA OF SPITSBERGEN. 799

immediately extruded an egg; and this first led me to suspect that

the form was not an immature S. stylatus, but the adult of a

distinct species. On closer examination the mastax was distinctly

seen to be twice as long as broad, whereas in the larger species it

it rather broader than long.

Whilst under the one-inch power the fleshy parts alone are

visible, and the animal appears to be extremely slender with an

almost pointed head ; and it is only when high powers are brought

to bear upon it, that its full resemblance to S. stylatus can be

appreciated. The lorica proves to be proportionately as ample as

in that species, and of much the same outline, but is more deflexed

to cover the sides. It is exceedingly delicate and yields to every

movement. In the trough the animal is only to be detected by its

Vivacity ; when still, it is scarcely to be distinguished even when

its position is known. It runs along very quickly with a series of

dashes, and if alarmed, either remains motionless or throws itself

into the most violent contortions.

Of this interesting form I saw some 15 to 20 examples, but they

were exceedingly ditticult to catch, and as diffcult to deal with

after isolation. I quite failed to get any sketch, but the particulars

given above are amply sufficient for its identification.

25. Coturus caupatus, Ehr.

A few examples seemed to agree best with Gosse’s particulars

of this species.

26. MuroPrpia LEPADELLA, Ehr.

Two examples.

The following works are specially referred to by figures after

names of authors.

1. Bureenpat, D.—< Zur Rotatorienfauna Grénlands.” Kongl.

Fysiografiska Silskapets Handlingar. Ny Féljd 1891-2, iii.

Sep. ed., Lund, 1892.

2. Bryon, Davip.—‘ On the Macrotrachelous Callidine.” Journ.

Quekett Micr. Club, v. (1892) p. 15.

3. Brycn, Davip.—‘On the Adinetade.” Journ. Quek. Micr.

Club, v. (1893) p. 146.

4, Hurensere, C. G.—* Das organische kleinste Leben iiber dem

ewigen Schnee der héchsten Centralalpen.” Monatsberichte

der Berl. Akad. der Wiss. p. 314 (1853).

5. Enrenpere, C. G.—Das unsichtbar wirkende Leben der Nord-

polarzone: Die Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den

Jahren 1869 und 1870. Band ii. Leipzig, 1874.

6. Janson, Orro.—‘Versuch einer Uebersicht iiber die Rotatorien-

familie der Philodinaeen.” Beilage zum XII. Bande der

Abhandl, des Naturwiss. Vereins zu Bremen, 1893.

7. Mitys, W.—* On the Defectiveness of the Eyespot asa means

of generic distinction in the Philodinza.” Proce. Phil. Soc.

Glasgow, 1886.

800

MR. G,. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND

[June 15,

8. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected in

Northern Nyasaland by Mr. Alex. Whyte, F.Z.S.,

and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry H.

Johnston, K.C.B.; with Descriptions of new Species.

By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S.

[Received June 12, 1897.]

(Plate XLVI.)

The collection with which this report deals was made by Mr.

Whyte during his expedition to Northern Nyasaland in 1896.

The localities are indicated by crosses in the six columns of the

list of species, viz. :—

West Coast of Lake Nyasa, from Nkata Bay to Ruarwe.

spect chs see

P+++++i i

+ ++ +i + +444

i ++:

2. N.W. Nyasa, from Kondowe to Karonga.

3, Nyika district.

4. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft.

5. Masukn Mts. and Plateau, 6000-7000 ft.

6. Fort Hill, Masuku district, 4000 ft.

REPTILIA.

EmyDosAvria.

1. Crocodilus niloticus, Laur.

LaAceErrTi.ia.

2. Hemidactylus mabuia, Mor. .............. es

3. Lygodactylus angularis, Gthr. ............ eee

of. capara anmata, -Eirae sss cere eee os

5. Zonurus cordylus, DL, ..........2:ssssssceoees | eee

Cag Vananusiml oblous Tae 0,0} ee ce | +

7. Nucras tessellata, Syith.........0..c0cec00e- eee

8. Ichnotropis squamulata, Pérs, ............ |

9. Gerrhosaurus flavigularis, Wiegm......... | +

10. Mabuia quinqueteniata, Licht: ............ DES

i bi SR VENICE So Ae. onsite / +

12. sp ef nik) GW 2r7 Pe oat BS a +

13, Lygosoma johnstoni, sp. n. ..........-.+6+ —

14. Ablepharus carsoni, Bigr. ............00060- =:

RuIPTOGLOSSA.

15. Chameleon dilepis, Leach .........0....000 +

OPpHIDIA.

16. Typhlops mucruso, Pérs. ..........00..-00- +

17. Glauconia distanti, Blgr. .............0.0+- =a

18. Python sebse) Gi 2.0 oso. cecdcessccnseces] | cee

19. Tropidonotus olivaceus, Pérs. ..........-- +

20. Glypholyeus whytii, sp. n................66-| oe

+|+

we | +

coe | +

+] +

* No locality.

(02)

1897.] BATRACHIANS FROM NORTHERN NYASALAND,

Opuipia (continued). We 3.

21. Boodon lineatus, D. FB. ..........0eee000+ et

22. Chlorophis irregularis, Leach ...........- ie

23. Philothamnus semivariegatus, Smith ...| ..-

24. Dasypeltis scabra, D. .............ssceeceeee +

25. Tarbophis semiannulatus, Smith.......... Se

26. Leptodira hotamboeia, Lawr..............-+ ore

27. Amplorhinus nototenia, Gthr. ............

28. Trimerorhinus triteniatus, Gthr..........

29. Dromophis lineatus, D. § B. ............ or

30. Psammophis subteeniatus, Pé7's............ +

31. oe Bibwanewls pees. c ene eee +

32. 3 angolensis, Bocage ......... 500

33. Thelotornis kirtlandii, Hadlow.............

34. Dispholidus typus, Smith .........2.00.000 te) ||! es

30. Naia nigricollis, Reinh. .........2-.-----.6 cee]

36. Causus rhombeatus, Dicht..............0005 Pe are

37. Bitis arietans, Merry \accc.shcceecec cess c oe

P+i4tit+it+t| ss

Pt++tt+4+4++ | o

+++ +44 +444] 2

++ +4:

BATRACHIA.

ieikana tuscroula, Dig. Baeereeensssescccses<

Zi) 7; “angolensis; Bocage cisseesstt.:- esses

3. 5, Mascareniensis, D: cd B........0....0--

4. ,, oxyrhynchus, Sud. ...............00

5. Phrynobatrachus acridoides, Cope ......

. Arthroleptis whytii, sp. n..................-

. Rappia marmorata, Rapp ..............66++

3 tulvoyittata, Cope ...2)i.02......6

P+Hi tdi:

L SL aLOUs, Peis: . 32 .ccasemerceemeeee taenaas

10. Megalixalus fornasinii, Biane. ............

11. Hylambates johnstoni, sp. n...............-

12, Phrynomantis bifasciata, Smith ......... “

13. Breviceps mossambicus, Pérs, ............ ae

14. Bufo regularis, Hievss .........ccccccseeeeeees oF

15. Xenopus muelleri, Pérs...............,.2008: ead

i++

++i tttt+ +444: +

++:

+++

LyGosoMA JOHNSTONI, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 1.)

Section Riopa, Gray. Body much ‘elongate, anguiform ; limbs

minute, anterior monodactyle, posterior didactyle. Snout moderate,

cbtuse. Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk. Supra-

nasals present, in contact behind the rostral ; fronto-nasal much

broader than long; przfrontals forming a median suture; frontal

nearly twice as long as broad, as long as its distance from the

nuchals, in contact with the first, second, and third supraoculars ;

four supraoculars ; six supraciliaries; fzontoparietals and inter-

parietal distinct, subequal in size ; parietals in contact behind the

interparietal ; a pair of nuchals; fifth upper labial below the centre

of the eye. Har-opening large, oval, with two projecting lobules

anteriorly. 22 smooth scales round the body. Fore limb half as

long as the posterior; digits minute, with short blunt claws. Tail

long, tapering to a fine point. Dark olive above, greenish white

802 REPTILES AND BATRACHTANS FROM N.NYASALAND. [June 15,

beneath ; a series of small blackish, white-edged spots on each side

of the head, from the nostril to the ear.

Total length 658 millim.; head 20; width of head 13; fore

limb 7; hind limb 15; tail 395.

A single specimen from the Nyika Plateau.

This new species is closely related to Bocage’s Humecia anchiete

from Angola, and represents a further step in the degradational

series of the section Riopa.

GLYPHOLYCUS WHYTI, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 2.)

Head small, scarcely distinct from neck; eye rather small.

Rostral twice as broad as deep, hardly visible from above; inter-

nasals a little longer than broad, a little shorter than the prefrontals,

narrowed in front; frontal bell-shaped, once and one third as long

as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter

than the parietals ; nasal divided ; loreal longer than deep ; preocular

single or divided, not reaching the frontal; two postoculars ; tem-

porals 1+ 2, anterior narrowly in contact with lower postocular ;

eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye ; two pairs of

equal chin-shields, the anterior in contact witb four lower labials.

Scales in 19 rows. Ventrals 163; anal entire; subcaudals 47.

Uniform dark olive-grey above, yellowish white beneath and on

the outer series of scales.

Total length 565 millim. ; tail 100.

A single specimen from Fort Hill.

ARTHROLEPTIS WHYTI, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 3.)

Tongue with a conical median papilla. Head moderate, broader

than long ; snout rounded, as long as the eye, with obtuse canthus ;

nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter-

orbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum very

distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. First and second

fingers equal, more than half as long as third ;* toes free; tips of

fingers and toes slightly swollen; subarticular tubercles well

developed; a very large, compressed, sharp-edged, crescentic inner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

tympanum or the posterior border of the eye. Skin smooth, granu-

late on the flanks and belly. Grey or pale brown above, with or

without a dark, festooned median dorsal band or a fine light vertebral

line; a blackish-brown band on the canthus rostralis and temple ;

lips with small black and white spots ; a small dark brown lumbar

spot may be present; limbs with or without rather indistinct dark

cross-bars ; lower parts uniform white.

From snout to vent 40 millim.

Five specimens: Kondowe to Karonga, Nyika Plateau, Masuku

Mts.

P.Z:S .1897. PL xXbvr.

SES ESEASSEKOS

4 se

epee.

R.Mintern del. et lith .

Mantern Bros. imp.

1LLYGOSOMA JOHNSTONI.2.GLYPHOLYCUS WHYTII.

3.ARTHROLEPTIS WHYTII.4HYLAMBATES JOHNSTONI.

1897. ] ON THE PLANKTON OF THH FAEROE CHANNEL, 803

HYLAMBATES JOHNSTONI, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 4.)

Vomerine teeth in two small groups between the choane. Head —

much broader than long; snout rounded, as long as the diameter

of the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tym-

panum two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers with a

slight rudiment of web; toes half-webbed; disks well deve-

loped; inner metatarsal tubercle large, compressed, crescentic,

very prominent. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye.

Skin smooth above, granulate on the throat, belly, and lower surface

of thighs. Purplish or brown above, with a more or less distinct

dark triangular marking on the back, the apex reaching the

occiput ; white dots usually scattered on the back ; limbs with very

indistinct dark cross-bars; a white streak borders the upper lip,

the outer side of the forearm and hand, the anal region, the heel,

and the outer side of the foot ; hinder side of thighs dark brown ;

lower parts white.

From snout to vent 42 millim.

Closely allied to H. anchiete, Bocage, from Angola.

Three specimens from Kondowe-Karonga, and one from the

Nyika Plateau.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.

Fig. 1. Lygosoma johnstoni, Blgr. Side views of head and anterior portion of

body and pelvic region, and upper view of head (p. 801).

2. Glypholycus whytii, Blgr. Upper, lower, and side views of head (p. £02).

3. Arthroleptis whytii, Blgr (p. 802).

4. Hylambates johnstoni, Blgr (p. 803).

9. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.— No. III.’ The Later Development of

Arachnactis albida (M. Sars), with Notes on Arachn-

actis bourne: (sp. n.). By G. Herserr Fowter, B.A.,

Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University

College, London.

[Received June 15, 1897.]

(Plate XLVIL,)

ARACHNACTIS ALBIDA (M. Sars).

This beautiful floating Actinian was originally described by

Michael Sars in 1846 (loc. cit. infra); it has since been taken

on several occasions, and has received quite a large amount of

attention.

The recorded occurrences and the references to descriptions are

most simply put in tabular form. They all refer to surface

captures, often in company with shoals of Salpa,

? For Part I. see P, Z. S. 1896, p. 991; Part IT, antea, p- 523,

DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE

804 (June 15,

Arachnactis albida, M. Sars.

M. Sars, Fauna _littor. Off FloroeIsland. Autumn & winter, Original description

Norveg. i. p. 28. 1846. of the species.

Forbes & Goodsir, Tr. Roy, The Minch. Aug. 1850. Refer to Dr, Balfour

Soe. Edin. xx. 307, having taken it in

lie

Vogt, Archives de Biologie, 56° 35’ N., 20° 19' Sept. 1861. In strong current

vill. p. 1. Ww. from N.E.

a i 3 Rockall to Hebrides July 1885.

(‘ Holsatia’).

Boveri, Zeit. wiss. Zool. Faeroe Channel Aug. 1882,

xlix. p. 459. (‘ Triton’).

Vanhoffen, Bibliotheca 60° N., 7° W. Sept. 1893.

Zoologica, Hft. xx.

a A ‘ ? Rockall to Heb- 1889. German Plankton

rides (‘ National’).

North Sea, near

Brit. coasts.

Exped.

Feb. to April, 1895. ? A. bowrnei,

mk Ld ”

Browne (unpublished), Valentia Island. Mar. 1895.

I OWGY Recsenies asco ve sce «cps Faeroe Channel 4 Aug. 1896.

(‘ Research’). July 1897.

All recent observers of Avachnactis are agreed that it is to be

referred to the Certanthide. As regards the early development of

this group, Kowalewsky' traced it from the gastrulation to the

formation of two pairs of tentacles and one pair of mesenteries ;

but unfortunately obscured his information by writing in Russian.

Van Beneden *, beginning where Kowalevsky left off (and giving

a short abstract of his work), traced the development of an Arachn-

actis (apparently not A. albida, although described under that

name) from a stage with two pairs of tentacles and one of

mesenteries up to a stage with seven tentacles and four pairs of

mesenteries. On the later development we have also two papers :

Boveri * began with 8 tentacles and five pairs of mesenteries, and

carried it to a stage with 21 tentacles and 14 oral tentacles;

Vanhéffen * made sections of, and described in detail, a stage with

19 mesenteries.

As regards these two last papers, I am glad to say that my

observations bear out those of Boveri, but regret that they are far

from agreement with those of Vanhéffen. The latter author has

been drawn into a series of mistakes by an initial error, which is

best given in his own words :—‘ Die Reihenfolge in der Bildung

der Septen ergiebt sich aus der Verfolgung der Schnitte von unten

nach oben”; that is to say, he imagines that the order of develop-

ment of the mesenteries can be inferred from a comparison of

their absolute length at a late stage: and it is hardly necessary to

say, not only that this assumption is quite unjustifiable, but that

the order of development which he consequently assigns to the

mesenteries proves to be absolutely erroneous when tested by

successive stages. As Vanhoffen is the latest writer on Arachnactis,

1 Nachrichten d. Ges, d. Freunde d. Naturerkenntniss u. s. w., Moscow,

1873.

* Archives de Biologie, xi. p. 115.

3 Op. cit. supra. 4 Op. cit, supra,

1897.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 805

it seemed to me worth while to study all the stages in my power,

and to endeavour to put the matter straight again.

The following stages have been drawn from ‘ Research’ speci-

mens and cut into microscopic sections :—

Stage. Tentacles. Mesenteries. Oral tentacles.

A Pies ee ofemets 6 10 0

dS Ra RR « fi 11 +

Appearance of the unpaired tentacle (5).

Sa Be Ovo 9 12 4

GD ier Ben 9 12 4

7 age ee 10 14 6

d PO Waa 95 ping Lie 16 8

GE 4 cere 12 16 8

TEIN, chakra le 18 8

Weaker ene ieee ? 19 10

(First appearance of generative cells.)

A few older stages have also been studied.

This table, taken together with the diagram (Pl. XLVII. fig. 1),

sufficiently shows the successive development of the various struc-

tures, and their position in the oldest specimens. As regards this

diagram, the order of succession of the first four pairs of mesenteries

is taken from van Beneden’s account of an allied species, and that

of the first two pairs of tentacles is inferred from his drawings and

descriptions. The facts implied by the remainder of the diagram

I have myself checked, and they will be found to differ entirely

from those given by Vanhoffen, and to agree with those of Boveri

on all points with which we both deal. The developmental order of

the first four pairs of mesenteries, as described by van Beneden (c,

a, b, d), appeared at first to contradict the lettering attached to

the same mesenteries by Boveri (d, a, 6, c), but the latter author

courteously informs me that he did not intend by these letters to

indicate a developmental succession: van Beneden’s observed

order may therefore be taken to hold good for this species also, in

default of direct evidence.

ARACHNACTIS BOURNE, sp. n.

There can_be no doubt that the specimens from the English

Channel, first recorded by Bourne, and described by van Beneden,

under the name of Arachnactis albida, belong to another and

an unnamed species. Not only are the form and proportions of

the animal quite different from those of albida, both in van

Beneden’s drawings and in a few specimens which I received frum

the Marine Biological Station at Plymouth in 1893, but also the

rate at which different sets of organs are developed is not the

same in the two species. This is at once apparent on a comparison

of my table of albida stages (given above) with the following :—

Tentacles, Mesenteries. Oral

tentacles,

Van Beneden’s oldest larva .. 7 8 0=-

Plymouth specimens (1893).. 9 10 2

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1897, No. LIII. 53

° /

. FUE bee

806 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [June 15,

and while the Plymouth specimens acquire the characteristic

terminal pore at.a stage of between 7 and 9 tentacles, it does not

become perforated in albida until a stage of about 8 mm. in length

provided with 12 oral tentacles, or, according to Boveri, 17 marginal

tentacles.

Until this Channel form be traced to a known adult Cerianthid

(2C. lloyd, Gosse), I propose to distinguish it from A. albida by

associating with it the name of my friend Mr. G. C. Bourne, the

first Director of the Plymouth Station, under the style of Arachn-

actis bournet ; for although I admit that the christening of larve

by specific names is a reprehensible practice, still so much tow-

netting is now carried out every summer all round our coasts that

it is advantageous that well-marked species of evén larval forms

should bave a name under which their ‘occurrences may be

chronicled.

Arachnactis bournei, sp. n.

Bourne, J.Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plymouth area. Annually '.

(u.s.) Lp. 321. ) Deseribed anatomically

y van Beneden,

# Ps ad Entranceto English July 1889, Arch. Biol. xi. p: 115.

Channel.

McIntosh, Ann, Mag. Nat. St. Andrew's Bay, June 1890. Single specimen re-

Hist. (6) v. p. 806. corded only.

Vallentin, Rep. R. Corn- Falmouth. Summer, 1890. (Not seen for some

wall Polyt. Soc. lix, years now.—R. V.)

Browne (unpublished). Port Erin, Isle of Jan. 1895. ;

Man.

4 ee Valentia Island. March 1896.

1 According to Garstang, March and April are the chief months for Arachnactis

at Plymouth.

From A. albida, which is slender and tapers markedly in late

stages, A. bournet is recognizable by its fat cylindrical body and

sharply rounded end; further, whereas in A. albida the union of

the swollen bases of the tentacles produces an “ oral disk ” much

greater in diameter than the body (a point better brought out by

Sars’ than by Vanhdffen’s figure), and the tentacles are often many

times the length of the body, in A. bowrnet oral disk and body have

about the same diameter, and the tentacles are very short. As

regards the colouring, my friend Mr. E, T. Browne informs me

that he has taken this form on several occasions, and that in colour

it is yellowish or brownish all over: it thus presents a great contrast

to A. albida, which is of a transparent bluish-white, except for the

yellowish-brown tips of the tentacles; in older specimens of albida

the body may also assume a brown tint, but the tentacles remain

transparent even in my. oldest stages. The mesenteries, in all

specimens of A. bowrnei which I have been able to examine, have

an extremely short course, extending only about } to 4 of the

length of the body below the free end of the stomodeum; in

A, albida they extend to 3 or 3 of this distance even in young speci-

mens, and in older ones some stretch for nearly the whole body-

1897.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 807

length. The oldest specimens of this species at present known

appear to be the Plymouth specimens with 9 tentacles.

The only other forms referable to the genus at present are

(1) Arachnactis brachiolata, A. Agassiz’, obviously a different

species from either of the two already described; (2) the larve

observed by Haime®? in the ccelenteric cavity of Cer tanthus, which

do not quite resemble either A. albida or A. bournei; with these

latter larvee may perhaps be identical the forms discovered by

Joh. Miiller and described by Busch * from Trieste under the name

of Dianthea nobilis, which have been suggested by van Beneden to

be Cerianthidan.

ORIGIN OF THE MESENTERIAL FILAMENT,

A study of the developing mesenteries of A. albida has confirmed

me in the belief, advocated elsewhere by myself and by others

before me on histological grounds, that the thickening at the free

edge of the mesentery, commonly known as the mesenterial fila-

ment, is ectodermal in origin. The mesenteries in Cerianthide, as

has long been known from the researches of A. von Heider‘, are

of two kinds—tertile (generative) and digestive, which generally

alternate one with another, and, as he mentions very briefly, carry

two different kinds of Spare which become differentiated about

stage G of my specimens.

The filament of a digestive mesentery (fig. 2) is of a type familiar

to all students of Anthozoa’: it consists of deusely packed gland-

cells of at least’ two kinds, among which lie nematocysts in all

stages of development ; this tissue abuts, quite sharply and without

transition, on the undoubtedly endoderm-cells of the mesentery,

and agrees exactly in histological detail with the ectoderm of all

the stomodzum except that of the sulcus, which has small nemato-

cysts, if any.

The filament of a fertile mesentery (fig. 3) is different from the

foregoing both in shape and in histological detail. There is a central

groove (often deeper than in the figure) consisting of finely granular

gland-cells with very strong cilia; these cells are practically

identical with the ectoderm of the sulcus. The groove is flanked

by wings containing large gland-cells and nematocysts; next to

these come three sets of simpler cells, the nuclei of the first and

third set staining very strongly. The last of these three sets lies

“unconformably ” upon the vacuolated endoderm-cells.

I venture to repeat the suggestion (due first, I believe, to von

Heider) that both types of filament are ectodermal downgrowths

from the stomodeeum along the free edge of the mesentery, on the

following grounds :—

Le Lhe histological structure of the chief part of both filaments is

1 Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. vii. p. 525 (1863).

2 Ann. Sciences naturelles, (4) i. _p. 341 (1854).

° Beob. ib. Anat. u. Entwickl. einiger wirbellosen Seethiere, p. 122: Berlin,

1851, 4to.

4 Sitzungsber. d. k.-k, Akad. Wiss. Wien, lxxix. (Math.-nat. CL.) p. 204.

808 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [June 15,

practically identical with that of the ectoderm of the stomodzum ;

even the ectodermal pigment granules, very distinct in borax-

carmine preparations on the body and stomodeum, are uniformly

present on the filaments, but are not found in the undoubted

endoderm.

2. Young mesenteries, which have not yet become united with

the stomodeum as far down as its lower free edge, carry only a

thickening of obviously endoderm-cells (fig. 4) on their iree

margins.

3. Mesenteries which have become united with the stomodeum

as far down as its lower free edge (except the “ directive”

mesenteries) carry one or other of the two types of mesenterial fila-

ment above described for some distance. but below this filament they

show a simple thickening of vacuolated endoderm-cells, of the

same character as they carried before they reached the lower edge

of the stomodeum (fig. 4); as I interpret it, the ectoderm has

grown down along their free margins for some distance, but not as

yet for their whole length.

4, The sulcus runs very much further down into the ccelenteron

than does any other part of the stomodeum, forming a long groove

of the shape indicated in fig. 6. At the point where the ectoderm

of the sulcus becomes continuous laterally with the endoderm, the

histological structure is practically the same as in the filament of a

fertile mesentery (fig. 5).

The only evidence, of which I know, in favour of an endodermal

origin of the filament is as follows:—(1) E. B. Wilson’, in his

studies on the development of numerous Alcyonaria, claimed to

have shown that the axial (dorsal) filaments were of ectodermal,

the remaining six filaments of endodermal, origin. To this one may

reply that Aleyonaria are not Actiniaria, although closely allied to

them, and that the differentiation of function, with which Wilson

showed that the different mesenteries were correlated, does not

hold good in the same shape for Actiniaria. (2) The brothers

Hertwig * refuse to accept von Heider’s suggestion of an ecto-

dermal origin in Certanthus on the ground that in Sagartia para-

sitica the incomplete mesenteries, which do not yet touch on the

stomodzum, are provided with a filament similar to that of the

complete mesenteries. This is certainly not the case in young

Arachnactis, and, I may add, the filament of Sagartia parasitica

seems to be in many respects of an unusual character among

Actiniaria. Neither the argument from Alcyonaria nor that

from Sagartia appears to me to be strong enough to unseat the

evidence given above. If these filaments are indeed ectodermal,

the boundary between ectoderm and endoderm is obvious enough

in the digestive type of mesentery ; but in the fertile type, is

probably at the commencement of the vacuolated endoderm-cells,

as there occurs at this point what I can only describe, by borrowing

a phrase from geology, as an unconformability of strata.

1 Mittheil. zool. Stat. Neapel, v. 1.

2 Die Actinien. Jena, 1879, 8vo. (Jen. Zeitschrift, xiii.)

1397

1897. PLANKTON OF THE FAHROE CHANNEL, 809

.. With regard to the distribution of the two types of econtorée

and filaments in Arachnuctis, the “directive” pair practically carry-

no filament; for a yery few sections below the end of the sulcus

they - have ‘a slight thickening resembling the type of a fertile

mesentery, but almost immediately assume the 2 appearance indicated

in fig. 4. The mesenteries next to them are of the fertile type,

and the next ensuing of the digestive type ; from’ that point

onwards the alternation is apparently regular :—

Fertile: 3, 1, 4,.6, 8, &e. Numbered in order of

Digestive: 2, 5, 7,9, 11; &e. successive development.

The differentiation of the filaments of the two kinds of me-

senteries in the adult Cerianthus is apparently not- mentioned

by the brothers Hertwig*; their figure 3, pl. viii., practically

unites the main features of my figures 2 and 3. Unfortunately,

the specimens of Cerianthus at my disposal are not- very well

preserved, but even in them it is obvious that there is a differenti-

ation of the two. filaments, of the same kind as, although not

precisely identical with, that which I have described above for

Arachnactis.. Very young germ-cells are recognizable in both

types of mesentery in the adult.

I have seen nothing in Arachnactis of the small. “directive ”

mesenteries, not. attached to the stomodzum, which are mentioned

by. von Heider as occurring in Cerianthus.

Nory.—Since the MS. left my hands, I have received a: letter

from my friend Prof. Karl Brandt of Kiel, which informs me that

Prof. van Beneden has a paper in the press dealing with the

_ Arachnactis of the Plankton and other German expeditions; this

~ will doubtless throw more light on the distribution of the various

species. Prof. Brandt informs me that the genus appears to have

been widely taken in the North Atlantic (‘ National’) and in the

North Sea (‘ Holsatia ’ 1859, Nordsee erat age

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLYVII.

Avrachnactis albida, M. Sars. ~

-- Fig. 1. Diagram showing the order of development. of mesenterics, marginal Z

: tentacles, and oral tentacles (p. 805).

. Section-of the filament; of a digestive mesentery, x 600 (p. 807).

. Seetion of the filament ofa fertile mesentery, 600-(p. 807). :

. Section of the thickened edge, presented both by a mesentery which has

not touched the ectoderm at the lower edge of the stomodzeum, and by ~

a mesentery in the lowest part of its length, x 600 (p: 808).

. Section of the edge of the suleus, x 600 (p. 8/8).

. Outline of the sulcus in transverse Uohee below the level. of the rest se i

the stomodeum ; the azygos tentacle (5) and the gareye mesenteries

(3) are indicated’ also (p. 808).

In Figs. 2,3, and 4, the arrow Soe the supposed junction of ectoderm and -

endoderm. :

We 9 bo

Cron

sd 1 Op. cit. supra.

ContTEnts (continued).

no ea? ead

June 15, 1897.

‘ Page

The Secretary. . Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1897 ......-. 721

Dr. G.-H: Fowler.” Exhibition of an abnormal specimen of a Crab (Carcinus muenas)......_721

Mr. A. Keith. Exhibition of some lantern-slides of, and “remarks upon, the Orang-outang ;

lately Jiving-in the Society's Gardens 2,2... . 66+ es ee see eas ca ed ne cle pre coe ely gles 721

Mr. Oldfield Thomas; F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir on the Mammals obtained by Mr. John

Whitehead in the Philippines... . 2.2.0.0. cesses ee ee esse eee tapes tee Moe

1. On the Presence of Tibs in Polyodon (Spatularia) folium. By Prof, T. W. Buiwos, D: Se., pete

E.Z.S

2. On the Spiders of the Suborder Mygalomor epee from the Ethiopian Region:contained. in

the Collection of the British Museum, a R. I. Pocock, a the British Museum =

(Nat. Hist.), (Plates XLI.-XLIZ).. 724

3. A List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected on the Red Sea, in the seighbouthood of

Stiakim, by Mr. Alfred J. Cholmley. By Hairy Mary Suarpn...,. 775

4. Description of two new Species of Slugs ofthe Genus Parmarion from. Bariieos “By

Warter E. Courinax, ¥.Z.8., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and

Coniparative Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham. (Plate B12 ed eRe pe 173"

5. Remarques sur. certains Oiseaux supposés:nouveaux, Par le Dr, Auru. Dosols, Con-

servateur au Musée roy, d’Hist, nat. de Belgique,-C-M.Z.8. vis. dese. eesti h ee ee 782

3. Contributions to. the Non-Marine- Fauna of Spitsbergen. —Part T. Preliminary Notes,

and Reports on the Rhizopoila; Tardigrada, Entomostraca, ke. By D. J. ScOURFIELD.

(Platte KEV Po ene eae Sees gem Ue oes tin Coke en 0 wale 6 Vicars de Whe ea mL 784

7. Contributions to the’ Non- Marine Fauna of Spitsbergen.—Part II. Report on the Rotifera.

By Davin BRyce: csc ewes agate letiae Sy taut e ave 9's inns -d Rea Seite gee en eee 793

8. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected in Northern Nyasaland by Mr. Alex.-

Whyte, F.Z.8., and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry H. Jobnston,’

K.C.B.; with Descriptions of new Species.. By G..A. Bounencer, F.R.S. (Plate ;

XLVI.) BE PDE Sp AAT Ree Oa RE eI OLS PROD PADIES By OME aa Oe 800 me

9. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the Faeroe Channel.—No. III. The

Later Development of Arachnactis albida (M. Sars), with Notes on Arachnactis bowrnei

(sp. n.). By G. Hurpert Fownerr, B.A., Ph. Dd ein oe Saat a of Pearls

University College, London. poate XLVII. ie Be 5 sary

LIST OF PLATES

1897.

PART. THs

Plate Page e

XXIX, é

XXX. Slugs of the genus Arion .. Ba Be wpa Oe ete aaa

XXXL) ‘ c

XXXII. New Hastern Coleoptera (Hindomychidw) ape pee ee Oe

XXXII.) Scéloportis aspera. i's 5.5 owe twee we vie vids eae o¥lh ocala’ Ba 14 Seg Ooo Sask

XXXIV. Phytophagous Coleoptera froin Africa and Madapasiaa’ By Fe ean eae alee

XXXV. Hyoid of Pelodytes punctatus... BY i RNs SNe cece

XXXVI. Lower Cheek-teeth of Manatees. "Fig. 14 "Trichechus See ee

senegalensis; Fig. 5. T. inunguis 2.06.0. cs eee eee LL esa ca

XXXVITI. Fig, I. Brachyuromys betsileoensis ; Fig. 2 » By ramiro-) ~ EES ea

hitra ; Fig. 3. Tachyoryetes splendens sehen tenes eas

XXXVIIL. Skull of Rhizomys sinensis’... ..-. cesses cece were cers @

XXXIX. Enlarged upper and lower molar teeth of Brahe | 695.

and Tachyoryctes ..

XL. Enlarged upper and lower molar. feeth “of ‘Yecent ‘and | a Se

fossil species of Rhizomys.2...610se+ece cues seers A f3 ese AY

XLI. " : s

XLII, } Tropical African alomorphs ..+..,..+e08sseees es :

XLITI. e ie oe : A

XLIV. Slugs of the genus Parmarion ............ Ven narnete 778

XLY. KEchiniscus spitsbergensis.:.... 6.0000. .e eee ee ce cneess 784 oS at

XLVI. Fig.1. Lygosoma johnstoni; Fig. 2. Glypholycus whytii; parca as?

Fig. 3. Arthroleptiswhytii; Fig.4. Hylambatesjohnstoni 800

XLVII.. Plankton of the Faeroe Ohannel 23 len cscs jae ih cp os ee BOS

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

FOR. THE YHAR

1897.

PART IV.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ, IN

NOVEMBER any DECEMBER.

aos Sa St FE SED A TS

ie Mt USE s if

“3 Loa ‘ “

ae ey APRIL Ist, 1898.

ty ; ; he t t i . x

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD An THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,

“LONDON :

Eee LONGMANS, GREEN, AND meroys

Ae ‘PATERNOSTER-ROW.

‘ [Price Fivsloa Shillings.

LIST OF CONTENTS. “

PART IV.—1897.

November 16, 1897.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerié in June, J uly, August,

September, and October, 1897

ee ee i ci i ein oer i

The Secretary. Remarks on the Glossy Ibises living in the Society's Menagerie.......... 811

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the principal Animals noticed during recent Visits to the

Zoological Gardens of Cologne, St. Petersburg, Moscow, and Berlin ....... ERS: 812

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an egg of the Cariama (Carian cristata)

laid in the Society’ 8 Gardens Sieg tit bis er atAla al ata uee dia bee ae bie co Ae ata yal cig ce mae Tenia” haga 813

Messrs. O.. Thomas ‘and R. Lydekker. Note on their recently published Paper on the

Dentitidn-of.the Manatees 125) saws ce Bate oo eee la oe eae be bee as eielg ume palate 814

Mr. R. Lydekker. Exhibition, on behalf of the Hon, A. E. Gathorne-Hardy, of a flat skin

OL PEN SP TUB OUR eMe oe a 6 AAG Ep plea eS ETNIES Ate Rie Ole Enea Me ated oa Ce ae 814

Mr. R. Lydekker. -Exhibition of a ‘coloured sketch of Cervus canadensis asiaticus and

remarks upon Cervus bedfordianus.. 1.2... 0. seep eh ec et eect erate ness Bajacelsina sate AE 815

Mr. G. P. Mudge. Abstract of a paper on the Myology of the Tongue of Parrots ........ 815

1. On. British Meduse. By Epwarp T. Browne, B.A.. F.Z.8., Zoological Teboriery,

University College, London. (Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.).... 20.0.3... sitter eens - 816

. On three consignments of Butterflies collected in Natal in 1896 and 1897 by Mr. Guy

A. K. Marshall, F.Z.8.° By Arruvr G. Burier, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., Senior

‘Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum, Natural History. (Plate L.) 835

3. On the Habits of the Sydney Bush-Rat (Mus arboricola). By Hpear R. Wairs, F.L.S., :

Zoologist, Australian Museum, Sy dney.. With a Note by. Otpri=ip Tuomas, F.Z.S. .. 857

4. On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent,—Part III. By E. Smron ............+... 860

Page

5. On some New or Rare Bird’s Eggs. By Aurrep Newron, F.R.S., F.Z.S.. (Plate LI.) .. 890

November 30, 1897.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of an ete phe of the

genus Cervicapra « obtained by Mr. FE. V. Kirby in the Transvaal. .

weer tees

Mr. Thomas. Exhibition and description of a specimen of a new Skunk, Sptlegnls

pygmed, from Mexico....-+...-+.+ W Rein pigeitie hate orig cise. eer EONS he

Mr. Thomas, Exhibition and description of a specimen of a new Badger, Tuxidea, taxus

898

infusca, from Lower Oalifornia.......+-+...s 224+ Pate stale # bast dome oepninlt a testes Rater . 899

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper

G.H.F.del.J.Smit kth.

P.Z.5: 189 Tae GAL VIE

Mintern Bros.imp.

PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

1897. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 809

With regard to the distribution of the two types of mesenteries

and filaments in Arachnactis, the “directive” pair practically carry

no filament; for a very few sections below the end of the sulcus

they have a slight thickening resembling the type of a fertile

mesentery, but almost immediately assume the appearance indicated

in fig. 4. The mesenteries next to them are of the fertile type,

and the next ensuing of the digestive type; from that point

onwards the alternation is apparently regular :—

Fertile: 3,1, 4, 6, 8, &c. Numbered in order of

Digestive: 2, 5, 7, 9, 11, &e. successive development.

The differentiation of the filaments of the two kinds cf me-

senteries in the adult Cerianthus is apparently not mentioned

by the brothers Hertwig’; their figure 2, pl. viii., practically

unites the main features of my figures 2and 3. Unfortunately,

the specimens of Cerianthus at my disposal are not very well

preserved, but even in them it is obvious that there is a differenti-

ation of the two filaments, of the same kind as, although not

precisely identical with, that which I have described above for

Arachnactis. Very young germ-cells are recognizable in both

types of mesentery in the adult.

I have seen nothing in Arachnactis of the small “ directive ”

mesenteries, not attached to the stomodzum, which are mentioned

by von Heider as occurring in Cerianthus,

Norx.—Since the MS. left my hands, I have received a letter

from my friend Prof. Karl Brandt of Kiel, which informs me that

Prof. van Beneden has a paper in the press dealing with the

Arachnactis of the Plankton and other German expeditions; this

will doubtless throw more light on the distribution of the various

species. Prof. Brandt informs me that the genus appears to have

been widely taken in the North Atlantic (‘ National’) and in the

North Sea (‘ Holsatia’ 1885, Nordsee Expedition 1895).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII.

Arachnactis albida, M. Sars.

Fig. 1. Diagram showing the order of development of mesenterics, marginal

tentacles, and oral tentacles (p. 805).

2. Section of the filament of a digestive mesentery, x 600 (p. 807).

3. Section of the filament of a fertile mesentery, x600 (p. 807).

4, Section of the thickened edge, presented both by a mesentery which has

not touched the ectoderm at the lower edge of the stomodzum, and by

a mesentery in the lowest part of its length, x 600 (p. 808).

5. Section of the edge of the sulcus, x 600 (p. 808).

G. Outline of the sulcus in transverse section below the level of the rest of

the stomodseum ; the azygos tentacle (5) and the directive mesenteries

(3) are indicated also (p. 808).

In Figs. 2,3, and 5, the arrow indicates the supposed junction of ectoderm and

endoderm.

1 Op. cit. supra.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. LIV. 54

810 THR SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS ‘TO THE MENAGERIE. [Noy. 16,

November 16, 1897.

Dr. A. Giwrner, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, September, and October, 1897 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of June were 178 in number. Of these 132 were acquired

by presentation, 15 by purchase, 14 were received on deposit, 13

were bred in the Gardens, and 4 were received in exchange. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 137.

Amongst the additions the following are worthy of notice :—

1. Two fine adult King Penguins (Aptenodytes pennanti), pur-

chased out of a lot of five offered for sale by a dealer, on June 23rd.

2. A young female Orang-outang (Stmia satyrus), brought home

from Sumatra and presented by Dr. H. Dohrn, C.M.Z.S., on

June 30th.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of July were 102innumber. Of these 84 were acquired by

presentation, 17 by purchase, 14 were received on deposit, and

37 were bred in the Gardens. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 143.

Amongst the additions attention may be specially called to :—

1. A young pair of Babirussas (Bahbirussa alfurus), from Celebes,

presented by H.G. The Duke of Bedford, F.Z.S., July 3rd.

2. An example of the Thick-billed Penguin (Eudyptes pachy-

rhynchus), from Stewart Island, New Zealand, deposited by the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., July 5th.

3. A very large example of Daudin’s Tortoise (Testudo daudini),

deposited by the Hon. Walter Rothschild on July 21st. This

Tortoise, no doubt originally from the Aldabra Islands, is said to

have been kept in captivity in Mauritius for about 150 years, and

is believed to be the largest Land-Tortoise now living in the world.

It is about 4 ft. 7 inches in length, 2 ft. 10 inches in breadth, and

weighs about 5 cwt.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 132 in number; of these 91 were acquired

by presentation, 7 by purchase, 15 were received on deposit, 18

were bred in the Gardens, and 1 was received in exchange. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 128.

Amongst the additions attention may be specially called to :—

1. A male and two females of a large Deer from the Altai

Mountains, probably referable to Cervus eustephanus, Blanford,

received on deposit on August 10th, and apparently different in

species from any Deer previously exhibited in the Society’s series.

1897.] THE SECRETARY ON THE GLOSSY IBISES, 811

2. A young male of the Caucasian Wild Goat (Capra caucasica),

received in exchange on August 12th. There was already an adult

female of this species living in the collection, presented by H. H.

P. Deasey, Esq., in November 1893, so that there is now a pair

of this scarce bovine animal in the Society’s Gardens.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of September were 194 in number. Of these 49 were

acquired by presentation, 13 by purchase, 130 were received on

deposit, and 2 were bred in the Gardens. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was

12.

The registered additions to the Society’s Meuagerie during the

month of October were 109 in number. Of these 71 were

acquired by presentation, 17 by purchase, 5 in exchange, 9 were

received on deposit, and 7 were bred in the Gardens. The total

number of departures during the same period, by death and re-

movals, was 112.

The Secretary took this opportunity of calling attention to the

Glossy Ibises living in the Society’s Gardens, and made the

following remarks :—

“In January 1893 we purchased seven examples of a species

of Glossy Ibis, stuted, I believe quite correctly, to have been

received from South America. These birds were entered on the

which I supposed them to be the young. In August of the same

year we received as a present from the late Lord Lilford twelve

examples of the European Glossy Ibis (Plegadis falcinellus) from

Spain. These were turned into the large Aviary along with the

former lot. They mixed themselves together, and it seemed quite

impossible to distinguish the two supposed species, in the plumage

which they then bore. I called Mr. Thomson’s special attention

to the subject, and supposed that when the birds became fully adult

we should be able to see the differences that have been pointed out

between these forms by the American ornithologists (see Ridgw.

Man. N. A. B. ed. 2, p. 124). Mr. Thomson has supplied me with

the following notes on this subject :—

“* Notes on the Breeding of the Glossy Tbises.

“ July 23rd, 1897.—The Glossy Ibises bred for the first time

in 1895, when three were hatched. I cannot now remember how

many birds ‘paired,’ but only three young birds lived long,

others were killed by falling out of the nest and by neglect of the

parent birds. The average number of eggs was three, of which

generally only two were hatched. _At the present time there are

three young ones living, hatched this year, about three weeks old.

1 See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 729.

54*

812 MR, SCLATER ON CONTINEN'TAL MENAGHERIES, Noy. 16

In this case, four eggs were laid, but only three of them were

hatched. Two of these (living) young ones are about as large

again as the third one. The young birds are fed by the parent in

the same manner as Pigeons feed their young. The period of

incubation is about three weeks.

‘“‘The question as to whether the Glossy Ibises we have are really

of two distinct species is rather a puzzling one. In the winter it

is, I think, quite impossible tv tell which are the American and

which are the European birds. At the present time there are

three or four birds that may wel] bear the name of ‘ White-faced

Ibis.’

“In the supposed P. guarauna the white on the forehead is broader

and passes round the back of the eye and under the chin. The

cere is red, the eyes, I believe, are claret-coloured. The beak is

reddish and the knees are red.

“Jn the true P. falcinellus the margin of white on the forehead

is very narrow and does not pass behind the eye, and there is no

white under the chin. The cere is Jead-coloured, the eyes are black,

and the beak and legs blackish. The Ibis that bred the three

young ones is one of these. I think that the white-faced Ibises are

distinct from the European bird, but that the difference can only

be seen in adult birds in breeding-plumage.

“Oct. 1897.—-In the early part of this month (Oct. 1897) the

whole of the Glossy Ibises were caught up to be put in the Eastern

Aviary for the winter. I took this opportunity to examine each

bird, and so far as plumage is concerned it was almost impossible

to tell one bird from another. I found three birds with claret-red

eyes. wo of these have reddish knees and pinkish ceres, and are,

no doubt, the two that had white faces in the summer. The third

(red-eyed) bird has no reddish knees nor pink cere. All the other

birds have smoky-black eyes.”’

Mr. Sclater stated that during the past summer he had visited

the Zoological Gardens of Cologne, St. Petersburg, Moscow, and

Berlin, and made some remarks on the principal animals he had

observed in those establishments.

At Cologne were fine specimens of Canis jubatus and Canis

lateralis of West Africa, also a group of six specimens of the

Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), which Herr Reiche (of Alfeld),

who had imported them, had informed him were received from

the Arabian Port of Hodeidah, near which this Gazelle was found

on the littoral strip. The family of five Sea-lions (Otaria cali-

fornica) was still thriving, and lived in harmony in the large

basin provided for them with four Cormorants. An example of

Halaétus branickii at Cologne, of about the same age as that in

the Society’s collection (see P. Z. S. 1896, p. 784, pl. xxxvii.), was

now getting slightly white in the tail.

In the Zoological Garden of St. Petersburg, which was mainly

resorted to as a place of public amusement, was a fine adult pair

1897.] MR. SCLATER ON THE EGG OF CARIAMA CRISLATA, 813

of Hippopotamus amphibius, which were remarkable as being suffi-

ciently tame to allow the keeper to ride on their backs and thus

placed to feed them from his hand.

The most noticeable Mammals in the Zoological Garden of

Moscow were a fine adult female of the Persian Deer (Cervus maral),

accompanied by a young fawn, very distinctly spotted on the back

(see Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vii. p. 336, pl. xxix.). There was also a

young male of this beautiful Deer, and a young female Saiga

Antelope (Saiga tatarica).

In the renowned Zoological Garden of Berlin there was, as always,

much to be inspected and admired. The Garden was fortunate in

possessing one of the few pairs of the old stock of Nubian Giraffes,

Giraffa camelopardalis, still existing in European menageries.

These animals were fifteen or sixteen years old, but still in excellent

form and condition. The male showed the median horn very pro-

minently (cf. de Winton, P. Z. S. 1897, p. 276) ; in the female it was

barely observable. Amongst the Antelopes, Mr. Sclater bad noticed

fine examples of Gazella cuvieri 2 , Cephalophus harveyi from German

East Africa, Bubalis lichtensteini, and Cobus unctuosus (3d, Q et

vit.). The new Bird-house contained a large series of examples

of Passerine and other birds, many of which Mr. Sclater had not

seen alive before. Amongst these were Oriolus trail, O. melano-

cephalus, Crateropus squamiceps, Ruticilla leucocephala, Artamus

sordidus, and Paocephalvs versteri. There were also many fine

Cranes, Storks, and Herons to be seen (Ardea sibilatrix, Ardea

gularis, &c.), for which a new House was in preparation. The

series of the larger Birds of Prey comprised fine examples of

Spizaétus coronatus and S. bellicosus, and two quite adult examples

of Haliaétus branickii with perfectly white tails. In the same com-

partment as the last was a nearly adult specimen of H. pelagicus,

showing at a glance the striking diversities of these two large-

billed Sea-eagles.

Mr. Sclater exhibited an egg of the Cariama (Carzama cristata)

laid in the Society's Gardens on the 18th of August last, and

remarked that it was not so pointed and not so much spotted as

those described and figured by Prof. Newton in 1889’, but other-.

wise agreed with them in its characters.

Mr. Sclater read the subjoined notes from Mr. Arthur Thomson,

the Head-Keeper, on this subject :—

“Two Cariamas which were thought to be a pair were put to-

gether during the past summer in the large cage at the west end

of the Eastern Avairy, where a large flat basket had been fixed in

one corner as a suitable nesting-place. Birch-twigs &c. were scat-

tered about the cage and the birds (which proved to be a pair) soon

began to carry them into the basket. The female laid two eggs in

July and commenced to sit on the 21st. Both birds took turns

on the nest, and I have seen the female drive the male on to the

' See P. Z.S. 1889, p. 25, pl. i.

814 MR. LYDEKKER ON A SKIN OF URSUS PRUINosUsS. [Nov. 16,

nest. On the 18th of August one young was hatched, which the

parent bird immediately proceeded to eat. The other egg (ex-

hibited herewith) was addled. The period of incubation was

exactly 28 days. The only observable difference between the male

and female Cariama is that the female is rather the largest.”

In reference to their communication on the Dentition of the

Manatee *, Messrs. Thomas and Lydekker desired to draw attention

to a memoir on the same subject by Dr. Clemens Hartlaub, pub-

lished in 1886*. This paper, mainly on account of its title, had

been overlooked, the references in the ‘ Zoological Record’ being so

worded as to make it appear that it referred chiefly or entirely to

the distinction and geographical distribution of the species, rather

than to any more general question.

So far as the number of teeth in the Manatee was concerned,

Dr. Hartlaub had come to very much the same conclusions as

Messrs. Thomas and Lydekker, and on nearly similar grounds, but

he had ventured to go even further in the estimate of the number

of molars which it might be possible for the animal to develop in

the course of its life.

Since this part of Dr. Hartlaub’s admirable paper had, at least

in England, by no means attracted the attention it deserved, the

present authors, while regretting the omission of reference and

credit to Dr. Hartlaub, felt at the same time it was no disadvantage

to science that the wonderful dentition of the Manatee had been

described afresh in a publication so widely read and quoted as the

Society’s ‘Proceedings.’ They would likewise take the opportunity

of expressing their gratification that the conclusions reached by

themselves, startling and improbable as these at first sight seemed,

had been independently attained by so competent a judge as

Dr. Hartlaub.

Some of the palzontological points advanced by the present

authors, and the bearing that a knowledge of the Manatee’s den-

tition would have on the homologies of other Mammalian teeth, had

not been discussed in Dr. Hartlaub’s paper.

Mr. Lydekker exhibited on behalf of the Hon. A. E. Gathorne-

Hardy a flat skin of Ursus pruinosus, collected by Mr. Neil Malcolm

in Tibet. Although differing considerably in coloration from the

specimen figured in plate xxvul. of the present volume (P. Z. 8S. 1897,

p- 412) of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ there could be no doubt

that the new specimen belonged to the same species—this being

especially shown by the bases of all the hairs being black. Much

less white on the head and shoulders was exhibited by the new

specimen, in which the ears were black instead of white. There was

also a rufous band down the middle of the back, not observable in

1 Above, p. 595.

2 Zool. Jahrb, i. p. 1 (1886).

1897.] MR. G, P, MUDGE ON THE TONGUE OF PARROTS, 815

the previous specimen. In fact the new example seemed to differ as

much from the latter, if not more so, than did the Kashmir Snow-

Bear from the Brown Bear of Europe; and thus supported the

author’s view as to the Blue Bear forming a species distinct from

all the other living members of the U. arctus group, which he re-

garded as subspecies of one variable species. Whether these

differences were merely individual, or due to season or age, or, on

the other hand, indicated subspecific forms, it was difficult to de-

termine. Tibet was a large country, which might well contain

districts suitable for the habitat of Bears more or less completely

separated by physical barriers from one another. And it was

certain that the differences between the two specimens considered

were much greater, so far as coloration was concerned, than those

between the various N. American Grizzlies. But if two subspecies

were indicated, which was to be regarded as the typical race of

the species ?

Mr. Lydekker also exhibited a coloured sketch of the Deer de-

scribed by Mr. Blanford as Cervus eustephanus, but of which the

proper name appeared to be C. canadensis asiaticus. The specimen,

in company with several others of the same race, was living in the

menagerie at Woburn Abbey, and came from the Altai. It in-

dicated a very distinct race of the Wapiti, in which the entire

animal was smaller than the American Wapiti, although the

antlers were absolutely larger. Mr. Lydekker likewise mentioned

that the Stag he had described under the provisional name ot

C. bedfordianus (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 932) had recently died, after

developing the antlers of the third year. These seemed to indicate

that it was identical with C. xanthopygus and that the figure of

the type of the latter (Milne-Edw. Recherches Mammif. pl. xxi.)

was very incorrect, the tail being drawn much too long, whereas

it is really as short as in the Wapiti.

Mr. G. P. Mudge read a preliminary paper on the Myology of

the Tongue of Parrots. Species of Ara, Brotogerys, Chrysotis, and

Lorius had been examined, and the detailed relationships of the

individual muscles to the ‘“‘ parahyal arch” of Mivart had been

worked out. Muscles termed the mesoglossus, mylo-para-hyoideus,

and ceratoglossus were described as new.

Special interest was shown to attach to the inferior ceratoglossus

muscle. In respect to it Ara and Chrysotis were found to be struc-

turally similar, aud to present a condition markedly distinct from

that occurring in the Loriide ; but while in the general characters

of their lingual musculature the Loriidew were found to stand alone

(as had been concluded by Mivart from the study of their skeleton),

as concerning the inferior ceratoglossus Brotogerys had been found

to present a condition intermediate between that occurring in them

and the other Psittacide thus far examined.

816 MR. E. T, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUSZ. [ Noy. 16,

The following papers were read :—

1. On British Meduse. By Epwarp T. Browne, B.A.,

F.Z.S., Zoological Laboratory, University College,

London.

[Received June 10, 1897.]

(Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.)

The present communication is in continuation of a previous

paper read before the Society in March 1896, and published in the

‘Proceedings’ for that year (P. Z.S. 1896, p. 459).

DIPURENA HALTERATA (Forbes). (Plate XLIX. figs. 2, 2a, 20.)

Slabberia halterata, Forbes (1848) ; Allman (1867).

Dipurena halterata, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1896).

I had the good fortune to capture a fine adult specimen of this

species in Valencia Harbour on the 27th of July, 1896. I had

occasionally taken young specimens, but never had seen the adult.

Before describing the specimen it is best to review the literature

relating to the species in order to make clear a most interesting

oint.

; Forbes first found this species in August, 1836, in Mount’s Bay,

Cornwall, where great numbers were taken, and he described the

species in his celebrated Monograph as follows :—‘ Umbrella

deeply campanulate, smooth, colourless; sub-umbrella large,

divided into equal parts by four simple vessels, which open into

a circular marginal vessel. On the upper third of the sub-

umbrella are seen in the course of the vessels four linear ovaries

or reproductive glands, pointed at each end. The tentacula are

strong, four in number, and colourless, except at their bases and

tips. The bulbs at their bases are more or less triangular,

coloured above with bright verdigris-green, and across the centre

with a band of deep orange, below which, on the root as it were of

the tentacle, is seen a conspicuous and rather large jet-black ocellus.

The extremity of each tentacle is likewise swollen into a bulb,

which is of a rich orange hue. From the centre of the sub-

umbrella hangs a long and highly extensile peduncle or stomach,

capable of being contracted entirely within the general cavity, but

more usually elongated beyond the length of the tentacula. It is

of a denser tissue than the other parts, and terminates in a circular

orifice. The diameter of the disk does not exceed one-eighth of

an inch. The position and form of its ovaries indicate a relation-

ship with Thaumantias, whilst the peduncle is that of a Sarsia. It

thus links together genera which, were it not for such a connecting

form, would seem to be far apart.”

In 1878 Haeckel captured a specimen at Jersey, which he

has described in his ‘ System der Medusen.’ He states that the

generative cells are upon the manubrium in three spindle-shaped

masses, and he expresses an opinion that the ‘ ovaries ” described

1897.] MR, E. T. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS#. 817

by Forbes upon the radial canals may possibly be parasitic

Distoma.

The specimen which I captured at Valencia helps to clear

up these conflicting statements. It has generative cells upon

the manubrium, as described by Haeckel, and it has also the

linear swellings upon the radial canals, as described and figured

by Forbes. ‘There can be no doubt about the swellings upon the

manubrium being formed of generative cells, but I am not able to

make a definite statement with regard to the swellings upon the

radial canals. Sections show that the swelling is formed by a

considerable enlargement of the endoderm cells, which are crowded

with small nuclei. In general appearance the swelling resembles

an immature gonad, as usually seen upon the radial canal of a

Leptomedusa, but more specimens must be examined to settle the

question whether there are generative cells among endoderm cells

of the swellings or not. I have a few small specimens in my

collection which have again been examined, and I have found in

all of them traces of the swellings upon the radial canals. These

specimens were preserved before examination and by a method not

suitable for histological work.

As the Valencia specimen does not agree exactly with the

descriptions given by Forbes and Haeckel, | think it is best to de-

scribe it and give a figure of it, especially as Forbes has figured an

immature stage :—Umbrella -bell-shaped, about 8 mm. in length

and 6 mm. in width. Manubrium, when expanded, very slender,

about twice the length of the umbrella, with a small apical knob.

At the end of each of the four tentacles there are large batteries

of nematocysts, forming a large terminal knob when the tentacle is

contracted (fig. 26); but when expanded (fig. 2 a) the terminal knob

is seen to be composed of three distinct clusters of nematocysts.

The basal bulb of the tentacle is of a dark reddish brown, with a

large black ocellus. ‘Two masses of spermatozoa surround the

manubrium, one extending from the mouth along the stomach,

and occupying about one third the length of the manubrium, the

other starting a short distance away and occupying another third

of the manubrium. On each of the four radial canals, at about one

third of the distance from the stomach to the ring-canal, is a small

linear swelling, which Forbes regarded as an ovary, but that state-

ment still needs confirmation.

? Cyr#aNDRA AREOLATA, Haeckel. (Plate XLVIILI. figs. 1, la,

and 2.)

In my Report on the Medusz of the Isle of Man (Trans. Liver-

pool Biol. Soc. 1895), I have described under the name of Cyte-

andra areolata several stages of a medusa which has not yet been

figured. J erred somewhat in using the name Cytewandra areolata

for this medusa. It is Haeckel’s name for the medusa budded off

from the hydroid Podocoryne areolata (Alder), but up to the present

there is not the slightest proof that my specimens are derived from

that hydroid. I have but little doubt that eventually they will

818 MR. E. 1. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUSA. [Nov. 16,

become connected with the genus Podocoryne and then the correct;

name can be assigned to them. I have tried to rear the medusa

budded from Podocoryne carnea, but have failed to keep them alive

long enough to witness any further development. The specimens of

P. carnea taken in the tow-net always had eight tentacles and

showed no signs whatever of possessing any reproductive organs,

so that they may be regarded as quite early stages. The earliest

stage taken of the medusa which I have called Cyteandra areolata

has sixteen tentacles, which correspond to the number of tentacles

possessed by the meduse liberated from Podocoryne areolata. At

present I have no reason for doubting that P. carnea and P. areolata

are two distinct species, and therefore expect to find two distinct

adult medusz, but have only seen one.

I give the description of an early stage (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1) :—

Umbrella about 1 mm. in length and in width, with scattered

nematocysts upon the ex-umbrella. Manubrium about two-thirds

the length of the umbrella-cavity, and the mouth with four simple

oral tentacles terminating with a cluster of nematocysts. Sixteen

large tentacles (4 perradial, 4 interradial, and 8 adradial), with

brownish basal bulbs; and four slender tentacles which are

evidently at an early stage of growth.

I add the description of a late stage (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2) :-—

Umbrella about 4 mm. in width and slightly less in length.

Compared with an early stage it shows a change in shape owing

to the increase in the mass of mesoglea above the umbrella-cavity.

The oral tentacles are bifurcated and have the usual terminal

clusters of nematocysts. The number of tentacles in the specimen

figured is 25, but 30 tentacles were counted in another specimen.

The basal bulbs of the tentacles are very conspicuous, of a rich

reddish-brown colour.

I saw ova surrounding the stomach of a specimen of this

medusa taken in Valencia Harbour on 22nd April, 1895. The

specimen was about 5 mm. in diameter and possessed 24 tentacles.

Lak SABELLARUM, Gosse.

In my previous paper on British Meduse (P. Z.8. 1896, p. 468),

I showed that the medusa W2llsia stellata, Forbes, was the adult form

of the medusa liberated from the hydroid Lar sabellarum, Gosse,

and a description was given of the different stages in development.

In that paper I described wrongly the branching of the radial

canals in the adult, and was led intothe error by having seen only one

specimen, which has since proved to be an abnormal one. I stated

that the third branch of the radial canal was an offshoot of the

second branch, but in most specimens the third branch comes off

from the first branch. The diagrams (1, 2, 3, 4, pp. 819, 820)

show the normal development of the radial canals.

During my visit to Valencia in 1896, I was able to collect a large

number of specimens, especially of the later stages, and found

some remarkable variations in the branching of the radial canals.

Two of these are illustrated by diagrams (5, 6, p. 821). In other

1897. ] MR. E. T. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS#. 819

Diagrams to show development of the branches of the radial canals. Aboral

view. M, main canal. 1, first branch. 2, second branch. 3, third

branch.

Fig. 1.

Lar sabellarum.

First stage. Six canals without branches.

Lar sabellarum.

Second stage. Each canal with one branch.

820 MR. E. 1. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS%.

Lar sabellarum.

Third stage. Each canal with two branches.

Lar sabellarum,

Adult stage. Hach canal with three branches.

[ Noy. 16,

1897.] MR, E. 1, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUSZ.

Lar sabellarum.

Diagram showing variation in the branching of the radial canals.

Fig. 6,

Lar sabellarum.

Diagram showing variation in the branching of the radial canals.

MR. E. T. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS2. [Nov. 1

Lar sabellarum.

Diagram showing variation in the branching of the radial canal.

Fig. &.

Lar sabellarum.

Diagram of’a specimen with seven main canals,

1897.] MR. BE. T. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS2. 823

Fig. 9.

Lar sabellarum.

Diagram showing an irregular arrangement of the lobes of the stomach

and of the radial canals.

specimens a variation occurred in the number of the canals which

leave the stomach; normally six are present. Two specimens

possessed five canals: one belonged to the first stage and had five

tentacles ; the other belonged to the second stage and possessed ten

tentacles.

Another specimen showed the union of two lobes of the stomach

to form one canal (fig. 7, p. 822), with an abnormal branching of

the canal near the margin of the umbrella.

A specimen with seven canals showed that some of the canals

had Jess than the normal number of branches (fig. 8, p. 822). A

curious variation of the normal star-shaped stomach is shown in

fig. 9 (p. $23).

LAODICE CaLCARATA. (Plate XLIX. fig. 4.)

Laodice calearata, L. Agassiz (1862); Haeckel (1879); Brooks

(1895); Browne (1895).

Lafoea calearata, A. Agassiz (1865).

According to Haeckel there are four species belonging to the

genus Laocdice, viz. L. cruciata, L. ulothrix, L. calcarata, and L. sali-

narum.

I have already briefly criticised (see P. Z. S. 1896, p. 482) the

numerous synonyms and references placed under the name of Laodice

cruciata by Haeckel, and think that Medusa ecruciuta of Forsk&l, and

the references connected with it, may be safely placed on an obso-

lete list, as neither the descriptions nor the figures are of any use for

even determining correctly the genus to which they really belong.

824 MR. E. 1, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS#. [ Noy. 16,

Some of the other synonyms refer to meduse which do not belong

to the genus Laodice, but two of them clearly do, viz., Zhaumantias

mediterranea, Gegenbaur (1856), and Cosmetria punctata, Haeckel

(1864). Haeckel, however, in his monograph (1879), rightly con-

siders that his species is identical with that of Gegenbaur, and

therefore may be regarded as a synonym of it.

It is a matter of considerable ditticulty with our present know-

ledge of the genus to fix upon characters which may be regarded

as sufficiently permanent to distinguish one form from another.

Although I obtained last year several dozen fine specimens in

Valencia Harbour, yet I ain not able to determine for a certainty

to which species they belong.

I first used the specific name L. calcarata for a specimen taken

off the Isle of Man in 1894, and at that time had not investigated

the literature connected with Laodice cruciata of Haeckel. As I

do not wish to change again the specific name of the British speci-

mens the name is still retained for the Irish specimens, which

would fairly well agree with any of the four species mentioned,

except in coloration, which, amongst meduse, is not usually a good

character for the determination of species.

The Valencia specimens ranged from 3 mm. to 27 mm. in dia-

meter and show various stages in development.

The umbrella is changeable in shape, and cannot be relied upon

as a specific character. In the smallest specimen the umbrella is

bell-shaped, about as long as broad, but it broadens as it grows, as

the following measurements show :—9 mm. wide, 7 mm. long;

20 mm. wide, 12mm. long; 25 mm. wide, 13 mm. long. Amongst

the larger specimens, 20-25 mm. in width, the shape of the um-

brella is very variable, from bowl-shaped to watchglass-shaped.

The velum increases in width along with the growth of the um-

brella, measuring 2-23 mm. in specimens from 20-25 mm. in

diameter. The mouth in the smallest specimen has four lips with

a slightly folded margin. The size of the lips and the folds of the

margin increase with the size of the medusa. In the largest speci-

mens the lips are 2-4 mm. in length and have a beautifully folded

margin. The mouth opens direct into a flat stomach, out of which

run the four radial canals.

The generative cells develop in the wall of the radial canals, and

the ova in the adult are visible, extending nearly from the stomach

to within a short distance of the ring-canal.’ The smallest speci-

men (3 mm. in diameter) just shows the commencement of the for-

mation of the gonads, by an increase in the size of the wall of the

canals, forming a short fold which extends from the stomach and

just arches over the top of the umbrella-cavity. It gives to the

stomach the appearance of possessing four short lobes. The growth

of the gonad continues along the radial canal until it nearly reaches

the ring-canal. As the generative cells increase in size, the wall

of the canal also increases in size, until it forms a large hollow tube

with crumpled sides. In each of the specimens examined there

was a short portion of the radial canal, next the ring-canal, free

1897.] MR. E. 1, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS 2. 825

from generative cells. The gonads in all the specimens were quite

colecurless.

The margin of the umbrella is thickly beset with long tentacles,

the number varying according to the size of the umbrella, as shown

by the following examples :—

3 mm. diameter .... About 30 tentacles.

6 mm. “7 bdore “¥ ~60 a

9 mm. 3 Re ys 00 ns

11 mm. FA ste Jace Fe aN PAD

17 mm. ~ 5 ey te aye LOU i

26 mm. 3 eee ,, 300 eS or more.

The tentacles first make their appearance as bulbs on the inner

side of the margin, which is fairly broad. The bulb apparently

grows outwards across the margin, and the tentacles develop from

the outer end of the bulb. The tentacle gradually tapers from

the bulb; it is at least 25 mm. in length, when expanded, and

covered with nematocysts. The attachment of the tentacle to the

umbrella is further strengthened by an outgrowth which extends

from the base of the tentacle for a short distance along the ex-

umbrella. The outgrowth is usually triangular in shape and con-

sists of large cells. This outgrowth or “ spur” appears after the

development of the tentacle, and is absent or scarcely visible in

young stages.

When the medusa is motionless in an aquarium, the tentacles are

arranged in two positions. The basal portion of one tentacle

points upwards, and that of the adjacent one slopes slightly down-

wards ; the basal portion is stiff and straight, the outer portion

gracefully curves over, with the free end hanging down and

tapering out to an almost invisible thread. On the inner side of

the basal bulbs of the tentacles, and just below the ring-canal,

there is usually situated a black ocellus. The ocelli show a con-

siderable amount of variation in number. Asa rule there is not

one opposite every tentacle, but every alternate tentacle. In

the same individual several adjacent tentacles may each have an

ocellus at their base, then an alternating series, one with, and the

next without an ocellus; and followed by two or three adjacent

tentacles without ocelli. In one large specimen I counted 228

tentacles, but only 88 ocelli, and in another large specimen I

noticed an ocellus opposite nearly every tentacle.

On the inner side of the margin of the umbrella are situated

the curious sensory clubs or cordyli—one about midway beween

every two tentacles; they usually point inwards, and lie close to

and below the velum. Brooks has recently given a description

and figures of these organs.

In addition to the tentacles and cordyli there are also long fili-

form cirri, armed with nematocysts: usually one between every

two tentacles, but often two are present, and are situated close

to the bulb of the tentacle. In a few specimens I noticed that a

Proc, Zoo. Soc.—1897, No. LY. 55

826 MR, E. T, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS2. [ Nov. 16,

filiform cirrus was situated on the outer side of a tentacle-bulb, or

upon the “spur.” The cause of this abnormal position I was

able to trace from the early stages. The tentacles do not all

occupy exactly the same position on the margin ; some develop

very close to the inner side of the margin. The filiform cirri are

close to the outer side of the margin, and, consequently, when a

tentacle-bulb makes its appearance close to the inner margin and

opposite a cirrus, in its subsequent growth it carries the cirrus in

an outward direction.

All the Valencia specimens were quite colourless to the naked

eye, but under the microscope a narrow band of a yellowish-brown

colour is seen at the base of the ring-canal, and a narrow streak

of the same colour is also visible in the basal bulbs of the tentacles.

DIPLEUROSOMA HEMISPH#RICUM (Allman). (Plate XLVIII.

figs. 3, 3a.)

Ametrangia hemispherica, Allman (1873).

Dipleurosoma irregulare, Haeckel (1879); Haddon (1885).

During my visits to Valencia in 1895 and 1896 [ found a few

specimens of this species.

Allman, in the description of the species, states that there are

three main radial canals with branches ; some of the branches enter

the ring-canal and others terminate blindly.

Haeckel found some specimens at Brighton, one of which agreed

with Allman’s description, and the others showed considerable

variation in the arrangement of the canal-system.

The Valencia specimens also show that the canal-system, which

I now only intend to describe, is very variable.

The specimen which approaches nearest to Allman’s descrip-

tion has three large radial canals, with lateral branches, and also

two smaller canals leading from the stomach to the ring-

canal (fig. 10, p.827). The umbrella of this specimen measures

8 mm. in diameter, and the ova are just visible upon four of the

canals.

Another specimen, of which I have given a figure (Plate X LVIII.

figs.3, 3a) shows another type of canal-system. There are four large

canals, which divide the umbrella into four equal parts, and four

smaller canals, interradially situated, one of which has reached the

ring-canal and the other three terminate not far off. The gonads

have not yet commenced to develop. The umbrella is about 8 mm.

in width and 4 mm. in length.

A very irregular system of canals is shown in another specimen

(fig. 11, p. 827). This has eight radial canals leaving the

stomach and joining the ring-canal, and some of these canals have

short lateral branches, which probably by further growth finally reach

the ring-canal. In a damaged specimen I have counted as many

as eleven canals entering the ring-canal. A slightly damaged

specimen of a male shows that the generative cells form a large

oval mass, on, at least, five of the radial canals, and that the

1897. | MR. E, 1. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS.F. 827

Fig. 10.

Dipleurosoma hemisphericum.

Diagram of the radial canal-system. Oral view.

g, gonad ; m, mouth expanded ; 7.c., ring-canal ; s, stomach; v, velum.

Dipleurosoma hemisphericum.

Diagram showing the radial canals leaving the stomach. Oral view.

The canals marked with an arrow enter the ring-canal.

55*

828 MR. E. T. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS 4. [ Nov. 16,

branches of the canals leave the main canal between the generative

organs and the stomach (see fig. 12, p. 828).

Fig. 12.

Dipleurosoma hemisphericum.

Diagram showing the position of the gonad upon the radial canal.

It is evident that these specimens do not agree with Allman’s

description of the species. He clearly states that there are only

three primary canals, which give off branches, and that the gene-

rative cells are confined to these canals and are situated close to the

stomach.

I think a fresh description of this species is required, and that a

large number of specimens ought to be examined, so as to find out the

normal plan of the canal-system and the extent of its variations.

DistrisuTIon. England—Brighton, Haeckel.

Treland—South Coast, Allman. Kingstown, Haddon. Valencia

Island, E. T. B.

POLYCANNA FORSKALEA (Forbes).

Aquorea forskalea, Forbes, P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 272, Rad. pl. iv.

On the 5th September, 1896, five specimens of this beautiful

medusa were captured in Valencia Harbour, and others were seen

swimming at too great a depth to be taken ina hand-net. On

the previous day a large one had been taken by the Misses Delap.

All the specimens were in splendid condition, and fortunately

belonged to different stages, which are described in the order of

their size

1897.] MR. E. T, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS&. 829

No. 1. Umbrella 25 mm. in diameter.

The stomach is very broad at the base, which is slightly convex

in shape, and about 13 mm. in diameter. The mouth has about

55 simple folds, and, when expanded, is 7 mm. in diameter. No

less than 140 radial canals leave the stomach, and out of these 45

enter the ring-canal, the remainder showing various stages in

development. At this stage the generative cells are just visible

upon some of the canals. Upon the margin of the umbrella there are

four large tentacles, when expanded about 20 mm. in length, situated

at about equal distance apart, and there is also a small tentacle,

about midway between the large tentacles, in three of the quadrants.

The fourth tentacle, to make this series complete, has not yet

begun to grow. In addition to the tentacles there are about 100

marginal bulbs, varying in size, from which tentacles develop in

the later stages.

The margival vesicles are very numerous, but not constant

in number and position, generally two between every two bulbs.

No. 2. Umbrella 30 mm. in diameter.

This specimen shows a later stage in development as there are

8 large tentacles, but the numbers of marginal bulbs and vesicles

are about the same as in the first specimen. The radial canals are

not nearly so numerous, only 114 present. About half enter the

ring-canal, the others show various stages of growth and usually

alternate with the former. In one place on the umbrella there is

a union of four adjacent canals, which again branch into three

canals.

No. 3. Umbrella 55 mm. in diameter.

The base of the stomach shows a well-marked convexity, 26 mm.

in diameter, which is formed by a thick mass of mesoglea. There

are 16 tentacles present, which may be divided into three sets—

four very long, four moderately long, and eight very short. Nearly

all the radial canals (145 in number) unite with the ring-canal.

‘The gonads, owing to their increase in size, are conspicuous, and the

marginal bulbs and vesicles are very numerous, as in the preceding

specimens.

No. 4. Umbrella 60 mm. in diameter.

The base of the stomach measures 33 mm. in diameter and has

a conspicuous convexity. The stomach itself, though very broad, is

very short, and the mouth measures 17 mm. in diameter when ex-

panded. There are 28 tentacles, varying in length, eight of which

are very long, and about 40 marginal bulbs. The radial canals,

about 180, nearly all unite with the ring-canal. One canal on

leaving the stomach divides into three branches, and another into

two branches. The generative cells show a further stage in

development.

No. 5. Umbrella 135 mm. in diameter.

The first four specimens show a gradual increase in size and in

development, but there is a slight gap in the series between this

specimen and the last one. The umbrella is very flat on the top

and about four times as broad as high. The growth of the stomach,

830 MR, E. T, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS£. (Noy. 16,

55 mm. in diameter, keeps pace with the growth of the umbrella and

becomes longer and more funnel-shaped. The mouth, as in all

these specimens, has a considerable number of folds and is capable

of considerable expansion (35 mm. in diameter when expanded).

There are 43 tentacles of various sizes, and between every two tenta-

cles usually one large and two small marginal bulbs, and between the

latter several marginal vesicles. The radial canals (153 in number)

nearly all enter the ring-canal. The genital bands are very con-

spicuous. The velum is about 4 mm. broad.

No. 6. Umbrella 160 mm. in diameter.

This is the largest specimen of the series, and to judge from the

immature condition of the ova the medusa has not yet reached its

full development and probably grows to a larger size. The

diameter of the stomach is 53 mm., and the mouth has a very

Jarge number of folds. There are 56 tentacles, and between every

pair of tentacles usually one large and two small bulbs, which may

develop tentacles later on. The radial canals are only 88 in

number and nearly all join the ring-canal, and nearly all have

generative cells in different stages of development.

The following is a general description of the different organs of

the specimens above described :—

The Stomach and Mouth.

The stomach is remarkable on account of its size; the upper

part, as already stated, is circular and convex in shape; the con-

vexity is more marked in the larger specimens. In shape, the

stomach is like a short, broad funnel with the side marked by

longitudinal lines, like frosted glass, which alternate with the

openings of the radial canals. The lines extend from the base

of the stomach up to the edge of the mouth. The closing of the

mouth is effected by the wall of the stomach becoming spirally

twisted. When the mouth is closed the stomach becomes more

elongated and the twisted portion forms a kind of wsophagus

(“Schlundrohr” of Haeckel), just as in Polycanna fungina,

Haeckel (Taf. xiv. fig. 4). The mouth does not always hang in

the centre of the umbrella-cavity, but at times moves very slowly

round and round the margin of the stomach. The edge of the

mouth, in the smallest specimen, has simple folds, which become

more complex in the larger specimens.

The Radial Canals and Generative Organs.

Allman gives in his Monograph (p. 79) an excellent diagram

showing the development of the radial canals of an Aquorea (prob-

ably Zquorea forskalea, Forbes). The specimens taken at Valencia

show that the radial canals do not develop in any definite order.

In the smallest specimen about one-third join the ring-canal, and

the remainder show various stages of growth—some of them are

only just leaving the stomach. The number of canals appears to

be very variable, as the largest specimen has only 88 canals, and

1897.] MR. E, T, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS®. 831

the younger ones vary between 114 and 180. In the smallest

specimen the generative cells are just beginning to make their

appearance along some of the radial canals. The generative cells

are situated in the wall of the canal, and as they develop in size

the wall of the canal extends downwards, so that in the largest

specimens the wall hangs down as a large fold, about 4 mm. wide,

and of a purplish colour. The generative cells extend from the

stomach nearly to the ring-canal, terminating in the largest speci-

mens about 2 to 3mm. from the margin. In this short portion

the canal is very broad, several times broader than the parts

bearing the gonads.

Haeckel states that Polycanna fungina has alternating sterile

and fertile radial canals. The Valencia specimens have generative

cells on almost every canal, occasionally a sterile canal occurs in

one or two places on the umbrella. As the canals are of different

ages of growth, so are the generative cells, and consequently the

generative folds vary in size.

Strethill Wright was successful in rearing the ova of Polycanna

vitrina (Gosse), and showed that an alternation of generations

existed, but the hydroids died at too early a stage for a satis-

factory determination of their generic position.

The Tentacles and Marginal Vesicles.

The smallest specimen shows that the medusa probably starts its

free-swimming life with four tentacles, and later on has eight and

then sixteen, which correspond to the perradial, interradial, and

adradial sets, as in Phialidium. After sixteen are present the

tentacles develop in an irregular manner until the maximum

number, which is not yet known, has been reached. The largest

of the Valencia specimens has 56 tentacles and about 150 marginal

bulbs; if the latter develop tentacles, a full-grown specimen would

have about 200 tentacles. The first appearance of a tentacle is

marked by a very small bulb upon the margin of the umbrella,

and the bulb grows to a considerable size before the tentacle begins

to grow out from it. The bulbs increase in number as the

umbrella increases in size, and consequently, in the later stages,

the bulbs and tentacles show various stages in development. A

bulb carrying a full-grown tentacle is very large and marked

externally with four or more longitudinal ridges. As the wall

of the bulb is very thin, there is a large internal cavity which

communicates with the ring-canal through a narrow opening.

The bulbs and the tentacles are of a light purplish colour. The

arrangement of the tentacles on the margin of the umbrella does

not coincide with the arrangement of the radial canals.

The marginal vesicles are exceedingly numerous and irregular in

position ; there are usually two vesicles between every two marginal

bulbs, and the number varies between one and three. Hach

vesicle usually contains four otoliths, but the number varies

from two to six. The arrangement of the otoliths inside the

832 MR, E, T, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUSA. [Noy. 16,

vesicle shows considerable variation; they are usually placed in

nearly a straight line, but often form a semicircle, and are occa-

sionally arranged in opposite pairs, as described by Haeckel in

Polycanna fungina.

Literuture.—A search into the literature relating to the genera

Aiquorea and Polycanna led me to a paper published by Forbes in

the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1851, “On a Species of

Afquorea inhabiting the British Seas,” taken in the Outer Hebrides.

The meduse taken at Valencia closely correspond to the description

and figures given by Forbes, who, after a careful investigation of

the early literature, decided that his specimens belonged to the

species known as Afquorca forskalea (Péron). I have examined

the earlier references relating to this kind of medusa, and believe

that it is not possible to recognize with certainty the species

described by the early naturalists.

Haeckel (1879) brings together all the early references relating

to diquorea forskalea (Péron), but has omitted Forbes’s Azguorea.

Claus (1881) describes specimens of A?quorea forskalea taken at

Trieste, and criticizes Haeckel’s classification of the Aquoreide.

Hartlaub (1894) describes specimens from Heligoland under the

name of Afquorea forskalea (Péron).

Our present knowledge of this interesting group is certainly not

in a very satisfactory condition. Probably, when more is known

about them, there will be a considerable reduction in the number

of species and Claus’s views confirmed.

For the present I think it is best to leave the Valencia speci-

mens under the name of Polycanna forskalea (Forbes). é

A Lupromepusa (gen.? sp.?). (Plate XLIX. figs. 3, 3a.)

This is an interesting little medusa which I have found only in

Valencia Harbour: a single specimen in May 1895, and three in

August 1896.

Description.—Umbrella egg-shaped, about 1 mm. in length and

width. Stomach and mouth absent. Four radial canals. Four

brownish tentacle-bulbs, without tentacles. Eight marginal

vesicles, each with a single otolith. About halfway down each

radial canal there are three pairs of dark brownish, irregular lobes,

which project into the umbrella-cavity. Velum very broad.

The absence of the stomach and mouth and of the tentacles,

and the presence of lobes on the radial canals, were noticed in all

the specimens.

Gonads probably develop upon the lobes of the canals, but none

were visible in these specimens. :

I do not believe that this medusa has been described, and refrain

from giving it a name. Most likely it comes from a Calyptoblastic

hydroid which has probably already received a name; if so, let it

receive its hydroid name’.

* Since this paper was read Dr. C. Hartlaub has published a description of this

medusa from examples taken off Heligoland. It is named Agastra mira (sp. et

gen. noy.). (Arbeiten biol. Anstalt Helgoland, 1897, Bd. ii. p. 504.)

1897. | MR, FE. T. BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS. 833

AGLANTHA RosHA (Forbes). (Plate XLIX. figs. 1, 1a, 10.)

Circe rosea, Forbes (1848) ; M‘Intosh (1890) ; Crawford (1891).

Aglantha digitalis, Hartlaub (1894).

Towards the end of April and during May 1895, I found in

Valencia Harbour about a dozen specimens of an Aglantha with

eight marginal vesicles.

The specimens agreed fairly well with the description given by

Forbes of Circe rosea, but Forbes has omitted, as usual, the marginal

vesicles in the description. During my second visit to Valencia

in 1896 I again met with examples of the same species.

Haeckel kas placed Circe rosea, Forbes, as a synonym of Aglantha

digitalis, a species first briefly described by Miiller (1766) under

the name of Medusa digitale. Haeckel has again described the

epecies and has stated clearly that there are always four marginal

vesicles (‘‘ Hérkélbchen ”) present. The umbrella is 30-40 mm.

in length and 10-20 mm. in width.

Maas (1893) has also described Aglantha digitalis, taken by the

German Plankton-Expedition, with four marginal vesicles.

Hartlaub found in 1894, off Heligoland, specimens of a small

Aglantha with eight marginal vesicles, which he briefly describes

under the name of Aglantha digitalis (Miiller), and gives Curce

rosea, Forbes, as a synonym.

I do not think that these small meduse, about 12-14 mm. in

length, with gonads and with eight marginal vesicles, are the

young forms of the large medusa with four marginal vesicles

described by Haeckel as Aglantha digitalis. I believe there are

two distinct species, and that Forbes’s description corresponds to

the smaller one with eight margival vesicles. I think that the

name Aglantha rosea (Fo orbes) ought to be retained for the forms

with eight marginal vesicles, and "Ag glantha digitalis for the forms

with four vesicles.

votes on Specimens taken at Valencia.

The smallest specimen was taken on 22nd July, 1896, about

14 mm. in length and nearly as wide. It had four marginal

vesicles, the only specimen seen with four vesicles, and the ten-

tacles, contracted, were of a bright red colour. The other specimens

measured from 5 to 11 mm. in length, and all possessed eight

marginal vesicles. The gonads in most of the specimens were just

making their appearance and none exceeded 2 mm. in length; all

were immature. Several of the specimens possessed tentacles of

a reddish colour, and in some the stomach and the lips of the

mouth were of a pinkish colour; but most specimens were quite

colourless. The tentacles varied in number according to the size

of the umbrella, about 60-80 present in the largest specimens.

The description of a specimen taken on 22nd May, 1895 :—

Umbrella cylindrical with a cone-shaped summit, 11 mm. long

and 5 mm. wide. The manubrium reaches down nearly to the

yelum, and a slight constriction marks the boundary between the

834 MR. E. T, BROWNE ON BRITISH MEDUS#. [ Nov. 16,

peduncle and the stomach; mouth with four lips. The stomach

and mouth of a delicate pinkish colour. Eight radial canals lead

from the stomach, along the peduncle and down the sub-umbrella,

to the ring-canal. Upon each radial canal, at the summit of the

umbrella-cavity and close to the peduncle, the gonad originates,

first as a small oval swelling and at a later stage hangs freely down

in the umbrella-cavity. The margin of the umbrella is lined with

tentacles, about 80 present, colourless when fully expanded, but

slightly reddish when contracted. On the inner side of the ring-

canal, near the velum, the marginal vesicles are situated, eight in

number, alternating, about midway, with the radial canals. The

velum is broad.

An abnormal specimen was taken on 25th April, 1895. It had

seven radial canals, seven gonads, and seven marginal vesicles.

Distripution. Heligoland, Hartlaub.

Scornanp—Shetland Islands, Forbes; St. Andrews, M‘Jntosh,

Crawford.

TreLanp—Valencia Island, #. 7’. B.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Aaasstz, A. 1865. North American Acalephe. (Cambridge,

Mass.)

Acassiz, L. 1862. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S.A., vol. iv. (Boston.)

Atuman, G. J. 1867. “On Slabberia.” Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 77.

Autman, G. J. 1871-72. Monogr. Gymn. Hydroids. Ray Soc.

(London.)

Autman, G.J. 1873. “ Onsome Recent Results with the towing-

net on the South Coast of Ireland.” Nature, vol. ix.

pp. 73-74.

Brooks, W.K. 1895. ‘* The Sensory Clubs or Cordyli of Laodice.”

Journ. Morph. vol. x. pp. 287-304, pl. xvii. (Boston.)

Brownz, E. T. 1896. “On British Hydroids and Meduse.”

Proe. Zool. Soc. pp. 459-500, pls. xvi. & xvii. (London.)

Craus, C. 1881. “Ueber quorea forskalea.” Arbeit. Zool.

Instit. Wien, Bd. ii.

Crawrorp, J. H. 1891. “Notes on Meduse of St. Andrews

Bay.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. pp. 295-297.

Forsrs, E. 1848. Brit. Naked-eyed Meduse. Ray Soc.

Forzes, BE. 1851. “ On Afquorea.” Proc. Zool. Soc. pp. 272-275,

Rad. pl. iv. (London.)

Guennpaur, C. 1856. “Versuch Syst. Medusen.” Zeitschr.

wiss. Zool., Bd. viii. pp. 202-2738, Taf. vii.—x.

Happoy, A.C. 1885. “On the Fauna of Dublin Bay.” Proce.

Roy. Irish Acad. ser. 2, vol. iv. pp. 523-531. (Dublin.)

Haxcken, E. 1864. “Beschr. Medusen Golfe von Nizza.” Jena.

Zeitsch. Naturw., Bd. i. pp. 325-842.

Haxcxet, E. 1879. Das System der Medusen. (Jena.)

biol. Anstalt Helgoland (1893), Bd. i. pp. 161-206. (Kiel.)

Ay.

P.Z.8.1897.PL XLV. |

British Medusae.

MP.

——

B.adnat.del.

Parker lith.

fe}

16.

Zb.

British Medusae.

P.Z.S.189'7.Pl. XLIX.

. »

2 v

a =

OM.

Za.

West, Newman imp.

= hae

1897.) ON BUTLERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 835

M‘Lwrosu, W.C. 1890. “St. Andrews Mar. Lab. Report, No. xi.”

Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. pp. 296-306.

Purssis, G. pu. 1878. “‘ Etude sur la Cosmetira salinarum.” Bull.

Soc. Waudoise Sc. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xvi. pp. 38-45, pl. ii.

(Lausanne.) Transl. by Dallas in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vo]. il. pp. 385-389.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Piate XLYVIII.

Fig. 1. Cyteandra areolata (sp.?), an early stage, x 80; p. 817. Plymouth,

1893.

Fig. la. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella.

Fig. 2. Cyteandra areolata, adult, x 10; p.818. Port Erin, 1894.

Fig. 3. Dipleurosoma hemisphericum, an intermediate stage, x10; p. 826.

Valencia, 1896.

Fig. 3a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella.

Puate XLIX.

Fig. 1. Aglantha rosea, adult, X 5; p. 833. Valencia, 1895.

Fig. 1a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella.

Fig. 1b. A portion of the margin between two radial canals.

Fig. 2. Dipurena halterata, adult 3, x 4; p. 816. Valencia, 1896.

Fig. 2a. Terminal bulb of a tentacle expanded.

Fig. 26. Terminal bulb of a tentacle contracted.

Fig. 3. A Leptomedusa (gen.? sp.?), X 35; p. 832. Valencia, 1896.

Fig. 3a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella.

Fig. 4. Laodice calearata (sp.?), a portion of the margin of the umbrella,

enlarged, p. 823. Valencia, 1896.

2. On three consignments of Butterflies collected in Natal

in 1896 and 1897 by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, F.Z.S.

By Axtuur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Senior

Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British

Museum, Natural History.

[Received July 26, 1897.]

(Plate L.)

Since his return to South Africa, Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall has

most liberally fulfilled a promise which he made me when in

England to collect Lepidoptera for the Museum : indeed, so rapidly

has one consignment followed another that it has been impossible

to mouvt the specimens so fast as received. The notes which

accompany many of the species are of considerable interest to

Lepidopterists generally : therefore, as the first three consignments,

consisting of 667 examples, are now all set, I think it best to deal

at once with these, leaving a further consignment just received for

a supplementary paper.

Mr. Marshall is an admirable and indefatigable collector, and

knows the South-African Butterflies so well that he has been able

to add many desiderata to the National Collection, some of them

836 DR. A. G. BULLER ON [ Noy. 16,

being, as my friend Mr. Trimen assures me, of considerable rarity,

and one or two either only recently added or new to the known

fauna of South Africa.

Referring to his first consignment, Mr. Marshall writes (Estcourt,

Natal, 20th October 1896) :—“ I am forwarding you by this mail

a small sample of the butterflies that I have been taking since my

arrival in Natal, and I hope you will find some useful and

interesting specimens among them.

“ Butterflies have not been by any means plentiful so far, as I only

arrived just in time to get the fag-end of the winter broods, and

the summer forms are only just beginning to put in an occasional

appearance—October being an essentially ‘intermediate’ month

in this particular locality. Estcourt is not a strikingly rich place,

but we get some rare local species here. However, to-morrow I am

off for a fortnight’s collecting on the Tugela River in the ‘thorn’

district, which is a good locality, especially for Pieridae, and I hope

I shall be able to send you a few nice intermediate seasonal speci-

mens before long.” Then follow notes on many of the species.

‘“‘T shall be glad to see how far you agree or disagree with my

nomenclature of the specimens sent.”

In a letter dated ‘14th December, 1896,” he writes: —“ I am

sending you by this mail a second small instalment of butterflies,

some of which I expect you will be glad to have. My trip to the

Tugela was somewhat of a disappointment, as insects were unusually

scarce down there owing to the prolonged drought. However, I

managed to get a good number of the commoner Pieride, and, what

is more, I succeeded in breeding Teracolus auxo from eggs laid by

an indubitable 7. topha, which decidedly settles, in my opinion,

the seasonal dimorphism question in the South-African species of

that genus.” [The remainder of this letter consists of field-notes. }

In my opinion the description of 7’. topha refers to an inter-

mediate form between the wet-season form 7’. auxo and the dry-

season form 7’. keiskamma, having almost the outline of the former

but approaching the latter in the coloration and marking of the

under surface. Mr.. Marshall’s practical experiment proves the

truth of the opinion expressed by Mr. Mansel Weale in 1877,

based upon the fact that both 7. auvwo and T. keiskamma deposited

their eggs in the same manner upon the same bush and were

produced from exactly similar larve at different times of the

year.

‘ In a letter dated from Malvern, 17th April, Mr. Marshall

writes:—‘ I am sending you to-day two small boxes of butterflies,

one of which also contains a few moths. I was glad to be able to

get you a specimen of what I consider to be the dry-season form

of Acraa anacreon’, as I was afraid I should be too early for them

at the Karkloof ; but, as you will notice, the dry-season forms in

that locality appear a good month or six weeks before they do

down here, though the seasons are to all appearance precisely the

1 Not included, however, in this consignment,—A. G. B.

1897.] BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 837

same —the Karkloof being if anything rather more humid. I

would also call your attention to the dry-season examples of

A, induna, A. caldarena, and A. asema.”

I shall now proceed to give a list of the Butterflies included in

these three consignments, with the dates of their capture and

other notes of interest, either taken from the envelopes in which

they were forwarded or from Mr. Marshall’s letters. ‘The complete

references to original descriptions and figures in Mr. Trimen’s

valuable work ‘The Butterflies of South Africa’ render it unneces-

sary, in most cases, to repeat them in the present paper.

1. AMAuRIS ECHERIA, Koll.

One typical specimen and four of the prevalent Natal form

A, albimaculata. Malvern, 800 feet, 11th to 16th August '.

2. LIMNAS cHRyYsIPPUS, Linn.

@ 2 Malvern, 10th and 15th August ; Estcourt, 4000 feet, 28th

September, ¢ ¢ 29th September, 13th October ; Tugela River,

2500 feet, 27th October, 2 5th November, 1896.

3. SAMANTA PHRSPICUA, Trimen.

Malvern, 10th August, 1896 (dry-season form).

The single example forwarded does not bear out Mr. Marshall’s

view that S. stmonsz is the dry form, for it does not differ on the

upperside from the typical wet-season form ; Mr. Marshall, how-

ever, remarks :—‘‘ This specimen is an example of the dry form

which prevails along the S.E. coast, the dry form of the interior

plateaux being, as I have told you, your S. simonsi. I have seen

dry specimens from the Shiré River which are inseparable from

the latter on the underside, but retain the brown upperside as in

the southern form.”

This is all very well, and I will not dispute the probable identity

of the two species ; but the fact that some dry-season examples of

S. perspicua nearly resemble S. simonsi on the underside does not

explain the fact that the latter has the upper surface bright ochre-

yellow as in S. eliasis of Western Africa (which is undoubtedly a

wet-season form !).

4. YprHiIMa DOLETA.

Ypthima doleta, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. (2) ii. p. 336

(1880).

Ypthima asterope, Trimen (not Klug), South African Butterflies,

i. p. 66 (1887).

Estcourt, 4000 feet, Ist and 6th September ; Tugela River near

Weenen, 2500 feet, 5th and 9th November, 1896.

Very great confusion has been made with respect to Y. asterope

by many Lepidopterists. It is an insect strictly confined to

Arabia; for, in my opinion, the small examples from Somaliland

1 Mr. Marshall observes that about 5 per cent. of the specimens he took were

typical; the rest were A. albimaculata.

838 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON (Noy. 16,

which I recorded as FY. asterope will prove to be the dry-season

form of the Abyssinian YF. simplicia—a species ranging down

the Eastern side of Africa as far as Nyasa, where it meets with

Y. granulosa, The latter seems to be the Eastern representative

of F. doleta, from which it differs in its usually smaller size and

the less angulated character of the bands crossing the under surface

of the secondaries.

The Southern examples of Y. doleta differ from those of the

North-west in their somewhat greyer colour below, in the narrower

iris to the subapical ocellus of the primaries, and sometimes in the

more prominent angle to the outer stripe across the under surface

of the secondaries: they might therefore be separated as a race,

provided that intermediate forms do not exist in Angola or farther

southward,

From Y. asterope they may readily be distinguished by the

better defined banding of the under surface, but especially by the

subanal ocellus on the secondaries, which is rounded and with a

geminate or crescentic pupil in Y. asterope, whereas in Y. doleta

it is represented by two tiny connate ocelli placed at a more or less

oblique angle.

5. PHYysc#NURA PANDA, Boisd.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 9th and 14th to 16th

November, 1896.

Hitherto represented in the Hewitson collection, but not in

our general series.

6. PSEUDONYMPHA VIGILANS, Trimen. (Plate L. fig. 1.)

Chuga’s Hill near Weenen, 4000 feet, 29th October; Estcourt,

22nd November, 1896.

7. PsEUDONYMPHA Pe@ruLa. (Plate L. fig. 2.)

Pseudonympha peetula, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 169.

Niginya, 6500 feet, Neundi, 10th, 15th, and 18th September,

1896.

Although this species is undoubtedly nearly allied to P. trimeni,

the distinctive characters appear to be quite constant and fully

justify its separation as a species.

Mr. Marshall observes that “This is a very local species,

Niginya, 20 miles from here (Estcourt), being the only locality

for it that I know of in Natal. It does not seera to descend below

6000 feet, frequenting the extreme edges of the rocky kraantzes

or precipices; hitherto Mr. Hutchinson has only found it during

the end of August and beginning of September.”

8, PsrEUDONYMPHA Cassius, Godt.

Ulundi, 5300 feet, 11th September; Niginya, 5800 feet,

12th September, 1896; Karkloof, 15th February, 1897.

‘* A common species, frequenting the edges of woods.”

This was also new to the Museum collection.

1897. | BULTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 839

9. PSEUDONYMPHA SABACUS, Trimen.

Karkloof, 4200 feet, 8th, 12th, and 15th February, 1897.

10. Neocxznyra NErITA, Wallengren.

Frere, 3800 feet, 2nd, 4th, 5th, and 10th December, 1896.

As Mr. Trimen has included this species in the genus Pseudo-

nympha, I am not surprised that he failed to note the structural

characters which I indicated as distinguishing the genus Neocenyra :

the species of the two genera can be separated at the first glance

by the different structure of their antenne; but, apart from

structural differences, the style of marking in Neocenyra is far

more suggestive of Hrebia and Paleonympha than that of

Pseudonympha.,

11. Muneuris mnposa, Trimen.

Karkloof, 4200 feet, 15th, 17th, and 20th February, 1897.

The neuration and palpi of this species and of I. dendrophilus

correspond with those of Meneris; the antenne are perhaps

comparatively shorter, and certainly more slender and less strongly

clubbed ; but the form of wing and character of marking are not

very dissimilar. I therefore follow Mr. Heron in placing them

in Meneris.

12. CHARAXES JAHLUSA, Trimen.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet; 9? 28th October,

Ss 10th November, 1896.

13. PyrRaMEIS caRDuI, Linn.

Estcourt, 4000 feet, 25th August, 20th September, and 15th

October, 1896.

14. HYPANARTIA SCH@NEIA, Trimen.

Karkloof, 4200 feet, May 1896.

15. JONONIA cLoanTHa, Cramer.

Estcourt, 4000 feet, 24th and 27th August, 1896.

J can see no reason for adopting Karsch’s Catacroptera, which

to my mind was based upon trivial characters.

16. JUNONIA ARCHESIA, Cramer.

“ Dry form,” Malvern, 800 feet, 11th August, 1896.

16 a. JUNONIA PELASGIS, Godart.

“‘ Wet form,” Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 23rd Octo-

ber and 138th November, 1896.

Mr. Marshall writes:—‘‘I have again had an opportunity of

observing the seasonal relationship existing between J. archesia aud

J. pelusgis, and J. octavia-natalensis and J. sesamus, which quite

supports the opinion expressed by me in the Trans. Ent. Soe. for

September. Unfortunately, I have been unsuccessful in obtaining

840 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Noy. 16,

egas laid by J. archesia and J. sesamus, and I fear L have lost my

chance this season, as there are only a few battered individuals left,

and their respective wet forms J. pelasgis and J. natalensis are just

beginning to appear.”

In the Museum we have an almost perfect transitional series

between J archesia and J. pelasgis (including J. chapung«), so that

there can be little, if any, reason for doubting their specific

identity.

17. JUNONIA sesaMus, Trimen.

“ Dry form,” Malvern, 800 feet, 11th August, 1896.

I can see no object in calling the South-African species

J. octavia. The latter is purely a Western butterfly of which

the dry form is probably J. amestris, provided that J. natalensis=

calescens can be proved to be the wet form of J. sesamus; this,

however, is at present open to question, for Mr. Distant informs

me that in the Transvaal he found J. sesamus exceedingly

abundant, whereas he only succeeded in obtaining one specimen

of J. natalensis. ‘Vhat this is also the case with J. amestris as

compared with J. octavia is abundantly evident in collections.

18, JUNONIA AURORINA.

3. Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. ZS. 1893, p. 651, pl. lx. fig. 3.

3 3, Karkloof, 4200 feet, 30th January, 14th February; 92,

15th February, 1897.

Mr. Marshall marks this as “ Junonia tugela (wet),” which

bears out what Mr. Cecil Barker says respecting the modification

of the apex of the wing in that species. If proved, it will, I

think, tend to show that J. kowara and J. sinuata are also seasonal

forms of one species.

19. JUNONIA CEBRENE, Trimen.

Estcourt, 4000 feet, 28th August, 30th September, 2nd and

10th October, 1896.

20. JUNONIA CLELIA, Cramer.

Malvern, 800 feet, 10th August; Tugela River, 2500 feet, near

Weenen, 9th and 10th November, 1896.

21. Hamanumipa p&patvs, Fabr.

“ Dry form,” Malvern, 800 feet, 11th August, 1896.

22. EURYTELA HIARBAS, Drury.

Durban, 7th August, 1896.

23. BYBLIA ILITHYIA, var. SIMPLEX, Butler.

Intermediate form—Estcourt, 4000 feet, 18th August; 6th,

23rd, and 27th September; 3rd, 10th, 18th, 15th, and 17th

October, 1896.

I have never seen typical B. simplex from Africa before. The

1897.] BULITERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 841

examples taken in October are more or less intermediate between

true B. ilithyia and B, simplex, usually having the underside pattern

of the latter.

Var. acuEexora, Waller.

“ Dry form,” Durban, 6th August, 1886.

24, PLANEMA AGANIcE, Hewits.

3, Durban, 7th August, 1896.

25. ACRHA CABIRA, Hopffer.

Malvern, 10th and 13th August, 1896,

26. ACRHA SERENA, var, BUXTONTI, Butler,

Malvern, 8th, 10th, and 11th August, 1896; Karkloof, 14th and

17th February, 1897.

“The dry-season females resemble the males in colouring.”

27. ACRHA LYCIA, var. SGANZINI, Boisd.

Malvern, 10th August, 1896.

28, ACREA ANACREON, Trimen.

Ulundi, 5000 feet, 13th, 15th, and 16th October, 1896.

“These were bred here from larve that we brought down from

Ulundi, and represent the normal wet-season form in 8S. Africa.”

In Nyasaland this species tends to produce better defined red

internervular streaks on the under surface, whilst the black mark-

ings on the secondaries (and notably the submarginal black band)

are generally less strongly defined than in Southern examples:

these differences, however, are not constant, and therefore cannot °

be relied upon as specific characters.

29. AcR#HA NATALICA, Boisd.

Malvern, 800 feet, 12th August, 1896.

30. ACRHA acaRA, Hewits.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, near ee 27th October and 14th

November, 1896.

31. ACR#A NEOBULE, Doubl.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, near Weenen, 1st November, 1896,

32. AcRmA Horta, Linn.

Karkloof, 4200 feet, 13th and 15th February, 18974

33. ACREHA BURNI, Butler. (Plate L. fig. 3.)

Acrea burni, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii. p. 467

(1896).

Tugela River, 2500 feet, near Weenen, 31st October; 2nd, 5th,

and 6th November, 1896.

_. Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1897, No. LVI. 56

842 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 16,

34, ALENA AMAZOULA, Boisd.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, near Weenen, Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th,

and 10th November, 1896.

The examples obtained on the 10th were coupled.

35. PoLyYoMMATUS Bz&TICUS, Linn.

Frere, 3800 feet, 8th December, 1896.

36. CaTocHRysops asopus, Hopffer.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, 3rd, 14th, and 15th November, 1896.

37. CATOCHRYSOPS PROCERA, Trimen.

“So far as I am aware only twelve specimens have ever been

taken as yet, and all in this neighbourhood —five by J. M. Hutch-

inson 13 years ago, on which Trimen founded the species, two by

C. W. Morrison, and five by myself this season.”

38. CATOCHRYSOPS PARSIMON, Trimen (not Fabricius).

3, Chuga’s Hill, near Weenen, 4000 feet, 13th November, 1896.

The lilac tint of the upperside is wanting in this species.

39, CATOCHRYSOPS PATRICIA, Trimen.

Estcourt, 27th September and 18th October ; Tugela River, near

Weenen, 28th October, Ist, 3rd, 11th, and 15th November, 1896.

I expressed the belief, to Mr. Marshall, that this would prove

to be only a form of C. parsimon; but he writes :—

“T cannot concur in your opinion that this is conspecifie with

C. parsimon. Both their habits and distribution differ, and as they

are both wet-season species, they cannot be seasonal forms.”

The males appear to be readily separable, but the females of the

two species are so similar that Mr. Marshall himself hesitated

respecting one of the specimens forwarded, labelling it C. patricia ?

However, his note would settle the matter of the distinctness of

the two (which, by the way, I never associated together in the

Collection), provided that the C. parsimon of Natal were the same

as that of the West coast, which I do not admit: the example sent

by Mr. Marshall wants the lilac colouring of the Western insect.

The C. parsimon of Trimen certainly is not the Fabrician species,

which we only have from Sierra Leone and Lagos. The type re-

ferred to by Fabricius himself as in the Banksian collection from

Sierra Leone is undoubtedly the female of our Sierra Leone species:

it is a faded example, showing but little blue-shot colouring, and

therefore Fabricius described it as brown. The diagnosis indeed

fairly well fits his type, although the fuller description was prob-

ably taken from a male nearer to Trimen’s C. parsimon, but

immaculate above; we have such a male from the Scott Elliot

collection (Salt Lake to Wawamba). ‘The female type is again

indicated at the end of the Fabrician description, “ subtus—postice

ad basin punctis quinque atris, annuloalbo cinctis”; also—“Variat

1897.] BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 843

supra alis anticis macula media nigra et posticis lunulis apicis albis

maculaque rufa.” In the supposed C. parsimon of 8. Africa there

are usually six black spots towards the base of the hind wings

below, and the discoidal spot on the primaries is comparatively

small.

40, CAaTOCHRYSOPS CAFFRARIA, Trimen.

3 2, Niginya, 5800 feet, Ulundi, Natal, 17th September, 1896.

“This scarce species has never been taken in Natal before. We

found it fairly numerous along a particular steep slope on the

N. side of Niginya, but it flew very quickly, and owing to the

steepness of the hill-side was very hard to take except when feeding.

A large percentage of the specimens were much damaged, chiefly

in the hind wings, by the attacks of hawk-flies (Asilide). I took

many eggs and several larvee, but failed to rear any of them.”

41. CaTocHrysoPs NIOBE, Trimen.

3 2, Ulundi, 5000 feet, 19th September, 1896,

42, CaTocHRYSOPs DOLOROSA, Trimen.

Estcourt, 2nd, 4th, and 17th October; Frere, 3800 feet, 6th

December, 1896.

43. CaTocHrYsops IcgNora, Trimen.

Estcourt, 1st, 4th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 14th, and 17th

October; Chuga’s Hill, near Weenen, 4000 feet, 29th October,

1896.

“‘ Apparently a very local insect, but common here at this time

of year.”

44, CATOCHRYSOPS MAHALLOKOZNA, Waller.

Estcourt, 4th October; Tugela River, 31st October and 9th

November; Frere, 9th December, 1896.

45. Nnotycana cissus, Godart.

Frere, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 9th, and 10th December, 1896.

46, Cuprpopsis sopares, Hopffer.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, 3rd November ; Frere, 3800 feet, 10th

December, 1896.

47. Azanus moriqua, Waller.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, 14th November, 1896,

48. AzAnus susous, Guérin.

Tugela River, 23rd and 26th October, 9th and 16th November,

1896.

49, AZANUS zpnA, Moore.

6, Estcourt, 9th October; 9, 12th December, 1896.

This is the A, macalenga of Trimen, but Moore’s name has about

56*

844 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Nov. 16

five years’ priority. Mr. Marshall asks—“ Is Azanus macalenga,

Trimen, identical with A. ubaldus, Cram.? There is a single

specimen of the latter in the Durban Museum from the Punjab, and

I can detect no difference.”

The chief difference between A. uhaldus and A. zena is that the

male of the former has no belt of thickened lilac scales across the

upper surface of the primaries: if the females got mixed it would

be no easy matter to sort them.

50, Tarucus Prinius, Fabr.

Tugela River, 30th October and 9th November, 1896.

51. Tarucus THEOPHRASTUS, Fabr.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 22nd October, 3rd and 9th Novem-

ber, 1896.

T. cybaris cannot be distinguished from this species.

52, ZizERA KNYSNA, Trimen.

Estcourt, 27th September, 3rd and 18th October ; Tugela River,

26th October, 6th and 15th November, 1896.

The specimens were labelled 7. lysimon, but that species can be

distinguished at a glance by the outer border to the wings of the

male occupying the outer fourth of the wing and by the smoky-

brown upper surface of the female ; the under surface of the wings

is also much browner and with considerably less sharply defined

markings.

53. ZizBRA GAIKA, Trimen.

Tugela River, 31st October, 1st November; Estcourt, 27th and

30th November, 138th December ; Frere, 6th, 8th, and 9th Decem-

ber, 1896.

54. ZizERA LUCIDA, Trimen.

Estcourt, 27th September, 11th, 14th, 15th, and 18th October,

1896; Karkloof, 15th February, 1897.

55. CasTaLius caxice, Hopffer.

Estcourt, 18th October; Tugela River near Weenen, 30th

October, 1896.

“‘ A scarce species round here. Jam strongly inclined to believe

the C. melena, Trimen, is only the wet-season form of this.”

56. LYCHNESTHES LIODES, Hewits.

é, Tugela River, 2500 feet, 15th November ; 2, Estcourt, 4000

feet, 13th December, 1896 ; Karkloof, 17th February, 1897.

Mr. Marshall notes that Lycenesthes livida (of which there is

one worn male example from the first three consignments) is

“a very rare species, taken flying round a bush on a high kopje.”

1897.] BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 845

57. LYCHZNESTHES MILLARI.

Lycenesthes millari, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 133,

pl. vii. fig. 9.

3, Tugela River, near Weneen, 2500 feet, 5th and 13th

November, 1896.

58. LycmNESTHES OTACILIA, Trimen.

9, Estcourt, 13th October, 1896.

«« Abundant later on, on Acacias.” Jt is new to the Museum.

59. Lyc@NESTHES AMARAH, Gueér.

Tugela River, 15th and 19th November, 1896,

60. ScorrranTipEs METOPHIS, Waller.

Tugela River, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 8th, and 15th November, 1896.

T do not for a moment believe that it is possible to distinguish

S. barbere from S. metophis; in a series of six examples, obtained

by Mr. Marshall on the same day, the expanse of wings varies

from 16 to 20 millimetres, and the submarginal white spots

on the secondaries from one to three on opposite wings of the

same example: the character upon which the former may yet

be separated, so far as our present series goes, is the absence

of the conspicuous (but somewhat variable) white submarginal

spot preceding the second cluster of silver scales on the under

surface of the secondaries; and that appears to me to be in-

sufficient. It is hard upon me, considering the reputation with

which I have been saddled of being a multiplier of names, to

have to call in question the validity of one of my friend Trimen’s

species; but I must confess that, in bolstering up L. barber, he

departs so widely from the “broad views” which used to charac-

terize his early work that I am fain to remonstrate.

61. CAcYREUS LINGEUS, Cramer.

Karkloof, 12th and 14th February, 1897.

The generic name of Hyreus being preoccupied in Birds, I will

rename this genus Cacyreus, taking C. lingeus as type.

62. CacyREUS PALHMON, Cramer. (Plate L. fig. 4.)

Niginya, 5800 feet, Ulundi, 14th September, 1896.

Mr. Marshall writes—‘‘ You will observe that the specimens

from Ulundi are of the usual bluish-coppery tinge, but round

here neither sex ever shows a trace of blue; there is also a slight

but seemingly constant difference on the underside: perhaps

it should be regarded as a subspecies.” I think myself that it is

a distinct species.

63. CACYREUS MARSHALLI, sp. n. (Plate L. fig. 5.)

Differs from C. palemon in its squarer form, the costa of the

primaries being shorter and the secondaries with shorter abdo-

minal margin. Owing to the bronze-brown colouring of the

846 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 16

upper surface, the white spots on the fringe appear more con-

spicuously: the primaries below have larger but less sharply

defined white spots on the outer border; the secondaries have

narrower bands, that from the middle of the cell to the abdominal

margin being more interrupted but grey and indistinct (so that

the wing appears to be crossed by a broad belt of greyish white),

the dark discal band curves upwards at its abdominal extremity,

the last spot composing it being small and heart-shaped ; the anal

area is filled with a quadrate patch of pale sandy brown, forming

the outer part of the usual whitish irregular blotch, which is more

acutely indented on its outer margin; lastly, the two usual black

spots show little (often no) metallic green scaling. Expanse of

wings 20-28 millimetres.

Estcourt, 4000 feet, 2nd, 14th, 15th, and 18th October, 22nd,

23rd, 28th, and 29th November, and 13th December ; Frere,

3800 feet, 2nd and 4th December, 1896.

Two other examples previously in the Museum bring our

present series up to seventeen examples: none of these are in the

least degree intermediate.

64. Cyciyrius noquasa, Trimen. (Plate L. fig. 6.)

Ulundi, 5000 feet, 19th September, 1896.

“A local species, apparently confined to the upper districts of

this Colony ; when met with, it is generally abundant, frequenting

damp low-lying places.”

65. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS, Fabr.

Malvern, 16th August; Tugela River, near Weenen, 30th

October, 2nd, 13th, and 14th November, 1896.

66. LACHNOCNEMA DURBANI, T'rimen.

Estcourt, 6th, 27th, 28th, and 30th September, 1st, 2nd, and

8th October, 24th November and 12th December, Tugela River,

12th November, 1896.

In his letter of October 20th Mr. Marshail says :—‘“ I believe

you are right in regarding this as conspecific with Z. bibulus ; but

I have not sufficient data to enable me to speak definitely, chiefly

owing to the fact that. in Mashonaland | never distinguished

between the two and recorded them all as L. bibulus in my note-

book.”

On the 14th December, however, he writes :—‘‘ With regard to

my suggestion that Lachnocnema durbani was probably only the

dry-season form of L. bibulus, I have now not the least hesitation

in saying that it is incorrect. The former insect is still on the

wing and in good condition, and therefore cannot be a dry-season

form of anything else. Moreover, I am convinced that it is not a

variety of LZ. £ibulus. In your note on the subject you appear to

ignore the fact that there is a decided and constant difference

between the males of the two forms, which you will perceive from

the specimens I have sent you.

1897.] BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 847

“Jn this neighbourhood Z. durbant is a very common insect,

frequenting open stony kopjes, where the males may be seen

(sometimes three and four together) chasing each other round and

round at a great pace, about a foot or so above the ground, and

resting occasionally on stones or grass-stems. L. bibulus, however,

is distinctly an arboreal ‘ bush’-loving insect, and is conse-

quently scarce here. It is always to be found flying round trees

in company with various species of Lycenesthes or Azanus, and is

never seen in company with Z.durbani. It is not nearly so active

an insect as the latter and does not fly much unless disturbed,

but prefers sitting quietly on the smaller twigs, where its

colouring affords it excellent protection. Down at the Tugela,

Burn tells me it is a very common insect everywhere, but though

he has collected there for four years he has never taken L. durban.

However, I turned it up while I was down there, finding it only

among long grass on the tops of the highest hills. If, after this,

you still maintain them to be conspecific, the onus probands will

remain with you.”

Mr. Marshall seems to think that Iam very hard to convince

of error, and yet I have always frankly admitted myself wrong

when any published opinion of mine has been shown to be

incorrect. My view of the specific identity of LZ. bibulus and

L. durbani was based upon the fact that the specimens of the

former received from Nyasaland showed considerabie variation in

size, in the colouring of the females on the upper surface and the

pattern of the under surface. There is, however, a wonderful

uniformity of character in all the examples or L. durbani sent to

us by Mr. Marshall, and I am bound to admit that, although some

of the females of L. bibulus received from Nyasa greatly resemble

those of L. durbani in the colouring of the upper surface, none of

them correspond with the latter on the under surface.

Tf it could be shown that Z. durbant was a dry form of

L. bibulus, I do not think the difference of habit would be unique ;

but, unless the species is subject to alternating generation (in

which case the dry phase of one brood might appear only shortly

before the wet phase of the other), I see no way of explaining

the simultaneous perfect condition of both insects. Of course the

same argument applies to other species which have been accepted

as seasonal forms, but which have also been taken in perfect

condition in the middle of the rains.

67. THEsTor BasuTA, Wallgr.

2, Estcourt, 4000 feet, 25th November; ¢, Frere, 3300 feet,

5th December, 1896.

68. AL@IDES ORTHUS, Trimen.

Estcourt, 30th September, Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 10th, and 19th

October ; Tugela River, 22nd and 23rd October, 1896.

« At one time I thought this species would prove identical with

the brown form of A. trikosama, but I am now sure they are distinct.”

848 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 16,

69. ALG@IDES TRIKOSAMA, Waller.

Estcourt, 6th, 23rd, and 29th September, Ist, 2nd, 3rd, and

12th October; Niginya, Ulundi, 10th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 16th, and

17th September ; Frere, 2nd and 10th December, 1896.

“This appears to be a very variable species, ranging from

orange with brown markings to brown with very slight orange

markings. I am inclined to consider the orange form as the

spring one, and the brown as the late summer and autumn form,

as the species does not occur in mid-winter. However, I have

hardly worked out the matter sufficiently to speak definitely yet,

but I have got several young larve from eggs laid by an orange

female. She deposited them at the roots of grass, burying them

just below the surface, a method of ovipositing which I have

never seen in any other species.”

Perhaps it may assist Mr. Marshall to indicate the times of

capture of the two forms as represented by the twenty-eight

examples which he has sent us in the present series and which

(being in papers) were not easily examined until set :-—

Orange form. Intermediate. Brown.

10th Sept.—10th Dec. 2nd-12th Oct. 29th Sept.—2nd Dec.

18 examples. 4 examples. 6 examples.

The extremes and intermediates were captured on the same

days and all in perfect condition ; therefore I think Mr. Marshall

will find that they have no seasonal value.

70. AL@IDES THYRA, Linn.

Niginya, Ulundi, 6000 feet, 10th and 15th September, 1896.

71. ZuRITIS AMANGA, Westw.

Tugela near Weenen, 2500 feet, 5th November, 1896.

72, ZeRirvis HARPAX, Fabr.

Estcourt, 23rd and 29th September; 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 12th,

14th, 15th, 16th, and 17th October, 1896.

CHRYSORITIS, gen. nov.

Intermediate in character between Chrysorychia and Cigaritis,

having almost the form of the latter, but much more nearly

resembling the former in the character of the under-surface

markings.

It differs from all the forms of the Zeritis group and from

Chrysophanus in having no apical furca to the subcostal vein of

the primaries, this vein therefore being quadriramose; the upper

radial also is emitted from the subcostal vein at some distance

beyond the end of the cell.

Type, Zeritis oreas, Trimen.

1897.] BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 849

73. CHRYSORITIS OREAS, Trimen.

Niginya, 6500 feet, Ulundi, Natal, 18th September, 1896.

“I expect this very rare species will be new to the Museum

collection. Hutchinson discovered it some years ago at a spot

close under the main Drakensberg range some ten miles from

Ulundi, and has never met with it since. It exhibits strongly

the tendency to localization, for we only found it in a limited area

of two or three acres on the summit of Niginya. Within this

area it was abundant, as we took over fifty there between us, but

outside of it not one was to be seen. It is very sluggish, flying

very little, it being sometimes quite a difficulty to make it rise off

the ground.”

Mr. Marshall is quite right in his surmise that this species is

new to the Museum collection.

74, CRUDARIA LEROMA, Wallgr.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, 28th October; 3rd, 9th, and 13th

November; Frere, 3800 feet, 5th and 6th December, 1896.

75, CHRYSOPHANUS oRUS, Cramer.

Estcourt, 8th October; Frere, 5800 feet, 4th, 9th, and

10th December, 1896.

76. HyporyoamNa LARA, Linn.

Chuga’s Hill, 4000 feet, near Weenen, Natal, 29th October ;

Tugela River, 13th November, 1896.

Sooner or later a genus must be made for this species, which

has but little in common with typical Hypolyccena.

77. SPINDASIS PHANES, Trimen.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 21st and 26th October, 1896.

Both species of Spindasis sent in this collection are new to the

Museum.

78. SPINDASIS MASILIKAZI, Wallgr.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, 10th November, 1896.

79. APHNmUS HUTCHINSON, Trimen. (Plate L. fig. 7.)

eee River, near Weenen, 30th October and 13th November,

1896.

I never could comprehend why my friend Trimen refused to

separate Spindasis from Aphneus, the former having only four

subcostal branches to the primaries, and the latter five: the style

of pattern and coloration on the under surface is also very

distinctive.

80. ViRACHOLA ANTALUS, Hopffer.

@, Estcourt, 4000 feet, 13th October, 1896.

‘“‘ It is a very common insect.”

850 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 16,

81. loL.us pHinippus, Fabr.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 1st and 11th November,

1896.

I see no reason for distinguishing this species from Jolaus at

present, and until Lepidopterists are agreed as to the type of

Hypolycena,—whether H. tmolus, or H. sipylus—I prefer to leave

I. philippus where it is in the Museum collection.

82, JoLAUS PALLENE, Waller.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 3rd and 9th November,

1896.

The Natal examples are decidedly smaller than those from

Nyasaland.

83. IoLAUS MIMos#, Trimen.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 5th November, 1896.

Allied to I. umbrosa and I. nursez, especially to the latter ;. but

I cannot see in it much affinity to J. ceres. J. tajorica, Walker

(apparently from Tajoura, Tripoli), may belong to the same group,

but it appears only to have one angle to the transverse discal line

on the under surface of secondaries and one or two lines which do

not occur in the other species.

84. ARGIOLAUS sILAs, Hewits.

3, Tugela River, 2500 feet, 5th November, 1896.

85, STUGETA BOWKERT, Trimen.

2, Tugela River, 2500 feet, near Weenen, 5th November, 1896.

86. MyLoruris AGATHINA, Cramer.

3 d, Durban (labelled “ Pieris thysa”’), 7th August; Malvern,

800 feet, 10th August, 1896.

87. CoLias EDUSA and var. ELECTRA, Linn.

Ulundi, 5000 feet, 19th September ; Estcourt, 4000 feet, 28th

and 30th September, 3rd, 5th, 13th, and 17th October, 22nd, 26th,

28th, and 30th November ; Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet,

Ist and 9th November; Frere, 3800 feet, 4th, 5th, and 6th

December, 1896.

Among the thirty-one examples forwarded several are absolutely

identical with typical “C. edusa”; though, strictly speaking, I

believe this species ought to be called C. hyale, a name first given

to its female by Linneus.

88. TeRIAS BRIGITTA, Cramer.

Dry form, 2, Malvern, 8th August; intermediate ¢, 10th

August; wet form, 16th August; Estcourt, 27th September; 9,

intermediate, 8th October ; ¢, wet, 21st November; ¢ ¢ 9, Frere,

6th and 9th October, 1896; ¢ ¢, Karkloof, 13th and 15th

February, 1897.

1897.] BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 851

The dry, intermediate, and wet phases of this species have been

described as distinct species—T’. brigitta being the female of the

dry phase, 7. candace intermediate, 7. zoe wet. The capture of

all three phases in August looks somewhat curious, but the dry-

season female is a good deal worn and the intermediate male a

little broken.

89. TERIAS MARSHALL, Butler. (Plate L. figs. 8, 9.)

Terias desjardinsii, Trimen, nec Boisd.

@ 2, Malvern, 10th and 13th August, 1896.

The specimens belong to the dry-season form of the species.

T. requiaris i3 a very distinct species.

90, TERACOLUS JOHNSTONI, Butler.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 22nd October, 3rd,

15th, and 16th November, 1897.

This is the 7’. eris of Trimen and Marshali, but not of Klug. It

differs from the North-African type in its slightly more elongated

primaries and consequently greater elongation of the white area

on these wings as well as of the ochreous streaks on the apical

patch, and in the abrupt termination of the black costal border of

the secondaries, which does not emit a transverse streak to the

radia] nervure as in J’. erts; the internal black stripe on the

primaries of the female is also constantly narrower.

From the Eastern 7’. opalescens, and the Western 7. maimuna,

the differences are even more marked, and nobody looking at a

long series of each could hesitate for an instant respecting the

local constancy of the characters which distinguish these four types

of the 7. eris group.

91. THRACOLUS BUXTONI, Butler.

3 3, wet-season (=natalensis, Staud.), Tugela, near Weenen,

2500 feet, 10th and 15th November, 1896.

Mr. Marshall labels this “« 7. phlegyas,” but, in my opinion, it

occupies a central position between the latter and 7. ione. The

wet-season. form nearly approaches this butterfly on the upper

surface, whereas the under surface much more nearly resembles

the wet form of 7. imperator. It must, however, be borne in

mind that (in his “ Notes on the Synonymy of Teracolus”’)

Mr. Marshall has not distinguished between 7’. imperator and

T. phlegyas, the absence of any examples of 7. natalensis in our

collection, when he examined it, having perhaps led him to believe

that the latter was indistinguishable from wet-season examples of

T. imperator, The two differ much as our Ganoris rape does from

G. brassicw ; and as they do uot occur together, I am satisfied to

regard them as distinct species.

92. TERACOLUS IONE, Godart.

3, dry-season, Malvern, 800 feet, 10th August, 1896.

This is the form to which I gave the name of 7’. jobina.

852 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 16,

93. TrRacotus auxo, Lucas.

Intermediate form (= 7’. topha), 3, Tugela River, 2500 feet,

near Weenen, 21st October, 3rd November; 92, 9th November,

1896. Wet-season, ¢ ¢, 15th, 16th, and 19th November, 1896.

The extreme dry-season form is 7’. ketskamma, Trimen.

Mr. Marshall writes respecting this species as quoted in the

introduction to the present paper.

94. TrRACOLUS BIONE, Boisd.

3 d, wet-season phase, Tugela River, 23rd October, 5th, 11th,

12th, and 18th November; 9 9, 2nd, 10th, and 14th November.

Intermediate phase, ¢ 2, 22nd October; ¢ d, 28th October,

2nd, 3rd, and 5th November.

Mr. Marshall labels some of the specimens “ 7. evagore’ "and

others “7. phlegetonia,’ others, again, ‘ evagore-phlegetonia.”

T. evagore is undoubtedly the dry-season phase of the Arabian

T. yerburyi (both having been bred from one batch of larve by

Capt. Nurse, who, however, followed me in incorrectly calling the

dry phase 7. nouna). TT. phlegetonia is a species common to

Western Africa and the South; it is the wet-season form of

7’. antigone, and differs from 7’. eione in having the base of the

primaries broadly lemon-yellow on the under surface; this cha-

racter is, however, confined to the wet phase of the species. In

my judgment three of the examples obtained by Mr. Marshall

should be referred to 7. antigone.

95. THRACOLUS ANTIGONE, Boisd.

Intermediate phase, gd, Tugela River, 22nd October and

9th November, 1896.

These examples correspond with my 7. friga, but do not show

the dry characters so strongly on the under surface: one of them

is marked as “intermediate” and two are marked “dry.” It is

inconceivable that wet, intermediate, and dry forms of one and

the same species should be flying together, all three being in

equally good condition, excepting in an unusually dry and hot

climate in which no rainy season could be said to exist.

96. THRACOLUS EXOLE, Reiche.

3 , Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 16th November, 1896.

This is labelled as 7’. omphale, and it may perhaps be an extreme

development of that species in which all three phases show a well-

defined wet-season upperside pattern: at any rate it is a tolerably

distinct form, 7’. ewole, Reiche,=acte, Felder, being the wet form,

T. rovane the intermediate, and 7’. hybridus (part) the dry.

97. THRACOLUS OMPHALE, Godart.

3 od, Tugela River, 27th October, 12th and 14th November;

intermediate phase 7’. omphaloides, 27th October; dry phase

LT. theogone, Malvern, 6 bd, Q Q, 6th, 7th, 10th, 11th, and 15th

August, 1896.

1897. | BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 853

98. TmRAcoLus rrHonvs, Butler.

Intermediate form (large examples of 7. hyperides), Tugela

River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, ¢, 23rd October; Durban,

9, 7th August, 1896.

These examples are labelled as the dry-season form of 7’. achine,

but 7’. simplex is the dry phase of typical 7’. achine; whereas the

dry phase of J. ithonus is represented by T. ignifer (large),

T. ithonus, and T. harmonides (small); the wet form being repre-

sented by 7’. hero (part), and the intermediate phase by specimens

resembling those forwarded in the present collection.

T’. ithonus may perhaps prove to be only a race of 7’. achine,

but it appears to me rather to represent 7’. antevippe in S. Africa.

IT do not believe in the presence or absence of a black inner bar to

the male apical orange patch being immaterial in the wet phase of

a species ; the dry-season forms usually want this black edging.

99. TERACOLUS ACHINE, Cramer.

Wet phase, Estcourt, 15th October ; Chuga’s Hill, near Weenen,

29th October ; Tugela River, near Weenen, 6th, 9th, 10th, 12th,

13th, and 16th November. Intermediate phase, ¢ , 28th October,

3 (in copulaé with wet phase), 10th and 14th November, 1896.

100. TeRacotus annz, Waller.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 9th, 11th, and 12th

November; intermediate phase, 22nd and 30th October, and 12th

November, 1896.

101. TrRacotus mutans, Butler.

Tugela River, near Weenen, 2500 feet, 28th and 30th October,

2nd, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, and 15th November, 1896.

This is the Z. vesta of Trimen and Marshall, but not of Reiche ;

the latter differs considerably according to the published figures,

and is an Abyssinian species.

102. GLUTOPHRISSA CONTRACTA, Butler.

3, Durban, 6th August, 1896.

This is labelled as ‘* Pieris saba,” but the latter is a very distinct

and purely West-African species.

103. Brnenors tuysa, Hopffer.

3, Durban, 6th August, 1896.

104. BrLENoIs MESENTINA, Cramer.

Estcourt, 14th and 15th October; Tugela River, 22nd, 23rd,

27th, 28th, and 29th October, 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, and 12th

November, 1896.

105, BELENOIS SEVERINA, Cramer.

Wet-season form, Tugela River, 31st October, 11th, 14th, and

15th November, 1896; dry-season form (= 8B. znfida, var., Butl.),

854 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 16,

Durban, 5th, 6th, and 7th August; Malvern, 9th, 10th, and 13th,

August ; Tugela River, 22nd, 23rd, and 27th October, 3rd Novem-

ber, 1896.

The “ dry form” of this species seems to differ in almost exactly

the opposite fashion to that of other Picrine, the apical patch on

the upper surface of the primaries being blacker than in the wet

form, and the secondaries on the under surface heavily black-

veined ; it is also noteworthy that the “dry form” was obtained

from the 5th Angust until the 3rd of November in excellent

condition.

106. Brtenors erpica, Godt.

“Tntermediate form,” Durban, 6th August; “wet form,”

Tugela River, 26th October, 5th, 11th, 12th, and 13ih November ;

“dry form” (= B. abyssinica, Lucas), Malvern, 13th August, 1896.

107. Syncouton wELiica, Linn.

Estcourt, 20th, 22nd, and 24th August, 8th October ; Frere,

2nd December, 1896.

108. Pryacopreryx PIGEA, Boisd.

Malvern, 13th August, 1896,

109. PINACOPTERYX CHARINA, Boisd.

Wet form, Tugela River, near Weenen, 21st October, ¢ 2 in

copula, 10th November, 1896.

110. Herpmytra pRrpHIA, Godart.

Wet form, Tugela River, near Weenen, 22nd, 23rd, and 26th

October, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 14th, and 15th November, 1896.

111. Luucnronta areta, Fabr.

3 2, Karkloof, 4200 feet, 14th February; 3, 15th February ;

@ , 20th February, 1897.

The genus Leuceronia was founded by Dr. Aurivillius.

112. Eronza crnopora, Hiibn.

Durban, 6th August; Malvern, 15th August; Tugela River,

14th November.

The dry-season examples are slightly smaller, have narrower

black borders above, and are more orange on secondaries below

than those of the wet-season; the Jatter sometimes have the

borders above as broad as in some male examples! of Z. dilatata ;

consequently the two types have been confounded by some

Lepidopterists.

113. Eronta Lepa, Boisd.

3, dry-season form, Malvern, 800 feet, 10th August; o, wet-

season form, Tugela River, 2500 feet, near Weenen, lst November,

1896,

Intermediate phase between dry and wet forms,

1897.] BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. 855

114. Papinio pEmoxzvs, Linn.

3, Malvern, 800 feet, 8th August, 1896.

115. Paprriio EUPHRANOR, Trimen.

3 9, Karkloof, 5th and 14th February, 1897. ,

New to the Museum collection.

116. Paprtio CONSTANTINUS, Ward.

3 9, Tugela River, near Weenen, 16th November, 1896.

117. Papitio OPHIDICEPHALUS, Operth.

3 6, Karkloof, 13th and 14th February, 1897.

118. SARANGESA ELIMINATA, Holland.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, 9th November, 1896.

Mr. Marshall writes :—“I should be glad to know whether

the specimen labelled Sarangesa motozioides is really of that

species, for Trimen has certainly amalgamated three, if not four,

species in his definition of S. motozi, Wallgr.” Until comparatively

recently most Lepidopterists failed to distinguish between S. motozz,

eliminata, and pertusa: the first and last of these differ chiefly in

the more or less defined character of the hyaline markings in all

the wings and the dark borders to these spots on the primaries,

and (although they look fairly distinct) I am by no means sure

that they will not prove to be variations of one species. S. elimi-

nata, however, is a distinctly smaller insect, with the hyaline

spots always small and narrow, and usually with a good deal of

ochreous colouring on the under surface; the example labelled by

Mr. Marshall shows less ochreous than usual, but is otherwise

typical. S. motozioides probably does not occur so far south.

119. SARANGESA DJELEL®, Waller.

Estcourt, 28th August, 17th October, 25th November; Frere,

5th and 6th December, 1896.

120. Pyraus vinpEx, Cramer.

In his letter of October 20th Mr. Marshall observes :— “I believe

Hesperia mafa is only the dry-season form of H. spio (=vindex),

but I shall be able to settle the matter by breeding shortly.” *

In his letter of 14tii December he, however, says :—‘ Ll was wrong

about Hesperia mafa, which is also still on the wing, and therefore

cannot be a winter form of H. spio, though it is curious that the

latter has not yet put in an appearance here.”

121. Pyreus mara, Trimen.

Estcourt, 11th, 12th, 17th, and 18th October; Frere, 6th and

9th December, 1896.

This species is new to the Museum collection.

1 According to our identifications, P. spio and P. vindex are as distinct as any

wo species in the genus.—A. G. B,

856 ON BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN NATAL. [Noy. 16,

122. Pyreus asrpropia, Trimen.

Niginya, 5800 feet, Ulundi, 17th September ; Frere, 3800 feet,

10th December, 1896.

New to the Museum collection.

123. Pyreus zepra, Butler.

Pyrgus zebra, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1888, ser. 6, vol. i.

p. 207.

Tugela River, 2500 feet, 26th October and 15th November,

1896.

This is quite new to the African fauna. Recently Mr. Trimen

showed me specimens of a nearly allied species (or perhaps a

variety of P. zebra), differimg in the absence of the subbasal

whitish bar on the under surface of the secondaries; these Natal

examples, however, cannot be distinguished from those of North-

western India, excepting in their slightly blacker ground-colour

(which, by the way, is probably due to the superior freshness of

the specimens).

Mr. Marshall suggests the possibility of this butterfly being

P. sataspes, but the latter is a very distinct species.

124. Pyreus Frrrox, Trimen.

Estcourt, 11th and 12th October; Tugela River, 25th October

2nd and 13th November; Frere, 6th December, 1896.

125. CHLENORRHINUS MOKEEZI, Waller.

Karkloof, 13th and 14th February, 1897.

126. Cyctoprpus mpris, Linn.

Karkloof, 8th, 13th, and 14th February, 1897.

127. CyCLOPIDES INORNATUS, Trimen.

Karkloof, 25th January and 21st February, 1897.

New to the Museum collection.

128. Kupusres Macomo, Trimen.

Tugela River, 30th October and Ist November, 1896.

New to the general Museum collection, though present in the

Hewitson series.

129. Kepzstns TucusA, Trimen.

130. KmprEstHs CALLICLES, Hewits.

Tugela River, 15th November, 1896.

131. KepEstEs WALLENGRENI, Trimen.

Estcourt, 26th August, 1896.

New to the Museum collection.

PB Za5. 1837 SE ee

EC.Knight del.etlith. _ WestNewman chromo.

Butterflies from Natal.

1897.] —- MR. E.R. WAITE ON THE SYDNEY BUSH-RAT. 857

132. Kupustns NIvVHOSTRIGA, Trimen.

Karkloof, 8th, 15th, 19th, and 20th February, 1897.

New to the Museum collection.

133. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTII, Waller.

Estcourt, 4th September, 3rd, 8th, and 17th October; Frere,

Sth, 6th, and 9th December, 1896.

Mr. Marshall calls this G. hottentota, but an examination of the

type by Dr. Scudder proved the latter to be G. obwmbrata.

134. GucEnes occunta, Trimen.

Pamphila occulta, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 103.

Tugela River, 11th, 12th, and 15th November, 1896.

New to the Museum collection.

135, Parnara MATHIAS, Fabr.

Malvern, 8th and 13th August; Estcourt, 27th November

Frere, 5th and 7th December, 1896.

136. RHoPALOcAMPTA KEITHLOA, Waller.

Malvern, 8th August, 1896.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Fig.1. Pseudonympha vigilans, 3, p. 838.

3 petula, §, p. 838.

Acrea burni, 8, p. 841.

. Cacyreus palemon, 3, p. 845.

» marshalli, 3, p. 845.

Cyclyrius noquasa, 3, p. 846.

Aphneus hutchinsonii, 3, p. 849.

. Terias marshalli, 3, p. 851. (Wet phase.)

(Dry phase.)

—

SO DAI. SUR G9 bo

” ”

3. On the Habits of the Sydney Bush-Rat (Mus arboricola).

By Epnear R. Warre, F.L.8., Zoologist, Australian

Museum, Sydney. With a Note by Oupriztp Tuomas,

F.Z.8.

[Received August 6, 1897.]

Shortly after taking possession of a new house at Mosman’s

Bay, Sydney, from which the builders had scarcely departed, our

household was made well aware that a colony of rats had

established themselves overhead. As they were evidently in

considerable numbers, a- six-way rat-trap was obtained, set

and baited in the orthodox manner with bacon and cheese.

Seven weeks passed by and none of the traps were sprung, although

the nightly gambols in no way diminished. At the end of

that period a single rat was caught, and on removing it from the

trap it was found to be a Bush or Native Rat. Recognizing

the species, and having heard that it fed chiefly if not exclusively

Proc, Zoot, Soc,—1897, No, LVII. 57

858 MR. E, R. WAITH ON THE SYDNEY BUSH-RAT. [Nov. 16,

upon fruit, the traps were rebaited with bananas and peaches, and

next morning there were three examples in the traps and again on

the following day three more. Afterwards they were caught in

ones and twos until they were either exterminated or scared from

the dwelling. -

On mentioning the circumstance to others at Mosman’s Bay, I

learned that it is quite common for Bush-Rats to take possession

of new houses, and one man, a builder, who has had many oppor-

tunities of seeing these animals, tells me that while the common

House-Rat (Mus decumanus) is usually found on or near the ground,

the Bush-Rats invariably ascend into the upper regions; this is

quite in accord with their habits as observed in the bush. The

reason that new houses are more frequently occupied by Bush-Rats

than older tenanted ones may be partly accounted for by the cat,

which, commonly introduced with the human inhabitants, speedily

clears them away.

Of the rats obtained, a number were kept alive in a suitable

cage and became very tame; they were fed upon fruit—grapes,

bananas, peaches, and apples, and would also eat bread and drink

milk, but flesh foods were left untouched.

Dr. James C. Cox informs me that at his residence at North

Sydney, these Bush-Rats have for several years occupied the roof,

and that they emerge at dusk, descend by means of the vines, and

feed upon the seeds of various plants in the garden, notably Tecoma

australis and Mandevillia suaveolens; they also ascend the highest

native fig-trees (Ficus macrophylla) and feed upon the fruit.

Mr. Robert Etheridge, Jr., while residing at Summer Hill, a

suburb of Sydney, was similarly troubled with these rats in his

house, and only obtained some immunity on cutting down a

large branch which the rats used to traverse in order to reach

the roof.

Mr. J. Douglas Ogilby also describes to me how at Petersham,

Sydney, these rats infest the peach, apple, and other orchard trees,

and destroy large quantities of fruit; he has also repeatedly

witnessed them seize and devour the singing locusts (Cicadide),

and describes them as frisking about the branches with great

agility.

“One other article of diet is still to be mentioned. Many of the

Sydney suburban gardens are overrun with a common English

snail, Heliw aspersa, which flourishes to a far greater extent than

I ever saw it at home’; during the cooler weather, when they

congregate in thousands, and hibernate beneath upturned flower-

pots, old boxes, and similar retreats, the rats make speedy war

upon them by biting off the apex of the shell and extracting the

succulent mollusc. By the kindness of Mr. J. J. Fletcher I have

examined a number of empty shells, and all have, without

exception, been treated by the rats in the manner indicated; in

? This is but another instance of how objects introduced from Europe

luxuriate in Australia. Rabbits, Sparrows, Carp, and Weeds are still more

familiar examples.

1897. ] MR. E. R. WAITE ON TIE SYDNEY BUSH-RAT. 859

no single instance was the lip of the shell touched. This habit of

attacking the weakest part of the shell has not been learned by

one colony of rats only, for Mr. J. A. Thorpe tells me how in his

garden at Paddington, another suburb of Sydney, the rats destroyed

the molluscs in the manner described, to such an extent that

whereas formerly they were a regular pest, few can now be found:

the rats ensconce themselves beneath the broad foliage of the stag-

horn ferns (Platycerium alcicorne), which forms a dry and cosy

shelter.

In the original notice of-this rat (Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. Introd.

p- xxxv, 1863) the late W. Sharp Macleay described it as inhabiting

the lofty eucalyptuses at Elizabeth Bay, where it ‘ builds a nest

among the branches with leaves and twigs like that of a bird.”

Mr. Fletcher describes to me how he found a nest in the Linnean

Society’s gardens at Elizabeth Bay last November. It was in a

tree, and taking it to be the work of a bird, he shook a supporting

branch, whereupon a rat ran out. Mr. George Masters has often

found the nest of this rat high up in bamboos; the nests are

usually larger than a football and are not only used as nurseries

but also as permanent habitations. On one occasion Mr. Masters

ousted nine full-grown rats from one nest, and several times four

and five have been discovered occupying a common retreat.

My informant also tells me that the rats gnaw holes in the

bamboo-stems and take up their abode in the internodal chambers.

He thinks that these shelters are formed during the wet season in

order to escape the rains, and although he has examined a

considerable number, he has never found the semblance of a nest

within the cavities. The hole is always cut immediately below a

node, so that the chamber is entered from its upper part. These

holes were never observed near the ground; they were generally

thirty or more feet above it, and were frequently found when a

bamboo was cut down. Mr. Thorpe is likewise quite familiar

with the nests in the higher branches of the bamboos and also

with the rat-bored stems; he is of the opinion that, after gnawing

the holes, the rats occupy the chambers in order to avoid the mid-

day heat. It is also possible that by this means they seek to

escape the Native Cats (Dasyurus) and other predaceous animals.

So far as is at present known, the distribution of this rat is

very restricted—none of the places mentioned being more than

three or four miles from the metropolis, while, up to my personal

acquaintance with it, it had only been recorded from Elizabeth

Bay ; this, together with Paddington, Petersham, and Summer Hill,

is on the southern side of Port Jackson, whereas North Sydney,

Mosman’s Bay, and Hunter’s Hill, whence we have one example,

are on the opposite shore.

fAs I had always supposed from the original account of

“ Hapalotis” arboricola, these rats not only belong to true Mus, as

Mr. Waite rightly observes, but there appears every reason to

believe that they are merely introduced ship-rats: that is, forms of

Ages

860 MONS. H. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF 8ST. VINCENT. [Noy. 16,

the ubiquitous Mus rattus. The rats normally inhabiting ships

are not, as is commonly supposed, Mus decwmanus, but Mus rattus,

and in most cases are of the grey variety of that animal, with

white belly, though the black form may often be caught in the

same ship as the grey. For instance, Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge

caught two rats on board the Siemens cable-ship up the Amazons,

one of which is nearly a typical Mus rattus, while the other almost

exactly matches the specimens sent over by Mr. Waite as Mus

arboricola. The habits of the latter, as here recorded, are in

agreement with this supposition, for all the world over Mus rattus

takes to roofs’ and trees on meeting its formidable rival Mus

decumanus, to which it leaves the gutters and cellars. This relative

distribution of the two species has been frequently noticed in the

East-end of London, near the Docks, where ship-rats are particu-

larly common.

The fact that Mr. Waite knows of the occurrence of “ Mus arbori-

cola” only in and close to a large seaport town like Sydney is

also, of course, confirmatory of the above opinion.—O. T.]

4, On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent.—Part III.’

By E. Sron *.

[Received August 20, 1897.]

Ordo ARANEA.

Familia THERIDIID 2A.

ARGYRODEA,

ARGYRODES CANCELLATUS Hentz.

RuomPuma (ARIAMNES) PARADOXA Taczanowski.

ARIAMNES LONGISSIMUS Keyserling.

EPIsInez,

JANULUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS HE, Sim., P. Z. S. 1894, p. 525.

EPISINOPSIS SIMPLICIFRON 8, Sp. noy.

Q. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax nigricans, subtiliter coriaceus

et opacus, vie distincte rufulo-variegatus. Oculi antici in

lineam leviter procurvam, medi majores conveai, inter se distantes

sed a lateralibus contigui. Oculi postici aqui, sat magni, in

lineam valde recurvam, inter se fere equidistantes, spatiis inter-

ocularibus oculis haud latioribus. Area mediorum subparallela,

puulo longior quam latior, pone oculos anticos leviter convexa

1 Cf. Mus “ tectorum,” Savi.

° For Part I, see P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 549; for Part IT., P. Z. S. 1894, p- 519.

5 Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.R.S., F'.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee

for Investigating the Fauna and Flora ot the West-Indian Islands.

1897.] MONS. B, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 861

haud tuberculata. Olypeus latus, sub oculis depressus, den

convexus et proclivis, Abdomen paulo longius quam latius,

rhomboidale, in medio latum et utrinque obtuse prominulum,

. aniice posticeque valde et fere wqualiter attenuatum et declive sed

antice obtuse truncatum postice acuminatum, im dechvitate

anteriore nigricans sed in medio late et fere inordinate fulvo-

variatum, in declivitate posteriore fulvum, utringue magro-

plagiatum et in medio parum regulariter transversim nigro-

striolatum, subtus omnino nigrum. Sternum nigricans, leve,

leviter conveaum, postice, mter coxas distantes, late obtusun.

Pedes robusti, sat longi, late fulvo nigroque variate, :

Ab £. albostriata E. Sim. (ex Peruvia) imprimis differt

tuberculis frontalibus fere obsoletis.

EURYOPEA.

Genus Sremmors Cambr.

Stemmops O. P. Cambridge, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn. 1894,

p. 125, pl. ixvi.. £5,

“ Ab Huryopi differt oculis quatuor posticis in lineam sat

procurvam, mediis lateralibus paulo majoribus ovatis et rectis,

inter se distantibus (spatio oculo saltem haud angustiore a sese

remotis) sed a lateralibus contiguis.

STEMMOPS CONCOLOR, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax latus et brevis, parte cephalica

brevi, valde attenuata et elevata, levis, fulvo-rufescens, area

oculorum antice nigra. Oculi antici in Lineam valde procurvam,

medii nigri et convewxi lateralibus albis paulo majores, inter se

anguste separati a lateralibus subcontigui. Ocult postici magn,

im lineam leviter procurvam, mediit paulo majores, ovati, recti,

inter se distantes sed a lateralibus contigui. Abdomen ovatum,

convecum, fulvo-cinereum, parce et sat longe albo-pilosum.

Chel, sternum pedesque fulvo-rufescentia, femoribus ad basin

patellisque dilutioribus. Pedes robusti, equaliter setosi, posticr

antics paulo longiores. Area genitalis simplex, plana et

rufula.

S. bicolort Cambr. affinis, sed verisimiliter distinctus.

THERIDIBA.

THERIDION TEPIDARIORUM C. Koch.

Ther. vulgare Hentz.

Espeéce cosmopolite.

THERIDION RUFIPES Lucas.

Ther. borbonicum Vinson, Aran. Réun. etc. 1864, p. 283,

pl. xiv.f . 6.

Ther. luteipes Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soe, (Zool.) x. p. 382, pl. xii.

ff. 46-51 (1870).

862 MONS. B, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF st. VINCENT. [Nov. 16,

Ther. bajulans L. Koch, “2g. und Abyss. Ar. 1875, p. 21,

pl. ii. f. 4-5.

Ther. flavoaurantiacum EH. Sim., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., C. R.

nov. 1880.

Ther. rufipes HB. Sim., Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1885, p. 461.

Ther. longipes V. Hasselt, Midd.-Sumatra, Arach. 1882, p. 33.

Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions chaudes du monde.

THERIDION sruDIOsuM Hentz.

Ther. jucundum Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn. 1895, p. 166,

ploaxt. £13:

THERIDION FRONDEUM Hentz.

THERIDION ANTILLANUM E. Sim., P. Z.8. 1894, p. 522.

THERIDION FUESSLYI E. Sim., loc. cit. p. 522.

THERIDION StYLIFRONS E. Sim., loc. cit. p. 522.

THERIDION BLANDUM Cambr.

Coleosoma blandum O. P. Cambr., P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 429.

Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions tropicales du monde,

introduite en Europe dans les serres chaudes.

THERIDION DILUCIDUM, sp. nov.

2 . Long. 38mm.— Cephalothorax brevis levis, pallide fulvo-rufescens,

margine clypert leviter infuscata, oculis angustissime nigro-

cinetis. Oculi quatuor postict in lineam leviter procurvam,

magni, medit lateralibus paulo majores et a lateralibus quam

inter se vie renotiores (spatio interoculart oculo angustiore).

Oculi antici in lineam leviter procurvam, medii nigri, lateralibus

viw majores, inter se distantes sed a lateralibus subcontiqui.

Chelu, partes oris, sternumque fulvo-rufescentia, levia, Abdo-

men breviter ovatum, subglobosum, parcissime et tenuiter setosum,

lurido-testaceum, parce albo-punctatum, punctis in medio densi-

oribus et vittam latam confusam designantibus,interdum utrinque,

prope mamillas, puncto nigro parvo notatum. Pedes longi et

graciles, sat longe setosi, omnino lurid, tibiis subtus ad apicem

rarius wgro-cinctis. Area genitalis fusca, convexa, fovea parva

nigra subrotunda impressa.

SPHYROTINUS LUCULENTUS FE. Sim., loc. cit. p. 524.

Genus TuEriputa Emerton.

Mesopneutes et Theridula Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn.

1894-96,

THERIDULA OPULENTA Walck.

A la synonymie ajoutez :—

Theridula tricorns O. P. Cambr., loc. cit. 1896, p, 208, pl. xxv.

1897.| MONS. B. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 863

DIPaneez.

DiIP@nNA CALCARATA, sp. NOV.

3. Long. 1°38 mm.—Cephalothorax brevis, antice acclivis et valde

attenuutus, levis et nitidus, fusco- rufescens, parte thoracica

striis radiantibus profundis impressa. Oculi antici in lineam

procurvam, medit mayor es et valde prominuli, inter sé distantes

sed a lateralibus contigui. Oculi postici im lineam rectam,

medit majores subangulosi, a lateralibus quam inter se paulo

remotiores. COlypeus latus. Abdomen breve, multo altius quam

longius, apice obtuse biangulosum, postice abrupte declive, antice

ne grum, macula media testacea notatum, postice, in. declivitate,

obscure fuluum, confuse nagricunti-segmentatum. Sternum fusco-

olwaceum. Pedes fulvo-rufescentes, fusco-variati et subannulate,

antici posticis multo longiores, femore robusto longo, setis spini-

formibus binis longis intus armato, tibia longa, gracili, leviter

curvata, setis robustis longis munita atque ad wpicem aculeo

inferiore curvato et caleariformi insigniter armata, metatarso

gracili, intus ad basin aculeo gracili et recto munito. Pedes-

macillares fulvi, parvi, patella tabiaque brevibus wequis, tarso

ovato, bulbo ovato, simplici, stylo nigro circumdato.

Espéce trés remarquable appartenant au second groupe du genre

Dipoena, se distinguant de ses congéneres par la grande longueur et

_ armature de ses pattes de la premicre paire (caractéres probable-

ment sexuels); son abdomen ressemble 4 celui d’un tres petit

Poltys.

Dir@na VALMONTI, sp. nov.

3. Long. 1°5 mm.—Cephalothorax brevis, sat altus, postice valde

declivis sed supra fere rectus, haud vel vie distincte impressus,

sublevis et setis longis albidis conspersus, fulvus, tenuiter nigro-

marginatus et vitta media latissima fusca notatus. Ocul

cuncti magni et inter se subequales, quatuor antici in lineam

leviter procurvam, medi inter se anguste separati a lateralibus

contigui. Quatuor posticc in lineam levissime recurvam (medit

lateralibus paulo majores), inter se eque et anguste distantes.

Clypeus latus (chelis paulo angustior), sub oculis impressus.

Abdomen subglobosum, altum, postice valde declive, cinerco-

testaceum, setis albis longis parce vestitum, ad marginem sat

dense nigro-punctatum, in medio parcius et grossius albo-

punetatum, postice in declivitate punctis nigris, vittam mediam

confusam designantibus, notatum, subtus fuscum. Sternwum

latum, fusco-olivacewm, nigricanti-marginatum. Pedes breves et

robustt, longe et parce setost, luridi, femoribus cunctis, tibiis

metatarsisque anticis apice fusco- annulatis, metatarsis tarsisque

anticis sit, gracilibus et inter se subequis. Pedes-mauillares

parvi, luridi, apice rufuli, patella tibiaque brevibus subaequis,

tarso ovato valde acuminato, bulbo simplici.

Dir@NA MECKELI, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 1:8 mm.—Cephalothorax fere preecedentis, subtilissime

864 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [ Noy. 16,

coriaceus, parce et longe albo-setosus, fusco-rufescens, late et con-

fuse nigricanti-marginatus. Oculi antici in lineam subrectam

(via procurvam), medi lateralibus plus duplo majores prominuli,

mter se anguste separati, a lateralibus contigui. Oculi postici

in lineam plane rectam, medii lateralibus paulo majores et a

lateralibus quam inter se remotiores. Clypeus latissimus, chelis

multo latior. Abdomen subglobosum, subtiliter coriaceum, parce

et crasse albido-setosum, atrum, utrinque late et confuse testaceo-

plagiatum. Sternum latum, subleve, fusco-olivaceum. Pedes

breves et robusti, parce et longe setosi, luridi, femoribus, tibtis

metatarsisque annulis fuscis binis sat angustis et sinuosis ornatis,

metatarsis anticis crassis et leviter depressis, tarsis metatarsis

paulo brevioribus et acuminatis. Regio epigasteris conveaa,

fovea parum profunda et subquadrata impressa.

ASAGENEZ.

ASAGENA QUADRIMACULATA Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn.

1896, p. 189, pl. xxiii. f. 12.

Espéce répandue au Vénézuela et dans Amérique centrale.

Chez les femelles surtout les quatre taches blanches de l’abdomen

sont trés souvent accompagnées d’une cinquiéme tache postérieure

longitudinale, disposition rappelant celle de lA. phalerata, Panz.,

d’ Europe.

Cette espéce fait le passage des Asagena aux Lithyphantes, elle se

rapproche de ceux-ci par les pattes du male mutiques, sans dents

ni épines fémorales. Le Lithyphantes letus Cambr. est une autre

espece voisine du méme groupe.

THEONOES,

E. Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2nd ed. t. i. p. 586.

THEONOE AMERICANA, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 1 mm.—Cephalothorax brevis, subtiliter coriaceus,

sublevis, fusco-rufescens vel olivaceus, confuse nigricanti-reticu-

latus et tenwiter nigro-marginatus. Cculi antici in lineam

rectam, medi nigri, lateralibus albis saltem 4 minores, inter se

anguste separati a lateralibus contigui. Ocul postici in lineam

subrectum (vivx recurvam), magni, inter se fere wque et sat

anguste separat?. Clypeus oculis lateralibus anticis haud duplo

latior, chelis multo angustior, sub oculis transversim impressus,

dein convexus. Abdomen magnum, globosum, atro-nitidum,

setis tenuibus longis conspersum. Sternum late cordiforme,

mgrum. Pedes mediocres, sat graciles, longe et parce setosi, fulvi,

articulis apice fusco- vel olivaceo-annulatis.

A T. filiola E. Sim. (ex Gallia) differt oculis posticis inter se

fere equidistantibus, clypeo angustiore et sterno minus convexo.

Espéce trés intéressante, car le genre Theonoe était jusqu’ici

propre au midi de l’Europe.

1897.] MONS. B, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 865

MYSMENOPSIS, gen. noy.

A Mysmena differt oculis quatuor anticis in lineam rectam, inter

se valde iniquis, mediis lateralibus multo majoribus, prominulis,

inter se distantibus sed a lateralibus contiquis, oculis quatuor

posticts mediocribus equis, in lineam rectam, mediis inter se

quam a lateralibus paulo remotioribus, area quatuor mediorum

multo latiore quam longiore et antice quam postice lutiore, cly peo

area oculorum latiore sed chelis angustiore, sterno longius cordi-

formi postice longe uttenuato et inter coxas posticas disjunctas

producto. Pedum metatarsi tarsique circiter wquilongt, ungues

supertores valde curvati mutict.

MYSMENOPSIS FEMORALIS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 1:5 mm.—Cephalothorax nigro-piceus, levis et nitidus,

antice setis albidis longis paucis et seriatis munitus, parte

cephalica antice sat acclivi. Oculi anticr in lineam subrectam,

medi nigri, prominuli, lateralibus multo majores, inter se

distantes sed a lateralibus contigui. Oculi posticc mediocres,

aqui, in lineam rectam, medi inter se quam a lateralibus

remotiores. Area mediorum multo latior quam longior et antice

quam postice latior. Abdomen globosum, nigrum, lineolis binis

albis longitudinalibus, inter se remotis et fleauosis, lineolisque

transversis 3- vel 4-clathratum, postice supra mamillas, confuse

albido-plagiatum. Sternum nigro-opacum, cordiforme, postice

longe attenuatum et, inter cowas posticas disjunctas, productum.

Pedes parum longi, sat robusti, longe setosi, luridi, femoribus

tibuisque nigricanti-biannulatis, metatarsis ad apicem minute

fuscis, femoribus 1* paris reliquis multo robustioribus leviter

curvatis, subtus in parte apicali calcare crasso sed acuto insigniter

armatis.

MYSMENOPSIS FUNEBRIS, Sp. Nov.

2. Long. 1:2 mm.—Cephalothorax sculique antici fere precedentis.

Oculi postict minores et inter se latius distantes, in lineam rectum.

Abdomen globosum, nigrum, punctis albis fere inordinatis, sepe

lineolas binas longitudinales lineasque transversas valde sinuosas

designantibus, supra ornatum. Sternum sprecedentis, nigro-

opacum., Pedes luteo-olivacet, nigricanti-annulati, femoribus

anticis fere omnino infuscatis, reliquis paulo robustioribus et

curvatis sed muticis, haud calcaratis.— 3 . Cephalothorax brevior

et multo altior. Pedes-maxillares nigricantes, femore brevi et

gracili, patella parva nodosa, tibia brevissima vix perspicua,

tarso magno ovato convexo sed amice breviter acuto, reliquis arti-

culis cunctis haud breviore, bulbo maximo, simplici, subgloboso,

apice processu parvo et uncato munito.

A precedente presertim differt femoribus muticis, haud calcaratis.

866 MONS. E.SIMON ON THH SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [ Nov. 16,

Familia ARGIOPID&,

Subfamilia LinyPHimn 2.

Genus Ertcone Aud. (sensu stricto).

Ce genre est représenté 4 St. Vincent par deux espéces voisines

de PE. dentimandibulata Keyserl., qui different des formes typiques

par la marge du céphalothorax mutique dans le deux sexes, et

Yapophyse patellaire du male trés réduite. Nous avons trouvé

dans les montagnes du Vénézuela un grand nombre d’espéces du

méme groupe (cf. Hist. Nat. Ar. t. i. p. 638).

ERIGONE POERYI, sp. nov.

3. Long. 2°5 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-piceus, levis et nitidus,

margine mutica. Ocult antici in lineam subrectam, medii

lateralibus paulo minores, inter se subcontiqui, a lateralibus anguste

separati, Oculi posticc magni, in lineam rectam, inter se fere

eque ect anguste distantes, medit paulo majores. Abdomen

ovatum, fuscum, postice paulo dilutius sed transversim nigricanti-

striatum, parce setosum. Sternum fusco-piceum, subleve, sub-

tilisstme cortaceum. Chele robusta, convex, valde attenuate et

leviter divaricate, antice intus, prope marginem interiorem, dente

maximo recto et acuto infra directo, extus dentibus curvatis

seriatis 5 vel 6, basilaribus reliquis minoribus, valde armate.

Pedes fulvo-rufescentes, omnino mutici. Pedes-maaillares longi ;

femore gracili, curvato, subtus tuberculis nigris parvis setiferis 5

et intus tuberculis minutissimis, fere inordinatis munito ; patella

curvata, cylindrata, subtus ad apicem dente parvo munita ; tibia

patella circiter equilonga, ad basin gracilore sed versus apicem

valde ampliata, subtus mutica, supra elevata subcristata, ninute

et obtuse bilobata ; tarso sat angusto acuminato.

Ab E. dentimandibulata Keyserl., cui affinis est, imprimis differt

tibia pedum-maxillarium maris breviore, ad apicem valde ampliata

et superne cristata.

ERIGONE WATERTON, sp. nov.

3. Long. 2 mn.—Cephalothorax fusco-rufescens, levis et nitidus,

margine mutica. Oculi antici in lineam procurvam, inter se fere

aequidistantes, medii minores. Oculi postici in lineam rectam,

inter se equi et fere cequidistantes. Abdomen ovatum, atrum,

supra late dilutius. Chele longe, antice deplanate et valde

coriaceee, extus dentibus curvatis seriatis 4 vel 5 armate, margine

superiore sulci dentibus mediocribus trinis (2 et 3 inter se gemi-

natis subequis, altero paulo majoribus) munito. Pedes lutet,

mutict. Pedes-maxillares mediocres ; femore gracil, curvato,

subtus granulis nigris seriatis paucis armato ; patella sat longa,

subtus ad apwem dente valido recto sed apice leviter wneato

armata ; tibia patella breviore sed multo crassiore, apice valde

1897.] MONS. B. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 867

ampliata et paulo altiore quam longiore, supra late et obtusissime

producta 3 tarso sat angusto acuminato.

A precedente differt oculorum linea antica procurva, chelis antice

deplanatis et coriaceis dente longo interiore carentibus, apophysi

patellari longiore, tibia breviore et multo altiore.

MIcCRONETA VARIA, sp. Nov.

Q. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-rufescens, levis, tenu-

issime nigro-cinctus, oculis singulariter nigro-marginatis. Oculi

antici in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se wque et angustissime

distantes, medii minores. Oculi postici in lineam rectam, inter

se ceque et anguste distantes, medii lateralibus paulo majores.

Abdomen oblongum, convexum, sed postice acuminatum, supra

antice fulvo-rufulum, postice nigrum, sed macula media magna

ovata lutea notatum, subtus atrum. Sternum leve, nigro oliva-

ceum. Pedes sat longi, graciles fulvi. Tuberculum genitale

magnum, semicirculare, rufulum, utrinque crasse marginatum.

3. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax plerumque utrinque late infus-

catum, regione frontali paulo altiore. Chele valde acuminate.

Abdomen angustum et longum nigro-nitidum, in medio leviter de-

pressum ct late albido-cinctum. Pedes paulo longiores, femoribus

suhtus sepe infuscatis et subvittatis, Pedes-maxillares fuser,

patella brevi; tibia patella vix longiore, subtus convexa, supra

ad apicem leviter producta ; tarso magno, intus ad basin leviter

producto et dentibus binis sat brevibus, equis et acutis armato ;

bulbo maximo valde complicato.

M., semiatre Keyserl. (ex Brasilia) valde affinis.

PocoBLELUS BIVITTATUS, Sp. nov.

2. Long. 2°6 mm.—Cephalothorax laevis, luteus, regione oculorum

nigra, utringue macula maxima ovata ngricanti, marginem

posticum haud attingente, notatus. Oculi antici inter se appro-

pinquati, in lineam plane rectam, medii lateralibus fere duplo

minores. Oculi postici magni, inter se anguste et wque distantes

in lineam leviter recurvam. Oculi quatuor medi aream paulo

longiorem quam latiorem et antice quam postice multo angustio-

rem occupantes, antici posticis multo.minores. Abdomen valde

conveaum, postice fere abrupte declive et acuminatum, in parte

prima fuluum et confuse nigro-marginatum, in parte altera

nigrum leviter fulvo-variatum et punctis albo-opacis, lineam

transversam et utrinque lineam marginalem sinuosam designanti-

bus ornatum, subtus atro-olivaceum. Sternum olivaceum, versus

marginem infuscatum. Pedes sat longi, graciles, fulvo-olivacet,

fusco-annulati, tibtis setis spiniformis longis paucis supra

munitis, reliquis articulis muticis. Regio epigasteris nigra,

valde convexa, semicircularis.

A P. coronigero E. Sim. presertim differt magnitudfne majore

et cephalothorace luteo nigro bivittato.

868

MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [Novy. 16,

Subfamilia TeTRAGNATHIN 2.

DYscHIRIOGNATHA MONTANA, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 2°38 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-piceus, nitidus, utrinque,

prope marginem, parce impresso-punctatus et postice subtiliter

transversim rugatus, parte cephalica antice sensim acelivi, utrin-

que striis profundis discreta et postice stria brevi transversa

secta, parte thoracica foveola media transversa brevi et procurva,

strusque duabus divaricatis notata. Abdomen globosum, nitidum,

olivaceum, supra antice vittis obliquis duabus, utrinque punctis

mordinatis maculaque majore, in medio punctis parvis ge-

minatis 2 vel 3 albo-nitidis vel argentatis ornatum, subtus atrum

punetis minutissimis quatuor (anticis argenteis posticis fulvis),

quadrangulum magnum latius quam longius designantibus,

notatum. Sternum fusco-piceum, grosse et parce rugosum.

Chele picece, coriaceee et leviter inequales. Pedes graciles, fulvo-

olivacer, femoribus dilutioribus, reliquis articulis apice minute

fuscis. Spiraculum ventrale rectum in medio situm.

3. Long. 2:6 mm.—Cephalothorax sepe paulo dilutior, vitia media

g } zpe }

vittisque marginalibus nigricantibus notatus. Chele longiores

angustiores et divaricate. Pedes, presertim antici, longiores,

Pedes-mawillares graciles, ramulo tarsi tenui, longo, fleauoso sed

obtuso, bulbo maximo, rufulo, globoso depressiusculo.

Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.

TBLIRAGNATHA ANTILLANA, sp. nov.

2. Long. 12-15 mm.—Cephalothorawx fulvus, confuse fusco-

marginatus, parte cephalica leviter infuscata sed regione

oculorum lineaque media dilutioribus notatus. Oculi quatuor

medit inter se subequales, aream circiter eque longam ac latam

et antice quam postice angustiorem occupantes. Oculi laterales

utringue spatio oculo paulo latiore inter se distantes, anticus

postico minor, Abdomen longe cylindratum, postice sensim

attenuatum, apice oblique truncatum et leviter prominulum, supra

albo-argenteum vel aureum, vitta media fusca lata, postice

leviter attenuata et flecuosa et lineam albam includente, notatum,

im lateribus et subtus nigricans, sed lineis binis parallelis obscure

fulvis notatum. Chele obscure fulve, apice nigre, leves, longe,

cylindrate et proclives, margine superiore sulei dente apicali

mediocri acuto et intus recte directo, dein dente remoto mediocri

et acuto antice leviter arcuato, dein dentibus acutis seriatis 6-7,

versus basin sensim minoribus, armato, subtus ad marginem

apicalem (prope radicem unguis) dente valido, longo, leviter

depresso atque acuto et antice recte directo, ad marginem sulci

dente apicali mediocri, dein dente parvo singulariter sito, dein

dentibus seriatis 4-5, versus basin sensim minoribus, instructo.

3. Long. 12 mm.—Abdomen angustius, cylindratum, supra

omnino albo-argenteum vel auratum. Chele longiores, supra

eelus ad apicem, prope radicem unguis, dente arcuato et acuto

1897.] MONS. EB. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 869

intus, prope medium, minute tuberculato, intus ad apicem denti-

bus binis subgeminatis et divaricatis, 1° recto, altero curvato, ad

marginem sulci dente subapicali valido recto et acuto, dein dente

singulo, dein dentibus seriatis 5-6, versus basin sensim minori-

bus, subtus dente apicali parvo et obtuso, dente subapicah longrore

acuto et arcuato, dein dentibus sat parvis 8-9, superioribus inter

se remotis, inferioribus minoribus et inter se sensim densioribus,

armate. Pedes-maxillares longi et graciles ; patella multo longi-

ore quam latiore; tibia patella paulo longiore, graciliore, sed

versus apicem leviter ampliata ; tarso angusto, processu apical

bulbo via longiore, ramulo basali longo apice minute bifido.

A T. elongata Walck. (grallator Hentz) et laboriosa Hentz, quibus

affinis est, presertim differt chelarum maris dente exteriore sub-

apicali intus minute tuberculato, sed apice haud bifido et dente

medio marginibus sulci reliquis dentibus non multo majore, chela-

rum feminz dente apicali inferiore longiore et antice directo.

TETRAGNATHA VICINA, Sp. Noy.

3. Long. 10 mm.—A precedente, cui valde affinis est, differt magni-

tudine minore, chelis maris dente exteriore apicali longiore et

graciliore fere cylindrato sed acuto et intus prope apicem

minutissime tuberculato, dentibus binis apicalibus interioribus

longioribus, 1° recto 2? curvato, et inter se paulo remotioribus sed

dente apicali marginis sulci carentibus, subtus dente apicali sulci

reliquis dentibus multo majore, his 7-8 inter se regqulariter

distantibus.

TETRAGNATHA PISCATORIA, Sp. Nov.

Q. Long. 10 mm.—Cephalothorax obscure fulvus, in medio atque

ad marginem plus minus infuscatus. Oculi quatuor medi aream

subquadratum occupantes, antici posticis vix majores. Oculi

laterales utrinque spatio oculo latiore inter se distantes, anticus

postico minor. Abdomen longum, cylindratum, postice sensim

attenuatum, supra albo-argenteum vel auratum, linea media

ramosa obscuriore notatum, in lateribus et subtus omnino nigrum.

Chelee longe, cylindrate, proclives, obscure fulue, supra intus,

ad marginem sulci, dente apicali sat valido acuto et intus directo,

prope medium dente sat longo et acuto, dei dentibus minoribus

seriatis 4-5, subtus dente apicali carentes, ad marginem sulea

dente 1° sat longo acuto recto et intus directo, dem dentibus

minoribus seriatis et subequis 7-8, armate.

3. Chele longiores, valde proclives, fulvo-nitide, supra dente

exteriore haud apicali, sed in parte secunda sito, longissimo,

gracili, apice simpliciter acuto, ad marginem dente apical parvo

acuto et antice directo, prope medium dente longo acuto et recto ;

dein dentibus minoribus seriatis 3 vel 4; subtus dentibus apica-

libus binis fere interioribus subgeminatis et iniquis (interiore

valido et arcuato, interiore parvo et recto) dein dentibus 8-9

regulariter seriatis (1-4 inter se subequis, reliquis versus basin

870 MONS. BH. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [Nov. 16,

sensim minoribus). Pedes-mawillares fere T. antillane, sed

ramulo exteriore tarsi apice obtuso haud bifido.

A T. tenuissima O. P. Cambr., cui verisimiliter affinis est,

differt dente exteriore chelarum maris longo et gracili, ad apicem

remotiore.

Genus CyrroGNaTHA Keyserl.

Agriognatha O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn., 1896,

p. 212.

CYRTOGNATHA SERRATA, Sp. nov.

2 . Long. 8 mm.—Cephalothorax levis, subtilissime coriaceus, fulvo-

rufescens, linea marginali vittaque media lata et confusa fuscis

notatus, parte cephalica vix convexa, lata, antice purum attenuata.

Oculi magni, inter se subequales, quatuor medii aream subqua-

dratam occupantes, oculi laterales utrinque contigui et prominuli

(anticus postico paulo major). Chele robusta, longe, divaricate,

fulvo-rufule, margine inferiore sulci dentibus validis binis equis

inter se remotis instructo. Partes oris fusce. Sternum obscure

fuluum. Abdomen longum et cylindraceum, obscure fuluum vel

olivaceum, supra antice lineis binis parallelis, postice maculis

parvis biseriatis 3 vel 4 nigris ornatum, subtus concolor. Pedes

longi, fulvo-rufescentes, femoribus cunctis ad apicem, tibiis anticis

in medio atque ad apicem, confuse fusco-annulatis.

dg. Long. 7 mm.—A femina differt chelis multo longioribus et valde

divaricatis, robustis et convewis, sed in parte apicali valde attenu-

atis, subacuminatis, depressis, extus carinatis et prope medium

minute dentatis, margine inferiore sulci dentibus trinis equis

inter se equidistantibus (1 et 2 rectis, altero inflexo), margine

superiore, prope radicem unguis, dente robustissimo compresso et

arcuato, dein dentihus binis minoribus et acutis armatis. Pedibus

valde aculeatis, femoribus 1' paris, antice prope basin, aculeis

uniseriatis 4-5, extus aculers minoribus uniseriatis 16-18 insiy-

niter armatis, metatarsis cunctis aculeis seriatis parvis et numer-

osis subtus munitis, Pedes-mawillares fere Tetragnathe, sed tibia

patella non multo longiore, ad basin gracili, versus apicem

sensim ampliata.

CHRYSOMETA TENUIPES Keyserl.

Tetragnatha tenuipes Keyserl., Sitz. Isis, Dresden, 1863, p. 147,

pl. vii. #f. 12-14.

Espéce commune en Colombie et au Vénézuela.

Genus ARGYROEPEIRA Emerton.

Argyroepeira et Opas O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn.

p- 184.

ARGYROEPEIRA ARGYRA Walck.

Tetragnatha argyra Walck., Apt. ii. 1837, p. 219.

Linyphia ornaia Taczanowski, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. x. 1873, p- 11,

1897.] MONS. EB, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 871

? Argyroepeira acuminata O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Arachn. 1889, p. 5, tab.i . f. 6.

Espéce trés répandue dans toutes les Antilles, le Mexique, l’Amé-

rique centrale, le Vénézuela et les Guyanes.

ARGYROBPEIRA AURULENTA C. Koch.

Linyphia aurulenta C. Koch, Ar. xii. 1845, p. 127, f. 1049.

Epeira hortorum Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. N, H. v. 1847, p. 477.

Tetragnatha quinquelineata Keyserling, Sitz. Isis, Dresden, 1863,

p- 145, pl. i. f. 3-6. t

Egalement commun dans le sud des Etats-Unis, le Mexique et les

Antilles.

ARGYROEPEIRA REGNYI, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 55 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-rufescens, levis, an-

guste fusco-marginatus, parte cephalica confuse infuscata,

thoracica macula longitudinali parva notata. Oculi quatuor

medii inter se subequales (antici nigri), aream paulo longiorem

quam latiorem occupantes. Oculi laterales utrinque contigui, a

mediis sat remoti. Abdomen cylindraceum, antice tuberculis

binis rotundis munitum, supra splendide argenteun vel auratun,

tuberculis anticis fusco-rufulis, linea media fusca valde ramosa

et utrinque maculis nigris, longis et sinuosis, vittam interruptam

designantibus, ornatum, in lateribus fuscum vitta lata obliqua

argentea vel aurea notatum, subtus atrum, utringue linea

abbreviata sepe interrupta et postice maculis parvis seriatis

ornatum. Chele rufescentes, apice fusce. Partes oris nigre, ad

marginem dilutiores. Sternum fusco-rufulum, antice nigro-

setosum. Pedes longi, obscure fulvi vel olivacei, femoribus

tibtisque apice anguste nigro-cinctis, Fovea vulve semicireularis,

carina media lata plana et utrinque plagula nigra munita.

3. Long. 3 mn.—A femina differt abdomine multo minore, pedi-

bus longioribus. Pedes-mawillares luridi, bulbo rufulo ; femore

gracilt recto ; tibia patella plus duplo lonqiore, gracili, sed versus

apicem sensim ampliata; tarso depressiusculo, ovato, haud cal-

carato, ramulo basalt parvo et recto munito ; bulbo magno,

convexo et ovato.

Ab A. curta O. P. Cambr. (ex Panama et Venezuela), cui valde

affinis est, imprimis differt cephalothorace fusco-marginato, ab-

domine subtus atro (haud obscure fulvo) vittis duabus argenteis

latioribus notato.

ALCIMOSPHENUS LIcINus E. Sim.

A, licinus EK. Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2° ed. t. i. p. 931.

“0, Long. 8-9 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-rufulus, levis et glaber.

Abdomen lete rufo-coccineum, postice utrinque maculis obliquis

sinuosis, ad apicem tuberculi maculis duabus minoribus, subtus

utrinque vitta marginali, intus valde tridentata et punctis mediis

bims nigerrimis, decoratum. Chele, partes oris, sternum

covceque rufo-coccinea, levia et nitida. Pedes nigri, tibiis, 1

872 MONS. E, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [Nov. 16,

paris dilutioribus et olivaceis, tibtis, metatarsis tarsisque apice

minute lurido-annulatis. ~Pedes-mavillares nigri, femore rufo.”

Espéce répandue dans toutes les Antilles, décrite de St. Domingue

et de la Jamaique.

HoMALOMETA, gen. nov.

A Meta differt oculis anticis in lineam plane rectam, mediis nigris

lateralibus albis paulo majoribus et inter se quam a lateralibus

fere duplo remotioribus, oculis posticis albis cequis et rotundis,

in lineam subrectam (levissime recurvam), medits inter se quam

a lateralibus paulo remotioribus, oculis quatuor mediis aream

latiorem quam longiorem et antice quam postice latiorem occu-

pantibus, clypeo oculis anticis plus duplo latiore, leviter convexo.

Laminis convewioribus. Chelis cylindraceis, margine superiore

sulci dentibus sat longis trinis, margine inferiore dentibus binis

minoribus dentibusque ultimis minutissimis via perspicuis

instructs. Abdomine ovato, regione epiyasteris convewa et

producta.

HOoMALOMETA NIGRITARSIS, sp. NOV.

2. Long. 3°5 mm.— Cephalothorax oblongus, sat conveawus, levis

et glaber, luteo-rufescens. Abdomen sat late ovatum, albido-

opacum, postice et subtus leviter flavido-tinctum, supra area

magna ovata fulva notatum, subtus regione epigasteris fulva,

convexa, postice truncata et minute fusco-binotata, utrinque cari-

nula parva nigra et obliqua notata. Chele, partes oris, sternum

pedesque luteo-rufescentia, levia et glabra, tarsis quatuor anticis

apice nigris, tibiis anticis aculeis setiformibus paucis subtus

armatis.

3. Long. 3 mm.—A femina differt abdomine minore, pedibus

anticis numerosius sed tenuiter aculeatis. Pedes-mawillares

albidi, subpellucentes, bulbo rufulo ; femore sat longo, gracili et

recto ; patella parva; tibia patella plus duplo longiore, versus

apicem valde ampliata, compressa et subtriquetra ; tarso angusto,

lacinioso, bulbum parum superante, ramulo basali gracili et recto ;

bulbo ad basin subgloboso, ad apicem stylo nigro crasso, circulum

formante, munito.

AZILIA GUATEMALENSIS Cambr.

Azilia quatemalensis O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn-

1889, p. 12, tab. iii. £. 3-4.

Egalement répandu dans l’Amérique centrale et le Vénézuela

(A. rojasi E. Sim.).

DoLicHOGNATHA TUBERCULATA Keyserl.

Cyrtophora tuberculata Keyserl., Spinn. Amer., Ep. 1893, p. 265.

Dolichognatha tigrina E. Sim., Anu. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893 (Oct.),

p- 330.

Dolichognatha diversa O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn.

1895, p. 147.

Espéce connue de la Floride, du Mexique et du Vénézuela,

1897.] | MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST, VINCENT 873

Subfamilia ARGIOPIN A.

ARGIOPE ARGENTATA Fabr.

Argyopes argentatus et fenestrinus C. Koch, 1839.

Epeira argentata et amuctoria Walck., 1841.

Ar. argentata, maronica et subtilis (pullus) Taczanowski, 1872.

Trés commun dans toute l’Amérique centrale et méridionale et

aux Antilles.

Cyciosa carori Hentz.

Epeira caroli Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. vi. 1850, p. 24,

pl. ii. f. 15. :

Egalement commun dans le sud des Etats-Unis et au Vénézuela.

CYCLOSA TRIQUETRA H. Sim.

Cyclosa triquetra E. Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2° éd. t. i. p. 779.

Espéce découverte au Vénézuela, ou elle en commune.

EusraLa ANASTERA Walck.

Epeira anastera Walck., Apt. t. i1., 1837, p. 33, no. 4.

Epeira eustala Walck., loc. cit. p. 37, no. 12.

Epeira bombycinaria Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1847, p. 476.

Epeira parvula Keyserling, Sitz. Isis, Dresden, 1863, p. 1381.

Epeira parvula Emerton, N. Engl. Ep. 1884, p. 317.

Epeira bombycinaria Keyserling, Spinn. Amer., Ep. iv. 1892,

p- 145.

Epeira anastera McCook, Amer. Spid. ete. iii. 1893, p. 172.

Commun dans le sud des Etats-Unis et aux Antilles.

Eusrana varronata Cambr.

Epeira variolata O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn, 1889,

p- 26, tab. vi. f. 14.

Se trouve aussi dans l’Amérique centrale et au Vénézuela.

Evusraba FUSCo-vIrraTa Keyserl.

Epeira fusco-vittata Keyserl., Sitz. Isis, Dresden, 1863, p. 129;

Keyserl., Spinn. Amer., Ep. 1892, p. 251, pl. xii. f. 187.

Espéce tres répandue dans | Amérique centrale, la Colombie, le

Vénézuela et les Antilles.

Cyclosa thorelli McCook et Epeira illicita Cambr. en sont pro-

bablement synonymes.

ARANEUS (EPEIRA) PURPURASCENS Cambr.

Epeira purpurascens O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn.

1889, p. 33, tab. vii. f. 4-5.

Egalement de l’Amérique centrale et du Vénézuela.

ARaneus (Eperra) nauticus L. Koch.

Epeira nautica, L. Koch, Aeg. u. Abyss. Arachn. 1875, p. 17,

pl. i f..2.

Proc, Zoon, Soc,—1897, No, LVIIL, a8

874 MONS. BE. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF St. vINcENT. [Nov. 16,

Epeira pullata Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i. 1877, p

Epeira volucripes Keyserl., Verh. z.-b. G. Wien, fea 'p. 528 ;

McCook, Amer. Spid. ui. pl. vi. ff. 1-2.

Répandu dans presque toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

ARANBEUS (Epnrra) LABYRINTHEUS Hentz.

Epeira labyrinthea Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1847, p. 471.

Epeira rectangula Nicolet, in Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool. ue 1849,

p- 900. :

Répandu dans toute l’Amérique des Etats-Unis au Chili.

ARANEUS (Epprra) tHuist Walck.

Epeira theisi Walck., Apt. ii. 1837, p. 53.

Epeira mangareva Walck., Apt. iv. 1847, p. 469.

Epewra oawacensis Keyserl., Sitz. Isis, Dresden, 1863, p. 121.

Répandu dans presque toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

ARANEUS (AMAMRA) GIBBIFER Cambr.

Amamra gibbifera O. P. Cambr., Biol. Centr. Asner Arachn.

1894, p. 137, tab. xviii. f. 10.

Décrit du Mexique, retrouvé depuis au Vénézuela.

ARANEUS WENZELI, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 7 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-olivaceus vel nigricans,

albido-pubescens, parte thoracica utrinque late dilutiore et testacea.

Oculi quatuor medi inter se subcequales, aream leviter promi-

nulam, circiter eque longam ac latam et antice quam postice

latiorem occupantes, sed spatio inter posticos oculo haud angus-

tiore. Oculi laterales a mediis sat distantes, minores, utrinque

equi et contigui. Oculi quatuor antici in lineam leviter

recurvam. Clypeus mediis angustior. Abdomen oblongum,

antice rotundum, postice leviter attenuatum, tuberculis humerali-

bus tuberculoque apicali turbinatis sat parvis munitum, nigrum,

supra antice macula rhomboidali et utrinque maculis minoribus

elongatis et miqus uniseriatis, subtus maculis longitudinalibus

binis abbreviatis albis ornatum. Sternum nigrum, leve, ad

marginem impressum. Chele robuste, fusce, margine inferiore

sulci tridentato. Pedes parum longi, fusco-olivacei, femoribus

metatarsis tarsisque ad basin luteis, interdum lutei, femoribus,

tabtis metatarsisque annulis fuscis binis ornatis, tarsis apice fuscis.

Tuberculum vulve fusco-nitidum, plus duplo latius quam longius

utringue rotundum, antice mar ginaium, in medio late emargi-

natum et unco brevi subtriquetro munitum.

Cette espéce rentre dans le groupe de I’A. grayi Bl. ; elle parait

voisine de l’Epeira graphica Cambr.

GASTERACANTHA TETRACANTHA L.

Plectana linnes et lata Walck., Apt. ii. 1837, pp. 163-165.

Gasteracantha quadridens C. Koch, Ar. xi. 1845, p. 50, f. 880.

Nous possédions déja cette espéce de St. Thomas et de la Guade-

loupe.

1897.] MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT, 875

THERIDIOSOMA ARGENTEO-LUNULATUM HE. Simon.

Theridiosoma argenteo-lunulatum E. Sim., Ann. Soc. Ent. France,

1896, p. 484.

Découvert au Vénézuela.

VENDILGARDA THERIDIONINA EH. Simon.

Vendilgarda theridionina EB. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar, 2° éd. t.1., 1895,

p- 919.

Découvert au Vénézuela.

VENDILGARDA MUSTELINA, sp. Nov.

Q. Long. 2mm.—Cephalothorax brevis et altus, levis, fulvo-cocci-

neus. Oculi postici in lineam valde procurvam, medit rotunda

lateralibus majores et a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores

(spatio oculo angustiore a sese distantes). Ocult antici in lineam

rectam, medvi nt. igri, inter se contigui lateralibus multo majores.

Abdomen. maximum, globosum, partem thoracicam omnino

obtegens, fulvo-testaceum, pubescens, subtus in medio sensim in-

fuscatum. Chele, partes oris, sternum pedesque fulvo-aurantiaca,

metatarsis ad apicem tarsisque 4' paris mgris. Sternum lave,

convecum, postice, inter cowas disjunctas, late obtusum. Pedes

robust, modi ice longi, sat longe setosi.

g. Long. 1:8 mm.—aA femina differt pedibus anticis longioribus,

femoribus tibtisque sat robustis (tibiis ad basin attenuatis),

metatarsis tarsisque gracilibus. Pedes-maxillares rufuli, tarso

bulboque globoso-reniformibus, maxims, cephalothorace toto haud

minoribus.

Species inter Theridiosoma et Vendilgardam, oculis mediis anticis

inter se contiguis et mediis posticis majoribus eximie distincta.

OGULNIUS INFUMATUS, sp. nov.

9 . Long. 0°5 mm.—Cephalothorax brevissimus et altus, fulvo-rufes-

cens, oculis angustissime nigro-cinctis. Oculi quatuor antici

in lineam subrectam, medii nigri et rotundi lateralibus albis

et ovatis saltem duplo majores. Oculi postici .albi et ovati, in

lineam valde procurvam semicircularem, medii lateralibus paulo

majores, iter se distantes (spatio interoculart oculo paulo

latiore) sed a lateralibus subcontigui. Abdomen maximum,

globosum, rufescens, postice et subtus sensum et confuse infus-

catum, leve et nitidum, setis longis parce munitum. Sternum

fuscum, leve, maximum, postice late, recte truncatum et subqua-

dratum. Pedes robusti et brevissimi, flavidi, sat longe setosi,

ANAPIS HAMIGERA, Sp. nov.

3 Q. Long. 2mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-piceus, rufescens, parte

thoracica crebre rugosa et opaca, cephalica levi et nitida, valde

conveaa, antice acclivi, fronte recte truncata. Oculi medii

magni, subrotundi et inter se contig. Oculi laterales a mediis

late remoti, utrinque contigui et prominuli, anticus postico

major. Olypeus altissimus, in medio leviter impressus. Sternum

58*

876

MONS. B. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [Nov. 16,

nigro-piceum, subtiliter coriaceum et opacum. Abdomen glo-

bosum, nigrum, parce et sat longe crinitum. Pedes rufuli,

antici posticis multo longiores et robustiores, tibiis prope apicem

fusco-notatis, sat longe pilosi, metatarsis anticis leviter depressis

et intus, prope medium, aculeis parvis binis munitis. Pedes-

maxillares maris rufescentes, sat longi; femore subrecto; pa-

tella longiore quam latiore, gracili, sed versus apicem leviter

ampliata et apophysi longa, acutissima et retro-arcuata supra

insigniter instructa; tibia patella paulo longiore et graci-

liore, apice sensim ampliata et supra obtusissime prominula ;

tarso magno, ovato, supra ad basin processu vel crista apice

bifida munito ; bulbo globoso, magno, stylo libero munito.

Cette espéce remarquable se trouve aussi au Vénézuela; nous en

avons donné diverses figures dans notre Histoire Naturelle des

Araignées (t. 1. pp. 923-924, figs. 991-992-996-967).

Familia THOMISIDZ.

MIsUMENA AMERICANA Keyserl.

Misumena americana Keyserl., Spinn. Amer., Later. 1880, p. 85,

pl. ii. f. 44.

MISUMENA ASPERATA Hentz.

Thomisus asperatus Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. v. 1847.

Misumena georgiana et spinosa Keyser]., Sp. Amer., Later. 1880.

Misumena foliata Banks.

Ces deux espéces sont trés répandues dans le sud des Etats-

Unis.

GEPHYRINA INSULARIS sp. nov.

2 (pullus). Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorax planus, pallide luteus,

albo-marginatus, pilis niveis proms plumosis ecrebre vestitus.

Abdomen depressum, longum, subparallelum, antice truncatum

et emarginatum, albidum, niveo-pilosum. Chele, partes oris,

sternum pedesque pallide lutea, tibiis quatuor anticis aculeis

inferioribus longis subpellucentibus 3-3 aculeisque lateralibus

multo minoribus armatis.

A G. alba E. Sim. (ex Vénézuela) presertim differt oculorum

linea postica minus recurva et oculis mediis posticis inter se quam

a lateralibus paulo remotioribus.

Familia CLUBIONIDS.

Subfamilia SELENOPIN”.

? SELENOPs AISSA Walck.

Selenops aissa Walckenaer, Apt. i. 1837, p. 547.

Détérmination incertaine, les individus recueillis n’étant pas

adultes

1897.] MONS. B. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 877

Subfamilia SPARASSINA.

HETEROPODA REGIA Fabr.

Heteropoda venatoria, auctores (nec L.).

Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions tropicales du monde ;

sans doute introduite a St. Vincent.

SPARASSUS SANCTI-VINCENTII, sp. Noy.

Q. Long. 22 mm.—Cephalothorax paulo longior quam latior,

rufescens, cervino-pubescens, ad marginem sposticum paulo

dilutior, regione frontali infuscata, parte cephalica via distincte

fusco-lineata. Oculi antica mm lineam viv procurvam, inter se

fere cequidistantes (spatiis interocularibus oculis circiter equis),

medi lateralibus paulo majores. Oculi postici in lineam leviter

procurvam, anticis minores et inter se subcequales, medi a

lateralibus quam inter se remotiores. Area quatuor mediorum

subquadrata. Clypeus oculis anticis paulo angustior. Abdomen

late oblongum, postice attenuatum, supra fuscum et sat longe

cervino-pubescens, antice maculis binis magnis subtriquetris, dein

macuhs bins longis subgeminatis, postice maculis seriatis

minoribus, vittam formantibus, et utrinque maculis obliquis

fulvis ornatum, subtus fuluum, utrinque fusco-punctatum et vitta

media fusca, sepe confusa et antice evanescenie, notatum.

Chele robuste, ngre, margine inferiore sulci dentibus validis

trinis denteque ultimo parvo munito. artes oris mgre.

Sternum fusco-rufescens, leve. Pedes ordinaria longi, fusco-

rufescentes, cowis dilutioribus. Plaga vulve fulva, nitida,

subrotunda, striis binis profundis, postice convergentibus et aream

mediam longe et acute triquetram designantibus, impressa.

3. Long. 17 mm.—A femina differt pedibus gracilioribus, anticis

multo longioribus, metatarsis tarsisque longe scopulatis. Pedes-

maxillares graciles et longi, rufescentes, versus eatremitatem

mfuscati; patella fere duplo longiore quam latiore, parallela,

utrinque umaculeata ; tibia patella longiore et paulo graciliore,

prope basin aculeis longissimis verticillatis munita, eaxtus

apophyst apicali parva nigra et recta armata; tarso tibia

circiter equilongo, vix latiore, longe fusiformi, pubescente.

A S. antiguenst Keyserl., cui valde affinis et subsimilis est,

presertim differt structura genitali femine et apophysi tibiali

maris multo minore et recta.

PSEUDOSPARIANTHIS RAVIDUS, Sp. nov.

Q. Long. 7 mm.—Cephalothoraw ovatus, postice convexus, antice

longe dechuis et atienuatus, stria thoracica tenwi et longa munitus,

rufescens, tenwssime nigro-marginatus, parte cephalica swpe

confuse fusco-reticulata. Oculi antici in lineam sat procurvam,

inter se fere wquidistantes, medii lateralibus majores. Oculi

postict anticis minores, in lineam procurvam, inter se latius et

fere wque separati, medi lateralibus (leviter promimnulis) paulo

minores. Area mediorum latior quam longior et antice quam

878 MONS. B, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF st. vincENT. [Nov. 16,

postice vie angustior. Abdomen oblongum, postice attenuatum,

supra fuscum vel nigricans, utrinque testaceo-punctatum et vitta

media testacea, valde pennata, antice lneas tenues arcuatas

nigras includente ornaium. Chele, sternum, partes oris pedesque

fulvo-rufescentia, tibiis quatuor anticis aculeis 3-3 longis, pronis,

apice leviter uncatis, metatarsis aculeis sinilibus 2-2 subtus

armatis, sed aculeis lateralibus carentibus.

3. Long. 65 mm.—A femina differt pedibus longioribus et

gracilioribus, tibiis metatarsisque anticis aculeis inferioribus

aculeisque lateralibus binis utrinque munitis. Pedes-maxillares

fulvi tarso infuscato ; patella convexa, mutica, paulo longiore

quam latiore ; tibia patella vix longiore, intus aculeata, extus, ad

marginem exteriorem, apophysi inferiore submedia longa et

obtusa apophysique apicalz minore et truncata munita ; tarso

mediocri, ovato et acuminato.

Subfamilia CLUBIONIN#,

CLUBIONE.

CHIRACANTHIUM INcLUSUM Hentz.

Clubiona inclusa Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, p. 370,

plaxxiti.f..18.

Chiracanthium viride Emerton, New England Drasside, 1890,

p- 23, pl. v. f. 12.

@. Long. 7-8 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-rufescens, albo-sericeo

pubescens, fronte leviter infuscata. Oculi antici in lineam rectam,

medit paulo majores et a lateralibus quam inter se paulo

remotiores. Oculi postici in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se

subequales et fere aquidistantes. Abdomen ovatum, convexum,

pallide luridum, concolor, albo-sericeo-pubescens. Chele robuste,

leves, nigro-rufescentes, versus basin leviter dilutiores, parce albo-

pilose. Partes ovis fusco-castanew. Sternum pedesque lutea,

femoribus cunctis intus ad apicem uniaculeatis. Fovea vulve

simplex, nigra, semicircularis, antice rotunda, postice recte

truncata.

3. A femina differt pedibus longioribus, femore 2' paris aculeo

valido erecto et leviter lanceolato intus ad apicem armato et tibia

aculeo simili sed minore intus, prope basin, munita, Pedes-

maxillares lutei, tarso nigro; tibia tereti, patella non multo

longiore, longe crinita, extus ad apicem apophyst nigra, gracili,

longa et apice minute bifida armata ; tarso sat longe ovato,

wpophysi basali apophysi tibiali cireiter equilonga, retro directa,

subrecta, apice acuta et canaliculata munito.

Espéce répandue dans le sud des Etats-Unis et aux Antilles.

ANYPHENE®.

ANYPHENA SIMPLICIPALPIS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, fulvo-rufescens, albo-

sericeo-pubescens, parte thoracica vittis latissimis binis fuscis

1897.] MONS. B, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 879

dentatis, lineolis radiantibus abbreviatis obscurioribus sectis,

notata. Oculi antici in lineam rectam, inter se appropinquati

et valde inequales, medii lateralibus multo minores. Ocult

postici in lineam vie procurvam, sat magni, inter se equi et fere

aquidistantes. Abdomen oblongum, testaceum, luteo-pubescens,

parce nigro-punctatum et in parte apicali punctis nigris

majoribus subgeminatis et seriatis (3-3) notatum, subtus rima

ventrali in medio sita. Chele robuste, leves, margine

inferiore sulci dentibus minutis quatuor (1 et 2 wmter se

appropinquatis et prope radicem unguis sitis, reliquis remoti-

oribus). Pedes fulvi, leviter fusco-variati et subannulati, aculeis

ordinariis armati.

3. Long. 6 mm.—Chele longiores et graciliores. Pedes-macxillares

lutei, tarso infuscato; femore gracili leviter curvato; tibia

patella longiore, tereti, setis paucis longis munita aique extus ad

apiem apophysi parva et acute turbinata armata; tarso tibia

pculo breviore, ad basin vie latiore, ad apicem longe attenuato et

subacuminato.

AysHa tenuis L. Koch.

Anyphena tenuis, L. Koch, Arach.-Fam. Drass. 1867, p. 211.

2. Long. 7-8 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-rufescens, laevis, albo-

sericeo-pubescens. Oculi antici in lineam recurvam, medii nigrt,

lateralibus albis vie minores et a lateralibus quam inter se via

remotiores. Abdomen oblongum, testaceo-luridum, albo-sericeo-

pubescens. Chele robuste, convex, leves, fulvo-rufescentes.

Sternum pedesque lurida, pedes aculeis ordinariis armati. Fovea

vulve subrotunda, plana, albo-testacea, prope medium carinula

transversa tenwi et procurva notata.

3. Chele paulo longiores. Pedes-mawillares gracillimi et longi ;

femore parallelo, leviter curvato, subtus, in parte basal, setis

erectis albis tenuibus et longis, uniseriatis, munito ; patella sat

parva ; tibia patella plus duplo longiore, gracili, curvata, extus

ad apicem apophysi parva, cylindrata recta et acuta, infra

oblique directa, armata ; tarso sat angusto, tibia breviore ; bulbo

ovato, apice stylo nigro, circulum formante, munito.

Ab A. ravida HE. Sim., cui valde affinis est, imprimis differt

structura genitali.

Décrit de St. Domingue, retrouvée dans la plupart des Antilles.

VULEFILA MACRA, sp. nov.

3. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax longe ovatus, parum convexus,

fulvo-rufescens, versus marginem sensim dilutior, levis, parce et

longe albo-pubescens. Oculi antici inlineam plane rectam, inter

se fere equidistantes, sed valde mequales, medii nigri, later-

alibus allis plus quadruplo minores. Oculi postict parvi equi,

inter se late et fere wque remoti, lineam leviter procurvam desig-

nantes. Abdomen angustum et longum, albo-testaceum. Chele,

sternum pedesque pallide lutea, pedes, presertim antici, longi et

graciles, tarsis fere filiformibus, haud scopulatis sed fasciculis

880 MONS. B, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [Nov. 16,

parvis munitis, aculeis ordinariis armati. Pedes-mavillares

lutei, tarso leviter infuscato ; tibia patella vie longiore, extus ad

apicem apophysi brevi sed crassa et obtusa lutea et subpellucida

munita; tarso sat late ovato sed longe attenuato, tibia cum

patella paulo longiore.

A V. tenuissima E. Sim. (ex Jamaica) presertim differt oculis

posticis minoribus et inter se distantioribus, cephalothorace

abdomineque brevioribus, hoc albo-testaceo, haud nigro-punctato.

Subfamilia Crmninz.

CTENUS UNILINEATUS, sp. nov.

2. Long. 20 mm.—Cephalothorax obscure fusco-rufescens, pilis

tenuibus pronis fulvis, pilis paucis albidis mivtis, vestitus, linea

media ewili recta, sepe in parte thoracica leviter ampliata, albo-

luteo pilosa, ornatus. Oculi quatuor medii aream paulo latiorem

quam longiorem et antice quam postice multo angustiorem occu-

pantes, antici posticis plus duplo minores. Oculi laterales antici

parvi, ovati et albi, cum basi mediorum posticorum lineam rectam

designantes. Clypeus leviter retro-obliquus, oculis mediis anticis

via latior. Abdomen ovatum, supra fuscum, cervino-pubescens,

im parte basali linea media ewxili recta albido-lutea, in parte

altera maculis parvis biseriatis (3-3) albidis et nigro-marginatis

supra ornatum, subtus fuluum antice confuse obscurtus. Chele

valide, fusco-castanece, leves, parce pilose, margine inferiore

sulet quadridentato. Sternum pedesque fulvo-rufescentia, pedes

fulvo pubescentes et parce albo-punctati, tibiis anticis aculeis 5-5

subtus armatis (sed aculeo medio apicali carentibus), metatarsis

aculeis similibus 3-3 munitis, aculeis lateralibus dorsalibusque

carentibus.

3. Long. 17 mm. A femina differt pedibus longioribus et

gracilioribus, tibiis anticis aculeis inferioribus, utrinque aculeis

lateralibus minoribus binis aculeisque dorsalibus trinis munities,

metatarsis posticis rectis (nec sinuosis nec insigniter aculeatis).

Pedes-mawillares longi, parum robusti ; patella intus uniaculeata ;

tibia patella longiore, tereti, leviter arcuata, aculeis longis 3-4

subverticillatis, atque apophysi exteriore apicali parva, nigra,

valde compressa, obtusa, sed ad marginem inferiorem minute et

acute dentata, instructa ; tarso mediocri, tibia non multo longiore.

CALOCTENUS LUTEOVITTATUS, Sp. Nov.

Q. Long. 13 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, parte thoracica parum

convexa, cephalica antice sensim acclivi, fuscus, cervino-pubescens

et pis depressis albis paucis conspersus, regione frontali et

oculorum rufulo-pilosa, vitta media lata, in parte thoracica paulo

angustiore et dentata, lutea et crebre flavido-pilosa decoratus. Ocult

quatuor medu aream paulo longiorem quam latiorem et antice

quam postice angustiorem occupantes, antici posticis minores.

Oculi laterales antici parvi, ovati et obliqui, a mediis anticis quam

a posticis evidenter remotiores. Clypeus verticalis planus, oculis

1897.] MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 881

mediis anticis fere duplo latior. Abdomen oblongum, supra

nigrum, cervino rufuloque pubescens, vitta media lata integra,

lutea pallide flavido-pilosa et rufulo-marginata et im parte

secunda fasciculis biseriatis pilorum longorum fulvorum deco-

ratum, subtus obscure fuluum. Chele robuste, convene, fuscee, ad

basin paulo dilutiores et crasse albido-pilose, margine inferrore

sulci quadridentato (dentibus 1,2 et 3 inter se subcontiquis, dente

ultimo remoto). Sternum pedesque obscure fulva, hi valde fusco-

variati et subannulati, femoribus 1' paris intus prope medium

aculeis longissimis binis, tibiis aculeis inferioribus longis et pronis

5-6, aculeis lateralibus apicalibusque multo minoribus, metatarsis

aculeis inferioribus longissimis 3-3 valde armatis. Fovea vulve

magna, semicircularis, lutea, carinula media rufula, antice

depressa, rugosa et crasse pilosa, postice fulvo-nitida et minute

cordiformi, divisa.

CALOCTENUS PENICILLIGER, sp. Nov.

Q. Long. 12-15 mm.—Cephalothorax fere precedentis, cervino-

rufulo pubescens, pilis albidioribus lineam margmalem valde

sinuosam et interruptam vittamque mediam latam sed postice

valde acuminatam designantibus ornatus. Oculi fere precedentis,

sed clypeo mediis anticis plus duplo latiore. Abdomen ovatum,

supra fuscum, rufulo luteoque pubescens, in parte prima linea

media ewili recta dilutiore et albido-pilosa, in parte altera

fasciculis biseriatis pilorum crassorum luteorum ornatum, subtus

obscure fuluum. Chele robust, convene, mgre, ad basin albo-

pilose, margine inferiore sulci ut in preecedente quadridentato.

Sternum pedesque obscure fulvo-rufescentia, li valde nigricanti-

varregati et annulati, aculeis ut in precedente ordinatis. Fovea

vulue magna, semicircularis, lutea, carinula media valde pilosa

et utrinque tuberculo mgro turbinato munita.

3. Long. 10 mm.—Pedes longissimr, metatarsis tarsisque gra-

cillimis fere filiformibus, aculeis tabiarum et metatarsorum

multo minoribus. Pedes-mawillares fulvi fusco-variati ; tibia

patella longiore, tereti et leviter arcuata, extus ad apicem apo-

physi parva nigra compressa minute et acute bifida armata, tarso

tibia aequilongo vel paulo breviore, anguste ovato ; bulbo ovato,

simplict.

Subfamilia LiocRanin &.

MICARIOSOMATER.

MEsopri, gen. nov.

Cephalothorax sat late ovatus, antice attenuatus, fronte mediocri,

sat conveaus et stria thoracica lata impressus. Oculi antici in

lineam procurvam, medit lateralibus majoves et inter se quam a

lateralibus remotiores. Oculi postici in lineam fere equaliter

procurvam, antica haud latiorem, inter se subcequales, medi a

sese quam a lateralibus remotiores. Oculi laterales utrinque an-

guste disjunctt. Oculi quatuor medii aream paulo longiorem

882 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [Nov. 16,

quam latiorem et antice quam postice paulo angustiorem occu-

pantes. Clypeus oculis anticis circiter cquilatus. Chele

robuste, antice mutice. Sternum late cordiforme, postice attenu-

atum. Coxe@ postice inter se distantes. Pedes robusti, tibiis

metatarsisque anticis aculeis pronis longis et biseriatis subtus

armatis, tarsis leviter fusiformibus apice fasciculatis.

A Micariosomate presertim differt oculis mediis anticis late-

ralibus majoribus, oculorum linea postica procurva et chelis antice

muticis, a Z’eutamo et Sesieute differt area oculorum mediorum paulo

longiore quam latiore, clypeo oculis anticis haud latiore et cephalo-

thorace latius ovato.

MEsoBRIA GUTTATA, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax levis, luridus, regione oculorum

clypeoque nigris, macula media ovata, utringue linea dorsali

angusta arcuata et valde dentata maculisque marginalibus trinis

subrotundis magricentibus ornatus. Abdomen breviter ovatum,

fulvo-testaceum, antice maculis converg gentibus binis, prope

medium macula longitudinalt arcubusg we minoribus binis, dein

maculis obliquis parvis subgeminatis et postice, supra mamillas,

macula subrotunda supra decoratum, subtus concolor. Chele

fulve, antice late nigro-vittate. Partes oris, sternum pedesque

lutea, femoribus, tibus, metatarsisque nigro-biannulatis. Pedes

robusti, tibiis anticis aculeis longis pronis sat gracilibus 4-4,

metatarsis aculeis similibus 2-2 subtus instructis.

Subfamilia Micarin 7”.

CASTANEIRA SPINOSA, sp. Noy.

2. Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorax longus et angustus, antice postice-

que attenuatus, stria thoracica carens, niger, subtiliter et crebre

coriaceus, parcissime albo-pilosus. Ocular antici in lineam pro-

curvam, medit lateralibus paulo minores, inter se distantes (spatio

interoculart oculo angustiore), sed a lateralibus subcontiyui.

Oculi postice ma gnt, in lineam rectam antica vie latiorem, medir

lateralibus paulo majores et inter se quam a lateralibus vie

remotiores. Area mediorum via longior quam latior. Oculi

laterales utrinque spatio oculo paulo angustiore a sese distantes,

Clypeus oculis lateralibus antics vix latior. Abdomen longe

ovatum, petiolo cylindraceo sat longo duriusculo valde rugato et

rugoso munitum, supra antice scuto nigro-nitido convexo et

subrotundo obiectum, postice nigro-eneum micanti tinctum, pilis

simplaicibus fulvo-sericeis vestitum, sed pilis plumosis niveis, vittam

mediam transversam et utrinque lineam obliquam formantibus,

ornatum. Chele sternumque nigricantia, subtilissime coriacea.

Pedes sat longi parum robusti, lutei, coxis femoribusque nigri-

cantibus, his plus minus fulvo-vittatis, tibiis metatarsisque 4°

paris infuscatis apice luteo annulatis, tibiis anticis aculeis pronis

5-5, metatarsis aculeis 2-2 subtus armatis. Pedes-mawxillares

nigri, femore subtus aculeis erectis longis binis rectis, patella

1897.] MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 883

aculeo arcuato, tibia aculeis binis similibus intertoribus, valde

armatis.

3. Long. 45 mm.—Cephalothorax longior, stria media brevissima

impressus. Abdomen longius petiolatum, scuto nigro-nitido,

prope medium valde constricto, ad marginem anticum aculers

gracilibus erectis binis armato, supra omnino obtectum. Pedes

mavillares nigri, patella tibiaque circiter wquilongis, haud longi-

oribus quam latioribus, tibia paulo crassiore extus ad apicem

dente minutissimo armata, tarso angusto arcuato et longissimo,

bulbo rufulo, simplici, antice longe attenuato et acuminato.

CoRINNOMMA ALBOBARBATUM, sp. nov.

3. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax longus et angustus, stiria tho-

racica minulissima, via perspicua, munitus, niger, opacus crebre

coriaceus, prlis longis erectis albis hirsutus. Ocult antici im

lineam subrectam (vix procurvam) inter se valde inequales,

medii lateralibus fere triplo majores, inter se distantes sed a late-

ralibus subcontigut. Oculi postici mediocres, in lineam rectam

antica paulo latiorem, medii inter se quam a lateralibus remotiores

(spatio interoculari oculo duplo latiore). Area mediorum latior

quam longior. Oculi laterales utrinque spatio oculo cireiter

aquilato a sese distantes, anticus postico multo minor. Clypeus

oculis anticis plus duplo latior, Abdomen longe oblongum,

supra duriusculum et tenwuiter rugosum, rufulum sed postice

sensim infuscatum, pilis crassis plumosis lete flavo-cocciners

crebre vestitum, subtus nigrum et simpliciter albo-pubescens.

Chele crasse, antice leviter deplanate, opace, nigra, aprce

rufule, parce albo-pilose. Sternum nigro-nitidum. Pedes sat

breves, versus extremitates graciles, covis fulvis, femoribus mgris,

tibiis sew anticis luteis utrinque nigro-lineatis, metatarsis fuscis,

tarsis luteis, tibiis anticis aculeis debilibus 5-4, metatarsis aculeis

similibus 2-2 subtus armatis. Pedes-maxillares olivacei, tarso

luteo, patella tibiaque brevibus, hac mutica leviter compressa, tarso

longissimo angustissimo recto et tereti, bulbo rufulo, simplicr,

apice longe producto.

A speciebus Asiaticis presertim differt area oculorum mediorum

evidenter Jatiore quam longiore.

Seul représentant Américain du genre Corinnomma, jusqwici

propre & la région tropicale de l’ancien monde.

Subfamilia Corrnnin &.

TRACHELAS FEMORALIS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorax brevis et valde convexus, rufo-

castaneus, minute rugosus (rugositates in parte thoracica lineas

divaricatas parum regulares designantes). Ocul antier in lineam

procurvam, medi mgri, lateralibus ovatis et albis, minores et

a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores. Oculi postice mediocres,

inter se cequales, lineam latam valde recurvam designantes,

medii a lateralibus quam inter se multo remotiores (sed spatio

884

MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF 8T. VINCENT. [Nov. 16,

inter medios oculo fere duplo latiore). Clypeus oculis laterali-

bus anticis multo angustior. Abdomen oblongum, cinereo-

testaceum, regione epigasteris rufula. Chele robuste, rufule,

parce rugose, Sternum rufo-castaneum, valde rugoso-clathra-

tum, antice area angusta longitudinali leviore notatum. Pedes

breves et robusti, fulvo-rufescentes, postici anticis dilutiores.

3. Long. 5 mm.—A femina differt abdomine scuto dorsali rufulo

angusto et abbreviato munito, pedibus anticis robustissimis,

femoribus subclavatis, leviter arcuatis, subtus in medio valde

convexis, tibiis denticulis uniseriatis 5 vel 6 areaque apicali

minute spinulosa subtus munitis, metatarsis gracilibus parce et

minute granosis. Pedes-mawillares lutei, parvi et graciles ; tibia

patella circiter equilonga, via graciliore, mutica, sed extus

ad apicem leviter angulosa; tarso tibia longiore, view crasstore,

tereti, bulbum simplissimum et angustum superante,

Species femoribus anticis maris subtus valde convexis et

pedibus-maxillaribus parvis et simplicibus eximie distincta.

Genus Corinna C. Koch.

Synopsis Specierum.

1. Cephalothorax prope medium stria superficiali transversa

procurva impressus. Tegumenta setis longis erectis parce

munita. Aculei tibiarum anticarum (4-4) longi. Abdo-

men supra nigro-nitidum, vitta transversa lata angulosa

albidajonnia tumie ssa eteet rade at > thicc sce cue aches ebelscer case etinwes puniceda.

Cephalothorax stria transversa carens. Tegumenta breviter

pubescentia. Abdomen haud vittatum. Aculei tibiarum

ANIGAUMY MECIOCKES se daceetenae ses sincsce ese punseesencsdnecscs me

2. Area oculorum mediorum subquadrata. Tibie antice

aculeis 4-4, metatarsi aculeis 2-2 subtus armati ............ 3.

Area oculorum mediorum latior quam longior et subparal-

lela. Tibise antic aculeis 5-5 vel 6-6 subtus armate ... 5,

3. Oculi antici inter se sequidistantes. Cephalothorax unicolor

fuscus. Abdomen fuscum, in parte apicali maculis parvis

testaceis obaoletis biseriatis ornatum. Bulbus maris

stylo apicali libero arcuato mUNitUS ............ceeeeeeee eens 4,

Oculi medii antici a lateralibus quam inter se paulo

remotiores. Cephalothorax vitta media vittaque margi-

nali valde dentata albidis notatus. Bulbus maris apice

ODMUBLID Masceots ete ner ean ovecelenue westeae seven scelnvets Arcce¥ ces tomentosa.

4, Tibia pedum-maxillarium maris extus ad apicem emarginata,

acute nigro-marginata, et apophysi inferiore depressa sed

ACULISSIMA AT Mattie se .<cuseheces Ceasoatans nadesanssomteeanesa cared pallidoguttata.

Tibia pedum-maxillarium maris extus ad apicem apophysi-

bus trinis equis armata (superiore arcuata, media acute

triquetra, inferiore Obtusa) .......0.1-.s--seeseccseccnsccoossenses subsignata,

5. Chelarum margo inferior quinque-dentatus. Metatarsi

antici aculeis 3-3 aculeoque medio apicali minore subtus

AROS sercteatssetseea age aed sera nteeeeeaecedta ge scente nesses sc ean lacertosa.

Chelarum margo inferior ‘quadridentatus. Metatarsi antici

aculeis 2-2 subtus armati, sed aculeo apicali carentes ...... 6.

6. Cephalothorax minute rugosus. Oculorum linea antica

Walde procun yas teat eae destin: no nderdctnanceasnedeatceanacdaneas napeda.

Cephalothorax subtiliter coriaceus. ‘Oculorum linea antica

PALUrh Prociirvar ses wees cece e se Geoteesecabersnetectcnes \cencvese mn COISOU TIES

1897.] MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 885

CoRINNA LACERTOSA, Sp. Nov.

Q. Long. 12-14 mm.—Cephalothorax oblongus, modice convexus,

tenuiter et crebre rugosus, parce fulvo-pubescens, nigricans.

Oculi antici in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se cequidistantes,

medii rotundi, lateralibus ovatis fere duplo majores. Oculi

posticti equi, medi a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores.

Area mediorum subparallela, latior quam longior. Abdomen

oblongum, fuscum, subtus dilutius, pilis brevibus latis et

depressis fulvis vestitum. Chele robuste, valde conveaw et

geniculate, nigro-nitide, rugose, margine inferiore sulci denti-

bus 5 winter se contiquis armato. Sternum fusco-rufescens,

subtiliter et crebre rugosum. Pedes sat longi, fulvo-rufuli,

tibis anticis aculeis sat brevibus 5—5, metatarsis aculeis similibus

3-3, aculeoque parvo medio-apicali, subtus armatis. Plaga

vulue antice rufula rugosa et fovea ovata impressa, postice

nigra, ampliata, depressa, utrinque angulosa, marginata et

septo angusto divisa.

3. Chele crassius rugose. Pedes-macxillares rufuli, tibia tarso-

que nigris ; femore compresso, supra ad apicem triaculeato ;

patella paulo longiore quam latiore, intus uniaculeata ; tibia

patella circiter wquilonga, versus apicem valde ampliata, apo-

physi apicalr crassissima extus convewa, intus depressa atque

ad basin acute dentata, ad apicem incurva attenuata sed

truncata; tarso longe ovato sat angusto, ad basin crasse

marginato et extus, secundum apophysem tibialem, prominulo et

obtusissimo ; bulbo migro, simplici, ad basin rotundo, ad apicem

depresso et extus emarginato.

CorINNA PALLIDOGUTTATA, Sp. NOV.

2. Long. 10 mm.—Cephalothorax oblongus, parum convexus,

sublevis, Fusco-rufescens, postice leviter dilutior, breviter fulvo-

pubescens. Oculi antici in lineam valde procurvam, inter se

aque et sat anguste distantes, medi lateralibus circiter 4

muyores. Oculi posticc m lineam sat procurvam, inter se

aequales, medi a lateralibus quam inter se paulo remotiores.

Area mediorum subquadrata. Abdomen oblongum, fuscum,

subtus dilutius, pilis plumosis pronis cinereo-fulvis crebre

vestitum, supra, im parte apicali, punctis testaceis (seepe

obsoletes) biseriatis ornatum. Chele fusco-rufule, leves, parum

conver, margine inferiore sulcc quadridentato. Sternwm

rufulum, leve. Pedes longi, parum robusti, tibiis anticis aculeis

sat longis 4—4, metatarsis aculeis similibus 2-2 subtus armatis,

sed aculeis apicalibus carentibus. Plaga vulve subrotunda,

leviter convexa, nigra, sed area media leviter depressa testacea

ovata seu subquadrata notata.

3. Pedes cheleque longiores, he leviter rugose. Pedes-maxillares

longi et parum robusti; tibia patella longiore versus apicem

leviter et sensim incrassata, extus ad apicem depressa, et

carinula arcuata ad angulum inferiorem dente depresso et

acutissimo armata, mumta; tarso angusto et longo, leviter

886 MONS. E, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [Noy. 16,

fusiformi; bulbo mediocri, basin tarsi tantum occupante, sed

stylo libero valido et longo munito.

CoRINNA SUBSIGNATA, Sp. NOv.

3. Long. 10 mm.—Cephalothorax oblongus, modice convexus,

crebre et subtiliter rugosus, fusco-rufescens, breviter fulvo-

pubescens. Oculi antici in lineam sat procurvam, inter se

aquidistantes, medii lateralibus viw 3 majores. Oculi postici in

lineam sat procurvam, inter se wequales, medii a lateralibus

quam inter se remotiores. Area mediorum subquadrata (vi

latior quam longior). Abdomen oblongum, fuscum, pilis

plumosis fulvo-cinereis crebre vestitum, antice scuto rufulo ovato,

postice punctis obscure testaceis via expressis et biseriatis supra

munitum. Sternum rufescens. Chele longe, nigro-nitide,

extus leviter rugose. Pedes rufescentes, longi et graciles, ut in

precedente aculeati. Pedes-mawillares longi et parum robusti,

fere precedentis, sed tibia extus ad apicem apophysibus trinis

sat brevibus instructa, superiore subacuta et hamata, media

paulo longiore, depressa, attenuata atque ad basin leviter

angulosa, inferiore minore nigra et obtusa.

CoRINNA TOMENTOSA, Sp. nov.

9. Long. 10-12 mm.— Cephalothorax ovatus, parum convexus,

fusco-rufescens, versus marginem dilutior, fulvo-pubescens, pilis

plumosis pronis albidioribus, vittam mediam latam vittamque

marginalem valde dentatam desiynantibus, ornatus. Oculi antici

in lineam modice procurvam, medii lateralibus circiter 3 majores

eta lateralibus quam inter se paulo remotiores. Area mediorum

subguadrata, vie latior quam longior. Abdomen oblongum,

fuscum, subtus dilutius, pilis plumosis cinereo-fulvis erebre

vestitum, supra vitta media, postice attenuata et dentata, et

utrinque punctis inordinatis testaceis, ornatum. Chele robuste,

fusco-rufescentes, nitide, minutissime et parce rugose, margine

inferiore sulci quadridentato. Sternum rufescens, leve, pubes-

cens. Pedes parum longi, fulvo-rufescentes, tibiis anticis aculeis

mediocribus 4-4, metatarsis aculeis similibus 2-2, subtus armatis,

sed aculeis apicalibus carentibus. Plaga vulve plana, nigra,

semicircularis, fovea longitudinali angusta et sulctformi

impressa.

3. Chele longiores, nigre, crebrius rugose. Pedes longiores.

Pedes-maxillares robusti, rufuli, tibia tarsoque nigris; tibia

patella circiter equilonga, extus, in parte apicali, paululum

ampliata et carinula tridentata armata (dentibus trinis cequis

et acutis, medio nigro et recto, reliquis fulvis, leviter depressis et

arcuatis), apophysique apicali paulo longiore fulva, tereti apice

inequaliter bifida (ramulo inferiore brevi, obtuso et depresso,

aitero longiore gracillimo, flagelliformi arcuato et sinuoso)

insigniter armata ; tarso sat anguste ovato, ad basin crasse

marginato ; bulbo nigro ovato apicem tarsi fere attingente, apice

stylo brevi sed crasso et depresso, circulum formante, munito,

1897.] MONS. BE. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 887

CoRINNA PUNICEHA, sp. nov.

@. Long. 9 mm.—Cephalothoraa longe oblongus, modice converus,

antice parum attenuatus, rufo-castaneus, subdtilissime coriaceus,

subglaber, stria thoracica brevi sed profunda striaque transversa

tenuissima et procurva inpressus. Oculi antici in lineam valde

procurvam, medii lateralibus plus duplo majores et a lateralibus

quam inter se via remotiores. Oculi postict im lineam sat

procurvam, inter se equi et fere wequidistantes (spatiis tinter-

ocularibus oculis plus duplo latioribus). Area mediorum paulo

latior quam longior et postice quam antice vie angustor.

Abdomen longum, subcylindratum, supra nigro-nitidum, parce

et longe nigro-setosum, vitta transversa lata, in medio ampliata,

albo-testacea ornatum, subtus albo-testacewm, postice wigro-

maryginatum. Chele robuste, conveaw, rufule, valde rugose et

parce nigro-crinite, margine inferiore sulci dentibus contigus 4

(lo minore) armato, Sternum sat angustum, oblongum,

rufulum, subleeve. Pedes sat breves, lete vufuli, versus extremi-

tates leviter infuscati, parce et lonye setost, femoribus supra setis

spiniformibus longissimis et erectis paucis armatis, tibiis anticis

aculeis longis pronis 4—4 (basilaribus reliquis minoribus), meta-

tarsis aculeis similibus 2-2, subtus armatis. Plaga vulve plana,

paulo lonyior quam latior, in medio minutissime foveolata.

3. Femine subsimilis. Pedes-mawillares rufuli, apice infuscati ;

tibia patella circiter equilonga, via angustiore, extus, ad margi-

nem inferiorem, apophysi submedia nigra, antice oblique directa,

recta et obtusa, subtus ad basin ampliata et subangulosa

instructa ; tarso sat anguste ovato ; bulbo ad basin valde conveao

et subrotundo, ad apicem stylo crasso et valde incurvo armato,

CoRINNA CONSOBRINA, sp. noy.

2 .Long.8 mm.—Cephalothorax oblongus, convexus, fusco-rufescens,

sepe postice paulo dilutior, subtiliter coriaceus et pilis pronis

fulvo-nitidis parce munitus, stria thoracica brevi sed profunda

impressus. Oculi antici in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se

aque et anguste distantes cuncti rotundi, medi lateralibus fere

duplo majores. Oculi postici parvi, aqui, in lineam leviter

procurvam, medii a lateralibus quam inter se non multo remotiores

(spatio interoculart oculo plus duplo latiore). Area mediorum

subparallela, latior quam longior. Abdomen oblongum, fusco-

nigricans, fulvo-pubescens. Chele robuste, valde convexe,

nigro-rufescentes, rugosce, margine inferiore sulci dentibus 4 aquis

armato. Sternum fusco-rufescens, coriaceo-rugosum. Pedes

mediocres, fulvo-rufescentes, femoribus obscurioribus, tubiis anticis

aculeis mediocribus 6-6 (apicalibus reliquis minoribus), meta-

tarsis aculeis similibus 2-2, subtus armatis. Area genitalis

plagula anteriore nigra subrotunda et late foveolata, plagulaque

posteriore convexiore transversa et semilunari, postice minute et

profunde foveolata, munta,

888 MONS. E, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [ Noy. 16

CoRINNA NAPA, Sp. Noy.

Q. Long. 7 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, parum convexus,

nigro-castaneus, minute et parce rugosus, stria thoracica brevissima

impressus. Oculi antici in lineam valde procurvam, inter se

fere equidistantes, medii lateralibus fere duplo majores. Oculi

postic: equi, in lineam sat procurvam, inter se fere equidistantes.

Area mediorum latior quam longior, subparallela. Abdomen

oblongum, nigro-nitidum. Chelw robust, valde convex, nigro-

castanecee, rugose, margine inferiore sulci dentibus parvis aquis

quatuor armato, Sternum rufescens, subtiliter rugosum. Pedes

rufescentes, femoribus anticis subtus infuscatis et tenwissime

coriaceis, tibiis anticis aculeis sat validis pronis 5-5 vel 6-5,

metatarsis aculeis similibus 2-2 subtus armatis.

Familia AGELENID&.

HANIA ERNSTI, sp. nov.

3. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, luteo-olivaceus, anguste

nigricanti-cinctus, lineis radiantibus pallidioribus viv expressis

notatus, area oculorum nigra. Ocult antici inter sé subcontigqut,

medii lateralibus minores. Ocult postict inter se subcequales, in

lineam parum procurvam, medii inter se quam a lateralibus

remotiores. Clypeus area oculorum non multo angustior, leviter

proclivis, Abdomen subglobosum, testaceum, supra lineis

transversis nigris quinque in medio arcuatis et angulosis ornatum.

Sternum fusco-olivaceum, latum, leviter convexum, leve. Mamille

pedesque pallide olivacei, parce setosi. Pedes-maxillares pallide

olivacet, tarso leviter rufescenti; femore brevi, parallelo et

subrecto ; patella longiore quam latiore, versus apicem ampliata ;

tibia patella breviore et angustiore, wpice oblique secto; tarso

magno, reliquis articulis simul sumptis haud breviore, multo

latiore, ovato-reniformi, depressiusculo ; bulbo simplici, longe

ovato, rufulo, anguste nigro-circumdato.

2. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothoracis pars cephalica macula postica

subtriquetra, pars thoracica vittis radiantibus trinis obscurroribus

notate. Pedes, pedes-mawxillares mamillaque pallide testacet

distincte fusco-annulati.

Egalement commun au Vénézuela dans les foréts froides.

Familia LyYcosip &.

Lycosa SANCTI-VINCENTII, sp. nov.

Q . Long. 12 mm.— Cephalothorax fusco-nigricans, fulvo-pubescens,

vita marginali sat angusta et valde flexuosa, vittaque media,

oculos posticos via attingente, postice sensim attenuata et utrinque,

prope medium, minute excisa, fulvis et albo-pilosis notatus.

Oculi antici in lineam procurvam, linea 2* paulo angustiorem,

medit lateralibus majores. Abdomen oblongum, supra fusco-

ngrans, albido-cinereo-pubescens, antice late dilutius et rufescens,

1897.] MONS. E, SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 889

sed vitta media nigra, leviter angulosa et postice evanescente,

notatum, subtus nigrum, nigro-velutinum et albo-marginatum.

Sternum nigrum, sepe fulvo-marginatum. Chele robuste, ad

basin fusco-rufescentes et luteo-pilosw, ad apicem nigra, margine

inferiore sulci tridentato. Pedes modice longi, tarsis gracilibus,

fulvo-rufescentes, valde nigro-variati et subannulati, tibris anticis

aculeis inferioribus 3-3 aculeisque lateralibus interioribus

binis minoribus, metatarsis aculeis inferioribus 2-2 aculeisque

apicalibus multo minoribus trinis, subtus armatis. Fovea vulve

multo longior quam latior, subparallela, marginata, et carina

rufula, leviter lanceolata et postice abrupte transversim ampliata,

divisa.

3. Long. 10 mm.—Pedes longiores et graciliores, tibiis meta-

tarsisque anticis utrinque aculeis lateralibus binis armatis.

Sternum plerumque fulvum, linea media nigra vel fusca notatum.

Abdomen subltus via infuscatum, sepe fuluwm. Pedes-mazxillares

fuloi; tibia patella circiter equilonga, multo longiore quam

latiore, versus apicem vie wmerassata; tarso sat ungusto,

acuminato.

Familia OX YOPID &.

Oxyopgs satticus Hentz.

Oxyopes salticus Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. N. H. iv. 1844, p. 388.

3 Q. Long. 5-6 mm.—Cephalothorax luteus, supra fusco-

olivaceo-pubescens, vitta marginali lineisque dorsalibus trinis,

media recta, lateralibus postice convergentibus, niveo-pilosis,

decoratus. Area oculorum nigra, crasse luteo alboque pilosa.

Clypeus cheleque antice lineolis binis nigris integris notati.

Abdomen maris fuscum, squamulis subrotundis albis micanti-

busque miatis crebre vestitum, Abdomen femine fulvum, supra

vitta lanceolata obscuriore albo-marginata, subtus vitta fusca

vel nigra ornatum. Pedes lutei, femoribus subtus tenwiter nigro-

vel. fusco-lineatis, aculeis longissimis nigris armati. Pedes-

maxillares maris nigerrimi (interdum femore patellaque diluti-

oribus), crasse nigro-pilosi et hirsuti ; patella tibiaque brevibus,

tibia ampliata sed mutica ; tarso magno, extus ad basin processu

crasso et obtusissimo munito.

Bapace trés répandue dans le sud des Etats-Unis.

OXYOPEDON RANA, sp. noy.

3 Q. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax brevis et altus, levis, obscure

fuluus, sepe versus marginem leviter infuscatus, pilis squami-

formibus (ovatis) proms, albis fulvisque mixtis, crebre vestitus.

Oculi late nigro- marginati, quatuor antict inter se anguste et

fere eque separati et valde inequales, medii lateralibus plus

decuplo minores, quatuor postici inter se subcequales, lateralibus

anticis minores, medii inter se quam a lateralibus saltem duplo

remotiores. Clypeus latissimus, leviter proclivis. Abdomen

breve, antice posticeque valde attenuatum, antice truncatum,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. LIX. 59

890 PROF, A. NEWLON ON NEW [Noy. 16,

postice acuminatum, obscure fuluum concolor, supra pilis squami-

formibus sordide albidis, subtus pilis simplicibus albidioribus,

crebre vestitum. Ohelw sternumque obscure fulua. Pedes lutei,

albido-squamulati, aculeis tenwibus longis fuscis subpellucentibus

armati. Pedes-mavillares maris lutei, breves ; femore robusto,

compresso, subclaviformi ; patella tibiaque brevibus, hac eatus

ad apicem cxrinula nigra munita ; tarso ovato, extus ad basin

leviter anguloso,

Ordo PEDIPALPI.

ApMertus patMatus Herbst.

Phalangium reniforme Fabr. (nec L.).

Admetus palmatus E. Sim., Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1892, p. 51.

Neophrynus palmatus Kreplin, Rey. Tar. 1895, p. 30.

Trés répandu dans toutes les Antilles.

Ordo SOLIFUG 2.

CLEOBIS CUB Lucas.

Galeodes cube Lucas, Mag. Zool. cl. vii. 1835, pl. i.

Décrit de Cuba.

5. On some New or Rare Birds’ Eggs.

By Aurrep Newron, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

[Received November 16, 1897.]

(Plate LL.)

After an interval of many years it is with peculiar pleasure that

I find myself, thanks to the exertions of several kind friends, able

once more to offer some ‘ Notes on New or Rare Birds’ Eggs ”},

and thus continue the record, begun by my predecessors, of

oological discoveries, the chief of which have, during the last half-

century, been communicated to this Society *.

TRINGA SUBARQUATA, Giildenstidt. (Plate LI. figs. 1-4.)

For the discovery of this long-sought treasure, egg-collectors

have to thank Mr. Hugh Leyborne Popham, whose perseverance

in a second time visiting the valley of the Jenisei (the Yenesay of

some writers) has met with a fitting and (according to my precon-

' Cf. Proce. Zool. Soc. 1861, pp. 893-402, pl. xxxix.; 1867, pp. 161-168,

pl. xv. ; 1871, pp. 55-58, pl. iv.

* Cf. Owen and Lyall, Proc. Zvol. Soc, 1852, pp. 12 and 32, Aves, pl. xlvi.

(Apteryx, Stringops, &e.); Gould, op. cit. 1853, p. 45, Aves, pl. liii. (Menura) ;

“Walter, tom. cit. p. 192, Aves, pl. lvi. ( Prosthematodera) ; Wolley, op. cit.

1857, p. 55, Aves, pl. exxii. (Ampelis garrulus); Sclater, op. cit. 1859, 'p. 353

(Baleniceps) ; Bartlett, op. cit. 1868, p. 116, pl. xii. (Rhinochetus and Eurypyga).

To some scattered papers by others as well as myself I need not here refer.

1897.] OR RARE BIRDS’ EGGS, 891

ceived notions) an almost unexpected reward. The story of the

nest and eggs of the Pigmy Curlew or Curlew-Sandpiper having

been found in Greenland, unlikely as it was trom the first, may be

dismissed from consideration after the explanation by Colonel

Feilden (Ibis, 1879, p. 486) of the way in which the mistake arose,

and thus we have no positive information as to its breeding-haunts,

except that which was furnished by the observations of Von

Middendorff to be immediately cited, and it gradually became

evident that in this species, as with some others of its congeners, the

focus of existence was limited to a comparatively small area, though

the early age at which the young wander in many directions to

great distances from their home rendered its determination difficult,

and served to induce a belief, for which there was really no founda-

tion, that the species might breed over a very considerable extent

of cireumpolar land—a belief that was hardly dispelled until the

publication of Professor Palmén’s work on the ornithology of the

Voyage of the ‘ Vega’’.

Von Middendorff (Sib. Reise, Bd. ii. Th. 2, i. p. 220) says of

Tringa subarquata that he met with one on the Taimyr River

(lat. 74° N.) on the 4th of June, and that soon after it was dispersed

over the swampy tracts of the Tundra to breed, and that a bird

shot on the 15th contained an egg nearly ready for exclusion (fast

dusgetragenes Hi). He adds that the nearer he approached the

mountains, the rarer became the species, and also that though he

met with one on the Boganida on the 27th of May, it did not seem

to breed there.

Thus, as informed Mr. Popham before his departure last spring,

the probability seemed to be against his falling in with a breeding-

place of this Sandpiper unless he was able to get to the East and

North of the Boganida country, a difficult task to accomplish,

while he did not propose in his recent journey to go beyond the

valley of the Jenisei. His pleasure therefore may be imagined

when, on the 3rd of July, he watched a Tringa subarquata go

three times to her nest on an island in the mouth of that river,

and from that nest he took the four slightly incubated eggs which

he has kindly entrusted me, in his absence, to exhibit to-night.

The note with which he has favoured me states that the nest was

“arather deep hollow in the reindeer-moss on a low ridge of

ground somewhat drier than the surrounding swampy tundra, in

much the same sort of place that a Grey Plover would choose.”

To ensure the identification of the eggs Mr. Popham shot the hen

bird from the nest. These eggs measure from 1°47 to 1:+ by from

1-02 to 1 inch, and can be, I think, best described by saying that

except in size they closely resemble those of the Common Snipe,

Gallinago celestis; but it would be quite in accordance with

xperience to find that others should exhibit a considerable

departure from that pattern.

1 Bidrag till Kannedomen om Sibiriska Ishafskustens Fogelfauna m.m.,

bearbetade af J. A. Palmén (Vega-Expeditionens Vetenskapliga Jakttagelser, v.

p- 809, tab. 3). Stockholm: 1887. be

892 PROF, A, NEWTON ON NEW [Noy. 16,

TurDUs VARIUS, Pallas. (Plate LI. fig. 5.)

More than twenty years ago my good friend the late Mr. Swinhoe,

so well known for his long-continued ornithological researches in

China, offered to and even pressed upon me a nest and three eggs

which he obtained near Ningpo in 1872 and considered to belong

to Oreocincla varia or Turdus varius, The account of them he

related to me and the appearance of the specimens failed to satisfy

me as to his determination, and as I could not accept his view of

them, I felt bound to decline the gift he would so generously have

made. He subsequently communicated a description of them to

the late Mr. Rowley, in whose ‘ Ornithological Miscellany’ it was

published in March 1877 (ii. pp. 255-257), together with a plate

representing the nest and the three eggs. One of the latter

afterwards became the property of Mr. Dresser, and thanks to him

I am able to show it to you to-night, while the remaining two, one

of which has been elsewhere figured, and the nest remained in

Mr. Swinhoe’s possession until his death, aud are now, I understand,

in the British Museum.

I know of no other eggs professedly of this species in Europe,

except that which I also exhibit. It is one of four taken, as I am

informed, in the spring of 1890 near Tokio in Japan, by Professor

Isao Ijima of that University, and given by him to Canon Tristram,

from whom I received it in 1891. I cannot doubt that it is

correctly referred to this species; and I may describe it as having

a pale bluish-green ground, very closely and finely mottled with

reddish-brown, the markings near the larger end being in some

places confluent, so as to form blotches, while there are traces of

pale lavender-grey spots intervening. This ege measures 1:29 by

‘86 inch, and is thus, as might be expected, larger than the eggs

of most Thrushes, even than those of 7’. viscivorus. Mr. Dresser’s

specimen, received from Mr. Swinhoe, measures 1°16 by -9 inch and

is of a french white, sparsely spotted with brownish-red, much like

some eggs of 7’, viscivorus’.

CHASIBMPIS SANDVICENSIS (Latham).

Neither Mr. Scott Wilson nor Mr. Perkins on the first visit of

each to the Sandwich Islands succeeded in obtaining eggs of this

long-described species, though its beautiful nests were known to

both, The second attempt of each of these gentlemen was more

successful, and Mr. Wilson obtained a considerable series of

specimens. I find they measure from ‘82 to ‘87 by from °58 to

*62 inch. It would be useless to figure them or to describe them

otherwise than by saying that they might pass perfectly for eggs

of a Parus or Sitta. The nests are beautiful structures, almost

always built in a three-pronged fork of a bush, and are thickly

studded with lichens,

* I may note that Dr. Menzbier (Ibis, 1893, pp. 871, 372) considers that

Turdus varius probably breeds in the Ural Mountains, though it seems as yet

to have been found there only after midsummer.

~. “eee

1897.] OR RARE BIRDS’ EGGS, 893

HIMATIONE VIRENS (Latham). (Plate LI. figs. 6, 7.)

I believe that until very recently no egg of any species of the

remarkable Family Drepanidide has been known. Whatever doubts

may exist as to the extent of that Family, there can be none as to

the inclusion in it of the genus Himatione. I have therefore great

pleasure in exhibiting two eggs of one of the species that have

been longest known, H. virens. They may be described as being

ot a french white, rather closely freckled or streaked with purplish-

brown, which towards the larger end may form a zone or cap. A

specimen obtained by Mr. Wilson measures °83 by ‘58 inch: one

obtained by Mr. Perkins at Kona in Hawaii, and thoroughly

identified, seems to be a little smaller, but its impaired condition

makes exact measurement dangerous. Its fellow-egg had already

hatched, and the chick has furnished Dr. Gadow with the means of

continuing his investigations. Several other eggs belonging to

species of this Family have been brought home by Mr. Wilson, and

among them apparently those of H. mana and Vestiaria coccinea.

They exhibit much the same character of ‘coloration, and there

is a strong family-likeness in the nests to which they belong.

Mr. Perkins has already noticed (Ibis, 1893, p. 106) the nest

of the present species; but I nay mention the fact that both the

Drepanids and Chasiempis use to a considerable extent in nest-

building ‘‘ the skeletonized fruit-capsules ” of the so-called “ Cape

Gooseberry” (Physalis peruviana), a plant not indigenous to

Hawaii—it being, I think, contrary to the general rule for birds

to use, except accidentally, materials of foreign origin.

EMBERIZA RUSTICA, Pallas. (Plate LI. figs. 8, 9.)

In the Fourth Edition of Yarrell’s ‘ British Birds’ (ii. p. 31)

mentioned an egg “ professedly ” of this species which was in my

own collection. The kindness of Mr. Dresser in placing at my

disposal some authenticated eggs of this rare Bunting enables me

to say that my own specimen has most likely been wrongly named.

The two I exhibit were from a nest of five received by him from

Herr J. Alb. Sandman, who took them at Kivarijoki, near

Pudasjiirviin Finland, on the 5th of June, 1886, and fully identified

the species. This Bunting has occurred in Lapland during the

breeding-season, and has been more than once believed to breed in

that country (cf. Yarrell, wt supra); but, so far as my knowledge

goes, its nest has not before been found in Europe, and it therefore

gives me much pleasure to exhibit these genuine specimens of its

eggs, which may be described as being of a pale sea-green, with

irregular greyish-olive blotches and dashes. They measure

respectively *78 and ‘8 by °57 and °58 inch.

Popocrs PANDERI, Fischer, (Plate LI. fig. 10.)

Eggs of this very interesting form of bird, the first, according to

my knowledge, ever obtained, were procured in Turkestan by Herr

Fedtchenko, and exhibited by Professor Cabanis at the annual

894 MR. 0, THOMAS ON AN ANTELOPE [Noyv. 30,

meeting of the Deutsch2 ornithologische Gesellschaft in October

1872, two of them being figured shortly after in the ‘ Journal fur

Ornithologie’ (1873, p. 63, Taf. iii. figg. 37, 38); but I think it

will be admitted by oologists that the figures leave much to be

desired in the way of characterization, and I am greatly indebted

to Mr. Dresser for allowing me to exhibit one received by him

along with two other eggs and the nest from M. Zarudny through

Protessor Menzbier. It was obtained at Utch Adji in the Trans-

caspian Province, and, as will be seen, is of a very pale greyish-

green, with spots and blotches of brownish-grey and greyish-olive,

not much unlike some Pies’ eggs or those of Perisoreus infaustus,

indicating the Corvine affinities of this curious desert-form. It

measures 1:07 by ‘77 inch. The excellent observations on Podoces

pandert of M. Zarudny, published in the ‘Bulletin’ of the

Naturalists’ Society of Moscow for 1889 (N.S. iii. pp. 455-465,

pl. v.), accompanied by figures of its nest, have been most properly

quoted by Mr. Dresser in the ‘Supplement’ to his ‘ Birds of

Europe’ (pp. 239-243), and to them I refer for further

particulars.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Figs. 1-4. Egg of Tringa subarquata, p. 890.

5. » Lurdus varius, p. 892.

6, 7. » Himatione virens, p. 893.

8, 9. . LEmberiza rustica, p. 893.

10. » Podoces panderi, p, 893.

November 30th, 1897.

E. T. Newron, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited specimens of a remarkable

partially white Antelope of the genus Cervicapra which had been

obtained by Mr. F. V. Kirby, ¥.Z.S., in the mountains of the

Lydenburg District of the Transvaal, and read the following

account of them contributed by Mr. Kirby himself :—

“The specimens of this Antelope which are now exhibited were

shot by me onaspurof the Steenkamp Berg, about 12 miles distant

and to the west of the township of Kruger’s Post; the circum-

stances under which I procured them being as follows. During

the autumn of 1896, whilst I was on the Sabi, making ready for

my next expedition to Portuguese East Africa, I received an

invitation from Mr. Abel Erasmus, Native Commissioner for the

Lydenburg District, residing at Kruger’s Post, to ride out to his

farm for a shot at ‘ Rooi Rhébuck,’ as the Mountain Reedbuck is

styled by Colonists and Boers, it being looked upon as merely a

variety of the common Vaal Rhébuck, the only grounds of course

for this supposed affinity being the fact that they are usually

found on the mountain-ranges in similar localities to those in

1897.] OF THE GENUS CHRVICAPRA. 895

which the Vaal Rhébuck occur. The temptation was great, as at

that time I had not a single good head in my possession, so natu-

rally enough I accepted at once, and after a ten hours’ ride reached

Kruger’s Post, on the western slope of the Berg. I had good

sport, and had already secured several fine heads of the ordinary

Mountain Reedbuck, when, in conversation with a Boer who had

ridden with me out shooting, I learned that on the summit of a

high spur of the Steenkamp range, in the direction of the Steel-

poort River, some white ‘ Rooi Rhébuck’ were supposed to occur.

In answer to my question, he informed me that he himself had

only seen the skin of one, a half-grown ewe, which had been

caught by a Kafir in a springe. The latter had told him that

there were many others in the range, but that the ascent of the

range was exceedingly steep and difficult, and could not be managed

on horseback.

«The mere fact that so little seemed to be known of this Antelope

aroused my curiosity to such an extent, that I did not rest satisfied

till I seeured the co-operation of three Boers, living in the district,

who knew the range, and who agreed to ride out with me to point

out the spot. Accordingly one dark dull morning at 2 A.M. we

saddled up our horses and set out, but were unfortunately de-

tained for nearly an hour at dawn, owing to a dense, cold fog,

which hung over the whole country, and through which it was

impossible to distinguish any object at over twenty paces. We

were further delayed on the slope of a rocky spur by seeing a troop

of seven Mountain Reedbucks galloping away in front of us; we

gave chase and eventually shot two of them. After an ‘ off-saddle’

we resumed our course, and at last about 9 A.M. reached the foot

of the hill, where we again off-saddled for refreshment and to

make our plans for the ascent of the ridge. From the spot where

we halted I should judge the summit to be about 1900 ft. high ;

but the ascent was certainly likely to be very difficult, the whole

face of the slope bemg strewn with huge granite boulders and

patches of dense scrub. When confronted with the task before

them, two of my companions refused to go any further with ine,

but Mr. Hendrik Schoeman said he would go, so we once more

saddled up and rode up amongst the boulders as far as we could ;

then handing our horses over to the others, who promised to meet

us in the afternoon ata kraal some 5 miles distant, Schoeman and

I tackled the ascent, and gained the summit about 24 hours later.

The general appearance of the spur, looking N.E. and S8.W., was

that of an irregular plateau with a rocky ridge running longi-

tudinally along it.

‘One side of the plateau was bounded abruptly by a sheer preci-

pice, while on the other side it sloped off somewhat more gradually

towards the Steelpoort in a series of lesser, broken plateaux, thus

giving me the idea that it could be-more easily ascended from

that side. A few scattered ‘sugar-bushes’ grew in places, and

the grass was short and wiry. Asour time was limited we decided

to hunt the S.W. end of the spur, my companion taking the left,

896 MR. O. THOMAS ON AN ANTELOPE [Noy. 30,

and I the right side of the stony ridge. Almost immediately upon

reaching the level ground over the ridge, I saw a little troop of seven

or eight Antelopes run out from a slight hollow on my right front

and stand among the stones about 200 yards distant. I had no

difficulty in making them out, even at that distance, the snow-white

tails and legs being so very conspicuous, and I knew at once that

they were some of the ‘ White Rooi Rhébuck’ of which I had heard.

I lost no time in putting a shot in, but missed, striking short ; as

I reloaded, another lot of eight ran out below me, also to the right,

stood for a moment, then came cantering up the slope, in a direc-

tion that would take them past me at a little over 120 yards. They

did not make me out at all, but came leisurely on, a fine ram

running third in the troop. I waited till they were almost

abreast of me, then fired, hitting the ram hard: he ‘ pecked’

forward, recovered himself, ran 50 yards, and fell dead. The rest

ran on over the stony ridge, and I fired at a ewe as she was

disappearing ; the bullet clopped loudly, and she ran just out of

sight and stood. I at once heard my companion’s rifle, three shots

being fired, and ascertained that he had killed my wounded ewe,

aud shot another ram which I must have overlooked in the troop.

Some time later I heard two more shots, and saw a good ram

coming over the ridge towards my side; I ran hard to get within

range, but he disappeared behind some rising ground. To my sur-

prise, however, as l ran round the knoll, I saw him standing, looking

at me, within fifteen yards; he sprang off at a gallop, and I missed

an easy shot. Mr. Schoeman had also missed the same ram and

killed a half-grown ewe. During these three-quarters of an hour,

however, I saw over thirty of these Antelopes, but they were all out

of range ; in no case did they attempt to run over towards the ‘hang’

of the mountain, they either made over towards my companion,

ran along the ridge in front of me, or more often broke back,

galloping along the broken ground at the edge of the plateau. All

were out of range, and I had no wish to fire recklessly at them, as

we already had more than we could carry down.

“Tam certain that amongst these there was not a single normal

coloured individnal, for even at a distance the white legs, belly, and

tails were most conspicuous. I afterwards saw four, lying down in

fairly open ground—first three ewes, then a single ram,—but all

jumped up immediately they sighted me. Near the end of the -

range, which falls somewhat abruptly, we again saw a number of

these singular Antelopes running backwards and forwards, so that

it would be difficult to state even approximately how many separate

individuals we saw altogether between us, but I think I am within

the mark in putting the number at between 35 and 40.

“‘T shot one more, a ram, after a hard run, at just over 200 yards,

the bullet breaking his neck. _

“T carefully removed the skins of the two largest rams, of the

full-grown ewe, and of the young ewe, all of which I saved;

and towards evening we made our way down again, each carrying

a buck on our shoulders, after placing the other three at a spot

1897.] OF THE GENUS CERVICAPRA. 897

where a native could find them, hanging my handkerchief up in a

sugar-bush as a guide.

‘“‘T have placed the entire skin and skull of the largest ram,

together with the entire skin of the young ewe, and the body-skin

of a normal coloured Mountain Reedbuck ram, in the hands of

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, to be deposited, after exhibition, in the

National Collection.

“Although at present Mr. Thomas is doubtful whether these

Antelopes can fairly be considered a new and undescribed perma-

nent variety, I am myself very confident that they will eventually

prove to be so. I hope before long to be enabled to confirm my

opinion that they occur throughout the highest portion of the range,

for I think it most unlikely that they are confined to the com-

paratively restricted area which we visited, and I only regret that

I was prevented from pursuing my investigations further at the

time.

“ It is scarcely credible that albinism should show itself in this

form, though I admit, as Mr. Thomas points out, that the white

hoofs lend colour to this supposition. But if this be the case, it

is very singular that no intermediate forms showing less tendency

to albinism—as, for instance, individuals lacking the white spot on

the frontal and the pure white tail '—have ever been found amongst

the normal coloured ones, or even that no such one was either

seen or killed by us; and, further, that no normal coloured indi-

vidual was seen amongst the Antelopes on the summit.

“Tn conclusion, I propose that, until we are in possession of further

details as to the occurrence of this singularly marked Antelope,

it should be styled ‘ Cervicapra fulvorufula subalbina,

“ As can be seen from the specimens now exhibited, it is in many

respects similar to the ordinary Mountain Reedbuck, but differs

from it most markedly in having all four legs white from the

knees down, white hoofs, a pure white tail both above and below,

a white ‘kol’ or spot on the frontal, and a more or less clearly

defined white stripe down the back of the neck and along the

dorsal line ; while the white of the belly is continued further up

the flanks than in the true Cervicapra fulvorufula.

“The male specimen in the British Museum may be looked upon

as the type of the name suggested.”

In conclusion Mr. Thomas expressed the opinion that—whether

species, subspecies, or aberration—this Antelope, which had the

general characters of a semi-albino, but was practically constant,

and in considerable numbers held the entire monopoly of a

mountain plateau, presented a problem of the utmost interest to

students of Variation; and he was glad tobe able to say that

Mr. Kirby was now again going out to the same district, and

would do his best to obtain further evidence on the subject.

1 [As a fact, there are some slight differences between the two specimens, and

even between the two sides of one of them, but these differences are so slight

that it would not be fair to use them as an argument against Mr. Kirby’s

view.—O. T.]

898 MR. 0, THOMAS ON A REMARKABLY SMALL SKUNK. [Nov. 30,

Mr. Kirby in his remarks had omitted to mention a fact by no

means irrelevant to the question, namely that normal Mountain

Reedbucks (Cervicapra fulvorufula) do not ordinarily inhabit the

summits of mountains, but only their lateral cliffs and siopes, and

that in the mountains referred to they appeared to range almost

or quite as high as usual. The new form would therefore seem

to present a genuine difference in habits, as well as in colour.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a specimen of a remarkably

small Skunk of the genus Spilogale which had been received in a

collection made by Mr. P. O. Simons in Western Mexico.

It appeared to be undescribed, and was characterized as

follows :—

SPILOGALE PYGMA, sp. n.

Size very small, barely half that of any known species. Pattern

of coloration differing considerably from that found in the other

members of the genus, which in this respect were all so like each

other that they had formerly been supposed to form but a single

species. White of forehead united to the white ear-patches so

as to form a band across the face from ear to ear, but in the

centre of the face the white did not project forward beyond the

level of the eye. Median pair of light dorsal bands grey, not

white, and running right through to the rump without interruption

by black transverse bands on the posterior back ; each was, how-

ever, divided for its posterior half by a narrow black longitudinal

line commencing at the usual level of the anterior transverse band,

and running backwards and afterwards outwards just like that in

connection with the transverse line in the other species. Chin

white, with two white stripes diverging from it towards the ear-

patches. Upper surface of both hands and feet white, in continu-

ation in front with the white lateral stripe, and behind with a

white line running up on to the hams ; but the inner side of both

carpus and tarsus with a large black patch continuous with the

black of the belly. Claws rather small, whitish horn-colour. Tail

short, with hairs not half the length of the head and body, mixed

black and white basally above, white terminally and below, the

basal half inch below quite black ; longest hairs little over 13 inch

in length. ;

Skull very markedly of the narrow high-crowned type; crests

and ridges exceedingly little developed, the postorbital processes

minute ; intertemporal breadth greater than interorbital, but this

possibly due to parasites being present: brain-case vaulted, very

thin, little ridged, the temporal crests scarcely perceptible, and

not approaching within 8 mm. of each other. In these respects,

as was so often the case in mammals, the old skull of a small

species simulated the young one of larger forms. Teeth apparently

similar in form to those of the larger species, of which they

formed a diminutive copy. Lower jaw not very markedly convex

below.

1897.] MR. LYDEKKER ON A NEW MULE-DEER. 899

Dimensions of the type, an old female, measured in the flesh by

collector :—

Head and body 182mm.; tail 68; hind foot with claws 34; ear 23.

Skull—basal length (basion to gnathion) 38:2; basilar length

of Hensel 36:6; occipito-nasal length 41:5; greatest mastoid

breadth 25:8; breadth across postorbital processes 14; inter-

orbital breadth 12; intertemporal breadth 13-2; palate-length

from henselion 15; height of brain-case from basisphenoid 155 ;

front of canine to back of molar (alveoli) 13:1; length of posterior

narial fossa 9:1; distance between outer corners of m?* 16.

P‘, length 4°8, breadth 3:3 ; m’, outer length 4-4, greatest diagonal

diameter 5°6; m,, length 6.

Hab. Rosario, Sinaloa, W. Mexico.

It would be seen from the description that this remarkable little

species differed far more from any of the other species than they

did from each other. It was unfortunate that the only specimen

was a female, but it being fully adult, with the teeth beginning

to be worn and the basilar suture entirely closed, no doubt could

exist as to the extremely small size of the species.

Mr. Thomas also exhibited a Badger from Lower California

which he considered different from any previously described, and

characterized as follows :—

TAXIDEA TAXUS INFUSCA, subsp. n.

Pattern apparently as in 7’. t. berlandieri, Baird, but the general

colour as much darker than in that animal as that of 7. t. neglecta,

Mearns, was as compared with 7’. t. typica. Mesial stripe broad

and well-marked throughout, from nose to tail, specially broadened

on the nape, where it reaches a width of from 13 to 2 inches.

Black cheek-patch not united to orbital patch and only doubtfully

connected by grey with the black crown-band. Long hair of

back without sub-basal bands, uniformly tawny buff except for the

subterminal band of black and tip of dirty white. Tail-hairs

similar, except those of the extreme tip, which are blackish brown

throughout. Under surface brownish or tawny white; mesial line

clear white. No interramial black spot.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 580 mm.; tail 122; hind foot 94; ear 50.

Skull, basilar length of Hensel 113; greatest breadth 79.

Hab. Santa Anita, Lower California. Coll. D. Coolidge.

Type obtained Aug. 1, 1896. Original number 560. Four

specimens examined.

This form appeared to be undoubtedly most closely allied to the

Mexican 7’. t. berlandieri, but differed in its darker tones, in the

broadening of the dorsal stripe on the nape, and in the entire

absence of the black interramial spot.

Mr. Lydekker exhibited skins of a variety of the Mule-Deer

from Lower California, for which he suggested the name Mazama

900 MR. SCLATER ON CAPRA MENGESI. [Noy. 30,

(Dorcelaphus) hemionus peninsule. This form differed from

M. (Dorcelaphus) hemionus californicus, Caton, in its smaller size,

in the simple spike-like antlers, and in the presence of a black

line down the middle of the back, which was either almost in

continuation with the black tail-tip, or separated therefrom by a

ring of tawny hairs. Similar specimens from Cape St. Lucas had

been mentioned by Caton, Amer. Nat. vol. x. p. 468 (1876).

Type collected by Mr. D. Coolidge on the Sierra Laguna, Lower

California. Original number 327.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a very fine head of the Wild Goat of

Head of Wild Goat from Hadramut.

——— ee

1897.] MB. R. E, HOLDING ON THE HEAD OF A FALLOW DEER. 901

Hadramut, S.E. Arabia, sent to him for examination by Herr J.

Menges of Limburg, being one of the specimens upon which Prof.

Dr. Th. Noack of Brunswick had lately founded his Capra mengest

(Zool. Anz. no. 510, 1896, and no. 541, 1897). The length of the

horns along the upper surface in the specimen was 41°5 inches ;

the width at the base was about 2 inches, and the depth 3-3 inches.

Mr. Sclater remarked that after an examination of this and

other specimens of the same animal kindly lent to him by

Herr Menges, he and Mr. Thomas had been unable to appreciate

the differences upon which the supposed new species had been

founded, and were inclined to believe that Capra mengesi was the

same as C. sinaitica’, which was known to occur on the western

coast of the Red Sea.

Mr. Boulenger exhibited examples of an extremely rare South-

American Fish, Vandellia cirrhosa, C. & V.,a small loach-hke

Siluroid, of which only four specimens were known to be in

collections, viz., three, the types, without locality, received by the

Paris Museum in the beginning of this century from the botanist

Vandelli, and a fourth, from the Hyavary River, in the Museum

of Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass.

In his ‘ Study of Fishes,’ Dr. Giinther had observed that “ the

natives of Brazil accuse these fishes of entering and ascending the

urethra of persons while bathing, causing inflammation and some-

times death. This requires confirmation.”

Dr. J. Bach, a medical practitioner of La Plata, who has

_ recently explored the Rio Jurua, and obtained the specimens

exhibited, had supplied Mr. Boulenger with the following infor-

mation respecting them :—The ‘ Candyra, as the fish is called, is

much dreaded by the natives of the Jurua district, who, in order

to protect themselves, rarely enter the river without covering

their genitalia by means of a sheath formed of a small coconut-

shell, with a minute perforation to let out urine, maintained in a

sort of bag of palm-fibres suspended from a belt of the same

material. The fish is attracted by the urine, and when once it

has made its way into the urethra, cannot be pulled out again owing

to the spines which arm its opercles. The only means of pre-

venting it from reaching the bladder, where it causes inflammation

and ultimately death, is to instantly amputate the penis; and at

Tres Unidos, Dr. Bach had actually examined a man and three

boys with amputated penis as a result of this dreadful accident.

Dr. Bach was therefore satisfied that the account given of this

extraordinary habit of the ‘ Candyrut’ is perfectly trustworthy.

Mr. Boulenger further showed a photograph, taken by Dr. Bach,

of two nude Indians wearing the protective purse.

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited a head of a Fallow Deer (Dama

vulgaris) from the Drummond Castle herd, and made remarks on

the specimen as indicating the intimate association between organic

disease and defective horn-growth. It had been noticed that for

1 See P. Z. S. 1886, p. 316, pl. xxxiii.

902 MR. R. EB, HOLDING ON THE HEAD OF A FALLOW DEER, [ Noy. 30,

two or three seasons this buck had been very late in shedding its

horns, the new horns being somewhat irregular and remaining a

longer time in the velvet stage. This year the horns were again very

Head of Fallow Deer, showing malformation of the horns.

late, and the new growth being very defective the animal was shot

on Sept. 13. It would be seen that the right horn was without

tines, the palm consisting of three points only. The left horn was

only seven inches long, and showed a tendency to division of the

beam, the velvet covering being still vascular and the tips of the

horns soft. Ou an examination of the internal organs a large cyst

filled with inflammatory fluid was found in the fat surrounding the

kidneys, and had doubtless had its origin in those organs. The

liver was also much thickened and contained hardened masses of

fibrous tissue in its substance. The teeth and jaws indicated caries.

Defective horns in Deer were so frequently attributed to bullet

1897.] ON REGENERATION OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATTID 2. 903

wounds and other injuries, that Mr. Holding thought the specimen

exhibited was of some interest as indicating that organic disease

might also be a factor in the degeneration of horns.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Regeneration of the Legs in the Blattide.

By H. H. Brinprey, M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge’.

[Received September 13, 1897.|

In 1892 Mr. Bateson called my attention to the fact that

specimens of the common Cockroach (Stylopyga orientalis) are

not unfrequently found to exhibit an abnormal condition of the

tarsus, or distal portion of one or more of the walking-legs.

This abnormal condition is a numerical variation of the tarsal

joints, only four being present instead of the normal number,

five-_the tarsus as a whole, however, presenting in other respects

the features proper to the five-jointed or normal condition.

Mr. Bateson suggested to me that it might be worth while to

investigate in detail this instance of meristic variation.

The particular interest of the case was that the inspection of

four-jointed tarsi in a few individuals seemed to point to the

conclusion that the relative proportions of the several joints

therein were constant. This abnormal tarsus seemed to possess a

fixity or organic stability of structure such as is held usually to be

the outcome of the continued operation of selection, an influence

which can hardly be called upon to account for the condition of

an occasional abnormality.

The investigation thus originated called attention to facts other

than those bearing directly on the original question concerning

which information was sought. The latter have been discussed by

Mr. Bateson in his work on Variation *. I postpone reference to

his conclusions till an account has been given of the observations

made before and after his book was published. The present paper

is concerned chiefly with certain facts regarding the reproduction

of lost or injured legs in the Blattide, and with some points in the

post-embryonic development of Stylopyga orientalis.

The former of these two subjects cannot be considered apart

from that of the reproduction of parts among other Insecta and

the Arthropoda as a whole. It has therefore seemed more

satisfactory to describe separately the results of the observations and

experiments originally undertakeu for a more circumscribed purpose,

leaving the details of reproduction to a future communication.

The leg of the Cockroach resembles thai of other Orthoptera,

and consists of the following parts: a massive coxa, which is

movably articulated with a small trochanter, to which latter is

immovably fused a stout femur. The parts distal to the femur

are the tibia and tarsus, all of whose articulations are movable.

1 Communicated by W. Bargson, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

2 «Materials for the Study of Variation,’ 1894, pp. 63 & 415.

904 MR, H. H. BRINDLEY ON THE REGENERATION [Noy. 30,

The femur very frequently, and the tibia always, have a con-

spicuous armature of spines. The tarsus in all the Blattidz is five-

jointed. The proximal joint is the longest and stoutest, the next

much smaller, and the succeeding two very much smaller, while

the distal joint approaches the proximal in length and bears a

pair of claws. Between the claws many species have a thin

rounded projection, the arolium.

In other Orthoptera the number of tarsal joints is 3 in Forfi-

culide, Hemimeride, and Acridiide, 2 or 3 in Gryllide, 4 in

Locustide, and 5 in Mantide and Phasmide '.

The occasional occurrence among Blattide of tarsi possessing

only four joints, but in other respects normal, has been noted by

entomologists from time to time.

In the last century Geoffroy * specially characterized the genus

Blatta as having four joints in the tarsi of the posterior pair of

legs and five in those of the other pairs, though, in spite of this

statement, he figures both sexes with five-jointed tarsi on all the

legs. His description was doubtless based on one or two abnormal

individuals.

This error was corrected by Serville*, who does not allude,

however, to the occasional occurrence of abnormal tarsi.

A few years later Brisout de Barneville * called attention to the

occasional presence of four-jointed tarsi in several species of

Blattide. He gives the following table, in which, as elsewhere in

this paper, I have followed the nomenclature of Brunner ° :—

| Total number of ingi- | "with one or moe of

‘ the tarsi four-jointed.

| Nyctibora latipennis......... 1 1

SIV SE7-2 CEI ere eee teeta taser 11 5

| Epilampra cinered............ 10 2

| Homalosilpha ustulata ...... 3 2

| Periplaneta americana ......| 11 1

| Leucophea surinamensis ... 51 } 10

| Monachoda grossa......+++++ / 10 1

| Blabera atropos ......++++00++- | 1 1 |

| Panesthia javanica ..... ... 14 \ + |

| |

1 Brunner von Wattenwyl, ‘ Prodr. Europ. Orthop.’ 1882.

2 «Hist. abrégée des Insectes,’ 1764, i. p. 379.

’ Hist. nat. des Insectes, 1839, p. 58.

4 Ann. de la Soc. Entom. 1848, sér. 2, vi. Bulletin, p. xix.

5 ‘Nouveau Systéme des Blattaires,’ Vienne, 1865, and ‘‘ Révision du Systéme

des Orthoptéres,” Ann, Mus, Genova, 1893, sér. 2, xiii, *

1897.] OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATTID®. 905

Brunner’ quotes Serville’s remarks, and states that he could

add a large number of cases. He observes that the abnormal

tarsus is usually unilateral and on the posterior legs (Wyctzbora,

Epilampra, &c.).

The above-mentioned authors examined only small numbers of

individuals, and it was therefore desirable to extend the inquiry

as to the frequency of occurrence of abnormal tarsi through greater

numbers. This has been done among certain easily obtained

species, the total numbers examined being :—

TABLE A.

l |

| Adult. | Young. Total. |

——— ——— | a ee ee — |

Periplaneta americana .........++-++- 750 180 930

(PQUSITGLASE sovsacacese sane eReannees 230 411 641

Phyllodromia germanica .........++- 102 0 102

Stylopyga orientalis ........+...10-00- | 1635 1976 3611

i ws sca il 2

The specimens of P. americana and P. germanica were obtained

from the Society’s Gardens, those of P. australasie from the Botanic

Garden, Cambridge (where the egg-cases of this species appear to

have been introduced in packets of plants from Kew and South

America), and those of S. orientalis from Cambridge bakehouses,

except 262 captured in a bakehouse at Poole, Dorset. The speci-

mens of P. americana and P. germanica were caught by hand, and

those of the other two species by traps. This probably explains

the small number obtained of the young of the two former species,

as the larger adults are more easily picked up.

It is possible that some of the young of P. germanica were

wrongly included as belonging to P. americana, for both species

occur in the same warm houses in the Society’s Gardens.

An examination of these specimens showed the percentage

frequency of occurrence of individuals with one or more tarsi

four-jointed to be as follows :—

Tassie B.

Adult Adult Total

males. | females. | adults. Young. Total.

P. americand ........0.4- 218 28°5 95:2 83 21°9

P. australasi@é ......... 16-9 232 20:0 14:8 16-7

P. Germanicd ..........-- 14:9 16-4 15°7 eae 15:7

S. orientalis ........-00.| 20°6 21:8 21:4 16°4 18°7

1 Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires, p. 146.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. LX. 60

906 MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON THE REGENERATION [Noy. 30,

The examination took no account of the sex of immature

individuals, because of the very great difficulty or impossibility of

rightly ascertaining it without making a dissection in each case.

In the great majority of cases only one of the six legs bore a

four-jointed tarsus, though many individuals possessed the

abnormality on more than one leg. This point was examined

in detail in rather more than one thousand young and adult

individuals of both sexes distributed among three species, with the

following result :—

TaBLE C,

Number of four-jointed tarsi J

in single individuals. Number of

individuals

examined.

De ead 3. 4. 5. 6.

P. americana ......... 155 | 36 7 4 i 0 cases | 203

P. australasi@ .........| 92 | 19 4 1 0 0 a 116

S. orientalis .......2++.- 588 | 108 | 23 | 10 0 4 733

In all four species the posterior pair of legs was the most

frequently affected. The following table gives the percentage

incidence of four-jointed tarsi among the three pairs of legs :—

TaBLE D,

Pair. Adult. Young. Total.

I. 203 iii 19:7

P. Qmericana) see 58.0658: Il. all 383°3 31:2

III. 48°6 55°5 49°1

( I, 22°8 3071 26:9

P. australasi@ ..........4. II. 21-1 28°8 25°4

| III. 56-1 41-1 47°7

if, Gaur lt aia canee 6:2

PB, GOCMANICH s-janecaeno0-' II. USE C0 a pee 18:7

III. Deir ie Cossetas 750

I. 26°9 15-7 21:4

S.(ORCENCOIIS: eee ose en ae II. 22°9 27:7 25°4

III. 50:2 56-4 53:2

The abnormal tarsi occurred indifferently on the right and left

sides—thus, in 1329 cases in S. orientalis, 661 were on the right

and 668 on the left side.

Having set forth the preliminary results obtained, it becomes

1897. | OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATTIDE, . 907

necessary to state that at first the frequent occurrence of the

abnormal tarsus encouraged a belief that it was a congenital

variation. This was supported by several features of the case

besides the above. It happened by chance that individuals of

P. americana were examined first. Among these there were several

cases where one tarsus of a pair was normal, and the other

abnormal; and in these cases the tarsi were of approximately

equal dimensions and seemed symmetrical till closely examined.

Moreover, as shown by Table B, the abnormality occurred with

distinctly greater frequency among females than males.

Finally, the abnormal tarsus was found in three individuals of

S. orientalis only -+ cm. in body-length, which is the average size

of newly-hatched young.

These facts offer material for discussion, but they must be left

for awhile, as the evidence they afford in favour of congenital

origin of the four-jointed tarsus seems rebutted by that

subsequently obtained—that the abnormality is the form assumed

by the tarsus when it is a reproduction taking the place of a lost

or injured tarsus.

Cockroaches, like other Orthoptera, attain sexual maturity after

performing a series of ecdyses, which in some species probably

extend over several years. The power of reproducing lost

appendages is known to be possessed by members of several of

the tribes of Orthoptera. Among the Blattide the reproduction

of the antenne of the Cockroach after amputation was first described

by Heineken’.

The evidence given below appears to establish that the four-

jointed tarsus arises in connection with the reproduction of the

leg when any part thereof has been lost or severely injured during

the immaturity of the animal.

(a) Absence of abnormal tarsi in newly-hatched individuals.

A number of egg-cases of S. orientalis were collected and

artificially incubated, from which altogether 210 young were

hatched. In a few cases limbs were found to have been

broken off, but all the tarsi of entire limbs were normal.

(b) Relative infrequency of abnormal tarsi im very young

individuals.

That there was a smaller proportion of abnormal tarsi in

young than in adult individuals is shown by Table B. This

led to an examination of young of different ages, with the

following result :—

388 immature P. australasie.

Percentage

Body-length. with abnormal tarsi.

Under 1:05 cm. 10°7

1:05 to 2:0 cm. 20-0

2-05 to 3°0 cm. 25-0

1 “QObseryations on the Reproduction of the Members in Spiders and

Insects,” Zool. Journal, 1829, iv. p. 425.

60*

908 MR, H, H, BRINDLEY ON THE REGENERATION [Noy. 80,

In describing these it will be convenient to employ

abbreviations, viz :—

R and L for right and left.

1, 2, and 3 to denote the respective pairs of legs.

¢,,¢,, and so on for the tarsal joints, starting with the

proximal joint.

Altogether the legs of 833 immature individuals of S. orientalis

of various ages were mutilated and the animals confined in cages till

ecdysis occurred. The mutilations were easily performed under

chloroform, but it was found that recovery did not occur unless fresh

air was admitted immediately the Cockroaches fell on their backs

and ceased to struggle. Of the total number operated on 103

were mutilated in one leg and 730 in two legs. In the tabular

summary of these experiments given below, “ reproduction ” must

be taken to imply that regrowth of the parts removed took place,

and that the new tarsi were always in a fowr-jointed condition.

Taste E.

Number of

syo4s Leg Number of ;

Nature of mutilation. ¢nntilated. Prudslationss | ge

t, torn away from ¢, 2 3R 300 141 |

21 aaa po inten

t, divided with scissors. | | 3L 109 16

| SPPotalee 3. sc 130 19

2R 300 144

Tarsus torn away from | 3R 89 45

timate JAS ed: | |

li nbotaline ta. .55. 389 189

(eee eae ee 3R / 14 2

Tibia divided with scis- [ 3L 300 122

SOLS) =. see tercan eee saa :

| | Wotalj to -c.3.. 314 124

Femur torn away from : : et: 137

trochanter ............ 3L 23 ll

Total! ¢sanseese 340 152

Potal je. cssce 1473 625 |

It will thus be seen that about 3, of the mutilations were

followed by reproduction of the lost parts accompanied ‘by the

appearance of a four-jointed tarsus. The normal five-jointed

condition never occurred in reproduction. In only two or three

1897.] OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATTID#. 909

cases were the reproduced parts at all malformed. These will be

dealt with later on. The balance of 848 cases in which

reproduction was not observed is accounted for by no reproduction

occurring at ecdysis or by death before ecdysis. The recent obser-

vation by Bordage’ that the reproduced tarsus of certain Phasmids

is invariably four-jointed is of much interest in connection with

the above results.

(d) Liability to accidental injury in immature individuals.

The evidence already obtained that the occurrence of the

four-jointed tarsus in a captured Cockroach indicates

accidental injury in the part, was confirmed indirectly by the

examination of 1106 young of S. orientalis, when first caught,

with the result that -8°/, were found to be imperfect as

regards either the whole or portions of one or more legs.

This is a considerably lower percentage than that for the

occurrence of four-jointed tarsi recorded in Table B, but the

importance of the frequent occurrence of imperfect individuals

is increased by bearing in mind that reproduction of lost parts

may take place at any of the several ecdyses and that, as has

been ascertained by observation, when once a four-jointed

tarsus has appeared it is perpetuated through the succeeding

ecdysis and almost certainly though all subsequent ones up to

their cessation on maturity being attained, which accounts for

the higher percentage of such tarsi found in adult individuals.

From another point of view the relation of abnormal tarsi

to accidental injury in captured individuals is emphasized by

comparing Table D with the following results of examining

newly captured S. orientalis for the distribution of imperfect

legs :—

Pair. 92 young. 181 adults.

Ls Neaieae Pherae 25 °/, 20°6 °/,

fee eee pees 32°6 °/, 19:1 °/,

1 aL eg pale eee gg a 60°3 °/o

The long third pair of legs seems to suffer more from their

exposed condition as compared with the less extended anterior

pairs, and this was observed to be the case with individuals kept

in confinement. The tarsi of these, if subsequently reproduced,

were invariably four-jointed.

Newport” has noticed a similar special liability to injury in the

long posterior legs of Scolopendra.

It is of course possible that the four-jointed form of tarsus may

be occasionally of congenital] origin, but the balance of evidence

indicates clearly that in S. orientalis, at all events, it is a result of

the loss of the normal tarsus.

1 «Sur Ja régénération tetramérique du tarse des Phasmides,” Compt. Rend.

Acad. Sci. séance de 28 Juin, 1897.

2 “On the Reproduction of Lost Parts in Myriapoda and Insecta,” Phil.

Trans. 1844,

910 MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON THE REGENERATION [Nov. 30,

Numerical variations in the joints of reproduced appendages

have been described by several observers in other Orthoptera than

the Blattide and in certain other groups of the tracheate Arthro-

poda, As has been pointed out, the phenomena of reproduction

ot the legs and the special features of the peculiar form of tarsus

associated therewith in the Cockroach must be considered with

some reference to what is known of the reproduction of lost parts

in the Arthropoda generally. The close connection between the

phenomena of reproduction of appendages and ecdysis permits the

insertion at this place of certain facts noticed during the mutilation

experiments already briefly described.

Immediate effects of mutilation—A drop of blood appeared on

the cut or ruptured surface of the leg, but clotted in a minute or

two, thus preventing further hemorrhage. The loss of part or

the whole of the leg seemed to inflict mechanical inconvenience

only, and an individual which had lost portions of three legs moved

about on recovery from anesthesia with fair activity and resumed

its normal habits at once. It was noticed that in nearly all cases

the remaining portions of a partially removed tarsus were very

soon dropped off, the tibia then terminating the limb. The

remaining half of a divided tibia was sometimes dropped and

sometimes retained. These losses of parts proximal to the

artificially injured region never occurred simultaneously with the

inflicted injury. In considering this matter it is necessary to bear

in mind the fact that Arthropods of several groups have the power

of throwing off their appendages in response to stimuli of various

kinds, a phenomenon to which the name autotomy has been given.

In Cockroaches there seems to exist a very slight degree of aututomy.

If thrown into boiling water they do not snap off their legs as is

the case, for instance, with many Spiders. On the other hand, a

Cockroach held by a leg not infrequently escapes by its separation

from the body when no particularly strong pull is made by the

forceps holding the limb, and with a suddenness suggestive of

autotomy. Moreover, it was noticed that the break occurs,

invariably, either at the tarso-tibial articulation or (and much

more frequently) at the suture where femur and trochanter are

fused. But if a certain degree of autotomy be admitted, it must

be remembered that, in a Cockroach preserved in spirit, a break

is effected easily at either of the above-mentioned places, while a

strong pull with the forceps is necessary to separate femur and

tibia. If the body be held and the tarsus pulled, the break occurs

at the femoro-trochanteric suture, while if the femur be held

instead, a pull on the tarsus is followed by its separation from the

tibia,

I cannot find any record of observation on this point in the

Blattidz, but in the case of the Phasmide, Scudder! observed that

in Diapheromera amputation of any portion of a leg distal to the

femoro-trochanteric suture was followed by loss before the next

* Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 1869, xii. p. 99.

1897.] OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATTID&. 911

ecdysis of the remaining parts up to the suture. Scudder does not

speak of immediate loss suggesting autotomy as usually understood,

but he states that the regrowth which replaced the lost parts

necessarily always commenced from the above place. On the other

hand, Bordage* describes well-marked autotomy and subsequent

reproduction in two other genera of Phasmids as always occurring

at the femoro-trochanteric suture. As in the case of the Blattide,

these observations on the Phasmide were on individuals which had

not performed their final ecdysis, after which reproduction of lost

appendages ceases.

Bordage, who employed different kinds of stimuli for bringing

about autotomy, found that the age of the individual, as well as

the mode of stimulation, was a controlling factor in the readiness

with which autotomy occurred. Heineken ’, early in this century,

experimented on the autotomy of the posterior, or jumping, legs in

genera of Gryllide, Locustide, and Acridiide ; while more recently

Frédéricq * and Contejean * have observed in detail the autotomy of

the jumping-legs of Locusta viridissima. The experiments of these

authors show that the autotomy of the jumping-legs takes place at

the femoro-trochanteric suture. [The statement of the last-named

that inasmuch as the trochanter is absent in Locusta viridissima,

the autotomous break occurs between femur and coxa, appears to

rest on the fact that in this species the trochanter is telescoped

into the coxa in such a manner as to be visible only when the

femur is removed. In a spirit-specimen a sharp pull on the femur

always leaves the trochanter still attached to the coxa. In con-

nection with this point, as well as with others in the present

enquiry, I am indebted to Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S., for much kind

advice and assistance. |

The above-mentioned authors, in addition to ascertaining that

different methods of injury and stimulation caused autotomy after

a shorter or longer latent period, demonstrated that the event is

dependent on the integrity of the third pair of thoracic ganglia,

and is as truly a reflex action as the autotomy exhibited by the

appendages of Decapod Crustacea, or the tail in certain Lizards.

In connection with these observations it must be noted that the

power of reproducing lost legs is usually supposed to be absent in

the Orthoptera Saltatoria. Graber’ has observed reproduction

of the antenne in Gryllus and Locusta, but could not obtain

reproduction of the tarsi. For further information the writings

1 “ Phénoménes d’autotomie observés chez les nymphes de Monandroptera in-

uncans et de Rhaphiderus scabrosus,’ Comptes-Rendus Acad. Sci. 1897, exxiv.

pp. 210 & 378.

2 Loc. cit. p. 427.

3 « Tes mutilations spontanées ou l’autotomie,” Rev. Scientifique, 1886, sér. 3,

xii. p. 615.

il Sur l’autotomie chez la Sauterelle et le Lézard,” Compt.-Rend. Acad. Sci.

1890, exi. p. 611.

> “Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte und Reproductionsfahigheit der Ortho-

pteren,” Sitzungsb. der Akad. d. Wiss., Math.-naturw. CL. ly. Bd. i., Wien, 1867 ;

also Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xix. p. 147.

912 MR. H. Il. BRINDLEY ON THE REGENERATION [ Noy. 30,

of the above-mentioned authors and those of Durieu ', Frédéricq *,

Peyerimhoff*, and Werner * may be referred to. More recently,

however, Griffini®, quoting the above in connection with cases

he has observed of apparent reproduction of appendages in

Gomphocerus, Oedipoda, and Pristes, concludes that, as is the case

in the Cursoria, reproduction may not improbably occur during

the post-embryonic development of the Saltatoria also.

From these statements it appears that more extended observations

would show that among the Orthoptera alone the more immediate

effects of injury to a limb differ considerably in the several tribes

of the order. While in some genera a slight stimulus may bring

about immediate autotomy at a certain fixed place, in others little

or no autotomy is observable even when strong means of stimulation,

such as amputation of the more distal portions of a limb, are

employed, the injury in such cases being followed sometimes by

the eventual dropping away of certain portions of the remaining

stump, and sometimes by the retention of the entirestump. Again,

though the subject of autotomy necessarily bears a close relation to

that of reproduction of lost parts, there seems to be no direct

ratio between the degree of antotomy exhibited and the power of

reproduction possessed in any particular case.

More or less parallel are the diverse results obtained from

mutilation of the limbs in different genera of Arachnida recorded

by Heineken *, Blackwall’, Parize*, and Frédéricq*, to whose

work fuller reference will be made later on in connection with

the phenomena of reproduction of the lost parts.

Mortality in confinement.—About 25°/, of the 833 mutilated

individuals died before accomplishing an ecdysis. Apparently this

mortality was not due to the injuries inflicted, for it was not

excessive in the period immediately following mutilation, but

occurred at a steady rate throughout the experiment. The animals

were kept in three glass-fronted boxes 24x 8x10 inches in size,

and provided with narrow dark shelters imitating the crevices

haunted by Cockroaches when at large. The boxes remained

throughout the experiment in a room kept at a temperature of

16°C. It is very possible that these arrangements reproduced the

natural habitats too imperfectly and that overcrowding, or want

1 “ Notes sur quelques Orthopteéres,” Petites Nouv. Entomol. 1876, no. 158.

? Loe. cit.; also ‘La Lutte pour l’existence chez les Animaux Marins’ (Paris,

1889), p. 259.

8 «Note sur l’atrophie des membres chez les Orthoptéres,” Miscellanea

Entomologica, 1896, iv. p. 70.

4 “ Selbstverstiimmelung bei Heuschrecken,” Zool. Anzeiger, 1892, Jahrg. xv.

p. 58.

* “Di un Pristes tuberosus anomalo,” Boll. de Musei di Zool. ed Anat. Comp.

Torino, 1896, xi. no. 234; also “‘Di due Acrididi anomali,” iid. xi. no. 256.

® Loe. cit.

7 “Report on some recent Researches into the Structure, Functions, and

Economy of the Araneidea made in Great Britain,” Brit. Assoe. Rep. 1845,

. 62.

* “T’amputation réflexe des pattes des Crustacés,” Rev. Scientifique, 1886,

sér. 3, x1. p. 379. ¥ ioc. cits

1897.] OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATTIDE. 913

of sufficient space for running about, was the chief cause of this

degree of mortality. That it was abnormally high seems probable,

especially in view of the facts which will be mentioned later on,

concerning the hatching of the egg-cases. Moreover, though

Cockroaches once established in a building may become extremely

numerous, their slowness in spreading in the neighbourhood is

well known, and it is probable that we by no means understand

what conditions are most favourable to this imported species. I

succeeded, however, in maintaining a few individuals in health for

nearly two years and one lived for rather over that time, and

eventually escaped from confinement. Bread and cake were always

readily eaten, but the animals seemed to pay no attention toa

moist sponge always kept in the cages. With large numbers in

one cage it was impossible to observe how often any one individual

made a meal, but Dr. Sharp * has called attention to the very small

amount of food that is required to maintain a Cockroach in good

condition, and that many weeks of starvation seem to make little

difference to the animal. In the case of my own Cockroaches, a

weak individual was never attacked by his companions, but the soft

parts of the dead were soon devoured, as were all cast skins not

removed from the cages. These latter were certainly not always

eaten by their owners, though occasionally they were.

Occurrence of the Eedyses—On this subject the monograph of

Miall and Denny * contains the following statement in quotation

of Cornelius * :—‘ The first change of skin occurs immediately after

escape from the egg-capsule, the second four weeks later, the

third at the end of the first year, and each succeeding moult after

a year’s interval. At the sixth month the insect becomes a ‘ pupa,’

and at the seventh (being now four years old) it assumes the form of

the perfect insect. The changes of skin are annual and, like ferti-

lization and oviposition, take place in the summer months only.

These statements are partly based on observations of captive

Cockroaches, and are the only ones accessible; but they require

confirmation by independent observers, especially as they altogether

differ from Hummel’s account of the life-history of Blatta germanica,

and are at variance with the popular belief that new generations

of the Cockroach are produced with great rapidity.”

The observation of Hummel* referred to is that Phyllodromia

germanica performs six ecdyses between April and September,

and becomes adult within seven months from hatching out of

the egg-capsule. My own observations on the post-embryonic

development of S. ortentalis may now be described.

In the first place great difficulty was experienced in obtaining

1 Cambr. Nat. Hist. v. p. 229.

2 «The Structure and Life-history of the Cockroach (Periplaneta orientalis)’

(London, 1886), p. 23.

3 ‘Beitrage zur naheren Kenntniss von Periplaneta orientalis. Elberfeld,

1853.

4 Quelques observations sur la Blatte germanique.” Hssais Entomolo-

giques. I. St. Pétersbourg, 1821.

914 MR. H, H. BRINDLEY ON THE REGENERATION [Noy.30,

undoubtedly newly hatched individuals. Between 500 and 600

egg-capsules were collected from bakehouses and kitchens in

Cambridge, very mauy of them immediately after deposition by

the females.

At first they were placed in an incubator in the Zoological

Laboratory in a constant temperature of 38° C., but so little

success attended this method that the capsules obtained later

were left undisturbed, as nearly as possible in the exact spots

where they had been deposited. But from the whole number of

capsules observed, only 20 hatchings were obtained, the total

number of young thus raised being 210, an average of 10-5 young

from each capsule, which in this species normally contains

16 embryos.

If this observation may be regarded as resting on a fairly

sufficient number of instances, it would seem that a large

proportion of the egg-cases deposited do not hatch out, and

also that some of the young in those that do hatch never

appear. As ail the cases that hatched did so within a few days

after deposition, while the others examined long after were

invariably found to be quite brittle and dried up inside, it seems

unlikely that the non-hatching of the greater number observed

was merely a result of allowing insufficient time for hatching to

take place. If this view be accepted, it affords a partial explana-

tion of the well-known tardiness with which this species spreads.

With regard to the time of year when ecdysis occurred, the

following observations were made. The mutilated Cockroaches

commenced living in captivity during the first three months of

the year. The dates of 235 observed ecdyses were distributed

thus :—

Marehs oid ais 4 ecdyses.

Apribigghcn te. sre LD ike

Mayes wie wise ASA nly;

Sines khaniee 92) vite

uly aiew es 22 Tet ty,

August ...... Bat io iy

September.... 4 ,,

That the number of ecdyses during the maximum _ period

increased rather more rapidly than it declined, is apparent from

the following :—

May, 3rd week........ 4 ecdyses.

titthlt syloweccse ats. Bin '-gy

Junejdstrr sprees t 12 e

See OTA Sh tere es 1 ae

seat STUER, ects soy sites 21 %

vt, abba a arta arett Atoms

July, tater ee So! 25S,

Be TTL ae I BE DP <a

5 ake ke SN oats 10 a

ae PA hee ok tie eens

1897.] OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATTID#, 915

The dates when ecdysis occurred indicated no relation with

either age or sex, and the final ecdyses at which the adult

condition commenced were distributed over the whole period in

the same ratio as those of still immature individuals.

The statement by Cornelius, that the post-embryonic develop-

ment of S. orientalis extends over several years, received distinct

confirmation from my observations, though to a very imperfect

extent, as the purpose for which the immature individuals were

kept in captivity was not primarily connected with their life-

history, and consequently they were usually removed and placed

in spirit when they had completed a single ecdysis. With regard

to the statement that an ecdysis is performed immediately on

leaving the egg-case, I failed to observe the actual emergence of

the young therefrom, though in several cases I examined them

within twenty-four hours of their hatching out. With these

I could find no trace of cast cuticles, nor did any ecdysis occur

for a week succeeding the examination. It is quite possible,

however, that ecdysis did occur almost simultaneously with

hatching, and that the cuticles shed were speedily devoured, as

the young of this species commence to feed within a few hours of

hatching. As already mentioned, the four-jointed form of tarsus

was found in young only -4 cm. in body-length, which appears,

from measurements I have made, to be the length of newly

hatched individuals. Whether or not such very young individuals

could have lived Jong enough to suffer loss of a tarsus, perform

ecdysis, and reproduce the lost part it is not possible to decide.

As regards the statement that two further ecdyses are per-

formed in the first year, I was able only to ascertain that

individuals of less than half the adult size may cast their cuticle

twice within five months. This observation was made on eleven

individuals which performed an ecdysis in April or May. These

were isolated from the others and were observed to again shed the

cuticle on different dates between June 7th and August 21st. The

body-length of these individuals ranged from ‘6 to ‘95 em. after

the second ecdysis noted (the mean length of an adult being

2:1 cm.). The shortest time between two ecdyses observed was

forty-three days (April 25th to June 7th). More than two

ecdyses were not observed in a single individual, even among the

several which were kept in captivity for about two years. It is,

however, quite possible that an ecdysis occurred occasionally

without being detected, as during certain weeks the animals were

looked at only every other day. So far as these observations

go, it will be seen that they confirm the statement of Cornelius

that the post-embryonic development of this species is relatively

long.

The Act of Ecdysis——The mode of shedding the cuticle is

described and illustrated by Miall and Denny’, to whose account

it may be added that the whole process usually lasts for two

or three hours, though sometimes the crumpled mass of cast

1 Op. cit. p. 32.

916 ON REGENERATION OF THE LEGS IN THE BLATIID. [Nov. 30,

cuticle remains adhering to the hinder end of the abdomen for

more than a day after. Coloration of the new cuticle commences

as blotches on the dorsal surface and extends gradually to the

outlying parts, the extremities of the limbs becoming completely

coloured by the end of the third day after ecdysis. The animal

remains unusually still during this period and eats very little,

apparently not at all during the first day.

Loss of Appendages during Ecdysis.—Five cases were observed

in which normal, and apparently uninjured, tarsi were broken off

during ecdysis. This may result from a struggle to free the leg

during its sliding away from inside the old cuticle. As already

pointed out, the region where a break in the leg occurs most easily

is the suture between the femur and trochanter, so that these

occurrences of a break at a normally stronger point may perhaps be

accepted as an indirect argument that there is a certain degree of

autotomy in the usual rupture between femur and trochanter.

Note on the Numerical Proportion of the Sexes.

Among the whole number of adult specimens collected for the

purposes of the present enquiry, the actual and percentage distri-

bution of the sexes were :—

Male. Female. |

P, americana .....04.. 371 C3! | 379 50°3°/,

P. australasi@ ......... 118 51°3°/, | 112 48'7°/ 5

P. germantca ........- 47 4619/5. I 55 53°9°/,

S. orientalis .........+4. 505 30°9°/, 1130 69°1°/,

As the habits of the two sexes are similar, the above is probably

a fairly accurate indication of their usual numerical proportion,

except possibly in the case of Phyllodromia germanica.

In a future communication I hope to give an account of the

structure of the reproduced leg with special reference to the four-

jointed tarsus, and also of certain cases in which apparently

reproduced tarsi were found to be in a three-jointed condition.

' ; "3

‘

iu u

;

ney

7” lee

ea :

om. b :

: ; a

Sig ” “sis

a -

res

#- r

ibs

ar)

thy pe

‘SVDOID SIAATOAAALS

YT TP woaay |p

Quit soag utequryy

1897.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A GIGANTIC SEA-PERCH, 917

2. On a Gigantic Sea-Perch, Stereolepis gigas.

By G. A. Boutrenerr, F.R.S.

[Received September 30, 1897.]

(Plate LIT.)

Since the publication of the first volume of the new Catalogue

of Fishes, the Trustees of the British Museum have acquired,

through the kind mediation of Prof. C. H. Gilbert, two specimens

of the little-known Stercolepis gigas, Ayres, from the coast of

California, J am thus enabled to supplement our knowledge of

this fish, especially with regard to the skeleton, of which nothing

was known beyond the statement, by Hilgendorf, that Japanese

specimens (Megaperca ischinagi, Hilg.) have 12+14 vertebra.

The conclusion arrived at from a comparison of the descriptions,

that Megaperca ischinagi is specifically identical with Stereolepis

gigas, is confirmed by the study I have made of these specimens

and their comparison with a photograph of the type of the former

species, preserved in the Berlin Museum, for which I am indebted

to the kindness of Prof. Hilgendorf. I must particularly insist

on this point, since my identification has not been accepted by

Jordan and Evermann, who in their‘ Fishes of America’ published

1896, agree with me only in so far as the generic identity goes,

remarking that ‘Mr. Boulenger is probably im error in placing

this Japanese species [Megaperca ischinagi| in the synonymy of

Stereolepis gigas.” These authors, however, do not seem to have

examined many Californian specimens, nor to be aware of the

range of their variations, since they ascribe to them “ ventrals

long, reaching vent,” whereas the large specimen before me has

these fins rather short and widely separated from the vent, just as

in the Japanese specimen in the Berlin Museum.

I will first proceed with a short description of the external

characters from the larger Californian specimen, 1°4 metres long,

and add a few notes taken from the photograph of the nearly

equally large (over one metre) Japanese specimen. The account of

the skeleton which follows is drawn up from a specimen 9 decim.

long, with the vertebral column somewhat malformed in its caudal

portion.

Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 33 times in

total iength. Crown flat; snout convex, 23 diameter of eye,

which is 7 times in length of head and 22 in interorbital width ;

lower jaw projecting ; maxillary extending to below centre of eye,

the width of its distal extremity nearly equalling diameter of eye.

Greater part of head scaly; maxillary naked; preopercle finely

serrated; no opercular spines, they becoming worn and blunt

with increasing age. Gill-rakers strong, longest as long as gill-

fringes, § on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XI 9; origi-

nating immediately behind vertical of axilla; spinous and soft

portions confluent but deeply notched, the former twice as long

and only half as deep as the latter; 5th—7th spines subequal,

longest, } length of head. Pectoral asymmetrical, rounded, with

918 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A GIGANTIC SEA-PERCH. [Noy. 30,

20 rays, 4 length of head. Ventral slightly shorter than pectoral,

measuring 3 the distance between its base and the origin of the

anal. Latter short, III 8, originating below middle of soft

dorsal; spines adnate, very indistinct. Caudal feebly notched,

middle rays } length of outer. All the soft fins covered with

very minute scales. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Scales

rough, 115 13; lat. 1.80. Uniform blackish brown.

A comparison of these notes with Hilgendorf’s description

shows agreement on all points save the number of soft dorsal rays,

which is ascribable to mere individual variation, since other

Californian specimens have 10 rays just as in the Japanese. The

resemblance with the photograph further confirms the probable

identity ; the curious shape of the head, the proportions of the body

and fins, even the slightly emarginate caudal and the indistinctness

of the anal spines are the same in both, as any ichthyologist may

conyince himself on inspection of the plate appended to this

paper. The scales are a little larger in the Japanese specimen, but

this difference appears to me to be within the limits of individual

variation, as ascertained in the gigantic Perches of the genera

Polyprion and Epinephalus. The stronger angles of the caudal in

the Californian specimen do not seem to afford a reliable character

since Jordan and Evermann describe the fin as “ nearly truncate.”

Skull very similar to that of Polyprion, to which genus Stereo-

lepis is nearer alhed than to any other. Ascending processes of

premaxillaries short, not extending to the frontals, which are

large, broad, rugose but without crests; parietal and supraoccipital

bones not extending forwards to between posttrontal processes ;

supraoccipital crest low; second subcrbital bone developing a

subocular lamina which is longer than broad and rounded behind ;

supplemental maxillary bone well developed, half the length and

one-third the width of the maxillary. Jaws, vomer, and palatines

with yillose bands of minute sharp teeth.

Vertebre 12414. First and second with slender epipleurals

attached to the neural arch; third, fourth, and fifth with strong

sessile ribs with epipleurals attached at a considerable distance

from their base ; from the sixth vertebra, the ribs are borne by

parapophyses which gradually increase in length; the last three

precaudal parapophyses connected ventrally by a bridge; the

last two epipleurals attached to the parapophyses of the eighth

and ninth vertebre. Ribs much dilated, especially the last three,

with broad inner crest. First interhemal suspended from the

first caudal vertebra.

The vertebral formula, as tabulated on p. 115 of the ‘ Catalogue

of Fishes,’ is as follows :—

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H.

26 12 2 4 0 6 3 14

Two specimens are represented in the drawing now exhibited

(Plate LIL.), the upper figure being taken from the stuffed Cali-

fornian specimen described above, the lower from a photograph of

the type of Megaperca ischinagi, from Japan, preserved in the

Berlin Museum.

‘SONIHYAXO SNYUWHLONUALS

duai soag use qurpy

WLI? TPP IMIG PA

SUIS Tel AGRI S 4a

1897 +] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW TORTOISE. 919

3. Description of a new Tortoise of the Genus Sternotherus.

By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

[Received October 6, 1897.]

(Plate LIII.)

Among some living Tortoises from the Society’s Gardens,

recently submitted to me for identification, there was a specimen

of Sternotherus, received on deposit on September 30th, which

does not fall into the definition of any of the species hitherto

described. Its locality is unfortunately unknown, but as it was

accompanied by specimens of Sternothwrus adansont it probably

came from some part of Tropical Africa.

STERNOTHERUS OXYRHINUS, sp. un. (Plate LITT.)

Carapace rather elongate, not serrated behind, with an interrupted

keel terminating in a low knob on the second, third, and fourth

vertebral shields; second and third vertebral shields as long as

broad, fourth a little longer than broad; dorsal shields feebly

areolate. Intergular shield large, twice as long as broad; suture

between the abdominal shields once and two-thirds as long as that

between the femorals, which equals that between the anals ;

pectoral shields forming together a very short suture ; outer border

of the pectoral shields much shorter than the humerals, equalling

the length of the inner border of the latter shields. Hind lobe of

plastron as broad as the front lobe, which is freely movable, with

moderately deep crescentic: notch posteriorly. Head large,

triangular ; snout as long as the orbit, pointed, strongly projecting ;

nostrils not visible from above; upper jaw neither hooked nor

bicuspid ; suture between the frontal shields a little longer than

interorbital width, equal to length of mandibular symphysis.

Two rather long mental barbels. Shell black; head black above,

with yellowish-brown marblings; labial region yellow, with black

vertical streaks ; upper surface of neck, forearm and hand, and

upper surface of leg and foot dark brown; the rest of the soft

parts carneous white. Iris dark grey.

Length of shell 165 millimetres.

This species is nearest related to S. derbianus, from which it is

well distinguished by the pointed and more prominent snout.

920 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON VANDELLIA CIRRHOSA. [Dec. 14,

December 14, 1897.

Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwry-Austmn, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1897 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

' month of November were 130 in number. Of these 59 were

acquired by presentation, 33 by purchase, 35 were received on

deposit, and 3 were bred in the Gardens. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 139.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to a

young male Gazelle from Djiboutil, Abyssinia, presented by Dr. L.

de Gebert on November 17th, which appears to be referable to

Speke’s Gazelle (Gazella spekii), being the first individual of this

species received alive by the Society.

Head of Gazella spekii, 3 jr.

I exhibit a drawing of the head of this animal, showing the

protuberance of the nose, which is perceptible even at this young

stage.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., read the following note :—“«In

order that I might satisfy myself as to the possibility of the small

fish Vandellia cirrhosa penetrating into the human urethra (see

above, page 901), Prof. C. Stewart kindly took me to St. Thomas’s

1897. | MR, J. GRAHAM KERR ON LEPIDOSIREN. 921

Hospital on the 7th inst., when I was able to introduce without

ditficulty a no. 12 catheter, 53 millim. in diameter, into the urethra

of amale subject lying for post-mortem examination. The calibre of

the fish being only 3 to 4 millim., no doubt can be raised as to its

being able to enter the orifice of the urethra in the manner that has

been described by various travellers in Brazil.”

A communication was read from Dr. E. A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S.,

Director of the Paré Museum, on his recent discovery of Lepido-

siren (Lepidosiren paradowa) on the Lower Amazon. From 1894 up

to the date of his paper he had obtained five specimens, of which one

had been found in the island of Marajé at the mouth of the river, one

near Santarem, and the remaining three in the neighbourhood of

Obydos. One of the specimens from Obydos was alive,and Dr. Goeldi

had been able to keep it under observation for about four months.

Of the five specimens, four were females, the fifth and male

showing on its one remaining hind limb the peculiar papille

described and figured by Prof. Lankester in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’ Dr. Goeldi gave the dimensions of his specimens and

alluded to the asymmetric position of the cloacal opening. As

regards colour, amongst living animals, he believed, brown pre-

dominated, and he was of opinion that the great variation in the

colour of preserved specimens was due to the action of alcohol,

The limb-axis was found to be distinctly segmented.

The lateral-line system was shortly described. On each side of

the body were three lines, of which the middle and lower ones were

fairly continuous, the dorsal one consisting, on the other hand, of

a series of short vertical lines one behind the other. What the

precise relations of these were to the general metamerism of the

animal Dr. Goeldi was unable to say.

In regard to the creature’s habits, Dr. Goeldi stated that it was

an inhabitant of submerged regions where the water was com-

paratively shallow. In the dry season it was found in small pools

left by the retiring waters, and there it was fond of performing

violent movements, lashing the water with its tail. In the dry

season there was little doubt that the Lepidosiren remained hidden

in the lower regions of the mud. The specimen in captivity had not

been seen to feed, though offered a variety of food. It came to the

surface at intervals to breathe in air, the intervals being shorter

in a smaller and longer in a larger tank. The surface of the body

gave off a gluey material, which formed whitish flakes in the water.

In habits the creature was sluggish, unless disturbed, and then it

performed elegant and varied evolutions in the water.

Dr. Goeldi’s memoir will be publishea in full in the Society’s

‘ Transactions.’

Mr. J. Graham Kerr, F.Z.8., gave a short account of his recent

expedition to the Gran Chaco of Paraguay with the object of inves-

tigating the development of Lepidosiren. He was accompanied by

Mr. J. 8S. Budgett, of Trinity College, Cambridge, and was assisted

Proc. Zoon. Soc,—1897, No, LXT. 61

922 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON LEPIDOSIREN. [Dec. 14,

by a grant from the Balfour Fund of Cambridge University.

The two travellers left England in August 1896 and proceeded to

Asuncion, the capital of Paraguay. From there they ascended the

river Paraguay to a point slightly above the mouth of its

affluent, the Aquidaban, and then struck out in a nearly westerly

direction into the interior of the Chaco. They had as their

objective a point named Waikthlatingmayalwa, where two English

missionaries resided, and where Lepidosiren was in considerable

abundance. Having arrived at this point they made it their

headquarters for the next few months, Mr. Kerr devoting himself

to the study ef Lepidosiren, Mr. Budgett to general zoology,

more especially to the Batrachians.

A short description of the habits and habitat of Lepidosiren was

given, together with an outline of the more salient features in its

development.

In size the specimens met with ranged up to 105 cm. in total

length, the females being markedly larger on the average than the

males. In numbers the two sexes appeared about equal, although

from the manner of catching them more females were actually

obtained. The ground-colour was extremely variable, as a rule

very dark, nearly black, but with a greater or less extent of pale

mottling, especially ventrally. Occasional specimens showed a deep

brown in place of the usual slaty-black colour. The skin secreted

a copious mucus which rapidly precipitated mud in suspension in

the water. The males during most of the year showed the papille

described by Lankester, but at the breeding-season these grew out

into blood-red filaments one or two inches in length.

The eggs were large (7 mm. in diameter) and laid in an under-

ground burrow, and apparently usually guarded by the male. The

segmentation was in its later stages complete, but very unequal.

The gastrulation recalled that of the Lamprey and of Amphibians.

Eventually there hatched out a tadpole-like larva, devoid of pig-

ments, the horny egg-shell undergoing a process of digestion betore

splitting. The larve were remarkable for the extremely well-

developed sucker and the large external gills (strikingly Amphibian

features said to be absent in Ceratodus). The external gills were

four in number on each side. About six weeks after hatching the

external gills atrophied, as did also the sucker ; the creature assumed

a much darker, almost black colour, and its habits became much

more active. The young Lepidosiren remained in the nest till

-about 60 mm. Jong. For nearly three months it lived on the yolk

in the walls of the enteron, but did not eat at all. About this time

yellow spots appeared on the larva, and it remained so spotted till

over one toot in length.

The young Lepidosirens had proportionally larger limbs than

the adult, and used them much in irregular alternation in clamber-

ing through the mud.

A remarkable point was that during the night the black chromato-

phores all shrank up, so that the creature was of a nearly pure white

with round yellow spots,

1897.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 923

In habits the Lepidosiren was sluggish, wriggling about amongst

the dense vegetation. It was in most cases nearly blind, merely

distinguishing light and shade, and was very sensitive to vibrations

in the water. It fed on large ampullarias and on iasses of

confervee &c.

On the approach of the dry season it ceased to eat entirely :

the muscles especially of its tail underwent fatty degeneration.

It became sluggish in its habits, remaining in its burrow, and as

the waters completely dried up it remained in the mud, breathing

air by means of an air-hole.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a small Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F.

Gillett in Somali-land. By A. G. Burizr, Ph.D.,

B.S -, F708. we:

[Received October 19, 1897.]

Examples of the following species were collected by Mr. F.

Gillett in Somali-land during the present year (1897), and, although

unhappily in poor condition, owing to the fact that they were

attacked by mites, are of interest as adding to our knowledge of

the Lepidopterous fauna of that country. No new species are

represented in the collection.

RHOPALOCERA.

1. Livas curysiprvs, L.

Vars. L. klugit and L. dorippus.

Beichen, 22nd January, 1897.

2. MBLANITIS ISMEN®, Cr.

Berbera, 13th January.

3. CHARAXES ACH EMENES, Felder.

Dimoley, 23rd January.

4, CHARAXES KIRKII, Butler

3, Dimoley, 23rd January.

5. JUNONIA SESAMUS, Trimen.

Sheik, 26th January.

6. JUNONIA Booris, Trimen.

Sheik, 26th January.

7. Junonia TaveTa, Roghf,

Dimoley, 23rd January,

; 61*

924 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. [Dec. 14,

8. Hyvorimmnas misrprus, L.

33, 22, Dhobar, 21st, and Beichen, 23rd January.

9. Bypiia aAcHELOIA, Wllgr.

Locality not on specimen.

10. Byprira 1L1THy1a, Drury.

Dimoley, 23rd January.

11. AcRmA BRzsIA, Godman.

Sheik, 26th January.

12. PARDOPSIS PUNCTATISSIMA, Boisd.

No exact locality recorded on specimen.

13, Azanus sEsous, Guérin.

No exact locality noted.

14, Tarucus THEOPHRASTUS, Fabr.

Sooksooder, 3rd January.

15. Castanius Lactinatus, Butler.

No special locality recorded of this rare little species.

16. Hyruvs ? sp.

Too much worn for identification.

17. ZERITIS PERION, Cramer.

No exact locality noted.

18, Myrina FICEDULA, Trimen.

No exact locality noted.

19. SprNDASIS BELLATRIX, Butler.

Beichen, 22nd January.

The type was described from Suakin.

20. MyLorHRis AGATHINA, Cramer.

21. TmRACOLUS CALAIS, Cramer.

Beichen, 22nd January.

22. TrRACOLUS PHISADIA, Godt.

No exact locality noted: the species is new to Somali-land.

23. THRACOLUS PHILLIPSII, Butler.

Beichen, 22nd January.

24, CATOPSILIA FLORELLA, Fabr.

Dimoley, 23rd January.

1897. ] ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. 92

25. BHLENOIS MESENTINA, var. LORDACA, Walker.

Dhobar, 21st, Beichen, 22nd January ; Berbera, January.

26, SAPHA PARADISHA, var., Butler.

Dimoley, 23rd January.

27. RHOPALOCAMPTA ANCHISES, Gerst.

Dhobar, 21st January.

Apparently a common species.

HETEROCERA.

All of these excepting one are referable to the Noctuw.

28. AGRoris sp. (too bad for recognition).

Dhobar, 21st January.

29. ACHAA MELICERTE, Drury.

Dhobar, 21st January.

30. SPHINGOMORPHA MONTEIRONIS, Butler.

No special locality recorded.

31. OrrHODES TIRHACA, Cramer.

Goolis Mountains, Galeed, 13th February.

32, AVATHA LEUCOPTERA, Hampson.

Beichen, 22nd January.

33. CASAMA VILIS, Walker.

Beichen, 22nd January

This is a Leparid.

2. On the Mammals obtained by Mr. A. Whyte in. Nyasa-

land, and presented to the British Museum _ by

Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.; being a fifth Contribution

to the Mammal-fauna of Nyasaland. By O1prieip

THOMAS.

[Received October 25, 1897.]

(Plate LIV.)

In June and July 1896 Mr. Alexander Whyte, the well-known

collector, made an expedition into Northern Nyasaland for the

purpose of investigating the fauna of that part of the territories

administered by Sir Harry Johnston. The expedition proved

remarkably successful, for besides the large number of specimens

of other groups obtained, Mr. Whyte brought back the fine

collection of mammals of which the present paper gives an

account.

926 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS (Dee. 14,

The chief localities where Mr. Whyte collected were the Nyika

Plateau (about 10° 30'S., and 33° 30' E.), the Masuku Plateau,

slightly further northw: ards, and Fort Hill (about 9° 40'S., 33°

20' E.), these localities all lying just to the west of the north end

of Lake Nyasa, and at altitudes of from four to seven thousand

feet. A few odd specimens were also obtained at Karonga and

Ruarwe on the lake shores.

I have also included in the list some few additional specimens

from Zomba and the south end of the lake, and among others the

very interesting results of a trip made by Mr. Whyte to Mount

Malosa, just north of Mount Zomba, in November, where he

obtained examples of several species not previously recorded from

Nyasaland.

Now that Mr. Whyte has retired from his labours in the

tropics, it is only fitting that in this, the last paper that will appear

on his Mammals, special reference should be made to the great value

of the services he has rendered to zoology in general, and to our

knowledge of mammais in particular, and to the way iu which, during

the past six years, he has utilized the opportunities given him by

the generosity and public spirit of Sir Harry Johnston.

As in previous papers, a few specimens are included which the

Museum owes to other members of the Nyasa Administration,

notably to Mr. Alfred Sharpe, and now that Mr. Sharpe has

succeeded to Sir Harry Johnston’s post, we may hope that by

his help our knowledge of’ the riches of the Nyasa Protectorate

will still continue to increase.

The northern region visited by Mr. Whyte proves to have a

very close affinity with that explored by the German travellers

Bohm, Reichard, and Kaiser south and south-west of Lake

Tanganyika, the mammals collected by whom were worked out by

Dr. Noack. Thus Mr. Whyte has obtained examples of several

characteristic species described from their collections, notably

Rhynchgcyon reichardi and Gerbillus béhini, both of which are forms

quite new to the fauna of Nyasaland.

The following is a list of the new species contained in the

present collection, those marked with an asterisk having been

described in a previous preliminary communication’ to the

Society :—

Macroscelides brachyrhynchus malose.

Crocidura lixa.

Myosorex sorella.

* Funisciurus lucifer.

Graphiurus johnstoni.

* Mus nytke.

*Saccostomus elegans.

*Georychus whytet.

*Thryonomys sclatert.

) Supra, pp. 430-433. See “ Abstract of Proceedings” for May 4th, 1897

(published May 7th).

“J

1897. ] FROM NYASALAND. 92

1. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS MOLONEYI, NScl.

a, 6. Giant Forest on top of Masuku Plateau, 7/97.

c,d. 2 foetus in spirit. Ditto.

e-g. No exact localities.

2. CoLoBUS PALLIATUS, Pet.

a-c. Skins. No exact localities.

2a. CoLOBUS, sp. inc.

a, 6. 2 young skins, bought from natives. “ From the mountain-

ranges east of Fyfe Station.”

3. Papio pruinosus, Thos. (?).

a. g. Fort Johnston. Shot and presented by Mr. H. C.

McDonald.

b,c. 3. Skin, and a separate skull, Zomba, 11/96.

These two specimens are coloured more like the ordinary E.

African P. thoth, and [am not certain of their identity with the

peculiar hoary-coloured P. pruinosus, although, on account of

locality, they may be provisionally referred to that species.

I am informed by Dr. Rendatl that the type specimen of

P. pruinosus did not come from Fort Johnston itself, but from

Lesumbwe, Monkey Bay, on the Livingstone Peninsula, Laike Nyasa.

4, OTOGALE KIRKI, Gray.

a, b. Young, Zomba, 11-12 Feb., 1897.

5. XANTHARPYIA STRAMINEA, Geofir.

a—-d. Mt. Malosa, 21-29 Nov., 1896.

6. RHINOLOPHUS CAPENSIS, Licht.

a. o. Fort Hill, July 1896.

7. NYCTERIS CAPENSIS, Geoffr.

a. In spirit. Ruarwe, W. coast Lake Nyasa.

8. PipisrRELLuS, sp. (? P. kuhli, Natt.).

a-c. In spirit. N. Nyasa. “Label lost: either Nyika or

Masuku.”

I do not venture definitely to say that these Bats are P. kuhli,

which is a native of the southern Palearctic Region, and has never

hitherto been found south of Abyssinia, but I can find no definite

character on which to separate them. They even have the

characteristic white edging to the wing-membrane so constantly

found in the northern form.

9. Myoris! Bocagut, Peters.

a-d. Four in spirit. Kondowe, near Karonga, N. Nyasa.

I am unable to distinguish these specimens from Peters’s

Vespertilio bocagei, originally described from Angola.

1 Vespertilio auctorum,.nec Linn. See Milier, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xx.

p. 379 (1897).

928 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [Dec. 14,

10. RuyNCHOCYON REICHARDI, Reichenow.

a,b. 3 Q. Fort Hill, July 1896.

These specimens are the first examples of this beautiful Rhyn-

chocyon that the Museum has received.

11. RuyNcHOcYON cIRNEI, Pet.

a. Mt. Zomba, 5000 ft., 24 Dec., 1896.

12. PrErTRODROMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Pet.

a. 9. Zomba, Aug. 1896.

Attention may be directed to the differences which distinguish

from each other the East-African Petrodromus (P. sultan"), that

occurring on the Rovuma R. (P. rovume), and the typical Zambesi

form. (See above, p. 434.) 4

13. MAcROSsCELIDES BRACHYRHYNCHUS, Smith.

a-f. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

g-?. In spirit. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

j-k. Fort Hill, July 1896.

These specimens belong clearly to the same species as an

Elephant-Shrew from Mashona and Matabili, of which the Museum

possesses a considerable series, thanks to the efforts of Messrs.

Darling, Selous, and Marshall.

For this species I had, until recently, considered that the

proper name was JM. fuscus, Peters, founded on a melanistic

individual from Boror, near the mouth of the Zambesi, an indi-

vidual which, Dr. Matschie is agreed with me, is specifically

identical with the reddish specimens also obtained by Dr. Peters

at Boror, Tette, and Senna. On sending one of the Nyika

examples to Dr. Matschie I am assured by him that it is precisely

identical with at least one of the Tette specimens (which are

rather variable inter se), and may be accepted as representative of

the typical non-melanistic coloration of J. fuscus.

But it has now been suggested to me by Mr. De Winton that

this widely-spread Zambesi species is not really separable from

Smith’s M. brachyrhynchus, and after a careful comparison with

Smith’s types I cannot resist coming to the same conclusion.

The two co-types have their hind feet slightly shorter than any

of the examples of ‘ JZ. fuscus,” but otherwise I can find no reason

for distinguishing them. At the same time I am assured by

Dr. Matschie that Bohm’s Marungu Maeroscelides, referred by

Noack to M. alewandri, Og., is also precisely similar to the Nyika

example, a further instance of the resemblance between the faunas

of these two localities.

14, MacroscuLiDES BRACHYRHYNCHUS MALOSA#, subsp. n.

a-c. Mt. Malosa, 5500 ft., 22-27 Nov., 1896. a. Type.

Besides the series of M. brachyrhynchus sent by Mr. Whyte from

1 Misprinted su/¢ani in the original description. The name is a substantive

in apposition,

1897.] FROM NYASALAND. 929

Northern Nyasaland, there are three examples decidedly different

in colour from Mount Malosa, just to the north of Zomba, a

locality where Mr. Whyte states that a great many peculiar forms

are found.

Size and general characters as in ordinary Zambesi examples of

M. brachyrhynchus, but the upper colour, instead of being pale

rufous, is, in ordinary lights, grizzled greyish or mouse-colour, not

far from the “ hair-brown” of Ridgway. Looked at with the light

behind one, and with the animal’s head pointing almost directly

away (a position which turns the pale rufous of WM. brachyrhynchus

into a silvery lilac), the colour turns nearly a pure ashy grey.

Sides buffy, belly white. On the rump the hairs surrounding the

naked area at the root of the tail are pale rufous, exactly as in

M. brachyrhynchus, but owing to the difference in the dorsal colour

they present a marked contrast to the rest, so that the rump is

conspicuously different to the back. Face, like back, greyer than

in M. brachyrhynchus ; the whitish ring round the eye is slightly

interrupted in the centre above, and broadly so at the posterior

canthus, where a blackish streak or smear is formed, running

backwards from the eye ; the hairs in the same position in WM. brachy-

rhynchus are not darker than the rest of the face.

Skull apparently not markedly different from that of M. brachy-

rhynchus, allowing for the range of variation found in that

animal, It is, perhaps, rather narrower across the brain-case, the

nasals are slightly broader for their middle third, and the teeth,

especially the premolars, seem to average rather smaller.

Measurements of the type, an adult 2 in skin :—

Head and body (stretched) 144 mm.; tail 103; hind foot 29;

ear 17-5.

Skull: basal length 29°8; greatest length 34; greatest breadth

17:4; interorbital breadth 5°6; breadth of brain-case 13-4; front

of i.’ to back of last molar (m.*) 16-5.

Hab. Mount Malosa, 5500 ft. Coll. 22 Nov., 1896.

Type. B.M. No. 97. 10.1. 41.

In his report on one of these specimens sent to him for ex-

amination, Dr. Matschie tells me that the four Tette Macroscelides

examples in the Berlin Museum are very variable in colour,

ranging from the ordinary rufous of M. brachyrhynchus to a much

darker shade, and it is owing to this fact that I now consider the

Malosa form as merely a subspecies. The type of M. fuscus, as

already noted, is a melanistic example, still in milk-dentition, of

the ordinary Zambesi form. That it is not IZ. b. malose is shown

at once by the dark colour of its belly and eye-rings.

15. CrocipuRa (CR.), sp. inc.

a. 3d. Fort Hill, July 1896.

A large species, apparently allied to C. anchiete, Boc.

16. Crocipura (CR.), sp. inc.

a-c. Kombe, Masuku Range, 7000 it., July 1896.

d, e. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

930) MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS (Dec. 14,

f-i. In spirit. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

Jj, &. Gomba, Aug. 1896, and 6 Feb., 1897.

i-n. Mt. Malosa, 22-26 Nov., 1896.

o. Mt. Milanji, 27 Nov., 1896.

Medium-sized Shrews, allied to C. hirta and C. annellata, Peters.

17. CrocipuRa (CR.), sp. ine.

a. Nyika Plateau, June 1896.

A small species, allied to C. selacea, Thos.

A specimen of this same Shrew was sent from Zomba by

Mr. Whyte in 1894.

18. CrocipURA (PACHYURA) LIXA, sp. n.

a. 3. In spirit, Nyika Plateau. Type (No. 97. 10. 1. 62).

b. 2. Inspirit. “N. Nyasa, Nyika or Masuku.”

Asmall Pachyura with tail of medium length, the second uni-

cuspid smaller than the third.

Size about the same as in the last species. General colour

pale greyish, but spirit-specimens only examined. Belly-hairs slaty

basally, white terminally. Lateral gland well developed in male,

small in female, just level with the wrist when the arm is laid

backwards. Upper surface of hands and feet white. Tail longer

than the body without the head, pale brownish above, white below,

the usual long hairs distinct.

Anterior upper incisor rather short, well hooked, its posterior

cusp about half the height of the second incisor, the anterior uni-

cuspid. Third unicuspid decidedly larger than the second, which

is unusually small, but little larger than the well-developed fourth !.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in spirit :—

Head and body 67 mm.; tail 51; hind foot 12.

Skull: basal length 17-2; greatest length including teeth 20-1;

greatest breadth anteriorly 6°2, posteriorly 8-7; interorbital

breadth 4-4; palate length from gnathion 8:1.

Specimen 6, 9, has its head and body 64 mm.; tail 50 and

hind foot 12 mm.

19. MyosoreEx (?) SORELLA, sp. n.

a. 3. In spirit, Masuku Plateau, 6000 ft. Type (No. 97.

10. 1. 64).

A small Shrew with a very long tail; number and proportions

of teeth as in C. (Pachyura) lixa.

Size very small, scarcely larger than in C. varilla. Form slender.

General colour above dull slaty grey, so far as can be made out

in the spirit-specimen; under surface, at least on chest, buffy

white, the bases of the hairs slate. Hands and feet very slender,

their upper surfaces pale brown. Lateral gland indistinguishable.

Tail exceedingly long for a Shrew, nearly half as long again as the

* The relative proportions of the unicuspids are not unlike those of C. dayi,

as figured by Dobson, Mon. Insect. pl. xxviii. fig. 6.

1897.] FROM NYASALAND. 931

head and body, short-haired, brown above, rather paler below ; no

longer hairs seem to be intermixed with the short ones, but owing

to the partial loss of the hair it cannot be stated with absolute

certainty that this is the case.

Skull fairly broadly built. Anterior incisors rather short, their

posterior basal cusp very sharply pointed, reaching to scarcely one-

third the height of the succeeding tooth so far as the latter’s anterior

edge is concerned. First unicuspid long and slender, third about

half its length; second and fourth quite small, subequal, about

half the height of the third. Last upper molar of the squarish

form found in Myosorex varius. Anterior lower incisors slender,

their upper edges indistinctly notched.

Measurements of the type, an adult male in spirit :—

Head and body 60 mm. ; tail 85; hind foot 14:5.

Skull : basal length 15 ; greatest length, including incisors, 181 ;

greatest breadth anteriorly 5-8, posteriorly 8 ; interorbital breadth

4:1; palate length from gnathion 7:2.

Hab. Masuku Plateau.

On the basis of Dobson’s work, I have provisionally placed this

distinct little Shrew in the genus JJyosorew, as it seems allied by

characters both of teeth and tail to the species he termed WZ. morio

and M. johnstonii ; but I am by no means convinced that these species

are really congeneric with J. varius, the type of the genus, and that

they ought not to be considered simply as Pachyure. The length

of the tail of M. sorella will distinguish it at once from any South-

African Shrew hitherto described.

20, NANDINIA GERRARDI, Thos,

a. Native skin, Masuku Plateau.

It is unfortunate that this skin, like the two original ones, is

native made and without a skull. The cranial characters of this

striking species are therefore still unknown.

21. HeRpEsres GRACILIS, Riipp.

a. Karonga, Lake Nyasa, July 1896.

b. Lakangala, Zomba, 22 Feb., 1897.!

22. CROSSARCHUS FASCIATUS, Desin.

a. Yg. 9. Mt. Malosa, 8000 ft., 20 Nov., 1896.

23. Lycaon pictus, Temm.

a,b. 2 2 (young). Mt. Zomba, 5/12/96.

Shot by Mr. Alfred Sharpe, high up on Mount Zomba.

Both specimens retain their milk-dentition, although they have

nearly reached their full size.

24, P@CILOGALE ALBINUCHA, Gray.

a. Kombe, Masuku Range, 7000 ft., July 1896.

6. Separate skull.

932 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [Dec. 14,

25. ScIURUS MUTABILIS, Pet.

a. Nyika Plateau, June 1896.

b, c. Kombe Forest, Masuku Range, July 1896.

d-g. Lakangola, Zomba, 23-28/2/97.

26. FuNiscrurvs LuctFER, Thos. (Plate LIV.)

Xerus (Paraxerus) lucifer, above, p. 480.

a,b. Kombe Forest, Masuku Range, 7000 ft., July 1896.

a. Type (B.M. No. 97.10. 1.80).

c. Chidewah Mt., two days N.W. of Mt. Waller, 6000 ft.,

June 1896.

This splendid Squirrel is at the same time the most beautiful and

the most distinct of all the mammalian discoveries made during

the recent explorations in Nyasaland, and I have therefore thought

it worthy of a figure. So distinct is it that it is difficult to say to

what species it is most nearly allied. On the whole its nearest

relation may be considered F. pyrrhopus, in spite of the extent to

which its brilliant rufous coloration recalls F. palliatus. As it has

been already sufficiently described, no further account of it is here

necessary, but an explanation of the generic name adopted is

required.

When using in the original description the term Xerus, sub-

genus Paraxerus, I was contented to accept provisionally Dr.

Forsyth Major’s arrangement of the family’, wherein he assigned

about half of the species commonly termed “ Sciurus” to Xerus and

half to Sciurus, dividing each of these groups into several subgenera.

This general arrangement being founded on such a careful and

highly competent examination of the skulls and teeth, it was

evident that it could not be ignored, and that systematic workers

would have to consider how best they could utilize Dr. Major’s

invaluable contribution to the subject. Previous classifications

had only sorted the Squirrels according to geographical distribution,

size, or colour-markings, so that there was the greatest need of

such a scientific revision as that now referred to.

But further consideration bas convinced me that it would be

most inconvenient, even if the world in general could be brought

to do so, to accept the arrangement exactly in its present form,

with Tamias a mere subgenus of Sciwrus, with the peculiar, spiny-

furred typical Xeri placed in the same genus as such very different

forms as the little soft-furred “ X.” isabella, and with many other

difficulties which would present themselves to every worker on

the subject.

This being the case, I would now venture to suggest that all the

subgenera (with the exception of “ Atlantowerus”) in Dr. Major’s

scheme should be recognized’ for ordinary systematic purposes as

full genera, especially as all of them have long been considered as

perfectly natural groups, and have been arranged as such in the

revisions of Trouessart and other authors.

1 P.Z. 8. 1893, p. 189.

IE GeS) MSC. Ses ALIN

J.Smit del.et ith . Mintern Bros. imp.

1897.] FROM NYASALAND. 933

Unfortunately the names of these genera cannot stand as in

Dr. Major’s scheme, for (being busy with more important matters)

he has ignored nomenclatural rules and has attached provisional

names of his own to nearly all the subgenera. But these names

being antedated for the most part by the terms of Gray or Trouessart

must necessarily give way to the latter.

Using mainly ° Gray’ s revision of 1867', and Trouessart’s of

18802, and, without making prolonged nomenclatural investigations,

the following appear to be the names which the different groups

of Squirrels ‘should bear :—

1. Rheithrosciurus, Gray, 1867. Type, BR. macrotis.

2. Protoxerus, Maj. 1893. Type, P. stangerv’.

3. Xerus, Hempr. & Ehr. 1833. Type, X. rutilus.

Geosciurus, A. Smith, 1834. Type, X. capensis.

Atlantowerus, Maj. i1893%*. Type, X. getulus.

Funisciurus, Trouess. 1880. Type, F. isabella.

Paraxerus, Maj. 1893. Type, F. cepapi.

Funambulus, Less. 1832. Type, 7. palmarum’.

Rhinosciurus, Gray, 1843. Type, F. laticaudatus.

Laria and Palmista, Gray, 1867. Types, F. insignis and

palmarum.

Eouwerus, Maj. 1893. Type, FP. laticaudatus.

. Ratufa, Gray, 1867. Type, BR. indica.

Rukaia, Gray, 1867. Type, R. macrura.

Eosciurus, Trouess. 1880. Type, 2. bicolor.

. Sciurus, Linn. 1758. Type, S. vulgaris.

Macroxus, G. Cuv. 1825. Type, S. estuans.

Callosciurus, Baginia, and Erythrosciurus, Gray, 1867.

Types, S. prevostii, notatus, and ferrugineus.

Heterosciurus, Neosciurus, Parasciurus, Echinosciurus,

Heliosciurus, and Tamiasciurus, Trouess. 1880.

Types, S. erythreus, carolinensis, niger, hypopyrrhus,

annulatus, and hudsonius.

The limits of the genera would be those indicated in Dr. Major’s

paper.

27. FUNISCIURUS CEPAPI, A. Sm.

a. g. Monkey Bay, Lake Nyasa, July 1896.

This is the furthest locality northwards that the true /. cepapi

has been recorded from, the Kast-African forms of the same group

having been shown to be specifically distinct (see De Winton,

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xix. p. 573, 1897). ,

1 Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) xx. p. 270 (1867).

2 Le Nat., Oct. 1880.

3 As Dr. Major has not selected types for his group names, I have, as the

‘next reviser,’ ventured to do so for him, choosing in each case the species he

has placed first.

+ May be considered as a subgenus of true Xerws.

> *Tilustrations de Zoologie,’ text to pl. xliii. (1832). Lesson’s Funambulus

indicus is the Palm Squirrel, not the big Ratufa indica,

or)

=~y

934 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [ Dee. 14,

28. GRAPHIURUS MURINUS, F. Cuv.

a,b. 2 3. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., Juneand July 1896.

On distributional grounds these specimens should represent

Noack’s Eliomys microtis *, whose description applies better to them,

so far as colour is concerned, than to the pigmy Dormice of the

group to which the next species belongs. The nasals of Z. microtis

are, however, rather short for the murinus group, if the measure-

ments published by Reuvens * are to be depended upon.

29. GRAPHIURUS JOHNSTONI, sp. n.

a. 9. Zomba, Mar. 12,1897. Type (No. 97. 10. 1. 86).

Size very small, as in G. parvus, nanus, and smithii. Fur rather

short and close. General colour greyish buff, the hairs slaty grey

with short buff-coloured tips. Under surface greyish white, the

tips of the hairs being dull whitish; but this colour is not snowy

white, as in the allied species, nor does it extend so high up on

the sides of the neck and body. Eyes surrounded by a brownish

ring, not strongly defined, and not continued on towards the ears.

Ears short, practically naked. Hands and feet dull white above,

the proximal part of the metatarsals slightly brownish. Tail broad,

apparently much as in G. smithii, much broader than in G. nanus,

the longest hairs about 15 or 16 mm. in length; pale brown above

and below, a few of the proximal hairs only tipped with white.

Skull small and delicate; nasals extending backwards to the

level of the premaxillary processes ; brain-case less broad than in

the allied species.

Molars rather large for the size of the animal, much larger than

in G. nanus. Inciscrs unusually narrow, not flattened or grooved

in front.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female, in skin :—

Head and body 81 mm. ; tail, without hairs (¢.) 58, with hairs 74 ;

hind foot (moistened) 16.

Skull: tip of nasals to front of interparietal 21:6; greatest

breadth (c.) 12°5; nasals 8:5 x 2°7; interorbital breadth 4; ante-

orbital foramen, height 2°4; distance between outer corners of the

two foramina 7:1; palate, length from henselion 8; diastema 5:1 ;

palatal foramina 2°6 x 1-7 ; length of upper molar series 3°5.

This pretty little Dormouse is clearly most closely allied to

G. nanus and G. smithii, but, among other characters, it may be

distinguished from both by its shorter fur, less snowy belly, and

larger molars and narrower incisors.

From G. microtis, Noack, said to be synonymous with

G. murinus, G. johnstont differs by having no darker mark

connecting the eye and ear, nor any lighter mark behind the latter,

and there are several discrepancies in the detailed measurements

of the skull. G. mcrotis came from Marungu, where the fauna

seems to be very like that of the Nyika Plateau, and equally

unlike that of Southern Nyasaland.

1 Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 248 (1887). 2 Myoxide, p. 43 (1890).

1897.] FROM NYASALAND. 935

The type specimen of G. johnstoni is evidently undergoing its

autumn increase of fur, for the fine buff tips of the new hairs are

to be distinguished halfway down in the fur among the old ones.

The hairs are growing up evenly all over the body, and not in

patches. On the other hand, in a specimen of G. murinus in the

spring moult (Rustenberg, Transvaal, September 1895; coll.

H. P. Thomasset) the moult is taking place in patches, so that

we have in these animals (so far as the evidence of two specimens

is to be trusted) a similar method of change to what we see in

some of our own northern animals, e. g. the Squirrel, in which

the spring moult is equally done in patches, while the autumn

growth takes place uniformly all over the body.

30. GERBILLUS (TATERA) LEUCOGASTER, Pet.

a—f. Fort Hill, July 1896.

g-j. In spirit. Fort Hill, July 1896.

k-m, Karonga, July 1896.

n—q. Mt. Malosa, 5000 ft., 21-27 Noy., 1896.

31. GERBILLUS (GERBILLISCUS ') BOHMI, Noack.

a. 9. Fort Hill, July 1896,

This interesting Gerbille is no doubt in a general way allied to

Lataste’s subgenus Vutera, to which G. leucogaster belongs, but the

marked difference between its incisors and those of the other

subgenera seems to render advisable a special group for its

reception. The unusual breadth of the incisors, their slight bevel,

and their flatness (the two faint grooves being scarcely perceptible)

render them quite unlike those of any other Gerbille. The type

of the species was described from Qua Mpala, Marungu.

32. OroMYs IRRORATUS, Bts.

a-l. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June and July 1896.

m. Fort Hill, July 1896.

n, 0. Zomba, Aug. 1896.

33. DENDROMYS MESOMELAS, Bts.

a-d. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June and July 1896.

e. Fort Hill, July 1896.

34. Dmnpromys PumrILio, Wagn.

a-d.* Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June and July 1896.

e,f. Inspirit. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 tt., June and July 1896.

g, h. Fort Hill, July 1896.

i-k. Zomba, Aug. 1896.

Ln. Mt. Malosa, 5000 ft., Nov. 1896.

Some of the specimens from Nyasaland previously recorded by

me as D. mesomelas are also D. pumilio, hitherto (but, as I now

think, erroneously) united with D, mesomelas.

1 Above, p. 433,

936 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [Dec. 14,

35, STEATOMYS PRATENSIS, Pet.

a-c. Fort Hill, July 1896.

36. Mus arporartvs, Pet.

a-c. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

d. Fort Hill, July 1896.

e, f. Zomba, August and November 1896.

37. Mus CHRYSOPHILUS, De Wint.

a-j. Nyika Plateau, June, July, 1896.

k,l. Fort Hill, July 1897.

38 & 39. Mus, spp.

a. Ruarwe, Lake Nyasa, June 1896.

b. Nyika Plateau, June, July, 1896.

e-n. Fort Hill, July 1896.

0, p. Karonga, July.

q. Kombe, Masuku Range, July.

r, s. Zomba, August.

t-y. Mt. Malosa, November.

A large number of specimens belonging to the two groups

characterized respectively by their numerous mamme (multi-

mammate) and by having the mammary formula 3—2=10. It

is impossible to work them out more definitely at present.

40. Mus nyrx#, Thos.

See above, p. 431.

af. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896. f, the

type (No. 97. 10. 1. 189).

This distinct new species seems to have no very near relations

among described forms.

41. Mus rartus, L.

a. Ruarwe, June 1896.

b-f. Fort Hill, July 1896.

42. LopuuroMyYs AQuitts, True.

a-e. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1897.

43, DasyMys KAISERI, Noack.

a-e. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

f. Fort Hill. July 1896.

There can be little doubt that Noack’s Mus kaiseri* from

Marungu is a Dasymys, and it seems to agree very closely with

the present examples.

* Zool, Jahrb. ii. p. 228 (1887).

1897.] ; FROM NYASALAND, 937

44, SaccostoMUS ELEGANS, Thos.

Supra, p. 431.

a. 2. Karonga, Lake Nyasa, June 1896. Type (No. 97. 10.

1. 207).

45. Acomys spLousi, De Wint.

a-c. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June and July 1896.

This species was described by Mr. De Winton?! from Matabili-

land, whence examples were sent by Mr. Selous. The present

specimens do not seem to differ from the original examples in any

important respect.

46. ARVICANTHIS DoRSALIS, A. Sm.

a. 9. Nyika Plateau, June 1896.

b. 2. Mt. Malosa, 5000 ft., 26 Nov., 1896.

47, ARVICANTHIS PULCHELLUS, Gray.

a-c. Fort Hill, July 1896.

d. Kombe, Masuku Range, 7000 ft., July 1896.

48. GoLunpA FALLAX, Pet.

a,6. Nyika Plateau, June 1896.

e-j. Fort Hill, July 1896.

k-m. Mt. Malosa, Noy. 1896.

49. GEORYCHUS WHyYTEI, Thos.

Supra, p. 432.

a. Old 2. Karonga, Lake Nyasa, July 1896. Type (No. 97.

10. 1. 230).

b-l, Nyika Plateau, 6000--7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

m. In spirit. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June, July, 1896.

n-r. Fort Hill, July 1896.

50. MyoscaLoPs ARGENTEOCINEREUS, Pet. (?).

a-c. 2ad. and 3yg. Mt. Malosa, 5500 ft., 20-29 Nov., 1896.

“This differs from our common Zomba species, and throws up

enormous mounds of earth, larger than I have seen the others do.

“These animals bite severely, and are generally brought in with

their incisors broken.”—A. W.

In some respects these animals differ from the ordinary Nyasan

M. argenteocinereus, as Mr. Whyte has noticed, and approach the

East-African M. albifrons, but without further and better material

it would be impossible to separate them definitely.

51. THRYONOMYS SCLATERI, Thos.

See above, p. 432.

a. Old Q. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., June 1896. Type

(No. 97. 10. 1. 258).

1 P.Z.8. 1896, p. 807.

Proc. Zoon, Soco.—1897, No, LXII. 62

938 ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. - [Dees 14,

The differences between this and its ally 7. gregorianus have

already been detailed (J.c.). In naming it I have ventured to

associate with it the name of Mr. Sclater, the Society’s Secretary,

to whose influence and assistance the commencement and con-

tinuation of the Nyasa explorations have been so largely due.

De Beerst’s Aulacodus calamophagus is said by Pousargues’ to

be larger, not smaller, than 7. swinderenianus, a skull in the Paris

Museum measuring 89 mm. in basal length by 68 in zygomatic

breadth. While these dimensions do not exceed those of some of

the British Museum examples of 7. swinderenianus, they prove con-

clusively that 7. calamophagus has nothing to do with 7’ sclateri.

52. Lupus crasstcaupatus, Geoftr.

a,b. 6 2. Nyika Plateau, 7000 ft., June 1896.

“Hare shot on rocky ground on the highest peaks of the Nyika

Plateau, at about 7000 feet. It is truly a ‘ rock-rabbit,’ which term

is generally wrongly applied here to the Dassies (Procavia). It has

all the habits of the Dassies, living among rocks in absolutely bare

and exposed places, and is very difficult to shoot as it dodges

among the boulders. It is very local, living in colonies, and is only

found in situations that suit its habits and mode of life.”—A. W.

This Hare has only hitherto been recorded from the Cape, sa

that the present is a great extension of its known range.

538. Lepus wHyTet, Thos.

a, b. 2 young skins. Zomba, 12/95.

54. Procavia BRUCEI, Gray.

a,b. 2 and yg. Monkey Bay, Lake Nyasa, July 1896.

55. PoraMOcCH@RUS CH@ROPOTAMUS NYAS®, Maj.

a—c. 3 young skins.

“Young wild-hogs caught near Zomba, and kept in captivity

for a short time. The female forms a house or nest of grass in a

burrow in thick grass-jungle.”—A. W.

Dr. Major? has described the ordinary Nyasa River-Hog as a

peculiar subspecies of the Cape animal, for which he finds the

proper name to be P. chwropotamus, Desmoul.

56. OREOTRAGUS OREOTRAGUS, Zimm.

a. Nyika Range, 6000 ft., 7/96.

57. OuREBIA HASTATA, Pet.

a. &. Zomba Plains, 12/96.

b. Young @. Plains 8. of Shirwa, 27/10/96.

Specimen a was shot by Mr. Beswick. It is a very fine old

male.

1 Bull. Mus. Paris, 1897, p. 160.

2 Supra, p. 367,

1897.] REY. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON A NEW ACARIDEAN, 939

58. ALPYCEROS MELAMPUS, Licht.

a. 9. Zomba, 2/3/97.

Shot by Mr. J. Charles Casson.

59. HipporraGus nieur, Harr.

a, Ad. g. Zomba Plains, 10/10/96.

A very fine example, though the horns are unfortunately unsym-

metrical.

60. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI, Ang.

a. Imm. o. “ Lower river.”

Shot by Mr. Alfred Sharpe.

61. ORYCTEROPUS AFER, Pall.

a. Imm. ¢. Shirwa Plains, 15/10/96.

“This is the first ‘Earth-pig’ we have met with, though we

have done our best to get it before. It is found on the plains,

where it makes enormons burrows, and also inhabits caves under

rocks. It seems lighter in colour than Cape specimens, and the

hairs are but little bristly. Native name Mbawe.”—A. W.

3. On a new Genus and Species of Acaridea.

By Rev. O. Pickarp Camsrines, M.A., F.R.S., &e.

[Received October 26, 1897.]

(Plate LY.)

The singular Acarid of the family Trombidiide now described

was kindly sent to me by the Rev. A. E. Eaton, who found it,

along with another, running on sandy ground amongst tamarisk

bordering the river-bed near Biskra in Algeria. Mr, Eaton writes

that “in running it elevates the hindermost legs, which being

quickly agitated, the tufts of hairs on the metatarsi look like a

pair of minute Diptera dancing attendance on the mite.”

Gen. nov. Haronra (nom. propr.).

Form obtuse-oval, tolerably and uniformly convex above.

Caput and thorax coalescing with scarcely a trace of junction. A

pointed nasiform process issues from near the middle of the anterior

margin, and from this process to the hinder extremity of the caput

is a deepish longitudinal furrow or indentation bisecting the caput.

Eyes 4, in two groups of two eyes each, seated on either side of

the caput on geminated tubercles.

Legs slender, 1, 2, 3 short, 4 long. ‘Two on each side issue

62*

940 REV. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON A NEW ACARIDHBAN, [ Dec. 14,

close together from the lower margin of the caput, and two others,

equally near together, issue on either side from near the posterior

end of the abdomen. Terminal tarsal claws 2, on a small claw-joint

and unarmed. Beneath the tarsi of the first pair of legs is-a

scopula. The fourth pair are much the longest and slenderest, and

their genua and metatarsi are furnished with a large, tolerably

compact brush of long, black, prominent hairs of an elongate sharp-

pointed knife- or dagger-shape.

Palpi short; basal and humeral joints very strong; the radial

joint tapers, and terminates with a nail-like claw or spine; the

digital joint, which issues from near the base beneath the radial,

is of a clavate or racket-bat shape, and is as long or longer

than that joint. i

The mouth-parts are not easily traceable, closed up together as

they are by the basal joints of the palpi; but they consist of

maxille, labium, and falces, above which is the rostrum or beak,

drawn out to an obtuse point, whence there issues a long, strongish,

sharp-pointed spiny process.

EATONIA SCOPULIFERA, sp. n. (Plate LY.)

Adult female. Length 13 lines.

Colour scarlet ; body slightly broader in front than behind, where

it is well rounded ; it is thickly clothed with short, pale, strongly

clavate hairs. Caput longitudinally bisected bya distinct furrow

from the nose-like anterior extremity to the thorax, where it ends

in aroundish pit or fovea, in which isa small, somewhat tuberculi-

form, round boss. The nose-like projection is furnished with

numerous obtuse and slightly clavate, spme-like, prominent hairs,

some longer, some shorter.

The legs of the first three pairs are of nearly uniform length,

and are furnished with (besides hairs) distinct spines at the fore

extremity of the metatarsi; the fourth pair are much the longest

and slenderest, and the genua and metatarsi are thickly furnished

with long, strong, lanceolate, black hairs, forming a large brush,

much like those used in the cleaning of bottles.

The eyesare small and of a reddish hue, in two groups; those of

each group well separated from each other on tubercles whose bases

are united.

The genital aperture consists of a longitudinal cleft on the

summit of a strong oval prominence underneath the anterior

extremity of the abdomen, between the basal joints of the first pair

of legs.

Hab. Biskra, Algeria.

A closely-allied, but I think quite distinct, species has been

described and figured by A. Birula from Russian Armenia (Hor.

Soc. Ent. Ross. xxvii. p. 388, pl. vii., 1893), under the genus

Rhyncholophus. The structure, however, of these two curious

Acarids appears to require a new genus for their reception, and

P. Z.8.1897. PLIv.

OP &FOP Cambridge del etlith

West, Newman imp.

scopulifera.

Fiatonia.

1897.] ON CORALS FROM THE 8.W. PACIFIC OCHAN. 941

I have conferred on it the name of the Rey. A. E. Eaton, by whom

the Algerian species was discovered.

Eatonia plunvfera, Birula, and £. co pulifera, Cambr., may be

thus distinguished :—

Body slightly broader in front than behind; nasal prominence

furnished with but few spiniform hairs; rostrum devoid of

terminulispime-209 Ws OPP. RO E. plumifera.

Body heart-shaped, much broadest in front; nasal prominence

furnished with numerous long spiniform hairs of different

lengths ; rostrum armed with a long terminal, sharp-pointed,

spiny) pracessrhlie jee rhe US OR E. scopulifera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LY.

Hig. 1. Hatonia scopulifera, sp. n., greatly enlarged.

2. Ditto, in profile, less enlarged.

3. Ditto, front view.

These two figures (2 & 3) show the mode in which the posterior legs

are carried.

4, Underside of caput, greatly enlarged, showing genital aperture, mouth-

parts, and palpi.

5. Upperside of caput, showing eyes, nasiform process, and palpi.

4. On some Collections of Corals of the Family Pocillo-

poride from the 8.W. Pacific Ocean. By J. Sranuzy

Garpiner, B.A., Gonville and Caius College, Cam-

bridge’.

[Received November 1, 1897.]

(Plates LVI. & LVI.)

The corals described were collected by the author in 1896-7

at Funafuti, Rotuma, and Fiji, and by Dr. A. Willey at Litu,

Loyalty Islands. I am indebted to Mr. Adam Sedgwick, F.R.S.,

for entrusting the latter collection to me and for his kindly

interest ; my thanks are also due to the authorities of the British

Museum for allowing me free access to their types and to the

‘Challenger’ specimens.

The species represented in these collections are 21, viz. 20 Pocil-

lopora and 1 Seriatopora. Of the former 5 are new, and it has

been necessary to redescribe 4 old species. The comparison of

the collection with specimens in the British Museum has shown

me that several species of Verrill, Dana, and others are not really

distinct and must be combined with other species.

1 Communicated by Mr. W. Batuson, F.R.S., F.Z.8

942 MR. J. 8. GARDINER ON CORALS [ Dee. 14,

Family PocrzLoporip2.

I. Genus Pocrrtovora, Lamarck.

Pocillopora, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert. ii. p. 273.

Pocillopora, Duncan, Rev. Madrep., Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol. xviil. p. 47.

The classificatory characters of the species in this genus by

means of the corallum are extremely unsatisfactory. In the

collections there are .over 50 specimens, either whole colonies or

branches from different colonies, and in addition I have examined

a very large number of specimens in the British Museum. These

show an almost complete series from P. acuta to P. madreporacea ;

and any division into subgenera does not seem to me to be

admissible, nor do there appear to be any characters running

through a limited number of species which will serve to divide up

the genus in any way for classilicatory purposes. The examination

of the polyps in such widely separated species as P. suffruticosa,

P. favosa, and P. grandis has failed to show me any differences in

their macroscopic anatomy ; and I am doubtful whether all these

so-called species should not rather be described as varieties of

one species, the characters of which would be the characters of

the whole genus.

The growth of the colony is much more vigorous toward the

summits of the branches, and to this is due the angular character

of the calices here and their very thin walls. The complete

absence of verruce on the tops of the branches and their incrassate

form in such a species as P. grandis are due to the ends of the_

branches having reached the low-tide level, and, being unable to

grow further upwards, increasing in both thickness and breadth.

Although this is by far the most common species of Madreporaria

on the reef at Funafuti, I never found any of its branches with

their summits dead, even though they reach almost invariably to

the low-tide level. The colonies exhibit generally a very marked

growth towards the light, and the under surfaces of horizontally

growing branches of clumps are often completely bare of verruce.

The living colonies are usually green or pink when the polyps

are expanded, but if retracted are nearly colourless.

1. PocILLOPoRA PAUCISTELLATA, Quelch.

Pocillopora paucistellata, Quelch, Challenger Report on Reef-

Corals, p. 65, pl. i. figs. 3-3 a.

A few smail pieces were dredged which agree well with Quelch’s

description. The corallum is rather more delicate and branched

than the type. The calices are surrounded by short spines, and

the primary septa are visible as spinulous projections in some

of the subterminal corallites.

Funafuti; 5 and 7 fathoms.

1897.] FROM THE §.W. PACIFIC OCBAN. 943

2. PocrLLopoRs SUFFRUTICOSA, Verrill.

Poecillopora suffruticosa, Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cam-

bridge, U.S.A., vol. i. p. 60.

Pocillopora suffruticosa, Quelch, Challenger Report on Reef-

Corals, p. 65.

Four low clumps 5-7 cms. high were obtained, which agree

well with Verrill’s description and the ‘ Challenger’ specimen

referred to this species by Quelch. The calices vary from ‘5-1 mm.

in diameter; primary septa usually distinct spinulous lamelle in

the calices of the terminal branchlets. Columella low but quite

distinct and spinulous. Colour of the living colony usually pink.

Funafuti; outer reef and 7-20 fathoms.

The ends of the branches of this species are much galled by a

species of Harpalocarcinus.

3. PocInLopora cusprrosa, Dana.

Pocillopora cespitosa, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 525, pl. 49. fig. 5.

A small specimen was obtained which corresponds very closely

with Dana’s figure and description.

Wakaya, Fiji; outer reef.

4. PocILLOPORA SEPTATA, n. sp. (Plate LVI. figs. 5, 5a.)

I have been obliged to refer a small horizontally growing branch,

about 6 ems. long, to a new species. The colony probably forms

rather loose hemispherical clumps, arising from an incrusting base

with branches dichotomizing very regularly about every 15-20 mms.

and about 12 mms. in diameter, 5 cms. below the apices, which

are generally very blunt. The upper surface of the type is

covered with low rounded verruce about 2 mms. in height and

diameter, formed by 6-8 cells, nearly their own diameter distant

from one another. The terminal calices are thin-walled, with-

out septa or columella, and show clearly the formation of the

tabule; the calices of the verrucae are round, about 1 mm. in

diameter, but between the verruce they are seldom more than

‘6 mm. The ccenenchyma is everywhere well developed, and is

about “4mm. thick between the calices of the upper surface of

the branch, and about 1 mm. between those of the underside ; it

is covered everywhere very evenly by low pointed unbranched

spines, which on the cell-walls of the verruce may form regular

striations. The primary and secondary septa are exceedingly well

developed, thick and bluntly spinulous in the calices of the

verrace, but in the ealices of the branch are less developed. The

calices generally are shallow, being much filled up below by stereo-

plasm; not only the directives, but often the whole of the

primaries fuse below with the columella. The latter is small,

round, somewhat rough but exceedingly prominent, in the calices

between the verruce often projecting slightly above their

margins.

Funafuti; 30 fathoms.

944 MR. J. 8S. GARDINER ON CORALS [Dec. 14,

5. PocintoPporA DAMICORNIS, Esper.

Madrepora damicornis, Esper, Pflanz. Forts. i. p. 43; Madrep.

pl. xlvi. A.

Pocillopora damicornis, Quelch, Challenger Report on Reef-

Corals, p. 66.

A small clump and a large number of fragments were obtained,

which correspond closely to Esper’s description and to the

‘Challenger’ specimen. The lower branches in the clump tend

to anastomose freely. The columella varies from a large oval to a

round low projection, covered with short blunt spines.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

6. PocILLOPORA BREVICORNIS, Lamarck.

Pocillopora brevicornis, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert. ii.

p. 275.

Pocillopora brevicornis, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 526, pl. 49. fig. 8.

There are three low rounded clumps of this species 5-7 cms.

high, and almost flat-topped. A Loyalty Islands specimen differs

from the type in having shorter and rounded verruce. Delicate

spinulous striations can be distinguished in most of the calices of

the verruc, and represent the septa.

Funafuti; outer reef. Litu, Loyalty Islands.

7. PocILLOPORA PULCHELLA, Briiggemann.

Pocillopora pulchella, Briiggemann, Journ. Mus. Godeffroy,

Bd. iii. p. 203.

A single branch was obtained, which resembles very closely in

all respects the type specimen of this species in the British

Museum.

Rotuma; outer reef.

8. PocrLtopors LOBIFERA, Milne-Edwards & Haime.

Pocillopora lobifera, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Corall. iii. p. 304,

There are two specimens, which seem to represent the species thus

named by Milne-Edwards and Haime. Corallum closely resembles

that of P. brevicornis in its mode of growth, consisting of much

crowded branches little enlarged or divided towards their summits,

which are covered over by small narrow verruce, generally less

than 2 mms. high: the verruce on the sides of the branches

lower down are often much longer, but retain almost the same

diameter. The calices of the ends of the branches are very small

*5—7 mm. in diameter, angular and relatively very deep; on the

verruce they are larger but seldom exceed ‘Y mm. in diameter.

The ccenenchyma between the corallites nowhere exceeds the half

of their diameter in breadth; its surface is covered somewhat

sparsely with low spines, which tend to form striations between

the calices. Septa and columella can seldom be distinguished.

1897.] FROM THE §.W. PACIFIC OCEAN. 945

The stereoplasm is well developed in the cells, causing the corallum

to be very dense and heavy.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

The one specimen shows a fusion between the branches 3:5 ems.

below their summits, the branches arising from this being roughly

circular, 8-12 mms. in diameter. The other specimen, which is

only about 3 cms. high, seems to represent a young colony, the

growth of which has been checked by the apices of its branches

reaching the low-tide level of the pit in the reef in which it

probably grew, as they are somewhat flattened, and the lateral

verruce are much elongated.

9. PocILLopora LAcERA, Verrill.

Pocillopora lacera, Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst. vol. vi. p. 100.

A clump about 9 cms. in diameter by 5 ems. high was obtained,

which agrees closely with Verrill’s short description. The verruce

are few, narrow and elongate, and pass gradually into the

branchlets, which are from 5-10 mms. long. Lateral calices round

and shallow, *7 mm. in diameter, distant about half their diameter

from one another; terminal calices 1 mm. in diameter, somewhat

angular in shape, thin-walled and deep. Septa 12 thin spiniform

lamelle ; columella a large round low spinulous projection.

Corallum dense; ccenenchyma covered with low, somewhat

branched spines, which form distinct striations between the

calices.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

10. PocrLLorora CLAVARIA (Ehrenberg). (Plate LVII. fig. 1.)

Pocillopora clavaria, Ehrenberg, Die Corallenthiere des Rothen

Meeres, p. 128.

I have referred a small clump 11 ems. in diameter by 5 ems.

high to this species. The colony consists of rather short branches,

which dichotomize regularly, aud arise from a broad incrusting

base; the branches, where they are given off, are about 13 mms,

in diameter, and are somewhat incrassate at their apices. The

branches are covered with very obtuse verruce about 3 mms. broad

at their bases by about 2°5 mms. high ; on the sides of the branches

they are much appressed. In places between the terminal verruce

of the branches the calices are angular and thin-walled, but on

the verruce they are round, about 1 mm. in diameter, and relatively

thick-walled, the coenenchyma being generally well developed and

granular. The septa are very variable, in some calices being

indistinguishable, but in others represented by spinulous lamelle ;

the two directive septa cannot generally be identified. Columella

small, distinct, and spinulous.

Funafuti; outer reef.

11. PocrLtopora oBTuUsATA, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig, 2.)

Corallum forming a low, broadly hemispherical mass, consisting

946 MR. J. 8. GARDINER ON CORALS (Dee. 14,

of short subequal, much branched stems, not more than 6 mms.

apart, 7-15 mms. thick, rather compressed and lobed at the apices.

The branches are covered over their summits with extremely

obtuse and rounded verruce, many 5-6 mms. high and 4-5 mms.

in diameter at their base ; the verruce on the sides of the branches

are scanty and somewhat appressed. The calices are everywhere

from ‘8-1 mm. in diameter and fairly round; they are generally

surrounded by a distinct ring of somewhat flattened spines. The

primary and secondary septa in many calices are distinct, rather

thin, spiniform lamelle ; they are prolonged inwards and seem to

fuse below with the columella, which is generally a distinct, low,

broad, granular projection. The ccenenchyma is exceedingly well

developed, even between the calices of the verruce, in which

position it is marked by a distinct groove between the cells. The

corallum is very dense, the stereoplasm completely filling up the

cells below.

Sandal Bay, Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

The specimen is a clump 8 cms. in diameter by 4 ems. high ;

with it is growing a colony of Madrepora violacea, the increase of

which has killed a part of its clump. The nearest ally to this

species seems to be P. clavaria, but its characters are such as to

separate it very distinctly from all previously described species.

12, PocILLopoRA FAVOSA (Ehrenberg). (Plate LVI. fig. 3.)

Pocillopora favosa, Ehrenberg, Die Corallenthiere des Rothen

Meeres, p. 127.

I have referred to this species after considerable hesitation

several specimens, which agree fairly well with Ehrenberg’s short

description. The corallum forms clumps of much divided branches,

which are generally more or less round, but may be slightly

compressed and lobed towards their apices ; diameter of the branch

10 ems. below the apex about 1:5 cms., 5 ems. below the apex

about 1*1 ems. Apices of the branches usually about 1-1 ems. in

breadth by *7 cm. in width, completely covered with verruce,

which here and immediately below are from 2-3 mms. high by

1-2 mms. broad, and contain from 6-9 ealices. ‘The verruce

lower down on the branches get progressively lower, broader, and

more obtuse, until on the main stems they form low projections

about 1 mm. high by 4 mms. broad. The cells on the verruce

near the ends of the branches are round or oval in shape,

‘9-1-1 mms. in diameter ; but between the verruce they are rather

smaller, angular, very thin-walled and deep. The ccenenchyma is

progressively more developed from the top to the bottom of the

stems, and is covered by rough, compressed spines, which between

the calices may form striations. The primary and secondary

septa are well developed, especially in the calices of the verruce,

but do not project far inwards ; the primaries are especially thick

and bluntly spined, the tertiaries are here and there visible.

Columella low and bluntly spined, usually distinctly joined, deep

lod

1897.] FROM THE 8.W. PACIFIC OCBAN. 947

down in the calice, by one of the directive septa. Corallum

usually heavy, the coenenchyma between the cells and the stereo-

plasm within being well developed and very dense in the older

parts of the colony.

Funafuti; 7 and 8 fathoms.

The colour of the living colony is green. The corallum of the

lower stems of the colony is much stained with a dark red-brown

pigment on the exterior. The form described by Klunzinger as

P. favosa seems to me to belong to an entirely distinct species.

I have described the species from three large fragments, apparently

from the same colony, obtained from 7 fathoms. A clump 9 cms.

in diameter by 8 ems. in height was obtained from 8 fathoms;

it differs in having the septa rather thinner, the secondary less

distinct. The base of the colony has round shallow calices about

‘9 mm. in diameter.

13. Pocrntopora ASPERA, Verrill.

Pocillopora aspera, Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst. vol. vi. 1868, p. 93.

Two small specimens correspond closely to Verrill’s description

of this species. The largest is about 7 cms. long, and is part of

a considerable clump. The older branches are strongly compressed

and have the summits somewhat bare, while the younger branches

have their apices conspicuously verrucose. The verruce vary from

2-5 mms. in length by 1-3 mms. in breadth at the base, and arise

obliquely, but are little appressed to the branches. The calices

of the verruce are oval in shape, 1-1‘3 mms. in long diameter ;

their primary and secondary septa are distinct, the directive septa

more prominent and extending to a small, distinct, spinulous

columella. The calices of the ends of the branches are angular in

shape, about 1-1 mms. in diameter, with very thin walls, and are

very deep; their septa and columella are not developed. In

places at the sides of the branches the calices are very small, not

more than ‘8 mm. in diameter, round in shape and shallow, with

distinct septa and columella; the coenenchyma is well developed

between these, and covered with low granular spines. The

corallites of the base of the colony resemble the latter, but the

ecenenchyma is better developed, and there are a few larger, round

calices 1°3 mms. in diameter. The corallum of the base of the

colony is stained a dark brown-red colour. The living colony is

dark green.

Funafuti; 5 and 30 fathoms.

Var, DANz (Verrill).

Pocillopora dane, Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. p. 59 (1864).

Pocillopora dane, Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst. vol. vi. 1868, p. 93.

Two specimens correspond very closely to Verrill’s description,

put there is a third, which seems absolutely intermediate between

this “species” and P. aspera, so that 1 have constituted it a

variety. The septa and columella can be traced in many of the

948 MR. J. S. GARDINER ON CORALS [Dec. 14,

upper calices of the branches, and in many of the lower are almost

distinct.

Levuka, Fiji; 3 fathoms. Funafuti; 30 fathoms.

Two specimens, weighing 41 and 13 grams, were obtained from

the chain of a buoy in Levuka Harbour, which had been cleaned

less than 22 months before.

Var. LIGuLATA (Dana).

Pocillopora ligulata, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 531, pl. 50. fig. 2.

Pocillopora ligulata, Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst. vol. vi. 1868,

p- 95.

A smali specimen closely resembles this “species” of Dana,

but many of its calices are intermediate in their septa to P. aspera,

and the colony also closely resembles in its growth that species.

In some of its cells the tertiary septa can be traced, and in others

the septa approach to those of P. plicata of Dana.

Funafuti; 7 fathoms.

Although I have only had the opportunity of examining a

very limited number of specimens, as I can find no distinctive

characters, I have no hesitation in combining P. aspera, P. dane,

P. ligulata, and P. plicata under one species with three varieties ;

I only doubt the propriety of characterizing varieties by their

septa and columella, as it seems to me that the term “ variety”

should be kept in the Madreporaria for colonies the general

growth of which differs in some important respect from that of

the type.

14. PocrtLLopora VERRUCOSA (Ellis & Solander).

Madrepora verrucosa, Ellis & Solander, Zoophytes, p. 172.

Pocillopora verrucosa, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 529, pl. 50. figs. 3-3a.

Pocillopora verrucosa, Quelch, Challenger Report on Reef-Corals,

p- 69.

I have referred a somewhat recumbent branch to this species.

Its verruce are 4-5 mms. long by 2-3 mms. broad, and lie

entirely on the upper surface of the branch. The septa are

indistinct, but the columella is large and very spinulous.

Rotuma; outer reef.

15. PoctnLopora sQuARROSA, Dana.

Pocillopora squarrosa, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 530, pl. 50. fig. 5.

I have referred three specimens to this species. The corallum

forms loose clumps about 30 cms. in diameter by 18 ems. high.

The species is well characterized by the low crowded verruce,

which completely cover over the sides and the somewhat com-

pressed and lobed apices of the branches. The surface of the

ccenenchyma, which is fairly abundant, is completely covered over

by short somewhat variable spines, and there are in the lower

calices of the branches 12 very distinct septa, of which one

1897.] FROM THE 8.W. PACIFIC OCEAN. 949

directive is often larger and prolonged to join the small, but

distinct, columella.

Funafuti; outer reef and 20 fathoms.

This species seems to me to be distinct from P. verrucosa, but

P. nobilis of Verrill will probably have to be merged in it.

16. PoctnLopoRA MHANDRINA, Dana.

Pocillopora meandrina, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 533, pl. 50.

figs. 6-6 a.

There are five clumps, the largest 7-5 cms. in diameter by 4 ems.

high, which correspond very closely to Dana’s description. The

branches are much compressed, and have very sinuous summits

seldom more than 7 mms. broad, sometimes nearly naked, but

generally covered by small verruce. The coenenchyma is very

little developed between the calices, and the stereoplasm fills up

the cells but little, so that the corallum is noticeably light and

cellular. Both the septa and columella are very indistinct,

Funafuti; outer reef.

17. PocttLopora coronaTA, n. sp. (Plate LVI. figs 4, 4a.)

Corallum consisting of much flattened branches, which may

anastomose with one another. The verruce over the tops of the

branches are very small, but on the sides are somewhat obtuse,

2-3 mms. broad at the base by 1-3 mms. high, and arise almost at

right angles to the stem; they are separated from one another by

a distance of 1-3 mms. The summits of the branches are slightly

flattened but not thickened, and are covered over and between the

low verruce with small angular calices ‘5-8 mm. in diameter, with

neither septa nor columella. The calices on the verruce and

sides of the branches are usually round, and from -8—1-:2 mms. in

diameter, with a ring of very thick, long, blunt, branched and

knobbed spinules round their margins; these spinules between

neighbouring calices are very large, much flattened, placed in rows,

and to some extent continuous with the septa within. The

primary and secondary septa are well developed and very thick,

with spinulous edges projecting considerably into the cell. The

columella is small but very prominent, round and knobbed. The

cenenchyma is very dense and compact, but nowhere very

abundant between the corallites, which are almost completely

filled up below by stereoplasm. The base of the corallum is of a

dark brown-red colour ; the living colony is green.

Rotuma; 3 fathoms.

The specimen is a much-flattened branch 9-5 ems. long, obtained

by diving. At its base it is 21 mms. broad by 10 mms,

thick. It divides dichotomously, 3 ems. above, into two flat

branches, which, however, 1 cm. above have fused with one

another for a distance of 2 cms. At its apex the one branch is

3-5 cms. broad by 5 mms. thick, and the other 1:4 ems. broad by

6 mins. thick. The cells on the sides of the branches and on the

950 MR. J. 8, GARDINER ON CORALS [Dee. 14,

verruce, owing to the crown of spines round them, are very distinct

and appear rather deep.

This species is closely allied to P. plicata of Dana by its septa

and columella, but it is at once distinguished by its mode of

growth, numerous verruce, dense corallum, and large spines.

18, Pocrnnopora RUGOSA, n. sp. (Plate LVILI. fig. 2.)

Corallum of rather short, very thick, arborescent branches,

which tend at their summits to be somewhat lobed and incrassate,

about 12 mms. thick by 25-40 mms. broad, with apices sparingly

covered with low and small verruce with very angular, thin-walled

cells between. The sides of the branches are sparingly covered

by large verruce, which are always separated by spaces equal to

their diameter from one another; they are generally about

5-6 mms. long by 2-3 mms. in diameter at their bases, are some-

what pointed, and stand out almost at right angles to the stems.

The surface of the corallum is covered with low blunt spines,

which form striations between the calices, which are generally

shallow, from *6—"9 mm. in diameter and round. The ccenenchyma

is little developed between even the lowest calices. The septa are

very indistinct. The columella is slender, and in the lower calices

of the colony very prominent. The colony, when first obtained,

had a most brilliant dark green colour.

Funafuti; 7 fathoms.

The specimen on which this species is founded is a colony

11 ems. high, arising from an incrusting base. It consists of one

large stem 3 cms. in diameter, which has divided dichotomously

above. Its nearest allies are P. grandis and P. elegans, but it is

separated from these by its distinct columella and the arrangement

of its verruce.

19. PoctnLopora GRANDIS, Dana.

Pocillopora grandis, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 534, pl. 51. figs. 2-2 ¢.

Pocillopora elongata, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 531, pl. 50. figs, 4-4 d.

Pocillopora elegans, Dana, Zoophytes, p. 530, pl. 51. figs. 1-1 a.

Pocillopora eydouvi, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Corall. iii.

306, pl. F 4. figs. 1 a—c.

I have referred 13 specimens to this species, the description of

which is somewhat vague. The colony is formed of large folia-

ceous branches, which generally are very compressed, often being

6-8 cms. wide by about 1 cm. thick at their apices ; they are often,

too, considerably ridged on the sides and lobed. The branches are

completely covered over the sides and summits by generally

considerably appressed verruce, about 3 mms. high by 2 mms. in

diameter, usually about half their diameter distant from one

another; on the sides of the branches a few cms. below the

summits they are often larger and globose, and at the base of the

colony very small or completely obliterated. The calices of the

verruce are round, about 1 mm. in diameter; on the summits of

the branches, and in places between the verruce, they are about

1897.] FROM THE §.W. PACIFIC OCEAN, 951

the same size, very deep, angular, and thin-walled, but generally

between the verrucz and low down in the colony they are round,

about *8 mm. in diameter. The coenenchyma is well developed,

and near the base of the colony generally separates the calices by

about half their diameter; the surface is covered by low spines,

which may form striations between the calices. The stereoplasm

is usually little developed. Commonly 12 septa and a small

columella can be distinguished, but the primary are often very

distinct spiny lamellz, one directive prolonged to meet a small,

prominent columella, or both septa and columella may be indis-

tinct. The living colony is colourless, pink or green.

Funafuti; outer reef. Rotuma; outer reef and 2 fathoms.

Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

I have retained the name of P. grandis for this species to avoid

a synonym, as I have no doubt that it is the same species as Dana

described under this name. The colonies grow in the fissures of

the outer reef in great abundance, and, where their branches

reach and project above low tide, they tend to be thickened,

flattened above, and bare. ‘here is a good series between

P. elongata of Dana and P. grandis, and some smaller specimens

resemble closely P. elegans of Dana, so that I have been compelled

to unite these species; in the description of P. eydouvi there do

not seem to be any characters which would serve to separate it

either. The same specimen is often in places very diverse in its

growth and in the arrangement of its septa and columella, so that

I do not think the differentiation of varieties advisable. I have

referred to the same species a small incrusting clump 7 ems.

broad by 3 cms. high, found in the breakers at Rotuma; its

verruce and cells are similar to the type, and it seems to be the

much stunted commencement of a colony.

The specimen nearest to P. elongata (Plate LVII. fig. 3) is a

branch 21 ems. long by 3-4 cms. broad ; its septa and columella

are very distinct. It was growing out from under the overhanging

edge of a fissure in the reef, and has its side towards the rock

almost bare of verruce, which, however, cover the opposite side

very evenly. There are two small branches coming off, which

subdivide into numerous smaller branchlets, giving them quite a

bushy appearance. Their verruce are larger than in the main

branch ; their calices, however, are of the same size and have a

distinct star and columella, but the coenenchyma between them is

generally more developed.

20. PocILLOPORA GLOMERATA, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 1.)

Corallum a low, glomerate, slightly hemispherical, semi-incrusting

mass, with a few lobe-like, somewhat compressed branches up to

2 cms. in length, 10-15 mms. thick. The apices and sides of the

branches are generally bare, but some are sparingly covered by

low, round, much appressed verruce. Calices of the verrucz

1-1-2 mms. in diameter, round and rather deep, of the apices of

the branches about ‘8 mm., usually angular and thin-walled, and

952 ON CORALS FROM THE 8.W. PACIFIC OCHAN. [Dec. 14,

of the base between the branches, where they are very crowded,

about -4 mm. Ccnenchyma well developed, the calices at the

base of the branches being about their own diameter distant from

one another; its surface is sparingly covered with low pointed

spines. The stereoplasm is little developed, and the cells can be

traced deep into the corallum. Septa 12, of which the primary

are more distinct, and meet the broad, low, somewhat rough and

spinulous columella,

Funafuti ; outer reef.

The larger specimen, on which this species is founded, is about

8 ems. in diameter by 4 ems. high, and is quite distinct from all

the other living species; it seems to form a connecting link to

P. madreporacea of Lamarck, a fossil species from the Miocene

formation of Turin.

II. Genus Srrtatopora, Lamarck.

Seriatopora, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert. ii. p. 282.

Seriatopora, Duncan, Rev. Madrep., Jour. Linn. Soe., Zool.

vol, xviii. p. 47.

1. SeRraTopora PactFica, Briiggemann.

Seriatopora pacifica, Briiggemann, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

xix. 16/75. 418.

A small specimen resembles very closely the type specimen of

this species. Its branches are, however, rather more divaricate,

probably owing to their greater part having been killed by

incrusting nullipores.

Rotuma; boat-channel.

NOTE.

Since this paper was written examples of three more species

of Seriatopora have come to hand, viz. :—

1, SpRIATOPORA LINEATA (Linneeus).

Millepora lineata, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. 1766, p. 1283.

Seriatopora lineata, Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere d. Rot.

Meeres, Th. ii. p. 71.

The specimen of this species is a large branch, which appears to

have been broken off from a clump, and then to have gone on

growing as it lay, supported by its branchlets, on the sea-bottom ;

the broken end has been covered over by the budding of the

corallites round it, and two small branches have grown out, so

that the fracture is almost completely obliterated.

Sandal Bay, Lifu, Loyalty Islands ; 30-40 fathoms.

2, SURIATOPORA CONFERTA, Quelch.

Seriatopora conferta, Quelch, Challenger Report on Reef-Corals,

p- 63, pl. i1. fig. 1.

Funafuti; 20 fathoms. A fragment,

P:Z.5. 1897. Pl aaw it.

Collotype, W. & S. Ltd. Edwin Wilson, Cambridge.

CORALS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST PACIFIC.

LVII

P.Z.S. 1897.

Cambridge.

Eawin Wilson,

-WeEsT PACIFIC.

iol

fe)

1897.] ON MAMMALS FROM MOROCCO, 953

3. SERIATOPORA SPINOSA, Edwards & Haime.

Seriatopora spinosa, Edwards & Haime, Corall. iii. p. 312.

Seriatopora spinosa, Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere d. Rothen

Meeres, Th. ii. p. 72.

Funafuti; 20 fathoms. A young colony.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate LVI.

Fig. 1. Pocillopora glomerata, n. sp., X4, p. 901.

Fig. 2. Pocillopora obtusata, nu. sp., X 4, p- O45. In the upper part of the figure

is a young colony of Madrepora violacea, Brook.

Fig. 3. Pocillopora favosa (Ehrenberg), Xb p- 946,

Fig. 4. Pocillopora coronata, n. sp., X43, p. 949. 4a. Single calice of same,

p- 949. 4

Fig. 5. Pocillopora septata, n. sp.. X4, p. 948. 5a. Single calice of same,

p. 943.

Puate LVII.

Fig. 1. Pocillopora clavaria (Hhrenbere), x Z, p. 945.

Fig. 2. Pocillopora rugosa, n. sp., X %, p. 950.

Fig. 3. Pocillopora grandis (Dana), variety, X#, p. 951.

5. On a Collection of Mammals from Morocco.

By W. E. pe Winton, F.Z.8.

[Received December 1, 1897.]

Owing to the difficulty of entering the country on account of

the inhospitality of the inhabitants, very little is known of the

fauna of Morocco, and, as is usual, the least known are the Mam-

malia. Practically nothing has been done in the way of collecting

during recent years, and such animals as are known have almost

entirely been obtained alive for trade purposes, or have been

collected in the neighbourhood of the coast-towns frequented by

Europeans. It was with great pleasure therefore that I undertook,

at the request of Mr. J. 8S. Whitaker, F.Z.S., the task of working

out the present collection made by Mr. E. Dodson, a young

naturalist, who went out on behalf of Mr. Whitaker in the spring

of this year to collect birds and mammals in that country. Going

inland from Tangier, the ordinary trade-route was taken to Fez,

thence to Mekinez and back to the coast north of Rabat. Hence

the coast-route was taken southward to Mazagan, thence striking

inland to Morocco city.

From Morocco city Mr. Dodson first visited the Great Atlas

range to the south at Amsmiz and penetrated to Imintella; then,

retracing his steps to Amsmiz, he followed the northern slopes

to Iminzat; from here the mountains were again visited, stays

being made at Enzel, Zarakten, Tetula, and Glarvi (? Glauwi);

thence he returned south of Morocco city via Fruga, Sierzet, and

Ogadel to Mogador on the coast. Ras el Ain, in the Province

of Haha, and Ecru were the most southerly points visited.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1897, No, LXIII.

954 MR, W. E. DE WINTON ON [Dec. 14,

The collection consists of 64 specimens belonging to 13 genera

and 21 species, of which three are new to science. The primary

object of the expedition being birds, the collection of mammals is

very creditable, but it is to be regretted that, owing to want of

knowledge of what was rare, more persistent search was not made

when novelties were hit upon. The skins are well prepared and

most carefully labelled with data.

1, PIpPISTRELLUS KUHLII (Natt.).

Vesperugo kuhlii, auct.

For the reason of change in the generic name of this Bat, see

Miller, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1897, ser. 6, vol. xx. p. 383.

Two specimens, taken at Ras el Ain, Province of Haha, 31° N.,

22nd June, 1897.

2. Myorts myoris (Bechst.).

Vespertilio murinus, auct., nec Linneus.

For change of name, see Miller, loc. cit.

Six specimens, all taken in a vault at Mekinez, 3rd April, 1897.

3. CrocripuRaA (CR.) WHITAKERI, sp. n.

Colour drab-grey above, white beneath: tail drab-grey above,

white beneath. Excepting the tail this animal agrees in colour

with Cr. fischeri, Pagenstecher, Jahrb. d. Wissensch. Hamburg,

ii. 1884, p. 34, pl. fig. i.; the size, however, is very much smaller.

Type & (2). Sierzet, about halfway between Morocco city and

Mogador, 5th June, 1897. Collector’s measurements :—Head and

body 62 millim.; tail 28; hind foot 11.

Skull, base damaged :—End of nasals to back of parietals (middle

line) 13 millim.; greatest breadth 7-7; interorbital constriction

3:5 front of incisors to back of auditory bulle 16 ; front of incisors

to back of palate 8°3; tip of incisors to tip of large premolar 4-1 ;

outside ™S:2 5-6; mandible, back of condyle to front of j.2 8'5, height

at coronoid 43.

Compared with C. crossei, Thos., from Asaba on the R. Niger,

the new Shrew is smaller, the tail is much shorter in proportion,

and the underparts white ; the skull is smaller, the palate

narrower, and shorter in the basicranial portion ; the large upper

incisor is stronger, more rounded in front and not so abruptly

turned down.

The hindermost of the two small unicuspid teeth, which is both

slightly shorter and smaller in cross-cut than the foremost, is

much crowded between this tooth and the large premolar ; whereas

in C. crossei the two small teeth are nearly of the same size, and

there is a clear space between the hindermost and the large pre-

molar and no crowding.

With the exception of one species from Somaliland, C. nana,

Dobson, this is the smallest true Crocidura known, and is a most

interesting addition to the fauna of this region,

1897.] MAMMALS FROM MOROCCO. 955

4, Ertnaceus auetrus, Duv. & Lereb.

Erinaceus algirus, Duvernoy & Lereboullet, Mém. Soe. Strasb.

iii. 1840, fase. 2, p. 4; Anderson, P. ZS. 1895, p. 419.

2 specimens, ¢ 2. Schaf el Kab and Ras el Ain, Haha.

The white forehead and underparts usually characteristic of

this species cannot be taken as constant. The specimen from

Schaf el Kab has the dirty drab-brown colouring generally found

in E. europeus. The size and colour of the claws will always

distinguish these species outwardly : in Z. algirus the claws are

narrower and pale horn-coloured in the dry skin, while in

E. europeus they are stronger and black. There is no appreciable

difference in the texture of the hair of the underparts, and cer-

tainly nothing to account for the stress laid by Duvernoy on the

softness of the fur in the type specimen. The skulls of these two

species are very readily distinguished. Viewed from above that of

Skull of Erinaceus algirus (top view). 14 nat. size.

E. algirus (fig. 1) has much broader nasals, and the sagittal crest for

attachment of the muscles extends on to the frontals to fully half

their length in the middle line, while in Z. ewropeus this ridge is

confined to the parietals. Viewed from beneath, the palatal

63*

956 MR. W. BE. DE WINTON ON [Dec. 14,

bridge is broader in this species, owing to the postnarial aperture

being somewhat boned over; they agree, however, in the form of

the pterygoids and in the width and formation between the auditory

bull. The dentition (fig. 2) shows considerable differences; the

Skull of Erinaceus algirus (side view). 13 nat. size.

most marked are as follows:—the very small ' ? grows diagonally

from behind, or on the inner side of ':®, so that when viewed from

the side the base does not appear, and in aged animals when the

teeth are somewhat worn looks simply like a horizontally projecting

cusp of 1 8 (the smallness of this tooth led the describers to suppose

that in the type specimen it was abnormally backward in develop-

ment); while in Z. ewropeus this tooth ™- 2) is in the row and about

3 of the size of 8; the tall premolar in the lower jaw has only a

very slight notch between the two outer cusps, and the inner

cusp is almost entirely wanting. The most remarkable feature in

the dentition of #, algirus, and which will distinguish it at once

from FE. ewropeus, is the number and form of the roots in the

usually single-rooted teeth ; in one specimen of the present col-

lection 8 has three distinct roots; the canines have two roots

widely separated forming a distinct V, while in Z. ewropeus it is

the exception for this tooth to be double-rooted, and then the

roots lie close together; the premolars are also two- or three-rdoted,

with the fangs widely divergent.

The British Museum contains a specimen of Z£. algirus, pre-

sented by Lord Lilford, said to have come from Andalusia; if this

locality is correct (and there is every reason to suppose it is),

the fact is of particular interest, adding another to the list of

North-African species found in the Spanish Peninsula; and the

interest is further enhanced because H. ewropeus certainly occurs

in the neighbourhood of Seville. Thus these two forms would be

living side by side,

1897.] MAMMALS FROM MOROCCO. 957

5. Canis antuus, F. Cuv.

3. Ras el Ain, Haha, 27th June, 1897. :

Collector’s measurements :—Head and body 760 millim.; tail

295 ; hind foot 165; ear 100.

6. VULPES aTLANTIOA, Wagn.

Canis vulpes, var. atlantica, A. Wagner, Reisen Regentsch.

Algier, v. M. Wagner, Bd. iii. p. 31 (1841).

Vulpes sp., F. Cuv. (Renard d’Alger) Mam. Lith. no. 177,

vol. iil.

@. Ras el Ain, Haha, 20th June, 1897.

Head and body 525 millim. ; tail 345; hind foot 118; ear 85.

The fur of this single specimen is peculiarly free from the

grizzling usually found in Foxes; the fore and hind legs and feet

are bright red, with no black markings; the hind feet have a

whitish stripe coming from the inner side of the heel and extending

down the front of the foot to the toes. The general colour of

the animal is bright orange-red, the tips of the underfur being

very foxy-red. The belly is clothed with maroon-brown fur—

a character, however, which would-not be constant.

The skull-measurements are :—EHxtreme length 120 millm.,

breadth 65, basal length 112, front of canine to back of carnassial

42. The lower jaw shows an extra molar on both sides, that

on the left side has two distinct complete crowns. These super-

numerary molars are very rare in the Common Fox, as pointed

out by Hensel, Morph. Jahrb. 1879, and Bateson in ‘ Variation,’

p- 219 (1894) ; there is no instance among the series of V. naloticus

in the British Museum. <A good figure of the animal is given

by F. Cuvier (tom. cit.).

7. GENETTA GENETTA (L.).

3. Ras el Ain, Haha, 4th July, 1897.

Head and body 460 millim. ; tail 430; hind foot 90; ear 48.

8. XERUS GETULUS (L.).

Fourteen skins with skulls, 9 ¢,5 9, Glarvi, Hnzel, Ras el Ain,

Haha, and Ecru, from April to July; the first two localities

are on the Great Atlas range east of Morocco city, the last two

near the coast south of Mogador.

A nice series of different ages. In old and young the belly is

very thinly clothed with hair. Adult females show the mammz

very plainly ; these are large and black, all on the belly and groins:

thus the formula is 0—4=8. The young are darker in colour,

showing less brown on the back, with the underparts sooty. The

tail is very decidedly distichous ; in the adult there are 4 light rings

and 3 black, in the young 3 light and 2 black. The fur is less

harsh and brittle than in the typical Xerus, but there is no underfur.

There are some interesting peculiarities in the construction of

the palate and pterygoids of the young animal which do not seem

958 MR. W. B. DE WINTON ON [Dee. 14,

to have been recorded, not confined to this species, being common

toall true Xerus, but not found, I believe, in any Sciwrus. In the

first place the middle of the palate is much arched and scooped

out or concave, leaving a prominent ridge of bone on either side

next the molar series. Secondly, the pterygoids are so peculiar

that it is hard to follow the homologies of the perfect bones of

the adult; there is a prominent wing-like ridge, apparently a

continuation of the two ridges of the palate mentioned above;

the inner face is concave and bowed inward, partially covering the

pterygoid fossa; the apophyses at the back of the palate are very

much lengthened, so that the postnarial foramen is almost boned

over in the inter-pterygoid portion: the pterygoid processes,

besides being winged and flattened, are very much thickened

posteriorly, and are formed of very spongy porous bone: the

bone is hollow in the centre, there being a triangular cavity.

The whole structure is thus very unlike the form attained in

the adult state. This condition of the palate is observed until

the animal is almost full-grown, and the abnormal bone-covering

appears to be absorbed about the time the permanent premolars are

fully grown.

As is usual in Squirrels, the incisors are narrow and of a very

pale honey colour in the immature, increasing in size and depth

of colour with age till a fine orange-red is attained.

Mr. Dodson noticed these Ground-Squirrels always among rocks ;

their food seemed to consist entirely of the fruit and kernel of

the Argand tree (Argania siderowylon), and they were never found

far away from these trees. It is believed that they sometimes

congregate into troops of 100 or so and migrate to fresh pastures.

9. GURBILLUS SHAWI, Duv.

(8), 1 d, 7 2. Morocco city (April), Mogador (June).

10. GERBILLUS caAMPESTRIS, Leyaill.

(7),6 &, 1 9. Azimur, Dukalier, Alloo (April); Mogador,

Ras el Ain (June).

11. Mus rartus, L.

(5) Ras el Ain, Schaf el Kab, Ecru. Both the black and brown

forms represented.

12. Mus muscuuvs, L.

(2) Schaf el Kab (March).

18. Mts MuUscULUS GENTILIS, Brants.

Mus gentilis, Brants, Muizen, 1827, p. 126.

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Ear.

mm, mm. mm. mm,

3. Enzel, 3lst May ....... er fs) 64 15 12

3. Ras el Ain, Ahmar, 5th June. 77 55 14 13

¢o. Sierzet, Ahmar, 5th June .. 70 53 15 12

“ Caught in thorn-bushes.” ‘* Among stones in olive-grove.”

1897.] MAMMALS FROM MOROCCO. 959

These Mice do not seem to differ in any way from those of Egypt

or Asia, and I see no cause to separate them.

In ‘The Zoologist’ for 1896, p. 178, Mr. G. EH. H. Barrett-

Hamilton gives an account of the forms of this Mouse which occur

in several countries. I have chosen the present subspecific name

in preference to bactrianus, as being the earliest given to this form

from Egypt, for which identification I have to thank Mr. Oldfield

Thomas, who had examined Brants’s type in the Berlin Museum.

There seems to be no doubt that Mus spretus, Lataste, from

Algeria, is simply one of these white-bellied House~Mice which

are found always outside houses. The cusp or claw spoken of by

Lataste may be found in the front of the first upper molar of many

examples of Mus musculus, and has no value as a specific character.

14. Mus sytvaricus, L.

(4) Schaf el Kab (March).

Cannot be separated from the common “ Wood-Mouse” of

Europe.

15. MUS PEREGRINUS, sp. 0.

Colour above grey washed with brownish yellow, less grizzled

on the cheeks and sides ; underparts white, not very sharply defined ;

tail very slightly darker above than below, practically naked.

The general colour of this Mouse is rather like the yellow

M. gentilis, only the grizzling of the hairs is coarser, more resembling

that of M. sylvaticus. Compared with the latter it is rather larger

in size, the tail is very much less hairy, and the scales finer, in less

regular rings.

Type, 9. Ras el Ain, Haha, 24th June 1897.

Collector’s measurements :—Head and body 97 millim.; tail 103 ;

hind-foot 22; ear 18.

Skull.—Nasals 10-6 3:3; postorb. constr. 4-4; breadth of

zygomata at junction with malar 12:3; length of palate 12-1,

pal. foramina 6-5, upper molar series 4°5, diastema 7:3, outside

ms, 1 5-5, inside ™8-1 3. _

The single specimen, a young female, shows no sign of mamme,

but I feel little doubt that it will prove to be a northern repre-

sentative of the well-known Ethiopian mice having more than 12

mamme. As regards colour, its nearest ally is found in Matabele-

land, but in size they differ, as also in the amount of hair on the

tail; in fact this Morocco mouse has less hair on its tail than any

of the smaller known mice that could be compared with it.

The skull, unfortunately very imperfect, shows undoubtedly

close affinity with the “ multimammate” group: the pattern of the

molars is the same; the incisors above and below are unusually

strong; the mandible is also rather stronger than most of its allies,

with very short angular processes not extending so far back as the

condylar processes.

The discovery of this animal adds another to the list of

Ethiopian forms found in the Mediterranean Sub-Region.

960 MR. W. B, DE WINTON ON [Dec. 14,

16. ARVICANTHIS BARBARUS, L.

. Enzel on the Great Atlas range east of Morocco city, 31st

May, 1897. ‘Caught in trap under thorn-bushes.”

Head and body 113 millim ; tail 127; hind foot 25; ear 16.

This animal, so well known in menageries, is very rarely

obtained “ wild killed ; ” itis much to be regretted that a full series

was not procured.

17. Hysrrrix cristata, L.

@. Ecru, 18th June, 1897. Head and body 540 millim.; tail

80; hind foot 90; ear 30.

18, Lepus aTLANTICUS, sp. n. (Skull, figs. 3 & 5, p. 961.)

Size very small; ears very long, considerably longer than the

head. Colour light sandy over cinnamon, the fur almost entirely

wanting the conspicuous black median band which gives the

characteristic mottling to most species ; the underparts are white,

but there is no sharp line between the colours of the upper and

under sides; tail long, jet-black in a broad line above, pure white

beneath.

The fur is slate-grey for a considerable distance from the base,

the underfur broadly tipped with cinnamon; on the back the grey

is of less extent though well marked even there, the greater part

of the fur being cinnamon-coloured, but much brighter at the ends;

the coarser hairs have only a very narrow dusky median band, the

tips tawny, though the extreme tips of some of the hairs are

blackish. On the rump the general colour is greyer, the cinnamon

colour being less conspicuous. The band on the chest is pale

cinnamon, the hairs being dark slate-coloured for nearly their

entire length and only tipped with the brighter colour. The nape

is bright cinnamon. ‘The fore and hind legs are red-fawn. The

long ears have a well-defined black patch on the back of the tips,

the inner margin is white, the outer margin golden fawn;

whiskers black at the bases, white at the ends.

This Hare is unquestionably nearly allied to L. kabylicus, mihi’,

from Algiers, but is very much smaller, with longer ears in

proportion to its size.

Skull.—Greatest length 76; millim. ; greatest breadth (squa-

mosals) 36, across front of zygomata 32; length of nasals in

middle line 23, greatest length 28, oreatest breadth 14°5, across

narrowest part 10:5; intertemporal constriction 12; breadth

across maxille below lachrymals 26; basal length 62; length of

upper molar series 13; depth from nasals to palate immediately i in

front of molars 17, above front of palatal foramina 14; length of

mandible (bone only) from back of condylar process to inner side

of back of incisors 54:5; greatest height standing on table,

perpendicularly to condyle, 315.

Type, 3. Ras el Ain, Haha, 23rd June, 1897. Killed in Arab

hunt.

1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) i. p. 155.

1897.] MAMMALS FROM MOROCCO, 961

Fig. 3.

Skull of Lepus atlanticus (Side view). Nat. size.

Fig. 4.

Skull of Lepus schlumbergeri Skul! of Lepus atlanticus

(top view). Nat. size. (top view). Nat. size.

962 ON MAMMALS FROM MOROCCO. (Dee. 14.

Collector’s measurements :—Head and body 377 millim.; tail

80; hind foot 100; ear (from notch) 115; in dried skin from the

crown 127.

A second specimen, Glarvi, 28th May, 1897:—Head and body

406 millim.; tail 70; hind foot 110; ear (from notch) 120.

19. Lerus scotuMBERGoHRI, St. Loup, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,

xix. p. 168. (Skull, fig. 4, p. 961.)

3. Schaf el Kab, 2nd March, 1897. “Lives in burrows” (£. D.).

Collector’s measurements :—Head and body 470 millim.; tail

50; hind foot 120; ear 103.

The Hare of the neighbourhood of Tangier was described in

1894; a fuller description will be found in the Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. for February 1898 by the present writer. The tail of this

specimen seems to have been docked, the normal length being

proportionately about that of the Common Hare.

20, Lepus cunicuxus, L.

Skin and skull, ¢. Karia el Habessi, 19th March, 1897.

This specimen appears to me to agree in every particular with

our common Wild Rabbit—an interesting fact, seeing that fresh

blood and improving crosses have been so freely indulged in among

our British stock.

21. Ovis TRAGELAPHUS, Desm.

Q juv. Ecru, 17th June, 1897.

“Found lying under a rock; no others seen at the time, though

several were met with during a ‘drive’ but not obtained” (Z. D.).

LIST

Jan, 4.

11.

12.

16,

APPENDIX.

OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1897.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Baillie.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Macropus bennett’). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (4pyprymnus rufescens). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Moluecan Kestrel (Tinnunculus moluccensis). From Triton

Bay, New Guinea. Presented by the Hon. Walter Roth-

schild.

. 2 Leopards (Felis pardalis), $2. Presented by H.E. The

Rt. Hon. Sir Joseph West Ridgeway, K.C.B., K.C.S.I.

2 Indian Dial-birds (Copsychus saularis), 2 3. Purchased.

. 7Common Squirrels (Seirus vulgaris). Purchased.

2 Roseate Cockatoos (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by

Richard J. L. Price, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Yellow-backed Lory (Lorius flavo-palliatus), Presented by

Miss A. M. Elwood.

. 1 Derbian Zonure (Zonwrus giganteus). Presented by J. EH.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.8.

3 Angola Frogs (Rana angolensis). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Patas Monkeys (Cercopithecus patas), $2. Presented by

Thomas W. Loy, Esq.

1 Prairie Marmot (Cynomys ludovicianus). Presented by W.

Hewlett, Esq.

2 Se (Tinnunculus alaudarius), Presented by Miss Fanny

*Aeth.

2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited.

3 West-African Pythons (Python sebe). Deposited:

1 Pardine Lizard (Acanthodactylus pardus). From Biskra,

Algeria. Presented by H. B. Hewetson, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Scutellated Lizard (Acanthodactylus seutellatus). From Biskra,

Algeria. Presented by H. B. Hewetson, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by

W. Theobald, Esq.

964

Jan. 18.

19.

Feb, 2.

22.

APPENDIX,

2 Four-horned Antelopes (Tetraceros quadricornis), 6 Q. Pre-

sented by Col. W. W. Lean.

2 Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris), Presented by H. Edgar Thomas,

Esq. .

2 Carrion-Crows (Corvus corone), Presented by Alfred Greaves,

Esq.

. 1 Goosander (Mergus merganser). Purchased.

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). From Greece. Presented

by Dr. H. O. Forbes, F.Z.8.

25. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Miss E.

Blanche Joyce.

. 1 Black Lemur (Lemw macaco), 9. Purchased.

- 11 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited.

1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-

sented by H. Brame, Esq.

1 Tantalus Monkey (Cercopithecus tantalus), 2. From the

Upper Benué River. Purchased.

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas). Presented by A. F.

Breysig, Esq. See P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 311.

1 Red-eyed Ground-Finch (Pipilo erythrophthalmus), 2. De-

posited.

. 1 Egyptian Monitor ( Varanus niloticus). From the Transvaal.

Presented by D. E. Erasnius, Esq.

4 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophenax nivalis). Purchased.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), Q. Presented by Mr. E.

James.

- 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), $. Purchased.

. 1 Yellow-shouldered Hangnest (Icterus tibialis). Presented by

W. H. St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Varied Field-Rats (Isomys variegatus). Born in the Mena-

cerie.

» 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by

Miss M. Hewens.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Mr. OC.

W. Hutchings.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

. 2 Painted Frogs (Discoglossus pictus). Received in Exchange.

. 2 Uvean Parrakeets (Nymphicus uveensis). Purchased. See

P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 311.

1 Upland Goose (Chloéphaga magellanica), 3. Deposited.

. 1 Grey Lemur (Hapalemur griseus), Presented by W. B. Dyer,

Esq.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Presented by

John Laxson, Esq.

5 Azara’s Opossums (Didelphys azare). Purchased.

10 Burrowing-Owls (Speotyto cunicularia). Purchased.

8 Guira Cuckoos (Guira piririgua). Purchased.

1 Greater Vasa Parrot (Coracopsis vasa). Presented by F. H.

Pedroza, Esq., Surg. Lieut.-Col.

1 Smew (Mergus albellus), 9. Purchased.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by W. H.

Camm, Esq.

6 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

John Russell, Esq.

2 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phlogenas luzonica). Presented by

Lady Edmonstone.

Feb. 2

23.

27.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 965

2 Barred Doves (Geopelia striata). Presented by Lady Edmon-

stone.

1 Great-billed Rhea (Rhea macrorhyncha). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by B. Dade,

il Black Wallaby (Macropus walabatus), §. Presented by G. J

Manders, Esq.

1 Bauer’s Parrakeet (Platycercuszonarius). Purchased.

2 Graceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia cuneata), § 2. Purchased.

1 Shielded Death-Adder (Notechis scutatus). Purchased.

1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (Ateles geoffroyi), 9. Pre-

sented by Miss Radley.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by the Hon.

Mrs. Brett.

1 Upland Goose (Chloéphaga magellanica), 3. Presented by

H. Birkbeck, Esq.

3 Royal Pythons (Python regius). Deposited.

. 2 Himalayan Bears ( Ursus tabetanus). Deposited.

2 Lataste’s Frogs (Rana latastii). Presented by Count M.

Peracca.

1 Rough-scaled Lizard (Zonurus cordylus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Hoary Snake (Psewdaspis cana). Presented by J. KE. Matcham,

Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Dunlins (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

. 1 Hybrid Pleasant Antelope (bred between Tragelaphus gratus 3

and T. spekwi 2), 9. Born in the Menagerie. See P. Z.S.

1897, p. 311.

. 1 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Presented by Mdme.

Caté.

. 1 Tessellated Snake (Zropidonotus tessellatus). Presented by

J. H. M. Furse, Esq.

. 11 Scorpion Mud- “Terrapins (Cinosternon scorpioides). Pre-

sented by Dr. Emil A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S

. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgar is). Purchased.

2 Chipping Squirrels (Zamuas striatus). Deposited.

1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Presented

by Miss Annie Kattengell.

1 Sallé’s Amazon (Chrysotis ventralis). Purchased.

. 2 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). WReceived in Exchange.

9 Egyptian Cobras (Nara hye). Received in Exchange.

2 Cerastes Vipers (Cerastes cornutus). Received in Exchange.

12 Egyptian Hryx (Lryx jaculus), Received in Exchange.

1 Clifford’s Snake (Zamenis diadema). Received in Exchange.

2 Hissing Sand-Snakes (Psammophis sibilans). Received in

Exchange.

2 ee Snakes (Zamens florulentus). Received in Ex-

change.

. 2Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by

P. Myburgh, Esq.

2 Sacred Ibises (Ibis ethiopicus). Presented by — Almeda, Esq.

966

Mar. 9.

10,

12. 5

13.

15.

16.

17.

18.

21,

22.

23.

APPENDIX.

1 Herring-Gull (Zarus argentatus). Presented by Charles L.

Rothera, Esq.

1 Lesser Black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus). Presented by

Charles L, Rothera, Esq.

4 Common Rat-Kangaroos (Potorous tridactylus), 23, 29.

Deposited.

2 Paradise Parrakeets (Psephotus chrysopterygius), 6 9. Pur-

chased.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by

Mrs. Anderson.

4 Brent Geese (Bernicla brenta),23,292. Purchased.

17 Lesueur’s Water-Lizards (Physi pei lesueuri). Deposited,

1 Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis). Purchased.

2 Red-crested Pochards (Fuligula rufina), 23. Purchased.

3 Mandarin Ducks (4x galericulata), 32. Purchased.

3 Summer Ducks (x sponsa), 3 2. Purchased.

2 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana peposaca),23. Purchased.

1 Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa), 2. Purchased.

5 Chiloe Wigeon (Mareca sihilatrix), 3 3, 2 2¢. Purchased.

2 Red-crested Pochards (Fuligula rufina),29. Purchased.

1 Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis),3. Purchased.

2 Crested Poreupines (Hystrix cristata, jr.). From Morocco.

Presented by Robert S. Hunter, Esq.

1 Griffon Vulture (Gyps fulvus). "From Morocco. Presented

by Robert S. Hunter, Esq.

1 Chimachima Milvago (Milvago chimachima). Purchased.

2 Violaceous Night- Herons (Wycticorax violaceus). Purchased.

1 Common Quail (Coturniz communis). Purchased.

2 Vulpine Phalangers (Trichosurus vulpecula), 6 2. Presented

by W. H. Stather, Esq.

1 Indian Elephant (Elephas indicus), 9. Deposited.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Deposited.

1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana), 2. Purchased.

1 Bornean Gibbon (Hylobates muellert), 9. Purchased.

2 Muscovy Ducks (Catrina moschata), 29. Presented by Mrs.

Dade.

2 Brown Mud-Frogs (Pelobates fuscus). Presented by Count

M. Peracca.

1 Chacma Baboon kCynpoephale porcarius), g. Presented by

J. E, Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Laren s Cynictis (Cy yaiegs penicillata). Presented by J.

E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Maximilian’s Aracari (Pteroglossus wiedi). Purchased.

3 Indian Pigmy Geese (Nettopus coromandelianus), 23, 19.

Presented by Frank Finn, Esq., B.A., F.Z.S. See P.Z.S.

1897, p. 370.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Tessellated Snake (Tropidonotus tessellatus), Presented by

W. R. Temple, Esq.

. 2 Rosy-faced Love-birds (Agapornis roseicollis), GQ. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Palgornis alexandri), . Presented

by Mrs. Randall,

Mar. 26.

30.

31.

10.

13.

14.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 967

1 Cheetah (Cynelurus jubatus). Presented by Col. W. H.

Wylde, C.M.G.

. | White-bellied Pangolin (Manis tricuspis). Presented by F.

W. Marshal, Esq.

1 Severe Macaw (Ara severa). Presented by Mrs. J. Keser.

1 Natal Python (Python seb@, var.). Presented by Luscombe

Searelle, Esq.

3 Purplish Death-Adders (Pseudechis porphyriacus). De-

osited.

1 Shielded Death-Adder (Notechis scutatus). Deposited.

2 Australian Banded Snakes (Diemenia nuchalis). Deposited.

1 Occipital Elaps (Furina occipitalis). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Deposited.

2 Californian Quails (Callipepla californica), ¢ 2. Presented

by T. M. Howells, Esq.

1 Madagascar Boa (Boa madagascariensis). Deposited.

2 Black-necked Storks (Xenorhynchus australis). Purchased.

2 Larger Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna major). Purchased.

1 Ruddy Sheldrake (Tadorna casarca), g. Purchased.

2 Canarian Pigeons (Columba laurivora). Deposited.

. 4 Tufted Ducks (Fuligula cristata), 23,22. Purchased.

. 4 Tufted Ducks (Fuligula cristata), 23,292. Purchased.

1 Argus Pheasant (Argus gigaxteus), 9. Purchased.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Red-footed Ground-Squirrel (Xerus erythropus). Presented

by Sir Archibald Lamb, Bart., F.Z.S.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Deposited.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), §. Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata). Pyesented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Cape Grass-Owl (Strix capensis). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S,

2 Hoary Snakes (Psewdaspis cana). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

sq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Yellow Cobras (Nata flava). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Puff Adder (Bites arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 2 Red-backed Buzzards (Buteo erythronotus), Purchased.

2 Bar-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Purchased.

1 Larger Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna major). Presented by

Mr. W. Jamrach.

1 Indian White Crane (Grus leucogeranos). Deposited.

2 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius), Presented by

W.S. Berridge, Esq.

1 Markhoor (Capra megaceros), g. Received in Exchange.

1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Deposited.

6 Coypu Rats (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Auriculated Dove (Zenaida auriculata). Captured at sea off

Cape Horn. Presented by C. H. Crole Rees, Esq.

1 Bauer’s Parrakeet (Platycercus zonarws). Presented by

Clement Godson, Esq., M.D,

29,

30.

APPENDIX.

2 Grey Ichneumons (Herpestes griseus). Presented by R.

J. Davis, Esq.

4 Shovellers (Spatula clypeata), 13,392. Purchased.

3 Common Teal (Querquedula crecca), 32. Purchased.

. 2 Common Cassowaries (Caswarius galeatus, juy.). Deposited.

. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Presented by

Sir William Hoste, Bt.

1 White-crested Touracou (Turacus cor ythaix). Deposited.

. | Crowned Lemur (Lemur coronatus), ¢. Purchased.

2 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata). Presented by

W. #H. St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z

. 1 Variegated Spider-Monkey (A teles variegatus),2. Purchased.

1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by W.

H. Dobie, Esq.

2 Rufous-necked Weaver-birds (Hyphantornis textor). Pre-

sented by W. H. Dobie, Esq.

1 Cactus Conure (Conwrus cactorum). Presented by Mrs. A.

G. Scorer.

. 3 Double-banded Sand-Grouse (Pterocles bicinctus),1 g,2 °°.

Purchased.

26. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), S. Presented by

Mrs. Douglas.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by 8.

A. Ledger, Esq.

1 Mongoose Lemur (Lemur mongoz). Presented by P. Baxter,

Esq.

1 Hallowell’s Tree-Snake (Dendraspis viridis). Presented by

the Rev. J. Taylor Smith (Canon).

. 1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 9. Purchased.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Surg.-

Major C. Seymour.

1 Silky Cow-bird (Molothrus bonariensis), §. Purchased.

. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus tr Siieeies 2. Presented by

H.E. Col. F. Cardew, C.M.G.

1 Black Gallinule (Limnocorax niger). Presented by H.E.

Col. F. Cardew, C.M.G.

1 Reed-Buck (Cervicapra arundinum), g. From the Limpopo

River. Purchased.

2 White-headed Woodpeckers (Leuconerpes candidus). Pur-

chased.

2 Wreathed Hornbills (Rhytidoceros undulatus). Purchased.

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyurus viverrinus). Presented by J.

C. Chipper, Esq.

2 cae Partridge Bronze-winged cia (Ceeuiite snutht),

36. Purchased. See P. ZS. 1897, p

1 Black Stork ( Ciconia nigra). Preseitica by WW. H. St. Quintin,

Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Dateek Pheasant (Polyplectron chinquis), 3. Presented by

J. Charlton Parr, Esq., F.Z.S.

if Orang-outang (Simia satyrus), 3. Presented by Capt, Francis

R. Pelly, R.N., H.M.S. « Porpoise. ?

1 Sing-Sing Water-Buck (Cobus unctuosus), ¢. Purchased.

1 Somali Wild Ass (Equus somalicus), ¢. Purchased. See

P.Z.S. 1897, p. 480.

1 Somali Ostrich (Strathio molybdophanes), 3. Purchased.

2 Himalayan Goldfinches a duelis caniceps), § 9. Presented

by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 969

Apr. 80. 2 Egyptian Geese (Chenalopex egyptiacus), ¢ Q. Presented by

A. E. Speer, Esq., F.Z.S.

6 Pintail (Dafila acuta), 3 §,3 9. Purchased.

May 3. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Purchased.

2 Black Storks (Ciconia nigra). Presented by W. H. St. Quintin,

Ksq., F.Z.8.

4. 3 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). From the Teffe River,

Upper Amazons. Presented by H. C. Fernando Rohé, Ee

1 Brazilian Tortoise (Testudo tabulata). Presented by H. C.

Fernando Rohé, Esq.

5. 1 Nightingale (Daulias luscinia). Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Phayre’s Tortoise (Testudo emys). From Borneo. Pre-

sented by H.H. The Tuan Muda of Sarawak.

1 Phayre’s Tortoise (Testudo emys). From Borneo, De-

posited.

2 Phayre’s Tortoises (Testudo emys). From Borneo. Pur-

chased.

7. 1 Orang-outang (Simia satyrus), 2. Presented by Lord

Ashburton and the Earl of Crawford, F.Z.S.

1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus), 2. Presented by Lord

and Lady Ashburton.

8. 2 Long-tailed Grass-Finches (Poephila acuticauda). Purchased.

1 Forsten’s Lorikeet ( Trrichoglossus forsteni). Deposited.

1 Blue-faced Lorikeet (Trichoglossus hematodes). Deposited.

2 Perfect Lorikeets (Psitteuteles euteles). Deposited.

1 White-crowned Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops), 2. Presented

by Bernard A. Collins, Esq.

10. 1 Temminck’s Snapper (Macroclemmys temmincki). Deposited.

11. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), 3.)

1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acu-

tus).

1 Rough-eyed Cayman (Caiman sclerops).

From the Caroni River, Trinidad. |

2 West-Indian Geckos ( Thecadactylus rapi-

cauda), From Maraval, Trinidad. |

1 Cuvier’s Scolecosaure (Scolecosaurus cu-

viert). From Port of Spain, Trinidad.

1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis).

1 Active Lizard (Mabuia agilis). From

Maraval, Trinidad.

2 Tuberculated Iguanas (Iguana tubercu- | Presented by R.

lata). From Marayal River, Trinidad. R. Mole, Esq.,

1 Black-pointed Teguexin (Tupinambis C.M.Z.S.

nigropunctatus). From Maraval River,

Trinidad.

3 Thick-necked Tree-Boas (Epicrates cen-

St. Lucia.

3 Common Boas (Boa constrictor).

5 Cooke’s Tree-Boas (Corallus cooke).

- From the Caroni River, Trinidad.

1 Anaconda (Eunectes murinus).

1 Boddaert’s Snake (Drymobius boddaert2).

From St. Vincent.

Proc. Zoou. Soo,— 1897, No, LXIYV, 64

chris).

1 Antillean Boa (Boa divinilogua), From |

970

May 11. 1 Chequered Elaps (E/aps lemniscatus).

12.

13.

21.

APPENDIX.

1 Mocassin Snake (Troprdonotus fasciatus). ges re R.

1 Red-bellied Snake ( Coronella calligaster’). CM ZS Se

1 Angulated Snake (Helicops angulatus). para

1 Anaconda (Eunectes murinus). Presented by F. W. Urich, Esq.

3 Egyptian Weasels (Mustela subpalmata). Presented by A.

R. Birdwood, Esq.

8 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus shawi). oF

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius).

3 Long-eared Hedgehogs (Erinaceus auritus).

1 Grey Monitor (Varanus griseus).

1 Common Skink (Seincus officinalis).

10 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocellatus).

1 Defenceless Lizard (Agama inermis). ’

2 Egyptian Eryx (£ryx jaculus). k me Eeypte

] Rough-keeled Snake (Dasypelta seabra). ‘? Roche oe on

9 Egyptian Cobras (Nata haje). | RSIS

8 Cerastes Vipers (Cerastes cornutus).

8 Clifford’s Snakes (Zamenis diadema).

2 Hissing Sand-Snekes (Psammophis sibilans).

4 Cambayan Turtle-Doves ( Turtur senegalensis).

2 Lesser Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles

exustus). J

1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus). Presented by

Sir Henry A. Blake, K.C.M.G.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 2. Presented by

W. B. Orme, Esq.

. 6 Mexican Quails (Callipepla squamosa). Purchased.

. 1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by F, White-

house, Esq.

. 1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alexandri), 2. Presented

by Mrs. E. Hight.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Patagonian Cavy (Dolichotis patachonica). Born in the

Menagerie.

. 1 White-tailed Gnu (Connochetes gnu), 6. Received in Ex-

change.

1 Eland (Oreas canna), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

3 Cocteau’s Skinks (Macroscincus cocteaui). From the Island of

Raza, Cape de Verde. Presented by Boyd Alexander, Esq.

. 2Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by W.

A. Bromwich, Esq.

1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus) 3, albino. De-

posited.

1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucos), 9. Presented

by Mr. T. H. Rudkin.

2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), 2 2. Presented by

Mrs. Hardisty.

1 Cape Hunting-Dog (Lycaon pictus), g. Presented by the

Royal Zoological Society of Ireland.

2 Bridled Wallabies (Onychogale frenata), 2 9. Purchased.

1 Australian Pelican (Pelecanus consjicillatus). Purchased.

2 Blue Penguins (Eudyptula minor). Purchased. See P. Z. 8.

1897, p. 721.

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Presented by H.E.

Col. F. Cardew, C.M.G.

2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Deposited,

May 22.

31,

June 1.

CONoO

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 971

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula), Q. Presented by

J. Martin Kennedy, Hsq., M.D.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Fulco peregrinus). Presented by Mr. J

Kilpatrick. ;

1 Antillean Boa (Boa divinilogua). Presented by Capt. Digby

H. Barker.

. 2 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika),2 g. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

5. 2 Red-topped Amazons (Chrysotis rhodocorytha). Purchased.

. 1 Pleasant Antelope (7? agelaphus gratus), 3. Deposited.

2 Cunningham’s Skinks (Zyernia cunninghami). Deposited.

11 Cunningham’s Skinks (LZyernia cunninghami). Deposited.

2 Punctulated Tree-Snakes (Dendrophis punctulatus). De-

posited.

. 3 White-eared Conures (Pyrrhura leucotis). Purchased.

1 West-African Sheep (Ovzs artes, var.), ¢. Presented by H.E.

Col. F. Cardew, C.M.G.

. 1 Chimpanzee (young) (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 2. Pre-

sented by the Hon. Sir W. Grantham.

1 Alpaca (Lama pacos), 3. Purchased.

1 Bhurrel Sheep (Ovis bhurvel), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Olive-brown Snake (Phrynonax fasciatus). Presented by

R. R. Mole, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

29, 1 Broad-snouted Cayman (Caiman latirostris). Presented by

C, L. Hutchings, Esq.

4 Royal Pythons (Python regius). Deposited.

1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos). Presented by William Forbes,

Esq.

2 Bed fronted Gazelles (Gazella rufifrons), § 29. Deposited.

1 Long-legged Jackal (Canis variegatus), Received in Exchange.

3 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Received in Ex-

change. .

1 Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata), Received in Exchange.

1 Fennec Fox (Canis cerdo). Received in Exchange.

6 Egyptian Foxes (Canis niloticus). Received in Exchange.

1 Pale Genet (Genetta senegalensis). Received in Exchange.

3 Leith’s Tortoises (Zestudo leithi). Received in Exchange.

1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta). Deposited.

2 Black-headed Lemurs (Lemur brunneus). Deposited.

1 Patagonian Cavy (Dolichotis patachonicus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Pied Mynah Che satc| contra). Presented by B. H.

Jones, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquata), 2. Presented

by” Mrs. Doyne.

. 1 Californian Sane Lion (Otaria californiana), 2. Purchased.

2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus), ¢ 2. Purchased.

1 Harnessed Antelope (7 malo scriptus), 2. Deposited.

. 2 Vervet Monkeys (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3 Q. Presented by

J. EK. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Crested Porcupines (Hystria cristata). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 5 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Deposited.

. 1 Eland (Orias canna), $. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Thar (Capra ee do. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Eroded Cinixys (Cinixys erosa). Purchased.

64*

972

June 9.

10.

dds

12.

15.

14.

15.

16.

17.

APPENDIX.

4 Black-footed Penguins (Spheniscus demersus). Received in

Exchange.

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Lt.-Col. Wil-

loughby Verner.

1 American Flying-Squirrel (Sciwropterus volucella). Presented

by Miss Lucy Sanderson.

1 House-Sparrow (Passer domesticus, var.),2. Presented by

W. B. Bingham, Esq.

14 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Deposited.

1 American Flying-Squirrel (Sezwropterus volucella). Presented

by Miss Lucey Sanderson.

1 Grey Squirrel (Sciwrus griseus). Presented by D.S. Miller,

sq.

3 Common Squirrels (Seiwrus vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by G. K. Gude,

Esq.

2 White Ibises (Eudocimus albus, jr.). Purchased.

2 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), 2g. Presented by Col.

Stucley.

1 Suricate (Sruicata tetradactyla). Deposited.

1 Pennant’s Parrakeet (Platycercus pennanti). Deposited.

1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycercus evimius). Deposited.

2 Vervet Monkeys (Cercopithecus lalandii),§ 2. Presented by

Mr. J. W. Lincker.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), S. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (A2pyprymnus rufescens), 2. Born in

the Menagerie.

2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Petawrus sciureus), 29. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Short-headed Phalanger (Petaurus breviceps), 6. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 9. Presented by

Alfred Beit, Esq.

1 Yellowish Capuchin (Cebus flavescens), Q. Presented by

H. C. Fernando Rohé, Esq.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothriz sciurea), 2. Presented by H. C.

Fernando Rohé, Esq.

1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Peaceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia placida). Purchased.

. 2 Red Kangaroos (Macropus rufus), 2 Q. Purchased.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka),2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Servaline Cat (Felis servalina). Presented by the Rev. Ernest

Millar.

2 Bateleur Eagles (Helotarsus ecaudatus). Presented by Charles

Palmer, Esq., C.M.ZS.

2 Black-necked Herons (Ardea atricollis), Presented by Charles

Palmer, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinellus). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 King Penguins (Aptenodytes pennanti). Purchased.

1 Grey Monitor (Varanus griseus). Presented by Dixon Bey.

. 2 Natal Pythons (Python sebe, var.). Presented by Hon. R.

Carnegie.

. 1 Orang-outang (Simia satyrus), d. Deposited.

. 1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

- 1 Common Squirrel (Scirus vulgaris). Presented by Lady

Acland Hood.

ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGERIE. 978

June 28, 1 Red-crested Cardinal (Paroaria cucullata). Presented by

30.

July 1.

Miss Edith M. Kemp- Welch.

8 Spotted Geckos (Pachydactylus maculatus). )

24 Hispid Lizards (Agama hispida).

13 Rough-scaled Lizards (Zonurus cordylus).

2 Delalande’s Lizards (Nucras delalandit).

2 Three-streaked Skinks (Mabuta trivittata).

2 Aurora Snakes (Lamprophis aurora).

2 Infernal Snakes (Boodon infernalis).

1 Lineated Snake (Boodon lineatus).

1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutriz).

2 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra).

11 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira hotambeia).

5 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Trimerorhinus

rhombeatus).

8 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer).

1 Yellow Cobra (aia flava).

Presented by J.

E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

29. 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli). From Appantoo,

Coomassie. Presented by Dr. Thomas Pigg.

1 Vulpine Phalanger ( Trichosurus vulpecula),Q2. Presented by

M. A. Murray, Esq.

2 Palm-Squirrels (Seiwrus palmarum). Presented by C. Ingram,

sq.

2 Wilitecarasian Jay Thrushes (Garrulax leucolophus). Pre-

sented by B. H. Jones, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Indian Dial-bird (Copsychus saularis). Deposited.

1 Orang-outang (Svmia satyrus), 9. Presented by Dr. H.

Dohrn, C.M.Z.S. From Sumatra. See P. Z.S8. 1897, p. 810.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Mr.

James Callingham.

1 Banded Ichneumon (Crossarchus fasciatus). Deposited.

1 Common Seal (young) (Phoca vitulina). Presented by Mr.

Wetherhogg.

. 3 Ruddy Finches (Carpodacus erythrinus). Purchased.

2 Black Cuckoos (Zudynamis orientalis). Purchased.

1 Tayra (Galictis barbara). Purchased.

6 Mandarin Ducks (4x galericulata). Bred in the Menagerie.

3 Summer Ducks (4x sponsa). Bredin the Menagerie.

2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Ladorna variegata). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Salvadori’s Cassowary (Casuarius salvadorii ?). Deposited.

2 Gentoo Penguins (Pygosceles teniatus). Deposited.

. 2 Babirussas (Babirussa alfurus), $ Q. Presented by H.G.

The Duke of Bedford, F.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1897, p. 810.

1 Blackbird (Turdus merula, var.), 3. Presented by Mr. A.

Lawford Jones.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (albino) (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Deposited.

1 Rock-hopper Penguin (Zudyptes chrysocome). From Anti-

podes Island. Deposited.

1 Thick-billed Penguin (Ludyptes pachyrhynchus). From

Stewart Island. Deposited. See P. Z.S. 1897, p. 810.

1 Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus), 2. From the Hills north of

Bagdad. Presented by B. T. Ffinch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa), Presented by Mr. J. B.

Gowing.

. 2 Graceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia cuneata). Deposited.

974

July 6.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14,

16.

17.

19.

20.

21.

22.

APPENDIX,

1 Osprey (Pandion haliaétus). From Aberdeenshire. Presented

by Major-Gen. Russell, M.P.

1 Dwarf Finch (Spermestes nana). Purchased.

. 2 Common Bluebirds (Sialia wilsont). Bred in the Menagerie.

4 White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes), Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Auriculated Dove (Zenaida auriculata). Bred in the Mena-

gerie.

. 1 Cayman-Island Amazon (Chrysotis caymanensis). Presented

by C. Home Sinclair, Esq.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Miss Amy Meyer.

. 1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Presented by Mrs.

Reynell.

2 Ganga Cockatoos (Callocephalon galeatum), 23. Purchased.

1 Shag Saad ia graculus), Presented by Edward Step,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Biuaohaats Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mrs.

Nicholas Wood.

2 Barred-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Purchased.

2 Chinese Turtle-Doves ( Turtur chinensis). Purchased.

1 English Wild Bull (Bos tawrus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Roseate Spoonbill (Ajaja rosea). Purchased.

1 Thar (Capra jemlaica). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus). Presented by A. Burnell

Tubbs, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Master Ian

B. Dickson.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). Presented

by A. E. Snooks, Esq.

1 Red-sided Kelectus (Kelectus pectoralis). Presented by Mr.

Edward Hawkins.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco). Presented by R. A. Todd,

Esq., F.Z.S,

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Presented by R. A.

Todd, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Grey Lemur (Hapalemur griscus). Presented by R. A. Todd,

Esq., F.Z.S,

1 Common Cassowary (Caswarius galeatus). Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), Presented by Mr. W.

Meears.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), Presented by W.

H. Stather, Esq.

1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus scriptus),3. Presented by

Rh. B. Llewelyn, Esq., C.M.G.

1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera). Purchased.

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.

1 Daudin’s Tortoise (Zestwdo daudini). Deposited. See P. Z. 8.

1897, p. 810.

1 Crowned Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma coronatum). Presented

by C. H. Hastings, Esq.

1 King Parrot (Aprosmictus cyanopygius). Presented by Mrs.

R. L. Turner.

July 22.

Aug. 3.

10.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE: 975

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Deposited.

1 Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron chinquis). Bred in the Mena-

gerie.

d. 1 Purplish Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Presented

by E. H. Bostock, Esq.

. 1 Vulpine Squirrel (Sciwrus vulpinus). Presented by Messrs.

A. G. & R. Rawlins. '

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by D. Mackin-

tosh, Esq.

26. 1 Wood-Brocket (Cariacus nemorivagus),Q. Presented by C.

Passingham, Esq.

. 6 Bar-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesi). Bred in the Menagerie.

3 Amherst Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstia). Bred in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Green-billed Toucan (Rhamphastos dicolorus). Purchased.

1 Grooved Tortoise ( Testudo calcarata). Deposited.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by J.

Fleming, Esq.

1 Grooved Tortoise (Testudo calcarata). Deposited.

. | Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Mr. G. H. Cheverton.

. 1 Purplish Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Presented

by E. H. Bostock.

1 Brown Death-Adder (Diemenia textilis). Presented by E. H.

Bostock, Esq.

1 Shielded Death-Adder (Notechis scutatus). Presented by E.

H. Bostock, Esq.

1 Natal Python (Python sebe, var.). Presented by W. Cham-

pion, Esq.

1 Green-necked Touracou (Gallirex chlorochlamys). Presented

by W. Champion, Esq.

1 Feline Genet (Genetta felina). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Ksq., C.M.Z.S.

4 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Deposited.

1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphinx), g. Presented by

Dr. H. O. Forbes.

2 White-collared Mangabeys (Cercocebus collaris), 9. Pre-

sented by Dr. H. O. Forbes.

1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), $. Presented by

Dr. H. O. Forbes.

. 2 Tawny Owls (Syrnium aluco). Presented by T. Guittonneau,

Esq.

. 3 Bennett's Wallabies (Macropus bennetti),2 g,1 9. Born

in the Menagerie.

. 1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigena). Deposited.

2 Thurgi Terrapins (Hardella thurgi). Deposited.

1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by G. J.

W. Vickers, Esq.

. 2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Major Spilsbury.

. | Grey Lemur (Hapalemur griseus). Deposited.

1 Greater Vasa Parrot (Coracopsis vasa). Purchased.

1 Spotted Tinamou (Nothura maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

53 Altai Deer (Cervus eustephanus), 1 ¢,2 2. From the

Altai Mountains. Deposited. See P. Z. S. 1897, p. 810.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Presented by

Walter Chamberlain, Esq., F.Z.S8.

976

Aug. 10.

13.

16.

18.

19.

23,

24,

25.

26.

APPENDIX.

4 Common Hedgehogs (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by

Eveleyn Pelly, Esq.

1 Matamata Terrapin (Chelys fimbriata). Presented by W. J.

Crummach, Esq.

. 2 Viscachas (Layostomus trichodactylus). Born in the Mena-

erie.

1 Graeme Wild Goat (Capra caucasica), ¢. Received in

Exchange. See P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 811.

2 Ribbon Snakes (Tropidonotus saurita). Presented by J. H.

Fleming, Esq.

7 Striped Snakes ( Tropinodotus ordinatus sirtalis). Presented

by J. H. Fleming, Esq.

4 Dekay’s Snakes (Ischnognathus dekayi). Presented by J. H.

Fleming, Esq.

2 American Milk-Snakes (Coronella triangulum). Presented by

J. H. Fleming, Esq.

2 Grass-Snakes (Contia vernalis). Presented by J. H. Fleming,

sq.

3 Barbary White Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Zicmetis nasica). Presented by

Mrs. M. D. Vibart.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

Samson Clark, Esq.

1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Saffron Finches (Sycalis flaveola). Bred in the Menagerie.

. 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 2. Deposited.

2 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pullaria). Deposited.

1 Painted Terrapin (Chrysemys picta). Presented by C. R.

Fisher, Esq.

1 Golden-crowned Conure (Conurus aureus), Purchased.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), §. Born in theMenagerie.

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by W. L.

Christie, Esq.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Algerian Tortoise (Testudo ibera), Presented by Capt. Alfred

Carpenter, R.N., F.Z.S.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 2. Deposited.

5 Australian Bush-Rats (Mus arboricola). Presented by Edgar

R. Waite, Esq.

1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Egyptian Kites (Milvus egyptius). Presented by G. A.

Ogilvie, Esq.

1 Mountain Ka-Ka or Kea (Nestor notabilis), Presented by

Arthur Hope, Esq.

2 Ravens (Corvus corax), § 2. Presented by W. B. Bingham,

Esq.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Zmys orbicularis), Presented by

F. F. Bastain, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-

sented by Mrs. A. Charlesworth.

1 Turtle-Dove (Turtur communis). Presented by Miss Mallard.

2 Black-throated Weaver-birds (Ploceus atriguia). Purchased.

2 Bengal Weaver-birds (Ploceus bengalensis). Purchased.

Aug. 26.

27.

28.

30.

Sept. 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 977

4 Goliath Beetles (Goliathus druryt). Presented by W. Durham

Hall, Esq.

at Bisse fMygate, sp. inc.). Presented by Rowland Ward,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Parcs Sun-bird (Cinnyris asiaticus), . From Calcutta.

Presented by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Feline Genet (Genetta felina).

1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalandit).

1 Pufft-Adder (Bitis arietans).

1 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). p Seer hy ae

1 onahebeeiad Snake (Dasypeltis scabra). po : te 2

2 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Zirimerorhinus ¢ by PEM afehanty

rhombeatus). Esq. G.MLZS

1 Infernal Snake (Boodon infernalis). ae ra

2 Lineated Snakes (Boodon lineatus).

1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira hotambeta).

3 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). _)

1 Tawny Owl (Syraium aluco). Presented by G. Hastings

Bostock, Esq.

2 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquatus). Presented by

Miss M. Parsons.

1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). Purchased.

1 Large-eared Mouse (Phyllotis griseoflavus).

2 Chimachima Milvagos (Ditlvago chima-

chima).

geri Song-Sparrows (Zonotrichia pile- | p,, , ente d by E.

3 Yellowish Finches (Sycalis luteola). Es zerala,

2 Bay Cow-birds (Molothrus badius). er:

1 Yellow Troupial (Xanthosomus flavus), 9.

3 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pul- |

laria). J

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Deposited.

3 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Deposited.

1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Deposited.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Deposited.

1 Common Night-Heron (Nycticorax griseus). Deposited.

2 Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Deposited.

2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Deposited.

1 Huanaco (Zama huanacos), 2. Presented by W. J. Huxley,

Esq.

. 1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Rough-legeed Buzzards (Archibuteo lagopus). From Waigats

Island. Presented by Col. H. W. Feilden, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Malabar Squirrel (Sciwus maximus). Presented by J. E.

Sumner, Esq.

1 Hiepean Pond-Tortoise (Emys orbicularis). Presented by

Mr. Duncan Dickers.

. 11 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by C. W.

Tytheridge, Esq.

1 A ae (Lacerta muralis). Presented by C. W. Tythe-

ridge, Esq.

2 Sand-Lizards (Lacerta agilis). Presented by C. W. Tythe-

ridge, Esq.

14.

15.

16.

17.

20.

APPENDIX.

1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), 3. Presented

by W. R. Routledge, Esq.

1 Ivory Gull (Pagophila eburnea), From Franz Josef’s Land.

Presented by Fred. G. Jackson, Esq.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. H. du Domaine.

. 1 Chilian Sea-Eagle (Geranoaétus melanoleucus). Purchased.

1 Indian Civet ( Viverricula malaccensis). Purchased.

. 1 King Parrot (Aprosmictus cyanopygius), 2. Presented by

Dr. G. Granville Bantock.

. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 2. Presented by C.

Hardy, Esq.

. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jucchus), $. Presented by Mrs.

C. J. Anson.

. 1 Patagonian Cavy (Dolichotis patachonica). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 6. Presented by

the Ear] of Orkney.

1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.

1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus). Presented by H. W. Garratt,

1 Levyaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillanti). Presented by

Charles Strong, Esq.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys orbicularis). Presented by

Miss W. Fenwick.

1 Water-Vole (black variety) (Arvicola amphibius). Presented

by Master E. Hope Vere.

1 Arctic Fox ( Canis lagopus). Presented by G. B. Collier, Esq.

4 Little Ringed Plovers (Ayialitis curenica). Purchased.

1 Hoopoe (Upupa cpops). Purchased.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2. Deposited.

2 Grey-breasted Parrakeets (Wyopsitiacus monachus). Pre-

sented by R. M. Copnall, Esq.

2 Gannets (Sula bassana). Presented by the Hon. Walter

Rothschild, F.Z.S.

1 Black Woodpecker (Picus martius). Purchased.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Harold

Smith, Esq.

2 Red Foxes (Canis fulvus). Purchased.

1 Marabou Stork (Leptoptilus crumeniferus). Presented by

Captain C. F. Beeching.

1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by the Rev. T. C. A.

Barrett.

1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by

J. W. Drysdale, Esq.

1 Giraffe ( Giraffa camelopardalis capensis), $. From Bechuana-

land. Deposited by H.M. The Queen.

21. 1 Common Badger (Meles tarus). Presented by Mrs. Cheape.

1 Peregrine Faleon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by Major

Hawkins Fisher.

2. 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre-

sented by John Paget, Esq.

3. 1 Common Sandpiper (TZringotdes hypoleucus). Purchased.

. 1 Crowned Lemur (Lemur coronatus), 9. Deposited.

1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alewandri). Deposited.

2 Red-fronted Gazelles (Gazella rufifrons), ¢ 9. Purchased.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 979

Sept.25. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by -

27.

30.

Oct. 2.

Mrs. B. Hudson.

4 Rollers (Coracias garrulus). Deposited.

20 Marbled Ducks (Marmaronetta angustirostris). Deposited.

2 Pochards (Fuligula ferina). Deposited.

6 Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Pferocles arenarius). Deposited.

2 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata). Deposited.

3 Stone-Curlews (dicnemus scolopar). Deposited.

12 Pratincoles (Glareola pratincola). Deposited.

9 Great Bustards (Otis tarda), 4 $,5 2. Deposited.

4 Little Bustards (Otis tetraz). Deposited.

2 Slender-billed Gulls (Larus gelastes). Deposited.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Zpyprymnus rufescens), 3. Presented

by Dr. J. S. Williams.

. 1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Zarus marinus). Presented by

W. J. Simpson Ladell, Esq.

A Lesser Black-backed Gulls (Larus fuscus). Presented by W.

J. Simpson Ladell, Esq.

2 Serrated Terrapins (Chrysemys serrata). Deposited.

4 Reeves’s Terrapins (Damonia reevesi). Deposited.

1 Amboina Box-Tortoise (Cyclemmys amboinensis). Deposited.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinirys belliana). Deposited.

2 Adanson’s Sternotheres (Sternotherus adansoni). Deposited.

1 Sharp-nosed Sternothere (Sternotherus oayrhinus). De-

posited.

1 Lesueur’s Gecko (Gtdura lesueurt). Deposited.

1 White’s Skink (Zgernia whitit). Deposited.

2 Cunningham’s Skinks (Lyernia cunninghami). Deposited.

2 Lesueur’s Skinks (Lygosoma lesueurt). Deposited.

31 Decresian Skinks (Lygosoma decresiense). Deposited.

1 Musteline Skink (Lygosoma mustelinum). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3.

1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), 9 . Presented by

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 3. > W.S. Gilbert,

1 White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus col- | Esq.

laris), 3. )

1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), G. Presented by

George F. Gardner, Esq.

. 1 Golden Plover (Charadrius plumalis). Purchased.

1 Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica). Purchased.

1 Ringed Plover (Afgialitis hiaticula). Purchased.

1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased. »

1 Eyra (Felis eyra). Purchased.

1 Scemmerring’s Gazelle (Gazella semmerringt), §. Received

in Exchange.

2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Received in Exchange.

. 1 Nightjar (Caprimulgus europeus). Presented by Mr. Richard

Cotter. :

. 1 Crowned Duiker-Bok (Cephalophus coronatus), 3. Presented

by A. Nightingale, Esq.

1 Scarlet Snake (Cemophora coccinea). =

3 American Black Snakes (Zamenis con-

strictor). | Presented by J.

2 Testaceous Snakes (Zamenis flagelliformis). > H. Fleming,

1 Mexican Snake (Coluber melanoleucus). Esq.

1 Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platyrhinos). |

1 King Snake (Coronella getula). ane

APPENDIX.

7. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.

A. H. Browne, F.Z.S.

9. 1 Dusky Parrot (Pionus fuscus). Presented by F. Scammell,

Esq.

BL Wantti Deer (Cervus canadensis), . Born in the Menagerie.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Spotted Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus). 2

1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nwcras delalandii). |

3 Lineated Snakes (Boodon lineatus).

1] Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis seabra). | Presented by J.

4 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). a q. a

10 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira hotambeia). ?

2 Rhomb-marked Snakes (TZrimerorhinus

rhombeatus).

12. 1 Geoffroy’s Cat (Felis geoffroii, jy.?). Presented by W.

Brice, Esq.

1 Matamata Terrapin (Chelys fimbriata). Presented by W.

Brice, Esq.

13, 1 Great Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), 9. Purchased.

14, 1 White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus collaris), 2. Pre-

sented by Miss Daisy Kendall.

1 Banded River-Turtle (Emyda vittata). Presented by Mr.

H. Felix.

5. 1 Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes ichnewmon). Presented by

Ernest A. Dixon, Esq.

1 Cape Zorilla (Ictonyx zorilla). Deposited.

1 Beisa Antelope (Oryx beisa), From Somaliland. Presented

by J. Benet Stanford, Esq.

2 Arabian Gazelles (Gazella arabica), 2 g. Presented by

J. Benet Stanford, Esq.

1 Caffer Cat (Felis caffra, jv.). From Somaliland. Presented

by J. Benet Stantord, Esq.

1 Red-River Hog (Potamocherus penicillatus), 2. Purchased,

1 Leopard (Fels pardus), §. Presented by Capt. Humfrey.

16. 1 Zanzibar Antelope (Nesotragus moschatus), Q. Presented by

H. 8. H. Cavendish, Esq.

1 Augur Buzzard (Buteo augur). Presented by H. S. H.

Cavendish, Esq.

1 Chinchilla (Chinchilla lanigera), 3. Presented by J. A.

Wolftsohn, Esq.

18. 1 Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus). Purchased.

19, 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula), 2. Presented by

Miss Shone.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented by

Miss A. E. Ard.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 2. Deposited.

1 Bennett’s Cassowary (Casuarius bennetti). Deposited.

22, 1 Crowned Lemur (Lemur coronatus), 9. Deposited.

1 Grey Lemur (Hapalemur griseus). Deposited.

1 Diademed Amazon (Chrysotis diademata). Deposited.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Trumpeter Swans (Cygnus buccinator). Purchased.

23, 2 Weka Rails (Ocydromus australis). Presented by Forbes

White, Esq.

1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus), 2. Presented

by Mr. Aitchison.

Oct. 25.

26,

28.

29.

30.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 981

1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), 9. Received in Exchange.

1 Hog Deer (Cervus poreinus), 9. Received in Exchange.

2 Great-billed Rheas (Rhea macrorhyncha). Deposited.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

G. E. Gratton, Esq.

1 Many-coloured Parrakeet (Psephotus multicolor). Purchased.

6 Common Rheas (Rhea americana), juy. Purchased.

1 Pennant’s Parrakeet (Platycercus pennanti). Deposited.

1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis), Presented by J. H.

Renals, Esq.

1 White-crested Tiger Bittern (Zigriosoma leucolophum). Pre-

sented by Dr. J. F. Dell.

3 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus shawi), Born in the Mena-

gerie.

Noy. 1. 10 Paradise Whydah-birds (Vidua paradisea). Deposited.

10.

12.

3 Pin-tailed Whydah-birds (Vidua principalis). Deposited.

4 Crimson-eared Waxbills (Zstrelda phenicotis). Deposited.

2 Red-bellied Waxbills (Zstrelda rubriventris). Deposited.

2 Yellow-rumped Seed-eaters (Crithagra chrysopyga). Depo-

sited.

1 Singing Seed-eater (Crithagra musica). Deposited.

. 1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus). Presented by Major-Gen.

Alex. A. A. Kinloch, F.Z.S.

. 1 Levaillant’s Darter (Plotus levaillanti). Purchased.

5 Tessellated Snakes (Tropidonotus tessellatus). Presented by

Herr Carl Hagenbeck.

. 1 Black Wood-Hen (Ocydromus fuscus). Deposited.

2 Jackass Penguins (Spheniscus magellanicus). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (/Zacacus cynomolgus), §. Presented by

Miss Rachel Hunt.

1 Mediterranean Peregrine Falcon (Falco punicus?). Presented

by Capt. Watson.

. 2Sloth Bears (Melursus ursinus), ¢ 2. Presented by Sir

Henry D. Tichborne, Bart.

1 One-wattled Cassowary (Casuarius uniappendiculatus). De-

posited.

2 Palm-Squirrels (Seurus palmarum), Presented by Dr. G. H.

Nowell.

1 Salt-water Terrapin (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Presented by

H. Arthur Clifton, HKsq.

1 Rosy-billed Duck (Metop.ana peposaca), 9. Purchased.

3 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by the Rev. G. H.

Thompson.

2 Golden Plovers (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

2 Dunlins (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

4 Common Gulls (Zarus canus). Purchased.

1 Whooper Swan (Cygnus musicus). Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Night-Heron (Nyeticorar griseus). Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Hsq., F.Z.S.

1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Mrs,

Wolterbuk.

1 Californian Quail (Callipepla californica), 3. Presented by

Walter Robertson, Esq.

982

Noy. 12.

13,

16,

17.

18.

19.

23.

APPENDIX.

3 Anomalous Snakes (Rhadinea anomala). Purchased.

1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Deposited.

2 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquata), 2 9. Pre-

sented by Mrs. G. F. Cooper.

1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta), 2. Deposited.

1 Speke’s Gazelle (Gazella spekii), §. From Djiboutil, Abys-

sinia. Presented by Dr. L. de Gébert. See P. Z. S. 1897,

. 920.

1 Mspoaae Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

F. Greswolde-Williams, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Deposited.

6 Rosy-faced Love-birds (Agapornis roseicollis). Purchased.

1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Pal@ornis longicauda), 6. Purchased.

1 Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caretta). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus) (albino), g. Pre-

sented by James Coombs, Esq.

1 Bridled Wallaby (Onychogale frenata), §. Purchased.

2 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Zrimerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Oldham’s Snakes (Chlorophis hoplogaster). Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Puff-Adder (itis arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.8.

. 2 Double-spurred Francolins (Francolinus bicalcaratus). Pre-

sented by EK. G. B. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Rosy Bullfinches (Erythrospiza githaginea). Presented by

E. G. B. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by T. Hope

Robinson, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Siskins (Chrysomitris spinus). Purchased.

4 Lesser Redpolls (Linota rufescens). Purchased.

. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca). Presented by E. Penton,

Esq.

1 Hawk-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by Dr. J.

Bach.

2 Scorpion Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternon scorpioides). Presented

by Dr. J. Bach.

11 Duméril’s Grieved Tortoises (Podoenemis dumeriliana). Pre-

sented by Dr. J. Bach.

1 Electric Eel (Gymnotus electricus). Purchased.

1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by G.

Willison, Esq.

1 Flat-backed Terrapin (Cyclemys platynota). From Johore,

Malay Peninsula. Presented by 8. S. Flower, Esq., F.Z.S.

24, 2 Bridled Wallabies (Onychogale frenata), ¢ 2. Purchased.

25. 1 Deer (Cervus maral?), $6. From the Caucasus. Presented

by The Duke of Bedford, F.Z.S.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Zestudo pardalis). Presented by Miss

E. Harrold.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), d. De-

posited,

1 Atrican Brush-tailed Poreupine (Atherura africana). Pre-

sented by Capt. W. C. Woollett.

. 1 Short-tailed Wallaby (Macropus brachyurus). Presented by

Mr. H. Lowe.

. 2 Ring-tailed Coatis (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), 9. Deposited.

Nov. 29.

30.

Dec. 1.

14.

165.

16.

17.

18.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 983

1 Punctated Agouti (Dasyprocta punctata). Deposited.

1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera), 3. Deposited.

2 Flat-backed Terrapins (Cyclemys platynota). From Johore,

Malay Peninsula. Presented by 8. 8. Flower, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (Ateles geoffroyi), 9. Presented

by F. Colsell, Esq.

2 White-naped Weasels (Peecilogale albinucha). From Natal.

Presented by W. Champion, Hsq. See P, Z. 8. 1898, p. 1.

2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Horace Dibley, Esq.

. 2 Vervet Monkeys (Cercopithecus lulandii), ¢ 2. Presented by

L. B. Wright, Esq.

Seaup Ducks (Fuligula maria), 6 Q. Purchased.

Dominicans’ Cat (Felis dominicanorum). rom the Province

of Foo-chow, China. Presented by Messrs. C. B. Rickett

and J. de La Touche. See P. Z.S. 1898, p. 1

2 White-lezeed Falconets (Microhierax melanoleucus), From

the Province of Foo-chow, China. Presented by Messrs.

C. B. Rickett and J. de La Touche. See P.Z. 8. 1898, p. 2.

1 Collared Jay-Thrush (Garrulax picticollis). From the Province

of Foo-chow, China. Presented by Messrs. C. B. Rickett

and J. de La Touche.

1 White-browed Laughing-Thrush (Dryonastes sannio). From

the Province of Koo-chow, China. Presented by Messrs.

C. B. Rickett and J. de La Touche.

2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis), 3 Q. Purchased.

i Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Presented by A. H. E. Wood,

. 1 White-headed Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus leucocephalus). From

Newfoundland. Purchased.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by Wm. Wethered, Esq.

. 4 Burrowing-Owls (Speotyto cunicularia). Presented by Miss

Sandys Lumsdaine.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Miss M. L. Peake.

. 6 White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Deposited.

1 Crimson-eared Waxbill (Estrelda phenicotis). Presented by

Miss Aves.

1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). Presented by J. E,

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Binturong (Arctictis bintwrong). Presented by W. W. Skeat,

1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithi), 3. Presented by Col.

F. Morison.

2 Grey Struthideas (Struthidea cinerea). Presented by R.

Phillips, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. Presented by

Mr. Henry Curnow.

3 Coscoroba Swans (Coscoroba candida). Purchased.

1 Mandrill (Cynocephalus mormon, jv.), ¢. Presented by Dr.

H. O. Forbes.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), ¢. Presented by Dr.

H. O. Forbes.

2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus),2 3. Presented

by Dr. H. O, Forbes,

984

Dec. 18

20.

APPENDIX.

1 Lucan’s Crested Eagle (Lophotriorchis lucani), Presented by

Dr. H. O. Forbes. See P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 2.

7 African Walking-fishes (Periophthalmus koelreuteri). Pre-

sented by Dr. H. O. Forbes.

1 Houbara Bustard (Houbara undulata). Purchased.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), g. Presented by

Major R. Haynes-Sadler.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), 2. Presented by

Major R. Haynes-Sadler.

1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur wanthomystax). Deposited.

21. 1 Red-bellied Wallaby (Macropus billardieri). Presented by

Mrs. Beaumont.

. 6 Summer Ducks (4x sponsa),5 5,19. Purchased.

1 Guillemot (ZLomvia troile). Presented by John Pettitt, Esq.

. 1 Marsh-Harrier (Circus eruginosus). Deposited.

. 2 Noisy Pittas (Pitta strepitans). Purchased.

28. 1 Spectacled Bear (Ursus ornatus). From Colombia. Pre-

sented by William Crosley, Esq. See P.Z. S. 1898, p. 2.

1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca). Presented by William

Crosley, Esq.

3 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited.

1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by

H. M. Collins, Esq.

. 1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis), Pur-

31.

chased.

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus). Presented by Mrs.

R. H. Padbury.

1 Suricate (Swicata tetradactyla). Presented by Mrs. Soames.

Abzra

chalcea, 642.

mactalis, 641.

metallica, 642.

rubiginea, 642.

Ablepharus

carsoni, 800.

Aburria

carunculata, 470.

Acallis

Sernaldi, 677, 678.

Acanthoeybium

petus, 273.

solandri, 272, 273.

Acanthocystis

sp., 789.

spinifera, 789.

Acauthodon

lacustris, 731, 732, 773.

meadti, 730, 732.

thorelli, 731, 732.

Acanthodrilus

africanus, 336,337,344,

annectens, 346.

arenarius, 337, 340.

arundinis, 337, 339.

capensis, 336, 337, 345.

excavatus, 337, 342.

falcatus, 337, 341.

lucifuga, 337, 343, 344.

photodilus, 337, 348,

344, 346.

purcelli, 337, 338.

sclatert, 337, 342.

Achza

melicerte, 925.

Acherontia

atropos, 296.

Aciptilia

oxydactyla, 56.

Acompsia

angulifera, 82.

ardeliellia, 82.

psoricopterella, 83.

INDEX.

Acompsia

tinctella, 82.

| Acomys

seloust, 937.

Acontius

hartmanni, 732.

Acrea

acara, 841.

anacreon, 836, 841.

asema, 837.

bresia, 924.

burni, 841.

cabira, 841.

caldarena, 837.

horta, 841.

induna, 837.

lycia, 692.

—, var. sganzini, 841.

natalica, 841.

neobule, 841.

seis, 692.

serena,var. buxtoni, 841.

Acrodegmia

pselaphialis, 640.

Acrolophus

agrotipennella, 172.

leucodocts, 174.

niveipunctatus, 174.

plumifrontellus, 174.

poeyt, 174.

reflecus, 173.

vitellus, 173.

walsinghami, 174.

Acronolepia

biguttalis, 688.

quadricolor, 688.

Acropteryx

arnea, 663.

herbacealis, 663.

nattereri, 663.

Actenia

rubescens, 676.

Actias

luna, 296.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1897, No. LXV.

Actias

mimose, 296.

selene, 296.

Actinophrys

sol, 789.

Actinopus

caffrus, 727.

Acureuta

aspersa, 167.

lentiginosa, 167.

Acutia

falciferalis, 677.

Addzea

candidalis, 632.

polygraphalis, 632.

probolopsis, 632.

subtessellata, 632.

syndesma, 632.

trimeronalis, 632.

Adenopteryx

conchyliatalis, 672.

Adineta

barbata, 798.

gracilis, 798.

vaga, 797.

—, var. major, 797.

—, var. minor, 797,

palmatus, 890.

/Echmophorus

major, 469.

/éluropus

melanoleucus, 415.

/apyceros

melampus, 453, 939.

/®quorea

Sorskalea, 828, 830, 832.

Agama

armata, 800.

torquata, 477.

undulata, 503.

Agastra

mira, 832.

986

Aglantha

digitalis, 833. |

rosea, 833, 835 |

Aglossa

gryphalis, 679.

Agrophis

sarasinorum, 196, 200,

229. I37

Alcimosphenus |

licinus, 871. |

Alceides

orthus, 847.

thyra, 848.

trikosama, 847, 848.

Alpheias

baccalis, 676.

gitonalis, 676.

Alucita

basalis, 60.

bipunctatus, 61.

eapttella, 74.

cosmodactyla, 57.

dentella, 99. |

minutella, 162.

monodactyla, 59.

paleaceus, 60.

participatus, 61.

parvella, 101.

pentadactyla, 59.

preustus, 60.

thome, 60.

(Peelia) eudactyla, 61.

Amalia

marginata, 449.

Awauris

albimaculata, 837.

echeria, 837.

Amblyptilia

cosmodactyla, 57. |

pusillidactyla, 57. |

Amblyura

serpentulus, 790.

Ametrangia

hemisphericum, 826.

Amoeba

quadrilineata, '787.

radiosa, 787.

verrucosa, 787.

Ampelis

garrulus, 890,

Amphisternus

rudepunctatus, 457.

verrucosus, 456,457 464.

Amplorhinus

nototenia, 801.

Amydria

anaphorella, 167.

Anabas

scandens, 428.

Anacampsis

anthyllidella, 79.

INDEX,

| Anacampsis

cornifer, 79.

desectella, 82.

insularis, 81.

lapidella, 81.

mangelivora, 80.

plumbeolata, 79.

populella, 79.

guinguepunctella, 80.

Anadasmus, gen.nov.,100.

albanus, 100.

immundus, 100.

Anaphora

agrotipennella, 172.

arcasalis, 173

bombycina, 174.

lewcodocis, \74.

mimasalis, 173.

noctuina, 173.

plumifrontella, 74.

popeanella, 172.

pusiila, 170.

scardina, 172.

triatomella, 172.

Anapis

hamigera, 875.

Anastomus

lamelligerus, 189.

Ancylis

lanceolana, 121.

virididorsana, 125.

Ancylotrypa

fossor, 732.

spinosa, 732.

Anemosa

isadasalis, 682.

Anguilla

mauritiana, 429.

Anguillula

brevicauda, 790.

ecauda, 790.

longicauda, 790.

mucronata, 790.

Anisodes

pyriniata, 613.

Anisota

stigma, 296.

Aonisthrix

adustalis, 656.

Anoploscelus, gen. nov.,

746, 759, 773.

celeripes, 760, 773.

Antzotricha

griseana, 98, 99.

sinuata, 99.

suffumigata, 98.

tibialis, 98.

walchiana, 98, 99.

zelleri, 99.

Antherzea

menippe, 296.

Antherza

mylitia, 296.

Anthocharis

achine, 27.

amina, 11.

antevippe, 30.

antigone, 34.

auxo, 25.

cebrene, 27.

celimene, 11.

danaé, 22.

delphine, 34.

eione, d+,

ena, 26.

eosphorus, "7.

erone, 18.

etrida, 26.

eurygone, 27.

evanthe, 26.

evarne, 25.

exole, 27, 30.

flavida, 16.

guenei, 24,

tone, 18.

isaura, 30.

Teo, 15.

nound, dt.

ocale, 27.

pallene, 34.

phenon, 11, 12,

phlegetonia, 34.

phiegyas, 20.

regina, 21.

siga, 24.

theogone, 27.

—, var. 6, 28.

cera, 30,

20é, 16.

Anthopsyche

acte, 27.

agoye, 7.

anteupompe, 22, 23.

dalila, 34.

dedecora, 22.

deidamia, 33.

demagore, 25.

epigone, 27.

eucharis, 25, 34.

evarne, 25.

evenina, 33.

gavisa, 30.

heuglini, 39.

keiskamma, 25.

omphale, 30.

pholoé, 11.

procne, 27.

roxana, 30.

speciosa, 18.

stygia, 35.

theopompe, 22.

topha, 25,

Anybia

conspersa, 107.

curvipunctella, 107.

metallifera, 108.

piperatella, 107.

tripunctata, 108.

‘Anyphena

simplicipalpis, 878.

Aphelia

lanceolana, 121.

Aphnzus

hutchinsonii, 849.

Apinoglossa

comburana, 132.

Aporoptychus

' africanus, 732.

Aptenodytes

pennant, 810.

Arachnactis

albida, 803, 804, 805,

806, 807, 809.

bournei, 8038, 805, 806,

807.

brachiolata, 807.

Aranea

calceata, "745, 756.

Araneus

gibbifer, 874.

grayi, 874.

wenzeli, 874.

(Amamra) gibbifer,

874.

(Epeira) Jlabyrintheus,

874

(—) nauticus, 873.

(—) purpurascens, 873.

(—) theist, 874.

Arcella

sp., 787.

artocrea, 788.

disphera, 789.

Archips

Jamaicana, 133.

Ardea

ardesiaca, 189.

cinerea, 469.

gularis, 813.

melanocephala, 189.

sibilatriz, 813.

Areadiaphanalis, 671.

Argiolaus

silas, 850.

Argiope

argentata, 873.

Senestrinus, 873.

maronica, 873.

subtilis, 873.

Argyresthia

percussella, 155.

Argyrodes

cancellatus, 860.

INDEX.

Argyroepeira

acuminata, 871.

argyra, 870.

aurulenta, 871.

curta, 871.

regnyt, 871.

Argyrolepia

lepidana, 139.

Ariamnes

longissimus, 860.

Arica

pelopsana, 667.

splendens, 667.

Arion

aggericola, 448.

alpinus, 446, 448.

anthracinus, 448.

ater, 446, 448.

bavayi, 446, 448.

boettgeri, 444.

bourguignati, 446.

brevierei, 448.

ceruleus, 444, 445, 448,

450.

celticus, 446.

circumscriptus, 449.

cltrinus, 443,-444, 449,

450.

cottianus, 448,

dasilve, 448.

elongatus, 448.

emptiricorum, 443, 446,

448.

fasciatus, 446, 447, 448.

Jiagellus, 448.

flavus, 448.

Suscus, 439, 443, 444,

448, 450.

—, var. boetigert, 444,

450.

hesset, 448.

hortensis, 441, 442, 444,

445, 446, 447, 448,

449, 450.

—, var. ceruleus, 444,

449,

intermedius, 442, 447,

449,

lusitanicus, 448,

mollerz, 449.

nilssoni, 446, 448.

pascalianus, 449,

pegorarit, 448.

rufus, 443, 446, 448.

stabilei, 443.

subcarinatus, 448.

subfuscus, 441, 442,

443, 444, 446, 447,

448, 450.

— griseus, 441.

vejdouskyit, 449,

987

Aristotelia

annulicornis, 63, 64.

crassicornis, 68,

dorsivittella, 66.

eromene, 64.

kittella, 65.

ornatipalpella, 64.

ostariella, 65.

picticornis, 68.

pudibundella, 66.

pulicelia, 67.

roseosuffusella, 66.

trossulella, 67.

Arouva

albivitta, 689.

mirificana, 689.

Arta

encaustalis, 669.

epicenalis, 669.

mutleolella, 669.

olivalis, 669.

rubricalis, 659.

serialis, 669.

statalis, 669.

Artamus

sordidus, 813.

Arthroleptis

whytit, 801, 802, 803.

Arvicanthis

barbarus, 960.

dorsalis, 937.

pulchellus, 937.

Asagena

phalerata, 864.

quadrimaculata, 864.

Asopia

anthecioides, 653.

culiculalis, 659.

rufulalis, 675.

Assulina

seminulun, 787, 788.

Atella

phalantha, 692.

Atlantoxerus

getulus, 933.

Atopocera, gen. noy., 169.

occultum, 169.

Attacus

atlas, 296.

cynthia, 296.

Atiteva

Jastuosa, 118.

Sulviguttata, 113.

lebeawt, 296,

mythimna, 296,

pernyi, 296.

punctella, 112, 113.

ricint, 296.

siderea, 1138.

Auchoteles

perforatana, 651,

65*

988

Auchoteles

sobriana. 651.

Aulacodus

calamophaqus, 938.

sclateri, 938.

swinderenianus, 938.

Aulamorphus, gen. nov.,

572.

hollisi, 572, 577.

Auximobasis

brevipalpella, 95.

constans, 96.

flaviciliata, 95.

insularis, 94, 99.

persimilella, 95.

variolata, 94.

Avatha

leucoptera, 925.

Aysha

ravida, 879.

tenuis, 879.

Azamora

basiplaga, 655.

corusca, 655.

melanospila, 655.

penicillana, 655.

tortriciformis, 6595.

Azanus

Jesous, 843, 924.

macalenga, 843, 844.

morigua, 843.

ubaldus, 844.

uranus, 693.

zena, 845, 844.

Azazia

navigatorum, 613.

Aziba

macropterana, 630.

Azilia

guatemalensis, 872.

Babirussa

alfurus, 810.

Bactra

argutana, 124.

lanceolana, 121.

Baginia

notata, 933.

Balena

Japo.vica, 267.

Balenoptera

sp., 267.

Balbis, gen. nov., 128.

alhicapitana, 128.

assumptana, 128.

excitana, 129.

Jigurana, 129.

livens, 128.

Banisia

bifimbriata, 619.

ordinaria, 619.

INDEX.

Batrachedra

albistrigella, 104.

stigmatophora, 104.

tarsimaculata, 105.

Baudonia

montana, 445.

tumida, 445.

Bazira

aylinella, 175.

Beccaria

cardoni, 464.

papuensis, 463.

wallacei, 463, 464.

Beguma

constellata, 626.

Belenois

abyssinica, 854.

boguensis, 693.

gidica, 693, 854.

infida, 853.

mesentina, 853.

—, var. lordaca, 925.

severina, 853.

Belonoptera

Fratercula, 629.

Srondicula, 629.

nervicula, 629.

patercula, 629.

phyllula, 628.

selenioides, 628, 629.

Bernicla

brenta, 467.

Bettongia

lesueuri, 328.

Bitis

arietans, 801.

Biziura

lobata, 466, 467.

Blabera

atropos, 904.

Blastobasis

anthophaga, 96.

argillacea, 91.

gracilis, 93.

grenadensis, 92.

phycidella, 91.

roscidella, 91.

subolivacea, 92.

triangularis, 93.

Blepharoceras

chilensis, 675, 676.

cinerosus, 676.

rosellus, 675.

sabulosus, 676.

Bolbomorphus

thery?, 461, 464.

Bombyx

reflexa, 178.

Bonchis

munitalis, 682.

scoparioides, 681, 682.

Boodon

lineatus, 801.

Botys

linalis, 663.

transversalis, 632.

Brachionopus, gen. nov.,

740.

robustus, 740, 774.

Brachmia

Sulvidella, 62.

Brachythele

bicolor, 735.

capensis, 736.

Brachyuromys

betsileoensis, 696, 697,

699, 707, 708, 710,

713, 714, 715, 716,

717, 720.

ramirohitra, 695, 696,

697, 698, 699, 707,

708, 709, 713, 715,

716, 720.

Brenthia

pavonacella, 120.

Breviceps

mossambicus, 801.

Briarza

scolopendra, 524,

Bryotropha

translucida, 73.

Bubalis

cokei, 450, 451.

Jjacksont, 451.

lichtensteini, 813.

Bucculatrix

sp-, 142.

flexuosa, 144.

unipuncta, 144.

Bufo

biporcatus, 197, 203,

236.

celebensis, 197,203, 236.

regularis, 801.

Bungarus

candidus, 196, 201,

227.

Butorides

cyanurus, 469.

Byblia

acheloia, 692, 924.

ilithyia, 692, 924.

—, var. acheloia, 841.

—, var. simplex, 840.

Cacocharis

albimacula, 125.

Cacoecia

gallicolens, 633.

jamaicana, 133.

Cacyreus

lingeus, 845.

Cacyreus

marshalli, 845, 857.

palemon, 845, 857.

Czenogenes

ochracea, 170.

pusilla, 55, 170.

Calamaria

acutirostris, 196, 2

223, 237.

collaris, 196, 201, 225, |

237.

curta, 196, 201, 224, |

| Camadena

237.

gervaisit, 224.

gracilis, 196, 201, 994, |

237.

linnei, 196, 201, 225.

lumbricoidea, 225.

muelleri, 196, 201, 228,

231.

nuchaiis, 196, 200, 223,

237.

virgulata,

225.

Callidina

alpium, 794, 796.

aspera, 796.

constricta, 796.

cornigera, 797.

elegans, 796.

habita, 797.

lata, 796.

musculosa, 796.

papillosa, T97.

plicata, 796.

pusilla, T97.

russeola, 796.

tetraodon, 796.

tetrix, 797.

venusta, 796.

Callosciurus

prevostii, 933.

Callosune

alberta, 23.

anaz, 21.

casta, 33.

confusa, 22.

damarensis, 31.

deidamioides, 33.

haevernicki, 51,

hetera, 17.

hildebrandti, 24.

inornata, 33.

jalone, var, natalensis,

20, 21.

mrogoroana, 20,

pseudetrida, 30.

ramaquebana, 35.

vulnerata, 25.

Callula

baleata, 197, 208, 236.

1965 20

INDEX.

Callula

celebensis, 236.

pulchra, 197, 203, 236.

Caloctenus

luteovittatus, 880.

penicilliger, 881.

Calotes

celebensis, 208.

cristatellus, 198,

208.

intermedia, 208.

jubatus, 208.

198,

vespertilionis, 614.

Cambogia

procurata, 611.

Camelopardalis

ethiopicus, 275, 277.

antiquorum, 275, 277.

australis, 275, 277.

biturigum, 277.

capensis, 274, 275, 277.

giraffa, 275, 276, 277.

—, var. ethiopica, 275,

277.

sennaarensis, 274, 275,

277.

Camptochilus

reticulatum, 627.

Candezea

duvivieri, 573.

inconstans, 574.

irregularis, 574.

nigritarsis, 573.

nigrocerilea, 573.

variopennis, 573, 574,

Sle

Candisa

auriflavalis, 691.

Canis

anthus, 957.

aureus, 372, 387, 391,

392, 394, 396, 398,

400, 402, 403, 407.

dingo, 321, 372, 407.

familiaris, 372, 375,

382, 385, 387, 388,

389, 390, 391, 392,

393, 394, 395, 397,

898, 399, 402, 403,

404, 405, 406, 407.

jubatus, 812.

lagopus, 372, 396, 398,

403.

lateralis, 812.

lupus, 400.

vulpes, 372, 376, 391,

394, 400, 409.

— yar. atlantica, 957.

Caphys

bilinea, 678.

989

Caphys

dubia, 678.

Sovealis, 679.

pallida, 678.

palmipes, 679.

subrosealis, 678.

Capra

caucasica, 811.

hireus, var. thebaica,

473.

mengesi, 900, 901.

sinaitica, 901.

Carcha

hersilialis, 633.

violalis, 654.

Carcinus

menas, 721.

Cariama

cristata, 813.

Carpocapsa

assumptana, 128.

grossana, 130.

pomonella, 130.

splendana, 130.

transferrana, 123.

Casama

vilis, 925.

Castalius

calice, 844.

lactinatus, 924.

melena, 844.

Castaneira

spinosa, 882.

Casuaria

armata, 647, 648.

crumend, 648.

Catadupa

integrana, 661.

Catochrysops

asonus, 692, 842.

coffrarie, 843.

dolorosa, 843.

ignota, 843.

mahallokoena, 8438.

osiris, 692, 693.

parsimon, 842, 843.

patricia, 842,

procera, 842.

Catopsilia

florella, 693, 777,

924,

Caustoloma

acutipennis, 614.

Causus

rhombeatus, 801.

Celznorrhinus

mokeezi, 856.

Cemiostoma

coffeella, 142.

Centropus

natalensis, 189.

‘990

Cephalophus

grimmi, 451.

harvey?; 813.

Cerastes

cornutus, 2.

Ceratodus, 602.

Ceratogyrus, gen. nov.,

745, 754.

darlingi, 754, 774.

marshalli, 754, 774.

Ceratomia

undulosa, 296.

Ceratorrhineta

calidana, 133.

Cerberus

rhynchops,

226.

Cercoleptes

caudivolvulus,

389.

Cercopithecus

albigularis, 306, 310.

— moloneyi, 927.

eynosurus, 305, 310.

lalandii, 306, 310.

petaurista, 306, 310.

tantalus, 311.

Cerianthus

loydii, 806.

Cerura

sp., 296, 297.

interrupta, 297.

Cervicapra

bohor, 453.

chanleri, 453.

Sulvorufula, 897, 898.

— subalbina, 897.

Cervus

axis, 39, 41, 44, 45.

bedfordianus, 43, 815.

camelopardalis, 276.

canadensis, 418.

— asiaticus, 815.

caspicus, 38.

dama, 41.

dybowskii, 38, 40, 41,

379,

euopis, 88, 39, 40.

eustephanus, 418, 810,

815.

hortulorum, 38, 42, 43,

44, 45, 46.

kopschi, 38, 40, 41.

luehdorfi, 418.

manchuricus, 38, 40,

41, 42, 43, 44, 45.

— minor, 40.

mandarinus, 38, 44, 45,

46.

maral, 813.

pseudaxis, 38, 42, 43.

196, 201, |

INDEX,

Cervus

sica, 87, 38, 40, 41, 43,

44, 45, 46.

— manchuricus, 39,

42, 44, 46.

— typicus, 39, 42, 46.

sika, 39.

taévanus, 45, 46.

taiouanus, 45.

thoroldi, 42.

wvanthopygus, 815.

Cheetocnema

antennata, 561, 563.

gahani, 560, 562.

longicornis, 561.

mashonana, 563.

natalensis, 563.

semiregulata, 562.

subquadrata, 561.

wollastoni, 568.

Cheetonotus, 790.

Cheetopelma, 747.

| Chalinites

cecropia, 684.

olealis, 684.

proclea, 684.

Chalinolobus

nigrogriseus, 219.

| Chameleon

dilepis, 800.

Charaxes

achemenes, 928.

Jahlusa, 839.

kirkii, 923.

neanthes, 692.

Chasiem pis

sandvicensis, 892.

Chauna

derbiana, 467.

Chelonia

villica, 296.

Chersydrus

granulatus, 196, 200,

2177.

Chionis

alba, 470.

Chiracanthium

inclusum, 878,

viride, 878.

Chlamydophrys

stercorea, 789,

Chlamys

natalensis, 264.

Chlorophis

trregularis, 801.

Chloroselas

esmeralda, 776.

Choregia

aurofasciana, 121.

Sulgens, 121,

ignita, 121.

Choregia

(Simethis) aurofas-

ciana, 121.

Chrysauge

bifasciata, 691.

catenulata, 691.

chrysomelas, 691.

divida, 691.

flavelata, 691.

kadenii, 691.

latifasciata, 691.

unicolor, 691.

Chrysometa

tenwipes, 870.

Chrysopelea

ornata, 196, 201, 227.

rhodopleuron, 227.

_ Chrysophanus

orus, 849.

Chrysoritis, gen. noyv.,

848.

oreas, 849.

Chunga

burmeisteri, 469.

Circe

rosea, 833.

Clathrulina

elegans, 789.

Cleobis

cube, 890.

Clubiona

inclusa, 878.

Clythra

intersecta, 253.

Cobus

defassa, 452.

ellipsiprymnus, 452.

thomasi, 452.

unctuosus, 813,

vardont, 452.

Ceeloma

tortricalis, 658.

Celostathma,

discopunctata, 136.

parallelana, 136.

Coenobius

flavitarsis, 264.

nigritellus, 264.

suffriant, 264.

| Colasposoma

abdominale, 548.

foveatum, 548.

kraatzi, 547.

melancholicum, 549. -

pubescens, 548.

senegalense, 549.

transvalense, 549.

Coleophora

picticornis, 102.

pulchricollis, 102.

troglodytella, 102.

Coleosoma

blandum, 862.

Colias

edusa, 693, 850.

—, var. electra, 850.

hyale, 850.

Colobus

palliatus, 927.

Coluber

erythrurus, 196, 197,

200, 221.

janseni, 196, 200, 220.

oxycephalus, 221.

Colurus

caudatus, 799.

Colymbus

septentrionalis, 468.

Comodica

acontistes, 158.

Compsoschema, gen. nov.,

142.

bimarginellum, 142.

Conchecia

maxima, 528.

Conchylis

sp., 137.

angulatana, 137.

bunteana, 138, 159.

lacteipalpis, 159.

lepidana, 139.

protectana, 138.

tectonica, 138.

vicinitana, 138.

Condylolomia

metapachys, 673.

participalis, 673.

Conilurus

boweri, 821, 332.

hirsutus, 322.

macrurus, 322.

penicillatus, 321, 322,

320.

Connochzetes

taurinus, 451.

Coptodisca

rhizophore, 143.

splendoriferella, 145.

Coptoloma

albicapitana, 128.

jigurana, 129.

Cordylopeza

nigrinodis, 675.

Corinna

consobrina, 884, 887.

lacertosa, $84, 885.

naped, 884, 888.

pallidoguttata, 884,

885.

punicea, 884, 887.

subsignata, 884, 886.

tomentosa, 884, 886.

INDEX.

Corinnomma

albobarbatum, 883.

Coriscium

albomarginatum, 154.

attenuatum, 154.

Corvultur

albicollis, 189.

Corvus

scapulatus, 189.

| Corybissa

congruand, 651.

| Cosmetria

punctata, 824.

salinarum, 83).

| Cosmopteryx

anormalis, 106.

attenuatella, 55, 105,

106.

gemmiferella, 55, 105,

106.

lespedeze, 55, 105.

sancti-vincenti, 106.

similis, 106,

Crameria

subtilis, 112.

Crateropus

squamiceps, 813.

| Cratorhagus

concolor, 747.

tetramera, TAT.

Crax

globicera, 470.

Crepidodera

madagassa, 564.

picticornis, 564.

varicornis, 564.

Cricetodon

cadurcense, 717.

Cricetus

Srumentarius, 704.

Cricula

trifenestrata, 296.

Crioceris

antennalis, 245.

cylindricollis, 243.

dimidiaticornis, 243.

livida, 243.

madagascariensis,

243.

Crocidosema

plebeiana, 127.

Crocidura

sp., 929, 930.

anchiete, 929.

annellata, 930.

crossei, D4.

hirta, 930.

lixa, 926, 980.

silacea, 930.

varilla, 930.

whitakeri, 954.

991

Crocodilus

niloticus, 800.

porosus, 195, 197, 208.

Crossarchus

fasciatus, 931.

Crudaria

leroma, 849.

Cryptocephalus

aggregatus, 257.

allwaudi, 261.

araticollis, 255.

armatus, 262.

atrocinctus, 260.

bifasciatus, 257, 260.

bimaculicollis, 259,

265.

contrarius, 261.

decemnotatus, 254.

decoratus, 266.

denticulatus, 264.

erythromelas, 258.

jucundus, 262.

latefasciutus, 256.

livingstonti, 253, 265.

marshalli, 263, 265.

natalensis, 255, 265.

nigrosuturalis, 254,

poricollis, 262.

smaragdulus, 258.

sulcifrons, 256.

tempestivus, 256.

trisulcatus, 258.

unicinctus, 259.

vittiger, 261, 262.

westwoodi, 256, 265.

| Cryptocosma,

perlalis, 692.

Cryptolechia

immunda, 100.

isabella, 101.

lativitielia, 99.

soraria, 100.

strigocella, 89.

tenera, 100.

Cryptoprocta

Jerox, 372, 388, 408.

Ctenus

unilineatus, 880.

| Cupidopsis

jobates, 843.

| Curicta

lutealis, 688.

oppositalis, 683.

Cybium

petus, 272, 273.

sara, 272, 273.

- solandri, 272, 273.

verany, 272, 273,

| Cyclemys

ambownensis, 195, 197,

203.

992

Oyclopalpia, gen. nov.,

680.

violescens, 680.

Cyclopides

inornatus, 856,

metis, 856.

Cycloplasis

basiplagata, 143.

Cyclops

bisetosus, 792.

Cyclosa

caroli, 873.

thorelli, 873.

triquetra, 873.

Cyclyrius

noquasa, 846, 857.

Cydia

aspidiscana, 130.

flavicollis, 130.

hohenwartiana, 180.

monetulana, 130.

pomonana, 130.

pomonella, 130.

Cydosia

aurea, 112.

punctella, 112.

Cylindrophis

rufus, 196, 200, 217.

Cymbachus

formosus, 460, 464.

pulchellus, 460.

Cynzlurus

Jubatus, 371, 383, 388,

391, 392.

Cynictis

penicillata, 398.

Cyphonisia

obesa, 741.

Cyrtauchenius

zebra, 732.

Cyrtocarenum

rufidens, 727.

Cyrtognatha

serrata, 8738.

Cyrtophora

tuberculata, 872.

Cytzandra

areolata, 817, 818, 835. |

Dacelo

gaudichaudi, 471.

Dactylopsila

trivirgata, 330.

Dactylospherium

vitreum, 787.

Dama

vulgaris, 901.

Damaliscus

gimela, 451.

Darapsa

myron, 296.

INDEX,

Dastira

hippialis, 661.

imitatrix, 690.

Dasyenemia

depressalis, 660.

Dasymys

kaiseri, 936.

Dasypeltis

scabra, 1, 801.

Dasyurus

hallucatus, 333.

Deilephila

alecto, 296.

euphorbie, 296.

syriaca, 296, 297.

Deiopeia

aurea, 112.

pulchella, 777.

Dendrelaphis

terrificus, 196, 197, 200,

221,

Dendrobates

poicephalus, 783.

Dendrocopus

major, 294.

Dendromys

mesomelas, 935.

pumilio, 935.

Dendroneura

prestans, 141.

simplex, 141.

Dendrophis

pictus, 196, 200, 221.

Derbeta

nigrifimbria, 666.

Dialectica, gen. noyv.,

150.

apicepunctella, 152.

ermintella, 152.

rendalli, 151.

sancte-crucis, 151.

Dianthea

nobilis, 807.

Diastoma

sguamosa, 100.

Dibamus

nove-guinee, 196, 199,

216.

Diboloides, gen. nov., 553.

bicolor, 553, 577.

Dibolosoma, gen. noyv.,

559.

quadripustulatum, 560.

Didactylota

bicolor, '77.

Difflugia

areolata, 787.

constricta, 787, 788.

globulosa, 787.

microstoma, 787.

pyriformis, 787.

Diglena

permollis. 798.

Diloxis, gen. nov., 640,

670.

ochriplaga, 671.

Diomedea

melanophrys, 468.

nigripes, 190.

Diorrhabda

maculiceps, 576.

Dipleurosoma

hemisphericum,

827, 828, 835.

irregulare, 826.

Diplura

longipalpis,

771.

826,

738,

calcarata, 863.

meckeli, 863.

valmonti, 863.

Dipsadomorphus

dendrophilus, 196, 201,

226.

—, var. gemmicincta,

226.

flavescens,

226.

irreqularis, 196, 201,

226.

multimaculatus,

201, 226.

Dipurena

halterata, 816.

Dispholidus

typicus, 801.

Dissura

maguari, 469.

Distyla

agilis, 798.

Ditrigonophora, gen.noy.,

117.

marmoretpennis, 117.

Dixoa

albatalis, 611.

Dolichognatha

diversa, 872.

tigrina, 872.

tuberculata, 872.

Doliophis

intestinalis, 196, 201,

227.

Doritis

apollinus, 296.

Draco

beccarii, 195, 198, 207,

237.

lineatus, 206.

maculatus, 206,

reticulatus, 195, 197,

198, 206.

196, 201,

196,

Draco

spilonotus,

206, 237.

volans, 206.

Draconia

annuligera, 631.

denticulata, 631.

mirabilis, 631.

oleigutta, 631.

peripheta, 631.

rusina, 631.

Drepanoterma, gen. nov.,

195, 198,

lacticaudellum, 84, 85.

Dromophis

lineatus, 801.

Drymiarcha

exanthes, 645.

Dryophis

prasinus, 196, 201, 227.

Dryotriorchis

spectabilis, 470.

Durdara

fenestrata, 618.

lobata, 618.

ovifera, 618.

pyraliata, 618.

zonula, 618.

Dyschiriognatha

montana, 868.

Dysodia

albifurca, 609.

ignita, 609.

intermedia, 609.

oculatana, 609.

speculifera, 609.

viridatriz, 609.

vitrina, 609.

Eacles

imperialis, 296.

regalis, 296.

Eatonia, gen. nov., 939.

plumifera, 941.

scopulifera, 940, 941.

(Rhyncholophus) plu-

mifera, 941.

Echidna

aculeata, 335.

Echidnocephalus

troscheli, 271.

Echiniscus

arctomys, 791.

ranulatus, 791.

spinulosus, 791.

spitsbergensis, 791,

792.

Echinosciurus

hypopyrr hus, 933.

Eddara

zylinella, 175.

INDEX.

Elachista

coffeealla, 141, 142.

noctuella, 142.

Eleotris

aporos, 428.

bilobroncha, 428.

fusca, 428.

Eliomys

microtis, 934.

Emberiza

rustica, 893, 894.

Enarmonia

jamaicana, 122.

Encymon

cinctipes, 459, 464.

ferialis, 459.

immaculatus, 459.

regalis, 459.

resinatus, 460.

violaceus, 459.

Encyocrates, 747.

Engonius

lunularis, 464.

Enygrus

carinatus, 196,

217.

Eosciurus

bicolor, 933.

Hoxerus

laticaudatus, 933.

Epeira

anastera, 8738.

argentata, 873.

bombycinaria, 873.

caroli, 873.

eustala, 873.

Ffusco-vittata, 873.

hortorum, 871.

illicita, 873.

labyrinthia, 874.

mangareva, 874.

nautica, 873.

oaxacensis, 874.

parvula, 873.

pullata, 874.

purpurascens, 873.

rectangula, 874.

theisi, 874.

variolata, 873.

volucripes, 874.

Epidelia

viridalis, 652.

Epilampa

cinerea, 904.

Episemnia

ligatalis, 688.

subauritalis, 688.

Episimus

argutanus, 124,

augmentanus, 123,

nesiotes, 123, 124.

200,

993

Episimus

submicans, 124.

transferranus, 123.

vincentanus, 123.

Episinopsis

simplicifrons, 860.

Epitamyra

albomaculalis, 686.

birectalis, 686.

minusculalis, 686.

vinosalis, 686.

Epitrix

integricollis, 552.

levifrons, 552,

weiset, 5D1.

Equus

chapman, 282.

granti, 282.

grevyi, 282.

somalicus, 430.

Eretis

djelele, 693.

Ereunetis

eneoalbida, 158.

aeolella, 157.

frontella, 157.

iuloptera, 156.

lanceolata, 158.

maculicornis, 156.

minuscula, 155, 157.

symmacha, 158.

Erigone

dentimandibulata, 866.

poeyt, 866.

watertoni, 866.

Erinaceus

algirus, 955, 956,

europeus, 955, 956.

Erioptycha

umbrivittalis, 648,

Eristicophis, gen. noy.,

295.

macmahoni, 295.

Eronia

cleodora, 854.

dilatata, 854.

leda, 854.

Erythrosciurus

ferrugineus, 933.

Ethmia

abrazxasella, 90.

confusella, 55, 89,

exornata, 90.

gelidella, 91.

Joviella, 90.

kirbyi, 91.

notatella, 89.

paucella, 90.

subsimilis, 89.

Ethnistis

eucarta, 692,

994

Euarne

obligatella, 114.

Eubolia

disputaria, 777.

Eubrachycercus,gen.noy.,

738, 741.

smithii, 739, 774.

Eucatoptus, gen. nov., 69,

chalybeichroa, 69.

lycopersicella, 71.

penicillaia, 69, 70.

rubidelia, 70.

Eucelis

lustromarginata, 129.

Euchloé

coliagenes, 7.

Jalone, 20.

jobina, 18.

Eucosma

circulana, 126.

longipalpana, 126.

strenuana, 126.

Eucosmophora, gen. noy.,

148.

cupreella, 150.

dives, 148, 149.

insulella, 150.

ornata, 149.

Encteanus

celestinus, 461.

eruciger, 460, 464.

dohertyi, 461, 464.

hardwickti, 461,

marseuli, 461.

Eudemonia

brachyura, 296.

Eudryas

unio, 296, 297.

Eudyptes

chrysocome, 472.

pachyrhynchus, 810.

Eudyptula

minor, 721.

Euexippe

bistrialis, 678.

Euglypha

eniaea: 787, 788.

ampullacea, 788.

ciliata, 786, 788, 789.

compressa, 788,

cristata, 788.

Eugonotes, gen. nov.,

558.

longicornis, 559, 577.

Eulepiste

umbratipalpis, 170.

Eumecia

anchicte, 802.

Eumenophorus, gen. noy.,

746, 766, 773.

clementsii, 766.

INDEX,

Eumorphus

westwoodi, 460.

Eurydemus

@neus, 53d.

holubi, 536.

madagassus, 536.

metallicus, 536.

Euryope

bipartita, 549, 577.

nigricollis, 50, 577.

Eurypta

atridorsalis, 688.

auriscutalis, 688, 689.

busilinealis, 688.

rectibasalis, 689.

Eurytela

dryope, 692.

hiarbas, 840.

Eustala

anastera, 873.

Sfusco-vittata, 873. -

illicita, 875.

thorelli, 873.

Eutelia

siccifolia, 609.

Felderia

dimidiella, 171.

Felis

caracal, 371, 380, 391,

32.

catus, 371, 377, 380,

887, 388, 389, 391,

392, 393, 394, 397,

398, 399, 400, 401,

403, 407.

leo, 371, 380, 387, 388,

389, 391, 392, 394,

Funisciurus

wsabella, 933.

lucifer, 926, 932.

palliatus, 932.

pyrrhopus, 932.

Furcularia

gracilis, 798.

Galasa

daulisalis, 675.

palmipes, 675.

rubidana, 674, 675.

rubrana, 675.

| Galeodes

395, 397, 399, 400, |

403, 404, 407.

pardus, 371, 380, 387, |

392, 395, 399, 400,

403, 404.

tigris, 371, 380, 387,

3891, 392, 394, 395,

397, 399, 400, 401,

403.

Fenaria

sevorsa, 692.

Flavinia

opala, 691.

eee

arctica, 471.

corniculata, 471.

Fuligula

rufina, 467.

Funambulus

indica, 933.

palmarum, 933.

Funisciurus

cepapi, 933.

cube, 890.

Galictis

barbara, 373, 380, 381,

386, 387, 389, 391,

392, 394, 395, 396,

401, 402.

vittata, 373, 380,

385, 387, 392,

399, 400, 401,

404, 407.

381,

394,

402,

Gallinago

celestis, 891.

Gallirex

chlorochlamys, 189.

Ganoris

brassice, 851.

rap@, 8h).

Gasteracantha

quadridens, 874.

tetracantha, 874.

Gauris

biferana, 120.

rimulalis, 120,

tristis, 120.

Gazaca

dirutalis, 682.

Gazella

arabica, 812.

cuvieri, 813.

euchore, 279.

granti, 453.

spekti, 920.

thomsoni, 454.

Gecinus

viridis, 294.

Gecko

monarchus,

206.

stentor, 206.

verticillatus, 195, 198,

206.

Gegenes

hottentota, 857.

letterstedtii, 857.

obumbrata, 857.

occulta, 857.

195, 198,

Gehyra

mutilata, 195, 198, 205.

Gelechia

attenuatella, 105.

basqueella, 75.

beilela, 66.

biniveipunctata, 75.

bosquella, 75.

capitella, 74.

cinereocervina, 85.

costipunctella, 75.

crocipunctella, T4.

donatella, 75.

dorsivitella, 66.

eaclarella, '75.

flammulella, 72.

glandiferella, 72.

‘qudmannella, tle

‘intermediella, 66.

jamaicensis, 76.

leucocephala, 74.

pallidochrella, 72.

perspicua, 72.

postpallescens, 76.

pudibundella, 66, 70.

rivulella, 74, '75.

robustella, ‘74, '75.

roseosuffusella, 66.

rubensella, 70.

rubidella, 70, 71

sella, 72.

sphenophora, 73.

translucida, 73.

gree) glandi-

Serella, 72.

(Bryotropha) bosquelia,

75.

(Ergatis) pudibundella,

66.

(— a roseosuffusella,

ee rubidella, 70.

(Heleystogramma) 0b-

seratella, 83.

(Tackypilia) desectella,

82.

(Teleia) dorsivitella, 66.

Genetta

genetta, 957.

tigrina, 372, 385, 387,

388, 400.

vulgaris, 372, 378, 385,

387, 388, 396, 407.

Geniadophora

extranea, 71.

Genyornis

newtont, 266.

Geophaps

smithi, 430,

Geophis

albonuchalis, 222.

INDEX,

Georychus

capensis, 701.

hottentottus, 432.

nimrodi, 432.

whytei, 4382, 926,

937.

Geosciurus

capensis, 933.

Gephyra

eynisca, 645.

difficilis, 645.

getusalis, 644, 645.

pomponius, 645.

pusilla, 645.

Gephyrina

alba, 876.

insularis, 876.

Gerbillus

bohini, 480, 433.

campestris, 958.

shawi, 958.

(Gerbilliseus) b0hmé,

935.

(Tatera) Jlewcogaster,

935.

Gerrhosaurus

flavigularis, 800.

Giraffa

australis, 276, 278.

camelopardalis, 275,

276, 277, 279, 280.

capensis, 277, 279,

281.

Glanycus

insolitus, 608.

tricolor, 608.

Glauconia

distanti, 800.

Glutophrissa

contracta, 853.

Glyphidocera

audaxz, 97, 98.

dominicellan 97.

recticostella, 97.

Glyphipteryx

bergstresserella, 119.

caudatella, 119.

linneella, 118, 119.

paradisea, 119.

Glypholycus

whytit, 800, 802, 803.

Gobius

giurus, 427.

latifrons, 427, 429.

sarasinorum, 427, 429.

Golunda

fallax, 937.

Gonioterma,

101.

isabella, 101.

parvellum, 101.

gen. nov.,

995

Goossensia

cinnamomealis, 683.

darabitalis, 664.

prasinalis, 643.

Gracilaria

e@neocapitella, 152.

apicepunctella, 152.

fasciella, 151.

nesitis, 153.

nolckentt, 151.

pulverella, 153.

scalariella, 150, 151.

similatella, 152.

undosa, 158.

Graphiurus

johnstoni, 926, 934.

microtis, 934.

murinus, 934, 935,

nanus, 9B4.

parvus, 934.

smithit, 934.

Grapholitha

altheana, 127.

aspidiscana, 130.

duodecemstriata, 122.

excitana, 129,

exvagans, 127.

hohenwartiana, 130.

livens, 128.

peregrinana, 127,

strenuana, 126.

subversana, 127.

(Coptoloma) figurana,

129.

(Hedya) adlutana, 124.

(—) augmentana,

128.

(Peedisca)

pana, 126.

Gromia

sp., 789.

Gymnodactylus

Sumosus, 195, 198, 204,

237.

Jellesme, 195, 198, 208,

237.

marmoratus, 204.

Gynandrophthalma

atripennis, 253.

elongata, 252.

miochiroides, 252.

natalensis, 253.

seminigra, 253.

Gyrocoris

oxyura, 790,

longipal-

Habrothrix

lasiurus, 716, 717.

Hagedashia

hagedasch, 189.

996

Hahnia

ernsti, 888.

Haliaétus

branickii, 812, 813.

pelagicus, 813.

Halicherus

gryphus, 436.

Halicore

australis, 351.

dugong, 301.

tabernaculi, 351.

Hallomys

audeberti, 712.

Hamanumida

dedalus, 692, 840,

Hapale

penicillata, 188.

Hapalopus

africanus, T74.

Hapalotis

arboricola, 859.

boweri, 321.

macrura, 321,

Haplochilus

celebensis, 429.

Harpactira

atra, 749, 750, 751.

cufreriana, 751.

chordata, 751, 752.

chrysogaster, 750, 751,

774.

constricta, 751.

curvipes, 750, 751.

elevata, 752.

lineata, 749, 751.

tigrina, 748, 749, 750,

751, 754, 774.

villosa, 751.

Harpaxotheria

antilope, 760, 761,

Helarctos

croutheri, 425,

Heleystogramma

obseratelia, 83.

Heleopera

petricola, 788.

Heligmocera

calvifrons, 131.

Heligmomerus

ce, 730.

somalicus, 729, 730,

773.

Heliodinas

aureoflamma, 110,

marginata, 109.

quinqueguttata, 109.

schulzella, 109.

Heliosciurus

annulatus, 933.

Heliothis

pictifascia, 775, 777.

INDEX.

Heliozela

ahenea, 110.

cuprea, 110.

Helix

aspersa, 858.

Hemidactylus

frenatus, 195,

205.

mabuia, 800.

platyurus, 195,

205.

198,

Hemirhamphus

orientalis, 429.

weberi, 429.

Hemydacne, gen. noy.,

244

maculicollis, 244, 265.

| Hepialodes

follicula, 628.

Herdonia

botydana, 610,

osacesalis, 610.

Herimba

atkinsoni, 607.

Hermacha

caudata, 732.

Herodias

alba, 189.

lucida, 189. |

Herpenia

eriphia, 854.

melanarge, 693, 695.

Herpestes

gracilis, 931.

griseus, 372, 378, 385,

387, 388, 390, 398,

399, 400, 404, 405,

407.

nepalensis, 372, 378,

387, 398, 399, 400, |

407. |

Hesperia |

maja, 855.

spio, 855.

vindex, 855. |

Hesperomys

arenicola, 716.

dorsalis, 713.

expulsus, 716, 717.

longicaudatus, 715,716.

nasutus, 715, 716.

ratticeps, 715, 716.

squamipes, 712, 716.

subterraneus, 715,

716.

tumidus, 713, 716.

vulpinus, 716.

Heteropoda

regia, 877.

Heterosciurus

erythreus, 933.

Heterothele

honesta, 738.

spinipes, 737, 773.

Hexeris

enhydris, 627.

Himantopus

candidus, 189.

Himatione

mana, 893.

virens, 893, 894.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 366,

813.

Hipposiderus

muscinus, 320,

Hippotragus

bakeri, 454.

niger, 939.

Holochilus

vulpinus, 711.

Holoperas

innotata, 674.

enochroalis, 674.

Homalometa, gen. nov.,

872.

nigritarsis, 872,

| Homalosilpha

ustulata, 904.

Homodes

thermesioides, 613.

Homostola

vulpecula, 732.

Hyzna

brunnea, 372, 379, 382,

386, 389, 408.

crocuta, 372, 377, 379,

380, 386, 387, 388,

891, 392, 393, 394,

395, 397, 398, 399,

400, 402, 404, 407,

408.

striata, 372, 377, 379,

380, 385, 387, 388,

389, 391, 392, 393,

394, 395, 397, 398,

399, 400, 401, 402,

403, 404, 407, 408.

Hyalosphenia

elegans, 787.

Hyalosticta, gen. noy.,

637, 656.

obligualis, 656.

chrysogaster fulvo-

lavatus, 323.

fulvolavatus, 323.

Hylambates

anchiete, 803.

Johnstoni, 801, 803.

Hylobates :

hoolock, 305,

| Hydromys

Hylomanes

gularis, 471.

Hypanartia

scheneia, 839.

Hypena

masurialis, 777.

Hyperchiria

io, 296.

Hyperparachma

bursarialis, 672, 673.

rubrifusca, 673.

Hyperthyris

eee 608.

Hypoclopus

parvus, 55, 170.

Hypocosmia,

definitalis, 658.

Hypolamprus

angulalis, 614.

atrostriatus, 615.

costiscripta, 615.

Jimbriata, 615.

hamicyela, 615.

lobulatus, 615.

ninniusalis, 615.

obscuralis, 615.

pallescens, 614.

peratopis, 615.

striatalis, 614, 615.

stylophora, 615.

subrosealis, 614.

trifascialis, 614.

Hypolimnas

misippus, 692, 775, 924.

Hypolyczna

lara, 849.

sipylus, 890.

tmolus, 850.

Hyponomeuta

confusellus, 89.

mahalebellus, 117.

paucellus, 90.

triangularis, 117.

Hypsirhina

enhydris,

226.

matannensis, 196, 201,

225, 237.

plumbea, 196, 201, 225,

226.

196, 201,

Hyracotherium

siderolithicum, 706.

Hyreus

sp., J:

Hysterocrates

crassipes,

766, 773.

gigas, 762, 764, 765,

766, 771.

greefi, 762, 764.

greshoffi, 762, 765.

764, 765,

INDEX.

Hysterocrates

laticeps, 765, 766, 773.

Hystrix

cristata, 960.

Ichneumon

edwardsti, 288.

gersius, 288.

Ichnotropis

squamulata, 800.

Iconisma, gen. nov., 96.

macrocera, 96, 97.

Ictonyx

libyca, 373, 375, 379,

380, 381, 385, 387,

389, 394, 395, 396,

397, 399, 401, 402,

404, 407.

zorilla, 373, 380, 381,

385, 387, 389, 395,

396, 397, 399, 404.

Idiomimata

lepida, 741.

Tdiops

aussereri, 732.

compactus, 732,

meadii, 730.

thorellz, 731.

Idmais

castalis, 11.

chrysonome, 14.

doubledayi, 14.

eucheria, 15.

fatma, 7.

Faustina, 8.

fulvia, 9.

hewitsont, 14,

maimuna, 7.

miriam, 14, 15.

philumene, 10.

venosa, 15.

vesta, 12, 14.

Idnea

altana, 651.

concolorana, 651.

gibbosana, 651.

propriana, 651.

speculans, 650.

Idneodes

tretopteralis, 692.

Indalmus

angusticollis, 462.

kirbyanus, 462.

luzonicus, 462, 464.

Tolaus

ceres, 850.

mimosa, 850.

nursei, 775, 776, 850.

pallene, 850.

philippus, 850,

tajorica, 850.

997

Tolaus

umbrosa, 850.

Ischnocolus, 747, 748.

Itambe

fenestalis, 667.

Tvongius

abbreviatus, 545.

antennarius, 537.

lefevret, 537.

minutus, 536, 537.

Janulus

erythrophthalmus, 860.

Junonia

amestris, 840.

archesia, 839, 840.

aurorina, 840.

bodpis, 692, 923.

calescens, 840.

cebrene, 692, 775, 840.

chapunga, 840.

clelia, 692, 840.

cloantha, 692, 8389.

kowara, 840.

natalensis, 840.

octavia, 692.

octavia-natalensis, 839.

orthosia, 692.

pelasgis, 839, 840.

sesamus, 692, 839, 840,

923.

sinuata, 840.

taveta, 692, 923.

terea, 692.

tugela, 840.

Kedestes

callicles, 856.

macomo, 856.

niveostriga, 857.

tucusa, 856.

wallengreni, 856.

Kolpoda

cucullus, 790.

Lacerta

fasciata, 508.

hyacinthina, 503.

Lachesis

waglert, 196, 201, 227,

237

Lachneea

marginata, 252.

marshalli, 251, 265.

Lachnocnema

bibulus, 846, 847.

durbani, 846, 847.

Lafoea

calcarata, 828.

Laginia

reticulata, 613.

998

Lagoa

crispata, 296.

Laodice

calcarata, 823, 824, 835.

cruciata, 823, 824.

salinarum, 823.

ulothrix, 823.

Lar

sabellarum, 818, 819,

820, 821, 822, 823.

Laria

insignis, 933.

Lathontogenus, gen. nov.,

adustipennis, 87, 88.

Lefevrea, gen. nov., 527.

abdominalis, 529.

eneicolle, 527, 528,577.

Sulvipes, 528.

intermedia, 529.

minuta, 530.

puncticollis, 528, 530.

Leioptilus

agraphodactylus, 61.

microdactylus, 61.

paleaceus, 60.

parvus, 60.

thome, 60.

Lema

affinis, 242.

aperta, 242.

azurea, 241.

brevicornis, 239.

consobrina, 242.

Suscitarsis, 240.

infima, 240.

insignis, 259.

marshalli, 239, 265.

princeps, 238.

rufo-femorata, 242.

semipurpured, 241,

tarsata, 241, 265.

Lemur

brunneus, 188.

coquerelli, 188.

Lepidodactylus

lugubris, 195, 198, 205.

Lepidosiren, 602.

paradoxa, 921.

Leptodira

* hotamboeia, 801.

Leptonychotes

weddelli, 356.

Lepus

atlanticus, 960, 961.

crassicaudatus, 480,

938.

cuniculus, 962.

kabylicus, 960.

schlumbergeri, 961, 962.

whytei, 938.

INDEX.

Letchena

elaralis, 618.

Leuceronia

argia, 854.

Leucophea

surinamensis, 904.

Leucophasma, gen. nov.,

154.

phantasmella,

155.

Leucoptera

coffeella, 141.

Limax

FSuscus, 443.

Limenitis

disippus, 296.

sibylla, 296.

Limnas

alcippus, 775.

chrysippus, 692,

837, 923.

dorippus, 923.

klugti, 775, 923.

Liniscus

mashonanus, 534.

strigaticeps, 535.

Linyphia

aurulenta, 871.

ornata, 871.

Liparis

dispar, 296.

Lita

crocipunctella, 74.

Lithocolletis

albimacula, 145.

argentifrontella, 146.

desmodiella, 146.

gregariella, 146.

tenuicaudella, 147.

Lithosia

pustulata, 112.

Locusta

viridissima, 911.

Longitarsus

africanus, 555.

biangulatus, 556.

wollastoni, 555.

Lophocerus

melanoleucus, 189.

Lophopleura

eurzonalis, 690.

sublituralis, 690.

xanthotenialis, 690.

Lophura

amboinensis, 195, 197,

198, 208.

celebensis, 208.

Lophuromys

aquilus, 936.

Loxomphalia

rubida, 747.

154,

75,

| Luperus

brevicornis, 568.

giganteus, 564.

inconspicuus, 565.

madagascariensis, 566.

mashonanus, 568.

nigrofasciatus, 567.

nigrosuturalis, 567,

577.

quaternus, 567.

scutellatus, 568.

verticalis, 566.

weiset, 565.

Lutra

cinerea, 373, 379, 380,

381, 385, 387, 389,

391, 392, 395, 396,

397, 398, 399, 400,

401, 404, 405, 406.

roensis, 311.

vulgaris, 311, 378, 374,

378, 379, 380, 381,

384, 385, 387, 389,

391, 392, 394, 395,

396, 398, 399, 400,

401, 404, 405, 409.

Lycena

betica, 775.

gaika, 776.

trochilus, 775.

Lycxnesthes

amarah, 776, 845.

liodes, 845.

livida, 845.

millari, 845.

otacilia, 845.

Lycaon

pictus, 372, 389, 391,

394, 398, 400, 409,

931.

Lycodon

aulicus, 196, 200, 219.

stormt, 196, 200, 219,

237.

| Lycosa

sancti-vincentii, 888.

Lygodactylus

angularis, 800.

Lygosoma

acutirostre, 212, 213.

amabile, 210.

atrocostatum, 195, 199,

214.

baudinii, 214.

bowringiz, 196, 199,

214.

celebense, 195, 199, 212,

237.

cyanurum, 195, 199,

214.

Jfasciatum, 211.

Lygosoma

inconspicuum, 195, 199,

213, 237.

infralineolatum, 196,

199, 215.

Johnstoni, 800, 801, 803.

nigrilabre, 195, 199,

209.

parvum, 196, 199, 215,

237.

quadrivittatum, 216.

sarasinorum, 195, 199,

210, 237.

smaragdinum, 195,199,

212.

temminckii, 196, 199,

215.

textum, 195, 199, 213,

237.

tropidonotus, 195, 199,

209, 237.

variegatum, 195, 199,

271.

whiteheadi, 214.

(Hinulia) amabile, 209.

(Leiolepisma) incon-

spicuum, 213.

(—) textum, 213.

(Otosaurus) celebense,

212.

Lysoptychus

lateralis, 516.

Mabuia

multifasciata, 195, 198,

208.

quinqueteniata, 800.

rudis, 195, 198, 208.

striata, 800.

varia, 800.

Macacus

maurus, 306, 307, 310.

Macna

atrirufalis, 643.

ignebasalis, 643.

platychloralis, 643.

pomalis, 643.

Macrobiotus

dujardini, 791.

hufelandii, 790.

tuberculatus, 791.

Macrogonia

igniaria, 612.

Macronyx

croceus, 189.

Macropus

agilis, 324.

antilopinus, 323.

robustus, 3825.

Macrorhinus

angustirostris, 356.

INDEX.

Macrorhinus

leoninus, 356.

Macroscelides

alexandri, 928.

brachyrhynchus,

929.

Fuscus, 434, 928, 929.

malose, 926, 928.

Macrothele

gabonensis, 738.

Macrotrachela

elegans, 796.

Macroxus

estuans, 933.

Madrepora

damicornis, 944.

verrucosa, 948.

violacea, 946, 953.

Malacosoma

basimarginata, 569.

capitatum, 569.

dalmani, 570.

donkieri, 569.

pallidum, 570.

Malacotricha

zingarella, 84.

Malaxia

alluaudi, 57

marshalli, 5

Malegia

letourneuxt, 547.

turkestanica, 547.

Manatus

americanus, 351.

inunguis, 47, 48, 49, 50,

51, 52, 53, 351.

latirostris, 47, 48, 49,

50, 51, 52, 53.

senegalensis, 351.

Mandevillia

suaveolens, 858.

Mathoris

crepuscula, 611.

mediaria, 611.

vocata, 611.

Mazama

( Dorcelaphus ) hemi-

onus californicus,

900.

(—) — peninsule, 900.

Medusa

cruciata, 823.

digitale, 833.

Megalixalus

fornasinii, 801.

Megaperca

ischinagi, 917, 918.

Megaptera

sp., 267.

Melanerpes

sp., 783.

928,

ffle

999

Melanerpes

cruentatus, 783.

rubrifrons, 783.

Melanitis

ismene, 923.

Meles

tarus, 373, 381, 387,

389, 391, 394, 395,

401, 409.

Melitonoma

epistomalis, 247.

Meneris

dendrophilus, 839.

indosa, 839.

Menesta

cinereocervina, 85.

tortriciformella, 85.

Menius

chalceatus, 543.

flavitarsus, 542.

Sulvicornis, 541.

madagascariensis, 541.

tarsalis, 542.

unicolor, 542.

Mentaxya

albifrons, 693.

Merops

persicus, 189.

Meskea

dyspteraria, 632.

Mesobria, gen. nov., 881.

guittata, 882.

Mesopempta

heliopsamma, 632.

Mesopicus

goertan, 783.

poliocephalus, 783.

Metopidia

lepadella, 799.

Miaschistopus, gen. noy.,

745, 769, 773.

rapidus, 770, 773.

Microdyptes

serresianus, 472.

Microhyla

achatina, 236.

Microneta

semiatra, 867.

varia, 867.

Microparmarion

pollonerai, 781.

Microsca

ardens, 620.

exusta, var.

620.

marginepunctalis, 622.

plagifera, 618.

pusilla, 632.

erecta,

| Microzancla, gen. noy.,

638, 667.

ignitalis, 668.

1000

Millepora

lineata, 952.

Milvus

egyptius, 189.

Mimeseoptilus

gilvidorsis, 58, 59.

montis-christi, 58.

pumilio, 58.

tenuis, 58.

Miochira

Jilifor mis, 252.

Miopristis

atrofasciata, 246, 265.

natalensis, 246, 265.

subrugosa, 246, 265.

(Lophobasis) natalensis,

245.

Misumena

americana, 876.

asperata, 876.

foliata, 876.

georgiana, 876.

spinosa, 876.

Moggridgea

abrahami, 733, 734.

dyeri, 733, 735.

meyeri, 735.

tidmarshi, 738.

whytei, 733, 734, 774.

Momotus

lessoni, 471.

Monachoda

grossa, 904.

Monachus

albiventer, 351, 354.

americanus, 355.

senegalensis, 355.

tropicalis, 351, 355.

Monas, 790.

Monocentropus, gen. nov.,

746, 758, 773.

balfouri, 759, 773.

Monolepta

elegans, 575.

Monoloxis, gen.

640, 670.

cinerascens, 670.

Morophaga

angulatella, 168.

hirsutevestita, 167.

Morova

subfasciata, 6338.

Murgisca

cervinalis, 683.

Mus

alexandrinus, 323.

arborarius, 936,

arboricola, 857, 860.

bactrianus, 959.

cahirinus, 288.

chrysophilus, 431, 936.

noy.,

INDEX.

| Mus

decumanus, 858, 860.

gentilis, 958.

kaiseri, 430, 936.

musculus, 958, 959.

— gentilis, 958, 959.

nyike, 431, 926, 936.

peregrinus, 959.

rattus, 323, 860, 936,

958.

— rufescens, 323.

spretus, 959.

sylvaticus, 959.

Mustela

foina, 373, 380, 387,

389, 391, 392, 394,

395, 396, 401, 402,

404, 405, 408.

putorius, 373, 381, 382,

386, 387, 389, 391,

393, 394, 395, 396,

398, 399, 400, 401,

402, 404, 405, 407.

subpalmata, 600, 601.

vulgaris, 601.

Mycteria

senegalensis, 189.

Mygale

atra, 749.

coracina, 749.

Sunebra, 749.

Mylothris

agathina, 850, 924.

Myoscalops

albifrons, 937.

argenteocinereus, 937.

Myosorex

Johnstoni, 931.

morio, 931.

sorella, 926, 930, 981.

varius, 931.

Myotis

bocagei, 927.

myotis, 954.

Myrina

jicedula, 924.

Myrmarctos

eversmanni, 415, 416,

417, 419.

Myrmecophaga

Jubata, 3.

Myrmecozela

ochraceella, 166.

Mysmenopsis, gen. nov.,

865.

Femoralis, 865.

Funebris, 865,

| Nachaba

auritalis, 687.

carbonalis, 687,

Nachaba

congrualis, 687.

Alavisparsalis, 687.

Funerea, 687.

oppositalis, 687.

reconditana, 687.

tryphenalis, 687.

Naia

bungarus, 196, 201,

227

nigricollis, 801.

Nandinia

gerrardi, 931.

Nasua

fusca, 373.

nasica, 373, 408.

rufa, 373, 379, 399.

Nebela

barbata, 788.

collaris, '786, 787, 788.

Nectomys

squamipes, 707, 713.

Neoczenyra

neita, 839.

Neodera

Sulva, 563.

transversicollis, 564.

Neolyczna

cissus, 843.

Neophrida

aurolimbalis, 646.

Neophrynus

palmatus, 890.

Neosciurus

carolinensis, 933.

Neptis

agatha, 692.

Nesomys, 711.

betsileoensis, 695, 697.

rufus, '712.

Nettopus

coromandelianus, 370.

Nisaétus

bellicosus, 189.

Nisotra

chapuisi, 551.

delecta, 551.

incisicollis, 550.

testacea, 551.

Noctua

elongata, 688.

Nolckenia

minuscula, 155, 156.

Nothrus

invenustus, 792.

Nucras

tessellata, 800,

Numenius

arcuatus, 189.

Jemoralis, 469.

pheopus, 189.

Nycteris

capensis, 927.

Nyctibora

latipennis, 904.

sericea, 904.

Nycticebus

tardigradus, 306.

Nyctocheerus

hassama, 368.

Nyctocleptes

dekan, 700.

Nyctophilus

timoriensis, 319.

Nymphicus

uveensis, 311.

Ochyrotica

Fasciata, 58.

Ocresia

bisinualis, 685.

Ccia, gen. nov., 111.

maculata, 111, 168d,

166.

CEcophora

basqueella, 75.

Cictoperodes

rufitinctalis, 680.

Cidematophorus

ambrosie, 59.

basalis, 60.

inguinatus, 59,

(CEdicnemus

grallarius, 469.

Cita

aurea, 112, 113.

compta, 112, 113.

fastuosa, 115.

Sulviguitata, 113.

Sulviguttella, 112, 113.

gemmata, 113.

puncetella, 113.

siderea, 118.

Ogulnius

infumatus, 875.

Oligodon

teniurus, 221.

waandersii, 196, 200,

22).

Onychogale

unguifera, 327.

Ophiocephalus

striatus, 428.

Opisthocomus

cristatus, 465.

Opostega

abrupta, 139.

adusta, 140.

saltatria, 140.

venticola, 140.

Orca

gladiator, 267.

Oreophis, gen.

284

INDEX,

Oreas

canna livingstonii, 456."

Oreocincla

varia, 892.

nov.,

boulengeri, 284.

Oreotragus

oreotragus, 938.

Oriolus

melanocephalus, 813.

trailli, 815.

Orneodes

eudactyla, 61, 62.

hexadactyla, 59.

Ornix

errantella, 147.

Orthodes

tirhaca, 925.

Orthogramma

rujitibia, 613.

Orycteropus

afer, 939.

Oryctopleura

arcuatalis, 649.

Oryx

beisa, 454.

callotis, 454.

Osca

guttulosa, 623.

Otaria

californiana, 190.

californica, 812.

stelleri, 190, 192.

ursina, 190.

Otis

melanogaster, 189.

Otogale

kirki, 927.

Otomys

irroratus, 935.

Ottolenguia

reticulina, 627.

Ourebia

haggardi, 451.

hastata, 938.

montana, 451.

Ovis

tragelaphus, 962.

Oxyglossus

levis, 197, 202, 228.

martensii, 228.

Oxygrapha

monochroma, 132.

negans, 131.

rotundipennis, 132.

Oxyopes

rana, 889.

salticus, 889.

Oxyptilus

anisodactylus, 56, 57.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1897, No. LXVI.

1001

Oxyptilus

caffer, 56, 57.

direpiialis, 57.

periscelidactylus, 57.

pusillidactylus, 57.

walkeri, 56, 57.

Oxytricha

pellionella, 790.

Pachylomerus

natalensis, 727.

Pachynolophus

siderolithicus, 7093.

Pachypalpia

dispilalis, 685.

Pachythyris

rajah, 609.

siculoides, 609.

thyridina, 609.

Pedisca

luvaterana, 127.

longipalpana, 126.

simulana, 129.

strenuanda, 127.

| Palzeospondylus

gunni, 313, 314.

| Palmista

palmarum, 933.

Palthis

arcasalis, 173.

mimusalis, 173.

| Pammeces

albivitella, 104.

lithochroma, 103, 104.

pallida, 103.

| Panesthia

javanica, 904.

Panomcea

borneensis, 463.

cinghalensis, 463.

coccinellina, 463.

indiana, 462, 463, 464.

pardalina, 463.

sumatrensis, 462, 463.

undecimnotata, 463.

Papilio

achine, 80.

qax, 296.

amata, 9.

antinorii, 693.

arethusa, 27.

asterias, 296.

aurora, 26.

bromius, 693.

ceneos, 26.

calais, 9.

constantinus, 855.

cresphontes, 296.

cyprea, 9.

danaé, 22.

demoleus, 693, 855.

1002

Papilio

eborea, 22, 27.

erinus, 693, 695.

eucharis, 26.

euphranor, 855.

evippe, 27.

Jausta, 8.

hanna, 27.

ilioneus, 296.

machaon, 296, 297.

ophidicephalus, 855.

philenor, 296.

podalirius, 296.

troilus, 296.

zolicaon, 296, 297.

Papio

pruinosus, 927.

thoth, 927.

Parachma

lutealis, 659.

meterythra, 659.

ochracealis, 659.

Paradoxurus

typus, 372, 378, 380,

387, 400, 405.

Parasciurus

niger, 933.

Paratiquadra, gen. nov.,

116.

Sorficulella, 116.

Paraxerus

cepapt, 933. °

Pardopsis

punctatissima, 692,

924.

Paridnea

holophealis, 665.

Parmarion

everetti, 778, 779, 780,

781.

intermedium, 778, ‘779,

780, 781.

martensi, 779, ‘781.

pupillaris, 780, 781.

Parnara

mathias, 857.

Pedrillia

madagascariensis, 244,

Pelasgis

hypoyryphalis, 681.

Pelinobius

muticus, 746.

Pelobates

Suscus, 580, 594.

Pelodytes

punctatus, 577-595.

Pelomyxa

palustris, 787.

villosa, 787.

Penthesilea

sacculalis, 689, 690.

INDEX.

Penthina

altheana, 127.

Peploptera

angulato-fasciata, 249.

collaris, 248.

eckloni, 248.

fulvitarsis, 248.

humeralis, 250.

lateralis, 251.

postica, 250.

quadripunctata, 247.

Perameles

macrura, 333.

obesula, 333.

Pericallia

syringaria, 296.

Pericheeta

capensis, 336.

Periplaneta

americana, 904, 905,

906, 907, 916.

australasie, 905, 906,

907, 916.

Perisoreus

infaustus, 894.

Petaurus

breviceps, 332.

Petrodromus

rovume, 434, 485, 928.

sultant, 485, 928.

tetradactylus, 434, 435,

436, 928.

Petrogale

brachyotis, 326.

concinnea, 326, 327.

Pexicnemidia

mirella, 167.

Phaethon

candidus, 291.

flavirostris, 288.

rubricauda, 291.

Phalacrocorax

africanus, 189.

Phalena

linneella, 118.

(Alucita) capitella, 74.

(—) dentella, 99.

(—) minutella, 162.

(—) monodactyla, 58.

(—) parvella, 102.

(Bombyx) reflexa, 173.

(Tinea) punctella, 112.

(—) pustulella, 112.

(—) schulzella, 109.

(Tortrix) burmanniana,

101.

(—) walchiana, 99.

Phalangium

reniforme, 890.

Phalonia

distigmatana, 137.

Phalonia

ichthyochroa, 136.

prolectana, 138.

subolivacea, 137.

tectonica, 138.

vicinitana, 138.

Pharambara

compunctalis, 617.

hamifera, 622.

obliquistrigalis, 622.

parcipunctalis, 622.

reticulata, 621.

sphoraria, 621.

ulterior, 617.

vinosa, 619.

Phascologale

Slavipes, 334.

—, var. leucogaster,

334.

penicillata, 334.

Philampelus

achemon, 296.

Philodina

sp., 799.

citrina, 795.

erythrophthalma,

795.

roseola, 795.

Philothamnus

semivariegatus, 801.

Phoca

barbata, 354.

Fasciata, 355.

groenlandica, 354.

pealet, 267.

vitulina, 267, 354.

Phocena

dalli, 267.

Pheenicopterus

roseus, 189,

Pholidauges

verreauxi, 189.

Phoneyusa

antilope, 762.

belandana, 746, 760,

761, 762.

biitineri, 762.

ectypa, 761, 762.

gracilrpes, 761, 762.

gregorti, "I61, 762,

774.

Phoxopteris

virididorsana, 125.

Phoxopteryx

virididorsana, 125.

Phrynobatrachus

acridoides, 801.

Phrynomantis

bifasciata, 801.

Phycis

punctella, 112.

Phyllodromia

germanica, 905, 906,

916.

Phyllotreta

mashonana, 554.

opaca, 554.

Phymateus

leprosus, 297.

Physcenura

panda, 838,

Pieris

amytis, 27.

eunomdad, 16.

zone, 18, 19.

mananhari, 16.

omphale, 27.

phisadia, 10.

polycaste, 15.

saba, 853.

thysa, 850.

titea, 26.

Pigritia

biatomella, 93.

mediocris, 94.

Pilanaphora, gen. noyv.,

171.

hedemanni, 171.

Pinacopteryx

charina, 854.

pigea, 854.

Pionidia, gen. nov., 637,

664.

albicilla, 664.

Pipistrellus

sp., 927.

kuhli, 927, 954.

Pisenor

hohneli, 741.

nigellus, 741.

notius, 741.

Plagiosella,

605, 625.

clathrata, 626.

interrupta, 626.

Planema

aganice, 841.

Platalea

ajaja, 469.

leucorodia, 469.

Platynota

breviplicana, 135.

diminutana, 135.

flavedana, 134, 135.

labrosana, 135.

repandana, 134,

rostrana, 134.

stultana, 135.

Platyptilia

cosmodactyla, 57.

pusillidactyla, 57.

tecnidion, 57.

gen. nov.,

INDEX.

Platythyris

fasciata, 609.

Platyxantha

abdominalis, 575.

pallida, 576.

scutellata, 576.

Plectana

lata, 874.

linnei, 874.

Plectropterus

gambensis, 467.

niger, 189.

Plegadis

falcinellus, 811, 812.

guarauna, 811, 812.

Plotus

anhinga, 289.

Plutella

cruciferarum, 117.

cylostella, 117.

| Pocillopora

acuta, 942.

aspera, 947, 948.

brevicornis, 944.

cespitosa, 943.

clavaria, 945,

953.

coronata, 949, 953.

| damicornis, 944.

dane, 947, 948.

elegans, 950.

elongata, 950, 951.

eydouxi, 950, 951.

javosa, 942, 946,

953.

glomerata, 951, 953.

grandis, 942, 950, 951,

953.

lacera, 945.

ligulata, 948.

lobifera, 944.

madreporacea,

952.

meandrina, 949.

nobilis, 949.

obtusata, 945, 953.

paucistellata, 942.

plicata, 948, 950.

pulchella, 944.

rugosa, 950, 953.

septata, 945, 953.

squarrosa, 948.

suffruticosa, 942, 945.

verrucosa, 948.

946,

942,

| Pocobletus

bivittatus, 857.

Podoces

panderi, 893, 894.

Podocoryne

areolata, 817, 818.

carnea, 818.

1003

Pecilia

extranea, 71.

Pecilogale

albinucha, 931.

Peeciloptera

compta, 112.

Pceocephalus

versteri, 813.

Polyboroides

typicus, 189.

Polycanna

Jorskalea, 828, 832.

Sungina, 831.

vitrina, 831.

Polyhymno

fuscostrigella, 77.

godmani, 79.

laterestriata, 78.

luteostrigella, 77.

sciurella, 78.

Polyodon

folium, 723.

(Spatularia) jfolium,

22.

Polyommatus

beticus, 692, 842.

Pontia

acaste, 15, 16.

arne, 10.

chrysonome, 1+.

daira, 34.

dynamene, 9.

ephyia, 25.

eris, 7.

eulimene, 24.

eupompe, 22.

evagore, 34.

evarne, 26.

halimede, 15, 16.

liagore, 25.

pleione, 14.

protomedia, 12.

Porcus

guineensis, 361.

Potamocherus

africanus,

366, 368.

cheropotamus, 363,

364, 366, 367, 568,

369.

— demonis, 367, 369,

370.

— nyase, 369, 370,

938.

edwardsi, 361.

361, 363,

hassama, 359, 368,

369.

Johnstont, 367, 369,

370.

larvatus, 3868, 368,

368, 369, 370.

L004

Potamocheerus

penicillatus, 361, 362, |

363, 368.

porcus, 361, 363, 364,

366, 367, 369.

Proales

decipiens, 798.

Procavia

brucet, 938.

Procellaria

glacialis, 468.

Procyon

cancrivorus, 373, 384,

386, 391, 392, 393,

397, 399, 400, 402,

403, 405, 407, 408.

lotor, 373; 376, 377,

379, 380, 583, 384,

385, 389, 391, 392,

397, 398, 399, 400,

401, 402, 403, 404,

405, 407, 408.

Prolepis

fuscus, 443.

Prorastomus

sirenoides, 599.

Proteles

cristatus, 372, 388.

lalandii, 408.

Protopterus, 602.

Protoxerus

stangert, 933.

Protrichia, gen.

6387, 661.

vinacea, 662.

Psammodynastes

pulverulentus, 196, 201,

226.

Psammophis

angolensis, 801.

sibilans, 801.

subteniatus, 801.

Psecadia

abrazxasella, 90.

adustella, 55, 114.

aureoapicella, 90.

confusella, 89.

exornata, 90.

gelidella, 91.

ingricella, 55, 89.

hirbyi, 91.

nivosella, 114.

notatella, 90.

paucella, 90.

wanthorrhoa, 90.

(Cryptolechia) strigosa,

89.

Psectrodes

abrasalis, 641.

herminialis, 641.

illapsalis, 641.

nov.,

"INDEX

Pseudanaphora

noctivaga, 174.

Pseudaxis

manchuricus, 40.

sika, 39, 40.

taivanus, 46.

Pseudis

paradoxa, 583.

Pseudivongius, gen. noy.,

546.

natalensis, 546.

Pseudochirus

archeri, 329.

dahli, 317, 329.

peregrinus, 330, 331.

Pseudochlamys

patella, '788.

Pseudocolaspis

apicicornis, 531.

JSemorata, 532.

Pseudomalegia, gen. nov,,

546.

lefevrei, 547.

Pseudonympha

cassius, 838.

petula, 838, 857.

sabacus, 839.

vigilans, 838.

Pseudosparianthus

ravidus, 877.

Pterinochilus, gen. nov.,

745, 752.

murinus, 753, 774.

vorax, 752, 753, 774.

Pternistes

nudicollis, 189.

Pterophorus

acanthodactylus, 57.

agraphodactylus, 55,

aspilodactylus, 55, 61.

basalis, 60.

bipunctatus, 61.

caffer, 56.

diffusalis, 56, 57.

inquinatus, 59.

montis-christi, 59.

ossipellis, 60.

oxydactylus, 56.

paleaceus, 60.

participatus, 61.

parvus, 60.

preustus, 60.

thome, 60.

Pteropus

elseyt, 318.

gouldi, 319.

scapulatus, 318,

Ptychamorbia

catenana, 133.

exustana, 133.

Ptychopteryx

bohemani, 6.

ducissa, 21.

Putorius

africanus, 601.

boccamela, 601.

communis, 408.

Pycnosoma, gen.

605, 610.

angulata, 610.

Pyralis

albana, 100, 101.

aurana, 129.

curtalis, 653.

dispansalis, 653.

griseana, 98.

idalialis, 618.

imbutalis, 617.

nudalis, 777.

obliqualis, 632.

polyphoralis, 632.

puralis, 624.

semitessellalis, 618.

thyralis, 618.

nov.,

Pyrameis

cardui, 692, 775,

839.

Pyraustodes

flavicostalis, 666.

Pyrgus

asterodia, 856.

ferox, 856.

mafia, 855.

sataspes, 856.

spto, 855.

vindes:, 855.

zebra, 856.

Python

molurus, 196, 199,

217.

reticulatus, 196, 199,

217.

sebe, 800.

Rana

angolensis, 801.

celebensis, 197, 202,

232.

chalconota, 232.

erythrea, 197, 202,

231.

esculenta, 578,

everetti, 197, 202,

282.

Jusca, 583, 589, 590.

fuscigula, 801.

kuhlii, 197, 202, 228.

leytensis, 197, 202,

229.

macrodon, 229.

Rana

macrops, 197, 202, 233,

237.

mascareniensis, 801.

microdisca, 197, 202,

230.

modesta, 197, 202, 228,

231.

natatri2, 233.

oxyrhynchus, 801.

alavanensis, 197, 202,

229, 230.

temporaria, 594.

tigrina, 197, 202, 231.

varians, 197, 202, 231,

232.

Raphicerus

campestris, 452.

Rappia

argus, 801.

Fulvovitiata, 801.

marmorata, 801.

Ratufa

indica, 933.

Rhabdophidium

forsteni, 196, 200,

222.

Rhachianectes

glaucus, 267, 355.

Rhacophorus

edentulus, 197, 202,

234, 235, 237.

leucomystax, 197, 202,

233.

monticola,

234, 237.

pardalis, 235.

Rheithrosciurus

macrotis, 933.

Rhembastus

apicicornis, 540.

cylindriformis, 537.

' gerstackeri, 540.

imitans, 539.

' maculicollis, 538, 577.

punctato-sulcatus, 540,

pusillus, 540.

4-notata, 589.

variabilis, 539.

Rhinolophus

capensis, 927.

tridens, 288.

Rhinosciurus

laticaudatus, 933.

Rhizomys, 698, 708.

badius, 708, 709, 720.

197,

pruinosus, 700, 709,

720.

sinensis, 700, 709, 720.

sivalensis, 710, 711,

720.

INDEX.

Rhizomys

sumatrensis, 700, 709,

711, 720.

(Tachyoryctes) macro-

cephalus, 700.

Rhodoneura

acaciusalis, 616, 623.

acutalis, 622.

albiteralis, 623.

albipunctata, 620.

alternata, 619.

amethystea, 618.

anastomosalis, 623.

anticalis, 624.

apicialis, 621.

argentalis, 624.

—, var. tuberosalis,

624.

astrodora, 620.

atomosalis, 621.

atriclathrata, 619.

atripunctalis, 621.

atristrigulalis, 621.

aurata, 621

aurea, 621.

bastialis, 624.

bipuncta, 621.

bracteata, 617.

bullifera, 617.

carneola, 621.

catenula, 619.

cervinalis, 616.

citrina, 625.

complicatalis, 624,

corticina, 617.

crypsiria, 621.

cumulalis, 628.

cuprea, 620.

cuprealis, 623.

curvilinea, 620.

decoratalis, 622.

denticulosa, 624.

disparalis, 621.

dissimulans, 619.

dorilusalis, 617.

elongatalis, 623.

emblicalis, 621.

erythrinalis, 621.

exusta, 620.

Fallax, 620.

JFenestrata, 620.

Serrofusa, 620.

ferrugined, 620,

flavula, 621.

Sulviceps, 620.

fumatilis, 617.

glaphyralis, 621.

globulifera, 622.

gracilis, 620.

guitata, 616.

hebra, 621.

Rhodoneura

hedilalis, 619.

hypargyra, 624.

hypoxantha, 616.

impletalis, 618.

intimalis, 617.

zrias, 623.

Jubralis, 619.

latizonalis, 622.

leuconotula, 617.

locusalis, 618.

lunula, 620.

margaritalis, 624.

marmoredlis, 624.

melanostigmalis, 620.

micacealis, 620.

micragraphalis, 619.

minicula, 628.

mollis, 617.

multipunctata, 624,

munda, 616.

myrsusalis, 618.

myried, 618.

nevina, 624.

nebulosa, 619.

nigropunctata, 617.

nitens, 622.

nitida, 619.

notula, 625.

obliqualis, 624.

oligosticta, 612.

pallida, 622.

perlula, 623.

plana, 616.

polychloris, 623.

polygraphalis, 624.

polystictalis, 618.

pralanis, 619.

pudicula, 623.

pulchelloides, 623.

puncta, 620.

quadripunctata, 619.

reticularis, 624.

reticulata, 619.

rhodosticta, 620.

rhomboidea, 622.

rufareta, 617.

semiperforata, 620.

semitessellata, 618.

seriata, 617.

setifer, 616.

splendida, 622.

squamigera, 622.

stenosoma, 617.

sterna, 624.

striativena, 622.

striola, 622.

subcostalis, 619.

taphiusalis, 622.

terminalis, 617.

tessellatula, 625.

1006

Rhodoneura

tetragonata, 619.

tetraonalis, 624.

thiastoralis, 620.

tigridula, 617.

trigoniphora, 620.

tristis, 616.

tritropha, 617.

uniformis, 621.

violalis, 623.

wirneburgalis, 619.

azanthina, 622.

Rhomphea

(Ariamnes) paradoxa,

860.

Rhopalocampta

anchises, 925.

keithloa, 857.

Rhynchocyon

cirnei, 928.

reichardi, 480, 928.

Rhyparida

madagascariensis, 534.

Rbytina

stelleri, 851, 355,

Risama

avicula, 680.

eurymenana, 630,

falcata, 630.

picta, 629.

reticula, 630.

transversa, 629.

Rotifer

tardus, 795.

Rucuma

recurvana, 648.

Rukaia

macrura, 933.

Rusa

japonica, 39.

javanica, 39.

Ruticilla

leucocephala, 813.

Saccopleura

catocalis, 644.

Saccostomus

campestris, 431,

elegans, 431, 926, 937.

mashone, 431.

Sagulassa

perspicua, 607.

Sageartia

parasitica, 808.

Saiga

tatarica, 813.

Salobrena

cyrisalis, 649.

excisana, 649.

genualis, 649,

gibbosa, 649,

INDEX.

Salobrena

propylea, 649.

sincera, 650.

tacome, 649.

vacuana, 650.

Samanta

eliasis, 837.

perspicud, 837.

simonsii, 837.

Samcova

damia, 652.

incensana, 651, 652.

Samia

ceanothi, 296.

cecropia, 296.

Sanguesa

cosmiana, 654.

dilatatana, 654.

Sapa

paradisea, 925.

Sarangesa

djelele, 855.

eliminata, 855.

motozi, 855.

motozioides, 855.

pertusa, 777, 85d.

Sarcidiornis

carunculata, 467.

Sarcistes, gen. nov., 638,

669.

medialis, 670.

Saturnia

carpini, 296.

pyri, 296.

terpsichore, 296, 297.

Scelodonta

maculosa, 533.

vicina, 533.

Sceloporus

acanthinus, 476, 494,

496

@neus, 477, 514.

asper, 476, 497, 522.

biseriatus, 504, 506.

boulengeri, 490, 494.

bulleri, 475, 481.

chrysostictus, 477, 513,

519.

clarkit, 490, 492, 493,

494, 495, 496.

— zosteromus, 498.

consobrinus, 475, 486.

conchti, 477, 522.

cupreus, 477, 518.

delicatissimus, 516.

dispar, 509.

dugest, 475, 486.

elongatus, 476, 506.

Serrariperezii, 478, 481.

Hloridanus, 490, 492, |

494, 495.

Sceloporus

formosus, 476, 501, 502.

frontalis, 504.

Sulvus, 477, 520, 521.

garmani, 487.

gracilis, 507.

grammicus, 476, 508.

—, var., 509.

gratiosus, 476, 506,

507, 508.

heterolepis, 476, 511.

heterurus, 508.

horridus, 490, 498, 494,

495.

humeralis, 519.

intermedius, 486.

trazuensis, 501,

503.

jalape, 507, 508.

Jarrovii, 483.

licki, 476, 500.

longipes, 504,

lune, 501, 502.

magister, 490, 492, 498,

494, 495, 496.

malachiticus, 501.

marmoratus, 516.

melanogaster, 478, 481.

melanorhinus, 475, 482.

microlepidotus, 476,

509, 511.

occidentalis, 504, 505,

506.

oligoporus, 490.

omiltemanus, 478, 481.

orcutti, 476, 488.

ornatus, 475, 485.

pleurolepis, 483, 484.

pleurostictus, 508.

poinsettii, 477, 480,

481.

pyrrhocephalus, 477,

512.

502,

rubriventris, 509, 510.

rufidorsum, 499.

salvini, 501, 503.

scalaris, 477, 515.

serrifer, 475, 488.

siniferus, 477, 519, 521.

smaragdinus, 501, 502,

504

spinosus, 476, 480, 488,

489, 490, 492, 493,

494, 495, 496, 497.

— floridanus, 495,

squamosus, 477, 521.

teniocnemus, 501, 502.

teapensis, 518, 519.

thayerii, 490, 503, 505.

torquatus, 475, 477,

478, 480, 481, 497.

Sceloporus

torquatus cyanogenys,

478, 481.

— formosus, 501.

— mucronatus, 478,

481.

— poinsettii, 478, 481,

490.

tristichus, 487.

undulatus, 476, 495,

503.

— bocourti, 504, 506.

utiformis, 477, 521,

vandenbergianus, 507.

variabilis, 477, 516,

519.

viviparus, 496, 497,

501.

yarrovii, 475, 483.

zosteromus, 476, 498.

Schistoneura

flavitinctalis, 662.

hellicalis, 662.

Scintilla

pustulella, 113.

Sciuropterus

pearsont, 706.

aanthipes, 706.

Sciurus

mutabilis, 932.

vulgaris, 933.

Scodra

ausserert, 755, 756.

brachypoda, 757, 758,

774.

calceata, 755, 756, 758.

griseipes, 756, 757, 758,

774.

Scolitantides

barbere, 845.

metophis, 845.

Scoptonoma

tipuloides, 55.

Scopula

parallelalis, 678.

Scopus

wmbretta, 469.

Scotophilus

greyi, 319.

Scutovertex

bilineatus, 792.

Selenocosmia

nigroventris, 762.

Selenogyrus, gen. nov.,

746, 767, 773.

aureus, 768, 769, 773.

ceruleus, 768, 769.

Selenops

aissa, 876.

Semasia

argutana, 124.

Serraphula,

INDEX,

Semnia

egialis, 689.

auritalis, 687, 688.

aurivitta, 688.

Josialis, 688.

Seriatopora

conferta, 952.

lineata, 952.

pacifica, 952.

spinosa, 953.

gen.

556.

@nea, 557, 577.

Sesia

cubana, 62, 63.

Setomorpha

grenadella, 168.

rupicella, 168.

Siculodes

acutipennis, 625.

ened, 625.

amethystina, 619.

ancylosema, 622.

arcuata, 625.

aurorula, 629.

bivitiata, 682.

chalcosidera, 623.

cinereola, 618.

cuprea, 625,

eupithecula, 625,

Ffurcatula, 624.

hydreutis, 621.

ignotalis, 618.

levigata, 622.

lucidulina, 625.

maculata, 630.

matricula, 629.

mediula, 630.

mellea, 625.

minutula, 625.

mochlias, 624.

nullula, 625.

ochracea, 625.

opalinula, 625,

papuensis, 625.

paullula, 625.

plagula, 619.

platyntis, 613.

politula, 625.

rhythmica, 624.

ritteri, 625.

rosacea, 623.

roseola, 611.

rotundula, 619.

serpula, 630.

sordidula, 623.

straminula, 630.

strigatula, 623.

striola, 632.

terreola, 625.

theorina, 625.

nov.,

1007

Siculodes

triangularis, 625.

tristriata, 625.

unitula, 625.

variabilis, 625.

virginula, 624.

vittula, 625.

Sicydium

cyanocephalum, 428.

Sigmodon

hispidus, 711.

| Simaethis

aurofasciana, 121.

contubernalis, 120.

rimulalis, 120.

(Chordates) auro-

fasciana, 121.

Simia

satyrus, 810.

Siparocera

nobilis, 658.

Siphneus, 698, 703.

armandi, 704.

Slabberia

halterata, 816.

Smerinthus

excecatus, 296.

Sminthopsis

leucopus, 334, 335.

nitela, 317, 334.

Solencthele

decemnotata, 747.

Sonagara

strigipennis, 613.

strigosa, 613.

superior, 613.

vialis, 613.

Spalax, 698, 701.

Spanioptila, gen. noy.,

48.

spinosum, 148.

Sparassus

sancti-vincentiz,

877.

Spathomeles

elegans, 458.

Spheroderma

femoratum, 557.

hove, 558.

Sphenarches

caffer, 56, 57.

synophrys, 57.

Spheniscus

demersus, 297.

Sphenophryne

celebensis, 197, 202,

235, 236, 237.

variabilis, 197, 202,

235, 236, 237.

Sphingomorpha

monteironis, 925.

1008

Sphinx

ligustri, 296.

prnastri, 296.

pyralidiformis, 607.

Sphyrotinus

luculentus, 862.

Spilogale

pygmed, 898.

Spindasis

bellatrix, 924.

masilikazi, 849.

phanes, 849,

Spiroctenus

personatus, 732.

Spizaétus

bellicosus, 813.

coronatus, 813.

Stasimopus

caffrus, 727.

natalensis, 727, 728.

oculatus, 728, 729,

(les

rufidens, 727, 728,

729.

Steatomys

pratensis, 936.

Steganoptycha

altheana, 127.

flavocellana, 127.

Stemmatophora

‘demonica, 665.

Stemmops

bicolor, 861.

concolor, 861.

Stenoma

griseanum, 93, 99.

Stenoptilia

pumilio, 58.

tenuis, 58.

Stephanops

stylatus, 798, 799.

tenellus, 798.

Stercorarius

antarcticus, 470.

Stereolepis

gigas, 917.

Stereosternum

tumidum, 312.

Sternothzerus

adansoni, 919.

derbianus, 919.

oxyrhinus, 919,

Sthenobzea

abnormalis, 657.

Strepsiceros

imberbis, 454.7

kudu, 454. -

Strepsicrates

smithiana, 127

Streptopalpia

deera, 684.

INDEX.

Streptopalpia

ustalis, 68+.

Striglina

australina, 6138.

bivittata, 613.

clathrula, 618.

decussata, 615.

duplicifimbriata,

613.

glareola, 613.

hyalospila, 615.

lineola, 613.

ochracea, 613.

pyrrhata, 613.

radiata, 618.

scallula, 618.

—, var. immaculata,

618.

scitaria, 612, 613.

sordida, 613.

xanthopera, 612.

Strix

jflammea, 189.

Stromatopelma

alicapillatum, ‘756,

757.

Stugeta

bowkeri, 850.

Sturnus

vulgaris, 297.

Stylonichia

pustulata, 790.

Stylopyga

orientalis, 903, 905,

906, 907, 909, 913,

915, 916.

Sus

africanus, 363.

barbatus, 359, 360.

guineensis, 361.

larvatus, 363, 3867.

penicillatus, 361.

porcus, 361.

serofa, 359, 260.

verrucosus, 359, 360.

vittatus, 359, 360.

Syagrus

calcaratus, 5438.

mashonanus, 544.

nigrostriatus, 543.

rugicollis, 544.

striatipennis, 543.

Syblis

glaucopidella, 113.

Synchloe

glauconome, 777.

hellica, 854.

Syntomactis

cervinelia, 104.

Syntomis

tomasina, 693.

Tachyeres

cinerea, 467.

Tachyoryctes,

708.

annectens, 720.

splendens, 704, 720.

Tachyptilia

desectella, 82.

Tamarrha

gelidella, 55, 91, 114.

nivosella, 114.

Tamias

asiaticus, 418.

Tamiasciurus

hudsonicus, 933.

Tamyra

cuprina, 647.

ignitalis, 646, 647.

penicillana, 647.

physophora, 648.

splendens, 641.

Tamyrodes

papulalis, 647.

Tantalus

ibis, 189.

leucocephalus, 469.

Taphius, gen. noyv.,

531.

flavus, 581.

Taphozous

australis, 320.

Tarbophis

semiannulatus, 801.

Tarucus

cybaris, 844.

plinius, 693, 844.

theophrastus, 698,

844, 924.

Taxidea

taxus berlandieri, 899.

— neglecta, 899.

— typica, 899.

Tecoma

australis, 858.

Telea

polyphemus, 296.

promethea, 296.

Telmatherina, gen. noy.,

428.

celebensis, 418, 429.

Teracolus

abyssinicus, 7.

acaste, 23.

achine, 5, 30, 31, 32,

33, 853.

acte, 852.

agoye, 7, 8.

alberta, 23.

amatus, 9, 10.

amelia, 12.

amytis, 29.

698,

Teracolus

anax, 21.

angolensis, 27, 29.

anne, 17, 22, 24,

853.

ansorgei, 13, 695.

—, var., 693.

antevippe, 31, 82,

853.

antigone, 35, 36, 694,

arenicolens, 14.

arethusa, 29.

argiliaceus, 12.

aurigineus, 13, 14,

693.

aurora, 26.

auxo, 25, 26, 886,

852.

bacchus, 20.

bifasciatus, 35, 36.

bimbura, 27.

bipartitus, 12.

bowkeri, 8.

buctont, 20, 21, 22,

851.

calais, 5, 9, 10, 924.

callidia, 33.

candidus, 36.

carnifer, 9.

carteri, 31, 32.

casimirus, 27.

castalus, 11.

castus, 33, 693, 694.

catachrysops, 12.

cebrene, 29.

celimene, 11, 12, 16,

693.

chromiferus, 16, 17.

chrysomela, 14,

chrysonome, 5, 14,

776.

cinctus, 33.

cinerascens, 22.

citreus, 26.

celestis, 16.

coliagenes, "7.

complexivus, 27, 28.

comptus, 35, 36.

confusa, 35, 36.

coniger, 35, 36.

corda, 27, 28.

cyprea, 10.

daira, 33, 34, 693,

694, 776.

dalila, 34.

damarensis, 31.

danae, 22.

dedecora, 23, 776.

deidamioides, 33.

delphine, 27, 29.

INDEX.

Teracolus

demagore, 25.

dirus, 28.

doubledayt, 14.

dubius, 11.

ducissa, 21.

dulcis, 23.

dynamene, 9, 10.

eborea, 29.

eboreoides, 23,

etone, 852,

elgonensis, 16.

eliza, 21.

emini, 35, 36.

ena, 26.

ephyia, 25, 30.

epigone, 28.

eris, 7, 693, 851.

etrida, 26, 27.

eucharis, 26.

eulimene, 24, 776.

eunoma, 16, 17.

eupompe, 22, 23, 24.

evagore, 4, 5, 33, 384,

36, 694, 852.

evanthe, 4, 26.

evarne, 25, 26, 693.

evenina, 35, 695.

evippe, 26, 27, 28, 29,

30, 31.

evippe-omphale, 29,

exole, 852.

Sarsinus, 26.

faustus, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9.

flaminia, 35.

foliaceus, 17, 18.

Sriga, 35, 852.

fulvius, 9.

Fumidus, 31, 32.

galathinus, 35,

gavisa, 32.

gaudens, 14.

gelasinus, 35, 36.

glycera, 35, 36.

guenei, 4, 24.

haevernickit, 31.

halimede, 15.

halyattes, 30.

haningtonti, 12.

hanna, 29.

harmonides, 30, 31,

853.

heliocaustus, 15, 693.

helle, 30, 32.

helvolus, 14.

hero, 31, 32, 853.

hetera, 6, 17, 18,

694.

heuglini, 693, 694.

—, var. thruppi, 693.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1897, No. LX VII.

1009

Teracolus

hildebrandti, 23, 24.

hippocrene, 30, 31.

hybridus, 27, 28, 852.

hyperides, 30, 32, 853.

ignifer, 30, 31, 853.

immaculatus, 23.

imperator, 20, 21, 851.

incretus, 25, 26.

infumatus, 30.

inornatus, 33.

intermissus, 11.

interruptus, 35, 36.

tone, 18, 19, 20, 21,

851.

tsaura, 693.

iterata, 69D.

ithonus, 30, 31, 853.

Jjacksoni, 34, 694.

jalone, 17, 18, 19,

20.

Jamesi, 35, 36.

Jjobina, 19, 851.

Johnstoni, 7, 851.

keiskamma, 25, 836,

852.

kennedii, 9.

lais, 32.

laura, 31, 32.

leo, 15, 16, 777.

liagore, 25, 776.

limbatus, 26, 27.

loandicus, 27, 29.

lorti, 18.

lucullus, 35, 36.

ludovicie, 693, 694.

lyeus, 35.

lycoris, 39.

maimuna, 851.

mananhari, 4, 16.

microcale, 25, 29.

miles, 23.

minans, 5, 35, 36.

modestus, 9.

mutans, 12, 13, 695,

853.

natalensis, 851.

niveus, 4, 5, 36.

nothus, 16.

nouna, 4, 36, 694, 852.

ocale, 29.

ocellatus, 10.

ochreipennis, 10, 11.

odysseus, 34, 35, 36,

694.

omphale, 27, 28, 29,

852.

omphale-theogone, 29.

omphaloides, 27, 28,

852.

opalescens, 851.

1010 INDEX,

Teracolus Teracolus , Theridion

opalinus, 7. tripuncta, 9. antillanum, 862.

oriens, 8. velleda, 12. | bajulans, 862.

pallene, 33, 34. venosus, 15. | blandum, 862.

pallens, 26. venustus, 14, borbonicum, 861.

palliseri, 9. vesta, 12, 13, 14, 693, dilucidum, 862.

peelus, 11. 695, 853. flavoaurantiacum, 862.

pernotatus, 27. vestalis, 11, 694. Srondeum, 862.

phenius, 23. vi, 8. Suesslyi, 862.

philipsii, 26, 924. vulnerata, 26. | gucundum, 862.

phisadia, 10, 15, 694, walkeri, 22. longipes, 862.

776, 924. wallengrenii, 22, 24. luteipes, 861.

phlegetonia, 5, 35, 36, xanthevarne, 26. rufipes, 861, 862.

852. xanthus, 34, 35, 36, | — studiosum, 862.

phlegyas, 20, 21, 22, 693. stylifrons, 862.

851. yerburii, 33, 34, 694. | tepidariorum, 861.

pholoé, 11, 12. zephyrus, 8. vulgare, 861.

pleione, 6, 14, 15. zera, dl. Theridiosoma

preclarus, 11. zoe, 4, 16. | argenteo-lunulatum,

procne, 29. Teras 875.

protomedia, 12, 693, connerana, 134. | Theridomys

776. Jamaicana, 133. | blainvillei, 710.

protractus, 5, 10. repandana, 134. | Theridula

pseudacaste, 23, 693. restitutana, 134. opulenta, 862.

pseudevanthe, 26. rostrana, 134. } tricornis, 862.

pseudocale, 27, 28, 29. Teratomorpha | Thermesia

puellaris, 10, 11, 694. hampsoni, 664. | fenestrina, 618.

puniceus, 17, 18, 694. Terias reticulata, 613.

purus, 27. brigitta, 850, 851. | Thestias

pyrrhopterus, 27, 29. candace, 693, 851. | anne, 22.

ramaguebana, 35, desjardinsti, 851. Thestor

regina, 6, 18, 21. marshalli, 850, 857. basuta, 847.

rhodesinus, 12. regularis, 850. Thinocorus

rorus, 10, 11. zoe, 693, 850. rumicivorus, 470.

rosaceus, 8. Testudo Thiodia

roxane, 852. daudini, 810. autochthones, 126.

sanguinalis, 22. forstenii, 195, 197. 203. citrana, 125.

saxeus, 35, 36, 694. Tetragnatha | rhododendronalis, 125.

siga, 4, 24. antillana, 868. sulphurana, 125.

simplex, 30, 31, 776, argyra, 870. | Thriponax

853. elongata, 869. Jeddeni, 471.

sipylus, 31, 33, 695. piscatoria, 869. | Thryonomys

solaris, 8. quinguelineata, 871. | gregorianus, 432, 433,

speciosa, 18, 19, 20. tenuipes, 870. 938.

subfasciatus, 6. tenuissima, 872. sclateri, 482, 483, 926,

subfumosus, 35. vicina, 869. 937.

subroseus, 23. Tetraschistis, gen. noy., swinderenianus, 432.

subvenosus, 31, 32. 639, 679. Thyatira

suffusus, 29. major, 679. batis, 296.

surya, 9. tinctalis, 679. Thylacophora

swinhoei, 33, 694. Thais hepaticalis, 655.

syrtinus, 25, 26. cerisyi, 296. tortricoidalis, 655.

taplini, 22. Thaumantias Thyraylia, gen. noyv.,

theogone, 24, 28, 29, mediterranea, 824. | 138.

852. Thelechoris | bunteana, 139.

theogone-omphale, 28. karschi, 738. lacteipalpis, 139.

theopompe, 23. Thelotornis | lepidana, 139.

thruppii, 34, 694. kirtlandi, 801. | Thyris

titea, 26. Theonoe diaphana, 607.

topha, 25, 836, 852. americana, 864. . Senestrella, 607.

triment, 30, 32. fiiola, 864. | ‘Tugubris, 607.

Thyris

maculata, 607.

montana, 609.

sepulchralis, 607.

usitata, 607.

vitrina, 607.

Fiicnbiaee 782.

everetti, 782.

javanensis, 782.

Timandra

cancellata, 613.

Tinea

aurifluella, 88.

auromaculata, 164.

brevistrigata, 159.

cinerella, 82.

cloacella, 161.

cretella, 160.

cumulatella, 163.

diluticornis, 159.

divisa, 164.

familiaris, 164.

Fenella, 126.

Sragilella, 161.

frontestrigata, 164.

lacteelia, 100, 101.

minutella, 162.

nigrovitta, 163.

ochraceella, 166.

pallidorsella, 164.

parvella, 102.

plumella, 162.

pomonella, 125.

populella, 79.

pumiliella, 163.

pustulella, 112.

reduplicata, 159.

schulzella, 109.

scythropiella, 160.

solenobiella, 161.

tetraonella, 162.

tischeriella, 161.

umbraticostella, 160.

Tineola

uterella, 112, 165, 166.

Tiquadra

aspersa, 167.

lentiginosa, 167.

Tischeria

heliopsiella, 145.

nolckenit, 145.

pulverea, 145.

unicolor, 145.

Toccus

erythrorhynchus, 472.

Tomopteris

onisciformis, 523, 524.

quadricornis, 524.

scolopendra, 523, 524.

vitrina, 523, 524,

INDEX.

Torda

leucospilalis, 684.

metamelana, 653.

Tortrix

citrana, 125.

concursana, 134.

effetana, 133.

flavedana, 134.

insignitana, 133.

lanzeolana, 121.

laterana, 184.

ophthalmicana, 131.

piceana, 133.

rostrana, 134.

solandriana, 126.

walchiana, 99.

weberiana, 122.

(Platynota) flavedana,

134.

Tortyra

auriferalis, 121.

Tosale

aucta, 652.

decipiens, 653.

flattalis, 653.

moritzi, 653.

oviplagalis, 653.

pyralidoides, 652,

653.

Totanus

nebularius, 189.

Trachelas

femoralis, 885.

Tracheloteuthis

behnii, 525, 526.

guernet, 525.

riiset, 525, 526.

Tragelaphus

sp., 455.”

angasi, 455, 989. ~

gratus, 311.

spekit, 311.

sylvaticus, 4567

Trapeziophora

gemmula, 118.

Treron

crassirostris, 784.

nudirostris, 784.

Trichechus

inunguis, 596.

obesus, 266, 350, 354.

rosmarus, 350, 334.

senegalensis, 596.

Trichodina

tentaculata, 790.

Trichoptilus

centetes, 56.

oxydactylus, 56.

Trichostibas

calligera, 115.

fumosa, 115, 116.

1011

Trichostibas

iophlebia, 115.

ovata, 115.

pallidicostella, 115.

sordidata, 115.

Trichosurus

vulpecula, 328.

| Trichotaphe

tequlella, 83.

trigonella, 88.

Trimerorhinus

triteniatus, 801.

Trinema

enchelys, 789.

Tringa

subarquata, 880, 891,

894.

Troglodytes

calvus, 305, 307.

niger, 305.

Tropidolepis

eneus, 514.

formosa, 501.

grammicus, 508.

horridus, 490.

microlepidotus, 509.

scalaris, 515.

spinosus, 490.

torquatus, 477.

undulatus, 503.

variabilis, 516.

Tropidonotus

callistus, 219.

celebicus, 196, 200, 218,

237.

chrysargoides, 196, 200,

219.

olivaceus, 800.

picturatus, 218.

quincunciatus, 219.

sarasinorum, 196, 200,

218, 237.

subminiatus, 196, 200,

219.

trianguligerus, 196,

2U0, 219.

vittatus, 196, 200,

219.

Tropidophorus

grayt, 196, 197, 199,

216.

Trycherus

angolensis, 458, 464.

josephus, 458.

raffrayi, 458.

senegalensis,

459,

458,

Turdus

merula, 270.

varius, 892, 894.

viscivorus, 892.

1012

Typhlops

ater, 196, 199, 217.

braminus, 196, 199,

217.

conradti, 217.

mucruso, 800.

Ugra

angustipennis, 678.

parallela, 678.

Uliosoma

discoloralis, 676, 677.

Uria

troile, 471.

Uroleptus

piscis, 789.

Uromastyx

undulatus, 503.

Ursus

americanus, 872, 378,

379, 380, 385, 386,

387, 388, 389, 391,

392, 394, 395, 397,

399, 400, 401, 402,

403, 404, 406, 416.

arctus, 372, 387, 3891,

392, 394, 395, 400,

402, 403, 405, 407,

412, 418, 414, 415,

416, 417, 418, 419,

815.

— aureus, 416.

—, var. beringiana,

415, 417, 421.

— collaris, 414, 421.

— crowtheri, 425.

— dalli, 424.

— fossilis, 419.

— horribilis, 424.

— isabellinus, 414, 416,

419, 420, 426.

— middendor ffi, 422.

— richardsoni, 425.

— syriacus, 420,

— typicus, 419, 424.

— yesoensis, 422.

beringiana, 421.

cadavarinus, 419.

cinereus, 424,

cinnamomeus, 416.

collaris, 416, 421.

crowtheri, 425.

dalli, 424.

faidherbianus, 425, 426.

Serox, 415, 424.

— fossilis, 415, 416,

419

formicarius, 416, 419.

fossilis, 415, 416,

419.

INDEX.

Ursus

horrieus, 425.

horribilis, 415, 416,

— horrieus, 425.

tsabellinus, 413, 419,

420.

japonicus, 424,

labiatus, 413.

lagomyarius, 415, 426.

lasiotus, 421.

longirostris, 416.

luteolus, 416.

maritimus, 372, 379,

380, 387, 388, 389,

391, 392, 394, 397,

399, 401, 402, 403,

405, 407.

middendorffi, 422.

norveygicus, 419.

piscator, 416, 421.

priscus, 416, 419.

pruinosus, 412,

414, 426, 814.

pyrenaicus, 419.

richardsoni, 425.

sithensis, 424.

speleus, 419, 426.

syriacus, 416, 420.

torquatus, 412.

(Danis) cinereus, 424,

Uzeda

olivaceana, 650.

torguetana, 651.

vitriferana, 651.

413,

Vadata

macropterana, 630,

subchalybea, 630.

Vandellia

cirrhosa, 901, 920.

Vanessa

antiopa, 296.

polychloros, 296.

Varanus

niloticus, 800.

salvator, 195, 198, 208.

togianus, 195, 198, 208.

Varnia

e@qualis, 609.

aurea, 609.

crassa, 609.

Senestrata, 609.

flagrata, 609.

inequalis, 609.

incudigera, 609.

miniata, 609.

plena, 609.

taprobana, 609.

ypsiloides, 609.

Vendilgarda

mustelina, 875.

theridionina, 875.

Vespertilio

murinus, 954.

Vesperugo

kuhlii, 954.

tenuis, 320.

Vestiaria

coccinea, 893.

Vinago

calva, 784.

nudirostris, 784.

salvadorii, 784.

wakefieldi, 784.

Vipera

aspis, 495.

berus, 495.

Virachola

antalus, 849.

Virbia

notata, 688.

Viverra

civetta, 372, 376, 379,

380, 382, 383, 386,

387, 388, 389, 390,

391, 392, 393, 394,

3895, 397, 398, 399,

400, 402, 403, 404,

405, 406, 407, 408.

Viverricula

malaccensis, 364, 372,

880, 385, 387, 391,

398, 399, 400, 403,

405.

Vorticella

microstoma, 790.

Vulfila

macra, 879.

tenuissima, 880.

Vulpes

atlantica, 957.

niloticus, 957.

Vurna

instructalis, 682.

Willsia

stellata, 818.

Xantharpyia

straminea, 927.

Xantippe

auropurpuralis, 658.

bichordalis, 659.

chromalis, 658.

Xenolechia

glandiferella, 72.

humeralis, 73.

Xenopeltis

unicolor, 196, 200, 217.

Xenopus

muellerz, 801.

Xenorhynchus

australis, 469.

senegalensis, 469.

Xerus

cepapi, 430, 431.

getulus, 957.

isabella, 932.

palliatus, 431.

pyrrhopus, 431.

rutilus, 933.

(Paraxerus) lucifer,

430, 932.

Xyvlesthia

australis, 166.

Yponomeuta

mahalebella, 117.

INDEX.

Ypsolophus

Alavivittellus, 87.

indignus, 86.

Juventellus, 86.

manellus, 86.

piperatus, 86.

rusticus, 86,

sinuatus, 99.

stratellus, 87.

Ypthima

doleta, 837, 838.

granulosa, 838.

simplicia, 838.

Zamenis

dipsas, 196, 200, 220.

Zanclodes

Jfalculalis, 668.

oy Fh

, Lee D

| ore IS

URAL + , Areas

THE END.

asterope, 692, 837, 838.

1013

Zarania

cossalis, 682.

Zarathra

insulella, 150.

Zazaca

auratalis, 659.

Zeritis

amanga, 848.

harpaz, 848.

oreds, 848.

perion, 924,

Zizera

gaika, 844.

knysna, 844.

lucida, 844.

lysimon, 844.

Zonurus

cordylus, 800.

Printed by Taytor and Francs, Red Lion Court, Flect Street.

1 <p ath erence

> F) i :

‘Ss SIG felt se ‘

: “.

‘~

A eee;

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

OOOO

Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir

Houmpury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarries, and other eminent

individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,

and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

Patroness.

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

GicePBatron.

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.

COUNCIL.

SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., 8c.D., F.R.S., President.

Dr. Joun Anperson, F.R.S., || Dr. Axtserr GtntHEr, E.R.S.

Vice-President.

Witram Barzsoy, Ese., F.R.S. || Dr. Epwarp Hamitron, Vice-

His Grace tHE Dvxe or Beprorp. ! President.

Cox. Joun Brppurra. _ Proressor Georer B. Howss.

Grorce A. Bovutrencer, Esa., | Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H. Irsy.

E.RS. | Sir Huew Low, G.C.M.G.

Herpert Drvcs, Esa., F.L.S. | Dr. Sr. Georez Mivarr, F.R.S.,

Caarres Drummonn, Ese., 1 Vice-President.

Treasurer. | Sre Txomas Parne.

Gen. Tae Hon. Sir Percy || Osperr Satvin, Ese., F.R.S.

Fritpine, K.C.B. Puitre Lutter Scrarer, Ese.,

F. DvuCane Gopman, Esa.,|/ M.A., Pu.D., F.RS., Secre-

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwiy-Austen, | Josrpx Travers Sunrn, Esa.

F.R.S.; Vice-President.

I tary.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.

till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F. H. Warernovuse, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ;

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35.

Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Ferttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on

each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the

Saturday Orders are not available if the Frxtow shall have used

his privilege of personally introducing two companions on the same

day.

Fetxows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one

Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the

1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Frettow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Fetiows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Fr tows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the’

1st July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

FetLows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,

an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-

diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens

with One Companion daily.

They may also obtain a TRANSFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum, A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frtrow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fextow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested

to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

Secretary.

5 Hanover Square, London, W.,

June, 1897.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

Session 1896-1897.

1896.

Turspay, Novemser 17 | Turspay, DecemBer 1 and 15

1897.

Turspay, JAnuARY 19 Turspay, Apri, .. 6

a Fepruary 2 and 16 Ae May .... 4and18

" Maron .9 2) 1 916 vA JunE.... land15

The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening

precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume for

the preceding year.

The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea éefore the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value or

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1

(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),

payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege

is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the Ist of

December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),

or through any bookseller. |

[June, 1897. }

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 13 vols. and Index. nee ee

Vol. 1., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £3 13 6 .... £418 OF

“5 2 Fs (aes wes, (1885-41) 3 4 O00: 5 GE OF

oll tie: Bihan ke (IRE ayy SS Be ie 411 Of

meee, ae Fie a EB EGP) vnc... Gs) De 8 2 6

i ee es OTH 3s IBOEOS). =... J 619 0

aul Vile 5 D2 ee on EB6G—-G9)iS. 1 50) eee ee

SUNT said, oe 78083 C1SG0-Teyh <0, 40) os See

CoV Ills, ox Bo ss ey)... 9 BS LL oe

A AL, *. OO Rie ee LS(O= Uh), ore ley eons LG ren

A a3 $3 OD Gere cs AGLSTZ—=49): 22.0 LO 20 cota lee

rid oxy; ViGIRe LONG 1 vals ete eet oneet ace ¢ (1833279)! -2..4.0 “7 165-5230 R100

Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0....1216 0

ay eis epee aenEeOO yo. ih a ANS 7. d0

COerE:, EN Gor Lm Aen esl On). 6 B.8.. 811 0

ON V. ty Ps Bi oee ee (CADE. 1896). . Ome one Or 690

Sh) Pee 7 i Gite ee (Oct 1896)r. OO 102 0-12 0

it ae er Bs Oe erete (cAtpr. 1897).... O.T5 me Ore I eo

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF. SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Frice te Paioe 6 the

Fellows. Public.

Parte. ~ W30=siiy devole-Svo. 222) 0 ae eee 43: Gas." em Gden

pel. 1832; Fie Bape oer ee 45.(6d5 (Dineen Os:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public, Fellows, Public.

Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 68.+

35 _ AI 1834. Fi 4s. Gd. .. 6s. - X. 1842. » 4s, 6d. .. 6s.

» LI. 1835. 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s. = XI. 1843. _ 4s. 6d. .. 6s8.F

» LV. 1836. 5 456d. "5.. G5: » AIT. 1844. as 4s. 6d. .. 63.

V. 1887. + 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIII. 1845. a 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

a VL T8388: - As. 6d. .. 6s. » AIV. 1846. 2 4s. 6d. .. 68.F

» VII. 1839. ss 4s, 6d. .. 638.4 XV. 1847. 3 4s. Gd. .. 6s.F

» VIII. 1840. $s 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Index 1830- 1847. y 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part XVI WSs cyolssvorAsnGd. *.f 168.) cose cee « or Olas A pom 5

br XVII. 1849. a ASNGO iene (OSS. mcs! cae oe he “Ors LO 36%

oe OV TT, 1850: BS Asi Ge periynGs!s ei. dete Le SanG 118 Of

= XIX. 1851. > Ag SO 26 CAGE oda BG 015 9 1 LL OF

Fe XX. 1852. “ ASNGGse . wEmOES Asis vies 015 9 lL J AOF

+ XXI. 1853. 5s Me OG mete OSs tn, ces 018 O L_ Ta Ge

7 XXII. 1854, 5 ASG tre cemOSS ests ciel cee OST92 G6 1 Gas

» XXIII. 1855. rr AB Move), (OS:\" beac hccdert Se G L118 OF

cua XIV ..1856. SOMO MM une A. Gage tote { 0-8 1 7 6+

- XXV. 1857. 3s ARSC 635 (OS Nuss cet 1, 0°38 he of -6#

» XVI. 1858. f ARR Gitar iy (OS) teiseie Nat 1G 20 2. 205

» XXVIII. 1859, as AS OM wees ibs. Senior Ll ianG De DOF

», AXVIIT. 1860. eo TCA ea OS ae, ie de 1) TSG 3° 2 OF

Index 1848-i860. - As. 6d. Gs.

t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

NeGies Se AssiGd.. 2 hu. Ostet hss 9s. Aye, CULLEN close, LIDS SOM mo eie asa

WSGo) er 4s) Bde. Ge tOSa See. a 9s, fae SH So aire OSs eee 45s.

1863 ASA GO eo. PRIOR AS oe 9s. Sra brick 30s. 9d. .... 458

1864 Age Ola rane ease Ae Ee eno 35s. 9d. .... 458.7

1865 ASS IGS 5 5 vanOSsieerties 9s. “ts: 308: Oe A s.c20 4S

1866 ASE GMS cto tS cOB EST cree 9s, Pa TSG oe oe ee 33s. 9d. 45s.

ASE ae wesste ec eane, tale eteara es cence 9s. . 128.* 358. Od. .... 46s.

LIS Seve. AAS Go ORESI Se eRe Es chiar acer 9s. Los: dos. Od. .... 45s.

FUSED Borsa ee ne Ue mei Saw reel 9s. rn De ieee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.

SAU ine sete suo nein crane men ae 9s. 12s. ook, G0.) +.) ADS

index, J861—1870. .. 2625522526 Ase Odes se Os:

FR ea tal SARA Poros dices Sree vt 9s. Me er oe aos. Od. .... 45s:

1S Bee RIG REE A ae 9s. Beciepe tk Sane tie os. Od. .... 468.7

WBS ed erie ham int, ceaers, « vyona a eote careers 9s. LA eerckcke das. Od. .... 45s

LES Y/2k, & aS at eer ae ie 9s. a ee 36s wens 4885F

TESVIS eats Siete rata enbioteaie cme 9s. 1 Raa ae 36s Sipe ASS

GHG ea Ge cid aaa ee ra Otte aan 9s. Toss gator. ee 36s Sen ASE

OTe craton aieia s ahrenie ieee Meohota te 9s 12s. 36s. pie AS:

MS ROS ee oe oc sieve eel ae eiele lee ee Qs. OES ees 36s. . 48s.

ae Si etiote sister tiare sere erat oem 9s. et OLAS ie 36s. . 48s.

SEO airs 2 eva a acct oye oe os sieves 9s. eaten Osea Eat okie 36s. . 48s.

Wnidex. S74 L880): Wee eere sical 4s. Gd. .... 6s.

ea tens etesaraye satay egetesaraychecceteus ays. 9s. Fe aes Siena 36s. 48s

TSS «2, aes Ea eA Ac aed 9s Bae 203. Hee 36s. 48s

(31533) AUS ae REO Coe ere: 9s Ds 36s. 48s

SUES eme Pay ste tel due aot ale eraherete cite oie 9s ples 36s. 48s

MSS hatin Mare grebetine rch acne sca aaerelals Qs 4 BS 36s. 48s

eG & ee ee ge ee 9s aE ee Be 36s. 48s

LICH E at ERS epee eam A ener 9s a 2s; 36s. 48s

RS MMe stats onc ciesera'a stejaseter acters 9s. real2te 36s. 48s

NES Saat tons tele ht ae ae, She 9s Oe Meri aera 36s. 48s

PSD ee eee cre 8 Sor ores 3s ichy cite tO 9s. ee Se lacs ators (SORES 48s

* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tue GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tar ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 6 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. ublic,

USO ie « Stisecctoaia tee Wa nce ais Seadore ie atabetantvnreee aon ie OER BGs 25 8s 48s

SOD ws Seip tetas mess ok, even clan charatmeenel cueieaty el ob otelereoarnes iane eee 3) 0.) ee Oe 48s

Oe caiiars He Race ateraaeis es ole syne otaecals nye ais oyninenta ce isto, Sree SOS Sa 48s

i SPE aaa -ice, Sac ay a aed noe kaw Tek Ss saline ai ak ha orn Neways ey shee ene sis BOS! seals 48s,

SOG ices trees ero ea eR aa cae Siena tore ake Ue UE eacllane eae ee SOS wae 48s.

ROT (OE eee eR es ee Seine ai Os. Nae 12s.

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price ls. 6d.*

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)

8vo. 1872. Price 2s.*

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,

containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.

1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.

Svo. “I1S79, Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-

taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price Is. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.

1896. Price 4s. 6d.

* Out of print.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1893. Thirty volumes.

8vo. Price £9 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894. Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1895. 8vo. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895. Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1896. 8vo. Price 30s,

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.

(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFrricr

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), ov through any bookseller.

List OF - INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.

AFRICA.

The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

The Museum, Durban, Natal.

AMERICA, SOUTH.

The National Museum, Buenos Ayres.

The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.

The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres.

AUSTRALASIA.

The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.

The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.

The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna,

BELGIUM.

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Malacologival Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.

The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF).

The McGill College, Montreal.

The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

The University of Toronto, Toronto.

CHINA.

The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.

The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

The Zoological Society of France, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The Imperial Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,

Halle.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical] Society, Belfast.

The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Geological Society, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.

The Athenzum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.

The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, London.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London,

The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth [ustitution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History

Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.

The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam,

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.

The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.

The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.

The Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.

The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.

The Zoological Station, Naples.

The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

JAPAN.

The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.

RUSSIA.

The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Bergen Museum, Bergen.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.

The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.

The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm,

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.

The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.

The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York. -

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

PPD DI DR nnn

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as

soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-

knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed

to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be

sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission

through booksellers and in other ways. .

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Seuare, Lonpon, W.,

June, 1897.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

—059500—_

ie object of the Zootoercat Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain

its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.

Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all

Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege

of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United

Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-

scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, but the privilege

of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the

1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the

first thirty volumes at the price of £9 10s. Volumes of any

single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can

likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for

registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former

Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Society.

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

June, 1897.

Zoouoeican Sociwry or Lonpon,

3 Hanover Squarn, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or tae ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.

Edited by Auzerr C. L. G. Ginrnmr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &c.

London, 1865. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.

Edited by Atzerr C. L. G. Gtyrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &e.

London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.

Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Giwrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

F.Z.8S., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.

Edited by Atsert C. L. G. Gunrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.

F.Z.8., &. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.

Edited by Axgerr C. L. G. Ginsmer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RS.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.

Edited by Apert C. L. G. Gtnrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RS.,

F.Z.8S., &e. Jondon, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Vclume Seventh of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by ALrrep Newvon, M.A.,

F.R.8., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &c. London, 1871. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrxep Newzon, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.1.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London, 1873. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. London,1874. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carlpwrtu

Rye, F.Z.8., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London,

1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwet1

Ryg, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwenr Ryz,

F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo-

graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwext

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of

the Record of Zoologicai Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWwELt

Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpwrit

Rrg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpweri

Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwELn

Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Canpwens.

Ryn, F Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Ca.pwen

Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett

Ryg, F.Z.S;, M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-

first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jurrrzy

Betz, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London, London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the Twenty-

second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jurrrey

Brut, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-

third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

E. Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887: being Volume the Twenty-

fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1888. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-

fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

KE. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-

sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-

seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-eighth. Being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1891.

Edited by Davip Suarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1892.

Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-ninth. Being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1892.

Edited by Davin Saarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1893.

Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirtieth. Being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1893. Edited

by Davm Swarr, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1894.

Price 30s,

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894.

Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1895. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1895; being Volume the Thirty-

second of the Records of Zoological Literature. Edited (for the

Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,

F.Z.S. London, 1896. Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orrice

(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurnry anv Jackson (Pater-

noster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tats Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir

Houmeury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrtes, and other eminent

individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,

and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

Patroness.

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

Gice-Patron.

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.

COUNCIL.

SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.RB.S., President,

Dr. Jonn Anperson, F.R.S.,

Vice-President. |

Wirtram Bateson, Ese., F.R.S.

His Gracr THE Duke or Beprorp. |

Cot. Joun Brppurra. |

Grorce A. Bovrencur, Ese., |

E.R, |

Herbert Druce, Esea., F.L.S.

Cuoartes Dromuonp, Ese.,

Treasurer.

Srp Josepn Farrer, Br., K.C.S.L.,

E.R.S.

Gren. Tae Hon. Sir Prrcy

Feripine, K.C.B.

F. DuCanz Gopman, Esa.,

F.R.S., Vice-President. |

Lt.-Cot. H. H. Gopwin-Austen,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Dr. Apert GuntHer, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamitton, Vice-

President.

Proressor Groner B. Howns,

F.R.S.

Lr.-Co.. Leonarp H. Irny.

Srr Hceu Low, G.C.M.G.

Dr. Sr. Grorer Mivarr, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Sir Tuomas Parne. _

OssErt SALvin, Esa., F.R.S.

Pitre Lourtey Scrarrr, Ese.,

M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Seeretary.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Forcign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.

till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they close at Two o’clock P.a.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F. H. Warernovss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ;

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frriows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35.

Frttows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Frttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on

each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the

Saturday Orders are not available if the Frrzow shall have used

his privilege of personally introducing two companions on the same

day.

Fetrows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one

Aduit’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

Frtiows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fetrow on the

1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Fettow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Fetrows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Frtrows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

1st July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the Ist of December following.

FrLtows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,

an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-

diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens

with One Companion daily.

They may also obtain a TransreraBte Ivory Ticker admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested

to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.2.S.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W.,

October, 1897.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

Session 1897-1898.

18907.

Turspay, November 16 and 30 | ‘Tvuspay, Decempur 14

1808.

Tupspay, January 18 Turspay, Aprm .. 5and19

a Frprvary 1 and 15 53 MEY ie i880 peace Le

e Marcuion dee d'o PS JUNE Scie 0. Ge. Qik

The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening

precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the ‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The « Proceedings ”’ for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume for

the preceding year.

~The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1

(which includes delivery in “the United Kingdom only),

payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege

is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st of

December following.

The foilowing is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),

or through | any bookseller.

lores 1897. ]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

4to. 13 vols. and Index. ie Beige bog

Vol. I, containing 59 Plates.... (1833-385) .... £3 13 6.... £418 OF

R. Ww. i aL Ws ... (1835-41) .... 4 0 0. 5 6 GFT

aoe AU, ss 63 apt keaton (LOL 249) waite O Os Ome 411 Of

ea VE, 5 Md ered USD1L=G2)E tse NGie 2A Olee 8 2 6

- Vi. 43 Gly Gy. 0 wan (1862266) 502. 85 4 Bre 619 0O

5 HE Ly 3 G2 Tiss eerie (LSOG—69) jenni Wr Ole 15 0 0

come a (1 x Vidar ley Hatta LOGO =e) ke. wren! LO. Ale Ow. 312 0

A NANI ij SOP We aN Sap LOCa als) detinam (Oo) Gmgchee 125 iO

arte pl Xs MY 09 Nene (Ono ete se lee de Ome 162 0

* xis J‘. 95 , .... (1877-79) .... 10 0 8. 13 7 0

Index, Vols. L-X. ..........000. (1833-79) .... 0 7 6. 010 O

Vol. XI, containing 97 Plates., (1880-85) .... 912 0. 1216 0

5) ee L, ROD Labia uae (LOGO 90) varie: LOM Or Onc 7 4 0

es aii SPDs eontene ITE Seago y etip ys OF Diggins Cain Sioa Vay

S sarvet ao Toe aut oie A Capeieee). 10)! ig rieguifid one ste

UAL PD Tastes GI oe ects 1896). sa01 COMOR OM 012 0

i> Rese: BOT sy DP beam Aprsl897)). 52 °* 0) Ton. Ou. 1 ft =10

Since Homer tas” LOA mad tl Gtei Lae nniws),, 1° Late, 2 0 0

PROCEEDINGS OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only).

Part I. 1830-81.

9 Ady. (1882.

THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

IES ORNS One spines Como sat bc 4s. Gd. 1... O68.

4s. 6d. .... 6s.

99 HH Ow ee we te we

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public,

Part I. 1838.1 vol. 8yo. 4s.

ds. Gd. .. 6s. . X. 1842.

6d. .. 68. 3 XI. 1843.

. 6d. .. Gs. 39 0 SE 4.

. 6d... Gs. » XIII. 1845.

Gd. a6 ee y» XIV. 1846.

. Gade... Geer XV. 1847.

&, Gd. Gs Index 1830-1847.

» IL. 1834.

= Tin 1885:

» IV. 1836.

V. 1887.

, WL 1888,

VII. 1839.

,, VILL. 1840.

Svo. 18 vols. and Index.

”

6d... 6s.F | Part IX. 1841.

Letterpress only.

(First Series.)

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

1 vol. 8vo. 4s. Gd... Gs.

(Second Series.)

With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Publie, Fellows. Public.

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 48. 6d. .. 68. 1.2.0... £1 0 8 £1 7 OF

“a XVII. 1849, 3 HAGA: ep GB. Sisrdy.ceit 1 0 8 Leg Cae Oh;

» XVIII. 1850. if As. 6d. OEP pres oats 1 8 6 118 OF

fe XIX. Tel, yn es ae Ge ae. 015 9 1 1 OF

f XX.1852. | 486d, Bie ok wang 015 9 1 1 Of

oR eas, ee, hd Aged, ee ae 018 0 1 4 OF

» RXTE ISA): og, Nene, Gch Gipueak «vie 019 6 1 6 OF

Se XXUULSSO. (oy des Bie. PSscant 18 6 118 OF

se XIV, 8G ue, oS ated, foes werner 10 8 1 7 6+

iP aX Ve 1857, EVE Oa eg Cet ae 108 1 7 Gt

meV ISHS, gs day Od, Gav omg 1ll 6 2 2 OF

PomeeXVIl. 1959. da 6d, Bin aA 1ll 6 2 2 Of

», XXVIIT. 1860. 45 4s, 6d. ORE EA AGO De 111 6 2 2 OF

Index 1848-1860.

4s.6d. .. 6s.

1d Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Prive to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public,

MSGI ws 485 Os et 1 (OSS ois athe 9s. Sane TS ere 33s. Od. .... 45s.

MSGQe ey Ass Gat ce a OSs me cet 9s. Sede, Shes Ba ae esa Od 4 ears

MSGa tet Aedes «OS! tare ite Qs, Pinter LISUMINUN A, MoaseiOdie. 271) LOS:

1864 Asis (Gd.it2 tei. MOS ier.) tats 9s 12s.+ HamoesmOdam aes Lapse

NSGoa eae eOds. ...BAlGS. ese. 9s. pycne DS beethyorag 5 NOOSEAO ams aa) hose

AM SGGer we45.n Oda Foret). OS2E: anareres« Qs. Seen As See ee 30s. 9d. .... 45s.

MSG Zit oar Veo oy S ut oye nw alten vey cxe toca 9s, Weert, LEB Fa rainyste,, OBS Ao orks Haass

MSG retyets speraiies eoevelena: sc aveyerel s.Gyeie, a 9s, Ly wars MLSE? oats) rete Ors ie emake ee aO se

SSUES ent eT Hee AEE RENCE 9s os cyan USE. ceeean OOS yO he tars cee OBS

STIS OVEN Vetay fee oleate to eter Sones sae acess 9s. Sa La etn! OOS Dae Ros

Index 1SGlL=LS7O Fite e tears se ASG Ua Qe) O68:

STAIRS), artic diets SiISe thas oe whee 9s, sose Mastek. smsasnOdse. i. 45s

US Ue ete Tesh sace esse (ore lee heyetes s. tue ears 9s Pil SF. ae eee O05.;002 |... 40sn

IS Hediste cue Moat lete Sotcnete decane 9s Se ee 33s. Od. .... 45s.

1S /2 ee Scan piece See omc 9s « 28h, «3 36s . 48s.

SHO mec aie nre d.cfersscroie nesctetete mieten ees 9s 3 Ss oon 36s . 48s,

SiGe ares teen RO ete eye 9s a dla oP 36s . 48s.

1S 7 SE aOR OER IOS “OR ice AON RO 9s TDs Ose 36s . 48s

USPS eee es holed Mae trees tate one 9s SOND sx Tee 36s . 48s

US GORD PAINS b.tevctens ie Micisinle seelae 9s: hoi SSE ae eee 36s. con es

ASSO malas} ctels «ad eestor deme beets oh Tagen [spt eer ees waee, 488,

Index, 1871-1880 ............ AS aGd-) lta OSe

NS BUS Sree teseras shakes a a iets bee au syatto certo 9s. nied te LOSS cucve rR OOS: ate, A488:

Liste ude BAO ROR toe ce ROIS Sorta c 9s stele: 36s 48s,

TESTO ps Ba rere pest eae ae te ee Re 9s By PAD. 36s 48s.

TESTO Male EARN Ses CRMC etna aie ste Re athee 9s Hide tee 36s 48s.

AS RoM veer tes kates a iarcw skuse 40 are 9s ~ es SaeehoOs 48s,

SStr ans hilt. aisle 8 OS ete Glew 9s. yAoe 36s 48s.

USS prea ced stands crete aetath Ae} d.0 atthe Qs. apieeyobe esa ve ees Pee 483

SS Sie ate oytrari tvs soeue) snavete BN seats 9s. oie CS. ee MOGs Sone ek,

Ne ca ctesta een osta's arse cgustale cuaea) bosas 9s. sites LOBE se eis eee Os: si aere ABS

USGOM tec oe ck wat ete ee ae ee 9s. ne LOSE Aa et 36s. abigg Useht

Index, 1881-1890 ............ 4s. 6d. .... 63s.

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or toe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or toate ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 6 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

POQU Spree et. SEL T ict seh Get eed ale oar e: aloha MEER Miah, 6 SOS WES trees 48s

VSOQMITNIEW, ccacre sc cers ontderciaieats Ol celie ound hie teuatess Oh. Peels clare A8s

WSO eles ee rl en, ictevonal etotarsushaxeuolsronelerauexsravakeusioteation cheat ae SOS Srecereve 48s

18945 Fae stat aelnthart « foewtetasties GaSe Rapeaenprest hk saya 2 DOSieaortesdere 48s

To Shae C See OR nme Gaimlctrorioeman at om pe ron ria SOSLAaIe eran 48s.

MBO Cot rrest saptierete so eieks eatiensvonsiee days helsosgeerackeseicueseseteaehey a eile OOS, Se esree 48s.

DICER 3) ooo Gans gagtte Genero oedo ge asbheveolengnac 21 Ss vetarate. . o6s.

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.*

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s, 6d.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)

8vo. 1872. Price 2s.*

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,

containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.

1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seyenth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-

taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now.or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London, (Eighth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.

1896. Price 4s. 6d.

* Out of print.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1893. Thirty volumes.

8vo. Price £9 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894. Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1895. 8vo. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895. Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1896. 8vo. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.

(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s Orricr

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), ov through any bookseller.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.

AFRICA.

The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

The Museum, Durban, Natal.

AMERICA, SOUTH.

The National Museum, Buenos Ayres.

The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.

The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres.

AUSTRALASIA.

The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.

The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.

The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brusseis.

The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brusseis.

BRITISH INDIA.

The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF).

The McGill College, Montreal.

The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

The University of Toronto, Toronto.

CHINA.

The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.

The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

The Zoological Society of France, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The Imperial Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,

Halle.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical] Society, Belfast.

The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Geological Society, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.

The Atheneum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.

The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, London.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History

Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.

The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.

The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.

The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.

The Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.

The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.

The Zoological Station, Naples.

The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

JAPAN.

The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.

RUSSIA.

The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Bergen Museum, Bergen.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.

The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.

The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.

The Royal Academy of Scienees, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.

The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne,

The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass,

The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

POLL LLL’

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as

soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-

knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed

to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be

sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission

through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.,

October, 1897.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

—_o4,0o—_.

"XEHLE object of the Zootoarcat Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain

its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.

Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all

Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege

of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United

Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-

scription is due on the 1st of July in every year, but the privilege